4112 4127 Service Manual 323134460

4127/4112G
Service Manual Ver.1.1.1

4127/4112G
Service Manual Ver.1.1.1
Issued :Feb. 2009
• This service manual covers the following • Revision and Modification Information
models When design changes or revisions relating
FUJI XEROX Co. Ltd. to this service manual occur, the overseas
• 4127/4112G technical information or overseas service
bulletin may be issued as supplementary
information until such changes are
• Related Materials accommodated in the updated version of
• 4000HCF Supplementary this service manual.
• 2000A3-HCF Supplementary
Caution Important changes including
• 4000C2HCF Supplementary
revisions of spare part numbers and
• Finisher D2/D3/D4 Supplementary
adjustment specifications must
• ESS FIP Common Supplementary immediately be reflected on the
respective pages of this manual.
• Confidentiality
• This service manual is issued intending
use by maintenance service personnel
authorized by FUJI XEROX Co. Ltd.
Copying, transferring or leasing this
manual without prior consent by FUJI
XEROX Co. Ltd. is prohibited.
• When a page becomes irrelevant (e.g.
superceded by a replacement page),
destroy the page by burning or shredding
it.
• Handle with care to avoid loss or damage
of the manual.
Edited by: Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd. C&FS TSC SDEG

KSP R&D Business Park Bldg 6A7
3-2-1, Sakado, Takatsu-ku, Kawasaki-shi, Kanagawa, JAPAN 213-8508
[XEROX] [The Document Company] are registered trademarks.

0 Introduction
0.1 Getting to Know the Service Manual ........................................................................ 3
0.2 How to Use the Service Manual ............................................................................... 3
0.3 Description for Terminology And Symbols ............................................................... 4
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009

0-1
4127/4112G Introduction
Introduction 02/2009 4127/4112G
0-2 Version.1 .1.1
0.1 Getting to Know the Service Manual 0.2 How to Use the Service Manual
This manual is used as the standard service manual for 4112, 4112/4127 Light Publisher. This manual describes the standard procedures for the servicing of this product. Refer to Chapter 1 Ser-
vice Call Procedure for efficient and effective servicing during maintenance calls.
For more information on the following product options, please refer to the supplementary options service
manuals. For more information on the options, refer to the options manual.
Options that can be connected to this product and the versions of the manuals that describe them: 0.2.1 Contents of Manual
This manual is divided into nine chapters as described below.
Table 1
No Name of Option Name of Manual Version • Chapter 1 Service Call Procedure
1 2000A3HCF 2000A3HCF Supplementary Service Manual Ver 1.3 onwards This chapter describes the general work and servicing procedures for the maintenance of this prod-
2 4000HCF 4000HCF Supplementary Service Manual Ver 1.4 onwards uct.
3 Finisher D2/D3/D4 Finisher D2/D3/D4 Supplementary Service Manual Ver 1.4 onwards • Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
This chapter describes the troubleshooting procedures other than image quality troubleshooting for
this product.
For this product, information in Chapter 2 that is related to the Controller FIP will be provided in a sepa-
• Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting (not yet issued)
rate booklet.
• Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
However, the contents in Ver 1.7 issue is the same as those in this manual. This chapter describes the disassembly, assembly, adjustment and replacement procedures for
components of this product.
Table 2 • Chapter 5 Parts List
Supplementary This chapter contains the spare parts information for this product.
No Contents Name of Manual Version • Chapter 6 General
1 ESS FIP ESS FIP Common Supplementary Service Manual Ver 1.9 onwards This chapter contains the following information.
6.1 How to use the Service Mode
NOTE: The Ver No. of the above supplementary manual is the information at the release of this manual. 6.2 How to use the DC Code
It will be updated to Ver 1.1, Ver 1.2, and so on when manuals for other machine types are issued. Make 6.3 Service Data
sure to always update your manual to the latest version. The revised content consists of new IOT support
6.4 Special Key
information and updates to existing information. Please use an updated manual.
6.6 Specifications
• Publication Comment Sheet 6.7 Tools
Enter any comments and/or corrections regarding this service manual into the Publication Comment 6.8 Consumables
Sheet, and send it to the following.
• Chapter 7 Wiring Data
Japan: CS Department TSC/SDEG
This chapter contains the P/J List, P/J Location, Wirenet and BSD (Block Schematic Diagram) for
IBG: CS Department IBS via OpCo Technical Service Department this product.
• Chapter 8 Accessories
This chapter contains the information on related products.
• Chapter 9 Installation
This chapter contains the installation procedures for this product and the options that are specific to
it.
• Chapter 10 Functions Overview (not yet issued)
0.2.2 Information on Updating
This manual will be sent to each Service Center as specified below. Revisions must be incorporated cor-
rectly to keep the manual up-to-date.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 0.1 Getting to Know the Service Manual

0-3
4127/4112G Introduction
Introduction 02/2009 4127/4112G
0.3 Description for Terminology And Symbols 0-4 Version.1 .1.1
Updating Procedure: 0.3 Description for Terminology And Symbols
• When the manual is updated, the issue number "Ver. 1" will be changed to Ver. 1.1, Ver. 1.2, and so The terminology and symbols used throughout this service manual are
on. described as follows:
• The terms and symbols used at the beginning of a text are defined as follows:
WARNING
Indicates an imminently hazardous situation, such as death or serious injury if operators do not
handle the machine correctly by disregarding the statement.
WARNING
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation, such as death or serious injury if operators do not
CAUTION
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation, such as injury or property damage if operators do not handle
the machine correctly by disregarding the statement.
Instruction: Used to alert you to a procedure which, if not strictly observed, could result in damage to the
machine or equipment.
NOTE: Used when work procedures and rules are emphasized.
NOTE: Used when other explanations are given.
Purpose
Used to describe the purposes of Adjustment and Troubleshooting.
REP: Indicates the disassembly/assembly procedure for reference.
ADJ: Indicates the adjustment procedure for reference.
PL: Indicates the parts list for reference.
ASSY: Means Assembly.
Safety Critical Components (SCC)
For the safety control of the Safety Critical Components and the components specified, follow the regula-
tions regarding the Safety Critical Components set by Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd.
Important Information Stored Component (ISC)
This component stores all the important customer information that is input after the installation. When
performing replacement, follow the procedures in "Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly Adjustment" to
replace/discard. Make absolutely sure that no customer information gets leaked outside.
Chapter 1 Service Call Procedure
1 Service Call Procedures
1.1 Before Starting Servicing.......................................................................................... 3
1.2 Service Call Procedures........................................................................................... 5
1.3 TRIM......................................................................................................................... 5
1.4 Periodic Replacement Parts..................................................................................... 8
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009

1-1
4127/4112G Service Call Procedures
Service Call Procedures 02/2009 4127/4112G
1-2 Version.1 .1.1
1.1 Before Starting Servicing • Do not heat solvent for use.
• Keep solvent away from fire.
1.1.1 Safety
• Wash your hands after using solvent.
To prevent any accident that may occur during servicing, absolutely observe warnings and cautions on
9. Earthquake Preparedness Measure
procedures. Never carry out any hazardous work.
If the customer requests a measure against earthquakes, there is an earthquake preparedness kit
1. Power Supply (ZB38) available.
To prevent electrical shocks, burns, injuries, etc., make sure to power off the machine and discon- 10. Modifications to the Machine
nect the power plug before starting servicing. However, if you cannot help keeping the machine If you need to make any modifications to the machine, submit an application for modified use in
alive in such a case where you need to take voltage measurements, take great care not to suffer an advance.
electrical shock. 11. Harmful Beams
2. Drive Parts Normal copy and scan of a document do not cause users and service people exposure to harmful
Never inspect or lubricate drive parts such as belts, sprockets and gears while the machine is in beams. However, if any user feels a dazzling light from the document exposure lamp when using
operation. normal platen copy and scan, covering the non-document area of the Platen Glass, which is typi-
3. Heavy Parts cally used for copy and scan operations, blocks light from under the Platen Glass.
When removing or installing heavy parts listed below, take the proper position for doing so. 12. Other Safety Issues
• DADF: 21.5kg or less (including the counter balance) (basically two-man work) In addition to the above-described items 1 through 11, there are various safety instructions to be
observed. Following the "Safety Guide in Servicing" released by the Technical Service Center, take
• Fuse Unit: 15.7kg or less (First remove the 2.0-kg-heavy Fuse Cleaning Cartridge and then
great care of safety in servicing.
remove/install the less-than-14-kg-heavy unit.)
• Folder Unit: 40kg or less (basically two-man work)
• Booklet Unit: 20kg or less (basically two-man work)
• Marking Drawer: 16.2kg or less (basically two-man work) (If one person works on this, he/she
should first remove the 2.9-kg-heavy Transfer Belt Unit and then remove/install the less-than-
14-kg-heavy unit.)
Also when removing or installing any heavy part other than those listed above, take great care of
your working position to prevent a backache.
4. Safety Device
See that such safety devices function properly as prevent mechanical accidents, like fuses, circuit
breakers and interlock switches, and as protect customers from injury, like panels and covers. Mod-
ifications that hinder safety devices from functioning are strictly prohibited.
5. Parts Removal and Installation
Some of the parts and covers have sharp edges. Do not touch them carelessly. Wipe off oil, etc., if
any, from your fingers or hands before working. When trying to pull out a part, cable, etc., pull them
out gradually, not by force.
6. Specified Tools
When tools for use are specified, use them as instructed.
7. Toner and Developer Cleaning
Collect split toner with a brush or whisk and put it in a waste box because toner has the property of
being blown up into fine particles.
Wipe residual toner with a wet piece of cloth (waste cloth) or clean it away with the FX toner-proof
standard vacuum cleaner. Never use a vacuum cleaner the customer has.
In addition, clean away developer in the same manner because it includes toner.
8. Organic Solvent
When using organic solvent such as the drum cleaner and the machine cleaner, note the following:
• Take great care of the ventilation of the room not to inhale a large amount of solvent vapor.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 1.1 Before Starting Servicing

1-3
1.1 Before Starting Servicing 1-4 Version.1 .1.1
1.1.2 Things to Take Note When Handling Customer Information 1.1.3 Other Precautions
1. Handling of customer's electronic information - samples of copy/print/received fax (paper data), log Note the following items when servicing, in order to do proper and efficient work.
files (Activity Report), and etc.
Before you bring back any samples for the purpose of investigation/analysis, always obtain permis- 1. Reference material
sion from the customer. Make sure to assure them that the data will not be used for any other pur- Before starting servicing, carefully read related technical information (SB, FTI, FTO, etc.) and make
pose. a systematic approach.
When requesting for a retrieval application from the customer, either use the "FX Data Security Reg- 2. Disassembling
ulations: Annex 15 - Confidential Information/Personal Information Request Form (IS-019)" or use a Confirm the proper way a part is mounted before carrying out disassembling work such as part
letterhead that has been specified by the customer after obtaining their agreement. removal.
2. Handling of a PWB/HDD, etc. that contains customer information. 3. Installation/Adjustment
Data such as Fax Address Numbers and URLs that are registered in the customer's machine are all After installing or adjusting a part, check that no unnecessary part or tool is left behind inside the
important customer information. These types of information are stored in the PWB/HDD, etc. within machine, on the assembly and in other areas before operating the machine.
the machine. Take extra care when handling them.
4. Disposing of replaced parts/consumables
(1) In case of replacements, transfer the data to the new PWB/HDD and make sure that all data in
Collect and take back to your service base all the replaced parts/consumables as well as packing
the old components are thoroughly erased before disposing them. Make sure that no important
materials after obtaining the customer's consent.
customer information gets leaked. (For details, refer to the preface in Chapter 4 and 5)
For the way of separating and disposing of collected parts/consumables, refer to and follow the
(2) If a component was replaced and it was not found to be the cause of the malfunction, return it technical information No. 2-138 common to all the models.
to the original machine. (For components that were temporarily installed/removed for trouble-
• Drum Cleaner
shooting, etc. clear the data using Diag, etc.)
(3) When unable to electrically erase the data in the HDD and the customer has requested for it, WARNING
destroy the HDD (charges applies). Never discard the drum cleaner into fire. Always keep it away from fire. Otherwise, it
3. Security related NVM values that were changed during maintenance. could catch fire, causing a fire.Use up the drum cleaner before disposing of it.Collect
parts for recycling, filling in "U-TAG."
If any security related NVM values, such as polling, were set for test purposes, make sure you
return them to their original values after the test. (E.g.: for the details on polling that is common to all 5. General precautions
machine types, refer to FTO 2-202) • Take care not to disturb the customer in his/her daily work.
4. When connecting our company machine to the customer's network during maintenace, make sure • Place a drop cloth, a sheet of paper, etc. to keep the site clean, as required.
that you have gone through the person-in-charge to obtain permission from the customer's systems • Put trash made during servicing in a trash bag and take it back to your service base.
administrator (or person-in-charge) before proceeding.
• Fill in the machine history log with what is carried out, what consumables/parts are replaced,
5. Other things to take note when handling customer data and others.
When handling customer data, you should also pay attention to precautions other than the above
items 1 to 4.
[Japan]
Follow the "Excellence in Customer Information Asset Protection - Do it Now! Do it Together!"
issued by CS Department and ensure that customer data do not get leaked out when servicing.
[IBG]
Follow the safety guidelines established within the OpCo and ensure that customer data do not get
leaked out when servicing.
1.2 Service Call Procedures 1.3 TRIM
1.2.1 Initial Action The TRIM for this product is carried out at SM/UM calls, aiming primarily to maintain the performance of
the machine.
1. Ask the operator about the condition of the machine.
2. Record billing meter readings.
3. Check error copies and understand the condition of the machine.
4. Check the machine history log.
1.2.2 What to do at UM Call
1. Perform Level 1 Troubleshooting.
2. Perform Level 2 Troubleshooting. If none of the items are suitable, refer to BSD and perform trou-
bleshooting.
3. Check print/copy quality.
4. Feed out paper from each tray. As required, clean or replace the Feed Roll(s). Furthermore, enter
the PC-Diag or the UI-Diag and check the following counters.
Table 1
Counter Name Check for:
DC135 HFSI Counter Part for replacement that is close to/over its life
DC118 Jam Counter Item with frequent jams
DC120 Fail Counter Item with frequent fails
5. Resolve all secondary problems.

6. Perform the TRIM work.
1.2.3 What to do at SM Call
1. Check print/copy quality.
2. Feed out paper from each tray. As required, clean or replace the Feed Roll(s). Furthermore, enter
the PC-Diag or the UI-Diag and check the following counters.
Table 2
Counter Name Check for:
DC135 HFSI Counter Part for replacement that is close to/over its life
DC118 Jam Counter Item with frequent jams
DC120 Fail Counter Item with frequent fails
3. Resolve all secondary problems.

4. Perform the TRIM work.
1.2.4 What to do before leaving
1. Check the overall operation/functions.
2. Check the appearance of the machine. Check on consumables.
3. As required, provide the operator with training.
4. Fill in the machine history log and service report.
5. File the print samples and the copy samples along with the machine history log.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 1.2 Service Call Procedures

1-5
1.3 TRIM 1-6 Version.1 .1.1
1.3.1 TRIM Procedure Table 1

CAUTION No. Work Item Work Outline At Intervals of:
Sliding out Tray2 Transport (PL 7.1) while Tray 2 is lifting up will cause the driver (IC) in the Tray Module 3 DADF Cleaning*4 Clean Feed/Nudger/Retard Roller & Platen 300kPV(40kFeed )
PWB to break (only with interlocks cheated). Roll (PL 4.9)/Chute surface (PL 4.26, PL 4.24,
PL 4.12)/Sensors/CIS Glass*3/ Myler and
Table 1 Plate on the under side of CIS(PL 4.13)
No. Work Item Work Outline At Intervals of:
NOTE: First clean DADF (Chute, CIS, etc.)
1 Pre-work Overall Operation Approx. max of 3 documents. At every call and then IIT because rubbish from DADF can
Check*1 • Make some sample copies of Test Chart drop into IIT.
• Check the MC for operat- (499T247). Check the quality of them. 4 IIT Cleaning Clean Platen Glass face*3/CVT Platen Glass 300kPV
ing sounds. • Make black copies and check them for face*3 (PL 5.4)/White Myler (PL 5.4) over
• Make copies of Test uneven density and poor fusing. Docu Regi Guide Slope with Platen Glass.
Chart. Besides, make blank copies and check
NOTE: Visually check that there is no rubbish
them for Drum cracks, high background,
etc. or dust. Do so by checking that no copy sam-
ples have white/color streaks.
2 IOT Interior Cleaning • Clean toner/paper particles off the paper 300kPV
Clean Platen Glass face & bottom*3/Reflec- 1200kPV
path.(Feeder/LH Chute/Regi / Transfer
tor/Mirror No.1,2,3/Lens surface/CVT Platen
Belt/Transfer Inlet Lower Chute/Trans-
fer Exit Chute (DTS Guide)*2 /Fuser Glass face & bottom (PL 5.4)/Exposure
Lamp/ White Myler (PL 5.4) on Docu Regi
Inlet Chute /Inverter/Dup Chute/Paper
Guide Slope with Platen Glass.
Path Rollers)
• Clean Sensor. (Pre Transfer Sensor/CIS NOTE: Check for rubbish and dust inside the
Sensor/Regi Sensor/Skew Sensor) IIT frame or on Carriage. Wipe them away if
• Clean Erase Lamp. possible.
Clean Heat Roll Finger & Pressure Roll Fin- 600kPV NOTE: For cleaning optical components, use
ger. dry cloth (e.g. lint-free cloth) exclusive for
CAUTION optics cleaning or completely wrung wet piece
Using Drum Cleaner or dry cloth, wipe them of cloth. Drum Cleaner is strictly prohibited
out in the direction of their tips. Take care not because this causes surfaces to become dim.
to damage sharp portions.
CAUTION
Besides, do the work with care about such a
Take care to avoid injury in cleaning the mir-
component of high temperature as Heat Roll.
rors because the frame of PL 5.7 Item 19 Half
Clean toner and paper particles from inside 1200kPV
Rate Carriage has burs.
Fuser when replacing Fuser Cleaning Blade
(periodic replacement part). 5 Output Option Cleaning Finisher, I/F Module,HCS,Trimmer/Square 300kPV
Fold: Clean Chute/Roller/Sensor/Belt on the
NOTE: Cleaning Fuser Cleaning Blade may paper path.
be required under some stress condition 6 Periodic Parts Replacement See 1.4 Periodic Replacement Parts. See 1.4.
(print/copy quality, paper type, print mode,
7 Safety Check • Check the power plug for connection, At every call
environment, etc.) that requires cleaning.
• Check safety in electric and the cord and plug for damage.
Clean Sensor (Invert In Sensor) 3000KPV power and operability • Check that no outlet is connected to mul-
tiple devices.
Table 1
No. Work Item Work Outline At Intervals of:
8 Post-work Overall Operation • Check density and exposure amount. At every call
Check*1 Check for high background, etc.
• Check Image Quality, MC • Check how paper is running and check
Operation, Meters/Full- for abnormal sounds, etc.
System Operation.
• Check residual amount of toner.
• Check the areas the operator touches
for operation and around Toner Car-
tridge for dirt.
*1: [Overall Machine Operation Check] before and after the work is included in Admin.
*2: DTS Guide should be cleaned with a brush or Dust Fly.
*3: Service consumables: Use 194D Platen Wax Cleaner for cleaning.
*4: First clean with a completely wrung wet piece of waste cloth. After then wipe off with dry waste cloth.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 1.3 TRIM

1-7
1.4 Periodic Replacement Parts 1-8 Version.1 .1.1
1.4 Periodic Replacement Parts The standard replacement intervals are shown below. Replacement work should be carried out by CEs.
The following lists parts that need replacing periodically for maintaining the machine functions/perfor-
mance until their lives expire.
Table 1
SUB Parts Description PLNO. HFSI(DC135) Replace Interval Unit Remarks
DEVE Deve Housing PL 12.1 954-850 6000K PV
FUSER Heat Roll Finger PL 15.9 954-843 1200K PV Common with DC1100/900.
FUSER P-Roll Finger PL 15.2 954-844 1200K PV Common with DC1100/900.
FUSER Heat Roll Kit(200V) PL 15.2 954-841 1200K PV Common with DC1100/900.
FUSER FuserCleaningBlade PL 15.3 954-848 1200K PV Common with DC1100/900.
FUSER STS (CONT1) PL 15.8 954-845 3000K PV Common with DC1100/900.
FUSER STS (CONT2) PL 15.8 954-845 3000K PV Common with DC1100/900.
FUSER STS (HI) PL 15.8 954-845 3000K PV Common with DC1100/900.
FUSER P-Roller PL 15.2 954-842 1200K PV Common with DC1100/900.
FUSER Chute Assy Exit Lower PL 15.2 954-846 18000K PV
NOHAD Filter Assy Drum Intake PL 3.1 954-870 600K PV Common with DC1100/900.
NOHAD Filter Ozone PL 3.2 954-872 600K PV
PH T/A Roll 1 PL 7.4 954-804 1500K Feed Common with DC1100/900.
T/A Roll 1, 3 and 4 are common.
PH T/A Roll 2 PL 7.12 954-805 1500K Feed Common with DC1100/900.
PH Feeder Unit Tray1 PL 7.1 954-820 3000K Feed Common with DC1100/900., Tray1~4 are common.
PH Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll Kit PL 7.13 Tray1)954-800 300K Feed Common with DC1100/900., Tray1~4 are common.
Tray2)954-801
Tray3)954-802
Tray4)954-803
PH Chute Support Mylar PL 14.9 954-838 5000K Feed Common with DC1100/900.
PH Invert Roll PL 14.4 954-839 18000K Feed
PH Invert In Roll PL 13.11 954-840 18000K Feed
PH Invert Out Roll PL 13.11 954-886 18000K Feed
PH Duplex In Roll PL 14.4 954-887 9000K Feed
PH Duplex Path Roll 1 PL 14.3 954-888 9000K Feed
PH Duplex Path Roll 2 PL 14.3 954-889 9000K Feed
PH Duplex Out Roll PL 14.3 954-890 9000K Feed
PH IOT Exit Roll PL 16.2 954-891 18000K Feed
PH REGI Motor PL 13.4 954-894 18000K Feed
PH Torque Limiter (IOT Exit Roll) PL 10.5 954-892 18000K Feed
PH Torque Limiter (Invert In Roll) PL 10.4 954-893 18000K Feed
PH Pre Regi. Roll PL 13.4 954-827 18000K Feed
PH Invert Mot. PL 14.6 954-895 25000K Feed
Table 1
SUB Parts Description PLNO. HFSI(DC135) Replace Interval Unit Remarks
PH PAD Regi. PL 13.4 954-896 18000K Feed
PH Invert Gate SOL. PL 13.12 954-830 6000K Feed
PH REGI Roll PL 13.4 954-828 12000K Feed
PH Clutch Assy Pulley(Dup Path Roll 1) PL 14.3 954-829 3000K Feed
MSI Feed/Nudger/Retard PL 8.6 954-835 300K Feed
X'fer Kit-XFER 600K PL 13.8 N/A 600K PV Common with DC1100/900.
KIT Content:
Contents of this KIT are Belt, BTR, Belt Cleaning Blade and-
Belt Cleaning Brush
X'fer Belt Blush Assy PL 13.9 954-882 300K PV Common with DC1100/900.
X'fer BTR PL 13.8 954-884 300K PV Common with DC1100/900.
X'fer Transfer Cleaning Blade PL 13.9 954-881 600K PV Common with DC1100/900.
X'fer Transfer Belt PL 13.8 954-880 600K PV Common with DC1100/900.
X'fer Transfer Unit PL 13.2 954-885 18000K PV
DADF Nudger Roll PL 4.18 955-806 200K PV Common with DC1100/900.
DADF Feed Roll PL 4.18 955-806 200K PV Common with DC1100/900.
DADF Retard Roll PL 4.26 955-806 200K PV Common with DC1100/900.
4000HCF Feed/Nudger/RetardRoll Kit [PL 30.7] Tray1)952-836 300K PV Common with DC1100/900.
Tary2)952-837 Common with MSU Roll.
NOTE: Refer to Option Service manual in detail.
<4000C2HCF>
Table 2 4000C2HCF
Replace
SUB Parts Description PLNo. HFSI(ÇcC135) Interval Unit Remarks
4000C2HCF Feed Roll [PL 32.12] Tray6)952-862 300K Feed • HFSI common to Tray6 Feed, Nudger amd Retard
Tray7)952-865 • HFSI common to Tray7 Feed, Nudger and Retard

4000C2HCF Nudger Roll [PL 32.12] Tray6)952-862 300K Feed • HFSI common to Tray6 Feed, Nudgerand Retard

4000C2HCF Retard Roll [PL 32.13] Tray6)952-862 300K Feed • HFSI common to Tray6 Feed, Nudger and Retard

4000C2HCF Tray 6,7 Take Away Roll [PL 32.13] Tray6)952-864 1500K Feed Common part for Tray 6/7 Take Away Roll
Tray7)952-867
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 1.4 Periodic Replacement Parts

1-9
Table 2 4000C2HCF
Replace
SUB Parts Description PLNo. HFSI(ÇcC135) Interval Unit Remarks
4000C2HCF Tray 6,7 Feeder Unit [PL 32.5] Tray6)952-863 3000K Feed Common part for Tray 6/7 Feeder Unit
Tray7)952-866
4000C2HCF J-Tra Exit Roll Clutch [PL 32.27] 952-876 8000K Feed Common part for J-Tra Exit Roll Clutch/J-Tra Trans Roll Clutch 1/2

4000C2HCF J-Tra Roll 1 [PL 32.27] 952-868 8000K Feed HFSI common to MSI Take Away Roll 2 and J-Tra Roll 1

4000C2HCF J-Tra Roll 2 [PL 32.27] 952-871 8000K Feed HFSI common to J-Tra Roll 2/3
4000C2HCF J-Tra Roll 3 [PL 32.27] 952-871 8000K Feed HFSI common to J-Tra Roll 2/3

4000C2HCF J-Tra Roll 4,5 [PL 32.27] 952-872 8000K Feed Common part and HFSI for J-Tra Roll 4/5

4000C2HCF J-Tra Exit Roll [PL 32.27] 952-873 8000K Feed NOTE: Refer to Option Service manual in detail.
4000C2HCF J-Tra Take Away Roll 1,2 [PL 32.22] 1) 952-869 8000K Feed Common part for J-Tra Take Away Roll 1/2
2) 952-870
4000C2HCF J-Tra Trans Roll Clutch 1,2 [PL 32.27] 1) 952-874 8000K Feed Common part for J-Tra Trans Roll Clutch 1/2
2) 952-875
4000C2HCF MSI Take Away Roll 1 [PL 32.22] 952-861 1500K Feed NOTE: Refer to Option Service manual in detail.
4000C2HCF MSI Take Away Roll 2 [PL 32.22] 952-868 8000K Feed HFSI common to MSI Take Away Roll 2 and J-Tra Roll 1
<Potential Replacement Parts> The following lists parts that have the possibility of being replaced depending on the frequency of use of
trays, DUP, etc.
Table 3 Potential Replacement Parts

Replace
SUB Parts Description PLNO. HFSI(DC135) Interval Unit Remarks
2000A3HCF 2000A3HCF MSI Take away Roll [PL 29.15] 952-851 1500K Feed NOTE: Refer to Option Service manual in detail.
2000A3HCF 2000A3HCF Nudger Roll [PL 29.7] 952-852 300K Feed NOTE: Refer to Option Service manual in detail.
2000A3HCF 2000A3HCF Feed Roll [PL 29.7] 952-852 300K Feed NOTE: Refer to Option Service manual in detail.
2000A3HCF 2000A3HCF Retard Roll [PL 29.6] 952-852 300K Feed NOTE: Refer to Option Service manual in detail.
2000A3HCF 2000A3HCF Take away Roll [PL 29.5] 952-853 1500K Feed NOTE: Refer to Option Service manual in detail.
2000A3HCF 2000A3HCF Feeder Assy [PL 29.4] 952-854 3000K Feed NOTE: Refer to Option Service manual in detail.
PH T/A Clutch1, 2 1. PL 7.5 1. 954-814 8000K Feed Common with DC1100/900.
2. PL 7.12 2. 954-815 Tray 1, 2 are common.
PH Inverter Gate Sol. PL 13.12 954-830 6000K Feed Common with DC1100/900.
PH Regi Roll PL 13.4 954-828 12000K Feed Common with DC1100/900.
Replace
PH MSI T/A Roll PL 13.7 954-831 3000K Feed Common with DC1100/900.
PH Transport Roll(Tray 1, 3, 4) PL 7.4 1)954-811 8000K Feed Common with DC1100/900.
3)954-812 Tray 1, 3 and 4 are common.
4)954-813
PH H-TransportRoll 1, 2 PL 7.12 954-810 8000K Feed Common with DC1100/900.
PH Clutch Assy Pulley(Dup Path Roll 1) PL 14.4 954-829 3000K Feed Common with DC1100/900.
PH T/A Roll 3, 4 PL 7.4 3)954-806 1500K Feed Common with DC1100/900.
4)954-807 Tray 3, 4 are common.
MSI MSI Feeder Unit PL 8.1 954-826 1500K Feed Common with DC1100/900.
FIN Paper Reverse Paddle [PL 25.28] 957-802 900K Feed Common with DC1100/900.

FIN Paper Reverse Sub Paddle [PL 25.31] 957-801 900K Feed Common with DC1100/900.

FIN Paddle Cyclon(Booklet) [PL 25.43] 957-803 900K Feed Common with DC1100/900.

FIN I/PNudger/Feed/Retard Roll Kit [PL 25.53] 957-800 300K Feed Common with DC1100/900.
[PL 25.55]
FIN Stapler Assy(Booklet) [PL 25.42] 957-805 150K Booket Staple count. NOTE: Refer to Option Service manual in detail.
FIN Stapler Head Assy(Normal) [PL 25.24] 957-804 500K Staple count. NOTE: Refer to Option Service manual in detail.
FIN 1. BASE TAMPER 1. [PL 25.25] 957-813 12,150K Count of paper exit to stacker com- NOTE: Refer to Option Service manual in detail.
2. RAIL UPPER Latch 2. [PL 25.24] piler unit.
3. ACTUATOR EJECT 3. [PL 25.32]
4. GEAR-PULLEY 15Z/16T 4. [PL 25.33]
5. GEAR-PULLEY 15Z/18T 5. [PL 25.32]
6. PULLEY T22A 6. [PL 25.33]
7. HARNESS ASSY STK TRAY 7. [PL 25.37]
8. Punch harness 8. [PL 25.3]
9. Stapler harness 9. [PL 25.3]
10. GEAR Z14 10. [PL 25.2]
11. GEAR-PULLEY 27Z/18T 11. [PL 25.6]
12. SENSOR 12. [PL 25.9]
13. BEARING SLEEVE,PLASTIC 13. [PL 25.35]
14. GEAR 14. [PL 25.34]
15. GEAR-Z55 15. [PL 25.34]
FIN Sub Paddle Clutch Assy [PL 25.31] 957-806 2,800K Count of paper through Compile NOTE: Refer to Option Service manual in detail.
Exit.
FIN Clutch Assy(Feed Roll) [PL 25.32] 957-807 7,000K Count of paper through Compile NOTE: Refer to Option Service manual in detail.
Exit.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 1.4 Periodic Replacement Parts

1-11
Replace
FIN 1. GEAR-HELICAL Z20(L) 1. [PL 25.61] 957-811 18,600K PV NOTE: Refer to Option Service manual in detail.
2. Folder Entrance Motor 2. [PL 25.61]
FIN PUNCHER ASSY 2&4 [PL 25.22] 857-809 1,000K Punch active account NOTE: Refer to Option Service manual in detail.
FIN 1. Clutch (Torque Limiter) 1. [PL 25.8] 857-812 13,500K PV NOTE: Refer to Option Service manual in detail.
2. Gear Pully (with Hook) 2. [PL 25.5]
FIN SOLENOID ASSY (S2-GATE) [PL 25.7] 857-810 3,000K Sol active account NOTE: Refer to Option Service manual in detail.
FIN I/P CLUTCH ASSY [PL 25.53] 857-808 1,500K Paper feed from Interposer. NOTE: Refer to Option Service manual in detail.
HCS PADDLE ASSY PL 39.24 960-800 900K Count of paper to stacker.
IFM DECURLER BELT PL 36.5 959-800 6000K PV
Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
2 Troubleshooting
2.1 Preface 005-190 Feed Motor Logic Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS).............................................. 47
005-194 Size Mismatch Jam on Slow Scan Mix Size (Except 4127/4112EPS)............. 48
2.1.1 How to Troubleshoot 005-196 Size Mismatch Jam on No Mix Size (Except 4127/4112EPS) ......................... 48
2.1.1 How to Troubleshoot ............................................................................................. 25 005-197 Prohibit Combine Size Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS) ...................................... 49
005-198 Too Short Size Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS) .................................................. 49
2.1.2 Glossary
005-199 Too Long Size Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS)................................................... 50
2.1.2 Glossary ................................................................................................................ 27
005-210 DADF Download Fail........................................................................................ 50
2.1.3 How to use Controller FIP 005-275 DADF RAM Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS) ........................................................ 51
2.1.3 How to use Controller FIP ..................................................................................... 29 005-280 DADF EEPROM Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS) ................................................ 51
005-281 DADF Tray Lift Down Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)......................................... 52
2.1.4 Controller Chain-Link No. Definition 005-282 DADF Tray Lift Up Fail (No Document) (Except 4127/4112EPS) .................... 52
2.1.4 Controller Chain-Link No. Definition ...................................................................... 31 005-283 DADF Level Sensor Logic Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS) ................................. 53
005-284 DADF APS Sensor Logic Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)................................... 53
2.2 Product FIP 005-304 Platen Interlock Open (Except 4127/4112EPS) ............................................... 54
2.2.1 IIT,IOT & Option FIP 005-305 DADF Feeder Cover Interlock Open (Running) (Except 4127/4112EPS)........ 54
005-306 DADF Tray Interlock Open (Running) (Except 4127/4112EPS) ...................... 55
005-xxx FIP 005-308 DADF L/H Cover Interlock Open (Except 4127/4112EPS) .............................. 55
005-121 DADF Feed Sensor ON Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS) .................................... 33 005-309 DADF L/H Cover Interlock Open (Running) (Except 4127/4112EPS) ............. 56
005-122 DADF Simplex/Side 1 Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS) ..... 33 005-906 DADF Feed Sensor Static Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS) ................................ 56
005-123 DADF Simplex/Side 1 Regi Sensor ON Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS)............ 34 005-907 DADF Pre Regi Sensor Static Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS)........................... 57
005-124 DADF Lead Regi Sensor ON Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS)............................ 34 005-908 DADF Regi Sensor Static Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS) ................................. 57
005-125 DADF Regi Sensor OFF Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS) ................................... 35 005-909 DADF Lead Regi Sensor Static Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS) ........................ 58
005-126 DADF Out Sensor ON Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS) ...................................... 35 005-910 DADF Out Sensor Static Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS)................................... 58
005-127 DADF Out Sensor OFF Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS)..................................... 36 005-911 DADF Exit Sensor 1 Static Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS)................................ 59
005-128 DADF Exit Sensor 1 ON Jam (Simplex Mode) (Except 4127/4112EPS) ......... 36 005-912 DADF Exit Sensor 2 Static Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS)................................ 59
005-129 DADF Exit Sensor 1 OFF Jam (Simplex Mode) (Except 4127/4112EPS) ....... 37 005-913 DADF Invert Sensor Static Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS)................................ 60
005-130 DADF Invert Sensor ON Jam (Duplex Mode) (Except 4127/4112EPS)........... 37 005-914 DADF No. 1/2/3 APS Sensor Static Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS).................. 60
005-133 DADF Invert Sensor OFF Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS) ................................. 38 005-918 DADF Invert Sensor 2 Static Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS)............................. 61
005-135 DADF Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam (during Invert operation) (Except 4127/4112EPS)38 005-919 DADF Tray Lift Up Fail (Document Set) (Except 4127/4112EPS) ................... 61
005-136 DADF Regi Sensor ON Jam (during Invert operation) (Except 4127/4112EPS) 39 005-940 DADF No Original Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS) .............................................. 62
005-137 DADF Exit Sensor 2 ON Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS) ................................... 39 005-941 DADF Not Enough Document (Except 4127/4112EPS) .................................. 62
005-138 DADF Exit Sensor 1 ON Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS) ................................... 40 005-942 DADF Tray Stack Over Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS) ...................................... 63
005-141 DADF Feed Sensor OFF Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS) .................................. 40
005-142 DADF Exit Sensor 1 OFF Jam(Duplex Mode) (Except 4127/4112EPS).......... 41 010-xxx FIP
005-143 DADF Exit Sensor 2 OFF Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS) ................................. 41 010-311 Fuser Heat Roll STS-1 Disconnection Fail....................................................... 65
005-144 DADF Too First Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS) ............... 42 010-312 Fuser Heat Roll STS-2 Disconnection Fail....................................................... 65
005-150 DADF Feed Sensor OFF Jam (Punched Doc Mode) (Except 4127/4112EPS) 42 010-313 Fuser Heat Roll STS-3 Disconnection Fail....................................................... 66
005-151 DADF Pre Regi Sensor OFF Jam (Punched Doc Mode) (Except 4127/4112EPS) 43 010-315 Fuser Latch Contact Fail .................................................................................. 66
005-152 DADF Regi Sensor OFF Jam (Punched Doc Mode) (Except 4127/4112EPS) 43 010-316 Fuser Latch Retract Fail................................................................................... 67
005-153 DADF Regi Sensor OFF Jam (Punched Doc Mode) (Except 4127/4112EPS) 44 010-317 Not Ready Heat Roll Fuser On Time Fail......................................................... 68
005-154 DADF Out Sensor OFF Jam (Punched Doc Mode) (Except 4127/4112EPS).. 44 010-320 Heat Roll Over Heat Fail .................................................................................. 70
005-155 DADF Exit Sensor 1 OFF Jam (Punched Doc Mode) (Simplex) (Except 4127/4112EPS)45 010-326 Wait Heat Roll Fuser On Time Fail .................................................................. 70
005-156 DADF Exit Sensor 1 OFF Jam (Punched Doc Mode (Duplex) (Except 4127/4112EPS)45 010-327 Standby Heat Roll Fuser On Time Fail ............................................................ 72
005-157 DADF Invert Sensor OFF Jam (Punched Doc Mode) (Except 4127/4112EPS) 46 010-330 Fuser Motor Fail ............................................................................................... 73
005-158 DADF Exit Sensor 2 OFF Jam (Punched Doc Mode) (Except 4127/4112EPS) 46 010-400 Fuser Web Near End ....................................................................................... 74
005-160 DADF Tray Lift Up Fail (Document Set) (during Job) (Except 4127/4112EPS) 47 010-910 Fuser Web End ................................................................................................ 75
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009

2-1
4127/4112G Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting 02/2009 4127/4112G
2-2 Version.1 .1.1
024-xxx FIP 048-319 IFM Cooling Fan 3 Fail..................................................................................... 108

024-910 Tray 1 Size Mismatch....................................................................................... 77 048-320 HCS 1 Communication Fail.............................................................................. 109
024-911 Tray 2 Size Mismatch....................................................................................... 77 048-321 Finisher D3/D4 Communication Fail ................................................................ 109
024-912 Tray 3 Size Mismatch .......................................................................................................................... 78 048-322 Output Configuration Mismatch Fail................................................................. 110
024-913 Tray 4 Size Mismatch....................................................................................... 78 048-323 IFM Download Mode Fail ................................................................................. 110
024-914 Tray 6 Size Mismatch....................................................................................... 79 048-500 IFM ROM Write Error ....................................................................................... 111
024-915 Tray 7 Size Mismatch....................................................................................... 79 048-900 IFM Decurler In Sensor Static Jam .................................................................. 111
024-946 Tray 1 Not in Position ....................................................................................... 80 048-901 IFM Decurler Exit Sensor Static Jam ............................................................... 112
024-947 Tray 2 Not in Position ....................................................................................... 80
049-xxx FIP
049-100 Top Tray Exit Sensor On Jam.......................................................................... 113
024-950 Tray 1 No Paper ............................................................................................... 82 049-101 Top Tray Exit Sensor Off Jam.......................................................................... 114
049-102 Top Tray Path Sensor On Jam ........................................................................ 115
024-951 Tray 2 No Paper ............................................................................................... 82
049-104 Bypass Exit Sensor On Jam ............................................................................ 117
024-952 Tray 3 No Paper ............................................................................................... 83
024-953 Tray 4 No Paper ............................................................................................... 83 049-106 Bypass Exit Sensor On Jam (Purge enable) ................................................... 118
049-108 Bypass Path Sensor 1 On Jam........................................................................ 120
024-958 MSI Size Mismatch........................................................................................... 84
049-113 Stacker Path Sensor On Jam .......................................................................... 121
024-959 Tray 1 Size Mismatch....................................................................................... 84
024-960 Tray 2 Size Mismatch....................................................................................... 85 049-114 Stacker Path Sensor Off Jam .......................................................................... 123
049-115 Stacker Exit Sensor On Jam............................................................................ 124
049-116 Stacker Exit Sensor Off Jam............................................................................ 125
049-117 Bypass Path Sensor 2 On Jam........................................................................ 126
042-xxx FIP 049-119 Bypass Path Sensor 2 On Jam (Purge enable) ............................................... 128
042-317 AC Unit Fan Fail ............................................................................................... 87 049-121 Stacker Exit Sensor Off Jam............................................................................ 129
042-323 Drum Motor Fail................................................................................................ 88 049-210 Front Door Lock Sensor On Fail ...................................................................... 130
042-330 Fuser Exhaust Fan Fail .................................................................................... 89 049-211 Front Door Lock Sensor Off Fail ...................................................................... 131
042-331 Blower Motor Fan Fail ...................................................................................... 90 049-212 Stacker Up Fail ................................................................................................ 132
042-332 Fuser Intake X'fer Intake Fan Fail .................................................................... 91 049-213 Stacker Down Fail............................................................................................ 134
042-603 Suction Filter Life.............................................................................................. 92 049-214 Dolly Set Position Sensor On Fail .................................................................... 136
049-215 Dolly Set Position Sensor Off Fail .................................................................... 136
045-xxx FIP 049-216 Stacker Full Sensor On Fail ............................................................................. 137
045-310 Image Ready NG.............................................................................................. 93 049-217 Stacker Full Sensor Off Fail ............................................................................. 138
045-311 Controller Communication Fail ......................................................................... 93 049-218 Stacker Height Sensor Off Fail ........................................................................ 139
045-312 Driver Connect Fail........................................................................................... 94 049-219 HCS Front Door Open ..................................................................................... 141
045-313 IOT Logic Fail ................................................................................................... 94 049-220 Stacker Tray Upper Limit Fail .......................................................................... 141
049-221 Stacker Tray Lower Limit Fail .......................................................................... 142
047-xxx FIP
049-224 Rear Paper Edge Sensor Initialize Fail ............................................................ 142
047-310 MCU-Finisher Communication Fail .................................................................. 95
049-225 Front Paper Edge Sensor Initialize Fail ........................................................... 143
047-320 All Out Tray Broken .......................................................................................... 95
049-228 Lead Tamper Home Sensor On Fail ................................................................ 143
048-xxx FIP 049-229 Lead Tamper Home Sensor Off Fail ................................................................ 144
048-100 IFM Decurler In Sensor On Jam (IOT) ............................................................. 97 049-232 Set Clamp Home Sensor On Fail..................................................................... 145
048-102 IFM Exit Sensor On Jam .................................................................................. 97 049-233 Set Clamp Home Sensor Off Fail..................................................................... 146
048-300 IFM Front Door Open ....................................................................................... 99 049-234 Side Tamper Extension Home Sensor On Fail ................................................ 147
048-310 IFM Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1 On Fail .................................................. 100 049-235 Side Tamper Extension Home Sensor Off Fail ................................................ 148
048-311 IFM Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1 Off Fail .................................................. 101 049-236 Rear Tamper Home Sensor On Fail ................................................................ 149
048-312 IFM Decurler Cam Position Sensor 2 On Fail .................................................. 102 049-237 Rear Tamper Home Sensor Off Fail ................................................................ 150
048-313 IFM Decurler Cam Position Sensor 2 Off Fail .................................................. 103 049-238 Front Tamper Home Sensor On Fail................................................................ 151
048-314 IFM Decurler Gate Sensor On Fail................................................................... 104 049-239 Front Tamper Home Sensor Off Fail................................................................ 152
048-315 IFM Decurler Gate Sensor Off Fail................................................................... 105 049-240 Pad Move Home Sensor On Fail ..................................................................... 153
048-316 IFM Decurler Belt Motor Fail ............................................................................ 106 049-241 Pad Move Home Sensor Off Fail ..................................................................... 154
048-317 IFM Cooling Fan 5 Fail ..................................................................................... 107 049-242 Stacker Exit Roll Home Sensor On Fail ........................................................... 155
048-318 IFM Cooling Fan 1/2 Fail .................................................................................. 107 049-243 Stacker Exit Roll Home Sensor Off Fail ........................................................... 156
049-248 Paper Edge Home Sensor On Fail................................................................... 157 061-603 ROS Data Fail .................................................................................................. 190
049-251 Paper Fan 1 Fail............................................................................................... 158 061-607 LD Alarm .......................................................................................................... 191
049-252 Paper Fan 2 Fail............................................................................................... 159
049-253 Upper Fan Fail ................................................................................................. 160 062-xxx FIP
049-280 Gate Sensor 1 Fail 1 ........................................................................................ 161 062-210 IISS Hot Line Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)...................................................... 193
049-281 Gate Sensor 1 Fail 2 ........................................................................................ 162 062-211 IIT/IPS EEPROM Fail (IPS) (Except 4127/4112EPS) ...................................... 193
049-282 Gate Sensor 2 Fail 1 ........................................................................................ 163 062-220 IPS-EXT Connection Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS).......................................... 194
049-283 Gate Sensor 2 Fail 2 ........................................................................................ 164 062-277 IIT/IPS-DADF Communication Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)........................... 194
049-284 Paper Edge Home Sensor Off Fail................................................................... 165 062-278 IIT-Extension Communication Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)............................ 195
049-285 EEPROM Read/Write Error.............................................................................. 166 062-300 Platen Interlock Open (Except 4127/4112EPS) ............................................... 195
049-286 EEPROM Sum Error ........................................................................................ 166 062-310 IIT/IPS-ESS Communication Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS) ............................. 196
049-287 System Error .................................................................................................... 167 062-311 IIT Software Logic Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS).............................................. 196
049-288 HCS Drive PWB Not Connected ...................................................................... 167 062-345 IIT/IPS EEPROM Fail (IIT) (Except 4127/4112EPS)........................................ 197
049-300 HCS Upper Cover Switch Open....................................................................... 168 062-355 IPS Fan Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS).............................................................. 197
049-310 HCS Download Mode Fail................................................................................ 168 062-356 Lamp Fan Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)........................................................... 198
049-500 HCS ROM Write Error...................................................................................... 169 062-357 CCD Fan Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)............................................................ 198
049-900 Top Tray Exit Sensor Static Jam...................................................................... 169 062-360 Carriage Position Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS) ............................................... 199
049-901 Top Tray Path Sensor Static Jam .................................................................... 170 062-362 X Hard Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)................................................................ 200
049-902 Bypass Exit Sensor Static Jam ........................................................................ 170 062-371 Lamp Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS).................................................................. 200
049-903 Bypass Path Sensor 1 Static Jam.................................................................... 171 062-380 Platen AGC Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)........................................................ 201
049-905 Stacker Path Sensor Static Jam ...................................................................... 171 062-386 Platen AOC Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)........................................................ 201
049-907 Stacker Exit Sensor Static Jam........................................................................ 172 062-389 Carriage Over Run (Scan End) (Except 4127/4112EPS) ................................ 202
049-908 Bypass Path Sensor 2 Static Jam.................................................................... 172 062-392 IIT/IPS Memory Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS).................................................. 202
049-940 Front Door Switch Open................................................................................... 173 062-393 IIT/IPS PWB Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)....................................................... 203
049-941 Tray Set Fail..................................................................................................... 173 062-790 X Detect Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS) ............................................................. 203
049-945 Top Tray Full .................................................................................................... 174 063-xxx FIP
049-960 Stacker Up Curl Sensor Off Fail....................................................................... 174 063-210 Extension EEPROM Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS) .......................................... 205
049-964 Stacker Height Sensor On Fail......................................................................... 175
063-220 IPS-EXT Psync Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS) .................................................. 205
049-965 Stacker Sheet Count Full ................................................................................. 177
063-230 EXT Image Parameter Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS) ....................................... 206
049-966 Stacker Height Limit Full .................................................................................. 177 063-240 EXT Image Parameter Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS) ....................................... 206
049-967 Paper Remain at Stacker Tray......................................................................... 178
049-968 Mix Size Stacker Full........................................................................................ 179 065-xxx FIP
049-969 Elevator Motor Step Out................................................................................... 180 065-210 Extension Page Memory Fail 1 (Except 4127/4112EPS)................................. 207
049-970 Stacker Upper Limit Fail................................................................................... 181 065-211 CIS Shading FROM Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS) ........................................... 207
049-971 Stacker Full Stack ............................................................................................ 182 065-212 CIS Shading Level Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS) ............................................. 208
049-972 Stacker Middle Stack ....................................................................................... 182 065-213 CIS Output Level Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS) ............................................... 208
049-973 HCS Dolly Remove Button Pressed................................................................. 183 065-215 Extension Page Memory Fail 2 (Except 4127/4112EPS)................................. 209
065-216 Extension Page Memory Fail 3 (Except 4127/4112EPS)................................. 209
061-xxx FIP 065-219 CIS Black White Level Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS) ....................................... 210
061-310 Clapper Fail...................................................................................................... 185
065-220 1P DUP PWB-EXT Psync Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS).................................. 210
061-315 SOS Long Fail.................................................................................................. 185
061-319 SOS Short Fail ................................................................................................. 186 071-xxx FIP
061-320 Polygon Motor Fail ........................................................................................... 186 071-100 Tray 1 Miss Pre Feed Jam ............................................................................... 211
061-325 No SOS Fail ..................................................................................................... 187 071-101 Tray 1 Miss Feed Jam...................................................................................... 211
061-329 ROS Connect Fail ............................................................................................ 187 071-104 Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam (Tray 1) ................................................................... 212
061-330 Polygon Motor Lock Fail................................................................................... 188 071-105 Regi Sensor ON Jam (Tray 1).......................................................................... 212
061-331 ROS VDD Fail .................................................................................................. 188 071-210 Tray 1 Lift Up Fail............................................................................................. 213
061-332 ROS VDD Down Fail........................................................................................ 189
061-334 SOS Stop Fail .................................................................................................. 189 072-xxx FIP
061-340 ROS LD Fail ..................................................................................................... 190 072-100 Tray 2 Miss Pre Feed Jam ............................................................................... 215
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009

2-3
2-4 Version.1 .1.1
072-101 Tray 2 Miss Feed Jam...................................................................................... 215 077-305 Trans Path Interlock Open ............................................................................... 242
072-104 Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam (Tray 2) ................................................................... 216 077-306 Marking Drawer Open...................................................................................... 243
072-105 Regi Sensor ON Jam (Tray 2).......................................................................... 216 077-307 Duplex Drawer Open ....................................................................................... 243
072-210 Tray 2 Lift Up Fail ............................................................................................. 217 077-311 Invert Release Fail ........................................................................................... 244
077-313 Multi Feed Sensor Broken ............................................................................... 245
073-xxx FIP 077-320 All Feed Tray Broken Fail ................................................................................ 245
073-100 Tray 3 Miss Pre Feed Jam ............................................................................... 219 077-330 (2000 A3 HCF) Feeder Communication Fail................................................... 246
073-101 Tray 3 Miss Feed Jam...................................................................................... 219 077-330 (4000 HCF) Feeder Communication Fail ........................................................ 246
073-102 Feed Out Sensor 1 ON Jam (Tray 3) ............................................................... 220 077-601 Regi Sensor On Fail (Hidden Fail) ................................................................... 247
073-104 Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam (Tray 3) ................................................................... 220 077-603 Skew Servo Fail ............................................................................................... 248
073-105 Regi Sensor ON Jam (Tray 3).......................................................................... 221 077-909 IOT Static Jam ................................................................................................. 250
073-210 Tray 3 Lift Up Fail ............................................................................................. 221 077-967 Paper Kind Mismatch (APS Job) ..................................................................... 250
074-xxx FIP 077-968 Paper Kind Mismatch (Job Continue) .............................................................. 251
074-100 Tray 4 Miss Pre Feed Jam ............................................................................... 223 078-xxx FIP (4000HCF Feed)
074-101 Tray 4 Miss Feed Jam...................................................................................... 223 078-100 (4000 HCF Tray 6 Feed) Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam ....................................... 253
074-102 Feed Out Sensor 1 ON Jam (Tray 4) ............................................................... 224 078-102 (4000 HCF Tray 6 Feed) Regi Sensor ON Jam.............................................. 253
074-104 Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam (Tray 4) ................................................................... 224 078-110 (4000 HCF MSI Feed) Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam ........................................... 254
074-105 Regi Sensor ON Jam (Tray 4).......................................................................... 225 078-111 (4000 HCF MSI Feed) Regi Sensor ON Jam.................................................. 254
074-210 Tray 4 Lift Up Fail ............................................................................................. 225 078-150 (4000 HCF Tray 7 Feed) Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam ....................................... 255
075-xxx FIP 078-152 (4000 HCF Tray 7 Feed) Regi Sensor ON Jam.............................................. 255
075-100 MSI Miss Feed Jam.......................................................................................... 227 078-xxx FIP (2000A3HCF Feed)
075-101 MSI Feed Out Sensor ON Jam ........................................................................ 227 078-100 (2000 A3 HCF Feed) Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam ............................................. 257
075-109 Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam (MSI) ....................................................................... 228 078-102 (2000 A3 HCF Feed) Regi Sensor On Jam .................................................... 257
075-135 Regi Sensor ON Jam (MSI).............................................................................. 228 078-110 (2000 A3 HCF MSI Feed) Pre Regi Sensor On Jam ...................................... 258
075-210 MSI Lift Up Fail................................................................................................. 229 078-111 (2000 A3 HCF MSI Feed) Regi Sensor On Jam............................................. 258
075-211 MSI Lift Down Fail ............................................................................................ 230
078-xxx FIP (4000C2HCF Feed)
077-xxx FIP 078-100 (4000 C2 HCF Upper Tray Feed) Pre Regi Sensor On Jam ........................... 259
077-102 Trans Path Sensor 1 ON Jam (Tray 2)............................................................. 231 078-102 (4000 C2 HCF Upper Tray Feed) Regi Sensor On Jam .................................. 259
077-103 Fuser Exit Sensor OFF Jam (Straight) ............................................................. 231 078-110 (4000 C2 HCF MSI Feed) Pre Regi Sensor On Jam ....................................... 260
077-106 Fuser Exit Sensor ON Jam............................................................................... 232 078-111 (4000 C2 HCF MSI Feed) Regi Sensor On Jam.............................................. 260
077-107 Fuser Exit Sensor OFF Jam (Invert) ................................................................ 232 078-150 (4000 C2 HCF Lower Tray Feed) Pre Regi Sensor On Jam ........................... 261
077-109 IOT Exit Sensor ON Jam (Non Invert).............................................................. 233 078-152 (4000 C2 HCF Lower Tray Feed) Regi Sensor On Jam .................................. 261
077-111 IOT Exit Sensor ON Jam (Invert) ..................................................................... 233
077-113 IOT Exit Sensor OFF Jam (Non Invert) ............................................................ 234 089-xxx FIP
077-115 IOT Exit Sensor OFF Jam (Invert).................................................................... 234 089-315 CIS Subsystem Fail ......................................................................................... 263
077-118 Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam (Duplex) .................................................................. 235 089-617 RC Data Over Range Fail (Hidden Fail) .......................................................... 263
077-123 Regi Sensor ON Jam (Duplex)......................................................................... 235 089-640 CIS Dark Level Error........................................................................................ 264
077-128 Invert In Sensor ON Jam.................................................................................. 236 089-641 CIS White Level Error ...................................................................................... 264
077-129 Duplex In Sensor ON Jam................................................................................ 236 089-642 CIS LED Power Control Fail ............................................................................ 265
077-130 Duplex Out Sensor ON Jam............................................................................. 237 089-643 CIS Shading Data Fail ..................................................................................... 265
077-132 Invert In Sensor OFF Jam ................................................................................ 237 089-644 CIS FPGA Fail ................................................................................................. 266
077-140 Previous Multi Feed.......................................................................................... 238 089-645 CIS Comm. Fail................................................................................................ 266
077-141 Multi Feed......................................................................................................... 238 089-646 CIS Side Edge Detect Fail ............................................................................... 267
077-142 Pre Transfer Sensor On Jam ........................................................................... 239 089-647 CIS Side Edge Detect A Fail (Hidden Fail) ...................................................... 267
077-143 Side Regi System Fail ...................................................................................... 240 089-648 CIS Side Edge Detect B Fail (Hidden Fail) ...................................................... 268
077-144 Edge Detect Timing Fail ................................................................................... 240 089-649 CIS Side Edge Detect C Fail (Hidden Fail) ...................................................... 268
077-300 Front Cover Interlock Open .............................................................................. 241 089-650 CIS Side Edge Out of Range Fail (Hidden Fail)............................................... 269
077-301 L/H Cover Interlock Open................................................................................. 241 089-651 CIS Shading Recommend (Hidden Fail) .......................................................... 269
077-304 MSI Cover Interlock Open ................................................................................ 242 089-652 CIS Hard Fail (Hidden Fail) .............................................................................. 270
091-xxx FIP 2.2.2.3 +12VDC Power FIP (LVPS GU12)..................................................................... 299
091-311 CC Cleaner Motor Fail ..................................................................................... 271 2.2.2.4 +24VDC Power FIP (LVPS GU10H) (Except 4127/4112EPS) M/C Only........... 299
091-312 CC HVPS Fail .................................................................................................. 272 2.2.2.7 Interrupt Lamp Keeps Flashing 1 min then Turns Off FIP.................................. 300
091-313 CRUM ASIC Communication Fail .................................................................... 272
091-320 CC Wire Break ................................................................................................. 273
2.2.3 Generic FIP
2.2.3.1 Reflective Sensor Failure FIP............................................................................. 301
091-400 Bottle Standard Near Full................................................................................. 273
2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP ........................................................................... 301
091-401 Drum Near End ................................................................................................ 274
091-410 Bottle Option Near Full..................................................................................... 274 2.2.3.3 Switch (Normal/Open) Failure FIP ..................................................................... 302
2.2.3.4 Solenoid/Clutch Not Energized Failure FIP........................................................ 302
091-910 Bottle Standard Not in Position ........................................................................ 275
2.2.3.5 Solenoid/Clutch Left Energized Failure FIP ....................................................... 303
091-911 Bottle Standard Full.......................................................................................... 275
091-912 Drum Not in Position ........................................................................................ 276 2.2.3.6 Motor Does Not Rotate Failure FIP .................................................................... 303
2.2.3.7 Motor Left Running Failure FIP .......................................................................... 304
091-913 Drum End ......................................................................................................... 276
2.2.3.8 NIP/RELEASE SOLENOID Not Energized Failure FIP...................................... 304
091-914 Drum CRUM Communication Fail.................................................................... 277
091-915 Drum CRUM Data Broken Fail......................................................................... 277 2.3 All Controller FIP
091-916 Drum CRUM Data Mismatch Fail..................................................................... 278
091-921 Drum CRUM Not in Position ............................................................................ 278 2.3.1 OF-xxx FIP
091-930 Bottle Option Not in Position ............................................................................ 279 OF-01 Common System Fail.......................................................................................... 307
091-931 Bottle Option Full.............................................................................................. 279 OF-02 HDD System Fail................................................................................................. 308
OF-03 NET/USB System Fail......................................................................................... 309
092-xxx FIP OF-04 Panel System Fail ............................................................................................... 310
092-311 ADC Toner Image Fail ..................................................................................... 281 OF-05 IIT System Fail .................................................................................................... 310
092-607 VGS Fail........................................................................................................... 281 OF-06 IOT System Fail .................................................................................................. 311
092-608 VH3 Fail ........................................................................................................... 282 OF-07 FAX System Fail ................................................................................................. 311
092-609 LDS Fail ........................................................................................................... 282 OF-08 116-324 Fail ........................................................................................................ 312
092-610 VM3 Fail ........................................................................................................... 283 OF-09 Common Job Fail ................................................................................................ 312
092-611 VHVM Fail ........................................................................................................ 283 OF-10 HDD Job Fail....................................................................................................... 313
092-612 VM ADC Fail .................................................................................................... 284 OF-11 FAX Job Fail........................................................................................................ 313
092-651 ADC Sensor Fail .............................................................................................. 284 OF-12 033-363 Fail ........................................................................................................ 314
092-652 ADC Patch Fail................................................................................................. 285 OF-13 016-782 / 016-784 Fail ........................................................................................ 314
092-656 ATC Out Fail .................................................................................................... 285 OF-14 FAX Card Fail...................................................................................................... 315
092-660 ATC Amplitude Fail .......................................................................................... 286 OF-15 NET Job Fail ....................................................................................................... 315
092-661 Temperature Sensor Fail ................................................................................. 286 OF-30 [No Error Code] (No problems during service call) ............................................. 316
092-662 Humidity Sensor Fail ........................................................................................ 287 OF-31 [No Error Code] (Problem: "Does not start up at power ON" error can be reproduced.)316
092-663 Minimum Setup ADC Fail................................................................................. 287 OF-32 [No Error Code] (Problem: "Does not return from Power Save" error can be reproduced.)317
092-664 ATC Average Warning ..................................................................................... 288 OF-33 [No Error Code] (Problem: "Remained in 'Copying...' or 'Printing...'" error can be reproduced.)317
093-xxx FIP 2.3.2 Controller FIP
093-311 Dispense Broken.............................................................................................. 289
093-320 Deve Motor Fail................................................................................................ 290 002-xxx FIP
093-400 Toner Near Empty............................................................................................ 291 002-500 UI error ............................................................................................................. 319
093-603 Dispense Near Broken ..................................................................................... 291 002-770 JT Processing - HD Full ................................................................................... 319
093-912 Toner Empty..................................................................................................... 292
093-924 Toner CRUM Comm Fail.................................................................................. 293 003-xxx FIP
093-925 Toner CRUM Data Broken Fail ........................................................................ 293 003-310 IIT extension memory capacity is insufficient................................................... 321
093-926 Toner CRUM Data Mismatch Fail .................................................................... 294 003-311 IIT CDI I/F Mismatch ........................................................................................ 321
093-931 Toner Filling Interrupt ....................................................................................... 294 003-318 IITsc Soft Fail ................................................................................................... 321
093-932 Cartridge Exchange Time Over........................................................................ 295 003-319 IITsc Video Driver Detection Fail...................................................................... 321
003-320 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 1 ...................................................................... 321
2.2.2 Other Failure FIP 003-321 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 2 ...................................................................... 321
2.2.2.1 AC Drive PWB/Main LVPS Power FIP ............................................................... 297 003-322 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 3 ...................................................................... 321
2.2.2.2 Interlock On +24VDC Power FIP........................................................................ 298 003-323 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 4 ...................................................................... 322
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009

2-5
2-6 Version.1 .1.1
003-324 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 5 ...................................................................... 322 003-951 1job max page over ......................................................................................... 330
003-325 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 6 ...................................................................... 322 003-952 Return Documents Color mismatch ................................................................. 330
003-326 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 7 ...................................................................... 322 003-955 Documents size exchange error ...................................................................... 330
003-327 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 8 ...................................................................... 322 003-956 Documents size unknown error ....................................................................... 330
003-328 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 9 ...................................................................... 322 003-963 No APS object Tray ......................................................................................... 330
003-329 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 10 .................................................................... 323 003-965 ATS/APS No Paper (IITsc Detect) ................................................................... 331
003-330 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 11 .................................................................... 323 003-966 ATS/APS No Destination (IITsc) ...................................................................... 331
003-331 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 12 .................................................................... 323 003-967 DADF APS No Destination .............................................................................. 331
003-332 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 13 .................................................................... 323 003-968 Punch position error......................................................................................... 331
003-333 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 14 .................................................................... 323 003-969 Punch size error............................................................................................... 331
003-334 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 15 .................................................................... 323 003-971 prevention code detect with the right to cancel................................................ 331
003-335 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 16 .................................................................... 323 003-972 Maximum Stored Page Over Flow ................................................................... 332
003-336 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 17 .................................................................... 324 003-973 Every direction difference ................................................................................ 332
003-337 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 18 .................................................................... 324 003-974 Next Original Specification............................................................................... 332
003-338 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 19 .................................................................... 324 003-976 FAX Line Memory Overflow (N up) .................................................................. 332
003-339 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 20 .................................................................... 324 003-977 Document Miss Match (Multi Scan) ................................................................. 332
003-340 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 21 .................................................................... 324 003-978 Color Document Miss Mutch (Multi Scan)........................................................ 332
003-341 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 22 .................................................................... 324 003-980 Staple position error......................................................................................... 333
003-342 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 23 .................................................................... 324 003-981 Staple size error............................................................................................... 333
003-343 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 24 .................................................................... 325 003-982 IITsc HDD access error.................................................................................... 333
003-344 IISS_ESS X Hotline Fail PowerOn ................................................................... 325
003-345 X PIO Unmatch Fail 1....................................................................................... 325 005-xxx FIP
003-346 X PIO Unmatch Fail 2....................................................................................... 325 005-500 Write to DADF-ROM error detection (During DLD method) ............................. 335
003-701 Duplication prevention code detect .................................................................. 325 005-940 DADF No Original ............................................................................................ 335
003-702 Different magnification, for surface and back of a document .......................... 325 005-941 Doc number of sheets is insufficient ................................................................ 335
003-750 Book Duplex-Insufficient Docs ......................................................................... 325 005-942 Doc fault loading on DADF .............................................................................. 335
003-751 Under PANTHER Capacity (Scan)................................................................... 326 007-xxx FIP
003-752 Cannot scan 600DPI ........................................................................................ 326
007-954 SMH size mismatch ......................................................................................... 337
003-753 Cannot scan over 300DPI ................................................................................ 326
007-959 OHP kind mismatch (Not white frame OHP) .................................................... 337
003-754 S2X recoverable error ...................................................................................... 326 007-960 Paper kind mismatch ....................................................................................... 337
003-755 S2X command error ......................................................................................... 326
007-969 CentreTray full stack ........................................................................................ 337
003-756 S2X command error ......................................................................................... 326
003-757 Cannot scan over 400DPI ................................................................................ 327 011-xxx FIP
003-760 Scan Settings Error .......................................................................................... 327 011-941 MBX #01 Bin Full Stack ................................................................................... 339
003-761 Incorrect Paper Tray Size................................................................................. 327 011-942 MBX #02 Bin Full Stack ................................................................................... 339
003-763 Adjustment Chart Not Found............................................................................ 327 011-943 MBX #03 Bin Full Stack ................................................................................... 339
003-764 Document insufficient (image overlay) ............................................................. 327 011-944 MBX #04 Bin Full Stack ................................................................................... 339
003-780 Scan Image Compression Error ....................................................................... 327 011-945 MBX #05 Bin Full Stack ................................................................................... 339
003-795 AMS Limit Error ................................................................................................ 327 011-946 MBX #06 Bin Full Stack ................................................................................... 339
003-930 Cannot scan over 300DPI ................................................................................ 328 011-947 MBX #07 Bin Full Stack ................................................................................... 339
003-931 Cannot scan over 400DPI ................................................................................. 328 011-948 MBX #08 Bin Full Stack ................................................................................... 340
003-932 Cannot scan 600DPI ........................................................................................ 328 011-949 MBX #09 Bin Full Stack ................................................................................... 340
003-933 Next Documents Cannot scan over 300DPI..................................................... 328 011-950 MBX #10 Bin Full Stack ................................................................................... 340
003-934 Next Documents Cannot scan over 400DPI..................................................... 328
003-935 Next Documents Cannot scan over 600DPI..................................................... 328 012-xxx FIP
003-940 DAM memory insufficient ................................................................................. 329 012-500 Write to Finisher/MACS-ROM error detection (During DLD method).............. 341
003-942 Document size Auto Detect error ..................................................................... 329 012-911 Stacker Lower Safety....................................................................................... 341
003-944 Image repeat count fail..................................................................................... 329 012-914 Stacker Tray Staple Set Over Count................................................................ 341
003-946 Every direction difference (Copy APS)............................................................. 329 012-965 Stapler Pin near empty .................................................................................... 341
003-947 Return Documents counts error ....................................................................... 329 012-966 Scratch Sheet Compile .................................................................................... 341
003-948 Return Documents mismatch ........................................................................... 329 012-969 IOT Center Tray Full ........................................................................................ 341
016-xxx FIP 016-339 Cont FontROM Fail-2 ....................................................................................... 350
016-210 SW Option Fail (HDD Not Exist) ...................................................................... 343 016-340 Cont FontROM Fail-3 ....................................................................................... 350
016-211 SW Option Fail (SysMemory Low) ................................................................... 343 016-341 Cont FontROM Fail-4 ....................................................................................... 351
016-212 SW Option Fail (Page Memory Low)................................................................ 343 016-342 Cont RTC Fail .................................................................................................. 351
016-213 SW Option Fail (Printer CARD Not Exist) ........................................................ 343 016-345 Cont NV-Memory Fail....................................................................................... 351
016-214 SW Option Fail (Fax CARD Not Exist) ............................................................. 343 016-347 Cont PageMemory Fail .................................................................................... 351
016-215 SW Option Fail (JPEG boad Not Exist)............................................................ 343 016-348 Cont PageMemory Fail-2 ................................................................................. 351
016-216 SW Option Fail (ExtMemory Not Exist) ............................................................ 344 016-350 Cont SEEP-ROM Fail-1 ................................................................................... 351
016-217 SW Option Fail (Controller ROM not Printer kit) .............................................. 344 016-351 Cont SEEP-ROM Fail-2 ................................................................................... 352
016-218 PS KIT Not Exist for XDOD.............................................................................. 344 016-360 Cont UI Fail-1 ................................................................................................... 352
016-219 License is required (Printer Kit)........................................................................ 344 016-362 Cont UI Fail-2 ................................................................................................... 352
016-220 S2X unrecoverable error .................................................................................. 344 016-363 Cont LyraCard Fail ........................................................................................... 352
016-221 S2X communication error................................................................................. 344 016-364 Cont USB2.0 Host Fail ..................................................................................... 352
016-222 S2X self-diag error ........................................................................................... 345 016-365 Cont USB2.0 Device Fail ................................................................................. 352
016-223 S2X SDRAM Error ........................................................................................... 345 016-366 Cont HDD Fail-1............................................................................................... 353
016-224 S2X PCI Reg Error........................................................................................... 345 016-367 Cont HDD Fail-2............................................................................................... 353
016-225 S2X ROM CheckSum Error ............................................................................. 345 016-368 Cont Torino Fail................................................................................................ 353
016-226 S2X IIT Connection Error ................................................................................. 345 016-369 Cont S2X PWB Fail.......................................................................................... 353
016-227 S2X DDR Error................................................................................................. 345 016-370 Cont Fail........................................................................................................... 353
016-228 S2X Image Processing Error............................................................................ 345 016-371 Cont USB1.1 Host Fail ..................................................................................... 353
016-229 SW Option Fail (FCW-UI Not Exist) ................................................................. 345 016-400 802.1x authentication failure ............................................................................ 354
016-230 License is required (PS ImageLog Kit)............................................................. 346 016-401 802.1x EAP type not supported ....................................................................... 354
016-231 SW Option Fail (Image Ext PWB Not Exist)..................................................... 346 016-402 802.1x authentication failure by timing out....................................................... 354
016-232 MRC HW Initialize Error ................................................................................... 346 016-403 802.1x certificate failure ................................................................................... 354
016-233 SW Option Fail (USB Host Not Exist) .............................................................. 346 016-404 802.1x inside failure ......................................................................................... 354
016-234 XCP Out of Memory Error ................................................................................ 346 016-405 Certificate DB File error.................................................................................... 354
016-235 XCP Internal Error............................................................................................ 346 016-406 802.1x client certificate failure.......................................................................... 355
016-240 S2X NVM CheckSum Fail ................................................................................ 347 016-407 XCP Plugin Secrity Exception .......................................................................... 355
016-310 ssmm Job Log Full ........................................................................................... 347 016-408 XCP Invalid Plugin ........................................................................................... 355
016-311 No Scanner that Should Be.............................................................................. 347 016-409 XCP Plugin Version Incompatible .................................................................... 355
016-312 SW Option Fail (Hybrid WaterMark Not Exist) ................................................. 347 016-410 XCP_PLUGIN_PROPERTY_INVALID............................................................. 355
016-313 Hybrid WaterMark setting mismatch ................................................................ 347 016-411 XCP_UNSUPPORTED_CLASS_VERSION .................................................... 355
016-314 SW Option Fail (Hybrid WaterMark Not Exist) ................................................. 347 016-412 XCP Plugin Misc Error ..................................................................................... 355
016-315 IIT Interface Fail ............................................................................................... 348 016-413 Couldnt detect proxy server automatically. ...................................................... 355
016-316 Page Memory Not Detected............................................................................. 348 016-414 Couldnt connect to Xerox server or proxy........................................................ 356
016-317 Page Memory Broken- Standard...................................................................... 348 016-415 Connection to Xerox server has timed out. ...................................................... 356
016-318 Page Memory Broken- Option.......................................................................... 348 016-416 An invalid state message received from server. .............................................. 356
016-320 Document Formatter Fatal Error ...................................................................... 348 016-417 Invalid network settings were found. ................................................................ 356
016-321 Fax Module Error ............................................................................................. 348 016-450 SMB Host name duplicated.............................................................................. 357
016-322 JBA Account Full.............................................................................................. 349 016-453 Dynamic DNS - IPv6 NG.................................................................................. 357
016-323 B-Formatter Fatal Error .................................................................................... 349 016-454 DNS renewal failure of dynamic....................................................................... 357
016-324 Scheduled Image Overwrite............................................................................. 349 016-455 SNTP server time out....................................................................................... 357
016-325 Using Personal Certificate................................................................................ 349 016-456 SNTP time asynchronous ................................................................................ 357
016-330 Cont System Memory Fail-1............................................................................. 349 016-461 Under non-transmitted image log stagnation ................................................... 358
016-331 Cont System Memory Fail-2............................................................................. 349 016-500 Write to Cont-ROM error detection (During DLD method) ............................... 358
016-332 Cont System Memory Fail-3............................................................................. 349 016-501 Write to S2X-ROM error detection (During DLD method) ................................ 358
016-335 Cont ProgramROM Fail-1 ................................................................................ 350 016-502 Write to Cont/S2X/IISS/DADF/IOT/Fin/FaxCard error detection (During PJL method)358
016-336 Cont ProgramROM Fail-2 ................................................................................ 350 016-503 SMTP Server Fail for Redirector ...................................................................... 358
016-337 Cont ProgramROM Fail-3 ................................................................................ 350 016-504 POP Server Fail for Redirector ........................................................................ 358
016-338 Cont FontROM Fail-1 ....................................................................................... 350 016-505 POP Authentication Fail for Redirector ............................................................ 359
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009

2-7
2-8 Version.1 .1.1
016-506 Image Log HDD Full......................................................................................... 359 016-570 Job ticket out of memory .................................................................................. 367
016-507 ImageLog Send Fail01 ..................................................................................... 359 016-571 Job ticket wrong param.................................................................................... 367
016-508 ImageLog Send Fail02 ..................................................................................... 359 016-572 Job ticket media error ...................................................................................... 367
016-509 ImageLog No Send Rule01 .............................................................................. 359 016-573 Job ticket parse error ....................................................................................... 368
016-510 ImageLog No Send Rule02 .............................................................................. 359 016-574 Host name solution error in FTP ...................................................................... 368
016-511 ImageLog Invalid Send Rule01 ........................................................................ 360 016-575 DNS server un-sets up in FTP ......................................................................... 368
016-512 ImageLog Invalid Send Rule02 ........................................................................ 360 016-576 Server connection error in FTP........................................................................ 368
016-513 SMTP server reception error ............................................................................ 360 016-577 Problem in FTP service.................................................................................... 368
016-514 XPS Error ......................................................................................................... 360 016-578 Login name or a password error in FTP .......................................................... 368
016-515 XPS Short of Memory....................................................................................... 360 016-579 Scanning picture preservation place error in FTP............................................ 369
016-516 XPS PrintTicket description error ..................................................................... 360 016-580 File name acquisition failure from FTP server ................................................. 369
016-517 PS Booklet Illegal Color Mode Change ............................................................ 361 016-581 File name suffix limit over in FTP..................................................................... 369
016-518 PS Booklet Conflict WM ................................................................................... 361 016-582 File creation failure in FTP ............................................................................... 369
016-519 Device DV - Reached Limit .............................................................................. 361 016-583 Lock folder creation failure in FTP ................................................................... 369
016-520 MRC HW Job Error .......................................................................................... 361 016-584 Folder creation failure in FTP........................................................................... 370
016-521 SmartCard Not Found ...................................................................................... 361 016-585 File delete failure in FTP .................................................................................. 370
016-522 LDAP SSL error 112......................................................................................... 361 016-586 Lock folder delete failure in FTP ...................................................................... 370
016-523 LDAP SSL error 113......................................................................................... 361 016-587 Folder delete failure in FTP.............................................................................. 370
016-524 LDAP SSL error 114......................................................................................... 362 016-588 Data write-in failure to FTP server ................................................................... 370
016-525 LDAP SSL error 115......................................................................................... 362 016-589 Data read failure from FTP server ................................................................... 370
016-526 LDAP SSL error 116......................................................................................... 362 016-590 Data reading failure from FTP server............................................................... 370
016-527 LDAP SSL error 117......................................................................................... 362 016-591 FTP scan filing policy injustice ......................................................................... 371
016-528 SmartCard Not Auth ......................................................................................... 362 016-592 NEXTNAME.DAT file access error in FTP ....................................................... 371
016-529 Remote Download server timeout .................................................................... 362 016-593 Internal error in FTP Scan................................................................................ 371
016-533 Kerberos Attestation protocol error 37 ............................................................. 363 016-594 TYPE command failure in FTP ........................................................................ 371
016-534 Kerberos Attestation protocol error 41,42 ........................................................ 363 016-595 PORT command failure in FTP........................................................................ 371
016-535 Remote Download file access error ................................................................. 363 016-596 CDUP command failure in FTP........................................................................ 371
016-536 Host name solution error in Remote Download................................................ 363 016-597 Same name file exists in FTP servcer ............................................................. 372
016-537 Remote Download server connection error...................................................... 363 016-598 Email message size over ................................................................................. 372
016-538 Remote Download file write error ..................................................................... 363 016-599 Email message size over ................................................................................. 372
016-539 Kerberos Attestation protocol error other ......................................................... 363 016-600 KO Authentication Locked ............................................................................... 372
016-543 Attestation Agent error 543 .............................................................................. 364 016-601 Illegal Access Detection................................................................................... 372
016-545 Attestation Agent error 545 .............................................................................. 364 016-700 Password is under minimum............................................................................ 372
016-546 Attestation Agent error 546 .............................................................................. 364 016-701 Out of ART EX Memory ................................................................................... 373
016-548 Attestation Agent error 548 .............................................................................. 364 016-702 Out of Page Buffer ........................................................................................... 373
016-553 Attestation Agent error 553 .............................................................................. 364 016-703 Email To Invalid Box ........................................................................................ 373
016-554 Attestation Agent error 554 .............................................................................. 365 016-704 Mailbox is Full .................................................................................................. 373
016-555 Attestation Agent error 555 .............................................................................. 365 016-705 Secure Print Fail .............................................................................................. 373
016-556 Attestation Agent error 556 .............................................................................. 365 016-706 Max. User Number Exceeded.......................................................................... 374
016-557 Attestation Agent error 557 .............................................................................. 365 016-707 Sample Print Fail.............................................................................................. 374
016-558 Attestation Agent error 558 .............................................................................. 365 016-708 HD Full by Annotation/Watermark image......................................................... 374
016-559 Remote Download parameter error.................................................................. 365 016-709 ART EX Command Error ................................................................................. 374
016-560 Attestation Agent error 560 .............................................................................. 366 016-710 Delayed Print Fail............................................................................................. 375
016-562 ADetected user duplication, in a cert agent...................................................... 366 016-711 Email transmission size limit over .................................................................... 375
016-563 ImageLog Memory Full (Exp. Kit)..................................................................... 366 016-712 Under PANTHER Capacity (I-Formtter) ........................................................... 375
016-564 Remote Download Server Authentication Failed.............................................. 366 016-713 Security Box Password Error ........................................................................... 375
016-565 Backup Restore Error....................................................................................... 366 016-714 Security Box is not Enable ............................................................................... 375
016-566 Backup Restore Condition Error....................................................................... 366 016-715 ESCP Form Invalid Password.......................................................................... 376
16-567 Backup Capacity Full.......................................................................................... 367 016-716 TIFF Data Overflow.......................................................................................... 376
016-568 Backup Restore Failed ..................................................................................... 367 016-717 Fax/iFax Send Result Not Found..................................................................... 376
016-569 Attestation Agent error 569 .............................................................................. 367 016-718 Out of PCL6 Memory ....................................................................................... 376
016-719 Out of PCL Memory ......................................................................................... 376 016-769 SMTP Server Unsupported DSN ..................................................................... 385
016-720 PCL Command Error........................................................................................ 376 016-770 The direct fax function is canceled by NVM. .................................................... 385
016-721 Other Error ....................................................................................................... 377 016-771 Scan Data Repository ERR (DNS address)..................................................... 385
016-722 Job cancel by staple position NG..................................................................... 377 016-772 Scan Data Repository ERR (DNS Library)....................................................... 385
016-723 Job cancel by punch position NG..................................................................... 377 016-773 Invalid IP Address ............................................................................................ 386
016-724 Complex Position Error of Staple and Punch................................................... 377 016-774 HD Full - Compression Convert ....................................................................... 386
016-725 B-Formatter Library Image Conversion Error................................................... 377 016-775 HD Full - Image Convert .................................................................................. 386
016-726 PDL Auto Switch Fail ....................................................................................... 378 016-776 Image Convert ERR ......................................................................................... 386
016-727 0-page document unstorable to MailBox.......................................................... 378 016-777 HD Access ERR-Image Convert ...................................................................... 386
016-728 Unsupported TIFF Data ................................................................................... 378 016-778 HD Full - Scan Image Convert ......................................................................... 386
016-729 TIFF Data Size too Big..................................................................................... 378 016-779 Scan Image Conversion Error.......................................................................... 387
016-730 Unsupported ART Command........................................................................... 378 016-780 HD Access ERR-Image Convert ...................................................................... 387
016-731 Invalid TIFF Data.............................................................................................. 378 016-781 Scan Server Connect ERR .............................................................................. 387
016-732 Form not registerd............................................................................................ 379 016-782 Scan Server Login ERR ................................................................................... 387
016-733 Destination address resolution error ................................................................ 379 016-783 Invalid Server Path........................................................................................... 388
016-734 Simple transmittion report invocation error ...................................................... 379 016-784 Server Write ERR............................................................................................. 388
016-735 Updating Job Templete .................................................................................... 379 016-785 Server HD Full.................................................................................................. 388
016-736 Remote directory lock error.............................................................................. 379 016-786 HD Full-Scan Write ERR.................................................................................. 388
016-737 Remote lock directory remove error................................................................. 379 016-787 Invalid Server IP ADD ...................................................................................... 389
016-738 PS Booklet Illegal OutPut Size......................................................................... 380 016-788 Retrieve to Browser Failed............................................................................... 389
016-739 PS Booklet Document Output Missmatch ........................................................ 380 016-789 HD Full - Job Memory ...................................................................................... 389
016-740 PS Booklet OutPut Tray Missmatch................................................................. 380 016-790 Email fragment over ......................................................................................... 389
016-741 Download Mode NGJob Fail ............................................................................ 380 016-791 File Retrieve Fail .............................................................................................. 389
016-742 Download Data Product ID Mismatch .............................................................. 380 016-792 Specified Job Not Found.................................................................................. 390
016-743 Device Model/Panel Type Error ....................................................................... 380 016-793 MF I/O HD Full ................................................................................................. 390
016-744 Download Data CheckSum Error ..................................................................... 381 016-794 MediaReader:Media No Insert ......................................................................... 390
016-745 Download Data XPJL Fatal Error ..................................................................... 381 016-795 MediaReader:Format Error .............................................................................. 390
016-746 Unsupported PDF File...................................................................................... 381 016-796 Document insert operation error ...................................................................... 390
016-747 No memory for drawing annotation .................................................................. 381 016-797 MediaReader:Image File Read Error ............................................................... 390
016-748 HD Full ............................................................................................................. 381 016-798 No TrustMarking Option ................................................................................... 390
016-749 JCL Syntax Error.............................................................................................. 382 016-799 PLW Print Instruction Fail................................................................................. 391
016-750 Print job ticket description error........................................................................ 382 016-910 Required Resource Not Ready (IOTsc detect) ................................................ 391
016-751 PDF Error ......................................................................................................... 382 016-940 Duplex Mix Size NG ......................................................................................... 391
016-752 PDF Short of Memory ...................................................................................... 382 016-941 Booklet Duplex Mix Size NG ............................................................................ 391
016-753 PDF Password Mismatched............................................................................. 382 016-942 Page Delete Duplex Mix Size NG .................................................................... 391
016-754 PDF LZW Not Installed .................................................................................... 383 016-943 Insert doc Duplex Mix Size NG ........................................................................ 391
016-755 PDF Print Prohibited ........................................................................................ 383 016-944 Document merge NG ....................................................................................... 392
016-756 Auditron - Prohibit Service ............................................................................... 383 016-945 Insert doc Duplex print NG............................................................................... 392
016-757 Auditron - Invalid User...................................................................................... 383 016-946 Insert doc NG ................................................................................................... 392
016-758 Auditron - Disabled Function............................................................................ 383 016-947 APS No Destination Error ................................................................................ 392
016-759 Auditron - Reached Limit.................................................................................. 383 016-948 Small Book action NG ...................................................................................... 392
016-760 PS Decompose failure ..................................................................................... 383 016-949 Insert Mix doc NG ............................................................................................ 392
016-761 FIFO EMPTY.................................................................................................... 384 016-981 HDD access error............................................................................................. 392
016-762 Print LANG Not Installed .................................................................................. 384 016-982 HDD access error 2.......................................................................................... 393
016-763 POP server is not found. .................................................................................. 384 016-983 Log Image Storage Area on Disk Full, with Level of Ensuring Creation Set to "High"393
016-764 SMTP Server Connect Error ............................................................................ 384 016-985 Data size over flow (Scan to Email) ................................................................. 393
016-765 SMTP Server HD Full....................................................................................... 384
016-766 SMTP Server File System Error....................................................................... 384 018-xxx FIP
016-767 Invalid E-mail Address ..................................................................................... 385 018-400 IPSEC Error (Configuration Mismatch) ............................................................ 395
016-768 Invalid Sender Address .................................................................................... 385 018-401 Incosistent SIP configuration............................................................................ 395
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009

2-9
2-10 Version.1 .1.1
018-402 SIP server communication fail.......................................................................... 395 018-569 HTTP server certificate fail............................................................................... 404
018-403 SIP registraion fail (authentication) .................................................................. 395 018-570 HTTP certificate fail.......................................................................................... 405
018-404 SIP registration fail(other)................................................................................. 395 018-571 Internal error in Scan ....................................................................................... 405
018-500 CA Message Receiver Boot Error(S_cert lost)................................................. 396 018-572 Invalid char in context ...................................................................................... 405
018-501 CA Server Connection Error............................................................................. 396 018-573 Invalid char in server........................................................................................ 405
018-502 Login failure in SMB ......................................................................................... 396 018-574 Invalid char in volume ...................................................................................... 405
018-503 CA Message Receiver Timeout........................................................................ 396 018-575 Invalid char in login .......................................................................................... 406
018-504 CA SessionID Mismatch................................................................................... 396 018-576 Invalid char in path........................................................................................... 406
018-505 SMB-DOS protocol error 1-005 ........................................................................ 396 018-577 Invalid char in file ............................................................................................. 406
018-506 CA FieldID Mismatch........................................................................................ 397 018-578 Nw server not found......................................................................................... 406
018-507 CA Credential Error .......................................................................................... 397 018-579 Nw server disk full ............................................................................................ 406
018-508 CA Server Fatal Error....................................................................................... 397 018-580 Netware invalid volume.................................................................................... 406
018-509 Template parameter conflict............................................................................. 397 018-581 Netware invalid path ........................................................................................ 407
018-510 Host name solution error in BMLinkS............................................................... 398 018-582 Access right fail................................................................................................ 407
018-511 DNS server un-sets up in BMLinkS.................................................................. 398 018-583 Nw server disk error......................................................................................... 407
018-512 Service Connect error in BMLinkS ................................................................... 398 018-584 Nw server access fail ....................................................................................... 407
018-513 BMLinkS Service Not Found .......................................................................... 398 018-585 Netware error in use ........................................................................................ 408
018-514 bmlinks access-right-violation .......................................................................... 398 018-586 Netware login fail ............................................................................................. 408
018-515 bmlinks storage-access-error ........................................................................... 399 018-587 File duplication fail ........................................................................................... 408
018-516 bmlinks unsupported-attribute .......................................................................... 399 018-588 Scan filing policy invalid ................................................................................... 408
018-517 bmlinks storage-full .......................................................................................... 399 018-589 NEXTNAME.DAT error .................................................................................... 408
018-518 bmlinks operation-not-available........................................................................ 399 018-590 Same name exists ........................................................................................... 408
018-519 bmlinks unknown-error ..................................................................................... 399 018-591 File name suffix limit over ................................................................................ 409
018-520 Internal error in BMLinkS Scan ........................................................................ 399 018-592 lock folder create fail ........................................................................................ 409
018-521 request send failure in BMLinkS....................................................................... 400 018-593 lock folder delete fail ........................................................................................ 409
018-522 response receive failure in BMLinkS ................................................................ 400 018-595 LDAP protocol error 595 .................................................................................. 409
018-523 image send failure in BMLinkS......................................................................... 400 018-596 LDAP protocol error 596 .................................................................................. 409
018-524 Invalid device network setting .......................................................................... 400 018-701 LDAP protocol error 01 .................................................................................... 410
018-525 HDD full or HDD access error .......................................................................... 400 018-702 LDAP protocol error 02 .................................................................................... 410
018-526 Rejected to be refresh ...................................................................................... 400 018-703 LDAP protocol error 03 .................................................................................... 410
018-527 JT Monitor Internal error................................................................................... 401 018-704 LDAP protocol error 04 .................................................................................... 410
018-528 Soap request error ........................................................................................... 401 018-705 LDAP protocol error 05 .................................................................................... 410
018-529 Duplicate scan request..................................................................................... 401 018-706 LDAP protocol error 06 .................................................................................... 410
018-530 Authentication error .......................................................................................... 401 018-707 LDAP protocol error 07 .................................................................................... 411
018-531 Failed to create a new job ................................................................................ 401 018-708 LDAP protocol error 08 .................................................................................... 411
018-532 Too many jobs to create a new ........................................................................ 401 018-710 LDAP protocol error 10 .................................................................................... 411
018-543 Shared name error in SMB server.................................................................... 401 018-711 LDAP protocol error 11 .................................................................................... 411
018-547 The number restriction over of SMB scan users .............................................. 402 018-712 LDAP protocol error 12 .................................................................................... 411
018-556 HTTP server script error................................................................................... 402 018-713 LDAP protocol error 13 .................................................................................... 411
018-557 HTTP Invalid char in filename .......................................................................... 402 018-714 LDAP protocol error 14 .................................................................................... 411
018-558 HTTP file not found .......................................................................................... 402 018-716 LDAP protocol error 16 .................................................................................... 412
018-559 HTTP File duplication fail ................................................................................. 403 018-717 LDAP protocol error 17 .................................................................................... 412
018-560 HTTP server login fail....................................................................................... 403 018-718 LDAP protocol error18 ..................................................................................... 412
018-561 HTTP server not found ..................................................................................... 403 018-719 LDAP protocol error 19 .................................................................................... 412
018-562 HTTP client error .............................................................................................. 403 018-720 LDAP protocol error 20 .................................................................................... 412
018-563 HTTP server error ............................................................................................ 403 018-721 LDAP protocol error 21 .................................................................................... 412
018-564 Host name solution error in HTTP.................................................................... 403 018-725 Kerberos Attestation protocol error 22 ............................................................. 413
018-565 Proxy name solution error in HTTP .................................................................. 404 018-726 Kerberos Attestation protocol error 70 ............................................................. 413
018-566 Server Connect error in HTTP.......................................................................... 404 018-727 Kerberos Attestation protocol error 71 ............................................................. 413
018-567 HTTP server access fail ................................................................................... 404 018-728 Kerberos Attestation protocol error 72 ............................................................. 413
018-568 HTTP server SSL access fail ........................................................................... 404 018-732 LDAP protocol error 32 .................................................................................... 413
018-733 LDAP protocol error 33 .................................................................................... 413 021-506 An invalid peer certificate has received............................................................ 423
018-734 LDAP protocol error 34 .................................................................................... 414 021-507 Proxy unauthorized access. ............................................................................. 423
018-735 LDAP protocol error 35 .................................................................................... 414 021-508 A connection to host/proxy has timed out. ....................................................... 423
018-736 LDAP protocol error 36 .................................................................................... 414 021-509 SOAP Fault: An invalid message detected. ..................................................... 424
018-748 LDAP protocol error 48 .................................................................................... 414 021-510 SOAP Fault: The MC already unregistered...................................................... 424
018-749 LDAP protocol error 49 .................................................................................... 414 021-511 SOAP Fault: The MC already registered (WEP). ............................................. 424
018-750 LDAP protocol error 50 .................................................................................... 415 021-512 SOAP Fault: The MC already registered (EP-SV). .......................................... 424
018-751 LDAP protocol error 51 .................................................................................... 415 021-513 SOAP Fault: The MC already registered (EP-DX). .......................................... 424
018-752 LDAP protocol error 52 .................................................................................... 415 021-514 SOAP Fault: The MC already registered (EP-TRESS). ................................... 424
018-753 LDAP protocol error 53 .................................................................................... 415 021-515 SOAP Fault: An invalid product code detected. ............................................... 425
018-754 LDAP protocol error 54 .................................................................................... 415 021-516 SOAP Fault: An invalid serial number detected. .............................................. 425
018-764 LDAP protocol error 64 .................................................................................... 415 021-517 SOAP Fault: The service not responded.......................................................... 425
018-765 LDAP protocol error 65 .................................................................................... 416 021-518 SOAP Fault: An internal error occurred on server. .......................................... 425
018-766 LDAP protocol error 66 .................................................................................... 416 021-519 SOAP Fault: Service is temporarily unavailable............................................... 425
018-767 LDAP protocol error 67 .................................................................................... 416 021-520 Couldn't connect to CA. ................................................................................... 426
018-768 LDAP protocol error 68 .................................................................................... 416 021-521 A connection to CA has timed out.................................................................... 426
018-769 LDAP protocol error 69 .................................................................................... 416 021-522 A miscellaneous CA comm error has detected. ............................................... 426
018-770 LDAP protocol error 70 .................................................................................... 416 021-523 An internal error has occurred.......................................................................... 427
018-771 LDAP protocol error 71 .................................................................................... 417 021-524 A registeration conflict has detected. ............................................................... 427
018-780 LDAP protocol error 80 .................................................................................... 417 021-525 An unregistration conflict has detected. ........................................................... 427
018-781 LDAP protocol error 81 .................................................................................... 417 021-526 A miscellaneous http session error has detected............................................. 427
018-782 LDAP protocol error 82 .................................................................................... 417 021-527 An invalid message has received..................................................................... 427
018-783 LDAP protocol error 83 .................................................................................... 417 021-528 A communication settings was set as disabled................................................ 427
018-784 LDAP protocol error 84 .................................................................................... 417 021-700 Accessory Failure............................................................................................. 428
018-785 LDAP protocol error 85 .................................................................................... 417 021-701 Accessory Preparing ........................................................................................ 428
018-786 LDAP protocol error 86 .................................................................................... 418 021-731 EP Accessory - Function Disabled................................................................... 428
018-787 LDAP protocol error 87 .................................................................................... 418 021-732 EP Accessory Error732.................................................................................... 428
018-788 LDAP protocol error 88 .................................................................................... 418 021-733 EP Accessory Error733.................................................................................... 428
018-789 LDAP protocol error 89 .................................................................................... 418 021-750 U Parts Request Fail (EP-SV).......................................................................... 429
018-790 LDAP protocol error 90 .................................................................................... 418 021-751 Maintenance Request Fail (EP-SV) ................................................................. 429
018-791 LDAP protocol error 91 .................................................................................... 418 021-770 U Parts Request Fail (EP-DX).......................................................................... 429
018-792 LDAP protocol error 92 .................................................................................... 419 021-771 Maintenance Request Fail (EP-DX) ................................................................. 429
018-793 LDAP protocol error 93 .................................................................................... 419 021-772 EPDX Install, Remove Error............................................................................. 429
018-794 LDAP protocol error 94 .................................................................................... 419 021-941 EP - Scan Service Paused By Disable............................................................. 429
018-795 LDAP protocol error 95 .................................................................................... 419 021-942 EP - Scan Service Paused By Color Mode ...................................................... 429
018-796 LDAP protocol error 96 .................................................................................... 419 021-943 EP - Print Service Paused By Disable ............................................................. 430
018-797 LDAP protocol error 97 .................................................................................... 419 021-944 EP - Print Service Paused By Color Mode....................................................... 430
021-945 EP - Service Paused By Disable...................................................................... 430
021-xxx FIP 021-946 EP - Service Paused By Color Mode ............................................................... 430
021-210 USB IC Card Reader connection error............................................................. 421 021-947 Subtractive Accessory Disable (Scan) ............................................................. 430
021-211 USB IC Card Reader broken............................................................................ 421 021-948 Subtractive Accessory Disable (Print).............................................................. 430
021-212 USB IC Card Reader preparing error............................................................... 421 021-949 Subtractive Accessory Disable......................................................................... 431
021-360 EP Accessory Fail ............................................................................................ 421
021-361 EP Accessory Kind Config Error ...................................................................... 421 024-xxx FIP
021-500 EPAccessoryJobExclusion............................................................................... 422 024-340 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 1 ....................................................................... 433
021-501 Invalid URL has detected. ................................................................................ 422 024-341 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 2 ....................................................................... 433
021-502 Couldn't resolve proxy name............................................................................ 422 024-342 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 3 ....................................................................... 433
021-503 Couldn't resolve host name.............................................................................. 422 024-343 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 4 ....................................................................... 433
021-504 Couldn't connect to host/proxy. ........................................................................ 422 024-345 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 5 ....................................................................... 433
021-505 Couldn't establish SSL session. ....................................................................... 423 024-346 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 6 ....................................................................... 433
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009

2-11
2-12 Version.1 .1.1
024-347 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 7 ....................................................................... 434 024-920 Face Down Tray1 Paper FULL ........................................................................ 442
024-348 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 8 ....................................................................... 434 024-922 Face Down Tray2 Paper FULL ........................................................................ 442
024-349 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 9 ....................................................................... 434 024-923 Operation Y Toner Empty ................................................................................ 442
024-350 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 10 ..................................................................... 434 024-924 Operation M Toner Empty................................................................................ 443
024-351 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 11 ..................................................................... 434 024-925 Operation C Toner Empty ................................................................................ 443
024-352 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 12 ..................................................................... 434 024-926 Punch DustBox Miss Set ................................................................................. 443
024-353 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 13 ..................................................................... 435 024-927 OCT Full Stack................................................................................................. 443
024-354 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 14 ..................................................................... 435 024-928 Scratch Sheet Compile (A-Fin) ........................................................................ 443
024-355 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 15 ..................................................................... 435 024-930 Stacker Tray Full (LargeSize Full) ................................................................... 443
024-356 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 16 ..................................................................... 435 024-931 Staple Dust Full................................................................................................ 444
024-357 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 17 ..................................................................... 435 024-932 Staple Box Set Fail .......................................................................................... 444
024-358 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 18 ..................................................................... 435 024-933 Operation Y Drum End of Life.......................................................................... 444
024-359 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 19 ..................................................................... 436 024-934 Paper kind mismatch ....................................................................................... 444
024-360 IOT-ESS Initialization Fail ................................................................................ 436 024-936 Tray 2 paper mismatch .................................................................................... 444
024-361 Invalid IOT PaperSizeGroup Info ..................................................................... 436 024-937 Tray 3 paper mismatch .................................................................................... 444
024-362 Page Sync Illegal Start ..................................................................................... 436 024-938 OHP kind mismatch at Tray4 (Not white frame OHP)...................................... 445
024-363 Page Sync Illegal Stop ..................................................................................... 436 024-939 OHP kind mismatch (Not white frame OHP) .................................................... 445
024-364 DMA Transfer Fail ............................................................................................ 436 024-940 Folder Tray Out Of Place ................................................................................. 445
024-365 Overflow on Loop Back Write........................................................................... 437 024-941 Folder Tray Full Stack...................................................................................... 445
024-366 JBIG Library Other Fail..................................................................................... 437 024-942 Booklet sheets counts over.............................................................................. 445
024-367 Decompress Other Fail .................................................................................... 437 024-943 Booklet Low Staple .......................................................................................... 446
024-368 PCI Error .......................................................................................................... 437 024-945 Booklet Full Stack ............................................................................................ 446
024-370 Marker Code Detection Fail.............................................................................. 437 024-946 Tray 1 Out Of Place ......................................................................................... 446
024-371 IOT-ESSCommunication Fail 21 ...................................................................... 438 024-947 Tray 2 Out Of Place ......................................................................................... 446
024-374 Regi Con PLL Parameter Fail .......................................................................... 438 024-950 Tray 1 Empty.................................................................................................... 447
024-375 IOT-ESSCommunication Fail 24 ...................................................................... 438 024-951 Tray 2 Empty.................................................................................................... 447
024-600 Billing Master Counter repair............................................................................ 438 024-952 Tray 3 Empty.................................................................................................... 447
024-601 Billing Backup Counter 1 repair........................................................................ 438 024-953 Tray 4 Empty.................................................................................................... 447
024-602 Billing Backup Counter 2 repair........................................................................ 439 024-954 Tray SMH Empty.............................................................................................. 447
024-603 SWKey Master Counter repair ......................................................................... 439 024-955 Tray 6 Empty.................................................................................................... 447
024-604 SWKey Backup Counter 1 repair ..................................................................... 439 024-956 Tray 7 Empty.................................................................................................... 448
024-605 SWKey Backup Counter 2 repair ..................................................................... 439 024-957 Interposer Empty.............................................................................................. 448
024-606 ProductNo / SerialNo Fail................................................................................. 439 024-958 SMH size mismatch ......................................................................................... 448
024-700 Shortage memory capacity, or no Hard Disk.................................................... 439 024-959 Tray1 size mismatch ........................................................................................ 448
024-701 Invalid instruction of face inversion .................................................................. 439 024-960 Tray2 size mismatch ........................................................................................ 448
024-742 Print Booklet sheets counts over...................................................................... 440 024-961 Tray3 size mismatch ........................................................................................ 448
024-746 Print Request Failure-Paper............................................................................. 440 024-962 Tray4 size mismatch ........................................................................................ 449
024-747 Print Instruction Fail.......................................................................................... 440 024-965 ATS/APS No Paper (IOTsc detect).................................................................. 449
024-748 Bates Numbering Digit Over............................................................................. 440 024-966 ATS/APS No Destination Error ........................................................................ 449
024-775 Print Booklet sheets counts over(Not field attachment) ................................... 440 024-967 Different width Mix Paper detect (Stapler job) ................................................. 449
024-910 Tray1 size mismatch ........................................................................................ 441 024-968 Stapler/Punch Batting ...................................................................................... 449
024-911 Tray2 size mismatch ........................................................................................ 441 024-969 Different width Mix Punch ................................................................................ 449
024-912 Tray3 size mismatch ........................................................................................ 441 024-970 Tray 6 Out Of Place ......................................................................................... 450
024-913 Tray4 size mismatch ........................................................................................ 441 024-971 Tray 7 Out Of Place ......................................................................................... 450
024-914 Tray6 size mismatch ........................................................................................ 441 024-972 Tray6 size mismatch ........................................................................................ 450
024-915 Tray7 size mismatch ........................................................................................ 441 024-973 Tray7 size mismatch ........................................................................................ 450
024-916 Mix Full Stack ................................................................................................... 442 024-974 Interposer Tray Size Mismatch ........................................................................ 450
024-917 Stacker Tray Staple Set Over Count ................................................................ 442 024-975 Booklet sheets counts over(Not field attachment) ........................................... 450
024-919 FaceUP Tray Close .......................................................................................... 442 024-976 Finisher Staple Status NG ............................................................................... 451
024-977 Stapler Feed Ready Fail .................................................................................. 451 027-503 POP server communication timeout................................................................. 463
024-978 Booklet Stapler NG .......................................................................................... 451 027-504 Response reception which is not expected from SMTP server........................ 463
024-979 Stapler Near Empty.......................................................................................... 451 027-513 SMB Scan client has no right to access........................................................... 463
024-980 Finisher Stacker Tray Full ................................................................................ 451 027-514 Host name solution error in SMB ..................................................................... 464
024-981 Finisher TopTray Full ....................................................................................... 452 027-515 DNS server un-sets up in SMB ........................................................................ 464
024-982 Stacker Lower Safety warning ......................................................................... 452 027-516 Server connection error in SMB ....................................................................... 464
024-983 Booklet Tray Full .............................................................................................. 452 027-518 Login name or a password error in SMB.......................................................... 464
024-984 Booklet Low Staple F ....................................................................................... 452 027-519 Scanning picture preservation place error in SMB........................................... 465
024-985 SMH Stop check .............................................................................................. 452 027-520 File name acquisition failure from SMB server................................................. 465
024-987 Envelop Folder Tray Full .................................................................................. 452 027-521 File name suffix limit over in SMB .................................................................... 465
024-988 Envelop Folder Tray Set Fail............................................................................ 453 027-522 File creation failure in SMB .............................................................................. 465
024-989 Booklet Low Staple R....................................................................................... 453 027-523 Lock folder creation failure in SMB .................................................................. 466
024-990 Punch Dust Full................................................................................................ 453 027-524 Folder creation failure in SMB.......................................................................... 466
027-525 File delete failure in SMB ................................................................................. 466
025-xxx FIP 027-526 Lock folder delete failure in SMB ..................................................................... 466
025-596 Diag HDD Mentenance Fail ............................................................................. 455 027-527 Folder delete failure in SMB............................................................................. 466
025-597 Diag HDD Initialize Fail .................................................................................... 455 027-528 Data write-in failure to SMB server .................................................................. 467
026-xxx FIP 027-529 Data read failure from SMB server................................................................... 467
027-530 Data reading failure from SMB server.............................................................. 467
026-700 LDAP protocol MAX error................................................................................. 457
027-531 SMB scan filing policy injustice ........................................................................ 467
026-701 Adress Book request overflow ......................................................................... 457
026-702 Adress Book directory service overflow ........................................................... 457 027-532 NEXTNAME.DAT file access error in SMB ...................................................... 467
027-533 Internal error in SMB Scan............................................................................... 467
026-703 Abort with Logout ............................................................................................. 457
027-543 SMB server name specification error ............................................................... 468
026-704 DocuWorks Error.............................................................................................. 457
026-705 DocuWorks Short of Memory ........................................................................... 457 027-547 SMB Protocol error 4-007 ................................................................................ 468
027-548 SMB Protocol error 4-008 ................................................................................ 468
026-706 DocuWorks Print Prohibited ............................................................................. 458
026-707 DocuWorks Unlock Failed................................................................................ 458
026-708 URL data size over........................................................................................... 458 027-564 SMB Protocol error 4-024 ................................................................................ 468
026-709 URL hdd full ..................................................................................................... 458
026-710 S/MIME unsupported cipher decrypt fail .......................................................... 458
026-711 Multi-page file size over ................................................................................... 458 027-569 SMB (TCP/IP)is not started.............................................................................. 469
026-712 HTTP out job overlap error............................................................................... 459
026-713 Couldnt detect proxy server automatically. ...................................................... 459
026-714 Couldnt connect to Xerox server or proxy........................................................ 459 027-574 SMB Protocol error 4-034 ................................................................................ 470
026-715 Connection to Xerox server has timed out. ...................................................... 460
026-716 An invalid state message received from server. .............................................. 460
026-717 Invalid network settings were found. ................................................................ 460 027-584 SMB Protocol error 4-044 ................................................................................ 470
026-718 PS Print Instruction Fail.................................................................................... 460
027-xxx FIP 027-587 SMB Protocol error 4-047 ................................................................................ 471
027-400 Net Off Line ...................................................................................................... 461 027-588 SMB Protocol error 4-048 ................................................................................ 471
027-442 Duplicat IP address .......................................................................................... 461 027-589 SMB Protocol error 4-049 ................................................................................ 471
027-443 DNS renewal failure of dynamic....................................................................... 461 027-590 SMB Protocol error 4-050 ................................................................................ 472
027-444 Duplicat IP address .......................................................................................... 461 027-591 SMB Protocol error 4-051 ................................................................................ 472
027-445 Illegal IP address.............................................................................................. 462 027-599 SMB Protocol error 4-other .............................................................................. 472
027-446 Duplicat IP address .......................................................................................... 462 027-600 ExtPrint Check Mode Error .............................................................................. 472
027-447 Duplicat IP address .......................................................................................... 462 027-700 Mail address domain err................................................................................... 472
027-452 Duplicat IP address .......................................................................................... 462 027-701 Disconnect network cable ................................................................................ 473
027-500 SMTP Server Fail for Mail IO ........................................................................... 462 027-702 Certificate for addresses, was not found......................................................... 473
027-501 POP Server Fail for Mail IO.............................................................................. 463 027-703 Certificate for addresses, was expired ............................................................. 473
027-502 POP Authentication Fail for Mail IO ................................................................. 463 027-704 Certificate for addresses, was untrusted.......................................................... 473
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009

2-13
2-14 Version.1 .1.1
027-705 Certificate for addresses, was revoked ............................................................ 473 027-775 Too many SMTP address ............................................................................... 482
027-706 Device certificate not found .............................................................................. 473 027-776 SMTP server error (EHLO Command refusal) ................................................. 482
027-707 Device certificate expired ................................................................................. 473 027-777 SMTP server un-supports SMTP-AUTH. ......................................................... 482
027-708 Device certificate untrusted .............................................................................. 474 027-778 There is no mode specified by SMTP-AUTH. .................................................. 482
027-709 Device certificate revoked ................................................................................ 474 027-779 It attestation-fails by SMTP-AUTH ................................................................... 482
027-710 S/MIME mail was disabled ............................................................................... 474 027-796 Email Not Printed ............................................................................................. 483
027-711 S/MIME mail sender certificate not found......................................................... 474 027-797 Invalid Output Destination................................................................................ 483
027-712 S/MIME mail sender certificate not valid .......................................................... 474 027-910 Manual duplex(Back Print from Tray7) ............................................................ 483
027-713 S/MIME mail was altered.................................................................................. 474 027-911 Manual duplex(Back Print from Tray6) ............................................................ 483
027-714 S/MIME mail sender impersonation ................................................................. 475 027-912 Manual duplex(Back Print from Tray5) ............................................................ 483
027-715 S/MIME mail certficate not support .................................................................. 475 027-913 Manual duplex(Back Recovery - Front Print) ................................................... 483
027-716 No-Signed mail receipt was rejected................................................................ 475 027-914 Manual duplex(Back Recovery - Front Print) ................................................... 483
027-720 Ext Srv. Host Not Found................................................................................... 475 027-915 Manual duplex(Back Recovery - Front Print) ................................................... 484
027-721 Ext Srv. Not Found ........................................................................................... 475 027-916 Manual duplex(Back Recovery - Back Print) ................................................... 484
027-722 Ext Srv. Timeout Fail ........................................................................................ 476 027-917 Manual duplex(Back Recovery - Back Print) ................................................... 484
027-723 Ext Srv. Authentication Fail .............................................................................. 476 027-918 Manual duplex(Back Recovery - Back Print) ................................................... 484
027-724 Ext Srv. Access Fail ......................................................................................... 476
027-725 Ext Srv. Operation Fail ..................................................................................... 476 033-xxx FIP
027-726 Ext Srv. Unknown State ................................................................................... 476 033-310 Fax Charge Function Fail................................................................................. 485
027-727 Ext Srv. Req Invalid Params ............................................................................ 476 033-311 Invalid Addressbook Data are Registered ....................................................... 485
027-728 Ext Srv. Req File Exceed ................................................................................. 477 033-312 Controller not respond when system is changing mode .................................. 485
027-730 SMTP mail division error .................................................................................. 477 033-313 USB disconnected ........................................................................................... 485
027-731 Server Limit Err ................................................................................................ 477 033-314 Controller ROM Fax Card ROM mismatch ..................................................... 485
027-732 Server Access Err ............................................................................................ 477 033-315 USB Fatal Error................................................................................................ 485
027-733 Server SSL Err ................................................................................................. 477 033-316 FAX Device Cont Error .................................................................................... 485
027-734 Server Certificate Err........................................................................................ 477 033-317 FAX Device Error ............................................................................................. 486
027-735 Device SSL Config Err ..................................................................................... 478 033-318 Image Processing Error ................................................................................... 486
027-736 Device Certificate Err ....................................................................................... 478 033-319 Fax Control task detects error.......................................................................... 486
027-737 Template Server Read ERR............................................................................. 478 033-320 Controller not respond when system is Booting............................................... 486
027-739 Invalid Template Server Path ........................................................................... 478 033-321 Fax Card not respond when system is Booting ............................................... 486
027-740 Template Server Login ERR ............................................................................ 478 033-322 FAX Card I/F timeout ....................................................................................... 486
027-741 Template Server Connect Fail.......................................................................... 479 033-323 FAX Card Mini I/F timeout................................................................................ 486
027-742 HD File System Full.......................................................................................... 479 033-324 USB state change Error ................................................................................... 487
027-743 Template Server Install ERR............................................................................ 479 033-325 FCM Fatal Error ............................................................................................... 487
027-744 Template Server ADD ERR (DNS Library)....................................................... 479 033-326 Mini Manager Fatal Error ................................................................................. 487
027-745 Template Server ADD ERR (DNS address)..................................................... 479 033-327 FCM no response to stop request.................................................................... 487
027-746 JobTemplate Pool Server Not Ready............................................................... 479 033-328 Failed to initialize fax log.................................................................................. 487
027-750 Fax document incongruent............................................................................... 480 033-329 Detected fax process failuer ............................................................................ 487
027-751 Job Template analysis error ............................................................................. 480 033-330 FoIP Unrecoverable Error ................................................................................ 488
027-752 Must user un inputting ...................................................................................... 480 033-331 FoIP Controller Init Fail .................................................................................... 488
027-753 Job flow service request disabled .................................................................... 480 033-332 FoIP Cont not respond when system is Booting .............................................. 488
027-754 Job flow service File signature setting mismatch ............................................. 480 033-333 FoIP Cont not respond when system is sleeping............................................. 488
027-760 XJT Command Fail........................................................................................... 480 033-334 Can not send a message to FoIP CONT ......................................................... 488
027-761 Web Print time out............................................................................................ 481 033-363 Fax Card Reset (Reboot) ................................................................................. 488
027-762 Illegal Web Print job ticket ................................................................................ 481 033-500 No CS after RS Req......................................................................................... 488
027-763 Auditron - Cannot Verify User .......................................................................... 481 033-501 No Appropriate PIX Data ................................................................................. 489
027-770 PDL Error ......................................................................................................... 481 033-502 Post-message resend exceeded ..................................................................... 489
027-771 DFE Disk Full ................................................................................................... 481 033-503 T1 Timeout....................................................................................................... 489
027-772 SMTP server error (HELO Command refusal) ................................................. 482 033-504 T2 Timeout....................................................................................................... 489
027-773 SMTP server communication timeout .............................................................. 482 033-505 T5 Timeout....................................................................................................... 489
027-774 SMTP address address inaccurate character .................................................. 482 033-506 DCN Receive ................................................................................................... 489
033-507 Unable to receive by remote ............................................................................ 490 033-558 remote ID is in black list ................................................................................... 497
033-508 Destination Polling Error .................................................................................. 490 033-559 illegal authentication ID .................................................................................... 497
033-509 DCS/NSS Resend Exceeded........................................................................... 490 033-560 cannot do TRESS/RCC job.............................................................................. 498
033-510 Fallback Error................................................................................................... 490 033-561 cannot do TRESS/RCC job.............................................................................. 498
033-511 No response after 3rd DTC/NSC ..................................................................... 490 033-562 held RCC job.................................................................................................... 498
033-512 Remote has no Relay....................................................................................... 490 033-563 No printable paper size .................................................................................... 498
033-513 Remote has no Mailbox ................................................................................... 490 033-564 Power Off during transmission ......................................................................... 498
033-514 Carrier Down Detected..................................................................................... 491 033-565 No. of Desinations Exceeded........................................................................... 498
033-516 EOR Receive ................................................................................................... 491 033-566 No destination specified ................................................................................... 498
033-517 ECM Phase C Flag Timeout ............................................................................ 491 033-567 Dial Error (Incorrect Dial Data.)........................................................................ 499
033-518 Remote cannot receive SUB............................................................................ 491 033-568 FCM watchdog timeout in FAX comm.............................................................. 499
033-519 PTX has no SEP capability .............................................................................. 491 033-569 Detected image direction conflict ..................................................................... 499
033-520 Remote cannot receive passward.................................................................... 491 033-570 Retry Over(no shutdown notification setting) ................................................... 499
033-521 Transmission Canceled via DTMF ................................................................... 492 033-571 Manual send job canceled(FaxReportLogFull) ................................................ 499
033-522 DTMF I/F Timeout ............................................................................................ 492 033-572 FaxReport print job canceled(JobFull occured) ............................................... 499
033-523 Line 1 not connected........................................................................................ 492 033-573 domain regulation check error.......................................................................... 500
033-524 Line 2 not connected........................................................................................ 492 033-580 Missing VoIP Gateway ..................................................................................... 500
033-525 Line 3 not connected........................................................................................ 492 033-581 Access Authentication failure ........................................................................... 500
033-526 ECM Error ........................................................................................................ 492 033-582 Mismatched ability............................................................................................ 500
033-527 EOR Send ........................................................................................................ 492 033-583 Temporarily unavailable ................................................................................... 500
033-528 RTN Send ........................................................................................................ 493 033-584 SIP request timeout.......................................................................................... 500
033-529 RTN Receive.................................................................................................... 493 033-585 SIP request error.............................................................................................. 501
033-530 DTMF Illegal Procedure Error ......................................................................... 493 033-586 T38 Protocol Not Ready................................................................................... 501
033-531 DTMF Procedure Error..................................................................................... 493 033-587 T38 Session Error ............................................................................................ 501
033-532 Illegal Command Received .............................................................................. 493 033-588 T38 Packet Lost ............................................................................................... 501
033-533 T.30 Protocol Error........................................................................................... 493 033-589 T38 Malformed Packet Received ..................................................................... 501
033-534 Unsupported Function at Remote .................................................................... 494 033-590 T38 Send Error................................................................................................. 501
033-535 DCN Receive at Phase B Send ....................................................................... 494 033-591 FoIP Max Sessions Over ................................................................................. 502
033-536 Ring Stopped before Fax Device Release ....................................................... 494 033-592 FoIP Internal Timeout....................................................................................... 502
033-537 In and out call conflict....................................................................................... 494 033-593 Canceled By Remote Peer............................................................................... 502
033-538 Fax Sending Image Process Error ................................................................... 494 033-710 Document does not exist.................................................................................. 502
033-539 Fax Receiving Image Process Error ................................................................ 494 033-711 Illegal Page inside Document........................................................................... 502
033-540 Fax Printing Image Process Error .................................................................... 494 033-712 System Memory exceeded............................................................................... 502
033-541 No destination specified ................................................................................... 495 033-713 No specified Chain Link ................................................................................... 502
033-542 Selected Channel Dial Error............................................................................. 495 033-714 Scan Error (No specified doc) .......................................................................... 503
033-543 Dial Error (Incorrect Dial Data.)........................................................................ 495 033-715 Cannot start job................................................................................................ 503
033-544 Busy tone detect .............................................................................................. 495 033-716 No specified Mailbox ........................................................................................ 503
033-545 T0 Timeout ....................................................................................................... 495 033-717 Incorrect Password .......................................................................................... 503
033-546 Cannot detect dial tone .................................................................................... 495 033-718 No Document in Mailbox .................................................................................. 503
033-547 Abort during transmission ................................................................................ 495 033-719 Fax job Canceld not recovery job..................................................................... 503
033-548 No manual send line ........................................................................................ 496 033-720 Document Creation Failed ............................................................................... 503
033-549 Fax service disabled ........................................................................................ 496 033-721 Fax Page Creation Failed ................................................................................ 504
033-550 cannot diable FAX service ............................................................................... 496 033-722 Fax immediate send store job canceled........................................................... 504
033-551 Internal I/F Error ............................................................................................... 496 033-724 Fax receive memory over flow ......................................................................... 504
033-552 too many Error lines ......................................................................................... 496 033-725 Insufficient HDD Space .................................................................................... 504
033-553 no mailbox/relay ............................................................................................... 496 033-726 Cannot print 2-Sided ........................................................................................ 504
033-554 Wrong Password/Receive Banned .................................................................. 497 033-727 Cannot rotate image......................................................................................... 504
033-555 incorrect password ........................................................................................... 497 033-728 Auto print canceled .......................................................................................... 504
033-556 Wrong Password/Send Banned ....................................................................... 497 033-730 Fax Service recovery error............................................................................... 505
033-557 Desinations or Sevices Exceeded.................................................................... 497 033-731 Inconsistent Instructions................................................................................... 505
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009

2-15
2-16 Version.1 .1.1
033-732 Print job canceled by forced polling.................................................................. 505 034-527 Dial Control Error ............................................................................................. 512
033-733 Fax document number get error....................................................................... 505 034-528 Cannot perform manual send .......................................................................... 512
033-734 Fax Print Suspension ....................................................................................... 505 034-529 No printable paper size .................................................................................... 513
033-735 Fax Memory Allocate Timeout.......................................................................... 505 034-530 DTMF I/F Timeout............................................................................................ 513
033-736 IFAX Off Ramp fail ........................................................................................... 505 034-550 Write to FaxCard-ROM error detection (During DLD method) ......................... 513
033-737 Fax card job canceled ...................................................................................... 506 034-700 GCPLock-G3DicepBusy-CodecHang .............................................................. 513
033-738 JBIG Information fail......................................................................................... 506 034-701 Software Reset ................................................................................................ 513
033-740 Fax immediate receive print canceled.............................................................. 506 034-702 No destination specified................................................................................... 513
033-741 Fax page read open timeout ............................................................................ 506 034-703 D Channellink cut from network ....................................................................... 514
033-742 Fax page read close timeout ............................................................................ 506 034-704 ISDN D Channel Data Link Error ..................................................................... 514
033-743 Fax page write open timeout ............................................................................ 506 034-705 ISDN Layer 1 Stopped-Power on..................................................................... 514
033-744 Fax page write close timeout............................................................................ 506 034-706 ISDN Layer 1 Stopped-Power off..................................................................... 514
033-745 Fax data write timeout ...................................................................................... 507 034-707 FRMR Received............................................................................................... 514
033-746 Fax data read timeout ...................................................................................... 507 034-708 Illegal Frame Received N(R)............................................................................ 514
033-747 Fax Service don't start by cross ope ................................................................ 507 034-709 Illegal Frame Received .................................................................................... 514
033-748 Fax Service illigal sequence............................................................................. 507 034-710 DL Link Establishment Received ..................................................................... 515
033-749 Fax card Memory Error .................................................................................... 507 034-711 Waiting for link Timeout ................................................................................... 515
033-750 Fax format error................................................................................................ 507 034-712 Internal Error (Interrupt) ................................................................................... 515
033-751 Activity Report suspended by Printing Inhibition .............................................. 507 034-713 Timeout-Transmission canceled ...................................................................... 515
033-755 Fax printing is canceled by the defect of Fax card. .......................................... 508 034-714 Line Disconnected-Timeout T305 .................................................................... 515
033-790 EP-DX Call Wait (Not Redial count) ................................................................. 508 034-715 Line Disconnected-Timeout 3082 .................................................................... 515
033-791 EP-DX Call Wait (Redial count)........................................................................ 508 034-716 Connection Timeout (T313) ............................................................................. 516
033-792 EP-DX Call Stop............................................................................................... 508 034-717 Resume Timeout.............................................................................................. 516
034-718 Normal Disconnection...................................................................................... 516
034-xxx FIP 034-719 No free and available lines............................................................................... 516
034-211 Slot1 Board failure............................................................................................ 509 034-720 Timeout (60s,T330,309,301,310)..................................................................... 516
034-212 Slot2 Board failure............................................................................................ 509 034-721 Error (Format, Contents) .................................................................................. 516
034-500 Dial Error (Incorrect Dial Data.) ........................................................................ 509 034-722 Suspension Timeout ........................................................................................ 517
034-501 Selected Channel Dial Error............................................................................. 509 034-723 No Timer Assigned .......................................................................................... 517
034-502 Fax Internal Must Parameter Error................................................................... 509 034-724 Illegal Sequence .............................................................................................. 517
034-503 Fax Internal High Layer Service Error .............................................................. 509 034-725 L3 Task Internal Error ...................................................................................... 517
034-504 Fax Stored Memory Exceeded......................................................................... 509 034-726 HD81501 I/F Buffer Busy ................................................................................. 517
034-505 Fax Work Memory Exceeded ........................................................................... 509 034-727 No Reply for 3 sec. for 1300Hz ........................................................................ 517
034-506 Unsupported Function at Remote .................................................................... 510 034-728 Invalid Destination............................................................................................ 517
034-507 Password Check Error ..................................................................................... 510 034-729 Line cut, In-Channel PB Send.......................................................................... 518
034-508 Transmission Canceled via DTMF ................................................................... 510 034-730 In and out call conflict ...................................................................................... 518
034-509 DTMF Illegal Procedure Error .......................................................................... 510 034-731 Fax Network Cut (Setup Error) ........................................................................ 518
034-510 DTMF Procedure Error..................................................................................... 510 034-732 Fax Network Cut due to Timeout ..................................................................... 518
034-511 Unable to Send File at Remote ........................................................................ 510 034-733 Incorrect Sequence,Call Status ....................................................................... 518
034-512 Detect Endless Loop ........................................................................................ 511 034-734 HI Task Internal Error....................................................................................... 518
034-513 Receive Command Error.................................................................................. 511 034-735 Connect only to ISDN D Channel .................................................................... 519
034-514 Requested Function Unsupported.................................................................... 511 034-736 Wrong notice from fax network ........................................................................ 519
034-515 Illegal Command Received .............................................................................. 511 034-737 Incoming call response error............................................................................ 519
034-519 No. of Desinations Exceeded ........................................................................... 511 034-738 Layer 1 Start Up Error...................................................................................... 519
034-520 No. of Sevices Exceeded ................................................................................. 511 034-739 Layer 1 not synchronized................................................................................. 519
034-521 Internal I/F Error ............................................................................................... 511 034-740 Transmission of Frame Error ........................................................................... 519
034-522 No manual send Line ....................................................................................... 512 034-741 Unable to Send Frame..................................................................................... 519
034-523 Fax service disabled......................................................................................... 512 034-742 Frame Send Underrun Detected...................................................................... 519
034-524 Unable to cancel operation............................................................................... 512 034-743 Abnormal frame-sending DMA......................................................................... 520
034-525 Specified Chainlink not exist ............................................................................ 512 034-744 Unacceptable Channel..................................................................................... 520
034-526 Chainlink No. out of scope ............................................................................... 512 034-745 Outgoing call to channel set............................................................................. 520
034-746 No usable lines................................................................................................. 520 034-796 Dial Error (Incorrect Fax No. 2) ........................................................................ 527
034-747 Switching equipment congestion...................................................................... 520 034-797 Communication Parameter Error ..................................................................... 527
034-748 Specified line cannot be used .......................................................................... 520 034-798 Data Parameter Error....................................................................................... 527
034-749 Network Conjestion Error ................................................................................. 520 034-799 Auto Dial without dial data................................................................................ 528
034-750 Network Error ................................................................................................... 521
034-751 Temporary Network Error................................................................................. 521 035-xxx FIP
034-752 Destination terminal busy................................................................................. 521 035-550 Write to FaxG3-ROM error detection (During DLD method) ............................ 529
034-753 Destination not responding .............................................................................. 521 035-700 Modem faulty.................................................................................................... 529
034-754 No response from Destination.......................................................................... 521 035-701 T1 Transmission Timeout................................................................................. 529
034-755 Destination rejecting call .................................................................................. 521 035-702 Destination Receive Rejected .......................................................................... 529
034-756 Destination Faulty ............................................................................................ 521 035-703 DCN Receive at Phase B Send ....................................................................... 529
034-757 Others (Normal, Semi-normal) ......................................................................... 522 035-704 Destination Polling Error .................................................................................. 529
034-758 Incorrect Destination Fax Dial No .................................................................... 522 035-705 DCS/NSS Resend Exceeded........................................................................... 530
034-759 No Relay Network Route.................................................................................. 522 035-706 Fallback Error................................................................................................... 530
034-760 No Line To Destination..................................................................................... 522 035-707 Wrong Password/Receive Banned .................................................................. 530
034-761 Incorrect Format Destination Fax No. .............................................................. 522 035-708 Post-message resend exceeded...................................................................... 530
034-762 Facility rejected ................................................................................................ 522 035-709 RTN Receive.................................................................................................... 530
034-763 Com. Capability disallowed .............................................................................. 522 035-710 PIN Receive ..................................................................................................... 531
034-764 Com. Capability not configured ........................................................................ 523 035-711 DCN Receive at Phase D................................................................................. 531
034-765 Error by service,feature limit ............................................................................ 523 035-712 No response after 3 NSC ................................................................................. 531
034-766 Selected com. not implemented....................................................................... 523 035-713 T2 timeout after sending FTT........................................................................... 531
034-767 Selected mode not implemented...................................................................... 523 035-714 DCN Received after NSC/DTC ........................................................................ 531
034-768 Restricted Digital Info. Only.............................................................................. 523 035-715 Wrong Password-Polling Error......................................................................... 531
034-769 Error by service, feature................................................................................... 523 035-716 No past message-T2 Timeout.......................................................................... 532
034-770 Reply to status query ....................................................................................... 524 035-717 RTN Send ........................................................................................................ 532
034-771 Access information discarded .......................................................................... 524 035-718 Receive T1 Timeout ......................................................................................... 532
034-772 Inter-working connection error ......................................................................... 524 035-719 Busy tone detected at Phase-B........................................................................ 532
034-773 Invalid Dial No. Specified ................................................................................. 524 035-720 Unable to receive by remote ............................................................................ 532
034-774 Invalid Line Specified ....................................................................................... 524 035-721 DCN Received at Phase B............................................................................... 532
034-775 Others (Invalid Message Class) ....................................................................... 524 035-722 Wrong frame length of 300bps......................................................................... 533
034-776 Insufficient Required Info. ................................................................................ 524 035-723 No CD after receiving flag ................................................................................ 533
034-777 Undefined Message Type ................................................................................ 524 035-724 DCN Receive after sending FTT ...................................................................... 533
034-778 Incorrect Message or Type .............................................................................. 525 035-725 Remote has no Mailbox/Relay ......................................................................... 533
034-779 No information, or not defined.......................................................................... 525 035-726 PhaseC cannot receive-10 secs ...................................................................... 533
034-780 Invalid Information............................................................................................ 525 035-727 50% Error during G3 Receive .......................................................................... 533
034-781 Call Status, Message Mismatch....................................................................... 525 035-728 C EOL cannot receive in 10 sec....................................................................... 534
034-782 Error cleared due to timeout............................................................................. 525 035-729 Carrier Down Detected..................................................................................... 534
034-783 Other Errors (Operation, etc) ........................................................................... 525 035-730 No CS with Phase-C High Speed .................................................................... 534
034-784 Destination No. Changed ................................................................................. 525 035-731 Fax V.8 Error.................................................................................................... 534
034-785 Incompatible destination .................................................................................. 526 035-732 Fax V.34 PCH CD Off ...................................................................................... 534
034-786 Call identity not in use ...................................................................................... 526 035-733 Fax V.34 C/PCH CS None ............................................................................... 535
034-787 Call identity in use ............................................................................................ 526 035-734 Polling ERR at Remote Step V8 ...................................................................... 535
034-788 Show other causes........................................................................................... 526 035-735 No Doc. in Polling Box Step V8........................................................................ 535
034-789 G4 Presentation Illegal Event........................................................................... 526 035-736 No reply DCN after sending CTC..................................................................... 535
034-790 Line 0 (Ext) not connected ............................................................................... 526 035-737 No reply DCN after sending EOR .................................................................... 535
034-791 Line 1 not connected........................................................................................ 526 035-738 No reply DCN after sending RR ....................................................................... 535
034-792 Line 2 not connected........................................................................................ 527 035-739 Fax T5 Timeout ................................................................................................ 536
034-793 Line 3 not connected........................................................................................ 527 035-740 Sending stopped after EOR Send.................................................................... 536
034-794 Line 4 not connected........................................................................................ 527 035-741 ECM Phase C Flag Timeout ............................................................................ 536
034-795 Line 5 not connected........................................................................................ 527 035-742 EOR Send or Receive...................................................................................... 536
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009

2-17
2-18 Version.1 .1.1
035-743 Remote cannot receive SUB. ........................................................................... 536 036-529 Illegal CDUI (Monitor Doc.) .............................................................................. 545
035-744 Remote cannot receive password .................................................................... 536 036-530 CDSReceive-Illegal Document ........................................................................ 545
035-745 PTX has no SEP capability .............................................................................. 537 036-531 DMA channel 1 illegal closing .......................................................................... 545
035-746 Busy-Cannot detect dial tone ........................................................................... 537 036-532 DMA channel 2 illegal closing .......................................................................... 545
035-747 Abort while dialing ............................................................................................ 538 036-533 Cannot convert resources ................................................................................ 545
035-748 Abort during transmission................................................................................. 538 036-534 Decode Error in Data Convert.......................................................................... 546
035-749 No reply from remote station ............................................................................ 538 036-535 White Line Transfer Error (Compress) ............................................................. 546
035-750 Power Off during transmission ......................................................................... 538 036-536 White Line Transfer Error (Decomp) ................................................................ 546
035-751 Doc. send operation canceled.......................................................................... 538 036-537 No RTC during data convert ............................................................................ 546
035-752 No. of Job Restriction Error .............................................................................. 538 036-538 Doc. descriptor analysis error .......................................................................... 546
035-753 Fax Memory Full............................................................................................... 538 036-539 Page Descriptor Analysis Error ........................................................................ 546
035-754 File management memory full .......................................................................... 539 036-540 Text Unit Analysis Error ................................................................................... 546
035-755 File Add Page Error.......................................................................................... 539 036-541 Page boundary without TU .............................................................................. 547
035-756 Cannot add page.............................................................................................. 539 036-542 Relay Broadcast error in G4 ............................................................................ 547
035-757 No Receive Page ............................................................................................. 539 036-550 Write to FaxG4-ROM error detection (During DLD method) ............................ 547
035-758 No specified file or page................................................................................... 539 036-700 G4 Communication Error ................................................................................. 547
035-759 No specified job................................................................................................ 539 036-701 Receiving variable N(R) error .......................................................................... 547
035-760 File common processing error.......................................................................... 539 036-702 Info frame size exceeded (NI).......................................................................... 547
035-761 File other processing error ............................................................................... 540 036-703 Monitor/Unnumbered frame error .................................................................... 548
035-762 Line cut during ISDN ........................................................................................ 540 036-704 Undefined Command/Response 1104 ............................................................. 548
036-705 N2 timeout of Receive Timer ........................................................................... 548
036-xxx FIP 036-706 SABM Wait Timeout in G4 ............................................................................... 548
036-500 Illegal PDRP Parameter ................................................................................... 541 036-707 UA wait Timeout in G4 ..................................................................................... 548
036-501 Illegal RDPBP Parameter................................................................................. 541 036-708 Cannot establish link in G4 .............................................................................. 548
036-502 Illegal RDPBN Parameter................................................................................. 541 036-709 DISC receive before link close......................................................................... 548
036-503 Illegal RDCLP Parameter ................................................................................. 541 036-710 FRMR Receive (Z=1) ....................................................................................... 549
036-504 Illegal RDGR Parameter................................................................................... 541 036-711 FRMR Receive (Y=1)....................................................................................... 549
036-505 Undefined response ......................................................................................... 541 036-712 FRMR received (Z=1) W=1 .............................................................................. 549
036-506 Not negotiable .................................................................................................. 541 036-713 FRMR Receive (W=1)...................................................................................... 549
036-507 RDPBP Receive at full capacity ....................................................................... 542 036-714 Global Address Receive .................................................................................. 549
036-508 RDPBN Receive Terminal Error....................................................................... 542 036-715 Line Open Timeout in G4................................................................................. 549
036-509 RDPBN Receive Others ................................................................................... 542 036-716 Wrong LSI Send (Busy Timeout) ..................................................................... 549
036-510 RDGR Receive................................................................................................. 542 036-717 Abnormal LSI operation ................................................................................... 550
036-511 Illegal procedure 1551...................................................................................... 542 036-718 Disconnection Notice Timeout ......................................................................... 550
036-512 Illegal CDS Parameter...................................................................................... 542 036-719 C Line On but I Line Off ................................................................................... 550
036-513 Illegal CDC Parameter ..................................................................................... 542 036-720 C Line Off but I Line On ................................................................................... 550
036-514 Illegal CDE Parameter...................................................................................... 542 036-721 I Line Off during Transmission ......................................................................... 550
036-515 Illegal CDD Parameter ..................................................................................... 543 036-722 Call cut during flag detect ................................................................................ 550
036-516 Illegal CDR Parameter ..................................................................................... 543 036-723 Call cut while awaiting UA................................................................................ 550
036-517 Illegal CDPB Parameter ................................................................................... 543 036-724 Call cut while awaiting SABM .......................................................................... 551
036-518 Illegal CDCL Parameter ................................................................................... 543 036-725 Disc received before session ........................................................................... 551
036-519 Undefined Command ....................................................................................... 543 036-726 Illegal header received..................................................................................... 551
036-520 Not Negotiable CDS Receive ........................................................................... 543 036-727 Illegal parameter of CC packet ........................................................................ 551
036-521 Not Negotiable CDC Receive........................................................................... 543 036-728 Illegal parameter of CN packet ........................................................................ 551
036-522 CDD Receive Terminal Error............................................................................ 544 036-729 Illegal parameter of DT packet......................................................................... 551
036-523 Other than above CDD receive ........................................................................ 544 036-730 Illegal parameter of RI packet .......................................................................... 552
036-524 CDR Receive Terminal Error............................................................................ 544 036-731 Illegal parameter of IT packet .......................................................................... 552
036-525 Other than above CDR receive ........................................................................ 544 036-732 Illegal parameter of CI packet .......................................................................... 552
036-526 Illegal CDUI (Normal Doc.)............................................................................... 544 036-733 Illegal parameter of CF packet......................................................................... 552
036-527 Illegal CDUI (Operator Doc.) ............................................................................ 544 036-734 Undefined Packet Received............................................................................. 552
036-528 Illegal CDUI (Control Doc.)............................................................................... 545 036-735 CC Wait Timeout.............................................................................................. 552
036-736 CF Wait Timeout .............................................................................................. 552 036-786 Incorrect Password (RSSN) ............................................................................. 560
036-737 CI received before G4 session......................................................................... 553 036-787 Wrong Password-Polling Error for Remote ...................................................... 560
036-738 DT Packet P(S ), P(R ) Error............................................................................ 553 036-788 Poll Send Error at Remote ............................................................................... 560
036-739 RR, RNR Packet P(S) Error ............................................................................. 553 036-789 No Password for RSSP Receive...................................................................... 560
036-740 Busy Timeout ................................................................................................... 553 036-790 Polling rejected by remote................................................................................ 560
036-741 SI received in transmission .............................................................................. 553 036-791 Set Password-RSSP Received ........................................................................ 561
036-742 SF received in transmission ............................................................................. 553 036-792 CSE Received after RSSP Send ..................................................................... 561
036-743 DT Packet D Bit Error....................................................................................... 554 036-793 Select communication error ............................................................................. 561
036-744 G4 Wait for Reply Timeout............................................................................... 554 036-794 Line cut during ISDN mode .............................................................................. 561
036-745 G4 CN Wait Timeout ........................................................................................ 554 036-795 Canceled by remote station ............................................................................. 561
036-746 G4 Data Link Disconnect Notice Timeout ........................................................ 554 036-796 Sent without multiple sets ................................................................................ 561
036-747 Fast select response received ......................................................................... 554 036-797 Illegal procedure 1501...................................................................................... 561
036-748 Receive remote charge request ....................................................................... 554 036-798 Illegal RDEP Parameter ................................................................................... 562
036-749 Abnormal LCGN............................................................................................... 554 036-799 Illegal RDDP Parameter................................................................................... 562
036-750 Illegal procedure 1301...................................................................................... 555
036-751 Illegal TCA Parameter...................................................................................... 555 041-xxx FIP
036-752 Illegal TCR Parameter...................................................................................... 555 041-500 Write to IOT-ROM error detection (During DLD method)................................. 563
036-753 Illegal TCC Parameter...................................................................................... 555 041-501 Write to IOT-NVM-ROM error detection (During DLD method)........................ 563
036-754 Illegal TBR Parameter...................................................................................... 555 048-xxx FIP
036-755 Illegal TDT Parameter ...................................................................................... 555
048-500 IF-Module ROM Write Error ............................................................................. 565
036-756 Undefined transport block ................................................................................ 555
036-757 TCA Wait Timeout............................................................................................ 556 049-xxx FIP
036-758 TCR Wait Timeout............................................................................................ 556 049-500 HCS1 ROM Write Error.................................................................................... 567
036-759 TCC Wait Timeout............................................................................................ 556 049-700 Out tray changed from stacker1....................................................................... 567
036-760 TBR Wait Timeout............................................................................................ 556 049-950 HCS1 MIX SIZE STACK Fail ........................................................................... 567
036-761 TDT block size error......................................................................................... 556 049-973 Stacker Extraction button was pushed............................................................. 567
036-762 G4 NetWork Disconnect Notice Timeout ......................................................... 556
036-763 Illegal procedure 1401...................................................................................... 556 062-xxx FIP
036-764 Illegal CSS Parameter...................................................................................... 557 062-394 Cont PWBA Memory Fail ................................................................................. 569
036-765 Illegal CSE Parameter...................................................................................... 557 062-500 Write to IISS-ROM error detection (During DLD method) ................................ 569
036-766 Illegal CSA Parameter...................................................................................... 557 062-790 Possible Prohibited Originals ........................................................................... 569
036-767 Illegal CSUI Parameter .................................................................................... 557
063-xxx FIP
036-768 Illegal CSCC Parameter................................................................................... 557
063-500 Write to IISS-Extension-ROM error detection (During DLD method) ............... 571
036-769 Illegal RSSP Parameter ................................................................................... 557
036-770 Illegal RSSN Parameter ................................................................................... 557 071-xxx FIP
036-771 Illegal RSEP Parameter ................................................................................... 558 071-940 Tray#1 LiftUp NG ............................................................................................. 573
036-772 Illegal RSAP Parameter ................................................................................... 558
036-773 Illegal RSUI Parameter .................................................................................... 558 072-xxx FIP
036-774 Illegal RSCCP Parameter ................................................................................ 558 072-940 Tray#2/TTM#2 LiftUp NG................................................................................. 575
036-775 Undefined command/response 1413 ............................................................... 558
036-776 RSSN Receive ................................................................................................. 558
073-xxx FIP
073-940 Tray#3/TTM#3 LiftUp NG................................................................................. 577
036-777 G4 Line Disconnect Notice Timeout................................................................. 558
036-778 CSA received (wrong terminal) ........................................................................ 559 077-xxx FIP
036-779 CSA Receive (Others)...................................................................................... 559 077-911 Paper size mismatch, job contniue .................................................................. 579
036-780 CSS Wait Timeout............................................................................................ 559 077-967 Paper kind mismatch (APS job) ....................................................................... 579
036-781 RSSP Wait Timeout ......................................................................................... 559 077-968 Paper kind mismatch, job contniue .................................................................. 579
036-782 RSAP Wait Timeout ......................................................................................... 559
036-783 RSEP Wait Timeout ......................................................................................... 559 078-xxx FIP
036-784 RSCCP Wait Timeout ...................................................................................... 560 078-500 Write to HCF-ROM error detection (During DLD method) ............................... 581
036-785 CSUI/RSUI Wait Timeout................................................................................. 560 078-940 2000A3-HCF paper misset............................................................................... 581
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009

2-19
2-20 Version.1 .1.1
078-941 2000A3-HCF size mismatch............................................................................. 581 116-341 ROM VER Incorrect ......................................................................................... 595
078-942 4000A3HCF lower tray paper misset ............................................................... 581 116-342 SESAMi Manager Fail...................................................................................... 595
078-943 4000A3HCF lower tray size mismatch ............................................................. 581 116-343 Main PWBA IC Fail .......................................................................................... 596
116-346 Formatter Fail................................................................................................... 596
093-xxx FIP 116-348 Redirecter Fail.................................................................................................. 596
093-940 Toner Y CRUM Comm Fail .............................................................................. 583 116-349 SIF Fail to Call Pflite ........................................................................................ 596
102-xxx FIP 116-350 AppleTalk Soft Fail........................................................................................... 596
116-351 EtherTalk Soft Fail ........................................................................................... 596
102-356 EWS Soft Fail ................................................................................................... 585
102-380 MF UI cont Soft Fatal error............................................................................... 585 116-352 NetWare Soft Fail............................................................................................. 597
116-353 HDD Phisycal Fail ............................................................................................ 597
102-381 Data Link Layer Error (UI-Panel)...................................................................... 585
116-354 HDD Product Fail ............................................................................................. 597
102-382 Application Layer Command Error (UI-Panel).................................................. 585
116-355 Agent Soft Fail ................................................................................................. 597
103-xxx FIP 116-356 HDD Format Fail .............................................................................................. 597
103-310 Hybrid Water Mark Not Exist ............................................................................ 587 116-357 PostScript Error................................................................................................ 597
103-311 Hybrid Water Mark Setting Mismatch............................................................... 587 116-358 Salutation Soft Fail........................................................................................... 598
103-312 Hybrid Water Mark Not Exist (Back Side) ........................................................ 587 116-359 PLW Soft Fail ................................................................................................... 598
103-313 SW Option Fail (IISS Mem for HWM Not Exist) ............................................... 587 116-360 SMB Soft Fail ................................................................................................... 598
116-361 Spool Fatal HDD .............................................................................................. 598
112-xxx FIP 116-362 SSDP Soft Fail ................................................................................................. 598
112-700 Punch Dust Near Full ....................................................................................... 589 116-363 BMLinkS/Print Service Soft Fail ....................................................................... 598
116-364 Timer Fail ......................................................................................................... 599
116-xxx FIP
116-365 Spool Fatal ....................................................................................................... 599
116-210 MediaReader Faital Error ................................................................................. 591
116-366 Report Gen. Soft Fail ....................................................................................... 599
116-211 MediaReader Cable No Joint ........................................................................... 591
116-367 Parallel IF Soft Fail........................................................................................... 599
116-212 MediaLib SW Logic Fail.................................................................................... 591
116-368 Dump Print Fail ................................................................................................ 599
116-220 Transition to Download Mode Download Initialization Failure.......................... 591
116-370 XJCL Fail ......................................................................................................... 599
116-310 ESS Font ROM DIMM #2 Check Fail ............................................................... 591
116-371 PCL Decomp S/W Fail ..................................................................................... 600
116-311 ESS Font ROM DIMM #3 Check Fail ............................................................... 591
116-372 P-Formatter Fail ............................................................................................... 600
116-312 HDD Encrypt Key Fail ...................................................................................... 591
116-373 Dynamic DNS Soft Fail .................................................................................... 600
116-313 HDD Encrypt Set Up Fail.................................................................................. 592
116-374 Auto Switch Fail ............................................................................................... 600
116-314 Ethernet Address Fail....................................................................................... 592
116-375 I-Formatter Fail ................................................................................................ 600
116-315 ESS RAM DIMM #1 W/R Check Fail................................................................ 592
116-376 Port 9100 Software Fail ................................................................................... 601
116-316 ESS RAM DIMM #2 W/R Check Fail................................................................ 592
116-377 Video DMA Fail ................................................................................................ 601
116-317 Standard ROM DIMM Check Fail..................................................................... 592
116-378 MCR Soft Fail................................................................................................... 601
116-318 Op. ROM DIMM Check Fail.............................................................................. 592
116-379 MCC Soft Fail................................................................................................... 601
116-319 Mismatch Cont ROM and Panel config ............................................................ 592
116-380 ESS Font ROM DIMM #1 Check Fail............................................................... 601
116-321 System Soft Fatal error .................................................................................... 593
116-381 ABL Initialize Fail ............................................................................................. 601
116-322 WebDAV S/W Fail ............................................................................................ 593
116-382 ABL Phisycal Initialize Fail ............................................................................... 602
116-323 ESS NVRAM W/R Check Fail .......................................................................... 593
116-383 PIT Lib Failure.................................................................................................. 602
116-324 Exception Fail................................................................................................... 593
116-384 DCS Software Fail ........................................................................................... 602
116-325 ESS Fan Fail .................................................................................................... 593
116-385 IDC Software Fail............................................................................................. 602
116-328 L2 Cache Fail ................................................................................................... 593
116-386 Incorrect USB port used for FAX ..................................................................... 602
116-329 Serial IF Soft Fail.............................................................................................. 594
116-387 MRC HW Fatal Error........................................................................................ 602
116-330 HDD File System Fail ....................................................................................... 594
116-388 No HD that Should Be...................................................................................... 603
116-331 Invalid Log Info ................................................................................................. 594
116-389 No Add-On RAM that Should Be ..................................................................... 603
116-332 ESS Standard ROM Error ................................................................................ 594
116-390 Standard ROM and NVM Version Mismatch ................................................... 603
116-333 LocalTalk Soft Fail............................................................................................ 594
116-391 Illegal code (country/territory/size group) ......................................................... 603
116-334 ESS NVRAM Data Compare Fail ..................................................................... 594
116-392 Machine Code Check Fail ................................................................................ 603
116-336 Redirector HD Fail............................................................................................ 595
116-393 AAA Manager S/W Fail .................................................................................... 604
116-337 SNTP S/W Fail ................................................................................................. 595
116-394 AAA Manager detect illegal setting Auth. & Acct. ............................................ 604
116-338 JBA fatal error .................................................................................................. 595
116-395 USB Soft Fail ................................................................................................... 604
116-340 Memory Not Enough ........................................................................................ 595
116-396 FIPS140 Self-Test Fail ..................................................................................... 604 121-xxx FIP
116-397 AAAmgr illegal setting area coverage threshold. ............................................. 604 121-310 EPSV-Accessory Communication Fail ............................................................. 615
116-399 MUnder initialization for 10 minutes ................................................................. 604 121-311 IC Card Auditron Config Fail 01 ....................................................................... 615
116-700 Image Extension Kit Insufficient Memory ......................................................... 605 121-312 IC Card Auditron Config Fail 02 ....................................................................... 615
116-701 Out of Memory-Duplex Fail .............................................................................. 605 121-313 IC Card Auditron Config Fail 03 ....................................................................... 615
116-702 Print with Substitute Font ................................................................................. 605 121-314 Customize User Prompts Fail .......................................................................... 615
116-703 PostScript LANG Interprete ERR ..................................................................... 605 121-316 EP Accessory conflicts with SecureAccess ..................................................... 616
116-704 MediaReaderMedia No Insert(No Job) ............................................................ 605 121-317 Continuous JOB setting missmatch of EPLyzer............................................... 616
116-705 MediaReader Format Error(No Job) ................................................................ 605 121-318 Auth/Accout Settings Is Not Supported............................................................ 616
116-706 MediaReader:File Attribute Read Error(No Job) .............................................. 606 121-319 Fax Send Charging and iFax Setting Confliction ............................................. 616
116-707 MediaReader:Image File Read Error(No Job) ................................................. 606 121-320 EP-SV Setting information conflict fail.............................................................. 616
116-708 MediaReader:File Attribute Read Error(In Job)................................................ 606 121-321 EP-DX Setting information conflict fail. ............................................................ 616
116-709 MediaReader:Image File Read Error(In Job) ................................................... 606 121-322 Controller Price Table Error ............................................................................. 617
116-710 HP-GL/2 Memory Overflow .............................................................................. 606 121-323 Web EP Software Fail ...................................................................................... 617
116-711 PLW Size/orientation mismatch ....................................................................... 606 121-324 Fax Send Charging And Scan Setting Confliction............................................ 617
116-712 Out of Area-Form REGI ERR........................................................................... 606 121-333 EPSV-EP M/C Communication Fail ................................................................. 617
116-713 Job divided by HDD Full................................................................................... 607 121-334 EPSV Login Fail ............................................................................................... 618
116-714 HP-GL/2 Command ERR ................................................................................. 607 121-335 EPSV Wake Up Answer Fail ............................................................................ 618
116-715 Max Form to PLW Registered.......................................................................... 607 121-336 Unknown EP Accessory................................................................................... 618
116-716 MediaReader File Not Exist ............................................................................. 607 121-337 EP Accessory Self Diag Fail ............................................................................ 619
116-717 MediaLib:Not Excecute of New Request.......................................................... 607 121-338 EPSV Answer Time Out................................................................................... 619
116-718 Selected PLW Form Not Registered ................................................................ 607 121-339 Price Table Error .............................................................................................. 619
116-720 PCL Memory Low,Page Simplified................................................................... 607 121-340 EP Accessory Miss Match................................................................................ 619
116-725 Log Image Storage Area on Disk Full .............................................................. 608 121-350 EPSV Logic Fail ............................................................................................... 619
116-737 Out of Area-Data REGI ERR............................................................................ 608 121-370 EP-DX - unexpected error................................................................................ 620
116-738 Size/orientation mismatch ................................................................................ 608
116-739 Out of Disk Area-Form/Logo REGI ERR.......................................................... 608 123-xxx FIP
116-740 Arithmetic Error ................................................................................................ 608 123-207 Comm Manager Target Fail (UI-Panel)............................................................ 621
116-741 Max Form to Not PLW Registered ................................................................... 608 123-209 EVM Returns Wrong Value (UI-Panel)............................................................. 621
116-742 Max Logo Registered ....................................................................................... 608 123-310 Send Queue Full (UI-Panel)............................................................................. 621
116-743 Out of Buffer Area-Form/Logo REGI ERR ....................................................... 609 123-311 Receive Queue Full (UI-Panel) ........................................................................ 621
116-745 ART Command ERR........................................................................................ 609 123-312 Diag mode change Fail (Punch unit type set) .................................................. 621
116-746 Selected Form Not Registered......................................................................... 609 123-317 Receive Message Queue Full (UI-Panel)......................................................... 621
116-747 Invalid Page Margin ......................................................................................... 609 123-318 Receive Finish Queue Full (UI-Panel).............................................................. 621
116-748 Page without Image Draw Data ....................................................................... 609 123-320 NVM initialized for FCW composition............................................................... 622
116-749 PostScript Font error ........................................................................................ 609 123-322 Target Fail (UI-Panel)....................................................................................... 622
116-752 Print job ticket description warning................................................................... 609 123-323 Address Fail (UI-Panel).................................................................................... 622
116-771 Invalid JBIG Param DL Fixed........................................................................... 610 123-325 Object Creation Fail (UI-Panel) ........................................................................ 622
116-772 Invalid JBIG Param D Fixed............................................................................. 610 123-326 Memory Overflow (UI-Panel)............................................................................ 622
116-773 Invalid JBIG Param P Fixed ............................................................................. 610 123-327 Button Overflow (UI-Panel) .............................................................................. 622
116-774 Invalid JBIG Param YD Fixed .......................................................................... 610 123-328 UI Internal Fail with Out of Area ....................................................................... 622
116-775 Invalid JBIG Param L0 Fixed ........................................................................... 610 123-329 UI Internal Fail with Invalid Coordinates........................................................... 623
116-776 Invalid JBIG Param MX Fixed .......................................................................... 610 123-332 I/F Fail (Invalid Parameter CP)......................................................................... 623
116-777 Invalid JBIG Param MY Fixed .......................................................................... 610 123-333 I/F Fail (Impossible Communication)................................................................ 623
116-778 Invalid JBIG Par VLENGTH Fixed ................................................................... 611 123-337 Frame Data Error with Invalid Data Type......................................................... 623
116-780 Attached Document Error................................................................................. 611 123-341 Event Queue Full (UI-Panel) ............................................................................ 623
116-790 Stapling Canceled ............................................................................................ 611 123-342 Event Queue Empty (UI-Panel)........................................................................ 623
123-343 Invalid Class (UI-Panel) ................................................................................... 623
118-xxx FIP 123-344 Invalid Type (UI-Panel) .................................................................................... 624
118-310 IPSEC Intenal Fail............................................................................................ 613 123-345 Timer Queue Full (UI-Panel) ............................................................................ 624
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009

2-21
2-22 Version.1 .1.1
123-346 Invalid Timer Number (UI-Panel)...................................................................... 624 124-323 DC132 06......................................................................................................... 633
123-350 One Touch Key Fail (MCW) ............................................................................. 624 124-324 All Billings Mismatch ........................................................................................ 633
123-362 No Object (UI-Panel) ........................................................................................ 624 124-325 Billing Restoration Fail ..................................................................................... 633
123-368 Short of UI Memory (UI-Panel)......................................................................... 624 124-326 IOT Speed Not Registered............................................................................... 633
123-369 Invalid Interface Value (UI-Panel) .................................................................... 624 124-327 IOT Speed Change SW Fail ............................................................................ 633
123-370 Interface Length Fail (UI-Panel) ....................................................................... 625 124-328 Punch Unit User Initial SetUp .......................................................................... 634
123-371 Interface Parameter Fail (UI-Panel) ................................................................. 625 124-332 contract data mismatch.................................................................................... 634
123-372 Interface Sequence Fail (UI-Panel) .................................................................. 625 124-333 ASIC Fail (Panther).......................................................................................... 634
123-373 Channel Fail (UI-Panel).................................................................................... 625 124-334 Standard Font ROM Error ................................................................................ 634
123-374 Invalid User Job ID (UI-Panel).......................................................................... 625 124-335 Font ROM Not Found....................................................................................... 634
123-375 Internal Resource Fail (UI-Panel)..................................................................... 625 124-337 ESS Standard RAM Error ................................................................................ 634
123-376 Internal Memory Fail (UI-Panel) ....................................................................... 625 124-338 Same Font ROMs Found ................................................................................. 635
123-377 UI Timer Fail (UI-Panel) ................................................................................... 625 124-339 ROM DIMM of Another Product Found ............................................................ 635
123-378 Interface Format Fail (UI-Panel)....................................................................... 626 124-340 CRUM Market fail ALL ..................................................................................... 635
123-379 Dispatch Fail (UI-Panel) ................................................................................... 626 124-341 CRUM Market fail MCU ................................................................................... 635
123-380 Copy Interface Fail (UI-Panel).......................................................................... 626 124-342 CRUM Market fail SYS 1 ................................................................................. 635
123-381 Fax Interface Fail (UI-Panel) ............................................................................ 626 124-343 CRUM Market fail SYS 2 ................................................................................. 635
123-382 Scanner Interface Fail (UI-Panel)..................................................................... 626 124-350 CRUM OEM fail ALL ........................................................................................ 635
123-383 Report Interface Fail (UI-Panel) ....................................................................... 626 124-351 CRUM OEM fail MCU ...................................................................................... 636
123-384 Server Access Fail (UI-Panel) .......................................................................... 626 124-352 CRUM OEM fail SYS 1 .................................................................................... 636
123-385 Service Object Overflow (UI-Panel) ................................................................. 626 124-353 CRUM OEM fail SYS 2 .................................................................................... 636
123-386 Invalid Service Object (UI-Panel) ..................................................................... 627 124-360 CRUM validation fail ALL ................................................................................. 636
123-387 Invalid Service Object Attribute (UI-Panel)....................................................... 627 124-361 CRUM validation fail MCU ............................................................................... 636
123-388 Attribute Fail (UI-Panel).................................................................................... 627 124-362 CRUM validation fail SYS 1 ............................................................................. 636
123-389 Argument Fail (UI-Panel).................................................................................. 627 124-363 CRUM validation fail SYS 2 ............................................................................. 637
123-390 Job Parameter Fail (UI-Panel).......................................................................... 627 124-372 IOT sc Soft Fail ................................................................................................ 637
123-391 Job Actual Parameter Fail (UI-Panel)............................................................... 627 124-373 IOT Manager SW Fail ...................................................................................... 637
123-392 Auditron Fail (UI-Panel).................................................................................... 627 124-374 IOT IM DeviceDriver SW Fail ........................................................................... 637
123-393 EP Fail (UI-Panel) ............................................................................................ 628 124-380 CRUM Market fail ALL (2) ................................................................................ 637
123-394 File Access Fail (UI-Panel)............................................................................... 628 124-381 CRUM Market fail MCU (2) .............................................................................. 637
123-395 NVM Fail (UI-Panel) ......................................................................................... 628 124-382 CRUM Market fail SYS 1 (2) ............................................................................ 637
123-396 FF Fail (UI-Panel)............................................................................................. 628 124-383 CRUM Market fail SYS 2 (2) ............................................................................ 638
123-397 MGR Fail (UI-Panel)......................................................................................... 628 124-390 CRUM OEM fail ALL (2)................................................................................... 638
123-398 Delay Release Queue Full (UI-Panel) .............................................................. 628 124-391 CRUM OEM fail MCU (2) ................................................................................. 638
123-399 Internal Fail (UI-Panel) ..................................................................................... 628 124-392 CRUM OEM fail SYS 1 (2) ............................................................................... 638
123-400 JRM I/F Internal Fail (UI-Panel)........................................................................ 628 124-393 CRUM OEM fail SYS 2 (2) ............................................................................... 638
124-701 Side Tray to Center Tray.................................................................................. 638
124-xxx FIP 124-702 Finisher Tray to Center Tray ............................................................................ 639
124-310 DC132 11 ......................................................................................................... 631 124-703 Booklet Tray to Center Tray ............................................................................. 639
124-311 DC132 09 ......................................................................................................... 631 124-704 Envelop Folder Tray to Center Tra .................................................................. 639
124-312 DC132 12 ......................................................................................................... 631 124-705 Punching Canceled.......................................................................................... 639
124-313 DC132 10 ......................................................................................................... 631 124-706 Folding Canceled ............................................................................................. 639
124-314 DC132 01 ......................................................................................................... 631 124-708 Changed To Sub Tray...................................................................................... 639
124-315 DC132 02 ......................................................................................................... 631 124-709 Stapler sheets counts over warning................................................................. 640
124-316 DC132 03 ......................................................................................................... 632 124-710 Output Tray changed from MailBoxSorter ....................................................... 640
124-317 DC132 04 ......................................................................................................... 632
124-318 DC132 07 ......................................................................................................... 632 125-xxx FIP
124-319 DC132 08 ......................................................................................................... 632 125-311 PSWcont Unexpected Fail ............................................................................... 641
124-320 SEEPROM Fail................................................................................................. 632
124-321 Backup SRAM Fail ........................................................................................... 632 127-xxx FIP
124-322 DC132 05 ......................................................................................................... 633 127-210 DFE Communication Fail ................................................................................. 643
127-211 DFE Parameter Error ....................................................................................... 643
127-212 ExtPrint Check Mode Error .............................................................................. 643 500-xxx FIP
127-213 ExtPrint I/F Mismatch ....................................................................................... 643 500-030 DC612 Print NG By IOT Wait State ................................................................. 655
127-220 DEF Communicaiton Error (video) ................................................................... 643 500-990 DC612 Print NG By Any Reason ..................................................................... 655
127-221 DEF Communicaiton Error (Command) ........................................................... 643
127-310 ESR Task Fatal error ....................................................................................... 643 2.4 NET System Fault Check
127-311 ExtPRTc Fatal Error ......................................................................................... 643 2.4.1 Interface (Physical/Logical) ................................................................................... 657
127-312 DFE Video Link Fail ......................................................................................... 644 2.4.2 "Cannot connect to the network" or "Print is not found from the PC" .................... 657
127-313 ESS Video Link Fail ......................................................................................... 644 2.4.3 No output is available, no data is printed .............................................................. 658
127-314 WSD Print S/W Fail.......................................................................................... 644 2.4.4 Printing can be performed but abnormally ............................................................ 658
127-315 ThinPrint S/W Fail ............................................................................................ 644 2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow.................................................................... 659
127-320 DFE Critical Fail ............................................................................................... 644
2.5 Log
127-337 JobTemplate HDD Write Error ......................................................................... 644
2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tools Functional Instructions.................................................. 667
127-342 JobTemplate Monitor Fail................................................................................. 645
2.5.2 Logging/Extraction Tools Operational Instructions................................................ 667
127-353 LPD Soft Fatal error ......................................................................................... 645
127-354 FTP Server Software Fail................................................................................. 645 2.6 Software Download
127-396 MailIO Soft Fatal error...................................................................................... 645 2.6.1 Software Download ............................................................................................... 671
127-398 IPP Soft Fatal error .......................................................................................... 645
127-399 JME Soft Fatal error ......................................................................................... 645 2.7 List of Collected Reports by Job
2.7.1 List of Collected Reports by Job............................................................................ 673
133-xxx FIP
133-210 Fax Parameter incorrect................................................................................... 647
133-211 Fax Parameter Value Invalid............................................................................ 647
133-212 Fax Read Erro No Data.................................................................................... 647
133-213 Fax Read Error-Invalid Data ............................................................................ 647
133-214 Fax USB Open Fail in Initializing...................................................................... 647
133-215 Fax USB Device Fatal Error............................................................................. 647
133-216 Fax USB Host Fatal Error ................................................................................ 647
133-217 Fax Manager Short of Memory ........................................................................ 647
133-218 Fax Card Message Library Short of Memory ................................................... 648
133-219 Fax Short of Work Memory .............................................................................. 648
133-220 Fax Control task detects error.......................................................................... 648
133-221 Fax Card not respond when system is Booting................................................ 648
133-222 Fax Card does not respond intervally .............................................................. 648
133-223 Fax Card Reset ................................................................................................ 648
133-224 Controller ROM Fax Card ROM mismatch....................................................... 648
133-225 Fax address book illegal setting....................................................................... 649
133-226 Illegal country code for Fax .............................................................................. 649
133-280 Fax Option Slot1 Board Fail ............................................................................. 649
133-281 Received unknown message ........................................................................... 649
133-282 Fax Card download fail .................................................................................... 649
133-283 Fax report mail box not open ........................................................................... 649
133-700 Staple/Punch Canceled.................................................................................... 649
133-710 Tray select fail. Used SMH instead. ................................................................. 649
134-xxx FIP
134-210 Fax Cont Parameter Invalid ............................................................................. 651
134-211 Fax Card Main Board Failure ........................................................................... 651
202-xxx FIP
202-399 JME Soft Fatal error ......................................................................................... 653
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009

2-23
2-24 Version.1 .1.1
2.1.1 How to Troubleshoot
Procedure
Troubleshooting procedures are roughly divided into two categories.
Level 1 Troubleshooting:
Level 1 Troubleshooting (Level 1 FIP) is the first step to diagnose a problem. Level 1 FIP asks you
whether any Fault Code and other problematic symptoms exist, guiding you to Level 2
Troubleshooting or BSD to resolve the problem.
Level 2 Troubleshooting:
Level 2 Troubleshooting is a diagnostic procedure of separating a problem by Fault Code,
document/paper jam and other problematic symptoms. Performing a FIP or an appropriate
procedure in the check out list enables you to discover causes of a problem in a short period of time.
• Fault Code: When a Fault Code alerts you to a machine failure, perform appropriate
troubleshooting items, by referring to Level 2 Troubleshooting.
Other troubleshooting:
• Generic FIP: This is the generic check procedure for troubleshooting general electric parts such as
Motor, Relay, Solenoid, Switch and Sensor etc.
Service Mode/UI Diagnostic Mode:
This shows the purposes and usage of the diagnostic program for the machine, and how to read
diag data.
How to proceed troubleshooting and Cautions:
• First, perform Level 1 FIP to categorize a problem. Second, proceed to an appropriate Level 2 FIP
or BSD to resolve the problem. To find the causes of the problem using FIP or check chart etc.,
thoroughly read the instructions and follow the procedure properly. Sometimes, when two or more
causes exist, they cannot be identified at once, so the same FIP should be repeated. In this case,
pay attention to a different judgment made in the process of the same FIP.
• The generic check procedure for the general electric parts (Motor, Relay, Solenoid, Switch and
Sensor etc.) is not shown in each troubleshooting for some cases. In such a case, only the causes
of the troubles are shown using the expressions below. Therefore, if you do not know how to check,
proceed to troubleshooting by referring to Generic FIP.
E.g. Enter DC330[xxx-xxx].Insert paper from the tray side. Does the indication show "Low"?
Y N
Repair xxxxxx SENSOR using Sensor Failure FIP.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 2.1 Preface

2-25
2.1.1 How to Troubleshoot 2-26 Version.1 .1.1
2.1.2 Glossary Table 1
Procedure Voltage Level Range

The following terminology are used throughout the troubleshooting section. The meaning of these
terminology must be fully understood when performing problem analysis. +13.3VDC (H) +12.64 ~ +13.97VDC
Common terms: (L) 0.0 ~ +1.5VDC
• Fault Code
This 6-digit code appears when the machine found problems. The first 3 digits show the Chain No. +24VDC (H) +23.28 ~ +25.73VDC
that correspond with the Chain No. of BSD. (L) 0.0 ~ +3.0VDC
• Activate(Deactivate)
To mechanically push (release) the actuator of the switch or the connected mechanical linkage. • Exit the problem analysis procedure.
• Block Mechanical problems: This phrase is used when moving to machine adjustment and parts
replacement. Read all the items (describing the main causes) and find out the causes of a problem
To place a sheet of document or paper on the photo sensor surface for detection.
by comparing them with the symptoms shown by the machine.
• Check
• PL4.2: Refer to PL4.2 in Chapter 5 Parts List.
To visually check for operation failure of parts such as relay or mechanical linkage, and the failure
• CH 6.2 Zone J4: Refer to 6.2 Zone J4 in Chapter 9 BSD.
status of the parts.
• REP 4.1.3: Refer to REP 4.1.3 in Chapter 4.
• Enter the Service mode.
• ADJ 4.1.3: Refer to ADJ4.1.3 in Chapter 4.
To enter the Service mode by following the procedure described in Chapter 2 How to use the
Service Mode. • Replace the parts in sequence: When it is impossible to analyze causes of a problem further,
• Enter the UI Diag. mode. replace the parts in sequence. The part with a higher replacement frequency or higher possibility of
causing a problem is listed first for replacement.
To enter the UI Diag. mode by following the procedure described in Chapter 2 How to use the UI
Diag. mode (UI Diagnostics mode).
• Check the wire for a short circuit.
Turn the power OFF. Measure the resistance between the wire and the frame using the ohm range
of a tester.
• Check the wire for an open circuit.
Turn the power OFF. Measure the resistance between both ends of the wire using the ohm range of
a tester.
• Select DC330[xxx-xxx].
Enter DC330 Component Control by following the procedure described in the Service Mode section
in Chapter 2. (Hereinafter for PC-Diag only) Then, either select the applicable parts from the desired
module or enter Chain Link No. [xxx-xxx] by selecting [Direct Code Input].
• Check the voltage level.
Table 1
Voltage Level Range
+3.5VDC (H) +3.33 ~ +3.68VDC

(L) 0.0 ~ +1.0VDC
+5VDC (H) +4.85 ~ +5.36VDC

(L) 0.0 ~ +1.0VDC
+12VDC (H) +11.4 ~ +12.6VDC

(L) 0.0 ~ +1.5VDC
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 2.1.2 Glossary

2-27
2.1.2 Glossary 2-28 Version.1 .1.1
2.1.3 How to use Controller FIP
Due to standardization of Controllers, some machines with different names have the common Controller
installed. They also display the same Fault Code.
2.3 Controller FIP in this manual describes all the Faults FIPs for the machine-independent Controllers.
Therefore, some Fault FIPs are not displayed in some machines. In that case, they must be ignored.
Refer to the corrective actions for the displayed Fault to repair the trouble. The following shows the flow
of actual use.
1. Refer to the FIP corresponding to the displayed 6-digit Fault Code.

2. Follow the instructions in the FIP and proceed with the corrective action.
3. When the following items are stated in the corrective action, perform the appropriate corrective
actions to repair the trouble. If the problem persists, obtain the logs and request Support G for
support to repair the trouble.
• Refer to "OF-xx".
• Perform "NET System Failure Check".
• Obtain "LOG".
• Perform "Software Download".
Though the repair procedures for those are not stated in FIP, they are stated in a referenced
section. Refer to the referenced section to proceed with the procedures.
NOTE: Some codes in IOT Fault Code (024-xxx) are repeated in 2.2 IIT, IOT & Option FIP. In that
case, refer to the procedures in both sections.
NOTE: In OF-xxx, the replacing parts "IISS PWB", "IOT PWB", and "ESS PWB" are used. However,
they are also referred to as IIT/IPS PWB, MCU PWB, and Mother PWB respectively in some
machines. The function names need to be replaced with machine-specific PWB to perform
replacement.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 2.1.3 How to use Controller FIP

2-29
2.1.3 How to use Controller FIP 2-30 Version.1 .1.1
2.1.4 Controller Chain-Link No. Definition Table 1
1. Chain No. Definition ChainNo Subsystem Name Description

Chain No. is used to identify the Controller module in which an error has occurred. X62 IISS Detects IIT-related errors under Cont’s control.
X63 IISS(Ext) Detects IIT Extension Board-related errors under Cont’s
Table 1 control.
ChainNo Subsystem Name Description X65 DADF-250 Detects DADF-related errors under Cont’s control.
X02 CONT(UI-EWS) Detected by the EMS function module of the Controller. IOT(PH) Detects Paper Handling-related errors under Cont’s control.
X03 CONT (IITsc) Detected by the IIT function module of the Controller. X89 RegiCon Detects RegiCon-related errors under Cont’s control.
X05 DADF Detected by the DADF function module of the Controller. X91 IOT(Xero) Detects Xero-related errors under Cont’s control.
X10 FUSER Detected by the FUSER function module of the Controller. X92 IOT(ProCon) Detects Xero-related errors under Cont’s control.
X11 Sorter Detected by the MailBoxSorter function module of the X93 IOT(Deve) Detects ProCon-related errors under Cont’s control.
Controller. X94 IOT(Xfer) Detects Transfer-related errors under Cont’s control.
Finisher(OUT) Detects Finisher-related errors under the Cont’s control.
X16 ESS (Back End) Detected by the DADF function module of the Controller. 2. Link No. Definition and Error Classification
X17 ESS (Front End) Detected by the DADF function module of the Controller. Classifications of the occurred errors are identified by Link No.
X18 Network Connect Detects Network Connect-related errors under Cont’s
Table 2
control.
X21 CONT (EP) Detects EP-related errors under Cont’s control.
Link No Error Classification Description
X22 EP Acc side Detects EP Accessory-related errors under Cont’s control.
X23 Panel (Web included) Detects Panel-related errors under Cont’s control. 210~299 Local Fail This is an error that must not occur, or "Failure".
X24 CONT (IOTsc) Detects IOTsc-related errors under Cont’s control. Some parts of the service or service function that uses an
X25 CONT (PSW I/F) Detects PSWI/F-related errors under Cont’s control. accessory or connected device cannot operate because the
accessory or connected device cannot operate.
X26 CONT (JRM and others) Detects JRM-related errors under Cont’s control.
CE Diag functions are available. However, a user can clear
X27 CONT (external I/F) Detects External IF-related errors under Cont’s control. user installed options by replacing them.
X31 CONTExtension Board Detects Extension Board-related errors under Cont’s control.
X33 CONT (FAX) Detects FAX-related errors under Cont’s control. 210~299 Service Fail This is an error that must not occur, or "Fatal Failure".
Fax services and Media services cannot be provided because
X34 FaxCard FaxCard Mother detects errors.
the USB-IF connected FaxCard/MediaDrive machine, etc. has
X35 FaxCard(G3) The G3 function module of FaxCard detects errors. a failure/abnormal operation in an externally connected part or
035-5xx is for FAXmini. even in the same machine package.
X36 FaxCard(G4) The G4 function module of FaxCard detects errors. However, the services that do not affect the faulty part, such as
X38 DGS(MDSS) Detects MDSS-related errors under Cont’s control. Copy Service and Scan Service, can be executed.
X39 DGS(MDS) Detects MDS-related errors under Cont’s control.
310~399 System Fail/Sub This is an error that must not occur, or "Fatal Failure".
X41 IOT(Mgr) Detects Manager-related errors under Cont’s control. System Fail Users can only perform recovery by turning the power OFF
X42 IOT(Drive) Detects Drive-related errors under Cont’s control. then ON. The machine cannot perform system or subsystem
X45 IOT(IM) Detects IM-related errors under Cont’s control. operations and it needs maintenance.
X46 IOT(HVPS) Detects HVPS-related errors under Cont’s control. The Diag. functions can be operated for CE purpose but the
system fail at Cont initialization (startup) guarantees only the
X47 IOT(OutCon) Detects OutCon-related errors under Cont’s control.
DC131 NVM Read/Write and DC132 operations. Other Diag.
X48 IF Module Detects errors related to IF for HCS/Finisher under Cont’s may be operated but not guaranteed.
control.
X49 HCS Detects HCS-related errors under Cont’s control.
X50 Cont(JAM-Zone) Detects JAM-related errors under Cont’s control.
X61 IOT (ROS) Detects ROS-related errors under Cont’s control.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 2.1.4 Controller Chain-Link No. Definition

2-31
2.1.4 Controller Chain-Link No. Definition 2-32 Version.1 .1.1
Table 2
Link No Error Classification Description
400~498 Time Bomb This fail occurs in normal operation, so it is not referred to
(Information) as "Failure" but needs "Any Actions".
Notify the machine state in which user operation is temporarily
limited and "why the machine cannot be operated
immediately".
Notify the expected life (ERU life expectation) of consumable
replacement parts.
600~699 Hidden Fail or History This is not defined as "Failure".

This is a fault that does not affect job operations and does not
need to notify users. This may be repaired automatically by the
machine.
700~799 Job Fail This also occurs in normal operation and is not defined as
"Failure".
This failure occurs when the system detects that job operation
cannot be continued. At the time when error is detected, the
process is aborted.
This is a fault that can be recovered by repeating the
operation. If the fault persists after repeating the operation, it
becomes a "Trouble".In this case, a software failure may cause
the trouble.
700~799 Warning This also occurs in normal operation and is not defined as
"Failure".
Warning is issued only during job execution. If a user operation
instruction cannot be performed as desired due to [any
conditions], the job is continued by changing the settings in the
device and the message [Job is continued by changing
settings] is displayed in the panel.
910~990 Operation Error/ This also occurs in normal operation and is not defined as
Notice Error "Failure".
At the time when error is detected, the job is paused and the
user interruption screen is displayed in the panel.
This is a fault with which the job can be continued by clearing
the cause.
005-121 DADF Feed Sensor ON Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS) 005-122 DADF Simplex/Side 1 Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam (Except
BSD-ON:CH5.4 4127/4112EPS)
BSD-ON:CH5.5
1. Feed Sensor does not turn ON a spec time after the start of Pre-Feed.
2. During Duplex, Feed Sensor does not detect a doc a spec time after the start of the Pre-Feed oper- 1. Pre-Regi Sensor does not turn ON for the 1st doc a spec time after Feed Sensor ON.
ation (Feed Motor ON (CW)).
2. Pre-Regi Sensor does not turn ON for 2nd and subsequent docs a spec time after the start of the
DC330 Code to Check Pre-Regist operation.
• [005-204] DADF Feed Sensor DC330 Code to Check
• [005-062] DADF Feed Clutch • [005-206] Pre Regi Sensor
• [005-001] DADF Feed Motor • [005-001] DADF Feed Motor
Check Items • [005-062] DADF Feed Clutch
• Document Path for a foreign object/a burr/a piece of paper • [005-015] DADF Pre Regi Motor
• Check for any damaged/out-of-spec/improperly loaded document Check Items
• Feed Roll/Nudger Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation • Document Path for a foreign object/a burr/a piece of paper
• Drive gears for wear/breakage • Check for any damaged/out-of-spec/improperly loaded document
• Feed Clutch for an improper operation • Feed Roll/Nudger Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Feed Motor for a poor rotation • Pre Regi Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Drive Belt for poor tension • Drive gears for wear/breakage
• Check if Nudger Roll is properly nipping. • Feed Clutch for an improper operation
• Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the DADF Feed • Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the DADF Pre
Sensor (PL 4.17). Regi Sensor (PL 4.17).
– DADF Feed Sensor J762-2 to DADF PWB J754-A5 – DADF Pre Regi Sensor J763-2 to DADF PWB J754-A8
• DADF PWB for a problem (PL 4.3) • DADF PWB for a problem (PL 4.3)
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 2.2 Product FIP

2-33
005-xxx FIP 2-34 Version.1 .1.1
005-123 DADF Simplex/Side 1 Regi Sensor ON Jam (Except 005-124 DADF Lead Regi Sensor ON Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS)
4127/4112EPS) BSD-ON:CH5.6
BSD-ON:CH5.6
Lead Regi Sensor does not turn ON a spec time after the start of scan (Regi Motor ON).
Regi Sensor does not turn ON a spec time after Pre-Regi Sensor ON.
DC330 Code to Check
DC330 Code to Check • [005-207] Lead Regi Sensor
• [005-110] Regi Sensor • [005-026] DADF Regi Motor
• [005-062] DADF Feed Clutch Check Items
• [005-015] DADF Pre Regi Motor • Document Path for a foreign object/a burr/a piece of paper
• [005-065] Baffle Solenoid • Check for any damaged/out-of-spec document.
Check Items • Regi Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Document Path for a foreign object/a burr/a piece of paper • Drive gears for wear/breakage
• Check for any damaged/out-of-spec document • Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the Lead Regi
Sensor (PL 4.8).
• Check if Baffle is properly closed (Baffle Solenoid is also properly operating).
– Lead Regi Sensor J779-2 to DADF PWB J757-B8
• Pre Regi Roll/Pinch Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Drive gears for wear/breakage
• Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the DADF Regi
Sensor (PL 4.25). • DADF PWB for a problem (PL 4.3)
– DADF Regi Sensor J776-2 to DADF PWB J757-A8
• DADF PWB for a problem (PL 4.3)
005-125 DADF Regi Sensor OFF Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS) 005-126 DADF Out Sensor ON Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS)
BSD-ON:CH5.6 BSD-ON:CH5.7
Regi Sensor does not turn OFF a spec time after the start of scan (Regi Motor ON). Out Sensor does not turn ON a spec time after the start of scan (Regi Motor ON).
DC330 Code to Check DC330 Code to Check

• [005-110] Regi Sensor • [005-208] Out Sensor
• [005-026] DADF Regi Motor • [005-037] Platen Motor
• [005-037] Platen Motor • [005-026] DADF Regi Motor
Check Items Check Items
• Document Path for a foreign object/a burr/a piece of paper • Document Path for a foreign object/a burr/a piece of paper
• Check for any damaged/out-of-spec document • Check for any damaged/out-of-spec document
• Regi Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation • Regi Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Platen Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation • Platen Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Drive gears/Belt for wear/breakage/poor tension • Out Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the DADF • Drive gears/Belt for wear/breakage/poor tension
Regi Sensor (PL 4.25). • Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the Out Sensor
– DADF Regi Sensor J776-2 to DADF PWB J757-A8 (PL 4.22).
– DADF Regi Sensor J776-1 to DADF PWB J757-A9 – Out Sensor J778-2 to DADF PWB J757-B5
– DADF Regi Sensor J776-3 to DADF PWB J757-A7 – Out Sensor J778-1 to DADF PWB J757-B6
• DADF PWB for a problem (PL 4.3) – Out Sensor J778-3 to DADF PWB J757-B4
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 005-xxx FIP

2-35
005-127 DADF Out Sensor OFF Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS) 005-128 DADF Exit Sensor 1 ON Jam (Simplex Mode) (Except
BSD-ON:CH5.7 4127/4112EPS)
BSD-ON:CH5.9
Out Sensor does not turn OFF a spec time after Regi Sensor OFF.
In Simplex Mode, Exit Sensor 1 does not turn ON a spec time after Out Sensor ON.
DC330 Code to Check
• [005-208] Out Sensor DC330 Code to Check
• [005-037] Platen Motor • [005-209] DADF Exit Sensor 1
• [005-026] DADF Regi Motor • [005-037] Platen Motor
• [005-068/067] Simp/Dup Gate Solenoid • [005-048] DADF Exit Motor
Check Items • [005-068/067] Simp/Dup Gate Solenoid
• Document Path for a foreign object/a burr/a piece of paper Check Items
• Check for any damaged/out-of-spec document. • Document Path for a foreign object/a burr/a piece of paper
• Regi Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation • Check for any damaged/out-of-spec document.
• Platen Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation • Regi Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Out Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation • Platen Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Simp/Dup Gate for an improper operation (Simp/Dup Gate Solenoid for an improper operation) • Out Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Drive gears/Belt for wear/breakage/poor tension • Simp/Dup Gate for an improper operation (Simp/Dup Gate Solenoid for an improper operation)
• Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the Out Sensor • Drive gears/Belt for wear/breakage/poor tension
(PL 4.22).
• Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the DADF Exit
– Out Sensor J778-2 to DADF PWB J757-B5 Sensor 1 (PL 4.23).
– Out Sensor J778-1 to DADF PWB J757-B6 – DADF Exit Sensor 1 J774-2 to DADF PWB J757-A2
– Out Sensor J778-3 to DADF PWB J757-B4 – DADF Exit Sensor 1 J774-1 to DADF PWB J757-A3
• DADF PWB for a problem (PL 4.3) – DADF Exit Sensor 1 J774-3 to DADF PWB J757-A1
005-129 DADF Exit Sensor 1 OFF Jam (Simplex Mode) (Except 005-130 DADF Invert Sensor ON Jam (Duplex Mode) (Except
4127/4112EPS) 4127/4112EPS)
In Simplex Mode, Exit Sensor 1 does not turn OFF a spec time after Out Sensor OFF. In Duplex Mode, Invert Sensor does not turn ON a spec time after Out Sensor ON.

• [005-209] DADF Exit Sensor 1 • [005-211] Invert Sensor 1
• [005-037] Platen Motor • [005-037] Platen Motor
• [005-048] DADF Exit Motor • [005-068/067] Simp/Dup Gate Solenoid
• [005-068/067] Simp/Dup Gate Solenoid Check Items
Check Items • Document Path for a foreign object/a burr/a piece of paper
• Document Path for a foreign object/a burr/a piece of paper • Check for any damaged/out-of-spec document.
• Check for any damaged/out-of-spec document. • Platen Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Regi Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation • Out Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Platen Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation • Simp/Dup Gate for an improper operation (Simp/Dup Gate Solenoid for an improper operation)
• Out Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation • Drive gears/Belt for wear/breakage/poor tension
• No.1 Exit Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation • Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the Invert Sen-
• Exit Area for a foreign object/the deformed Static Elimination Brush sor 1 (PL 4.22).
• Simp/Dup Gate for an improper operation (Simp/Dup Gate Solenoid for an improper operation) – Invert Sensor 1 J777-2 to DADF PWB J757-B2
• Drive gears/Belt for wear/breakage/poor tension – Invert Sensor 1 J777-1 to DADF PWB J757-B3
• Check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the DADF – Invert Sensor 1 J777-3 to DADF PWB J757-B1
Exit Sensor 1 (PL 4.23). • DADF PWB for a problem (PL 4.3)
– DADF Exit Sensor 1 J774-2 to DADF PWB J757-A2
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 005-xxx FIP

2-37
005-133 DADF Invert Sensor OFF Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS) 005-135 DADF Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam (during Invert operation)
BSD-ON:CH5.7 (Except 4127/4112EPS)
BSD-ON:CH5.5
In Duplex Mode, Invert Sensor does not turn OFF a spec time after Out Sensor OFF.
During the Invert operation, Pre-Regi Sensor does not turn ON a spec time after Feed Motor starts rotat-
DC330 Code to Check ing backward.
• [005-211] Invert Sensor 1
• [005-037] Platen Motor DC330 Code to Check
• [005-001] DADF Feed Motor • [005-206] Pre Regi Sensor
• [005-068/067] Simp/Dup Gate Solenoid • [005-037] Platen Motor
• [005-070] Invert Roll Nip/Release Solenoid • [005-001] DADF Feed Motor
Check Items • [005-070] Invert Roll Nip/Release Solenoid
• Document Path for a foreign object/a burr/a piece of paper • [005-069] Exit Gate Solenoid
• Check for any damaged/out-of-spec document. Check Items
• Platen Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation • Document Path for a foreign object/a burr/a piece of paper
• Out Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation • Check for any damaged/out-of-spec document.
• Simp/Dup Gate for an improper operation (Simp/Dup Gate Solenoid for an improper operation) • Invert Roll for an improper Nip/Release operation (Invert Roll Nip/Release Solenoid for an improper
• Invert Roll for an improper Nip/Release operation (Invert Roll Nip/Release Solenoid for an improper operation)
operation) • Invert Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Invert Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation • Pre Regi Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Drive gears/Belt for wear/breakage/poor tension • Exit Gate for an improper operation (Exit Gate Solenoid for an improper operation)
• Check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the Invert • Drive gears/Belt for wear/breakage/poor tension
Sensor 1 (PL 4.22). • Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the DADF Pre
– Invert Sensor 1 J777-2 to DADF PWB J757-B2 Regi Sensor (PL 4.17)
– Invert Sensor 1 J777-1 to DADF PWB J757-B3 – DADF Pre Regi Sensor J763-2 to DADF PWB J754-A8
– Invert Sensor 1 J777-3 to DADF PWB J757-B1 – DADF Pre Regi Sensor J763-1 to DADF PWB J754-A9
• DADF PWB for a problem (PL 4.3) – DADF Pre Regi Sensor J763-3 to DADF PWB J754-A7
005-136 DADF Regi Sensor ON Jam (during Invert operation) 005-137 DADF Exit Sensor 2 ON Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS)
(Except 4127/4112EPS) BSD-ON:CH5.9
BSD-ON:CH5.6
In the inverting output operation, Exit Sensor 2 does not turn ON a spec time after Feed Motor starts
During the Invert operation, Regi. Sensor does not turn ON a spec time after Pre-Regi Sensor ON. rotating backward.

• [005-210] DADF Exit Sensor 2
• [005-110] Regi Sensor
• [005-001] DADF Feed Motor
• [005-070] Invert Roll Nip/Release Solenoid
• [005-048] DADF Exit Motor
• [005-015] DADF Pre Regi Motor
• [005-001] DADF Feed Motor • [005-070] Invert Roll Nip/Release Solenoid
• [005-065] Baffle Solenoid • [005-069] Exit Gate Solenoid

• Document Path for a foreign object/a burr/a piece of paper
• Check for any damaged/out-of-spec document.
• Check for any damaged/out-of-spec document.
• Invert Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Check if Baffle is properly closed (Baffle Solenoid also properly operates)
• No.2 Exit Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Pre Regi Roll/Pinch Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Exit Gate for an improper operation (Exit Gate Solenoid for an improper operation)
• Invert Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Drive gears/Belt for wear/breakage/poor tension
• Invert Roll for an improper Nip/Release operation (Invert Roll Nip/Release Solenoid for an improper
operation) • Check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the DADF
• Drive gears for wear/breakage Exit Sensor 2 (PL 4.23).
• Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the DADF Regi – DADF Exit Sensor 2 J775-2 to DADF PWB J757-A5
Sensor (PL 4.25). – DADF Exit Sensor 2 J775-1 to DADF PWB J757-A6
– DADF Regi Sensor J776-2 to DADF PWB J757-A8 – DADF Exit Sensor 2 J775-3 to DADF PWB J757-A4
– DADF Regi Sensor J776-1 to DADF PWB J757-A9 • DADF PWB for a problem (PL 4.3)
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 005-xxx FIP

2-39
005-138 DADF Exit Sensor 1 ON Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS) 005-141 DADF Feed Sensor OFF Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS)
In the inverting output operation, Exit Sensor 1 does not turn ON a spec time after Exit Sensor 2 ON. Pre-Regi Sensor turned OFF before Feed Sensor turned OFF. (multifeed/stream feed)

• [005-209] DADF Exit Sensor 1 • [005-204] DADF Feed Sensor
• [005-001] DADF Feed Motor • [005-206] Pre Regi Sensor
• [005-048] DADF Exit Motor • [005-015] DADF Pre Regi Motor
• [005-070] Invert Roll Nip/Release Solenoid Check Items
• [005-069] Exit Gate Solenoid • Document Path for a foreign object/a burr/a piece of paper
Check Items • Check for any damaged/out-of-spec document.
• Document Path for a foreign object/a burr/a piece of paper • Retard Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Check for any damaged/out-of-spec document. • Torque Limiter for a problem (PL 4.26)
• Invert Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation • Feed Roll/Nudger Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• No.2 Exit Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation • Check if any out-of-spec doc was transported.
• Exit Gate for an improper operation (Exit Gate Solenoid for an improper operation) • Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the DADF Pre
• Drive gears/Belt for wear/breakage/poor tension Regi Sensor (PL 4.17).
• Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the DADF Exit – DADF Pre Regi Sensor J763-2 to DADF PWB J754-A8
Sensor 1 (PL 4.23). – DADF Pre Regi Sensor J763-1 to DADF PWB J754-A9
– DADF Exit Sensor 1 J774-2 to DADF PWB J757-A2 – DADF Pre Regi Sensor J763-3 to DADF PWB J754-A7
– DADF Exit Sensor 1 J774-1 to DADF PWB J757-A3 • DADF PWB for a problem (PL 4.3)
005-142 DADF Exit Sensor 1 OFF Jam(Duplex Mode) (Except 005-143 DADF Exit Sensor 2 OFF Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS)
4127/4112EPS) BSD-ON:CH5.9
BSD-ON:CH5.9
Exit Sensor 2 does not turn OFF a spec time after Exit Sensor 2 ON.
In the inverting output operation, Exit Sensor 1 does not turn OFF a spec time after Exit Sensor 2 OFF.
DC330 Code to Check
DC330 Code to Check • [005-210] DADF Exit Sensor 2
• [005-209] DADF Exit Sensor 1 • [005-001] DADF Feed Motor
• [005-001] DADF Feed Motor • [005-048] DADF Exit Motor
• [005-048] DADF Exit Motor • [005-069] Exit Gate Solenoid
• Document Path for a foreign object/a burr/a piece of paper • Document Path for a foreign object/a burr/a piece of paper
• Check for any damaged/out-of-spec document. • Check for any damaged/out-of-spec document.
• Invert Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation • Invert Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• No.1 Exit Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation • No.1 Exit Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• No.2 Exit Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation • No.2 Exit Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Document Output Area for a foreign object • Check the document output area for an object that prevents a document output.
• Exit Gate for an improper operation (Exit Gate Solenoid for an improper operation) • Exit Gate for an improper operation (Exit Gate Solenoid for an improper operation)
• Drive gears/Belt for wear/breakage/poor tension • Drive gears/Belt for wear/breakage/poor tension
• Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the DADF Exit • Check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the DADF
Sensor 1 (PL 4.23). Exit Sensor 2 (PL 4.23).
– DADF Exit Sensor 1 J774-2 to DADF PWB J757-A2 – DADF Exit Sensor 2 J775-2 to DADF PWB J757-A5
• DADF PWB for a problem (PL 4.3) • DADF PWB for a problem (PL 4.3)
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 005-xxx FIP

2-41
005-144 DADF Too First Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam (Except 4127/ 005-150 DADF Feed Sensor OFF Jam (Punched Doc Mode)
4112EPS) (Except 4127/4112EPS)
Pre Regi Sensor turned ON earlier than a spec timing due to doc skew. In Punched Doc Mode, Feed Sensor does not turn OFF a spec time after Feed Sensor ON.
DC330 Code to Check Procedure

• [005-206] Pre Regi Sensor Check that the hole (not the center but the farthest point of the outer circumference from the trail edge) at
• [005-001] DADF Feed Motor the trail edge of the document is positioned within 19mm from the trail edge. If the document has no
• [005-062] DADF Feed Clutch problem, go to 005-141 FIP.
• [005-015] DADF Pre Regi Motor

Check Items
• Check if the document guides are properly set.
• Nudger Roll for uniform contact with the tray loaded with documents.
• Feed Roll/Retard Roll for uniform contact with the document.
• Check for any damaged/curled/out-of-spec/improperly loaded doc.
• Check for an out-of-spec combination of sizes (Mixed Sizes)
• Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the DADF Pre
Regi Sensor (PL 4.17).
– DADF Pre Regi Sensor J763-2 to DADF PWB J754-A8
005-151 DADF Pre Regi Sensor OFF Jam (Punched Doc Mode) 005-152 DADF Regi Sensor OFF Jam (Punched Doc Mode)
(Except 4127/4112EPS) (Except 4127/4112EPS)
In Punched Doc Mode, Pre Regi Sensor does not turn OFF a spec time after Pre Regi Sensor ON. In Punched Doc Mode, Regi Sensor does not turn OFF a spec time after Regi Sensor ON.
Procedure Procedure
Check that the hole (not the center but the farthest point of the outer circumference from the trail edge) at Check that the hole (not the center but the farthest point of the outer circumference from the trail edge) at
the trail edge of the document is positioned within 19mm from the trail edge. If the document has no the trail edge of the document is positioned within 19mm from the trail edge. If the document has no
problem, check DC330[005-206] Pre Regi Sensor. problem, go to 005-125 FIP.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 005-xxx FIP

2-43
005-153 DADF Regi Sensor OFF Jam (Punched Doc Mode) 005-154 DADF Out Sensor OFF Jam (Punched Doc Mode)
In Punched Doc Mode, Lead Regi Sensor does not turn OFF a spec time after Lead Regi Sensor ON. In Punched Doc Mode, Out Sensor does not turn OFF a spec time after Out Sensor ON.
Procedure Procedure
problem, check DC330 [005-207] Lead Regi Sensor. problem, go to 005-127 FIP.
005-155 DADF Exit Sensor 1 OFF Jam (Punched Doc Mode) 005-156 DADF Exit Sensor 1 OFF Jam (Punched Doc Mode
(Simplex) (Except 4127/4112EPS) (Duplex) (Except 4127/4112EPS)
In Punched Doc Mode, Exit Sensor 1 does not turn OFF a spec time after Exit Sensor 1 ON. (Simplex) In Punched Doc Mode, Exit Sensor 1 does not turn OFF a spec time after Exit Sensor 1 ON. (Duplex)
Procedure Procedure
problem, go to 005-129 FIP. problem, go to 005-129 FIP.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 005-xxx FIP

2-45
005-157 DADF Invert Sensor OFF Jam (Punched Doc Mode) 005-158 DADF Exit Sensor 2 OFF Jam (Punched Doc Mode)
In Punched Doc Mode, Invert Sensor does not turn OFF a spec time after Invert Sensor ON. In Punched Doc Mode, Exit Sensor 2 does not turn OFF a spec time after Exit Sensor 2 ON.
Procedure Procedure
problem, go to 005-133 FIP. problem, go to 005-143 FIP.
005-160 DADF Tray Lift Up Fail (Document Set) (during Job) 005-190 Feed Motor Logic Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS)
(Except 4127/4112EPS) BSD-ON:CH5.4
BSD-ON:CH5.1
Feed Motor rotating CW did not start rotating CCW (to start Invert) a spec time after Invert Sensor Off.
It is detected that with paper loaded, a spec time after Tray starts lifting up, Level Sensor does not turn (Invert operation)
ON or that Bottom Sensor does not turn OFF. (Applicable to the case where this is detected with MC
running/not in operation/purging) Procedure
No action is required.
Procedure
Remove the DADF Rear Cover. Manually rotate the Tray Motor drive gears. The gears rotate with no Do as indicated on the UI.
load.
Y N
Remove any load like binding gears that causes an improper DADF Tray Up operation.
Enter DC330 [005-086]. Select Start. The Tray Motor rotates. (The Feeder Cover Interlock should
be closed.)
Y N
+24VDC is measured between J758-1 (+) on the DADF PWB and GND (-).
Y N
Y N
Referring to Chapter 7 Wirenets, check the INTLK ON +24VDC circuit to J753-1 on the
DADF PWB. (WN7.2.53.3)
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 4.3).
Turn off the power. Disconnect J758 from the DADF PWB. Approx. 19 ohms are measured
between the 1 pin and 2/3/4/5 pins each of Connector J758.
Y N
Replace the Tray Motor (PL 4.4).
Enter DC330 [005-203](DADF Level Sensor). Select Start. Manually raise and lower the Nudger
Roll. The display toggles between H and L.
Y N
Using 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP, troubleshoot the DADF Level Sensor.
Enter DC330 [005-202](DADF Bottom Sensor). Select Start. Manually raise and lower the DADF
Tray. The display toggles between H and L.
Y N
Using 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP, troubleshoot the DADF Bottom Sensor.
Check the Torque Limiter (PL 4.4), Sensor Actuator, etc. If no problem is found, replace the DADF PWB
(PL 4.3).
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 005-xxx FIP

2-47
005-194 Size Mismatch Jam on Slow Scan Mix Size (Except 4127/ 005-196 Size Mismatch Jam on No Mix Size (Except 4127/
4112EPS) 4112EPS)
It is detected that with "Slow Scan MIX" selected, size in fast scan is different from doc guide width. It is detected that the 2nd doc and subsequent ones include doc(s) different in size from the 1st one.
Procedure Procedure
No action is required. No action is required.
Do as indicated on the UI. Do as indicated on the UI.

005-197 Prohibit Combine Size Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS) 005-198 Too Short Size Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS)
A prohibited combination of sizes is detected. A doc is too short in fast scan to be transported. (The TE of the doc passes on Feed Sensor before the
LE reaches Pre Regi Sensor.)
Procedure
No action is required. Procedure
Check the size of the document the user has run. If it is in a range of sizes DADF can transport [min size:
Do as indicated on the UI. A5 (140mmx210mm)], check the following:
DC330[005-206] Pre Regi Sensor
DC330[005-204] DADF Feed Sensor
If no problem is found, replace the DADF PWB (PL 4.3).
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 005-xxx FIP

2-49
005-199 Too Long Size Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS) 005-210 DADF Download Fail
It is detected that a doc is too long in slow scan for DADF to transport. It has been detected that when IISS is turned On (Including Power On and recoverry from Power Save
Mode) the DADF is in Download Mode. The DADF has failed in downloading and the ROM has crashed.
Simplex mode: 670.0mm or more
*This includes the case where, in the market, the ROM was replaced with a defective ROM and the
Duplex mode: 477.4mm or more power was turned On.
Procedure Procedure
Check the size of the document the user has run. If it is in a range of sizes DADF can transport, check Perform “Download Software”.
the following: If the problem persists, replace the 250 DADF PWB (PL 4.3).
DC330[005-206] Pre Regi Sensor
DC330[005-204] DADF Feed Sensor
If no problem is found, replace the DADF PWB (PL 4.3).

005-275 DADF RAM Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS) 005-280 DADF EEPROM Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)
Defective DADF PWB RAM was detected.(A check is made at Power ON.) An error in writing into or communicating with DADF EEPROM was detected.
Procedure Procedure
Turn OFF then ON the power. If this does not resolve the problem, replace the DADF PWB (PL 4.3). Turn OFF then ON the power. If this does not resolve the problem, replace the DADF PWB (PL 4.3).
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 005-xxx FIP

2-51
005-281 DADF Tray Lift Down Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS) 005-282 DADF Tray Lift Up Fail (No Document) (Except 4127/
BSD-ON:CH5.1 4112EPS)
BSD-ON:CH5.1
Bottom Sensor does not turn ON a spec time after DADF Tray starts lowering.
In the initialize operation with no doc loaded, Bottom Sensor does not turn off a spec time after Tray
Initial Actions starts lifting up.
Check that there is no foreign object under the Tray.
Procedure
Procedure Remove the DADF Rear Cover. Manually rotate the Tray Motor drive gears. The gears rotate with no
Remove the DADF Rear Cover. Manually rotate the Tray Motor drive gears. The gears rotate with no load.
load. Y N
Y N Remove any load like binding gears that causes an improper DADF Tray Up operation.
Remove any load like binding gears that causes an improper DADF Tray Down operation.
Enter DC330 [005-086]. Select Start. The Tray Motor rotates. (The Feeder Cover Interlock should
Enter DC330 [005-091]. Select Start. The Tray Motor rotates. (Feeder Cover Interlock should be be closed.)
closed.) Y N
Y N +24VDC is measured between J758-1 on the DADF PWB (+) and GND (-).
+24VDC is measured between J758-1 (+) on the DADF PWB and GND (-). Y N
Y N +24VDC is measured between J753-1 (+) on the DADF PWB and GND (-).
+24VDC is measured between J753-1 (+) on the DADF PWB and GND (-). Y N
Y N Referring to Chapter 7 Wirenets, check the INTLK ON +24VDC circuit to J753-1 on the
Referring to Chapter 7 Wirenets, check the INTLK ON +24VDC circuit to J753-1 on the DADF PWB. (WN7.2.53.3)
Turn off the power. Disconnect J758 from DADF PWB. Approx. 19 ohms are measured
Turn off the power. Disconnect J758 from the DADF PWB. Approx. 19 ohms are measured between the 1 pin and 2/3/4/5 pins each of Connector J758.
between the 1 pin and 2/3/4/5 pins each of Connector J758. Y N
Y N Replace the Tray Motor (PL 4.4).
Enter DC330 [005-203] (DADF Level Sensor). Select Start. Manually raise and lower the Nudger
Enter DC330 [005-202] (DADF Bottom Sensor). Select Start. Manually raise and lower the DADF Roll. The display toggles between H and L.
Tray. The display toggles between H and L. Y N
Y N Using 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP, troubleshoot the DADF Level Sensor.
Enter DC330 [005-202] (DADF Bottom Sensor). Select Start. Manually raise and lower the DADF
Check the Torque Limiter (PL 4.4), Sensor Actuator, etc. If no problem is found, replace the DADF PWB Tray. The display toggles between H and L.
(PL 4.3). Y N
(PL 4.3).
005-283 DADF Level Sensor Logic Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS) 005-284 DADF APS Sensor Logic Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)
Level Sensor Error or Nudger Solenoid Error was detected logically in relation to DOC Sensor output. An illogical combination of APS Sensors 1~3 outputs
Procedure Procedure
No action is required. If the fail frequently occurs, check in DC330 [005-203] DADF Level Sensor. Check the output each of the Sensors below. If any of them has a problem, troubleshoot the sensor
using 2.2.3.1 Reflective Sensor Failure FIP. If none of the sensors have any problems, replace the
DADF PWB (PL 4.3).
• DC330[005-215] Tray APS Sensor 1

Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 005-xxx FIP

2-53
005-304 Platen Interlock Open (Except 4127/4112EPS) 005-305 DADF Feeder Cover Interlock Open (Running) (Except
BSD-ON:CH6.7 4127/4112EPS)
BSD-ON:CH5.2
While the DADF was in operation, the Platen Interlock became open.
While the DADF was in operation, the Feeder Cover Interlock became open.
NOTE: While the DADF is not in operation, Fail Code 062-300 is displayed.
Initial Actions Procedure

• Check that the Platen Glass is mechanically closed with no foreign object between itself and the Manually turn ON the Feeder Cover Interlock Switch. 005-302 has disappeared. (005-308 appears.)
DADF and no height misalignment with the DADF. Y N
• Check that the Front Magnet is on the DADF. (PL 4.12) +24VDC is measured between J753-1 (+) on the DADF PWB and GND (-).
Y N
+24VDC is measured between Feeder Cover Interlock Switch F1 (+) and GND (-).
Procedure Y N
Place one document in the DADF. +24VDC is measured between the Feeder Cover Interlock Switch F2 (+) and GND (-
Remove the Top Front Cover. Disconnect P727 of the Platen Interlock Switch. Cheat pins J727-1 and ).
-2. Fail Code 062-300 stays displayed. Y N
Y N Check the circuit between J753-2 on the DADF PWB and the Feeder Cover Inter-
Replace the Platen Interlock Switch (PL 5.6). lock Switch F2 for an open wire, short or poor contact.
Turn off the power. Check the following for an open wire or poor contact: Replace the Feeder Cover Interlock Switch (PL 4.5).
• IIT/IPS PWB J722-A4 to Platen Interlock Switch J727-2
• IIT/IPS PWB J722-A5 to Platen Interlock Switch J727-1 Check the circuit between the Feeder Cover Interlock Switch F1 and J753-1 on the DADF
PWB for an open wire, short or poor contact.
If no problem is found, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 5.8).
The problem is a misalignment between the DADF Feeder Cover and the Switch. Check for the bent
Feeder Cover actuator and/or the improperly positioned Switch.
005-306 DADF Tray Interlock Open (Running) (Except 4127/ 005-308 DADF L/H Cover Interlock Open (Except 4127/4112EPS)
4112EPS) BSD-ON:CH5.2
BSD-ON:CH5.1
The DADF L/H Cover Interlock is open.
While the DADF was in operation, the Tray Interlock became open.
Procedure
Procedure Open and close the DADF L/H Cover to check if the Sensor actuator operates properly. The Sensor
actuator has operated properly.
Open and close the Document Tray several times. The Tray has opened and closed properly.
Y N
Y N
Check for the following: Check for the following:
• Improperly installed Document Tray • Improperly installed DADF L/H Cover
• Foreign objects • Foreign objects.
• Broken/poorly rotating opening/closing gears • Disconnected/bent Sensor Actuator
• Defective Oil Damper (PL 4.4)

Remove the DADF Front Cover. Close DADF L/H Cover. +5VDC is measured between J755-A2
• Bent Sensor Actuator (+)on the DADF PWB and GND (-).
Y N
Close the Document Tray. +5VDC is measured between J756-A8 (+) on the DADF PWB and GND (- Replace the DADF PWB (PL 4.3).
).
Y N +5VDC is measured between J786-2 (+) of the L/H Cover Interlock Sensor and GND (-).
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 4.3). Y N
Check the circuit between J786-2 of the L/H Cover Interlock Sensor and J755-A2 on the DADF
+5VDC is measured between J798-2 (+) of the Tray Interlock Sensor and GND (-). PWB for an open wire or poor contact.
Y N
Check the circuit between J798-2 of the Tray Interlock Sensor and J756-A8 on the DADF PWB for +5VDC is measured between J786-1 (+) and -3(-) of the L/H Cover Interlock Sensor.
an open wire or poor contact. Y N
+5VDC is measured between J755-A3 (+) and -A1 (-) on the DADF PWB.
+5VDC is measured between J798-1 (+) and -3(-) of the Tray Interlock Sensor. Y N
Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 4.3).
Y N Check the circuits each between J755-A3 on the DADF PWB and J786-1 of the L/H Cover Inter-
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 4.3). lock Sensor, and between J755-A1 on the DADF PWB and J786-3 of the L/H Cover Interlock Sen-
sor for an open wire or poor contact.
Check the circuits each between J756-A9 on the DADF PWB and J798-1 of the Tray Interlock Sen-
sor, and between J756-A7 on the DADF PWB and J798-3 of the Tray Interlock Sensor for an open Replace the L/H Cover Interlock Sensor (PL 4.5).
wire or poor contact.
Replace the Tray Interlock Sensor (PL 4.4).
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 005-xxx FIP

2-55
005-309 DADF L/H Cover Interlock Open (Running) (Except 4127/ 005-906 DADF Feed Sensor Static Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS)
BSD-ON:CH5.2
Feed Sensor turns ON at the following timings:
While the DADF was in operation, the L/H Interlock became open.
1. At Power ON
Procedure 2. Feeder Cover Interlock Closed
Open and close the DADF L/H Cover to check if the Sensor actuator operates properly. The Sensor 3. Platen Interlock Closed
actuator has operated properly. DC330 Code to Check
Y N • [005-204] DADF Feed Sensor
Check for the following:
• Improperly installed DADF L/H Cover
Check Items
• Check for a piece of paper/foreign object on the sensor.
• Foreign objects.
• The sensor for improper installation
• Disconnected/bent Sensor Actuator
• Check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact:
Remove the DADF Front Cover. Close DADF L/H Cover. +5VDC is measured between J755-A2 – DADF Feed Sensor J762-2 to DADF PWB J754-A5
(+)on the DADF PWB and GND (-). – DADF Feed Sensor J762-1 to DADF PWB J754-A6
Y N – DADF Feed Sensor J762-3 to DADF PWB J754-A4
• If the wires have no problem, replace the DADF Feed Sensor (PL 4.17) and DADF PWB (PL 4.3) in
order.
+5VDC is measured between J786-2 (+) of the L/H Cover Interlock Sensor and GND (-).
Y N
Check the circuit between J786-2 of the L/H Cover Interlock Sensor and J755-A2 on the DADF
PWB for an open wire or poor contact.
+5VDC is measured between J786-1 (+) and -3(-) of L/H Cover Interlock Sensor.
Y N
Y N
Check the circuits each between J755-A3 on the DADF PWB and J786-1 of the L/H Cover Inter-
lock Sensor, and between J755-A1 on the DADF PWB and J786-3 of the L/H Cover Interlock Sen-
sor for an open wire or poor contact.
Replace the L/H Cover Interlock Sensor (PL 4.5).

005-907 DADF Pre Regi Sensor Static Jam (Except 4127/ 005-908 DADF Regi Sensor Static Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS)
BSD-ON:CH5.5
Regi Sensor turns ON at the following timings:
Pre-Regi Sensor turns ON at the following timings:
1. At Power ON
1. At Power ON 2. Feeder Cover Interlock Close
2. Feeder Cover Interlock Closed 3. Platen Interlock Close
3. Platen Interlock Closed DC330 Code to Check
DC330 Code to Check • [005-110] Regi Sensor
• [005-206] Pre Regi Sensor Check Items
Check Items • Check for a piece of paper/foreign object on the sensor.
• Check for a piece of paper/foreign object on the sensor. • The sensor for improper installation
• The sensor for improper installation • Check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact:
• Check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact: – DADF Regi Sensor J776-2 to DADF PWB J757-A8
– DADF Pre Regi Sensor J763-2 to DADF PWB J754-A8 – DADF Regi Sensor J776-1 to DADF PWB J757-A9
– DADF Pre Regi Sensor J763-1 to DADF PWB J754-A9 – DADF Regi Sensor J776-3 to DADF PWB J757-A7
– DADF Pre Regi Sensor J763-3 to DADF PWB J754-A7 • If the wires have no problem, replace the DADF Regi Sensor (PL 4.25) and DADF PWB (PL 4.3) in
order.
• If the wires have no problem, replace the DADF Pre Regi Sensor (PL 4.17) and DADF PWB (PL
4.3) in order.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 005-xxx FIP

2-57
005-909 DADF Lead Regi Sensor Static Jam (Except 4127/ 005-910 DADF Out Sensor Static Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS)
BSD-ON:CH5.6
Out Sensor turns ON at the following timings:
Lead Regi Sensor turns ON at the following timings:
1. At Power ON
1. At Power ON 2. Feeder Cover Interlock Closed
2. Feeder Cover Interlock Closed 3. Platen Interlock Closed
3. Platen Interlock Closed DC330 Code to Check
DC330 Code to Check • [005-208] Out Sensor
• [005-207] Lead Regi Sensor Check Items
Check Items • Check for a piece of paper/foreign object on the sensor.
• Check for a piece of paper/foreign object on the sensor. • The sensor for improper installation
• The sensor for improper installation. • Check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact:
• Check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact: – Out Sensor J778-2 to DADF PWB J757-B5
– Lead Regi Sensor J779-2 to DADF PWB J757-B8 – Out Sensor J778-1 to DADF PWB J757-B6
– Lead Regi Sensor J779-1 to DADF PWB J757-B9 – Out Sensor J778-3 to DADF PWB J757-B4
– Lead Regi Sensor J779-3 to DADF PWB J757-B7 • If the wires have no problem, replace the Out Sensor (PL 4.22) and DADF PWB (PL 4.3) in order.
• If the wires have no problem, replace the Lead Regi Sensor (PL 4.8) and DADF PWB (PL 4.3) in
order.
005-911 DADF Exit Sensor 1 Static Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS) 005-912 DADF Exit Sensor 2 Static Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS)
Exit Sensor 1 turns ON at the following timings: Exit Sensor 2 turns ON at the following timings:
1. At Power ON 1. At Power ON
2. Feeder Cover Interlock Closed 2. Feeder Cover Interlock Closed
3. Platen Interlock Closed 3. Platen Interlock Closed
• [005-209] Exit Sensor 1 • [005-210] Exit Sensor 2
• Check for a piece of paper/foreign object on the sensor. • Check for a piece of paper/foreign object on the sensor.
• The sensor for improper installation • The sensor for improper installation
• Check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact: • Check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact:
– DADF Exit Sensor 1 J774-2, DADF PWB J757-A2 – DADF Exit Sensor 2 J775-2 to DADF PWB J757-A5
• If the wires have no problem, replace the Exit Sensor 1 (PL 4.23) and DADF PWB (PL 4.3) in order. • If the wires have no problem, replace the Exit Sensor 2 (PL 4.23) and DADF PWB (PL 4.3) in order.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 005-xxx FIP

2-59
005-913 DADF Invert Sensor Static Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS) 005-914 DADF No. 1/2/3 APS Sensor Static Jam (Except 4127/
BSD-ON:CH5.5
Invert Sensor 1 turns ON at the following timings:
No. 1/2/3 APS Sensor turns ON at the following timings:
1. At Power ON
2. Feeder Cover Interlock Closed 1. At Power ON
3. Platen Interlock Closed 2. Feeder Cover Interlock Closed
DC330 Code to Check 3. Platen Interlock Closed
• [005-211] Invert Sensor 1 DC330 Code to Check
Check Items • [005-218] No.1 APS Sensor
• Check for a piece of paper/foreign object on the sensor. • [005-219] No.2 APS Sensor
• The sensor for improper installation • [005-220] No.3 APS Sensor
• Check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact: Check Items
– Invert Sensor 1 J777-2 to DADF PWB J757-B2 • Check for a piece of paper/foreign object on the sensor.
– Invert Sensor 1 J777-1 to DADF PWB J757-B3 • The sensor for improper installation
– Invert Sensor 1 J777-3 to DADF PWB J757-B1 • Check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact:
• If the wires have no problem, replace the Invert Sensor 1 (PL 4.22) and DADF PWB (PL 4.3) in – No.1 APS Sensor J765-2 to DADF PWB J754-B2
order.
– No.1 APS Sensor J765-1 to DADF PWB J754-B3
• If the wires have no problem, replace the No.1/2/3 APS Sensors (PL 4.17) and DADF PWB (PL 4.3)
in order.
005-918 DADF Invert Sensor 2 Static Jam (Except 4127/4112EPS) 005-919 DADF Tray Lift Up Fail (Document Set) (Except 4127/
BSD-ON:CH5.1
Invert Sensor 2 turns ON at the following timings:
It is detected that with docs loaded, a spec time after Tray starts lifting up Level Sensor does not turn ON
1. At Power ON
or that Bottom Sensor does not turn OFF. (Applicable to any case other than where the MC is running/
2. Feeder Cover Interlock Closed not in operation/purging)
3. Platen Interlock Closed
• [005-226] Invert Sensor 2 Remove the DADF Rear Cover. Manually rotate the Tray Motor drive gears. The gears rotate with no
load.
Check Items Y N
• Check for a piece of paper/foreign object on the sensor. Remove any load like binding gears that causes an improper DADF Tray Up operation.
• The sensor for improper installation
• Check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact: Enter DC330 [005-086]. Select Start. The Tray Motor rotates. (The Feeder Cover Interlock should
– Invert Sensor 2 J780-2 to DADF PWB J757-B11 be closed.)
Y N
– Invert Sensor 2 J780-1 to DADF PWB J757-B12
– Invert Sensor 2 J780-3 to DADF PWB J757-B10 Y N
• If the wires have no problem, replace the Invert Sensor 2 (PL 4.21) and DADF PWB (PL 4.3) in +24VDC is measured between J753-1(+) on the DADF PWB and GND (-).
order. Y N
Referring to Chapter 7 Wirenets, check the INTLK ON +24VDC circuit to J753-1 on the
Turn off the power. Disconnect J758 from the DADF PWB. Approx. 19 ohms are measured
between the 1 pin and 2/3/4/5 pins each of Connector J758.
Y N
Enter DC330 [005-203](DADF Level Sensor). Select Start. Manually raise and lower the Nudger
Roll. The display toggles between H and L.
Y N
Using 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP, troubleshoot the DADF Level Sensor.
Enter DC330 [005-202](DADF Bottom Sensor). Select Start. Manually raise and lower the DADF
Tray. The display toggles between H and L.
Y N
(PL 4.3).
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 005-xxx FIP

2-61
005-940 DADF No Original Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS) 005-941 DADF Not Enough Document (Except 4127/4112EPS)
It is detected that a doc is pulled out. It is detected that the qty of docs is short of the full qty after the reloading of all.
Procedure Procedure
Do as indicated on the UI. Do as indicated on the UI.
005-942 DADF Tray Stack Over Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)
BSD-ON:CH5.1
It was detected that when Nudger Solenoid was pulled in at the start of a job Level Sensor did not turn
OFF.
Procedure
No action is required. Reduce the qty of documents for reloading.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 005-xxx FIP

2-63
010-311 Fuser Heat Roll STS-1 Disconnection Fail 010-312 Fuser Heat Roll STS-2 Disconnection Fail
Fuser Heat Roll STS-1 Open Wire is detected. Fuser Heat Roll STS-2 Open Wire is detected.
Initial Actions Initial Actions

• Check if the Drawer is pushed in with the Fuser Unit improperly seated before the power is turned • Check if the Drawer is pushed in with the Fuser Unit improperly seated before the power is turned
on. on.
• Check that the connectors ( P/J146) (white) on the Heat Roll Thermistor 1 are connected. • Check that the connectors ( P/J147)(black) on the Heat Roll Thermistor 2 are connected.
• Check that the Drawer Connectors ( P/J612) connecting the Fuser Unit and the main unit are free • Check that the Drawer Connectors ( P/J612) connecting the Fuser Unit and the main unit are free
from bent pins, foreign objects and burnout. from bent pins, foreign objects and burnout.
• Check that the appearance of the Heat Roll Thermistor 1 is free from breakage. • Heat Roll Thermistor 2 P147-2 to MCU PWB J405-A6Check that the appearance of the Heat Roll
Thermistor 2 is free from breakage.
Procedure
Turn off the power. Remove the Fuser Unit. (REP 15.1.1) Procedure
Disconnect the connectors ( P/J146)(white) on the Heat Roll Thermistor 1. Turn off the power. Remove the Fuser Unit. (REP 15.1.1)
Measure the resistance between pins 1 and 2. The resistance is infinite. Disconnect the connectors ( P/J147)(black) on the Heat Roll Thermistor 2.
Y N Measure the resistance between pins 1 and 2. The resistance is infinite.
Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the MCU PWB Y N
(PL 2.1). Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the MCU PWB
• Heat Roll Thermistor 1 P146-1 to MCU PWB J405-A7 (PL 2.1).
• Heat Roll Thermistor 1 P146-2 to MCU PWB J405-A6 • Heat Roll Thermistor 2 P147-1 to MCU PWB J405-A5
• Heat Roll Thermistor 2 P147-2 to MCU PWB J405-A6
Replace the Heat Roll Thermistor 1 (PL 15.8).
Replace the Heat Roll Thermistor 2 (PL 15.8).
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 010-xxx FIP

2-65
010-313 Fuser Heat Roll STS-3 Disconnection Fail 010-315 Fuser Latch Contact Fail
BSD-ON:CH10.5 BSD-ON:CH9.14, CH10.2
Fuser Heat Roll STS-3 Open Wire is detected. • Nip Sensor does not turn ON a spec time after the Latch On signal is sent.
• When Fuser Exit Sensor is turned On then Off during printing, Fuser Nip Sensor is Off.
• Check if the Drawer is pushed in with the Fuser Unit improperly seated before the power is turned
• Check that the half-moon shaped plate that blocks the Fuser Nip Sensor is not broken.
on.
• Check that the couplings are engaged.
• Check that the connectors ( P/J149)(blue) on the Heat Roll Thermistor are connected.
• Check that the Drawer Connectors ( P/J612) connecting the Fuser Unit and the main unit are free
• Check that the Drawer Connectors ( P/J612) connecting the Fuser Unit and the main unit are free from bent pins, foreign objects and burnout.
from bent pins, foreign objects and burnout.
• Check NVM [744-264] value (default=230) (Fuser Nip Contact Fail time)<230 or NVM [744-265]
• Check that the appearance of the Heat Roll Thermistor 3 is free from breakage.
value (default=10) (Fuser Contact Clutch Off Delay Timer)<10.
Procedure Procedure
Turn off the power. Remove the Fuser Unit. (REP 15.1.1)
Turn off the power. Remove the Fuser Unit. (REP 15.1.1) Manually rotate the Fuser Nip Cam couplings.
Disconnect the connectors ( P/J149)(blue) on the Heat Roll Thermistor 3.
The Fuser normally nips (to such a degree that the P-Roll slightly contacts the Heat Roll).
Measure the resistance between pins 1 and 2. The resistance is infinite. Y N
Y N
Remove causes preventing the Fuser from nipping, such as a mechanical load like binding gears,
Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the MCU PWB
which results from the latch operation; a foreign object in the nip drive area; and binding Cam Shaft
(PL 2.1). bearings.
• Heat Roll Thermistor 3 P149-2 to MCU PWB J405-A6 Turn on the power. Enter the Diag. Enter DC330[010-202] (Fuser Nip Sensor). Select Start. Block the
sensor with the half-moon shaped plate (no nipping) and push in the Drawer. Observe the display (H is
Replace the Heat Roll Thermistor 3 (PL 15.8). displayed). Next removing the sensor along with the bracket, make the sensor receive light and hold the
state, then push in the Drawer. (L is displayed.) The display changes between H and L.
Y N
Using 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP, troubleshoot the Fuser Nip Sensor.
Cheat the Front Door.

Enter DC330[042-008] (Fuser Auger Motor). Select Start. The Fuser Auger Motor is heard to oper-
ate.
Y N
Open the PWB Chassis. (REP 2.1.1) The Fuser Auger Motor tries to rotate.
Y N
+24VDC is measured between J209-1 (+) and -2(-) on the Auger Motor.
Y N
+24VDC is measured between J435-A14 (+) and -A13 (-) on the IOT PWB.
Y N
+24VDC is measured between J433-1 (+) on the IOT PWB and GND (-).
Y N
Seeing BSD CH1.12, check the +24VDC circuit to J433-1 on the IOT PWB.
Replace the IOT PWB (PL 2.1).
Check the circuits each between J435-A14 on the IOT PWB and J209-1 on the Auger
Motor, and between J435-A13 on the IOT PWB and J209-2 on the Auger Motor for an
open wire or poor contact.
A B C
A B C
+5VDC is measured between J209-4 (+) and -5(-) on the Auger Motor. 010-316 Fuser Latch Retract Fail
Y N
+5VDC is measured between J435-A11 (+) and -A10 (-) on the IOT PWB. BSD-ON:CH10.2
Y N
Nip Sensor does not turn OFF a spec time after the Latch Off signal is sent.
Check the circuits each between J435-A11 on the IOT PWB and J209-4 on the Auger Initial Actions
Motor, and between J435-A10 on the IOT PWB and J209-5 on the Auger Motor for an • Check that the half-moon shaped plate that blocks the Fuser Nip Sensor is not broken.
open wire or poor contact. • Check that the couplings are engaged.
• Check that the Drawer Connectors ( P/J612) connecting the Fuser Unit and the main unit are free
With DC330[042-008] (Fuser Auger Motor) ON, +5VDC is measured between J209-3 (+) from bent pins, foreign objects and burnout.
on the Auger Motor and GND (-).
Y N • Check NVM [744-152] value (default=10) (Fuser Retract Clutch Off Delay Timer)<10.
Replace the Auger Motor (PL 10.4).
Procedure
+5VDC is measured between J435-A12 (+) on the IOT PWB and GND (-). Turn off the power. Remove the Fuser Unit. (REP 15.1.1) Manually rotate the Fuser Nip Cam couplings.
Y N The Fuser normally nips (to such a degree that the P-Roll slightly contacts the Heat Roll).
Check the circuit between J435-A12 on the IOT PWB and J209-3 on the Auger Motor for Y N
an open wire or poor contact. Remove causes preventing the Fuser from nipping, such as a mechanical load like binding gears,
which results from the latch operation; a foreign object in the nip drive area; and binding Cam Shaft
Replace the following parts in order: bearings.
Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1)
MCU PWB (PL 2.1) Turn on the power. Enter the Diag. Enter DC330[010-202] (Fuser Nip Sensor). Select Start. Block the
IOT PWB (PL 2.1) sensor with the half-moon shaped plate (no nipping) and push in the Drawer. Observe the display (H is
displayed). Next removing the sensor along with the bracket, make the sensor receive light and hold the
Check the following: state, then push in the Drawer (L is displayed.). The display changes between H and L.
• Auger for a poor rotation due to toner blocking. Y N
• Inverter In Roll for an improper operation Using 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP, troubleshoot the Fuser Nip Sensor.
• Drive gears for binding
Enter the Diag. Enter DC330[010-006] (Fuser Nip Clutch). Select Start. The Fuser Nip Clutch is Enter DC330[042-008] (Fuser Auger Motor).
heard to operate. Select Start. The Fuser Auger Motor is heard to operate.
Y N Y N
Using 2.2.3.4 Solenoid/Clutch Not Energized Failure FIP, troubleshoot the Fuser Nip Clutch. Open the PWB Chassis (REP 2.1.1) The Fuser Auger Motor tries to rotate.
Y N
Recheck if the latch operation has no problem; the couplings are properly engaged; the Clutch does not +24VDC is measured between J209-1 (+) and -2(-) on the Auger Motor.
slip off. If no problem is found, replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1) and the IOT PWB (PL 2.1) in order. Y N
Y N
Y N
Motor, and between J435-A13 on the IOT PWB and J209-2 on the Auger Motor for an
+5VDC is measured between J209-4 (+) and -5(-) on the Auger Motor.
A B
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 010-xxx FIP
2-67
A
010-xxx
B
FIP 2-68 Version.1 .1.1
Y N 010-317 Not Ready Heat Roll Fuser On Time Fail

BSD-ON:CH10.3, CH10.5
Y N
• One of Main Lamp 1, Main Lamp 2 and Sub Lamp abnormally stays ON due to Low Temp Not
Ready or High Temp Not Ready.
Motor, and between J435-A10 on the IOT PWB and J209-5 on the Auger Motor for an • Heat Roll does not reach print-ready temp a spec time after printing stops due to Low Temp Not
open wire or poor contact. Ready or High Temp Not Ready.
• At the start of print, with paper set to OHP Transparency, temperature detected by the H/R Ther-
With DC330[042-008] (Fuser Auger Motor) ON, +5VDC is measured between J209-3 (+) mistor 1 does not reach the temp set up in DC131[744-251] (Temp Permitting Pitch Generation)
on the Auger Motor and GND (-). within 30 sec.
Y N Initial Actions
Replace the Auger Motor (PL 10.4).
• Check that there is no foreign object on the Heat Roll surface and no paper wound around it.
+5VDC is measured between J435-A12 (+) on the IOT PWB and GND (-). • Check the Heat Roll Thermistor 2 is free from dirt.
Y N • Check that the Drawer Connectors ( P/J612) connecting the Fuser Unit and the main unit are free
Check the circuit between J435-A12 on the IOT PWB and J209-3 on the Auger Motor for from bent pins, foreign objects and burnout.
an open wire or poor contact. • Check if the Drawer is pushed in with the Fuser Unit improperly seated before the power is turned
on.
Replace the following parts in order:
• Check the connectors ( P/J147)(black) on the Heat Roll Thermistor 2 are connected.
Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1)
MCU PWB (PL 2.1) • Check that NVM [744-173] value (Temp for clearing Low Temp Not Ready) is equal to or smaller
than the following value: the appropriate value from [744-071 to 076] (Standard Temp for print
IOT PWB (PL 2.1)
paper) for the size of running paper + the appropriate value from [744-079 to 083] (Standard Temp
Check the following: for print paper type) for the type of running paper.
• Auger for a poor rotation due to toner blocking. • Check that NVM [744-254] value (OHP: Temp for clearing Low Power Not Ready) is equal to or
smaller than the following value: the appropriate value from [744-071 to 076] (Standard Temp for
• Inverter In Roll for an improper operation
print paper) for the size of running paper + the appropriate value from [744-079 to 083] (Standard
• Drive gears for binding
Temp for print paper type) for the type of running paper.
Enter the Diag. Enter DC330[010-006] (Fuser Nip Clutch). Select Start. The Fuser Nip Clutch is • Check NVM[744-050] to see if Ready Control Temp is set to a higher temp.
heard to operate. • Check that NVM [744-251] value (OHP: Temp for permitting Pitch Generation) is smaller than NVM
Y N [744-103] value (Low Power Control Temp).
Using 2.2.3.4 Solenoid/Clutch Not Energized Failure FIP, troubleshoot the Fuser Nip Clutch.
Procedure
Recheck if the latch operation has no problem; the couplings are properly engaged; the Clutch does not
Turn on the power. Remove the Fuser Front Cover.
slip off. If no problem is found, replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1) and the IOT PWB (PL 2.1) in order. Cheat the Front Door Interlock SW.
Enter the Diag. Enter DC330[010-002] (Main Heater Rod 1). Select Start. Main Heater Rod 1
(located at left when seen at front) has lit on.
Y N
Disconnect the connectors ( P61A, P61B) from the Main Heater Rod 1. Measure the resistance
between the both ends of the Main Heater Rod 1. The resistance is 10 ohms or less.
Y N
Replace the Main Heater Rod 1 (PL 15.2).
Measure the resistance between the both ends of the Thermostat 1. The resistance is 10 ohms or
less.
Y N
Check the following. If no problem is found, replace the Thermostat 1 (PL 15.8).
• Heat Roll Thermistor 1 for dirt/improper installation
A B
A B C
• The wire between J409-B9 on the MCU PWB and J510-10 on the AC Drive PWB for a Check the circuits each between J16-2 on the AC Drive PWB and P62A-1 on the Main Heater Rod
short to the frame 2, and between J15-3 on the AC Drive PWB and P62B-1 on the Main Heater Rod 2.
• See DC120 Fail History. If it shows 010-320 occurred in the past, go to 010-320 FIP.
Press the Stop button.
Reconnect the connectors to the Main Heater Rod 1 at its both ends. Seat the Fuser Unit in the Enter DC330[010-004] (Sub Heater Rod). Select Start. The Sub Heater Rod (located lower when
Drawer. Push in the Drawer. seen at front) has lit on.
Turn on the power. With DC330[010-002] (Main Heater Rod 1) ON, 200-240VAC is measured Y N
between J15-1 and J16-4 on the AC Drive PWB. Turn off the power. Remove the Fuser Unit. (REP 15.1.1)
Y N Disconnect the connectors ( P63A, P63B) from the Sub Heater Rod. Measure the resistance
Check the following for continuity. If the wires are good, replace the AC Drive PWB (PL 2.3) between the both ends of the Sub Heater Rod. The resistance is 10 ohms or less.
and the MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order. Y N
• MCU PWB J409-B9 to AC Drive PWB J510-10 Replace the Sub Heater Rod (PL 15.2).
• MCU PWB J409-B15 to AC Drive PWB J510-4
Reconnect the connectors to the Sub Heater Rod at its both ends. Seat the Fuser Unit in the
Turn off the power. Disconnect the power plug. Drawer. Push in the Drawer.
Turn on the power. With DC330[010-004] (Sub Heater Rod) ON, 200-240VAC is measured
Check the circuits each between J16-4 on the AC Drive PWB and P61A-1 on the Main Heater Rod
between J15-3 and J16-1 on the AC Drive PWB.
1, and between J15-1 on the AC Drive PWB and P61B-1 on the Main Heater Rod 1.
Y N
Check the following for continuity. If the wires are good, replace the AC Drive PWB (PL 2.3)
and the MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order.
Enter DC330[010-003] (Main Heater Rod 2). Select Start. Main Heater Rod 2 (located at right when
seen at front) has lit on. • MCU PWB J409-B7 to AC Drive PWB J510-12
Y N • MCU PWB J409-B15 to AC Drive PWB J510-4
Disconnect the connectors ( P62A, P62B) from the Main Heater Rod 2. Measure the resistance Turn off the power. Disconnect the power plug.
between the both ends of the Main Heater Rod 2. The resistance is 10 ohms or less. Check the circuits each between J16-1 on the AC Drive PWB and P63A-1 on the Sub Heater Rod,
Y N and J15-3 on the AC Drive PWB and P63B-1 on the Sub Heater Rod.
Replace the Main Heater Rod 2 (PL 15.2).
Connect the PSW.
Measure the resistance between the both ends of the Thermostat 2. The resistance is 10 ohms or Enter the Diag. Enter DC140[010-201](Heat Roll Thermistor 2). The value is between 1015 and 128.
less. Y N
Y N Check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the Heat
Check the following. If no problem is found, replace the Thermostat 2 (PL 15.8). Roll Thermistor 2 (PL 15.8).
• Heat Roll Thermistor 2 for dirt/improper installation • Heat Roll Thermistor 2 P147-1 to MCU PWB J405-A5
• The wire between J409-B8 on the MCU PWB and J510-11 on the AC Drive PWB for a • Heat Roll Thermistor 2 P147-2 to MCU PWB J405-A6
short to the frame
Replace the AC Drive PWB (PL 2.3) and the MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order.
• The wire between J409-B7 on the MCU PWB and J510-12 on the AC Drive PWB for a
short to the frame
• See DC120 Fail History. If it shows 010-320 occurred in the past, go to 010-320 FIP.
Reconnect the connectors to the Main Heater Rod 2 at its both ends. Seat the Fuser Unit in the
Drawer. Push in the Drawer. With DC330[010-003] (Main Heater Rod 2) ON, 200-240VAC is
measured between J15-3 and J16-2 on the AC Drive PWB.
Y N
Turn off the power. Disconnect the power plug.

C
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 010-xxx FIP
2-69
010-320 Heat Roll Over Heat Fail 010-326 Wait Heat Roll Fuser On Time Fail
BSD-ON:CH10.3, CH10.5 BSD-ON:CH10.5
It is detected that one of Fuser Heat Roll STS-1, Fuser Heat Roll STS-2 and Fuser Heat Roll STS-3 is at In Wait Mode, one of Main Lamp 1, Main Lamp 2 and Sub Lamp abnormally stays ON.
high temperature.
*Wait Mode: after Power ON, Front Cover Interlock Closed, MSI Cover Interlock Closed and Marking
NOTE: To clear this fail, it is necessary to clear DC131[744-156] back to 0 and turn OFF then ON the Drawer Interlock Closed, in this mode Lamp is controlled for Heat Roll to reach print-ready temp.
power.
The following shows the relation between number for display and sensor detecting a high temperature. Initial Actions
• 0: Normal • Check that there is no foreign object on the Heat Roll surface and no paper wound around it.
• 1: Heat Roll Thermistor 1 • Check the Heat Roll Thermistor 1 is free from dirt.
• 2: Heat Roll Thermistor 2 • Check that the Drawer Connectors ( P/J612) connecting the Fuser Unit and the main unit are free
• 3: Heat Roll Thermistor 3 from bent pins, foreign objects and burnout.
• Check that the connectors ( P/J146)(white) on the Heat Roll Thermistor 1 are connected.
Initial Actions • Check if Transit-to-Ready Temp DC131[744-004] (Fuser Warm Up Complete HR
• Check that the Heat Roll Thermistor 1 is in proper contact with the Heat Roll. Temp)(Default:185) is set to a higher temp.
• Check that the appearance of the Heat Roll Thermistor 1 is free from breakage and dirt. • Check if Control Temp in Wait DC131[744-001] (Warm Up Control Temp)(Default:192) is set to a
• Check if the following are set to higher temperatures each. lower temp.
DC131[744-001](Warm Up Control Temp)(Default: 192)
DC131[744-050](Ready Control Temp) (Default:185) Procedure
DC131[744-052~056](Idling Control Temp) (Default:185) Turn on the power. Remove the Fuser Front Cover.
DC131[744-103](Low Power Control Temp) (Default:140) Cheat the Front Door Interlock SW.
Enter the Diag. Enter DC330[010-002] (Main Heater Rod 1). Select Start. The Main Heater Rod 1
(located at left when seen at front) has lit on.
Procedure Y N
Connect the PSW. Turn off the power. Remove the Fuser Unit. (REP 15.1.1)
Enter the Diag. Enter DC140[010-200](Heat Roll Thermistor 1). The value is between 1015 and 128. Disconnect the connectors ( P61A, P61B) from the Main Heater Rod 1. Measure the resistance
Y N between the both ends of the Main Heater Rod 1. The resistance is 10 ohms or less.
Check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the Heat Y N
Roll Thermistor 1 (PL 15.8). Replace the Main Heater Rod 1 (PL 15.2).
• Heat Roll Thermistor 1 P146-2 to MCU PWB J405-A6 Measure the resistance between the both ends of the Thermostat 1. The resistance is 10 ohms or
less.
Turn off the power. Remove the Rear Lower Cover. Disconnect Connector J510 from the AC Drive Y N
PWB. Check the following. If no problem is found, replace the Thermostat 1 (PL 15.8).
Measure the resistance regarding the following: • Heat Roll Thermistor 1 for dirt/improper installation
• J510-10 pin to the frame • The wire between J409-B9 on the MCU PWB and J510-10 on the AC Drive PWB for a
• J510-11 pin to the frame short to the frame
• J510-12 pin to the frame • See DC120 Fail History. If it shows 010-320 occurred in the past, go to 010-320 FIP.
Every resistance is infinite.
Y N Reconnect the connectors to the Main Heater Rod 1 at its both ends. Seat the Fuser Unit in the
Check any circuit that shows its resistance is not infinite for a short to the frame. Drawer. Push in the Drawer.
Turn on the power. With DC330[010-002] (Main Heater Rod 1) ON, 200-240VAC is measured
Replace the AC Drive PWB (PL 2.3) and the MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order. between J15-1 and J16-4 on the AC Drive PWB.
Y N
A B
A B C
• MCU PWB J409-B15 to AC Drive PWB J510-4 Y N
Replace the Sub Heater Rod (PL 15.2).
Check the circuits each between J16-4 on the AC Drive PWB and P61A-1 on the Main Heater Rod Reconnect the connectors to the Sub Heater Rod at its both ends. Seat the Fuser Unit. Push in the
1, and between J15-1 on the AC Drive PWB and P61B-1 on the Main Heater Rod 1. Drawer.
Turn on the power. With DC330[010-004] (Sub Heater Rod) ON, 200-240VAC is measured
Press the Stop button. between J15-3 and J16-1 on the AC Drive PWB.
Enter DC330[010-003] (Main Heater Rod 2). Select Start. The Main Heater Rod 2 (located at right Y N
when seen at front) has lit on. Check the following for continuity. If the wires are good, replace the AC Drive PWB (PL 2.3)
Y N and the MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order.
Turn on the power. Remove the Fuser Unit. (REP 15.1.1) • MCU PWB J409-B7 to AC Drive PWB J510-12
Disconnect the connectors ( P62A, P62B) from the Main Heater Rod 2. Measure the resistance • MCU PWB J409-B15 to AC Drive PWB J510-4
between the both ends of the Main Heater Rod 2. The resistance is 10 ohms or less.
Y N Turn off the power. Disconnect the power plug.
Replace the Main Heater Rod 2 (PL 15.2). Check the circuits each between J16-1 on the AC Drive PWB and P63A-1 on the Sub Heater Rod,
and between J15-3 on the AC Drive PWB and P63B-1 on the Sub Heater Rod.
less. Connect the PSW.
Y N Enter the Diag. Enter DC140[010-200](Heat Roll Thermistor 1). The value is between 1015 and 128.
Check the following. If no problem is found, replace the Thermostat 2 (PL 15.8). Y N
• Heat Roll Thermistor 2 for dirt/improper installation Check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the Heat
• The wire between J409-B8 on the MCU PWB and J510-11 on the AC Drive PWB for a Roll Thermistor 1 (PL 15.8).
short to the frame • Heat Roll Thermistor 1 P146-1 to MCU PWB J405-A7
• The wire between J409-B7 on the MCU PWB to J510-12 on the AC Drive PWB for a • Heat Roll Thermistor 1 P146-2 to MCU PWB J405-A6
short to the frame
• See DC120 Fail History. If it shows 010-320 occurred in the past, go to 010-320 FIP. Replace the AC Drive PWB (PL 2.3) and the MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order.
Reconnect the connectors to the Main Heater Rod 2 at its both ends. Seat the Fuser Unit in the
Drawer. Push in the Drawer.
Turn on the power. With DC330[010-003] (Main Heater Rod 2) ON, 200-240VAC is measured
Y N

Check the circuits each between J16-2 on the AC Drive PWB and P62A-1 on the Main Heater Rod

Enter DC330[010-004] (Sub Heater Rod). Select Start. The Sub Heater Rod (located lower when
seen at front) has lit on.
Y N
Disconnect the connectors ( P63A, P63B) from the Sub Heater Rod. Measure the resistance
between the both ends of the Sub Heater Rod. The resistance is 10 ohms or less.
C
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 010-xxx FIP
2-71
010-xxx FIP 2-72 A Version.1 .1.1
010-327 Standby Heat Roll Fuser On Time Fail Check the circuits each between J16-4 on the AC Drive PWB and P61A-1 on the Main Heater Rod
BSD-ON:CH10.5
In Standby or Low Power Mode, one of Main Lamp 1, Main Lamp 2 and Sub Lamp abnormally stays ON.
Enter DC330[010-003] (Main Heater Rod 2). Select Start. The Main Heater Rod 2 (located at right
when seen at front) has lit on.
*Standby mode: the Heat Roll is kept at print-ready temperature. Y N
Turn off the power. Remove the Fuser Unit (REP 15.1.1)
Initial Actions Disconnect the connectors ( P62A, P62B) of the Main Heater Rod 2. Measure the resistance
• Check that there is no foreign object on the Heat Roll surface and no paper wound around it. between the both ends of the Main Heater Rod 2. The resistance is 10 ohms or less.
• Check the Heat Roll Thermistor 1 is free from dirt. Y N
• Check that the Drawer Connectors ( P/J612) connecting the Fuser Unit and the main unit are free Replace the Main Heater Rod 1 (PL 15.2).
from bent pins, foreign objects and burnout.
• Check that the connectors ( P/J146)(white) on the Heat Roll Thermistor 1 are connected.
less.
• Check if Control Temp in Standby DC131[744-050](Ready Control Temp) (Default:185)/ Y N
DC131[744-103] (Low Power Control Temp) is set to a higher temp. Check the following. If no problem is found, replace the Thermostat 2 (PL 15.8).
• Heat Roll Thermistor 2 for dirt/improper installation
Procedure • The wire between J409-B8 on the MCU PWB and J510-11 on the AC Drive PWB for a
Turn on the power. Remove the Fuser Front Cover. short to the frame
Cheat the Front Door Interlock SW. • See DC120 Fail History. If it shows 010-320 occurred in the past, go to 010-320 FIP.
Enter the Diag. Enter DC330[010-002] (Main Heater Rod 1). Select Start. The Main Heater Rod 1
(located at left when seen at front) has lit on. Reconnect the connectors to the Main Heater Rod 2 at its both ends. Seat the Fuser Unit in the
Y N Drawer. Push in the Drawer.
Turn off the power. Remove the Fuser Unit. (REP 15.1.1) Turn on the power. With DC330[010-003] (Main Heater Rod 2) ON, 200-240VAC is measured
Disconnect the connectors ( P61A, P61B) from the Main Heater Rod 1. Measure the resistance between J15-3 and J16-2 on the AC Drive PWB.
between the both ends of the Main Heater Rod 1. The resistance is 10 ohms or less. Y N
Y N Check the following for continuity. If the wires are good, replace the AC Drive PWB (PL 2.3)
Replace the Main Heater Rod 1 (PL 15.2). and the MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order.
Measure the resistance between the both ends of the Thermostat 1. The resistance is 10 ohms or • MCU PWB J409-B15 to AC Drive PWB J510-4
less.
Y N Turn off the power. Disconnect the power plug.
Check the following. If no problem is found, replace the Thermostat 1 (PL 15.8). Check the circuits each between Check the circuits between J16-2 on the AC Drive PWB and
• Heat Roll Thermistor 1 for dirt/improper installation P62A-1 on the Main Heater Rod 2, and between J15-3 on the AC Drive PWB and P62B-1 on the
• The wire between J409-B9 on the MCU PWB and J510-10 on the AC Drive PWB for a Main Heater Rod 2.
short to the frame
• See DC120 Fail History. If it shows 010-320 occurred in the past, go to 010-320 FIP. Press the Stop button.
Enter DC330[010-004] (Sub Heater Rod). Select Start. The Sub Heater Rod (located lower when
Reconnect the connectors to the Main Heater Rod 1 at its both ends. Seat the Fuser Unit in the seen at front) has lit on.
Drawer. Push in the Drawer. Turn on the power. With DC330[010-002] (Main Heater Rod 1) Y N
ON, 200-240VAC is measured between J15-1 and J16-4 on the AC Drive PWB. Turn off the power. Remove the Fuser Unit. (REP 15.1.1)
Y N Disconnect the connectors ( P63A, P63B) from the Sub Heater Rod. Measure the resistance
Check the following for continuity. If the wires are good, replace the AC Drive PWB (PL 2.3) between the both ends of the Sub Heater Rod. The resistance is 10 ohms or less.
and the MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order. Y N
• MCU PWB J409-B9 to AC Drive PWB J510-10 Replace the Sub Heater Rod (PL 15.2).
Reconnect the connectors to the Sub Heater Rod at its both ends. Seat the Fuser Unit in the
Turn off the power. Disconnect the power plug. Drawer. Push in the Drawer.
A B
B
Turn on the power. With DC330[010-004] (Sub Heater Rod) ON, 200-240VAC is measured 010-330 Fuser Motor Fail
Y N BSD-ON:CH10.1
A detection of Fuser Motor rotation failure.
Procedure
Enter DC701 Fuser Nip Adjustment (ADJ 15.1.1) and make the Fuser nip. Keeping the Fuser nipping,
Turn off the power. Disconnect the power plug. turn off the power.
Check the circuits each between J16-1 on the AC Drive PWB and P63A-1 on the Sub Heater Rod, Open the PWB Chassis. (REP 2.1.1)
and between J15-3 on the AC Drive PWB and P63B-1 on the Sub Heater Rod. Manually rotate the Fuser Drive Motor rotor. The rotor rotates without any load.
Y N
Connect the PSW. Remove any load from the Fuser Unit, such as binding Fuser Drive gears and binding bearings.
Enter the Diag. Enter DC140[010-200](Heat Roll Thermistor 1). The value is between 1015 and 128.
Y N Turn on the power.
Check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the Heat Enter the Diag. Cheat the Front Dorr Interlock. Enter DC330[010-001](Fuser Drive Motor). Select Start.
Roll Thermistor 1 (PL 15.8). The Fuser Drive Motor has rotated.
• Heat Roll Thermistor 1 P146-1 to MCU PWB J405-A7 Y N
Open the PWB Chassis. (REP 2.1.1) +24VDC is measured between J211-1 (+) and -2(-) on the
Fuser Drive Motor.
Replace the AC Drive PWB (PL 2.3) and the MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order Y N
+24VDC is measured between J437-7 (+) and -15(-) on the IOT PW.
Y N
Y N
Seeing BSD CH1.12, check the +24VDC INTLK circuit to J430-2 on the IOT PWB.
Check the circuits each between J437-7 on the IOT PWB and J211-1 on the Fuser Drive
Motor, and between J437-15 on the IOT PWB and J211-2 on the Fuser Drive Motor for an
+5VDC is measured between J212-1 (+) and -2(-) on the Fuser Drive Motor.
Y N
CR8 on the MCU PWB is lighting.
Y N
Seeing BSD CH1.6, check the +5VDC circuit to J400-2 on the MCU PWB.
Check the circuits each between J407-A6 on the MCU PWB and J212-1 on the Fuser Drive
Motor, and between J407-A5 on the MCU PWB and J212-2 on the Fuser Drive Motor for an
Check the following for continuity:

• MCU PWB J407-A4 to Fuser Drive Motor J212-3
Every resistance is 1 ohm or less.
A
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 010-xxx FIP
2-73
A
Y N 010-400 Fuser Web Near End

Check any wire that exhibits more than 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact.
BSD-ON:CH10.9
Replace the Fuser Drive Motor (PL 10.2) and the MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order.
Fuser Web replacement time is near.
Turn off the power. Check the following for continuity:
• MCU PWB J407-A3 to Fuser Drive Motor J212-4 NOTE: After replacing the Fuser Web, it is necessary to clear Total Web Motor ON Time back to 0 using
the special keys (9+Stop buttons).
• MCU PWB J407-A1 to Fuser Drive Motor J212-6 Procedure
Every resistance is 1 ohm or less. Replace the Web. Using the special keys (9+Stop buttons), clear the Total Web Motor ON Time back to
Y N 0. (NVM: [744-167])
Check any wire that exhibits more than 1 ohms for an open wire or poor contact.
If no problem is found, replace the Fuser Drive Motor (PL 10.2). If the problem persists, replace the MCU
PWB (PL 2.1).
010-910 Fuser Web End
BSD-ON:CH10.9
Fuser Web needs replacing.
NOTE: After replacing the Fuser Web, it is necessary to clear Total Web Motor ON Time back to 0 using
the special keys (9+Stop buttons).
Initial Actions
Check that the hand screw at the rear of the Fuser Cleaning Cartridge is securely tightened.
Procedure
Slide out the Marking Drawer up to the service position.
Remove the Fuser Cleaning Cartridge.
Make a measurement to check for continuity between the Wed Shaft (unused one) and the Fuser Clean-
ing Cartridge frame. The resistance is infinity.
Y N
Replace the Fuser Cleaning Cartridge (PL 15.5).
Check for continuity between the Wed End Switch contact points. With the black button between both
the contact points up, continuity exists, while with the button pressed down, the resistance is
infinity.
Y N
Replace the Wed End Switch (PL 15.4).
Check if Total Web Motor ON Time was cleared back to 0 after the replacement of the Fuser Cleaning
Cartridge.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 010-xxx FIP

2-75
024-910 Tray 1 Size Mismatch 024-911 Tray 2 Size Mismatch
The Regi Sensor-measured paper length in the slow scan direction is different from the tray-detected The Regi Sensor-measured paper length in the slow scan direction is different from the tray-detected
one. one.
Procedure Procedure
Is the paper size suitable for the tray and is the paper guide properly set? Is the paper size suitable for the tray and is the paper guide properly set?
Y N Y N
Load the paper of the suitable size and/or set the paper guide properly. Load the paper of the suitable size and/or set the paper guide properly.
Enter diag. Check on the AD value in DC140[071-100](Tray 1 Papser Size Sensor). Is the AD value Enter diag. Check on the AD value in DC140[072-100](Tray 2 Papser Size Sensor). Is the AD value
within the normal output range? (A4 LEF loaded: 304~367; B5 LEF loaded: 800~863; Tray not in within the normal output range? (A4 LEF loaded: 304~367; B5 LEF loaded: 800~863; Tray not in
place: :928~1023) place: :928~1023)
Y N Y N
Check the following: Check the following:
• The tray actuator for bend and/or damage. • The tray actuator for bend and/or damage.
• Seeng BSD CH7.1, check the Tray 1 Paper Size Sensor circuit. • Seeing BSD CH7.2, check the Tray 2 Paper Size Sensor circuit.
• If the circuit has no problem, replace the Tray 1 Paper Size Sensor (PL 7.1). • If the circuit has no problem, replace the Tray 2 Paper Size Sensor (PL 7.1).
• If the above items have no problem, replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 2.3) and the MCU PWB • If the above items have no problem, replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 2.3) and the MCU PWB
(PL 2.1) in order. (PL 2.1) in order.
Enter DC330[077-104](Regi Sensor). Place a piece of paper on the Regi Sensor. Push in the drawer. DC330[077-104](Regi Sensor). Place a piece of paper on the Regi Sensor. Push in the drawer. Does
Does the display switch between H and L? the display switch between H and L?
Y N Y N
Using 2.2.3.1 Generic Reflective Sensor FIP, check the Regi Sensor. Using 2.2.3.1 Generic Reflective Sensor FIP, check the Regi Sensor.

• Regi Roll for wear causing paper transport failure. • Regi Roll for wear causing paper transport failure.
• Regi Motor for operation failure (PL 13.4). • Regi Motor for operation failure (PL 13.4).
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 024-xxx FIP

2-77

one. one.
Procedure Procedure
Y N Y N
Enter diag. Check on the AD value in DC140[073-100](Tray 3 Papser Size Sensor). Is the AD value Enter diag. Check on the AD value in DC140[074-100](Tray 3 Papser Size Sensor). Is the AD value
within the normal output range? (11x17 LEF loaded: 0~63; A5 SEF loaded: 800~863; Tray not in within the normal output range? (11x17 LEF loaded: 0~63; A5 SEF loaded: 800~863; Tray not in
place: :928~1023) place: 928~1023)
Y N Y N
• The tray actuator for bend and/or damage. • The tray actuator for bend and/or damage.
• Seeing BSD CH7.3, check the Tray 3 Paper Size Sensor circuit. • Seeing BSD CH7.4, check the Tray 4 Paper Size Sensor circuit.
Enter DC330[077-104](Regi Sensor). Place a piece of paper on the Regi Sensor. Push in the drawer. Enter DC330[077-104](Regi Sensor). Place a piece of paper on the Regi Sensor. Push in the drawer.
Does the display switch between H and L? Does the display switch between H and L?
Y N Y N
Using 2.2.3.1 Generic Reflective Sensor FIP, check the Regi Sensor. Using 2.2.3.1 Generic Reflective Sensor FIP, check the Regi Sensor.

• Regi Roll for wear causing paper transport failure. • Regi Roll for wear causing paper transport failure.
• Regi Motor for operation failure (PL 13.4). • Regi Motor for operation failure (PL 13.4).
one. one.
Procedure Procedure
Y N Y N
Enter diag and check the following sensors: Enter diag and check the following sensors:
• (4000 HCF)DC330[078-222](Tray 6 Letter Size Sensor) • (4000 HCF)DC330[078-212](Tray 7 Letter Size Sensor)
• (4000 HCF)DC330[078-223](Tray 6 A/B Size Sensor) • (4000 HCF)DC330[078-213](Tray 7 A/B Size Sensor)
• (2000 A3 HCF)DC330[078-243](2000 A3 HCF Size Sensor 0) Does each sensor make the proper detection?
• (2000 A3 HCF)DC330[078-244](2000 A3 HCF Size Sensor 1) Y N
Check the following:
• (2000 A3 HCF)DC330[078-245](2000 A3 HCF Size Sensor 2)
• Using (4000 HCF) BSD CH20.6, check the Size Sensor circuit.
Does each sensor make the proper detection?
Y N Enter DC330[077-104](Regi Sensor). Place a piece of paper on the Regi Sensor. Push in the drawer.
Does the display switch between H and L?
• Seeing (4000 HCF) BSD CH20.6, check the Size Sensor circuit.
Y N
• Seeing (2000 A3 HCF) BSD CH19.6, check the 2000 A3 HCF Size Sensor circuit. Using 2.2.3.1 Generic Reflective Sensor FIP, check the Regi Sensor.
Enter DC330[077-104](Regi Sensor). Place a piece of paper on the Regi Sensor. Push in the drawer. Check the following:
Does the display switch between H and L? • Regi Roll for wear causing paper transport failure.
Y N • Regi Motor for operation failure (PL 13.4).
Using 2.2.3.1 Generic Reflective Sensor FIP, check the Regi Sensor.

• Regi Roll for wear causing paper transport failure.
• Regi Motor for operation failure (PL 13.4).
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 024-xxx FIP

2-79
024-946 Tray 1 Not in Position 024-947 Tray 2 Not in Position

Tray 1 is not installed in place. Tray 2 is not installed in place.
Procedure Procedure
Remove the Tray. Using the screwdriver, press one of the switches of the Tray 1 Paper Size Sensor. Remove the Tray. Using the screwdriver, press one of the switches of the Tray 2 Paper Size Sensor.
Has “Push in the tray” disappeared? Has “Push in the tray” disappeared?
Y N Y N
Is LED CR8 on the MCU PWB ON? Is LED CR8 on the MCU PWB ON?
Y N Y N
Seeing BSD CH1.4, check the +5VDC circuit to MCU PWB J400-2. Seeing BSD CH1.4, check the +5VDC circuit to MCU PWB J400-2.
Check the connection of MCU PWB J403 and Tray Module PWB J461. Are the connectors Check the connection of MCU PWB J403 and Tray Module PWB J461. Are the connectors
properly connected? properly connected?
Y N Y N
Connect them properly. If no problem is found, check the wire for an open wire or poor contact. Connect them properly. If no problem is found, check the wire for an open wire or poor contact.

• Seeing BSD CH7.1, check the Tray 1 Paper Size Sensor circuit. • Seeing BSD CH7.2 check the Tray 2 Paper Size Sensor circuit.

• Tray 1 Paper Size Sensor for improper installation. • Tray 2 Paper Size Sensor for improper installation.
• The tray actuator for damage. • The tray actuator for damage.
• The tray actuator properly operates with the movement of the paper guide. • The tray actuator properly operates with the movement of the paper guide.
• Tray Module for improper installation. • Tray Module for improper installation.
024-948 Tray 3 Not in Position 024-949 Tray 4 Not in Position
Tray 3 is not installed in place. Tray 4 is not installed in place.
Procedure Procedure
Remove the Tray. Using the screwdriver, press one of the switches of the Tray 3 Paper Size Sensor. Remove the Tray. Using the screwdriver, press one of the switches of the Tray 4 Paper Size Sensor.
Has “Push in the tray” disappeared? Has “Push in the tray” disappeared?
Y N Y N
Is LED CR8 on the MCU PWB ON? Is LED CR8 on the MCU PWB ON?
Y N Y N
Seeing BSD CH1.4, check the +5VDC circuit to MCU PWB J400-2. Seeing BSDCH1.4, check the +5VDC circuit to MCU PWB J400-2.
Check the connection of MCU PWB J403 and Tray Module PWB J461. Are the connectors Check the connection of MCU PWB J403 and Tray Module PWB J461. Are the connectors
properly connected? properly connected?
Y N Y N
Connect them properly. If no problem is found, check the wire for an open wire or poor contact. Connect them properly. If no problem is found, check the wire for an open wire or poor contact.

• Seeing BSD CH7.3, check the Tray 3 Paper Size Sensor circuit. • Seeing BSD CH7.4, check the Tray 4 Paper Size Sensor circuit.

• Tray 3 Paper Size Sensor for improper installation. • Tray 4 Paper Size Sensor for improper installation.
• The tray actuator for damage. • The tray actuator for damage.
• The tray actuator properly operates with the movement of the paper guide. • The tray actuator properly operates with the movement of the paper guide.
• Tray Module for improper installation. • Tray Module for improper installation.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 024-xxx FIP

2-81
024-950 Tray 1 No Paper 024-951 Tray 2 No Paper

Tray 1 has no paper. Tray 2 has no paper.

Visually check the No Paper Sensor for damage and to see if the actuator is not in place. Visually check the No Paper Sensor for damage and to see if the actuator is not in place.
Procedure Procedure
Remove the tray. Raise and lower the Tray 1 No Paper Sensor actuator by hand. Does the actuator Remove the tray. Raise and lower the Tray 2 No Paper Sensor actuator by hand. Does the actuator
operate properly, not binding? operate properly, not binding?
Y N Y N
Remove what is causing the actuator to operate improperly. Remove what is causing the actuator to operate improperly.
Enter DC330[071-200](Tray 1 No Paper Sensor). Press Start. Raise and lower the actuator. Does the Enter DC330[072-200](Tray 2 No Paper Sensor). Press Start. Raise and lower the actuator. Does the
display switch between H and L? display switch between H and L?
Y N Y N
Using 2.2.3.2 Generic Permeable Sensor FIP, check the Tray 1 No Paper Sensor. Using 2.2.3.2 Generic Permeable Sensor FIP, check the Tray 2 No Paper Sensor.

• Whether the paper is improperly loaded. • Whether the paper is improperly loaded.
• The Paper End Guide stopper for a defect. • The Paper End Guide stopper for a defect.
024-952 Tray 3 No Paper 024-953 Tray 4 No Paper
Tray 3 has no paper. Tray 4 has no paper.

Visually check the No Paper Sensor for damage and to see if the actuator is not in place. Visually check the No Paper Sensor for damage and to see if the actuator is not in place.
Procedure Procedure
Remove the tray. Raise and lower the Tray 3 No Paper Sensor actuator by hand. Does the actuator Remove the tray. Raise and lower the Tray 4 No Paper Sensor actuator by hand. Does the actuator
operate properly, not binding? operate properly, not binding?
Y N Y N
Remove what is causing the actuator to operate improperly. Remove what is causing the actuator to operate improperly.
Enter DC330[073-200](Tray 3 No Paper Sensor). Press Start. Raise and lower the actuator by hand. Enter DC330[074-200](Tray 4 No Paper Sensor). Press Start. Raise and lower the actuator by hand.
Does the display switch between H and L? Does the display switch between H and L?
Y N Y N
Using 2.2.3.2 Generic Permeable Sensor FIP, check the Tray 3 No Paper Sensor. Using 2.2.3.2 Generic Permeable Sensor FIP, check the Tray 4 No Paper Sensor.

• Whether the paper is improperly loaded. • Whether the paper is improperly loaded.
• The Paper End Guide stopper for a defect. • The Paper End Guide stopper for a defect.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 024-xxx FIP

2-83
024-958 MSI Size Mismatch 024-959 Tray 1 Size Mismatch

The size of the paper in MSI is different from the paper size selected for printing. The size of the paper in the tray is different from the paper size selected for printing.
Procedure Initial Actions

Check the following: • Check the size of the paper in the tray.
• The position of the side guide • Check if Side Guide/End Guide is at an improper position.
• The MSI Side actuator for damage and/or operation failure. • Check the actuator at the rear of the tray for operation failure and/or damage.
• Mechanical operation failures such as disengaged Pinion Gear, Rack Gear, Sensor Link, etc. (PL
8.5) Procedure
If the above items have no problem, check the MSI Paper Size Sensor circuit. If the circuit has no prob-
• Enter diag. Check that the AD value in DC140[071-100](Tray 1 Paper Size Sensor) is within the nor-
lem, replace the MSI Paper Size Sensor (PL 8.5). mal output range. (A4 LEF loaded: 304~367; B5 LEF loaded: 800~863; Tray not in place:
928~1023)
• The tray actuator for bend and/or damae.
• Seeing BSD CH7.1, check the Tray 1 Paper Size Sensor circuit.
• If the circuit has no problem, replace the Tray 1 Paper Size Sensor (PL 7.1).
• If the above items have no problem, replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 2.3) and the MCU PWB (PL
2.1) in order.
The size of the paper in the tray is different from the paper size selected for printing. The size of the paper in the tray is different from the paper size selected for printing.

• Check the size of the paper in the tray. • Check the size of the paper in the tray.
• Check if Side Guide/End Guide is at an improper position. • Check if Side Guide/End Guide is at an improper position.
• Check the actuator at the rear of the tray for operation failure and/or damage. • Check the actuator at the rear of the tray for operation failure and/or damage.
Procedure Procedure
• Enter diag. Check that the AD value in DC140[072-100](Tray 2 Paper Size Sensor) is within the nor- • Enter diag. Check that the AD value in DC140[073-100](Tray 3 Paper Size Sensor) is within the nor-
mal output range. (A4 LEF loaded: 304~367; B5 LEF loaded: 800~863; Tray not in place: mal output range. (11x17 loaded: 0~63; A5 SEF loaded:800~863; Tray not in place: 928~1023)
928~1023) • The tray actuator for bend and/or damage.
• The tray actuator for bend and/or damage. • Seeing BSD CH7.3, check the Tray 3 Paper Size Sensor circuit.
• Seeing BSD CH7.2, check the Tray 2 Paper Size Sensor circuit. • If the circuit has no problem, replace the Tray 3 Paper Size Sensor (PL 7.2).
• If the circuit has no problem, replace the Tray 2 Paper Size Sensor (PL 7.1). • If the above items have no problem, replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 2.3) and the MCU PWB (PL
• If the above items have no problem, replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 2.3) and the MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order.
2.1) in order.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 024-xxx FIP

2-85
024-962 Tray 4 Size Mismatch

BSD-ON:CH7.4
The size of the paper in the tray is different from the paper size selected for printing.
Initial Actions
• Check the size of the paper in the tray.
• Check if Side Guide/End Guide is at an improper position.
• Check the actuator at the rear of the tray for operation failure and/or damage.
Procedure
• Enter diag. Check on the AD value in DC140[074-100](Tray 4 Paper Size Sensor). (11x17 loaded:
:0~63 A5 SEF: 800~863; Tray not in place: 928~1023)
• The tray actuator for bend and/or damage.
• Seeing BSD CH7.4, check the Tray 4 Paper Size Sensor circuit.
• If the circuit has no problem, replace the Tray 4 Paper Size Sensor (PL 7.2).
• If the above items have no problem, replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 2.3) and the MCU PWB (PL
2.1) in order.
A
042-317 AC Unit Fan Fail Replace the AC Unit Cooling Fan. (PL 2.3)
BSD-ON:CH1.4
5s after Drum Motor On, the Fail Detection Line was monitored and it was detected that the Fan was not
in operation.
Procedure
Remove the IOT Rear Upper/Lower Cover. (PL 1.2)
Turn on the power. Wait until the Drum Motor rotates. When the Drum Motor starts rotating, +24VDC
is measured between AC Unit Cooling Fan J517-3(+) and J517-1(-).
Y N
+24VDC is measured between IOT PWB J436-A11(+) and GND(-).
Y N
+24VDC is measured between IOT PWB J430-8(+) and GND(-).
Y N
Seeing CH1.6, check the +24VDC circuit to IOT PWB J430-8.
Turn off the power. Measure the resistance across Glass Tube Fuse F10 and Chip Fuse
F11 on the IOT PWB, using the tester. Each resistance is below 1 ohm.
Y N
If 1 ohm or more is measured (normally 0.1 ohm - 0.5 ohm), check the exhaust port of the
AC Unit Cooling Fan for foreign objects /clogs, and the fan blade for dirt. Check that there
is no excessive load and replace the IOT PWB. (PL 2.1)
Check the Flexible Print Cable between IOT PWB J432 and MCU PWB J402 for poor connec-
tion. If no problem is found, replace the following parts in order.
• Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1)
• IOT PWB (PL 2.1)
• MCU PWB (PL 2.1)
Check the following for conductivity. If no problem is found, replace the AC Unit Cooling Fan. (PL
2.3)
• IOT PWB J436-A11 to J517-3
• IOT PWB J436-A12 to J517-2
• IOT PWB J436-A13 to J517-3
+3.3VDC is measured between AC Unit Cooling Fan J517-2(+) and GND(-).

Y N
+3.3VDC is measured between IOT PWB J436-A12(+) and GND(-).
Y N
Check the Flexible Print Cable IOT between PWB J432 and MCU PWB J402 for poor connec-
Check for an open wire or poor contact between AC Unit Cooling Fan J517-2 and IOT PWB J436-
A12.
A
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 042-xxx FIP
2-87
042-xxx FIP 2-88 A B C D E
Version.1 .1.1
042-323 Drum Motor Fail Check for an open wire or poor contact between J407-A15 on the MCU PWB and
J208-4 on the Drum Motor.
BSD-ON:CH9.1
Replace the Drum Motor (PL 10.3).
A Drum Motor failure
Approx. +6.1VDC is measured between J407-A16 (+) on the MCU PWB and GND (-).
Procedure Y N
Turn off the power. Check for an open wire or poor contact between J407-A16 on the MCU PWB and J208-
Open the PWB Chassis (REP 2.1.1). Remove the Fly Wheel. Manually rotate the Drum Motor rotor 3 on the Drum Motor.
(clockwise). There is any load on the rotor.
Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1).
Turn on the power.
Enter the Diag. Enter DC330[042-007](Drum Motor). Select Start. The Drum Motor rotates. +3.3VDC is measured between J407-A13 (+) on the MCU PWB and GND (-).
Y N Y N
+24VDC is measured between J207-1 (+) and -2(-) on the Drum Motor. Replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1).
Y N
+24VDC is measured between J437-11 (+) and -17(-) on the IOT PWB. +3.3VDC is measured between J208-6 (+) on the Drum Motor and GND (-).
Y N Y N
+24VDC is measured between J430-2 (+) on the IOT PWB and GND (-). Check for an open wire or poor contact between J208-6 on the Drum Motor and J407-A13 on
Y N the MCU PWB.
Replace the Drum Motor (PL 10.3).
Slide out the Marking Module. Manually rotate the rotor clockwise. There is any load on the rotor.
Check the wires between J437-11 on the IOT PWB and J207-1 on the Drum Motor, and Y N
between J437-17 on the IOT PWB and J207-2 on the Drum Motor for an open wire or Remove any load from the Transfer Belt Cleaning Brush drive.
poor contact.
Slide out the Drum Cartridge. Manually rotate the rotor clockwise. There is any load on the rotor.
+5VDC is measured between J208-1 (+) and -2(-) on the Drum Motor. Y N
Y N Remove any load from the Drum and the Drum Cleaning Brush.
+5VDC is measured between J407-A18 (+) and -A17 (-) on the MCU PWB.
Y N Remove the Drum Drive Assy. Remove mechanical loads such as Gears binding and poor Bearing rota-
+5VDC is measured between J400-2 (+) on the MCU PWB and GND (-). tion.
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1).
Check the wires between J407-A18 on the MCU PWB and J208-1 on the Drum Motor,
and between J407-A17 on the MCU PWB and J208-2 on the Drum Motor for an open
With DC330[042-007](Drum Motor) ON, approx. +6.1VDC is measured between J208-3

(+) on the Drum Motor and GND (-).
Y N
Approx. 1220Hz is measured between J208-4 (+) on the Drum Motor and GND (-).
Y N
Approx. 1220Hz is measured between J407-A15 (+) on the MCU PWB and GND
(-).
Y N
A B C D E
A B
042-330 Fuser Exhaust Fan Fail Approx. +2.43VDC is measured between J436-B11 (+) on the IOT PWB and GND (-).
Y N
BSD-ON:CH10.6 Check for an open wire or poor contact between J436-B11 on the IOT PWB and J241-2 on
the Fuser Exhaust Fan.
A Fuser Exhaust Fan failure
Turn off the power. Disconnect and reconnect the cable between J432 on the IOT PWB and J402
Initial Actions on the MCU PWB. If this does not resolve the problem, replace the Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1),
• Check the Fan Blade of the Fuser Exhaust Fan for foreign objects and deformation causing a poor IOT PWB (PL 2.1) and MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order.
rotation.
• Check that no obstacle shields the vent at the Fuser Exhaust Fan. At service call, the Fuser Exhaust Fan appears to be normally rotating. Perform the following again:
• Check that Connector J241 on the Fuser Exhaust Fan is properly connected. • Check the Fan Blade of the Fuser Exhaust Fan for foreign objects and deformation causing a poor
rotation.
• Check that no obstacle shields the vent at the Fuser Exhaust Fan.
Procedure
• Check that Connector J241 on the Fuser Exhaust Fan is properly connected.
Turn on the power. The Fuser Exhaust Fan rotates.
Y N • Disconnect and reconnect the cable between J432 on the IOT PWB and J402 on the MCU PWB.
+12VDC is measured between J241-4 (+) and -3(-) on the Fuser Exhaust Fan. If the problem reoccurs, replace the Fuser Exhaust Fan (PL 3.2).
Y N
+12VDC is measured between J436-B9 (+) and -B10 (-) on the IOT PWB.
Y N
CR5 (GRN) on the IOT PWB is lighting.
Y N
Check the circuits between J436-B9 on the IOT PWB and J241-4 on the Fuser Exhaust Fan,
and between J436-B10 on the IOT PWB and J241-3 on the Fuser Exhaust Fan.
+5VDC is measured between J241-1 (+) on the Fuser Exhaust Fan and GND (-).
Y N
+5VDC is measured between J436-B12 (+) on the IOT PWB and GND (-).
Y N
Turn off the power. Disconnect and reconnect the cable between J432 on the IOT PWB
and J402 on the MCU PWB. If this does not resolve the problem, replace the Flexible
Print Cable (PL 2.1), IOT PWB (PL 2.1) and MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order.
Check for an open wire or poor contact between J241-1 on the Fuser Exhaust Fan and J436-
B12 on the IOT PWB.
Replace the Fuser Exhaust Fan (PL 3.2).
Enter the Diag. Enter DC330[042-002](Fuser Exhaust Fan High/Low). Select Start. The Fuser
Exhaust Fan comes to rotate at high speed.
Y N
With DC330[042-002] ON, approx. +2.43VDC is measured between J241-2 (+) on the Fuser
Exhaust Fan and GND (-).
Y N
Replace the Fuser Exhaust Fan (PL 3.2).
A B
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 042-xxx FIP
2-89
042-xxx FIP 2-90 A B
Version.1 .1.1
042-331 Blower Motor Fan Fail Disconnect J242 on the Blower Fan Motor. Check the wire between J404-B2 and J242-2 for
continuity. The resistance is 1 ohm or less.
BSD-ON:CH9.16
Y N
Check the wire for an open wire or poor contact (including an open wire internal to Tray
A Blower Fan Motor failure
Module PWB).
Initial Actions Replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1).

• Check the Fan Blade of the Fuser Exhaust Fan for foreign objects and deformation causing a poor
rotation. +5VDC is measured between J242-1 (+) on the Blower Fan Motor and GND (-).
• Check that Connector J242 on the Blower Fan Motor is properly connected. Y N
Turn off the power. Disconnect Connector J404 from the MCU PWB.
Disconnect J242 on the Blower Fan Motor. Check for continuity between J404-B3 and J242-
Procedure 1. The resistance is 1 ohm or less.
Enter the Diag. Enter DC330[042-004](Blower Fan Motor Low). Select Start. The Blower Fan Motor Y N
rotates. Check the wire for an open wire or poor contact (including an open wire internal to Tray
Y N Module PWB).
+5VDC is measured between J242-3 (+) on the Blower Fan Motor and GND (-).
Turn off the power. Remove the +24V LVPS (GU10) (REP 2.3.1) to get access to the Tray
Module PWB. Turn on the power. +5VDC is measured between J471-5 (+) on the Tray Replace the Blower Fan Motor (PL 3.2).
Module PWB and GND (-).
Y N Press the Stop button.
+5VDC is measured between J460-3 (+) on the Tray Module PWB and GND (-). Enter DC330[042-003](Blower Fan Motor High). Select Start. The Blower Fan Motor comes to rotate
Y N at high speed.
Seeing BSD CH1.6, check the +5VDC circuit to J460-3 on the Tray Module PWB. Y N
With DC330[042-003] ON, +5VDC is measured between J242-2 (+) on the Blower Fan Motor
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 2.3). and GND (-).
Y N
Check for an open wire or poor contact between J471-5 on the Tray Module PWB and J242-3 Replace the Blower Fan Motor (PL 3.2).
on the Blower Fan Motor.
Check the wire between J404-B2 on the MCU PWB and J242-2 on the Blower Fan Motor for an
+24VDC is measured between J242-5 (+) on the Blower Fan Motor and GND (-). open wire or poor contact. If the wire is good, replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1) and Tray Module
Y N PWB (PL 2.3) in order.
Turn off the power. Remove the +24V LVPS (GU10) (REP 2.3.1) to get access to the Tray
Module PWB. Turn on the power. +24VDC is measured between J471-3 (+) on the Tray At service call, the Blower Fan Motor appears to be normally rotating. Perform the following again:
Module PWB and GND (-). • Check the Fan Blade of the Blower Fan for foreign objects and deformation causing a poor rotation.
Y N
• Check that Connector J242 on the Blower Fan Motor is properly connected.
+24VDC is measured between J460-1 (+) on the Tray Module PWB and GND (-).
If the problem reoccurs, replace the Blower Fan Motor (PL 3.2).
Y N
Seeing BSD CH1.8, check the +24VDC circuit to J460-1 on the Tray Module PWB.
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 2.3).
Check for an open wire or poor contact between J471-3 on the Tray Module PWB and J242-5
on the Blower Fan Motor.
With DC330[042-004] ON, +1VDC or less is measured between J242-2 (+) on the Blower Fan
Motor and GND (-).
Y N
Turn off the power. Disconnect Connector J404 from the MCU PWB.
A B
A B
042-332 Fuser Intake X'fer Intake Fan Fail Approx. +2.73VDC is measured between J442-7 (+) on the IOT PWB and GND (-).
Y N
BSD-ON:CH9.11, CH10.6 Check for an open wire or poor contact between J442-7 on the IOT PWB and J256-3 on the
Fuser Intake Fan.
A Fuser Intake Fan or X'fer Intake Fan failure
Turn off the power. Disconnect and reconnect the cable between J432 on the IOT PWB and J402
Initial Actions on the MCU PWB. If this does not resolve the problem, replace the Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1),
• Check the Fan Blade of the Fuser Exhaust Fan for foreign objects and deformation causing a poor IOT PWB (PL 2.1) and MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order.
rotation.
• Check that Connector J256 on the Fuser Intake Fan and Connector J257 on the Transfer Intake Exit the Diag. Remove the Front Cover from the Marking Drawer. The Transfer Intake Fan is rotating.
Fan are properly connected. Y N
+24VDC is measured between J257-4 (+) and -1(-) on the Transfer Intake Fan.
Y N
Procedure +24VDC is measured between J442-1 (+) and -4(-) on the IOT PWB.
Turn on the power. Open the Front Door. Cheat the Front Door Interlock Switch. The Fuser Intake Fan Y N
has rotated. +24VDC is measured between J430-2 (+) on the IOT PWB and GND (-).
Y N Y N
+12VDC is measured between J256-5 (+) and -4(-) on the Fuser Intake Fan. Seeing BSD CH1.12, check the +24VDC circuit to J430-2 on the IOT PWB.
Y N
+12VDC is measured between J442-5 (+) and -6(-) on the IOT PWB. Replace the IOT PWB (PL 2.1).
Y N
CR5 (GRN) on the IOT PWB is lighting. Check the circuits between J442-1 on the IOT PWB and J257-4 on the Transfer Intake Fan,
Y N and between J442-4 on the IOT PWB and J257-1 on the Transfer Intake Fan.
Replace the Transfer Intake Fan (PL 13.13).
At service call, the Fuser Intake Fan and the Transfer Intake Fan appear to be normally rotating. Perform
Check the circuits between J442-5 on the IOT PWB and J256-5 on the Fuser Intake Fan, and the following again:
between J442-6 on the IOT PWB and J256-4 on the Fuser Intake Fan. • Check the Fan Blade each of the Fuser Intake Fan and the Transfer Intake Fan for foreign objects
and deformation causing a poor rotation.
+12VDC is measured between J256-2 (+) on the Fuser Intake Fan and GND (-).
• Check that Connector J256 on the Fuser Intake Fan and Connector J257 on the Transfer Intake
Y N Fan are properly connected.
If the problem reoccurs, replace the Fuser Intake Fan (PL 15.6) and Transfer Intake Fan (PL 13.13).
Y N
Disconnect and reconnect the cable between J432 on the IOT PWB and J402 on the
MCU PWB. If this does not resolve the problem, replace the Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1),
IOT PWB (PL 2.1) and MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order.
Check for an open wire or poor contact between J256-2 on the Fuser Intake Fan and J442-8
on the IOT PWB.
Replace the Fuser Intake Fan (PL 15.6).
Enter the Diag. Enter DC330[042-001](Fuser Intake Fan High/Low). Select Start. The Fuser Intake
Fan comes to rotate at high speed.
Y N
With DC330[042-001] ON, approx. +2.73VDC is measured between J256-3 (+) on the Fuser
Intake Fan and GND (-).
Y N
Replace the Fuser Intake Fan (PL 15.6).
A B
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 042-xxx FIP
2-91
042-603 Suction Filter Life

BSD-ON:
The life of Suction Filter nearly ends.
NOTE: The end of the life of the Suction Filter is detected through the number of Blower Fan Motor rota-
tions at cycle down. DC131[741-019] Blower Motor Rotation Number
NOTE: When the number of Blower Motor rotations exceeds DC131[741-021] Blower RPM Life Data,
this Fail will be declared. (A hidden Fail)
Procedure
045-310 Image Ready NG 045-311 Controller Communication Fail
An error occurred with internal ESS PWB processing. A ESS-MCU communication failure
Procedure Procedure
No action is required. CR7 (GRN) on the MCU PWB is lighting.
Y N
+12VDC is measured between J400-7 (+) and -8(-) on the MCU PWB.
Y N
Seeing BSD CH1.7, check +12VDC circuit to J400-7 on the MCU PWB and the DC COM cir-
cuit to J400-8.
CR8 (GRN) on the MCU PWB is lighting.

Y N
+12VDC is measured between J400-2 (+) and -1(-) on the MCU PWB.
Y N
Seeing BSD CH1.6, check +12VDC circuit to J400-2 on the MCU PWB and the DC COM cir-
cuit to J400-1.
CR2 (RED) on the MCU PWB is off. (If it is blinking or lighting, go to N.)
Y N
Check Connectors P418 between the MCU PWB and the BP PWB and P/J335 between the ESS PWB
and the BP PWB for foreign objects, bent pins, poor contact, etc.
If the problem persists, replace the BP PWB (PL 2.8) and the ESS PWB (PL 2.5).
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 045-xxx FIP

2-93
045-312 Driver Connect Fail 045-313 IOT Logic Fail

BSD-ON:CH3.5 BSD-ON:
Poor connection between MCU and IOT PWBs IOT Software error
Procedure Procedure
Check the following: No action is required
• Check that the Flexible Print Cable is securely connected between J431 on the IOT PWB and J401
on the MCU PWB.
• Check Connectors J431 and J401 for foreign objects, bent pins, poor contact, etc.
If no problem is found, replace the Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1).
If the problem still persists, replace the IOT PWB (PL 2.1) and the MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order.
047-310 MCU-Finisher Communication Fail 047-320 All Out Tray Broken
A MCU-Finisher PWB communication failure No paper can be output to any of the output trays of all the output devices connected.
Procedure Procedure
CR11 (GRN) on the Finisher PWB is lighting. Check if a fail had happened to any output device just before All Out Tray Broken Fail occurred. Take
Y N action for the fail.
+24VDC is measured between J8026-3 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-).
Y N
Seeing BSD CH15.1, check the+24VDC circuit to J8026-3 on the Finisher PWB.
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3).
CR12 (RED) on the Finisher PWB is off. (If it is blinking or lighting, go to N.)
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3).
Turn off the power.

Check the following for an open wire or poor contact:
• MCU PWB J411-B1 to I/F PWB J8026-12
• I/F PWB J8006-4 to Finisher PWB J8007-17
• I/F PWB J8006-5 to Finisher PWB J8007-16
Y N
Check any wire with more than 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact.
Replace the following in order:

• Finisher PWB (PL 25.3)
• I/F PWB (PL 25.11)
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 047-xxx FIP

2-95
048-100 IFM Decurler In Sensor On Jam (IOT) 048-102 IFM Exit Sensor On Jam
A specified time after IOT Exit Sensor turns On, IFM Decurler In Sensor does not turn On. A specified time after IFM Decurler In Sensor turns On, IFM Exit Sensor does not turn On.
Procedure Procedure
Enter DC330[048-102](Decurler In Sensor). Press Start. Block the sensor with a piece of paper. Enter DC330[048-103](IFM Exit Sensor). Press Start. Block the sensor with a piece of paper. The
The display is "L". display is L.
Y N Y N
+5VDC is measured between Decurler In Sensor J202-2(+) and GND(-). +5VDC is measured between IFM Exit Sensor J203-2(+) and GND(-).
Y N Y N
Check the wire between Decurler In Sensor J202-2 and IFM PWB J117-5 for an open wire or Check the wire between IFM Exit Sensor J203-2 and IFM PWB J117-8 for an open wire or
poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2) poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2)
+5VDC is measured between Decurler In Sensor J202-1(+) and J202-3 (-). +5VDC is measured between IFM Exit Sensor J203-1(+) and J203-3(-).
Y N Y N
Check the wires from IFM PWB J117-4 to Decurler In Sensor J202-1 and from IFM PWB Check the wires from IFM PWB J117-7 to IFM Exit Sensor J203-1 and from IFM PWB J117-
J117-6 and Decurler In Sensor J202-3 for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is 9 and IFM Exit Sensor J203-3 for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace
found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2) the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2)
Check the sensor for dirt or/and improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the Decurler In Check the sensor for dirt or/and improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the IFM Exit
Sensor. (PL 36.8) Sensor. (PL 36.11)
Remove the paper from the sensor. The display has changed to H. Remove the paper from the sensor. The display has changed to H.
Y N Y N
Disconnect connector J202. The display has changed to H. Disconnect connector J203. The display has changed to H.
Y N Y N
Check the wire between Decurler In Sensor J202-2 and IFM PWB J117-5 for a short circuit. If Check the wire between IFM Exit Sensor J203-2 and IFM PWB J117-8 for a short circuit. If
no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2) no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2)
Check the sensor for improper installation. Check for light from outside. If no problem is found, Check the sensor for improper installation. Check for light from outside. If no problem is found,
replace the Decurler In Sensor. (PL 36.8) replace the IFM Exit Sensor. (PL 36.11)
Check the following Press the Stop button. Open the IFM front door and manually rotate the <2c> knob CCW. The
• IOT and IFM for poor docking Decurler Belt rotates with no load.
• Check the Entrance Chute for burrs, deformation, improper installation. Y N
Check the flowing.
• Transport Roll for dirt, wear and/or deterioration causing poor transport
• Upper/Lower Decurler Belt Roll for poor rotation. Binding bearing.
• Paper Path for pieces of paper and/or foreign objects causing poor transport
• Drive belt for poor tension.
• Paper to see if it is out of spec and/or curled causing poor transport
• Binding bearing.
• Decurler Belt for improper position.
• Upper/Lower Idle Roll for poor rotation.
Power on and enter DC330[048-002](Decurler Belt Motor). Press Start. The Decurler Belt Motor
rotates.
Y N
+24VDC is measured between Decurler Belt PWB J231-1(+) and J231-3(-).
A
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 048-xxx FIP
2-97
A
048-xxx FIP 2-98 A B
Version.1 .1.1
Y N With diag on, the voltage has varied from approx. +5VDC to approx. +2.53VDC between
+24VDC is measured between IFM PWB J131-1(+) and J131-3(-). Decurler Belt Motor PWB J233-4(+) and GND(-).
Y N Y N
+24VDC is measured between IFM PWB J120-3(+) and GND(-). With diag on, the voltage has varied from approx. +5VDC to approx. +2.53VDC between
Y N IFM PWB J133-3(+) and GND(-).
Seeing BSD CH26.2, check the +24VDC circuit to IFM PWB J120-3. Y N
Check the wire between IFM PWB J133-3 and Decurler Belt Motor PWB J233-4 for a
Turn off the power. Measure the resistance across Chip Fuse F14 on the IFM PWB, using short circuit. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2)
the tester. If 1 ohm or more is measured (normally approx. 0.1 ohm - 0.5 ohm), the fuse is
fused. Check that the Decurler Belt Motor has no excessive load. Replace the IFM PWB. Check the wire between IFM PWB J133-3 and Decurler Belt Motor PWB J233-4 for an open
(PL 36.2) circuit or poor contact.
Check the following wires for an open circuit or poor contact. With diag on, +5VDC is measured between IFM PWB J133-12(+) and GND(-).
• IFM PWB J131-1 to Decurler Belt Motor PWB J231-1 Y N
• IFM PWB J131-4 to Decurler Belt Motor PWB J231-2 Replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2)
• IFM PWB J131-3 to Decurler Belt Motor PWB J231-3
With diag on, +5VDC is measured between Decurler Belt Motor PWB J233-5 (+) and GND(-).
Y N
Check the wire between Decurler Belt Motor PWB J233-5 and IFM PWB J133-12 for an open
With DC330[048-002](Decurler Belt Motor) On, +5VDC is measured between Decurler Belt
circuit or poor contact.
Motor PWB J233-1(+) and GND(-).
Y N Replace the Decurler Belt Motor. (PL 36.3)
+5VDC is measured between IFM PWB J133-13(+) and GND(-).
Y N
Press the stop button. Enter DC330[048-001](IFM Transport Motor). Press Start. IFM Transport
Check the wire between IFM PWB J133-13 and Decurler Belt Motor PWB J233-1 for a Motor operates.
short circuit. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2)
Y N
Remove the IFM Rear Lower Cover. (PL 36.1)+24VDC is measured between IFM PWB J113-1/
Check the wire between IFM PWB J133-13 and Decurler Belt Motor PWB J233-1 for an open 2(+) and GND(-).
Y N
With diag on, the voltage has varied from approx. +2.8VDC to approx. +1.4VDC between Y N
Decurler Belt Motor PWB J233-2(+) and GND(-).
Seeing CH26.2, check the +24VDC circuit to J120-3 on IFM PWB.
Y N
With diag on, approx. +2.49VDC is measured between IFM PWB J133-5(+) and GND(-).
Turn off the power. Measure the resistance across Chip Fuse F1 and F9 on the IFM PWB,
Y N using the tester. If 1 ohm or more is measured (normally approx. 0.1 ohm - 0.5 ohm), the
fuse(s) has/have blown. Check that the IFM Transport Motor has no excessive load. Replace
the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2)
Check the wire between IFM PWB J133-5 and Decurler Belt Motor PWB J233-2 for an open
Turn off the power. Remove the Top Cover, Rear Left Cover. (PL 36.1) Disconnect connector J213
circuit or poor contact.
from IFM Transport Motor. Measure the motor winding resistance.
• J213-2 to J213-1/ J213-3
With diag on, approx. +2.83VDC is measured between Decurler Belt Motor PWB J233-3(+)
• J213-5 to J213-2/ J213-6
and GND(-).
Y N The resistance is approx. 0.8 ohm+/-10% (25 deg. C).
With diag on, approx. +5VDC is measured between IFM PWB J133-6(+) and GND(-). Y N
Y N Replace the IFM Transport Motor. (PL 36.3)
short circuit. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2) Check the following wires for conductivity. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2)
• IFM PWB J113-1 to IFM Transport Motor J213-2
Check the wire between IFM PWB J133-6 and Decurler Belt Motor PWB J233-3 for an open • IFM PWB J113-2 to IFM Transport Motor J213-5
circuit or poor contact. • IFM PWB J113-3 to IFM Transport Motor J213-1
A B C
C
• IFM PWB J113-4 to IFM Transport Motor J213-3 048-300 IFM Front Door Open
BSD-ON:CH26.2
IF Front Door is open.
• Transport Roll for dirt, wear and/or deterioration causing poor transport Procedure
• Belt for dirt, wear and/or deterioration causing poor transport
Cheat the IFM Front Door Interlock Switch. 048-300 goes away.
• Paper Path for pieces of paper and/or foreign objects causing poor transport Y N
• Paper to see if it is out of spec and/or curled causing poor transport Remove the Top Cover. +5VDC is measured between IFM Front Door Interlock Switch J507-
• Transport Belt for wear and/or damage. (PL 36.4) 2A(+) and GND(-).
• Torque Limiter for poor operation (PL 36.4) Y N
+5VDC is measured between IFM Front Door Interlock Switch J507-2B(+) and GND(-).
• Trans Roll Bearing for binding.
Y N
Check the wire between IFM Front Door Interlock Switch J507-2B and IFM PWB J120-5.
If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2)
Replace the IFM Front Door Interlock Switch. (PL 36.2)
Check the DC COM Circuit between IFM PWB J120-4 and IFM Front Door Interlock Switch J507-
2A.
The problem is a misalignment between the IFM Front Door and the IFM Front Door Interlock Switch.
Check the door for an improper installation, the actuator for any breakage, and the switch for an improper
installation. (PL 36.1)
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 048-xxx FIP

2-99
048-xxx FIP 2-100A B C
Version.1 .1.1
048-310 IFM Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1 On Fail Turn off the power. Measure the resistance across Chip Fuse F3 and F11 on the IFM PWB,
using the tester. If 1 ohm or more is measured (normally approx. 0.1 ohm - 0.5 ohm), the
BSD-ON:CH26.13
fuse(s) has/have blown. Check that the Decurler Cam Motor has no excessive load. Replace
A specified time after IFM Decurler Cam Motor Clock starts output, IFM Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1
does not turn On.
Turn off the power. Disconnect connector J214 from the Decurler Cam Motor. Measure the motor
winding resistance.
Procedure • J214-2 to J214-1/ J214-3
Turn off the power. Remove the Decurler Cam Motor. Remove the bracket with Decurler Cam Posi- • J214-5 to J214-2/ J214-6
tion Sensor 1/2. (Leave the connectors connected.) Open the IFM front door. Open the IFM Door
The resistance is approx. 1.7 ohm.
so that the motor cannot rotate when the M/C is turned on. Turn on the power. Enter DC330[048-
Y N
201](Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1). Press Start. Unblock the sensor. The display is L. Replace the Decurler Cam Motor. (PL 36.3)
Y N
+5VDC is measured between Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1 J204-2(+) and GND(-).
Check the following wires for conductivity. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2)
Y N • IFM PWB J114-1 to Decurler Cam Motor J214-2
Check the wire between Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1 J204-2 and IFM PWB J117-11 for
• IFM PWB J114-2 to Decurler Cam Motor J214-5
an open circuit or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2)
+5VDC is measured between Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1 J204-1(+) and J204-3(-). • IFM PWB J114-4 to Decurler Cam Motor J214-3
Check the wires from IFM PWB J117-10 to Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1 J204-1 and from • IFM PWB J114-6 to Decurler Cam Motor J214-6
IFM PWB J117-12 and Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1 J204-3 for an open wire or poor con-
tact. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2)
Turn off the power. Check the following:
• Half-moon shaped actuator for damage. (PL 36.6)
Check the sensor for dirt or/and improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the Decurler
• Cam Shaft for poor rotation.
Cam Position Sensor 1. (PL 36.6)
• Binding Bearing
Block the sensor. The display has changed to H. • Collar for damage
Y N • Connector J117/ J114 for poor connection.
Disconnect connector J204 from Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1. The display has changed • Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1 J204 for poor connection.
to H
• If the problem is not resolved, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2)
Y N
Check the wire between Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1 J204-2 and IFM PWB J117-11 for a
Check the sensor for improper installation. Check for light from outside. If no problem is found,
replace the Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1. (PL 36.6)
Manually rotate the coupling of Decurler Cam. The Decurler Cam rotates with no load.
Y N
Seeing REP 36.6.2. Remove the load of Decurler Cam.
Reinstall the Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1/2 and the Decurler Cam Motor. Turn on the power. Close
the IFM front door. Enter DC330[048-011](Decurler Cam Motor). Press Start. The Decurler Cam Motor
rotates.
Y N
+24VDC is measured between IFM PWB J114-1/2(+) and GND(-).
Y N
Y N
Seeing CH26.2. Check the +24VDC circuit to IFM PWB J120-3.
A B C
A B
048-311 IFM Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1 Off Fail Y N
BSD-ON:CH26.13
does not turn Off. fuse(s) has/have blown. Check that the Decurler Cam Motor has no excessive load. Replace
Procedure
Turn off the power. Remove the Decurler Cam Motor. Remove the bracket with Decurler Cam Posi- Turn off the power. Disconnect connector J214 from the Decurler Cam Motor. Measure the motor
tion Sensor 1/2. (Leave the connectors connected.) Open the IFM front door. Open the IFM Door winding resistance.
so that the motor cannot rotate when the M/C is turned on. Turn on the power. Enter DC330[048- • J214-2 to J214-1/ J214-3
201](Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1). Press Start. Unblock the sensor. The display is L. • J214-5 to J214-2/ J214-6
Y N
+5VDC is measured between Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1 J204-2(+) and GND(-).
Y N
Y N Replace the Decurler Cam Motor. (PL 36.3)
+5VDC is measured between Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1 J204-1(+) and J204-3(-).
Y N
IFM PWB J117-12 and Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1 J204-3 for an open wire or poor con- • IFM PWB J114-4 to Decurler Cam Motor J214-3
tact. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2) • IFM PWB J114-5 to Decurler Cam Motor J214-4
Block the sensor. The display has changed to H.
Y N
Disconnect connector J204 from Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1. The display has changed • Binding Bearing
to H • Collar for damage
Check the wire between Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1 J204-2 and IFM PWB J117-11 for a • Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1 J204 for poor connection.
If the problem is not resolved, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2)
Y N
rotates.
Y N
Y N
A B
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 048-xxx FIP
2-101
048-xxx FIP 2-102A B C
Version.1 .1.1
048-312 IFM Decurler Cam Position Sensor 2 On Fail Turn off the power. Measure the resistance across Chip Fuse F3 and F11 on the IFM PWB,
BSD-ON:CH26.13
fuse(s) has/have blown. Check that the Decurler Cam Motor has no excessive load. Replace
does not turn On. (L stays displayed)
Turn off the power. Disconnect connector J214 from the Decurler Cam Motor. Measure the motor
winding resistance.
Procedure • 214-2 to J214-1/ J214-3
Turn off the power. Remove the Decurler Cam Motor. Remove the bracket with Decurler Cam Position • J214-5 to J214-2/ J214-6
Sensor 1/2. (Leave the connectors connected.) Open the IFM front door. Open the IFM Door so that the
motor cannot rotate when the M/C is turned on. Turn on the power. Enter DC330[048-202](Decurler
Y N
Cam Position Sensor 2). Press Start. Unblock the sensor. The display is L. Replace the Decurler Cam Motor. (PL 36.3)
Y N
+5VDC is measured between Decurler Cam Position Sensor 2 J205-2 (+) and GND(-).
+5VDC is measured between Decurler Cam Position Sensor 2 J205-1(+) and J205-3(-). • IFM PWB J114-4 to Decurler Cam Motor J214-3
IFM PWB J117-15 and Decurler Cam Position Sensor 2 J205-3 for an open wire or poor con-
tact. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2)
• Binding Bearing
Block the sensor. The display has changed to H. • Collar for damage
Disconnect connector J205 from Decurler Cam Position Sensor 2. The display has changed • Decurler Cam Position Sensor 2 J205 for poor connection.
to H
Y N
Check the wire between Decurler Cam Position Sensor 2 J205-2 and IFM PWB J117-14 for a
Y N
rotates.
Y N
Y N
Y N
A B C
A B
048-313 IFM Decurler Cam Position Sensor 2 Off Fail Y N
BSD-ON:CH26.13
does not turn Off. (H stays displayed) fuse(s) has/have blown. Check that the Decurler Cam Motor has no excessive load. Replace
Procedure
Turn off the power. Remove the Decurler Cam Motor. Remove the bracket with Decurler Cam Posi- Turn off the power. Disconnect connector J214 from the Decurler Cam Motor. Measure the motor
tion Sensor 1/2. (Leave the connectors connected.) Open the IFM front door. Open the IFM Door winding resistance.
so that the motor cannot rotate when the M/C is turned on.Turn on the power. Enter DC330[048- • J214-2 to J214-1/ J214-3
202](Decurler Cam Position Sensor 2). Press Start. Unblock the sensor. The display is L. • J214-5 to J214-2/ J214-6
Y N
+5VDC is measured between Decurler Cam Position Sensor 2 J205-2 (+) and GND(-).
Y N
Y N Replace the Decurler Cam Motor. (PL 36.3)
+5VDC is measured between Decurler Cam Position Sensor 2 J205-1(+) and J205-3(-).
Y N
IFM PWB J117-15 and Decurler Cam Position Sensor 2 J205-3 for an open wire or poor con- • IFM PWB J114-4 to Decurler Cam Motor J214-3
tact. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2) • IFM PWB J114-5 to Decurler Cam Motor J214-4
Block the sensor. The display has changed to H.
Y N
Disconnect connector J205 from Decurler Cam Position Sensor 2. The display has changed • Binding Bearing
to H • Collar for damage
Check the wire between Decurler Cam Position Sensor 2 J205-2 and IFM PWB J117-14 for a • Decurler Cam Position Sensor 2 J205 for poor connection.
Y N
rotates.
Y N
Y N
A B
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 048-xxx FIP
2-103
048-xxx FIP 2-104A Version.1 .1.1
048-314 IFM Decurler Gate Sensor On Fail Y N

Check the wires from IFM PWB J117-16 to Decurler Gate Sensor J206-1 and from IFM PWB
BSD-ON:CH26.12
J117-18 to Decurler Gate Sensor J206-3 for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is
found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2)
IFM Decurler Gate Sensor does not turn On within 150ms after IF Decurler Gate Solenoid turns On.
Check the sensor for dirt and/or improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the Decurler
Procedure Gate Sensor. (PL 36.7)
Open the IFM Front Door. Manually operate the Decurler Gate. Gate moves with no load.
Y N Move the Gate Lever and block the sensor. The display has changed to H.
Check the gate for binding. Y N
Disconnect connector J206. The display has changed to H.
Enter diag. Turn on DC330[048-014] (Decurler Gate Solenoid Upper) and DC330[048-015] (Decurler Y N
Gate Solenoid Lower) alternately. The Gate switches between upper and lower positions. Check the wire between Decurler Gate Sensor J206-2 and IFM PWB J117-17 for a short cir-
Y N cuit. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2)
Remove the Rear Right Cover and the Rear Lower Cover. (PL 36.1) +24VDC is measured
between IFM PWB J116-1(+) and GND(-). Check the sensor for improper installation. Check for light from outside. If no problem is found,
Y N replace the Decurler Gate Sensor. (PL 36.7)
Y N Turn off the power.
Seeing CH26.2. Check the +24VDC circuit to IFM PWB J120-3. Check the following connectors for poor contact, a bent pin, damage and/or foreign object. And check the
wires for intermittent connection.
Turn off the power. Measure the resistance across Chip Fuse F6 on the IFM PWB, using the • The IFM PWB J116/ J117
tester. If 1 ohm or more is measured (normally approx. 0.1 ohm - 0.5 ohm), the fuse has blown. • The relay connector P/J235
Check that the Decurler Gate Solenoid has no excessive load. Replace the IFM PWB. (PL • The Decurler Gate Sensor J206
36.2)
Disconnect connector P/J235. Measure the coil resistance.
• P235-1 to P235-3: approx. 49 ohm
• P235-2 to P235-3: approx. 35 ohm
The above resistances are measured.
Y N
Replace the Decurler Gate Solenoid. (PL 36.7)
Check the following for conductivity, if no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2)
• J116-1 to J235-3
• J116-2 to J235-2
• J116-3 to J235-1
Press the Stop button. Remove the Rear Right Cover and Rear Lower Cover. (PL 36.1) Enter
DC330[048-203] (Decurler Gate Sensor). Press Start. Unblock the sensor. The display is L.
Y N
+5VDC is measured between Decurler Gate Sensor J206-2(+) and GND(-).
Y N
Check the wire between Decurler Gate Sensor J206-2 and IFM PWB J117-17 for an open
wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2)
+5VDC is measured between Decurler Gate Sensor J206-1(+) and J206-3(-).
A
A
048-315 IFM Decurler Gate Sensor Off Fail Y N
Check the wires from IFM PWB J117-16 to Decurler Gate Sensor J206-1 and from IFM PWB
BSD-ON:CH26.12 J117-18 to Decurler Gate Sensor J206-3 for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is
IFM Decurler Gate Sensor does not turn Off within 150ms after IFM Decurler Gate Solenoid turns On.
Check the sensor for dirt and/or improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the Decurler
Procedure Gate Sensor. (PL 36.7)
Open the IFM Front Door. Manually operate the Decurler Gate. Gate moves with no load.
Y N Move the Gate Lever and block the sensor. The display has changed to H.
Check the gate for binding. Y N
Disconnect connector J206. The display has changed to H.
Enter diag. Turn on DC330[048-014] (Decurler Gate Solenoid Upper) and DC330[048-015] (Decurler Y N
Gate Solenoid Lower) alternately. The Gate switches between upper and lower positions. Check the wire between Decurler Gate Sensor J206-2 and IFM PWB J117-17 for a short cir-
Y N cuit. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2)
Remove the Rear Right Cover and the Rear Lower Cover. (PL 36.1) +24VDC is measured
between IFM PWB J116-1(+) and GND(-). Check the sensor for improper installation. Check for light from outside. If no problem is found,
Y N replace the Decurler Gate Sensor. (PL 36.7)
Seeing CH26.2. Check the +24VDC circuit to IFM PWB J120-3. Check the following connectors for poor contact, a bent pin, damage and/or foreign object. And check the
Turn off the power. Measure the resistance across Chip Fuse F6 on the IFM PWB, using the • The IFM PWB J116/ J117
tester. If 1 ohm or more is measured (normally approx. 0.1 ohm - 0.5 ohm), the fuse has blown. • The relay connector P/J235
Check that the Decurler Gate Solenoid has no excessive load. Replace the IFM PWB. (PL • The Decurler Gate Sensor J206
36.2)
Disconnect connector P/J235. Measure the coil resistance.
• P235-1 to P235-3: approx. 49 ohm
• P235-2 to P235-3: approx. 35 ohm
The above resistances are measured.
Y N
Replace the Decurler Gate Solenoid. (PL 36.7)
Check the following for conductivity, if no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2)
• J116-1 to J235-3
• J116-2 to J235-2
• J116-3 to J235-1
Press the Stop button. Remove the Rear Right Cover and Rear Lower Cover. (PL 36.1) Enter
DC330[048-203] (Decurler Gate Sensor). Press Start. Unblock the sensor. The display is L.
Y N
+5VDC is measured between Decurler Gate Sensor J206-2(+) and GND(-).
Y N
Check the wire between Decurler Gate Sensor J206-2 and IFM PWB J117-17 for an open
wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2)
A
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 048-xxx FIP
2-105
048-316 IFM Decurler Belt Motor Fail Y N

Check the wire between IFM PWB J133-5 and Decurler Belt Motor PWB J233-2 for a short
BSD-ON:CH26.14
circuit. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2)
IFM Decurler Belt Motor rotation speed is out of the range of normal speed+/-6.25% of it.
Check the wire between IFM PWB J133-5 and Decurler Belt Motor PWB J233-2 for an open circuit
or poor contact.
Procedure
Open the IFM front door. Manually rotate the <2c> knob CCW. The Decurler Belt rotates with no load. With diag on, approx. +2.83VDC is measured between Decurler Belt Motor PWB J233-3(+) and
Y N GND(-).
Check the following: Y N
• Upper/Lower Decurler Belt Roll for poor rotation. Binding bearing. With diag on, approx. +5VDC is measured between IFM PWB J133-6(+) and GND(-).
• Drive Belt for poor tension. Y N
• Binding gears
• Decurler Bet for improper installation.
• Upper/Lower Idle Roll for poor rotation Check the wire between IFM PWB J133-6 and Decurler Belt Motor PWB J233-3 for an open circuit
or poor contact.
Remove the Rear Right Cover. (PL 36.1) +24VDC is measured between Decurler Belt Motor PWB
J231-1(+) and J231-3(-). With diag on, the voltage has varied from approx. +5VDC to approx. +2.53VDC between Decurler
Y N Belt Motor PWB J233-4(+) and GND(-).
+24VDC is measured between IFM PWB J131-1(+) and J131-3(-). Y N
Y N With diag on, the voltage has varied from approx. +5VDC to approx. +2.53VDC between IFM
+24VDC is measured between IFM PWB J120-3(+) and GND(-). PWB J133-3(+) and GND(-).
Y N Y N
Seeing CH26.2, check the +24VDC circuit to IFM PWB J120-3. Check the wire between IFM PWB J133-3 and Decurler Belt Motor PWB J233-4 for a short
Turn off the power. Measure the resistance across Chip Fuse F14 on the IFM PWB, using the
tester. If 1 ohm or more is measured (normally approx. 0.1 ohm - 0.5 ohm), the fuse has blown. Check the wire between IFM PWB J133-3 and Decurler Belt Motor PWB J233-4 for an open circuit
Check that the Decurler Belt Motor has no excessive load. Replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2) or poor contact.
Check the following wires for an open wire or poor contact. With diag on, +5VDC is measured between IFM PWB J133-12(+) and GND(-).
• IFM PWB J131-1 to Decurler Belt Motor PWB J231-1 Y N
• IFM PWB J131-4 to Decurler Belt Motor PWB J231-2 Replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2)
With diag on, +5VDC is measured between Decurler Belt Motor PWB J233-5(+) and GND(-).
Y N
Enter DC330[048-002](Decurler Belt Motor). Press Start. +5VDC is measured between Decurler Belt Check the wire between Decurler Belt Motor PWB J233-5 and IFM PWB J133-12 for an open cir-
cuit or poor contact.
Motor PWB J233-1(+) and GND(-).
Y N
+5VDC is measured between IFM PWB J133-13(+) and GND(-). Replace the Decurler Belt Motor. (PL 36.3)If the problem is not resolved, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2)
Y N
Check the wire between IFM PWB J133-13 and Decurler Belt Motor PWB J233-1 for an open cir-
With diag on, the voltage has varied from approx. +2.8VDC to approx. +1.4VDC between Decurler
Belt Motor PWB J233-2(+) and GND(-).
Y N
With diag on, approx. +2.49VDC is measured between IFM PWB J133-5(+) and GND(-).
A
048-317 IFM Cooling Fan 5 Fail 048-318 IFM Cooling Fan 1/2 Fail
IFM Cooling Fan 5 is not rotating. IFM Cooling Fan 1 or 2 is not rotating.

Fan for dust and others preventing its rotation Fan for dust and others preventing its rotation
Procedure Procedure
Remove the Rear Right Cover and Rear Lower Cover. (PL 36.1) Remove the Rear Right Cover and Rear Lower Cover. (PL 36.1)
Enter DC330[049-042](IFM Cooling Fan 5). Press Start. +24VDC is measured between IFM Cooling Remove the Top Duct. (PL 36.7)
Fan 5 J240-4(+) and J240-1(-). Enter DC330[049-016](IFM Cooling Fan 1/2). Press Start. +24VDC is measured between IFM Cooling
Y N Fan 2 J237-4(+) and J237-1(-).
With diag on, +24VDC is measured between IFM PWB J116-18(+) and J116-20(-). Y N
Y N With diag on, +24VDC is measured between IFM PWB J116-9(+) and J116-11(-).
+24VDC is measured between IFM PWB J101-1(+)/2(+) and GND(-). Y N
Y N With diag on, +24VDC is measured between IFM PWB J120-3(+) and GND(-).
Seeing CH26.1, check the +24VDC circuit to IFM PWB J101-1/2. Y N
Seeing CH26.2, check the +24VDC circuit to IFM PWB J120-3.
tester. If 1 ohm or more is measured (normally approx. 0.1 ohm - 0.5 ohm), the fuse has blown. Turn off the power. Measure the resistance across Chip Fuse F6 on the IFM PWB, using the
Check that the IFM Cooling Fan 5 has no excessive load. Replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2) tester. If 1 ohm or more is measured (normally approx. 0.1 ohm - 0.5 ohm), the fuse has blown.
Check that the IFM Cooling Fan 2 has no excessive load. Replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2)
Check the wires from IFM PWB J116-18 to IFM Cooling Fan 5 J240-4 and from IFM PWB J116-20
to IFM Cooling Fan 5 J240-1 for an open circuit or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the Check the wires from IFM PWB J116-9 to IFM Cooling Fan 2 J237-4 and from IFM PWB J116-11
IFM PWB. (PL 36.2) to IFM Cooling Fan 2 J237-1. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2)
With diag on, +3.3VDC is measured between IFM PWB J116-19(+) and GND(-). With diag on, +1VDC or less is measured between IFM PWB J116-10(+) and GND(-).
Y N Y N
+3.3VDC is measured between IFM PWB J116-22(+) and GND(-). +3.3VDC is measured between IFM Cooling Fan 2 J237-2(+) and GND(-).
Y N Y N
Replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2) Check the wire between IFM Cooling Fan 2 J237-2 and IFM PWB J116-10 for an open circuit
or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2)
Check the wire between IFM PWB J116-22 and J116-23 for an open circuit or poor contact. If no
problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2) Replace the IFM Cooling Fan 2. (PL 36.12)
With diag on, +3.3VDC is measured between IFM Cooling Fan 5 J240-2(+) and GND(-). Press the Stop button. Open the IFM Front Door and cheat the IFM Front Door Interlock Switch.
Y N Remove screws (3) and dislocate the IFM Cooling Fan 1. Enter DC330[049-016](IFM Cooling Fan 1/
Check the wire between IFM Cooling Fan 5 J240-2 and IFM PWB J116-19 for an open circuit of 2). Press Start. +24VDC is measured between Fan 1 J236A-4(+) and J236A-1(-).
poor contact. Y N
With diag on, +24VDC is measured between IFM PWB J116-6(+) and J116-8(-).
Replace the IFM Cooling Fan 5. (PL 36.12) Y N
Y N
Seeing CH26.2, check the +24VDC circuit to IFM PWB J120-3.
A B C
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 048-xxx FIP
2-107
A
048-xxx
B C
Turn off the power. Measure the resistance across Chip Fuse F6 on the IFM PWB, using the 048-319 IFM Cooling Fan 3 Fail
tester. If 1 ohm or more is measured (normally approx. 0.1 ohm - 0.5 ohm), the fuse has blown.
BSD-ON:CH26.16
IFM Cooling Fan 3 or 4 is not rotating. (4127/4112: only Fan 3)

Check the wires from IFM PWB J116-6 to IFM Cooling Fan 1 J236A-4 and from IFM PWB J116-8
to IFM Cooling Fan 1 J236A-1 for an open circuit or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the
IFM PWB. (PL 36.2) Initial Actions
Fan for dust and others preventing its rotation
With diag on, +1VDC or less is measured between IFM PWB J116-7(+) and GND(-).
Y N Procedure
+3.3VDC is measured between IFM Cooling Fan 1 J236A-2(+) and GND(-).
Remove the Rear Right Cover and Rear Lower Cover. (PL 36.1)
Y N
Check the wire between IFM Cooling Fan 1 J236A-2 and IFM PWB J116-7. If no problem is Enter DC330[049-017](IFM Cooling Fan 3). Press Start. +24VDC is measured between IFM Cooling
Fan 3 J238-4(+) and J238-1(-).
Y N
Replace the IFM Cooling Fan 1. (PL 36.12) With diag on, +24VDC is measured between IFM PWB J116-12(+) and J116-14(-).
Y N
+24VDC is measured between IFM PWB J101-1(+)/2(+) and GND(-).
Replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2)
Y N
Seeing CH26.1, check the +24VDC circuit to IFM PWB J101-1/2.
tester. If 1 ohm or more is measured (normally approx. 0.1 ohm - 0.5 ohm), the fuse has blown.
Check the wires from IFM PWB J116-12 to IFM Cooling Fan 3 J238-4 and from IFM PWB J116-14
to IFM Cooling Fan 3 J238-1 for an open circuit or poor contact.
With diag on, +3.3VDC is measured between IFM PWB J116-13(+) and GND(-).
Y N
+3.3VDC is measured between IFM PWB J116-16(+) and GND(-).
Y N
Replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2)
Check the DC COM circuit from IFM PWB J116-16 to J116-17.
With diag on, +3.3VDC is measured between IFM Cooling Fan 3 J238-2(+) and GND(-).
Y N
Check the wire between IFM Cooling Fan 3 J238-2 and IFM PWB J116-13 for an open circuit or
poor contact.
Replace the IFM Cooling Fan 3. (PL 36.12)

048-320 HCS 1 Communication Fail 048-321 Finisher D3/D4 Communication Fail
No communication can be established between IFM Module and HCS 1. No communication can be established between the IFM Module and the Finisher D3/D4.
Procedure Procedure
The HCS is On. The Finisher D3/D4 is On.
Y N Y N
Check that the wall outlet is connected and that the breaker is On. Check that the wall outlet is connected and that the breaker is On.
Lattice Connectors P/J306 and P/J200 are connected properly. Lattice Connectors P/J307 and P/J680 are connected properly.
Y N Y N
Reconnect them. Reconnect them.
Remove the HCS Rear Cover. (PL 39.1) LD5(GRN) on HCS PWB is lit. Remove the Finisher D3/D4 Rear Cover. CR11 on the Finisher PWB is lit.
Y N Y N
+24VDC is measured between HCS Drive PWB J50-1/2/3(+) and GND(-). +24VDC is measured between Finisher PWB J8026-3(+) and GND(-).
Y N Y N
Seeing CH29.1, check the +24VDC circuit to HCS Drive PWB J50-1/2/3. Seeing CH15.1, check the +24VDC to Finisher PWB J8026-3.
Check if HCS Drive PWB and HCS PWB are connected. If no problem is found, replace the HCS Replace the Finisher PWB. (PL 25.3)
Drive PWB and HCS PWB in order. (PL 39.37)
Check the following connectors for a poor contact, short circuit, bent pin, breakage and/or foreign object.
Check the following connectors for a poor contact, short circuit, bend pin, breakage and/or foreign object. • IFM PWB J106
• IFM PWB J106 • Lattice Connector P/J307
• Lattice Connector P/J306 • Lattice Connector P/J680
• Lattice Connector P/J200 • Finisher PWB J8007
• HCS PWB J1 • Finisher I/F PWB J8002/J8006
Each of the connectors is connected properly. Each of the connectors is connected properly.
Y N Y N
Repair the items whose check results are not good. Repair the items whose check results are not good.
Seeing CH29.5, check the wire between IFM PWB J106 and HCS PWB J1 for an open circuit or poor Seeing CH26.10, check the wire between IFM PWB J106 and Finisher PWB J8007 for an open circuit or
contact. (Include an I/F Cable failure.) If no problem is found, replace the HCS Drive PWB and HCS PWB poor contact. (Include an I/F Cable failure.) If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB (PL 36.2)
in order. (PL 39.37)
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 048-xxx FIP

2-109
048-322 Output Configuration Mismatch Fail 048-323 IFM Download Mode Fail
Interface Cables are improperly connected between IFM Module and HCS/D3-Finisher. M/C is turned off in Download Mode, and when turned On after that, the M/C starts only in Download
Mode.
Procedure
Check that the HCS/D3-Finisher is On. Procedure
Check that both the HCS and the D3-Finisher are connected to the IFM at the proper positions each. Enter Download Mode and perform IFM Download. If the download is not completed successfully,
replace IFM PWB (PL 36.2).
048-500 IFM ROM Write Error 048-900 IFM Decurler In Sensor Static Jam
During download by the proper procedure in Download Mode, writing in IFM ROM fails. IFM Decurler In Sensor detects that paper exists, or it detects that there is paper left between IFM Trans-
port Sensor and IFM Decurler In Sensor (though neither of the sensors detects paper when the machine
Procedure stops).
Retry. If the problem reoccurs, replace IFM PWB and then download using the DLD method.
Procedure
Enter DC330[048-102] (Decurler In Sensor). Press Start.
Block the Sensor with a piece of paper. The display is L.
Y N
+5VDC is measured between Decurler In Sensor J202-2(+) and GND(-).
Y N
Check the wire between Decurler In Sensor J202-2 and IFM PWB J117-5 for an open circuit
or poor contact.
+5VDC is measured between Decurler Gate Sensor J202-1(+) and J202-3 (-).
Y N
Check the wires from IFM PWB J117-4 to Decurler In Sensor J202-1 and from IFM PWB
J117-6 to Decurler In Sensor J202-3 for an open circuit or poor contact. If no problem is found,
replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2)
Check the sensor for dirt or/and improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the Decurler In
Sensor. (PL 36.8)
Remove the paper from the sensor. The display has changed to H.
Y N
Disconnect Connector J202. The display has changed to H.
Y N
Check the wire between Decurler In Sensor J202-2 and IFM PWB J117-5 for a short circuit.
If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2)
replace the Decurler In Sensor. (PL 36.8)
Turn off the power.

Check the following connectors for poor contact, short circuit, bend pin and/or foreign object. Check the
• IFM PWB J117
• Relay connector P/J317
• Decurler In Sensor J202
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 048-xxx FIP

2-111
048-901 IFM Decurler Exit Sensor Static Jam

BSD-ON:CH26.15
IFM Exit Sensor detects that paper exists, or it detects that there is paper left between IFM Decurler In
Sensor and IFM Exit Sensor (though neither of the sensors detects paper when the machine stops).
Procedure
Enter DC330[048-103] (Decurler Exit Sensor). Press Start.
Block the Sensor with a piece of paper. The display is L.
Y N
+5VDC is measured between Decurler Exit Sensor J203-2(+) and GND(-).
Y N
Check the wire between Decurler Exit Sensor J203-2 and IFM PWB J117-8 for an open circuit
or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2)

Y N
Check the wires from IFM PWB J117-7 to Decurler Exit Sensor J203-1 and from IFM PWB
J117-9 to Decurler Exit Sensor J203-3 for an open circuit or poor contact. If no problem is
Exit Sensor. (PL 36.11)
Y N
Disconnect Connector J203 The display has changed to H.
Y N
Check the wire between Decurler Exit Sensor J203-2 and WB J117-8 for a short circuit. If no
problem is found, replace the IFM PWB. (PL 36.2)
replace the Decurler Exit Sensor. (PL 36.11)
Turn off the power.

Check the following connectors for poor contact, short circuit, bend pin and/or foreign object. Check the
• IFM PWB J117
• Decurler Exit Sensor J203
A
049-100 Top Tray Exit Sensor On Jam Y N
Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS
BSD-ON: CH29.9 PWB. If no problems are found, replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37)
A specified time after the Top Tray Path Sensor turns On, the Top Tray Exit Sensor does not turn On. (H
Turn OFF the power.
stays displayed.) Disconnect the HCS Transport Motor 1 connector J380. Measure the winding resistance of the
Motor.
Initial Actions • J380-2 and Pin 1/Pin 3
Remove the following parts: • J380-5 and Pin 4/Pin 6
Is the resistance approx. 0.8Ohm 15% (25C)?
• HCS Top Cover (PL 39.2) Y N
• HCS Rear Cover (PL 39.1) Replace the HCS Transport Motor 1. (PL 39.5)
Procedure Refer to BSD CH29.6 and check the following connections for an open circuit and poor contact. If no
problems are found, replace the HCS Drive PWB followed by the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-101] (Top Tray Exit Sensor) and turn it ON. Is the display "H"?
• Between J56-5 and J380-1
Y N
Replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) • Between J56-7 and J380-3
Block the Sensor with paper. Does the display switch to "L"? • Between J56-11 and J380-6
Y N
Is the voltage between the Top Tray Exit Sensor J351-2 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC?
Y N
Check the connection between the Top Tray Exit Sensor J351-2 and the HCS PWB J26-2 for
After that, input DC330[049-019] (Top Tray Clutch) and turn it ON. Does the Top Tray Exit Roll 2
an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
rotate?
Is the voltage between the Top Tray Exit Sensor J351-3 (+) and J351-1 (-) +5VDC? Y N
Stop all operations and turn OFF the power.
Y N
Check the connections between the HCS PWB J26-3 and J351-3 and between the HCS PWB
J26-1 and J351-1 for open circuits or poor contacts. If no problems are found, replace the • The Drive Belt for disengagement and improper tension
HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) • The Gear for wear and damage
• Mechanical overload
Check the sensor for dirt or/and improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the Top Tray Is everything OK?
Exit Sensor. (PL 39.18) Y N
Remove the causes of NG items.
Press the Stop button. Input DC330[049-028] (HCS Transport Motor 1) and turn it ON. Does the
HCS Transport Motor 1 operate? Turn ON the power and enter the Diag mode. Input DC330[049-019] (Top Tray Clutch) and turn it
Y N ON. Is the voltage between the HCS Drive PWB J57-12 (+) and the GND (-) +1VDC or less?
Is the voltage between the HCS Drive PWB J53-3 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Y N
Y N Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS
Refer to BSD CH29.2 and check the INTLK +24VDC circuit to the HCS Drive PWB J53-3. PWB. If no problems are found, replace the HCS Drive PWB followed by the HCS PWB. (PL
39.37)
Is the voltage between the HCS Drive PWB J56-1/3 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
Y N When DC330[049-019] is turned ON, is the voltage between the Top Tray Clutch J366-4 (+)
Turn OFF the power, and measure the resistance between both ends of the Chip Fuse F701 and the GND (-) +1VDC or less?
and F703 on the HCS Drive PWB with the Tester. If 1Ohm or greater is measured, the Fuse Y N
has melted (normally approx. 0.1 to 0.5Ohm). Check that the HCS Transport Motor 1 is not Check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB J57-12 and J366-4 for an open circuit
overloaded and replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37) and poor contact.
Is the LD5(GRN) on the HCS PWB turned ON? Is the voltage between the Top Tray Clutch J366-1 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
A B
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 049-xxx FIP
2-113
B
Y N 049-101 Top Tray Exit Sensor Off Jam

Check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB J57-11 and J366-1 for an open circuit,
BSD-ON: CH29.9
short circuit and poor contact.
A specified time after turning On, Top Tray Exit Sensor does not turn Off. (L stays displayed.)
Replace the Top Tray Clutch. (PL 39.6)
Stop all operations. Initial Actions

Check the following: Remove the following parts:
• The Top Tray Roll 2 for dirt/ wear/deterioration causing a transport failure
• The Paper Path for bits of paper/foreign substances causing a transport failure • HCS Top Cover (PL 39.2)
• The paper to see if it is out of spec. and/or curled causing a transport failure • HCS Rear Cover (PL 39.1)
Procedure
Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-101] (Top Tray Exit Sensor) and turn it ON. Remove the
HCS Top Cover and turn the sensor ON and OFF with a sheet of paper. Does the display switches
between "H" and "L"?
Y N
Is the display "L"?
Y N
Replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
Pull out the Top Tray Exit Sensor connector J351. Does the display change to "H"?
Y N
Check the connection between the Top Tray Exit Sensor J351-2 and the HCS PWB J26-2 for
short circuits. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
Check the sensor for improper installation/light from outside. If no problem is found, replace the Top
Tray Exit Sensor. (PL 39.18)

Input DC330[049-036] (Top Tray Motor) and turn it ON. Does the Top Tray Motor operate?
Y N
Is the voltage between the HCS Drive PWB J53-3 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
Y N
Refer to BSD CH29.2 and check the INTLK +24VDC circuit to the HCS Drive PWB J53-3.
Is the LD5(GRN) on the HCS PWB turned ON?

Y N
PWB. If no problems are found, replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37)
Turn OFF the power, and measure the resistance between both ends of the Chip Fuse F403 on the
HCS Drive PWB with the Tester. Is the resistance 1Ohm or less?
Y N
If 1Ohm or greater is measured, the Fuse has melted (normally approx. 0.1 to 0.5Ohm). Check
that the Top Tray Motor is not overloaded and replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37)
Disconnect P/J204. Measure the winding resistance of the Top Tray Motor.
• P204-7 and P204-8
• P204-9 and P204-10
A
A
Is the resistance approx. 4.6 0.46Ohm? 049-102 Top Tray Path Sensor On Jam
Y N
Replace the Top Tray Motor. (PL 39.9) BSD-ON: CH29.8
A specified time after Stacker Path Sensor turns On, Top Tray Path Sensor does not turn On. (H stays
Refer to BSD CH29.8 and check the following connections for an open circuit and poor contact. If no
problems are found, replace the HCS Drive PWB followed by the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) displayed.)
Initial Actions
Remove the following parts:
• HCS Top Cover (PL 39.2)
• HCS Rear Cover (PL 39.1)
• The Exit Roll for dirt/wear/deterioration causing a transport failure
• The Pinch Roll for a failure Procedure
• The Paper Path for bits of paper/foreign substances causing a transport failure Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-102] (Top Tray Path Sensor) and turn it ON. Is the display "H"?
• The paper to see if it is out of spec. and/or curled causing a transport failure Y N
• The paper exit for foreign substances
Block the Sensor with paper. Does the display switch to "L"?
Y N
Is the voltage between the Top Tray Path Sensor J353-2 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC?
Y N
Check the connection between the Top Tray Path Sensor J353-2 and the HCS PWB J27-5 for
an open circuit and poor contact.
Is the voltage between the Top Tray Path Sensor J353-1 (+) and J351-3 (-) +5VDC?
Y N
J27-6 and J353-3 for open circuits or poor contacts. If no problems are found, replace the
HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
Check the sensor for dirt/improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the Top Tray Path
Sensor. (PL 39.16)
HCS Transport Motor 1 operate?
Y N
Y N
Y N
Turn OFF the power, and measure the resistance between both ends of the Chip Fuse F701
and F703 on the HCS Drive PWB with the Tester. If 1Ohm or greater is measured, the Fuse
has melted (normally approx. 0.1 to 0.5Ohm). Check that the HCS Transport Motor 1 is not
overloaded and replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37)

A
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 049-xxx FIP
2-115
A
049-xxx FIP 2-116B Version.1 .1.1
Y N Y N
Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS Check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB J57-11 and J366-1 for an open circuit,
PWB. If no problems are found, replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37) short circuit and poor contact.
Turn OFF the power. Replace the Top Tray Clutch. (PL 39.6)
Disconnect the HCS Transport Motor 1 connector J380. Measure the winding resistance of the
Motor. After that, input DC330[049-041] (Transport Clutch) and turn it ON. Does the HCS Entrance Roll
• J380-2 and Pin 1/Pin 3 rotate?
• J380-5 and Pin 4/Pin 6 Y N
Y N
Replace the HCS Transport Motor 1. (PL 39.5) • The HCS Entrance Roll Drive Gear for wear and damage
• The Drive Belt for disengagement and improper tension
Refer to BSD CH29.6 and check the following connections for an open circuit and poor contact. If no • Mechanical overload
problems are found, replace the HCS Drive PWB followed by the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Is everything OK?
• Between J56-5 and J380-1 Y N
• Between J56-7 and J380-3 Remove the causes of NG items.
Turn ON the power and enter the Diag mode. Input DC330[049-041] (Transport Clutch) and
turn it ON. Is the voltage between the HCS Drive PWB J57-20 (+) and the GND (-)+1VDC or
less?
After that, input DC330[049-019] (Top Tray Clutch) and turn it ON. Does the Top Tray Exit Roll 2 PWB. If no problems are found, replace the HCS Drive PWB followed by the HCS PWB. (PL
rotate? 39.37)
Y N
Stop all operations and turn OFF the power. When DC330[049-041] is turned ON, is the voltage between the Transport Clutch J395-4 (+)
Check the following: and the GND (-) +1VDC or less?
• The Gear for wear and damage Y N
• Mechanical overload Check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB J57-20 and the J395-4 for an open circuit
Is everything OK? and poor contact.
Y N
Remove the causes of NG items. Is the voltage between the Transport Clutch J395-1 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
Y N
Turn ON the power and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC330[049-019]. Is the voltage between Check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB J57-19 and the J395-1 for an open circuit
the HCS Drive PWB J57-12 (+) and the GND (-) +1VDC or less? and poor contact.
Y N
Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS Replace the Transport Clutch. (PL 39.6)
PWB. If no problems are found, replace the HCS Drive PWB followed by the HCS PWB. (PL
39.37) Stop all operations.
When DC330[049-019] is turned ON, is the voltage between the Top Tray Clutch J366-4 (+) • The Top Tray Roll 2 for dirt/ wear/deterioration causing a transport failure
and the GND (-) +1VDC or less? • The Paper Path for bits of paper/foreign substances causing a transport failure
Y N • The paper to see if it is out of spec./curled causing a transport failure
Check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB J57-12 and J366-4 for an open circuit
and poor contact.
Is the voltage between the Top Tray Clutch J366-1 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
B
A B
049-104 Bypass Exit Sensor On Jam Is the LD5(GRN) on the HCS PWB turned ON?
Y N
BSD-ON: CH29.11 Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS
A specified time after Bypass Path Sensor 2 turns On, Bypass Exit Sensor does not turn On. (H stays
displayed.) Turn OFF the power.
Initial Actions Motor.
• J397-5 and Pin 4/Pin 6
• HCS Top Cover (PL 39.2) Is the resistance approx. 0.8Ohm 15% (25C)?
• HCS Rear Cover (PL 39.1) Y N
• Top Tray (PL 39.2) Replace the HCS Transport Motor 2. (PL 39.7)
Procedure Refer to BSD CH29.10 and check the following connections for an open circuit and poor contact. If
no problems are found, replace the HCS Drive PWB followed by the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-103] (Bypass Exit Sensor) and turn it ON. Is the display "H"?
Y N
Y N • Between J56-2 and J397-2
Is the voltage between the Bypass Exit Sensor J354-2 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC?
Y N
Check the connection between the Bypass Exit Sensor J354-2 and the HCS PWB J28-2 for
After that, input DC330[049-039] (Bypass Clutch 2) and turn it ON. Do the Bypass Roll 3 and 4 rotate?
Y N
Is the voltage between the Bypass Exit Sensor J354-1 (+) and J354-3 (-) +5VDC?
Y N
Check the connections between the HCS PWB J28-1 and the J354-1 and between the HCS
PWB J28-3 and the J354-3 for open circuits or poor contacts. If no problems are found, • The Gear for wear and damage
replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) • Mechanical overload
Is everything OK?
Check the sensor for dirt/improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the Bypass Exit Sen- Y N
sor. (PL 39.21) Remove the causes of NG items.
Press the Stop button. Input DC330[049-042] (HCS Transport Motor 2) and turn it ON. Does the Turn ON the power and enter the Diag mode. Input DC330[049-039] (Bypass Clutch 2) and
HCS Transport Motor 2 operate? turn it ON. Is the voltage between the HCS Drive PWB J57-16 (+) and the GND (-) +1VDC or
Y N less?
Is the voltage between the HCS Drive PWB J53-3 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Y N
Refer to BSD CH29.2 and check the INTLK +24VDC circuit to the HCS Drive PWB J53-3. PWB. If no problems are found, replace the HCS Drive PWB followed by the HCS PWB. (PL
39.37)
Y N When DC330[049-039] is turned ON, is the voltage between the Bypass Clutch 2 J393-4 (+)
Turn OFF the power, and measure the resistance between both ends of the Chip Fuse F702 and the GND (-) +1VDC or less?
and F704 on the HCS Drive PWB with the Tester. If 1Ohm or greater is measured, the Fuse Y N
has melted (normally approx. 0.1 to 0.5Ohm). Check that the HCS Transport Motor 2 is not Check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB J57-16 and the J393-4 for an open circuit
overloaded and replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37) and poor contact.
A B C D
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 049-xxx FIP
2-117
C
049-xxx
D
Is the voltage between the Bypass Clutch 2 J393-1 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? 049-106 Bypass Exit Sensor On Jam (Purge enable)
Y N
BSD-ON: CH29.11
Check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB J57-15 and the J393-1 for an open cir-
cuit, short circuit and poor contact.
A specified time after Bypass Path Sensor 2 turns On, Bypass Exit Sensor does not turn On. (H stays dis-
played.)
Replace the Bypass Clutch 2. (PL 39.8)
(The paper in question stops, but sheets following it can be output to Top Tray.)
Y N
Stop all operations and turn OFF the power. Initial Actions
• The Gear for wear and damage • HCS Top Cover (PL 39.2)
• Mechanical overload • HCS Rear Cover (PL 39.1)
Is everything OK? • Top Tray (PL 39.2)
Y N
Remove the causes of NG items. Procedure
Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-103] (Bypass Exit Sensor) and turn it ON. Is the display "H"?
Turn ON the power and enter the Diag mode. Input DC330[049-040] (Bypass Clutch 3) and
Y N
turn it ON. Is the voltage between the HCS Drive PWB J57-18 (+) and the GND (-) +1VDC or
less?
Y N
Y N
PWB. If no problems are found, replace the HCS Drive PWB followed by the HCS PWB. (PL Is the voltage between the Bypass Exit Sensor J354-2 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC?
39.37)
Y N
Check the connection between the Bypass Exit Sensor J354-2 and the HCS PWB J28-2 for
When DC330[049-040] is turned ON, is the voltage between the Bypass Clutch 3 J394-4 (+) an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
and the GND (-) +1VDC or less?
Y N
Is the voltage between the Bypass Exit Sensor J354-1 (+) and J354-3 (-) +5VDC?
Check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB J57-18 and the J394-4 for an open circuit Y N
and poor contact.
J28-3 and J354-3 for open circuits or poor contacts. If no problems are found, replace the HCS
Is the voltage between the Bypass Clutch 3 J394-1 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
PWB. (PL 39.37)
Y N
Check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB J57-17 and the J394-1 for an open circuit
Check the sensor for dirt/improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the Bypass Exit Sen-
and poor contact.
sor. (PL 39.21)
Stop all operations. Y N
• The Bypass Roll 4/5/6 for dirt/wear/deterioration causing a transport failure
Y N
• The Paper Path for bits of paper/foreign substances causing a transport failure Refer to BSD CH29.2 and check the INTLK +24VDC circuit to the HCS Drive PWB J53-3.
• The paper to see if it is out of spec./curled causing a transport failure
Y N
A B
A B C D
Is the LD5(GRN) on the HCS PWB turned ON? Is the voltage between the Bypass Clutch 2 J393-1 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
Y N Y N
Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS Check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB J57-15 and the J393-1 for an open cir-
PWB. If no problems are found, replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37) cuit, short circuit and poor contact.
Turn OFF the power. Replace the Bypass Clutch 2. (PL 39.8)
Motor. After that, input DC330[049-040] (Bypass Clutch 3) and turn it ON. Do the Bypass Roll 5 and 6 rotate?
• J397-2 and Pin 1/Pin 3 Y N
• J397-5 and Pin 4/Pin 6 Stop all operations and turn OFF the power.
Is the resistance approx. 0.8Ohm 15% (25C)? Check the following:
Y N
Replace the HCS Transport Motor 2. (PL 39.7) • The Gear for wear and damage
Refer to BSD CH29.10 and check the following connections for an open circuit and poor contact. If Is everything OK?
no problems are found, replace the HCS Drive PWB followed by the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Y N
• Between J56-6 and J397-1 Remove the causes of NG items.
• Between J56-10 and J397-4 Turn ON the power and enter the Diag mode. Input DC330[049-040] (Bypass Clutch 3) and
less?
• Between J56-4 and J397-5 Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS
After that, input DC330[049-039] (Bypass Clutch 2) and turn it ON. Do the Bypass Roll 3 and 4 rotate? 39.37)
Y N
Stop all operations and turn OFF the power. When DC330[049-040] is turned ON, is the voltage between the Bypass Clutch 3 J394-4 (+)
Check the following: and the GND (-) +1VDC or less?
• The Drive Belt for disengagement and improper tension Y N
• The Gear for wear and damage Check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB J57-18 and the J394-4 for an open circuit
• Mechanical overload and poor contact.
Is everything OK?
Y N Is the voltage between the Bypass Clutch 3 J394-1 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
Y N
Turn ON the power and enter the Diag mode. Input DC330[049-039] (Bypass Clutch 2) and and poor contact.
less?
Y N
Stop all operations.
39.37) • The Bypass Roll 4/5/6 for dirt/ wear/deterioration causing a transport failure
• The Paper Path for bits of paper/foreign substances causing a transport failure
When DC330[049-039] is turned ON, is the voltage between the Bypass Clutch 2 J393-4 (+) • The paper to see if it is out of spec./curled causing a transport failure
and the GND (-) less than +1VDC?
Y N
and poor contact.
C D
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 049-xxx FIP
2-119
049-xxx FIP 2-120A B
Version.1 .1.1
049-108 Bypass Path Sensor 1 On Jam Is the LD5(GRN) on the HCS PWB turned ON?
Y N
BSD-ON: CH29.10
A specified time after Stacker Path Sensor turns On, Bypass Path Sensor 1 does not turn On. (H stays
displayed.)
Turn OFF the power.
Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-104] (Bypass Path Sensor 1) and turn it ON. Is the display
"H"?
Y N
Is the voltage between the Bypass Path Sensor 1 J355-2 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC?
Y N
After that, input DC330[049-038] (Bypass Clutch 1) and turn it ON. Does the Bypass Roll 1 rotate?
Check the connection between the Bypass Path Sensor 1 J355-2 and the HCS PWB J28-11
Y N
for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL Stop all operations and turn OFF the power.
39.37)
Is the voltage between the Bypass Path Sensor 1 J355-1 (+) and the J355-3 (-) +5VDC?
Y N • The Gear for wear and damage
Check the connections between the HCS PWB J28-10 and the J355-1 and between the HCS • Mechanical overload
PWB J28-12 and the J355-3 for open circuits or poor contacts. If no problems are found, Is everything OK?
replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Y N
Check the sensor for dirt/improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the Bypass Path Sen-
sor 1. (PL 39.19) Turn ON the power and enter the Diag mode. Input DC330[049-038] (Bypass Clutch 1) and
Press the Stop button. Input DC330[049-042] (HCS Transport Motor 2) and turn it ON. Does the less?
HCS Transport Motor 2 operate? Y N
Is the voltage between the HCS Drive PWB J53-3 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? PWB. If no problems are found, replace the HCS Drive PWB followed by the HCS PWB. (PL
Y N 39.37)
When DC330[049-038] is turned ON, is the voltage between the Bypass Clutch 1 J392-4 (+)
Is the voltage between the HCS Drive PWB J56-2/4 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? and the GND (-) +1VDC or less?
Y N Y N
Turn OFF the power, and measure the resistance between both ends of the Chip Fuse F702 Check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB J57-14 and the J392-4 for an open circuit
and F704 on the HCS Drive PWB with the Tester. If 1Ohm or greater is measured, the Fuse and poor contact.
overloaded and replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37) Is the voltage between the Bypass Clutch 1 J392-1 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
A B C
C
Y N 049-113 Stacker Path Sensor On Jam
cuit, short circuit and poor contact. BSD-ON: CH29.6
A specified time after IFM Exit Sensor turns On, Stacker Path Sensor does not turn On. (Remains H)
Stop all operations. Initial Actions

• The Bypass Roll 1 for dirt/wear/deterioration causing a transport failure
• The Paper Path for bits of paper/foreign substances causing a transport failure • HCS Top Cover (PL 39.2)
• The paper to see if it is out of spec./curled causing a transport failure • HCS Rear Cover (PL 39.1)
• The 2b Chute for deformation
Procedure
Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-105] (Stacker Path Sensor) and turn it ON. Is the display "H"?
Y N
Y N
Is the voltage between the Stacker Path Sensor J363-2 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC?
Y N
Check the connection between the Stacker Path Sensor J363-2 and the HCS PWB J27-8 for
Is the voltage between the Stacker Path Sensor J363-1 (+) and J363-3 (-) +5VDC?
Y N
HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
Check the sensor for dirt/improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the Stacker Path Sen-
sor. (PL 39.16)
Y N
Y N
Y N
A
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 049-xxx FIP
2-121
A
049-xxx FIP 2-122B Version.1 .1.1
Y N Y N
Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS Check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB J57-19 and the J395-1 for an open circuit
PWB. If no problems are found, replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37) and poor contact.
Turn OFF the power. Replace the Transport Clutch. (PL 39.6)
Motor. Stop all operations.
• J380-2 and Pin 1/Pin 3 Check the following:
• J380-5 and Pin 4/Pin 6 • The HCS Entrance Roll for dirt/wear/deterioration causing a transport failure
Is the resistance approx. 0.8Ohm 15% (25C)? • The Paper Path for bits of paper/foreign substances causing a transport failure
Replace the HCS Transport Motor 1. (PL 39.5)
After that, input DC330[049-041] (Transport Clutch) and turn it ON. Does the HCS Entrance Roll
rotate?
Y N
• The HCS Entrance Roll Drive Gear for wear and damage
Is everything OK?
Y N
Turn ON the power and enter the Diag mode. Input DC330[049-041] (Transport Clutch) and
less?
Y N
39.37)
When DC330[049-041] is turned ON, is the voltage between the Transport Clutch J395-4 (+)
Y N
and poor contact.
Is the voltage between the Transport Clutch J395-1 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
B
A B
049-114 Stacker Path Sensor Off Jam Turn OFF the power.
BSD-ON: CH29.6 Motor.
A specified time after turning On, Stacker Path Sensor does not turn Off. (L stays displayed.)
Initial Actions Is the resistance approx. 0.8Ohm 15% (25C)?
Y N
Remove the following parts: Replace the HCS Transport Motor 1. (PL 39.5)

• HCS Rear Cover (PL 39.1) problems are found, replace the HCS Drive PWB followed by the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
• Refer to Failure History. If 049-280, 049-281, 049-282, or 049-283 is found, go to the appropriate • Between J56-5 and J380-1
FIP. • Between J56-7 and J380-3
Procedure • Between J56-11 and J380-6
Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-105] (Stacker Path Sensor) and turn it ON. Turn the sensor ON • Between J56-1 and J380-2
and OFF with a sheet of paper. Does the display switches between "H" and "L"? • Between J56-3 and J380-5
Y N
Is the display "L"?
After that, input DC330[049-041] (Transport Clutch) and turn it ON. Does the HCS Entrance Roll
Y N rotate?
Y N
Pull out the Stacker Path Sensor connector J363. Does the display change to "H"? Check the following:
Y N
• The HCS Entrance Roll Drive Gear for wear and damage
Check the connection between the Stacker Path Sensor J363-2 and the HCS PWB J27-8 for
Check the sensor for improper installation/light from outside. If no problem is found, replace the Is everything OK?
Stacker Path Sensor. (PL 39.16) Y N
HCS Transport Motor 1 operate? Turn ON the power and enter the Diag mode. Input DC330[049-041] (Transport Clutch) and
Y N turn it ON. Is the voltage between the HCS Drive PWB J57-20 (+) and the GND (-) +1VDC or
Is the voltage between the HCS Drive PWB J53-3 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? less?
Y N Y N
Refer to BSD CH29.2 and check the INTLK +24VDC circuit to the HCS Drive PWB J53-3. Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS
Is the voltage between the HCS Drive PWB J56-1/3 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? 39.37)
Y N
Turn OFF the power, and measure the resistance between both ends of the Chip Fuse F701 When DC330[049-041] is turned ON, is the voltage between the Transport Clutch J395-4 (+)
and F703 on the HCS Drive PWB with the Tester. If 1Ohm or greater is measured, the Fuse and the GND (-) +1VDC or less?
has melted (normally approx. 0.1 to 0.5Ohm). Check that the HCS Transport Motor 1 is not Y N
overloaded and replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37) Check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB J57-20 and the J395-4 for an open circuit
and poor contact.
Y N Is the voltage between the Transport Clutch J395-1 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS Y N
PWB. If no problems are found, replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37) Check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB J57-19 and the J395-1 for an open circuit
and poor contact.
A B C D
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 049-xxx FIP
2-123
C
049-xxx
D
Replace the Transport Clutch. (PL 39.6) 049-115 Stacker Exit Sensor On Jam
BSD-ON: CH29.12
A specified time after Stacker Path Sensor turns On, Stacker Exit Sensor does not turn On. (Remains H)
• The HCS Entrance Roll for dirt/wear/deterioration causing a transport failure
Initial Actions
• Remove the HCS Rear Cover. (PL 39.1)
• Refer to Failure History. If 049-280, 049-281, 049-282, or 049-283 is found, go to the appropriate
FIP.
Procedure
Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-106] (Stacker Exit Sensor) and turn it ON. Is the display "H"?
Y N
Remove the HCS Upper Cover and lift up the 1b chute. Insert paper from under the Gate 1 to block the
Sensor. Does the display switch to "L"?
Y N
<The following procedure takes time>
Refer to REP 39.25.1 and remove the Stacker Exit Roll Housing. Turn ON the power. Remove the
Stacker Exit Sensor bracket. (Leave the connector as it is) Is the voltage between the Stacker
Exit Sensor J386-2 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC?
Y N
Check the connection between the Stacker Exit Sensor J386-2 and the HCS PWB J26-17 for
Is the voltage between the Stacker Exit Sensor J386-1 and J386-3 (-) +5VDC?
Y N
Check the connections between the HCS PWB J26-16 and J386-1 and between the HCS
PWB J26-18 and J386-3 for open circuits or poor contacts. If no problems are found, replace
the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
Check the sensor for dirt/improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the Stacker Exit Sen-
sor. (PL 39.27)
Y N
Y N
Y N
A B
A B
Is the LD5(GRN) on the HCS PWB turned ON? 049-116 Stacker Exit Sensor Off Jam
Y N
Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS BSD-ON: CH29.12
A specified time after turning On, Stacker Exit Sensor does not turn Off. (Remains L)
Turn OFF the power.
Disconnect the HCS Transport Motor 1 connector J380. Measure the winding resistance of the Initial Actions
Motor. • Remove the HCS Top Cover. (PL 39.2)
• J380-2 and Pin 1/Pin 3 • Remove the HCS Rear Cover. (PL 39.1)
• J380-5 and Pin 4/Pin 6 • Refer to Failure History. If 049-280, 049-281, 049-282, or 049-283 is found, go to the appropriate
Is the resistance approx. 0.8Ohm 15% (25C)? FIP.
Y N
Replace the HCS Transport Motor 1. (PL 39.5) Procedure
Refer to BSD CH29.6 and check the following connections for an open circuit and poor contact. If no Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-106] (Stacker Exit Sensor) and turn it ON. Lift up the 1b Chute,
and insert paper under the Gate 1 to turn ON and OFF the Sensor. Does the display switches
between "H" and "L"?
Y N
• Between J56-7 and J380-3 Is the display "L"?
• Between J56-11 and J380-6 Replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
<The following procedure takes time>
Refer to REP 39.25.1 and remove the Stacker Exit Roll Housing. Turn ON the power. Remove the
Stacker Exit Sensor bracket.
Pull out the Stacker Exit Sensor connector J386. Does the display change to "H"?
• The HCS Entrance Roll for dirt/wear/deterioration causing a transport failure Y N
Check the connection between the Stacker Exit Sensor J386-2 and the HCS PWB J26-17 for
Check the sensor for improper installation/light from outside. If no problem is found, replace the
Stacker Exit Sensor. (PL 39.27)
Press the Stop button. Input DC330[049-034] (Stacker Exit Motor) and turn it ON. Can the Motor be
heard operating?
Y N
Y N
Refer to BSD CH29.2 and check the +24VDC circuit to the HCS Drive PWB J51-6.

Y N
Turn OFF the power. Refer to REP 39.25.1 (Stacker Exit Roll Housing) and remove the Stacker Exit
Motor Cover. Pull out the Stacker Exit Motor connector J384. Measure the wire wind resistance of
the Stacker Exit Motor.
• P384-4 and P384-6
• P384-3 and P384-1
A
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 049-xxx FIP
2-125
A
Is the resistance approx. 5Ohm? 049-117 Bypass Path Sensor 2 On Jam

Y N
BSD-ON: CH29.10
Replace the Stacker Exit Motor. (PL 39.25)
A specified time after Bypass Path Sensor 1 turns On, Bypass Path Sensor 2 does not turn On. (Remains
Check the following connection for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found,
H)
replace the HCS Drive PWB followed by the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
Initial Actions
• Between J60-13 and J384-3 Remove the following parts:

• HCS Rear Cover (PL 39.1)
Check the following: • Top Tray (PL 39.2)
• The Stacker Exit Roll for dirt/wear/deterioration causing a transport failure
• The Paper Path for bits of paper/foreign substances causing a transport failure Procedure
• The paper to see if it is out of spec./curled causing a transport failure Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-107] (Bypass Path Sensor 2) and turn it ON. Is the display
"H"?
Y N
Y N
Y N
for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL
39.37)
Is the voltage between the Bypass Path Sensor 2 J387-1 (+) and J387-3 (-) +5VDC?
Y N
Check the connections between the HCS PWB J28-13 and J387-1 and between the HCS
the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
sor 2. (PL 39.20)
Y N
Y N
Y N
A B
A B C D
Is the LD5(GRN) on the HCS PWB turned ON? Is the voltage between the Bypass Clutch 2 J393-1 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
Y N Y N
Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS Check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB J57-15 and the J393-1 for an open cir-
PWB. If no problems are found, replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37) cuit, short circuit and poor contact.
Turn OFF the power. Replace the Bypass Clutch 2. (PL 39.8)
Motor. Stop all operations.
• J397-2 and Pin 1/Pin 3 Check the following:
• J397-5 and Pin 4/Pin 6 • The Bypass Roll 2/3 for diirt/wear/deterioration causing a transport failure
Is the resistance approx. 0.8Ohm 15% (25C)? • The Paper Path for bits of paper/foreign substances causing a transport failure
Replace the HCS Transport Motor 2. (PL 39.7)
Refer to BSD CH29.10 and check the following connections for an open circuit and poor contact. If
Y N
• The Gear for wear and damage
Is everything OK?
Y N
Turn ON the power and enter the Diag mode. Input DC330[049-039] (Bypass Clutch 2) and
less?
Y N
39.37)
Y N
and poor contact.
C D
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 049-xxx FIP
2-127
049-xxx FIP 2-128A B
Version.1 .1.1
049-119 Bypass Path Sensor 2 On Jam (Purge enable) Is the LD5(GRN) on the HCS PWB turned ON?
Y N
BSD-ON: CH29.10
A specified time after Bypass Path Sensor 1 turns On, Bypass Path Sensor 2 does not turn On. (Remains
H) (The paper in question stops, but sheets following it can be output to Top Tray.)
Turn OFF the power.
Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-107] (Bypass Path Sensor 2) and turn it ON. Is the display
"H"?
Y N
Y N
Y N
for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL Stop all operations and turn OFF the power.
39.37)
Is the voltage between the Bypass Path Sensor 2 J387-1 (+) and J387-3 (-) +5VDC?
Y N • The Gear for wear and damage
Check the connections between the HCS PWB J28-13 and J387-1 and between the HCS • Mechanical overload
PWB J28-15 and J387-3 for open circuits or poor contacts. If no problems are found, replace Is everything OK?
the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Y N
sor 2. (PL 39.20) Turn ON the power and enter the Diag mode. Input DC330[049-039] (Bypass Clutch 2) and
Press the Stop button. Input DC330[049-042] (HCS Transport Motor 2) and turn it ON. Does the less?
HCS Transport Motor 2 operate? Y N
Is the voltage between the HCS Drive PWB J53-3 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? PWB. If no problems are found, replace the HCS Drive PWB followed by the HCS PWB. (PL
Y N 39.37)
Is the voltage between the HCS Drive PWB J56-2/4 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? and the GND (-) +1VDC or less?
Y N Y N
Turn OFF the power, and measure the resistance between both ends of the Chip Fuse F702 Check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB J57-16 and the J393-4 for an open circuit
and F704 on the HCS Drive PWB with the Tester. If 1Ohm or greater is measured, the Fuse and poor contact.
overloaded and replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37) Is the voltage between the Bypass Clutch 2 J393-1 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
A B C
C
Y N 049-121 Stacker Exit Sensor Off Jam
cuit, short circuit and poor contact. BSD-ON:CH29.12
A specified time after turning On, the Stacker Exit Sensor does not turn Off. (The paper concerned stops,
but subsequent sheets of paper can be output to the Top Tray.) (L stays displayed.)
Check the following: Initial Actions
• The Bypass Roll 2/3 for dirt/wear/deterioration causing a transport failure • Remove the HCS Rear Cover. (PL 39.1)
• The Paper Path for bits of paper/foreign substances causing a transport failure • See the fail history. If it has 049-280, 049-281, 049-282, or 049-283, go to their respective appropri-
• The paper to see if it is out of spec./curled causing a transport failure ate FIPs.
Procedure
Enter DC330[049-106](Stacker Exit Sensor). Press Start. Open the HCS Upper Cover and lift the 1b
chute. Put a piece of paper from under Gate 1 and block the sensor with it. The display is L.
Y N
<The following procedure takes some time.>
Seeing REP 39.25.1, remove the Stacker Exit Roll Housing. Remove the Stacker Exit Sensor along
with the bracket. (Leave the connectors connected.) +5VDC is measured between Stacker Exit
Sensor J386-2(+) and GND(-).
Y N
Check the wire from Stacker Exit Sensor J386-2 to HCS PWB J26-17 for an open wire or poor
contact.
+5VDC is measured between J386-1(+) and J386-3(-) on the Stacker Exit Sensor.
Y N
Check the wires from HCS PWB J26-16 to J386-1 and from HCS PWB J26-18 to J386-3 for
an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
Check the sensor for dirt and/or improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the Stacker
Exit Sensor. (PL 39.27)
Y N
<The following procedure takes some time.>
Seeing REP 39.25.1, remove the Stacker Exit Roll Housing. Turn on the power. Disconnect Con-
nector J386 from the Stacker Exit Sensor. The display has changed to H.
Y N
Check for a short circuit between Stacker Exit Sensor J386-2 and HCS PWB J26-17.
Check the sensor for improper installation and light from outside. If no problem is found, replace the
Stacker Exit Sensor. (PL 39.27)
Press the Stop button. Turn On DC330[049-028](HCS Transport Motor 1). The HCS Transport
Motor 1 operates.
Y N
+24VDC is measured between HCS Drive PWB J53-3(+) and GND(-).
Y N
Seeing BSD CH29.2, check the INTLK +24VDC circuit to HCS Drive PWB J53-3.
A B
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 049-xxx FIP
2-129
A
049-xxx
B
+24VDC is measured between HCS Drive PWB J56-1/3(+) and GND(-). 049-210 Front Door Lock Sensor On Fail
Y N
BSD-ON: CH29.3
Turn off the power. Measure the resistance across Chip Fuse F701 and F703 on the HCS
Drive PWB, using the tester. If 1 ohm or more is measured (normally approx. 0.1 ohm - 0.5
Front Door Lock Sensor does not turn On. (Remains H) (This does not occur while sheets are being
ohm), the fuse(s) has/have blown. Check that the HCS Transport Motor 1 has no excessive
stacked.)
load. Replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37)
LD5(GRN) on the HCS PWB is on. Initial Actions

Y N Remove the following parts:
Turn off the power. Check if HCS Drive PWB and HCS PWB are connected. If no problem is
found, replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37) • HCS Rear Cover (PL 39.1)
Turn off the power. Procedure

Disconnect Connector J380 from the HCS Transport Motor 1. Measure the motor winding resis-
Open the HCS Front Door and remove the Stacker Right Front Cover. (PL 39.35)
tance.
• J380-2 to 1pin/3pin Move the Latch manually. Does the Latch move up and down?
Y N
• J380-5 to 4pin/6pin
Remove the mechanical load from the Latch.
The resistance is approx. 0.8 ohm+/-15% (25 degrees C).
Y N Cheat the Interlock.
Replace the HCS Transport Motor 1. (PL 39.5) Enter the Diag Mode, input and turn ON DC330[049-001] (Front Door Lock) and DC330[049-002] (Front
Door Unlock) alternately. (Simultaneous output is prohibited) Can the Front Door Lock Solenoid be
Seeing BSD CH29.6, check the following wires for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is heard operating?
found, replace the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS PWB in order. (PL 39.37) Y N
• J56-5 to J380-1 When DC330[049-001] (Front Door Lock) is turned ON, is the voltage between the HCS Drive
• J56-7 to J380-3 PWB J62-5 (+) and the GND (-) +1VDC or less?
• J56-9 to J380-4 Y N
• J56-11 to J380-6 Turn OFF the power and check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS
• J56-1 to J380-2
• J56-3 to J380-5 Is the voltage between the Front Door Lock Solenoid J304-2 (+) and the GND (-) +1VDC or
less?
Press the Stop button. Y N
Check the following: Check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB J62-5 and the Front Door Lock Solenoid
• HCS Entrance Roll for dirt/wear/deterioration causing poor transport J304-2 for an open circuit and poor contact.
• Paper Path for pieces of paper/foreign objects causing poor transport
• Paper to see if it is out of spec or curled causing poor transportation Is the voltage between the Front Door Lock Solenoid J304-3 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
Y N
Y N
Turn OFF the power, and measure the resistance between both ends of the Chip Fuse
F1101 on the HCS Drive PWB with the Tester. Is the resistance less than 1Ohm?
Y N
If 1Ohm or greater is measured, the Fuse has melted (normally approx. 0.1 to
0.5Ohm). Check that the Front Door Lock Solenoid is not loaded and replace the
HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37)
Turn ON the power. Is the voltage between the HCS PWB J51-6 (+) and the GND (-)
+24VDC?
Y N
Refer to BSD CH29.2 and check the +24VDC circuit to the HCS PWB J51-6.
A B C D
A B C D
Replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37) 049-211 Front Door Lock Sensor Off Fail
Check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB J62-4 and the Front Door Lock Solenoid BSD-ON: CH29.3
J304-3 for an open circuit and poor contact.
Front Door Lock Sensor does not turn Off. (Remains L) (This does not occur while sheets are being
Replace the Front Door Lock Solenoid. (PL 39.35) stacked.)
Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-200] (Front Door Lock Sensor) and turn it ON. Activate the Initial Actions
Front Door Latch manually to block the Sensor. Is the display "H"? Remove the following part:
Y N
Replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) • HCS Rear Cover (PL 39.1)
Is the voltage between the Front Door Lock Sensor J301-2 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC? Procedure
Y N
Open the HCS Front Door and remove the Stacker Right Front Cover. (PL 39.35)
Check the connection between the Front Door Lock Sensor J301-2 and the HCS PWB J20-2 for an
open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Move the Latch manually. Does the Latch move up and down?
Y N
Remove the mechanical load from the Latch.
Is the voltage between the Front Door Lock Sensor J301-1 (+) and J301-3 (-) +5VDC?
Y N
Cheat the Interlock.
Enter the Diag Mode, input and turn ON DC330[049-001] (Front Door Lock) and DC330[049-002] (Front
J20-3 and J301-3 for open circuits or poor contacts. If no problems are found, replace the HCS
PWB. (PL 39.37) Door Unlock) alternately. (Simultaneous output is prohibited) Can the Front Door Lock Solenoid be
heard operating?
Y N
Check the sensor for dirt/improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the Front Door Lock Sen-
sor. (PL 39.35) When DC330[049-002] (Front Door Unlock) is turned ON, is the voltage between the HCS
Drive PWB J62-6 (+) and the GND (-) +1VDC or less?
Y N
Is the voltage between the Front Door Lock Solenoid J304-1 (+) and the GND (-) +1VDC or
less?
Y N
Check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB J62-6 and the Front Door Lock Solenoid
Is the voltage between the Front Door Lock Solenoid J304-3 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
Y N
Y N
Turn OFF the power, and measure the resistance between both ends of the Chip Fuse
F1101 on the HCS Drive PWB with the Tester. Is the resistance less than 1Ohm?
Y N
If 1Ohm or greater is measured, the Fuse has melted (normally approx. 0.1 to
0.5Ohm). Check that the Front Door Lock Solenoid is not loaded and replace the
HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37)
Turn ON the power. Is the voltage between the HCS PWB J51-6 (+) and the GND (-)
+24VDC?
A B C
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 049-xxx FIP
2-131
A
049-xxx
B C
Y N 049-212 Stacker Up Fail

Refer to BSD CH29.2 and check the +24VDC circuit to the HCS PWB J51-6.
BSD-ON: CH29.3, CH29.18, CH29.19, CH29.20
Replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37)
A specified time after Stacker Elevator Motor is turned On to raise Stacker, none of the following sensors
turn On. (This does not occur while sheets are being stacked.)
Check the connection between the HCS Drive PWB J62-4 and the Front Door Lock Solenoid
• Stacker Upper Limit Sensor
Replace the Front Door Lock Solenoid. (PL 39.35) • Stacker Height Sensor Side Left/Side Center/Side Right
• Stacker Height Control Sensor
Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-200] (Front Door Lock Sensor) and turn it ON. Activate the • Stacker Height Sensor Lead
Front Door Latch manually to expose the Sensor to light. Is the display "L"?
Y N NOTE: When the Stacker stays at the top, rotate the Elevator Motor rotor with the Hand Crank to lower
Replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) the Stacker before performing the following procedures:
Pull out the Front Door Lock Sensor connector J301. Does the display change to "H"?
Procedure
Y N Turn OFF the power and remove the HCS Rear Upper Cover (PL 39.1).
Check the connection between the Front Door Lock Sensor J301-2 and the HCS PWB J20-2 for Turn the rotor of the Elevator Motor manually. Does the rotor rotate smoothly?
short circuits. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Y N
Check the sensor for improper installation/light from outside. If no problem is found, replace the Front • The Stacker operation path for foreign substances
Door Lock Sensor. (PL 39.35) • The Stacker Tray for binding
• The Drive Gear for binding
• Other mechanical loads
• The Drive Belt for deterioration and improper tension
• The Stacker Tray for improper levelness (refer to ADJ 39.39.1)
Turn ON the power and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC330[049-008] (Elevator Motor). Does the
Stacker Tray move up and down?
Y N
Y N
Y N
Refer to CH29.2 and check the +24VDC circuit to the HCS Drive PWB J51-6.
has melted (normally approx. 0.1 to 0.5Ohm). Check that the Elevator Motor is not overloaded
and replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37)
Turn OFF the power. Disconnect the Elevator Motor connector J332 and measure the winding
resistance of the Motor.
• P332-1 and Pin 2/Pin 3
• P332-6 and Pin 4/Pin 5
Is the resistance approx. 1.25Ohm 10% (25C) for each?
Y N
Replace the Elevator Motor. (PL 39.38)
A B
A B
Check the following connection for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found, Input DC330[049-210] and turn it ON (Stacker Height Sensor Side Center]. Block the sensor with a sheet
replace the HCS Drive PWB followed by the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) of paper, etc. Is the display "H"?
• Between J61-2 and J332-6 Remove the Stacker Left Front Cover. (PL 39.34) Pull out the relay connector P/J221. Does the
• Between J61-3 and J332-4 display change to "H"?
Y N
Is the voltage between P221-9 (+) and P221-7 (-) +5VDC?
• Between J61-6 and J332-2 Check the connections between the HCS PWB J23-4 and P221-9 and between the HCS
PWB J23-6 and P221-7 for open circuits or poor contacts. If no problems are found,
Press the Stop button. Remove the HCS Top Cover. (PL 39.2) replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
Input DC330[049-241] and turn it ON (Stacker Upper Limit Sensor]. Activate the Actuator manually to
block the Sensor. Is the display "L"? Replace the Stack Height Sensor and Bracket. (PL 39.3)
Y N
Slide the Stacker Upper Limit Sensor bracket. Is the voltage between the Stacker Upper Limit Check the connection between P221-8 and the HCS PWB J23-5 for an open circuit and poor con-
Sensor J388-2 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC? tact. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
Y N
Check the connection between the Stacker Upper Limit Sensor J388-2 and the HCS PWB Press the Stop button.
J28-5 for an open circuit and poor contact. (Including the poor contact of the relay connector Input DC330[049-211] and turn it ON (Stacker Height Sensor Side Right]. Block the sensor with a sheet
P/J226) If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) of paper, etc. Is the display "H"?
Y N
Is the voltage between the Stacker Upper Limit Sensor J388-1 (+) and J388-3 (-) +5VDC? Pull out the Stacker Height Sensor Side Right-P J325P. Does the display change to "H"?
Y N Y N
Check the connections between the HCS PWB J28-4 and J388-1 and between the HCS PWB Is the voltage between the Stacker Height Sensor Side Right-P J325P-1 (+) and J325P-3
J28-6 and J388-3 for open circuits or poor contacts. If no problems are found, replace the +5VDC?
HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Y N
Check the connections between the HCS PWB J22-7 and J325P-1 and between the
Check the sensor for dirt/improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the Stacker Upper HCS PWB J22-9 and J325P-3 for open circuits or poor contacts. If no problems are
Limit Sensor. (PL 39.28) found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
Press the Stop button. Replace the Stacker Height Sensor Side Right-P. (PL 39.37)
Input DC330[049-209] and turn it ON (Stacker Height Sensor Side Left]. Block the sensor with a sheet of
paper, etc. Is the display "H"? Check the connection between the Stacker Height Sensor Side Right-P J325P-2 and the HCS
Y N PWB J22-8 for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB.
Pull out the Stacker Height Sensor Side Left-P J323P. Does the display change to "H"? (PL 39.37)
Y N
Is the voltage between the Stacker Height Sensor Side Left-P J323P-1 (+) and J323P-3 (- Press the Stop button.
) +5VDC? Input DC330[049-212] and turn it ON (Stacker Height Sensor Lead]. Block the sensor with a sheet of
Y N paper, etc. Is the display "H"?
Check the connections between the HCS PWB J22-1 and J323P-1 and between the Y N
HCS PWB J22-3 and J323P-3 for open circuits or poor contacts. If no problems are Pull out the Stacker Height Sensor Side Lead-P J326P. Does the display change to "H"?
found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Y N
Is the voltage between the Stacker Height Sensor Lead-P J326P-1 (+) and J326P-3
Replace the Stacker Height Sensor Side Left-P. (PL 39.37) +5VDC?
Y N
Check the connection between the Stacker Height Sensor Side Left-P J323P-2 and the HCS PWB Check the connections between the HCS PWB J22-13 and J326P-1 and between the
J22-2 for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL HCS PWB J22-15 and J326P-3 for open circuits or poor contacts. If no problems are
39.37) found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
Press the Stop button. Replace the Stacker Height Sensor Lead-P. (PL 39.35)
C D
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 049-xxx FIP
2-133
C
049-xxx
D
Check the connection between the Stacker Height Sensor Lead-P J326P-2 and the HCS PWB 049-213 Stacker Down Fail
J22-4 for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL
BSD-ON:CH29.2 CH29.16
39.37)
A specified time after the Stacker Elevator Motor is turned On to lower the Stacker, none of the following
sensors turn On (This does not occur while sheets are being stacked.).
Input DC330[049-215] and turn it ON (Stacker Height Control Sensor]. Activate the Actuator manually to
block the Sensor. Is the display "L"?
• Stacker Lower Limit Switch
Y N
Refer to REP 39.25.1 and remove the Stacker Exit Roll Housing. Turn ON the power. Is the • Dolly Set Position Sensor
voltage between the Stacker Height Control Sensor J328-2 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC? Procedure
Y N
Turn off the power. Remove the HCS Rear Cover. (PL 39.1)
Check the connection between the Stacker Height Control Sensor J328-2 and the HCS PWB Rotate the Elevator Motor rotor by hand. The rotor rotates smoothly.
J24-5 for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB.
Y N
(PL 39.37)
• the Stacker route for foreign objects
Is the voltage between the Stacker Height Control Sensor J328-3 (+) and J328-1 (-) +5VDC?
• Stacker Tray for binding
Y N
Check the connections between the HCS PWB J24-6 and J328-3 and between the HCS PWB • Drive Gear for binding
J24-4 and J328-1 for open circuits or poor contacts. If no problems are found, replace the HCS • Check for other mechanical loads
PWB. (PL 39.37) • Drive Belt for deterioration/poor tension
• Stacker Tray for level (See ADJ 39.39.1.)
Replace the Stacker Height Control Sensor. (PL 39.27)
Turn on the power. Enter DC330[049-008](Elevator Motor). Press Start. The Stacker Tray goes up
There are no problems with the circuits. and down.
Turn the power OFF then ON to ensure that the Stacker Tray can lift up. If the problem persists, replace
Y N
the HCS Drive PWB followed by the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
+24VDC is measured between HCS Drive PWB J61-1/2(+) and GND(-).
Y N
Y N
Seeing CH29.2, check the +24VDC circuit to HCS Drive PWB J51-6.
ohm), the fuse(s) has/have blown. Check that the Elevator Motor has no excessive load and
replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37)
Turn off the power. Disconnect Connector J332 from the Elevator Motor. Measure the motor wind-
ing resistance.
• P332-1 to P332-2/ P332-3
• P332-6 to P332-4/ P332-5
Each resistance is approx. 1.25 ohms+/-10% (25 deg. C).
Y N
Check the following wires for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS
Drive PWB and the HCS PWB in order. (PL 39.37)
• J61-1 to J332-1
• J61-2 to J332-6
• J61-3 to J332-4
• J61-4 to J332-5
A
A
• J61-5 to J332-3 • the sensor and switch for improper operation
• J61-6 to J332-2 • Check for an erroneous operation, for example, with Tray Arm up, the Dolly was set.
If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
Pull out the Dolly. Cheat the HCS Front Door Interlock.
Turn On DC330[049-008](Elevator Motor). Raise the Tray Arm so that Dolly Set Position Sensor and
Stacker Lower Limit Switch will be turned Off. +1VDC or less is measured between HCS PWB J7-3(+)
and GND(-).
Y N
Remove the Stacker Lower Limit Switch along with the bracket. With the Lower Limit Switch
Off (normal close), +5VDC is measured between Stacker Lower Limit Switch J331-1(+) and
GND(-).
Y N
+5VDC is measured between Stacker Lower Limit Switch J331-3(+) and GND(-).
Y N
Check the wire from Stacker Lower Limit Switch J331-3 to HCS PWB J7-3 for an open
wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
Replace the Stacker Lower Limit Switch. (PL 39.35)
Check the DC COM circuit from HCS PWB J7-4 to Stacker Lower Limit Switch J331-1.
Turn On DC330[049-207](Dolly Set Position Sensor). The display is H.

Y N
Remove the Stacker Right Center Cover. (PL 39.35)

Block the Dolly Set Position Sensor with a piece of paper. The display has changed to L.
Y N
Remove the Stacker Right Lower Frame (PL 39.35)and then the sensor bracket. +5VDC is
measured between Dolly Set Position Sensor J321-2(+) and GND(-).
Y N
Remove the HCS Rear Cover. (PL 39.1) +5VDC is measured between HCS PWB J20-5(+)
and GND(-).
Y N
Check the wire from Dolly Set Position Sensor J321-2 to HCS PWB J20-5 for an open wire or
poor contact.
+5VDC is measured between Dolly Set Position Sensor J321-1(+) and J321-3(-).
Y N
Check the wires from HCS PWB J20-4 to J321-1, and from HCS PWB J20-6 to J321-3 for an
Check the sensor for dirt and/or improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the Dolly Set
Position Sensor.

• the Right Tray Arm actuator for deformation
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 049-xxx FIP

2-135
049-214 Dolly Set Position Sensor On Fail 049-215 Dolly Set Position Sensor Off Fail
After the Dolly is set and the Front Door is closed, the Tray Set Sensor turns On and Dolly Set Position A specified time after the Stacker Elevator Motor is turned On to raise the Stacker, The Dolly Set Position
Sensor turns Off. (This does not occur while sheets are being stacked.) Sensor does not turn Off. (L stays displayed.) (This does not occur while sheets are being stacked.)
Procedure Procedure
Pull out the Dolly. Enter diag. Turn off the power. Remove the HCS Rear Cover. (PL 39.1)
Cheat the HCS Front Door Interlock. Turn On DC330[049-008](Elevator Motor) and raise the Tray Arm Rotate the Elevator Motor rotor by hand. The rotor rotates smoothly.
so that the Dolly Set Position Sensor and the Stacker Full Sensor will be turned Off. Turn On DC330[049- Y N
207](Dolly Set Position Sensor). The display is H. Check the following:
Y N • the Stacker route for foreign objects
Replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) • Stacker Tray for binding
• Drive Gear for binding
• Check for other mechanical loads
Block the Dolly Set Position Sensor with a piece of paper. The display has changed to L.
Y N • Drive Belt for deterioration/poor tension
Remove the Stacker Right Lower Frame (PL 39.35) and then the sensor bracket. +5VDC is • Stacker Tray for level (See ADJ 39.39.1.)
measured between Dolly Set Position Sensor J321-2(+) and GND(-).
Y N Turn on the power. Enter DC330[049-008](Elevator Motor). Press Start. The Stacker Tray goes up
Remove the HCS Rear Cover. (PL 39.1) +5VDC is measured between HCS PWB J20-5(+) and down.
and GND(-). Y N
Y N +24VDC is measured between HCS Drive PWB J61-1/2(+) and GND(-).
Replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Y N
Check the wire from Dolly Set Position Sensor J321-2 to HCS PWB J20-5 for an open wire or Y N
poor contact. Seeing CH29.2, check the +24VDC circuit to HCS Drive PWB J51-6.
+5VDC is measured between Dolly Set Position Sensor J321-1(+) and J321-3(-). Turn off the power. Measure the resistance across Chip Fuse F1201 and F1202 on the HCS
Y N Drive PWB, using the tester. If 1 ohm or more is measured (normally approx. 0.1 ohm - 0.5
Check the wires from HCS PWB J20-4 to J321-1, and from HCS PWB J20-6 to J321-3 for an ohm), the fuse(s) has/have blown. Check that the Elevator Motor has no excessive load and
open wire or poor contact. replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37)
Check the sensor for dirt/improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the Dolly Set Position Turn off the power. Disconnect Connector J332 from the Elevator Motor. Measure the motor wind-
Sensor. (PL 39.35) ing resistance.
• P332-1 to P332-2/ P332-3
Press the Stop button. • P332-6 to P332-4/ P332-5
Remove the Stacker Rear Cover. (PL 39.36)
Each resistance is approx. 1.25 ohms+/-10% (25 deg. C)
Turn On DC330[049-208](Tray Set Sensor). Block the sensor with a piece of paper. The display is L. Y N
Y N
Disconnect Connector J322 from the sensor. The display has changed to H.
Y N
• J61-1 to J332-1
Check the wire from Tray Set Sensor J322-2 to HCS PWB J20-8 for a short circuit. If no problem is
found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) • J61-2 to J332-6
• J61-3 to J332-4
Check the sensor for improper installation and/or light from outside. If no problem is found, replace the • J61-4 to J332-5
Tray Set Sensor. (PL 39.36) • J61-5 to J332-3
• J61-6 to J332-2
A
A
Pull out the Dolly. Cheat the HCS Front Door Interlock. 049-216 Stacker Full Sensor On Fail
Turn On DC330[049-008](Elevator Motor) and lower the Tray Arm so that the Dolly Set Position Sensor
will be turned On. Turn On DC330[049-207](Dolly Set Position Sensor). The display is L. BSD-ON:CH29.17
Y N
After Dolly is set and Front Door is closed, Stacker Full Sensor does not turn On. (H stays displayed.)
(This does not occur while sheets are being stacked.)
Remove the Stacker Right Lower Frame (PL 39.35) and then the sensor bracket. Disconnect Connector Procedure
J321 from the sensor. The display has changed H. Pull out the Dolly. Enter diag.
Y N Cheat the HCS Front Door Interlock.
Check the wire from Dolly Set Position Sensor J321-2 to HCS PWB J20-5 for a short circuit. If no Turn On DC330[049-008](Elevator Motor) and raise the Tray Arm so that the Dolly Set Position Sensor
problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) and the Stacker Full Sensor will be turned Off.
Turn On DC330[049-214](Stacker Full Sensor). The display is H.
Check the sensor for improper installation and/or light from outside. If no problem is found, replace the Y N
Dolly Set Position Sensor. (PL 39.35) Replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

Block the Stacker Full Sensor with a piece of paper. The display has changed to L.
Y N
Remove the Stacker Right Lower Frame (PL 39.35) and then the sensor bracket. +5VDC is
measured between Stacker Full Sensor J327-2(+) and GND(-).
Y N
Remove the HCS Rear Cover. (PL 39.1) +5VDC is measured between HCS PWB J21-2(+)
and GND(-).
Y N
Check the wire from Stacker Full Sensor J327-2 to HCS PWB J21-2 for an open wire or poor
contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
+5VDC is measured between Stacker Full Sensor J327-1(+) and J327-3(-).

Y N
Check the sensor for dirt/improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the Stacker Full Sen-
sor. (PL 39.35)
Check the Right Tray Arm actuator for deformation, and the sensor for improper installation. If no prob-
lem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 049-xxx FIP

2-137
049-217 Stacker Full Sensor Off Fail Pull out the Dolly. Cheat the HCS Front Door Interlock.
Turn On DC330[049-008](Elevator Motor) and lower the Tray Arm so that the Stacker Full Sensor will be
BSD-ON:CH29.17
turned On. Turn On DC330[049-214](Stacker Full Sensor). The display is L.
Y N
After the Dolly is set and the Front Door is closed, the Stacker Full Sensor does not turn On.( L stays dis-
played.) (This does not occur while sheets are being stacked.)
Procedure Remove the Stacker Right Lower Frame (PL 39.35) and then the sensor bracket. Disconnect Connector
Turn off the power. Remove the HCS Rear Cover. (PL 39.1) J327 from the sensor. The display has changed to H.
Rotate the Elevator Motor rotor by hand. The rotor rotates smoothly. Y N
Y N Check the wire from Stacker Full Sensor J327-2 to HCS PWB J21-2 for a short circuit. If no prob-
Check the following: lem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
• Stacker Tray for binding Check the sensor for improper installation/light from outside. If no problem is found, replace the Stacker
• Drive Gear for binding Full Sensor. (PL 39.35)

• Drive Belt for deterioration/poor tension
Turn On the power. Enter DC330[049-008](Elevator Motor). Press Start. The Stacker Tray goes up
and down.
Y N
Y N
Y N
ing resistance.
• P332-1 to P332-2/ P332-3
• P332-6 to P332-4/ P332-5
Each resistance is approx. 1.25 ohms+/-10% (25 deg. C).
Y N
• J61-1 to J332-1
• J61-2 to J332-6
• J61-3 to J332-4
• J61-4 to J332-5
• J61-5 to J332-3
• J61-6 to J332-2
A
A B
049-218 Stacker Height Sensor Off Fail Check the following wires for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS
BSD-ON:CH29.3 CH29.18 CH29.19 CH29.20 • J61-1 to J332-1
• J61-2 to J332-6
A specified time after the Stacker Elevator Motor is turned On to raise the Stacker, none of the following
sensors turn Off. (This does not occur while sheets are being stacked.) • J61-3 to J332-4
• J61-4 to J332-5
• Stacker Height Sensor Side Left/Side Center/Side Right • J61-5 to J332-3
• Stacker Height Control Sensor • J61-6 to J332-2
• Stacker Height Sensor Lead
Press the Stop button. Turn On DC330[049-209](Stacker Height Sensor Side Left). Make the sensor
NOTE: If the Stacker stays at the top, rotate the Elevator Motor rotor by hand to lower the Stacker before receive light. The display is L.
performing the following procedure. Y N
Procedure Remove the Stacker Left Front Cover. (PL 39.34) +5VDC is measured between Relay Connector
P221-11(+) and P221-12(-).
Turn off the power. Remove the HCS Rear Cover. (PL 39.1) Y N
Rotate the Elevator Motor rotor by hand. The rotor rotates smoothly.
Check the wires from HCS PWB J23-2 to P221-11, and from HCS PWB J23-1 to P221-12
Y N
for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
+5VDC is measured between HCS PWB J22-2(+) and GND(-).
• Stacker Tray for binding Y N
• Drive Gear for binding Replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
• Drive Belt for deterioration/poor tension +5VDC is measured between Stacker Height Sensor Side Left-P J323P-2(+) and GND(-).
Y N
Check the wire from Stacker Height Sensor Side Left-P J323P-2 to HCS PWB J22-2 for an
open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
and down.
+5VDC is measured between Stacker Height Sensor Side Left-P J323P-1(+) and J323P-3(-).
Y N
Y N
+24VDC is measured between HCS Drive PWB J61-1/2(+) and GND(-). Check the wires from HCS PWB J22-1 to J323P-1, and from HCS PWB J22-3 to J323P-3 for
Y N
Y N Check the sensor light path for an obstacle. If no problem is found, replace the Stacker Height Sen-
sor Side Left-P (PL 39.37) and the Stacker Height Sensor Side Left-L(PL 39.3) in order.
Turn off the power. Measure the resistance across Chip Fuse F1201 and F1202 on the HCS Press the Stop button.
Turn On DC330[049-210](Stacker Height Sensor Side Center). Make the sensor receive light. The dis-
play is L.
replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37) Y N
+5VDC is measured between Stacker Height Sensor Side Center-L J324L-2(+) and J324L-1(-
).
ing resistance. Y N
• P332-1 to P332-2/ P332-3
Check the wires form HCS PWB J22-5 to J324L-2, and from HCS PWB J22-4 to J324L-1 for
• P332-6 to P332-4/ P332-5 an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
Y N +5VDC is measured between HCS PWB J23-5(+) and GND(-).
Replace the Elevator Motor. (PL 39.38) Y N
A B C D
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 049-xxx FIP
2-139
C
049-xxx
D
FIP 2-140E F
Version.1 .1.1
Remove the Stacker Left Front Cover. (PL 39.34) +5VDC is measured between Relay Connector +5VDC is measured between HCS PWB J22-14(+) and GND(-).
P221-8(+) and GND(-). Y N
Y N Replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
Check the wire from Relay Connector P221-8 to HCS PWB J23-5 for an open wire or poor
contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Remove the Stacker Right Center Cover. (PL 39.35) Remove the sensor along with the bracket.
(Keep the connector connected.) +5VDC is measured between Stacker Height Sensor Lead-P
+5VDC is measured between Relay Connector P221-9(+) and P221-7(-). J326P-2(+) and GND(-).
Y N Y N
Check the wires from HCS PWB J23-4 to P221-9, and from HCS PWB J23-6 to P221-7 for Check the wire from Stacker Height Sensor Lead-P J326P-2 to HCS PWB J22-4 for an open
an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37). wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37).
Check the sensor light path for an obstacle. If no problem is found, replace the Stacker Height Sen- +5VDC is measured between Stacker Height Sensor Lead -P J326P-1(+) and J326P-3(-).
sor Side Center-P (PL 39.3) and the Stacker Height Sensor Side Center-L(PL 39.37) in order. Y N
Check the wires from HCS PWB J22-13 to J326P-1, and from HCS PWB J22-15 to J326P-3
Press the Stop button. for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37).
Turn On DC330[049-211](Stacker Height Sensor Side Right). Make the sensor receive light. The dis-
play is L. Check the sensor light path for an obstacle. If no problem is found, replace the Stacker Height Sen-
Y N sor Lead -P (PL 39.35) and the Stacker Height Sensor Lead -L(PL 39.27) in order.
Remove the Stacker Left Front Cover. (PL 39.34) +5VDC is measured between Relay Connector
P221-5(+) and P221-6(-). Press the Stop button. Turn On DC330[049-215](Stacker Height Control Sensor). Make the sensor
Y N receive light. The display is H.
Check the wires from HCS PWB J23-8 to P221-5, and from HCS PWB J23-7 to P221-6 for Y N
an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Remove the Stacker Chute. (PL 39.24)
Disconnect Connector J328 from the Stacker Height Control Sensor. The display has changed
+5VDC is measured between HCS PWB J22-8(+) and GND(-). to H.
Y N Y N
Replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Check the wire from Stacker Height Control Sensor J328-2 to HCS PWB J24-5 for a short cir-
cuit. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37).
+5VDC is measured between Stacker Height Sensor Side Right-P J325P-2(+) and GND(-).
Y N +5VDC is measured between Stacker Height Control Sensor J328-3(+) and J328-1(-).
Check the wire from Stacker Height Sensor Side Right-P J325P-2 to HCS PWB J22-8 for an Y N
open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Check the wires from HCS PWB J24-6 to J328-3, and from HCS PWB J24-4 to J328-1 for an
open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37).
+5VDC is measured between Stacker Height Sensor Side Right-P J325P-1(+) and J325P-3(-).
Y N Replace the Stacker Height Control Sensor. (PL 39.27)
Check the wires from HCS PWB J22-7 to J325P-1, and from HCS PWB J22-9 to J325P-3 for
an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) The circuits have no problem.
Turn Off then On the power and check that the Stacker Tray goes up. If the problem is not resolved,
Check the sensor light path for an obstacle. If no problem is found, replace the Stacker Height Sen- replace the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS PWB in order. (PL 39.37)
sor Side Right-P (PL 39.37) and the Stacker Height Sensor Side Right-L(PL 39.3) in order.
Press the Stop button. Turn On DC330[049-212](Stacker Height Sensor Lead). Make the sensor receive
light. The display is L.
Y N
Remove the Stacker Chute (PL 39.24) Remove the sensor along with the bracket. (Keep the con-
nector connected.) +5VDC is measured between Stacker Height Sensor Lead-L J326L-2(+)
and J326L-1(-).
Y N
Check the wires from HCS PWB J24-2 to J326L-2, and from HCS PWB J24-1 to J326L-1 for
an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37).
E F
049-219 HCS Front Door Open 049-220 Stacker Tray Upper Limit Fail
BSD-ON: CH29.2 BSD-ON: CH29.2
With Front Door locked, it is detected that HCS Front Door Switch is open. After Stacker Tray starts rising, Stacker Upper Limit Switch turns On.
Procedure NOTE: If the Stacker stays still with the Stacker Tray Upper Limit Switch actuated, rotate the Elevator
Motor rotor with the Hand Crank to lower the Stacker before performing the following procedures:
Cheat the HCS Front Door Interlock Switch. Does the 049-219 display disappear?
Y N Procedure
Remove the Stacker Right Front Cover. (PL 39.35) Is the voltage between the HCS Front Door
Remove the HCS Top Cover (PL 39.2). Is the voltage between the J306-1 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC
Switch J305-2B (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC?
when the Stacker Tray Upper Limit Switch is not actuated (normal close)?
Y N
Is the voltage between the HCS Front Door Switch J305-2A (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC? Y N
Is the voltage between the Stacker Tray Upper Limit Switch J306-3 (+) and the GND (-)
Y N
+5VDC?
Is the voltage between the HCS PWB J7-1 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC?
Y N Y N
Check the connection between the Stacker Tray Upper Limit Switch J306-3 and the HCS
PWB J8-1 for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the HCS
Check the connection between the HCS Front Door Switch J305-2A and the HCS PWB PWB. (PL 39.37)
Replace the Stacker Tray Upper Limit Sensor. (PL 39.28)
Replace the HCS Front Door Interlock Switch. (PL 39.35)
Check the DC COM circuit between the HCS PWB J8-2 and the Stacker Tray Upper Limit Switch J306-
1.
Check the DC COM circuit between the HCS PWB J7-2 and the HCS Front Door Switch J305-2B.
The HCS Front Door and the Switch are not well aligned. Check the following:
• The Front Door for deformation and improper installation
• The Front Door Actuator for damage
• The Door Hook for improper installation
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 049-xxx FIP

2-141
049-221 Stacker Tray Lower Limit Fail 049-224 Rear Paper Edge Sensor Initialize Fail
BSD-ON: CH29.2 BSD-ON:CH29.15
After Stacker Tray starts lowering, Stacker Lower Limit Switch turns On. During initialization, the Rear Paper Edge Sensor detects paper. (L stays displayed.)
NOTE: If the Stacker stays still with the Stacker Tray Lower Limit Switch actuated, rotate the Elevator Procedure
Motor rotor with the Hand Crank to lift up the Stacker before performing the following procedures:
Seeing REP 39.25.1, remove the Stacker Exit Roll Housing. There is a piece of paper under the
Procedure Rear Paper Edge Sensor.
Y N
Remove the Stacker Right Center Cover. (PL 39.35) Is the voltage between the J331-1 (+) and the
Disconnect Relay Connector P/J224 and check the following for conductivity.
GND (-) +5VDC when the Stacker Tray Lower Limit Switch is not actuated (normal close)?
• J224-4 to Rear Paper Edge Sensor J360-1
Y N
Is the voltage between the Stacker Tray Lower Limit Switch J331-3 (+) and the GND (-) • J224-5 to Rear Paper Edge Sensor J360-2
+5VDC? • J224-6 to Rear Paper Edge Sensor J360-3
Y N Each resistance is 1 ohm or less.
Check the connection between the Stacker Tray Lower Limit Switch J331-3 and the HCS PWB Y N
J7-3 for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL Check any circuit with a resistance of over 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact. Seeing REP
39.37) 39.25.2, remove the Edge Sensor Frame. As necessary, replace the following parts.
• Sensor A PWB (PL 39.27)
Replace the Stacker Tray Lower Limit Sensor. (PL 39.35) • Sensor B PWB (PL 39.27)
Check the DC COM circuit between the HCS PWB J7-4 and the Stacker Tray Lower Limit Switch J331-
1.
Check the following for conductivity. If no problem is found, replace the Rear Paper Edge Sensor.
(PL 39.27)
• HCS PWB J26-7 to P224-12
• HCS PWB J26-8 to P224-11
• HCS PWB J26-9 to P224-10
If the problem is not resolved, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
Remove the piece of paper.

049-225 Front Paper Edge Sensor Initialize Fail 049-228 Lead Tamper Home Sensor On Fail
BSD-ON:CH29.15 BSD-ON: CH29.25
During initialization, the Front Paper Edge Sensor detects paper. (L stays displayed.) A specified time after Lead Tamper Motor turns On, Lead Tamper Home Sensor does not turn On.
(Remains H)
Procedure
Seeing REP 39.25.1, remove the Stacker Exit Roll Housing. There is a piece of paper under Front Procedure
Paper Edge Sensor. Open the HCS Front Door and move the Lead Tamper to right and left. Does the Lead Tamper
Y N move without any load?
Disconnect Relay Connector P/J224 and check the following for conductivity. Y N
• J224-7 to Front Paper Edge Sensor J361-1 Refer to REP 39.28.1 and remove the Tamper Unit.
• J224-8 to Front Paper Edge Sensor J361-2 Check the following:
• The Lead Tamper Belt for deterioration, disengagement and improper tension
• J224-9 to Front Paper Edge Sensor J361-3
• The Drive Gear for wear and damage
Each resistance is 1 ohm or less.
Y N • The Drive Shaft for a rotation failure
Check any circuit with a resistance of over 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact. Seeing REP • Remove other mechanical loads.
39.25.2, remove the Edge Sensor Frame. As necessary, replace the following parts.
• Sensor A PWB (PL 39.27) Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-221] (Lead Tamper Home Sensor) and turn it ON. Open the HCS
• Sensor B PWB (PL 39.27) Front Door and slowly move the Lead Tamper to right until it stops. Does the display switches from
• Flexible Print Cable (PL 39.27) "H" to "L"?
Y N
Remove the HCS Top Cover (PL 39.2) and the HCS Rear Cover (PL 39.1). Is the voltage
Check the following for conductivity. If no problem is found, replace the Front Paper Edge Sensor.
(PL 39.27) between the connector P227-2 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC?
Y N
• HCS PWB J26-10 to P224-9
Check the connection between the P227-2 and the HCS PWB J29-8 for an open circuit and
• HCS PWB J26-11 to P224-8
poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
• HCS PWB J26-12 to P224-7
If the problem is not resolved, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Is the voltage between P227-3 (+) and P227-1 (-) +5VDC?
Y N
Remove the piece of paper. Check the connections between the HCS PWB J29-7 and P227-3 and between the HCS
PWB J29-9 and P227-1 for open circuits or poor contacts.
Refer to REP 39.28.1 and remove the Tamper Unit.

Check the following wires. If no problems are found, replace the Lead Tamper Home Sensor. (PL
39.32)
Cheat the HCS Front Door Interlock.

Input DC330[049-010] (Lead Tamper Motor) and turn it ON. Does the Lead Tamper move to right and
left repeatedly?
Y N
between the HCS Drive PWB J51-6 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
Y N
A B
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 049-xxx FIP
2-143
A
049-xxx
B
Turn OFF the power, and measure both edges of the Chip Fuse F901 on the HCS Drive PWB 049-229 Lead Tamper Home Sensor Off Fail
with the Tester. Is the resistance 1Ohm or less?
BSD-ON: CH29.25
Y N
In the operation for fixing the Lead Tamper home position, Lead Tamper Home Sensor turns On but does
that the Lead Tamper Motor is not overloaded and replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37)
not turn Off. (Remains L)
Pull out the connector P/J201. Measure the winding resistance of the Motor.
• P201-1 and P201-2 Procedure
• P201-3 and P201-4 Open the CS Front Door and move the Lead Tamper to left and right. Does the Lead Tamper move
without any load?
Is the resistance approx. 5.4Ohm for each?
Y N
Y N
Refer to REP 39.28.1 and remove the Tamper Unit. Check the following connections for open Refer to REP 39.28.1 and remove the Tamper Unit.
circuits and poor contacts. If no problems are found, replace the Lead Tamper Motor. (PL
• The Lead Tamper Belt for deterioration, disengagement and improper tension
39.32)
• Between P201-1 and Lead Tamper Motor J341-4 • The Drive Gear for wear and damage
• Between P201-2 and Lead Tamper Motor J341-6 • The Drive Shaft for a rotation failure
• Between P201-3 and Lead Tamper Motor J341-3 • Remove other mechanical loads.
• Between P201-4 and Lead Tamper Motor J341-1
Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-221] (Lead Tamper Home Sensor) and turn it ON. Open the HCS
Front Door and slowly move the Lead Tamper to left until it stops. Does the display switches from "L"
Check the conductivity of the following. If no problems are found, replace the HCS Drive PWB fol-
lowed by the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) to "H"?
Y N
Remove the HCS Top Cover (PL 39.2) and the HCS Rear Cover (PL 39.1). Pull out the connector
P/J227. Does the display change to "H"?
• Between J63-4 and J201-4 Check the connection between P227-2 and the HCS PWB J29-8 for short circuits. If no prob-
lems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
This is a trouble that does not recur at service call.
Check the following connectors for poor connections, bent pins, damage, or foreign substances. Is the voltage between P227-3 (+) and P227-1 (-) +5VDC?
Also check the Harness for intermittent connection. Y N
• HCS PWB J29 Check the connections between the HCS PWB J29-7 and P227-3 and between the HCS
• HCS Drive PWB J63 PWB J29-9 and P227-1 for open circuits or poor contacts.
• Lead Tamper Home Sensor J335 Check the following wires. If no problems are found, replace the Lead Tamper Home Sensor. (PL
• Lead Tamper Motor J341 39.32)
If the problem persists, replace the HCS Drive PWB followed by the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) • Between J227-1 and J335-1

Input DC330[049-010] (Lead Tamper Motor) and turn it ON. Does the Lead Tamper move to right and
left repeatedly?
Y N
Y N
A B
A B
Turn OFF the power, and measure both edges of the Chip Fuse F901 on the HCS Drive PWB 049-232 Set Clamp Home Sensor On Fail
with the Tester. Is the resistance less than 1Ohm?
Y N BSD-ON: CH29.26
A specified time after Set Clamp Motor turns On, Set Clamp Home Sensor does not turn On.
that the Lead Tamper Motor is not overloaded and replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37)
Pull out the connector P/J201. Measure the winding resistance of the Motor. Procedure
• P201-1 and P201-2 Open the HCS Front Door and manually rotate the Set Clamp Drive Shaft at the top in the HCS.
• P201-3 and P201-4 Does the Shaft rotate with no load?
Y N
Y N Refer to REP 39.28.1 and remove the Tamper Unit.
Refer to REP 39.28.1 and remove the Tamper Unit. Check the following connections for open Check the following:
• The Set Clamp Drive Belt for deterioration, disengagement and improper tension
39.32) • The Drive Gear for wear and damage
• Between P201-1 and Lead Tamper Motor J341-4 • The Drive Shaft for a rotation failure
• Between P201-2 and Lead Tamper Motor J341-6 • Remove other mechanical loads.
• Between P201-3 and Lead Tamper Motor J341-3
• Between P201-4 and Lead Tamper Motor J341-1 Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-223] (Set Clamp Home Sensor) and turn it ON. Open the
HCS Front Door and manually rotate the Shaft. Does the display switches from "H" to "L" when
the Set Clamp has lifted up?
lowed by the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Y N
between the connector P228-16 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC?
Y N
• Between J63-3 and J201-3 Check the connection between the connector P228-16 and the HCS PWB J30-2 for an open
• Between J63-4 and J201-4 circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
This is a trouble that does not recur at service call. Is the voltage between the connector P228-17 (+) and P228-15 (-) +5VDC?
Check the following connectors for poor connections, bent pins, damage, or foreign substances. Y N
Also check the Harness for intermittent connection. Check the connections between the HCS PWB J30-1 and P228-17 and between the HCS
• HCS PWB J29 PWB J30-3 and P228-15 for open circuits or poor contacts. If no problems are found, replace
• HCS Drive PWB J63 the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
Refer to REP 39.28.1 and remove the Tamper Unit. Check the following connections for open cir-
• Lead Tamper Home Sensor J335
cuits and poor contacts. If no problems are found, replace the Set Clamp Home Sensor. (PL 39.31)
• Lead Tamper Motor J341 • Between J228-1 and Set Clamp Home Sensor J338-1
If the problem persists, replace the HCS Drive PWB followed by the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) • Between J228-2 and Set Clamp Home Sensor J338-2
• Between J228-3 and Set Clamp Home Sensor J338-3

Input DC330[049-009] (Set Clamp Motor) and turn it ON. Does the Set Clamp move to right and left
repeatedly?
Y N
Y N
A B
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 049-xxx FIP
2-145
A
049-xxx
B
Turn OFF the power, and measure both edges of the Chip Fuse F902 on the HCS Drive PWB 049-233 Set Clamp Home Sensor Off Fail
with the Tester. Is the resistance 1Ohm or less?
BSD-ON: CH29.26
Y N
A specified time after Set Clamp Motor turns On, Set Clamp Home Sensor does not turn Off. (Remains L)
that the Set Clamp Motor is not overloaded and replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37)
Pull out the connector P/J201. Measure the winding resistance of the Motor. Procedure
• P201-5 and P201-6 Open the HCS Front Door and manually rotate the Set Clamp Drive Shaft at the top in the HCS.
• P201-7 and P201-8 Does the Shaft rotate with no load?
Y N
Y N
Refer to REP 39.28.1 and remove the Tamper Unit. Check the following connections for open Check the following:
• The Set Clamp Drive Belt for deterioration, disengagement and improper tension
circuits and poor contacts. If no problems are found, replace the Set Clamp Motor. (PL 39.32)
• Between P201-5 and Set Clamp Motor J340-4 • The Drive Gear for wear and damage
• Between P201-6 and Set Clamp Motor J340-6 • The Drive Shaft for a rotation failure
• Between P201-7 and Set Clamp Motor J340-3 • Remove other mechanical loads.
• Between P201-8 and Set Clamp Motor J340-1
Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-223] (Set Clamp Home Sensor) and turn it ON. Open the
HCS Front Door and manually rotate the Shaft. Does the display switches from "L" to "H" when
the Set Clamp has lifted down?
lowed by the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
P/J228. Does the display change to "H"?
• Between J63-8 and J201-8 Check the connection between the P228-16 and the HCS PWB J30-2 for short circuits. If no
problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
Check the following connectors for poor connections, bent pins, damage, or foreign substances. Refer to REP 39.28.1 and remove the Tamper Unit. Check the following connections for open cir-
Also check the Harness for intermittent connection. cuits and poor contacts. If no problems are found, replace the Set Clamp Home Sensor. (PL 39.31)
• HCS PWB J30 • Between J228-1 and Set Clamp Home Sensor J338-1
• HCS Drive PWB J63 • Between J228-2 and Set Clamp Home Sensor J338-2
• Relay connector P/J228 • Between J228-3 and Set Clamp Home Sensor J338-3
• Set Clamp Home Sensor J338
• Set Clamp Motor J340
Input DC330[049-009] (Set Clamp Motor) and turn it ON. Does the Motor operate back and forth?
If the problem persists, replace the HCS Drive PWB followed by the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
Y N
Y N
Turn OFF the power, and measure both edges of the Chip Fuse F902 on the HCS Drive PWB
with the Tester. Is the resistance less than 1Ohm?
Y N
that the Set Clamp Motor is not overloaded and replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37)
Pull out the connector P/J301. Measure the winding resistance of the Motor.
• P201-5 and P201-6
• P201-7 and P201-8
A
A
Is the resistance approx. 4.7Ohm for each? 049-234 Side Tamper Extension Home Sensor On Fail
Y N
Refer to REP 39.28.1 and remove the Tamper Unit. Check the following connections for open BSD-ON: CH29.22
circuits and poor contacts. If no problems are found, replace the Set Clamp Motor. (PL 39.32)
A specified time after Side Tamper Extension Motor turns On, Side Tamper Home Sensor does not turn
On. (Remains H)
• Between P201-7 and Set Clamp Motor J340-3 Procedure
• Between P201-8 and Set Clamp Motor J340-1 Open the HCS Front Door and manually rotate the second Shaft from the left when seeing the
Tamper Unit from the bottom. Does the Shaft rotate with no load?
Y N
• Between J63-5 and J201-5 Check the following:
• Between J63-6 and J201-6 • The Pad for binding
• Between J63-7 and J201-7 • The Drive Gear for wear and damage
• Between J63-8 and J201-8 • The Drive Shaft for a rotation failure
• Remove other mechanical loads.
Check the following connectors for poor connections, bent pins, damage, or foreign substances. Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-224] (Side Tamper Extension Home Sensor) and turn it ON.
Also check the Harness for intermittent connection.
Manually rotate the Shaft to lift up the Pad. Does the display switches from "H" to "L"?
• HCS PWB J30
Y N
• HCS Drive PWB J63 Remove the HCS Top Cover (PL 39.2) and the HCS Rear Cover (PL 39.1). Is the voltage
• Relay connector P/J228 between the Side Tamper Extension Home Sensor J342-2 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC?
• Set Clamp Home Sensor J338 Y N
Check the connection between the Side Tamper Extension Home Sensor J342-2 and the
• Set Clamp Motor J340
HCS PWB J30-5 for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the
HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
Is the voltage between the Side Tamper Extension Home Sensor J342-1 (+) and J342-3 (-)
+5VDC?
Y N
J30-6 and J342-3 for open circuits or poor contacts.
Check the sensor for dirt/improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the Side Tamper
Extension Home Sensor. (PL 39.30)

Input DC330[049-014] (Side Tamper Extension Motor) and turn it ON. Does the Pad move to upper
and lower positions repeatedly?
Y N
Y N
on the HCS Drive PWB with the Tester. Is the resistance less than 1Ohm?
A
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 049-xxx FIP
2-147
A
Y N 049-235 Side Tamper Extension Home Sensor Off Fail

BSD-ON: CH29.22
that the Side Tamper Extension Motor is not overloaded and replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL
39.37)
In the operation for setting Extension, Side Tamper Extension Home Sensor turns On but does not turn
Off. (Remains L)
Pull out the Side Tamper Extension Motor connector J350. Measure the winding resistance of the
Motor.
* Detection of an error in the operation for moving Side Tamper from the Release position (Home) to the
• P350-4 and P350-6
Set position.
• P350-3 and P350-1
Is the resistance approx. 5.2Ohm for each? Procedure
Y N
Replace the Side Tamper Extension Motor. (PL 39.30) Open the HCS Front Door and manually rotate the second Shaft from the left when seeing the
Tamper Unit from the bottom. Does the Shaft rotate with no load?
Y N
lowed by the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Refer to REP 39.28.1 and remove the Tamper Unit.
• The Pad for binding
• The Drive Shaft for a rotation failure
Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-224] (Side Tamper Extension Home Sensor) and turn it ON.
Check the following connectors for poor connections, bent pins, damage, or foreign substances.
Manually rotate the Shaft to lift down the Pad. Does the display switches from "L" to "H"?
• HCS PWB J30 Y N
Remove the HCS Top Cover (PL 39.2) and the HCS Rear Cover (PL 39.1). Pull out the Side
• HCS Drive PWB J63
Tamper Extension Home Sensor connector J342. Does the display change to "H"?
• Relay connector P/J228 Y N
• Side Tamper Extension Home Sensor J342 Check the connection between the Side Tamper Extension Home Sensor J342-2 and the HCS
• Side Tamper Extension Motor J350 PWB J30-5 for short circuits. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
Check the sensor for improper installation/light from outside. If no problem is found, replace the Side
Tamper Extension Home Sensor. (PL 39.30)

Input DC330[049-014] (Side Tamper Extension Motor) and turn it ON. Does the Pad move to upper
and lower positions repeatedly?
Y N
Y N
Y N
that the Side Tamper Extension Motor is not overloaded and replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL
39.37)
A B
A B
Pull out the Side Tamper Extension Motor connector J350. Measure the winding resistance of the 049-236 Rear Tamper Home Sensor On Fail
Motor.
• P350-4 and P350-6 BSD-ON: CH29.24
• P350-3 and P350-1

A specified time after Rear Tamper Motor turns On, Rear Tamper Home Sensor does not turn On. (H
Is the resistance approx. 5.2Ohm for each? stays displayed.)
Y N
Replace the Side Tamper Extension Motor. (PL 39.30) Procedure
Open the HCS Front Door and manually move the Rear Tamper Assy. Does the Rear Tamper Assy
move without any load?
• Between J63-11 and J350-3 • The Drive Belt for deterioration, disengagement and improper tension
Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-225] (Rear Tamper Home Sensor) and turn it ON. Open the HCS
• HCS PWB J30
Front Door and slowly move the Rear Tamper to rear. Does the display switches from "H" to "L"?
Y N
• Relay connector P/J228 Remove the HCS Top Cover (PL 39.2) and the HCS Rear Cover (PL 39.1). Is the voltage
• Side Tamper Extension Home Sensor J342 between the connector P228-10 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC?
• Side Tamper Extension Motor J350 Y N
Check the connection between the connector P228-10 and the HCS PWB J30-8 for an open
circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
Is the voltage between the connector P228-11 (+) and P228-9 (-) +5VDC?
Y N
Check the connections between the HCS PWB J30-7 and P228-11 and between the HCS

Check the following wires. If no problems are found, replace the Rear Tamper Home Sensor. (PL
39.33)

Input DC330[049-011] (Rear Tamper Motor) and turn it ON. Does the Rear Tamper move to front and
rear repeatedly?
Y N
Y N
A B
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 049-xxx FIP
2-149
A
049-xxx
B
Turn OFF the power, and measure the resistance between both ends of the Chip Fuse F903 049-237 Rear Tamper Home Sensor Off Fail
BSD-ON: CH29.24
Y N
A specified time after the start of the operation for fixing the Home position, Rear Tamper Home Sensor
that the Rear Tamper Motor is not overloaded and replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37)
that has been On does not turn Off. (Remains L) (The operation for fixing the Home position is not com-
Pull out the Rear Tamper Motor connector J346. Measure the winding resistance of the Motor. plete.)
• P346-4 and P346-6
• P346-3 and P346-1
Procedure
Open the HCS Front Door and manually move the Rear Tamper Assy. Does the Rear Tamper Assy
move without any load?
Y N
Replace the Rear Tamper Motor. (PL 39.33) Y N
lowed by the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) • The Drive Belt for deterioration, disengagement and improper tension
• Between J63-23 and J346-3 • Remove other mechanical loads.
Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-225] (Rear Tamper Home Sensor) and turn it ON. Open the HCS
This is a trouble that does not recur at service call. Front Door and slowly move the Rear Tamper to front. Does the display switches from "L" to "H"?
Y N
• HCS PWB J30 P228. Does the display change to "H"?
Y N
Check the connection between the P228-10 and the HCS PWB J30-8 for short circuits. If no
• Relay connector P/J228 problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
• Rear Tamper Home Sensor J343
• Rear Tamper Motor J346 Refer to REP 39.28.1 and remove the Tamper Unit.
If the problem persists, replace the HCS Drive PWB followed by the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Check the following wires. If no problems are found, replace the Rear Tamper Home Sensor. (PL
39.33)

Input DC330[049-011] (Rear Tamper Motor) and turn it ON. Does the Rear Tamper move to front and
rear repeatedly?
Y N
Y N
Y N
that the Rear Tamper Motor is not overloaded and replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37)
A B
A B
Pull out the Rear Tamper Motor connector J346. Measure the winding resistance of the Motor. 049-238 Front Tamper Home Sensor On Fail
• P346-4 and P346-6
BSD-ON: CH29.23
• P346-3 and P346-1
Is the resistance approx. 5.2Ohm for each? A specified time after the start of initialization, Front Tamper Home Sensor does not turn On (Remains
Y N H).
Replace the Rear Tamper Motor. (PL 39.33)
Procedure
Open the HCS Front Door and manually move the Front Tamper Assy. Does the Front Tamper
Assy move without any load?
Y N
• Between J63-24 and J346-1 • The Drive Belt for deterioration, disengagement and improper tension
• HCS PWB J30
Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-226] (Front Tamper Home Sensor) and turn it ON. Open the HCS
Front Door and slowly move the Front Tamper to front. Does the display switches from "H" to "L"?
• Relay connector P/J228 Y N
• Rear Tamper Home Sensor J343 Remove the HCS Top Cover (PL 39.2) and the HCS Rear Cover (PL 39.1). Is the voltage
• Rear Tamper Motor J346 between the connector P228-7 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC?
If the problem persists, replace the HCS Drive PWB followed by the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Y N
Check the connection between the connector P228-7 and the HCS PWB J30-11 for an open
circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
Is the voltage between the connector P228-8 (+) and P228-6 (-) +5VDC?
Y N
Check the connections between the HCS PWB J30-10 and P228-6 and between the HCS

Check the following wires. If no problems are found, replace the Front Tamper Home Sensor. (PL
39.29)

Input DC330[049-012] (Front Tamper Motor) and turn it ON. Does the Front Tamper move to front
and rear repeatedly?
Y N
Y N
A
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 049-xxx FIP
2-151
A
Turn OFF the power, and measure the resistance between both ends of the Chip Fuse F1002 049-239 Front Tamper Home Sensor Off Fail
BSD-ON: CH29.23
Y N
A specified time after the start of the operation for fixing the Home position, Front Tamper Home Sensor
that the Front Tamper Motor is not overloaded and replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37)
that has been On does not turn Off. (Remains L) (The operation for fixing the Home position is not com-
Pull out the connector P/J201. Measure the winding resistance of the Motor. plete.)
• P201-17 and P201-18
• P201-19 and P201-20
Procedure
Open the HCS Front Door and manually move the Front Tamper Assy. Does the Front Tamper
Assy move without any load?
Y N
Refer to REP 39.28.1 and remove the Tamper Unit. Check the following connections for open Y N
39.32)
• Between P201-17 and Front Tamper Motor J347-4 • The Drive Belt for deterioration, disengagement and improper tension
• Between P201-18 and Front Tamper Motor J347-6 • The Drive Gear for wear and damage
• Between P201-19 and Front Tamper Motor J347-3 • The Drive Shaft for a rotation failure
• Between P201-20 and Front Tamper Motor J347-1 • Remove other mechanical loads.
Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-226] (Front Tamper Home Sensor) and turn it ON. Open the HCS
lowed by the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Front Door and slowly move the Front Tamper to rear. Does the display switches from "L" to "H"?
Y N
P228. Does the display change to "H"?
• Between J63-20 and J201-20 Check the connection between the P228-7 and the HCS PWB J30-11 for short circuits. If no
problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
Check the following connectors for poor connections, bent pins, damage, or foreign substances. Refer to REP 39.28.1 and remove the Tamper Unit.
Also check the Harness for intermittent connection. Check the following wires. If no problems are found, replace the Front Tamper Home Sensor. (PL
• HCS PWB J30 39.29)
• HCS Drive PWB J63 • Between J228-10 and J344-1
• Relay connector P/J228 • Between J228-11 and J344-2
• Front Tamper Home Sensor J344 • Between J228-12 and J344-3
• Front Tamper Motor J347
If the problem persists, replace the HCS Drive PWB followed by the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Input DC330[049-012] (Front Tamper Motor) and turn it ON. Does the Front Tamper move to front and
rear repeatedly?
Y N
Y N
Y N
that the Front Tamper Motor is not overloaded and replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37)
A B
A B
Pull out the connector P/J201. Measure the winding resistance of the Motor. 049-240 Pad Move Home Sensor On Fail
• P201-17 and P201-18
BSD-ON: CH29.21
• P201-19 and P201-20
Is the resistance approx. 5.5Ohm for each? A specified time after Pad Move Motor turns On, Pad Move Home Sensor does not turn On. (Remains H)
Y N
Refer to REP 39.28.1 and remove the Tamper Unit. Check the following connections for open Procedure
39.32) Open the HCS Front Door and manually rotate the second Shaft from the right when seeing the
Tamper Unit in the HCS from the bottom. Does the Shaft rotate with no load?
• Between P201-17 and Front Tamper Motor J347-4
Y N
• Between P201-18 and Front Tamper Motor J347-6
• Between P201-19 and Front Tamper Motor J347-3 Check the following:
• Between P201-20 and Front Tamper Motor J347-1 • The Drive Gear for wear and damage
Check the conductivity of the following. If no problems are found, replace the HCS Drive PWB fol- • Remove other mechanical loads.
Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-227] (Pad Move Home Sensor) and turn it ON. Open the HCS
• Between J63-18 and J201-18 Front Door and rotate the Shaft, and then slowly move the Pad to rear. Does the display switches
• Between J63-19 and J201-19 from "H" to "L"?
This is a trouble that does not recur at service call. between the Pad Move Home Sensor J348-2 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC?
Check the following connectors for poor connections, bent pins, damage, or foreign substances. Y N
Also check the Harness for intermittent connection. Check the connection between the Pad Move Home Sensor J348-2 and the HCS PWB J30-
• HCS PWB J30 14 for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL
• HCS Drive PWB J63 39.37)

Is the voltage between the Pad Move Home Sensor J348-1 (+) and J348-3 (-) +5VDC?
• Front Tamper Home Sensor J344 Y N
• Front Tamper Motor J347 Check the connections between the HCS PWB J30-13 and J348-1 and between the HCS
If the problem persists, replace the HCS Drive PWB followed by the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) PWB J30-15 and J348-3 for open circuits or poor contacts.
Check the sensor for dirt/improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the Pad Move Home
Sensor. (PL 39.30)

Input DC330[049-013] (Pad Move Motor) and turn it ON. Does the Pad move to front and rear repeat-
edly?
Y N
Y N
Y N
that the Pad Move Motor is not overloaded and replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37)
A B
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 049-xxx FIP
2-153
A
049-xxx
B
Pull out the Pad Move Motor connector J349. Measure the winding resistance of the Motor. 049-241 Pad Move Home Sensor Off Fail
• J349-4 and J349-6
BSD-ON: CH29.21
• J349-3 and J349-1
Is the resistance approx. 5.2Ohm for each? A specified time after Pad Move Motor turns On, Pad Move Home Sensor does not turn Off. (Remains L)
Y N
Replace the Pad Move Motor. (PL 39.30) Procedure
Open the HCS Front Door and manually rotate the second Shaft from the right when seeing the
lowed by the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Tamper Unit in the HCS from the bottom. Does the Shaft rotate with no load?
Y N
Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-227] (Pad Move Home Sensor) and turn it ON. Open the HCS
Also check the Harness for intermittent connection. Front Door and rotate the Shaft, and then slowly move the Pad to front. Does the display switches
• HCS PWB J30
from "L" to "H"?
• HCS Drive PWB J63 Y N
• Relay connectors P/J228 and P/J201 Remove the HCS Top Cover (PL 39.2) and the HCS Rear Cover (PL 39.1). Pull out the Pad Move
• Pad Move Home Sensor J349 Home Sensor connector J348. Does the display change to "H"?
• Pad Move Motor J349 Y N
Check the connection between the Pad Move Home Sensor J348-2 and the HCS PWB J30-
14 for short circuits. If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
Check the sensor for improper installation/light from outside. If no problem is found, replace the Pad
Move Home Sensor. (PL 39.30)

Input DC330[049-013] (Pad Move Motor) and turn it ON. Does the Pad move to front and rear repeat-
edly?
Y N
Y N
Y N
that the Pad Move Motor is not overloaded and replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37)
Pull out the Pad Move Motor connector J349. Measure the winding resistance of the Motor.
• J349-4 and J349-6
• J349-3 and J349-1
Y N
Replace the Pad Move Motor. (PL 39.30)
A B
A B
Check the conductivity of the following. If no problems are found, replace the HCS Drive PWB fol- 049-242 Stacker Exit Roll Home Sensor On Fail
• Between J63-13 and J349-4 BSD-ON:CH29.13

A specified time after the Stacker Exit Roll Offset Motor turns On, the Stacker Exit Roll Home Sensor
• Between J63-15 and J349-3 does not turn On. (H stays displayed.)
Procedure
This is a trouble that does not recur at service call. Open the HCS Front Door. Move the Stacker Exit Roll Assy to the front and rear by hand. The Stacker
Exit Roll Assy moves with no load.
Y N
• HCS PWB J30
Seeing REP 39.25.2, remove the Edge Sensor Frame. Remove the cause of the load.
• Relay connectors P/J228 and P/J201 Enter DC330[049-229](Stacker Exit Roll Home Sensor). Press Start. Move the Stacker Exit Roll
• Pad Move Home Sensor J349 Assy to the front and rear by hand. When the Assy is at front H is displayed, while when it is at
rear L is displayed.
• Pad Move Motor J349
Y N
H stays displayed both when it is at front and when it is at rear.
Y N
Go to 049-243 FIP.
Remove the Stacker Chute. (PL 39.24) Block light to the Stacker Exit Roll Home Sensor.
+5VDC is measured between Stacker Exit Roll Home Sensor J356-2(+) and GND(-).
Y N
Check the wire from Stacker Exit Roll Home Sensor J356-2 to HCS PWB J24-14 for an open
+5VDC is measured between Stacker Exit Roll Home Sensor J356-1(+) and J356-3(-).
Y N
Check the wires from HCS PWB J24-13 to J356-1, and from HCS PWB J24-15 to J356-3 for
Check the sensor for dirt/improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the Stacker Exit Roll
Home Sensor. (PL 39.27)
Press the Stop button. Cheat the HCS Front Door Interlock.
Turn On DC330[049-029](Stacker Exit Roll Motor). The Exit Roll operates two ways.
Y N
Remove the HCS Rear Cover. (PL 39.1) +24VDC is measured between HCS Drive PWB J51-
6(+) and GND(-).
Y N
Turn Off the power. Disconnect Connector J60 on the HCS PWB. Measure the motor winding resis-
tance.
• J60-7 to J60-8
• J60-9 to J60-10
Each resistance is approx. 5.3 ohms.
A
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 049-xxx FIP
2-155
A
Y N 049-243 Stacker Exit Roll Home Sensor Off Fail

Check the following for conductivity. If no problem is found, replace the Stacker Exit Roll Motor.
BSD-ON:CH29.13
(PL 39.27)
• J60-7 to J381-4
At output of paper to Stacker and initialization, the Stacker Exit Roll Home Sensor turns On but does not
• J60-8 to J381-6
turn Off. (L stays displayed.) (The Stacker Exit Roll does not do the offset operation to the rear from
• J60-9 to J381-3 where the Stacker Exit Roll Home Sensor has turned On.)
• J60-10 to J381-1
Procedure
Replace the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS PWB in order. (PL 39.37) Open the HCS Front Door. Move the Stacker Exit Roll Assy to the front and rear by hand. The Stacker
Exit Roll Assy moves with no load.
The circuits have no problem.
Y N
Check the following connectors for a poor contact, and the wires for an intermittent connection. If the Seeing REP 39.25.2, remove the Edge Sensor Frame. Remove the cause of the load.
problem is not resolved, replace the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS PWB in order. (PL 39.37)
Enter DC330[049-229](Stacker Exit Roll Home Sensor). Press Start. Move the Stacker Exit Roll
• Relay Connector P/J202 and P/J222 Assy to the front and rear by hand. When the Assy is at front H is displayed, while when it is at
• HCS PWB J24 rear L is displayed.
• Stacker Exit Roll Home Sensor J356 Y N
L stays displayed both when it is at front and when it is at rear.
• Stacker Exit Roll Motor J381
Y N
Go to 049-242 FIP.
Remove the Stacker Chute. (PL 39.24) Disconnect Connector J356 from the Stacker Exit Roll
Home Sensor. The display has changed to H.
Y N
Check the wire from Stacker Exit Roll Home Sensor J356-2 to HCS PWB J24-14 for a short
wire. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
Stacker Exit Roll Home Sensor. (PL 39.27)
Press the Stop button. Cheat the HCS Front Door Interlock.
Turn On DC330[049-029](Stacker Exit Roll Motor). The Exit Roll operates two ways.
Y N
Remove the HCS Rear Cover. (PL 39.1) +24VDC is measured between HCS Drive PWB J51-
6(+) and GND(-).
Y N
Turn Off the power. Remove Connector J60 on the HCS PWB. Measure the motor winding resis-
tance.
• J60-7 to J60-8
• J60-9 to J60-10
Each resistance is approx. 5.3 ohms.
Y N
Check the following for conductivity. If no problem is found, replace the Stacker Exit Roll Motor.
(PL 39.27)
• J60-7 to J381-4
• J60-8 to J381-6
• J60-9 to J381-3
A B
A B
• J60-10 to J381-1 049-248 Paper Edge Home Sensor On Fail
Replace the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS PWB in order. (PL 39.37) BSD-ON:CH29.14
A specified time after the Edge Sensor Move Motor turns On, the Paper Edge Home Sensor does not
Check the following connectors for a poor contact, and the wires for an intermittent connection. If the turn On.
problem is not resolved, replace the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS PWB in order. (PL 39.37)
• HCS Drive PWB J60 Procedure
• Relay Connector P/J202 and P/J222 Enter DC330[049-234](Paper Edge Home Sensor) Press Start. Open the HCS Front Door. Pull out the
Dolly. Remove the Stacker Chute (PL 39.24). Remove the Paper Edge Sensor along with the bracket.
• HCS PWB J24
(Keep the connector connected.) Block the sensor with a piece of paper. The display has changed
• Stacker Exit Roll Home Sensor J356
from H to L.
• Stacker Exit Roll Motor J381 Y N
Remove the HCS Rear Cover. (PL 39.1) +5VDC is measured between HCS PWB J24-17(+) and
GND(-).
Y N
+5VDC is measured between Paper Edge Sensor J362-2(+) and GND(-).

Y N
Check the wire from Paper Edge Sensor J362-2 to HCS PWB J24-17 for an open wire or poor
contact.
+5VDC is measured between Paper Edge Sensor J362-1(+) and J362-3(-).

Y N
Check the wires from HCS PWB J24-16 to Paper Edge Sensor J362-1, and from HCS PWB
J24-18 to Paper Edge Sensor J362-3 for an open wire or poor contact.
Check the sensor for dirt/improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the Paper Edge Sen-
sor. (PL 39.27)
Return the sensor to the original state. Cheat the HCS Front Door Interlock. Turn On DC330[049-
021](Edge Sensor Move Motor). The Edge repeats the two-way operation.
Y N
Y N
Turn off the power. Disconnect J60 on the HCS Drive PWB. Measure the winding resistance of the
Edge Sensor Move Motor.
• J60-3 to J60-4
• J60-5 to J60-6
Each resistance is approx. 5 ohms.
Y N
Check the following wires for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the
Edge Sensor Move Motor. (PL 39.27)
• J60-3 to J367-4
• J60-4 to J367-6
• J60-5 to J367-3
A B
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 049-xxx FIP
2-157
A
049-xxx
B
• J60-6 to J367-1 049-251 Paper Fan 1 Fail

BSD-ON:CH29.27
Seeing REP 39.25.2, remove the Edge Sensor Frame. Check the Front/Rear Rack Gear for a poor
operation, and the Edge Sensor Move Motor, etc. for mechanical loads. If no problem is found,
1. Paper Fan 1 is not rotating.
replace the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS PWB in order. (PL 39.37)
2. A specified time after the start of the operation for outputting paper to the Stacker, the Paper Fan 1
The circuits have no problem. Sensor does not turn On.
Check the following connectors for a poor contact, and the wires for an intermittent connection. If the Initial Actions
problem is not resolved, replace the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS PWB in order. (PL 39.37) Remove the Stacker Left Center Cover and the Duct. Check the following. (PL 39.34)
• Relay Connector P/J202 P/J222 • The exhaust port for foreign objects/clogs
• HCS PWB J24 • The fan blade for dust
• Edge Sensor Move Motor J367
• Paper Edge Sensor J362 Procedure
Enter DC330[049-024](Paper Fan 1/2). Press Start. The Paper Fan 1 rotates.
Y N
The Paper Fan 2 rotates.
Y N
Remove the HCS Rear Cover (PL 39.2). J62 on the HCS Drive PWB is connected prop-
erly.
Y N
Connect the connector.

Y N
Turn Off the power. Measure the resistance across Chip Fuse F1102 on the HCS Drive PWB,
using the tester. The resistance is 1 ohm or less.
Y N
If 1 ohm or more is measured (normally 0.1 ohm - 0.5 ohm), the fuse has blown. Check
that the Paper Fans 1 and 2 have no excessive load. Replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL
39.37)
Check the following wires for an open wire, short circuit or poor contact. If no problem is found,
replace the Paper Fan 1/2. (PL 39.34)
• HCS Drive PWB J62-7 to J374-4
Press the Stop button. Exchange Paper Fan 1 Connector J372 for Paper Fan 2 Connector J374.
Press the Start button. The Paper Fan 1 rotates.
Y N
Replace the Paper Fan 1/2. (PL 39.34)
A B
A B
Check the following wires for an open wire, short circuit or poor contact. If no problem is found, 049-252 Paper Fan 2 Fail
• HCS Drive PWB J62-10 to Paper Fan 1 J372-4 BSD-ON:CH29.27
• HCS Drive PWB J62-11 to Paper Fan 1 J372-2

1. The Paper Fan 2 is not rotating.
2. A specified time after the start of the operation for outputting paper to the Stacker, the Paper Fan 2
Sensor does not turn On.
With the diag On, +5VDC is measured between HCS Drive PWB J62-11(+) and GND(-).
Y N Initial Actions
Replace the HCS Drive PWB (PL 39.37). If the problem is not resolved, replace the HCS PWB (PL Remove the Stacker Left Center Cover and the Duct. Check the following. (PL 39.34)
39.37).
• The exhaust port for foreign objects/clogs
With the diag On, +5VDC is measured between Paper Fan 1 J372-2(+) and GND(-). • The fan blade for dust
Y N
Check the wire from Paper Fan 1 J372-2 to HCS Drive PWB J62-11 for an open wire or poor con-
tact.
Procedure
Enter DC330[049-024](Paper Fan 1/2). Press Start. The Paper Fan 2 rotates.
Replace the Paper Fan 1/2. (PL 39.34) Y N
The Paper Fan 1 rotates.
Y N
Remove the HCS Rear Cover (PL 39.2). J62 on the HCS Drive PWB is connected prop-
erly.
Y N
Connect the connector.

Y N
using the tester. The resistance is less than 1 ohm.
Y N
If 1 ohm or more is measured (normally 0.1 ohm - 0.5 ohm), the fuse has blown. Check
that the Paper Fans 1 and 2 have no excessive load. Replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL
39.37)
Check the following wires for an open wire, short circuit or poor contact. If no problem is found,
replace the Paper Fan 1/2. (PL 39.34)
Press the Stop button. Exchange Paper Fan 2 Connector J374 for Paper Fan 1 Connector J372.
Press the Start button. The Paper Fan 2 rotates.
Y N
Replace the Paper Fan 1/2. (PL 39.34)
A B
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 049-xxx FIP
2-159
A
049-xxx
B
Check the following wires for an open wire, short circuit or poor contact. If no problem is found, 049-253 Upper Fan Fail
BSD-ON:CH29.27
• HCS Drive PWB J62-8 to Paper Fan 1 J372-2 1. The Upper Fan is not rotating.
• HCS Drive PWB J62-9 to Paper Fan 1 J372-1 2. A specified time after the start of the operation for outputting paper to the Stacker, the Upper Fan is
not rotating.
Y N Initial Actions
Replace the HCS Drive PWB (PL 39.37). If the problem is not resolved, replace the HCS PWB (PL • Check the exhaust port for foreign objects, clogs, etc.
39.37). • Check the fan blade for dust.
With the diag On, +5VDC is measured between Paper Fan 2 J374-2(+) and GND(-).
Y N
Procedure
Check the wire from Paper Fan 2 J374-2 to HCS Drive PWB J62-8 for an open wire or poor con- Remove the HCS Rear Cover. (PL 39.1) Enter DC330[049-023](Upper Fan). Press Start. +24VDC is
tact. measured between Upper Fan J376-4(+) and J376-1(-).
Y N
Replace the Paper Fan 1/2. (PL 39.34) With the diag On, +24VDC is measured between HCS Drive PWB J57-4(+) and J57-6(-).
Y N
Y N
using the tester.If the resistance is 1 ohm or more (normally 0.1 ohm - 0.5 ohm), the fuse has
blown. Check that the Upper Fan has no excessive load. Replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL
39.37)
Check the wires from HCS Drive PWB J57-4 to Upper Fan J376-4, and from HCS Drive PWB J57-
6 to Upper Fan J376-1 for an open wire or poor contact.
Y N
Replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37)
With the diag On, +5VDC is measured between Upper Fan J376-2(+) and GND(-).
Y N
Check the wire from Upper Fan J376-2 to HCS Drive PWB J57-5 for an open wire or poor contact.
Replace the Upper Fan. (PL 39.37)

049-280 Gate Sensor 1 Fail 1 Y N
BSD-ON:CH29.7
+5VDC is measured between Relay Connector P223-2(+) and GND(-).
A specified time after Gate Solenoid 1/2 is controlled, Gate Sensor 1 does not switch (to Stacker). (H
Y N
stays displayed.) Check the wire from P223-2 to HCS PWB J25-5 for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is
found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
Procedure
Open the HCS Upper Cover. Raise the <1b> lever. Move Gate 1 and Gate 2 by hand. Gates 1 and 2 +5VDCis measured between Relay Connector P223-3(+) and P223-1(-).
operate smoothly without binding. Y N
Y N Check the wires from HCS PWB J25-4 to P223-3, and from HCS PWB J25-6 to P223-1 for an
Seeing REP 39.23.1, remove the cause of the poor operation of the Gates. open wire or poor contact.
Cheat the Upper Cover Interlock. Raise the <1b> lever and observe the Gate operation. Enter Seeing REP 39.23.1, remove the Gate Sensor 1.
DC330[049-031](Stacker). Press Start. Gate 1 goes up, while Gate 2 goes down. Check the following for conductivity.
Y N If no problem is found, check that the sensor has no dirt and replace the Gate Sensor 1. (PL 39.23)
Press the Stop button. Turn On DC330[049-032](Bypass). Gate 1 goes down, while Gate 2 • J223-4 to Gate Sensor 1 J357-1
goes up. • J223-5 to Gate Sensor 1 J357-2
Y N
• J223-6 to Gate Sensor 1 J357-3
Press the Stop button. Remove the HCS Rear Cover. (PL 39.1) +24VDC is measured
between HCS Drive PWB J55-5(+) and GND(-).
Y N
Y N
Turn Off the power. Measure the resistance across Chip Fuse F402 on the HCS Drive
PWB, using the tester. If the resistance is 1 ohm or more (normally 0.1 ohm - 0.5 ohm),
the fuse has blown. Check that Gate Solenoids 1 and 2 have no excessive load. Replace
the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37)
Turn Off the power. Disconnect Connector J55 on the HCS Drive PWB. Measure the resis-
tance of the coils of Gates 1 and 2.
• J55-5 to J55-6: approx. 36 ohms
Each resistance is measured as above.
Y N
Check the circuit(s) whose resistance(s) is/are different from the above for an open wire,
short circuit or poor contact. If the circuits have no problem, replace the relevant solenoid.
(PL 39.23)
Replace the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS PWB in order. (PL 39.37)
Return to the 3rd step of this procedure. Turn On DC330[049-031](Stacker). Proceed with the pro-
cedure.
Press the Stop button. Turn On DC330[049-230](Gate Sensor 1). The display is H.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 049-xxx FIP

2-161

BSD-ON:CH29.7
Disconnect Relay Connector P/J223. The display has changed to H.
A specified time after Gate Solenoid 1/2 is controlled, Gate Sensor 1 does not switch (to Top Tray/
Y N
Bypass). (L stays displayed.)
Check for a short circuit between P223-2 and HCS PWB J25-5. If no problem is found, replace the
HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
Procedure
Open the HCS Upper Cover. Raise the <1b> lever. Move Gate 1 and Gate 2 by hand. Gates 1 and 2 +5VDC is measured between Relay Connector P223-3(+) and P223-1(-).
DC330[049-032](Bypass). Press Start. Gate 1 goes down, while Gate 2 goes up. Check the following for conductivity. If no problem is found, replace the Gate Sensor 1. (PL 39.23)
Y N • J223-4 to Gate Sensor 1 J357-1
Press the Stop button. Turn On DC330[049-031] (Stacker). Gate 1 goes up, while Gate 2 goes • J223-5 to Gate Sensor 1 J357-2
down. • J223-6 to Gate Sensor 1 J357-3
Y N
Y N
Y N
Y N
(PL 39.23)
Return to the 3rd step of this procedure. Turn On DC330[049-032](Bypass). Proceed with the proce-
dure.
Press the Stop button. Turn On DC330[049-230](Gate Sensor 1). The display is L.
BSD-ON:CH29.7
Disconnect Relay Connector P/J223. The display has changed to H.
A specified time after Gate Solenoid 1/2 is controlled, Gate Sensor 2 does not switch (to Top Tray). (L
Y N
stays displayed.) Check for a short circuit between P223-5 and HCS PWB J25-2. If no problem is found, replace the
HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
Procedure
Cheat the Upper Cover Interlock. Raise the <1b> lever and observe the Gate operation. Enter Seeing REP 39.23.1, remove the Gate Sensor 2. Check the following for conductivity. If no problem is
DC330[049-030](Top). Press Start. Both Gates 1 and 2 go down. found, replace the Gate Sensor 2. (PL 39.23)
Y N • J223-1 to Gate Sensor 2 J358-1
Press the Stop button. Turn On DC330[049-032] (Bypass). Gate 1 goes down, while Gate 2 goes • J223-2 to Gate Sensor 2 J358-2
up. • J223-3 to Gate Sensor 2 J358-3
Y N
Y N
Y N
Y N
(PL 39.23)
Return to the 3rd step of this procedure. Turn On DC330[049-030](Top). Proceed with the proce-
dure.
Press the Stop button. Turn On DC330[049-231](Gate Sensor 2). The display is L.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 049-xxx FIP

2-163

BSD-ON:CH29.7
+5VDC is measured between Relay Connector P223-5(+) and GND(-).
A specified time after Gate Solenoid 1/2 is controlled, Gate Sensor 2 does not switch (to Bypass). (H
Y N
stays displayed.)
Check the wire from P223-5 to HCS PWB J25-2 for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is
Procedure
DC330[049-032](Bypass). Press Start. Gate 1 goes down, while Gate 2 goes up. Check the following for conductivity. If no problem is found, check that the sensor has no dirt and replace
Y N the Gate Sensor 2. (PL 39.23)
Press the Stop button. Turn On DC330[049-031] (Stacker). Gate 1 goes up, while Gate 2 goes • J223-1 to Gate Sensor 2 J358-1
down. • J223-2 to Gate Sensor 2 J358-2
Y N
• J223-3 to Gate Sensor 2 J358-3
Y N
Y N
Y N
(PL 39.23)
Return to the 3rd step of this procedure. Turn On DC330[049-032](Bypass). Proceed with the proce-
dure.
Press the Stop button. Turn On DC330[049-231](Gate Sensor 2). The display is H.
A
049-284 Paper Edge Home Sensor Off Fail The circuits have no problem.
Check the following connectors for a poor contact, and the wires for an intermittent connection. If the
BSD-ON:CH29.14 problem is not resolved, replace the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS PWB in order. (PL 39.37)
At initialization, the Paper Edge Home Sensor turns On but does not turn Off.
• Relay Connector P/J202, P/J222
Procedure • HCS PWB J24
• Edge Sensor Move Motor J367
Enter DC330[049-234](Paper Edge Home Sensor). Press Start. Open the HCS Front Door and pull out
the Dolly. Remove the Stacker Chute. (PL 39.24) • Paper Edge Sensor J362
Remove the sensor along with the bracket. (Keep the connector connected.)
Turn Off and On the sensor with a piece of paper. The display switches between H and L.
Y N
The display is L.
Y N
Turn Off then On the power. If this does not resolve the problem, replace the HCS PWB. (PL
39.37)
Disconnect Connector J362 from the Paper Edge Sensor. The display has changed to H.
Y N
Check the wire from Paper Edge Sensor J362-2 to HCS PWB J24-17 for a short circuit. If no
problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
Paper Edge Sensor. (PL 39.27)
Return the sensor to the original state. Cheat the HCS Front Door Interlock. Turn On DC330[049-
021](Edge Sensor Move Motor). The Edge repeats the two-way operation.
Y N
Y N
Turn Off the power. Disconnect J60 on the HCS Drive PWB. Measure the winding resistance of the
Edge Sensor Move Motor.
• J60-3 to J60-4
• J60-5 to J60-6
Each resistance is approx. 5 ohms.
Y N
Check the following wires for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the
Edge Sensor Move Motor. (PL 39.27)
• J60-3 to J367-4
• J60-4 to J367-6
• J60-5 to J367-3
• J60-6 to J367-1
Seeing REP 39.25.2, remove the Edge Sensor Frame. Check the Front/Rear Rack Gear for a poor
operation, and the Edge Sensor Move Motor drive gear, etc. for a mechanical load. If no problem is
found, replace the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS PWB in order. (PL 39.37)
A
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 049-xxx FIP
2-165
049-285 EEPROM Read/Write Error 049-286 EEPROM Sum Error

An error occurs with EEPROM Read/Write. (IC fails or it is not inserted.) Data in EEPROM is not correct. (The sum is different.)
Procedure Procedure
• Check that the HCS PWB EEPROM is inserted. • Check that the HCS PWB EEPROM is inserted.
• If it is inserted, pull out then insert the EEPROM and turn ON the power. • If it is inserted, pull out then insert the EEPROM and turn ON the power.
• If the problem persists, replace the EEPROM followed by the HCS PWB (PL 39.37). • If the problem persists, replace the EEPROM followed by the HCS PWB (PL 39.37).
049-287 System Error 049-288 HCS Drive PWB Not Connected
An internal error has occurred in PWB. HCS PWB is not connected to HCS Drive PWB.
Procedure Procedure
If the problem persists after turning the power OFF then ON, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Turn OFF the power, and pull out then insert the HCS PWB and HCS Drive PWB, and then turn ON the
power. If the problem persists, replace the HCS PWB followed by the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37)
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 049-xxx FIP

2-167
049-300 HCS Upper Cover Switch Open 049-310 HCS Download Mode Fail
The HCS Upper Cover is open. Download ends abnormally, and when powered on, the machine can start only in Download Mode.
Procedure Procedure
Cheat the HCS Upper Cover Switch. Does the 049-300 display disappear? Check the following:
Y N • Check that the LED LD5 on the HCS PWB is turned ON.
Remove the HCS Top Cover, Top Tray, and HCS Upper Cover Switch bracket. (Leave the connec- • If it is not turned ON, check the +24VDC circuits to the HCS Drive PWB J50-1/2/3.
tor as it is.) Is the voltage between the HCS Upper Cover Switch J303-2B (+) and the GND (-)
• Check connection between the HCS PWB and the HCS Drive PWB.
+5VDC?
Y N • Check the connection cable to the IFM.
Is the voltage between the HCS Upper Cover Switch J303-2A (+) and the GND (-) • If no problems are found, retry downloading.
+5VDC?
Y N
Is the voltage between the HCS PWB J9-1 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC?
Y N
Check the connection between the HCS Upper Cover Switch J303-2A and the HCS PWB
Replace the HCS Upper Cover Switch. (PL 39.4)
Check the DC COM circuit between the HCS PWB J9-2 and the HCS Upper Cover Switch J303-
2B.
The HCS Upper Cover and the Switch are not well aligned.
• The HCS Upper Cover for deformation and improper installation
• The HCS Upper Cover Actuator for damage
049-500 HCS ROM Write Error 049-900 Top Tray Exit Sensor Static Jam
Writing to the HCS ROM has failed when downloading is being performed in the proper procedure in Top Tray Exit Sensor detects paper. (Remains L)
Download Mode.
Initial Actions
Procedure • The sensor for bits of paper and foreign substances
Check the following: • The sensor for improper installation
• Check that the HCS PWB EEPROM is inserted.
• If it is inserted, pull out then insert the EEPROM and turn ON the power. Procedure
• Perform downloading again.
Remove the HCS Top Cover. (PL 39.2) Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-101] (Top Tray Exit
• If the problem persists, replace the EEPROM and the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Sensor) and turn it ON. Is the display "L"?
Y N
Check for any change or drop in the AC input power voltage of the HCS. If the problem persists after
turning the power OFF then ON, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
Disconnect the Top Tray Exit Sensor connector J351. Does the display change to "H"?
Y N
Is the voltage between the Top Tray Exit Sensor J351-3 (+) and J351-1 (-) +5VDC?
Y N
HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
Replace the Top Tray Exit Sensor. (PL 39.18)
Check the connection between the Top Tray Exit Sensor J351-2 and the HCS PWB J26-2 for short cir-
cuits.
If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 049-xxx FIP

2-169
049-901 Top Tray Path Sensor Static Jam 049-902 Bypass Exit Sensor Static Jam
Top Tray Path Sensor detects paper. (Remains L) Bypass Exit Sensor detects paper. (Remains L)

• The sensor for bits of paper and foreign substances • The sensor for bits of paper and foreign substances
Procedure Procedure
Remove the HCS Top Cover. (PL 39.2) Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-102] (Top Tray Path Remove the HCS Top Cover (PL 39.2). Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-103] (Bypass Exit
Sensor) and turn it ON. Is the display "L"? Sensor) and turn it ON. Is the display "L"?
Y N Y N
Check for any change or drop in the AC input power voltage of the HCS. If the problem persists after Check for any change or drop in the AC input power voltage of the HCS. If the problem persists after
turning the power OFF then ON, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) turning the power OFF then ON, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
Disconnect the Top Tray Path Sensor connector J353. Does the display change to "H"? Disconnect the Bypass Exit Sensor connector J354. Does the display change to "H"?
Y N Y N
Is the voltage between the Top Tray Path Sensor J353-1 (+) and J353-3 (-) +5VDC? Is the voltage between the Bypass Exit Sensor J354-1 (+) and J354-3 (-) +5VDC?
Y N Y N
Check the connections between the HCS PWB J27-6 and J353-3 and between the HCS PWB Check the connections between the HCS PWB J28-3 and J354-3 and between the HCS PWB
J27-4 and J353-1 for open circuits or poor contacts. If no problems are found, replace the HCS J28-1 and J354-1 for open circuits or poor contacts. If no problems are found, replace the HCS
PWB. (PL 39.37) PWB. (PL 39.37)
Replace the Top Tray Path Sensor. (PL 39.16) Replace the Bypass Exit Sensor. (PL 39.21)
Check the connection between the Top Tray Path Sensor J353-2 and the HCS PWB J27-5 for short cir- Check the connection between the Bypass Exit Sensor J354-2 and the HCS PWB J28-2 for short cir-
cuits. cuits.
If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
049-903 Bypass Path Sensor 1 Static Jam 049-905 Stacker Path Sensor Static Jam
Bypass Path Sensor 1 detects paper. (Remains L) Stacker Path Sensor detects paper. (Remains L)

Procedure Procedure
Remove the HCS Top Cover (PL 39.2). Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-104] (Bypass Path Remove the HCS Top Cover (PL 39.2). Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-105] (Stacker Path
Sensor 1) and turn it ON. Is the display "L"? Sensor) and turn it ON. Is the display "L"?
Y N Y N
Disconnect the Bypass Path Sensor 1 connector J355. Does the display change to "H"? Disconnect the Stacker Path Sensor connector J363. Does the display change to "H"?
Y N Y N
Is the voltage between the Bypass Path Sensor 1 J355-1 (+) and J355-3 (-) +5VDC? Is the voltage between the Stacker Path Sensor J363-1 (+) and J363-3 (-) +5VDC?
Y N Y N
Check the connections between the HCS PWB J28-12 and J355-3 and between the HCS Check the connections between the HCS PWB J27-7 and J363-1 and between the HCS PWB
PWB J28-10 and J355-1 for open circuits or poor contacts. If no problems are found, replace J27-9 and J363-3 for open circuits or poor contacts. If no problems are found, replace the
the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
Replace the Bypass Path Sensor 1. (PL 39.19) Replace the Stacker Path Sensor. (PL 39.19)
Check the connection between the Bypass Path Sensor 1 J355-2 and the HCS PWB J28-11 for short Check the connection between the Stacker Path Sensor J363-2 and the HCS PWB J27-8 for short cir-
circuits. cuits.
If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 049-xxx FIP

2-171
049-907 Stacker Exit Sensor Static Jam 049-908 Bypass Path Sensor 2 Static Jam
Stacker Exit Sensor detects paper. (Remains L) Bypass Path Sensor 2 detects paper. (Remains L)

Procedure Procedure
Remove the HCS Top Cover (PL 39.2). Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-106] (Stacker Exit Remove the HCS Top Cover (PL 39.2). Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-107] (Bypass Path
Sensor) and turn it ON. Is the display "L"? Sensor 2) and turn it ON. Is the display "L"?
Y N Y N
Refer to REP 39.25.1 and remove the Stacker Exit Roll Housing. Turn ON the power. Remove the Disconnect the Bypass Path Sensor 2 connector J387. Does the display change to "H"?
Stacker Exit Sensor bracket. Y N
Disconnect the Stacker Exit Sensor connector J386. Does the display change to "H"? Is the voltage between the Bypass Path Sensor 2 J387-1 (+) and J387-3 (-) +5VDC?
Y N Y N
Is the voltage between the Stacker Exit Sensor J386-1 (+) and J386-3 (-) +5VDC? Check the connections between the HCS PWB J28-13 and J387-1 and between the HCS
Y N PWB J28-15 and J387-3 for open circuits or poor contacts. If no problems are found, replace
Check the connections between the HCS PWB J26-16 and J386-1 and between the HCS the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Replace the Bypass Path Sensor 2. (PL 39.20)
Replace the Stacker Exit Sensor. (PL 39.27) Check the connection between the Bypass Path Sensor 2 J387-2 and the HCS PWB J28-14 for short
circuits.
Check the connection between the Stacker Exit Sensor J386-2 and the HCS PWB J26-17 for short cir- If no problems are found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
cuits.
049-940 Front Door Switch Open 049-941 Tray Set Fail
The HCS Front Door Interlock Switch is open. When the Dolly is set and the Front Door is closed, the Dolly Set Position Sensor turns On and the Tray
Set Sensor turns Off.
Procedure
Cheat the HCS Front Door Interlock Switch. Does the 049-940 display disappear? Procedure
Y N The Stacker Tray on the Dolly is set properly.
Remove the Stacker Right Front Cover. (PL 39.35) Is the voltage between the HCS Front Door Y N
Switch J305-2B (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC? Set the Dolly and the Stacker Tray properly.
Y N
Is the voltage between the HCS Front Door Switch J305-2A (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC? Enter DC330[049-208](Tray Set Sensor). Press start. Open the HCS Front Door. Push in the Dolly.
Y N The display is H.
Is the voltage between the HCS PWB J7-1 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC? Y N
Y N Replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
Pull out the Dolly. Push the Tray Set Lever (PL 39.36) by hand to check its operation. The Tray Set
Check the connection between the HCS Front Door Switch J305-2A and the HCS PWB Lever operates properly.
J7-1 for an open circuit and poor contact. Y N
Remove the Stacker Rear Cover. (PL 39.36) Check the operation of the Tray Set Lever.
Replace the HCS Front Door Interlock Switch. (PL 39.35)
Remove the Stacker Rear Cover. (PL 39.36)
Check the DC COM circuit between the HCS PWB J7-2 and the HCS Front Door Switch J305-2B. Block the Tray Set Sensor with a piece of paper. +5VDC is measured between Tray Set Sensor J322-
2(+) and GND(-).
The HCS Front Door and the Switch are not well aligned. Check the following: Y N
• The Front Door for deformation and improper installation Check the wire from Tray Set Sensor J322-2 to HCS PWB J20-8 for an open wire or poor contact.
• The Front Door Actuator for damage If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
• The Door Hook for improper installation
+5VDC is measured between Tray Set Sensor J322-1(+) and J322-3(-).
Y N
Check the wires from HCS PWB J20-7 to Tray Set Sensor J322-1, and from HCS PWB J20-9 to
Tray Set Sensor J322-3 for an open wire or poor contact.
Check the sensor for dirt/improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the Tray Set Sensor. (PL
39.36)
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 049-xxx FIP

2-173
049-945 Top Tray Full 049-960 Stacker Up Curl Sensor Off Fail
Top Tray Full Sensor detects Full for 10 consecutive seconds. (Remains L) An error in loading the Stacker is detected. After the Stacker is adjusted to lower (after height control)
during Job, The Stacker Up Curl Sensor detects Low. (Light blocked).
Initial Actions
• The Top Tray output area for foreign substances. Initial Actions
• The sensor for improper installation • Check the output paper for an excessive curl.
• Faulty detection caused by curled paper • Check if the paper is out of spec.
Procedure Procedure
Remove the HCS Top Cover (PL 39.2). Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[049-228] (Top Tray Full Open the HCS Front Door. Check the operation of the Damper (PL 39.31). When operated by hand,
Sensor) and turn it ON. Is the display "L"? the Damper goes up and down smoothly.
Y N Y N
Check for any change or drop in the AC input power voltage of the HCS. If the problem persists after Remove causes of the poor operation such as the binding Damper.
turning the power OFF then ON, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
Enter DC330[049-244](Stacker Up Curl Sensor). Press Start. Disconnect Connector J320 from the
Remove the Sensor Bracket and disconnect the Top Tray Full Sensor connector J352. Does the dis- Stacker Up Curl Sensor. The display is H.
play change to "H"? Y N
Y N Check the wire from Stacker Up Curl Sensor J320-2 to HCS PWB J31-5 for a short circuit. If no
Is the voltage between the Top Tray Full Sensor J352-3 (+) and J352-1 (-) +5VDC? problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
Y N
Check the connections between the HCS PWB J28-9 and J352-3 and between the HCS PWB +5VDC is measured between Stacker Up Curl Sensor J320-1(+) and J320-3(-).
J28-7 and J352-1 for open circuits or poor contacts. If no problems are found, replace the HCS Y N
PWB. (PL 39.37) Check the wires from HCS PWB J31-4 to Stacker Up Curl Sensor J320-1, and from HCS PWB
J31-6 to Stacker Up Curl Sensor J320-3 for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found,
Replace the Top Tray Full Sensor. (PL 39.17) replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
Check the connection between the Top Tray Full Sensor J352-2 and the HCS PWB J28-5 for short cir- Check the sensor for improper installation/light from outside. If no problem is found, replace the Stacker
cuits. Up Curl Sensor. (PL 39.31)
A B
049-964 Stacker Height Sensor On Fail Check the following wires for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS
BSD-ON:CH29.3 CH29.18 CH29.19 CH29.20 • J61-1 to J332-1
• J61-2 to J332-6
Though the Stacker is adjusted to lower a specified number of times in a row (height control) while being
loaded with paper, one of the following sensors detects High. (Height Control Error) • J61-3 to J332-4
• J61-4 to J332-5
• Stacker Height Sensor Side Left/Side Center/Side Right • J61-5 to J332-3
• Stacker Height Control Sensor • J61-6 to J332-2
• Stacker Height Sensor Lead
Press the Stop button. Remove the HCS Top Cover. Turn On DC330[049-241](Stacker Upper Limit Sen-
NOTE: If the Stacker stays at the top, rotate the Elevator Motor rotor by hand to lower the Stacker before sor). Operate the actuator by hand to make the sensor receive light. The display is L.
performing the following procedure. Y N
Procedure Shift the Stacker Upper Limit Sensor along with the bracket. +5VDC is measured between
Stacker Upper Limit Sensor J388-2(+) and GND(-).
Turn off the power. Remove the HCS Rear Cover. (PL 39.1) Y N
Check the wire from Stacker Upper Limit Sensor J388-2 to HCS PWB J28-5 for an open wire
Y N
or poor contact. (Include Relay P/J226 to check for a poor contact.)
+5VDC is measured between Stacker Upper Limit Sensor J388-1(+) and J388-3(-).
• Stacker Tray for binding Y N
• Drive Gear for binding Check the wires from HCS PWB J28-4 to J388-1, and from HCS PWB J28-6 to J388-3 for an
• Check for other mechanical loads open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
Replace the Stacker Upper Limit Sensor. (PL 39.28)
Turn on the power. Enter DC330[049-008](Elevator Motor). Press Start. The Stacker Tray goes up Turn On DC330[049-209](Stacker Height Sensor Side Left). Block the sensor with a piece of paper. The
and down.
display is H.
Y N
Y N
+24VDC is measured between HCS Drive PWB J61-1/2(+) and GND(-). Disconnect Stacker Height Sensor Side Left-P J323P. The display has changed to H.
Y N
Y N
+5VDC is measurued between Stacker Height Sensor Side Left-P J323P-1(+) and
Y N J323P-3(-).
Y N
Check the wires from HCS PWB J22-1 to J323P-1, and from HCS PWB J22-3 to
Turn off the power. Measure the resistance across Chip Fuse F1201 and F1202 on the HCS J323P-3 for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB.
(PL 39.37)
replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37) Replace the Stacker Height Sensor Side Left-P. (PL 39.37)
Check the wire from Stacker Height Sensor Side Left-P J323P-2 to HCS PWB J22-2 for an open
ing resistance. wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
• P332-1 to P332-2/ P332-3
• P332-6 to P332-4/ P332-5 Press the Stop button. Turn On DC330[049-210](Stacker Height Sensor Side Center). Block the
Each resistance is approx. 1.25 ohms+/-10% (25 deg. C) sensor with a piece of paper. The display is H.
Y N Y N
Replace the Elevator Motor. (PL 39.38) Remove the Stacker Left Front Cover. (PL 39.34) Disconnect Relay Connector P/J221. The dis-
play has changed to H.
A B C
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 049-xxx FIP
2-175
C
Y N Y N
+5VDC is measured between P221-9(+) and P221-7(-). Seeing REP 39.25.1, remove the Stacker Exit Roll Housing. Turn On the power. +5VDC is
Y N measured between Stacker Height Control Sensor J328-2(+) and GND(-).
Check the wires from HCS PWB J23-4 to P221-9, and from HCS PWB J23-6 to P221-7 Y N
for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL Check the wire from Stacker Height Control Sensor J328-2 to HCS PWB J24-5. If no problem
39.37) is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
Replace the Stacker Height Sensor and Bracket. (PL 39.3) +5VDC is measured between Stacker Height Control Sensor J328-3(+) and J328-1(-).
Y N
Check the wire from P221-8 to HCS PWB J23-5 for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is Check the wires from HCS PWB J24-6 to J328-3, and from HCS PWB J24-4 to J328-1 for an
found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
Press the Stop button. Turn On DC330[049-211](Stacker Height Sensor Side Right). Block the sen- Check the sensor for dirt/improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the Stacker Height
sor with a piece of paper. The display is H. Control Sensor. (PL 39.27)
Y N
Disconnect Stacker Height Sensor Side Right-P J325P. The display has changed to H. The circuits have no problem.
Y N Turn Off then On the power. Check that the Stacker Tray goes up. If the problem is not resolved, replace
+5VDC is measured between Stacker Height Sensor Side Right-P J325P-1(+) and the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS PWB in order. (PL 39.37)
J325P-3.
Y N
J325P-3 for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB.
(PL 39.37)
Replace the Stacker Height Sensor Side Right-P. (PL 39.37)
Check the wire from Stacker Height Sensor Side Right-P J325P-2 to HCS PWB J22-8 for an open

Turn On DC330[049-212](Stacker Height Sensor Lead). Block the sensor with a piece of paper. The
display is H.
Y N
Disconnect Stacker Height Sensor Lead-P J326P. The display has changed to H.
Y N
+5VDC is measured between Stacker Height Sensor Lead-P J326P-1(+) and J326P-3(-).
Y N
J326P-3 for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB.
(PL 39.37)
Replace the Stacker Height Sensor Lead-P. (PL 39.35)
Check the wire from Stacker Height Sensor Lead-P J326P-2 to HCS PWB J22-4. If no problem is

Turn On DC330[049-215](Stacker Height Control Sensor). Block the sensor with a piece of paper. The
display is L.
049-965 Stacker Sheet Count Full 049-966 Stacker Height Limit Full
BSD-ON:- BSD-ON:CH29.16
The number of sheets output to Stacker exceeds the preset number. A load on Stacker is over the preset load.

Remove paper from the Stacker and check the following: • Check the values set in NVM[991-120~157].
• Check the values set in NVM[991-120 to 157]
Procedure
Turn Off the power. Remove the HCS Rear Cover. (PL 39.1)
Y N
and down.
Y N
Y N
Y N
ing resistance.
• P332-1 to P332-2/ P332-3
• P332-6 to P332-4/ P332-5
Y N
• J61-1 to J332-1
• J61-2 to J332-6
A
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 049-xxx FIP
2-177
A
• J61-3 to J332-4 049-967 Paper Remain at Stacker Tray

• J61-4 to J332-5
BSD-ON:CH29.17
• J61-5 to J332-3
• J61-6 to J332-2 After the Front Door is opened and closed with no paper on the Stacker, the Stacker No Paper Sensor
detects paper.
Turn On DC330[049-243](Elevator Encoder Sensor). Procedure
NOTE: Do the following work with the HCS Front Door open in order not to let the Elevator Motor rotate. The Stacker Tray on the Dolly is set properly.
Y N
Rotate the Elevator Motor rotor and make the actuator block light to the sensor. The display is L. Set the Dolly and the Stacker Tray properly.
Y N
+5VDC is measured between HCS PWB J31-8(+) and GND(-). The prism of the Stacker Tray has dirt, and/or the actuator shows a poor operation.
Y N Y N
Replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) The light receiving and emitting parts of the Stacker No Paper Sensor have dirt.
Y N
Remove the Elevator Encoder Sensor along with the bracket. (Keep the connector con- Remove the Stacker No Paper Sensor along with the bracket. (Keep the connector con-
nected.) Block the sensor. +5VDC is measured between Elevator Encoder Sensor J398-2(+) nected.) +5VDC is measured between Stacker No Paper Sensor-P J329P-2(+) and GND(-
and GND(-). ).
Y N Y N
Check the wire from Elevator Encoder Sensor J398-2 to HCS PWB J31-8 for an open wire or Remove the HCS Rear Cover. (PL 39.1) +5VDC is measured between HCS PWB J29-
poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) 5(+) and GND(-).
Y N
+5VDC is measured between Elevator Encoder Sensor J398-1(+) and J398-3(-). Replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
Y N
Check the wires from HCS PWB J31-7 to J398-1, and from HCS PWB J31-9 to J398-3 for an Check the wire from Stacker No Paper Sensor-P J329P-2 to HCS PWB J29-5 for an
open wire or poor contact. open wire or poor contact.
Check the sensor for dirt/improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the Elevator Encoder Project light to the light receiving part of the sensor. +1VDC or less is measured.
Sensor. (PL 39.38) Y N
+5VDC is measured between Stacker No Paper Sensor-P J329P-1(+) and J329P-3(-
Rotate the Elevator Motor rotor to make the sensor receive light. The display has changed to H. ).
Y N Y N
Remove the Elevator Encoder Sensor along with the bracket. (Keep the connector con- Check the circuits from HCS PWB J29-4 to Stacker No Paper Sensor-P J329P-1,
nected.) Disconnect Connector J398 from the sensor. The display has changed to H. and from HCS PWB J29-6 to Stacker No Paper Sensor-P J329P-3.
Y N
Check the wire from Elevator Encoder Sensor J398-2 to HCS PWB J31-8 for a short circuit. If Replace the Stacker No Paper Sensor. (PL 39.34)
no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
On the LED side, +5VDC is measured between Stacker No Paper Sensor-L J329L-2(+) to
Check the sensor for improper installation/light from outside. If no problem is found, replace the Ele- J329L-1(-).
vator Encoder Sensor. (PL 39.38) Y N
Check the circuits from HCS PWB J29-2 to Stacker No Paper Sensor-L J329L-2, and
The circuits have no problem. from HCS PWB J29-1 to Stacker No Paper Sensor-L J329L-1.
Check the following connectors for a poor contact, and the wires for an intermittent connection.
• Elevator Encoder Sensor J398 Replace the Stacker No Paper Sensor. (PL 39.34).
• HCS PWB J31
• HCS Drive PWB J61 Clean the light receiving and emitting parts with the dust-fly. If the problem is not resolved, replace
the Stacker No Paper Sensor. (PL 39.34).
If the problem is not resolved, replace the HCS Drive PWB and the HCS PWB in order. (PL 39.37)
Clean the dirt from the prism.
Remove the cause of the poor operation of the actuator.
As necessary, replace the Stacker Tray. (PL 39.41) 049-968 Mix Size Stacker Full
BSD-ON:CH29.16
The height of the Stacker loaded with paper of mixed sizes exceeds the preset height.
Initial Actions
• Check the value set in NVM[991-174].
Procedure
Y N
and down.
Y N
Y N
Y N
ing resistance.
• P332-1 to P332-2/ P332-3
• P332-6 to P332-4/ P332-5
Y N
• J61-1 to J332-1
• J61-2 to J332-6
A
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 049-xxx FIP
2-179
A
• J61-3 to J332-4 049-969 Elevator Motor Step Out

• J61-4 to J332-5
BSD-ON:CH29.16
• J61-5 to J332-3
• J61-6 to J332-2 When the Elevator is rising, the Elevator Encoder Sensor output level does not change.
Press the Stop button. Procedure

Turn On DC330[049-243](Elevator Encoder Sensor).
NOTE: Do the following work with the HCS Front Door open in order not to let the Elevator Motor rotate. Rotate the Elevator Motor rotor by hand. The rotor rotates smoothly.
Y N
Rotate the Elevator Motor rotor and make the actuator block light to the sensor. The display is L. Check the following:
Y N • the Stacker route for foreign objects
Y N
Replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) • Drive Gear for binding
Remove the Elevator Encoder Sensor along with the bracket. (Keep the connector con- • Drive Belt for deterioration/poor tension
nected.) Block the sensor. +5VDC is measured between Elevator Encoder Sensor J398-2(+) • Stacker Tray for level (See ADJ 39.39.1.)
and GND(-).
Y N Turn on the power. Enter DC330[049-008](Elevator Motor). Press Start. The Stacker Tray goes up
Check the wire from Elevator Encoder Sensor J398-2 to HCS PWB J31-8 for an open wire or and down.
poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Y N
+5VDC is measured between Elevator Encoder Sensor J398-1(+) and J398-3(-). Y N
Y N +24VDC is measured between HCS Drive PWB J51-6(+) and GND(-).
Check the wires from HCS PWB J31-7 to J398-1, and from HCS PWB J31-9 to J398-3 for an Y N
open wire or poor contact. Seeing CH29.2, check the +24VDC circuit to HCS Drive PWB J51-6.
Check the sensor for dirt/improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the Elevator Encoder Turn off the power. Measure the resistance across Chip Fuse F1201 and F1202 on the HCS
Sensor. (PL 39.38) Drive PWB, using the tester. If 1 ohm or more is measured (normally approx. 0.1 ohm - 0.5
Rotate the Elevator Motor rotor to make the sensor receive light. The display has changed to H. replace the HCS Drive PWB. (PL 39.37)
Y N
Remove the Elevator Encoder Sensor along with the bracket. (Keep the connector con- Turn off the power. Disconnect Connector J332 from the Elevator Motor. Measure the motor wind-
nected.) Disconnect Connector J398 from the sensor. The display has changed to H. ing resistance.
Y N • P332-1 to P332-2/ P332-3
Check the wire from Elevator Encoder Sensor J398-2 to HCS PWB J31-8 for a short circuit. If
• P332-6 to P332-4/ P332-5
Check the sensor for improper installation/light from outside. If no problem is found, replace the Ele- Y N
vator Encoder Sensor. (PL 39.38)
The circuits have no problem. Check the following wires for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS
• J61-1 to J332-1
• Elevator Encoder Sensor J398
• J61-2 to J332-6
• HCS PWB J31
• J61-3 to J332-4
• J61-4 to J332-5
• J61-5 to J332-3
• J61-6 to J332-2
A
A
Press the Stop button. 049-970 Stacker Upper Limit Fail
Turn On DC330[049-243](Elevator Encoder Sensor).
BSD-ON:CH29.3
NOTE: Do the following work with the HCS Front Door open in order not to let the Elevator Motor rotate.
When the Stacker is rising, the Stacker Upper Limit Sensor turns On.
Rotate the Elevator Motor rotor and make the actuator block light to the sensor. The display is L.
Y N
Procedure
Y N Remove the HCS Top Cover. (PL 39.2)
Replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37) Turn On DC330[049-241](Stacker Upper Limit Sensor). Operate the actuator by hand to make the sensor
receive light. The display is H.
Remove the Elevator Encoder Sensor along with the bracket. (Keep the connector con- Y N
nected.) Block the sensor. +5VDC is measured between Elevator Encoder Sensor J398-2(+) Disconnect Connector J388 from the Stacker Upper Limit Sensor. The display has changed to H.
and GND(-). Y N
Y N Check the wire from Stacker Upper Limit Sensor J388-2 to HCS PWB J28-5 for a short circuit.
Check the wire from Elevator Encoder Sensor J398-2 to HCS PWB J31-8 for an open wire or If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
+5VDC is measured between Stacker Upper Limit Sensor J388-1(+) and J388-3(-).
+5VDC is measured between Elevator Encoder Sensor J398-1(+) and J398-3(-). Y N
Y N Check the wires from HCS PWB J28-4 to J388-1, and from HCS PWB J28-6 to J388-3 for an
Check the wires from HCS PWB J31-7 to J398-1, and from HCS PWB J31-9 to J398-3 for an open wire or poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
Check the sensor for dirt/improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the Elevator Encoder Stacker Upper Limit Sensor. (PL 39.28)
Sensor. (PL 39.38)
Check that the actuator returns properly, and that the sensor is properly installed.
Rotate the Elevator Motor rotor to make the sensor receive light. The display has changed to H. If the problem is not resolved, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)
Y N
Remove the Elevator Encoder Sensor along with the bracket. (Keep the connector con-
nected.) Disconnect Connector J398 from the sensor. The display has changed to H.
Y N
Check the wire from Elevator Encoder Sensor J398-2 to HCS PWB J31-8 for a short circuit. If
Check the sensor for improper installation/light from outside. If no problem is found, replace the Ele-
vator Encoder Sensor. (PL 39.38)

• Elevator Encoder Sensor J398
• HCS PWB J31
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 049-xxx FIP

2-181
049-971 Stacker Full Stack 049-972 Stacker Middle Stack

During the operation for adjusting the height of the Stacker Tray, the Stacker Full Sensor turns On. A load on the Stacker is over the preset load.
Procedure Procedure
Pull out the Dolly. Cheat the HCS Front Door Interlock. Unload the paper from the Stacker. Check the following:
Turn On DC330[049-008](Elevator Motor) and lower the Tray Arm so that the Stacker Full Sensor will be • the values set in NVM[991-160~171]
turned On. Turn On DC330[049-214](Stacker Full Sensor). The display is L.
Y N
Remove the Stacker Right Lower Frame (PL 39.35) and then the sensor bracket. +5VDC is mea-
sured between Stacker Full Sensor J327-2(+) and GND(-).?
Y N
Check the wire from Stacker Full Sensor J327-2 to HCS PWB J21-2 for an open wire or poor
contact. If no problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

Y N
Check the sensor for dirt/improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the Stacker Full Sen-
sor. (PL 39.35)

Press the Start button again to operate the Elevator Motor so that the Stacker Full Sensor will be turned
Off. The display has changed to H.
Y N
Remove the Stacker Right Lower Frame (PL 39.35) and then the sensor bracket.
Disconnect Connector J327 from the Stacker Full Sensor. The display has changed to H.
Y N
Check the wire from Stacker Full Sensor J327-2 to HCS PWB J21-2 for a short circuit. If no
problem is found, replace the HCS PWB. (PL 39.37)

Y N
Stacker Full Sensor. (PL 39.35)
The sensor circuits have no problem. Check the following connectors for a poor contact, and the wires for
an intermittent connection.
• HCS PWB J21
• Stacker Full Sensor J327
049-973 HCS Dolly Remove Button Pressed
BSD-ON:CH29.4
The Remove HCS Dolly button was pressed.
The external controller ordered removal of Dolly.
Procedure
• The wire from HCS Control Panel PWB J90-23 to HCS PWB J6-23 for a short circuit
• HCS Control Panel PWB for faults (including a poor operation of the Dolly Remove Switch) (PL
39.42)
• If this Fail occurs though the Remove button has not been pressed, the cause is a problem with
Controller Software. Contact the support division for a corrective part: upgraded software.
• If the problem is not resolved, go to 049-960 FIP and check the Stacker Up Curl Sensor.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 049-xxx FIP

2-183
061-310 Clapper Fail 061-315 SOS Long Fail
BSD-ON: BSD-ON:CH6.9
An error occurred with internal ESS PWB processing. SOS Signal Interval is longer than spec.
Procedure Procedure
Once this fail has occurred, enter the Diag. Enter DC330[061-207] (ASIC Panther 4 Active or Inactive Enter the UI diag.
Monitoring Signal). Select Start. The display is Low. Enter DC330[061-201](No SOS Fail Detection). Select Start.
Y N Press the Enter Number button then enter [061-202](SOS Long Fail Detection). Select Start.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1). Press the Enter Number button. Enter [061-202](Laser ON/OFF). Select Start.
CAUTION
Replace the ESS PWB (PL 2.5). Before turning ON the Laser, ensure to close the Front Door.
After turning ON the Laser, enter [061-201](No SOS Fail Detection) and [061-202](SOS Long Fail Detec-
tion) in order. Press the Show Current Status button to see what is displayed for each. Both the dis-
plays are Low.
Y N
Turn off the power. Check the following for connection:
• Flexible Print Cable (PL 6.1) between MCU PWB JA419/ JB419and LDD PWB J345A/ J345B
• P418 between MCU PWB and BP PWB
• MCU PWB J416 to SOS PWB J199
• P/J335 between ESS PWB and BP PWB
If the connections are good, replace the following parts in order:
• ROS Assy (PL 6.1)
Seeing BSD CH1.12, check the Front Door Interlock Switch circuit for such a poor connection as causes
its chattering.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 061-xxx FIP

2-185
061-319 SOS Short Fail 061-320 Polygon Motor Fail

SOS Signal Interval is shorter than spec. The qty of Polygon Motor rotations did not become normal 4sec after Polygon Motor ON.
Procedure Procedure
Enter the UI diag. Enter the UI diag.
Enter DC330[061-203](SOS Short Fail Detection). Select Start. Enter DC330[061-200](Polygon Motor Ready). Select Start.
Press the Enter Number button. Enter [061-202](Laser ON/OFF). Select Start. Press the Enter Number button. Enter [061-001](Polygon Motor ON/OFF). Select Start.
CAUTION Four sec. after the Polygon Motor turned ON, enter [061-200](Polygon Motor Ready). Press the Show
Before turning ON the Laser, ensure to close the Front Door. Current Status button to see what is displayed. With the Polygon Motor ON, the display is Low.
Y N
After turning ON the Laser, enter [061-203](SOS Short Fail Detection). Press the Show Current Status
Replace the ROS Assy (PL 6.1).
button to see what is displayed. The display is Low.
Y N
its chattering.
• Flexible Print Cable (PL 6.1) between MCU PWB JA419/ JB419and LDD PWB J345A/ J345B
its chattering.
061-325 No SOS Fail 061-329 ROS Connect Fail
Not a single SOS Signal could be detected. Poor connection between ROS LD and MCU PWB
Procedure Procedure
Enter the UI diag. Turn off the power. Check the following for connection:
Enter DC330[061-201](No SOS Fail Detection). Select Start. Flexible Print Cable (PL 6.1) between MCU PWB JA419/ JB419and LDD PWB J345A/ J345B
Press the Enter Number button then enter [061-202](SOS Long Fail Detection). Select Start. If it is connected with no problem, replace the Flexible Print Cable (PL 6.1), ROS Assy (PL 6.1) and MCU
Press the Enter Number button. Enter [061-202](Laser ON/OFF). Select Start. PWB (PL 2.1) in order.
CAUTION
Before turning ON the Laser, ensure to close the Front Door.
After turning ON the Laser, enter [061-201](No SOS Fail Detection) and [061-202](SOS Long Fail Detec-
tion) in order. Press the Show Current Status button to see what is displayed for each. Both the dis-
plays are Low.
Y N
• Flexible Print Cable (PL 6.1) between MCU PWB JA419/ JB419 and LDD PWB J345A/ J345B
its chattering.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 061-xxx FIP

2-187
061-330 Polygon Motor Lock Fail 061-331 ROS VDD Fail

With Polygon Motor OFF, Motor Ready Signal went High three consecutive times Under one of the following conditions, ROS VDD Signal (LD Power Supply signal) became active three
consecutive times.
Procedure
• Polygon Motor OFF
Remove the Rear Upper Cover and the MCU PWB Cover. CR8 (GRN) on the MCU PWB is lighting.
Y N • Front Cover Open
Seeing BSD CH1.6, check the +5VDC circuit to J400-2 on the MCU PWB. • Drum CRU disconnected
Procedure
+24VDC is measured between J400-4 (+) on the MCU PWB and GND (-).
Y N Turn OFF then ON the power. If this does not resolve the problem, replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1).
Turn off the power. Disconnect J409 from the MCU PWB.
Disconnect P247 from the ROS Assy. (REP 6.1.1)
Check the following for an open wire or poor contact:
• MCU PWB J409-A6 to ROS Assy P247-5
Y N
Replace the following in order:

061-332 ROS VDD Down Fail 061-334 SOS Stop Fail
With Polygon Motor ready, ROS VDD Signal (LD Power Supply signal) became inactive. SOS Signal stops.
Procedure Procedure
Turn OFF then ON the power. If this does not resolve the problem, replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1). Turn OFF then ON the power. Check the following high voltage groups for a leak:
• CC, CC Grid (HVPS S6)(CH9.3)
• Deve Bias (HVPS S5)(CH9.3)
• PTC (HVPS S11)(CH9.9)
• BTR (HVPS S10)(CH9.10)
• DTS (HVPS S3)(CH9.11)
• PCC (HVPS S6)(CH9.13)
If none of the high voltage groups have any leak, check for any external noise (noise from Power Source/
other devices).
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 061-xxx FIP

2-189
061-340 ROS LD Fail 061-603 ROS Data Fail

When LD Alarm occurred, it was found that of 32CHs, 3CHs or more (NVM749-105) had LDs deterio- Serial data communication failed between MCU PWB and ROS. (Hidden Fail)
rated.
NOTE: This is a hidden fail. Therefore, even if this fail occurs, prints can be made.
Procedure
Procedure
Enter the Diag. Check what value is in NVM[749-077]. The value is [4294967295].
Y N Turn off the power. Check the following for connection:
• Flexible Print Cable (PL 6.1) between MCU PWB JA419/ JB419 and LDD PWB J345A/ J345B
Seeing BSD CH1.12, check the Front Door Interlock Switch circuit for such a poor connection as causes • P/J335 between ESS PWB and BP PWB
its chattering. If the connections are good, replace the following in order:
If the problem still persists, replace the NVM PWB (PL 2.1).
061-607 LD Alarm
BSD-ON:CH6.9
One of 32 beams had an error. (Hidden Fail)
Procedure
Enter the Diag. Check what value is in NVM[749-077]. The value is [4294967295].
Y N
If image quality is affected, replace the ROS Assy (PL 6.1) as required.
its chattering.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 061-xxx FIP

2-191
062-210 IISS Hot Line Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS) 062-211 IIT/IPS EEPROM Fail (IPS) (Except 4127/4112EPS)
The open Hot Line Signal line was detected. An error occurred in writing onto EEPROM or communication with EEPROM (despite retries).

Turn off the power. Check the following: • Turn OFF then ON the power.
• There is no poor connection between P336 on the ESS PWB and P719 on the IIT/IPS PWB. • Upgrade the software to the latest version.
• No connector pins have any foreign object and are bent.
• Connector Screw Lock Mechanism has no problem. Procedure
If results of the checks are OK, replace the IIT-ESS Cable (PL 5.2). Turn off the power. Disconnect and reconnect U2 (EEPROM) from/to IIT/IPS PWB. If this does not
resolve the problem, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 5.8).
NOTE: Remove the old U2 (EEPROM) from the old IIT/IPS PWB. Replace the new U2 (EEPROM) on
the new IIT/IPS PWB with the old one. (REP 5.8.1)
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 062-xxx FIP

2-193
062-220 IPS-EXT Connection Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS) 062-277 IIT/IPS-DADF Communication Fail (Except 4127/
BSD-ON:CH3.3
Poor connection between IIT/IPS PWB and Extension Memory PWB
An IIT/IPS PWB-DADF PWB communication failure
Procedure
Turn on the power. +12VDC is measured between J720-2 (+) on the IIT/IPS PWB and GND (-). Procedure
Y N Turn on the power. +12VDC is measured between J720-2 (+) on the IIT/IPS PWB and GND (-).
+12VDC is measured between J732-5 (+) on the DCPS PWB and GND (-).
Y N
Y N
+24VDC is measured between J732-3(+) on the DCPS PWB and GND (-). Y N
Y N
+24VDC is measured between J732-3(+) on the DCPS PWB and GND (-).
Seeing BSD CH1.12, check the +24VDC circuit to J732-3 on the DCPS PWB.
Y N
Replace the DCPS PWB (PL 5.8).
Check for an open wire or poor contact between J732-5 on the DCPS PWB and J720-2 on the IIT/
IPS PWB.
IPS PWB.
Turn off the power. Disconnect and reconnect the connectors between IIT/IPS PWB (PL 5.8) and Exten-
sion Memory PWB (PL 5.8).
Turn off the power. Disconnect and reconnect Connectors P750 from/to the IIT/IPS PWB, and J751 and
If the connections are good, replace the Extension Memory PWB (PL 5.8).
J752 from/to the DADF PWB.
If the problem still persists, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 5.8). If the problem persists, replace the following in order:
NOTE: Remove the old U3 (EEPROM) from the old Extension Memory PWB. Replace the new U3 • IIT-DADF Cable (PL 4.3)
(EEPROM) on the new Extension Memory PWB with the old one. (REP 5.8.2) • DADF PWB (PL 4.3)
• IIT/IPS PWB (PL 5.8)
the IIT/IPS PWB with the old one. (REP 5.8.1) NOTE: Remove the old U2 (EEPROM) from the old IIT/IPS PWB. Replace the new U2 (EEPROM) on
062-278 IIT-Extension Communication Fail (Except 4127/ 062-300 Platen Interlock Open (Except 4127/4112EPS)
BSD-ON:CH3.4
Platen Interlock is open.
An IIT/IPS PWB-Extension MEM PWB communication failure
Procedure
Procedure Remove the Top Front Cover.
Cheat J727-1 and J727-2 pins on the Platen Interlock Switch. 062-300 is gone.
Turn on the power. +12VDC is measured between J720-2 (+) on the IIT/IPS PWB and GND (-).
Y N
Y N
+12VDC is measured between J732-5 (+) on the DCPS PWB and GND (-). +5VDC is measured between J727-1 (+) on the Platen Interlock Switch and GND (-).
Y N Y N
Check for an open wire or poor contact between J727-1 on the Platen Interlock Switch and
J722-A5 on the IIT/IPS PWB. If the wire is good, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 5.8).
Y N
+5VDC is measured between J727-2 (+) on the Platen Interlock Switch and GND (-).
Y N
Replace the Platen Interlock Switch (PL 5.6).
Check the DC COM circuit between J727-2 on the Platen Interlock Switch and J722-A4 on the IIT/
IPS PWB.
IPS PWB.
Turn off the power. Disconnect and reconnect the connectors between IIT/IPS PWB (PL 5.8) and Exten-
Check if the Magnet (PL 4.12) is properly installed and if the DADF gets closed properly. If no problem is
sion Memory PWB (PL 5.8).
If the connections are good, replace the Extension Memory PWB (PL 5.8). found, replace the Platen Interlock Switch (PL 5.6).
If the problem still persists, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 5.8).
NOTE: Remove the old U3 (EEPROM) from the old Extension Memory PWB. Replace the new U3
(EEPROM) on the new Extension Memory PWB with the old one. (REP 5.8.2)
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 062-xxx FIP

2-195
062-310 IIT/IPS-ESS Communication Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS) 062-311 IIT Software Logic Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)
An IIT/IPS PWB-ESS PWB communication failure IIT/IPS PWB Software error was detected.
Procedure Procedure
Turn on the power. +12VDC is measured between J720-2 (+) on the IIT/IPS PWB and GND (-). • Turn OFF then ON the power.
Y N • Upgrade the software to the latest version.
Y N
Y N
IPS PWB.
Turn off the power. Disconnect and reconnect P719 from/to IIT/IPS PWB, and P336 from/to ESS PWB.
If the problem still persists, replace the following in order:
• IIT-ESS Cable (PL 5.2)
• ESS PWB (PL 2.5)
062-345 IIT/IPS EEPROM Fail (IIT) (Except 4127/4112EPS) 062-355 IPS Fan Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)
An error occurred in writing onto EEPROM or communication with EEPROM. IPS Fan failed.

• Turn OFF then ON the power. • Check the vent has no foreign object and is not clogged.
• Upgrade the software to the latest version. • Check there is no dust on the Fan Blade.
Procedure Procedure
Turn off the power. Disconnect and reconnect the U2 (EEPROM) from/to IIT/IPS PWB. If this does not Turn on the power. +24VDC is measured between J722-B3 (+) and -B6 (-) on the IIT/IPS PWB.
resolve the problem, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 5.8). Y N
+24VDC is measured between J720-4 (+) on the IIT/IPS PWB and GND (-).
Y N
Seeing BSD CH1.12, check the +24VDC circuit to J720-4 on the IIT/IPS PWB.
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 5.8).
Remove the IIT Top Rear Cover. +24VDC is measured between J731-4 (+) and -1(-) on the IPS Fan.
Y N
Check the circuits between J722-B3 on the IIT/IPS PWB and J731-4 on the IPS Fan, and between
J722-B6 on the IIT/IPS PWB and J731-1 on the IPS Fan for an open wire or poor contact.
+1VDC or less is measured between J731-2 (+) on the IPS Fan and GND (-).
Y N
Replace the IPS Fan (PL 5.6).
+3.3VDC is measured between J722-B5 (+) on the IIT/IPS PWB and GND (-).
Y N
Check for an open wire or poor contact between J731-2 on the IPS Fan and J722-B5 on the IIT/IPS
PWB.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 062-xxx FIP

2-197
062-356 Lamp Fan Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS) 062-357 CCD Fan Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)
For Lamp Fan, error signal was detected. For CCD Fan, error signal was detected.

• Check the vent has no foreign object, not clogged. • Check the vent has no foreign object and is not clogged.
• Check there is no dust on the Fan Blade. • Check there is no dust on the Fan Blade.
Procedure Procedure
Turn on the power. Enter the Diag. Turn on the power. Enter the Diag.
Enter DC330[062-015]. Select Start. +24VDC is measured between J722-B7 (+) and -B10 (-) on the Enter DC330[062-017]. Select Start. +24VDC is measured between J722-B11 (+) and -B14 (-) on the
IIT/IPS PWB. IIT/IPS PWB.
Y N Y N
+24VDC is measured between J720-4 (+) on the IIT/IPS PWB and GND (-). +24VDC is measured between J720-4 (+) on the IIT/IPS PWB and GND (-).
Y N Y N
Seeing BSD CH1.12, check the +24VDC circuit to J720-4 on the IIT/IPS PWB. Seeing BSD CH1.12, check the +24VDC circuit to J720-4 on the IIT/IPS PWB.
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 5.8). Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 5.8).
Remove the IIT Top Rear Cover. +24VDC is measured between J730-4 (+) and -1(-) on the Lamp Remove the Platen Glass and the Lens Cover. +24VDC is measured between J729-4 (+) and -1(-) on
Fan. the CCD Fan.
Y N Y N
Check the circuits between J722-B7 on the IIT/IPS PWB and J730-4 on the Lamp Fan, and Check the circuits between J722-B11 on the IIT/IPS PWB and J729-4 on the CCD Fan, and
between J722-B10 on the IIT/IPS PWB and J730-1 on the Lamp Fan for an open wire or poor con- between J722-B14 on the IIT/IPS PWB and J729-1 on the CCD Fan for an open wire or poor con-
tact. tact.
+1VDC or less is measured between J730-2 (+) on the Lamp Fan and GND (-). +1VDC or less is measured between J729-2 (+) on the CCD Fan and GND (-).
Y N Y N
Replace the Lamp Fan (PL 5.6). Replace the CCD Fan (PL 5.6).
+3.3VDC is measured between J722-B9 (+) on the IIT/IPS PWB and GND (-). +3.3VDC is measured between J722-B13 (+) on the IIT/IPS PWB and GND (-).
Y N Y N
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 5.8). Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 5.8).
Check for an open wire or poor contact between J730-2 on the Lamp Fan and J722-B9 on the IIT/IPS Check for an open wire or poor contact between J729-2 on the CCD Fan and J722-B13 on the IIT/IPS
PWB. PWB.
062-360 Carriage Position Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS) NOTE: Remove the old U2 (EEPROM) from the old IIT/IPS PWB. Replace the new U2 (EEPROM) on
BSD-ON:CH6.8
One of the following cases:
1. Carriage Position Control Count error was detected.

2. When initializing Carriage, the level of Regi Sensor output did not change.
3. It was detected that IIT Regi Sensor-detected position was wrong.
Procedure
Remove the Platen Glass. Manually move the Full Rate Carriage right and left. The Carriage moves
smoothly, not interfering.
Y N
Check for a mechanical load on the operating Carriage, poor winding of Carriage Cable, dirt/foreign
objects on the rails, improper position of Full Rate/Half Rate Carriage (ADJ 5.7.1), etc.
Turn on the power. Enter the Diag.

Enter DC330[062-005](Scan) or [062-006](Return). Select Start. The Carriage moves.
Y N
+24VDC is measured between J721-1/2(+) on the IIT/IPS PWB and GND (-).
Y N
Y N
Turn off the power. Disconnect J721 from the IIT/IPS PWB.
Measure the wire-wound resistance of the Carriage Motor:
• J721-1 pin to pins J721-3/4
• J721-2 pin to pins J721-5/6
Every resistance is approx. 0.9 ohm.
Y N
Replace the Carriage Motor (PL 5.7).

Enter DC330[062-212](IIT Regi Sensor). Select Start.
Manually moving the Carriage, turn ON then OFF the IIT Regi Sensor. The display changes between
H and L.
Y N
Using 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP, check the IIT Regi Sensor.
At the service call, no error is thought to exist.

Recheck for an improper Carriage operation, any noise source around the machine, any abnormal inter-
nal discharge, etc.
If the fail occurs frequently, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 5.8).
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 062-xxx FIP

2-199
062-362 X Hard Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS) 062-371 Lamp Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)
The document copying of which was prohibited was scanned. It was found that light from the lamp to CCD was not enough (in White Fluctuation Correction before the
start of scan or in performing AGC).
Procedure
If the fail occurs frequently, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 5.8). Procedure
Enter the Diag.
NOTE: Remove the old U2 (EEPROM) from the old IIT/IPS PWB. Replace the new U2 (EEPROM) on Enter DC330[062-002](Exposure Lamp). Select Start. The Lamp turns ON.
Y N
Turn off the power. Disconnect and reconnect J723 from/to the IIT/IPS PWB, and J702 and J703
from/to the Lamp Ballast PWB. If the problem still persists, replace the following in order:
• Exposure Lamp (PL 5.9)
• Lamp Ballast PWB (PL 5.9)
• Slide Cable (PL 5.9)

Turn off the power. Perform the following:
• Check for any obstacle shielding the light path.
• Check the Lamp, Mirrors, Lenses and White Reference Board for dirt/deterioration
• Disconnect and reconnect CCD PWB J700 and IIT/IPS PWB J710.
• Check for an insufficient qty of Lamp light
If results of the above checks are OK, replace the following in order:
• Lens and CCD Kit (PL 5.6)
• CCD Flexible Print Cable (PL 5.6)
062-380 Platen AGC Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS) 062-386 Platen AOC Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)
BSD-ON:CH6.1, CH6.2 BSD-ON:CH6.1, CH6.2
Auto Gain Correction (AGC) Setup failed. Auto Offset Correction (AOC) failed.
Procedure Procedure
Enter the Diag. Enter the Diag.
Enter DC330[062-002](Exposure Lamp). Select Start. The Lamp turns ON. Enter DC330[062-002](Exposure Lamp). Select Start. The Lamp turns ON.
Y N Y N
Turn off the power. Disconnect and reconnect J723 from/to the IIT/IPS PWB, and J702 and J703 Turn off the power. Disconnect and reconnect J723 from/to the IIT/IPS PWB, and J702 and J703
from/to the Lamp Ballast PWB. If the problem still persists, replace the following in order: from/to the Lamp Ballast PWB. If the problem still persists, replace the following in order:
• Exposure Lamp (PL 5.9) • Exposure Lamp (PL 5.9)
• Lamp Ballast PWB (PL 5.9) • Lamp Ballast PWB (PL 5.9)
• Slide Cable (PL 5.9) • Slide Cable (PL 5.9)
• IIT/IPS PWB (PL 5.8) • IIT/IPS PWB (PL 5.8)
Press the Stop button. Press the Stop button.

Turn off the power. Perform the following: Turn off the power. Perform the following:
• Check for any obstacle shielding the light path. • Check for any obstacle shielding the light path.
• Check the Lamp, Mirrors, Lenses and White Reference Board for dirt/deterioration • Check the Lamp, Mirrors, Lenses and White Reference Board for dirt/deterioration
• Disconnect and reconnect CCD PWB J700 and IIT/IPS PWB J710. • Disconnect and reconnect CCD PWB J700 and IIT/IPS PWB J710.
• Check for an insufficient qty of Lamp light • Check for an insufficient qty of Lamp light
If results of the above checks are OK, replace the following in order: If results of the above checks are OK, replace the following in order:
• Lens and CCD Kit (PL 5.6) • Lens and CCD Kit (PL 5.6)
• CCD Flexible Print Cable (PL 5.6) • CCD Flexible Print Cable (PL 5.6)
• IIT/IPS PWB (PL 5.8) • IIT/IPS PWB (PL 5.8)
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 062-xxx FIP

2-201
062-389 Carriage Over Run (Scan End) (Except 4127/4112EPS) 062-392 IIT/IPS Memory Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)
Carriage overran the Scan End side. An IIT/IPS PWB RAM failure was detected (checked at Power ON), or an error occurred with internal IIT/
IPS PWB processing.
Procedure
Remove the Platen Glass. Manually move the Full Rate Carriage right and left. The Carriage moves Procedure
smoothly, not interfering. Turn off the power. Disconnect and reconnect the U2 (EEPROM) from/to IIT/IPS PWB. Turn on the
Y N power.
Check for a mechanical load on the operating Carriage, poor winding of Carriage Cable, dirt/foreign If this does not resolve the problem, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 5.8).
objects on the rails, improper position of Full Rate/Half Rate Carriage (ADJ 5.7.1), etc.
Enter DC330[062-005](Scan) or [062-006](Return). Select Start. The Carriage moves.
Y N
+24VDC is measured between J721-1/2(+) on the IIT/IPS PWB and GND (-).
Y N
Y N
Turn off the power. Disconnect J721 from the IIT/IPS PWB.
Measure the wire-wound resistance of the Carriage Motor:
• J721-1 pin to pins J721-3/4
• J721-2 pin to pins J721-5/6
Every resistance is approx. 0.9 ohm.
Y N
Replace the Carriage Motor (PL 5.7).

Enter DC330[062-212](IIT Regi Sensor). Select Start.
Manually moving the Carriage, turn ON then OFF the IIT Regi Sensor. The display changes between
H and L.
Y N
Using 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP, check the IIT Regi Sensor.
At the service call, no error is thought to exist.

Recheck for an improper Carriage operation, any noise source around the machine, any abnormal inter-
nal discharge, etc.
If the fail occurs frequently, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 5.8).
062-393 IIT/IPS PWB Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS) 062-790 X Detect Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)
An error occurred with internal IIT/IPS PWB processing. The doc copy of which was prohibited was scanned.
Procedure Procedure
Turn OFF then ON the power. If this does not resolve the problem, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 5.8). If the fail occurs frequently, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 5.8).
NOTE: Remove the old U2 (EEPROM) from the old IIT/IPS PWB. Replace the new U2 (EEPROM) on NOTE: Remove the old U2 (EEPROM) from the old IIT/IPS PWB. Replace the new U2 (EEPROM) on
the new IIT/IPS PWB with the old one. (REP 5.8.1) the new IIT/IPS PWB with the old one. (REP 5.8.1)
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 062-xxx FIP

2-203
063-210 Extension EEPROM Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS) 063-220 IPS-EXT Psync Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)
Detected was an error in writing onto EEPROM on Extension Memory PWB or communication with Under the following:
EEPROM.
1. No notice is made reporting completion of import of images into «d«w«s Memory.
Initial Actions 2. No notice is made reporting completion of reading of images from the memory.
• Turn OFF then ON the power. 3. No notice is made reporting import of side 1 images is complete.
• Remove and reinstall the Extension Memory PWB. 4. The notice exists reporting completion of reading of images from the memory, but the images are in
• Upgrade the software to the latest version. trouble. No image appears.
Initial Actions
Procedure • Turn OFF then ON the power.
Check if the connectors between the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 5.8) and the Extension Memory PWB (PL 5.8) are • Remove and reinstall the Extension Memory PWB.
securely connected. • Disconnect and reconnect the Memory.
If no problem is found, replace the Extension Memory PWB (PL 5.8).
• Upgrade the software to the latest version.
NOTE: Remove the old U3 (EEPROM) from the old Extension Memory PWB, and replace the new U3
(EEPROM) on the new Extension Memory PWB with the old one. (REP 5.8.2) Procedure
Check if the connectors between the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 5.8) and the Extension Memory PWB (PL 5.8) are
securely connected.
If no problem is found, replace the Extension Memory PWB (PL 5.8) and the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 5.8) in
order.
(EEPROM) on the new Extension Memory PWB with the old one. (REP 5.8.2)
NOTE: Remove the old U2 (EEPROM) from the old IIT/IPS PWB, and replace the new U2 (EEPROM) on
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 063-xxx FIP

2-205
063-230 EXT Image Parameter Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS) 063-240 EXT Image Parameter Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)
With 1P DUP PWB installed, DIMM of an illegal memory capacity was installed on Extension Memory Extension CPU cannot load image parameters specified from IISS.
PWB.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions • Turn OFF then ON the power.
• Turn OFF then ON the power. • Remove and reinstall the Extension Memory PWB.
• Remove and reinstall the Extension Memory PWB. • Upgrade the software to the latest version.
• Check the capacity of the Memory.
• Disconnect and reconnect the Memory. Procedure
• Upgrade the software to the latest version. Check if the connectors between the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 5.8) and the Extension Memory PWB (PL 5.8) are
securely connected.
Procedure If no problem is found, replace the Extension Memory PWB (PL 5.8).
Check if the connectors between the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 5.8) and the Extension Memory PWB (PL 5.8) are NOTE: Remove the old U3 (EEPROM) from the old Extension Memory PWB, and replace the new U3
securely connected. (EEPROM) on the new Extension Memory PWB with the old one. (REP 5.8.2)
If no problem is found, replace the Extension Memory PWB (PL 5.8).
(EEPROM) on the new Extension Memory PWB with the old one. (REP 5.8.2).
065-210 Extension Page Memory Fail 1 (Except 4127/4112EPS) 065-211 CIS Shading FROM Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)
Detected was poor contact of DIMM 1 with Extension MEM PWB Detected was a failure in 1P DUP PWB Flash ROM which stores Shading Data.
Procedure Procedure
Remove the Extension Memory PWB. (REP 5.8.2) Turn off the power. Disconnect and reconnect the connectors each from/to the IIT/IPS PWB, Extension
Disconnect and reconnect the DIMM ( P735) from/to Extension Memory PWB. Memory PWB and 1P DUP PWB. (PL 5.8) (REP 5.8.2) Turn on the power.
If the problem still persists, replace the Extension Memory PWB (PL 5.8). If the problem still persists, replace the 1P DUP PWB and the Extension Memory PWB in order. (PL 5.8)
Note:When replacing the Extension Memory PWB, ensure to replace the new EEPROM U3 with the old
one. (REP 5.8.2)
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 065-xxx FIP

2-207
065-212 CIS Shading Level Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS) 065-213 CIS Output Level Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)
Too much dirt to be coped with is detected on the white reference board to the CIS side. A lack of CIS light qty was detected.

• Clean the white reference board (tool) and the scanning area of the CIS. Perform the following:
• Turn off the power. Disconnect then connect Extension Memory PWB and 1P Dup PWB. • Clean the CIS White Reference Board and the CIS Scan Area.
• Disconnect and reconnect J740 from/to the 1P DUP PWB and J745 from/to the CIS DC/DC Con-
Procedure vert PWB.
• Disconnect and reconnect J746 from/to the CIS DC/DC Convert PWB and J7461 from/to the CIS.
Enter DC945 IIT Calibration. Execute Side 2 Shading Correction Data Collection." 065-212 has disap-
peared. If the problem still persists, replace the following in order:
Y N • CIS (PL 4.13)
Replace the CIS (PL 4.13). • DCDC-CIS Wire Harness (PL 4.2)
• IIT-DADF Cable (PL 4.2)
Exit.
• 1P DUP PWB (PL 5.8)
• CIS DC/DC Convert PWB (PL 4.2)
• Extension Memory PWB (PL 5.8)
NOTE: When replacing the Extension Memory PWB, ensure to replace the new EEPROM U3 with the
old one. (REP 5.8.2).
065-215 Extension Page Memory Fail 2 (Except 4127/4112EPS) 065-216 Extension Page Memory Fail 3 (Except 4127/4112EPS)
Detected was poor contact of DIMM 2 with Extension MEM PWB. Detected was poor contact of DIMM 3 with Extension MEM PWB.
Procedure Procedure
This fail does not occur with this model of machine. This fail does not occur with this model of machine.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 065-xxx FIP

2-209
065-219 CIS Black White Level Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS) 065-220 1P DUP PWB-EXT Psync Fail (Except 4127/4112EPS)
CIS Black Correction or White Correction is not complete. In Psync from 1P DUP PWB-EXT to Extension, there occurred an output error with 1P DUP PWB or an
input error with Extension.
Procedure
Perform the following: Procedure
• Clean the CIS White Reference Board and the CIS Scan Area. Perform the following:
• Disconnect and reconnect J740 from/to the 1P DUP PWB and J745 from/to the CIS DC/DC Con- • Clean the CIS White Reference Board and the CIS Scan Area.
vert PWB. • Disconnect and reconnect J740 from/to the 1P DUP PWB and J745 from/to the CIS DC/DC Con-
• Disconnect and reconnect J746 from/to the CIS DC/DC Convert PWB and J7461 from/to the CIS. vert PWB.
If the problem still persists, replace the following in order: • Disconnect and reconnect J746 from/to the CIS DC/DC Convert PWB and J7461 from/to the CIS.
• CIS (PL 4.13) If the problem still persists, replace the following in order:
• DCDC-CIS Wire Harness (PL 4.2) • CIS (PL 4.13)
• IIT-DADF Cable (PL 4.2) • DCDC-CIS Wire Harness (PL 4.2)
• 1P DUP PWB (PL 5.8) • IIT-DADF Cable (PL 4.2)
• CIS DC/DC Convert PWB (PL 4.2) • 1P DUP PWB (PL 5.8)
• Extension Memory PWB (PL 5.8) • CIS DC/DC Convert PWB (PL 4.2)
• Extension Memory PWB (PL 5.8)
NOTE: When replacing the Extension Memory PWB, ensure to replace the new EEPROM U3 with the
old one. (REP 5.8.2). NOTE: When replacing the Extension Memory PWB, ensure to replace the new EEPROM U3 with the
old one. (REP 5.8.2).
071-100 Tray 1 Miss Pre Feed Jam 071-101 Tray 1 Miss Feed Jam
Pre Feed Sensor 1 is not turned ON a spec time after the start of feed from Tray 1. Feed Out Sensor 1 is not turned ON a spec time after the start of feed from Tray 1.

• [071-100] Tray 1 Pre Feed Sensor • [071-101] Feed Out Sensor 1
• [071-002] Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor • [071-002] Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor
• [071-003] Tray 1 Nudger Solenoid • [071-003] Tray 1 Nudger Solenoid
Check Items • [077-001] Take Away Motor 1
• Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper Check Items
• Feed Roll/Nudger Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation • Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper
• Retard Roll for a problem • Feed Roll/Nudger Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Connectors P/J661 for a poor connection • Retard Roll for a problem
• Drive gears for wear/breakage • Take-away Roll 1 for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Check for out-of-spec paper. • Connectors P/J661 for a poor connection
• Check the wire-wound resistance of Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor is approx. 1.3 ohms at the measurement • Drive gears for wear/breakage
points below. • Check for out-of-spec paper.
– P220-2 pin to pins 1/3 • Check the wire-wound resistance of Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor is approx. 1.3 ohms at the measurement
– P220-5 pin to pins 4/6 points below.
• Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the Tray 1 Pre – P220-2 pin to pins 1/3
Feed Sensor (PL 7.14). – P220-5 pin to pins 4/6
– Tray 1 Pre Feed Sensor J103-2 to MCU PWB J403-B8 • Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the Feed Out
– Tray 1 Pre Feed Sensor J103-1 to Tray Module PWB J463-A3 Sensor 1 (PL 7.18).
– Tray 1 Pre Feed Sensor J103-3 to Tray Module PWB J439-A1 – Feed Out Sensor 1 J133A-2 to MCU PWB J403-A5
• If the results of the above checks are OK, replace Tray Module PWB (PL 2.3) and MCU PWB (PL – Feed Out Sensor 1 J133A-1 to Tray Module PWB J467-A12
2.1) in order. – Feed Out Sensor 1 J133A-3 to Tray Module PWB J467-A10
• If the results of the above checks are OK, replace Tray Module PWB (PL 2.3) and MCU PWB (PL
2.1) in order.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 071-xxx FIP

2-211
071-104 Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam (Tray 1) 071-105 Regi Sensor ON Jam (Tray 1)
Paper from Tray 1 does not turn ON Pre Regi Sensor within a spec time. Paper from Tray 1 does not turn ON Regi Sensor within a spec time.

• [077-103] Pre Regi Sensor • [077-104] Regi Sensor
• [077-004] Pre Regi Motor • [077-004] Pre Regi Motor
• [077-017] Take Away Clutch 1 Check Items
Check Items • Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper
• Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper • Pre Regi Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Vertical Transport Roll 1 for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation • Drive gears for wear/breakage
• Pre Regi Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation • Check for out-of-spec paper.
• Drive gears for wear/breakage • Drawer Connectors P/J601 contact points for foreign objects/bent pins/burnout
• Check for out-of-spec paper. • Check the wire-wound resistance of Pre Regi Motor is approx. 0.8 ohms at the measurement points
• Check the wire-wound resistance of Pre Regi Motor is approx. 0.8 ohm at the measurement points below.
below. – P229-2 pin to pins 1/3
– P229-2 pin to pins 1/3 – P229-5 pin to pins 4/6
– P229-5 pin to pins 4/6 • Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the Regi Sensor
• Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the Pre Regi (PL 13.4).
Sensor (PL 13.16). – Regi Sensor J122-2 to IOT PWB J439-B11
– Pre Regi Sensor J121-2 to IOT PWB J439-B5 – Regi Sensor J122-1 to IOT PWB J439-B12
– Pre Regi Sensor J121-3 to IOT PWB J439-B4 If the above wires are good, replace Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1).
If the above wires are good, replace Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1). • If the results of the above checks are OK, replace IOT PWB (PL 2.1) and MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in
• If the results of the above checks are OK, replace Tray Module PWB (PL 2.3), IOT PWB (PL 2.1) order.
and MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order.
071-210 Tray 1 Lift Up Fail Enter DC330[071-201](Tray 1 Level Sensor). Select Start. Manually raising and lowering the Feed/
Nudger Roll Assy, turn ON then OFF the sensor. The display changes between H and L.
BSD-ON:CH7.6 Y N
Using 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP, troubleshoot the Tray 1 Level Sensor.
Tray 1 Level Sensor does not turn ON a spec time after the tray is inserted.
Procedure Enter DC330[071-003](Tray 1 Nudger Solenoid). Select Start. The Tray 1 Nudger Solenoid ener-
Slide out Tray 1. gizes.
Enter the Diag. Enter DC330[071-002](Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor). Pressing and holding one of the Y N
switches of the Tray 1 Paper Size Sensor, select Start. The Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor operates. Using 2.2.3.4 Solenoid/Clutch Not Energized Failure FIP, troubleshoot the Tray 1 Nudger Solenoid.
Y N
Turn off the power. Remove the +24V LVPS (GU10) (REP 2.3.1) to get access to the Tray Module Slide out the tray and perform the following:
PWB. Turn on the power. +24VDC is measured between J465-1/2(+) on the Tray Module PWB • Manually rotate the Gear Pulley at the rear of the tray to check the tray smoothly goes up and down.
and GND (-). • Check the couplings and gears are not broken. Check the couplings are securely engaged in each
Y N other when the tray is gently pushed in.
• Check for other mechanical loads.
Y N
Turn off the power. Disconnect J465 from the Tray Module PWB.
Measure the wire-wound resistance of Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor:
• J465-1 pin to pins J465-5/6
• J465-2 pin to pins J465-3/4
Every resistance is approx. 1.3 ohms.
Y N
Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the Tray 1
Feed/Lift Motor (PL 7.13).
• J465-1 to J220-2
• J465-2 to J220-5
• J465-3 to J220-6
• J465-4 to J220-4
• J465-5 to J220-3
• J465-6 to J220-1
Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the Tray Module
PWB (PL 2.3) and the MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order.
• MCU PWB J404-A15 to Tray Module PWB J462-A4
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 071-xxx FIP

2-213

• Drive gears for wear/breakage • Takeaway Roll 2 for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
– Tray 2 Pre Feed Sensor J103-2 to MCU PWB J403-A14 • Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the Feed Out
– Tray 2 Pre Feed Sensor J103-1 to Tray Module PWB J463-B3 Sensor 2 (PL 7.11).
– Tray 2 Pre Feed Sensor J103-3 to Tray Module PWB J439-B1 – Feed Out Sensor 2 J133B-2 to MCU PWB J403-B9
• If the results of the above checks are OK, replace Tray Module PWB (PL 2.3) and MCU PWB (PL – Feed Out Sensor 2 J133B-1 to Tray Module PWB J466-7
2.1) in order. – Feed Out Sensor 2 J133B-3 to Tray Module PWB J466-5
2.1) in order.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 072-xxx FIP

2-215
072-104 Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam (Tray 2) 072-105 Regi Sensor ON Jam (Tray 2)

• [077-002] Take Away Motor 2 Check Items
• [077-018] Take Away Clutch 2 • Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper
Check Items • Pre Regi Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper • Drive gears for wear/breakage
• Horizontal Transport Rolls 1 & 2 for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation • Check for out-of-spec paper.
• Pre Regi Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation • Drawer Connectors P/J601 contact points for foreign objects/bent pins/burnout
• Drive gears for wear/breakage • Check the wire-wound resistance of Pre Regi Motor is approx. 0.8 ohm at the measurement points
• Check for out-of-spec paper. below.
• Check the wire-wound resistance of Pre Regi Motor is approx. 0.8 ohm at the measurement points – P229-2 pin to pins 1/3
– P229-2 pin to pins 1/3 • Check the following for an open wire or poor contact:
– P229-5 pin to pins 4/6 – Regi Sensor J122-2 to IOT PWB J439-B11
• Check the following for an open wire or poor contact: – Regi Sensor J122-1 to IOT PWB J439-B12
– Pre Regi Sensor J121-1 to IOT PWB J439-B6 If the above wires are good, replace Regi Sensor (PL 13.4) and Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1) in
– Pre Regi Sensor J121-3 to IOT PWB J439-B4 order.
If the above wires are good, replace Pre Regi Sensor (PL 13.16) and Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1) in • If the results of the above checks are OK, replace IOT PWB (PL 2.1) and MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in
order. order.
• If the results of the above checks are OK, replace Tray Module PWB (PL 2.3), IOT PWB (PL 2.1)
A
072-210 Tray 2 Lift Up Fail Press the Stop button.
Enter DC330[072-201](Tray 2 Level Sensor). Select Start. Manually raising and lowering the Feed/
BSD-ON:CH7.7 Nudger Roll Assy, turn ON then OFF the sensor. The display changes between H and L.
Y N
Tray 2 Level Sensor does not turn ON a spec time after the tray is inserted.
CAUTION
While Tray 2 is rising, never slide out the Tray 2 Transport Drawer (PL 7.10). Otherwise, the Tray Module Enter DC330[072-003](Tray 2 Nudger Solenoid). Select Start. The Tray 2 Nudger Solenoid ener-
PWB would be broken. gizes.
Procedure Y N
Slide out Tray 2. Using 2.2.3.4 Solenoid/Clutch Not Energized Failure FIP, troubleshoot the Tray 2 Nudger Solenoid.
Enter the Diag. Enter DC330[072-002](Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor). Pressing and holding one of the
Slide out the tray and perform the following:
switches of the Tray 2 Paper Size Sensor, select Start. The Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor operates.
• Manually rotate the Gear Pulley at the rear of the tray to check the tray smoothly goes up and down.
Y N
Turn off the power. Remove the +24V LVPS (GU10) (REP 2.3.1) to get access to the Tray Module • Check the couplings and gears are not broken. Check the couplings are securely engaged in each
PWB. Turn on the power. +24VDC is measured between J465-7/8 (+) on the Tray Module PWB other when the tray is gently pushed in.
and GND (-). • Check for other mechanical loads.
Y N
Y N
• J465-7 pin to pins J465-11/12
• J465-8 pin to pins J465-9/10
Every resistance is approx. 1.3 ohms.
Y N
Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the Tray 2
Feed/Lift Motor (PL 7.13).
• J465-7 to J220-2
• J465-8 to J220-5
• J465-9 to J220-6
• J465-10 to J220-4
• J465-11 to J220-3
• J465-12 to J220-1
• MCU PWB J404-B7 to Tray Module PWB J462-B12
A
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 072-xxx FIP
2-217

• Drive gears for wear/breakage • Take-away Roll 3 for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
– Tray 3 Pre Feed Sensor J103-2 to MCU PWB J403-B13 • Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the Feed Out
– Tray 3 Pre Feed Sensor J103-1 to Tray Module PWB J464-A3 Sensor 3 (PL 7.18).
– Tray 3 Pre Feed Sensor J103-3 to Tray Module PWB J464-A1 – Feed Out Sensor 3 J133C-2 to MCU PWB J403-A4
• If the results of the above checks are OK, replace Tray Module PWB (PL 2.3) and MCU PWB (PL – Feed Out Sensor 3 J133C-1 to Tray Module PWB J467-A6
2.1) in order. – Feed Out Sensor 3 J133C-3 to Tray Module PWB J467-A4
2.1) in order.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 073-xxx FIP

2-219
073-102 Feed Out Sensor 1 ON Jam (Tray 3) 073-104 Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam (Tray 3)
Paper from Tray 3 does not turn ON Feed Out Sensor 1 within a spec time. Paper from Tray 3 does not turn ON Pre Regi Sensor within a spec time.

• [071-101] Feed Out Sensor 1 • [077-103] Pre Regi Sensor
• [077-102] Trans Path Sensor 3 • [077-004] Pre Regi Motor
• [077-001] Take Away Motor 1 • [077-001] Take Away Motor 1
• [077-003] Take Away Motor 3 • [077-017] Take Away Clutch 1
• Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper • Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper
• Vertical Transport Rolls 1 & 2 for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation • Vertical Transport Rolls 1 & 2 for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Drive gears for wear/breakage • Pre Regi Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Check for out-of-spec paper. • Drive gears for wear/breakage
• Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the Feed Out • Check for out-of-spec paper.
Sensor 1 (PL 7.18). • Check the wire-wound resistance of Pre Regi Motor is approx. 0.8 ohm at the measurement points
– Feed Out Sensor 1 J133A-2 to MCU PWB J403-A5 below.
– Feed Out Sensor 1 J133A-1 to Tray Module PWB J467-A12 – P229-2 pin to pins 1/3
• If the results of the above checks are OK, replace Tray Module PWB (PL 2.3) and MCU PWB (PL • Check the following for an open wire or poor contact:
2.1) in order. – Pre Regi Sensor J121-2 to IOT PWB J439-B5
– Pre Regi Sensor J121-1 to IOT PWB J439-B6
If the above wires are good, replace Pre Regi Sensor (PL 13.16) and Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1) in
order.
073-105 Regi Sensor ON Jam (Tray 3) 073-210 Tray 3 Lift Up Fail
Paper from Tray 3 does not turn ON Regi Sensor within a spec time. Tray 3 Level Sensor does not turn ON a spec time after the tray is inserted.

• [077-104] Regi Sensor Slide out Tray 1 and Tray 3.
• [077-004] Pre Regi Motor Enter the Diag. Enter DC330[073-002](Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor). Pressing and holding one of the
Check Items Y N
• Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper Turn off the power. Remove the +24V LVPS (GU10) (REP 2.3.1) to get access to the Tray Module
• Pre Regi Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation PWB. Turn on the power. +24VDC is measured between J470-1/2(+) on the Tray Module PWB
• Drive gears for wear/breakage and GND (-).
• Check for out-of-spec paper. Y N
• Drawer Connectors P/J601 contact point for foreign objects/bent pins/burnout
Y N
• Check the wire-wound resistance of Pre Regi Motor is approx. 0.8 ohm at the measurement points. Seeing BSD CH1.8, check the +24VDC circuit to J460-1 on the Tray Module PWB.
– P229-2 pin to pins 1/3
– P229-5 pin to pins 4/6 Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 2.3).
• Check the following for an open wire or poor contact:
– Regi Sensor J122-2 to IOT PWB J439-B11
– Regi Sensor J122-1 to IOT PWB J439-B12 • J470-1 pin to pins J470-5/6
If the above wires are good, replace Regi Sensor (PL 13.4) and Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1) in Every resistance is approx. 1.3 ohms.
order. Y N
• If the results of the above checks are OK, replace IOT PWB (PL 2.1) and MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the Tray 3
order. Feed/Lift Motor (PL 7.13).
• J470-1 to J220-2
• J470-2 to J220-5
• J470-3 to J220-6
• J470-4 to J220-4
• J470-5 to J220-3
• J470-6 to J220-1
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 073-xxx FIP

2-221
Y N
Press the Stop button. Enter DC330[073-003](Tray 3 Nudger Solenoid). Select Start. The Tray 3
Nudger Solenoid energizes.
Y N
Using 2.2.3.4 Solenoid/Clutch Not Energized Failure FIP, troubleshoot the Tray 3 Nudger Solenoid.

• Check the couplings and gears are not broken. Check the couplings are securely engaged in each
other when the tray is gently pushed in.

• Drive gears for wear/breakage • Takeaway Roll 4 for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
– Tray 4 Pre Feed Sensor J103-2 to MCU PWB J403-A9 • Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the Feed Out
– Tray 4 Pre Feed Sensor J103-1 to Tray Module PWB J464-B3 Sensor 4 (PL 7.18).
– Tray 4 Pre Feed Sensor J103-3 to Tray Module PWB J464-B1 – Feed Out Sensor 4 J133C-2 to MCU PWB J403-A3
• If the results of the above checks are OK, replace Tray Module PWB (PL 2.3) and MCU PWB (PL – Feed Out Sensor 4 J133C-1 to Tray Module PWB J467-A3
2.1) in order. – Feed Out Sensor 4 J133C-3 to Tray Module PWB J467-A1
2.1) in order.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 074-xxx FIP

2-223
074-102 Feed Out Sensor 1 ON Jam (Tray 4) 074-104 Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam (Tray 4)
Paper from Tray 4 does not turn ON Feed Out Sensor 1 within a spec time. Paper from Tray 4 does not turn ON Pre Regi Sensor within a spec time.

• [071-101] Feed Out Sensor 1 • [077-103] Pre Regi Sensor
• [077-102] Trans Path Sensor 3 • [077-004] Pre Regi Motor
• [077-001] Take Away Motor 1 • [077-001] Take Away Motor 1
• [077-003] Take Away Motor 3 • [077-017] Take Away Clutch 1
• Vertical Transport Rolls 1 & 2 for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation • Vertical Transport Rolls 1 & 2 for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Drive gears for wear/breakage • Pre Regi Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the Feed Out • Check for out-of-spec paper.
Sensor 1 (PL 7.18). • Check the wire-wound resistance of Pre Regi Motor is approx. 0.8 ohm at the measurement points
– Feed Out Sensor 1 J133A-2 to MCU PWB J403-A5 below.
• If the results of the above checks are OK, replace Tray Module PWB (PL 2.3) and MCU PWB (PL • Check the following for an open wire or poor contact:
2.1) in order. – Pre Regi Sensor J121-2 to IOT PWB J439-B5
order.
074-105 Regi Sensor ON Jam (Tray 4) 074-210 Tray 4 Lift Up Fail
Paper from Tray 4 does not turn ON Regi Sensor within a spec time. Tray 4 Level Sensor does not turn ON a spec time after the tray is inserted.

• [077-104] Regi Sensor Slide out Tray 1 and Tray 4.
• [077-004] Pre Regi Motor Enter the Diag. Enter DC330[074-002](Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor). Pressing and holding one of the
Check Items Y N
• Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper Turn off the power. Remove the +24V LVPS (GU10) (REP 2.3.1) to get access to the Tray Module
• Pre Regi Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation PWB. Turn on the power. +24VDC is measured between J470-7/8(+) on the Tray Module PWB
• Drive gears for wear/breakage and GND (-).
• Check for out-of-spec paper. Y N
+24VDC is measured between J460-1 (+) on the Tray Module PWB and GND.
• Drawer Connectors P/J601 contact point for foreign objects/bent pins/burnout
Y N
• Check the wire-wound resistance of Pre Regi Motor is approx. 0.8 ohm at the measurement points. Seeing BSD CH1.8, check the +24VDC circuit to J460-1 on the Tray Module PWB.
– P229-5 pin to pins 4/6 Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 2.3).
– Regi Sensor J122-2 to IOT PWB J439-B11
If the above wires are good, replace Regi Sensor (PL 13.4) and Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1) in Every resistance is approx. 1.3 ohms.
order. Y N
• If the results of the above checks are OK, replace IOT PWB (PL 2.1) and MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the Tray 3
order. Feed/Lift Motor (PL 7.13).
• J470-7 to J220-2
• J470-8 to J220-5
• J470-9 to J220-6
• J470-10 to J220-4
• J470-11 to J220-3
• J470-12 to J220-1
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 074-xxx FIP

2-225
Y N
Press the Stop button. Enter DC330[074-003](Tray 4 Nudger Solenoid). Select Start. The Tray 4
Nudger Solenoid energizes.
Y N
Using 2.2.3.4 Solenoid/Clutch Not Energized Failure FIP, troubleshoot the Tray 4 Nudger Solenoid.

• Check the couplings and gears are not broken. Check the couplings are securely engaged in each
other when the tray is gently pushed in.
075-100 MSI Miss Feed Jam 075-101 MSI Feed Out Sensor ON Jam
MSI Pre Feed Sensor is not turned ON a spec time after the start of feed from MSI. MSI Feed Out Sensor is not turned ON a spec time after the start of feed from MSI.

• [075-100] MSI Pre Feed Sensor • [075-101] MSI Feed Out Sensor
• [075-003] MSI Feed Motor • [075-003] MSI Feed Motor
• [075-005] MSI Nudger Solenoid • [075-005] MSI Nudger Solenoid
• [075-001] MSI Lift Motor • [075-001] MSI Lift Motor
• Feed Roll/Nudger Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation • Feed Roll/Nudger Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Retard Roll for a problem • Retard Roll for a problem
• Drive gears for wear/breakage • Drive gears for wear/breakage
• Check for out-of-spec paper. • Check for out-of-spec paper.
– MSI Pre Feed Sensor J119-2 to IOT PWB J438-B5 – MSI Feed Out Sensor J120-2 to IOT PWB J438-A5
– MSI Pre Feed Sensor J119-1 to IOT PWB J438-B – MSI Feed Out Sensor J120-1 to IOT PWB J438-A6
– MSI Pre Feed Sensor J119-3 to IOT PWB J438-B4 – MSI Feed Out Sensor J120-3 to IOT PWB J438-A4
If the above wires are good, replace MSI Pre Feed Sensor (PL 8.7) and Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1) If the above wires are good, replace MSI Feed Out Sensor (PL 13.6) and Flexible Print Cable (PL
in order. 2.1) in order.
• If the results of the above checks are OK, replace IOT PWB (PL 2.1) and MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in • If the results of the above checks are OK, replace IOT PWB (PL 2.1) and MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in
order. order.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 075-xxx FIP

2-227
075-109 Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam (MSI) 075-135 Regi Sensor ON Jam (MSI)
Paper from MSI does not turn ON Pre Regi Sensor within a spec time. Paper from MSI does not turn ON Regi Sensor within a spec time.

• Pre Regi Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation • Pre Regi Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Check the wire-wound resistance of Pre Regi Motor is approx. 0.8 ohm at the measurement points • Drawer Connectors P/J601 contact point for foreign objects/bent pins/burnout
below. • Check the wire-wound resistance of Pre Regi Motor is approx. 0.8 ohm at the measurement points.
• Check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact: • Check the following for an open wire or poor contact:
If the above wires are good, replace Pre Regi Sensor (PL 13.16) and Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1) in If the above wires are good, replace Regi Sensor (PL 13.4) and Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1) in
order. order.
order. order.
A
075-210 MSI Lift Up Fail Check if there were any obstacles on the MSI Bottom Plate when the fail occurred that prevented from
the tray going up/down.
BSD-ON:CH7.10 If the fail frequently occurs, replace the IOT PWB (PL 2.1) and MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order.
MSI Lift Up Sensor does not turn ON a spec time after MSI starts lifting up.
NOTE: The following procedure must be performed with the MSI Cover Interlock Switch closed.
Procedure
Enter the Diag. Enter DC330[075-001](Up). Select Start. The tray has lifted up.
Y N
Remove the MSI Rear Cover.
Manually rotate the MSI Lifter gears. The gears rotate with no load.
Y N
Remove any load from the Lift Up mechanism.
+24VDC is measured between P226-2 (ORN)(+) on the MSI Lift Motor and GND (-).
Y N
Open the PWB Chassis. (REP 2.1.1) +24VDC is measured between J430-8 (+) on the IOT
PWB and GND (-).
Y N
Check the wire between J435-B6 on the IOT PWB and P226-2 (ORN) on the MSI Lift Motor
for an open wire or poor contact. If the wire is good, replace the IOT PWB (PL 2.1).
Enter DC330[075-001](Up). Select Start. +1VDC or less is measured between P226-2 (ORN)(+)
on the MSI Lift Motor and GND (-).
Y N
Disconnect and reconnect the cable between J432 on the IOT PWB and J402 on the MCU
PWB. If the problem is not resolved, replace the Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1), IOT PWB (PL
2.1) and MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order.
+24VDC is measured between P226-1 (BLU)(+) on the MSI Lift Motor and GND (-).
Y N
Check the wire between J435-B5 on the IOT PWB and P226-1 (BLU) on the MSI Lift Motor for
an open wire or poor contact.
Replace the MSI Lift Motor (PL 8.4).

Enter DC330[075-005](MSI Nudger Solenoid). Select Start. The MSI Nudger Solenoid has operated.
Y N
Using 2.2.3.4 Solenoid/Clutch Not Energized Failure FIP, check the MSI Nudger Solenoid.

Enter DC330[075-201](MSI Lift Up Sensor). Select Start. Manually raising and lowering the Nudger
Roll, turn ON then OFF the MSI Lift Up Sensor. The display changes between H and L.
Y N
Using 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP, check the MSI Lift Up Sensor.
A
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 075-xxx FIP
2-229
075-211 MSI Lift Down Fail

BSD-ON:CH7.10
MSI Lift Down Sensor does not turn ON a spec time after MSI starts lowering.
NOTE: The following procedure must be performed with the MSI Cover Interlock Switch closed.
Procedure
Enter the Diag. Enter DC330[075-002](Down). Select Start. The tray has lowered.
Y N
Remove the MSI Rear Cover.
Manually rotate the MSI Lifter gears. The gears rotate with no load.
Y N
Remove any load from the Lift Down mechanism.
+24VDC is measured between P226-1 (BLU) (+) on the MSI Lift Motor and GND (-).
Y N
Open the PWB Chassis. (REP 2.1.1) +24VDC is measured between J430-8 (+) on the IOT
PWB and GND (-).
Y N
Check the wire between J435-B5 on the IOT PWB and P226-1 (BLU) on the MSI Lift Motor for
an open wire or poor contact. If the wire is good, replace the IOT PWB (PL 2.1).
Enter DC330[075-002](Down). Select Start. +1VDC or less is measured between P226-1

(BLU)(+) on the MSI Lift Motor and GND (-).
Y N
PWB. If this does not resolve the problem, replace the Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1), IOT PWB
(PL 2.1) and MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order.
+24VDC is measured between P226-2 (ORN)(+) on the MSI Lift Motor and GND (-).
Y N
Check the wire between J435-B6 on the IOT PWB and P226-2 (ORN) on the MSI Lift Motor
for an open wire or poor contact.
Replace the MSI Lift Motor (PL 8.4).

Enter DC330[075-202](MSI Lift Down Sensor). Select Start. Raising and lowering the MSI Bottom Plate,
turn ON then OFF the MSI Lift Down Sensor. The display changes between H and L.
Y N
Using 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP, troubleshoot the MSI Lift Down Sensor.
Check if there were any obstacles on the MSI Bottom Plate when the fail occurred that prevented from
the tray going up/down.
If the fail frequently occurs, replace the IOT PWB (PL 2.1) and the MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order.
077-102 Trans Path Sensor 1 ON Jam (Tray 2) 077-103 Fuser Exit Sensor OFF Jam (Straight)
Paper from Tray 2 does not turn ON Trans Path Sensor 1 within a spec time. In Straight Output Mode, Fuser Exit Sensor does not turn OFF within a spec time.

• [077-100] Trans Path Sensor 1 • [010-201] Fuser Exit Sensor
• [077-002] Take Away Motor 2 • [077-010] Exit Motor
• [077-018] Take Away Clutch 2 • [010-001] Fuser Drive Motor
• Horizontal Transport Roll 1 for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation • Fuser Exit Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Horizontal Transport Roll 2 for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation • Drive gears for wear/breakage
• Take Away Clutch 2 for a slip • Drawer Connectors P/J612 contact points for foreign objects/bent pins/burnout
• Drive gears for wear/breakage • Check for out-of-spec paper.
• Drawer Connectors P/J669A contact points for a problem/foreign object/burnout • Check the wire-wound resistance of Exit Motor is approx. 2.6 ohms at the measurement points
• Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace Trans Path Sen- – P222-2 pin to pins 1/3
sor 1 (PL 7.11). – P222-5 pin to pins 4/6
– Trans Path Sensor 1 J161-2 to MCU PWB J403-B10 • Check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace Fuser Exit
– Trans Path Sensor 1 J161-1 to Tray Module PWB J466-13 Sensor (PL 15.9).
– Trans Path Sensor 1 J161-3 to Tray Module PWB J466-11 – Fuser Exit Sensor J141-2 to MCU PWB J405-A2
• If the results of the above checks are OK, replace Tray Module PWB (PL 2.3) and MCU PWB (PL – Fuser Exit Sensor J141-1 to MCU PWB J405-A3
2.1) in order. – Fuser Exit Sensor J141-3 to MCU PWB J405-A1
• If the results of the above checks are OK, replace MCU PWB (PL 2.1).
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 077-xxx FIP

2-231
077-106 Fuser Exit Sensor ON Jam 077-107 Fuser Exit Sensor OFF Jam (Invert)
BSD-ON:CH8.12,CH10.6 BSD-ON:CH10.6, CH10.11, CH10.12
Fuser Exit Sensor does not turn ON a spec time after Regi Motor ON. In Invert Output Mode, Fuser Exit Sensor does not turn OFF within a spec time.

• [010-201] Fuser Exit Sensor • [010-201] Fuser Exit Sensor
• [010-001] Fuser Drive Motor • [077-019/020] Invert Gate Solenoid
• [077-006] Regi Motor • [077-013] Invert Motor
Check Items • [077-202] Invert Release Home Sensor
• Paper Path for a foreign object/a burr/a piece of paper • [077-016] Release Motor
• Check for a poor transport due to dirt on Transfer Belt Check Items
• Check for an up curl due to the use of moist paper. • Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper
• Check for out-of-spec paper. • Invert In Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Drawer Connectors P/J612 contact points for foreign objects/bent pins/burnout • Invert Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Fuser for an improper latch operation • Invert Gate for an improper operation
• Heat Roll Finger/P-Roll Finger for wear/breakage • Check for out-of-spec paper.
• Check for deformed or improperly installed Fuser Exit Chute. • Drawer Connectors P/J612 contact points for foreign objects/bent pins/burnout
• Fuser Exit Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation • Fuser Exit Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Check the wire-wound resistance of Regi Motor is approx. 1.6 ohms at the measurement points • Check the wire-wound resistance of Invert Motor is approx. 2.6 ohms at the measurement points
below: below.
• Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace Fuser Exit Sen- • Check the wire-wound resistance of Release Motor is approx. 10 ohms at the measurement points
sor (PL 15.9). below.
– Fuser Exit Sensor J141-2 to MCU PWB J405-A2 – P224-2 pin to pins 1/3
– Fuser Exit Sensor J141-1 to MCU PWB J405-A3 – P224-5 pin to pins 4/6
– Fuser Exit Sensor J141-3 to MCU PWB J405-A1 • Check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace Fuser Exit
• If the results of the above checks are OK, replace IOT PWB (PL 2.1) and MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in Sensor (PL 15.9).
order. – Fuser Exit Sensor J141-2 to MCU PWB J405-A2
– Fuser Exit Sensor J141-1 to MCU PWB J405-A3
– Fuser Exit Sensor J141-3 to MCU PWB J405-A1
• If the results of the above checks are OK, replace IOT PWB (PL 2.1) and MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in
order.
077-109 IOT Exit Sensor ON Jam (Non Invert) 077-111 IOT Exit Sensor ON Jam (Invert)
In Non-Invert Mode, IOT Exit Sensor is not turned OFF within a spec time. In Invert Output Mode, IOT Exit Sensor does not turn ON in a spec time.

• [077-108] IOT Exit Sensor • [077-108] IOT Exit Sensor
• [010-001] Fuser Drive Motor • [077-013] Invert Motor
• [077-010] Exit Motor • [077-202] Invert Release Home Sensor
Check Items • [077-016] Release Motor
• Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper • [077-010] Exit Motor
• Exit Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation Check Items
• Drive gears for wear/breakage • Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper
• Invert Gate for an improper operation • Invert In Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Check for out-of-spec paper. • Invert Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Check the wire-wound resistance of Exit Motor is approx. 2.6 ohms at the measurement points • Drive gears for wear/breakage
below. • Check for out-of-spec paper.
– P222-2 pin to pins 1/3 • Drawer Connectors P/J608 contact points for foreign objects/bent pins/burnout
– P222-5 pin to pins 4/6 • Check the wire-wound resistance of Exit Motor is approx. 2.6 ohms at the measurement points
• Check the following for an open wire or poor contact: below.
– IOT Exit Sensor J111-2 to IOT PWB J438-A8 – P222-2 pin to pins 1/3
– IOT Exit Sensor J111-1 to IOT PWB J438-A9 – P222-5 pin to pins 4/6
– IOT Exit Sensor J111-3 to IOT PWB J438-A7 • Check the wire-wound resistance of Invert Motor is approx. 2.6 ohms at the measurement points
If the above wires are good, replace IOT Exit Sensor (PL 16.2) and Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1) in below.
order.. – P221-2 pin to pins 1/3
• If the results of the above checks are OK, replace IOT PWB (PL 2.1) and MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in – P221-5 pin to pins 4/6
order. • Check the wire-wound resistance of Release Motor is approx. 10 ohms at the measurement points
below.
– IOT Exit Sensor J111-2 to IOT PWB J438-A8
If the above wires are good, replace IOT Exit Sensor (PL 16.2) and Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1) in
order.
order.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 077-xxx FIP

2-233
077-113 IOT Exit Sensor OFF Jam (Non Invert) 077-115 IOT Exit Sensor OFF Jam (Invert)
In Non-Invert Mode, IOT Exit Sensor is not turned OFF within a spec time. In Invert Output Mode, IOT Exit Sensor does not turn OFF within a spec time.

• [077-108] IOT Exit Sensor • [077-108] IOT Exit Sensor
• [077-010] Exit Motor • [077-010] Exit Motor
• Exit Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation • Exit Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Finisher for a poor docking • Finisher for a poor docking
• Check the wire-wound resistance of Exit Motor is approx. 2.6 ohms at the measurement points • Check the wire-wound resistance of Exit Motor is approx. 2.6 ohms at the measurement points
below. below.
– IOT Exit Sensor J111-2 to IOT PWB J438-A8 – IOT Exit Sensor J111-2 to IOT PWB J438-A8
If the above wires are good, replace IOT Exit Sensor (PL 16.2) and Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1). If the above wires are good, replace IOT Exit Sensor (PL 16.2) and Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1).
order. order.
077-118 Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam (Duplex) 077-123 Regi Sensor ON Jam (Duplex)
Paper through Duplex does not turn ON Pre Regi Sensor within a spec time. Paper through Duplex does not turn ON Regi Sensor within a spec time.

• [077-015] Duplex Motor Check Items
Check Items • Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper
• Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper • Pre Regi Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Duplex Path Roll 2 for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation • Drive gears for wear/breakage
• Duplex Out Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation • Check for out-of-spec paper.
• Drive gears for wear/breakage • Drawer Connectors P/J601 contact points for foreign objects/bent pins/burnout
• Drawer Connectors P/J608 contact points for foreign objects/bent pins/burnout • Check the wire-wound resistance of Pre Regi Motor is approx. 0.8 ohm at the measurement points
• Check the wire-wound resistance of Pre Regi Motor is approx. 0.8 ohm at the measurement points – P229-2 pin to pins 1/3
– P229-2 pin to pins 1/3 • Check the following for an open wire or poor contact:
– P229-5 pin to pins 4/6 – Regi Sensor J122-2 to IOT PWB J439-B11
• Check the wire-wound resistance of Duplex Motor is approx. 2.6 ohms at the measurement points – Regi Sensor J122-1 to IOT PWB J439-B12
below. – Regi Sensor J122-3 to IOT PWB J439-B10
– P219-2 pin to pins 1/3 If the above wires are good, replace Regi Sensor (PL 13.4) and Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1).
– P219-5 pin to pins 4/6 • If the results of the above checks are OK, replace IOT PWB (PL 2.1) and MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in
• Check the following for an open wire or poor contact: order.
If the above wires are good, replace Pre Regi Sensor (PL 13.16) and Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1).
order.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 077-xxx FIP

2-235
077-128 Invert In Sensor ON Jam 077-129 Duplex In Sensor ON Jam

Invert In Sensor does not turn ON a spec time after Fuser Exit Sensor ON. Duplex In Sensor does not turn ON a spec time after the start of invert.

• [077-105] Invert In Sensor • [077-109] Dup In Sensor
• [010-001] Fuser Drive Motor • [077-202] Invert Release Home Sensor
• [077-013] Invert Motor • [077-013] Invert Motor
• [077-019/020] Invert Gate Solenoid • [077-016] Release Motor
• Invert In Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation • Invert In Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Invert Gate for an improper operation • Invert Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• The contact points of Drawer Connectors P/J601 and P/J608 for foreign objects/bent pins/burnout • Drawer Connectors P/J608 contact points for foreign objects/bent pins/burnout
• Check the wire-wound resistance of Invert Motor is approx. 2.6 ohms at the measurement points • Check the wire-wound resistance of Invert Motor is approx. 2.6 ohms at the measurement points
below. below.
• Check the following for an open wire or poor contact: • Check the wire-wound resistance of Release Motor is approx. 10 ohms at the measurement points
– Invert In Sensor J108-2 to IOT PWB J439-B17 below.
– Invert In Sensor J108-1 to IOT PWB J439-B18 – P224-2 pin to pins 1/3
– Invert In Sensor J108-3 to IOT PWB J439-B16 – P224-5 pin to pins 4/6
If the above wires are good, replace Invert In Sensor (PL 13.11) and Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1). • Check the following for an open wire or poor contact:
• If the results of the above checks are OK, replace IOT PWB (PL 2.1) and MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in – Dup In Sensor J104-2 to IOT PWB J439-A13
order. – Dup In Sensor J104-1 to IOT PWB J439-A14
– Dup In Sensor J104-3 to IOT PWB J439-A12
If the above wires are good, replace Dup In Sensor (PL 14.5) and Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1).
order.
077-130 Duplex Out Sensor ON Jam 077-132 Invert In Sensor OFF Jam
Duplex Out Sensor does not turn ON a spec time after Duplex In Sensor ON. Invert In Sensor does not turn OFF within a spec time.

• [077-112] Dup Out Sensor • [077-105] Invert In Sensor
• [077-015] Duplex Motor • [077-016] Release Motor
Check Items • [077-013] Invert Motor
• Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper • [077-202] Invert Release Home Sensor
• Duplex Path Roll 2 for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation Check Items
• Duplex Out Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation • Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper
• Drive gears for wear/breakage and Drive Belt for a poor tension • Invert Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
• Drawer Connectors P/J608 contact points for foreign objects/bent pins/burnout • Invert Roll for a poor Nip
• Check the wire-wound resistance of Duplex Motor is approx. 2.6 ohms at the measurement points • Check for out-of-spec paper.
below. • The contact points of Drawer Connectors P/J601 and P/J608 for foreign objects/bent pins/burnout
– P219-2 pin to pins 1/3 • Check the wire-wound resistance of Invert Motor is approx. 2.6 ohms at the measurement points
– P219-5 pin to pins 4/6 below.
• Check the following for an open wire or poor contact: – P221-2 pin to pins 1/3
– Dup Out Sensor J106-2 to IOT PWB J439-A4 – P221-5 pin to pins 4/6
– Dup Out Sensor J106-1 to IOT PWB J439-A5 • Check the following for an open wire or poor contact:
– Dup Out Sensor J106-3 to IOT PWB J439-A3 – Invert In Sensor J108-2 to IOT PWB J439-B17
If the above wires are good, replace Dup Out Sensor (PL 14.7) and Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1). – Invert In Sensor J108-1 to IOT PWB J439-B18
• If the results of the above checks are OK, replace IOT PWB (PL 2.1) and MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in – Invert In Sensor J108-3 to IOT PWB J439-B16
order. If the above wires are good, replace Invert In Sensor (PL 13.11) and Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1).
order.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 077-xxx FIP

2-237
077-140 Previous Multi Feed 077-141 Multi Feed

Multiple preceding sheets of paper are fed together. Multi-feed has occurred.
NOTE: Detection of this fail is intended for control of the 2nd and subsequent sheets fed from each tray Initial Actions
with “Average Paper Thickness” cleared; “Average Paper Thickness” is cleared when each tray is
First perform Sensitivity to Paper Thickness Adjustment, seeing Multi Feed Sensor Sensitivity to Paper
opened then closed. The 1 st sheet is therefore sometimes already fed.
Thickness Adjustment (ADJ 13.15.1).
Initial Actions
If its output level with no paper cannot be adjusted to 220 +/-30, perform the following:
First perform Sensitivity to Paper Thickness Adjustment, seeing Multi Feed Sensor Sensitivity to Paper
Thickness Adjustment (ADJ 13.15.1 ).
Procedure
If its output level with no paper cannot be adjusted to 220 +/-30, perform the following: Slide out the drawer. Disconnect J189 from the MSA PWB.
Push in the drawer. +5VDC is measured between connectors J189-1(+) and J189-3(-).
Procedure Y N
CR8 (GRN) on the MCU PWB is lighting on.
Slide out the drawer. Disconnect J189 from the MSA PWB.
Y N
Push in the drawer. +5VDC is measured between connectors J189-1(+) and J189-3(-). Seeing BSD CH1.6, check the +5VDC circuit to J400-2 on the MCU PWB.
Y N
Check the +5VDC circuit between J406-B11 on the MCU PWB and J189-1 on the MSA PWB and
Y N the DC COM circuit between J406-B9 on the MCU PWB and J189-3 on the MSA PWB for an open
wire or poor contact. If they are good, replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1).
Check the +5VDC circuit between J406-B11 on the MCU PWB to J189-1 on the MSA PWB and the Slide out the drawer. Reconnect the connector.
DC COM circuit between J406-B9 on the MCU PWB and J189-3 on the MSA PWB for an open
Disconnect connector J187 of the Multi Feed Sensor.
wire or poor contact. If the circuits are good, replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1).
Push in the drawer. +5VDC is measured between J187-3(+) and J187-1(-) on the MSA PWB.
Y N
Slide out the drawer. Reconnect the connector.
Check the wire between J188-1 and J187-3 on the MSA PWB and the wire between J188-3 and
J187-1 on the MSA PWB for an open wire or poor contact.
Push in the drawer. +5VDC is measured between connectors J187-3(+) and J187-1(-) on the MSA
PWB. Turn off the power. Check the following for continuity.
Y N
• MSA PWB J188-2 to J187-2
• MSA PWB J189-2 to MCU PWB J406-B10
Turn off the power. Check the following for continuity. Y N
• MSA PWB J188-2 to J187-2 Check any wire that has a resistance of more than 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact.
Replace the following parts in order.
Each resistance is 1 ohm or less. • Multi Feed Sensor (PL 13.15)
Y N
• MSA PWB (PL 13.3)
Check any wire that has a resistance of more than 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact.
If the problem is not resolved, replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1).
Replace the following parts in order:
• Multi Feed Sensor (PL 13.15)
• MSA PWB (PL 13.3 )
A
077-142 Pre Transfer Sensor On Jam Y N
BSD-ON:CH8.12 Y N
Seeing CH1.12, check the INTLK +24VDC circuit to IOT PWB J433-1.
A specified time after Regi Motor On, the Pre Transfer Sensor does not turn On. (H stays displayed.)
Turn off the power. Measure the resistance across Chip Fuse F3 on IOT PWB, using the
Procedure tester. If 1 ohm or more is measured (normally 0.1 ohm - 0.5 ohm), the fuse has blown. Check
Enter DC330[077-113](Pre Transfer Sensor). Press Start. Slide out the Marking Drawer and place a that the Regi Motor has no excessive load. Replace the IOT PWB. (PL 2.1)
piece of paper on the sensor.
Push in the Marking Drawer. The display is L. Turn off the power. Remove the Regi Unit. (REP 13.1.2)
Y N Disconnect Connector J230 from the Regi Motor. Measure the motor winding resistance.
Turn off the power. Check the following: • P230-2 to P230-1/ P230-3
• The wire between IOT PWB J439-B1 and Pre Transfer Sensor J191-1 for conductivity • P230-5 to P230-4/ P230-6
• The wire between IOT PWB J439-B2 and Pre Transfer Sensor J191-2 for an open wire or Each resistance is approx. 2.2ohms+/-0.22 ohm (25 deg.C).
poor contact Y N
• The wire between IOT PWB J439-B3 and Pre Transfer Sensor J191-3 for conductivity Replace the Regi Motor. (PL 13.4)
• The Flexible Print Cable between IOT PWB J432 and MCU PWB J402 for poor connection
Reconnect Connector J230 to the Regi Motor. Reinstall the Regi Unit. Push in the Marking Drawer.
• Drawer Connector P/J601 for bent pins/breakage/foreign objects
Disconnect Connector J441 on the IOT PWB.
• The sensor for dirt/improper installation
Check the following for conductivity.
If no problem is found, replace the following parts in order. • IOT PWB J441-11 to IOT PWB J441-10/12
• Pre Transfer Sensor (PL 13.5) • IOT PWB J441-8 to IOT PWB J441-7/9
• Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1) Each resistance is approx. 2.2ohms+/-0.22 ohm (25 deg.C).
• IOT PWB (PL 2.1) Y N
• MCU PWB (PL 2.1) Check either problem wire for an open wire or poor contact.
Slide out the Marking Drawer and remove the paper from the sensor. Check if the Flexible Print Cable is properly connected between IOT PWB J432 and MCU PWB
Push in the Marking Drawer. The display has changed to H. J402. If no problem is found, replace the following parts in order.
Y N • Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1)
Turn off the power. Check the following: • IOT PWB (PL 2.1)
• The wire between IOT PWB J439-B2 and Pre Transfer Sensor J191-2 for a short circuit. • MCU PWB (PL 2.1)
• Drawer Connector P/J601 for bent pins/breakage/foreign objects Check the following:
• Regi Roll for dirt/wear/poor rotation (PL 13.4)
• The sensor for improper installation/light from outside
• Regi Pinch Roll for dirt/wear/poor rotation (PL 13.15)
If no problem is found, replace the following parts in order.
• Whether Tension Spring is out of place/has deteriorated. (PL 13.15)
• Pre Transfer Sensor (PL 13.5)
• Gear for wear/breakage (PL 13.4)
• Inlet Chute for deformation (PL 13.5)
• Whether the Seal is peeling off. (PL 13.5)
Press Stop.
Cheat the IOT Front Door Interlock Switch.
Turn On DC330[077-006](Regi Motor). Press Start. The motor is heard operating.
Y N
Remove the IOT Rear Upper/Lower Cover. (PL 1.2) +24VDC is measured between IOT PWB
J441-11(+) and GND(-).
A
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 077-xxx FIP
2-239
077-143 Side Regi System Fail 077-144 Edge Detect Timing Fail
Side Regi Correction cannot be performed successfully. Side Regi Correction cannot be performed successfully.
• The amount of Lead Skew exceeded a specified range. • The amount of Lead Skew exceeded a specified range.
• The paper edge cannot be detected in a specified range. • The paper edge cannot be detected in a specified range.
• Regi Sensor cannot be turned On within a specified time. • Regi Sensor cannot be turned On within a specified time.
Procedure Procedure
Before this fail occurred, one or some of the following Fails occurred. Go to the appropriate FIP(s). Before this fail occurred, one or some of the following Fails occurred. Go to the appropriate FIP(s).
077-601 Side Regi Fail 077-601 Side Regi Fail
077-603 Skew Servo Fail 077-603 Skew Servo Fail
089-647 CIS Side Edge Detect A Fail 089-647 CIS Side Edge Detect A Fail
089-648 CIS Side Edge Detect B Fail 089-648 CIS Side Edge Detect B Fail
089-649 CIS Side Edge Detect C Fail 089-649 CIS Side Edge Detect C Fail
089-650 CIS Side Edge Out of Range Fail 089-650 CIS Side Edge Out of Range Fail
077-300 Front Cover Interlock Open 077-301 L/H Cover Interlock Open
Front Cover is open. L/H Cover is open.
Procedure Procedure
Cheat the Front Door Interlock Switch. 077-300 is gone. Manually turn ON the L/H Cover Interlock Switch. 077-301 is gone.
Y N Y N
Remove the Rear Upper Cover. +5VDC is measured between J410-2 (+) on the MCU PWB +24VDC is measured between J132-1 (+) on the L/H Cover Interlock Switch and GND (-).
and GND (-). Y N
Y N Turn off the power. Remove the +24V LVPS (GU10) (REP 2.3.1) to get access to the Tray
+5VDC is measured between J410-1 (+) on the MCU PWB and GND (-). Module PWB. Turn on the power. +24VDC is measured between J469-1 (+) on the Tray
Y N Module PWB and GND (-).
LED CR8 (GRN) on the MCU PWB is lighting on. Y N
Y N +24VDC is measured between J460-1 (+) on the Tray Module PWB and GND (-).
Seeing Chapter 7 Wirenet, check the +5VDC circuit to J400-2 on the MCU PWB. Y N
Using BSD CH1.8, check the +24VDC circuit to J460-1 on the Tray Module PWB.
+5VDC is measured between J144-A2 (+) on the Front Door Interlock Switch and GND (-
). Check the wire between J469-1 on the Tray Module PWB and J132-1 on the L/H Cover Inter-
Y N lock Switch for an open wire or poor contact.
Check the circuit between J410-1 on the MCU PWB and J144-A2 on the Front Door
Interlock Switch for an open wire or poor contact. When the switch is ON, +24VDC is measured between J132-3 (+) on the L/H Cover Interlock
Switch and GND (-).
+5VDC is measured between J144-B2 (+) on the Front Door Interlock Switch and GND (- Y N
) (with the switch cheated). Replace the L/H Cover Interlock Switch (PL 7.4).
Y N
Replace the Front Door Interlock Switch (PL 1.1). +24VDC is measured between J469-2 (+) on the Tray Module PWB and GND (-).
Y N
Check the circuit between J144-B2 on the Front Door Interlock Switch and J410-2 on the Check the wire between J132-3 on the L/H Cover Interlock Switch and J469-2 on the Tray
MCU PWB for an open wire or poor contact. Module PWB for an open wire or poor contact.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1). Check the wire between J462-A16 on the Tray Module PWB and J404-A3 on the MCU PWB for an
open wire or poor contact. If the wire is good, replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 2.3) and the MCU
The problem is a misalignment between the Front Door and the Front Door Interlock Switch. Check the PWB (PL 2.1) in order.
door for an improper installation, the actuator for any breakage, and the switch for an improper installa-
tion. The problem is a misalignment between the L/H Cover and the L/H Cover Interlock Switch. Check the L/
H Cover for an improper installation and the actuator for any problem, and check for the improperly posi-
tioned L/H Cover Interlock Switch.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 077-xxx FIP

2-241
077-304 MSI Cover Interlock Open 077-305 Trans Path Interlock Open
MSI Cover Interlock is open. Horizontal Transport is slid out.
Procedure Procedure
Using the screwdriver, turn on the MSI Cover Interlock Switch. 077-304 is gone. Perform the following:
Y N • Disconnect and reconnect J466/ J461 on the Tray Module PWB.
Turn off the power. Remove the MSI Assembly. • Disconnect and reconnect J403 on the MCU PWB.
Measure the resistance between J116-1 pin and -3 pin on the MSI Cover Interlock Switch. Turn ON
• Check Drawer Connectors P/J669B contact points for foreign objects/bent pins/burnout
the MSI Cover Interlock Switch. The resistance is 0 ohm.
Y N • Check if the Tray 2 Transport is properly seated in the rails.
Replace the MSI Cover Interlock Switch (PL 8.2). • Check the wire between J466-3 on the Tray Module PWB and J403-A11 on the MCU PWB for an
Reinstall the MSI Assembly. Turn on the power. Remove the Rear Upper Cover from the • Check the Tray Module PWB (PL 2.3) for a problem
machine. +24VDC is measured between J410-5 (+) on the MCU PWB and GND (-). • Check the MCU PWB (PL 2.1) for a problem.
Y N
Y N
Y N
Check the wire between J410-6 on the MCU PWB and J116-1 on the MSI Cover Interlock
Switch, and between J410-5 on the MCU PWB and J116-3 on the MSI Cover Interlock Switch
The problem is a misalignment between the MSI Upper Cover and the MSI Cover Interlock Switch.
Check for the improperly installed MSI Upper Cover and the bent actuator.
077-306 Marking Drawer Open 077-307 Duplex Drawer Open
Marking Drawer is slid out. Duplex Drawer is slid out.
Procedure Procedure
Perform the following: Perform the following:
• Disconnect and reconnect J405 on the MCU PWB. • Disconnect and reconnect J439 on the IOT PWB.
• Check Drawer Connectors P/J602 contact points for foreign objects/bent pins/burnout. • Disconnect and reconnect the Flexible Print Cable between J432 on the IOT PWB and J402 on the
• Check Drawer Connectors P/J602 for breakage/an improper installation. MCU PWB.
• Check if the Marking Drawer is properly seated in the rails. • Check Drawer Connectors P/J608 contact points for foreign objects/bent pins/burnout.
• Check the wire between J405-B12 on the MCU PWB and J405-B15 on the MCU PWB for an open • Check Drawer Connectors P/J608 for breakage/an improper installation.
wire or poor contact. • Check if the Duplex Drawer is properly seated in the rails.
• Check the MCU PWB (PL 2.1) for a problem. • Check the wire J439-A2 on the IOT PWB and J439-A1 on the IOT PWB for an open wire or poor
contact.
• Check the IOT PWB (PL 2.1) for a problem.
• Check the Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1) for a problem.
• Check the MCU PWB (PL 2.1) for a problem.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 077-xxx FIP

2-243
077-311 Invert Release Fail • IOT PWB (PL 2.1)

BSD-ON:CH10.12
Release Home Sensor voltage level does not change a spec time after Release Motor ON. Check for the following. If the results of the checks are OK, replace the IOT PWB (PL 2.1) and the MCU
PWB (PL 2.1) in order.
• Improperly installed, or bent Cam Lever (PL 14.5)
Initial Actions
• Release Arm out of place (PL 14.5)
• Disconnect and reconnect the Flexible Print Cable between J401 on the MCU PWB and J431 on
• Release Arm Sleeve Bearing broken/out of place
the IOT PWB to check that the cable is securely installed.
• Missing teeth of the Release Motor gears
• Check there are no foreign objects/bent pins/burnout at Drawer Connectors P/J608 contact points.
• Bent Cam (PL 14.6) and/or broken half-moon shaped plate of the actuator.
• Check the Duplex Drawer is properly seated in the rails.
Procedure
Enter the Diag. Enter DC330[077-202](Invert Release Home Sensor). Select Start. Slide out the Duplex
Drawer. Rotating the Release Motor gears, block out light to the sensor. Push in the Duplex Drawer.
Next making the sensor receive light, push in the Duplex Drawer. The display changes between L and
H.
Y N
Using 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP, troubleshoot the Invert Release Home Sensor.

Enter DC330[077-016](Release Motor). Select Start. The Release Motor operates.
Y N
+24VDC is measured between J440-14/17(+) on the IOT PWB and GND (-).
Y N
Y N
Seeing BSD CH1.12, check the INTLK +24VDC circuit to J430-2 on the IOT PWB.
Turn off the power. Disconnect Connector J440 on the IOT PWB.
Measure the wire-wound resistance of Release Motor:
• J440-17 pin to pins J440-16/18
• J440-14 pin to pins J440-13/15
Every resistance is approx. 10 ohms.
Y N
Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If all the wires are good, replace the
Release Motor (PL 14.6).
• IOT PWB J440-13 to J224-6
• IOT PWB J440-14 to J224-5
• IOT PWB J440-15 to J224-4
• IOT PWB J440-16 to J224-3
• IOT PWB J440-17 to J224-2
• IOT PWB J440-18 to J224-1

A
077-313 Multi Feed Sensor Broken 077-320 All Feed Tray Broken Fail
Multi Feed Sensor has failed. All the paper trays (including MSI and HCF) failed.

First perform Sensitivity to Paper Thickness Adjustment, seeing Multi Feed Sensor Sensitivity to Paper Check the Fail Code History and go to the appropriate FIPs related to the paper trays.
Thickness Adjustment (ADJ 13.15.1).
If its output level with no paper cannot be adjusted to 220+/-30, perform the following:
Procedure
Slide out the drawer. Disconnect J189 from the MSA PWB.
Push in the drawer. +5VDC is measured between connectors J189-1(+) and J189-3(-).
Y N
Y N
Check the +5VDC circuit between J406-B11 on the MCU PWB and J189-1 on the MSA PWB and
the DC COM circuit between J406-B9 on the MCU PWB and J189-3 on the MSA PWB for an open
wire or poor contact. If they are good, replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1).
Slide out the drawer. Reconnect the connector.

Push in the drawer. +5VDC is measured between connectors J187-3(+) and J187-1(-) on the MSA
PWB.
Y N
Turn off the power. Check the following for continuity.

• MSA PWB J188-2 to J187-2
Y N
Check any wire that has a resistance of more than 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact.

• Multi Feed Sensor (PL 13.15)
• MSA PWB (PL 13.3)
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 077-xxx FIP

2-245
077-330 (2000 A3 HCF) Feeder Communication Fail 077-330 (4000 HCF) Feeder Communication Fail
No communication can be established between 2000 A3 HCF PWB and MCU PWB. HCF and MCU PWB cannot communicate.

• Check that the AC Power Code of 2000 A3 HCF is connected properly. Disconnect and reconnect Connector J411 on the MCU PWB and JF3 on the HCF PWB.
Procedure Procedure
Turn off the Power. Disconnect and reconnect the following connectors. Remove the HCF Rear Upper Cover. CR1 (Red) on the HCF PWB is blinking.
• Lattice Connector P/J678 Y N
• 2000 A3 HCF PWB J816 CR1 (Red) is lighting on.
Y N
• MCU PWB J411
The Fuse (F1) on the HCF PWB is blown.
Turn on the power. 077-330 goes away. Y N
Y N
+24VDC is measured between JF4-1 (+) on the HCF PWB and GND (-).
CR14 (GRN) on the 2000 A3 HCF PWB is lit.
Y N
Y N Seeing BSD CH1.8, check the+24VDC circuit to JF4-1 on the HCF PWB.
+24VDC is measured between 2000 A3 HCF PWB J810-3(+) and GND(-).
Y N
Check the following for continuity. If no problem is found, replace the HCF PWB (PL
Seeing CH19.2, check the +24VDC circuit to 2000 A3 HCF PWB J810-3. 30.14).
• MCU PWB J411-A7 to HCF PWB JF3-B1
Replace the 2000 A3 HCF PWB. (PL 29.16)
• MCU PWB J411-A8 to HCF PWB JF3-B2
+1VDC or less is measured between MCU PWB J411-A6(+) and GND(-). • MCU PWB J411-A9 to HCF PWB JF3-B3
Y N • MCU PWB J411-A10 to HCF PWB JF3-B4
Check the wire between 2000 A3 HCF PWB J816-B4 and MCU PWB J411-A6 for an open
wire or poor contact. Replace the HCF PWB (PL 30.14).
Turn off the power. Check the following for conductivity. If no problem is found, replace the 2000 A3 +3VDC or more is measured between JF3-A3 (+) on the HCF PWB and GND (-).
HCF PWB. (PL 29.16) Y N
• MCU PWB J411-A7 to 2000 A3 HCF PWB J816-B6 Check the following for an open wire or poor contact.
• MCU PWB J411-A8 to 2000 A3 HCF PWB J816-B7 • MCU PWB J435-B11 to HCF PWB JF3-A3
• MCU PWB J411-A9 to 2000 A3 HCF PWB J816-B8
Replace the HCF PWB (PL 30.14).
• MCU PWB J411-A10 to 000 A3 HCF PWB J816-B9
Replace the HCF PWB (PL 30.14).
Connectors are poor contact.
Turn off then on the power switch. Check that 077-330 is not displayed again.
If it frequently happens, check the following:
• Connector for a bent pin, breakage and/or foreign object.
• Wire(s) for intermittent connection
• If Cable Tie is too tight.
A
077-601 Regi Sensor On Fail (Hidden Fail) Y N
Remove the IOT Rear Upper/Lower Cover. (PL 1.2) Open the PWB Chassis. (REP 2.1.1)
BSD-ON:CH8.11 +24VDC is measured between IOT PWB J437-19(+) and GND(-).
Y N
Regi Sensor does not On in a specified time.
Y N
Procedure Seeing CH1.12, check the INTLK +24VDC circuit to IOT PWB J433-1.
Enter DC330[077-104](Regi Sensor). Press Start. Slide out the Marking Drawer and put a piece of paper
under the sensor. Turn off the power. Measure the resistance across Chip Fuse F1 on the IOT PWB, using
Push in the Marking Drawer. The display is L. the tester. If 1 ohm or more is measured (normally 0.1 ohm - 0.5 ohm), the fuse has
Y N blown. Check that the Pre Regi Motor has no excessive load. Replace the IOT PWB. (PL
Turn off the power. Check the following: 2.1)
• The wire between CIS PWB J426-1 and Regi Sensor J122-1 for conductivity
• The wire between IOT PWB J439-B11 and Regi Sensor J122-2 for an open wire or poor con- Turn off the power. Disconnect Connector J229 from the Pre Regi Motor. Measure the motor
tact winding resistance.
• P229-2 to P229-1/ P229-3
• P229-5 to P229-4/ P229-6
Each resistance is approx. 0.8 ohm+/-0.12 ohm (25 deg. C).
Y N
Replace the Pre Regi Motor. (PL 13.1)
• Regi Sensor (PL 13.4) Reconnect Connector J229 to the Pre Regi Motor.
• Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1) Disconnect Connector J437 on the IOT PWB.
• IOT PWB J437-19 to IOT PWB J437-12/14
Slide out the Marking Drawer and remove the paper from the sensor. Each resistance is approx. 0.8 ohm+/-0.12 ohm (25 deg. C).
Push in the Marking Drawer. The display has changed to H. Y N
Y N Check either problem wire for an open wire or poor contact.
• The wire between IOT PWB J439-B11 and Regi Sensor J122-2 for a short circuit. Check the Flexible Print Cable between IOT PWB J432 and MCU PWB J402 for poor connec-
• Regi Sensor (PL 13.4) Remove mechanical loads such as the poor rotation of the Pre Regi Roll and a binding bearing.
• IOT PWB (PL 2.1) Check the following:
• Whether paper skew is occurring..
• Pre Regi Roll for dirt/wear/deterioration causing poor transport (PL 13.15)
Press Stop. • Pre Regi Pinch Roll for dirt/wear/deterioration causing poor transport (PL 13.15)
Cheat the IOT Front Door Interlock Switch. • Whether Tension Spring is out of place/has deteriorated. (PL 13.15)
Turn On DC330[077-005](Pre Regi Motor). The motor rotates. • Check for poor coupling. (PL 13.4)
Y N
• Gear for wear/breakage (PL 13.1)
Slide out the Marking Drawer. Turn On DC330[077-005](Pre Regi Motor) again. The motor
rotates. • Paper to see if it is out of spec.
• Paper Path for foreign objects causing poor transport
A
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 077-xxx FIP
2-247
• 2b Chute for deformation 077-603 Skew Servo Fail

BSD-ON:CH8.11, CH8.9
The time difference between Regi Sensor On and Skew Sensor On exceeded a specified range.
Procedure
Enter DC330[077-104](Regi Sensor). Press Start. Slide out the Marking Drawer and put a piece of paper
under the sensor.
Push in the Marking Drawer. The display is L.
Y N
• The wire between IOT PWB J439-B11 and Regi Sensor J122-2 for an open wire or poor con-
tact
• Regi Sensor (PL 13.4)
Slide out the Marking Drawer and remove the paper from the sensor.
Push in the Marking Drawer. The display has changed to H.
Y N
• The wire between IOT PWB J439-B11 and Regi Sensor J122-2 for a short circuit.
• Regi Sensor (PL 13.4)
Press Stop.
Turn On DC330[077-114](Skew Sensor). Slide out the Marking Drawer and put a piece of paper under
the sensor.
Push in the Marking Drawer. The display is L.
Y N
• The wire between IOT PWB J439-B9 and Skew Sensor J123-1 for conductivity
A
A B C D
• The wire between IOT PWB J439-B8 and Skew Sensor J123-3 for an open wire or poor con- Turn off the power. Disconnect Connector J229 from the Pre Regi Motor. Measure the motor
tact winding resistance.
• The wire between IOT PWB J439-B7 and Skew Sensor J123-3 for conductivity • P229-2 to P229-1/ P229-3
• The Flexible Print Cable between IOT PWB J432 and MCU PWB J402 for poor connection • P229-5 to P229-4/ P229-6
• Drawer Connector P/J601 for bent pins/breakage/foreign objects Each resistance is approx. 0.8 ohm+/-0.12 ohm (25 deg. C).
Y N
Replace the Pre Regi Motor. (PL 13.1)
• Skew Sensor (PL 13.4) Reconnect Connector J229 to the Pre Regi Motor.
• Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1) Disconnect Connector J437 on the IOT PWB.
• IOT PWB (PL 2.1) Check the following for conductivity.
Slide out the Marking Drawer and remove the paper from the sensor. Each resistance is approx. 0.8 ohm+/-0.12 ohm (25 deg. C).
Push in the Marking Drawer. The display has changed to H. Y N
Y N Check either problem wire for an open wire or poor contact.
• The wire between IOT PWB J439-B8 and Skew Sensor J123-3 for a short circuit Check the Flexible Print Cable between IOT PWB J432 and MCU PWB J402 for poor connec-
• The Flexible Print Cable between IOT PWB J432 and MCU PWB J402 for poor connection tion. If no problem is found, replace the following parts in order.
• Skew Sensor (PL 13.4)
Remove mechanical loads such as the poor rotation of the Pre Regi Roll and a binding bearing.
• IOT PWB (PL 2.1) Check the following:
• MCU PWB (PL 2.1) • Whether paper skew is occurring..
• Pre Regi Roll for dirt/wear/deterioration causing poor transport (PL 13.15)
Press Stop. • Pre Regi Pinch Roll for dirt/wear/deterioration causing poor transport (PL 13.15)
Cheat the IOT Front Door Interlock Switch.
• Whether Tension Spring is out of place/has deteriorated. (PL 13.15)
Turn On DC330[077-005](Pre Regi Motor). The motor rotates.
Y N • Check for poor coupling. (PL 13.4)
Slide out the Marking Drawer. Turn On DC330[077-005](Pre Regi Motor) again. The motor • Gear for wear/breakage (PL 13.1)
rotates. • Paper to see if it is out of spec.
Y N • Paper Path for foreign objects causing poor transport
Remove the IOT Rear Upper/Lower Cover. (PL 1.2) Open the PWB Chassis. (REP 2.1.1)
• 2b Chute for deformation
Y N
Y N
Seeing CH1.12, check the INTLK +24VDC circuit to IOT PWB J433-1.
Turn off the power. Measure the resistance across Chip Fuse F1 on the IOT PWB, using
the tester. If 1 ohm or more is measured (normally 0.1 ohm - 0.5 ohm), the fuse has
blown. Check that the Pre Regi Motor has no excessive load. Replace the IOT PWB. (PL
2.1)
B C D
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 077-xxx FIP
2-249
077-909 IOT Static Jam 077-967 Paper Kind Mismatch (APS Job)
At Power ON or with Interlock closed, one of the sensors of IOT sensed paper. Paper type selected is different from the type of paper installed.
Check Items Procedure

• Check NVM[742-003](IOT Jam Sensor Chain No.) and NVM[742-004](IOT Jam Sensor Link No.) to Load paper of the type selected, or on the UI perform the operation of restarting print.
identify which sensor has caused IOT Static Jam.
E.g.: If the current value in NVM[742-003] is [77] and the current value in NVM[742-004] is [108], it
indicates the cause is DC330[077-108]=IOT Exit Sensor. Turning OFF the power clears the values
in NVM[742-003] and NVM[742-004]. The suspected sensors are as follows:
– [071-100] Tray 1 Pre Feed Sensor
– [010-201] Fuser Exit Sensor
– [077-105] Invert In Sensor
– [077-106] Invert Path Sensor
– [077-100] Trans Path Sensor 1
– [077-101] Trans Path Sensor 2
– [071-101] Feed Out Sensor 1
– [077-103] Pre Regi Sensor
– [077-104] Regi Sensor
– [077-107] Invert Out Sensor
– [077-108] IOT Exit Sensor
– [077-109] Dup In Sensor
– [077-110] Dup Path Sensor 1
– [077-111] Dup Path Sensor 2
– [077-112] Dup Out Sensor
– [075-100] MSI Pre Feed Sensor
– [075-101] MSI Feed Out Sensor
• Check the machine inside for pieces of paper.
• Signal line from the sensor for a short to the frame
• Check if the Sensor actuator improperly returns.
• Sensor for light from outside
• Check for a drop in the power voltage to the sensor.
077-968 Paper Kind Mismatch (Job Continue)
BSD-ON:
The type of paper in Tray is changed.
Procedure
Load paper of the type selected, or perform the operation of restarting print.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 077-xxx FIP

2-251
078-100 (4000 HCF Tray 6 Feed) Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam 078-102 (4000 HCF Tray 6 Feed) Regi Sensor ON Jam

• [078-040] HCF Takeaway Motor Check Items
• [078-050] HCF Exit Clutch • Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper
• HCF and IOT for a poor docking • Check for out-of-spec paper.
• HCF Transport Belt for poor tension • Drawer Connectors P/J601 contact point for foreign objects/bent pins/burnout
• HCF Transport Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation • Check the wire-wound resistance of Pre Regi Motor is approx. 0.8 ohm at the measurement points.
• HCF Takeaway Rolls 1-3 for dirt/ paper particles/wear/a poor rotation – P229-2 pin to pins 1/3
• HCF Exit Roll for dirt/ paper particles/wear/a poor rotation – P229-5 pin to pins 4/6
• HCF Exit Clutch for an improper operation/slippage • Check the following for an open wire or poor contact:
• Pre Regi Roll for dirt/ paper particles/wear/a poor rotation – Regi Sensor J122-2 to IOT PWB J439-B11
• Drive gears for wear/breakage – Regi Sensor J122-1 to CIS Control PWB J426-1
• Check for out-of-spec paper. – Regi Sensor J122-3 to CIS Control PWB J426-3
• Check the wire-wound resistance of Pre Regi Motor is approx. 0.8 ohm at the measurement points If the above wires are good, replace Regi Sensor(PL 13.4), Flexible Print Cable(PL 2.1).
below. • If the results of the above checks are OK, replace IOT PWB (PL 2.1) and MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in
– P229-2 pin to pins 1/3 order.
order.
• If the results of the above checks are OK, replace HCF PWB (PL 30.14), IOT PWB (PL 2.1) and
MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 078-xxx FIP (4000HCF Feed)

2-253
078-xxx FIP (4000HCF Feed) 2-254 Version.1 .1.1
078-110 (4000 HCF MSI Feed) Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam 078-111 (4000 HCF MSI Feed) Regi Sensor ON Jam
Paper from Tray 5 (HCF MSI) does not turn ON Pre Regi Sensor within a spec time. Paper from Tray 5 (HCF MSI) does not turn ON Regi Sensor within a spec time.

• [078-140] HCF Exit Sensor • Pre Regi Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
Check Items • Drive gears for wear/breakage
• Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper • Check for out-of-spec paper.
• HCF and IOT for a poor docking • Drawer Connectors P/J601 contact point for foreign objects/bent pins/burnout
• HCF Transport Belt for a poor tension • Check the wire-wound resistance of Pre Regi Motor is approx. 0.8 ohm at the measurement points.
• HCF Transport Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation – P229-2 pin to pins 1/3
• HCF Takeaway Rolls 1-3 for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation – P229-5 pin to pins 4/6
• HCF Exit Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation • Check the following for an open wire or poor contact:
• HCF Exit Clutch for an improper operation/slippage – Regi Sensor J122-2 to IOT PWB J439-B11
• Pre Regi Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation – Regi Sensor J122-1 to CIS Control PWB J426-1
• Check for out-of-spec paper. If the above wires are good, replace Regi Sensor (PL 13.4) and Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1).
• Check the wire-wound resistance of Pre Regi Motor is approx. 0.8 ohm at the measurement points. • If the results of the above checks are OK, replace IOT PWB (PL 2.1) and MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in
order.
078-150 (4000 HCF Tray 7 Feed) Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam 078-152 (4000 HCF Tray 7 Feed) Regi Sensor ON Jam

• HCF and IOT for a poor docking • Check for out-of-spec paper.
• HCF Transport Belt for a poor tension • Drawer Connectors P/J601 contact point for foreign objects/bent pins/burnout
• HCF Transport Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation • Check the wire-wound resistance of Pre Regi Motor is approx. 0.8 ohm at the measurement points.
• HCF Takeaway Rolls 1-3 for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation – P229-2 pin to pins 1/3
• HCF Exit Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation – P229-5 pin to pins 4/6
• HCF Exit Clutch for an improper operation/slippage • Check the following for an open wire or poor contact:
• Pre Regi Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation – Regi Sensor J122-2 to IOT PWB J439-B11
• Check for out-of-spec paper. – Regi Sensor J122-3 to CIS Control PWB J426-3
• Check the wire-wound resistance of Pre Regi Motor is approx. 0.8 ohm at the measurement points If the above wires are good, replace Regi Sensor(PL 13.4), Flexible Print Cable(PL 2.1) in order.
below. • If the results of the above checks are OK, replace IOT PWB (PL 2.1) and MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in
• If the results of the above checks are OK, replace HCF PWB (PL 30.14), IOT PWB (PL 2.1) and
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 078-xxx FIP (4000HCF Feed)

2-255
078-xxx FIP (4000HCF Feed) 2-256 Version.1 .1.1
078-100 (2000 A3 HCF Feed) Pre Regi Sensor ON Jam 078-102 (2000 A3 HCF Feed) Regi Sensor On Jam
After Tray 6 (2000 A3 HCF) Feed started, the Pre Regi Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time. After Tray 6 (2000 A3 HCF) Feed started, the Regi Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time.
DC330 Codes to be checked DC330 Codes to be checked

• DC330 [077-100] Pre Regi Sensor • DC330 [077-101] Regi Sensor
• DC330 [077-004] Pre Regi Motor • DC330 [077-004] Pre Regi Motor
• Foreign substances, burr and paper dust on the paper transport path • Foreign substances, burr and paper dust on the paper transport path
• Docking failure of the 2000 A3 HCF and the IOT. • Contamination, paper dust, wear and rotational failure of the Pre Regi Roll
• Contamination, paper dust, wear and rotational failure of the 2000 A3 HCF Transport Roll • Wear and damage of the Drive Gear
• Contamination, paper dust, wear and rotational failure of the 2000 A3 HCF Exit Roll • Use of paper that is not in the specification
• Contamination, paper dust, wear and rotational failure of the Pre Regi Roll • Foreign substances, broken/bent pin, burns at the contact point of drawer connector P/J607A
• Wear and damage of the Drive Gear • The wire wound resistance of the Pre Regi Motor is approx. 0.8Ohm at the following measurement
• Use of paper that is not in the specification points.
• The wire wound resistance of the Pre Regi Motor is approx. 0.8Ohm at the following measurement – P229-2 pin and each of 1/3 pins
points. – P229-5 pin and each of 4/6 pins
– P229-2 pin and each of 1/3 pins • Check the following wires for open circuit or poor contact.
– P229-5 pin and each of 4/6 pins – Between the Pre Regi Sensor J122-2 and the IOT PWB J439-A9
• Check the following wires for open circuit or poor contact. – Between the Pre Regi Sensor J122-1 and the CIS Control PWB J426-1
– Between the Pre Regi Sensor J121-2 and the IOT PWB J439-A4 – Between the Pre Regi Sensor J122-3 and the CIS Control PWB J426-3
– Between the Pre Regi Sensor J121-1 and the IOT PWB J439-A3 • If no problems are found in the wires above, replace the Regi Sensor (PL 13.4) followed by the Flat
– Between the Pre Regi Sensor J121-3 and the IOT PWB J439-A5 Cable (PL 2.1).
• If no problems are found in the wires above, replace the Pre Regi Sensor (PL 13.16) followed by the • If no problems are found in the checks above, replace the IOT PWB (PL 2.1) followed by the MCU
Flat Cable (PL 2.1). PWB (PL 2.1).
• If no problems are found in the checks above, replace the IOT PWB (PL 2.1) followed by the MCU
PWB (PL 2.1).
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 078-xxx FIP (2000A3HCF Feed)

2-257
078-xxx FIP (2000A3HCF Feed) 2-258 Version.1 .1.1
078-110 (2000 A3 HCF MSI Feed) Pre Regi Sensor On Jam 078-111 (2000 A3 HCF MSI Feed) Regi Sensor On Jam
After Tray 5 (2000 A3 HCF MSI) Feed started, the Pre Regi Sensor did not turn ON within the specified After Tray 5 (2000 A3 HCF MSI) Feed started, the Regi Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time.
time.
DC330 Codes to be checked
DC330 Codes to be checked • DC330 [077-101] Regi Sensor
• DC330 [077-100] Pre Regi Sensor • DC330 [077-004] Pre Regi Motor
• DC330 [077-004] Pre Regi Motor Check Items
Check Items • Foreign substances, burr and paper dust on the paper transport path
• Foreign substances, burr and paper dust on the paper transport path • Contamination, paper dust, wear and rotational failure of the Pre Regi Roll
• Docking failure of the 2000 A3 HCF and the IOT. • Wear and damage of the Drive Gear
• Paper Skew • Use of paper that is not in the specification
• Contamination, paper dust, wear and rotational failure of the 2000 A3 HCF Transport Roll • Foreign substances, broken/bent pin, burns at the contact point of drawer connector P/J607A
• Contamination, paper dust, wear and rotational failure of the 2000 A3 HCF Exit Roll • The wire wound resistance of the Pre Regi Motor is approx. 0.8Ohm at the following measurement
• Contamination, paper dust, wear and rotational failure of the Pre Regi Roll points.
• Wear and damage of the Drive Gear – P229-2 pin and each of 1/3 pin
• Use of paper that is not in the specification – P229-5 pin and each of 4/6 pin
• The wire wound resistance of the Pre Regi Motor is approx. 0.8Ohm at the following measurement • Check the following wires for open circuit or poor contact.
points. – Between the Pre Regi Sensor J122-2 and the IOT PWB J439-A9
– P229-2 pin and each of 1/3 pins – Between the Pre Regi Sensor J122-1 and the CIS Control PWB J426-1
– P229-5 pin and each of 4/6 pins – Between the Pre Regi Sensor J122-3 and the CIS Control PWB J426-3
• Check the following wires for open circuit or poor contact. • If no problems are found in the wires above, replace the Regi Sensor (PL 13.4) followed by the Flat
– Between the Pre Regi Sensor J121-2 and the IOT PWB J439-A4 Cable (PL 2.1).
– Between the Pre Regi Sensor J121-1 and the IOT PWB J439-A3 • If no problems are found in the checks above, replace the IOT PWB (PL 2.1) followed by the MCU
– Between the Pre Regi Sensor J121-3 and the IOT PWB J439-A5 PWB (PL 2.1).
• If no problems are found in the wires above, replace the Pre Regi Sensor (PL 13.16) followed by the
Flat Cable (PL 2.1).
• If no problems are found in the checks above, replace the IOT PWB (PL 2.1) followed by the MCU
PWB (PL 2.1).
078-100 (4000 C2 HCF Upper Tray Feed) Pre Regi Sensor On Jam 078-102 (4000 C2 HCF Upper Tray Feed) Regi Sensor On Jam
Paper fed from 4000 C2 HCF Upper Tray does not turn ON Pre Regi Sensor within a specified time. Paper fed from 4000 C2 HCF Upper Tray does not turn On Regi Sensor within a specified time.
Procedure Procedure
• Paper Path for a foreign object. • Paper Path for a foreign object.
• Paper Transport Roll for wear/deterioration causing a poor transport. • Paper Transport Roll for wear/deterioration causing a poor transport.
• Pre Regi Motor DC330[077-004,005] for operation failure (PL 13.1) • Pre Regi Motor DC330[077-004, 005] for operation failure (PL13.1)
• Pre Regi Sensor DC330[077-103] for operation failure (PL 13.16) • Regi Sensor DC330[077-104] for detection failure (PL13.4)
• J-Tra Motor DC330[078-048] for operation failure (PL 32.22) • Regi Chute for deformation
• J-Tra Exit Roll Clutch DC330[078-053] for operation failure (PL 32.27) • Regi Pinch Roll for dirt/wear/deterioration
• J-Tra Exit Sensor DC330[078-106] for operation failure (PL 32.31) • Regi Pinch Roll for the unhooked Tension Spring
• Pre Regi Chute for deformation
• Pre Regi Pinch Roll for dirt/wear/deterioration
• Pre Regi Pinch Roll for the unhooked Tension Spring
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 078-xxx FIP (4000C2HCF Feed)

2-259
078-xxx FIP (4000C2HCF Feed) 2-260 Version.1 .1.1
078-110 (4000 C2 HCF MSI Feed) Pre Regi Sensor On Jam 078-111 (4000 C2 HCF MSI Feed) Regi Sensor On Jam
Paper fed from 4000 C2 HCF MSI does not turn ON Pre Regi Sensor within a specified time. Paper fed from 4000 C2 HCF MSI does not turn ON Regi Sensor within a specified time.
Procedure Procedure
• Check the installation of MSI. • Check the installation of MSI.
• Paper Path for a foreign object • Paper Path for a foreign object
• Paper Transport Roll for wear/deterioration causing a poor transport • Paper Transport Roll for wear/deterioration causing a poor transport
• Pre Regi Motor DC330[077-004,005] for operation failure (PL 13.1) • Pre Regi Motor DC330[077-004,005] for operation failure (PL 13.1)
• Pre Regi Sensor DC330[077-103] for operation failure (PL 13.16) • Regi Sensor DC330[077-104] for operation failure (PL 13.4)
• J-Tra Motor DC330[078-048] for operation failure (PL 32.22) • Regi Chute for deformation
• J-Tra Exit Roll Clutch DC330[078-053] for operation failure (PL 32.27) • Regi Pinch Roll for dirt/wear/deterioration
• J-Tra Exit Sensor DC330[078-106] for operation failure (PL 32.31) • Regi Pinch Roll for the unhooked Tension Spring
078-150 (4000 C2 HCF Lower Tray Feed) Pre Regi Sensor On 078-152 (4000 C2 HCF Lower Tray Feed) Regi Sensor On Jam
Jam BSD-ON:CH8.11
BSD-ON:CH8.9
Paper fed from 4000 C2 HCF Lower Tray does not turn ON Regi Sensor within a specified time.
Paper fed from 4000 C2 HCF Lower Tray does not turn ON Pre Regi Sensor within a specified time.
Procedure
Procedure Check the following:
• Check for out-of-spec paper.
• Check for out-of-spec paper. • Paper Path for a foreign object
• Paper Path for a foreign object • Paper Transport Roll for wear/deterioration causing a poor transport
• Paper Transport Roll for wear/deterioration causing a poor transport • Pre Regi Motor DC330[077-004,005] for operation failure (PL 13.1)
• Pre Regi Motor DC330[077-004,005] for operation failure (PL 13.1) • Regi Sensor DC330[077-104] for operation failure (PL 13.4)
• Pre Regi Sensor DC330[077-103] for operation failure (PL 13.16) • Regi Chute for deformation
• J-Tra Motor DC330[078-048] for operation failure (PL 32.22) • Regi Pinch Roll for dirt/wear/deterioration
• J-Tra Exit Roll Clutch DC330[078-053] for operation failure (PL 32.27) • Regi Pinch Roll for the unhooked Tension Spring
• J-Tra Exit Sensor DC330[078-106] for operation failure (PL 32.31)
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 078-xxx FIP (4000C2HCF Feed)

2-261
078-xxx FIP (4000C2HCF Feed) 2-262 Version.1 .1.1
089-315 CIS Subsystem Fail 089-617 RC Data Over Range Fail (Hidden Fail)
If Fail Type is switched to 1 in NVM (760-232) (0: Send only the hidden Fail that occurred. 1: Send this The offset value exceeded the allowable setting range.
Fail along with the hidden Fail that occurred.), send this Fail when any of the following Local Fails occurs,
and change fail type to Subsystem Fail. Procedure
• 089-640 CIS Dark Level Error
• 089-641 CIS White Level Error
• 089-642 CIS LED Power Control Fail
• 089-643 CIS Shading Data Fail
• 089-644 CIS FPGA Fail
• 089-645 CIS Comm. Fail
• 089-646 CIS Side Edge Detect Fail
Procedure
Go to the appropriate FIP.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 089-xxx FIP

2-263
089-640 CIS Dark Level Error 089-641 CIS White Level Error
The black level is abnormal. When black reference data was read for light qty correction, the average of The white level is abnormal. When white reference data was read for light qty correction, the average of
the output values of all the pixels (1216 pixels) was “10” or less three consecutive times. (Note: If NVM the output values of all the pixels (1216 pixels) met the following condition for excluding data, three con-
760-206[Qty of Shading Operations] is set to any number else than 0, the above value shall be “10”, and secutive times. Condition: The average is the value set in NVM: 760-202[Threshold of Invalid White Ref-
if it is set to 0, the value shall be “50”.) erence Data for Light Qty Correction] or below).
Procedure Procedure
Check in the given order. Check in the given order.
1. Set the value in NVM 760-206 to”0”and perform DC750(IOT CIS Setup). 1. Remove the Drum Unit. Turn On DC330[089-001] and check if the LED turns On.
If the result is not good, go to the following. 2. If the LED does not turn On, it indicates a poor supply of +12VDC to the CIS Control PWB. Check
2. Check the connection between CIS Control PWB J426 and CIS J190. the connectors, etc. Check if Chip Fuse F1 on the CIS Adapter PWB has blown and if the CIS Con-
trol PWB is defective.
3. If the connection has no problem, replace the CIS (PL 13.15) and the cable between the CIS Control
PWB J426 and the CIS J190 in order. (PL 13.16) 3. If the LED turns On, check for dirt on the CIS glass surface. If no problem is found, replace the CIS
4. If the problem is not resolved, replace the CIS Control PWB. (PL 13.16) (sensor). (PL 13.15)
089-642 CIS LED Power Control Fail 089-643 CIS Shading Data Fail
CIS LED or CIS LED pixel failure CIS LED failure
Though a limited number (set in NVM: 760-222[Qty of Light Qty Adjustment Executions]) of corrections When shading coefficient was calculated for shading correction, even a single pixel of shading reference
were made, Light Qty Correction Control was not complete. data [1st pixel to 1216th pixel] was “0”or less.
Procedure Procedure
Check in the given order. Check in the given order.
1. Remove the Drum Unit. Turn On DC330[089-001] and check if the LED turns On. 1. Remove the Drum Unit. Turn On DC330[089-001] and check if the LED turns On.
2. If the LED does not turn On, it indicates a poor supply of +12VDC to the CIS Control PWB. Check 2. If the LED does not turn On, it indicates a poor supply of +12VDC to the CIS Control PWB. Check
the connectors, etc. Check if Chip Fuse F1 on the CIS Adapter PWB has blown and if the CIS Con- the connectors, etc. Check if Chip Fuse F1 on the CIS Adapter PWB has blown and if the CIS Con-
trol PWB is defective. trol PWB is defective.
3. If the LED turns On, check for dirt on the CIS glass surface. If no problem is found, replace the CIS 3. If the LED turns On, check for dirt on the CIS glass surface. If no problem is found, replace the CIS
(sensor). (PL 13.15) (sensor). (PL 13.15)
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 089-xxx FIP

2-265
089-644 CIS FPGA Fail 089-645 CIS Comm. Fail

CIS Control PWB failure No communication can be established between the CIS Control PWB and the CIS Adapter PWB.
The target bit of CIS Control PWB CIS_STATUS Register Value does not change to “1” a certain time Procedure
(20/40+/-10ms) after CIS Circuit starts being driven.
Check in the given order.
1. Check the connectors between CIS Adapter PWB J423 and CIS Control PWB J425 for poor con-
Procedure nection. If no problem is found, it indicates that the Marking Drawer contact point is defective.
Turn Off then On the power. If this does not resolve the problem, replace the CIS Control PWB. (PL 2. Disconnect and reconnect the MCU PWB and the CIS Adapter PWB. If this does not resolve the
13.16) problem, replace the CIS Adapter PWB (PL 2.1) and the CIS Control PWB (PL 13.16) in order.
089-646 CIS Side Edge Detect Fail 089-647 CIS Side Edge Detect A Fail (Hidden Fail)
One job has three or more edge-data errors (CIS Side Edge Detect A/B/C Fail and CIS Side Edge Out of The edge of paper is to the right of the detection area.
Range) failures.
Procedure
Procedure No action in particular is required.
Perform the ADJ 13.15.3 IOT CIS Setup Cycle, If this fail occurs frequently, perform the following:
OK: No action in particular is required. 1. Check the position of the tray side guide. Clean the CIS glass surface.
NG: The CIS (sensor) is defective. (PL 13.15) 2. If the problem still occurs frequently, perform DC750 (IOT CIS Setup Cycle) again.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 089-xxx FIP

2-267
089-648 CIS Side Edge Detect B Fail (Hidden Fail) 089-649 CIS Side Edge Detect C Fail (Hidden Fail)
The edge of paper is to the left of the detection area. The CIS detects the paper edge position in the M/C rear-to-front direction. When the edge is detected,
normally, the waveform corresponding to the area between the edge and the rear indicates no paper
Procedure exists there, while the waveform corresponding to the area between the edge and the front indicates
paper exists. However, on the contrary, such an edge was detected as made the waveform first indicate
No action in particular is required.
paper exists and then that no paper exists.
If this fail occurs frequently, perform the following:
1. Check the position of the tray side guide. Clean the CIS glass surface.
2. If the problem still occurs frequently, perform DC750 (IOT CIS Setup Cycle) again.
Procedure
No action in particular is required.
If this fail occurs frequently, perform the following:
1. Check the position of the tray side guide. Clean the CIS glass surface.
2. If the problem still occurs frequently, perform DC750 (IOT CIS Setup Cycle) again.
089-650 CIS Side Edge Out of Range Fail (Hidden Fail) 089-651 CIS Shading Recommend (Hidden Fail)
The edge of paper is out of the valid range. At calculation of Ave. Edge, the qty of paper edge positions The qty of side edge detections for recommending an update on shading correction is reached. The
that are out of the valid area is 1/2 or larger than NVM-specified Value (decimal places are rounded up). count of side edge detections exceeds the preset qty of ones for recommending shading update
(NVM760-229 “nrc_CIS_ShdRcmdNum”).
Procedure
No action in particular is required. Once it has occurred, this Fail will occur every time the M/C is turned off then on until being cleared by
shading correction. If the qty of side edge detections for recommending an update on shading correction
is set to “0”, Fail Detection will not be performed.
Procedure
Go to ADJ 13.15.2 IOT CIS Check Cycle. Perform Light Quantity Correction/Shading Correction.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 089-xxx FIP

2-269
089-652 CIS Hard Fail (Hidden Fail)

BSD-ON:CH8.10
CIS Adapter PWB failure
Procedure
Turn off the power. Disconnect the CIS Adapter PWB, then connect the CIS Adapter PWB to MCU PWB.
Turn on the power. If not recovered, replace the CIS Adapter PWB. (PL 2.1)
A
091-311 CC Cleaner Motor Fail Check the spiral shaft of the Charge Corotron Assy for poor rotation and other mechanical loads due to
deformation/foreign objects. (PL 11.10)
BSD-ON:CH9.12
During Home Position Detection or Cleaning, CC Cleaner Position Sensor voltage level does not change
in a spec time.
Procedure
Remove the Drum Unit.
Enter the Diag. Enter DC330[091-003](Front) or [091-004](Rear). Select Start. The CC Cleaner Motor
coupling at upper right to the Drum shaft rotates.
Y N
Open the PWB Chassis. (REP 2.1.1) +24VDC is measured between J250-1 (+) on the CC
Cleaner Motor and GND (-).
Y N
+24VDC is measured between J435-A5 (+) on the IOT PWB and GND (-).
Y N
Y N
Seeing BSD CH1.12, check the +24VDC circuit to J433-1 to the IOT PWB.
Check the wire between J435-A5 on the IOT PWB and J250-1 on the CC Cleaner Motor for
an open wire or poor contact.
Turn off the power. Disconnect Connector J435 from the IOT PWB.
Measure the wire-wound resistance of the CC Cleaner Motor:
J435-A5 pin to pins A1/A2/A3/A4 Every resistance is approx. 15 ohms.
Y N
Check the following for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the CC
Cleaner Motor (PL 11.6).
• J435-A1 to CC Cleaner Motor J250-5
Disconnect and reconnect the cable between J431 on the IOT PWB and J401 on the MCU PWB.
If this does not resolve the problem, replace the Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1), IOT PWB (PL 2.1)

Enter DC330[091-201](CC Cleaner Position Sensor). Select Start. Using a piece of paper, turn ON then
OFF the sensor. The display changes between H and L.
Y N
Using 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP, troubleshoot the CC Cleaner Position Sensor.
A
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 091-xxx FIP
2-271
091-312 CC HVPS Fail 091-313 CRUM ASIC Communication Fail

CC HVPS has failed. CRUM ASIC has failed.
Procedure Procedure
Turn OFF then ON the power. 091-312 remains displayed. Turn OFF then ON. 091-313 remains displayed.
Y N Y N
It is highly likely that the MCU PWB made a faulty detection due to some external noise or internal It is highly likely that the MCU PWB made a faulty detection due to some external noise or internal
discharge-related noise. Check if there are any noise sources around the machine and if any abnor- discharge-related noise. Check if there are any noise sources around the machine and if any abnor-
mal discharge has occurred. mal discharge has occurred.
Open the PWB Chassis. (REP 2.1.1) +24VDC is measured between J586-1 (+) and -2 (-) on the Turn off the power. Disconnect and reconnect the following connectors:
HVPS S6. • J406 on MCU PWB
Y N • P/J171 on Drum CRUM PWB
+24VDC is measured between J407-B8 (+) and -B7 (-) on the MCU PWB.
If the above action does not resolve the problem, replace the following in order:
Y N • Drum Cartridge
• Drum CRUM PWB (PL 11.2)
Y N
Seeing BSD CH1.12 . Check the +24VDC circuit to J400-6 on the MCU PWB. • MCU PWB (PL 2.1)
Check the wires between J407-B8 on the MCU PWB and J586-1 on the HVPS S6, and between
J407-B7 on the MCU PWB and J586-2 on the HVPS S6 for an open wire or poor contact.

• MCU PWB J407-B3 to HVPS S6 J586-6
Y N
Replace the HVPS S6 (PL 2.1).

If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1).
091-320 CC Wire Break 091-400 Bottle Standard Near Full
Charge Corotron Wire is broken. The replacement date for Waste Toner Bottle (regular) is near.

Check that the Charge Corotron Wire has no leak. • As the replacement date is near, replace the Waste Toner Bottle (PL 11.2) as required. If this fail
occurs after the replacement, perform the following procedure.
Procedure • Check that the light receiving and emitting areas of the Waste Toner Full Sensor are clean.
Remove the Drum Cartridge. Check the CC Wire. The CC Wire is open.
Y N Procedure
Open the PWB Chassis. (REP 2.1.1) The High Voltage Cords CC1 and CC2 on the HVPS S6 Remove the R/H Cover. Remove the Waste Toner Full Sensor along with the bracket. (Leave the con-
are properly connected. nectors as they are.) +5VDC is measured between J152N-2 (+) on the Waste Toner Full Sensor and
Y N GND (-).
Reconnect the CC1 and CC2. Y N
+5VDC is measured between J438-B17 (+) on the IOT PWB and GND (-).
Replace the CC Connector (PL 11.2). Y N
Replace the Charge Corotron Assy (PL 11.3). PWB. If this does not resolve the problem, replace the Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1), IOT PWB
(PL 2.1) and MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order.
Check the wire between J152N-2 on the Waste Toner Full Sensor and J438-B17 on the IOT PWB
+5VDC is measured between J152N-1 (+) and -3 (-) on the Waste Toner Full Sensor.
Y N
Y N
Y N
Seeing BSD CH1.6, check +5VDC circuit to J430-4 on the IOT PWB.
Check the wires between J438-B14 on the IOT PWB and J152N-1 on the Waste Toner Full Sen-
sor, and between J438-B16 on the IOT PWB and J152N-3 on the Waste Toner Full Sensor for an
Replace the Waste Toner Full Sensor (PL 11.2).
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 091-xxx FIP

2-273
091-401 Drum Near End 091-410 Bottle Option Near Full

The replacement date of Drum Unit is near. (Warning) The replacement date of Waste Toner Bottle (option) is near.
Procedure Procedure
As the replacement date is near, replace the Drum Cartridge as required. XC only.
091-910 Bottle Standard Not in Position 091-911 Bottle Standard Full
Waste Toner Bottle (regular) is improperly installed. Waste Toner Bottle (regular) is full.

Remove the Waste Toner Bottle. Using a screwdriver, turn ON the Waste Bottle Set Sensor actuator. • Replace the Waste Toner Bottle (PL 11.2). If this fail occurs after the replacement, perform the fol-
091-910 is gone. lowing procedure.
Y N • Check that the light receiving and emitting areas of the Waste Toner Full Sensor are clean.
• IOT PWB J438-B13 to Waste Bottle Set Sensor J153-1
Procedure
• IOT PWB J438-B11 to Waste Bottle Set Sensor J153-3
Remove the R/H Cover. Remove the Waste Toner Full Sensor along with the bracket. (Leave the con-
• IOT PWB J438-B12 to Waste Bottle Set Sensor J153-2 nectors as they are.) +5VDC is measured between J152N-2 (+) on the Waste Toner Full Sensor and
Every resistance is 1 ohm or less. GND (-).
Y N Y N
Check any wire with more than 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact. +5VDC is measured between J438-B17 (+) on the IOT PWB and GND (-).
Y N
Disconnect and reconnect the cable between J432 on the IOT PWB and J402 on the MCU PWB. Disconnect and reconnect the cable between J432 on the IOT PWB« J402 on the MCU PWB.
If this does not resolve the problem, replace the following in order: If this does not resolve the problem, replace the Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1), IOT PWB (PL
• Waste Bottle Set Sensor (PL 11.2) 2.1) and MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order.
• IOT PWB (PL 2.1) Check the wire between J152N-2 on the Waste Toner Full Sensor and J438-B17 on the IOT PWB
+5VDC is measured between J152N-1 (+) and -3 (-) on the Waste Toner Full Sensor.
Check if the Bottle is properly installed; the Sensor actuator properly operates; the Sensor is properly
Y N
installed; and the Waste Toner Cover is properly installed.
Y N
Y N
Seeing BSD CH1.6, check +5VDC circuit to J430-4 on the IOT PWB.
Check the wires between J438-B14 on the IOT PWB and J152N-1 on the Waste Toner Full Sen-
sor, and between J438-B16 on the IOT PWB and J152N-3 on the Waste Toner Full Sensor for an
Replace the Waste Toner Full Sensor (PL 11.2).
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 091-xxx FIP

2-275
091-912 Drum Not in Position 091-913 Drum End

Drum is improperly installed. Drum should be replaced.

Check that the Drum Cartridge is properly installed. Replace the Drum Cartridge with a new one.
Procedure
Remove the Drum Cartridge. Using a screwdriver, turn ON the Drum Detect Switch. 091-912 is gone.
Y N
With the Switch ON, +3.3VDC is measured between J170A-1 (+)(at rear) on the Drum Detect
Switch and GND (-).
Y N
Open the PWB Chassis. (REP 2.1.1) +3.3VDC is measured between J438-A11 (+) on the
IOT PWB and GND (-).
Y N
Disconnect and reconnect the cable between J432 on the IOT PWB and J402 on the
MCU PWB. If this does not resolve the problem, replace the Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1),
IOT PWB (PL 2.1) and MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order.
Check the wire between J170A-1 on the Drum Detect Switch and J438-A11 on the IOT PWB
With the Switch ON, +3.3VDC is measured between J170B-1 (+) (at front) on the Drum Detect
Switch and GND (-).
Y N
Replace the Drum Detect Switch (PL 11.1).
Check the DC COM circuit between J438-A10 on the IOT PWB and J170B-1 on the Drum Detect
Switch for an open wire or poor contact.
The problem is misalignment between the Drum Cartridge and the Drum Detect Switch. Check if the
Switch and the Drum Cartridge are properly installed.
091-914 Drum CRUM Communication Fail 091-915 Drum CRUM Data Broken Fail
A communication failure with Drum CRUM Mismatch between data written onto CRUM and data read.
Procedure Procedure
Turn OFF then ON. 091-914 remains displayed. Turn OFF then ON the power. If this does not resolve the problem, replace the Drum Cartridge with a
Y N new one.
It is highly likely that the MCU PWB made a faulty detection due to some external noise or internal
discharge-related noise. Check if there are any noise sources around the machine and if any
abnormal discharge has occurred.
Turn off the power. Disconnect and reconnect the following connectors:
• J406 on the MCU PWB
• P/J171 on the Drum CRUM PWB
If the above action does not resolve the problem, replace the following in order:
• Drum Cartridge
• Drum CRUM PWB (PL 11.2)
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 091-xxx FIP

2-277
091-916 Drum CRUM Data Mismatch Fail 091-921 Drum CRUM Not in Position
CRUM Authentication Area Data differs. Drum CRUM is disconnected.
Procedure Procedure
Turn OFF then ON the power. If this does not resolve the problem, replace the Drum Cartridge with a Check if the Drum Cartridge is properly installed. If it is, replace the Drum Cartridge with a new one.
new one.
091-930 Bottle Option Not in Position 091-931 Bottle Option Full
Waste Toner Bottle (option) is improperly installed. Waste Toner Bottle (option) is full.
Procedure Procedure
XC only. XC only
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 091-xxx FIP

2-279
092-311 ADC Toner Image Fail 092-607 VGS Fail
The condition causing ADC Patch Fail has occurred continuously. Vgrid used to obtain Target VH is out of range (400~853). Or the two levels of Vgrid: high (VG_OUT+50)
and low (VG_OUT-50) used to charge Grid are reversed (in Mini-Setup).
Causes:
1. The density of the image on the Drum surface is very light. E.g.: Cin 100%<1.0
(1) IOT (charge to development) failure
Procedure
(2) Low TC
• CC for abnormal discharge/dirt/foreign objects
2. ADC Sensor sensitivity error due to improper installation
• CC Grid for dirt/foreign objects
3. ADC Patch was scraped off from Transfer Belt, etc.
• Drum sensitivity for an error
Procedure Every item is normal.
Check in the given order. Y N
1. Turn On DC330[093-001]Deve Motor and check if the Deve Unit rotates normally. If it doesn’t, go to Clean the CC and the CC Grid. If the problem persists, replace the Drum Cartridge.
093-320 Deve Motor Fail FIP.
2. Turn On DC330[093-003]Dispense Motor and check if the Dispense Motor rotates normally. If it Open the PWB Chassis. (REP 2.1.1) +24VDC is measured between J586-1 (+) and -2 (-) on the
doesn’t, go to 093-311 Dispense Broken FIP. HVPS S6.
3. Check how the ADC Sensor bracket is seated. (REP 11.1.4) Y N
4. Perform DC935 Procon On Print and check if the Transfer Belt contacts/retracts. +24VDC is measured between J407-B8 (+) and -B7 (-) on the MCU PWB.
Y N
If the problem is not resolved, it indicates that the Drum Unit (PL 11.1), HVPS S5 (Deve Bias) (PL 2.3)
and/or ROS (PL 6.1) are/is defective.
Y N
Check the wires between J407-B8 on the MCU PWB and J586-1 on the HVPS S6, and between
J407-B7 on the MCU PWB and J586-2 on the HVPS S6 for an open wire or poor contact.

Y N

In DC140[092-200], check the ESV Sensor for an output error. (Do not perform this immediately after
printing.) The output range is between 0 and 10.
Y N
Replace the ESV Sensor (PL 11.1).

Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 092-xxx FIP

2-281
092-608 VH3 Fail 092-609 LDS Fail

NOTE: The measured value of VH (VH3) of Grid charged with tentative Vgrid is far larger than the predic- LD light qty used to obtain Target Potential is out of range (300~1023). Or when two levels of LD light qty:
tive value (>30) (in Mini-Setup). high (LD_OUT+60) and low (LD_OUT-60) are used for exposure, a potential difference is smaller (<=15)
(in Mini-Setup).
Procedure NOTE: This is a hidden fail. Therefore, even if this fail occurs, prints can be made.
Check the following: Procedure

• CC Grid for dirt/foreign objects • CC for abnormal discharge/dirt/foreign objects
• Drum sensitivity for an error • CC Grid for dirt/foreign objects
Every item is normal. • Drum sensitivity for a failure
Y N
Every item is normal.
Clean the CC and the CC Grid. If the problem persists, replace the Drum Cartridge. Y N
Clean the CC and the CC Grid. If the problem persists, replace the Drum Cartridge.
Open the PWB Chassis. (REP 2.1.1) +24VDC is measured between J586-1 (+) and -2 (-) on the
HVPS S6. Turn off the power. Check the following connectors for poor contact, foreign objects, broken cables, etc.
Y N
• JA419 and JB419on the MCU PWB
• J345A and J345B on the ROS Assy
Y N
+24VDC is measured between J400-6 (+) on the MCU PWB and GND (-). Every connector is normal.
Y N Y N
Seeing BSD CH1.12, check the +24VDC circuit to J400-6 on the MCU PWB. Disconnect and reconnect any problematic connector. If no connector connection is bad, replace
the Flexible Print Cable (PL 6.1).
Check the wires between J407-B8 on the MCU PWB and J586-1 on the HVPS S6, and between In DC140[092-200], check the ESV Sensor for an output error. (Do not perform this immediately after
J407-B7 on the MCU PWB and J586-2 on the HVPS S6 for an open wire or poor contact. printing.) The output range is between 0 and 10.
Y N
Turn off the power. Check the following for continuity: Replace the ESV Sensor (PL 11.1).
• MCU PWB J407-B4 to HVPS S6 J586-5 Replace the ROS Assy (PL 6.1).
Y N

Y N

092-610 VM3 Fail 092-611 VHVM Fail
The difference between measured and predictive values of ADC Patch potential (VM3), the last item of One of VGS Fail, VH3 Fail, LDS Fail, and VM3 Fail has occurred.
Mini-Setup is larger (>30) (in Mini-Setup).
Procedure
Procedure Enter the Diag. Check DC120 Fail Counter.
Check the following: If you find one of 092-607, 092-608, 092-609 and 092-610 there, go to the appropriate FIP for it.
• CC Grid for dirt/foreign objects
• Drum sensitivity for an error
Every item is normal.
Y N
Clean the CC and the CC Grid. If the problem persists, replace the Drum Cartridge.
Turn off the power. Check the following connectors for poor contact, foreign objects, broken cables, etc.
• JA419 and JB419 on the MCU PWB
Every connector is normal.
Y N
Disconnect and reconnect any problematic connector. If no connector connection is bad, replace

Y N

Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 092-xxx FIP

2-283
092-612 VM ADC Fail 092-651 ADC Sensor Fail

The result of ADC Patch Potential measured during a job is out of range. (This occurs during a job.) The output read by ADC Sensor from the clean Photoreceptor surface is out of range (100~1000) (in
Mini-Setup).
Procedure
Check the following: Procedure
• CC for abnormal discharge/dirt/foreign objects Turn off the power. Perform the following:
• CC Grid for dirt/foreign objects • Check the ADC Sensor for dirt
• Drum sensitivity for unevenness • Disconnect and reconnect ADC Sensor Connectors P/J136, and CN4 and CN2 on the ADC PWB.
Every item is normal. • Check for improperly installed/deformed ADC Sensor bracket.
Y N • Check the Drum surface for unevenness. (Replace the Drum Cartridge.)
Clean the CC and the CC Grid. If the problem persists, replace the Drum Cartridge. • Check the following for continuity: If the wires are good, replace the ADC Sensor (PL 11.5) and the
Turn off the power. Check the following connectors for poor contact, foreign objects, broken cables, etc.
– MCU PWB J406-B2 to P136-4
• JA419 and JB419 on the MCU PWB
Every connector is normal.
Y N – MCU PWB J406-B5 to P136-1
Disconnect and reconnect any problematic connector. If no connector connection is bad, replace

Y N

092-652 ADC Patch Fail 092-656 ATC Out Fail
The measured ADC Patch density is light. (Over 75% of Vclean). ATC Sensor output is out of range (150~1022).
NOTE: This is a hidden fail. Therefore, even if this fail occurs, prints can be made. NOTE: This is a hidden fail. Therefore, even if this fail occurs, prints can be made.

• Check the Toner Cartridge has toner and that no toner blocking has occurred on the path to the Enter the Diag. Check the value in DC131[752-130](ATC Average Output). The value is 1022 or more.
Deve Unit. Y N
• Enter the Diag. Check DC122 Fail History. If you find one of 093-311 and 093-912 there, go to the The value is 150 or less.
appropriate FIP for it. Y N
Check the following: If the circuits are good, replace the ATC Sensor (PL 12.5).
• MCU PWB J409-A1 to ATC Sensor J134-2
Procedure
Enter the Diag. Select DC935 Procon ON Print. Check if the Transfer Belt has removed the ADC patch.
Running the diagnostics, check to see if the Transfer Belt is retracting. The Transfer Belt normally
operates. If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1).
Y N
Using 2.2.3.4 Solenoid/Clutch Not Energized Failure FIP, troubleshoot the Belt Contact/Retract Turn off the power. Disconnect J436 from the IOT PWB.
Solenoid operation. (BSD CH9.9) Measure the resistance between Connector Pin J436-A2 and the frame. The resistance is 10
ohms or less.
Turn off the power. Perform the following: Y N
• Check the ADC Sensor for dirt Check if the cable is properly connected between J431 on the IOT PWB and J401 on the
• Disconnect and reconnect ADC Sensor Connectors P/J136, and CN4 and CN2 on the ADC PWB. MCU PWB. If no problem is found, replace the Dispense Motor (PL 12.4), Flexible Print Cable
(PL 2.1), IOT PWB (PL 2.1) and MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order.
• Check for improperly installed/deformed ADC Sensor bracket.
• Check the ADC Sensor for a problem. (PL 11.5) Check the wire between J436-A2 and Dispense Motor J201-1 for a short to the frame.
• Check the Drum surface for unevenness. (Replace the Drum Cartridge.)
• Check the Deve Unit for a problem. (PL 12.2) Check the following:
• Check the HVPS S6 (CC)(PL 2.1) and HVPS S5 (Deve Bias)(PL 2.3) for an output error. • The Toner Cartridge has toner and that no toner blocking has occurred on the path to the Deve Unit.
• Check for an insufficient quantity of ROS LD light. (PL 6.1) • Enter the Diag. Check DC122 Fail History. If you find one of 093-311, 093-405 and 093-912 there,
go to the appropriate FIP for it.
• Check the following: If the circuits are good, replace the ADC Sensor (PL 11.5) and the MCU PWB
(PL 2.1) in order.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 092-xxx FIP

2-285
092-660 ATC Amplitude Fail 092-661 Temperature Sensor Fail

The amplitude of ATC Sensor output is smaller (<10). Environment Sensor temperature output is out of range (140~896).
NOTE: This is a hidden fail. Therefore, even if this fail occurs, prints can be made. NOTE: This is a hidden fail. Therefore, even if this fail occurs, prints can be made.

Remove the Deve Unit. (REP 12.1.1) Check that the Drawer Connectors ( P/J602) on the Marking Drawer and the main unit are free from bent
Manually rotating the Deve Unit gears, check if the Auger in the Deve Unit is rotating. The Auger in the pins, foreign objects, burnouts, etc.
Deve Unit is rotating.
Y N Procedure
There is a load on the Auger in the Deve Unit, or the Auger blade is in bad shape. Replace the
Open the Front Door. Remove the Marking Drawer Front Cover. +5VDC is measured between J135-
Deve Unit (PL 12.2).
1 (+) and -3(-) on the Environment Sensor.
Enter the Diag. Check the value in DC131[752-130](ATC Average Output). Y N
The value is 1022or more.
Y N
Y N
The value is 150 or less. +5VDC is measured between J400-2 (+) on the MCU PWB and GND (-).
Y N
Y N
Check the following: If the circuits are good, replace the ATC Sensor (PL 12.5).
• MCU PWB J409-A2 to ATC Sensor J134-3 Check the wires between J135-1 on the Environment Sensor and J405-B14 on the MCU PWB, and
If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1). between J135-3 on the Environment Sensor and J405-B12 on the MCU PWB for an open wire or
poor contact.
Turn off the power. Disconnect J436 from the IOT PWB.
Measure the resistance between Connector Pin J436-A2 and the frame. The resistance is 10 Check the following for continuity. If the wire is good, replace the Environment Sensor (PL 13.14) and
ohms or less. the MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order.
Y N • Environment Sensor J135-4 to MCU PWB J405-B17
Check if the cable is properly connected between J431 on the IOT PWB and J401 on the
MCU PWB. If no problem is found, replace the Dispense Motor (PL 12.4), Flexible Print Cable
(PL 2.1), IOT PWB (PL 2.1) and MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order.
Check the wire between J436-A2 and Dispense Motor J201-1 for a short to the frame.

• The Toner Cartridge has toner and no toner blocking has occurred on the path to the Deve Unit.
• Enter the Diag. Check DC122 Fail History. If you find one of 093-311 and 093-912 there, go to the
appropriate FIP for it.
092-662 Humidity Sensor Fail 092-663 Minimum Setup ADC Fail
Environment Sensor humidity output is out of range (30~607). The two levels of ADC Patch density created in Mini-Setup: high (LD_OUT+60) and low (LD_OUT-60)
are reversed.
Initial Actions
Check that the Drawer Connectors ( P/J602) on the Marking Drawer and the main unit are free from bent Procedure
pins, foreign objects, burnouts, etc. Enter DC612 Test Pattern Print. Output the Full Page Halftone.
If the density is badly uneven, replace the following in order:
Procedure • Drum Cartridge
Open the Front Door. Remove the Marking Drawer Front Cover. +5VDC is measured between J135- • Deve Unit (PL 12.2)
1 (+) and -3(-) on the Environment Sensor. • HVPS S5 (Deve Bias)(PL 2.3)
Y N
Y N
Y N
Check the wires between J135-1 on the Environment Sensor and J405-B14 on the MCU PWB, and
between J135-3 on the Environment Sensor and J405-B12 on the MCU PWB for an open wire or
poor contact.
Check the following for continuity. If the wire is good, replace the Environment Sensor (PL 13.14) and
the MCU PWB (PL 2.1) in order.
• Environment Sensor J135-2 to MCU PWB J405-B16
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 092-xxx FIP

2-287
092-664 ATC Average Warning

BSD-ON:CH9.5
Fail Code 092-664 requires no service.
Even if this fail occurs, a frequency of 0 is logged on Fail Count History Report. Also, when EP Center
makes an inquiry, a frequency of 0 is reported.
Procedure
A
093-311 Dispense Broken Disconnect Relay Connector J470. +3.3VDC is measured between Relay Connector J470-2 (+) and
GND (-).
BSD-ON:CH9.7 Y N
Check the wire between Relay Connector J470-2 and J406-B7 on the MCU PWB for a short to the
Dispense Motor has failed.
frame. If the wire is good, replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1).
Procedure Turn off the power. Remove the Toner Dispenser. (REP 12.1.2)
Enter the Diag. Enter DC330[093-003](Dispense Motor). Select Start. Dispense Motor is heard rotat- Check the following for continuity:
ing. (ON duration is 2 sec.) • Relay Connector P690-1 to Low Toner Sensor J140-3
Y N • Relay Connector P690-2 to Low Toner Sensor J140-2
Open the PWB Chassis. (REP 2.1.1) +24VDC is measured between J430-8 (+) on the IOT PWB • Relay Connector P690-3 to Low Toner Sensor J140-1
and GND (-).
Y N Every resistance is 1 ohm or less.
Y N
Turn off the power. Disconnect Connectors P/J201 on the Dispense Motor. Measure the wire-
Remove the Low Toner Sensor. There is any toner on the detection area of the Low Toner Sensor.
wound resistance of the Dispense Motor. The resistance between P201-1 and -2 pins is
Y N
between 22.0 and 27.0 ohms.
Y N Check for toner blocking, poor Auger rotation, gears binding, etc. Replace defective parts, if any
(PL 12.7).
Replace the Dispense Motor (PL 12.4).
Check the following for continuity: Replace the Low Toner Sensor (PL 12.7).
• IOT PWB J436-A2 to Dispense Motor J201-1
Y N
Perform the following:

• Disconnect and reconnect the cable between J431 on the IOT PWB and J401 on the MCU
PWB.
• Remove the Toner Dispenser. (REP 12.1.2) Check that there is no such load as poor Auger
rotation, toner blocking and Drive gears binding.
If no problem is found, replace the Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1), IOT PWB (PL 2.1) and MCU PWB
(PL 2.1) in order.
Open the PWB Chassis. (REP 2.1.1) +5VDC is measured between Relay Connectors J690-1 (+)
and -3(-).
Y N
Y N
Y N
Check the wires between J406-B8 on the MCU PWB and Relay Connector J470-1, and between
J406-B6 on the MCU PWB and Relay Connector J470-3 for an open wire or poor contact.
A
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 093-xxx FIP
2-289
093-xxx FIP 2-290A B C D
Version.1 .1.1
093-320 Deve Motor Fail Y N

BSD-ON:CH9.4
Check for an open wire or poor contact between J407-A9 on the MCU PWB and
Deve Motor rotation error
J206-4 on the Deve Motor.
Procedure With the diagnostics ON, +3.3VDC is measured between J206-6 (+) on the Deve
Open the Front Door. Remove the Cartridge Inner Cover. Motor and GND (-).
Cheat the Front Door Interlock. Y N
Enter the Diag. Enter DC330[093-001](Deve Motor FWD). Select Start. (The Drum Motor also rotates.) +3.3VDC is measured between J407-A7 (+) on the MCU PWB and GND (-).
The Auger and the Mag Roll in the Deve Unit rotate. Y N
Remove the Deve Unit. (REP 12.1.1)
Enter DC330[093-001](Deve Motor FWD). Select Start. (The Drum Motor also rotates) The Deve Check the wire between J206-6 on the Deve Motor and J407-A7 on the MCU PWB
Motor rotates. for an open wire or poor contact.
Y N
Open the PWB Chassis. (REP 2.1.1) Replace the Deve Motor (PL 10.3).
Remove the Fly Wheel. +24VDC is measured between J205-1 (+) and -2(-) on the Deve
Motor. With the diagnostics ON, +5VDC is measured between J407-A10 (+) on the MCU PWB
Y N and GND (-).
+24VDC is measured between J437-5 (+) and -13(-) on the IOT PWB. Y N
Y N Check the wire between J407-A10 on the MCU PWB and J206-3 on the Deve Motor for
+24VDC is measured between J430-2 (+) on the IOT PWB and GND (-). an open wire or poor contact.
Y N
Seeing BSD CH1.12, check the +24VDC circuit to J430-2 on the IOT PWB. Replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1).
Replace the IOT PWB (PL 2.1). Check for any mechanical load in the Deve Unit such as poor Auger rotation, Drive gears binding,
Bearing binding and poor Mag Roll rotation.
Check the wires between J437-5 on the IOT PWB and J205-1 on the Deve Motor, and
between J437-13 on the IOT PWB and J205-2 on the Deve Motor for an open wire or It is highly likely that the MCU PWB made a faulty detection due to some external noise or internal dis-
poor contact. charge-related noise. Check if there are any noise sources around the machine and if any abnormal dis-
charge has occurred.
+5VDC is measured between J206-1 (+) and -2(-) on the Deve Motor. If the check shows there is no problem, check the wire between J206-6 on the Deve Motor and J407-A7
Y N on the MCU PWB for an open wire or poor contact.
+5VDC is measured between J407-A12 (+) and -A11 (-) on the MCU PWB. If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1).
Y N
Check the wires between J407-A12 on the MCU PWB and J206-1 on the Deve Motor,
and between J407-A11 on the MCU PWB and J206-2 on the Deve Motor for an open
With DC330[093-001](Deve Motor FWD) ON (The Drum Motor also rotates.), +5VDC is
measured between J206-3 (+) on the Deve Motor and GND (-).
Y N
With DC330[093-001](Deve Motor FWD) ON (The Drum Motor also rotates.), approx.
1.4kHz is measured between J206-4 (+) on the Deve Motor and GND (-).
Y N
With the diagnostics ON, approx. 1.4kHz is measured between J407-A9 (+) on
the MCU PWB and GND (-).
A B C D
093-400 Toner Near Empty 093-603 Dispense Near Broken
The replacement date of Toner Cartridge is near. Dispense Motor may be broken. (a hidden fail)
Procedure Procedure
No action is required. Enter the Diag. Enter DC330[093-003](Dispense Motor). Select Start. The Dispense Motor is heard
Prepare the Toner Cartridge. rotating. (ON Duration: 2 sec.)
Y N
Open the PWB Chassis. (REP 2.1.1) +24VDC is measured between J430-8 (+) on the IOT PWB
and GND (-).
Y N
Turn off the power. Disconnect Connector P/J201 on the Dispense Motor. Measure the wire-
wound resistance of the Dispense Motor. The resistance between P201-1 and -2 pins is
between 22.0 and 27.0 ohms.
Y N
Replace the Dispense Motor (PL 12.4).
Check the following for continuity:

Y N

• Disconnect and reconnect the cable between J431 on the IOT PWB and J401 on the MCU
PWB.
• Remove the Toner Dispenser. (REP 12.1.2) Check that there is no such load as poor Auger
rotation, toner blocking and Drive gears binding.
If no problem is found, replace the Flexible Print Cable (PL 2.1), IOT PWB (PL 2.1) and MCU PWB
(PL 2.1) in order.
Open the PWB Chassis. (REP 2.1.1) +5VDC is measured between Relay Connector J470-1 (+) and
-3(-).
Y N
Y N
Y N
Check the wires between J406-B8 on the MCU PWB and between Relay Connector J470-1, and
J406-B6 on the MCU PWB and Relay Connector J470-3 for an open wire or poor contact.
A
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 093-xxx FIP
2-291
A
Disconnect Relay Connector J470. +3.3VDC is measured between Relay Connector J470-2 (+) and 093-912 Toner Empty
GND (-).
BSD-ON:CH9.7
Y N
Check the wire between Relay Connector J470-2 and J406-B7 on the MCU PWB for a short to the
Toner Cartridge and Reserve Tank are empty.
frame. If the wire is good, replace the MCU PWB (PL 2.1).
Turn off the power. Remove the Toner Dispenser. (REP 12.1.2) Procedure
Check the following for continuity: Replace the Toner Cartridge.
• Relay Connector P690-1 to Low Toner Sensor J140-3 If the problem persists, go to 093-311 FIP.
• Relay Connector P690-2 to Low Toner Sensor J140-2
• Relay Connector P690-3 to Low Toner Sensor J140-1
Y N
Remove the Low Toner Sensor. There is any toner on the detection area of the Low Toner Sensor.
Y N
Check for toner blocking, poor Auger rotation, Gears binding, etc. Replace defective parts, if any
(PL 12.7).
Replace the Low Toner Sensor (PL 12.7).

093-924 Toner CRUM Comm Fail 093-925 Toner CRUM Data Broken Fail
A communication failure with Toner Cartridge CRUM Mismatch between data written onto Toner CRUM and data read.
Procedure Procedure
Replace the Toner Cartridge with a new one. 093-924 is gone. Turn OFF then ON the power. Remove and reinstall the Toner Cartridge. 093-925 is gone.
Y N Y N
Open the PWB Chassis. (REP 2.1.1) +5VDC is measured between J172-6 (+) and -5(-) on the Replace the Toner Cartridge with a new one. 093-925 is gone.
Toner Cartridge CRUM Coupler. Y N
Y N It is highly likely that some external noise or internal discharge-related noise is made around
+5VDC is measured between J406-A7 (+) and -A8 (-) on the MCU PWB. the Toner Cartridge CRUM Coupler. Check if there are any noise sources around the machine
Y N and if any abnormal discharge has occurred.
Y N The old Toner Cartridge CRUM is thought to be defective.
The Toner Cartridge is thought to be improperly set.
Check the wires between J406-A7 on the MCU PWB and J172-6 on the Toner Cartridge
CRUM Coupler, and between J406-A8 on the MCU PWB and J172-5 on the Toner Cartridge
CRUM Coupler for an open wire or poor contact.
Turn off the power. Disconnect Connectors J406 and P/J172 from the MCU PWB. Check the fol-
lowing for continuity:
• MCU PWB J406-A9 to Toner Cartridge CRUM Coupler J172-4
Y N
Replace the Toner Cartridge CRUM Coupler (PL 12.7).

The old Toner Cartridge CRUM is thought to be defective.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 093-xxx FIP

2-293
093-926 Toner CRUM Data Mismatch Fail 093-931 Toner Filling Interrupt
Toner CRUM Authentication Area Data is different. Toner Dispense Mode (at M/C installation) is not complete.
Procedure Procedure
Turn OFF then ON the power. Remove and reinstall the Toner Cartridge. 093-926 is gone. Enter the Diag. Enter DC330[093-201](Cartridge Door Sensor). Select Start.
Y N Using a cheater, turn ON then OFF the Cartridge Door Sensor. The display changes between H and
Replace the Toner Cartridge with a new one. 093-926 is gone. L.
Y N Y N
It is highly likely that some external noise or internal discharge-related noise is made around Using 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP, check the Cartridge Door Sensor.
the Toner Cartridge CRUM Coupler. Check if there are any noise sources around the machine
and if any abnormal discharge has occurred. The Cartridge Door actuator is normal.
Y N
The old Toner Cartridge CRUM is thought to be defective. Replace the Cartridge Door (PL 1.3).
The Toner Cartridge is thought to be improperly set. Check DC122 Fail History. If you find one of 093-924, 093-925 and 093-926 there, go to the appropriate
FIP for it.
093-932 Cartridge Exchange Time Over
BSD-ON:CH9.6
Toner Cartridge Replaceable Time during Run Mode is exceeded.
Procedure
Enter the Diag. Enter DC330[093-201](Cartridge Door Sensor). Select Start.
Using a cheater, turn ON then OFF the Cartridge Door Sensor. The display changes between H and
L.
Y N
Using 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP, check the Cartridge Door Sensor.
The problem is misalignment between the Cartridge Door (PL 1.3) and the Cartridge Door Sensor.
Check if the Actuator is not broken and if the Cartridge Door is properly installed.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 093-xxx FIP

2-295
A B
2.2.2.1 AC Drive PWB/Main LVPS Power FIP Check the wires from AC Drive PWB J515-1/2/3/4 to ESS PWB J300-B1/B2/B3/B4 for a short cir-
cuit. If no problem is found, replace the ESS PWB. (PL 2.5)
BSD-ON:CH1.1 CH1.2 CH1.3 CH1.4 CH1.5 CH1.12
+1VDC or less is measured between AC Drive PWB J510-2(+) and GND(-).
Procedure Y N
200-240VAC is measured at the wall outlet in the installation site. Approx. +4.6VDC is measured between AC Drive PWB J511-2(+) and GND(-).
Y N Y N
Check the circuit breaker, etc. at the installation site. Turn Off the Power Switch and disconnect the Power Plug.
Check the Power Cord for conductivity. It has conductivity. • AC Drive PWB J511-1 to Main Power Switch J145B-1
Y N • AC Drive PWB J511-2 to Main Power Switch J145A-1
Replace the Power Cord. (PL 2.3) Each resistance is 1 ohm or less.
Y N
Connect the Power Cord.
Check the wire(s) with a resistance of over 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact.
Turn On the Main Power Switch. GFI stays [ON].
Y N
Replace the Main Power Switch. (PL 1.1)
Check for an electric leak (AC wiring caught), excessive AC Input voltage (an abnormal voltage
applied due to wrong electric work), etc. Replace the AC Drive PWB. (PL 2.3)
200-240VAC is measured between AC Drive PWB J17-6 (ACH) and J17-4 (ACN).
+3.3VDC is measured between AC Drive PWB J510-1(+) on the Main Power On signal line and
Y N GND(-).
Turn Off the Power Switch and disconnect the Power Plug.
Y N
Remove the AC Unit. (REP 2.3.3)
+3.3VDC is measured between MCU PWB J409-B18(+) and GND(-).
Check the circuits from the Inlet to the GFI and the AC Drive PWB. If no problem is found, replace Y N
the AC Unit. (PL 2.3)
Check the connection of the MCU PWB, BP PWB and ESS PWB. If no problem is found,
replace the ESS PWB (PL 2.5), MCU PWB (PL 2.1) and BP PWB (PL 2.8) in order.
200-240VAC is measured between AC Drive PWB J17-3 (ACH) and J17-1 (ACN).
Y N
Check the wire from MCU PWB J409-B18 to AC Drive PWB J510-1 for an open wire or poor con-
Turn Off the Power Switch and disconnect the Power Plug.
tact.
• AC Drive PWB J17-6 to Main Power Switch J60B-1
Approx. +3.0VDC is measured between AC Drive PWB J510-13(+) on the Ready Power On signal
• AC Drive PWB J17-4 to Main Power Switch J60D-1 line and GND(-).
• AC Drive PWB J17-3 to Main Power Switch J60A-1 Y N
• AC Drive PWB J17-1 to Main Power Switch J60C-1 Approx. +3.0VDC is measured between MCU PWB J409-B6(+) and GND(-).
Each resistance is 1 ohm or less. Y N
Check the connection of the MCU PWB, BP PWB and ESS PWB. If no problem is found,
Y N
replace the ESS PWB (PL 2.5), MCU PWB (PL 2.1) and BP PWB (PL 2.8) in order.
Check the wire(s) with a resistance of over 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact.
Check the wire from MCU PWB J409-B6 to AC Drive PWB J510-13 for an open wire or poor con-
Replace the Main Power Switch. (PL 1.1)
tact.
+5VDC is measured between AC Drive PWB J515-1(+) and J515-7(-).
200-240VAC is measured between Main LVPS J11-4 (ACH) and J11-3 (ACN).
Y N
Y N
Turn off the Power Switch. Disconnect Connector J515 from the AC Drive PWB. Wait 60 sec.
and then turn On the Power Switch. +5VDC is measured between AC Drive PWB P515-1(+) Replace the AC Unit. (PL 2.3)
and P515-7(-).
Turn Off the Power Switch.
Y N
Replace the AC Drive PWB. (PL 2.3) Measure the resistance across Fuse(F400-F402) on the AC Drive PWB, and Fuses (F2001-F2002,
F3001-F3002, F4001-F4002, F5001-F5002 and F6001-F6003) on the Main LVP. Each resistance is 0
ohm.
A B
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 2.2.2 Other Failure FIP
2-297
2.2.2 Other Failure FIP 2-298 Version.1 .1.1
Y N 2.2.2.2 Interlock On +24VDC Power FIP

Replace the problem Fuse(s) (PL 2.3). Seeing the Wire Network, check the harnesses and parts
BSD-ON:CH1.11
ahead of the Fuse(s) (load side).
Leave the two connectors, Main LVPS Input Connector J11 and Signal Connector J507, connected. Procedure
Disconnect the other connectors ( J501, J503, J504, J506, J508 and J509). Turn off the power. Disconnect Connector J506 from the Main LVPS.
Turn On the Power Switch. On the Main LVPS side, check the following for the given voltages each. Turn on the power. +5VDC is measured between J501-1 (+) and J501-3 (-) on the Main LVPS.
• J501-1(+) to J501-3(-): +5VDC Y N
• J503-3(+) to J503-2(-): +12VDC Go to 2.2.2.1 AC Drive PWB/Main LVPS Power FIP.
• J506-3(+) to J506-1(-): +24VDC
Turn off the power. Measure the resistance of the Fuses (F400-F402) (3) on the AC Drive PWB at their
• J508-4(+) to J508-5(-): +5VDC
respective both ends. Every resistance is 0 ohm.
• J504-7(+) to J504-2(-): +12VDC Y N
• J509-2(+) to J509-9(-): +24VDC Replace any problematic Fuse (PL 2.3). Seeing the Wirenet, check any harness and part located
Each voltage is output normally. ahead of the Fuse (on the part of load).
Y N
Replace the Main LVPS. (PL 2.3) Turn on the power. +24VDC is measured between J510-5 (+) on the AC Drive PWB and GND (-).
Y N
Turn Off the Power Switch. Seeing BSD CH1.12, check the +24VDC circuit to J510-5 on the AC Drive PWB.
Reconnect the connectors ( J501, J503, J504, J506, J508 an d J509) in order. Check each connector
to see if the voltage is output normally, by turning On the Power Switch. 0VDC is measured between J510-6 (+) on the AC Drive PWB and GND (-).
Y N
NOTE: Be sure to turn Off the Power Switch before connecting each connector. 0VDC is measured between J409-B13 (+) on the MCU PWB and GND (-).
Seeing the Wire Network, check the problem connector(s) to see if the wire(s) on the load side is/are Y N
shorted to the frame and if the parts on the load side are defective.
If the given voltage is not output between the pins of Connector J506, go to 2.2.2.2 Interlock On
+24VDC Power FIP. Check for an open wire or poor contact between J409-B13 on the MCU PWB and J510-6 on the
AC Drive PWB.
Turn off the power. Connect Connector J506 to the Main LVPS. Disconnect Connector J514 from the
AC Drive PWB.
Wait 10 sec. then turn on the power. +24VDC is then measured between P514-8 (+) and -4(-) on the
AC Drive PWB.
Y N
Replace the AC Drive PWB (PL 2.3).
Seeing the Wirenet, check the area ahead of J514 (on the part of load) to see if any harness is shorted
to the frame or if any part has a problem.
2.2.2.3 +12VDC Power FIP (LVPS GU12) 2.2.2.4 +24VDC Power FIP (LVPS GU10H) (Except 4127/4112EPS)
BSD-ON:CH1.10 M/C Only
BSD-ON:CH1.10
Procedure
Turn on the power. +5VDC is measured between J501-1 (+) and J501-3 (-) on the Main LVPS. Procedure
Y N
Turn on the power. +5VDC is measured between J501-1 (+) and J501-3 (-) on the Main LVPS.
Go to 2.2.2.1 AC Drive PWB/Main LVPS Power FIP. Y N
Go to 2.2.2.1 AC Drive PWB/Main LVPS Power FIP.
200-240VAC is measured between J19-5 and J19-3 pins on the +12V LVPS (GU12).
Y N 200-240VAC is measured between J2-4 and J2-3 pins on the +24V LVPS (GU10).
200-240VAC is measured between J13B-1 and J13B-3 pins on the AC Drive PWB. Y N
Y N
200-240VAC is measured between J13B-7 and J13B-5 pins on the AC Drive PWB.
Y N
Check the wires between J13B-1 on the AC Drive PWB and J19-5 on the +12V LVPS (GU12), and
between J13B-3 on the AC Drive PWB and J19-3 on the +12V LVPS (GU12) for an open wire or
Check the wires between J13B-7 on the AC Drive PWB and J2-4 on the +24V LVPS (GU10), and
poor contact. between J13B-5 on the AC Drive PWB and J2-3 on the +24V LVPS (GU10) for an open wire or
poor contact.
The +12V LVPS Enable signal line between J521-3 (+) and J521-6 (-) on the +12V LVPS is +12VDC.
Y N The +24V LVPS Enable signal line between J505-1 (+) and J505-2 (-) on the +24V LVPS is +5VDC.
+5VDC is measured between J504-7 (+) and J504-2 (-) on the Main LVPS.
Y N
Y N
+5VDC is measured between J409-B2 (+) and J409-B1 (-) on the MCU PWB.
Go to 2.2.2.1 AC Drive PWB/Main LVPS Power FIP. Y N
Check the wires between J504-7 on the Main LVPS and J521-3 on the +12V LVPS, and between
J504-2 on the Main LVPS and J521-6 on the +12V LVPS for an open wire or poor contact. Check the wires between J409-B2 on the MCU PWB and J505-1 on the +24V LVPS, and between
J409-B1 on the MCU PWB and J505-2 on the +24V LVPS for an open wire or poor contact.
Turn off the power. Disconnect Connector J430 from the IOT PWB.
Wait 60 sec. and turn on the power. +12VDC is measured between J521-1 (+) and J521-4 (-) on the Turn off the power. Disconnect J502 from the +24V LVPS.
+12V LVPS.
Wait 60 sec. and turn on the power. +12VDC is measured between J502-4 (+) and J502-8 (-) on the
Y N
+24V LVPS.
Replace the +12V LVPS (GU12) (PL 2.3). Y N
Replace the +24V LVPS (GU10) (PL 2.3).
Seeing the Wirenet (WN7.2.1.31), check the area ahead of J521 (on the part of load) to see if any har-
ness is shorted to the frame or if any part has a problem. Seeing the Wirenet (WN7.2.2.4), check the area ahead of J521 (on the part of load) to see if any har-
ness is shorted to the frame or if any part has a problem.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 2.2.2 Other Failure FIP

2-299
2.2.2 Other Failure FIP 2-300A Version.1 .1.1
2.2.2.7 Interrupt Lamp Keeps Flashing 1 min then Turns Off FIP 100-127VAC/200-240VAC is measured between Pin J11-4 and Pin J11-3 of Main LVPS.
Y N
BSD-ON:CH1.2, CH1.3,CH1.4,CH1.5,CH1.12
Replace the AC Unit (PL 2.3).
Procedure Turn off the power.

+5VDC is measured between AC Drive PWB J515-1 (+) and J515-7 (-). Measure the resistance between both the ends of each of the Fuses (F400-F402) on AC Drive PWB and
Y N the Fuses (F2001-F2002, F3001-F3002, F4001-F4002, F5001-F5002 and F6001-F6003) on Main
Turn off the power. Disconnect Connector J515 from AC Drive PWB. Wait for 60 sec. then turn on LVPS. Every resistance is 0 ohm.
the power. +5VDC is measured between AC Drive PWB P515-1 (+) and J515-7 (-). Y N
Y N Replace any faulty Fuse (PL 2.3). Seeing the wire network, check the harness and the parts (on the
Replace the AC Drive PWB (PL 2.3). load side) ahead of the Fuse(s).
Check the wires each between AC Drive PWB J515-1/2/3/4 and ESS PWB J300-B1/B2/B3/B4 for Disconnect the other connectors ( J501, J503, J504, J506, J508 and J509) other than Main LVPS Out-
any short. If no problem is found, replace the ESS PWB (PL 2.5). put Connector J11 and Signal Connector J507.
Turn on the power. Check the voltage on the part of Main LVPS in the following:
+1VDC or less is measured between AC Drive PWB J510-2 (+) and GND (-). • J501-1 (+) to J501-3 (-): +5VDC
Y N • J503-3 (+) to J503-2 (-): +12VDC
+10VDC or more is measured between AC Drive PWB J511-2 (+) and GND (-). • J506-3 (+) to J506-1 (-): +24VDC
Y N
• J508-4 (+) to J508-5 (-): +5VDC
Replace the AC Drive PWB (PL 2.3).
• J504-7 (+) to J506-2 (-): +12VDC
Turn off the power and disconnect the power plug. • J509-2 (+) to J509-9 (-): +24VDC
Check the following for continuity. The proper voltage is output in every area.
• AC Drive PWB J511-1 to Main Power Switch J145B-1 Y N
• AC Drive PWB J511-2 to Main Power Switch J145A-1 Replace the Main LVPS (PL 2.3).
Check any wire that has a resistance of more than 1 ohm for an open wire or poor contact. Reconnect the connectors ( J501, J503, J504, J506, J508 and J509) in order. Turn on the power.
Check each connector for its proper voltage output.
Replace the Main Power Switch (PL 1.1).
NOTE: Ensure to turn off the power before connecting the connectors.
+3.3VDC is measured between AC Drive PWB J510-1 (+) of the Main Power On Signal line and Seeing the wire network, check any connector that exhibits an improper output in order to check whether
GND (-). the wire on the load side is shorted to the frame and there are any faulty parts there.
Y N If no proper voltage is output from Connector J506, go to 2.2.2.2 Interlock On +24VDC Power FIP.
+3.3VDC is measured between MCU PWB J409-B18 (+) and GND (-).
Y N
Check the connections of MCU PWB, BP PWB and ESS PWB. If no problem is found, replace
the ESS PWB (PL 2.5), the MCU PWB (PL 2.1) and the BP PWB (PL 2.8) in order.
Check for an open wire or poor contact between MCU PWB J409-B18 and AC Drive PWB J510-1.
+3.3VDC is measured between AC Drive PWB J510-13 (+) of the Ready Power On Signal line and
GND (-).
Y N
+3.3VDC is measured between MCU PWB J409-B6 (+) and GND (-).
Y N
Check the connections of MCU PWB, BP PWB and ESS PWB. If no problem is found, replace
the ESS PWB (PL 2.5), the MCU PWB (PL 2.1) and the BP PWB (PL 2.8) in order.
Check for an open wire or poor contact between MCU PWB J409-B6 and AC Drive PWB J510-13.
A
2.2.3.1 Reflective Sensor Failure FIP 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP
Procedure Procedure
Figure 1 2001 Figure 1 2002
Enter DC330 [XXXX-XXX]. Block the sensor with a sheet of blank paper. Is [LOW] displayed? Enter DC330[XXX-XXX]. Block the sensor. Is [HIGH] displayed?
Y N Y N
Is +5VDC measured between the Pin 2 (+) and the GND (-) of the sensor? Remove the connector on the sensor. Does the display change to [HIGH]?
Y N Y N
Check the wire between Pin 2 of the sensor and Pin 8 of the PWB for an open circuit or poor Check the wire between Pin 2 of the sensor and Pin 8 of the PWB for a short circuit. If no prob-
contact. lems are found, replace the PWB.
If no problems are found, replace the PWB.
Replace the sensor.
Is +5VDC measured between the Pin 1 (+) and Pin 3 of the sensor?
Y N Clear away the obstacles on the sensor light path. Does the display change to [LOW]?
Is +5VDC measured between the Pin 4 (+) and Pin 5 of the PWB? Y N
Y N Is +5VDC measured between the Pin 2 (+) and the GND (-) of the sensor?
Replace the PWB. Y N
Check the wire between Pin 2 of the sensor and Pin 8 of the PWB for an open circuit or poor
Check the wire between Pin 4 of the PWB and Pin 1 of the sensor, and the wire between Pin 5 contact.
of the PWB and Pin 3 of the sensor for an open circuit or poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the PWB.
Check the sensor for contamination and improper installation. Is +5VDC measured between Pin 1 (+) and Pin 3 (-) of the sensor?
If no problems are found, replace the sensor. Y N
Check the wire between Pin 4 of the PWB and Pin 1 of the sensor, and the wire between Pin 5
Remove the blank paper from the sensor. Is [HIGH] displayed? of the PWB and Pin 3 of the sensor for an open circuit or poor contact.
Y N If no problems are found, replace the PWB.
Remove the connector on the sensor. Does the display change to [HIGH]?
Y N Check the sensor for contamination.
Check the wire between Pin 2 of the sensor and Pin 8 of the PWB for a short circuit. If no problems are found, replace the sensor.
Check installation of the sensor, bending on the actuator, and operation.
Check installation of the sensor and incident light diffraction. If no problems are found, replace the If no problems are found, replace the sensor.
sensor.
Check installation of the sensor. If no problems are found, replace the sensor.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 2.2.3 Generic FIP

2-301
2.2.3 Generic FIP 2-302 Version.1 .1.1
2.2.3.3 Switch (Normal/Open) Failure FIP 2.2.3.4 Solenoid/Clutch Not Energized Failure FIP
Procedure Procedure
Figure 1 2003 Figure 1 2004
Enter DC330[XXX-XXX]. Turn ON the switch. Is [LOW] displayed? NOTE: Before performing this FIP, ensure that there is no mechanical problem with the solenoid and the
Y N clutch.
Between Pin 2(+) and GND(-) of the switch, is the voltage +5VDC?
Go to the DC330[XXX-XXX] and turn it ON. Is +24VDC measured between Pin 3(+) and GND (-) of the
Y N
Check the wire between the Pin 2 of the switch and Pin 3 of the PWB for an open circuit or poor PWB?
Y N
contact.
Between Pin 2(+) and GND(-) of the solenoid/clutch, is the voltage +24VDC?
Y N
Between Pin 1(+) and GND(-) of the solenoid/clutch, is the voltage +24VDC?
When the switch between Pin 1(+) and GND(-) is turned ON, is the voltage +5VDC?
Y N
Y N
Replace the switch. Check the wire between Pin 4 of the PWB and Pin 1 of the solenoid/clutch for an open cir-
Check the wire between Pin 4 of the PWB and Pin 1 of the switch for an open circuit and poor con-
tact.
Replace the solenoid/clutch.
Check the wire between Pin 3 of the PWB and Pin 2 of the solenoid/clutch for an open circuit or poor
Turn OFF the switch. Is [HIGH] displayed?
Y N contact.
Remove the connector on the switch. Is [HIGH] displayed?
Replace the PWB.
Y N
Check the wire between Pin 2 of the switch and Pin 3 of the PWB for a short circuit.
Replace the switch.
Check installation of the switch.

If no problems are found, replace the switch.
2.2.3.5 Solenoid/Clutch Left Energized Failure FIP 2.2.3.6 Motor Does Not Rotate Failure FIP
Procedure Procedure
Turn OFF the power.
Remove the connector on the PWB. Is the resistance 10Ohm or less between Pin 3 of the connector
and the frame?
Y N
Replace the PWB.
Check the wire between Pin 3 of the connector and Pin 2 of the solenoid/clutch for a short circuit.
If no problems are found, replace the solenoid/clutch.
Figure 1 2005
NOTE: Before performing this FIP, ensure that the motor is not locked and it has no load.
Go to the DC330[XXX-XXX] and turn it ON.
Between Pin 3(+) and GND(-) of the PWB, is the voltage +24VDC?
Y N
Between Pin 2(+) and GND(-) of the motor, is the voltage +24VDC?
Y N
Between Pin 1(+) and GND(-) of the motor, is the voltage +24VDC?
Y N
Between Pin 4(+) and GND(-) of the PWB, is the voltage +24VDC?
Y N
Replace the PWB.
Check the wire between Pin 4 of the PWB and Pin 1 of the motor for an open circuit or
poor contact.
Replace the motor.
Check the wire between Pin 3 of the PWB and Pin 2 of the motor for an open circuit or poor contact.
Replace the PWB.

2-303
2.2.3.7 Motor Left Running Failure FIP 2.2.3.8 NIP/RELEASE SOLENOID Not Energized Failure FIP
Procedure Procedure
Turn OFF the power. Remove the connector on the PWB. Is the resistance 10Ohm or less between
Pin 3 of the connector and the frame?
Y N
Replace the PWB.
Check the wire between Pin 3 of the connector and Pin 2 of the motor for a short circuit.
If no problems are found, replace the motor.
Figure 1 2017
NOTE: Before performing this FIP, ensure that there is no mechanical problem with the solenoid.
Is +24VDC measured between Pin 1 (+) and GND (-) of the Nip/Release Solenoid?
Y N
Is +24VDC measured between Pin 5 (+) and GND(-) of the PWB?
Y N
Check +24VDC inputs of the PWB. If no problems are found, replace the PWB.
Check the wire between Pin 5 of the PWB and Pin 1 of the Nip/Release Solenoid for an open circuit
or poor contact.
Perform the following FIP when the NIP has a problem:

Go to DC330[XXX-XXX] and turn ON the SOL NIP. Is +24VDC measured between Pin 4 (+) and
GND(-) of the PWB?
Y N
Go to DC330[XXX-XXX] and turn ON the SOL NIP. Is +24VDC measured between Pin 3 (+) and
GND (-) of the Nip/Release Solenoid?
Y N
Replace the Nip/Release Solenoid.
or poor contact.
Perform the following FIP when the Release operation has a failure:
Go to DC330[XXX-XXX] and turn ON the SOL RELEASE. Is +24VDC measured between Pin 6 (+) and
GND(-) of the PWB?
Y N
Go to DC330[XXX-XXX] and turn ON the SOL RELEASE. Is +24VDC measured between Pin 2
(+) and GND (-) of the Nip/Release Solenoid?
Y N
Replace the Nip/Release Solenoid.
A B
A B
or poor contact.
Replace the PWB.

2-305
OF-01 Common System Fail 9. If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB and perform the same operation where the error
occurred.
The following describes the common procedures at System Fail or Sub System Fail, regardless of
10. Return NVM(700-530) to 1.
whether the power is turned ON or during job processing.
If the system is not restored after the ESS PWB has been replaced, reinstall the original ESS PWB and
Initial Actions contact Support G for instructions. Prepare the logs and the obtained reports as required to be sent to
Support G.
Collect the detailed procedures below from the customer when a trouble occurred.
1. In which mode the problem occurred? (Copy/Scan/Print/Fax)

2. What job was performed when the problem occurred?
3. Check the job settings from the UI.
4. Check whether HDD spool is enabled/disabled.
5. Collect other information as much as possible to reproduce the error.
Procedure
1. If error was displayed during a service call, obtain the "info9 or xxx.tgz" and "Redir or xxx.tgz" files
using the log tool. If no error was displayed, obtain the "Redir or xxx.tgz" file using the log tool. (See
2.5.2 Logging Procedure)
2. [For machines installed with ESS Hardware Diagnostic only] Perform ESS Hardware Diagnostic.
(See ESS Hardware Diagnostic Procedure)
3. Check the version of the Controller ROM. Download the latest version of the software if it is not.
(See 2.6.1 Software Download) The download is not required if the Controller ROM version is
already the latest. Proceed to step 4.
4. Turn the power OFF then ON.
If the problem persists after the power is turned OFF then ON, obtain the "info9 or xxx.tgz" file using
the log tool. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure.)
At this point, if the system starts by turning the power ON, obtain reports by referring to 2.7.1 List of
Collected Reports by Job according to the job type "Copy/Scan/Print/Others" in which the error
occurs.
5. Turn the power OFF then ON by the Breaker (or by disconnecting then reconnecting the power
plug).
If the problem persists after the power is turned OFF then ON, obtain the "info9 or xxx.tgz" file using
the log tool. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure)
At this point, if the system starts by turning the power ON, obtain reports by referring to 2.7.1 List of
Collected Reports by Job according to the job type "Copy/Scan/Print/Others" in which the error
occurs.
6. If the problem persists, check the installation status of the ESS PWB and (IISS PWB, IOT PWB,
Monza PWB) connector cables to install them securely, then perform the same operation where the
error occurred.
7. Turn the power OFF, remove and insert the ESS RAM DIMM, then turn the power ON again to per-
form the same operation where the error occurred.
If the problem persists, obtain the "info9 or xxx.tgz" file log immediately after the error occurred with-
out turning the power OFF/ON. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure.)
8. If the problem persists after turning the power ON, turn the power OFF and replace the RAM DIMM.
After turning the power ON, perform the same operation where the error occurred.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 2.3 All Controller FIP

2-307
2.3.1 OF-xxx FIP 2-308 Version.1 .1.1
OF-02 HDD System Fail Table 2 HDD Initialization Method
Always read the following three basic notes regarding the HDD in this machine model before servicing. Data Clear Method
Partition No. Diag. KO Tools Special Booting M/C power OFF/ON
1. HDD Data
2. HDD Initialization 7 O - O -
3. HDD Formatting 8 O - O -
After reading the basic notes, proceed with the service operations.
3. HDD Formatting
1. HDD Data Forcedly re-formatting the HDD by special booting will forcedly return the partition status to the factory
setting.
Description by HDD partition
Table 1 Formatting will delete all the data in the HDD.
Partition Purpose of HDD failures might be recovered by re-formatting.

No. Volume Use/Type Stored Data
1 ide0a Resource Font, Form/Logo, SMB Folder (Config. txt, driver), Job Template Procedure
2 ide0b Print EPC Print Temporary Data 1. Pull out the HDD harness and insert it again to check the installation of the HDD and install it
3 ide0c Mailbox Extended Mailbox, Scan, iFAX, FAX, Report, Secure Print, Sam- securely.
ple Print, Delay Print Perform Steps (1) to (7) in OF-01 Common System Fail.
4 ide0d PDL PDL, MailIO Temporary, Spool Area If the problem persists, go to the next step.
5 ide0e Copy EPC Copy Temporary Data 2. If the problem persists, perform the forced initialization by special booting.
6 ide0f Scan Scan To FTP, Scan To SMB, Send iFAX, Send Mail, JFS Tempo- • Startup by Forced Spool Area (HDD) Initialization
rary Data It is the operation to forcedly clear the HDD when the machine is started up.
7 ide0g DOMS(/XDOD) DOMS Scan Data [Operation or Details]
XDOD FTP Data (1) For printers, turning the power ON while pressing the [Power Saver] and "↓ keys at the
8 ide0h Management Management Information (PFlite User Document Store) same time initializes the data stored in the HDD Partition No. 4.
Information Job Recovery Data, Job Flow, Job Log,
(2) For MF machines, this is done by turning the power ON while pressing the [Power Saver]
Failure Log, Audit Log, Device Certificate
key, [Stop] key and [6] key.
(3) Initialization by special booting in 2. targets only on the previously specified area in the
2. HDD Initialization HDD partition and does not affect the other areas.
The HDD can be initialized in the Diag. mode and KO Tools, by special booting, and by turning the M/C Here, perform the same operation where the error occurred.
OFF then ON. 3. If the problem persists, perform the forced formatting by special booting.
• Starting the forced HDD formatting (this procedure should be hidden from users)
Initialization means the logical formatting for changing a partition size. Initializing the HDD will delete all
data in the HDD. Even if only one partition size is changed, the data in all partitions will be deleted. This operation forcedly restores the HDD to the partition status at factory settings.
(1) For printer machines, HDD formatting is performed by turning the power ON while press-
Table 2 HDD Initialization Method ing the [Power Saver] key, "↑ key and "↓ key at the same time.
(2) For MF machines, HDD formatting is performed by turning the power ON while pressing
Data Clear Method
the [Power Saver] key, [Stop] key and [4] key.
Partition No. Diag. KO Tools Special Booting M/C power OFF/ON Here, perform the same operation where the error occurred.
1 O O O - 4. If the problem persists, replace the HDD and perform the same operation where the error occurred.
2 O - O O 5. If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB and perform the same operation where the error
3 O - O - occurred.
4 O - O - 6. Return NVM(700-530) that has been set in Step (1) to 1.
5 O - O O 7. Upgrade the IOT Firm ware.
6 O - O - (To store the firm Ware in HDD for back-up/Restore.)
If the system is not restored after the ESS PWB has been replaced, reinstall the original ESS PWB and OF-03 NET/USB System Fail
contact Support G for instructions. Prepare the logs and the obtained reports as required to be sent to
Support G. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure.) Perform the following steps.
Procedure
1. Check if the Controller ROM is the latest version.
If it is not the latest, ensure to upgrade the software. (See 2.6.1 Software Download.)
2. Obtain logs using the log tool "Redir or xxx.tgz". (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure.)
3. Change the system data 700-530 to "0" and disable the automatic startup boot operation at System-
Fail.
If the problem persists after the same operation where the error has occurred is performed, obtain
reports by referring to 2.7.1 List of Collected Reports by Job according to the Printer job type to be
reproduced and then perform Step (4) onwards.
4. Check the connection between the ESS PWB and the Net to install them securely, then turn the
power ON.
Specially check for faulty ports or Net connection. Check which of the following ports is faulty.
• SNTP
• NetWare
• Salutation IO
• SMB
• Port 9100
• USB
• lpd
• FTP Serv
• MailIO
• IPP
After checking, perform the same operation where the error occurred. If the problem persists, obtain
the "info9 or xxx.tgz" log using the log tool. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure.)
5. If the problem persists, reinstall or replace the RAM DIMM and then turn the power ON.
Perform the same operation where the error occurred.
6. If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB since it may be faulty.
Perform the same operation where the error occurred.
7. If the system is not restored after the ESS PWB has been replaced, reinstall the original ESS PWB
and contact Support G for instructions. Prepare the logs as required to be sent to Support G. (See
2.5.2 Logging Procedure.)
8. Return the set NVM(700-530) to 1.
Also, proceed with the following to collect the data recorded in each item.
• 2.4.2 "Cannot connect to the network" or "Printer is not found on PC"
• 2.4.3 "No output is available, no data is printed"
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 2.3.1 OF-xxx FIP

2-309
OF-04 Panel System Fail OF-05 IIT System Fail

Procedure Procedure
Check the installation status of the ESS PWB and Panel connector cables and install the Monza PWB (if [For machines installed with ESS Hardware Diagnostic/IIT Diagnostic only]
installed) securely, and then perform the same operation where the error occurred. • Perform ESS Hardware Diagnostic. (See ESS Hardware Diagnostic Procedure)
If the problem persists, perform the procedures in "OF-01 Common System Fail". (Do not replace the • Perform IIT Diagnostic. (See IIT Diagnostic Procedure)
ESS PWB at this step.)
Check the installation status of the ESS PWB and IISS PWB connector cables to install them securely.
If the problem persists after the above actions, replace the Monza PWB.
Check the installation status of the parts in the ESS PWB to install them securely.
If the problem persists after the above actions, replace the ESS PWB. After that, perform the same operation where the error occurred.
If the system is not restored after the ESS PWB and Monza PWB have been replaced, reinstall the origi-
1. If the problem persists, perform the procedures in "OF-01 Common System Fail". (Do not replace
nal ESS PWB and Monza PWB and contact Support G for instructions.
the ESS PWB at this step.)
Prepare the logs as required to be sent to Support G. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure.)
2. If the problem persists after the above actions, replace the IISS PWB.
3. If problem persists after the actions, replace the ESS PWB.
If the system is not restored after the ESS PWB and IISS PWB have been replaced, reinstall the original
ESS PWB and IISS PWB and contact Support G for instructions.
OF-06 IOT System Fail OF-07 FAX System Fail
[For machines installed with ESS Hardware Diagnostic/IIT Diagnostic only] [Items to be asked to customer during visits]
• Perform ESS Hardware Diagnostic. (See ESS Hardware Diagnostic Procedure)
• Perform IIT Diagnostic. (See IIT Diagnostic Procedure) 1. Get the procedures for reproducing an error, according to the operations performed where the error
occurred.
Check the installation status of the ESS PWB and IOT PWB connector cables to install them securely,
then check that the installation status of the parts in the IOT PWB and ensure that they are securely 2. Check the job type: Send Mail, Receive Mail, Broadcast Send, Polling, or Mailbox Receipt.
installed. 3. Check the job settings from the Panel.
After that, perform the same operation where the error occurred. 4. Check whether it is Speed Dial or Keypad Dial.
1. If the problem persists, perform the procedures in "OF-01 Common System Fail". (Do not replace
5. Check which function was used: G3 or G4.
the ESS PWB at this step.)
Collect other procedures as much as possible to reproduce the error.
2. If the problem persists and it is related to the Net such as Scanner/Printer, proceed to collect data.
• 2.4.4 Printing can be performed but abnormally
Procedure
3. If the problem persists, replace the IOT PWB.
After checking, perform the following in sequence.
4. If the above action does not resolve the problem, replace the ESS PWB. (Replace the IOT PWB first
• Mechanical Check
and then the ESS PWB.)
Check that the internal parts (Fax Mother PWB/G3 Option PWB/G4 Option PWB/G3 Main PWB) of
If the system is not restored after the ESS PWB and IOT PWB have been replaced, reinstall the original
the Fax Card are properly installed.
ESS PWB and IOT PWB and contact Support G for instructions.
Prepare the logs as required to be sent to Support G. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure.) • Check the communication related parts.
Check the communication related parts by following the procedures below:
1. Seeing "2.7.1 List of Collected Reports by Job" obtain Fax-related reports (Protocol Monitor,
Activity Report, User Options List, Expanded Functions List and Job History Report).
Depending on the situation, such as in the cases of Broadcast Send or Mailbox Receipt, obtain
the Speed Dial list or Stored Document list.
2. Check whether or not the Controller ROM and FaxCard ROM are the latest versions.
If they are not the latest, upgrade them to the latest by referring to "2.6.1 Software Download".
If the Controller ROM and FaxCard ROM are the latest versions, there is no need to download
them.
3. After that, perform the same operation where the error occurred. If the problem persists,
replace the USB cable.
4. Obtain the "info9 or xxx.tgz" and "Redir or xxx.tgz" files using the log tool immediately after the
error has occurred. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure)
5. Replace the FaxCard and perform the same operation where the error occurred.
If the problem persists, reinstall the FaxCard to the original position and contact Support G for instruc-
tions.

2-311
OF-08 116-324 Fail OF-09 Common Job Fail

Procedure Procedure
Perform the following steps. 1. Obtain reports by referring to "2.7.1 List of Collected Reports by Job" according to the job type
1. Corrective actions when the problem occurred at power ON "Copy/Scan/Print/Others" in which the error occurs.
(1) Check whether the error persists after returning from power saver mode and take a note on the 2. Change any possible mechanical settings for corrective actions or detection conditions and repeat
result, and then perform Steps (1) to (7) in "OF-01 Common System Fail". (No reports can be the operation.
obtained during this failure.) 3. Check if the Controller ROM is the latest version.
(2) If the problem persists, prepare for the recovery operation since the system may be recovered If it is not the latest, ensure to upgrade the software. (See 2.6.1 Software Download.)
by the procedures in "OF-02 HDD System Fail".
4. Get the procedures for reproducing an error, according to the operations performed where the error
Check with the customer whether important data is stored in the HDD. occurred.
(3) If no important data is stored in the HDD, perform the procedures in "OF-02 HDD System Fail". • Check the exact occurrence timing during job execution.
If the problem persists, reinstall the HDD that has been removed. • Check the job settings from the Panel.
(4) If important data is stored in the HDD, replace it with the HDD you brought and turn the power • Is HDD spool enabled/disabled?
OFF then ON. (If you have brought a HDD.) • Collect other information as much as possible to reproduce the error.
If the problem persists, reinstall the HDD and replace the ESS PWB. 5. Obtain logs immediately after the error has occurred without turning the power OFF/ON. (See 2.5.2
(5) Since the ESS PWB failure rarely occurs in 116-234, contact Support G for instructions. Logging Procedure.)
Prepare the logs ([Redir or xxx.tgz] & [info9 or xxx.tgz]) as required to be sent to Support G. (See Since the ESS PWB failure rarely occurs, contact Support G for instructions.
2. Corrective actions when the error occurred at other than power ON
(1) Get the procedures for reproducing an error as follows, according to the operations performed
where the error occurred.
• Obtain the job type: Copy, Scan, or Print.
• Check the job settings from the Panel.
• Check whether HDD spool enabled/disabled.
• Collect other information as much as possible to reproduce the error.
(2) Obtain the Function Setting List, Error History Report, Job History Report, and Shutdown His-
tory Report.
(3) Perform Steps (1) to (6) in OF-01 Common System Fail.
(Obtain both the reports and logs since both can be obtained.)
Check if any log has been obtained at this point. If no logs have been obtained, obtain the logs
when reproducing the error.
(4) If the problem persists and it is related to the Net such as Scanner/Printer, proceed to the fol-
lowing for checking.
• 2.4.2 "Cannot connect to the network" or "Printer is not found on PC"
• 2.4.3 "No output is available, no data is printed"
(5) Since the ESS PWB failure rarely occurs in 116-234, contact Support G for instructions.
Prepare the logs ([Redir or xxx.tgz] & [info9 or xxx.tgz]) as required to be sent to Support G. (See 2.5.2
Logging Procedure.)
OF-10 HDD Job Fail OF-11 FAX Job Fail
1. Perform the procedures in OF-09 Common Job Fail. [Items to be asked to customer during visits]
2. If the problem persists, perform the procedures in "OF-02 HDD System Fail".
1. Get the procedures for reproducing an error, according to the operations performed where the error
If the system is not recovered, contact Support G for instructions.
occurred.
Prepare the logs ([Redir or xxx.tgz] & [info9 or xxx.tgz]) as required to be sent to Support G. (See 2.5.2
2. Check the job type: Send Mail, Receive Mail, Broadcast Send, Polling, or Mailbox Receipt.
Logging Procedure.)
3. Check the job settings from the Panel.
4. Check whether it is Speed Dial or Keypad Dial.
5. Check which function was used: G3 or G4.
6. [FX Only] Check which setting is being made if the EP-TRESS is in the remote maintenance.
Collect other procedures as much as possible to reproduce the error.
Procedure
After checking, perform the following in sequence.
• Mechanical Check
Check that the internal parts (Fax Mother PWB/G3 Option PWB/G4 Option PWB/G3 Main PWB) of
the Fax Card are properly installed.
• Check the communication related parts.
Check the communication related parts by following the procedures below:
1. Obtain reports by referring to "2.7.1 List of Collected Reports by Job" according to the job type
"Send Mail, Receive Mail, Broadcast Send, Polling, or Mailbox Receipt" in which the error
occurs.
Protocol Monitor, Activity Report, User Options List, Expanded Functions List and Job History
Report are required
2. The Fax JobFail occurs due to the remote machines and line status.
Check the remote machine and line status and then repeat the operation.
3. If the error occurs frequently, take notes on the exact occurrence timings during job execution.
Obtain logs immediately after the error has occurred without turning the power OFF/ON. (See
Replace the FaxCard. If the problem persists after replacement, reinstall the FaxCard to the original
position and contact Support G for instructions.

2-313
OF-12 033-363 Fail OF-13 016-782 / 016-784 Fail

Procedure Procedure
This is a failure due to the FaxCard or Controller software error. Perform the following procedures:
1. Collect the logs in "Redir or xxx.tgz" even when no error is being displayed when visiting. (See 2.5.2 1. Since EUC codes (Japanese) are not available in the current specifications, replace it to English.
Logging Procedure.) 2. Register a job flow from EasyAdmin.
2. Perform Steps (1) to (3) in OF-07 FAX System Fail (it is not required to replace the FaxCard). This enables the host names with EUC codes (Japanese) to be transferred.
3. If the problem persists, set NVM700-530 to "0" and disable the automatic startup boot operation, 3. Check [Server Name/IP Address] with the Address List.
then obtain the [info9 or xxx.tgz] log immediately after the error has occurred without turning the
• WinNT 4.0: If IP address is specified, SMB transfer to WinNT 4.0 becomes unavailable.
power OFF. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure.)
Change [Server Name/IP Address] to a host name.
4. Turn the power OFF then ON and collect logs using the Log "info9 or xxx.tgz" command in the log
• WinXP: Even if IP address is specified, SMB transfer is available.
tool after the Fax icon is displayed. Power OFF and ON is required because the log cannot be
obtained as the FaxCard does not respond when in 033-363 state. 4. Perform the following procedures to check for the failure where SMB transfer is unavailable via the
5. Contact Support G for instructions (send the obtained logs as required.) Address List.
Turn the power OFF then ON, and then collect logs using the FaxDCardLog command after the Fax icon (1) Ask (a PDC server manager) to add this product machine to a domain.
is displayed. (2) Ask him to set a local user and password in the PC storage server (or a domain client higher
It is necessary to turn the power OFF then ON because the FaxCard does not respond when 033-363 than WIN workstation).
has occurred and no logs can be collected. This local user and password = the user and password in the Address List.
If 033-363 occurred multiple times in the past (you can use Shut Down History Report to check it) and the (3) Ask him to grant the permission for the user that has been created in the scan data storage
HDD is installed, logs are stored on the HDD. Obtain a log in the event of 033-363, following the proce- folder of the PC storage server (or the domain client higher than WIN2000) in Step (2) (for
dure below. NTFS, FAT32 is not used).
From Debug Serial Tool, enter "PfShowInfoRedirFile". The following appears.
After that, share the folder and set the permission for sharing.
-----------from here-----------------
size date time name (4) The workgroup name in the SMB properties shown from the appropriate device internet service
= the same as the domain (a) to be used as a domain name.
-------- ------ ------ --------
512 APR-08-2004 09:01:42 . <DIR> If the procedure in (a) is inappropriate, the error 016-782 occurs. If the procedures in (b) and
512 APR-08-2004 09:01:42 .. <DIR> (c) are inappropriate, the error 016-784 occurs.
63903 APR-08-2004 20:48:04 1.txt If the problem persists after performing this procedure, perform the procedures in OF-09 Common
63903 APR-17-2004 20:48:04 2.txt Job Fail.
value = 0 = 0x0
-----------to here-----------------
Obtain a file of the same date as the date and time 33-363 occurred.
E.g.: If the shut down history shows that 33-363 occurred April 17 20:48, the 2.txt file is appropriate.
To display the 2.txt file,
Enter > PfShowInfoRedirFile 2.
The 2.txt log starts appearing. Obtain this.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail OF-15 NET Job Fail
Procedure Procedure
Perform the procedures in OF-07 Fax System Fail. 1. Check the version of the Controller ROM.
Download the latest version of the software if it is not. See 2.6.1Software Download.)
2. Ask the customer what operation he/she did when the error occurred. Using the same operational
procedure, try to reproduce the error.
3. When the error occurs, obtain the "info9 or xxx.tgz" file log without turning OFF the power. (See
2.5.2 Logging/Extraction Tools Operational Instructions.)
The problem can be errors in server settings or customer operation. Instead of replacing the ESS PWB,
ask the Support division for instructions.

2-315
OF-30 [No Error Code] (No problems during service call) OF-31 [No Error Code] (Problem: "Does not start up at power
Initial Actions ON" error can be reproduced.)
Collect the detailed procedures below from the customer when a trouble occurred. Initial Actions
Collect the detailed procedures below from the customer when a trouble occurred.
1. In which mode the problem occurred? (Copy/Scan/Print/Fax)
2. What job was performed when the problem occurred? 1. In which mode the problem occurred? (Copy/Scan/Print/Fax)
3. Check the job settings from the UI. 2. What job was performed when the problem occurred?
4. Check whether HDD spool is enabled/disabled. 3. Check the job settings from the UI.
5. Collect other information as much as possible to reproduce the error. 4. Check whether HDD spool is enabled/disabled.
5. Collect other information as much as possible to reproduce the error. "Does not start up at power
ON" during service call
No problem was encountered during the service call.
Procedure The problem is ongoing and can be reproduced.

1. Obtain the "info9 or xxx.tgz" and "Redir or xxx.tgz" files using the log tool. (See 2.5.2 Logging Proce-
dure) Procedure
2. At this point, if the system starts by turning the power ON, obtain reports by referring to 2.7.1 List of 1. If the problem is ongoing and can be reproduced, leave it alone for 10 minutes to wait for 116-399 to
Collected Reports by Job according to the job type "Copy/Scan/Print/Others" in which the error occur. After the error occurs, or even if the error does not occur after 10 minutes, obtain the "info9 or
occurs. xxx.tgz" and "Redir or xxx.tgz" files using the log tool. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure)
3. [For machines installed with ESS Hardware Diagnostic only] Perform ESS Hardware Diagnostic. 2. [For machines installed with ESS Hardware Diagnostic only] Perform ESS Hardware Diagnostic.
(See ESS Hardware Diagnostic Procedure) (See ESS Hardware Diagnostic Procedure)
4. [For machines installed with IOT (AST: Analysis Support Tool) Diagnostic only] Perform IOT Diag- 3. Download the latest version of the software if it is not. (See 2.6.1 Software Download)
nostic. (See IOT Diagnostic Procedure)
4. If the problem persists, perform the following procedures. Check the connection of the ESS PWB
5. [For machines installed with IIT Diagnostic only] Perform IIT Diagnostic. (See IIT Diagnostic Proce- and (IISS PWB, IOT PWB, Monza PWB) connector cables, make sure that they are connected
dure) properly and then perform the same operation that caused the error to occur.
5. Pull out and reinsert the ESS RAM DIMM, then perform the same operation that caused the error to
occur.
6. Disconnect and reconnect the HDD connectors, then perform the same operation that caused the
error to occur.
7. Remove the HDD and try to start up the machine. If the machine starts up despite any error dis-
plays, perform the following procedures.
If the log could not be obtained in step 1, obtain the "info9 or xxx.tgz" and "Redir or xxx.tgz" files
using the log tool. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure)
[For machines installed with IOT (AST: Analysis Support Tool) Diagnostic only] Perform IOT Diag-
nostic. (See IOT Diagnostic Procedure)
[For machines installed with IIT Diagnostic only] Perform IIT Diagnostic. (See IIT Diagnostic Proce-
dure)
8. Replace the RAM DIMM, then perform the same operation that caused the error to occur.
9. Replace the HDD, then perform the same operation that caused the error to occur.
10. Replace the ESS PWB, then perform the same operation that caused the error to occur.
Support G.
OF-32 [No Error Code] (Problem: "Does not return from Power OF-33 [No Error Code] (Problem: "Remained in 'Copying...' or
Save" error can be reproduced.) 'Printing...'" error can be reproduced.)
Collect the detailed procedures below from the customer when a trouble occurred. Collect the detailed procedures below from the customer when a trouble occurred.
1. In which mode the problem occurred? (Copy/Scan/Print/Fax) 1. In which mode the problem occurred? (Copy/Scan/Print/Fax)
2. What job was performed when the problem occurred? 2. What job was performed when the problem occurred?
3. Check the job settings from the UI. 3. Check the job settings from the UI.
4. Check whether HDD spool is enabled/disabled. 4. Check whether HDD spool is enabled/disabled.
5. Collect other information as much as possible to reproduce the error. 5. Collect other information as much as possible to reproduce the error.
The "Does not return from Power Save" problem is ongoing during the service call and can be repro- The "Remained in 'Copying...' or 'Printing...'" problem is ongoing during the service call and can be repro-
duced. (Excluding cases where the machine still do not start up normally after a power OFF and ON) duced.
Procedure Procedure
1. If the problem is ongoing and can be reproduced, obtain the "info9 or xxx.tgz" and "Redir or xxx.tgz" 1. If the problem is ongoing during a service call, obtain the "info9 or xxx.tgz" and "Redir or xxx.tgz"
files using the log tool. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure) files using the log tool. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure)
2. [For machines installed with ESS Hardware Diagnostic only] Perform ESS Hardware Diagnostic. 2. Check for a change in UI message by opening and closing the IOT Front Panel, etc.
(See ESS Hardware Diagnostic Procedure) 3. [For machines installed with ESS Hardware Diagnostic only] Perform ESS Hardware Diagnostic.
3. [For machines installed with IOT (AST: Analysis Support Tool) Diagnostic only] Start up normally (See ESS Hardware Diagnostic Procedure)
and perform IOT Diagnostic. (See IOT Diagnostic Procedure) 4. [For machines installed with IOT (AST: Analysis Support Tool) Diagnostic only] Perform IOT Diag-
4. [For machines installed with IIT Diagnostic only] Perform IIT Diagnostic. nostic. (See IOT Diagnostic Procedure)
5. If the log could not be obtained in step 1, obtain the "info9 or xxx.tgz" and "Redir or xxx.tgz" files 5. [For machines installed with IIT Diagnostic only] Perform IIT Diagnostic. (See IIT Diagnostic Proce-
using the log tool. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure) dure)
6. Download the latest version of the software if it is not. (See 2.6.1 Software Download) 6. Check the software version. Download the latest version of the software if it is not. (See 2.6.1 Soft-
7. If the problem persists, perform the following procedures. Check the connection of the ESS PWB ware Download) The download is not required if the Controller ROM version is already the latest.
and (IISS PWB, IOT PWB, Monza PWB) connector cables, make sure that they are connected Proceed to step 7.
properly and then perform the same operation that caused the error to occur. 7. Download the latest version of the software if it is not. (See 2.6.1 Software Download)
8. Pull out and reinsert the ESS RAM DIMM, then perform the same operation that caused the error to 8. If the problem persists, perform the following procedures. Check the connection of the ESS PWB
occur. and (IISS PWB, IOT PWB, Monza PWB) connector cables, make sure that they are connected
9. Disconnect and reconnect the HDD connectors, then perform the same operation that caused the properly and then perform the same operation that caused the error to occur.
error to occur. 9. Pull out and reinsert the ESS RAM DIMM, then perform the same operation that caused the error to
10. Replace the RAM DIMM, then perform the same operation that caused the error to occur. occur.
11. Replace the HDD, then perform the same operation that caused the error to occur. 10. Disconnect and reconnect the HDD connectors, then perform the same operation that caused the
error to occur.
12. Replace the ESS PWB, then perform the same operation that caused the error to occur.
11. Replace the RAM DIMM, then perform the same operation that caused the error to occur.
contact Support G for instructions. Prepare the logs and the obtained reports as required to be sent to 12. Replace the HDD, then perform the same operation that caused the error to occur.
Support G. 13. Replace the ESS PWB, then perform the same operation that caused the error to occur.
14. Replace the MCU PWB, then perform the same operation that caused the error to occur.
If the system is not restored after the MCU PWB has been replaced, reinstall the original MCU PWB and
Support G.

2-317
002-500 UI error 002-770 JT Processing - HD Full
[Error Type] [Error Type]
Job Job Fail
[Fault Content] [Fault Content]
CUI Scan Panel UI Detection Error The HD capacity was insufficient during Job Template processing in the job.
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions]
UI detection error during the startup of a CUI scan job. The system aborted a job due to insufficient HD capacity during Job Template processing.
1. The IIT is occupied [Corrective Actions]
2. Fault has occurred Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
3. Service is not CUI OF-02 HDD System Fail
4. Upper limit number of sheets for the XSA
[Corrective Actions]
After the Fault has been cleared, perform the same operation again. Or, check for any restrictions
due to XSA.
If the problem persists, follow the logging procedures to obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and the net-
work log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the Support Department.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 2.3.2 Controller FIP

2-319
003-310 IIT extension memory capacity is insufficient. 003-319 IITsc Video Driver Detection Fail
Sub System Fail Sub System Fail
The Fax Card is installed but the IISS extension memory capacity is insufficient (less than 256 MB) Video Driver Detection Fail
This is a Fault Code detected by the IITsc after bypassing the 116-389 detection conditions when When the following error was detected from the Driver
turning the power ON. It was detected that the Fax Card is installed but the extension memory 1. Compression Threshold Exceeded
capacity in the document scan section is less than 256 MB.
2. DMA Transfer Error
Restrictions when this error occurs:
3. Other Compression Type Errors
<DADF-75>
4. I/F failure between the controller and the IIT
The DADF is unavailable when this fail occurs. Fax can still be sent using the platen.
<DADF-250>
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
The DADF can still be used even when this fail occurs. However, as a restriction, duplex scan can
OF-05 IIT System Fail
only be performed by mechanical reversing operation.
[Corrective Actions] 003-320 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 1
Turn the power OFF then ON. [Error Type]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. Sub System Fail
Install the IISS Extension Memory (the memory on the extension PWB at the side of the IIT-IPS). [Fault Content]
003-311 IIT CDI I/F Mismatch IISS sending error detected by Controller.
[Error Type] (Incorrect parameter instructed)
sub [Detection Conditions]
[Fault Content] An abnormal parameter is set as the argument for the Send function.
IIT CDI I/F mismatch [Corrective Actions]

[Detection Conditions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
During the initialization of the Controller, the IIT CDI I/F has a lack of information from the IIT (a mis-
match between Controller Version and IIT Version). 003-321 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 2
[Corrective Actions] [Error Type]
Upgrade the IIT software to a certain version that can be combined with the Controller version. Sub System Fail
003-318 IITsc Soft Fail [Fault Content]
[Error Type] IISS sending error detected by Controller.
Sub System Fail (Incorrect Sequence No.)
[Fault Content] [Detection Conditions]
System Soft Fail After commands were sent twice from the Cont, the Cont could not receive the ACK from the IISS
(the Sequence No. of the sent Message Packet is not correct).
[Detection Conditions]
An IITsc software failure is determined.
OF-05 IIT System Fail 003-322 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 3
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 003-xxx FIP

2-321
[Error Type] (Parity error)

Sub System Fail [Detection Conditions]
[Fault Content] After commands were sent twice from the Cont, the Cont could not receive the ACK from the IISS
(parity error was detected at the IISS Hardware).
IISS sending error detected by Controller.
(Incorrect Packet No.) [Corrective Actions]
After commands were sent twice from the Cont, the Cont could not receive the ACK from the IISS OF-05 IIT System Fail
(the Packet No. of the sent Message Packet is not correct). 003-326 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 7
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. Sub System Fail
OF-05 IIT System Fail [Fault Content]
003-323 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 4 IISS sending error detected by Controller.
[Error Type] (Framing error)
(framing error was detected at the IISS Hardware).
(Incorrect message length) [Corrective Actions]
After commands were sent twice from the Cont, the Cont could not receive the ACK from the IISS
(the message length of the sent Message Packet is not correct). 003-327 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 8
[Error Type] (Overrun error)
(overrun error was detected at the IISS Hardware).
(Check code error) [Corrective Actions]
After commands were sent twice from the Cont, the Cont could not receive the ACK from the IISS
(the check code of the sent Message Packet is not correct). 003-328 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 9
[Error Type] (Sending abortion error)
[Fault Content] After a command was sent twice from the Cont, the Cont could not receive the ACK from the IISS
IISS sending error detected by Controller. (the receiving abortion error was detected after the header has been recognized at the IISS).
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. [Error Type]
Sub System Fail
003-329 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 10 [Fault Content]
[Error Type] IISS receiving error detected by Controller
Sub System Fail (Check code error)
IISS receiving error detected by Controller The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (The check code of the
(Sequence No. error) received Message Packet is incorrect.)
[Detection Conditions] [Corrective Actions]
The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (The Sequence No. of Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
the received Message Packet is incorrect.) OF-05 IIT System Fail
Sub System Fail
Sub System Fail (Parity error)
IISS receiving error detected by Controller The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (A parity error was
(Incorrect Packet No.) detected by hardware of the UART.)
The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (The Packet No. of the Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
received Message Packet is incorrect.) OF-05 IIT System Fail
Sub System Fail
Sub System Fail (Framing error)
IISS receiving error detected by Controller The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (A framing error was
(Incorrect message length) detected by hardware of the UART.)
The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (The message length Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
of the received Message Packet is incorrect.) OF-05 IIT System Fail
OF-05 IIT System Fail Sub System Fail
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 003-xxx FIP

2-323
[Fault Content] [Corrective Actions]

IISS receiving error detected by Controller Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
(Overrun error) OF-05 IIT System Fail
[Detection Conditions] 003-339 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 20
The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (An overrun error was [Error Type]
detected by hardware of the UART.)
Sub System Fail
[Fault Content]
Transmission establishing error for sending (IITsc Detection)
003-336 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 17 The establishment of PAR transmission failed.
[Error Type] [Corrective Actions]
Sub System Fail
[Fault Content] OF-05 IIT System Fail
IISS receiving error detected by Controller
003-340 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 21
(Receiving abortion error)
[Error Type]
Sub System Fail
The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (Abortion of receiving
was detected after the header has been recognized.) [Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions] Synchronous send error (IITsc Detection)
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. [Detection Conditions]
OF-05 IIT System Fail A PAR synchronization error during sending occurred.
003-337 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 18 [Corrective Actions]

[Error Type]
Sub System Fail
[Fault Content] 003-341 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 22
There was no response to the Power ON command sent to the IISS after restoring from Power [Error Type]
Saver mode. Sub System Fail
[Detection Conditions] [Fault Content]
After recovering from Power Saver mode, there was no response for a specified time after the Transmission error for sending (IITsc Detection)
Power ON command was sent to the IISS. [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] A PAR transmission error during sending occurred.
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. [Corrective Actions]
003-338 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 19 OF-05 IIT System Fail
[Error Type] 003-342 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 23
Sub System Fail [Error Type]
[Fault Content] Sub System Fail
Incorrect argument error for sending (IITsc Detection) [Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] Incorrect argument error for receiving (IITsc Detection)
The driver detected an incorrect Send parameter argument from the application.
The driver detected an incorrect Receive parameter argument from the application. X PIO Unmatch Fail 2
[Corrective Actions] [Detection Conditions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. When IIT Image Delivered was received from the IISS, an error of the X Hot Line was detected.
OF-05 IIT System Fail [Corrective Actions]
003-343 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 24 Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
[Error Type] OF-05 IIT System Fail
Sub System Fail 003-701 Duplication prevention code detect

[Fault Content] [Error Type]
Synchronous receive error (IITsc Detection) Job
A PAR synchronization error during receiving occurred. The HWM Detection H/W detects copy restriction codes in document data
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. When the document was scanned, the HWM Detection H/W detected copy restriction codes in the
OF-05 IIT System Fail document.
003-344 IISS_ESS X Hotline Fail PowerOn [Corrective Actions]

Use a document which does not have any copy restriction codes embedded.
[Error Type]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to correct it.
Sub System Fail
Detection error due to Hybrid Watermark Board failure.
[Fault Content] Replace the Hybrid Watermark Board.
X Hotline Failure during Power ON
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure:
[Detection Conditions] OF-09 Common Job Fail
X Hotline signal error was detected during Power ON sequence.
003-702 Different magnification, for surface and back of a
document
[Error Type]
Job
003-345 X PIO Unmatch Fail 1
[Fault Content]
[Error Type] Different magnification, for surface and back of a document
Sub System Fail
[Fault Content] In copying the two sides of the document simultaneously, the machine detected such settings as
X PIO Unmatch Fail 1 apply different magnification ratios to the face (side 1) and the back (side 2) of the document.
When X Job Fail was received from the IISS, an error of the X Hot Line was detected. Change the settings so that the same magnification ratio can be applied to the face (side 1) and the
[Corrective Actions] back (side 2) of the document.
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. If the problem persists, perform the following.
OF-05 IIT System Fail OF-09 Common Job Fail
003-346 X PIO Unmatch Fail 2 003-750 Book Duplex-Insufficient Docs

Sub System Fail Job Fail
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 003-xxx FIP

2-325

The number of documents is insufficient in book duplex print The 300 dpi or larger resolution which cannot be scanned in the DADF Mixed 2-Sided Mode Scan
[Detection Conditions] was detected.
No sheets are stored in the setting conditions. [Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions] Perform scanning below 200 dpi resolution.
Change the parameters and repeat the operation. Or perform scanning in other than mixed mode.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail OF-09 Common Job Fail
003-751 Under PANTHER Capacity (Scan) 003-754 S2X recoverable error

Job Fail Job Fail

The High Compression PDF Board (S2X) has a recoverable error
Capability of Panther for image data size in Scan Service deteriorated (IITsc).
A recoverable error was detected at the S2X PWB
According to the document area settings and the scan area (Width mm x Lengh mm), a processing
image data with the size smaller than the one that can be processed in the M/C hardware was [Corrective Actions]
detected. Execute the same job again.
[Corrective Actions] If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
Increase the resolution or enlarge the scan area (Width mm x Length mm). OF-09 Common Job Fail
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. 003-755 S2X command error
OF-09 Common Job Fail
[Error Type]
003-752 Cannot scan 600DPI Job Fail
[Error Type] [Fault Content]
Job Fail The High Compression PDF Board (S2X) has a command error
600 dpi unavailable for DADF Mixed 2-Sided Mode Scan. Command error returned from the S2X PWB.
The 600 dpi resolution which cannot be scanned in the DADF Mixed 2-Sided Mode Scan was Execute the same job again.
detected.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
[Corrective Actions] OF-09 Common Job Fail
Perform scanning below 400 dpi resolution.
003-756 S2X command error
Or perform scanning in other than mixed mode.
[Error Type]
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
003-753 Cannot scan over 300DPI
All documents detected as blank paper at FAX Blank Detection.
[Error Type]
Job Fail
All scanned documents were detected as blank paper at Blank Detection.
[Fault Content]
300/400/600 dpi unavailable for DADF Mixed 2-Sided Mode Scan.
Check whether the documents are blank or inside out and execute the same job again.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail
OF-09 Common Job Fail 003-763 Adjustment Chart Not Found
003-757 Cannot scan over 400DPI [Error Type]
[Error Type] Job Fail
Job Fail [Fault Content]
[Fault Content] Original patch does not exist.
400/600 dpi unavailable for DADF Mixed 2-Sided Mode Scan [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] The chart patch could not be detected.
The 400 dpi or larger resolution which cannot be scanned in the DADF Mixed 2-Sided Mode Scan [Corrective Actions]
was detected. Place the Auto Gradation Correction Chart correctly.
Perform scanning at 300 dpi or lower resolution. OF-09 Common Job Fail
Or perform scanning in other than mixed mode.
003-764 Document insufficient (image overlay)
[Error Type]
Job Fail
003-760 Scan Settings Error
[Fault Content]
[Error Type] Insufficient documents for Image Overlay
Job Fail
[Fault Content] During Image Overlay, only 1 page can be stored (single sheet document).
Job parameter mismatch
This occurs in B/W machines and does not occur in Color machines.
The job properties are incorrect. Abort the job.
Abort the job. Change the parameters and repeat the operation. OF-09 Common Job Fail
003-780 Scan Image Compression Error
[Error Type]
003-761 Incorrect Paper Tray Size Job Fail
Job Fail
Fax Scan Compression Error
Tray selection error.
The compressed data size is larger than 8 times the size of the uncompressed data.
(The paper size in the tray that is selected is different from the paper size in the tray that will be
selected by the APS.)
Abort the job. Change the scan resolution parameter and repeat the operation.
When the Cover Content Tray or Separator + N set Tray is selected in APS, the paper size is differ-
ent from that in the Cover Tray or the Transparency Tray.
[Corrective Actions] 003-795 AMS Limit Error
Change the job activation parameters such as Tray No., Paper Size, and repeat the operation. [Error Type]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. Job Fail
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 003-xxx FIP

2-327

AMS (Auto R/E) limit error. Because DAM memory is not enough, a selected resolution is not available for scanning a A3 docu-
(The R/E ratio became out of range after the document auto detection when AMS is specified.) ment. It is available for scanning a A4/B4 document.
25%-400% was not selected by AMS/AMS Auto-Fill. Operate for scanning at below 600dpi.
[Corrective Actions] If the problem persists, increase DAM memory.
Abort the job. Change the parameters and repeat the operation. If the problem still persists, go to the following procedure to resolve it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail 003-933 Next Documents Cannot scan over 300DPI
003-930 Cannot scan over 300DPI [Error Type]
[Error Type] Operation Fail
Operation Fail [Fault Content]
[Fault Content] For scanning in the DADF mix duplex mode, 300dpi, 400dpi and 600dpi are not available (when the
next document exists).
For scanning in the DADF mix duplex mode, 300dpi, 400dpi and 600dpi are not available.
Because DAM memory is not enough, a selected resolution is not available for scanning a A3 docu-
ment. It is available for scanning a A4/B4 document.
Operate for scanning at below 300dpi.
If the problem persists, increase DAM memory.
If the problem still persists, go to the following procedure to resolve it.
003-934 Next Documents Cannot scan over 400DPI
003-931 Cannot scan over 400DPI
[Error Type]
[Error Type]
Operation Fail
Operation Fail
[Fault Content]
[Fault Content]
For scanning in the DADF mix duplex mode, 400dpi and 600dpi are not available (when the next
For scanning in the DADF mix duplex mode, 400dpi and 600dpi are not available. document exists).
ment. It is available for scanning a A4/B4 document. ment. It is available for scanning a A4/B4 document.
[Corrective Actions] [Corrective Actions]
003-932 Cannot scan 600DPI 003-935 Next Documents Cannot scan over 600DPI
Operation Fail
Operation Fail
[Fault Content]
For scanning in the DADF mix duplex mode, 600dpi is not available.
[Fault Content] 003-944 Image repeat count fail
For scanning in the DADF mix duplex mode, 600dpi is not available (when the next document [Error Type]
exists).
Operation Error
[Fault Content]
Incorrect image repeat count (even one image cannot be pasted).
Operate for scanning at below 600dpi. Even one image cannot be pasted when "Set Repeated Count-Auto" is specified for image repeat.
If the problem persists, increase DAM memory. [Corrective Actions]

If the problem still persists, go to the following procedure to resolve it. Change the image repeat count parameter and repeat the operation.
OF-09 Common Job Fail If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
003-940 DAM memory insufficient
[Error Type] 003-946 Every direction difference (Copy APS)
Operation Error [Error Type]
[Fault Content] Operation Error
Insufficient DAM memory detected. [Fault Content]

[Detection Conditions] Different in every direction of Copy (APS)
When IITsc is activated for the jobs that meet the following AND conditions: [Detection Conditions]
• DAM memory < 384MB Part of the image will be lost if the image is not rotated. However, a paper size that does not support
• Side 2 cover image is selected rotation was selected.
• Color mode is not set to Black/White [Corrective Actions]

• High Quality mode Select an appropriate paper tray manually.
Cancel the job
• Clear the B/W setting for Color mode or the Side 2 cover image setting, and execute the job 003-947 Return Documents counts error
again. [Error Type]
Operation Error
[Fault Content]
003-942 Document size Auto Detect error Return documents error
[Error Type] [Detection Conditions]
Operation Error If a user has returned an insufficient number of documents using Return Document, the message
[Fault Content] indicating that additional N number of documents are required is displayed and job cancelation is
prompted.
Document size error
Since the number of documents is insufficient, reload the correct number of documents.
The document size cannot be automatically detected.
Input an appropriate value for the document size.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. 003-948 Return Documents mismatch
OF-09 Common Job Fail [Error Type]
Operation Error
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 003-xxx FIP

2-329
[Fault Content] OF-09 Common Job Fail

Returned document size mismatch (Different size settings before/after return) 003-955 Documents size exchange error
[Detection Conditions] [Error Type]
A different document was returned by a user using Return Document. Operation Error
• This error occurs only when the page information for the returned document has been already [Fault Content]
sent to the post-process software module.
Document size change error (MixMode)
• However, because distributed page information will be discarded when the machine recovers
from an interruption, the above fault is not considered an error. [Detection Conditions]
• The check items to determine different documents are document size/orientation and Color When loading a document with Mixed Size Originals prohibited, a document of different size/orienta-
mode in ACS only. tion from the initial document was detected.
[Corrective Actions] • Only Image Overlay has the function that inhibits different sizes during document added.
Return a document with the correct size again. [Corrective Actions]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. Reload the document.
003-951 1job max page over
[Error Type] 003-956 Documents size unknown error
Stored pages limit for a job exceeded [Fault Content]

[Detection Conditions] Document size undefined error (Only APS is selected for the function requiring document size set-
ting).
The number of pages that can be scanned for a job is exceeded.
Undefined document size was detected when Platen is selected and only APS requires document
Specify the job to avoid the detection conditions.
size selection.
Enter a document size from the Panel or select a tray.
003-952 Return Documents Color mismatch If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
[Error Type] OF-09 Common Job Fail
Operation Error 003-963 No APS object Tray
Returned document color mismatch (Different color detected before/after return).
Operation Error
A different color of document was returned by a user using Return Document.
No APS compatible tray to set the relevant size.
• This error occurs only when the page information for the returned document has been already
sent to the post-process.
There was no APS compatible tray that could supply paper for printing without image loss.
• However, the error always occurs when recovered from interruption since the sent page infor-
mation has been discarded. • Image larger than A3/17"
• The check items to determine different documents are document size/orientation and Color • Non-TTM tray does not support APS and the image is larger than A4/Letter.
mode in ACS only. • All the APS supporting trays have failure.
[Corrective Actions] • APS supporting trays are all set to unavailable.
Return a document with the correct color again. • Non-standard size setting for all trays.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. • Black/White Copy for color attributes of all trays
• Color Copy for B/W attributes of all trays [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] 1. Either load the paper size that is displayed on the Panel into the Tray or select a Tray that contains
Select a tray. the desired paper size.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. 2. In the case where an A4SEF document was misdetected to be a Letter document, first cancel the
OF-09 Common Job Fail job, set the DADF Document Guide properly to both sides of the scanned document and then oper-
ate again.
003-965 ATS/APS No Paper (IITsc Detect) If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
Operation Error 003-968 Punch position error
ATS/APS No Paper
Operation Error
APS/ATS NG (No Paper) (IIT)
[Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] Punch position error
There was no paper in the tray that can be selected for APS.
[Corrective Actions] Unable to punch at the selected position. (Common among APS/Tray Selections)
Add paper.
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, replace the tray module.
Specify an appropriate punch position or cancel Punch, and execute the job again.
003-966 ATS/APS No Destination (IITsc) 003-969 Punch size error
[Error Type]
[Error Type]
Operation Error
Operation Error
[Fault Content]
[Fault Content]
ATS/APS No Destination Error
Punch size error (APS)
ATS/APS NG (Other than No Paper) (IIT)
Punch could not be done for the selected paper size.
There is no APS tray that is set to a specific size selected.
Cancel Punch and execute the same job again.
Load a tray with an appropriate size of paper or select an approprite tray.
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, replace the tray module.
OF-09 Common Job Fail 003-971 prevention code detect with the right to cancel
003-967 DADF APS No Destination [Error Type]
Notice
[Error Type]
Operation Fail
[Fault Content]
Copy restriction codes detected in document to be copied (for users who has the permission to tem-
[Fault Content] porarily clear the detection)
Tray cannot be selected at DADF Letter Document APS
[Detection Conditions] When job scan was executed by a user who has the permission to temporarily clear the copy restric-
The detected paper size is not in the Tray. tion code detection, copy restriction codes were detected in the document.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 003-xxx FIP

2-331

Because this document cannot be copied, press the "Cancel" or "Continue" button on the panel. Notice Error
003-972 Maximum Stored Page Over Flow [Fault Content]
[Error Type] No. of lines in the Slow Scan direction exceeded during Fax N-up.
Notice Error [Detection Conditions]

[Fault Content] The no. of lines in the Slow Scan direction exceeds the upper limit (65535) during processes such
as Fax parallel overlay or enlargement of long documents.
Maximum No. of stored pages exceeded
Or Page Memory is full.
When scanning a document, the no. of pages that has accumulated in the machine has exceeded
Press the Cancel button to stop the job. Decrease a resolution or magnification ratio and rerun the
the value of "Maximum Stored Number of Copy Sheets" set in system data.
job.
[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, check the installation of the page memory. If
Set the no. of pages of the document to be within the maximum no. of pages that can be stored. the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
003-977 Document Miss Match (Multi Scan)
003-973 Every direction difference [Error Type]
[Error Type] Notice Error
Notice Error [Fault Content]
[Fault Content] Document size mismatch (Document exchange during Multi Scan)
The document and the image are different in orientation. [Detection Conditions]
(except when Poster is specified) 1. Document replacement was detected during Bound Originals/Booklet/Poster scanning.
[Detection Conditions] 2. When any operation that requires Return Document occurs in the job with Multi Scan (Bound Origi-
When rotation is not available even though the orientation of the document and the image are differ- nals/Booklet/Poster) on Platen, a user returned a document of a different size from the original.
ent and part of the image will be lost if it is not rotated. [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] Reload a correct size document and resume operation.
Start the job without any changes or cancel the job. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
003-978 Color Document Miss Mutch (Multi Scan)
003-974 Next Original Specification [Error Type]
[Error Type] Notice Error
Notice Error [Fault Content]
[Fault Content] Document color mismatch (Document replacement during Multi Scan)
Next document specified [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] 1. Document replacement was detected during Bound Originals/Booklet/Poster scanning.
Scanning has been completed for all loaded documents. 2. When any operation that requires Return Document occurs in the job with Multi Scan (Bound Origi-
[Corrective Actions] nals/Booklet/Poster) on Platen, a user returned a document of a different color at ACS.
Decide whether there is another document. [Corrective Actions]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. Reload a correct size paper and resume operation.
003-976 FAX Line Memory Overflow (N up) OF-09 Common Job Fail
003-980 Staple position error
[Error Type]
Notice Error
[Fault Content]
Staple Position Error
Staple is not available at the specified position.
Specify a Staple position again or cancel Staple, and execute the same job again.
003-981 Staple size error
[Error Type]
Notice Error
[Fault Content]
Staple size error (Copy APS)
Staple could not be done for the selected paper size.
Specify a Staple position again or cancel Staple, and execute the same job again.
003-982 IITsc HDD access error
[Error Type]
Notice
[Fault Content]
HD-FULL was detected with no pages stored. An error where the FULL is not cleared even after
some time has passed.
HDD was determined to be full due to collate, stored or interrupted jobs.
Process or delete the jobs (documents) stored in the same HDD partition, and repeat the operation.
If the problem persists, expand the HDD partition size of the Copy service.
OF-10 HDD Job Fail
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 003-xxx FIP

2-333
005-500 Write to DADF-ROM error detection (During DLD [Error Type]
method) Operation Fail

Job Fail DADF-loaded documents Fail (DADF-250)

When the Nudger Solenoid is turned ON to return at the start of a job, it is detected that the Level
An error has occurred during the process of writing data to the DADF-ROM (During DLD method)
Sensor does not turn OFF.
An error was detected when writing data to the DADF-ROM.
Reduce documents in number and reload a smaller number of them.
Not able to carry out normal operation because ROM content is missing.
If the problem persists, go the the following procedure to resolve it.
Retry job. If retry failed, replace the DADF-ROM and perform VerUP operation on the DLD method
again.
005-940 DADF No Original
[Error Type]
Operation Fail
[Fault Content]
Final document correction notification due to DADF document being pulled out
The system detected a pulled out document.
Reload the document.
005-941 Doc number of sheets is insufficient
[Error Type]
Operation Fail
[Fault Content]
Though all documents/N documents reloaded, the machine detected one or more documents were
missimg.
Whether all documents or N documents are reloaded, the machine detects one or more documents
are missimg while skipping scanned documents (i.e. feeding them without scanning them).
If a failure occurs before the machine finishes scanning documents and outputs them, the machine
skips scanned documents even if it instructs the user to reload N documents.
As the number of documents is insufficient, reload a proper number of documents.
If the problem persists, go the the following procedure to resolve it.
005-942 Doc fault loading on DADF
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 005-xxx FIP
2-335
007-954 SMH size mismatch 007-969 CentreTray full stack
operation Operation
SMH Size Mismatch (Slow Scan Length Error) Full Stack Fail
Imari-MF: Slow Scan Length/Fast Scan Width Error [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] Paper Full Stack on the Center Tray was detected.
The size information specified for printing through this machine is different from the size of SMH [Corrective Actions]
paper (=the Tray Dial-set size).
Remove the paper from the Tray.
1. Load the SMH of this machine with paper of the size that the customer selected for the job.
2. Set the SMH Dial of this machine for the size that the customer selected for the job.
If the dial does not have the desired paper size, set it for “Other”.
007-959 OHP kind mismatch (Not white frame OHP)
[Error Type]
Operation
[Fault Content]
Transparencies with borders were detected
[Process on the IOTdc]
The system is shut down (stop) if Transparencies with borders are detected regardless of the paper
type setting in the Controller.
When checking Transparencies for borders (by the OHP Sensor) after feeding has started, jam
occurs when borders were detected.
Use Xerox transparencies without borders.
007-960 Paper kind mismatch
[Error Type]
Operation
[Fault Content]
Paper Type mismatch between Transparency and Plain Paper
[Process on the IOTdc]
This error occurs when the paper fed is different from that specified in the Controller (Plain paper
and Heavyweight cannot be recognized).
When Plain Paper was fed although the User has specified for Transparency, or when Transpar-
ency was fed when the specification was for anything other than Transparency.
Load Transparency, Plain Paper, or the correct Paper Type as specified, and then clear the error.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 007-xxx FIP

2-337
011-941 MBX #01 Bin Full Stack [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] The maximum Stack size is detected by the Full Stack Sensor.
Operation Fail [Corrective Actions]

[Fault Content] Remove paper from the Finisher Top Tray.
Full Stack is detected at the relevant Bin. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
The maximum Stack size is detected by the Full Stack Sensor. 011-945 MBX #05 Bin Full Stack
Remove paper from the Finisher Top Tray. Operation Fail
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. [Fault Content]
OF-09 Common Job Fail Full Stack is detected at the relevant Bin.

Full Stack is detected at the relevant Bin.

Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 011-xxx FIP

2-339

011-948 MBX #08 Bin Full Stack
[Error Type]
Operation Fail
[Fault Content]
The maximum Stack size is detected by the Full Stack Sensor.
Remove paper from the Finisher Top Tray.
[Error Type]
Operation Fail
[Fault Content]
[Error Type]
Operation Fail
[Fault Content]
012-500 Write to Finisher/MACS-ROM error detection (During [Fault Content]
DLD method) Finisher Stapler Pin NEAR EMPTY

Job Fail It is detected when any of the following has occurred:
– Low Staple Sensor ON is detected during power ON and Interlock Close
[Fault Content]
– Low Staple Sensor ON is detected right before the Staple Head Close operation
An error has occurred during the process of writing data to the Finisher/MACS-ROM (During DLD
method) [Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] Use the Generic FIP to check the Sensor.
If required, replace the Low Staple Sensor.
Error was detected when writing into the Finisher-ROM (or MACS-ROM on the DCCf450MP).
Does not operate normally because the ROM content has been erased. 012-966 Scratch Sheet Compile
If the trouble persists after retrying, replace the Finisher-ROM (or MACS-ROm on the DCCf450MP) Operation
and download again to perform the upgrade. [Fault Content]
012-911 Stacker Lower Safety Scratch Sheet Compile
Operation When abnormal paper (Scratch Sheet), which is notified from the IOT via the Delivered Sheet Break
[Fault Content] command, was output to the Compiler
Stacker Lower Safety warning [Corrective Actions]

(Obstruction was found at the bottom of the Stacker Elevator) Use the Generic FIP to check the Sensor.
[Detection Conditions] If required, replace the Top Cover Interlock.
The Height Alignment was not successful within 250msec when the Height Adjustment was per- 012-969 IOT Center Tray Full
formed for output paper to the Stacker Tray (Tray lowering down) in the middle of a job. [Error Type]
[Corrective Actions] Operation
Remove all paper from the Stacker and check the operation of the Finisher Stacker No Paper Sen- [Fault Content]
sor. If it is not working, replace it.
IOT Center Tray Full
012-914 Stacker Tray Staple Set Over Count [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] When the H-Tra IOT Full Paper Sensor is detected to be ON for 10 successive seconds.
Operation [Corrective Actions]
[Fault Content] Use the Generic FIP to check the Sensor.
Stacker Tray Staple Set Over Count If required, replace the H-Tra IOT Full Paper Sensor.
The Staple Set Count of the Stacker Tray has exceeded 50 sets during the Staple Set Eject opera-
tion.
Remove all paper from the Stacker and check the operation of the Finisher Stacker No Paper Sen-
sor. If it is not working, replace it.
012-965 Stapler Pin near empty
[Error Type]
Operation
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 012-xxx FIP

2-341
016-210 SW Option Fail (HDD Not Exist) [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] One of the SW option functions cannot be executed due to insufficient Page Memory capacity.
Local Fail [Corrective Actions]

[Fault Content] Turn the power OFF then ON.
[SW optional function not achieved] Expand the Memory (Page) of the Controller Board.
One of the SW option functions cannot be executed due to a HDD error or HDD not installed. 016-213 SW Option Fail (Printer CARD Not Exist)
The Controller Board HDD was not installed or an error was detected when SW optional function Local Fail
was enabled. [Fault Content]
[Option name to be detected] [SW optional function not achieved]
• iFAX Kit One of the SW option functions cannot be executed due to a PRT_CARD error or PRT_CARD not
• Address Book Expansion Kit installed.
• Water Marking Kit [Detection Conditions]
• Data Security Kit The PRT_CARD was not installed or an error was detected when SW optional function was
• Annotation enabled.
• Scanner Kit [Option name to be detected]
[Corrective Actions] • iFAX kit
Turn the power OFF then ON. [Corrective Actions]
Check the HDD connector. Turn the power OFF then ON.
Install or replace the HDD to the Controller Board. Install the PRT_CARD if it is not installed.
016-211 SW Option Fail (SysMemory Low) Replace it if it is installed.
[Error Type] 016-214 SW Option Fail (Fax CARD Not Exist)
Local Fail [Error Type]
[Fault Content] Local Fail
[SW optional function not achieved] [Fault Content]
Insufficient System Memory was detected. [SW optional function not achieved]
[Detection Conditions] One of the SW optional functions cannot be executed due to a FAX_CARD error or FAX_CARD not
With SW optional functions set to Available, the System Memory of the Controller Board is insuffi- installed.
cient. [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] The FAX_CARD was not installed or an error was detected when SW optional function was
Turn the power OFF then ON. enabled.
Expand the Memory (Option) of the Controller Board. [Option name to be detected]
• iFAX Kit
016-212 SW Option Fail (Page Memory Low)
[Error Type]
Turn the power OFF then ON.
Local Fail
Install the FAX_CARD if it is not installed.
[Fault Content] Replace it if it is installed.
[SW optional function not achieved]
Insufficient Page Memory was detected.
016-215 SW Option Fail (JPEG boad Not Exist)
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 016-xxx FIP

2-343

Local Fail Local Fail
[SW optional function not achieved] [SW optional function not achieved]
An JPEG Board error or JPEG Board not installed was detected. The PS Kit required for XDOD function was not installed.
The scanner functions cannot be executed due to a JPEG Board error or JPEG Board not installed. The XDOD functions cannot be executed as the PS Kit not installed.
Turn the power OFF then ON. Turn the power OFF then ON.
Install the JPEG Board if it is not installed. Install the PS Kit.
Replace it if it is installed. 016-219 License is required (Printer Kit).
016-216 SW Option Fail (ExtMemory Not Exist) [Error Type]
[Error Type] Local Fail
Local Fail [Fault Content]
[Fault Content] [SW optional function not achieved]
[SW optional function not achieved] The ROM was replaced without license (Printer Kit SW Key not set).
The system detected that the Extension Memory was not installed. [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] Only the Controller ROM was replaced and activated with the SW optional function disabled.
Color Scanner or SACAN_ACS functions cannot be executed because the Extension Memory is not [Option name to be detected]
installed. • Printer Kit
Turn the power OFF then ON. Turn the power OFF then ON.
Pull out and then insert the IISS Extension Memory (memory on the extension PWB at the side of Set the Printer Kit SW key to "Enabled".
the IIT-IPS).
If the problem persists, replace the ExtPWB.
016-220 S2X unrecoverable error
[Error Type]
016-217 SW Option Fail (Controller ROM not Printer kit)
Local Fail
[Error Type]
[Fault Content]
Local Fail
The High Compression PDF Board (S2X) has a fatal error
[Fault Content]
[SW optional function not achieved]
A unrecoverable error was detected at the S2X PWB.
Controller ROM does not support Printer Kit.
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, replace the S2X PWB.
The Controller ROM does not support the appropriate options when SW optional function was
enabled. 016-221 S2X communication error
[Option name to be detected] [Error Type]
• Printer Kit Local Fail
[Corrective Actions] [Fault Content]
Turn the power OFF then ON. The High Compression PDF Board (S2X) Communication failure
Upgrade the firmware in the Controller ROM that supports Printer Kit. [Detection Conditions]
016-218 PS KIT Not Exist for XDOD Communication with the S2X PWB has failed.
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, replace the S2X PWB. Replace the S2X PWBA.
016-222 S2X self-diag error 016-226 S2X IIT Connection Error
Local Fail Local Fail
An error has occurred in the self-diagnostics of the High Compression PDF Board (S2X) IISS-S2X Communication Failure
An error has occurred in the S2X PWB self-diagnostics. The S2X PWB failed to detect the video clocks sent from the IIT.
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, replace the S2X PWB. 1. Check the cabling between the IISS-S2X.
016-223 S2X SDRAM Error 2. If NG, replace the cable.
3. If NG after replacing the cable, replace the S2X PWB.
[Error Type]
4. If NG after replacing the S2X PWB, replace the Ext PWB.
Local Fail
5. If NG after replacing the Ext Board, replace the S2X PWB.
[Fault Content]
The High Compression PDF Board (S2X) failed the SDRAM Write/Read Test
016-227 S2X DDR Error
The S2X PWB has failed the Write/Read test of the internal SDRAM. Local Fail

The High Compression PDF Board (S2X) failed the DDR Write/Read Test
1. Pull out and insert the SDRAM memory to check the installation.
2. Replace the S2X PWB. [Detection Conditions]
The S2X PWB failed the Write/Read test of the internal DDR memory.
016-224 S2X PCI Reg Error
[Error Type]
Replace the S2X PWBA.
Local Fail
[Fault Content] 016-228 S2X Image Processing Error
The High Compression PDF Board (S2X) failed the PCI Register Write/Read Test [Error Type]
[Detection Conditions] Local Fail
The S2X PWB has failed to access to the internal PCI space. [Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions] The High Compression PDF Board (S2X) failed the Image Processing Test
1. Pull out and insert the SDRAM memory to check the installation. [Detection Conditions]
2. Replace the S2X PWB. The S2X PWB failed the desired value comparison of the high-compression process results using
the internal test patterns.
016-225 S2X ROM CheckSum Error
[Error Type] 1. Pull out and insert the SDRAM memory to check the installation.
Local Fail 2. Replace the S2X PWBA.
[Fault Content]
016-229 SW Option Fail (FCW-UI Not Exist)
The High Compression PDF Board (S2X) failed the ROM CheckSum
[Error Type]
Local Fail
S2X PWB failed the ROM Check Sum Test.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 016-xxx FIP

2-345

[SW optional function not achieved] Local Fail
FCW Panel not connected [Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] MRC HW Initialize Error
The HB-UI is connected when the FCW Panel option is set. [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] Error has occurred during initialization of the High Compression Board
Disconnect the HB-UI and connect the FCW-UI. [Corrective Actions]
016-230 License is required (PS ImageLog Kit) Replace the High Compression Board.
[Error Type] If the problem persists, contact the Development Dept. to request for investigation.
Local If the cause of error is not clear, perform the following and check whether the status has improved.
– Replace the Memory Modules on the Main PWBA
[Fault Content]
– Replace the Main PWBA.
[SW optional function not achieved] The PS-ROM was installed with "SW key: Image Log Kit for PS"
in disabled state. 016-233 SW Option Fail (USB Host Not Exist)
The PS-ROM was installed in a machine where SW key: "Image Log Kit Enabled" and SW key: Local Fail
"Image Log Kit for PS Disabled" are specified. [Fault Content]
When the "PS-ROM" is installed in the machine, the image log function cannot operate unless the
[SW optional function not achieved] Any one of the SW optional functions cannot be used because
"Image Log Kit for PS" has been purchased (separate purchase).
the USB Host has a failure/is not installed.
Set "SW key: Image Log Kit" to "Enabled".
When the SW optional function is being enabled, the USB port (and USB Host Card) for the Control-
016-231 SW Option Fail (Image Ext PWB Not Exist) ler board was detected to be not installed or having errors.
Local Fail Turn the power OFF then ON.
[Fault Content] If the problem persists, install the USB Host Card on the Controller board.
[SW optional function not achieved] 016-234 XCP Out of Memory Error
Any one of the SW Options cannot be realized due to failures/non-installation of the Image Ext [Error Type]
PWB. local
When the SW Option function is set to "Enabled", the Controller Board either detected that the
Lack of memory causes the XCP to stop.
Image Ext PWB is not installed, or the Image Ext PWB has failed.
"Option Name targeted for detection"
It has been detected that the JVM has discontinued its operation due to lack of memory.
Thumbnail SW Option
Preview SW Option [Corrective Actions]
Image Lock SW Option 1. Turn the power OFF then ON.
[Corrective Actions] 2. Initialize the HDD.
Turn the power OFF then ON. 016-235 XCP Internal Error
If the problem persists, carry out the following procedure: [Error Type]
The Image Extension Kit (Ama + toto board) has a failure or is not installed. Replace or install it. local
016-232 MRC HW Initialize Error [Fault Content]
Another internal error causes the XCP function to stop.
[Detection Conditions] OF-01 Common System Fail
It has been detected that the JVM has stopped due to an internal error. 016-312 SW Option Fail (Hybrid WaterMark Not Exist)
1. Turn the power OFF then ON. Sub
2. Initialize the HDD. [Fault Content]
016-240 S2X NVM CheckSum Fail [SW optional function not achieved] Because the Hybrid Watermark detection H/W is not installed,
[Error Type] the SW option (Secure Watermark Kit) did not become available.
Local Fail [Detection Conditions]

[Fault Content] When the SW optional function is being enabled, the system detected that the Hybrid Watermark
Detection H/W is not installed. This is detected prior to 016-313.
The High Compression PDF Board (S2X) failed the NVM CheckSum
Option name to be detected
[Detection Conditions] "Secure Watermark Kit"
S2X failed the NVM CheckSum Test.
[Corrective Actions] Check the installation of the Hybrid Watermark Detection H/W. If it is installed, turn the power OFF
Replace the S2X PWB Board (NVM memory is attached to the base). then ON. If the problem persists, it could be due to detection error. Replace the Hybrid Watermark
016-310 ssmm Job Log Full Detection H/W or the IISS Board.
[Error Type]
OF-01 Common System Fail
system fail
[Fault Content] 016-313 Hybrid WaterMark setting mismatch
SSMM job log full [Error Type]
[Detection Conditions] Sub
A job log file was not gotten from the external application (AWAS) and the number of files stored [Fault Content]
exceeded the specified value (280). The SW option (Secure Watermark Kit) did not become enabled
Get a job log file from the external application (AWAS) via SSMI. After that turn the power OFF then The Hybrid WaterMark Detection H/W was detected but the SW option (Secure Watermark Kit) did
ON. not become enabled. The detection timing is only during power ON/reboot, and is performed after
If the problem persists, perform the following: 016-312.
Get a job log file from the external application (AWAS) via SSMI. After that turn the power OFF then [Corrective Actions]
ON. Enable the SW option (Secure Watermark Kit).
016-311 No Scanner that Should Be If the problem persists, perform the following procedure:
[Error Type] OF-01 Common System Fail
Sub System Fail 016-314 SW Option Fail (Hybrid WaterMark Not Exist)
Scanner is not installed although scanner is a standard equipment. system fail
The system detected that the scanner was not installed. [SW optional function not achieved]
[Corrective Actions] The board for detecting the back (side 2) of a document is not installed. Therefore [Paper Security]
is unavailable.
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following:
1. Install or replace the I/F between the scanner and the Main Processor.
2. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 016-xxx FIP

2-347

When the SW optional function is set to “Available” and DADF: PF1.5 and IIT:PF1-BW are com- Page Memory (Standard) broken.
bined, the machine with two HWM boards (for the face and the back) is supposed to detect Protec- [Detection Conditions]
tion Code for both sides in scanning them simultaneously. However, when only either of the boards
The system detected an error in the Page Memory (standard) of the scanner.
is installed, the Paper Security function is available for the detected side.
1. Remove and insert the Page Memory (standard).
Install the board for detecting the back (side 2) of a document if it is not installed.
2. Replace the Page Memory (standard).
If the problem persists, perform the following:
If the problem persists, perform the following.
016-315 IIT Interface Fail
016-318 Page Memory Broken- Option
[Error Type]
Sub System Fail
[Error Type]
Sub System Fail
[Fault Content]
IF between IIT and Controller broken
[Fault Content]
Page Memory (Option) broken.
An error in the I/F between the scanner and the Main Processor was detected.
The system detected an error in the Page Memory (option) of the scanner.
1. Reinstall or replace the IF between the scanner and the Main Processor.
1. Remove and insert the Page Memory (option).
2. Replace the Controller board or the IISS.
2. Replace the Page Memory (option).
016-316 Page Memory Not Detected
016-320 Document Formatter Fatal Error
[Error Type]
Sub System Fail
[Error Type]
Sub System Fail
[Fault Content]
Page Memory (Standard) cannot be detected.
[Fault Content]
The Document Formatter S/W of the CopyServer function has a fatal error
The system detected that the Page Memory (standard) of the scanner was not installed.
A software error was detected when documents were converted.
1. Remove and insert the Page Memory (standard). Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
2. Replace the Page Memory (standard). OF-01 Common System Fail
If the problem persists, perform the following. 016-321 Fax Module Error
OF-01 Common System Fail [Error Type]
016-317 Page Memory Broken- Standard Sub System Fail
Sub System Fail Fax related error at booting
SysCheckFax() returned error. When PFNOTEXIST is returned, the system is determined to have a Wait until the Scheduled Image Overwrite has completed.
configuration without Fax. To cancel it, turn the power OFF and ON.
[Corrective Actions] 016-325 Using Personal Certificate
[Error Type]
OF-07 FAX System Fail
sub
016-322 JBA Account Full [Fault Content]
[Error Type] Using Personal Certificate
[Fault Content] The IC Card personal certificate is set in the certificate for signing.
JBA Accounting Data Full [Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] Set system data 790-389 to 0.
The cumulated accounting data reached the specified value (15,000).
016-330 Cont System Memory Fail-1
[Error Type]
1. After an external Accounting Server has read the accounting data, turn the power OFF then ON.
System Fail
2. If the problem persists, refer to the following to repair the problem.
[Fault Content]
Cont SystemMemory Diagnostic Fail-1
016-323 B-Formatter Fatal Error
[Error Type] The memory size that is installed in Slot 1 is detected to be outside the specification value.
Sub Fail
[Fault Content] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following:
Fatal Error has occurred in the B-Formatter task
1. Remove and insert ESS RAM DIMM #1.
[Detection Conditions] 2. Replace ESS RAM DIMM #1.
An unrecoverable error was detected in the image conversion processing section of the B-Formatter 3. Replace the Controller board.
task used for sending Fax from the extended Mailbox for "Multi-Send using Instruction Manual" or "
Multi-Send UI" 016-331 Cont System Memory Fail-2
Turn the power OFF then ON. System Fail
If the problem persists, refer to the following to repair it. [Fault Content]
There is no need to change the ESS-PWB. Cont SystemMemory Diagnostic Fail-2
OF-01 Common System Fail [Detection Conditions]
016-324 Scheduled Image Overwrite The memory size that is installed in Slot 2 is detected to be outside the specification value.
Sub Fail Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following:
[Fault Content] 1. Remove and insert ESS RAM DIMM #2.
Scheduled Image Overwrite 2. Replace ESS RAM DIMM #2.
3. Replace the Controller board.
SysCon is issued when it is time to perform the Scheduled Image Overwrite. 016-332 Cont System Memory Fail-3
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 016-xxx FIP

2-349

System Fail Cont ProgramROM Diagnostic Fail-3
Cont SystemMemory Diagnostic Fail-3 Program ROM2 write command has failed.
The total memory size that is installed in Slot 1 and 2 is detected to be outside the specification Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following:
value. 1. Remove and insert ESS ROM DIMM #2.
[Corrective Actions] 2. Replace ESS ROM DIMM #2.
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following: 3. Replace the Controller board.
1. Remove and insert ESS RAM DIMM #1 and ESS RAM DIMM #2. 016-338 Cont FontROM Fail-1
2. Replace ESS RAM DIMM #1 and ESS RAM DIMM #2.
[Error Type]
System Fail
016-335 Cont ProgramROM Fail-1 [Fault Content]
[Error Type] Cont FontROM Diagnostic Fail-1
System Fail [Detection Conditions]
[Fault Content] The Font ROM ID that is installed OnBoard is detected to be outside the specification value.
Cont ProgramROM Diagnostic Fail-1 [Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following:
The Checksum of Program ROM2 does not match. 1. Replace the Printer Kit.
[Corrective Actions] 2. Replace the Controller board.
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following: 016-339 Cont FontROM Fail-2
1. Replace ESS ROm DIMM #2.
[Error Type]
System Fail
[Fault Content] The Font ROM ID that is installed in Slot 1 is detected to be outside the specification value.
Cont ProgramROM Diagnostic Fail-2 [Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following:
Program ROM1 write command has failed. 1. Remove and insert ESS Font ROM DIMM #1.
[Corrective Actions] 2. Replace ESS Font ROM DIMM #1.
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following: 3. Remove and insert the Printer Kit.
1. Remove and insert ESS ROM DIMM #1. 4. Replace the Printer Kit.
2. Replace ESS ROM DIMM #1. 5. Replace the Controller board.
3. Remove and insert the Printer Kit. 016-340 Cont FontROM Fail-3
4. Replace the Printer Kit.
[Error Type]
System Fail
System Fail
The Font ROM ID that is installed in Slot 2 is detected to be outside the specification value. The data of the header address is detected to be 0x00.
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following: Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following:
1. Remove and insert ESS Font ROM DIMM #2. 1. Replace the NV-RAM board.
2. Replace ESS Font ROM DIMM #2. 2. Replace the Controller board.
3. Replace the Controller board. 016-347 Cont PageMemory Fail
016-341 Cont FontROM Fail-4 [Error Type]
[Error Type] System Fail
System Fail [Fault Content]
[Fault Content] Cont PageMemory Diagnostic Fail
Cont FontROM Diagnostic Fail-4 [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] The memory size that is installed in Slot 2 is detected to be outside the specification value.
The Checksum of Font ROM that is installed in Slot 2 does not match. [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following:
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following: 1. Remove and insert the Page Memory (option).
1. Remove and insert ESS Font ROM DIMM #2. 2. Replace the Page Memory (option).
2. Replace ESS Font ROM DIMM #2. 3. Replace the Controller board.
3. Replace the Controller board. 016-348 Cont PageMemory Fail-2
016-342 Cont RTC Fail [Error Type]
[Error Type] system fail
[Fault Content] Cont PageMemory Fail-2
Cont RTC Diagnostic Fail [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] An error occurred in the W/R/V test on the Page Memory.
The range of RTC time is out of the specification value (E.g. Day 36 Month 13) [Corrective Actions]
The time is not moving forward Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following:
[Corrective Actions] 1. Check the Page Memory for contact.
Turn the power OFF then ON. 2. Replace the Page Memory.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence. 3. Replace the Controller board.
1. Replace the failed component. 016-350 Cont SEEP-ROM Fail-1
2. Replace the Controller Board.
[Error Type]
016-345 Cont NV-Memory Fail System Fail
System Fail Cont SEEP-ROM Diagnostic Fail-1
Cont NV-Memory Diagnostic Fail The Product ID cannot be obtained.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 016-xxx FIP

2-351
[Corrective Actions] 1. Disconnect and connect the UI cable.

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following: 2. Remove and insert the UI card.
1. Check SEEPROM for contact (a bent pin, etc.). 3. Replace the UI cable.
2. Check the Controller board and the BP board for contact (disconnected cable, etc.). 4. Replace the UI card.
3. Replace the Controller board. 5. Replace the UI.
016-351 Cont SEEP-ROM Fail-2
[Error Type] 016-363 Cont LyraCard Fail
System Fail [Error Type]
[Fault Content] System Fail
Cont SEEP-ROM Diagnostic Fail-2 [Fault Content]

[Detection Conditions] Cont JPEG Card diagnosed as having a failure
An error occurred during W/R/V test. [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] An error occurred during W/R/V test of PCI Config interval or W/R/V test of internal register.
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following: [Corrective Actions]
1. Check SEEPROM for contact (a bent pin, etc.). Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following:
2. Check the Controller board and the BP board for contact (disconnected cable, etc.). 1. Remove and insert the Lyzer card.
3. Replace the Controller board. 2. Remove and insert the JPEG board.
3. Replace the Lyzer card.
016-360 Cont UI Fail-1
4. Replace the JPEG board.
[Error Type] 5. Replace the Controller board.
System Fail
016-364 Cont USB2.0 Host Fail
[Fault Content]
Cont UI Diagnostic Fail-1
[Error Type]
System Fail
An error occurred during W/R/V test of PCI Config interval.
[Fault Content]
Cont USB2.0 Host Diagnostic Fail
An error occurred during W/R/V test of PCI Config interval or W/R/V test of internal register.
1. Remove and insert the UI card.
2. Replace the UI card. [Corrective Actions]
3. Replace the Controller board. Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following:
1. Remove and insert the Lyzer card.
016-362 Cont UI Fail-2
2. Remove and insert the USB 2.0 Host card.
[Error Type] 3. Replace the Lyzer card.
System Fail
4. Replace the USB2.0Host card.
[Fault Content] 5. Replace the Controller board.
Cont UI Diagnostic Fail-2
016-365 Cont USB2.0 Device Fail
[Error Type]
UI Communication error has occurred.
System Fail
An error occurred during W/R/V test of VRAM. The Command/Status line is normal if entering the
Long Boot Mode. [Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions] Cont USB2.0 Device Diagnostic Fail
An error occurred during W/R/V test of PCI Config interval or W/R/V test of internal register. Cont Torino Diagnostic Fail
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following: An error occurred during W/R/V test of PCI Config interval or W/R/V test of internal register.
1. Remove and install the Lyzer card. [Corrective Actions]
2. Remove and install the USB 2.0 Device card. Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following:
3. Replace the Lyzer card. 1. Remove and insert the Lyzer card.
4. Replace the USB 2.0 Device card. 2. Remove and insert the Torino board.
5. Replace the Controller board. 3. Replace the Lyzer card.
016-366 Cont HDD Fail-1 4. Replace the Torino board.
[Error Type] 5. Replace the Controller board.
System Fail 016-369 Cont S2X PWB Fail

Cont HDD Diagnostic Fail-1 System Fail
An error has occurred during IDE Controller check (ideDrv equivalent) Cont S2X Board Diagnostic Fail
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following: An error occurred during W/R/V test of PCI Config interval.
1. Disconnect and connect the HDD cable. [Corrective Actions]
2. Remove and insert the HDD. Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following:
3. Replace the HDD and the HDD cable. 1. Remove and insert the Lyzer card.
4. Replace the Controller board. 2. Remove and insert the S2X board.
016-367 Cont HDD Fail-2 3. Replace the Lyzer card.
[Error Type] 4. Replace the S2X board.
System Fail
[Fault Content] 016-370 Cont Fail
Cont HDD Diagnostic Fail-2 [Error Type]
[Detection Conditions] system fail
An error occurred during W/R/V test of HDD. [Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions] Cont Rendering Engine diagnosed as having a failure
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following: [Detection Conditions]
1. Disconnect and connect the HDD cable. A defect was detected during a diagnostic check of the Rendering Engine.
2. Remove and insert the HDD. [Corrective Actions]
3. Replace the HDD and the HDD cable. Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following.
4. Replace the Controller board. 1. Replace the Controller board.
016-368 Cont Torino Fail 016-371 Cont USB1.1 Host Fail
System Fail system fail
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 016-xxx FIP

2-353

Cont USB1.1 Host diagnosed as having a failure. 802.1x Authentication Timeout (there was no response signal from the "authentication device")
A defect was detected during a diagnostic check of USB1.1Host (No communication with the Fax The authentication was timed-out because there was no response signal from the "authentication
Card could be established). device" switch that is physically connected to the machine via the network.
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following: Check the switch settings and network connections of the "authentication device" switch that is
1. Check the cable for connection. physically connected to the machine via the network and connect it properly.
2. Replace the cable. If the problem persists, check the settings of the switch that the device is connected to and the net-
work connection.
3. Replace the Fax Card.
4. Replace the Controller board. 016-403 802.1x certificate failure
016-400 802.1x authentication failure [Error Type]
[Error Type] Info
Info [Fault Content]

[Fault Content] 802.1x Authentication Certificate Mismatch
802.1x Authentication Error (incorrect user name or password) [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] 1. The root server certificate for the authentication server is not stored in the machine or it is mis-
matched.
1. The user name or password that has been set in the machine is incorrect.
2. The settings are different from those in the "authentication device" switch that is physically con-
nected to the machine via the network. 1. Store the root server certificate for the authentication server in the machine.
[Corrective Actions] 2. If the root certificate of the server certificate cannot be obtained, disable the 802.1x setting item
"Verify Server Certificate" in the device.
1. Enter the correct user name or password for 802.1x authentication from the machine panel.
2. Check the settings in the "authentication device" switch that is physically connected to the machine 016-404 802.1x inside failure
via the network. [Error Type]
016-401 802.1x EAP type not supported Info
Info Other 802.1x Authentication Errors
802.1x Authentication Method Mismatch (the authentication server does not support the authentica- An internal error has occurred in the 802.1x supplicant function of the machine.
tion method of the machine) 1. An incorrect protocol signal was received from the authentication server.
A Fail signal, which indicates that the authentication method set in the machine cannot be pro- Repeat the operation.
cessed, was received from the "authentication device" switch that is physically connected to the If the problem persists, obtain the log and contact the Support Department for instructions.
machine via the network.
016-405 Certificate DB File error
Set the authentication method of the machine to be the same as the one set in the authentication
[Error Type]
server. info
Check the 802.1x authentication method from the UI. [Fault Content]
016-402 802.1x authentication failure by timing out Certificate data base file is wrong.

Info When certificate database file is loaded while system is on, header error and size error are detected.
Errors with certificate database file were detected. Start "Initialize certificate" under Maintenance. Correct the plug-in and then install it again.
016-406 802.1x client certificate failure 016-410 XCP_PLUGIN_PROPERTY_INVALID
info info
An error in setting up Client Certificate for 802.1x authentication The plug-in definition file is invalid.
Although “EAP-TLS" is selected as the authentication method for 802.1x authentication, SSL Client The Package Management function has detected the invalid definition file.
Certificate is not set up or deleted. [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] Correct the plug-in and then install it again.
1. Store SSL Client Certificate in this machine and set it up as SSL Client Certificate.
016-411 XCP_UNSUPPORTED_CLASS_VERSION
2. If SSLClient Certificate cannot be set up, select an authentication method other than "EAP-TLS".
[Error Type]
016-407 XCP Plugin Secrity Exception info
info
The plug-in class file version is not supported.
Security Exception due to plug-in The Package Management function has detected an unsupported class file version.
The Package Management function has detected Security Exception.
Correct the plug-in and then install it again.
016-412 XCP Plugin Misc Error
Correct the plug-in and then install it again.
[Error Type]
016-408 XCP Invalid Plugin info
info
A plug-in error under Miscellaneous
The plug-in file is invalid. The Package Management function has detected the plug-in has caused an error that is included in
[Detection Conditions] a miscellaneous group of errors.
The Package Management function has detected the damaged Jar file. [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] Correct the plug-in and then install it again.
Correct the plug-in and then install it again. 016-413 Couldnt detect proxy server automatically.
016-409 XCP Plugin Version Incompatible [Error Type]
[Error Type] info
info [Fault Content]
[Fault Content] Auto detection of the proxyhas failed.
Plug-in Version Mismatch [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] The proxy server could not be detected automatically.
The Package Management function has detected a version mismatch.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 016-xxx FIP

2-355
When the proxy server is not manually set up, an automatic attempt is made to obtain the proxy – the DNS Server address setting
server setting from the DHCP server. Howerver, the attempt has failed. – the proxy server address setting
For the details, see below: If despite the confirmation of the above settings, the situation has not improved, contact the cus-
– The contents of the obtained PAC file have a problem. (An error occurred during the running of tomer’s network administrator becasuse there is a possibility of a network failure.
JavaScript.) When after the implementation of the corrective actions, the machine has established normal com-
– The PAC file could not be obtained. (Timeout/Connection error) munication with the Xerox Communication Server, the fault will be cleared.
– The PAC file could not be obtained. (No PAC file/Too large) If the network is normal but the situation has not improved, collect the pfshowinfo9 log and network
– PAC File URL info could not be obtained. (Timeout) log immediately after the occurrence of the problem and contact the support division for directions.
– PAC File URL info could not be obtained. (No URL is included in the response to the inquiry.) 016-415 Connection to Xerox server has timed out.
Check the following: info
– the default Gateway setting [Fault Content]
– the subnet mask setting
No response from the server
– the DNS Server address setting
If despite the confirmation of the above settings, the situation has not improved, contact the network
There is no response from the Xerox Communication Server for a certain period of time, resulting in
administrator for advice because there is a possibility of a network failure, DHCP Server failure, or
an improper DHCP Server setting. (For example, if the DHCP Server is not set up in the way that a timeout.
allows it to give back the proxy server address, an error of this code will occur.) [Corrective Actions]
The Network Environment check items are as follows: Turn the power OFF then ON.
– The HTTP server that provides the PAC file (CFILE) is operating normally, or the server can be When after the implementation of the corrective action, the machine has established normal com-
reached on the network. munication with the Xerox Communication Server, the fault will be cleared.
– The contents of the PAC file have no mistakes in syntax or selected server address, or the file If the situation has not improved, collect the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the
size is 64KB or less. occurrence of the problem and contact the support division for directions.
– The DHCP server that has an entry of CURL info is operating normally, or the server can be 016-416 An invalid state message received from server.
reached on the network.
When after the implementation of the corrective actions, the machine has established normal com-
[Error Type]
munication with the Xerox Communication Server, the fault will be cleared. info
If the network is normal but the situation has not improved, collect the pfshowinfo9 log and network [Fault Content]
log immediately after the occurrence of the problem and contact the support division for directions. A server error is detected.
016-414 Couldnt connect to Xerox server or proxy. [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] The Xerox Communication Server has responded with a message indicating an abnormal condition.
info [Corrective Actions]
Network error When after the implementation of the corrective action, the machine has established normal com-
munication with the Xerox Communication Server, the fault will be cleared.
If the situation has not improved, collect the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the
The machine could not connect to the Xerox Communication Server or the proxy server.
occurrence of the problem and contact the support division for directions.
(A network path problem, an open wire, etc.)
016-417 Invalid network settings were found.
[Error Type]
info
– the connection of the LAN Cable
– the IP Address setting [Fault Content]
– the default Gateway setting Setting error
– the subnet mask setting
[Detection Conditions] 2. Check with the customer's System Administrator whether the DNS server settings that allow
An invalid or improper network setting has prevented the machine from communicating. Dynamic DNS using IPv6 address have been made.
3. Follow the instructions in 2.5.1 LOG to obtain the "info9 or xxx.tgz".
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
– the IP address setting
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
– the default Gateway setting
– the subnet mask setting 016-454 DNS renewal failure of dynamic
– the DNS Server address setting [Error Type]
– the proxy server address setting Time Bomb (Information)
– the Xerox Communication Server URL setting [Fault Content]
– Set "Verify the remote server certificate" to “OFF”. Dynamic DNS - Dynamic Update Failed
If despite the confirmation of the above settings, the situation has not improved, contact the cus- [Detection Conditions]
tomer’s network administrator becasuse there is a possibility of a network failure.
Dynamic DNS - Dynamic update failed.
munication with the Xerox Communication Server, the fault will be cleared. [Corrective Actions]
If the network is normal but the situation has not improved, collect the pfshowinfo9 log and network 1. Check that DNS server address is set properly in the device.
log immediately after the occurrence of the problem and contact the support division for directions. 2. Check with a customer System Administrator that the DNS server settings that allow Dynamic DNS
have been made.
016-450 SMB Host name duplicated
3. Follow the 2.5.2 Logging/Extraction Tools Operational Instructions to collect logs.
[Error Type] 2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
Time Bomb (Information)
2.5.2 Logging/Extraction Tools Operational Instructions
[Fault Content]
016-455 SNTP server time out
SMB Host Name Duplicated
[Error Type]
A PC of the same host name exists on the network.
[Fault Content]
SNTP timeout.
1. Check whether the setting of the same host name as the device is made to another unit. If the set-
ting is duplicate, change the host name of the device or duplicate device. [Detection Conditions]
2. If duplicate setting is not confirmed, change the device host name. There is no response from the SNTP server within the specified time (60sec).
3. Follow the 2.5.2 Logging/Extraction Tools Operational Instructions to collect logs. [Corrective Actions]
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow If the time on the machine is incorrect, manually set the time.
2.5.2 Logging/Extraction Tools Operational Instructions 1. Check that SNTP server address is set properly in the device.
016-453 Dynamic DNS - IPv6 NG 2. Follow the 2.5.2 Logging/Extraction Tools Operational Instructions to collect logs.
[Error Type]
Info
[Fault Content] 016-456 SNTP time asynchronous
Dynamic DNS - IPv6 Address Dynamic Update Failed [Error Type]
[Detection Conditions] Time Bomb (Information)
Failed to update of the IPv6 address and host name to the DNS server. [Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions] SNTP Time Asynchronous
1. Check that DNS server address is set properly in the device.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 016-xxx FIP

2-357

A standard time synchronized source message and an asynchronous message was received from An error has occurred during the process of writing data to the S2X-ROM. (During DLD method)
the SNTP server. [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] An error was detected when writing data to the S2X-ROM
If the time on the machine is incorrect, manually set the time. Not able to carry out normal operation because ROM content is missing.
1. Check a customer System Administrator that the NTP server is operating properly. [Corrective Actions]
2. Follow the 2.5.2 Logging/Extraction Tools Operational Instructions to collect logs. Retry job. If retry failed, replace the S2X-ROM and perform VerUP operation on the DLD method
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow again.
016-502 Write to Cont/S2X/IISS/DADF/IOT/Fin/FaxCard error
016-461 Under non-transmitted image log stagnation detection (During PJL method)
Information Fail Job Fail
Creation of a new job is being restricted because image logs yet to be transferred are piled up and
An error has occurred during the writing of data to any of Cont/S2X/IISS/DADF/IOT/Fin/FaxCard
delayed. (During PJL method)
When system data "Level of Ensuring Image Log Transfer" is set to "High" creation of a new job
An error was detected when writing data to one of the ROMs in the machine
becomes restricted because image logs yet to be transferred are piled up and delayed.
Not able to carry out normal operation because content of one of the ROMs is missing.
Check the image log management server status and the network status, and clear any cause that
Perform download in DLD Mode, and follow the Error Code displayed by the machine to identify the
may impede the transfer of image logs to the image log server.
faulty ROM.
Check the transfer settings and transfer all logs that are yet to be transferred.
Replace the faulty ROM and perform VerUP operation on the DLD method again.
Or, change the transfer guarantee level to “Low”. Note that setting the transfer guarantee level to
“Low” may cause the image logs to get deleted in sequence even before they are transferred. 016-503 SMTP Server Fail for Redirector
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure: [Error Type]
OF-09 Common Job Fail Job Fail
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation [Fault Content]
016-500 Write to Cont-ROM error detection (During DLD method) The problem with the SMTP Server name could not be resolved (though the machine tried to con-
[Error Type] nect to the server).
Job Fail [Detection Conditions]

[Fault Content] DNS Library Call Error
An error has occurred during the process of writing data to the Cont-ROM. (During DLD method) [Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] Specify the correct SMTP Server name or specify the IP address.
An error was detected when writing data to the Cont-ROM. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
Not able to carry out normal operation because ROM content is missing. 2.4 NET System Fault Check
2.4.3 No output is available, no data is printed
Retry job. If retry failed, replace the Controller-ROM and perform VerUP operation on the DLD
method again. 016-504 POP Server Fail for Redirector
016-501 Write to S2X-ROM error detection (During DLD method) [Error Type]
Job Fail
The problem with the POP Server name could not be resolved (though the machine tried to connect Job Fail
to the server) [Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] A log image transfer fails, making it impossible to continue a target job which will consist of created
DNS Library Call Error images.
Specify the correct POP Server name or specify the IP address. With the system data "Auto Transfer Setting" set to "Transfer by the job" a log image transfer fails,
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. making it impossible to continue a target job.
2.4 NET System Fault Check [Corrective Actions]
2.4.3 No output is available, no data is printed Check the state of the destination image log control server and that of the network, and clear any
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow factor preventing image logs from being transferred to the image log control server.
016-505 POP Authentication Fail for Redirector 016-508 ImageLog Send Fail02
Job Fail Job Fail
A failure in POP authentication (after the machine connected to the server). A log image transfer fails, making it impossible to continue an image transfer job.
Incorrect POP Server authentication information was detected. An image log transfer fails.
Specify the correct POP Server authentication information. Check the state of the destination image log control server and that of the network, and clear any
factor preventing image logs from being transferred to the image log control server.
2.4 NET System Fault Check 016-509 ImageLog No Send Rule01
2.4.3 No output is available, no data is printed [Error Type]
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow Job Fail
016-506 Image Log HDD Full [Fault Content]
[Error Type] Because rules for log image transfer are not registered, a job cannot be continued.
[Fault Content] With the system data "Auto Transfer Setting" set to "Transfer by the job," transfer rules are not reg-
Because the log image storage area on the disk is full, a job cannot be continued. istered, causing a job to be discontinued.

Register rules for transfer from the destination image log control server to the device.
When the system data "Level of Ensuring Log image Creation" is set to "High" the log image storage
area on the disk becomes full (during processing any job other than copy/scan jobs). 016-510 ImageLog No Send Rule02
Try to rerun the job. Job Fail
If the situation is the same despite some re-attempts, delete unnecessary documents saved in the [Fault Content]
device or change the level of ensuring creation (to Low). However, the level is set to Low, log image
Rules for log image transfer are not registered.
creation cannot be ensured.
016-507 ImageLog Send Fail01
Because transfer rules are not registered, a transfer fails.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 016-xxx FIP

2-359

Register rules for transfer from the destination image log control server to the device. XPS Error
016-511 ImageLog Invalid Send Rule01 [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] During XPS Bridge processing, Invalid Schema, Parameter Error, damage to XPS File, or an error inter-
nal to XPS Decomposer occurred.
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
Print from XPS Viewer, using a pinter driver (ART-EX, PCL, etc.).
Rules for log image transfer are illegal, causing a job to be discontinued.
If the problem persists, go to the following to resolve it.
With the system data "Auto Transfer Setting" set to "Transfer by the job," illegal transfer rules cause
a job to be discontinued.
2.4.4 Printing can be performed but abnormally
[Corrective Corrections] 2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
Overwrite rules for transfer from the destination image log control server to the device.
016-515 XPS Short of Memory
016-512 ImageLog Invalid Send Rule02
[Error Type]
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
[Fault Content] XPS Short of Memory
Rules for log image transfer are illegal.
[Detection Conditions] During XPS Bridge processing, a lack of memory was detected.
Illegal transfer rules cause a transfer failure.
[Corrective Actions] If print mode is set to [high resolution], change it to [standard]. If print mode is set to [standard], change it
Overwrite rules for transfer from the destination image log control server to the device. to [high speed].
016-513 SMTP server reception error If memory is still insufficient, expand memory.
[Error Type] If memory is expanded to the maximum but the problem still occurs, print from XPS Viewer, using a driver
(ART-EX, PCL, etc.).
jobS
If the problem persists, go to the following and resolve it.
An error occurred when the machine was receiving a response from MTP Server (after the machine
connected to the server) 016-516 XPS PrintTicket description error
Time-out occurred. Job Fail
The server or the network is thought to have a heavy load. [Fault Content]
Wait for a while and then rerun the job. XPS PrintTicket description error
1. Time-out occurred. PrintTicket included in a XPS document is based on [grammar not supported by this machine] or has
[print instuructions not supported by this machine].
The server or the network is thought to have a heavy load.
Wait for a while and then rerun the job.
Check whether the user’s way of using the application that sends a print job and the print instructions
If the situation does not improve, contact the network administrator for advice.
have problems.
016-514 XPS Error If they have no problems, ask not Fuji Xerox but a vendor that produces the application that sends a print
[Error Type] job about the operation of the application. If this does not resolve the problem, get a list of printer settings,
a job history report, and the print data with PrintTicket to send, and go to the following to resolve the prob-
Job Fail
lem.
OF-09 Common Job Fail [Fault Content]
If the problem persists, contact the support division for instructions. High Compression H/W Job Error
016-517 PS Booklet Illegal Color Mode Change [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] An error has occurred during the usage of High Compression Board.
Job Fail [Corrective Actions]
[Fault Content] Repeat the operation or change the output file format/color mode.
PS documents to be printed into a booklet have black, white and color areas If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to correct it.
[Detection Conditions] Replace the High Compression Board.
If the cause of error is not clear, perform the following and check whether the status improved.
While PS Decomp was interpreting a booklet job, a change to Process Color Model or the resolution/
binary/multi-valued parameter was detected. – Replace the Memory Modules on the Main PWBA
[Corrective Actions] – Replace the Main PWBA.
Rewrite the PostScript file in the way that does not allow the page device, Process Color Model, to be 016-521 SmartCard Not Found
changed in the process. [Error Type]
If the problem persists, go to the following and resolve it. Job Fail
[Fault Content]
016-518 PS Booklet Conflict WM Smart Card Connection Error
Job Fail After a personal signature scan job has started up, the Smart Card was removed or the Card
[Fault Content] Reader was detached, which causes the personal signature to fail.
Simultaneous Specification of PS Booklet and Watermark [Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] Insert the Smart Card into the Reader and check the PIN again before performing the personal sig-
PS Booklet and Watermarks were specified at the same time. nature scan.
If the Card Reader was detached, reconnect it again and restart the device.
If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the
PS Booklet and Watermark/UUID cannot be specified at the same time. Cancel either one. problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions.
If the problem persists, carry out the following procedure: 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
016-522 LDAP SSL error 112
016-519 Device DV - Reached Limit
[Error Type]
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
[Fault Content] LDAP-SSL authentication error 112 has occurred (the client certificate cannot be obtained)
Number of Printable Sides Limit Full
[Detection Conditions] SSL authentication error of the LDAP Server.
A number of printable sides is set in the device and the number of printed sides as the job is running
The SSL client certificate cannot be obtained.
has reached that number.
Install the SSL client certificate into the device as the LDAP Server will request for it.
Contact the System Administrator to request for a change in the limit of the printable sides.
016-523 LDAP SSL error 113
016-520 MRC HW Job Error
[Error Type]
[Error Type]
Job Fail
Job Fail
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 016-xxx FIP

2-361

LDAP-SSL authentication error 113 has occurred (the server certificate data is incorrect) SSL authentication error of the LDAP Server.
[Detection Conditions] The Server Name and the certificate do not match.
SSL authentication error of the LDAP Server. [Corrective Actions]
The Server certificate data is incorrect Ensure that the address of the LDAP Server set in the device matches the address of the LDAP
[Corrective Actions] Server defined in the SSL certificate.
The device cannot trust the SSL certificate of the LDAP Server. Although this error can also be avoided by setting "SSL Server Authentication" to "OFF" at the
device, keep in mind that it would also no longer guarantee the legitimacy of the connected LDAP
Register the root certificate of the LDAP Server SSL certificate in the device.
Server.
016-524 LDAP SSL error 114 016-527 LDAP SSL error 117
Job Fail
Job Fail
LDAP-SSL authentication error 114 has occurred (the server certificate is close to expiring) LDAP-SSL authentication error 117 has occurred (SSL authentication internal error)
SSL authentication error of the LDAP Server.
The Server certificate is close to expiring
SLL authentication internal error has occurred.
Change the LADP Server SSL certificate to one that is valid.
An internal error has occurred in the program.
Although this error can also be avoided by setting "SSL Communication During Authentication" of
"LDAP Server/Directory Service Settings" to "Disabled" at the device, keep in mind that it would also 016-528 SmartCard Not Auth
no longer guarantee the legitimacy of the connected LDAP Server. [Error Type]
016-525 LDAP SSL error 115 Job Fail
Job Fail Smart Card Personal Authentication Error
LDAP-SSL authentication error 115 has occurred (the server certificate has expired) After a personal signature scan job has started up, the Smart Card PIN check status was cleared,
which causes the personal signature to fail.
Check the PIN and again perform the personal signature scan.
The Server certificate has expired
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem
[Corrective Actions] has occurred and contact the support department for instructions.
Change the LADP Server SSL certificate to one that is valid.
Although this error can also be avoided by setting "SSL Server Authentication" to "OFF" at the
device, keep in mind that it would also no longer guarantee the legitimacy of the connected LDAP 016-529 Remote Download server timeout
Server. [Error Type]
016-526 LDAP SSL error 116 Job Fail
Job Fail Remote Download Server Timeout
LDAP-SSL authentication error 116 has occurred (the Server Name and the certificate does not There was no response within the specified time (60 sec) when connecting to the Remote Download
match) server.
Check the network connection. Check that the Remote Download server is properly configured and Check the Remote Download server for the FW update file.
operating on the network.
016-536 Host name solution error in Remote Download
016-533 Kerberos Attestation protocol error 37 [Error Type]
[Fault Content] Remote Download Server Name Resolution Error
Kerberos Attestation protocol error (37) [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] Failed to resolve the hostname (server name) during the DNS access before connecting to the
A Kerberos Server Attestation protocol error has occurred. (37) Remote Download server. DNS library call error.
The clock difference between the device and the Kerberos server has exceeded the clock skew limit Check the connection to the DNS.
of the Kerberos server. Check that the clocks of the device and Kerberos server are set correctly. Or, check whether the Remote Download server name has been registered in the DNS.
At the same time, check that the daylight saving time and time zone settings for the device and the
Kerberos server are the same.
016-537 Remote Download server connection error
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem [Error Type]
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions. Job Fail
016-534 Kerberos Attestation protocol error 41,42 Remote Download Server Connection Error
Job Fail The port of the connection destination Remote Download server is not open.
Kerberos Attestation protocol error (41, 42) Check the network connection setting (port) of the Remote Download server.
[Detection Conditions] 016-538 Remote Download file write error
A Kerberos Server Attestation protocol error has occurred. (41, 42) [Error Type]
[Corrective Actions] Job Fail
Although the Kerberos Server exists in a realm that is set in the device, the address of the Kerberos [Fault Content]
Server that was set cannot be connected to.
Remote Download File Write to HDD Error
Check that the realm name and Server address in the Kerberos Settings of the device are set cor-
rectly.
The FW update file that was obtained from the Remote Download server cannot be saved properly
When connected to a Microsoft Windows 2000/2003 Server, use all upper case for the realm name.
into the HDD.
016-535 Remote Download file access error [Corrective Actions]
[Error Type] Check the HDD for free space and delete unnecessary files. Or, replace the HDD.
Job Fail
016-539 Kerberos Attestation protocol error other
[Fault Content]
[Error Type]
There are no FW update files in the Remote Download server.
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
The specified FW update file (Download image file) is not found in the Remote Download server.
Kerberos Attestation protocol error (others)
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 016-xxx FIP

2-363

A Kerberos Server Attestation protocol error has occurred. (Others) Job Fail
An internal error has occurred in the program. Attestation Agent error (ACCESS_DENIED)
016-543 Attestation Agent error 543 [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] A general user has attempted to obtain other user's user information (GetUserInformation method
only).
Job Fail
The User Name included in the WWW-Authorization of the http header is different from the <Use-
[Fault Content] rID> included in the request message of the GetUserInformation method.
Attestation Agent error (REALM_UNKNOWN) [Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] Turn the power OFF then ON.
The specified realm/domain has disappeared from the ApeosWare Authentication Agent (the If the problem persists, refer to 2.5.1 LOG immediately after the problem has occurred, obtain the
domain was manually deleted at the ApeosWare Authentication Agent after obtaining the realm info9 or xxx.tgz log and the network log and contact Support G for instructions.
name list from the device)
016-548 Attestation Agent error 548
Update the realm list, using the Update Realm button on the device, or add the domain to the
ApeosWare Authentication Agent. [Error Type]
To update the device realm information, perform the following: Press the [Authentication Agent] but- Job Fail
ton on the Authentication window of the device. The Authentication Agent window appears. Press [Fault Content]
the [Update] button on the window.
Attestation Agent error (UNREGISTERED_DEVICE)
If the problem persists, refer to 2.5.1 LOG immediately after the problem has occurred, obtain the
info9 or xxx.tgz log and the network log and contact Support G for instructions.
The information of the machine that is performing the authentication operation is not in the database
(GetUserInformation method only).
016-545 Attestation Agent error 545 The device is not registered in the ApeosWare Authentication Agent.
Job Fail Register the device in the ApeosWare Authentication Agent. Refer to the "ApeosWare Authentica-
[Fault Content] tion Agent User Guide" for solutions.
Attestation Agent error (CLOCKSKEW_ERR) If the problem persists, refer to 2.5.1 LOG immediately after the problem has occurred, obtain the
A Clock skew error has occurred in attestation.
The time of ApeosWare Authentication Agent and ActiveDirectory is out of sync with the upper limit 016-553 Attestation Agent error 553
of the Kerberos ClockSkew set in the ActiveDirectory. [Error Type]
Match the time of the PC where the ApeosWare Authentication agent is installed in with the time of [Fault Content]
the PC where the ActiveDirectory is. Attestation Agent error (VERSION_MISMATCH)
Furthermore, if the Windows Time Service in the PC where the ApeosWare Authentication Agent is
installed is stopped, start it up.
Refer to the ApeosWare Authentication agent User Guide for solutions. The version information written in the SOAP Header cannot be understood. The ApeosWare
Authentication Agent does not support the version of the device interface.
info9 or xxx.tgz log and the network log and contact Support G for instructions. [Corrective Actions]
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation The version of the ApeosWare Authentication Agent needs to be upgraded.
Check that the machine is a product that is supported by the upgraded version of the ApeosWare
016-546 Attestation Agent error 546 Authentication Agent.
If the problem persists, refer to 2.5.1 LOG immediately after the problem has occurred, obtain the Error has occurred in the database that the ApeosWare Authentication Agent is connected to due to
info9 or xxx.tgz log and the network log and contact Support G for instructions. overloading.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation [Corrective Actions]
016-554 Attestation Agent error 554 Wait for a while before authenticating again as the service is overloaded.
[Error Type] If that did not solve the problem, check the ApeosWare Authentication Agent.
Refer to the ApeosWare Authentication Agent User Guide for solutions.
Job Fail
[Fault Content] info9 or xxx.tgz log and the network log and contact Support G for instructions.
Attestation Agent error (CONFIGRATION_ERROR)
016-557 Attestation Agent error 557
The existence check for the specified user in the event of an authentication error has failed.
The domain user reference login name or the reference password of the ApeosWare Authentication
[Error Type]
Agent domain is incorrect. Job Fail
Set the domain user reference login name or the reference password of the ApeosWare Authentica- Attestation Agent error (INTERNAL_ERROR)
tion Agent domain to the correct items. [Detection Conditions]
If the problem persists, refer to 2.5.1 LOG immediately after the problem has occurred, obtain the Other error has occurred in attestation.
An internal error has occurred in the ApeosWare Authentication Agent.
016-555 Attestation Agent error 555 Check the ApeosWare Authentication Agent.
[Error Type] Refer to the ApeosWare Authentication Agent User Guide for solutions.
Job Fail If the problem persists, refer to 2.5.1 LOG immediately after the problem has occurred, obtain the
Attestation Agent error (SERVICE_ISNOT_WORKING) 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
[Detection Conditions] 016-558 Attestation Agent error 558

Timed out when connecting to the authentication server. [Error Type]
The ApeosWare Authentication Agent cannot connect to the database or the Active Directory. Job Fail
Check that the ApeosWare Authentication Agent can connect to the database or the Active Direc- Attestation Agent error (MISC_ERR)
tory. [Detection Conditions]
Refer to the ApeosWare Authentication Agent User Guide for solutions. The machine has received an unknown error from the ApeosWare Authentication Agent.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation Turn the power OFF then ON.
016-556 Attestation Agent error 556 info9 or xxx.tgz log and the network log and contact Support G for instructions.
[Error Type] 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
Job Fail 016-559 Remote Download parameter error
Attestation Agent error (SERVICE_IS_PROCESSING) Job Fail
Timeout during database processing.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 016-xxx FIP

2-365

Remote Download Parameter Error When the system data "Log/Image Creation Guarantee Level" is set to "High", the Image Extension
[Detection Conditions] Kit has insufficient memory.
When performing the Remote Download, an invalid value is set in the required system data. [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] Set the image quality to "Normal".
Check that all system data that must be set to perform the Remote Download have been properly If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the
problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions.
set.
Example: Check the server settings corresponding to the IP mode, etc.
016-560 Attestation Agent error 560 016-564 Remote Download Server Authentication Failed
Job Fail
Job Fail
Attestation Agent communication error Remote Download Server Authentication Error

When accessing the Remote Download server, an authentication error notification was issued from
A communication error has occurred between the ApeosWare Authentication Agent and the
machine. the server.

Check that the correct user name and password was specified when accessing the Remote Down-
1. Check that the network cable is connected and check the settings of the Authentication Agent func-
tion. load server.
2. If DNS address of the Server is set as the Server name/IP address of the ApeosWare Authentication If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the
Agent in the printer function settings list, check that DNS is enabled.
016-562 ADetected user duplication, in a cert agent
016-565 Backup Restore Error
[Error Type]
Job Fail
[Error Type]
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
Authentication Agent error * Duplicate IDs were detected at ICCG external authentication
[Fault Content]
Backup/Restore Error
Two or more entries with the same IC card information were found in the temporary user DB of
Active Directory or Authentication Agent. • When performing backup, there is no backup storage destination.
[Corrective Actions] • When performing restore or deletion of backup files, there are no backup files.
Make corrections so that the temporary user entries of the Active Directory or Authentication Agent [Corrective Actions]
do not have the same IC card information. • For USB backup, check that the USB Memory is properly installed. If the problem persists, use a PC
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem to check the USB memory for a "backup" directory. If it is not there, create it.
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions. • When performing restore or deletion of backup files from the USB backup file, check that the USB
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation Memory is properly installed.
016-563 ImageLog Memory Full (Exp. Kit) 016-566 Backup Restore Condition Error
Job Fail Job Fail
Impossible to continue with the Job because the Image Extension Kit has insufficient memory NVM Backup/Restore condition error
• During backup, the FW download file that has the same version as the machine cannot be found. • Format the HDD before performing HDD backup.
• During restore, the machine configuration during backup and restore does not match. Therefore, the • Before performing restore using the HDD backup file, delete backup files through the panel. If the
restore cannot be performed. problem persists, format the HDD.
• At an attempt to restore a specific backed-up file, a backed-up file for another device or a wrong • For USB backup, check that the USB Memory is properly installed. If the problem persists, use a PC
backed-up file has been selected. to format the USB Memory.
[Corrective Actions] • When performing restore using USB backup files, check that the USB Memory is properly installed.
If the problem persists, use the panel or a PC to delete the backup files.
• During backup, save the FW download file into the "dwld" directory in the USB memory, plug it into
the machine, and then perform the backup. • If the problem still persists, use a PC to format the USB Memory.
• During restore, use the same IOT and IIT ROM versions as those during backup. When performing 016-569 Attestation Agent error 569
restore using a USB backup file, also use the same HDD configuration.
[Error Type]
• If there is no HDD, use the same ESS ROM versions as well. If the same configuration cannot be
attained, delete the backup file from the panel. Job Fail
• If the problem occurred at an attempt to restore a backed-up file from an external place, check that [Fault Content]
the ESS/IIT/IOT/FAX ROM version is still the same as the version used when the backed-up file Attestation Agent errors other than listed previously
was created. Furthermore, check the device is the same as the one that generated the backed-up [Detection Conditions]
file.
Errors related to the functions of the Authentication Agent other than listed previously.
16-567 Backup Capacity Full [Corrective Actions]
[Error Type] Turn the power OFF then ON.
Job Fail If the problem persists, refer to 2.5.1 LOG immediately after the problem has occurred, obtain the
NVM data to back up is over the capacity of the destination to save it. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
[Detection Conditions] 016-570 Job ticket out of memory
• The backup destination has insufficient capacity. [Error Type]
• The memory is not enough for data-to-back-up to be encrypted. job
• Before performing the HDD backup, delete existing backup files through the panel to increase the XPIF memory is short.
capacity.
• Before performing USB backup, delete the backup files in the USB memory through the panel, or
XPIF Parser detects 'out of memory' while interpreting job ticket.
use a PC to delete unnecessary files in the USB memory to increase the capacity.
016-568 Backup Restore Failed
Increase memory size for job ticket on UI Panel, restart MC, and then run the job.
[Error Type]
Job Fail
016-571 Job ticket wrong param
job
NVM data could not be backed up or restored for some reason.
• An HDD access error has occurred. XPIF parameter mismatch.
• A USB Memory access error has occurred. [Detection Conditions]

• The backup file was corrupted during restore. Decomposer detects job ticket has instructed Device to do what is inconsistent with device spec.
• An unexpected error has occurred.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 016-xxx FIP

2-367

Check for a mismatch between parameters specified by job ticket, correct the parameters and then Job Fail
resend the job. [Fault Content]
016-572 Job ticket media error The DNS server was not set during FTP scan
job Before connecting to the FTP server, the DNS server was detected to be not set. DNS library call
[Fault Content] error.
XPIF media conversion error. [Corrective Actions]

[Detection Conditions] 1. Set the DNS address.
Or, set the destination server address using IP address.
Decomposer detects paper whose properties are specified by job ticket cannot be recognized as
paper (size/type/color) supported by device. If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
Check that the device that receives data can print it onto paper whose properties (size/type/weight/
color/punched) are specified by job ticket. 016-576 Server connection error in FTP
016-573 Job ticket parse error [Error Type]
job [Fault Content]

[Fault Content] Problem with connection to server during FTP scan
XPIF Interpret error. [Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions] Failed to connect to the FTP server.
XPIF Parser has received and processed job ticket that has syntax impossible to interpret. [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] 1. Check that network communication between the transfer destination FTP server and this machine is
available. For example, check the following:
Ensure the following: software is properly installed on client that generates job ticket; operational
requirements are met; and software version matches device version. • Check that the Server IP address is correct.
• Check the connection of network cables.
016-574 Host name solution error in FTP If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem
[Error Type] has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
Job Fail 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
[Fault Content] 016-577 Problem in FTP service
Unable to resolve hostname during FTP scan [Error Type]
[Detection Conditions] Job Fail
Failed to resolve the hostname (server name) during the DNS access before connecting to the FTP [Fault Content]
Server. DNS library call error.
Problem with the FTP service
1. Check the connection to the DNS.
Failed to connect to the FTP service of the destination server.
Or, check whether the destination server name has been registered in the DNS.
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions. Take any one of the following actions:
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation – Check that the FTP service of the Server is operating.
– Check that the FTP port number of the Server matches the FTP port number that is set on the
016-575 DNS server un-sets up in FTP machine.
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem 016-581 File name suffix limit over in FTP
[Error Type]
Job Fail
016-578 Login name or a password error in FTP
[Fault Content]
[Error Type] The FTP scan file name/folder name suffix has exceeded the limit
Job Fail
[Fault Content] When determining the file/folder name in the server after connecting to the FTP server, the file
FTP scan login name or password error name/folder name suffix exceeded the limit.
The USER./PASS command in this machine has failed after connecting to the FTP Server. There 1. Change the file name/destination folder. Else, move or delete the files in the destination folder.
are problems with the login name or password.
[Corrective Actions] has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
1. Check that the login name (user name) and password are correct. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem 016-582 File creation failure in FTP
[Error Type]
Job Fail
016-579 Scanning picture preservation place error in FTP
[Fault Content]
[Error Type] Failed to create an FTP scan file
Job Fail
[Fault Content] When creating a file in the server after connecting to the FTP server, the file creation has failed.
Problem with scanned image storage destination of FTP Scan
[Detection Conditions] 1. Check that the specified name is a file name that can be created in the storage destination
When moving the image storage destination after connecting to the FTP server, failed to move to
2. Check that the storage destination has enough free space.
the RepositoryPath. There are problems with the scanned image data storage destination.
1. Check that the scanned image storage destination on the FTP scan server is correct. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
016-580 File name acquisition failure from FTP server 016-583 Lock folder creation failure in FTP
Job Fail Job Fail
Unable to obtain file name/folder name on the FTP scan server Failed to create an FTP scan lock folder
The NLST command has failed when obtaining the file/folder name on the server after connecting to When creating a lock folder in the server after connecting to the FTP server, the lock folder creation
the FTP server. has failed.
1. Check the access right to the FTP scan server. 1. When a lock directory (*.LCK) remained in the transfer destination, delete it manually and retry the
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem job.
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions. 2. Check that the specified name is a folder name that can be created in the storage destination.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation 3. Check whether a folder with the same name as the specified name already exists.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 016-xxx FIP

2-369
4. Check that the storage destination has enough free space. 2. When a lock directory (*.LCK) remained in the transfer destination, delete it manually and retry the
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem job.
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions. If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
016-584 Folder creation failure in FTP
[Error Type] 016-587 Folder delete failure in FTP
Job Fail [Error Type]
[Fault Content] Job Fail
Failed to create an FTP scan folder [Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] Failed to delete an FTP scan folder
When creating a folder in the server after connecting to the FTP server, the folder creation has [Detection Conditions]
failed. When deleting a folder in the server after connecting to the FTP server, the deletion has failed.
1. Check that the specified name is a folder name that can be created in the storage destination. 1. Check the access right to the server.
2. Check whether a folder with the same name as the specified name already exists. If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem
3. Check that the storage destination has enough free space. has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions. 016-588 Data write-in failure to FTP server
[Error Type]
016-585 File delete failure in FTP Job Fail
Job Fail Failed to write data into the FTP scan server
Failed to delete an FTP scan file Failed to write data into the server after connecting to the FTP server.
When deleting a file in the server after connecting to the FTP server, the deletion has failed. 1. Check that the storage destination has enough free space.
[Corrective Actions] If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem
1. Check the access right to the server. has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions. 016-589 Data read failure from FTP server
[Error Type]
016-586 Lock folder delete failure in FTP Job Fail
Job Fail Failed to read data from the FTP scan server
Failed to delete an FTP scan lock folder Failed to read data from the FTP server after connecting to the FTP server during scanner (Save to
[Detection Conditions] PC) FTP transfer.
When deleting a lock folder in the server after connecting to the FTP server, the deletion has failed. [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] Check whether there is access right to the FTP server and grant the proper rights.
1. Check the access right to the server. If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation [Error Type]
016-590 Data reading failure from FTP server Job Fail
Job Fail An internal error has occurred during FTP scan
"Prohibit Overwrite" is selected for FTP scan "File Name Conflict" A Redirector internal error has occurred after connecting to the FTP server.
Unable to save a file after connecting to the FTP server during scanner (Save to PC) FTP transfer Repeat the operation.
because "File Name Conflict" is set to "Cancel Job". If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem
Set "File Name Conflict" to other than "Cancel Job".
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem 016-594 TYPE command failure in FTP
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions. [Error Type]
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation Job Fail
016-591 FTP scan filing policy injustice [Fault Content]
[Error Type] The TYPE command has failed during FTP scan (Network error)
[Fault Content] The TYPE command has failed after connecting to the FTP server. (Network error)
Incorrect FTP scan filing policy (when additional items are selected) [Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] Repeat the operation.
Incorrect filing policy (when additional items are selected) was detected after connecting with the If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem
FTP server. has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
[Corrective Actions] 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
1. When "Add" is selected for "File Name Conflict", check that the file format is not set to Multi-page. 016-595 PORT command failure in FTP
016-592 NEXTNAME.DAT file access error in FTP [Error Type]
[Fault Content] The PORT command has failed during FTP scan (Network error)
NEXTNAME.DAT file access error during FTP scan [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] The PORT command has failed after connecting to the FTP server. (Network error)
An error has occurred when accessing the NEXTNAME.DAT file after connecting to the FTP server [Corrective Actions]
during scanner (Save to PC) FTP transfer. Repeat the operation.
[Corrective Actions] If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem
1. When "Add" is selected for "File Name Conflict", check that the NEXTNAME.DAT file is correct. has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions. 016-596 CDUP command failure in FTP
[Error Type]
016-593 Internal error in FTP Scan Job Fail
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 016-xxx FIP

2-371

The CDUP command has failed during FTP scan (Network error) job
The CDUP command has failed after connecting to the FTP server. (Network error) Email message size is over spec.
Repeat the operation. In paginating, mail data size per page exceeds system data "max message size".
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem [Corrective Actions]
1. Reduce a send parameter of resolution (image-to-send quality) and resend the job.
016-597 Same name file exists in FTP servcer 2. Reduce a send parameter of magnification and resend the job. (A3 to A4, etc.)
[Error Type] 3. Change ""max message size"" to a larger value. (10MB recommended as default)
Job Fail If the problem still persists, obtain logs (pfshowinfo8 log and network log) just after the occurrence of
it and contact the Support division for instructions.
[Fault Content]
The process was cancelled since a file (folder) with the same name exists during FTP scan (Credit-
Mutuel specifications) 016-600 KO Authentication Locked
The process was cancelled because a file/folder with the same name was detected after connecting History
to the FTP server. (CreditMutuel specifications) [Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions] Logged by incorrect KO authentication detection (Detects NG in continuous KO authentication).
Perform the same operation again without multiple machines accessing the same folder in the same [Detection Conditions]
server.
The no. of continuous KO authentication errors reached the setting value of the System Data "KO
Authentication Continuous Error Maximum Count (NVM:700-563)".
Only record the data to the history.
016-598 Email message size over
016-601 Illegal Access Detection
[Error Type]
job
[Error Type]
History
[Fault Content]
Email message size is over spec.
[Fault Content]
Illegal trespassing detected (Identification/authentication error due to KO/CO User ID NG Or Pass-
[Detection Conditions] word NG).
In paginating, mail data size per page exceeds system data "max message size".
[Corrective Actions] The no. of authentication errors (CO/KO inclusive) within the specified time reached the setting
Perform the following: value of the System Data "Authentication Error Maximum Count (NVM:700-564)".
1. Reduce a send parameter of resolution (image-to-send quality) and resend the job. [Corrective Actions]
2. Reduce a send parameter of magnification and resend the job. (A3 to A4, etc.)
3. Change ""max message size"" to a larger value. (10MB recommended as default)
If the problem still persists, obtain logs (pfshowinfo8 log and network log) just after the occurrence of
016-700 Password is under minimum
it and contact the Support division for instructions. [Error Type]
2.5.2 Logging/Extraction Tools Operational Instructions job
016-599 Email message size over
The number of digits used for the password for security and authentication prints is less than the 1. Set [Print Mode] to [High Speed] and reduce the print resolution before retrying the operation.
minimum. 2. Increase the memory to increase the page buffer.
[Detection Conditions] 3. Retry the operation in [Print Page Mode]. (PLW Decomposer (=ART-EX) only)
The number of password digits for the job received is less than the minimum. For [Print Page Mode], refer to the printer driver online help.
*Enable setting the minimum number of password digits for a security print and an authentication If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
print in order not to store any job for which a less-than-minimum number of password digits are OF-09 Common Job Fail
entered.
016-703 Email To Invalid Box
Use a minimum or larger number of password digits for the job to print out.
[Error Type]
If the problem persists, perform the following: Job Fail
Seeing the following, collect a info9 or xxx.tgz log and a network log, and contact the support divi- [Fault Content]
sion for instructions. In receiving E-Mail/Fax/I-Fax, an invalid (not setup) mailbox no. is selected.
2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tools Functional Instructions [Detection Conditions]
016-701 Out of ART EX Memory Even if there are no options such as iFax and Scan To E-Mail, this fault occurs in normal Fax receiv-
ing and sending.
[Error Type]
Here is detailed description.
Job Fail
1. In Fax/I-Fax sending, a malibox is to be used in the machine for Fax communications, but the
[Fault Content] mailbox could not be set up.
Insufficient PLW Decomposer Memory 2. In receiving Email/Fax/I-Fax no mailbox or an invalid mailbox is detected, and a job is over.
An insufficient memory was detected while using the ART EX. Perform the following:
[Corrective Actions] 1. Check whether a selected mailbox is set up. If not, set it up.
Perform the following procedures in sequence: 2. Ask the sender to send E-Mail/Fax/I-Fax to a valid mailbox.
1. Increase the allocated memory of the ART EX. (In some cases, actual memory must be If this does not resolve the problem, perform the following.
increased) 3. Replace the FMO (the IF Board for Fax).
2. Change the print mode. (Example: High Quality mode → Normal mode) If this does not resolve the problem, it then indicates that the HDD can be defect. Perform the
3. Lower the resolution. following in order.
4. Set [Page Print mode] to [Enabled]. OF-02 HDD System Fail
5. Execute [Image Compression] in the [Graphics] tab of the printer driver. OF-09 Common Job Fail
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. 2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
OF-09 Common Job Fail 016-704 Mailbox is Full
016-702 Out of Page Buffer [Error Type]
[Fault Content] The system detected that a mailbox was full (it exceeded the maximum no. of documents per box)
Not able to compress any page due to insufficient Print Page Buffer and aborted a job.
Not a single page could be compressed. FULL status was detected at HD access and a job was aborted.
Insufficient Print Page Buffer was detected. [Corrective Actions]
Delete unnecessary documents and then repeat the operation.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 016-xxx FIP

2-373
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. [Corrective Actions]
OF-09 Common Job Fail Delete unnecessary documents/users and print again.
016-705 Secure Print Fail If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
Job Fail 016-707 Sample Print Fail
Unable to perform Secure Print/Mailbox Print/Pay for Print Storing from the Printer Driver. Job Fail
Unable to store scanned documents into a Mailbox. [Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] Sample Print Unavailable
1. Although the machine was set to store scanned documents into a Mailbox, the Scanner Kit or E-mail (Does not satisfy the conditions for Sample Print due to HD not installed/HD error etc.)
Kit option was not installed. [Detection Conditions]
2. The Printer Driver for this machine was not used. Storage cannot be done without a HDD.
# Not for HDD standard machines but for machines with options # Registration for Sample Print failed.
3. A Secure Print, Mailbox Print, Auditron Print, or Private Print job was received without the Functional
Expansion Kit installed.
Remove the conditions that disable Sample Print.
Check whether the HDD is installed.
For 1, press the <All Services> button and check whether [Scanner (Scan to Mailbox)] is displayed.
If it is displayed, check whether scanned documents can be stored into a Mailbox. If documents can- If the problem has occurred at installation, check whether the operations for Sample Print are cor-
rect. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
not be stored into the Mailbox, install the Scanner Kit or E-mail Kit option.
For 2, use the Printer Driver for this machine.
OF-02 HDD System Fail
# Not for HDD standard machines but for machines with options #
For 3, check whether the Functional Expansion Kit is installed in this machine. When the Functional 016-708 HD Full by Annotation/Watermark image
Expansion Kit is not installed: [Error Type]
– If the function is not used, set [Hard Disk] in the [Options] tab to [Not Available] at the Printer Job Fail
Driver.
– To use the function, install the Functional Expansion Kit.
[Fault Content]
Full During Annotation/Analog Watermark Image Storage
When the Functional Expansion Kit is installed:
Set [Hard Disk] in the [Options] tab to [Available] at the Printer Driver. [Detection Conditions]
1. Check whether the options required for mailbox storage are installed. When an Annotation/Watermark image was to be stored in the HDD, Full status was detected and
the job was aborted.
Required options: up to DMP5 - Scanner Kit; DMP6 or later - Scanner Kit or E-mail Kit.
OF-09 Common Job Fail 1. Cancel Annotation/Watermark and repeat the operation.
OF-10 HDD Job Fail 2. Reduce the no. of document pages. In Mixed Size mode, only a single size is available.
3. For printing Stored Document, delete unnecessary documents from the HDD and repeat the opera-
016-706 Max. User Number Exceeded tion.
[Error Type] 4. Expand the capacity of the HDD partition of the relevant service.
Job Fail If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.
The system detected that a job exceeded the maximum no. of users for Secure and Sample Prints OF-02 HDD System Fail
and aborted the job.
016-709 ART EX Command Error
[Error Type]
FULL status was detected at HD access and a job was aborted.
Job Fail
PLW Command Error The size of data to send exceeds the system data value (before connection to the server).
Error Detected By PLW Decomposer [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] During iFax or sending mail designated for forwarding, the send module (Redirector) attempted to
An ART EX command error occurred during PLW processing. send data exceeding the System Data [Upper Limit of Data Size for Scan to E-mail] to the internet.
Syntax error, undefined command NOTE:
Parameter error The same system data is also referenced in case of Scan to E-mail. It is detected during image stor-
age in 016-985.
Decomposer internal error, etc.
1. Reduce the resolution level, which is a transmission parameter, and resend the job.
This error occurs when some parts of the created print file are missing or abnormal. In parallel con-
nection, check it according to the procedures given below. 2. Reduce the magnification ratio, which is a transmission parameter, and resend the job. (e.g. A3 to
A4)
1. Set [Parallel Bi-Directional Communication] to [OFF] in the printer driver.
3. Through the System Settings window on the UI panel, change [Data Size Upper Limit]. (Default
2. Set a longer time for [Auto Output Time] by selecting [Port Settings]>[Parallel] in CWIS.
2MB recommended)
3. Replace the parallel cable.
4. If a long parallel cable is used, use a short cable (genuine) and try printing again. 016-712 Under PANTHER Capacity (I-Formtter)
5. Change the BIOS settings in the PC. (Change the current parallel port settings to others.) [Error Type]
6. Change the power supply outlet (socket). Job Fail
In network connection, connect the PC with the printer for checking. [Fault Content]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. Capability of Panther Deteriorated
OF-09 Common Job Fail [Detection Conditions]
016-710 Delayed Print Fail Capability of Panther in Scan service was deteriorated (I-Formatter).
Job Fail Increase the resolution or enlarge the scan area.
[Fault Content] If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
Delayed Print Fail OF-09 Common Job Fail
[Detection Conditions] 016-713 Security Box Password Error
Process conditions for Delay Print were not met. [Error Type]
Check whether the HDD is installed. [Fault Content]
1. (If HDD is installed or HDD is full, free up the HDD capacity.) Password check error was detected during data storage in a Mailbox.
2. If Secure Print/Proof Print or Knowledge Storage Print is specified, disable them. [Detection Conditions]
3. Reduce the Delay Print jobs waiting to 100 jobs or less.
Though the Mailbox specified for the job exists, the password set in the specified Mailbox and the
If the problem has occurred at installation, check whether the operations are correct. password specified for the job do not match.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it. [Corrective Actions]
Set a correct password and try again.
016-711 Email transmission size limit over OF-09 Common Job Fail
[Error Type] 016-714 Security Box is not Enable
Job Fail
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 016-xxx FIP

2-375

Job Fail Failed attempt to create "Unsent Report" or "Monitor Report" because the "Send Result Data" that is
[Fault Content] required to create the report is not stored in the memory/HDD of the device.
– HDD Full due to an iFAX document send with size exceeding the partition C size (2GB or
Box not opened error was detected during data storage in a Mailbox.
4GB), resulting in the "iFAX Send Result Data" being unable to be stored.
[Detection Conditions] – Over 200 jobs were executed since the last selected Output Report job, resulting in the "iFAX
The mailbox specified for the job does not exist. Send Result Data" being overwritten.
Open the appropriate mailbox and try again. • Split any iFAX documents that would exceed 2GB in document storage size into several jobs and
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. control the usage amount of memory, HDD, etc.
OF-09 Common Job Fail • If there is a large amount of Scanner/iFAX documents being processed, please wait until the other
scanner/iFAX jobs are completed before performing your Scanner/iFAX job.
016-715 ESCP Form Invalid Password
• Do not perform over 200 jobs in between the end of the job that you want to output the report for
[Error Type] until the actual report output operation.
Job Fail If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
Unable to access ESCP Form because ESCP Form password did not match 016-718 Out of PCL6 Memory
Incorrect password was input when attempting to use ESCP form. Job is aborted.
Job Fail
Input the correct password to use ESCP Form. Insufficient PCL6 Decomposer Memory
Insufficient memory was detected while using PCL6.
016-716 TIFF Data Overflow [Corrective Actions]
[Error Type] As the PLW memory is fixed, decreasing the resolution may reduce the PLW memory. (Only when
Job Fail PLW is enabled)
The files to be spooled in the TIFF exceeded the disk capacity. OF-09 Common Job Fail
[Detection Conditions] 016-719 Out of PCL Memory
The system detected that the files to be spooled in TIFF exceeded the disk capacity. [Error Type]
Install the HDD or increase the capacity of the HDD. [Fault Content]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it. Insufficient PLW Decomposer Memory
An insufficient memory was detected while using the PCL.
016-717 Fax/iFax Send Result Not Found [Corrective Actions]
[Error Type] Increase the PCL memory size. Increasing the memory for the whole system will increase the mem-
Job Fail ory to be allocated to the Decomposer in some measure.
[Fault Content] UI settings or other ways cannot explicitly increase the PCL memory.
The Fax/iFax Send Result Information is not saved in the Cont Therefore, if a job is aborted due to insufficient memory when the memory has been increased to
the maximum capacity, change the printer driver settings to see if printing becomes available.
OF-09 Common Job Fail [Corrective Actions]
016-720 PCL Command Error Set the Staple reference point, paper size, etc. of the Print Data that is sent to the printing section to
be the ones that can be processed by the machine.
[Error Type]
Furthermore, check the system at the client side.
Job Fail
PCL Command Error
Error Detected By PCL Decomposer
016-723 Job cancel by punch position NG
Job Fail
A PCL command error occurred during PCL processing.
Cancel the job and execute the command again. The job is canceled due to impossible Punch position, paper size, etc
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. [Detection Conditions]
OF-09 Common Job Fail Punch position that is not supported by this machine or the paper size that is not supported by the
Finisher was specified.
016-721 Other Error
[Error Type] Set the Punch reference point, paper size, etc. of the Print Data that is sent to the printing section to
Job Fail be the ones that can be processed by the machine.
[Fault Content] Furthermore, check the system at the client side.
An unexpected error occurred during printing at the PLW decomposer. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
An unexpected error occurred during printing. 016-724 Complex Position Error of Staple and Punch
• Paper types cannot be determined because all the settings for [Custom Paper Priority] are set [Error Type]
to [Disabled] in CWIS, etc.
Job Fail
• This ia an error that is not related to ART system commands/forms.
• ESCP command error.
[Fault Content]
Job Canceled Due To Invalid Combination of Staple and Punch Positions
• Incorrect control code from the input stream, etc.
Invalid conditions that disable Staple and Punch have been set when both Staple and Punch were
Make settings for [Custom Paper Priority] in CWIS, etc.
specified using CWIS or Box Job Flow (instruction manual) for printing from Mailbox and invalid
binding positions such as Left Double Staple and Right Punch were set.
016-722 Job cancel by staple position NG Change settings so that the same blinding position (same side of output paper) is specified.
[Error Type] If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
Job Fail OF-09 Common Job Fail
[Fault Content] 016-725 B-Formatter Library Image Conversion Error
The job is cancelled because the staple position or paper size is not available. [Error Type]
Staple position that is not supported by this machine or a paper size that is not supported by the Fin- [Fault Content]
isher was specified.
An error has occurred in the B-Formatter during the image conversion of scanned document to Fax
sending document
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 016-xxx FIP

2-377

An error has occurred where the Mailbox document cannot be converted to Facsimile Data when 016-728 Unsupported TIFF Data
Job Flow function of the machine is used to send the scanned documents stored in the Mailbox to
the Facsimile Device.
[Error Type]
Job Fail
Do not use the Job Flow function.
[Fault Content]
On the Facsimile selection screen of the machine, specify to directly scan the document and send it Unsupported TIFF Data
to the Facsimile recipient. [Detection Conditions]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. [Incorrect TIFF file]
OF-09 Common Job Fail The data contains a Tag that is not set in the Image File Expansion Library.
016-726 PDL Auto Switch Fail [Corrective Actions]
[Error Type] Explain to the customer that the TIFF file is not supported. If further checking is required, contact
Support G for checking.
Job Fail
[Fault Content] 016-729 TIFF Data Size too Big
[Auto Judge Error] [Error Type]
Auto SW judgement has failed. Job Fail
Print language auto judgement has failed. This does not occur in PCL5/ESCP machines. The files to be spooled in the TIFF exceeded the disk capacity.
In parallel connection, check it according to the procedures given below. [Incorrect TIFF file]
1. Set a longer time for [Auto Output Time] by selecting [Port Settings]>[Parallel] in CWIS. The specified settings exceed the upper limit of the valid no. of colors and pixels.
2. Replace the parallel cable. [Corrective Actions]
3. If a long parallel cable is used, use a short cable (genuine) and try printing again. Correct the valid range.
4. Change the print language from [Auto] to [ARTEX] or [PS] fixed by selecting [Emulation Set- If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
tings]>[Print Mode] in CWIS. OF-09 Common Job Fail
If not in parallel connection, check Step 4 above.
016-730 Unsupported ART Command
[Error Type]
Job Fail
016-727 0-page document unstorable to MailBox.
[Fault Content]
[Error Type] ART Command Error
Job Fail
[Fault Content] [ART Command Error]
The 0 page condition is detected in the Print job Mailbox storage.
A command not supported by the ART was detected.
The P-Formatter attempted to store a 0 page document into the Mailbox, but the job is canceled If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
because 0 page documents cannot be stored.
Do not allow the Print Result that is to be stored in the Mailbox to be 0 page.
016-731 Invalid TIFF Data
If Paper Saving is "ON", turn it "OFF" and print again. Check that the printed document is not a blank [Error Type]
paper, and input some text if it is blank. Job Fail
Invalid TIFF Data Job Fail
[Incorrect TIFF file] Simple Destination Result Report Output Error
The TIFF data is broken or discontinued halfway. [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] 1) Simple Destination Result report output has failed.
Send data again. [Corrective Actions]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. 1. Set [Receive via SMTP] for E-mail receive setting on the sending device.
OF-09 Common Job Fail 2. Remove the restriction on receiving E-mails from a self-domain in the receivable domain list if any.
016-732 Form not registerd If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.
Job Fail 2.4 NET System Fault Check
[Fault Content]
[Form Overlay Error] 016-735 Updating Job Templete
Data itself is not printed when the form specified is not registered in emulation. [Error Type]
The decomposer detected that the form specified is not registered. [Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions] Error During Updating Job Template
Send the form data again. [Detection Conditions]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. [Updating Job Template]
OF-09 Common Job Fail The system attempted to output the Job Template List while the Job Template was being updated.
016-733 Destination address resolution error [Corrective Actions]
[Error Type] Perform the operation again after the Job Template update completes.
[Fault Content]
A failure to resolve a P2P address problem (before connection to the server) 016-736 Remote directory lock error
1. When E-mails are sent using Peer-to-peer communication, an IP address could not be obtained Job Fail
from the text on the right side of @ in the destination E-mail address. [Fault Content]
2. When E-mails are sent using Peer-to-peer communication, DNS cannot be resolved with the text on Repository Lock Error
the right side of @ in the destination E-mail address as FQDN.
[Corrective Actions] Creation of Lock directories has failed.
1. Check if the destination address has been entered properly.
2. Set a correct DNS server address.
1. Delete any existing lock directories (*.LCK) in the transfer destination manually and then execute
If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it. the job again.
OF-09 Common Job Fail 2. Make correct settings for the permissions to the transfer destination directories.
2.4 NET System Fault Check 3. Secure a disk capacity if the HDD for the transfer destination directory is full.
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
016-734 Simple transmittion report invocation error OF-09 Common Job Fail
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 016-xxx FIP

2-379
016-737 Remote lock directory remove error [Fault Content]

[Error Type] Invalid Output Tray for PS Booklet Print

[Fault Content] The specified tray is invalid.
Lock Directory Deletion Error [Corrective Actions]

[Detection Conditions] Specify the tray that allows booklet printing.
Failed to delete the Lock directory. Power was turned OFF in the middle of FTP transfer because
the CDI cable was disconnected or the Reset SW of DFE was pushed OF-09 Common Job Fail
[Corrective Actions] 016-741 Download Mode NGJob Fail
Delete any existing lock directories (*.LCK) in the transfer destination manually and then execute [Error Type]
the job again. Job Fail
[Fault Content]
Not able to change into Download Mode
016-738 PS Booklet Illegal OutPut Size [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] • Unable to transit to Download Mode because download prohibition was detected due to Sys-
Job Fail Data:700-420 = 1, or because a job exists.
[Fault Content] • The machine did not transit to Download Mode because it detected "User Operation in Progress".
(The machine remains in the "User Operation in Progress" state for 1 minute after panel operation
Invalid Paper Size for PS Booklet Print
was completed)
The specified paper size is invalid.
• Cancel the Download Prohibited mode and check that the jobs have completed before retrying the
[Corrective Actions] operation. Check that the "Communicating" LED is OFF.
Specify the paper size that allows booklet printing. • After completing a panel operation, wait for 1 minute or longer before starting the download opera-
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. tion.
OF-09 Common Job Fail If the problem persists, carry out the following procedure:
016-739 PS Booklet Document Output Missmatch Cancel the Download Prohibited mode (set SysData:700-420 to 0) before retrying the operation.
[Error Type] has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
016-742 Download Data Product ID Mismatch
PS Booklet Document/Output Paper Mismatch
[Error Type]
Job Fail
The combination of the specified document/paper sizes is incorrect.
[Fault Content]
A mismatch in the Product ID of Download Data was detected
Specify the combination of the document/paper sizes that allows booklet printing.
The Product ID sent by the Download Data does not match the Product ID (SysData: 700-421 ~
700-428) stored in the SEEP-ROM.
016-740 PS Booklet OutPut Tray Missmatch [Corrective Actions]
[Error Type] As the Download Data is considered to be illegal, retry job after retrieving the Download Data again.
Job Fail If the problem persists after retrying job with the correct Download Data, obtain log and request an
investigation from the Support G.
016-743 Device Model/Panel Type Error [Corrective Actions]
[Error Type] Obtain log and request an investigation from the Support G
Job Fail 016-746 Unsupported PDF File

Device Model/Panel Type Error Job Fail
The supported model in the Download Data does not match the Device Model. [Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] PDF Error Due To Unsupported Function Sent
• The ModelName obtained from the installed IISS/DADF/IOT/FaxCard/Finisher do not match the [Detection Conditions]
ModelName found in the firmware, CDI header inclusive, in the Download File.
There was transparency or JBIG2 in a PDF 1.3 file.
"ModelName obtained from the currently installed ROM header" and "ModelName stored in Down-
load File" are compared in the Controller.
<Exception> Print via the driver from Acrobat Reader.
The MACS of DCC450G IOT/Bizen does not check ModelName because their I/F specification is If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.
old. OF-09 Common Job Fail
• The panel type (HBorFCW) connected to the device during Download is different from the panel 2.4.4 Printing can be performed but abnormally
type (HBorFCW) stored in the Controller firmware, CDI header inclusive, in the Download File. 2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
[Corrective Actions] 016-747 No memory for drawing annotation
The Download File is illegal. Find a Download File that has the same model with the device VerUP [Error Type]
and retry job.
Job Fail
Or, find a Download File that supports the Panel (FCW-UI or HB-UI type) connected to the device
and retry job. [Fault Content]
Insufficient memory when drawing an annotation image
016-744 Download Data CheckSum Error
[Error Type]
When drawing an annotation image with the copy repeat function specified, there would be insuffi-
Job Fail
cient memory in this machine's controller board.
CheckSum error of Download Data 1. Increase the annotation image size.
[Detection Conditions] 2. Reduce the number of repeat images for the repeat function.
Download Data has illegal CheckSum Avoid insufficient memory by performing a combination of the above steps 1 and 2.
[Corrective Actions] If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log immediately after the problem has occurred and
Make sure that the cable connected to the device is secured properly and retry job. contact the Support G for instructions.
016-745 Download Data XPJL Fatal Error
[Error Type] 016-748 HD Full
XPJL fatal error during Download [Fault Content]

(Occurs after XPJL has recognized the received data as a Download Data) HDD FULL when Mailbox is accessed
Conditions such as Pflite having Strm function error, Download open, ioctrl error, or unable to FULL state was detected when attempting to access the HD. Either cancel the job or proceed with
secure memory. user intervention 016-981.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 016-xxx FIP

2-381

1. Split the job into pages in order to prevent FULL state. Reduce the resolution if possible. Obtain the Printer Setup List, the job log report and the sent print data with attached print job ticket
2. Delete documents that are no longer needed, such as: Mailbox documents, FAX Send Wait docu- when the problem occurred.
ments, Secure Print documents and Delayed Print documents. Make sure that there is space in the OF-09 Common Job Fail
HDD before re-scanning and re-printing.
016-751 PDF Error
If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.
[Error Type]
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
016-749 JCL Syntax Error
PDF Error
[Error Type]
Job Fail
1. Syntax error, usage of undefined command, parameter error, damaged PDF file, internal error of the
[Fault Content] PDF Decomposer has occurred during PDF Bridge process.
The PJL/XPJL detected a print language that cannot be printed [Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] [FX PDF]
1. The print language received from the printer driver is a print language that cannot be printed by the Use the driver from Acrobat Reader to print.
machine.
2. ContentsBridge was used to attempt to print a PDF file through a machine that cannot process PDF.
3. When this happens with a received iFAX document, the iFAX document that was sent by the other
machine is in a print language that cannot be printed by this machine.
[Corrective Actions] 2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
In the case of 1, use the printer driver of the machine to print.
Explanation: Depending on PostScript, etc. options are necessary to print the desired print lan-
016-752 PDF Short of Memory
guage. [Error Type]
For more details, please contact our sales representatives. Job Fail
In the case of 2, do not use ContentsBridge to print a PDF file. [Fault Content]
In case of 3, please request the other party to resend the iFAX document using a print language that PDF Short of Memory
can be printed by this machine.
Insufficient memory was detected during PDF Bridge processing.
[FX PDF]
When the Print mode is set to [High Quality], change the setting to [Normal]. When the Print mode is
016-750 Print job ticket description error set to [Standard], change the setting to [High Speed]. (Only for the machine with High Quality
[Error Type] mode.)
Job Fail If the problem persists, expand the memory capacity.
[Fault Content] If the problem persists after expanding to the maximum capacity, print using a driver from Acrobat
Reader.
PDF print job ticket description error has occurred
When the customer uses applications such as "ContentsBridge2005", etc. to send PDF directly, the
machine received the print job ticket that was sent together with the PDF. However, the print job 016-753 PDF Password Mismatched
ticket data is either "Text that is not supported in this machine" or "Print instruction that is not sup- [Error Type]
ported in this machine". Job Fail
PDF Password Mismatched Request the Account Administrator for access to use the service.
[Detection Conditions] If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
When processing a PDF file that is protected by a password, the password in the UI panel settings OF-09 Common Job Fail
and the password specified using XPJL (set in the Contents Bridge Utility) do not match. 016-757 Auditron - Invalid User
Specify the correct password using the UI or the Contents Bridge. Job Fail
[Fault Content]
Auditron-Invalid User
016-754 PDF LZW Not Installed [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] The account has not been registered.
[Fault Content] Set a correct account and try again.
PDF LZW Not Installed If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
The PDF Bridge tried to process the PDF file compressed in LZW without the [Contents Bridge 016-758 Auditron - Disabled Function
Expansion Kit] installed.
[Error Type]
Job Fail
Install the "Contents Bridge Extension Kit". Or, print using a driver from Acrobat Reader.
[Fault Content]
Auditron-Disabled Function
016-755 PDF Print Prohibited
An illegal account was detected.
[Error Type]
Job Fail
1. Set the new function that is allowed for that account and try again.
[Fault Content] 2. Request the Account Administrator to add the rights.
PDF Print Prohibited
The system processed a PDF file prohibited for printing.
016-759 Auditron - Reached Limit
[Error Type]
Use Acrobat to clear the print prohibition setting and print the PDF file.
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
Auditron-Reached Limit
016-756 Auditron - Prohibit Service
[Error Type] The no. of registered users reached the limit.
Job Fail
[Fault Content] Request the Account Administrator to set the number of copies, etc.
Auditron-Prohibit Service
Illegal User Detected
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 016-xxx FIP

2-383
016-760 PS Decompose failure OF-09 Common Job Fail
[Error Type] 016-763 POP server is not found.

[Fault Content] job
[PS Decompose Error] [Fault Content]
An error occurred in Decompose processing. The machine cannot find the POP server (when trying to connect to it).
An error occurred in Decompose processing. (POPERR_SOCKET)
Resend the job. (If the problem persists, check the execution environment and data.) 1. Check the following to see if the POP server, which is a destination, and this machine can communi-
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. cate with each other on the nework.
OF-09 Common Job Fail • The server IP address is correct.
• The network cable is connected.
016-761 FIFO EMPTY
[Error Type] 016-764 SMTP Server Connect Error
[Image Output] [Fault Content]

FIFO EMPTY error The machine failed to connect to the SMTP server (when trying to do so).
Image enlargement error (FIFO EMPTY Error) The connection error with the SMTP Server was detected.
[Corrective Actions] SMTP Server Response Code: 421 or 451.
Print in the High Speed mode. If the problem persists, print in the Print Guaranteed mode. (Only for [Corrective Actions]
the machine with this mode.) 1. The machine failed to connect to the SMTP server.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. Wait for a while and repeat the operation.
OF-09 Common Job Fail If the situation does not improve, contact the network administrator for advice.
016-762 Print LANG Not Installed 016-765 SMTP Server HD Full
Job Fail Job Fail
[Decomposer does not exist] The SMTP Server HDD is full. (after connection to the server)
The system requested for functions (print language, print utility, etc.) that were not installed. (The [Detection Conditions]
Decomposer specified with PJL or Auto SW is not installed.)
The system detected that the SMTP Server HDD is full.
SMTP Server Response Code: 452
The print language is not installed. Contact the SMTP Server Administrator.
The system requested for functions (print language, print utility, etc.) that were not installed. Retrieve E-mails in the SMTP Server HD. Check the server capacity.
(The Decomposer specified with PJL or Auto SW is not installed.)
016-766 SMTP Server File System Error
Fix and select the decomposer from the Operation Panel or with a command.
[Error Type]
Job Fail
The memory capacity alloted by the SMTP server is exceeded. (after connection to the server) ESMTP Protocol "EHLO" Command Response Code: 502.
[Detection Conditions] Or, "DSN" does not appear in the "Supported Command List" received from the Server.
Any error with the SMTP Server File System was detected. [Corrective Actions]
SMTP Server Response Code: 552. 1. Contact the network administrator for advice and ensure that the SMTP server supports DSN.
[Corrective Actions] Or set Transmittal Confirmation to OFF and send the job.
Contact the SMTP Server Administrator. Review the server capacity limit setting. 016-770 The direct fax function is canceled by NVM.
016-767 Invalid E-mail Address [Error Type]
[Fault Content] Direct FAX job prohibition by the System Data Settings.
The SMTP server refused to accept the destination address. (after connection to the server) [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] Direct FAX job prohibition by the System Data Settings.
The system detected that the E-mail destination address is incorrect. [Corrective Actions]
SMTP Server Response Code: 550 or 551 or 553 To release the direct FAX job prohibition, set the target system to "0".
Check a specific mail address and set a proper one. Obtain the job logs (UI, Report, CWIS, SSMI applications).
If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it. 016-771 Scan Data Repository ERR (DNS address)
2.4 NET System Fault Check
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
016-768 Invalid Sender Address The Scanned Data Repository Address cannot be solved (Response to DNS Address).
Job Fail An error occurred while recalling the DNS Resolution Library.
The SMTP server refused to accept the sender address. (after connection to the server) Check the connection to the DNS. Or, check whether the Scan Data Repository domain name has
[Detection Conditions] been registered in the DNS.
An error was received from the SMTP Protocol "MAIL FROM:" command. If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.
1. The SMTP server refused to accept the sender address. 2.4 NET System Fault Check
Check that the sender address is correct. 2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
If the situation does not improve, contact the network administrator for advice. 016-772 Scan Data Repository ERR (DNS Library)
016-769 SMTP Server Unsupported DSN [Error Type]
[Fault Content] In trying to run a job using SMTP, the device found that the device had not been registered on the
DNS server. (before connection to the server)
The SMTP server does not support DSN. (after connection to the server)
An error occurred while recalling the DNS Resolution Library.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 016-xxx FIP

2-385

Set the DNS address. Or, set the Scan Data Repository address using IP address. Free up some HDD space and repeat the operation.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it. Retrieve each page from the EWS.
2.4 NET System Fault Check OF-02 HDD System Fail
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow 016-776 Image Convert ERR
016-773 Invalid IP Address [Error Type]
[Fault Content] <Image conversion error>
Local machine IP address failure (DHCP lease expired). An error that is not due to HDD access has occurred during image conversion process at the S-For-
[Detection Conditions] matter.
When connection fails, the valid flag of the resource IP address is "False". [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] <Image conversion error>
An error that is not due to HDD access has occurred during image conversion process at the S-For-
Check the DHCP environment. Or, set a fixed IP address in the machine.
matter.
1. If the failure occurred during Salutation/Fax to Email, obtain the pages one by one from the Mailbox
through a Web Browser and try again.
2. If the problem occurred when encrypting or specifying a signature using the "Default Certificate",
016-774 HD Full - Compression Convert • Check the validity of the certificate.
[Error Type] • Set the correct date and time on the machine.
Job Fail Try fetching by using the FAX forced polling.
[HDD Full at Compression type conversion] 2.4.5 Network Related Details Check Flow
HDD Full occurred when the S-Formatter did the compression type conversion of the JBIG com- 2.4.5.4 CenterWare Internet Service Failure Check Flow
pressed images into the MH system (partition #1). 016-777 HD Access ERR-Image Convert
Disk Full was detected when opening/writing file for Compression type conversion.
Job Fail
Free up some HDD space and repeat the operation. [Image Conversion Error]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. The HDD Access Error has occurred during image conversion process by S-Formatter.
016-775 HD Full - Image Convert An error other than Disk Full was detected when opening/reading/writing file for compression con-
[Error Type] version/image processing operation.
[Fault Content] Replace the HD and perform the operation again.
[Image Conversion Error] If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
Insufficient HDD capacity was detected during image conversion process by S-Formatter. OF-02 HDD System Fail
[Detection Conditions] 016-778 HD Full - Scan Image Convert
Disk Full was detected when opening/writing file for image processing operation.
Job Fail Job Fail
[Scanned Image Conversion Error] The machine cannot find the SMTP server (when trying to do so).
Insufficient HDD capacity was detected during scanned image conversion process in I-Formatter [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] Failed to connect to the SMTP mail server.
HDD Full was detected when opening/writing file for operation 1. The machine and server cannot communicate with each other at all.
[Corrective Actions] 2. After establishing connection between this machine and the server, it was detected that the
Free up some HDD space and scan again. hostname set in the machine is not of ASCII characters.
OF-02 HDD System Fail 1. Check the network cable for connection.
2. If the host name set up on this machine has non-ASCII letters, set a new host name using ASCII let-
016-779 Scan Image Conversion Error ters.
[Error Type] Log In/Out =>System Settings =>Network Settings =>Machine Mail Address/Host Name =>Host
Job Fail Name
[Fault Content] 3. Check that the server IP address is correct.
[Scanned Image Conversion Error] 016-782 Scan Server Login ERR
An error due to other causes than HDD Access has occurred during scanned image conversion pro- [Error Type]
cess in I-Formatter
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
An error was detected in the Image Conversion Library
<Server Login Error>
[Corrective Actions] A failure in logging in to the server to transfer a file to it.
Repeat the operation.
[APC4300G] If an error occurs when scanning a relatively large-size document such as A3 with
<FTP>
[Scan Resolution 600dpi] specified, reduce the scan resolution to 400dpi or less and operate again.
Failed to log into FTP server
<SMB>
Failed to log into SMB server.
016-780 HD Access ERR-Image Convert Also occurs in SMB when the network cable is disconnected
Job Fail
Perform the following procedures:
[Fault Content] 1. For SMB, first check the connection of the network cable. If that does not solve it, proceed as
[Scanned Image Conversion Error] follows.
A HDD access error was detected during scanned image conversion processing in I-Formatter 2. As EUC Code (Japanese) cannot be used in the hostname of the current specification, change
[Detection Conditions] it to English.
3. Register the job flow from EasyAdmin.
An error other than HDD Full was detected when opening/writing file for operation.
Now even if the hostname is in EUC Code (Japanese), transfer is possible.
4. Check the "Server Name/IP Address" at the address display.
Change the HD and try scanning again.
WinNT4.0: Because SMB transfer to WinNT4.0 is not possible with IP Address, change the
"Server Name/IP Address" to Hostname.
WinXP: Can SMB transfer normally even with IP Address.
016-781 Scan Server Connect ERR
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 016-xxx FIP
2-387
5. In the default settings of WinXP, empty password cannot be used for access though the net- [Corrective Actions]
work.
Perform the following procedures:
Change the WinXP settings to "Allow Empty Password Access" and operate again.
1. Check that there is "Write Authorization" in the server directory.
6. Set a login name and a password at the Destination Server.
2. Free some space on the server disk.
7. Make correct settings for the attributes of the Job Template file.
8. At the CW, set the same account as above as a resource in the client PC.
OF-13 016-782/016-784 Fail
OF-13 016-782/016/784 Fail
2.4.5.5 Scanner
2.4.5 Network Related Details Check Flow
Refer to CenterWare Scan Service Installation Guide.
2.4.5.4 CenterWare Internet Service
2.4.5.5 Scanner
016-785 Server HD Full
[Error Type]
016-783 Invalid Server Path
Job Fail
[Error Type]
[Fault Content]
Job Fail
<Server File Full in network transfer>
[Fault Content] When transferring a file to the server, the server file system becomes full.
<Server Path Error in network transfer>
When transferring a file to the server, a selected path is not found.
<FTP>
[Detection Conditions] FTP command "STOR" or write failure, when HDD Full was detected
<FTP> <SMB>
"CWD" command failure of output directory specified in DocumentPath attributes. Either the speci- Write error in the forwarding server, when HDD Full was detected
fied path does not exist, or no access right
<SMB>
Either the specified path does not exist, or no access right Perform the following procedures:
1. Check that there is "Write Authorization" in the server directory.
2. Free some space on the server disk.
1. Make correct settings for the attributes of the Job Template file.
2. Check the server path name set in the Job Template and set up again.
2.4.5.5 Scanner
2.4.5.5 Scanner
Refer to CenterWare Scan Service Installation Guide. 016-786 HD Full-Scan Write ERR
016-784 Server Write ERR [Error Type]
Job Fail
[Error Type]
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
<Internal HDD write error during scan>
[Fault Content]
Temporary file cannot be written to the Hard Disk during Scan to Server Hana/Oceans2/Imari: HD
<Server Write Error in network transfer>
Full
A failure in writing to the server to transfer a file to it.
[Detection Conditions] When performing the scan function, files cannot be written in the HDD.
<FTP>
FTP command "STOR" or write failure, outside of HDD Full
Take any one of the following actions:
<SMB>
– Turn the machine OFF then ON.
Write error in the forwarding server, outside of HDD Full
– If no paper remains in the tray of this machine, replenish the paper.
– If this occurs when sending e-mail, take any one of the following actions: 016-789 HD Full - Job Memory
– Reduce the resolution and re-send it.
[Error Type]
– Reduce the size and re-send it.
Job Fail
– Reduce the number of pages and separate the job into several batches when sending.
– Set [Output Color] to [Black] and re-send it.
[Fault Content]
Redirector Task Operational HDD Limit Overflow
OF-10 HDD Job Fail Redirector task operational HDD limit overflow was detected.
016-787 Invalid Server IP ADD [Corrective Actions]

[For E-mail Send]
[Error Type]
Use a lower resolution or reduce the size before sending.
Job Fail
Reduce the no. of pages to split the job into a few.
[Fault Content] Send with B/W Binary etc.
[JT Syntax Error during Scanning] If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.
This is a syntax error in the Job Template during Scan to FTP operation and limited to the following OF-09 Common Job Fail
cases (because of Redirector detection):
Incorrect Server IP Address (IP Syntax Error)
[Detection Conditions] 2.4.5.5 Scanner
A text with incorrect format has been entered as the IP address for Job Template settings.
016-790 Email fragment over
Specify the correct Job Template.
[Error Type]
job
1. Check the settings of Job Template.
[Fault Content]
016-788 Retrieve to Browser Failed
Email fragment quantity is over spec.
[Error Type]
Job Fail
In paginating and partial fragmenting of message, the qty of mail fragments per address exceeds
[Fault Content] system data "max fragment qty".
Retrieval failed at Scan to SMB (via Web Browser) [Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] Perform the following:
The job was aborted, canceled or timed out by the device, or the job was canceled by the client. 1. Reduce a send parameter of resolution (image-to-send quality) and resend the job.
2. Reduce a send parameter of magnification and resend the job. (A3 to A4, etc.)
[Corrective Actions] 3. Change ""max fragment qty"" to a larger value.
1. Reload the browser page and perform retrieval operation again. If the problem still persists, obtain logs (pfshowinfo8 log and network log) just after the occurrence of
2. Activate the browser again and perform retrieval operation again. it and contact the Support division for instructions.
3. Turn the device OFF then ON and perform retrieval operation again. 2.5.2 Logging/Extraction Tools Operational Instructions
Note that no actions are required if the job was canceled by a user. 016-791 File Retrieve Fail
4. Improve the connection status to a network. [Error Type]
5. Check whether there are problems such as duplicated IP addresses.
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
File Retrieve Fail
2.4.5.5 Scanner
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 016-xxx FIP

2-389

This error occurred during Scan to FTP/SMB, CWSS. Access to the transfer destination and job The MediaLib detected this error while performing the operation that requires access to Media.
template storage destination has failed. [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] Check that the Media is inserted.
Check the Server directory structure and files (for their existence, etc.) and the access rights for If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
both. Also, check whether access to the specified transfer destination server is available.
016-795 MediaReader:Format Error
2.4.5.5 Scanner [Error Type]
Job Fail
016-792 Specified Job Not Found
[Fault Content]
[Error Type]
[Media Reader] Format Error (occurs during job)
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
The MediaLib detected this error while performing the operation that requires access to Media.
Job Log for Specified Job ID does not exist
1. Check the contents in the Media from the PC. Check the file format/directory in the media and the
When printing the report for the job, the Job Log for the job specified in the Control Panel could not
selected mode (Digital Camera Print/Document Print), then make settings again.
be retrieved.
016-796 Document insert operation error
Job Fail
016-793 MF I/O HD Full
[Fault Content]
[Error Type]
[Media Reader] File Attribute Retrieval Error (occurs during job) - Job Abort for this Job only
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
[MFIO]
HD Full
1. Check the contents in the Media from the PC. Check whether the print file attribute data is displayed
[Detection Conditions] in the PC and make settings again.
The MF-IO Task detected HDD Full.
Delete the files in the HDD. Or, initialize the HD.
016-797 MediaReader:Image File Read Error
[Error Type]
OF-02 HDD System Fail Job Fail
[Fault Content]
016-794 MediaReader:Media No Insert
[Media Reader] Image File Retrieval Error (occurs during job) - Job Abort for this Job only
[Error Type]
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
[Media Reader] Media Not Inserted (occurs during job)
1. Check the contents in the Media from the PC. Check whether the print file images are displayed in
the PC and make settings again.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. 016-940 Duplex Mix Size NG
[Error Type]
016-798 No TrustMarking Option Operation Error
Job Fail 2-Sided Specified Mix Size NG
No TrustMarking Option Different size settings for side 1 and side 2 were detected after the job had started with 2-Sided Print
[Detection Conditions] specified.
A HDD unavailable error was returned when the Decomposer called the S-Image Library. [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] Specify the job to avoid the detection conditions.
Install the necessary options (HD). If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail
OF-09 Common Job Fail 016-941 Booklet Duplex Mix Size NG
OF-02 HDD System Fail [Error Type]
016-799 PLW Print Instruction Fail Operation Error
Job Fail Booklet Specified Mix Size NG
Print Instruction Fail Detected In PLW RAP Mixed size/direction set for the page with images was detected after the job had started with Booklet
[Detection Conditions] specified.
The specified print parameter is abnormal. [Corrective Actions]

[Corrective Actions] Specify the job to avoid the detection conditions.
Perform the job again. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail
OF-09 Common Job Fail 016-942 Page Delete Duplex Mix Size NG
2.4.4 Printing can be performed but abnormally [Error Type]
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow Operation Error
016-910 Required Resource Not Ready (IOTsc detect) [Fault Content]
[Error Type] Page Delete 2-Sided Mix Size NG
operation [Detection Conditions]
[Fault Content] Different size settings for side 1 and side 2 were detected after the pages with 2-Sided Print speci-
fied had been deleted.
Required Resource Not Ready
The paper and staples requested by the selected print parameters are not installed.
Install the paper or replace the paper and install the staples.
If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it. 016-943 Insert doc Duplex Mix Size NG
Operation Error
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 016-xxx FIP

2-391

Insert Document 2-Sided Mix Size NG Specify the job to avoid the detection conditions.
Different size settings for side 1 and side 2 were detected after the document and separators had OF-09 Common Job Fail
been inserted for the pages with 2-Sided Print specified. 016-947 APS No Destination Error
Operation Error
[Fault Content]
APS No Destination Error
016-944 Document merge NG [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] The system detected that no tray is loaded with paper for Auto Paper Selection after the job for
Operation Error which the paper for APS (Auto Paper Selection) was selected or APS was set has started.
Document Collate & Cover/Separator Document Attachment NG Specify the job to avoid the detection conditions.
The document collate setting for the pages including the cover with images or the document with OF-09 Common Job Fail
separators with Document Attachment specified was detected. 016-948 Small Book action NG
Specify the job to avoid the detection conditions. Operation Error
[Fault Content]
Booklet Selected Cover/Separator/Blank Paper NG
016-945 Insert doc Duplex print NG [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] The covers with images, separators, or blank pages were detected after the job had started with
Operation Error Booklet specified.
Insert Document 2-Sided Print NG Specify the job to avoid the detection conditions.
The documents that do not support 2-Sided Print has been inserted for the pages for 2-Sided Print. OF-09 Common Job Fail
[Corrective Actions] 016-949 Insert Mix doc NG
Specify the job to avoid the detection conditions. [Error Type]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. Operation Error
016-946 Insert doc NG Insert Document Different Size Attachment NG
Operation Error The document with a different size/orientation from the operated page was tried to be inserted for
[Fault Content] the job with Attachment specified.
Document Inserted into Cover/Separator NG [Corrective Actions]

[Detection Conditions] Specify the job to avoid the detection conditions.
A document or separator has been inserted between Cover pages or Separator pages.
016-981 HDD access error [Fault Content]
[Error Type] This is prepared for the user to interfere and cancel a copy/scan job when the log image storage
area on the disk becomes full with the level of ensuring creation set to "High."
Notice
[Fault Content]
With the system data "Level of Ensuring Log Image Creation" set to "High" the log image storage
When accessing it, the HD is detected being full
area on the disk becomes full (during processing a copy/scan job).
HDD Full was detected because Mailbox Scan, Fax Scan, Secure Print, Delay Print, Sample Print, Press the Cancel Job button to cancel the job.
or Scheduled Print was specified when the HDD partition/ide0c capacity is small.
Rerun the job.
– Print Job only prints the jobs stored in the HD, so this Fault does not occur for "Job Fail 16-
If the situation is the same despite some re-attempts, delete unnecessary documents saved in the
748".
device or change the level of ensuring creation (to Low). However, if the level is set to Low, log
[Corrective Actions] image creation cannot be ensured.
1. Split the job into pages in order to prevent FULL state. Reduce the resolution if possible.
016-985 Data size over flow (Scan to Email)
2. Delete documents that are no longer needed, such as: Mailbox documents, FAX Send Wait docu-
ments, Secure Print documents and Delayed Print documents. Make sure that there is space in the [Error Type]
HDD before re-scanning and re-printing. Notice Error
When the procedures above did not work, expand the HDD partition size for the corresponding service [Fault Content]
that needs it. Scan to E-mail Data Size Exceeded
If the problems persist, refer to the following procedures in sequence to repair it.
The size set in [E-mail Size Upper Limit] that is set from the Main Processor was exceeded.
OF-10 HDD Job Fail
016-982 HDD access error 2 Request to reduce the no. of documents, reduce the resolution, or increase the compression ratio if
[Error Type] the job is Multi-value scan.
Notice Error If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
When accessing it, the HD is detected being full.
HDD was determined to be full due to collate, stored or interrupted jobs.
Process or delete the jobs (documents) stored in the same HDD partition, and repeat the operation.
If the above procedures do not resolve the problem, expand the HDD partition size of the relevant
service.
016-983 Log Image Storage Area on Disk Full, with Level of
Ensuring Creation Set to "High"
[Type Error]
Notice
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 016-xxx FIP

2-393
018-400 IPSEC Error (Configuration Mismatch) [Fault Content]
[Error Type] A failure in communication with the SIP Registrar Server
Info [Detection Conditions]

[Fault Content] One of the following has caused a failure in registering info about the local machine with the SIP
Registrar Server.
IPSEC Error (setting mismatch)
• SIP Server Address info could not be obtained through DHCP or DHCPv6.
[Detection Conditions] • The machine could not communicate with the manually set-up SIP Registrar Server.
Although the IPSEC is enabled, the password is not set because "authentication method = [Pre- • The machine could not communicate with the SIP Registrar Server obtained through DHCP or
shared key]" or the IPSEC certificate is not set because "authentication method = [Digital Signa-
DHCPv6.
ture]".
• The machine could not communicate with the SIP Registrar Server.
Clear the IPSEC setting mismatch and enable the IPSEC again. Mismatched IPSEC settings: when
password is not set because "authentication method = [Pre-shared key]" or when IPSEC certificate • When “Method of Obtaining SIP Server Address" is set to DHCP or DHCPv6, check that this
machine can normally communicate with the DHCP Server or the DHCPv6 Server. Check that there
is not set because "authentication method = [Digital Signature]".
is no disconnected cable or switch/hub failure.
018-401 Incosistent SIP configuration • When “Method of Obtaining SIP Server Address" is set to DHCP or DHCPv6, check that the DHCP
[Error Type] Server or the DHCPv6 Server is active. Furthermore, check that the setting is made that enables
distribution of SIP Server Address.
info
• When "Method of Obtaining SIP Server Address" is manually set, check the set-up address is cor-
[Fault Content] rect. If the address is set using FQDN strings, set up the DNS Server in the way that enables DNS
An inconsistent SIP Server setting is detected. to properly solve an address problem.
[Detection Conditions] • When “Method of Obtaining SIP Server Address" is set to DHCP or DHCPv6, check that the SIP
One of the following has been detected: the "IP Operation Mode setting” and the "Method of Obtain- Server address that the DHCP Server or the DHCPv6 distributed is correct.
ing SIP Server Address setting” on the device are inconsistent with each other, or the "IP Operation • Check that this machine can normally communicate with the SIP Registrar Server. Check that there
Mode setting” and the "SIP Server Address setting” are inconsistent. is no disconnected cable or switch/hub failure.
[Corrective Actions] • Check that the SIP Registrar Server is active.
• When “IP Operation Mode” is set to IPv4 and "IP Address Obtainment Mode" is manually set, set 018-403 SIP registraion fail (authentication)
“Method of Obtaining SIP Server Address” to “manual”.
[Error Type]
• In any case except when “IP Operation Mode” is set to IPv4 and "IP Address Obtainment Mode" is
info
manually set, set “Method of Obtaining SIP Server Address” to “manual” or DHCP.
• When “IP Operation Mode” is set to IPv6, set "Method of Obtaining SIP Server Address” to “manual” [Fault Content]
or DHCPv6. A failure in registering with the SIP Registrar Server. (Authentication error)
• If “Method of Obtaining SIP Server Address” is set to “manual” and the address is set using FQDN [Detection Conditions]
strings, set up the DNS Server in the way that enables DNS to properly solve an address problem.
Authentication error. The registering of info about the local machine with the SIP Regisrtar Server
• When “IP Operation Mode” is set to IPv4 and “IP Address Obtainment Mode” is manually set, set up has failed.
SIP Server Address using an IPv4 address or FQDN strings.
• When “IP Operation Mode” is set to IPv6, set up SIP Server Address using an IPv6 address or
FQDN strings. When the SIP Registrar Server is set up in the way that requires it to authenticate a machine, set
the correct user name and password for authentication of this machine when registering it with the
• It is mandatory to set up Primary SIP Registrar Server Address and Primary SIP Proxy Server
SIP Registrar Server.
Address.
018-404 SIP registration fail(other)
018-402 SIP server communication fail
[Error Type]
[Error Type]
info
info
[Fault Content]
A failure in registering with the SIP Registrar Server. (an error under Other)
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 018-xxx FIP

2-395

An error under Other except an authentication error. The registering of info about the local machine When logging in to the SMB server, it was detected that the workstations that can log in during SMB
with the SIPRegisrtar Server has failed. Scan are limited.
Check that the SIP Registrar Server is set up in the way that enables it to receive info about this Check the properties information of the specified user and check whether the workstations that can
machine for registration. log in to the server are limited.
018-500 CA Message Receiver Boot Error(S_cert lost) If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has
occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
job
018-503 CA Message Receiver Timeout
[Fault Content]
An error in starting the server that receives a CA authentication message.
[Error Type]
job
The SSL server that is necessary for CA could not start because there was no server certificate or
[Fault Content]
private key at an attempt to start the device. CA Authentication Server timeout
Make the IOT and the Controller the same in agreement info. The device received a message from the CA server and was waiting for a JRM/UI judgment, but
received no response, and time has become out.
As there is no server certificate for the device, set up Server Certificate, or set the CA function to OFF.
If the problem persists, collect the pfshowinfo9 log and network log following 2.5.1 LOG immediately after [Corrective Actions]
the occurrence of the problem, and contact the support division for directions. Make the IOT and the Controller the same in agreement info.
2.5.1 LOG Due to some internal load of the device, response-to-CA Server time has become out. Retry the authen-
tication operation.
018-501 CA Server Connection Error
If the problem persists, collect the pfshowinfo9 log and network log following 2.5.1 LOG immediately after
[Error Type] the occurrence of the problem, and contact the support division for directions.
job 2.5.1 LOG
[Fault Content] 018-504 CA SessionID Mismatch
CA Authentication Server communication error
[Error Type]
[Detection Conditions] job
The device could not connect to the CA server when trying to do CA authentication. The device has
failed in communication.
[Fault Content]
CA Authentication SessionID error
Make the IOT and the Controller the same in agreement info.
In communication between the device and the CA server for authenticiation, a mismatch in Session
The device has failed in communicating with the CA server set up on the device. Check the address of
the CA server, or recheck the connection to the network. ID between both has occurred. (Communication error, internal error of the device, or wrong code)
If the problem persists, collect the pfshowinfo9 log and network log following 2.5.1 LOG immediately after [Corrective Actions]
the occurrence of the problem, and contact the support division for directions. Make the IOT and the Controller the same in agreement info.
2.5.1 LOG An error has occurred in the authentication operation between the CA server and the device. Retry the
authentication operation.
018-502 Login failure in SMB
[Error Type] 018-505 SMB-DOS protocol error 1-005
The workstations that can log in during SMB Scan are limited [Fault Content]
SMB User Authentication Failed/Unable to log into SMB Scanner
In SMB Authentication: Make the IOT and the Controller the same in agreement info.
– The user could not be identified because of his/her wrong user name or password. An error in the authentication operation between the CA server and the device has occurred. Retry the
– The time SMB Server tells differs from the time the machine tells. (This occurs under Windows authentication operation.
Server 2003) If the problem persists, collect the pfshowinfo9 log and network log following 2.5.1 LOG immediately after
In Scanner to SMB: the occurrence of the problem, and contact the support division for directions.
– When trying to send a scanned image, the user could not log in to the SMB server because of 2.5.1 LOG
his/her wrong user name or password. 018-507 CA Credential Error
– The time SMB Server tells differs from the time the machine tells. (This occurs under Windows
Server 2003)
[Error Type]
job
[The following applies to DMP6-2 and later products only.]
– The specified user name is not registered as a user that can use Share Windows. (MacOS X [Fault Content]
v10.4) CA Authentication User Authentication error
Take either of the following actions to resolve the problem. The CA Authentication Server requested an entry of user info, and the server determined that the
– Contact the network administrator for the correct user name or password. entered info was different.
– In the case of Windows Server 2003, synchronize the time SMB Server tells with the time this [Corrective Actions]
machine tells. Make the IOT and the Controller the same in agreement info.
NOTE: User authentication has failed. Either the entered user name or password is incorrect. Check for the cor-
There is no way to confirm Password. If the user forgets his/her password, he/she needs to set up a new rect user name and password and enter them.
password.
018-508 CA Server Fatal Error
This is how to reset Password:
1. On the domain controller for the active directory that has user info, select [Start] menu>[All Pro-
[Error Type]
grams]>[Management Tool]>[Active Directory Users and Computers]. job
2. From the left frame of the [Active Directory Users and Computers] window, select [Active [Fault Content]
Directory Users and Computers [Server]]>[Domain]>[Users], and list user information. CA Authentication Server fatal error
3. Right-click the target user on the right frame of the [Active Directory Users and Computers] [Detection Conditions]
window and select [Reset Password].
In process of CA authentication, the device has received a ServerException message from the CA
[The following applies to DMP6-2 and later products only.]
Authentication Server.
– Confirm users that are allowed to use Share Windows. (MacOS X v10.4)
This is how to confirm users.
Make the IOT and the Controller the same in agreement info.
1. From [Dock], start the [System Environment Settings] icon.
The device has received a Server Error message from the CA Authentication Server. Check the status of
2. On the [System Environment Settings] window, click the [Share] icon.
the CA server. Reboot it.
3. From the Select Service window, select “Share Windows” and click the [Account] button.
018-509 Template parameter conflict
018-506 CA FieldID Mismatch
[Error Type]
[Error Type] Job
job
[Fault Content]
[Fault Content] CUI Scan: An Invalid Job Template is Specified
CA Authentication FieldID error
[Detection Conditions] 1. During CUI scan, the machine received a Job request that comes specified with a nonexistent tem-
In communication between the device and the CA server, a mismatch in FieldID between both has plate name.
occurred. (Communication error, internal error of the device, or wrong code)
2. There is a Job Template attributes conflict.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 018-xxx FIP

2-397
3. The address of the server that stores the images is not set in the template. [Error Type]
[Corrective Actions] job
Check whether the settings in the job template are correct. For example, check for the following: [Fault Content]
– A setting that cannot be used in the device is set. A failure to connect to BMLinkS scan service
– The transfer repository is not set correctly. [Detection Conditions]
– A nonexistent template name is specified. The BMLinkS Server cannot be found.
If the problem persists, follow the logging procedures to obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and the network
log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the Support Department.
Check the state to see if the BMLinkS Services server, which is a destination, and this machine can
018-510 Host name solution error in BMLinkS communicate with each other via the network. For example, check the following:
[Error Type] – Search for the latest information and get it.
job – Check that the network cable is connected.
[Fault Content] – Check that BMLinkS Services, which is a destination, is active.
A failure to resolve a DNS host name problem in BMLinkS scan. If the problem persists, see the following to collect a info9 or xxx.tgz log and a network log and contact
the support division for instructions.
2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tools Functional Instructions
Before connecting to BMLinkS Services, the machine failed to resolve a BMLinkS Services server
name problem in trying to access DNS. 018-513 BMLinkS Service Not Found
Check the state to see if DNS can obtain the domain name or IP address. For example, check the job
following: [Fault Content]
– Search for the latest information and get it. BMLinkS scan service cannot be found.
– Check that the machine is connected to the DNS server.
– Check that the BMLinkS Storage Service server name or host name is registered on DNS.
http status 404 has been detected.
– Check that the DNS Server address is set up.
If the problem persists, see the following to collect a info9 or xxx.tgz log and a network log and contact
the support division for instructions. Use either of the following to resolve the problem.
2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tools Functional Instructions – Search for the latest information and get it.
– Check that BMLinkS Services, which is a destination, has started storage service for this user.
018-511 DNS server un-sets up in BMLinkS
[Error Type] the support division for instructions.
jobB 2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tools Functional Instructions
[Fault Content] 018-514 bmlinks access-right-violation
In MLinkS scan, it was found that the DNS server was not registered.
[Error Type]
Before connecting to BMLinkS Services, the machine detected that the DNS server had not been
registered.
[Fault Content]
A wrong right to access BMLinkS scan service
Set the DNS server address. Or using the IP address, set the address of BMLinkS Storage Ser-
vices, which is a transmission destination. For some reason, the corresponding error code was received from BMLinkS Services.
If the problem persists, see the following to collect a info9 or xxx.tgz log and a network log and contact [Corrective Actions]
the support division for instructions. Check that the login name (user name) and the password are correct.
2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tools Functional Instructions If the problem persists, see the following to collect a info9 or xxx.tgz log and a network log and contact
018-512 Service Connect error in BMLinkS the support division for instructions.
018-515 bmlinks storage-access-error [Corrective Actions]
[Error Type] Check the storage for space.
job
[Fault Content] 2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tools Functional Instructions
Error in access to BMLinkS Scan Service Storage
018-518 bmlinks operation-not-available
For some reason, the corresponding error code was received from BMLinkS Services.
[Error Type]
job
Use either of the following to resolve the problem.
[Fault Content]
– Check that the specified file name can be created in the storage. a temporary error with BMLinkS scan service
– Check that the specified file name is not used by another user. [Detection Conditions]
If the problem persists, see the following to collect a info9 or xxx.tgz log and a network log and contact For some reason, the corresponding error code was received from BMLinkS Services.
the support division for instructions. [Corrective Actions]
2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tools Functional Instructions After a while repeat the operation.
018-516 bmlinks unsupported-attribute If the problem persists, see the following to collect a info9 or xxx.tgz log and a network log and contact
[Error Type]
job
[Fault Content] 018-519 bmlinks unknown-error
An attribute of data to be saved in BMLinkS scan service is incorrect. [Error Type]
For some reason, the corresponding error code was received from BMLinkS Services . [Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions] an error with BMLinkS scan service
Use one of the following to resolve the problem. [Detection Conditions]

– If any letters used for the file name are found unavailable for BMLinkS storage service, change For some reason, the corresponding error code was received from BMLinkS Services.
them. [Corrective Actions]
– Check for the file or folder with the same name as the specified file name. Use either of the following to resolve the problem.
– Set the way of handling a duplicated file to “Overwrite and Save”. – Search for the latest information and get it.
– Shorten the name of the storage folder or file. – Check the state to see if the file can be written on the BMLinkS Services server.
If the problem persists, see the following to collect a info9 or xxx.tgz log and a network log and contact If the problem persists, see the following to collect a info9 or xxx.tgz log and a network log and contact
the support division for instructions. the support division for instructions.
2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tools Functional Instructions 2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tools Functional Instructions
018-517 bmlinks storage-full 018-520 Internal error in BMLinkS Scan
job job
The storage disk on BMLinkS scan service is full. After the machine connected to BMLinkS scan service, an internal error occurred or the machine
[Detection Conditions] received an unexpected response from the server.
For some reason, the corresponding error code was received from BMLinkS Services. [Detection Conditions]
An internal-processing error
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 018-xxx FIP

2-399
[Corrective Actions] If the problem persists, see the following to collect a info9 or xxx.tgz log and a network log and contact
the support division for instructions. 018-524 Invalid device network setting
2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tools Functional Instructions [Error Type]
018-521 request send failure in BMLinkS Job
job CUI Scan: Device Network Settings Error
When the machine was trying to connect to BMLinkS scan service, a network error occurred. 1. When DNS is not set in the device, the server name in the template is written as FQDN.
[Detection Conditions] 2. The port for the transfer protocol that is listed in the Job Template is not activated in the device (e.g.
SMB, FTP).
When a command was being sent to BMLinkS Services, a network error was detected.
Repeat the operation. Check whether the port and network related settings that are required to execute the scan job are
set properly in the device.
– Check whether the DNS server setting is correct.
– Check whether the port for the specified protocol is activate.
018-522 response receive failure in BMLinkS log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the Support Department.
[Error Type] 018-525 HDD full or HDD access error
job
[Error Type]
[Fault Content] Job
During a response was being made from BMLinkS scan service, a network error occurred.
[Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] CUI Scan: HDD-related Error during Processing of Job Template
When the machine was receiving a response to its request from BMLinkS Services, a network error
was detected.
1. During the CUI scan start process, the internal HDD is full (Job Template partition)
Or the machine received an unexpected response to its request.
2. During the CUI scan start process, an internal HDD failure was detected.
Wait for a while, then perform the same operation again. If the problem persists, perform the follow-
ing:
Check for HDD Full, or replace the HDD where the error had occurred.
018-523 image send failure in BMLinkS log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the Support Department.
[Error Type] 018-526 Rejected to be refresh
job
[Error Type]
[Fault Content] Job
When the machine was transferring an image to BMLinkS scan service, a network error occurred.
[Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] CUI Scan: Polling Job Template
During transfer of an image to BMLinkS Services, a network error was detected.
[Corrective Actions] A CUI scan start request was received when the Job Template is being polled.
[Corrective Actions] 018-530 Authentication error
Wait for a while, then perform the same operation again. [Error Type]
Job
[Fault Content]
018-527 JT Monitor Internal error Authentication/DV-related error during start-up of a CUI scan job.
Job
1. DV No. of Sheets Limitation, DV Color Mode Limitation, DV Service Use Limitation
[Fault Content] 2. Use of an unregistered card
CUI Scan: Internal Error Occurred when Processing Job Template 3. Job error when connecting to an external device or when obtaining authentication information
Job Template Monitor Internal Error Either perform the correct authentication operation or check the limitations (color mode, no. of
[Corrective Actions] sheets, services) that was set by the administrator. If the problem persists, follow the logging proce-
Repeat the operation. dures to obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and the network log immediately after the problem has
occurred and contact the Support Department.
log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the Support Department. 018-531 Failed to create a new job
018-528 Soap request error [Error Type]
[Error Type] Job
Job [Fault Content]

[Fault Content] Other errors during start-up of a CUI scan job.
CUI Scan: Soap Argument Error [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] Other JRM detection errors during start-up of a CUI scan job.
An invalid argument request was received from the SOAP client of custom service. [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] Repeat the operation.
Check whether the custom service settings are correct.
log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the Support Department. Also obtain 018-532 Too many jobs to create a new
the packets log between the custom service and the device. [Error Type]
018-529 Duplicate scan request Job
Job Failed to Create CUI Scan Job
CUI Scan: Duplication of Soap Job Startup Request 1. Excessive overlapping of network transferred Jobs (maximum is 3 simultaneous jobs)
[Detection Conditions] 2. There is insufficient internal source to create Jobs (system limit)
During the CUI scan start process that was received from the SOAP client of custom service, [Corrective Actions]
another CUI scan start request was received. Wait for a while, then perform the same operation again.
[Corrective Actions] If the problem persists, follow the logging procedures to obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and the network
Wait for a while, then perform the same operation again. log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the Support Department.
If the problem persists, follow the logging procedures to obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and the network 018-543 Shared name error in SMB server
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 018-xxx FIP

2-401

Job Fail Job Fail
Problem with the shared name of the SMB scan server HTTP Error - Invalid Script
When the machine logged in to the SMB server in Scan to SMB, the shared name on the SMB Due to some reason, the abnormal detection code "XRXERROR" was received from the HTTP
server was found having the following problems: server.
1. The shared name specified did not exist on the server. [Corrective Actions]
2. Prohibited letters were found used for the shared name specified. Perform the following.
[DMP6-2 and later products only] 1. Check that the drive and directory that are specified in the HTTP server that sends scanned
1. The user had no right to access the shared name specified. (MacOS X v10.2) documents are accessible.
[Corrective Actions] 2. Repeat the operation.
• Check the shared name specified and set the correct name. If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem
[DMP6-2 and later products only] has occurred and contact the support department for instructions.
• Check that the user has the right to access the shared name specified. (MacOS X v10.2) 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
This is how to check it: 018-557 HTTP Invalid char in filename

1. Log in as the specified user. [Error Type]
2. From [Dock], start the [Finder] icon. Job Fail
3. On the [Finder] window click the [Home] icon. [Fault Content]
4. From the [File] menu, select [View info].
HTTP File - Invalid Characters
5. Select [Proprietary Right and Access Right] and check that "Read/Write” is selected in the
[Access] box for the owner.
A file name that contains invalid characters was specified.
the support division for instructions. [Corrective Actions]
2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tools Functional Instructions Make sure that the file name that is specified in the scanned document destination does not contain
any invalid characters.
018-547 The number restriction over of SMB scan users
If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log immediately after the problem has occurred and
[Error Type] contact the support department for instructions.
[Fault Content] 018-558 HTTP file not found
The number of SMB Scan users has exceeded the limit
[Error Type]
When logging in to the SMB server, it was detected that the number SMB Scan users has exceeded
the limit.
[Fault Content]
The HTTP directory/file name does not exist.
1. Check the limit for the number of users that can connect to the shared folder.
Due to some reason, this code was received from the HTTP server.
2. Check whether the number of users who are concurrently using the server has exceeded the maxi-
mum number. [Corrective Actions]
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has Perform the following.
occurred and contact the Support G for instructions. 1. Check that the directory that is specified in the scanned document destination HTTP server
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation exists.
018-556 HTTP server script error 2. Check that the file name that is specified in the scanned document destination HTTP server
exists.
If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log immediately after the problem has occurred and – The host name is incorrect.
contact the support department for instructions. – The script storage is incorrect.
018-559 HTTP File duplication fail Perform the following.
[Error Type] 1. Check whether the scanned document destination HTTP server is accessible from the PC.
Job Fail 2. Check the name of scanned document destination HTTP server.
[Fault Content] 3. Check the server path name of scanned document destination HTTP server.
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log immediately after the problem has occurred and
File Name Conflict Stop
contact the Support G for instructions.
[Detection Conditions] 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
"Prohibit Overwrite" is selected for scan "File Name Conflict"
018-562 HTTP client error
When performing scan Jobs, set "File Name Conflict" to other than "Cancel Job".
[Error Type]
Job Fail
contact the support department for instructions. [Fault Content]
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation HTTP Response Client Error
018-560 HTTP server login fail [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] HTTP Status 4xx (other than 401 and 404) was received.

[Fault Content] Perform the following.
1. Check whether the scanned document destination HTTP server is accessible from the PC.
HTTP User Authentication Error
2. Check the server settings.
HTTP Status 401 was received.
contact the support department for instructions.
Perform the following.
018-563 HTTP server error
2. Check the login user name.
[Error Type]
Job Fail
3. Check the login password.
4. Check the name of scanned document destination HTTP server. [Fault Content]
5. Check the server path name of scanned document destination HTTP server. HTTP Response Server Error
If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log immediately after the problem has occurred and [Detection Conditions]
contact the support department for instructions. HTTP Status 5xx was received.
018-561 HTTP server not found Perform the following.
Job Fail 2. Check the server settings.
[Fault Content] If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has
occurred and contact the support department for instructions.
HTTP Error - Not Found
HTTP Status 404 was received.
018-564 Host name solution error in HTTP
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 018-xxx FIP

2-403
Job Fail If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem
has occurred and contact the support department for instructions.
[Fault Content]
Failed to Resolve Host Name in HTTP
[Detection Conditions] 018-567 HTTP server access fail
DNS resolution of the specified host name has failed. [Error Type]
Perform the following. [Fault Content]

– Check whether the scanned document destination HTTP server has been registered in the HTTP Error - Access Error
DNS. [Detection Conditions]
– Check whether it is connected to the DNS server. • Due to some reason, the communication was cut when reading.
– Check whether the DNS server address is set. • Due to some reason, the communication was cut when writing.
If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem • Due to some reason, the file close process has failed.
Check whether the scanned document destination HTTP server is accessible from the PC.
018-565 Proxy name solution error in HTTP If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has
[Error Type] occurred and contact the support department for instructions.
[Fault Content] 018-568 HTTP server SSL access fail
Failed to Resolve Proxy Name Error in HTTP [Error Type]
DNS resolution of the proxy server name that is set in the device has failed. [Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions] HTTP Error - Abnormal SSL Connection
Perform the following. [Detection Conditions]
– Check whether the proxy server name that is set in the device has been registered in the DNS. An error has occurred during SSL/TLS connection
– Check whether it is connected to the DNS server. [Corrective Actions]
– Check whether the DNS server address is set.
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has
2. Check whether the SSL setting of the scanned document destination HTTP server is valid.
3. Check the name of scanned document destination HTTP server.
018-566 Server Connect error in HTTP 4. Check the server path name of scanned document destination HTTP server.
[Error Type] If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem
Job Fail has occurred and contact the support department for instructions.
[Fault Content] 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
HTTP Error - Connection Error 018-569 HTTP server certificate fail
Failed to connect to the HTTP server. Job Fail
Perform the following. HTTP Error - Invalid Certificate
1. Check the network cable of the device.
There is a problem with SSL certificate of the server. An internal error has occurred.
Perform the following. Repeat the operation.
1. Check whether the scanned document destination HTTP server is accessible from the PC. If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem
2. Check whether the SSL server certificate of the scanned document destination HTTP server is has occurred and contact the support department for instructions.
registered in the device. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
3. Check whether the SSL server certificate of the scanned document destination HTTP server is 018-572 Invalid char in context
valid.
For example, check the following:
[Error Type]
– The certificate has not expired yet. Job Fail
– The time that is set in the device is correct. [Fault Content]

– It is not in the discard list. Invalid Netware Context Characters
– The certificate path of the SSL server certificate and import any necessary CA certificate. [Detection Conditions]
4. If the certificate is not registered in the scanned document destination HTTP server, disable A context name that contains invalid characters was specified.
the device certificate validation. [Corrective Actions]
If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem
Check whether the specified context name is correct.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation contact the support department for instructions.
018-570 HTTP certificate fail 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
[Error Type] 018-573 Invalid char in server
HTTP Error - Invalid Client Certificate [Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] Netware Error/Invalid Tree Characters
A client certificate authentication error has occurred in the HTML server. [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] A connection name that contains invalid characters was specified.
Perform the following. [Corrective Actions]
1. Check whether the scanned document destination HTTP server is accessible from the PC. Check whether the specified connection name is correct.
2. Check whether the SSL client certificate is set correctly in the device. If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log immediately after the problem has occurred and
3. Check whether a valid device certificate is registered in the scanned document destination contact the support department for instructions.
HTTP server.
has occurred and contact the support department for instructions. 018-574 Invalid char in volume
018-571 Internal error in Scan Job Fail

Invalid Netware Volume Characters
Job Fail
Scan Network Sending Software Internal Error A volume name that contains invalid characters was specified.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 018-xxx FIP

2-405

Check whether the specified volume name is correct. 018-578 Nw server not found
If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log immediately after the problem has occurred and [Error Type]
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
018-575 Invalid char in login Netware Error - Connection Error
Job Fail
A nonexistent server/tree was specified.
Invalid Netware Login Perform the following.
[Detection Conditions] 1. Check the network cable of the device.
A user name or password that contains invalid characters was specified. 2. Check whether the NetWare server is accessible from the PC.
[Corrective Actions] 3. Check the server name/tree name.
Check whether the specified user name/password is correct. 4. Execute DSREPAIR from the Server Console of the NetWare server.
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log immediately after the problem has occurred and If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has
contact the Support G for instructions. occurred and contact the support department for instructions.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
018-576 Invalid char in path 018-579 Nw server disk full
Job Fail Job Fail
Invalid Netware Path Characters Netware Error - Hard Disk Full
A path name that contains invalid characters was specified There is insufficient free space in the Netware server.
Check whether the specified path name is correct. Perform the following.
If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log immediately after the problem has occurred and 1. Check whether the NetWare server is accessible from the PC.
contact the support department for instructions. 2. Check the capacity of the data storage server.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation 3. Execute DSREPAIR from the Server Console of the NetWare server.
018-577 Invalid char in file If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem
[Error Type]
Job Fail
[Fault Content] 018-580 Netware invalid volume
Invalid Netware File Name Characters [Error Type]
A file name that contains invalid characters was specified. [Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions] Netware Error - Volume Does Not Exist.
Check whether the specified file name is correct. [Detection Conditions]

If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log immediately after the problem has occurred and A nonexistent volume name was specified.
[Corrective Actions] 2. Check the rights of the User.
Perform the following. Example:
1. Check whether the NetWare server is accessible from the PC. Check if the user has the right to open the file.
2. Check the volume name. Check if the user has the right to create the file.
3. Execute DSREPAIR from the Server Console of the NetWare server. Check if the user has the right to access the directory.
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has Check if the user has the right to read the file.
occurred and contact the support department for instructions. Check if the user has the right to write to the file.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation Check if the user has the right to delete the file/directory.
018-581 Netware invalid path 3. Execute DSREPAIR from the Server Console of the NetWare server.
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
018-583 Nw server disk error
Netware Error - Path Does Not Exist.
[Error Type]
Job Fail
A nonexistent directory path was specified.
[Fault Content]
Netware Error - Disk Access Error
1. Check whether the NetWare server is accessible from the PC.
2. Check the directory path name. A failure has occurred in the Netware server disk.
3. Execute DSREPAIR from the Server Console of the NetWare server. [Corrective Actions]
If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem Perform the following.
has occurred and contact the support department for instructions. 1. Check the HDD of the Netware server.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation 2. Check whether the NetWare server is accessible from the PC.
018-582 Access right fail 3. Execute DSREPAIR from the Server Console of the NetWare server.
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
018-584 Nw server access fail
Netware Resources Access Rights Verification
[Error Type]
Job Fail
• The User who is already logged in does not have the right to open the file.
• The User who is already logged in does not have the right to create the file.
[Fault Content]
Netware Error - Access Error
• The User who is already logged in does not have the right to access the directory.
• The User who is already logged in does not have the right to read the file. [Detection Conditions]
• The User who is already logged in does not have the right to write to the file. • Due to some reason, the communication was cut when reading.
• The User who is already logged in does not have the right to delete the directory/file. • Due to some reason, the communication was cut when writing.
• Although all the specified directories/files are read-only, a deletion request was issued. • Due to some reason, the file close process has failed.
• Although some of the specified directories/files are read-only, a deletion request was issued. [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] Perform the following.
Perform the following. 1. Check whether the NetWare server is accessible from the PC.
1. Check whether the NetWare server is accessible from the PC. 2. Execute DSREPAIR from the Server Console of the NetWare server.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 018-xxx FIP

2-407
If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem 018-587 File duplication fail
[Error Type]
Job Fail
018-585 Netware error in use
[Fault Content]
[Error Type] File Name Conflict Stop
Job Fail
[Fault Content] "Prohibit Overwrite" is selected for scan "File Name Conflict"
Netware Currently In Use by Other Users
[Detection Conditions] Set "File Name Conflict" to other than "Cancel Job".
• Write is locked because netware is being referenced by another user, etc. If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has
• Although some of the specified directories/files are being used by other users, a deletion request occurred and contact the support department for instructions.
was issued.
• Although all the specified directories/files are being used by other users, a deletion request was
issued. 018-588 Scan filing policy invalid
Perform the following. Job Fail
1. Check whether the NetWare server is accessible from the PC. [Fault Content]
2. Check the current usage status of other users. Invalid Filing Policy
3. Execute DSREPAIR from the Server Console of the NetWare server. [Detection Conditions]
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has Invalid filing policy (when additional items are selected) was detected after connecting with the
occurred and contact the support department for instructions. server.
018-586 Netware login fail When "Add" is selected for "File Name Conflict", check that the file format is not set to Multi-page.
[Error Type] If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
Netware Server Login Error 018-589 NEXTNAME.DAT error
The Netware server has refused the login. Job Fail
Perform the following. NEXTNAMEDAT File Access Error
1. Check whether the NetWare server is accessible from the PC. [Detection Conditions]
2. Check the login user name. Failed to access the NEXTNAME.DAT file.
3. Check the login password. [Corrective Actions]
4. Check the volume name. When "Add" is selected for "File Name Conflict", check that the NEXTNAME.DAT file is correct.
5. Check the server name/tree name. If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem
6. Check the context name. has occurred and contact the support department for instructions.
7. Execute DSREPAIR from the Server Console of the NetWare server. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem 018-590 Same name exists
[Error Type]
Job Fail
[Fault Content] 018-593 lock folder delete fail
Process stopped because a file with the same name already exists [Error Type]
A File/folder with the same name was detected in the server. [Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions] Scan Lock Folder Deletion Failed
Perform the following. [Detection Conditions]
1. Perform the same operation again without multiple machines accessing the same folder in the
Failed to delete the scan lock folder.
same server.
occurred and contact the support department for instructions. If a lock directory (*.LCK) remained in the transfer destination, delete it manually and retry the job.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem
018-591 File name suffix limit over 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
[Error Type]
018-595 LDAP protocol error 595
Job Fail
[Error Type]
[Fault Content]
Job Fail
The Scan File Name has exceeded the Suffix Limit Value
[Fault Content]
Duplicate IDs were detected at ICCG external authentication (LDAP protocol)
When determining the file/folder name in the server after connecting to the server, the suffix of the
file name/folder name has exceeded the limit. [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] Two or more entries that have the same information as the currently used IC card were found in the
database of the LDAP server.
Change the file name/destination folder on the scan server. Else, move or delete the files in the des-
tination folder. [Corrective Actions]
If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem Make corrections so that the user entries in the database of the LDAP server do not have the same
has occurred and contact the support department for instructions. IC card information.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has
018-592 lock folder create fail 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
[Error Type]
Job Fail
[Error Type]
[Fault Content]
job
Scan Lock Folder Creation Failed
[Fault Content]
An undefined protocol error, and other errors with LDAP Protocol
Failed to create the scan lock folder.
1. An error except 018-595 occurred with the certified LDAP protocol (ProtocolCategory=7).
2. The protocol category with which to fill in Coml_Fault_GetNETCeCode( ) is an unexpected one.
1. If a lock directory (*.LCK) remained in the transfer destination, delete it manually and retry the
job. *FTP/HTTP was specified, or a category that is larger than LDAP_NETAUTH(=7) was specified. (DMP6-
2)
2. Check whether there is a folder that has the same name as the specified name.
occurred and contact the support department for instructions. Repeat the operation.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 018-xxx FIP

2-409
2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tools Functional Instructions If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
018-701 LDAP protocol error 01 2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"
[Error Type] 018-704 LDAP protocol error 04

LDAP protocol error 01 at Address Book operation (operation error) [Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] LDAP protocol error 04 at Address Book operation (too many search results to be processed)
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "1" (operation error) in response to the [Detection Conditions]
Address Book inquiry. The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "4" (too many search results to be pro-
[Corrective Actions] cessed) in response to the Address Book inquiry.
Check that the "LDAP Server/Directory Service Settings" of the "External Authentication Server/ [Corrective Actions]
Directory Service Settings" of the machine is set correctly. Correct the search conditions/search start position with regard to the Address Book internal data,
Or, a problem has occurred at the Server side. Please check with the Network Administrator. focus the search target and search again.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. If the problem reoccurs even after that, consult with the Network Administrator.
2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC" If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.

LDAP protocol error 02 at Address Book operation (protocol error) [Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] LDAP protocol error 05 at Address Book operation (comparison request result is false)
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "2" (protocol error) in response to the [Detection Conditions]
Address Book inquiry. The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "5" (comparison request result is false) in
[Corrective Actions] response to the Address Book inquiry.
Consult with the Network Administrator, correct the Server settings and operate again. [Corrective Actions]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. It is possible to output a result that is different from the specified content. Consult with the Network
2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC" Administrator to check the status of the LDAP Server.
2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"
[Error Type]
Job Fail
Job Fail
LDAP protocol error 03 at Address Book operation
(search timeout) [Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] LDAP protocol error 06 at Address Book operation (comparison request result is true)
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "3" (search time is timed out) in response [Detection Conditions]
to the Address Book inquiry. The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "6" (comparison request result is true) in
[Corrective Actions] response to the Address Book inquiry.
Correct the search conditions/search start position with regard to the Address Book internal data, [Corrective Actions]
focus the search target and search again. This is not an error message as it just means that "the output result is as specified".
If the problem reoccurs even after that, consult with the Network Administrator. Turn the power OFF then ON.
2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC" 2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"
018-707 LDAP protocol error 07 018-711 LDAP protocol error 11
Job Fail Job Fail
LDAP protocol error 07 at Address Book operation (the specified authentication method is not sup- LDAP protocol error 11 at Address Book operation (admin limit is exceeded)
ported) [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "11" (admin limit is exceeded) in
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "7" (the specified authentication method response to the Address Book inquiry.
is not supported) in response to the Address Book inquiry. [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status of the Server operation.
The specified authentication method is not supported. Change the authentication method. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
Consult with the Network Administrator to correct the authentication settings. 2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"
[Error Type]
018-708 LDAP protocol error 08 Job Fail
Job Fail LDAP protocol error 12 at Address Book operation (extended function cannot be used)
LDAP protocol error 08 at Address Book operation (strong authentication is required)
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "12" (extended function cannot be used)
[Detection Conditions] in response to the Address Book inquiry.
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "8" (strong authentication is required) in [Corrective Actions]
response to the Address Book inquiry.
Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status of the Server operation.
Check that there are no mistakes in the authentication settings. Consult with the Network Adminis- 2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"
trator to strengthen the authentication settings and operate again.
2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC" [Error Type]
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
[Error Type]
LDAP protocol error 13 at Address Book operation (secrecy is required)
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "13" (secrecy is required) in response to
LDAP protocol error 10 at Address Book operation (not registered in search range)
the Address Book inquiry.
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "10" (referral (intro, ref)) in response to Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status of the Server operation.
the Address Book inquiry.
[Corrective Actions] 2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"
Nothing is registered in the specified search range. Consult with the Network Administrator to check
the status of the authentication settings. 018-714 LDAP protocol error 14
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 018-xxx FIP
2-411

Job Fail Job Fail
LDAP protocol error 14 at Address Book operation (SASL bind in progress) LDAP protocol error 18 at Address Book operation (unsuitable combination)
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "14" (SASL bind in progress) in response The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "18" (unsuitable combination) in
to the Address Book inquiry. response to the Address Book inquiry.
Please wait for a while and operate again. If the situation did not improve, consult with the Network An attribute problem as occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the
Administrator. Server side.
Job Fail Job Fail
LDAP protocol error 16 at Address Book operation (the requested attribute does not exist) LDAP protocol error 19 at Address Book operation (limit violation)
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "16" (the requested attribute does not The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "19" (limit violation) in response to the
exist) in response to the Address Book inquiry. Address Book inquiry.
An attribute problem as occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the An attribute problem as occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the
Server side. Server side.
Job Fail Job Fail
LDAP protocol error 17 at Address Book operation (the specified attribute is not defined) LDAP protocol error 20 at Address Book operation (the specified attribute already exists)
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "17" (the specified attribute is not The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "20" (the specified attribute already
defined) in response to the Address Book inquiry. exists) in response to the Address Book inquiry.
An attribute problem as occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the An attribute problem as occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the
Server side. Server side.
018-718 LDAP protocol error18 018-721 LDAP protocol error 21
Job Fail The certificate in the user SmartCard is incorrect (rejected by the Kerbeors Server).
LDAP protocol error 21 at Address Book operation (syntax error of the specified attribute value) Check if the certificate in the user SmartCard is valid. If it has become invalid or expired, renew it, or
[Detection Conditions] if the Kerberos server prohibits the use of the certificate, it is necessary to ask the server administra-
tor to make the server permit it.
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "21" (syntax error of the specified
attribute value) in response to the Address Book inquiry. 018-728 Kerberos Attestation protocol error 72
An attribute problem as occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the job
Server side. [Fault Content]
Kerberos Authentication Protocol error (72)
018-725 Kerberos Attestation protocol error 22 The Kerbeors Server KDC certificate is incorrect. (The root CA certificate is not registered with the
[Error Type] device; the KDC certificate has expired; or the KDC certificate address is different from that written
on the certificate.)
job
Kerberos Authentication Protocol error (22) 1. Check if the root CA certificate of KDC Certificate is registered with the device. If not, register the
root CA certificate.
[Detection Conditions] 2. If the KDC certificate has expired, renew the Kerbeors Server KDC certificate .
The user Kerberos password has expired. 3. Check that the Kerberos Server address set on the device is the same as that written on the Kerbe-
[Corrective Actions] ors Server KDC certificate. If they are different, change the Kerbeors Server address set on the
As the user Kerbeors password set on the Kerbeors server has expired, it is necessary to ask the device, or check the Kerbeors Server KDC certificate. In this case, there is a possibility of a wrong
server administrator to extend the expiration date of it. setting or Kerbeors Server impersonation.
018-726 Kerberos Attestation protocol error 70 018-732 LDAP protocol error 32

job Job Fail
Kerberos Authentication Protocol error (70) LDAP protocol error 32 at Address Book operation (applicable object does not exist)
A higher CA certificate in the user SmartCard is not registered with the device. The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "32" (applicable object does not exist) in
Check if a higher CA certificate in the user SmartCard is registered with the device. If not, register it
with the device. "32" the applicable e-mail address does not exist.
The status is that in Kerberos authentication (PKINIT), the device cannot send the certificate path for Either re-input the correct e-mail address or check the e-mail addresses that are registered in the Server.
user certificate to the Kerbeors Server (KDC). If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
018-727 Kerberos Attestation protocol error 71 2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"

job [Error Type]
Kerberos Authentication Protocol error (71)
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 018-xxx FIP

2-413

LDAP protocol error 33 at Address Book operation (wrong alias) LDAP protocol error 36 at Address Book operation (cannot refer to alias)
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "33" (wrong alias) in response to the The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "36" (cannot refer to alias) in response to
Address Book inquiry. the Address Book inquiry.
A name related problem has occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at A name related problem has occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at
the Server side. the Server side.
Job Fail Job Fail
LDAP protocol error 34 at Address Book operation (wrong DN form, wrong password) LDAP protocol error 48 at Address Book operation (authentication denied)
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "34" (wrong DN form) in response to the The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "48" (authentication denied) in response
Address Book inquiry. to the Address Book inquiry.
A name related problem has occurred. A security related problem has occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the
Check the User Name and the Password again and release the incorrect Password Name. authentication settings at the Server side.
If it did not improve, consult with the Network Administrator to check the authentication settings at the If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
Server side. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the Server side. 2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. 018-749 LDAP protocol error 49
[Error Type]
018-735 LDAP protocol error 35 Job Fail
Job Fail LDAP protocol error 49 at Address Book operation (the specified authentication certificate is invalid,
[Fault Content] login name is invalid)
LDAP protocol error 35 at Address Book operation (object is terminated) [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "49" (the specified authentication certifi-
cate is invalid) in response to the Address Book inquiry.
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "35" (object is terminated) in response to
the Address Book inquiry. Address search was performed when incorrect User Name and Password was used for authentication.
A name related problem has occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at A security related problem has occurred.
the Server side. Check the User Name and the Password used for authentication again and release the incorrect search
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. login name.
2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC" If it did not improve, consult with the Network Administrator to check the authentication settings at the
Server side.
018-736 LDAP protocol error 36 If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
[Error Type] 2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"
Job Fail
Job Fail Job Fail
LDAP protocol error 49 at Address Book operation (the specified authentication certificate is invalid, LDAP protocol error 53 at Address Book operation (execution denied)
login name is invalid) [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "53" (execution denied) in response to
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "50" (user does not have access privi- the Address Book inquiry.
leges) in response to the Address Book inquiry. [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] A service related problem has occurred. Please wait for a while and operate again. If the situation
A security related problem has occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the did not improve, consult with the Network Administrator.
access rights at the Server side. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. 2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"
018-751 LDAP protocol error 51 [Error Type]
[Fault Content] LDAP protocol error 54 at Address Book operation (loop detected)
LDAP protocol error 51 at Address Book operation (busy) [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "54" (loop detected) in response to the
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "51" (busy) in response to the Address Address Book inquiry.
Book inquiry. [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] A service related problem has occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status
A service related problem has occurred. Please wait for a while and operate again. If the situation of the service operation at the Server side.
did not improve, consult with the Network Administrator. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
018-752 LDAP protocol error 52 [Error Type]
[Fault Content] LDAP protocol error 64 at Address Book operation (naming violation)
LDAP protocol error 52 at Address Book operation (cannot be processed) [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "64" (naming violation) in response to
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "52" (cannot be processed) in response the Address Book inquiry.
to the Address Book inquiry. [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] An update related problem has occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status
A service related problem has occurred. Please wait for a while and operate again. If the situation at the Server side.
did not improve, consult with the Network Administrator. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 018-xxx FIP

2-415

Job Fail Job Fail
LDAP protocol error 65 at Address Book operation (object class specification error) LDAP protocol error 68 at Address Book operation (the specified entry already exists)
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "65" (object class specification error) in The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "68" (the specified entry already exists)
response to the Address Book inquiry. in response to the Address Book inquiry.
An update related problem has occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status An update related problem has occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status
at the Server side. at the Server side.
Job Fail Job Fail
LDAP protocol error 66 at Address Book operation (entries other than termination cannot be exe- LDAP protocol error 69 at Address Book operation (object class cannot be changed)
cuted) [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] LDAP protocol error 69 at Address Book operation (object class cannot be changed)
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "66" (entries other than termination can- [Corrective Actions]
not be executed) in response to the Address Book inquiry.
An update related problem has occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status
[Corrective Actions] at the Server side.
An update related problem has occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
at the Server side.
[Error Type]
Job Fail
[Error Type]
[Fault Content]
Job Fail
LDAP protocol error 70 at Address Book operation
[Fault Content] (search target is too large)
LDAP protocol error 67 at Address Book operation (cannot be executed at RDN)
[Detection Conditions] The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "70" (search result is too large) in
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "67" (cannot be executed at RDN) in response to the Address Book inquiry.
[Corrective Actions] Correct the search conditions/search start position with regard to the Address Book internal data,
An update related problem has occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status focus the search target and search again.
at the Server side.
If the problem reoccurs even after that, consult with the Network Administrator.

LDAP protocol error 71 at Address Book operation (influence on multiple DSA) [Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] LDAP protocol error 82 at Address Book operation (program error or SASL authentication error)
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "71" (influence on multiple DSA) in [Detection Conditions]
response to the Address Book inquiry. The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "82" (program error or SASL authentica-
[Corrective Actions] tion error) in response to the Address Book inquiry.
Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the Server side. [Corrective Actions]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the Server side.

LDAP protocol error 80 at Address Book operation (an unknown error has occurred) [Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] LDAP protocol error 83 at Address Book operation (outgoing message encoding error)
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "80" (an unknown error has occurred) in [Detection Conditions]
response to the Address Book inquiry. The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "83" (outgoing message encoding error)
[Corrective Actions] in response to the Address Book inquiry.
Check the status of the server. [Corrective Actions]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the Server side.

LDAP protocol error 81 at Address Book operation [Fault Content]
(cannot connect to Server) LDAP protocol error 84 at Address Book operation (incoming message decoding error)
Cannot connect to Server In response to the Address Book inquiry The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "84" (incoming message decoding error)
[Corrective Actions] in response to the Address Book inquiry.
1. Check if the network cable is connected. [Corrective Actions]

2. If it is connected, check the start up state of the target request server. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the Server side.
3. Check that the Server Name is correct at "System Settings" - "Network Settings" - "External Authen- If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
tication Server/Directory Service Settings" - "LDAP Server/Directory Service Settings", and set it to 2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"
the correct name.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 018-xxx FIP

2-417

Job Fail Job Fail
LDAP protocol error 85 at Address Book operation LDAP protocol error 88 at Address Book operation (instruction canceled)
(search timeout) [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "88" (instruction canceled) in response to
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "85" (search time is timed out) in the Address Book inquiry.
response to the Address Book inquiry. [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] Check the status of the server.
Correct the search conditions/search start position with regard to the Address Book internal data, If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
focus the search target and search again. 2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"
If the problem reoccurs even after that, consult with the Network Administrator.
[Error Type]
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
[Error Type] LDAP protocol error 89 at Address Book operation (an incorrect parameter was passed)
Job Fail
[Fault Content] The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "89" (an incorrect parameter was
LDAP protocol error 86 at Address Book operation (an unknown authentication method has been passed) in response to the Address Book inquiry.
specified)
[Detection Conditions] Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the Server side.
LDAP protocol error 86 at Address Book operation (an unknown authentication method has been
specified)
Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the Server side.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. [Error Type]
2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC" Job Fail
018-787 LDAP protocol error 87 [Fault Content]

LDAP protocol error 90 at Address Book operation (insufficient memory)
[Error Type]
Job Fail
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "90" (insufficient memory) in response to
[Fault Content] the Address Book inquiry.
LDAP protocol error 87 at Address Book operation (mistake in definition of search filter)
[Detection Conditions] Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the Server side.
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "87" (mistake in definition of search filter)
in response to the Address Book inquiry.
Check the search condition and consult with the Network Administrator if that did not work.
2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC" Job Fail

LDAP protocol error 91 at Address Book operation (Server connection prohibited)
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "91" (Server connection prohibited) in Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the Server side.
response to the Address Book inquiry. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the Server side. 018-795 LDAP protocol error 95
[Error Type]
Job Fail
[Error Type] LDAP protocol error 95 at Address Book operation (result still exist)
[Fault Content] The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "95" (result still exist) in response to the
LDAP protocol error 92 at Address Book operation (unsupported function) Address Book inquiry.
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "92" (unsupported function) in response Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the Server side.
to the Address Book inquiry. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
[Error Type]
Job Fail
[Error Type] LDAP protocol error 96 at Address Book operation (client loop detected)
[Fault Content] The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "96" (client loop detected) in response to
LDAP protocol error 93 at Address Book operation (result is not returned) the Address Book inquiry.
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "93" (result is not returned) in response Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the Server side.
to the Address Book inquiry. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
[Error Type]
Job Fail
[Error Type] LDAP protocol error 97 at Address Book operation (maximum hop number for reference is
Job Fail exceeded)
LDAP protocol error 94 at Address Book operation (result no longer exist) The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "97" (maximum hop number for refer-
[Detection Conditions] ence is exceeded) in response to the Address Book inquiry.
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "94" (result no longer exist) in response [Corrective Actions]
to the Address Book inquiry. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the Server side.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 018-xxx FIP

2-419

021-210 USB IC Card Reader connection error – In case the accessory connected through USB has finished preparing for operation, but the
device cannot communicate with the accessory:
[Error Type] -> This is different from the two cases described earlier:
Local Fail
– The accessory connected through USB is out of order.
[Fault Content] – As it is thought that there is a problem such as a mismatch between the USB-connected
USB IC Card Reader Connection Status Error accessory and the lodable module for accessory control, it is necessary to isolate the phenom-
[Detection Conditions] enon.
Detection Condition of Fault: When powering ON the device, the EPA Lib/EP Cont detected that the 021-360 EP Accessory Fail
setting requires a USB IC Card to control jobs and that the USB IC Card is not connected. When the [Error Type]
device is in Ready state, the EPA Lib/EP Cont detected that the setting requires a USB IC Card to
System Fail
control jobs and that the USB is disconnected or the USB IC Card Reader is malfunctioning.
If the USB connector is disconnected: Reconnect the disconnected USB connector and turn the EP Accessory Fail
power OFF then ON. [Detection Conditions]
If this fault occurred although the USB IC Card Reader is connected: Connect an undamaged USB An error occurred in the connection to the EP accessory. The accessory that should be installed is
IC Card Reader and turn the power OFF then ON. not found.
021-211 USB IC Card Reader broken [Corrective Actions]
1. Check the connection to the EP accessory, pull out and insert the EPSV Board and replace the
local
cable.
[Fault Content] 2. Check that the Controller software is the latest version.
The USB IC Card Reader is broken.
3. If the problem persists, replace the EPSV-IF PWB.
[Detection Conditions] 4. If the trouble persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
It has been detected that the USB IC Card Reader, which is unbroken, is broken. OF-01 Common System Fail
[Corrective Actions] 021-361 EP Accessory Kind Config Error
Connect the unbroken USB IC Card Reader and turn the power OFF then ON.
[Error Type]
021-212 USB IC Card Reader preparing error System Fail
local EP Accessory - Accessory Type Setting Error
A failure in starting the USB IC Card Reader "The system data 850-007 has not been set properly (Detected in FX only. This should not be
[Detection Conditions] treated as Fail.)"
When the device is turned ON, the accessory connected through USB has not finished starting up
within a certain period of time, which is set as SystemData. [Corrective Actions]
– The USB is disconnected. Check that the System Data 850-007 is set correctly and make the setting again.
– The accessory connected through USB has not finished preparing for operation. Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following.
– The accessory connected through USB has finished preparing for operation, but the device 1. Check the connection to the EP accessory, pull out and insert the EPSV Board and replace the
cannot communicate with the accessory. cable.
[Corrective Actions] Check whether the Controller ROM is the latest version and upgrade it to the latest.
• In case the USB is disconnected: If the Controller ROM is the latest version, there is no need to download it.
-> Reconnect the disconnected USB Cable and then turn the power OFF then ON. 2. If the problem persists, replace the EPSV-IF Board.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 021-xxx FIP

2-421
Perform the procedures after obtaining reports in OF-01 Common System Fail. libcURL returned ""CURLE_COULDNT_RESOLVE_PROXY"".
021-500 EPAccessoryJobExclusion [Corrective Actions]
[Error Type] Check the following.
Job Fail – Check the connection of the LAN cable.

– Check the DNS server address settings.
[Fault Content]
– Check the default gateway settings.
EP-related Product Job Exclusion
– Check the subnet mask settings.
[Detection Conditions] For B-Direct configuration, check the following:
When the Fax send billing function is enabled, the following cases occurs:
– Check the EP proxy server URL settings. (Chain-Link (920-35) or KO settings)
1. There was an attempt to start up a job for accessory billing in the middle of a Fax send Job
If the problem persists after checking the above settings, there may be a network failure or DNS server
operation. failure. Contact the client's Network Administrator.
2. There was an attempt to start up a Fax send Job in the middle of a Job for accessory billing If the problem persists in a properly functioning network, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log
operation. This Fault is not detected when the Fax send billing function is disabled.
immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions.
Wait for the currently running Job to complete, and then restart the job.
021-503 Couldn't resolve host name.
has occurred and contact the support department for instructions. [Error Type]
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation Job Fail
021-501 Invalid URL has detected. [Fault Content]

Server Address Resolution Error
[Error Type]
Job Fail
Failed to resolve the address of the server name.
[Fault Content]
libcURL returned ""CURLE_COULDNT_RESOLVE_HOST"".
Invalid Server URL
Check the following.
The server URL is grammatically incorrect.
– Check the connection of the LAN cable.
libcURL returned ""CURLE_URL_MALFORMAT"".
– Check the DNS server address settings.
[Corrective Actions] – Check the default gateway settings.
Turn the power OFF then ON. – Check the subnet mask settings.
If the error is related to the installation operation, check the URL of the EP server again and enter the cor- – Check the EP server URL settings. (Chain-Link (920-003))
rect one.
If the problem persists after checking the above settings, there may be a network failure or DNS server
If the error is related to operations other than installation, use the Chain-Link to overwrite the EP (920-
failure. Contact the client's Network Administrator.
003) Server URL with a new value and perform the operation again.
If the problem persists in a properly functioning network, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log
021-504 Couldn't connect to host/proxy.
021-502 Couldn't resolve proxy name.
[Error Type]
[Error Type]
Job Fail
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
[Fault Content]
Server Connection Error
Proxy Server Address Resolution Error
Unable to connect to the server or proxy server
Failed to resolve the address of the proxy server name.
libcURL returned ""CURLE_COULDNT_CONNECT"". (Including cases where the server is not turned If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has
ON) occurred and contact the support department for instructions.
Or, libcURL returned ""CURLE_GOT_NOTHING"". 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
[Corrective Actions] 021-507 Proxy unauthorized access.
Check the following. [Error Type]
– Check the connection of the LAN cable.
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
Proxy Authentication Error
– Check the EP server settings. (Chain-Link (920-003~920-006))
For B-Direct configuration, check the following:
– Check the EP proxy server settings. (Chain-Link (920-035~920-039) or KO settings) Authentication of the proxy server has failed.
If the problem persists after checking the above settings, there may be a network failure or the FQDN of libcURL returned ""HTTP Status: 407 Proxy Authorization Required"".
the EPA server may have been changed (If the EPA Server is used). Contact the client's Network [Corrective Actions]
Administrator. Check the following.
If the problem persists in a properly functioning network, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log – Check the EP proxy server authentication user.
– Check the EP proxy server authentication password.
If the problem persists after checking the above settings, there may be a network failure or the proxy
021-505 Couldn't establish SSL session. server settings may have changed/failed. Contact the client's Network Administrator.
[Error Type] If the problem persists in a properly functioning network, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
SSL Session Error
021-508 A connection to host/proxy has timed out.
Job Fail
An error has occurred during SSL/TLS handshake.
libcURL returned ""CURLE_SSL_CONNECT_ERROR"". [Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions] Communication Timeout
Turn the power OFF then ON. [Detection Conditions]
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has Communication timeout has occurred.
occurred and contact the support department for instructions. libcURL returned ""CURLE_OPERATION_TIMEOUTED"".
021-506 An invalid peer certificate has received. Check the following.
[Error Type] – Check the connection of the LAN cable.
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
– Check the EP server settings. (Chain-Link (920-003~920-006))
Invalid SSL Certificate (Edge Server)
For B-Direct configuration, check the following:
[Detection Conditions] – Check the EP proxy server settings. (Chain-Link (920-035~920-039) or KO settings)
The SSL certificate of the server is invalid. If the problem persists after checking the above settings, there may be a network failure or the FQDN of
libcURL returned ""CURLE_SSL_PEER_CERTIFICATE"". the EPA server may have been changed (when the EPA Server is used). Contact the client's Net-
[Corrective Actions] work Administrator.
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists in a properly functioning network, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 021-xxx FIP

2-423
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation When performing installation, the server has notified a SOAP Fault indicating that the device already has
WEP installed on the EP system.
021-509 SOAP Fault: An invalid message detected.
Code=Client, Subcode=InvalidOperation, Subcode3=AlreadyRegistered
[Error Type]
Job Fail
Check with the EP Center for the EP contract status and registration status.
[Fault Content] If the problem occurs regardless that the WEP is not registered in the EP Center, obtain the info9 or
Invalid Communication Message xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support
[Detection Conditions] department for instructions.
The server detected an invalid message. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
The server has notified a SOAP Fault indicating that the message from the device is invalid. 021-512 SOAP Fault: The MC already registered (EP-SV).
Code=Client, Subcode=InvalidMessage [Error Type]
Or, an unexpected SOAP Fault was notified because of a failure in the server.
Job Fail
EP-SV Installation Conflict (EP System)
When performing installation, the server detected that it already has the EP-SV Installed.
When performing installation, the server has notified a SOAP Fault indicating that the device already has
021-510 SOAP Fault: The MC already unregistered. EP-SV installed on the EP system.
[Error Type] Code=Client, Subcode=InvalidOperation, Subcode3=AlreadyRegisteredBySV
[Fault Content] Check with the EP Center for the EP contract status and registration status.
Recall Status Mismatch (EP System) If the problem occurs regardless that the EP-SV is not registered in the EP Center, obtain the info9 or
[Detection Conditions] xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support
department for instructions.
The server detected that it is already in recalled status.
The server has notified a SOAP Fault indicating that the device is already in recalled status on the EP
system. 021-513 SOAP Fault: The MC already registered (EP-DX).
Code=Client, Subcode=InvalidOperation, Subcode3=AlreadyUnregistered [Error Type]
No action is required if this error corresponds to a recall operation. Finish the servicing. [Fault Content]
If the error is related to operations other than recall, check whether the EP contract has expired. If it has EP-DX Installation Conflict (EP System)
already expired, no action is required.
If the problem occurs when the EP contract has not expired yet, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and net-
work log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support department for instruc- When performing installation, the server detected that it already has the EP-DX Installed.
tions. When performing installation, the server has notified a SOAP Fault indicating that the device already has
EP-DX installed on the EP System.
Code=Client, Subcode=InvalidOperation, Subcode3=AlreadyRegisteredByDX
021-511 SOAP Fault: The MC already registered (WEP).
[Error Type] Check with the EP Center for the EP contract status and registration status.
Job Fail
If the problem occurs regardless that the EP-DX is not registered in the EP Center, obtain the info9 or
[Fault Content] xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support
Installation Status Mismatch (EP System) department for instructions.
When performing installation, the server detected that it already has the WEP Installed. 021-514 SOAP Fault: The MC already registered (EP-TRESS).
Job Fail Turn the power OFF then ON.
[Fault Content] If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has
TRESS Installation Conflict (EP System)
When performing installation, the server detected that it already has the TRESS Installed. 021-517 SOAP Fault: The service not responded.
When performing installation, the server has notified a SOAP Fault indicating that the device already has [Error Type]
EP-TRESS installed on the EP System. Job Fail
Code=Client, Subcode=InvalidOperation, Subcode3=AlreadyRegisteredByTRESS [Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions] Communication Failure (EP Center)
Check with the EP Center for the EP contract status and registration status. [Detection Conditions]
If the problem occurs regardless that the EP-TRESS is not registered in the EP Center, obtain the info9
The server detected communication failure with the EP Center.
or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support
The server has notified a SOAP Fault indicating that communication failure has occurred between the
department for instructions.
Edge Server (EPA-Server for configurations installed with EPA) and its back-end.
Code=Server, Subcode=NextServiceNotRespond
021-515 SOAP Fault: An invalid product code detected. [Corrective Actions]
[Error Type] Check with the EP Center for the system operation status.
Job Fail If a failure has occurred in the EP Center, retry the operation from the UI after the EP Center has recov-
[Fault Content] ered.
Invalid Product Code If the problem persists although the EP Center has recovered, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network
log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions.
The server detected an invalid product code.
The server has notified a SOAP Fault indicating that the product code included in the message from the 021-518 SOAP Fault: An internal error occurred on server.
device is invalid. [Error Type]
Code=Client, Subcode=InvalidOperation, Subcode3=InvalidProductCode Job Fail
Turn the power OFF then ON. Internal Error (Edge Server)
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has [Detection Conditions]
An internal error has occurred in the server.
The server has notified a SOAP Fault indicating that an internal error has occurred in the Edge Server.
021-516 SOAP Fault: An invalid serial number detected. Code=Server, Subcode=InternalError
Job Fail Check with the EP Center for the system operation status.
[Fault Content] If a failure has occurred in the EP Center, retry the operation from the UI after the EP Center has recov-
Invalid Serial Number ered.
[Detection Conditions] If the problem persists although the EP Center has recovered, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network
log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions.
The server detected an invalid serial number.
The server has notified a SOAP Fault indicating that the serial number included in the message from the
device is invalid. 021-519 SOAP Fault: Service is temporarily unavailable.
Code=Client, Subcode=InvalidOperation, Subcode3=InvalidSerialNumber
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 021-xxx FIP

2-425

Job Fail CA Communication Timeout
High Load Status Detected (EP Center) Timeout has occurred when obtaining the EP certificate.
[Detection Conditions] secep returned ""SECEP_TIMEOU"".
The server detected a high load status in the EP Center. [Corrective Actions]
The server has notified a SOAP Fault indicating that EP Center is in high load status. Check the following.
Code=Server, Subcode=ServiceTemporarilyUnavailable – Check the connection of the LAN cable.
[Corrective Actions] – Check the default gateway settings.
Check with the EP Center for the system operation status. – Check the subnet mask settings.
If a failure has occurred in the EP Center, retry the operation from the UI after the EP Center has recov- For the BB-Direct configuration:
ered. – Check the EP proxy server settings. (Chain-Link (920-035~920-039) or KO settings)
If the problem persists although the EP Center has recovered, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network For the EPA-Server configuration:
log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions. – Check the EP server settings. (Chain-Link (920-003~920-006))
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation If the problem persists after checking the above settings, there may be a network failure. Contact the cli-
021-520 Couldn't connect to CA. ent's Network Administrator.
[Error Type] immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions.
Job Fail
021-522 A miscellaneous CA comm error has detected.
[Fault Content]
CA Communication Error
[Error Type]
Job Fail
A communication error has occurred when obtaining the EP certificate.
[Fault Content]
Certificate Library Error
secep returned ""SECEP_COM_ERROR"".
An error has occurred in the certificate library.
Check the following.
– Check the connection of the LAN cable. secep returned a uncategorized error during CA communication.
– Check the default gateway settings. (Uncategorized errors when no communications were made are internal errors)
– Check the subnet mask settings. [Corrective Actions]

For the BB-Direct configuration: Check the following.
– Check the EP proxy server settings. (Chain-Link (920-035~920-039) or KO settings) – Check the connection of the LAN cable.
For the EPA-Server configuration: – Check the default gateway settings.
– Check the EP server settings. (Chain-Link (920-003~920-006)) – Check the subnet mask settings.
If the problem persists after checking the above settings, there may be a network failure. Contact the cli- For the BB-Direct configuration:
ent's Network Administrator. – Check the EP proxy server settings. (Chain-Link (920-035~920-039) or KO settings)
If the problem persists in a properly functioning network, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log For the EPA-Server configuration:
immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions. – Check the EP server settings. (Chain-Link (920-003~920-006))
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation If the problem persists after checking the above settings, there may be a network failure. Contact the cli-
021-521 A connection to CA has timed out. ent's Network Administrator.
[Error Type] immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions.
021-523 An internal error has occurred. [Corrective Actions]
If the problem persists, use Chain-Link(920-001) to change "Installation Status" to "Installed" and retry
Job Fail
the operation.
[Fault Content] If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log immediately after the problem has occurred and
Internal Error contact the support department for instructions.
Software failure where processing can still continue was detected. 021-526 A miscellaneous http session error has detected.
Or, a memory access error where processing can still continue was detected.
[Error Type]
Or, libcURL returned ""CURLE_SEND_ERROR"".
Job Fail
Or, libcURL returned ""CURLE_RECV_ERROR"".
[Fault Content]
Communication Library Error
occurred and contact the support department for instructions. An error has occurred in the communication library.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation libcURL returned an uncategorized error.
021-524 A registeration conflict has detected. [Corrective Actions]

[Error Type]
Job Fail
[Fault Content] 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
Installation Status Mismatch
021-527 An invalid message has received.
[Error Type]
Although installation was instructed, it was detected internally that the status is "Installed".
Job Fail
At the start of the installation process, it was detected that the system data ""Installation Status" is not set
to "Not Installed". [Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions] Invalid Communication Message (Edge Server)
Turn the power OFF then ON. [Detection Conditions]

If the problem persists, use Chain-Link(920-001) to change "Installation Status" to "Not Installed" and An invalid message was received from the server.
retry the operation. libcURL returned ""HTTP Status: 4XX"".
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log immediately after the problem has occurred and Or, an invalid SOAP Fault was received. (e.g. An unknown code or subcode, etc.)
contact the support department for instructions. Or, an invalid SOAP Response was received.
021-525 An unregistration conflict has detected. Turn the power OFF then ON.
[Error Type] If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
Recall Status Mismatch 021-528 A communication settings was set as disabled.
Although recall was instructed, it was detected internally that the status is "Recalled". Job Fail
At the start of the recall process, it was detected that the system data ""Installation Status" is not set to
"Installed".
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 021-xxx FIP

2-427

Communication Setting Error Wait for a specific time (default: 3 min.) for USB Accessory to start before rerunning the job with
[Detection Conditions] which the Fail has occurred.
( If the accessory is not ready after the above-mentioned period of time, this machine will display 021-212
At the start of communication, a setting that does not allow communication was detected.
on the panel. In this case, take the corrective action for 021-212. )
At the start of the communication, it was detected that the system data "Installation Status" is set to "Not
Installed".
the occurrence of the problem, and then contact the support divison for directions.
If the problem persists, check the EP Center for the EP contract status and registration status. If it has
021-731 EP Accessory - Function Disabled
been verified as "Installed", use Chain-Link (920-001) to change "Installation Status" to "Installed" [Error Type]
and retry the operation. Job Fail
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has [Fault Content]
EP Accessory - Disabled Function
021-700 Accessory Failure When MDSS is connected and color copying is prohibited using the Coin Kit, a color copy job was
[Error Type] requested.
job [Corrective Actions]
[Fault Content] Check the settings.
EP Accessory - Service Canceled By Disable-USB Accessory Failure or Disconnect 021-732 EP Accessory Error732
With one of the following USB-related Local Fails occurring, a job has been started. Job Fail
021-210 USB IC Card Reader connection error
[Fault Content]
021-211 USB IC Card Reader broken
EP Accessory - Service Canceled By Disable
021-212 USB IC Card Reader preparing error
With an accessory installed, the card was missing, insufficient fee paid or a shortage of card value.
Check the occurring Local Fail (described later) and take the corrective action for the Fault Code
before rerunning the job with which the Fail has occurred. [Corrective Actions]
(One of the Fault Codes 021-210, 021-211 and 021-212 is occurring.) Insert a Xerox card, copy card or cash into the accessory, and ensure that there are sufficient fees
or card value.
the occurrence of the problem, and then contact the support division for directions. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
021-701 Accessory Preparing 021-733 EP Accessory Error733

job Job Fail
EP Accessory - Service Canceled By Disable-USB Accessory Preparing EP Accessory Service Canceled By Color Mode Restriction
While the USB-connected accessory is being started, that is, before it is ready, a job has been With an accessory installed, there was Color Mode Restriction or the upper limit was reached.
started. [Corrective Actions]
Operate the Color Restriction Key SW to allow Color. Or, replace the card with another card that
does not reach its upper limit in Color mode.
OF-09 Common Job Fail EP-DX - Inspection/Repair/Preliminary Diagnostic request failed.
021-750 U Parts Request Fail (EP-SV) [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] Inspection/Repair/Preliminary Diagnostic request failed.
Job Fail Fax Card returned NG because the line was busy.
EP-SV - Used Parts Collection order failed. Check that the telephone line is connected. Wait and send the request again.
[Detection Conditions] If the problem persists, contact the Telephone Center directly.
Check the following too:
When the Used Parts Collection Order was processed, an error was sent by the EP-SV.
OF-11 FAX Job Fail
Contact the telephone center. 021-772 EPDX Install, Remove Error
021-751 Maintenance Request Fail (EP-SV) [Error Type]
Job Fail
[Error Type]
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
EP-DX - Installation/Removal failed.
[Fault Content]
EP-SV - Inspection/Repair/Preliminary Diagnostic request failed.
The system detected that the EP-DX - installation/removal has failed because it was absent at
[Detection Conditions] power ON.
When an Inspection/Repair/Preliminary Diagnostic Request was processed, an error was sent by
Fax Card returned NG because the line was busy.
the EP-SV.
Check that the telephone line is connected. Wait and send the request again.
If the problem persists, contact the Telephone Center directly.
OF-11 Fax Job Fail
OF-11 FAX Job Fail
021-770 U Parts Request Fail (EP-DX) 021-941 EP - Scan Service Paused By Disable
[Error Type]
[Error Type]
Job Fail
Operation Error
[Fault Content]
[Fault Content]
EP-DX - Used Parts Collection order failed.
EP Accessory - Scan Service Paused By Disable
EP-DX - Used Parts Collection order failure was detected.
With an accessory installed, the card was missing, insufficient fee paid or a shortage of card value.
Insert a Xerox card, copy card or cash into the accessory, and ensure that there are sufficient fees
If the problem persists, contact the Telephone Center directly.
or card value.
OF-11 FAX Job Fail
021-942 EP - Scan Service Paused By Color Mode
[Error Type]
021-771 Maintenance Request Fail (EP-DX)
Operation Error
[Error Type]
[Fault Content]
Job Fail
EP Accessory - Scan Service Paused By Color Mode Restriction
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 021-xxx FIP

2-429

With an accessory installed, there was Color Mode Restriction or the upper limit was reached. EP Accessory - Service Paused By Disable
Operate the Color Restriction Key SW to allow Color. Or, replace the card with another card that With an accessory installed, the card was missing, insufficient fee paid or a shortage of card value.
does not reach its upper limit in Color mode. [Corrective Actions]
021-943 EP - Print Service Paused By Disable Insert a Xerox card, copy card or cash into the accessory, and ensure that there are sufficient fees
[Error Type] or card value.
Operation Error 021-946 EP - Service Paused By Color Mode

EP Accessory - Print Service Paused By Disable Operation Error
With an accessory installed, the card was missing, insufficient fee paid or a shortage of card value. EP Accessory - Service Paused By Color Mode Restriction
Insert a Xerox card, copy card or cash into the accessory, and ensure that there are sufficient fees With an accessory installed, there was Color Mode Restriction or the upper limit was reached.
or card value. [Corrective Actions]
021-944 EP - Print Service Paused By Color Mode Operate the Color Restriction Key SW to allow Color. Or, replace the card with another card that
[Error Type] does not reach its upper limit in Color mode.
Operation 021-947 Subtractive Accessory Disable (Scan)

EP Accessory - Print Service Paused By Color Mode Restriction Operation Fail
The following were detected when an accessory was installed: The remaining rate Subtractive Accessory has is insufficient. (Scan Service Paused By Subtractive
1. "Color Print Prohibited" is set in the machine. Accessory Disable)
When color is prohibited, this error will appear when "Black" is not specified for printing from the PC even [Detection Conditions]
if the printed document contains only B/W pages. This occurs during document scanning or direct copy.
2. The number of color print sheets of the Accessory (= DocuLyzer) that is installed to the If with ICCG + Dispensor or Coin Kit connected, IITsc detects that the remaining rate the Dispensor or
machine has reached the upper limit. Coin Kit has is insufficient, it causes a job to be temporarily stopped.
<<Detailed Explanation>> The "Color Current Count Value for Each Output Color" in the Card that is [Corrective Actions]
inserted into the DocuLyzer has reached the "Upper Limit for Each Output Color" that is stored in the
In the case of Dispensor, insert a card that has a remaining rate enough to continue the job. In the
DocuLyzer.
case of Coin Kit, add a necessary amount of money to continue the job.
* In Taiga, (1) will occur but (2) will not.
[Corrective Actions] 021-948 Subtractive Accessory Disable (Print)
1. Operate the color limit keys in the machine to allow color print. [Error Type]
Or, use the Printer Driver in the PC to instruct printing in "Black" mode (instructing "Auto" or "Color" will Operation Fail
not improve the situation.) [Fault Content]
(2-1) In DocuLyzer, reset the "Color Current Count Value for Each Output Color" of the target card. The remaining rate Subtractive Accessory has is insufficient. (Print Service Paused By Subtractive
(2-2) Insert a card with count that has not reached the upper limit of the color count. Accessory Disable)
021-945 EP - Service Paused By Disable [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] This occurs during printing on paper or direct copy.
If with ICCG + Dispensor or Coin Kit connected, IOTsc detects that the remaining rate the Dispensor or
Operation Error
Coin Kit has is insufficient, it causes a job to be temporarily stopped.
021-949 Subtractive Accessory Disable
[Error Type]
Operation Fail
[Fault Content]
The remaining rate Subtractive Accessory has is insufficient. (Service Paused By Subtractive
Accessory Disable)
This occurs only when a job is temporarily stopped, not while a job is in progress.
*This occurs if a job stops due to a non-accessory factor and the card is then extracted and then starting
the job is attempted.
If with ICCG + Dispensor or Coin Kit connected, EP-Cont detects that the remaining rate the Dispensor or
Coin Kit has is insufficient, it causes a job to be temporarily stopped.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 021-xxx FIP

2-431
024-340 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 1 OF-06 IOT System Fail
No need to replace the ESS PWB.
[Error Type]
Sub System Fail 024-343 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 4
(IOT): Sub System Fail
MCU sending error detected by Controller [Fault Content]
(Invalid parameter was used) (IOT):
[Detection Conditions] MCU sending error detected by Controller
An abnormal parameter is set as the argument for the Send function. (Message length error)
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. A transmission failure occurred as the ACK could not be received after 2 resend attempts. (The
OF-06 IOT System Fail message length of the sent Message Packet is incorrect.)
No need to replace the ESS PWB. [Corrective Actions]

024-341 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 2
OF-06 IOT System Fail
[Error Type] No need to replace the ESS PWB.
Sub System Fail
[Fault Content]
(IOT):
[Error Type]
Sub System Fail
MCU sending error detected by Controller
(Sequence No. error) [Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] (IOT):
MCU sending error detected by Controller
A transmission failure occurred as the ACK could not be received after 2 resend attempts. (The
Sequencing No. of the sent Message Packet is incorrect.) (Check code error)
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. A transmission failure occurred as the ACK could not be received after 2 resend attempts. (The
check code of the sent Message Packet is incorrect.)
No need to replace the ESS PWB. [Corrective Actions]
[Error Type] No need to replace the ESS PWB.
Sub System Fail
[Fault Content]
(IOT):
[Error Type]
MCU sending error detected by Controller Sub System Fail
(Packet No. error) [Fault Content]

[Detection Conditions] (IOT):
MCU sending parity error detected by Controller
A transmission failure occurred as the ACK could not be received after 2 resend attempts. (The
Packet No. of the sent Message Packet is incorrect.) [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] A transmission failure occurred as the ACK could not be received after 2 resend attempts. (A parity
error was detected by hardware of the IOT.)
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 024-xxx FIP

2-433

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. A transmission failure occurred as the ACK could not be received after 2 resend attempts. (A
OF-06 IOT System Fail receive abort was detected by the IOT after the header had been recognized.)
The ESS-PWB should be also replaced. [Corrective Actions]
024-347 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 7 Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
[Error Type]
Sub System Fail
[Fault Content] 024-350 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 10
Imari (IOT): [Error Type]
MCU send framing error detected by Controller Sub System Fail
A transmission failure occurred as the ACK could not be received after 2 resend attempts. (A fram- (IOT):
ing error was detected by hardware of the IOT.) MCU receiving error detected by Controller
[Corrective Actions] (Sequence No. error)
OF-06 IOT System Fail The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (The Sequence No. of
No need to replace the ESS PWB. the received Message Packet is incorrect.)
024-348 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 8 [Corrective Actions]

[Error Type]
Sub System Fail
[Fault Content]
(IOT):
MCU sending error detected by Controller [Error Type]
(Overrun error) Sub System Fail
A transmission failure occurred as the ACK could not be received after 2 resend attempts. (An over- (IOT):
run error was detected by hardware of the IOT.) MCU receiving error detected by Controller
[Corrective Actions] (Packet No. error)
OF-06 IOT System Fail The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (The Packet No. of the
No need to replace the ESS PWB. received Message Packet is incorrect.)
024-349 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 9 [Corrective Actions]

[Error Type]
Sub System Fail
The ESS-PWB should be also replaced.
[Fault Content]
(IOT):
MCU sending error detected by Controller [Error Type]
(Receiving abortion error) Sub System Fail
[Fault Content]
MCU receiving error detected by Controller
(Message length error) (Framing error)
The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (The message length The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (A framing error was
of the received Message Packet is incorrect.) detected by hardware of the UART.)
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-06 IOT System Fail OF-06 IOT System Fail
(No need to replace the ESS PWB.) (No need to replace the ESS PWB.)
024-353 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 13 024-356 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 16
Sub System Fail Sub System Fail
MCU receiving error detected by Controller MCU receiving overrun error detected by Controller
(Check code error) [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (An overrun error was
The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (The check code of the detected by hardware of the UART.)
received Message Packet is incorrect.) [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-06 IOT System Fail
OF-06 IOT System Fail No need to replace the ESS PWB.
(No need to replace the ESS PWB.) 024-357 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 17
024-354 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 14 [Error Type]
[Error Type] Sub System Fail
Sub System Fail [Fault Content]
[Fault Content] MCU receiving error detected by Controller
MCU receiving error detected by Controller (Receiving abortion error)
(Parity error) [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (Abortion of receiving
The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (A parity error was was detected after the header had been recognized.)
detected by hardware of the UART.) [Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-06 IOT System Fail
OF-06 IOT System Fail (No need to replace the ESS PWB.)
No need to replace the ESS PWB. 024-358 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 18
024-355 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 15 [Error Type]
[Error Type] Sub System Fail
Sub System Fail [Fault Content]
[Fault Content] Print sequence error detected by Controller. (The paper feed and paper output that are not applica-
MCU receiving error detected by Controller ble to the NBR are detected.)
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 024-xxx FIP

2-435
[Detection Conditions] 2. Check the paper size group setting in the Controller and set a correct value.
The paper feed and paper output that are not applicable to the NBR are detected. 3. Refer to Generic Sensor FIP to check the sensor.
OF-06 IOT System Fail 024-362 Page Sync Illegal Start
(No need to replace the ESS PWB.) [Error Type]
024-359 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 19 Sub System Fail
Sub System Fail [Image Output]
[Fault Content] PAGE-SYNC occurred before video output preparation completes.
MCU transmission receiving rrror detected by Controller [Detection Conditions]
(Invalid parameter was used) During IOT output, before the output data was written to FIFO Full, PageSync became active. Basi-
cally, this is not affected by noises but may be affected by excessive noises.
An abnormal parameter is set as the argument for the receiving function.
The ESS PWB should be also replaced.
(No need to replace the ESS PWB.) 024-363 Page Sync Illegal Stop
024-360 IOT-ESS Initialization Fail [Error Type]
Sub System Fail
[Error Type]
Sub System Fail
[Fault Content]
[Image Output]
[Fault Content]
PAGE-SYNC completion error during video output
Initialization error between IOT-ESS
At IOT output, PageSync is negated before the specified paper size is output. Basically, this is not
The IOT Driver initialization failed.
affected by noises but may be affected by excessive noises.
(No need to replace the ESS PWB.)
The ESS PWB should be also replaced.
024-361 Invalid IOT PaperSizeGroup Info 024-364 DMA Transfer Fail
Sub System Fail
Sub System Fail
The paper size group data is different between the ESS and the IOT. [Image Output]
[Detection Conditions] DMA Transfer Error
The paper size group setting in the Controller does not match the paper size group data detected by [Detection Conditions]
the IOT.
During Reduce/Enlarge, reduction/enlargement was not completed even though the specified data
[Corrective Actions] was entered. This is probably caused by the SW failure or garbage data (RAM/HDD).
1. Initialize the NVM (user area).
[Corrective Actions] OF-02 After performing the operation in HDD System Fail
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following. OF-01 Common System Fail
1. Pull out and insert the System Memory to check the installation. 024-368 PCI Error
2. Replace the RAM. [Error Type]
3. If the problem persists, perform the procedures in "OF-02 HDD System Fail".
Sub System Fail
4. If the problem persists, perform the procedures in "OF-01 Common System Fail".
[Fault Content]
024-365 Overflow on Loop Back Write BUTTON: [Image Output]
[Error Type] PCI Bus Error
[Fault Content] PCI access error occurred due to a faulty PCI bus.
Loopback Write Overflow [Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence
The extended data exceeded the reserved buffer size. to repair it.
[Corrective Actions] OF-02 After performing the operation in HDD System Fail
This failure is currently not displayed.
024-366 JBIG Library Other Fail 024-370 Marker Code Detection Fail
Sub System Fail
Sub System Fail
Marker Code Detection Error
Other errors in JBIG Lib
Not in use now. During Enlarge, when the file was enlarged only by the specified size, the end code (FF02) cannot
be found in the compressed data.
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following.
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following.
1. Replace the ESS PWB.
• When it occurs only for certain documents (there is a high possibility that the S/W is faulty).
024-367 Decompress Other Fail 1. Change the Print mode (Normal/High Quality/High Resolution).
[Error Type] 2. This may occur when the RAM size is changed.
Sub System Fail A. Change the installed RAM size.
[Fault Content] B. Change the RAM size. (Change the port settings or the receive buffer size, etc.)
Other errors from Decompress (Extension) If the problem persists, proceed to the following procedure to repair it.
Incorrect LINE SYNC was detected. OF-06 IOT System Faill
1. Incorrect V-SYNC and H-SYNC signals were asserted during IOT output. OF-02 HDD System Fail
2. Data overrun has occurred (caused by the parameter setting error for Panther4). • When it occurs for random or most documents, there is a high possibility that the HW is faulty.
2. only occurs during debugging. 1. Pull out and insert the System Memory to check the installation.
1. is the main cause of error. 2. Replace the RAM.
3. Pull out and insert or replace the cable or back plane between the ESS and the MCU.
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence
to repair it. OF-01 Common System Fail
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 024-xxx FIP

2-437
OF-06 IOT System Faill [Error Type]

OF-02 HDD System Fail Sub System Fail
024-371 IOT-ESSCommunication Fail 21 [Fault Content]
[Error Type] RegiCon adjustment value setting error detected by Controller (Incorrect parameter instruction)
[Fault Content] Incorrect color registration adjustment value is sent from the IOT.
The communication between the ESS and IOT has not been established, which is detected by the [Corrective Actions]
Controller. Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following.
[Detection Conditions] 1. Replace the harness connecting the ESS and IOT.
When the Controller and IOT are turned ON (including recovery from Power Saver mode), a If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
response from the IOT to a request to establish communications from the Controller was not OF-06 IOT System Fail
detected within the specified time.
024-375 IOT-ESSCommunication Fail 24
[Error Type]
OF-06 IOT System Fail Sub System Fail
The ESS PWB should be also replaced. [Fault Content]

DLL receiving error detected by Controller (Incorrect parameter instruction)
[Error Type]
An illegal instruction for IOT Port No., Timeout Time, or Pointer was detected.
Sub System Fail
[Fault Content]
Sending error detected by Controller (Incorrect parameter instruction)
[Detection Conditions] The ESS PWB should be also replaced.
An illegal instruction for IOT Port No., Timeout Time, Pointer, or Transfer Size was detected.
024-600 Billing Master Counter repair
[Error Type]
History
The ESS PWB should be also replaced. [Fault Content]
Repair the Billing Master Counter.
[Error Type]
The Billing Master Counter is automatically repaired.
Sub System Fail
[Fault Content]
DLL communication failure recovery error detected by Controller
[Detection Conditions] 024-601 Billing Backup Counter 1 repair
When a message packet is sent from the Controller, the ACK packet from the IOT cannot be [Error Type]
received within the specified time after the specified number of retries. History
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. Billing Backup Counter 1 Recovery
OF-06 IOT System Fail [Detection Conditions]
The ESS PWB should be also replaced. The Billing Backup Counter 1 is automatically repaired.
024-374 Regi Con PLL Parameter Fail
Only record the data to the history. Only record the data to the history.
024-602 Billing Backup Counter 2 repair 024-606 ProductNo / SerialNo Fail
History History
Billing Backup Counter 2 Recovery Write error of Product No/Serial No in IOT
[Detection Conditions] The read result is different from the one in the Master (only at factory shipment)
The Billing Backup Counter 2 is automatically repaired. [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] A write error of the Product No/Serial No stored in the IOT.
Only record the data to the history. The error where the read result is different from the one in the Master has occurred. (Only at factory
shipment)
024-603 SWKey Master Counter repair
[Error Type] Only record the data to the history.
History
024-700 Shortage memory capacity, or no Hard Disk
[Fault Content]
SWKey Master Counter Recovery
[Error Type]
Job Fail
The SWKey Master Counter is automatically repaired.
[Fault Content]
A job that could not be printed due to unfulfilled conditions such as [Insufficient System Memory] or
[Corrective Actions] [HDD Not Installed] was received
024-604 SWKey Backup Counter 1 repair This machine, which satisfies conditions 1 and 2, was instructed to perform a job that has any of
[Error Type] these - AnalogWaterMark/HybridWaterMark/UUID added to it.
History # Condition 1 #
[Fault Content] Any of the SW options "Paper Security Kit", "Annotation Kit", or "Sakura Paper Kit" is enabled. Note
that this includes cases where two or more options are enabled.
SWKey Backup Counter1 Recovery
# Condition 2 #
[Detection Conditions] The HDD is not installed on the Controller board, or the system memory capacity is insufficient to
The SWKey Backup Counter 1 is automatically repaired. operate the SW options enabled in Condition 1.
Only record the data to the history. 1. Install the HDD on the Controller board.
024-605 SWKey Backup Counter 2 repair 2. Install the memory capacity required by the SW options enabled in Condition 1 on the Controller
board (the required capacity depends on the machine model)
[Error Type]
3. After completing steps 1 and 2, turn ON the power and check that neither 16-210 nor 16-211 is dis-
History played on the panel.
[Fault Content] If it is displayed, refer to the corrective actions for 16-210 or 16-211.
SWKey Backup Counter2 Recovery
024-701 Invalid instruction of face inversion
[Error Type]
The SWKey Backup Counter 2 is automatically repaired.
job
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 024-xxx FIP

2-439

Job cancellation due to the invalid Invert instruction Operation cannot be continued due to combination of unprintable parameters (stored file size, paper
[Detection Conditions] size, paper tray, duplex command, output tray)
IOTsc has detected that the device has been instructed to print paper that is not invertible. [Detection Conditions]
(E.g.) The specified combination of parameters (stored file size, paper size, paper tray, duplex command,
output tray) cannot be executed or continued.
– Coil punch x Tab paper x Invert instruction
When a job cannot continue due to component failure when [Start] button is pressed after a tempo-
– Paper size/type not invertible x Invert instruction
rary interruption due to a component failure during a print operation, this error is also displayed.
Instruct the device in the way that enables it to invert paper for reoutput.
Change the print parameter and print again.
024-742 Print Booklet sheets counts over 024-748 Bates Numbering Digit Over
[Error Type]
[Error Type]
Job Fail
job
[Fault Content]
[Fault Content]
A printer job whose paper quantity exceeds Booklet Paper Quantity is canceled.
The number of Bates Numbering digits is exceeded.
The number of sheets per set exceeds a specific allowable number for Booklet.
In the process of printing Bates Numbering, a maximum number of 9 or the user-specified number
* This fault is detected at the start of print.
of digits is exceeded.
– If the number of sheets is larger by one, automatically only saddle stitching is deselected and
the sheets become folded in half for output.
Reduce the number of documents to less than the user-specified number or reduce the number of
– If folding is only selected, an allowable number of sheets per set are automatically folded for
output. numbering digits in order to copy them again.
Choose creation of every Booklet using a maximum number of sheets, or deselect Booklet.
*When every Booklet is created using a maximum number of sheets, a specific signature is laid out 024-775 Print Booklet sheets counts over(Not field attachment)
on top of each booklet consisting of the max number of sheets. [Error Type]
If the problem still persists, go to the following procedure to resolve it. Job Fail
024-746 Print Request Failure-Paper A printer job whose paper quantity exceeds Booklet Paper Quantity is canceled. (This occurs with a
[Error Type] job without simplex/duplex setting.)

[Fault Content] This fault is detected at the start of print.
The number of sheets per set for printer print exceeds a specific allowable number for Booklet.
There are parameters that are incompatible with the specified paper type.
– If the number of sheets is larger by one, automatically only saddle stitching is deselected and
[Detection Conditions] the sheets become folded in three for output.
The paper type specified by the job is incompatible with options such as Paper Tray, Output Tray,
– If folding is only selected, an allowable number of sheets per set are automatically folded for
Automatic 2 Sided Print/Staple (E.g. Auto 2-Sided Print is specified for Transparencies).
output.
[Corrective Actions] Because the Print Service operation of setting simplex/duplex is done by Driver, only the operation
Do not specify parameters that are incompatible with the specified paper type. without simplex/duplex setting is done by the machine.
024-747 Print Instruction Fail As a detection of this Fail causes a job to be canceled, a message is only displayed indicating the
job is canceled.
[Error Type]
Job Fail
Choose creation of every Booklet using a maximum number of sheets, or deselect Booklet.
*When every Booklet is created using a maximum number of sheets, a specific signature is laid out [Detection Conditions]
on top of each booklet consisting of the max number of sheets. When the paper slow scan direction length is measured on the paper path, the length is different
If the problem still persists, go to the following procedure to resolve it. from the slow scan length for the size detected by the tray.
024-910 Tray1 size mismatch Load the correct paper in the tray.
[Error Type] If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.
Operation Error If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
OF-06 IOT System Faill
Size Mismatch Tray 1: Measured Length Mismatch
[Detection Conditions] 024-913 Tray4 size mismatch
When the paper slow scan direction length is measured on the paper path, the length is different [Error Type]
from the slow scan length for the size detected by the tray. Operation Error
Load the correct paper in the tray. Size Mismatch Tray 4: Measured Length Mismatch
If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP. [Detection Conditions]
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it. When the paper slow scan direction length is measured on the paper path, the length is different
OF-09 Common Job Fail from the slow scan length for the size detected by the tray.
OF-06 IOT System Faill [Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] 024-914 Tray6 size mismatch
When the paper slow scan direction length is measured on the paper path, the length is different [Error Type]
from the slow scan length for the size detected by the tray. Operation Error
Load the correct paper in the tray. Size Mismatch Tray 6: Measured Length Mismatch
If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP. [Detection Conditions]
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
When the paper slow scan direction length is measured on the paper path, the length is different
OF-09 Common Job Fail from the slow scan length for the size detected by the tray.
OF-06 IOT System Faill [Corrective Actions]
024-915 Tray7 size mismatch
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 024-xxx FIP

2-441
[Error Type] 024-919 FaceUP Tray Close

Size Mismatch Tray 7: Measured Length Mismatch [Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] Face Up Tray Close
When the paper slow scan direction length is measured on the paper path, the length is different [Detection Conditions]
from the slow scan length for the size detected by the tray.
When output was sent to the Face Up Tray, the Face Up Tray was detected as closed. (This is not
[Corrective Actions] treated as an error in Jigen)
Load the correct paper in the tray. [Corrective Actions]
If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.
If the problem persists after opening the Face Up Tray Cover, replace the Face Up Tray Sensor or
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it. Face Up Cover.
024-920 Face Down Tray1 Paper FULL
[Error Type]
024-916 Mix Full Stack Operation Error
Operation
Face Down Tray1 Paper FULL
Stacker Mix Full Stack (*Includes Z-fold number of page exceeded) The paper output to the Face Down Tray 1 is full.
One of the following conditions was met during Mix Full position detection
Clear the paper.
• When paper size of the next job (either in feed direction or width direction) is larger than the
uppermost paper size loaded for the previous job
• When changed to staple mode when the uppermost paper size loaded for the previous job is
less than 279.4mm OF-09 Common Job Fail
• When uppermost paper size loaded for the previous job is "unknown" OF-06 IOT System Faill
[Corrective Actions] 024-922 Face Down Tray2 Paper FULL

Remove paper from the Stacker. [Error Type]
If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP. Operation Error
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedures in sequence to repair it. [Fault Content]
OF-09 Common Job Fail Face Down Tray2 Paper FULL
OF-06 IOT System Fail [Detection Conditions]
024-917 Stacker Tray Staple Set Over Count The paper output to the Face Down Tray 2 is full.
Operation Error Clear the paper.
[Fault Content] If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.
Finisher Stacker Tray Set Set Over Count If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
The Staple Set Count exceeded 50 sets on the Stacker Tray during the Staple Set Eject operation.
[Corrective Actions] 024-923 Operation Y Toner Empty
Replace the Staple No Paper Sensor.
Operation Error OF-06 IOT System Faill
[Fault Content] 024-926 Punch DustBox Miss Set
Operation Y Toner Empty [Error Type]
[Detection Conditions] Operation Error
Printing cannot be continued was detected during color printing because Y toner has run out. Or, [Fault Content]
color printing was specified when printing cannot be continued because Y toner has run out. Finisher Punch Dust Box Miss Set
Replace the appropriate Toner Cartridge.
The system detected that the Punch Dust Box was not installed.
Install the Punch Dust Box.
024-924 Operation M Toner Empty OF-09 Common Job Fail
[Error Type] 024-927 OCT Full Stack
Operation Error
[Error Type]
Operation M Toner Empty
[Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] OCT Full Stack
Printing cannot be continued was detected during color printing because M toner has run out. Or,
color printing was specified when printing cannot be continued because M toner has run out.
The OCT Full Stack Sensor ON was detected for 5sec consecutively.
Replace the appropriate Toner Cartridge.
Remove paper from the OCT.
024-925 Operation C Toner Empty 024-928 Scratch Sheet Compile (A-Fin)
Operation Fail
Operation Error
Operation C Toner Empty Scratch Sheet Compile (A-Fin)

TBD
Printing cannot be continued was detected during color printing because C toner has run out. Or,
color printing was specified when printing cannot be continued because C toner has run out. [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] TBD
Replace the appropriate Toner Cartridge. 024-930 Stacker Tray Full (LargeSize Full)
If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP. [Error Type]
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it. Operation Error
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 024-xxx FIP

2-443

Finisher Stacker Tray Full Stack Operation Y Drum End of Life
(LargeSize Full) [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] During color printing, it was detected that printing cannot be continued because of Y Drum Life End.
The Stack Encoder SNR has counted the specified number of sheets up to the Full Stack (Large Or, color printing was specified when printing cannot be continued because of Y Drum Life End.
Size). [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] Replace the Y Drum Cartridge.
Remove paper from the Stacker. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure:
If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP. OF-09 Common Job Fail
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it. OF-06 IOT System Fail
OF-09 Common Job Fail 024-934 Paper kind mismatch
024-931 Staple Dust Full [Error Type]
[Error Type] Operation Error
Operation [Fault Content]
[Fault Content] Paper Type Mismatch
Staple Full was detected. [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] This error occurs when the paper fed is different from that specified in the Controller (Plain paper
1. After Staple Dust near Full, Staple Count is performed and the effective count is detected to have and Heavyweight cannot be recognized).
reached 5K. [Corrective Actions]
2. Detected when the New Full Sensor did not turn ON even after the effective count has reached 20K Load the specified transparencies.
after the Staple Dust Box removal is detected.
If the problem persists after user actions, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
NOTE:
The effective count is the count of Staple frequency for paper with sheet number less than 70.
024-936 Tray 2 paper mismatch
Replace the Staple Dust Box. Check the output of Staple Dust Near Full Sensor. If not detected,
[Error Type]
check using NVM763-435~441. Operation Error
024-932 Staple Box Set Fail [Fault Content]

Tray 2 Paper Type Mismatch
[Error Type]
Operation
1. Transparencies are loaded when a non-transparencies job is performed.
[Fault Content]
2. Other paper is loaded when a Transparencies job is is performed
It was detected that the Staple Box is not installed properly.
3. Transparencies with borders was detected.
[Detection Conditions] Jam occurs when borders were detected by checking transparencies for borders (by the OHP Sen-
The Staple Box Set Sensor detected that Box does not exist. sor) after feeding started.
Check installation of the Staple Dust Box. Use Xerox transparencies without borders.
Check the Staple Box Set Sensor ON output. If it is OK, replace the Sensor, harness. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
024-933 Operation Y Drum End of Life OF-09 Common Job Fail
[Error Type] 024-937 Tray 3 paper mismatch
Operation [Error Type]
Operation Error
[Fault Content] Jam occurs when borders were detected by checking transparencies for borders (by the OHP Sen-
Tray 3 Paper Type Mismatch sor) after feeding started.

Use Xerox transparencies without borders.
1. Transparencies are loaded when a non-transparencies job is performed.
Jam occurs when borders were detected by checking transparencies for borders (by the OHP Sen- 024-940 Folder Tray Out Of Place
sor) after feeding started. [Error Type]
[Corrective Actions] Operation Error
Use Xerox transparencies without borders. [Fault Content]
Folder Tray Out Of Place
024-938 OHP kind mismatch at Tray4 (Not white frame OHP) Folder Tray Out Of Place
Operation Error Set the Folder Tray again.
[Fault Content] If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
BUTTON: Paper Type Mismatch OF-09 Common Job Fail
Transparencies With Borders Detected Tray 4 024-941 Folder Tray Full Stack
1. Transparencies are loaded when a non-transparencies job is performed. Operation Error
[Fault Content]
Folder Tray Full Stack
Jam occurs when borders were detected by checking transparencies for borders (by the OHP Sen-
sor) after feeding started. • Full detection/release by Full Sensor. (No Paper Sensor is not installed.)

Full Sensor of Folder Tray
Use Xerox transparencies.
OF-09 Common Job Fail Perform the following:
1. Press the Eject button for Tri-Fold paper to remove paper.
024-939 OHP kind mismatch (Not white frame OHP)
2. This failure is cleared and 024-988 occurs when the Tri-Fold paper output tray is pulled out.
[Error Type] 3. Remove paper and install the Tri-Fold paper output tray to clear 024-988 and automatically
Operation Error continue the job.
Paper Type Mismatch If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
The system is shut down (stop) if Transparencies with borders are detected regardless of the paper OF-09 Common Job Fail
type setting in the Controller.
024-942 Booklet sheets counts over
[Error Type]
Transparencies are loaded when a non-transparencies job is performed.
Operation Error
Other paper is loaded when a Transparencies job is is performed
Transparencies with borders was detected.
[Fault Content]
Booklet sheets exceeded
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 024-xxx FIP

2-445

The no. of loaded sheets exceeded the maximum sheets for Booklet. Operation Error
• Detected when printing starts [Fault Content]
• When only one sheet is loaded, the system automatically cancel Binding setting only and out- Tray 1 Out Of Place
put Bi-Fold paper.
• When only folding is specified, the system automatically fold paper by the number of available
The system detected that Tray 1 was not installed.
folding.
Select "Enable Booklet per upper limit of Booklet sheets" or "Disable Booklet". Set the tray.
• If Booklet is performed in the unit of the upper limit of sheets, Signature imaging is also per- If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.
formed for that unit. If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail
OF-09 Common Job Fail 024-947 Tray 2 Out Of Place
024-943 Booklet Low Staple [Error Type]
Operation Error [Fault Content]
[Fault Content] Tray 2 Out Of Place
Booklet Low Staple [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] The system detected that Tray 2 was not installed.
Staple needles for both Front and Rear are running low. Or, the Staple Cartridge was detected to be [Corrective Actions]
removed. Set the tray.
Copying is performed until the set is finished and the instruction to replace the Staple Cartridge is If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.
displayed.
Replace the Staple Cartridge.
024-948 Tray 3 Out Of Place
[Error Type]
Operation Error
[Fault Content]
024-945 Booklet Full Stack
Tray 3 Out Of Place
[Error Type]
Operation Error
[Fault Content]
Booklet Tray Full Stack
Set the tray.
[Detection Conditions] If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.
The number of output copies to the Booklet Tray has reached the system data threshold.
Remove the paper.
If the problem persists, check the sensor using Generic Sensor Failure FIP.
[Error Type]
Operation Error
Tray 4 Out Of Place No paper in Tray 3 is detected.
The system detected that Tray 4 was not installed. Add paper into the appropriate tray.
[Corrective Actions] If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.
Set the tray. If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it. 024-953 Tray 4 Empty
024-950 Tray 1 Empty Operation Error
Operation Error Tray 4 Empty
Tray 1 Empty No paper in Tray 4 is detected.
No paper in Tray 1 is detected. Add paper into the appropriate tray.
Add paper into the appropriate tray. If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it. 024-954 Tray SMH Empty
Operation Error Tray SMH Empty
Tray 2 Empty No paper in the Bypass Tray is detected.
No paper in Tray 2 is detected. Add paper into the appropriate tray.
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it. 024-955 Tray 6 Empty
Operation Error Tray 6 Empty
Tray 3 Empty No paper in Tray 6 is detected.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 024-xxx FIP

2-447
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it. 024-959 Tray1 size mismatch
Operation Error (H4-1) Size Mismatch
[Fault Content] Tray 1 Size Mismatch
Tray 7 Empty [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] The paper size in Tray 1 and the paper size specified for printing are different.
No paper in Tray 7 is detected. [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] Add paper into the appropriate tray.
Add paper into the appropriate tray. If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.
If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP. If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail 024-960 Tray2 size mismatch
024-957 Interposer Empty [Error Type]
[Fault Content] (H4-2) Size Mismatch
Interposer Empty Tray 2 Size Mismatch
No paper in the Interposer Tray is detected. The paper size in Tray 2 and the paper size specified for printing are different.
Add paper into the appropriate tray. Add paper into the appropriate tray.
If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP. If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it. If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
024-958 SMH size mismatch 024-961 Tray3 size mismatch

Operation Error Operation Error
Size Mismatch 1 (H4-3) Size Mismatch
SMH Size Mismatch Tray 3 Size Mismatch
The paper size in the SMH tray and the paper size specified for printing are different. The paper size in Tray 3 and the paper size specified for printing are different.
Add paper into the appropriate tray. Add paper into the appropriate tray.
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it. If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
024-962 Tray4 size mismatch 024-967 Different width Mix Paper detect (Stapler job)
Operation Error Operation Error
(H4-4) Size Mismatch Mixed Width was detected with the settings only available for stapling the same widths.
Tray 4 Size Mismatch [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] Mixed Width was detected with the settings only available for stapling the same widths.
The paper size in Tray 4 and the paper size specified for printing are different. [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] Cancel User Staple.
Add paper into the appropriate tray. If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.
OF-09 Common Job Fail 024-968 Stapler/Punch Batting
024-965 ATS/APS No Paper (IOTsc detect) [Error Type]
[Fault Content] Batting of Staple and Punch (Occurs in FCW-UI only)
ATS/APS No Paper [Detection Conditions]
APS/ATS NG (No Paper) The Staple and Punch positions were batting.
The paper specified for printing is not loaded in the tray. Cancel Staple, Punch, or both.
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it. 024-969 Different width Mix Punch
[Error Type]
024-966 ATS/APS No Destination Error Operation Error
Operation Error Mixed Size Punch
ATS/APS No Destination Error Paper with different widths was detected during printing in the Punch mode.
ATS/APS NG (Other than No Paper) [Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] Copy: Cancel Punch mode (user intervention)
The paper specified for printing cannot be detected. Printer: Cancel Punch mode (auto cancelation)
Change the settings. Or, replace the tray. If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 024-xxx FIP

2-449
024-970 Tray 6 Out Of Place [Fault Content]

[Error Type] Size Mismatch (Tray 7 Size Mismatch)
Operation Error [Detection Conditions]

[Fault Content] The paper size in Tray 7 and the paper size specified for printing are different.
Tray 6 Out Of Place [Corrective Actions]

[Detection Conditions] Add paper into the appropriate tray.
Set the tray.
If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP. 024-974 Interposer Tray Size Mismatch
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it. [Error Type]
OF-09 Common Job Fail Operation Error
024-971 Tray 7 Out Of Place [Fault Content]
[Error Type] Interposer Tray Size Mismatch
[Fault Content] The paper size specified for feeding from the Interposer and the tray size are different.
Tray 7 Out Of Place [Corrective Actions]

[Detection Conditions] Add paper into the appropriate tray.
Set the tray.
If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP. 024-975 Booklet sheets counts over(Not field attachment)
024-972 Tray6 size mismatch [Fault Content]
[Error Type] No. of Booklet sheets exceeded. (Occurs at the process with no images)

[Fault Content] Detected when printing starts
No images for Signature, or the no. of loaded sheets for Printer printing exceeded the maximum
Comm: Size Mismatch (Tray 6 Size Mismatch)
sheets for Booklet.
[Detection Conditions] • When only one sheet is loaded, the system automatically cancel Binding setting only and out-
The paper size in Tray 6 and the paper size specified for printing are different. put Tri-Fold paper.
[Corrective Actions] • When only folding is specified, the system automatically fold paper by the number of available
Add paper into the appropriate tray. folding.
If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP. Since the Driver performs the image processing for Print Service, the machine performs operations
without images.
Since the job is canceled when this failure is detected, only the message indicating that the job has
been canceled is displayed.
024-973 Tray7 size mismatch [Corrective Actions]
[Error Type] Copy: Cancel Booklet (user intervention)
Operation Error Printer: Cancel Booklet mode (auto cancelation)
024-976 Finisher Staple Status NG [Fault Content]
[Error Type] Staple Needle Near Empty, or Staple Needle Feed Failure
Operation Error (Treat as Empty)
Finisher Staple Status NG Staple Needle Near Empty or Staple Needle Feed Failure was detected.
After the Staple Mot started forward rotation, the Staple Home SNR did not turn ON within 450ms, Check for Staple needles and reload them correctly.
and after the Staple Mot started reverse rotation, the Stapler Head Home SNR turned ON within If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
200ms. OF-09 Common Job Fail
[Corrective Actions] 024-980 Finisher Stacker Tray Full
Check for Staple needles and reload them correctly.
[Error Type]
Operation Error
[Fault Content]
024-977 Stapler Feed Ready Fail Finisher Stacker Tray Full Stack
Operation Error ## APC4300G##
[Fault Content] [When the B-Fin is installed] & [When the C-Fin/D-Fin is installed w/ Booklet]
Stapler Feed Ready Fail This occurs with "Any Output Sizes".
[Detection Conditions] [When the C-Fin is installed w/ Booklet]
1. Staple Ready SNR=OFF when Staple starts, 2. 13 times or less of stapling operation* The Stack Encoder SNR has counted up to the number of sheet that is defined as Full Stack
[Corrective Actions] (Large Size).
The Stack Encoder SNR has counted up to the number of sheet that is defined as Full Stack
(Small Size).
## Other than APC4300G# ##
(C-Fin/D-Fin) When any of the followings is met:
024-978 Booklet Stapler NG • Small size paper full was detected during the Stacker Tray height alignment operation (down-
[Error Type] ward movement)
Operation Error • Half was detected at the Stacker Tray height alignment operation (downward movement) dur-
ing paper eject corresponding to Half Limit
[Fault Content]
• Large Size Paper was ejected while the system already detected Large Size Paper Full (Half).
Booklet Stapler NG
(A-Fin/B-Fin) When any of the followings is met:
[Detection Conditions] • At power ON, the Stacker Height Snr detected the height and the Full Position.
Ready signal remains Not Ready when the specified time has passed since Booklet Staple opera-
• During small size paper output, Full Position was detected during the Stacker Tray height
tion has begun.
alignment operation (downward movement).
[Corrective Actions] • During large size paper output, Half Position (Full Position for large size paper) was detected
Check for Staple needles and reload them correctly. during the Stacker Tray height alignment operation (downward movement).
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it. • Paper for Half Limit (large size paper) was ejected while the system has already detected the
OF-09 Common Job Fail Half Position (Full Position for large size paper).
024-979 Stapler Near Empty

Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 024-xxx FIP
2-451

Remove paper from the Stacker. Operation Error
If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP. [Fault Content]
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it. Booklet Tray Full was detected.
024-981 Finisher TopTray Full Booklet Tray Full was detected.
Operation Error Remove paper from the Booklet Tray.
Finisher Top Tray Paper Full If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
Finisher Top Tray Paper Full was detected. 024-984 Booklet Low Staple F
Remove paper from the Finisher Top Tray. Operation Error
If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP. [Fault Content]
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it. Booklet Low Staple F
024-982 Stacker Lower Safety warning 1. Booklet Stapler Low Staple F signal ON was detected just before Stapling operation.
[Error Type] 2. Booklet Stapler Low Staple F signal was detected at Power ON, at initialization, or when the inter-
lock was closed.
Operation Error
Replace the staple cartridge for Booklet.
Finisher Stacker Tray Lower Safety
Stacker Tray Lower Safety SW ON was detected.
Height adjustment did not end within 250msec during Stacker Tray height adjustment for paper out-
put. 024-985 SMH Stop check
Stacker Height SNR1 OFF was not detected three times sequentially within 500ms after it had [Error Type]
started to descend.
Notice Error
Remove paper from the Stacker.
SMH Pause Check
Remove obstacles from the Stacker.
1. The Stacker obstacles is detected.
The SMH Tray stopped running due to an obstruction.
2. The system stops after the last sheet of the set is output in the Staple mode. The system stops
after the scheduled paper is output in the Staple OFF mode. [Corrective Actions]
After that, the system prohibits use of the Stacker. Check the paper size/paper orientation/paper type settings and press the Eject/Set key.
OF-09 Common Job Fail 024-987 Envelop Folder Tray Full
024-983 Booklet Tray Full [Error Type]
Operation Error
Envelope Folder Tray Full Punch Dust Box Full is detected
The specified number of sheets was output after Envelope Tray Near Full had been detected. Clear the Punch Dust scrap.
Remove paper from the Envelope Folder Tray. If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
024-988 Envelop Folder Tray Set Fail
[Error Type]
Operation Error
[Fault Content]
Envelop Folder Tray Set Fail
Monitor the Envelop Tray Set SNR in the interval of 100msec and detect OFF 10 times sequentially.
Set the Envelop Folder Tray properly.
024-989 Booklet Low Staple R
[Error Type]
Operation Error
[Fault Content]
Booklet Low Staple R
1. Booklet Stapler Low Staple R signal ON was detected just before Stapling operation.
2. Booklet Stapler Low Staple R signal was detected at Power ON, at initialization, or when the inter-
lock was closed.
024-990 Punch Dust Full
[Error Type]
Operation Error
[Fault Content]
Punch Dust Full
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 024-xxx FIP

2-453
025-596 Diag HDD Mentenance Fail
[Error Type]
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
An NG occurred when HDD Fail Forecast of Diagnostics was executed.
An NG occurred when HDD Fail Forecast of Diagnostics was executed.
1. Pull out and insert the HDD Harness.
2. Replace the HDD.
025-597 Diag HDD Initialize Fail
[Error Type]
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
An error occurred when HDD initialization of Diagnostics was executed.
An error occurred when HDD initialization of Diagnostics was executed.
1. Pull out and insert the HDD Harness.
2. Replace the HDD.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 025-xxx FIP

2-455
026-700 LDAP protocol MAX error [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] The JRM Directory Service, which is an internal software of the machine, has simultaneously
received two or more requests for the same operation.
Job
[Fault Content]
1. Check whether the Controller ROM is the latest version. If not, upgrade it to the latest.
An undefined LDAP protocol was detected during address book operation.
2. If the problem still persists, obtain the "info9 or xxx.tgz" log immediately after the error occurred,
[Detection Conditions] without turning the power OFF then ON.
It was detected that the error response returned from the server does not exist in the LDAP protocol Contact the Support Department and do not replace the ESS-PWB.
definitions.
026-703 Abort with Logout
The server uses an undefined LDAP protocol that is not supported by the machine.
[Error Type]
job
Perform the following in sequence.
1. Get the procedures for reproducing an error according to the operation that was performed [Fault Content]
when the error occurred. At installation of additional document, authentication is already cancelled.
2. Check whether the Controller ROM is the latest version. If not, upgrade it to the latest. [Detection Conditions]
3. If the problem still persists, obtain the "info9 or xxx.tgz" log immediately after the error When in Fax or Scan services, authentication is cancelled at additional document loading, the job
occurred, without turning the power OFF then ON. will be aborted.
This is caused by mistakes in server settings or client operation. Contact the Support Department "At additional document loading” mentioned here means:
and do not replace the ESS-PWB.
1. When a request to add documents is made (at the end of scanning: Platen: every sheet;
026-701 Adress Book request overflow DADF: every time a document or documents are installed)
[Error Type] 2. When the job is continued with the next document existing.
Job [Corrective Actions]

[Fault Content] Make it impossible for authentication to be cancelled at additional document loading.
Address Book Query Overflow 026-704 DocuWorks Error
The software in the machine was subjected to a large amount of simultaneous address queries from job
multiple machine panel and Web UI input devices. The processing capacity of the JRM directory [Fault Content]
service has been exceeded.
XDW Error
When performing simultanous queries on the Address Book in the machine from multiple machine
In process of operating DocuWorks Decomposer, there has occurred: a syntax error, use of an
panel and Web UI input devices, lower the query interval.
undefined command, a parameter error, damage to DocuWorks File, or an internal error of Docu-
Works Decomposer.
1. Check whether the Controller ROM is the latest version. If not, upgrade it to the latest.
2. If the problem still persists, obtain the "info9 or xxx.tgz" log immediately after the error
Print from DocuWorks Viewer by use of Printer Driver (ART-EX, PCL, etc.).
occurred, without turning the power OFF then ON.
Contact the Support Department and do not replace the ESS-PWB. 026-705 DocuWorks Short of Memory
026-702 Adress Book directory service overflow [Error Type]
[Error Type] job
Job [Fault Content]

[Fault Content] XDW Short of Memory
Address Book Directory Service Overflow
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 026-xxx FIP

2-457
[Detection Conditions] 3. If “Max File Accumulated Data Size” is set to a small value, change it to a larger one.
In process of operating DocuWorks Decomposer, lack of memory has been detected. If the problem still persists, collect the pfshowinfo9 log immediately after the occurrence of the problem
and contact the support division for directions.
2.5.1 LOG
Change print mode from “High Resolution” to “Standard” or from “Standard” to “High Speed”. If the
problem still occurs, add another memory. If the problem persists though the memory has added up 026-709 URL hdd full
to the maximum, print from DocuWorks Viewer by use of Printer Driver (ART-EX, PCL, etc.). [Error Type]
026-706 DocuWorks Print Prohibited job
job The HDD is full of ScanToURL accumulated data.
XDW Print Prohibited The HDD partition for accumulated ScanToURL data has become full, causibg the job to fail.
DocuWorks Decomposer has processed a DocuWorks document printing of which is prohibited. Wait for some time (approx. one day) until an automatic deletion of documents makes some space
[Corrective Actions] available, and then rerun the job.
As this is a document printing of which is prohibited, enter “Full Access Password,” etc. from Docu- If the problem still persists, collect the pfshowinfo9 log immediately after the occurrence of the prob-
lem and contact the support division for directions.
Works Viewer and disable “printing prohibited” and then print it using Printer Driver (ART-EX, PCL,
etc.). 2.5.1 LOG
026-707 DocuWorks Unlock Failed 026-710 S/MIME unsupported cipher decrypt fail
job job
XDW Unlock Failed S/MIME unsupported cipher decrypt fail
In the processing of a security-protected DocuWorks file, either of the password set on the UI panel The device has received a S/MIME encrypted mail that is encrypted by an unsupported encryption
and the XPJL-specified password (set in ContentsBridge Utility) does not match. method.
1. As the default password set on the device or the password entered for printing through Contents- 1. Ask the sender of the S/MIME encrypted mail to encrypt the mail by the encryption method (3DES)
BridgeUtility is incorrect, enter the correct password. and send it.
2. Enter “Full Access Password,” etc. from DocuWorks Viewer and disable “printing prohibited” and 2. Set FIPS140 Authentication Mode of the device to OFF.
then print it using Printer Driver (ART-EX, PCL, etc.). If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it.
026-708 URL data size over 2.4.1 Interface(Physical/Logical)
2.4.3 Nothing appears. Not printed.
[Error Type]
2.4.5 Network Related Details Check Flow 2.5.1 LOG
job
[Fault Content] 026-711 Multi-page file size over
ScanToURL accumulated data size over [Error Type]
The size of a ScanToURL job has exceeded the upper limit of the size of scanned data per job that [Fault Content]
can be accumulated. Multi-page file size over
1. Reduce the resolution level (scanned-image quality), which is a scan parameter, and rerun the job. The upper limit size of the multi-page file format generated in scan service has been exceeded.
2. Reduce the zoom ratio of the image, which is a scan parameter, and rerun the job. (A3->A4, etc.) The upper limit of the file size of each multi-page file is defined as follows:
TIFF:2GB-1byte [Corrective Actions]
XPS :2GB-1byte Check the following:
PDF :2GB-1byte – the default Gateway setting
XDW :1GB – the subnet mask setting
(1GB = 1024x1024x1024 = 2^30 byte) – the DNS Server address setting
[Corrective Actions] If despite the confirmation of the above settings, the situation has not improved, contact the network
1. Reduce the resolution level (scanned-image quality), which is a scan parameter, and rerun the job. administrator for advice because there is a possibility of a network failure, DHCP Server failure, or
2. Reduce the number of documents and rerun the job. an improper DHCP Server setting. (For example, if the DHCP Server is not set up in the way that
allows it to give back the proxy server address, an erro of this code will occur.)
If the problem still persists, collect the pfshowinfo9 log immediately after the occurrence of the problem
The Network Environment check items are as follows:
and contact the support division for directions.
2.5.1 LOG – The HTTP server that provides the PAC file (CFILE) is operating normally, or the server can be
026-712 HTTP out job overlap error – The contents of the PAC file have no mistakes in syntax or selected server address, or the file
[Error Type] size is 64KB or less.
job – The DHCP server that has an entry of CURL info is operating normally, or the server can be
[Fault Content]
An error has occurred in taking out a mailbox document because of the running of a parameter that munication with the Xerox Communication Server, the fault will be cleared.
cannot be run simultaneously in CWIS.
If the network is normal but the situation has not improved, collect the pfshowinfo9 log and network
[Detection Conditions] log immediately after the occurrence of the problem and contact the support division for directions.
The high compression/OCR processing module has detected that a job that specifies high compres- 2.5.1 Log Collection/Extraction Tool Functional Description
sion/OCR processing and is to be taken out using HTTP has started while another job to be sent via
the network is undergoing high compression/OCR processing. 026-714 Couldnt connect to Xerox server or proxy.
As a job specifying high compression/OCR processing is in progress, wait until the job is complete job
and then operate the device again. [Fault Content]
026-713 Couldnt detect proxy server automatically. Network error
job The machine could not connect to the Xerox Communication Server or the proxy server.
[Fault Content] (A network path problem, an open wire, etc.)
Auto detection of the proxyhas failed. [Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] Check the following:
– the connection of the LAN Cable
The proxy server could not be detected automatically.
– the IP Address setting
When the proxy server is not manually set up, an automatic attempt is made to obtain the proxy
server setting from the DHCP server. Howerver, the attempt has failed. – the default Gateway setting
For the details, see below: – the subnet mask setting
– The contents of the obtained PAC file have a problem. (An error occurred during the running of – the DNS Server address setting
JavaScript.) – the proxy server address setting
– The PAC file could not be obtained. (Timeout/Connection error) If despite the confirmation of the above settings, the situation has not improved, contact the network
– The PAC file could not be obtained. (No PAC file/Too large file) administrator for advice because there is a possibility of a network failure.
– PAC File URL info could not be obtained. (Timeout) When after the implementation of the corrective actions, the machine has established normal com-
– PAC File URL info could not be obtained. (No URL is included in the response to the inquiry.)
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 026-xxx FIP

2-459
If the network is normal but the situation has not improved, collect the pfshowinfo9 log and network – the IP Address setting
log immediately after the occurrence of the problem and contact the support division for directions. – the default Gateway setting
2.5.1 Log Collection/Extraction Tool Functional Description – the subnet mask setting
026-715 Connection to Xerox server has timed out. – the DNS Server address setting
[Error Type] – the proxy server address setting
– the Xerox Communication Server URL setting
job
– Set “Verify the remote server certificate” to “OFF”.
[Fault Content]
If despite the confirmation of the above settings, the situation has not improved, contact the cus-
No response from the server
tomer network administrator becasuse there is a possibility of a network failure.
[Detection Conditions] When after the implementation of the corrective actions, the machine has established normal com-
There is no response from the Xerox Communication Server for a certain period of time, resulting in munication with the Xerox Communication Server, the fault will be cleared.
a timeout. If the network is normal but the situation has not improved, collect the pfshowinfo9 log and network
[Corrective Actions] log immediately after the occurrence of the problem and contact the support division for directions.
Turn the power OFF then ON. 2.5.1 Log Collection/Extraction Tool Functional Description
When after the implementation of the corrective action, the machine has established normal com- 026-718 PS Print Instruction Fail
[Error Type]
job
2.5.1 Log Collection/Extraction Tool Functional Description [Fault Content]
An erroneous combination of PostScript print instructions (finishing, paper size, paper tray, Duplex
026-716 An invalid state message received from server. instructions, output tray)
job
An erroneous combination of print parameters selected (finishing, paper size, paper tray, Duplex
[Fault Content] instructions, output tray) prevents the device from running the job.
A server error is detected. [Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] As to finishing, paper size, paper tray, Duplex instructions, output tray, etc., make reselections and
The Xerox Communication Server has responded with a message indicating an abnormal condition. run the job.
[Corrective Actions] If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it.
Turn the power OFF then ON. OF-09 Common Job Fail
When after the implementation of the corrective action, the machine has established normal com- 2.4.4 Printed but not properly
munication with the Xerox Communication Server, the fault will be cleared. 2.4.5 Network Related Details Check Flow
2.5.1 Log Collection/Extraction Tool Functional Description
026-717 Invalid network settings were found.
[Error Type]
job
[Fault Content]
Setting error
An invalid or improper network setting has prevented the machine from communicating.
027-400 Net Off Line 027-443 DNS renewal failure of dynamic
Info Info
Net Off Line IPv6 - Stateless Auto Setting IP Address 2 is Duplicated
1. Communication is not available due to other failures. Another device with the same IP address as "Stateless Auto Setting Address 2" that is set in this
2. Communication is not available because panel operation is in progress (especially in the CE mode). machine exists in the network.
3. Communication is not available because a third party is using remote access. Bit 1 Duplicated address at autoConfInet6Address[1] of PFRID_IPV6_PROT_AUTO.
[Corrective Actions] When 027-442~027-447 occur simultaneously, the smaller link number is displayed first.
Clear any failure that is indicated by other displayed messages. If the panel operation is in progress, [Corrective Actions]
complete it. If somebody is in remote access, wait for the access to end. Either change the IPv6 "Stateless Auto Setting Address 2" of this device or the IPv6 address of the
If the problem persists, turn the power OFF then ON. other device on the network.
Perform the following. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure:
2.4.3 No Output. No Printout. 1. Check that the IPv6 address that was set by Stateless Address Auto Setting is not being used
by other devices.
2.4.5 Network-related details check flow.
2. Collect failure analysis log and packets.
problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions. 2.4.1 Interface (Physical/Logical)
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation 2.4.3 No Output. No Printout.
027-442 Duplicat IP address
[Error Type]
Info
Info
IPv6 - Stateless Auto Setting IP Address 1 is Duplicated
Another device with the same IP address as IPv6 "Stateless Auto Setting Address 1" that is set in IPv6 - Stateless Auto Setting IP Address 3 is Duplicated
this machine exists in the network. [Detection Conditions]
Bit 0 Duplicated address at autoConfInet6Address[0] of PFRID_IPV6_PROT_AUTO. Another device with the same IP address as IPv6 "Stateless Auto Setting Address 3" that is set in
When 027-442~027-447 occur simultaneously, the smaller link number is displayed first. this machine exists in the network.
[Corrective Actions] Bit 2 Duplicated address at autoConfInet6Address[2] of PFRID_IPV6_PROT_AUTO.
Either change the IPv6 "Stateless Auto Setting Address 1" of this device or the IPv6 address of the When 027-442~027-447 occur simultaneously, the smaller link number is displayed first.
other device on the network. [Corrective Actions]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure: Either change the IPv6 "Stateless Auto Setting Address 3" of this device or the IPv6 address of the
1. Check that the IPV6 address that was set by Stateless Address Auto Setting is not being used other device on the network.
by other devices. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure:
2. Collect failure analysis log and packets. 1. Check that the IPv6 address that was set by Stateless Address Auto Setting is not being used
2.4.1 Interface (Physical/Logical) by other devices.
2.4.3 No Output. No Printout. 2. Collect failure analysis log and packets.
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow 2.4.1 Interface (Physical/Logical)
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation 2.4.3 No Output. No Printout.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 027-xxx FIP

2-461

027-445 Illegal IP address Info
Info IPv6 - Link Local IP Address is Duplicated
IPv6 - Manually Set IP Address is Invalid Another device with the same IP address as the IPv6 "Link Local Address" that is set in this machine
exists in the network.
Bit 15 Duplicated address at linkLocalAddress of PFRID_IPV6_PROT_AUTO
The IPv6 "Manual Setting Address" set in the machine is invalid.
When 027-442~027-447 occur simultaneously, the smaller link number is displayed first.
Bit 13 Address assignment error at inet6Address of PFRID_IPV6_PROT_MANUAL.
When 027-442~027-447 occur simultaneously, the smaller link number is displayed first.
Either change the IPv6 "Link Local Address" of this device or the IPv6 address of the other device
[Corrective Actions] on the network.
Change the "IPv6 (Manual Setting Address)" of this machine to the IPv6 address that can be used
as the self-machine address. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure:
1. Check whether the IPv6 address that was automatically set as the Link Local Address is not
1. Check whether IPv6 address that was automatically set as the manual address is using an
used by other devices.
invalid address.
2.4.1 Interface (Physical/Logical)
2.4.1 Interface (Physical/Logical)
2.4.3 No Output. No Printout.
2.4.3 No Output. No Printout.
2.4.5 Network-related Details Check Flow
[Error Type]
[Error Type]
Info
[Fault Content]
[Fault Content]
IP Address Duplicated
IPv6 - Automatically Set IP Address is Duplicated
The PC of the same IP address exists on a network.
Another device with the same IP address as the IPv6 "Manual Setting Address" that is set in this
machine exists in the network. [Corrective Actions]
Bit 14 Duplicated address at inet6Address of PFRID_IPV6_PROT_MANUAL Change the IP address of a PC on the network.
When 027-442~027-447 occur simultaneously, the smaller link number is displayed first. Refer to "Network Administrator Guide (User Guide)".
[Corrective Actions] 1. 1-1. For manual address setting, check that the IP address set by the customer is not used for
others.
Change the "IPv6 (Manual Setting Address)" of this machine to the IPv6 address that can be used
as the self-machine address. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure: 1-2. For each of RARP, BOOTP, and DHCP setting, check the server setting environment.
1. Check whether IPv6 address that was automatically set as the manual address is using an 2. Collect failure analysis log and packets.
invalid address. 2.4 NET System Fault Check
2. Collect failure analysis log and packets. 2.4.3 No output is available, no data is printed
2.4.1 Interface (Physical/Logical) 2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
2.4.3 No Output. No Printout. 2.5.2 Logging/Extraction Tools Operational Instructions
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow 027-500 SMTP Server Fail for Mail IO
027-447 Duplicat IP address Job Fail
SMTP Server Address Resolution Fail for Mail IO Incorrect POP Server authentication information was detected.
Incorrect SMTP Server name was detected. Specify the correct POP Server authentication information.
[Corrective Actions] 1. Perform 027-501 check and then specify a correct POP User Name.
1. Check with a customer System Administrator that the Mail Server has been launched and the envi- 2. If the problem persists, collect the failure analysis log and packets.
ronment is already used for other purposes (such as for PC). 2.4 NET System Fault Check
2. Check that a correct SMTP server address is reflected in the device setting list. 2.4.3 No output is available, no data is printed
2-1. When the SMTP Server address is specified using IP address, set a correct IP address. 2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
2-2. When the SMTP Server address is specified using FQDN (name: aaa.co.jp), check that the 027-503 POP server communication timeout
FQDN name is correct. Also check that a correct DNS server address is set for the device, and set a
correct IP address. [Error Type]
3. If the problem persists, collect the failure analysis log and packets. job
027-501 POP Server Fail for Mail IO [Fault Content]

Time to communicate with the POP server ran out. (after connection to the server)
[Error Type]
Job Fail
(POPERR_TIMEOUT)
[Fault Content]
POP Server Address Resolution Fail for Mail IO
1. Time-out occurred in communicating with the POP server.
Wait for a while and operate again.
Incorrect POP Server name was detected.
[Corrective Actions] 027-504 Response reception which is not expected from SMTP
Specify the correct POP Server name or specify the IP address. server
1. Check with a customer System Administrator that the Mail Server has been launched and the [Error Type]
environment is already used for other purposes (such as for PC). job
2. Check that a correct POP server address is reflected in the device setting list. [Fault Content]
2-1. When the POP Server address is specified using IP address, set a correct IP address.
An internal error. Or an unexpected response was received from the server (at any timing).
2-2. When the POP Server address is specified using FQDN (name: aaa.co.jp), check that
FQDN name is correct. Also check that a correct DNS server address is set for the device, and
set a correct IP address. any area
3. If the problem persists, collect the failure analysis log and packets. [Corrective Actions]
2.4 NET System Fault Check 1. Repeat the operation.
2.4.3 No output is available, no data is printed 027-513 SMB Scan client has no right to access.
[Error Type]
Job Fail
027-502 POP Authentication Fail for Mail IO [Fault Content]
[Error Type] The SMB scan client does not have access rights (Win9x systems)
[Fault Content] In Scan to SMB, the user has no right to access the SMB server.
POP Authentication Fail for Mail IO [The following applies to DMP6-2 and lalter only.]
– The folder with the same name as the specified file name already exists. (MacOS X v10.2)
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 027-xxx FIP

2-463

Set up the user so that he/she can read or write in a file or folder in the specified placle to save it in. Take any one of the following actions:
[The following applies to DMP6-2 and lalter only.] – Check that network communication between the transfer destination SMB server and this
– Check if there is any folder with the same name as the specified file name. (MacOS X v10.2) machine is available, by the following:
If the problem persists, see the following to obtain a info9 or xxx.tgz log and a network log, and con- – Check the connection of network cables.
tact the support division for instructions. – Check the TCP/IP settings
2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tools Functional Instructions – Check for communication through port 137 (UDP), port 138 (UDP), and port 139 (TCP).
027-514 Host name solution error in SMB – Check the following network settings to see if the computer operates as an SMB server.
– Check that the file sharing service for Microsoft network is enabled.
[Error Type]
– Check that NetBIOS over TCP/IP is enabled in the TCP/IP settings.
Job Fail
– Check the file sharing service (communications through port 137 (UDP), port 138 (UDP),
[Fault Content] and port 139 (TCP)) is allowed in the firewall settings.
Unable to resolve hostname during SMB scan – For communication that goes beyond the subnet, check the WINS server settings and check
[Detection Conditions] whether the server name address can be resolved correctly.
Failed to resolve the hostname or server name of the SMB server for DNS access during scanner – Check whether the NetBIOS interface device at the transfer destination SMB server has
(Save to PC) SMB transfer. started (happens in Windows NT4.0 Server/Workstation).
[Corrective Actions] 1. Select the [Start] menu -> [Settings] to open [Control Panel].
2. Open [Services] and select the [Messenger] service.
Check the connection to the DNS. Or, check whether the SMB server name of the transfer destina-
tion has been registered in the DNS. 3. Select the [Start Up], [Auto], [OK], and then [Close].
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem 4. Open [Devices] in [Control Panel] and select the [NetBIOS Interface] device.
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions. 5. Select the [Start Up], [Auto] or [Manual], [OK], and then [Close].
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation 6. Reboot the computer.
027-515 DNS server un-sets up in SMB If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem
Job Fail
027-518 Login name or a password error in SMB
[Fault Content]
The DNS server was not set during SMB scan
[Error Type]
Job Fail
The DNS server was not set for DNS access during scanner (Save to PC) SMB transfer.
[Fault Content]
There are problems with the SMB scan login name or password
Set the DNS server address. Or, set the SMB server address of the transfer destination using IP
address. • In Scan to SMB, the specified password was found wrong.
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem [The following applies to DMP6-2 and later products onley.]
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions. • The user could not be identified because the user name or password was wrong. (MacOSX v10.2)
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation • The user name specified has not been registered as a user that is allowed to use Share Windows.
(MacOS X v10.2)
027-516 Server connection error in SMB
[Error Type]
• Check the password set for the shared folder.
Job Fail
[The following applies to DMP6-2 and later products onley.]
[Fault Content] • Contact the network administrator for the user name or password. (MacOS X v10.2)
Problem with connection to server during SMB scan
• Check for users that are allowed to use Share Windows. (MacOS X v10.2)
[Detection Conditions] This is how to check for users:
Unable to find the SMB server during scanner (Save to PC) SMB transfer.
1. From [Dock], start the [System Environment Settings] icon. [Fault Content]
2. On the [System Environment Settings] window, click the [Account] icon. Unable to obtain the file/folder name on the SMB scan server
3. Click the [To change, click the key] icon and log in. [Detection Conditions]
4. Select the user and click the [Edit users] button.
Unable to obtain the file/folder name on the SMB scan server.
5. Enter the password. After that, put a checkmark on [Permit the user to log in from Windows] and
then click the [OK] button.
If the problem persists, see the following to obtain a info9 or xxx.tgz log and a network log, and contact
the support division for instructions. If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem
2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tools Functional Instructions has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
027-519 Scanning picture preservation place error in SMB
027-521 File name suffix limit over in SMB
[Error Type]
Job Fail
[Error Type]
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
Scan image storage destination or file name specification error during scanner (Save to PC) SMB
[Fault Content]
transfer The SMB scan file name/folder name suffix has exceeded the limit value
There is a problem with the storage destination or file name of the specified scan image during The file name/folder name suffix that can be specified for SMB Scan has exceeded the limit value.
scanner (Save to PC) SMB transfer. [Corrective Actions]
– The specified storage destination does not exist on the server. 1. Change the file name/destination folder on the SMB scan server. Else, move or delete the files in
– A prohibited character was detected in the specified storage destination or file name. the destination folder.
– The specified storage destination is linked to a different shared folder due to the distributed file If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has
system (DFS). occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
Take any one of the following actions: 027-522 File creation failure in SMB
– Check if the storage destination is correct. [Error Type]
– Check that the specified file name can be created on the SMB server. Job Fail
– Check for the settings of the distributed file system (DFS) with the system administrator.
[Fault Content]
The checking procedure is as follows:
Failed to create an SMB scan file
1. On the SMB server, select the [Start] menu > [All Programs] > [Administrative Tools] > [Distrib-
uted File System]. [Detection Conditions]
2. Select the specified storage destination from the left pane of the [Distributed File System] and Scan image file creation in the SMB server has failed during scanner (Save to PC) SMB transfer.
check the [Target] information displayed in the right pane of the window. – The specified file name already exists on the server.
3. Based on the information, specify the SMB server, shared name, and storage destination – The specified file name is in use.
directly. – The specified file name already exists as a directory.
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem – A prohibited character was detected in the specified file name.
027-520 File name acquisition failure from SMB server – Check that the specified file name can be created in the storage destination.
[Error Type] – Check whether the specified file name is being used by another user.
Job Fail – Check if a file or folder with the same name as the specified file name exists.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 027-xxx FIP

2-465
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation 3. SMBCL_NG_FILE_IS_DIR (New)

027-523 Lock folder creation failure in SMB The specified file name already exists as a directory.

Job Fail 1. Check whether the file in the specified storage destination is being used by another user.
[Fault Content] occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
Failed to create an SMB scan lock folder 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
027-526 Lock folder delete failure in SMB
Failed to create an SMB scan lock folder on the SMB scan server.
1. SMBCL_NG_FILE_EXISTS
[Error Type]
Job Fail
The specified lock folder name already exists.
1. When a lock directory (*.LCK) remained in the transfer destination, delete it manually and retry. Failed to delete an SMB scan lock folder
2. Check whether a folder with the same name as the specified name already exists. [Detection Conditions]
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has Failed to delete a lock folder on the SMB scan server.
occurred and contact the Support G for instructions. 1. SMBCL_NG_BAD_FILE
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation The file does not exist.
027-524 Folder creation failure in SMB 2. SMBCL_NG_DIR_NOT_EMPTY (New)
The directory is not empty.
[Error Type]
3. SMBCL_NG_NOT_A_DIR (New)
Job Fail
The specified directory name is not a directory.
[Fault Content]
Failed to create an SMB scan folder
1. When a lock directory (*.LCK) remained in the transfer destination, delete it manually and retry the
[Detection Conditions] job.
Folder creation in the SMB server has failed during scanner (Save to PC) SMB transfer. The speci- If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has
fied folder already exists. occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
Check if a file or folder with the same name as the specified name exists on the SMB server. 027-527 Folder delete failure in SMB
[Error Type]
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
027-525 File delete failure in SMB
Failed to delete an SMB scan folder
[Error Type]
Job Fail
Failed to delete a folder on the SMB scan server.
[Fault Content] 1. SMBCL_NG_BAD_FILE
Failed to delete an SMB scan file
The file does not exist.
[Detection Conditions] 2. SMBCL_NG_DIR_NOT_EMPTY (New)
Failed to delete an SMB scan file on the SMB scan server. The directory is not empty.
1. SMBCL_NG_BAD_FILE 3. SMBCL_NG_NOT_A_DIR (New)
The file does not exist. The specified directory name is not a directory.
2. SMBCL_NG_DOS_BAD_SHARE [Corrective Actions]
The file is open.
1. Check whether the file in the specified storage destination is being used by another user.
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem
occurred and contact the Support G for instructions. has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
027-528 Data write-in failure to SMB server 027-531 SMB scan filing policy injustice
Job Fail Job Fail
The storage destination on the SMB scan data server has no free space Incorrect SMB scan filing policy (when additional items are selected)
The storage destination on the SMB scan server has no free space. Incorrect filing policy (when additional items are selected)
1. Check that the storage destination has enough free space. 1. When "Add" is selected for "File Name Conflict", check that the file format is not set to Multi-page.
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has
occurred and contact the Support G for instructions. occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
027-529 Data read failure from SMB server 027-532 NEXTNAME.DAT file access error in SMB
Job Fail Job Fail
Unexpected error of the SMB scan data server A file access error has occurred during scanner (Save to PC) SMB transfer.
An unexpected error response was received from the SMB server or an unexpected error has An error has occurred when accessing the NEXTNAME.DAT file during scanner (Save to PC) SMB
occurred in the machine during scanner (Save to PC) SMB transfer. transfer.
Log in to the SMB server from another PC using the same user name and check whether you can When "Add" is selected for "File Name Conflict", check that the NEXTNAME.DAT file is correct.
write a file into the same storage destination on that SMB server. If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem
After that, perform the same operation again. has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
027-533 Internal error in SMB Scan
[Error Type]
027-530 Data reading failure from SMB server Job Fail
Job Fail An internal error has occurred during SMB scan
"Cancel Job" is selected for SMB scan "File Name Conflict"
An internal error has occurred.
Unable to save a file during scanner (Save to PC) SMB transfer because "File Name Conflict" is set
1. Repeat the operation.
to "Cancel Job".
[Corrective Actions] occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
Set "File Name Conflict" to other than "Cancel Job".
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 027-xxx FIP

2-467

027-543 SMB server name specification error Job Fail
Job Fail SMB protocol error (4-008): The scan user name specification is incorrect
The SMB server (NetBIOS) name specification is incorrect <When this error occurred during SMB Authentication/SMB Scanner >
[Detection Conditions] The specified user name was detected to be incorrect by the controller software (SMB library) of this
machine.
The SMB server (NetBIOS) name specification is incorrect.
SMBCL_NG_INV_HOST
• < When this error occurred during SMB Authentication>
The hostname specification is incorrect.
The system administrator is to set the user name correctly.
How to check the user name:
1. Check that the server name of the SMB server is correct.
1. Common Operation 1. On the Active Directory domain controller in which the User Information
was set, select the [Start] menu → [All Programs] → [Administrative Tools] → [Active Direc-
tory Users and Computers].
2. Common Operation 2. In the left pane of the Active Directory Users and Computers window,
027-547 SMB Protocol error 4-007 select [Active Directory Users and Computers [Server]] → [Domain] → [Users] to list the user
information.
[Error Type]
3. Common Operation 3. In the right pane of the Active Directory Users and Computers window,
Job Fail
right-click target user and select [Properties].
[Fault Content] 4. After selecting the [Account] tab in the [User Properties] window, check the user name for
SMB protocol error (4-007): The scan domain name specification is incorrect [User Logon Name (Windows 2000 or earlier)].
[Detection Conditions] < When this error occurred during SMB Scanner >
<When this error occurred during SMB Authentication/SMB Scanner > 1. The system administrator is to set the user name correctly.
The specified domain name was detected to be incorrect by the controller software (SMB library) of If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem
this machine. has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
<When this error occurred during SMB Authentication > 027-549 SMB Protocol error 4-009
The system administrator is to check the domain name and set it correctly. [Error Type]
How to check the domain name: Job Fail
1. On the Active Directory domain controller, select the [Start] menu → [All Programs] → [Fault Content]
[Administrative Tools] → [Active Directory Domains and Trusts].
SMB protocol error (4-009)
2. In the left pane of the "Active Directory Domains and Trusts" window, select [Active Directory
Domains and Trusts] → [Domain], then right-click and select [Properties]. [Detection Conditions]
3. After selecting the [General] tab in the [Domain Properties] window, check the domain name The specification of Password is incorrect.
for [Domain Name (Windows 2000 or earlier)]. [Corrective Actions]
< When this error occurred during SMB Scanner > Operate again.
1. The system administrator is to check the domain name and set it correctly. If the problem persists, refer to 2.5.1 LOG immediately after the problem has occurred, obtain the
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem info9 or xxx.tgz log and the network log and contact Support G for instructions.
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
027-564 SMB Protocol error 4-024
027-548 SMB Protocol error 4-008 [Error Type]
Job Fail
[Fault Content] If the problem persists, refer to 2.5.1 LOG immediately after the problem has occurred, obtain the info9 or
SMB protocol error (4-024) xxx.tgz log and the network log and contact Support G for instructions.
The host is missing. 027-565 SMB Protocol error 4-025
1. Check that the authentication server and the device can communicate through the network. (Check Job Fail
the network group, TCP/IP Settings, check the communication at Port No. 137 (UDP)/Port No. 138 [Fault Content]
(UDP)/Port No. 139 (TCP))
SMB protocol error (4-025)
2. Check that the SMB (TCP/IP) at the device side has started up.
(1) Specify the network address of the device through a Web browser, and display the remote UI
screen of the CenterWare Internet Services. Cannot connect.
(2) Select the "Properties" tab and select "Start Port" from the left frame of the properties list. [Corrective Actions]
(3) Put a check on the "Start" of "SMB", and check that "TCP/IP" is already checked for "Transport Check that the authentication server and the device can communicate through the network. (Check
Protocol". the network group, TCP/IP Settings, check the communication at Port No. 137 (UDP)/Port No. 138
(UDP)/Port No. 139 (TCP))
3. If the authentication server and the device are connected to different subnets, check that the device
has settings that can resolve the address of the authentication server. If the problem persists, refer to 2.5.1 LOG immediately after the problem has occurred, obtain the
(1) In the Tools Mode screen of the device, check the "System Settings" → "System Settings" →
"Network Settings" → "External Authentication Server/Directory Service Settings" → "SMB 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
Server Settings" → "SMB Server Specification Method". 027-566 SMB Protocol error 4-026
In case the "Domain Name and Server Name Specification" is already set and the server is
already specified by NetBIOS Name
[Error Type]
Job Fail
Check if the authentication server and the device can resolve the addresses from the WINS
server. [Fault Content]
In case the "Domain Name and Server Name Specification" is already set and the server is SMB protocol error (4-026)
already specified by FQDN Name [Detection Conditions]
Check if the authentication server and the device can resolve the addresses from the DNS
The library cannot be initialized.
server.
4. Check if the "NetBIOS over TCP/IP" has become enabled at the authentication server settings.
In the "Start Port" screen of the "Properties" tab of CenterWare Internet Service, check that the SMB
(1) Right click the "My Network" icon and select "Properties".
(TCP/IP) has started up.
(2) Right click the "Local Area Connection" icon and select "Properties".
(3) Select the "General" tab in the "Local Area Connection Properties" window, select "Internet info9 or xxx.tgz log and the network log and contact Support G for instructions.
Protocol (TCP/IP)" and press the [Properties] button.
(4) Click the [Advanced] button in the "Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties" window.
(5) Select the "WINS" tab in the "Advanced TCP/IP Settings" window to check the "NetBIOS Set- 027-569 SMB (TCP/IP)is not started.
tings". [Error Type]
5. Check at the Internet connection firewall if the communication through Ports 137, 138 and 139 are Job Fail
not blocked. (If the authentication server is WinXP)
[Fault Content]
(1) Right click the "My Network" icon and select "Properties".
The SMB (TCP/IP) is not started
(2) Right click the "Local Area Connection" icon and select "Properties".
(3) Select the "Advanced" tab in the "Local Area Connection Properties" window and click the
[Settings...] button. SMBCL_NG_NOT_INIT that occurs during SMB Scanner
(4) Select the "Service" tab in the "Advanced" window to check that communication through 137 The library has not been initialized.
(UDP), 138 (UDP) and 139 (TCP) are permitted.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 027-xxx FIP

2-469
[Corrective Actions] If the problem persists, refer to 2.5.1 LOG immediately after the problem has occurred, obtain the
In the [Port Status] screen under the [Properties] tab of CentreWare Internet Services, check that
SMB (TCP/IP) is enabled. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem 027-576 SMB Protocol error 4-036
[Error Type]
Job Fail
027-572 SMB Protocol error 4-032 [Fault Content]
[Error Type] SMB protocol error (4-036)
[Fault Content] Incorrect domain data size.
SMB protocol error (4-032) [Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] Operate again.
Incorrect parameter. If the problem persists, refer to 2.5.1 LOG immediately after the problem has occurred, obtain the
[Corrective Actions] info9 or xxx.tgz log and the network log and contact Support G for instructions.
Operate again. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
If the problem persists, refer to 2.5.1 LOG immediately after the problem has occurred, obtain the 027-578 SMB Protocol error 4-038
[Error Type]
Job Fail
027-573 SMB Protocol error 4-033 [Fault Content]
[Error Type] SMB protocol error (4-038)
[Fault Content] Communication timeout has occurred.
SMB protocol error (4-033) [Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] Check that the authentication server and the device can communicate through the network. (Check
Incorrect character code. the network group, TCP/IP Settings, check the communication at Port No. 137 (UDP)/Port No. 138
[Corrective Actions] (UDP)/Port No. 139 (TCP))
Operate again.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation 027-584 SMB Protocol error 4-044
027-574 SMB Protocol error 4-034 [Error Type]

[Fault Content] SMB protocol error (4-044)
SMB protocol error (4-034) [Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions] SMBCL_NG_INV_SECMODE
Incorrect data size. Authentication server common security mode is operating.

There is a possibility that the authentication server is set as Win95/Win98/Me.
Operate again.
Set the authentication server to Windows other than Win95/Win98/Me.
If the problem persists, refer to 2.5.1 LOG immediately after the problem has occurred, obtain the The password was detected to require changing by the controller software (SMB library) of this
info9 or xxx.tgz log and the network log and contact Support G for instructions. machine.
027-585 SMB Protocol error 4-045 <When this error occurred during SMB Authentication/SMB Scanner >
[Error Type] Log in to Windows and change the password.
Request the system administrator to disable the "change password at next login".
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
After selecting the [Account] tab in the [User Properties] window, uncheck [User must change pass-
SMB protocol error (4-045): Scan login not available time period
word at next logon] under [Account Options].
[Detection Conditions] If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem
<<< When this error occurred during SMB Authentication/SMB Scanner >>> has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
The login not available time period was detected by the controller software (SMB library) of this 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
machine.
[Error Type]
< When this error occurred during SMB Authentication/SMB Scanner >
Job Fail
Check with the system administrator for the time period when logging in is allowed.
[Fault Content]
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions. SMB protocol error (4-048): The user account is disabled
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation [Detection Conditions]
027-586 SMB Protocol error 4-046 <<< When this error occurred during SMB Authentication/SMB Scanner >>>
The user account is disabled.
[Error Type]
Job Fail
< When this error occurred during SMB Authentication/SMB Scanner >
[Fault Content]
Request the system administrator to enable the user account.
SMB protocol error (4-046): The password has expired.
[Detection Conditions] After selecting the [Account] tab in the [User Properties] window, uncheck [Account Disabled] under
<<< When this error occurred during SMB Authentication/SMB Scanner >>> [Account Options].
The password was detected to be expired by the controller software (SMB library) of this machine. If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem
<When this error occurred during SMB Authentication/SMB Scanner > 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
Obtain a valid password from the system administrator. 027-589 SMB Protocol error 4-049
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem [Error Type]
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
027-587 SMB Protocol error 4-047 SMB protocol error (4-049): Locked out
Job Fail
<<< When this error occurred during SMB Authentication/SMB Scanner >>>
[Fault Content] The user account is locked out.
SMB protocol error (4-047): The password must be changed [Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] < When this error occurred during SMB Authentication/SMB Scanner >
<<< When this error occurred during SMB Authentication >>> Request the system administrator to unlock the user account.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 027-xxx FIP

2-471
Perform the following. 027-599 SMB Protocol error 4-other

After selecting the [Account] tab in the [User Properties] window, uncheck [Account locked out].
[Error Type]
Job Fail
SMB/LDAP Protocol Error (code for others)
[Error Type]
1. An error internal to SMB Library excluding 027-547 through 027-578 occurred.
Job Fail
2. The protocol category with which to fill in Coml_Fault_GetNETCeCode( ) was an unexpected one.
[Fault Content] * FTP/HTTP/an undefined category was specified. (DMP6-1)
SMB protocol error (4-050): The user account has expired
[Detection Conditions] Operate again.
<<< When this error occurred during SMB Authentication/SMB Scanner >>> If the problem persists, refer to 2.5.1 LOG immediately after the problem has occurred, obtain the
The user account has expired. info9 or xxx.tgz log and the network log and contact Support G for instructions.
< When this error occurred during SMB Authentication/SMB Scanner > 027-600 ExtPrint Check Mode Error
Obtain a valid user account from the system administrator.
[Error Type]
Request the system administrator to extend the validity period of the account.
a hidden fail
After selecting the [Account] tab in the [User Properties] window, select [End of:] from [Account
[Fault Content]
expires] and extend the validity. External Print CheckMode Error
Request the system administrator to disable the account expiry. [Detection Conditions]
Perform the following. In H/W Check Mode, the controller detected an error with the external CDI.
After selecting the [Account] tab in the [User Properties] window, select [Never] from [Account [Corrective Actions]
expires].
Just write this in History.
If the problem persists, perform the following:
– Check the command between DFE and M/C, and disconnect then connect the Video Cable
between DFE and M/C.
027-591 SMB Protocol error 4-051 – Power Off/On
[Error Type] 027-700 Mail address domain err
[Fault Content] job
SMB protocol error (4-051): The user account is restricted. Blank password is not allowed [Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] Sending to the domain of the destination mail address is prohibited. (before connecting to the
<<< When this error occurred during SMB Authentication/SMB Scanner >>> server)
The user account is restricted. Blank password is not allowed. [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] The domain of the destination mail address is designated as a prohibited domain.
<When this error occurred during SMB Authentication/SMB Scanner > [Corrective Actions]
Set a user password. Check that the domain of the destination mail address is not designated as a prohibited domain.
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem If the problem still persists, collect the pfshowinfo8 log immediately after the occurrence of the prob-
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions. lem and contact the support division for directions.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation 2.5.1 LOG
027-701 Disconnect network cable [Corrective Actions]
[Error Type] 1. Check for the certification path for the destination certificate and import the necessary CA certifi-
cate.
job
[Fault Content] 027-705 Certificate for addresses, was revoked
In external authentication, the disconnected cable is detected. [Error Type]
As a result of checking for disconnection of the network cable before the external authentication [Fault Content]
operation, the disconnected cable has been detected. The certificate for the destination existed on a list of revoked certificates. (before connection to the
[Corrective Actions] server)
The network cable is disconnected from the device. Confirm the cable is disconnected and recon- [Detection Conditions]
nect it. when sending SMIME mail
027-702 Certificate for addresses, was not found (VKCMERR_CERT_REVOKED)
(VKCMERR_KEY_COMPROMISED)
[Error Type]
(VKCMERR_CERT_AFFILIATION_CHANGED)
job
(VKCMERR_CERT_SUPERSEDED)
[Fault Content] (SMLNG_KEY_REVOKED)
No certificate for the destination exists. (before connection to the server)
[Detection Conditions] 1. Store in this machine a destination certificate that is not on the list of revoked certificates.
when sending SMIME mail (SMLNG_KEY_NOTHING)
027-706 Device certificate not found
1. Store a certificate for the destination in this machine.
[Error Type]
Job Fail
027-703 Certificate for addresses, was expired
[Fault Content]
[Error Type] No device certificate exists. (before connection to the server)
job
[Fault Content] When SMIME mail was sent, No Certificate was detected.
The certificate for the destination expired. (before connection to the server)
[Detection Conditions] 1. Store the device certificate in this machine.
when sending SMIME mail (VKCMERR_CERT_EXPIRED)
1. Store the correct certificate for the destination in this machine. Check the following:
027-707 Device certificate expired
• the term for which the certificate is valid
• The time the device tells is correct.
[Error Type]
Job Fail
027-704 Certificate for addresses, was untrusted
[Fault Content]
[Error Type] The device certificate expired. (before connection to the server)
job
[Fault Content] When SMIME mail was sent, an invalid (expired) certificate was detected.
The certificate for the destination is not reliable. (before connection to the server)
[Detection Conditions] 1. Store the correct device certificate in this machine. Check the following:
when sending SMIME mail (SMLNG_KEY_UNTRUST)
• the term for which the certificate is valid
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 027-xxx FIP

2-473
• The time the device tells is correct. 2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
If the problem persists, perform the following. 027-711 S/MIME mail sender certificate not found
[Error Type]
027-708 Device certificate untrusted Job Fail
Job Fail SMIME Mail Certificate Retrieval Error
The device certificate is not reliable. (before connection to the server) The Mail I/O received the S/MIME signature mail but could not obtain the sender certificate. The S/
[Detection Conditions] MIME signature mail sent from the device always includes the device certificate.
When SMIME mail was sent, an unreliable certificate was detected. [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] To validate the signature, a valid sender certificate is required. Register the sender certificate in M/C
1. Check that the mail address written on the device certificate is the same as that set up on the or change your mailer options so that the S/MIME signature mails from the sender will be sent with
the certificate.
device.
2. Check for the certification path for the device certificate and import the necessary CA certificate.
027-709 Device certificate revoked 027-712 S/MIME mail sender certificate not valid
Job Fail
Job Fail
The certificate for the destination existed on a list of revoked certificates. (before connection to the Invalid S/MIME Mail Certificate Error
server) [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] The Mail I/O received the S/MIME signature mail but as the sender certificate was invalid, a signa-
When SMIME mail was sent, a discarded certificate was detected (which is registered in CRL). ture verification error was detected.

To validate a signature, a valid sender certificate is required. As the sender certificate registered in
1. Store in this machine a destination certificate that is not on the list of revoked certificates.
the device is unreliable or it has expired, the S/MIME signature mail is unreliable and the received
mail is discarded.
Check that the signature bearer of the CA certificate is registered in the device.
027-710 S/MIME mail was disabled Explain to the customer that the sender "needs to send a mail that is signed with a valid certificate"
[Error Type] because the sender certificate has expired.
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
Invalid SMIME Mail Error
[Detection Conditions] 027-713 S/MIME mail was altered
The Mail I/O received S/MIME mail even though S/MIME was disabled. [Error Type]
Sender has the S/MIME certificate for the M/C but the S/MIME settings in M/C is invalid. Enable S/ [Fault Content]
MIME setting in the device. Receive S/MIME Mail Tampered Error
The Mail I/O received the S/MIME signature mail but tampered mail was detected and it was dis- Unsigned Mail Prohibited
carded. [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] Prohibited unsigned mail was detected. All the S/MIME unsigned mails (including standard mails
Attackers may tamper mails on the sending path. Explain to the customer that the device is blocking and S/MIME encrypted mails) are discarded.
the attacks from attackers. [Corrective Actions]
The flag that prohibits receiving of unreliable mail is enabled. If a problem is found, disable the flag
OF-09 Common Job Fail that prohibits receiving of unreliable mail.
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.
027-714 S/MIME mail sender impersonation OF-09 Common Job Fail
Job Fail 027-720 Ext Srv. Host Not Found
S/MIME Mail Sender Impersonation Error Job Fail
The Mail I/O received the S/MIME signature mail but as the sender address and the signature mail Server for Application Interface cannot be found during Web Service Interface.
address were different. An impersonated sender was detected and the mail was discarded. [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] Either the specified server for the application interface cannot be found or the DNS could not be
Mails may be sent from impersonated senders. Explain to the customer that the device is blocking resolved during Web service interface.
the attacks from attackers. An error occurred during DNS resolution for FQDN (HTTP/HTTPS) because no DNS Server is set
If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it. up.
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow Check that the DNS server address is set properly. Check that the PC running the application inter-
027-715 S/MIME mail certficate not support face (CWFS etc.) is registered in DNS.
If the problem persists, obtain instructions from DocuShare and then perform the following proce-
[Error Type] dures in sequence to repair it.
[Fault Content] 2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
SMIME Mail Certificate Not Supported
027-721 Ext Srv. Not Found
[Error Type]
The secret key (certificate) supported by S/MIME encrypted mail is not registered in the device.
Job Fail
This problem occurs when an appropriate certificate is registered in the certificate repository but not
in S/MIME certificate, or when the S/MIME certificate itself is not registered yet. [Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions] Application Interface Destination During Web Service Interface - Not Found
Check that the appropriate certificate is registered and is set as the S/MIME certificate in the M/C. [Detection Conditions]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it. Either the specified server for the application interface cannot be found or the DNS could not be
OF-09 Common Job Fail resolved during Web service interface.
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow An error occurred during DNS resolution for FQDN (HTTP/HTTPS) because no DNS Server is set
up, and so on.
027-716 No-Signed mail receipt was rejected [Corrective Actions]
[Error Type] Check that the DNS server address is set properly. Check that the PC running the application inter-
Job Fail face (CWFS) is registered in DNS.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 027-xxx FIP

2-475
If the problem persists, obtain instructions from DocuShare and then perform the following proce- [Detection Conditions]
dures in sequence to repair it.
The access to the application interface failed (for all causes other than service not found, timeout or
OF-09 Common Job Fail authentication failure) during Web service interface.
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow [Corrective Actions]
027-722 Ext Srv. Timeout Fail Check that the application interface (CWFS) is working correctly. If ok, check the log.
[Fault Content] 027-725 Ext Srv. Operation Fail
Application Interface During Web Service Interface - Timeout [Error Type]
A request for application interface is issued from the machine during Web service interface, but it [Fault Content]
does not receive a response within the specified time (default: 60[sec]).
Application Interface During Web Service Interface - Job Operation Failure
1. If a number of documents is specified for scanning, scan one document and store it. Job operation has failed at the machine for application interface during Web service interface.
2. When scanning and storing are successful, change the application interface timeout value. If scan- An error occurred when a job is "paused", "resumed", or "canceled" from the machine panel.
ning and storing are not successful, perform step (3).
3. Check that the scan document can be uploaded from the PC browser. When uploading is success-
ful, change the application interface timeout value. Check that the application interface (CWFS) is working correctly. If ok, check the log.
027-723 Ext Srv. Authentication Fail 027-726 Ext Srv. Unknown State
Job Fail Job Fail
Application Interface During Web Service Interface - Authentication Failure Application Interface During Web Service Interface - Unknown Job Status
A request for application interface is issued from the machine during Web service interface, but The status of the application interface destination is unknown during Web service interface.
authentication has failed because the one-time password that is set in the instructions sent from [Corrective Actions]
DocuShare has expired.
Check that the application interface (CWFS) is working correctly. If ok, check the log.
Check the User Name and password to be entered for creating a job flow. (Currently, this failure OF-09 Common Job Fail
does not occur because CWFS does not support authentication.)
If the problem persists, obtain instructions from DocuShare and then perform the following proce-
027-727 Ext Srv. Req Invalid Params
dure to repair it. [Error Type]
OF-09 Common Job Fail Job Fail
027-724 Ext Srv. Access Fail [Fault Content]
[Error Type] Application Interface During Web Service - Invalid Parameter

[Fault Content] The parameter for the application interface is incorrect during Web service interface.
Application Interface During Web Service Interface - Access Failure The machine failed to send a application interface request due to job flow breakage etc.
[Corrective Actions] If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the
Check the parameters for creating a job flow. problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
OF-09 Common Job Fail 027-732 Server Access Err

027-728 Ext Srv. Req File Exceed [Error Type]

[Fault Content] Job Template Server Access Error
The number of files requested to be sent exceeded the maximum number of files that can be sent [Detection Conditions]
during Web service interface (this occurs when a single-page document is being stored). Either the Job Template server has insufficient capacity or a failure has occurred in the server disk.
The number of files requested to be sent to an external service exceeded the maximum number of Check that the server disk is normal and has free space, and then retry the operation.
files that can be sent during Web service interface. If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the
This occurs if the instructions requesting DocuShare to scan and upload documents in the single- problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions.
page format is created. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
It does not occur when only multi-page documents are the target.
027-733 Server SSL Err
[Error Type]
Set a job so that the maximum number of files that can be sent will not be exceeded.
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
Job Template Server SSL Error
027-730 SMTP mail division error
[Error Type] The SSL setting for the Job Template server did not become enabled.
job
[Fault Content] Check that the SSL setting for the Job Template server is enabled.
split-mail error (before connection to the server)
[Detection Conditions] problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions.
A mail was split in linking to the system. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
[Corrective Actions] 027-734 Server Certificate Err
1. The number of original pages scanned exceeds the preset pagination value. [Error Type]
Increase the preset pagination value, or reduce the number of original pages scanned. Job Fail
027-731 Server Limit Err [Fault Content]
[Error Type] Job Template Server SSL Certificate Error
[Fault Content] The server certificate is invalid.
Job Template Server Connection Limit Count Error [Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] Perform the following.
The CWSS NetWare Job and NetWare polling were started up simultaneously. 1. Using the HTTPS protocol, check whether the Job Template server is accessible from the PC.
[Corrective Actions] 2. Check whether the SSL server certificate of the Job Template server is registered in the
device.
Finish the currently activate NetWareJob, and then retry the operation.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 027-xxx FIP

2-477
3. Check whether the SSL server certificate of the Job Template server is valid. [Error Type]
For example, check the following: Job Fail
– The certificate has not expired yet. [Fault Content]
– The time that is set in the device is correct.
[Read Error in Obtaining JT]
– It is not in the discard list.
Read error from the server
– The certificate path of the SSL server certificate and import any necessary CA certificate.
4. If the certificate is not registered in the Job Template server, disable the device certificate vali-
An error was received from the server to a FTP command "TYPE A", "LIST", or "RETR".
dation.
If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the [Corrective Actions]
problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions. Check the access right, etc.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation 1. Check that "Read Authorization" is established for the storage destination server directory set
as a resource.
027-735 Device SSL Config Err
Job Fail
027-739 Invalid Template Server Path
[Fault Content]
Device SSL Error
[Error Type]
Job Fail
When SSL transfer was instructed, the SSL setting of the device is disabled.
[Fault Content]
[Path Error in Obtaining JT]
The specified path of the Job Template Pool Server cannot be found.
1. Enable the SSL settings of the M/C.
An error was received from the server to the FTP command "CWD".
2. Or, specify HTTP as the transfer protocol.
If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the [Corrective Actions]
problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions. Check the path information, etc.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation 1. Set the resource of the storage destination path from the client PC using CentreWare.
027-736 Device Certificate Err If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
[Error Type]
Job Fail 027-740 Template Server Login ERR
Device SSL Certificate Error Job Fail
When server certificate validation is instructed, the server certificate validation of the device is dis- [Log-in Error in Obtaining JT]
abled. Cannot log in to the Job Template Pool Server.
Perform the following. Login to the FTP Server failed.
1. Enable the server certificate validation settings of the M/C. [Corrective Actions]
2. Or, disable the server certificate validation setting during transfer. Check the user information, etc.
If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the 1. Set the log-in name and password in the Job Template file storage destination.
2. From some other PC connected to the network, check that you can log in with the above
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation account.
027-737 Template Server Read ERR 3. From a client PC, set a login name and password as a resource using CentreWare.
OF-09 Common Job Fail The address format of the Job Template Pool Server is incorrect.
027-741 Template Server Connect Fail [Corrective Actions]
[Error Type] Set the parameters related to the Job Template Pool Server.
[Network Error in Obtaining JT] 027-744 Template Server ADD ERR (DNS Library)
Cannot connect to the Job Template Pool Server. [Error Type]
The system failed in obtaining data connection or list data using the FTP command "LIST". [Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions] The Job Template Pool Server address cannot be resolved. (Response to the DNS library error)
Check the network environment and the server. [Detection Conditions]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure: An error occurred while callng the DNS Resolution Library.
1. Connect the network cable from the M/C properly. [Corrective Actions]
2. From the destination server, use "PING" to check that the M/C can be "seen".
Check the connection to the DNS. Or, check whether the Job Template Pool Server domain name
3. Perform the "ping" test on the destination server from PSW. has been registered in the DNS.
4. From a client PC, check that the ftp connection to the destination server is possible. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail 2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
027-742 HD File System Full 027-745 Template Server ADD ERR (DNS address)
Job Fail Job Fail
[File Full in Obtaining JT] The Job Template Pool Server address cannot be resolved. (The DNS address is not set)
File system was full when the Job Template was stored into the local HD. [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] During address resolution, the DNS Server address is not set.
The HDD was full when writing to a local HDD Job Template or when writing temporary work files. [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] Set the DNS address. Or, set the Job Template Pool Server address using IP address.
Delete the files in the HDD. Or, initialize the HD. If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.
1. Scanned images may cause the HDD to be full. Wait for a while and try again. OF-09 Common Job Fail
If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it. 2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
027-746 JobTemplate Pool Server Not Ready
[Error Type]
027-743 Template Server Install ERR Job Fail
Job Fail
Job Template Pool Server Protocol Startup Error
Job Template Pool Server Setting Failure The port of the protocol specified in Job Template Pool Server settings is not started up.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 027-xxx FIP

2-479

Start up the port of the protocol (FTP client or SMB) specified in Job Template Pool Server settings. Perform the following:
If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it. 1. Do not link the box to the instruction that requires user entry.
OF-09 Common Job Fail 2. Set preset values for the items in the instruction requiring user entry.
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
027-750 Fax document incongruent OF-09 Common Job Fail
[Error Type] 027-753 Job flow service request disabled

Transfer Instruction when iFAX Transfer is prohibited, or Scan and Printer Document Print Instruc- [Fault Content]
tion during Interruption Invalid Instruction Service
• With iFAX Document E-mail and iFAX Transfer prohibited, iFAX Document E-mail and iFAX Trans- Job is executed by instruction when the service is disabled.
fer instructions were received.
• Printing Scan and Printer documents was instructed during interruption.
Enable the service.
• For iFAX received document, enable the transfer setting.
• Clear interruption and print when printing Scan and Printer documents during interruption.
027-754 Job flow service File signature setting mismatch
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow Job
027-751 Job Template analysis error [Fault Content]

File Signature Settings Mismatch in Instruction
[Error Type]
Job Fail
When performing signature setting using XDW or PDF in an instruction, the setting in the instruction
[Fault Content] is specified as "Default" while the system data is set as "Custom".
Instruction Analysis Error Or, the setting in the instruction is not "Default" and it is different from the system data setting.
An error was detected when analyzing the given instruction.
Check the system data setting of the XDW/PDF signature and the signature setting that is specified
[Corrective Actions] in the instruction. If the system data setting is different from the setting in the instruction, either
Re-examine the contents of the instruction. change the instruction or change the system data.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. If the problem persists, carry out the following procedure:
027-752 Must user un inputting 027-760 XJT Command Fail

Job Fail Job Fail
Mandatory User Not Entered XJT Command Error (Parameter setting out of specifications)
With the required user entry not entered, the instruction to start the job was given. Incorrect Command from XDOD Client
[Corrective Actions] – The job ticket is abnormally overwritten due to a software error in this machine.
Check the following: – The job ticket is abnormally overwritten due to a bug in the external server from which the job
Check 1: Check if the parameter setting specified in XDOD client is out of system specifications. was sent.
Check 2: Check the XDOD client and Controller versions, and then save the XDOD job ticket and – The job ticket is abnormally overwritten due to network problems.
contact Support G for checking. – The job ticket was intentionally tampered with.
(It would be the best if PRN file can be obtained, but it is not possible from the XDOD client.) [Corrective Actions]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. Instruct to print again.
OF-09 Common Job Fail If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log immediately after the problem has occurred
and contact the Support G for instructions.
027-761 Web Print time out
[Error Type]
Job Fail
027-763 Auditron - Cannot Verify User
job
Although a Web Print job was received, the machine did not start printing within the [On-Demand
Print Duration] time ([On-Demand Print Duration] is a KO system data) [Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] Auditron - Cannot Verify User
Although On-demand Print due to print request from this machine restarted and instructed the [Detection Conditions]
machine to print, the time "since the print was requested until the printing actually started" has The device cannot check user info with the external accounting server.
exceeded the system data [= On-Demand Print Duration]. One of the causes for this error is that on-
demand print was instructed for multiple documents.
Make the external accounting server operate properly. Repair the network failure.
Connect the cable properly. Set up the device so that it can properly communicate with the external
accounting server.
1. If on-demand print for multiple documents was instructed using the external access function,
reduce the number of documents before retrying it. 027-770 PDL Error
2. If the problem persists, enter the System Administrator mode and select [System Settings] > [Error Type]
[System Settings] > [Machine Clock/Timers] > [On-Demand Print Duration] > to either extend Job Fail
the time or set it to 0.
[Fault Content]
[# Supplement #] When using the external access function to instruct printing of multiple documents
Cont Detection DFE PDL Error
by on-demand print, the machine does not take the print processing time into consideration until the
last document is received. Therefore, for cases of large volume documents or complicated docu- [Detection Conditions]
ments that require long data processing time, the machine may issue timeout even before receiving The DFE detected a failure in PDL during job processing.
the last document. Set the validity time according to the document format to be printed.
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log immediately after the problem has occurred
and contact the Support G for instructions. Change the job conditions and try again.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
027-762 Illegal Web Print job ticket
027-771 DFE Disk Full
[Error Type]
Job Fail
[Error Type]
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
Although a Web Print job was received, the attached job execution ticket is incorrect
[Fault Content]
DFE Disk Full
Although on-demand job was instructed to this machine using the external access function, the
specified job ticket has the following innacuracies: The remaining HD capacity in the DFE became less than 500MB when printing from DFE.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 027-xxx FIP

2-481

Change the job conditions and try again. Too many mail addresses caused a failure. (after connection to the server)
Delete unnecessary files from the HD in the DFE. [Detection Conditions]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. (SMTPERR_TOO_MANY_RECIPIENTS)
027-772 SMTP server error (HELO Command refusal) 1. Reduce the number of mail addresses.
[Error Type] 027-776 SMTP server error (EHLO Command refusal)
job [Error Type]
[Fault Content] job
The SMTP server refused the HELO command. (after connection to the server) [Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] The SMTP server refused the EHLO command. (after connection to the server)
(SMTPERR_HELO_FAIL) [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] (SMTPERR_EHLO_FAIL)
1. If any non-ASCII letters are used for the machine host name, use ASCII letters to set it. [Corrective Actions]
If the situation does not improve, contact the network administrator for advice and check that the SMTP 1. If any non-ASCII letters are used for the machine host name, use ASCII letters to set it.
server supports the HELO command.
If the situation does not improve, contact the network administrator for advice and check that the SMTP
027-773 SMTP server communication timeout server supports the EHLO command.
[Error Type] 027-777 SMTP server un-supports SMTP-AUTH.
job [Error Type]
[Fault Content] job
Time to communicate with the SMTP server ran out. (after connection to the server) [Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] The SMTP server does not support SMTP-AUTH. (after connection to the server)
(SMTPERR_TIMEOUT) [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] (SMTPERR_AUTH_NONSUPPORT)
1. Time-out occurred in communicating with the SMTP server. [Corrective Actions]
Wait a while and operate again. 1. Send mail without setting SMTP-AUTH.
027-774 SMTP address address inaccurate character 2. If you want to use the SMTP-AUTH function, contact the system administrator for advice.
[Error Type] 027-778 There is no mode specified by SMTP-AUTH.
job [Error Type]
[Fault Content] job
Unavailable letters were specified as a destination address. (after connection to the server) [Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] The mode specified by SMTP-AUTH was not found. (after connection to the server)
(SMTPERR_INVALID_CHARACTER) [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] (SMTPERR_AUTH_METHOD)
1. Use only ASCII letters for a destination address letter-string. [Corrective Actions]
027-775 Too many SMTP address 1. Contact the network administrator to see what SMTP authentication method the server uses.
[Error Type] The device supports PLAIN (plain text) Authentication, LOGIN (BASE64 type) Authentication, and
CRAM-MD5 (challenge-and-response type).
job
027-779 It attestation-fails by SMTP-AUTH
job operation
A failure in authentication based on SMTP-AUTH (after connection to the server) Manual duplex(Back Print from Tray7)
(SMTPERR_AUTH_FAILED) Green Controller was notified by EFI Controller that one side finished being printed.
1. SMTP authentication failed. Turn over the output whose one side finished being printed in manual duplex, and load it in Tray 7.
Check that correct authentication information (user name and password) is set up. 027-911 Manual duplex(Back Print from Tray6)
027-796 Email Not Printed [Error Type]
[Error Type] operation
[Fault Content] Manual duplex(Back Print from Tray6)
E-mail Print Control Through User Settings [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] Green Controller was notified by EFI Controller that one side finished being printed.
For received E-mail, the settings were set to "Do not print header and content". As E-mails without [Corrective Actions]
attachments were received, they were destroyed.
Turn over the output whose one side finished being printed in manual duplex, and load it in Tray 6.
In the above case, the Mail IO leaves the error history report indicating that the mail has been dis-
carded together with ChainLink. 027-912 Manual duplex(Back Print from Tray5)
No jobs are generated due to the specification. [Error Type]
[Corrective Actions] operation
Set to the correct settings again, such as [Print Header and Content]. [Fault Content]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. Manual duplex(Back Print from Tray5)
027-797 Invalid Output Destination Green Controller was notified by EFI Controller that one side finished being printed.
Job Fail Turn over the output whose one side finished being printed in manual duplex, and load it in Tray 5.
[Fault Content] 027-913 Manual duplex(Back Recovery - Front Print)
Incorrect Output Destination of Received Mail [Error Type]
[Detection Conditions] operation
No jobs are generated. [Fault Content]
E-mail to Box and E-mail to Fax were dropped. An E-mail was received with this setting. Manual duplex(Back Recovery - Front Print)
Specify the output destination that can be processed by the device and ask the customer to send Green Controller was notified of a jam by EFI Controller.
the job again.
While a print of side 2 was being output from Tray 7 in manual duplex, the print was jammed.
OF-09 Common Job Fail Remove all the sheets of paper from Input Tray 7/Output Tray. Then reprint side 1 of the print.
027-910 Manual duplex(Back Print from Tray7) 027-914 Manual duplex(Back Recovery - Front Print)
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 027-xxx FIP

2-483

operation While a print of side 2 was being output from Tray 6 in manual duplex, the print was jammed.
[Fault Content] Reprint side 1 of the print. After finishing it, use Input Tray 6 to reprint side 2 of each of the pages
from the jammed page to the final page.
Manual duplex(Back Recovery - Front Print)
[Detection Conditions] 027-918 Manual duplex(Back Recovery - Back Print)
Green Controller was notified of a jam by EFI Controller. [Error Type]
[Corrective Actions] operation
While a print of side 2 was being output from Tray 6 in manual duplex, the print was jammed. [Fault Content]
Remove all the sheets of paper from Input Tray 6/Output Tray. Then use Input Tray 6 to reprint side Manual duplex(Back Recovery - Back Print)
1 of the print. [Detection Conditions]
027-915 Manual duplex(Back Recovery - Front Print) Green Controller was notified of a jam by EFI Controller.
operation While a print of side 2 was being output from Tray 5 (Bypass Tray) in manual duplex, the print was
[Fault Content] jammed. Reprint side 1 of the print. After finishing it, use Input Tray 5 (Bypass Tray) to reprint side 2
of each of the pages from the jammed page to the final page.
Manual duplex(Back Recovery - Front Print)
Green Controller was notified of a jam by EFI Controller.
While a print of side 2 was being output from Tray 5 (Bypass Tray) in manual duplex, the print was
jammed. Remove all the sheets of paper from Input Tray 5 (Bypass Tray)/Output Tray. Then use
Input Tray 5 (Bypass Tray) to reprint side 1 of the print.
027-916 Manual duplex(Back Recovery - Back Print)
[Error Type]
operation
[Fault Content]
Manual duplex(Back Recovery - Back Print)
While a print of side 2 was being output from Tray 7 in manual duplex, the print was jammed.
Reprint side 1 of the print. After finishing it, use Input Tray 7 to reprint side 2 of each of the pages
from the jammed page to the final page.
027-917 Manual duplex(Back Recovery - Back Print)
[Error Type]
operation
[Fault Content]
Manual duplex(Back Recovery - Back Print)
033-310 Fax Charge Function Fail [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] It has been detected that after the FaxCardMini initailization, the device cannot communicate with
FaxCardMini.
Sub
[Fault Content]
The Fax send billing function was turned ON although multiple lines are installed.
If the problem reoccurs, go to the following and solve it.
[Detection Conditions] OF-11 FAX Job Fail
The Fax send billing function was turned ON although multiple lines are installed.
033-314 Controller ROM Fax Card ROM mismatch
Turn OFF the FAX send billing function or change to a single-line installation.
[Error Type]
sub
033-311 Invalid Addressbook Data are Registered
[Fault Content]
[Error Type] The version of the USB-I/F reported from FaxCardMini does not match.
sub
[Fault Content] The Controller has detected a version mismatch.
Data in Address Book is invalid.
[Detection Conditions] Upgrade both the Controller and FaxCardMini ROMs to the latest version.
When FaxCont is on, invalid Address Book data is detected.
033-315 USB Fatal Error
Clear NVM (Sys-USER).
[Error Type]
sub
033-312 Controller not respond when system is changing mode
[Fault Content]
[Error Type] A notice from the USB Fax Class Driver has caused a Fatal Error.
sub
[Fault Content] A notice from the USB Fax Class Driver has caused a Fatal Error (USB Driver failure, HW failure,
FCM has detected Timeout. (The Host has not transited to Sleep a specific time after receiving a etc.).
request to transit to Sleep.)
The Controller has not transited to Sleep Mode a specific time after. If the problem reoccurs, go to the following and solve it.
[Corrective Actions] OF-07 Fax System Fail
033-316 FAX Device Cont Error
OF-07 Fax System Fail
[Error Type]
sub
033-313 USB disconnected
[Fault Content]
[Error Type] A fatal error with FaxDevCont/PrintFormat
sub
[Fault Content] An error has occurred in the DeviceCont area in the FaxCont.
It has been detected that after the FaxCardMini initailization, the device cannot communicate with
FaxCardMini.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 033-xxx FIP

2-485
033-317 FAX Device Error [Fault Content]

[Error Type] A problem with FaxCont has been detected. (No response)
sub [Detection Conditions]

[Fault Content] At Boot, the Controller has made no response for a certain time.
A fatal error with FaxDevice [Corrective Actions]

An error has occurred in the FaxDevice area in the FaxCont.
Turn the power OFF then ON. 033-321 Fax Card not respond when system is Booting
If the problem reoccurs, go to the following and solve it. [Error Type]
OF-14 Fax Card Fail sub
033-318 Image Processing Error [Fault Content]
[Error Type] A problem with FaxCardMini has been detected. (Not installed, no response, or detection of
PCCCard installed)
sub
[Fault Content]
At Boot, the Fax Card has made no response for a certain time.
A fatal error with the image processing I/F, image processing control or image processing.
A fatal error has occurred with image processing for Fax.
[Corrective Actions] OF-07 Fax System Fail
033-322 FAX Card I/F timeout
OF-07 Fax System Fail [Error Type]
sub
033-319 Fax Control task detects error
[Fault Content]
[Error Type]
A problem in Faxc2 has been detected.
sub
(The I/F to faxc has timed out.)
[Fault Content]
No response has been made within a certain length of time in message communication from faxc2
(No zone can be secured; a proble has been detected during Configure processing.)
in FAX Cont to the outside.
A problem has occurred in Fax Cont2 software processing, discontinuing the processing ever since.
[Corrective Actions] If the problem reoccurs, go to the following and solve it.
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem still reoccurs, there is a strong posibility of FaxCont2 OF-07 Fax System Fail
software bugs in the Controller.
Go to the following and solve the problem.
033-323 FAX Card Mini I/F timeout
sub
033-320 Controller not respond when system is Booting
[Fault Content]
[Error Type]
sub
(The I/F to FaxCardMini has timed out.)
[Detection Conditions] Go to the following and solve the problem.
A problem in Faxc2 has been detected.(The I/F to FaxCardMini has timed out.) OF-14 Fax Card Fail
[Corrective Actions] 033-327 FCM no response to stop request
Turn the power OFF then ON. [Error Type]
If the problem reoccurs, go to the following and solve it. sub
OF-14 Fax Card Fail [Fault Content]
033-324 USB state change Error There has been no response from the FCM to a request to stop the communication.
sub When no response came from the FCM during FAX communication, the device issued a request to
[Fault Content] interrupt the communication, but has received no response.
USB STATE CHANGE ERROR [Corrective Actions]

If the problem persists, it is thought to be a FAX Card Mini H/W failure.
The USB has gone into an unexpected state.
Go to the following and solve the problem.
OF-14 Fax Card Fail
If the problem reoccurs, go to the following and solve it. 033-328 Failed to initialize fax log
033-325 FCM Fatal Error sub

A failure in initializing the communication log.
sub
An error with debug bits in FaxCardMini has occurred. The initialization of the communication log library has failed.

1. Initialize the HDD.
An error with debug bits in FaxCardMini has occurred.
2. Initialize NVM.
If the problem still persists, go to the following and solve it.
OF-07 Fax System Fail 033-329 Detected fax process failuer
033-326 Mini Manager Fatal Error [Error Type]
sub
[Error Type]
sub
[Fault Content]
A problem with FaxCont has been detected.
[Fault Content]
A fatal error with MiniManager
A problem with FaxCont has been detected.
FAX Card Mini has detected a fatal error.
1. Initialize the HDD.
2. Initailaize NVM.
If the problem persists, it is thought to be a FAX Card Mini H/W failure.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 033-xxx FIP

2-487
033-330 FoIP Unrecoverable Error [Detection Conditions]

[Error Type] When the device tries to transit to Sleep Mode, the FoIP Cont has made no response for a certain
time.
sub
[Fault Content]
A fatal sotware error in FoIP (including T38 and SIP) has occurred.
If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it.
A fatal sotware error in FoIP (including T38 and SIP) has occurred.
033-334 Can not send a message to FoIP CONT
[Error Type]
If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it. subR
OF-11 FAX Job Fail [Fault Content]

The device cannot send a message to the FoIP Controller.
033-331 FoIP Controller Init Fail
[Error Type]
The FoIP message send function has returned NG.
subR
[Fault Content]
A failure in FoIP Controller initialization processing
The initialization of FoIP has failed.
033-363 Fax Card Reset (Reboot)
[Error Type]
If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it. Sub System Fail

Fax Card Reset (Reboot Fail)
033-332 FoIP Cont not respond when system is Booting
[Error Type]
The Controller reset the Fax Card because the Fax Card did not respond.
subR
[Fault Content]
No action necessary since it will auto recover.
A problem with the FoIP Controller has been detected. (No response at boot sequence. )
Perform the following and repair the problem:
[Detection Conditions] OF-12 033-363 Fail
At boot, the FoIP Cont has made no response for a certain time.
033-500 No CS after RS Req
[Error Type]
job
In command sending, modem CS has not turned ON in response to a RS.
033-333 FoIP Cont not respond when system is sleeping
[Error Type]
In command sending, modem CS has not turned ON in response to a RS.
subR
[Fault Content]
Check the remote terminal and do the same operation again. If a fax has arrived, ask the remote ter-
A problem with the FoIP Controller has been detected. (No response at an attempt to transit to
minal to resend it.
Sleep)
OF-11 FAX Job Fail OF-11 FAX Job Fail
033-501 No Appropriate PIX Data 033-504 T2 Timeout
job job
The number of receiving lines was 0. T2 timeout
The number of receiving lines was 0. A T2 timeout has occurred.
Check the remote terminal and do the same operation again. If a fax has arrived, ask the remote ter- Check the remote terminal and do the same operation again.
minal to resend it. Check the state of the line.
If the problem still persists, go to the following and solve it. Check the Fax Card.
OF-11 FAX Job Fail If the problem still persists, go to the following and solve it.
033-502 Post-message resend exceeded OF-11 FAX Job Fail
[Error Type] 033-505 T5 Timeout
job [Error Type]
[Fault Content] job
No response to a post message sent three times [Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] T5 timeout
No response to a post message sent three times [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] A T5 timeout has occurred.
Check the state of the remote terminal (to see whether the memory is full, the remote terminal is [Corrective Actions]
under maintenance, etc.), and do the same operation again. Check the remote terminal and do the same operation again.
Or there is a possibility that the receiving teminal has become disconnected for some reason while Check the state of the line.
receiving image info.
Check the Fax Card.
OF-11 FAX Job Fail
OF-11 FAX Job Fail
033-503 T1 Timeout 033-506 DCN Receive
[Error Type]
[Error Type]
job
job
[Fault Content]
[Fault Content]
T1 timeout
DCN has been received.
A T1 timeout has occurred.
DCN has been received.
Check the remote terminal and do the same operation again.
There is a possibility of the remote terminal user’s cancellation. If the remote user has not cancelled,
Check the state of the line.
check that the remote terminal has no problem, and do the same operation again.
Check the Fax Card.
OF-11 FAX Job Fail
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 033-xxx FIP

2-489
033-507 Unable to receive by remote [Fault Content]

[Error Type] FTT reception at 2400bps
job [Detection Conditions]

[Fault Content] FTT reception at 2400bps
The remote terminal has no capability to receive. [Corrective Actions]

[Detection Conditions] Check the state of the line, check for power noise, and check the grounding.
The remote terminal has no capability to receive.
OF-11 FAX Job Fail
Check the state of the remote terminal (to see whether the memory is full, the remote terminal is 033-511 No response after 3rd DTC/NSC
under maintenance, etc.), and do the same operation again. [Error Type]
If the problem still persists, go to the following and solve it. job
033-508 Destination Polling Error DTC/NSC resend over
job DTC/NSC resend over
The remote terminal has no polling document. The remote terminal has no polling document. Check that the remote terminal has no such prob-
[Detection Conditions] lems as a paper jam and a password mismatch, and do the same operation again.
The remote terminal has no polling document.
OF-11 FAX Job Fail
The remote terminal has no polling document. Ask the remote terminal to prepare polling docu- 033-512 Remote has no Relay
ments, and do the same operation again. [Error Type]
033-509 DCS/NSS Resend Exceeded The remote terminal has no capability to relay-broadcast.
job The remote terminal has no capability to relay-broadcast.
DCS/NSS resend over The remote terminal has no capability to relay-broadcast. Check that the remote model is equipped
[Detection Conditions] with the function and do the same operation again.
DCS/NSS resend over
OF-11 FAX Job Fail
If the problem still persists, check the remote termianl. Tell the user that the remote terminal does not
Do the same operation again. If the situation still has not improved, ask the remote terminal about
have the function.
the state of the receiver.
If the problem still persists, go to the following and solve it. 033-513 Remote has no Mailbox
OF-11 FAX Job Fail [Error Type]
033-510 Fallback Error job

The remote terminal does not have the capability of mailbox. (FX type of mailbox)
job
The remote terminal does not have the capability of mailbox. A timeout between ECM frames has occurred.
The remote terminal does not have the mailbox function. Check that the remote model is equipped Do the same operation again. If the situation still has not improved, check the state of the remote
with the function and do the same operation again. terminal. If the remote teminal has a problem, tell it to the user.
If the problem still persists, go to the following and solve it. If the problem still persists, go to the following and solve it.
Check the remote terminal. If it does not have the function, tell it to the user. 033-518 Remote cannot receive SUB.
033-514 Carrier Down Detected [Error Type]
[Error Type] job
job [Fault Content]
[Fault Content] The receiving terminal has no capability to receive SUB.
The carrier has been shut down. [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] The receiving terminal has no capability to receive SUB.
The carrier has been shut down. [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] Check the remote terminal. If it does not have the function, tell it to the user.
Check the state of the line, check for power noise, and check the grounding. If the problem still persists, go to the following and solve it.
If the problem persists, ask the sender for retransmission. OF-11 FAX Job Fail
If the problem still persists, go to the following and solve it. 033-519 PTX has no SEP capability
OF-11 FAX Job Fail
[Error Type]
033-516 EOR Receive job
job The receiving terminal has no capability to receive SEP.
EOR-Q has been received. The receiving terminal has no capability to receive SEP.
EOR-Q has been received. Check the remote terminal. If it does not have the function, tell it to the user.
[Corrective Actions] If the problem still persists, go to the following and solve it.
Check the state of the line, check for power noise, and check the grounding. OF-11 FAX Job Fail
Check the remote terminal and do the same operation again. If a fax has arrived, ask the remote terminal 033-520 Remote cannot receive passward
to resend it.
[Error Type]
OF-11 FAX Job Fail job
[Fault Content]
033-517 ECM Phase C Flag Timeout
The receiving terminal has no capability to receive PWD/SID.
[Error Type]
job
The receiving terminal has no capability to receive PWD/SID.
[Fault Content]
Timeout between ECM frames
Check the remote terminal. If it does not have the function, tell it to the user.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 033-xxx FIP

2-491
If the problem still persists, go to the following and solve it. [Error Type]
033-521 Transmission Canceled via DTMF [Fault Content]
[Error Type] Channel 2 is not connected.
[Fault Content] Channel 2 is not connected.
The device has sent an order refusal signal and stopped the communication. [Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] Check that the line is properly connected to Line 2.
The device has sent an order refusal signal and stopped the communication. If the line is connected, check the line and the switchboard.
Check the state of the local terminal (to see whether the memory is full, the terminal has no paper, OF-11 FAX Job Fail
etc.). If the remote destination is known, ask it to do the operation again. 033-525 Line 3 not connected
OF-11 FAX Job Fail
job
033-522 DTMF I/F Timeout [Fault Content]
[Error Type] Channel 3 is not connected.
[Fault Content] Channel 3 is not connected.
DTMF I/F timeout. The proper operation has not been done within a certain length of time. [Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] Check that the line is properly connected to Line 3
DTMF I/F timeout If the line is connected, check the line and the switchboard.
The problem is thought to be in the remote operation. OF-11 FAX Job Fail
Check it. If the remote operation is proper, go to the to following and solve the problem. 033-526 ECM Error
033-523 Line 1 not connected job
job ÇdÇbÇl error
Channel 1 is not connected. ECM Error has occurred.
Channel 1 is not connected. Check the state of the line, check for power noise, and check the state of the grounding.
[Corrective Actions] If the problem persists, check what model the remote terminal is and do the same operation again. If a
Check that the line is properly connected to Line 1. fax has arrived, ask the remote terminal to resend it.
If the line is connected, check the line and the switchboard. If the problem still persists, go to the following and solve it.
If the problem still persists, go to the following and solve it. OF-11 FAX Job Fail
OF-11 FAX Job Fail 033-527 EOR Send

033-524 Line 2 not connected [Error Type]
job
EOR-Q has been sent. The device has received an illegal-procedure signal.
EOR-Q has been sent out. Check that the operator’s way of performing the DTMF procedure is correct.
Check the state of the line, check for power noise, and check the state of the grounding. OF-11 FAX Job Fail
If the problem persists, check that the remote terminal has no problem and do the same operation again. 033-531 DTMF Procedure Error
OF-11 FAX Job Fail
job
033-528 RTN Send [Fault Content]
[Error Type] Having received an order-refusal signal, the device has stopped the communication.
[Fault Content] The device has received an order-refusal signal.
RTN has been sent. [Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] The problem is thought to be in the remote terminal. Check the state of the remote terminal (mem-
RTN has been sent out. ory full, no paper, etc.).
Check the state of the line, check for power noise, and check the state of the grounding. OF-11 FAX Job Fail
If the problem persists, ask the sender to resend. 033-532 Illegal Command Received
033-529 RTN Receive [Fault Content]
[Error Type] An illegal command has been received.
[Fault Content] An illegal command has been received.
RTN has been received. [Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] The problem is thought to be in the remote terminal. Check the remote terminal.
RTN has been received. If the problem still persists, go to the following and solve it.
[Corrective Actions] OF-11 FAX Job Fail
Check the state of the line, check for power noise, and check the state of the grounding. 033-533 T.30 Protocol Error
If the problem persists, check that the remote terminal has no problem and do the same operation again. [Error Type]
033-530 DTMF Illegal Procedure Error An error has occurred with T.30 protocol.
job An error has occurred with T.30 protocol.
Having received an illegal-procedure signal, the device has stopped the communication. The problem is thought to be in the remote terminal. Check the remote terminal.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 033-xxx FIP

2-493
033-534 Unsupported Function at Remote [Fault Content]
[Error Type] As call-out collided with call-in, the device has discontinued sending.
[Fault Content] As call-out collided with call-in, the device has discontinued sending.
The remote terminal has no capability to remote-sort-copy. [Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] Do the same operation again.
The remote terminal has no capability to remote-sort-copy. Call-out has collided with call-in. Check how the line is connected.
As the remote terminal does not have the function of outputting the quantity of copies to send, stop OF-11 FAX Job Fail
specifying the quantity of copies to send. 033-538 Fax Sending Image Process Error
Check the remote terminal. If the remote terminal does not have the function, tell it to the user. [Error Type]
Otherwise, go to the following and solve the problem.
job
OF-11 FAX Job Fail
[Fault Content]
033-535 DCN Receive at Phase B Send An error in image processing for Fax sending.
job In image processing for fax sending, some error has occurred with FaxCardMini.
A phase B ordering command (DCS/NSS/NSC/DTC) has been refused by DCN. Do the same operation again.
[Detection Conditions] If the problem still persists, go to the following and solve it.
A phase B ordering command (DCS/NSS/NSC/DTC) has been refused by DCN. OF-11 FAX Job Fail
[Corrective Actions] 033-539 Fax Receiving Image Process Error
Check the remote address, mailbox info, etc. and do the same operation again. [Error Type]
job
OF-11 FAX Job Fail
[Fault Content]
033-536 Ring Stopped before Fax Device Release An error in image processing for Fax receiving
job In image processing for fax receiving, some error has occurred with FaxCardMini.
Before resource release, ringing (calling) has finished. Do the same operation again.
[Detection Conditions] If the problem still persists, go to the following and solve it.
Before resource release, ringing (calling) has finished. OF-11 FAX Job Fail
[Corrective Actions] 033-540 Fax Printing Image Process Error
Do the same operation again. [Error Type]
Call-out has collided with call-in. Check how the line is connected.
job
[Fault Content]
OF-11 FAX Job Fail
An error in image processing for Fax print.
033-537 In and out call conflict
[Detection Conditions] If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it.
Some error has occurred with Fax-print-format image processing. OF-11 FAX Job Fail
[Corrective Actions] 033-544 Busy tone detect
Do the same operation again. [Error Type]
033-541 No destination specified The Busy tone has been detected.
job The Busy tone has been detected.
There is not a single valid address. If the Busy tone lasts abnormally long, the remote terminal or the switchboard is thought to have
[Detection Conditions] failed.
As the dial number is not found, the device cannot call out from FaxCard.
OF-11 FAX Job Fail
Specify the proper address by using Speed Dial where correct Fax address numbers are registered. 033-545 T0 Timeout
If the problem persists, check the software version and upgrade it to the latest version. [Error Type]
033-542 Selected Channel Dial Error T0 Timer timeout
job A T0 timeout has occurred.
The requested channel is unavailable. The remote terminal is thought to be not a facsimile or in the Facsimile mode. Check the remote
number. Check that the remote terminal is a facsimile.
A channel that is not installed has been requested for processing.
OF-11 FAX Job Fail
Check which line is specified and resend.
033-546 Cannot detect dial tone
If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it. [Error Type]
033-543 Dial Error (Incorrect Dial Data.) [Fault Content]

The dial tone cannot be detected.
[Error Type]
job
The dial tone could not be detected.
[Fault Content]
Illegal data exist in dial data.
If the line is connected, check the line and the switchboard.
OF-11 FAX Job Fail
Reenter the dial number and do the same operation again.
033-547 Abort during transmission
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 033-xxx FIP

2-495

job An attempt was made to make the device transit to the Diag mode,etc. but it was unsuccessful
[Fault Content] because the device was communicating by fax.
The device stops during communication. (An operation to discontinue the communication by use of [Corrective Actions]
Stop, etc. has been done.) Wait until the device finishes the job in progress, and then do the same operation again.
The device has stopped during communication. (An operation to discontinue the communication by OF-11 FAX Job Fail
use of Stop, etc. has been done.) 033-551 Internal I/F Error
No action is necessary.
job
This indicates that an operation to discontinue the communication by use of Stop, etc. has been done.
[Fault Content]
033-548 No manual send line There is no appropriate service available.
job When the communication by phone or FAX was about to end, an operation was done for the job.
There is no line connected. Wait for a while and do the same oepration again.
There is no line for manual communication. OF-11 FAX Job Fail
[Corrective Actions] 033-552 too many Error lines
Establish communication by phone, etc. and then do the same operation again. [Error Type]
job
OF-11 FAX Job Fail
[Fault Content]
033-549 Fax service disabled PHASE-C Error Over
job In G3 image info receiving, the total quantity of error lines detected has exceeded the threshold indi-
[Fault Content] cated by the system data value.
The device cannot receive any service requests because it is now disabled from operating. [Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] Check what model the remote terminal is and do the same operation again. If a fax has arrived, ask
the remote terminal to resend it.
The device has been requested a service when its memory is not enough, there are too many jobs,
a fail is occurring with the system, etc. If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it.
Wait for a while and do the same oepration again. 033-553 no mailbox/relay
033-550 cannot diable FAX service [Fault Content]
[Error Type] At mailbox transmission or relay transmission, the local terminal does not have the function.
[Fault Content] F code sent from the remote terminal has instructed the local terminal on a capability that does not
The device cannot be disabled from operating because it is doing the relevant service. exist for it .
[Corrective Actions] Check the password and resend.
If necessary, ask the remote operator to check whether he or she has entered the inappropriate F If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it.
code. OF-11 FAX Job Fail
If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it. 033-557 Desinations or Sevices Exceeded
OF-11 FAX Job Fail
[Error Type]
033-554 Wrong Password/Receive Banned job
job The quantity of services or destinations is over the upper limit.
The DM Prevention function has disconnected communication. The total quantity of requested services or destinations has exceeded the number specified in the
[Detection Conditions] spec.
Receiving FAX with no password/password mismatch or Select Receiving No. mismatch. Password [Corrective Actions]
mismatch. Communication from a person other than people that fall under Select Communication. Wait until the quantity of jobs in a queue decreases, or reduce the quantity of destinations, and then
[Corrective Actions] resend.
A password mismatch. No action is required because this communication is from a person other If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it.
than people that fall under Select Communication. However, the problem persists, go to the follow- OF-11 FAX Job Fail
ing and solve it.
033-558 remote ID is in black list
OF-11 FAX Job Fail
[Error Type]
033-555 incorrect password job
job
The remote ID of the remote terminal is on the black list.
Machine Password is incorrect. The remote ID has not been sent from the remote terminal, with the setting of "Refuse to receive a
[Detection Conditions] fax without Remote ID” enabled.
The machine password of the local terminal is not the same as that sent from the remote terminal. [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] If necessary, change the setting so that the device can receive a fax without Remote ID.
If necessary, ask the remote operator if he or she specified a worng machine password. Ask the remote terminal to set up its remote ID.
If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it. If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it.
033-556 Wrong Password/Send Banned 033-559 illegal authentication ID
job job
Wrong send password The remote ID has not been sent from the remote terminal
The remote ID has not been sent from the remote terminal. A mismatch between send password In Tress/RCC, the authentication ID from the remote terminal has been found to be illegal.
and remote ID. [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] This is an error during the operation of our maintenance system. If the communication line has no
A password mismatch. problem, replace the FAX board and upgrade the ESS ROM.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 033-xxx FIP

2-497
033-560 cannot do TRESS/RCC job [Fault Content]
[Error Type] In formatting, loaded is recording paper that does not match with the document in size and cannot
job be printed out.

The size of the recording paper loaded does not match with the document size.
In Tress/RCC, the authentication ID from the remote terminal has been found to be illegal.
• Specify the size of recording paper.
The device could not perform Tress/RCC because it was disabled from operating or was running a
job. • Check that the recording paper tray is properly installed.
OF-11 FAX Job Fail
This is an error during the operation of our maintenance system.
If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it. 033-564 Power Off during transmission
033-561 cannot do TRESS/RCC job job
job Power OFF during Communication error
The device cannot perform Tress/RCC because it is disabled from operating or is running a job. Power OFF during Communication error. The power switch has been turned OFF. The system has
been reset.
The device could not perform Tress/RCC because it was disabled from operating or was running a
job. Check that the internal/external line kit is properly installed; wait for a while; check the FAX function
settings and the dial number; and then if having tried to send a fax, resend it.
OF-11 FAX Job Fail
OF-11 FAX Job Fail 033-565 No. of Desinations Exceeded
033-562 held RCC job [Error Type]
job
[Error Type]
job
[Fault Content]
The quantity of destinations is over.
[Fault Content]
The device has suspended performing RCC because it is in the operation-prohibited mode.
The total quantity of destinations requested has exceeded the number specified in the spec.
The device has suspended performing RCCAs because it is in the operation-prohibited mode.
Wait until the quantity of jobs in a queue decreases, or reduce the quantity of destinations, and then
[Corrective Actions] resend.
OF-11 FAX Job Fail
OF-11 FAX Job Fail
033-566 No destination specified
033-563 No printable paper size
[Error Type]
job
The device cannot call out because the dial number is not found. The state is that only the SMH can feed out paper, whose direction is the same as the direction of
[Detection Conditions] the image.
The device cannot call out through FaxCard because the dial number is not found. [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] Feed paper as directed on the panel.
If the problem persists, remove the Finisher, and then load an APS-selected tray with the paper whose
Specify the proper address by using Speed Dial where correct Fax address numbers are registered.
direction is the same as the direction of the image, in order to change the state of the paper feed
If the problem persists, check the software version and upgrade it to the latest version.
trays. After that, turn the power OFF then ON.
OF-11 FAX Job Fail
OF-11 FAX Job Fail
033-567 Dial Error (Incorrect Dial Data.) 033-570 Retry Over(no shutdown notification setting)
job
job
Illegal destination data Retry Over due to communication disconnection
Power OFF during Communication error. The power switch has been turned OFF. The system has
[Corrective Actions] been reset.
Reenter the dial number and do the same operation again. [Corrective Actions]
If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it. Wait for a while; check the FAX function settings and the dial number; and then if having tried to
OF-11 FAX Job Fail send a fax, resend it.
033-568 FCM watchdog timeout in FAX comm Check the state of the local machine and the line. If the problem reoccurs in retrying the operation, go to
the following and solve the problem.
[Error Type] OF-11 FAX Job Fail
job
033-571 Manual send job canceled(FaxReportLogFull)
[Fault Content]
During FAX communication, there has been no response from FCM for a certain length of time.
[Error Type]
job
During FAX communication, there has been no response from FCM for a certain length of time.
[Fault Content]
A manual send job has been cancelled because there is no space available in the log area for Fax
[Corrective Actions] Report.
Do the same operation again. If a fax has arrived, ask the remote terminal to resend it.
At the start of a job, it has been detected that the area for Fax Report is full; the job becomes can-
OF-11 FAX Job Fail
celled.
033-569 Detected image direction conflict [Corrective Actions]
[Error Type] There accumulate a lot of Fax jobs to be sent by advance request. Wait until some of the jobs are
job complete, or cancel some. After that, do the same operation again.
[Fault Content] If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it.
OF-11 FAX Job Fail
It has been detected that the direction of the image is not the same as that of paper loaded in the
paper feed trays. 033-572 FaxReport print job canceled(JobFull occured)
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 033-xxx FIP

2-499

job At request, authentication has been demanded but the device has failed to be authenticated.
Because at Fax report creation, Job Full has been detected, only Fax Report has been created. Check the proxy server authentication user name and authentication password for this machine and
[Detection Conditions] the SIP server setting.
At the start of a job, Job Full has been detected; only a Fax Report document has been stored and If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it.
printing the Fax report cancelled. OF-11 FAX Job Fail
[Corrective Actions] 033-582 Mismatched ability
No action in particular is required. Fax Auto Report is waiting for its turn to be printed. The report will [Error Type]
soon be automatically printed.
job
[Fault Content]
OF-11 FAX Job Fail
A request for SIP connection has been refused because of a capability info mismatch.
033-573 domain regulation check error [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] A request to connect has been refused because the destination to be connected does not have the
job same capability info.
The restriction on domains to send a fax to has made sending it impossible. Check the remote device. If the device is guaranteed to receive support, check how the SIP server
[Detection Conditions] between the remote terminal and this machine is set up.
In specifying a destination, an unallowable domain has been specified.
OF-11 FAX Job Fail
Check the destination address and reenter it. 033-583 Temporarily unavailable
033-580 Missing VoIP Gateway [Fault Content]
[Error Type] The device cannot connect because the destination to connect to through SIP has a temporary lack
of resources (including the busy line).
job
[Fault Content]
A request to connect to the destination has been refused because it has a temporary lack of
The VoIP Gateway for the telephone number is not registered. resources .
The VoIP Gateway for the entered telephone number has not existed.
Wait for a while and resend.
Set up properly the address of the VoIP Gateway for the device available for the entered telephone OF-11 FAX Job Fail
number.
033-584 SIP request timeout
job
033-581 Access Authentication failure
[Fault Content]
[Error Type]
A SIP Communication timeout has occurred.
job
[Fault Content]
A request has timed out.
The request of the device to connect by SIP call has been refused due to authentication failure.
Check that the address or telephone number for entry is correct. T38 Session (including RTP Session) cannot be established.
Check that the network is connected. [Detection Conditions]
Check that the SIP server is active. T38 Session (including RTP Session) cannot be established.
Check that the network cables between this machine and the SIP server and between this machine and [Corrective Actions]
the remote terminal are properly connected.
Check that the network cable is connected.
Check that the SIP server and the remote terminal are ready to communicate.
Check that the remote device is active.
OF-11 FAX Job Fail
OF-11 FAX Job Fail
033-585 SIP request error 033-588 T38 Packet Lost
[Error Type]
[Error Type]
job
job
[Fault Content]
[Fault Content]
At SIP communication, an error included in other errors has occurred.
The loss of T38 Packet whose error recovery is impossible has been detected.
At SIP communication, an error included in other errors has occurred.
The loss of T38 Packet whose error recovery is impossible has been detected.
Turn the power OFF/ON.
If there is another job in progress, wait until it finishes, and then retry the operation.
OF-11 FAX Job Fail
OF-11 FAX Job Fail
033-586 T38 Protocol Not Ready 033-589 T38 Malformed Packet Received
[Error Type]
[Error Type]
job
job
[Fault Content]
[Fault Content]
The device cannot communicate because IP Address is not determined yet. (at initialization by use
of DHCP or at address reacquisition) The contents of the received T38 protocol data are illegal (including ASN.1 Decode error), so the job
cannot be continued.
The device cannot communicate because it has tried to use the SIP server though it has not been regis-
tered with the registrar server yet. [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] The contents of the received T38 protocol data have been found to be illegal (including ASN.1
Decode error).
IP Address cannot be obtained yet.
Check the remote device. If the device is guaranteed to receive support, contact Customer Support.
Wait for a while and resend.
Make it possible to acquire IP Address.
OF-11 FAX Job Fail
Make it possible to register the device with the registrar server.
If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it. 033-590 T38 Send Error
033-587 T38 Session Error job

An error has occurred in sending a T38 Protocol packet (TCP,UDP,RTP), so the job cannot be con-
job
tinued.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 033-xxx FIP

2-501

An error has occurred in sending a T38 Protocol packet (TCP,UDP,RTP). Ask the remote terminal to resend.
Check that the network cable is connected. OF-11 FAX Job Fail
Check that the remote device is active. 033-710 Document does not exist
OF-11 FAX Job Fail
Job Fail
033-591 FoIP Max Sessions Over [Fault Content]
[Error Type] Invalid document - No document
[Fault Content] The specified document cannot be found.
The device cannot communicate because the quantity of FoIP sessions has exceeded the maxi- [Corrective Actions]
mum.
[Detection Conditions] If NG, perform the following procedure to repair it.
While the max quantity of FoIP sessions are in process, a new request to send has been made. OF-11 FAX Job Fail
[Corrective Actions] 033-711 Illegal Page inside Document
Wait until the ongoing IP Fax receiving or sending operation is complete, and resend.
[Error Type]
Job Fail
OF-11 FAX Job Fail
[Fault Content]
033-592 FoIP Internal Timeout Invalid document - Invalid page
job The specified page was not found or the specified page has invalid data.
A timeout has occurred not because it is reported but because of any other factor (image data
receivng timeout; FoIP internal timeout).
[Detection Conditions] 033-712 System Memory exceeded
A timeout has occurred not because it is reported but because of any other factor (image data [Error Type]
receivng timeout; FoIP internal timeout). Job Fail
Check that the network cable is connected. Invalid document - Host memory full
Check that the remote device is active. [Detection Conditions]
If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it. Memory became full.
OF-11 FAX Job Fail [Corrective Actions]
033-593 Canceled By Remote Peer Repeat the operation.
job OF-14 FAX Card Fail
[Fault Content] 033-713 No specified Chain Link
The device has received from the remote terminal a request to cut off the SIP session. [Error Type]
The remote terminal has done the operation for discontinuing the session.
[Fault Content] OF-11 FAX Job Fail
Incorrect Chain-Link No. 033-717 Incorrect Password
There is no such Chain-Link. Job Fail
Repeat the operation. Job Fail - Incorrect password
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
The verification result of the specified password was NG.
033-714 Scan Error (No specified doc) [Corrective Actions]
[Error Type] Repeat the operation.
Job Fail If NG, perform the following procedure to repair it.
[Fault Content] OF-11 FAX Job Fail
Data Read Error - Not registered 033-718 No Document in Mailbox
The data has not been registered. Job Fail
Repeat the operation. Job Fail - No document
033-715 Cannot start job [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] The document was not found in the Polling Sending box or the specified mailbox.
[Fault Content] Repeat the operation.
Job Fail During EP-TRESS Operation - Restriction by the host status If NG, perform the following procedure to repair it.
The status in which the job cannot be performed was detected during EP-TRESS operation. 033-719 Fax job Canceld not recovery job
This error occurs during maintenance system operation of Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd. No action necessary. Job Fail
OF-11 FAX Job Fail FAX Job Cancel Unrecoverable By Power OFF/ON
033-716 No specified Mailbox [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] The document was not found in the Polling Sending box or the specified mailbox.
Job Fail During EP-TRESS Operation - Restriction by the host status If NG, perform the following procedure to repair it.
The status in which the job cannot be performed was detected during EP-TRESS operation. 033-720 Document Creation Failed
This error occurs during maintenance system operation of Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd. No action necessary. Job Fail
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 033-xxx FIP

2-503

Document Creation Failed Install the HDD or install additional RAM when a user makes a claim.
The specified document cannot be created. OF-14 FAX Card Fail
[Corrective Actions] 033-725 Insufficient HDD Space
Repeat the operation. [Error Type]
033-721 Fax Page Creation Failed Job Fail
Job Fail Insufficient HD was detected.
Page Creation Failed The HD was full when Fax was received, or when the format or report was created.
The specified page cannot be created. Clear HD Full.
[Corrective Actions] 033-726 Cannot print 2-Sided
OF-14 FAX Card Fail [Fault Content]
033-722 Fax immediate send store job canceled 2-Sided Printing Not Available When Receiving Fax
Job Fail 2-Sided printing is not available when receiving Fax (mixed size).
IIT Failure or Stop Detected While Sending FAX Immediately If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
[Detection Conditions] OF-14 FAX Card Fail
IIT failure (document jam or stored sheet count exceeded) or stop request was detected while send- 033-727 Cannot rotate image
ing FAX immediately.
[Error Type]
Cancelation is performed only for Read operation. The document that has been already read will con-
Job Fail
tinue to be sent.
Rotation Not Available When Receiving Fax
If NG, perform the following procedure to repair it. [Detection Conditions]
OF-11 FAX Job Fail Rotation is not available when receiving Fax (insufficient memory).
033-724 Fax receive memory over flow [Corrective Actions]

[Error Type]
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
Job Fail
[Fault Content] 033-728 Auto print canceled
Receive operation was aborted because the maximum limit of the image data amount that can be [Error Type]
received for one FAX communication was exceeded. Job Fail
The total data amount of received image data exceeded the upper limit of the image data amount Fax Auto Print was canceled.
that can be received for one system data communication.
[Detection Conditions] 033-733 Fax document number get error
Formatting for Fax Auto Printing was aborted because the instruction for Fax Manual Printing was [Error Type]
sent during the operation.
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
The number of FAX job documents was not detected.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
033-730 Fax Service recovery error The number of job documents related to the job could not be obtained.
Job Fail
Unable to recover in the Fax job. OF-14 FAX Card Fail
[Detection Conditions] 033-734 Fax Print Suspension
Recovery was not possible using the Fax Cont or Fax Card.
[Error Type]
[Fault Content]
033-731 Inconsistent Instructions Fax Print and Fax Auto Report were started at the same time.
Job Fail Job was canceled because Fax Print and Fax Auto Report were started at the same time.
Start Transmission from Fax Card and Stop Transmission from Controller If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
Transmission closed due to Start Transmission from Fax Card and Stop Transmission from Control- 033-735 Fax Memory Allocate Timeout
ler.
[Error Type]
Job Fail
No action necessary.
When the system was waiting to receive a Fax job, the job was canceled when a simultaneous request
[Fault Content]
from the user to stop the job was received. Fax Receive - Buffer Allocate Timeout
Stop request was issued by the user. No action necessary. [Detection Conditions]
033-732 Print job canceled by forced polling Fax Receive - Buffer Allocate Timeout

Job Fail
[Fault Content]
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
Print job received was canceled at Forced Polling.
[Detection Conditions] 033-736 IFAX Off Ramp fail
Print job received was canceled at Forced Polling. [Error Type]
No action necessary. [Fault Content]

(If there is a print job when deleting the stored documents in Forced Polling, cancel the job. With the Fax Transfer Prohibition function based on the data capacity of the iFax Off Ramp, Fax
was not transferred as the upper limit on the data capacity was exceeded.
No action necessary since the print job is canceled after retrieving the document with Forced Polling.)
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 033-xxx FIP

2-505

The data amount for FAX transfer exceeded the threshold during FAX transfer of Internet FAX Off When transferring image data to the Fax Card, the conditions for sending the response to the Fax
Ramp. Card did not match.
No action necessary. Repeat the operation.
033-737 Fax card job canceled If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
[Error Type]
Job Fail 033-742 Fax page read close timeout
Job in FaxCard was aborted due to Controller internal error. Job Fail
The Fax Cont detected a failure and could not continue processing the job. Timeout by page lead close specification (Out of memory during manual sending)
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. When transferring image data to the Fax Card, the conditions for sending the response to the Fax
Card did not match.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
This often occurs when the HD free area is equal to or less than the HD capacity immediate threshold
033-738 JBIG Information fail (820-053) during immediate send operation.
Job Fail When the remaining memory is low at approx. 10%, delete the images stored in the HD to secure
[Fault Content] the HD capacity and perform the same operation again.
JBIG data error of JBIG image Set the HD capacity immediate threshold (820-053) to a larger value if this occurred during immediate
send operation.
When this problem occurs in situations other than immediate send operation, or if the problem persists,
The Fax Cont detected an error in JBIG data during coding/decoding of the JBIG data.
perform the following procedure to repair it.
033-743 Fax page write open timeout
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
[Error Type]
033-740 Fax immediate receive print canceled Job Fail
Job Fail
Page Write Open Instruction Timeout
Immediate Print on Receive was canceled by user.
When receiving image data from the Fax Card, the conditions for sending the response to the Fax
[Detection Conditions] Card did not match.
The user canceled immediate printing upon receiving. [Corrective Actions]
No action necessary. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
033-741 Fax page read open timeout OF-14 FAX Card Fail
[Error Type] 033-744 Fax page write close timeout

Page Read Open Instruction timed out.
Page Write Close Instruction Timeout When requesting to start the service from the Fax Card, the job could not be created due to causes
[Detection Conditions] such as job no. overflow.
When receiving image data from the Fax Card, the conditions for sending the response to the Fax [Corrective Actions]
Card did not match. No action necessary since it will be recovered automatically after the operation is allowed.
[Corrective Actions] 033-748 Fax Service illigal sequence
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
[Fault Content]
033-745 Fax data write timeout Sequence error message received.
Job Fail During Service Sequencing, a message indicating that the operation was not allowed in Sequencing
[Fault Content] was received from the Fax Card.
Data Write Instruction Timeout [Corrective Actions]
When receiving image data from the Fax Card, the conditions for sending the response to the Fax 033-749 Fax card Memory Error
Card did not match.
[Error Type]
[Fault Content]
Extended memory was temporarily insufficient during FAX formatting.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
033-746 Fax data read timeout During Fax formatting, the extended image data is larger than the memory reserved.
Job Fail No action necessary since the job failed due to insufficient extended memory and it can be recov-
[Fault Content] ered using the encoding method that can be stored in the extended memory.
Data Read Instruction Timeout 033-750 Fax format error
When transferring image data to the Fax Card, the conditions for sending the response to the Fax
Job Fail
Card did not match.
[Fault Content]
Extension error occurred for normal image data.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail During formatting, when image data was retrieved from the Fax Card, even though the image data
was determined to be free from error, extension failed.
033-747 Fax Service don't start by cross ope [Corrective Actions]
[Fault Content] OF-14 FAX Card Fail
Service could not be accepted due to combined operations that are prohibited. 033-751 Activity Report suspended by Printing Inhibition
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 033-xxx FIP

2-507
Job Fail OF-11 FAX Job Fail
[Fault Content] 033-791 EP-DX Call Wait (Redial count)
When a communication management report occurred at a print prohibited time period, the machine just [Error Type]
goes into sleep mode and the report output is postponed. Job Fail
A communication management report occurred at a print prohibited time period, and it is postponed as
The no. of redial attempts was calculated and the Fax Card Redial Wait Status was set.
the machine just goes into sleep mode.
An error occurred in communication LED control. The machine is in the status where EP-DX opera-
No action is necessary as it will automatically restart after exiting the print prohibited time period.
tion cannot be started.
033-755 Fax printing is canceled by the defect of Fax card. • It is necessary to enter Diag. mode during EP-DX periodic polling.
[Error Type] When a call is requested from the Fax Card, this is used as the response when Diag. mode cannot be
entered.
Job Fail
The Fax document print was cancelled because the Fax service is not working. This error occurs during maintenance system operation of Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd. No action necessary.
1. Exit Diag. mode and then connect the TRESS.
Although Fax Document Print was instructed to this machine, the print process was cancelled
because the Fax Document Print controller is not ready. If even a single Fax document exists when OF-11 FAX Job Fail
printing multiple types of documents (Print/Scan/Fax) from a mailbox, all documents after the Fax 033-792 EP-DX Call Stop
document will not be not printed.
[Error Type]
1. Turn the power OFF then ON
[Fault Content]
2. Check the cables to see whether the Fax Card is connected to this machine.
The RCC Service was immediately terminated.
3. After that, use the panel display or the error history report to check for the Fax error code (133-xxx,
134-xxx) that has occurred in this machine and then troubleshoot using the appropriate error code. [Detection Conditions]
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has During initialization sequencing, the system detected that an invalid job had been activated from the
occurred and contact the Support G for instructions. Fax Card.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation • It is necessary to enter Diag. mode during EP-DX periodic polling.
When a call is requested from the Fax Card, this is notified as the response when Diag. mode cannot be
033-790 EP-DX Call Wait (Not Redial count) entered.
Job Fail This error occurs during maintenance system operation of Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd. No action necessary.
[Fault Content] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
The Fax Card Redial Wait Status was set without calculating the no. of redial attempts. OF-11 FAX Job Fail
The machine is in the status where EP-DX operation cannot be started.
• It is necessary to enter the Diag. mode during EP-DX periodic polling.
When a call is requested from the Fax Card, this is used as the response when Diag. mode cannot be
entered.
This error occurs during maintenance system operation of Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd. No action necessary.
1. Exit Diag. mode and then connect the TRESS.
034-211 Slot1 Board failure If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
[Error Type]
Local Fail 034-502 Fax Internal Must Parameter Error
Fax Option Slot 1 Board Failure Job Fail
Option Slot 1 Board failure. A required parameter (Dial No., High Layer Compatibility, or ICM Port) is not found in the outgoing
call request command.
Replace the optional Slot 1 Board.
A required parameter (Dial No., High Layer Compatibility, or ICM Port) is not found in the outgoing
034-212 Slot2 Board failure call request command.
Local Fail Check the software version and upgrade it to the latest version. If the problem persists, it must be a
[Fault Content] software failure. Contact Support G or replace the Fax Card. It is not necessary to replace the ESS
PWB.
Fax Option Slot 2 Board Failure
[Detection Conditions] 034-503 Fax Internal High Layer Service Error
Option Slot 2 Board failure. [Error Type]
Replace the optional Slot 2 Board. [Fault Content]
034-500 Dial Error (Incorrect Dial Data.) The high-layer consistency of the calling request command is not supported. (Other than TEL, G2/
G3 and G4.)
[Error Type]
Job Fail
The high-layer consistency of the calling request command is not supported. (Other than TEL, G2/
[Fault Content] G3 and G4.)
There was incorrect (illegal) data in the dial data. [Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] Check the software version and upgrade it to the latest version. If the problem persists, it must be a
There was incorrect (illegal) data in the dial data. software failure. Contact Support G or replace the Fax Card. It is not necessary to replace the ESS
[Corrective Actions] PWB.
Dial again and then repeat the operation. 034-504 Fax Stored Memory Exceeded
OF-14 FAX Card Fail Job Fail
034-501 Selected Channel Dial Error [Fault Content]
[Error Type] The system detected Memory Full at the transmission job. (Storage memory is insufficient.)
[Fault Content] The system detected Memory Full at the transmission job. (Storage memory is insufficient.)
The specified channel was not found. [Corrective Actions]
The process was requested for uninstalled channel. 034-505 Fax Work Memory Exceeded
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 034-xxx FIP

2-509

Job Fail Check that extension line kit is installed properly. Wait for a while then check the FAX function set-
[Fault Content] tings and dial numbers and resend data if needed.
Check the self-terminal status and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem persists,
Working Memory Overflow During Transmission
proceed to the following procedure to repair it,
Working Memory Overflow During Transmission
034-509 DTMF Illegal Procedure Error
[Error Type]
Job Fail
The system stopped transmission after receiving the invalid procedure signal.
034-506 Unsupported Function at Remote
[Error Type]
The system stopped transmission after receiving the invalid procedure signal.
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
Check the self-terminal or the line status.
No remote sort copy feature in the remote machine.
• Wait for a while and try again.
[Detection Conditions] • Check your machine or line status.
No remote sort copy function in the remote machine.
[Corrective Actions] OF-14 FAX Card Fail
034-510 DTMF Procedure Error
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
[Error Type]
Job Fail
034-507 Password Check Error
[Fault Content]
[Error Type] The system stopped transmission after receiving the reject command signal.
Job Fail
[Fault Content] The system stopped transmission after receiving the reject command signal.
Password check error. Mailbox number error. No documents for polling are found.
[Detection Conditions] Check the settings of the remote machine or line status.
Password check error. Mailbox number error. No documents for polling are found. • Wait for a while and try again.
[Corrective Actions] • Check your machine or line status.
Repeat the operation. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-14 FAX Card Fail
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
034-511 Unable to Send File at Remote
034-508 Transmission Canceled via DTMF [Error Type]
[Fault Content] The remote machine does not support the file transfer function.
The system sent a reject command signal and stopped the transmission. [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] The remote machine does not support the file transfer function.
The system sent a reject command signal and stopped the transmission.
[Corrective Actions] 034-515 Illegal Command Received
Check the settings of the remote machine or line status. [Error Type]
• Wait for a while and try again.
Job Fail
• Check your machine or line status.
[Fault Content]
DIS received from calling station. DCS received although the system have no capability to receive.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
Illegal command received.
034-512 Detect Endless Loop [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] DIS received from calling station. DCS received although the system have no capability to receive.
Job Fail Illegal command received.
An infinite loop was detected in remote relay broadcast. Repeat the operation.
An infinite loop was detected in remote relay broadcast. OF-14 FAX Card Fail
[Corrective Actions] 034-519 No. of Desinations Exceeded

034-513 Receive Command Error No. of Recipients Exceeded
Job Fail The total number of the requested recipients exceeded the number defined by the specifications.
(The number of full dial instructions exceeded 200 stations.)
[Fault Content]
The system received an illegal command from the remote machine in remote maintenance.
Reduce the no. of recipients and then repeat the operation.
The system received an illegal command from the remote machine in remote maintenance.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
034-520 No. of Sevices Exceeded
[Error Type]
034-514 Requested Function Unsupported
Job Fail
[Error Type]
[Fault Content]
Job Fail
No. of Services Exceeded
[Fault Content]
The system received remote maintenance request from the remote machine but does not support
The total number of the requested services exceeded the number defined by the specifications.
the function.
Reduce the no. of services and then repeat the operation.
The system received remote maintenance request from the remote machine but does not support
the function. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
• Check the system data. 034-521 Internal I/F Error

• Check the remote machine (EP system). [Error Type]
Job Fail
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 034-xxx FIP

2-511

No Applicable Service Wait for a while and try again.
[Detection Conditions] 034-525 Specified Chainlink not exist
The service specified by SI not found. (Due to Close Sequence, this error may not be able to be [Error Type]
returned.)
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
Incorrect Chain-Link No.
If the problem persists, check the SW version and upgrade it to the latest version.
If the problem still persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
There is no such Chain-Link.
OF-14 Fax Card Fail
034-522 No manual send Line
Enter the correct Chain-Link No.
[Error Type]
Job Fail
034-526 Chainlink No. out of scope
No Closed Lines Job Fail

Incorrect Chain-Link No.
There are no lines for manual transmission.
The Chain-Link No. is out of range.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail Enter the Chain-Link No. within the range.
034-523 Fax service disabled 034-527 Dial Control Error

Job Fail Job Fail
Operation Prohibition Status Dial Request Overflow
The system cannot accept the service because Fax operation was prohibited due to EP-TRESS or Dial request overflow.
Diag Services. [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON.
Wait for cancelation of prohibition. If the problem persists, check the SW version and upgrade it to the latest version.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. If the problem still persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail OF-14 Fax Card Fail
034-524 Unable to cancel operation 034-528 Cannot perform manual send
Job Fail Job Fail
Unable to prohibit the operation. Manual transmission was requested during dialing.
The service cannot be prohibited because it was in operation. Manual transmission was requested during dialing.
[Corrective Actions] Not able to carry out normal operation because ROM content is missing.
Repeat the operation when dialing is not performed. [Corrective Actions]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. Retry job. If retry failed, replace the FaxCard-ROM and perform VerUP operation on the DLD
OF-14 FAX Card Fail method again.
034-529 No printable paper size 034-700 GCPLock-G3DicepBusy-CodecHang

Job Fail Job Fail
At output check printing/received data printing, a record paper not applicable for printing the docu- • GCP Lock (Date task noRTC ACK).
ment size was loaded. • Timeout occurred for G3 Dicep without becoming idle.
[Detection Conditions] • Codec hung up.
At output check printing/received data printing, a record paper not applicable for printing the docu- [Detection Conditions]
ment size was loaded. • GCP Lock (Date task noRTC ACK). Hardware Failure, Software I/F Error.
[Corrective Actions] • Timeout occurred for G3 Dicep without becoming idle.
Request for user actions. • Codec hung up.
• Check the size of the paper loaded in the tray. [Corrective Actions]
• Specify the recording paper size. Turn the power OFF then ON.
• Check if the tray has been set properly. If the problem persists, check the SW version and upgrade it to the latest version.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. If the problem still persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail OF-14 Fax Card Fail
034-530 DTMF I/F Timeout 034-701 Software Reset
Job Fail Job Fail
DTMF I/F timed out. Correct operation was not performed within the specified time. Reset the software.
Correct operation was not performed within the specified time. Reset the software.
Perform correct operations. Turn the power OFF then ON.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. If the problem persists, check the SW version and upgrade it to the latest version.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail If the problem still persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
034-550 Write to FaxCard-ROM error detection (During DLD OF-14 Fax Card Fail
method) 034-702 No destination specified
Job Fail Job Fail
An error has occurred during the process of writing data to the FaxCard-ROM. (During DLD method) Unable call the Fax line because the specified dial number is incorrect.
An error was detected when writing data to the FaxCard-ROM The Fax Card is not able to call because the dial data does not exist.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 034-xxx FIP

2-513
After job registration, the corresponding speed dial may have been deleted. [Corrective Actions]
1. Check that the speed dial has been registered and then specify the appropriate address such as the If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
correct speed dial number. OF-14 FAX Card Fail
034-706 ISDN Layer 1 Stopped-Power off
OF-14 Fax Card Fail
[Error Type]
034-703 D Channellink cut from network Job Fail
Job Fail
D channel link cutoff (Open DL-Link Display received) - Layer 1 stopped - powered (socket plugged
[Fault Content] out)
D Channel Link cutoff (Open DL-Link Display received)/Network link cutoff [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] • D channel link cutoff (Open DL-Link Display received) - Layer 1 stopped - powered (socket plugged
D Channel Link cutoff (Open DL-Link Display received)/Network link cutoff out)
Repeat the operation. Repeat the operation.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail OF-14 FAX Card Fail
034-704 ISDN D Channel Data Link Error 034-707 FRMR Received

Job Fail Job Fail
• D channel link cutoff (Open DL-Link Display received) - TEI Allocation Error FRMR Received
• A DISC command was received with multi-frame set and timer recovered. [Detection Conditions]
• An UA response was received with TEI allocated, multi-frame set and timer recovered. FRMR received.
• D channel link cutoff (Open DL-Link Display received) - TEI Allocation Error Check the self-terminal status and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem per-
• A DISC command was received with multi-frame set and timer recovered. sists, proceed to the following procedure to repair it,
• An UA response was received with TEI allocated, multi-frame set and timer recovered. OF-14 FAX Card Fail
[Corrective Actions] 034-708 Illegal Frame Received N(R)
034-705 ISDN Layer 1 Stopped-Power on Illegal Frame Received N (R) error
Job Fail Illegal Frame Received N (R) error.
D channel link cutoff (Open DL-Link Display received) - Layer 1 stopped - powered Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
[Detection Conditions] persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
• D channel link cutoff (Open DL-Link Display received) - Layer 1 stopped - powered OF-14 FAX Card Fail
034-709 Illegal Frame Received
Job Fail Job Fail
Illegal Frame Received Primitive Send Error (Internal Interruption Error)
Illegal Frame Received Primitive Send Error (Internal Interruption Error)
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it. persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
034-710 DL Link Establishment Received 034-713 Timeout-Transmission canceled
Job Fail Job Fail
• DL-Link Establishment Display Received (network link resetting) Outgoing Call Timeout (T303 2nd Time)
• DM of F=1 was received when waiting for link setting and link resetting. [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] Outgoing Call Timeout (T303 2nd Time)
• DL-Link Establishment Display Received (network link resetting) [Corrective Actions]
• DM of F=1 was received when waiting for link setting and link resetting. Check the self-terminal status and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem per-
[Corrective Actions] sists, proceed to the following procedure to repair it,
Check the self-terminal status and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem per- OF-14 FAX Card Fail
sists, proceed to the following procedure to repair it, 034-714 Line Disconnected-Timeout T305
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
[Error Type]
034-711 Waiting for link Timeout Job Fail
Job Fail Disconnected Timeout (T305)
• Link Establishment Wait Timeout Disconnected Timeout (T305)
• Link setup failed. T.200 timeout has occurred N.200 times when waiting for link connection or recon- [Corrective Actions]
nection.
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
• Link Establishment Wait Timeout OF-14 FAX Card Fail
• Link setup failed. T.200 timeout has occurred N.200 times when waiting for link connection or recon-
nection.
034-715 Line Disconnected-Timeout 3082
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem Job Fail
persists, proceed to the following and repair it. [Fault Content]
OF-14 FAX Card Fail Disconnected Timeout (T308 2nd Time)
034-712 Internal Error (Interrupt) [Detection Conditions]
Disconnected Timeout (T308 2nd Time)
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 034-xxx FIP

2-515

OF-14 FAX Card Fail
• No Available Channel
034-716 Connection Timeout (T313) • The channel was not allowed.
Job Fail • No Available Channel
[Fault Content] • The channel was not allowed.
Incoming Call Response Timeout (T313) [Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] Check the self-terminal status and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem per-
sists, proceed to the following procedure to repair it,
Incoming Call Response Timeout (T313)
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
Check the self-terminal status and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem per- 034-720 Timeout (60s,T330,309,301,310)
sists, proceed to the following procedure to repair it, [Error Type]
034-717 Resume Timeout [Fault Content]
[Error Type] • 60sec Card Timer Timeout
Job Fail • T.330 Timeout (Response Message Timeout)
[Fault Content] • T.309 Timeout (Link Resetting Error)
Resume Timeout (T318) • T.301 Timeout (Response Message Timeout)
• T.310 Timeout (Call, Response Message Timeout)
Resume Timeout (T318)
• 60sec Card Timer Timeout
• T.330 Timeout (Response Message Timeout)
• T.309 Timeout (Link Resetting Error)
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
• T.301 Timeout (Response Message Timeout)
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
• T.310 Timeout (Call, Response Message Timeout)
034-718 Normal Disconnection
[Error Type] Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
Job Fail persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
• Connection Cut Off Or Resumed 034-721 Error (Format, Contents)
• Normal Disconnection
[Error Type]
• Connection Cut Off Or Resumed
[Fault Content]
• Normal Disconnection
Upper level primitive format error and content error.
Upper level primitive format error and content error.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail [Corrective Actions]
034-719 No free and available lines
If the problem persists, check the SW version and upgrade it to the latest version. 034-725 L3 Task Internal Error
[Error Type]
OF-14 Fax Card Fail
Job Fail
034-722 Suspension Timeout [Fault Content]
[Error Type] L3 Task Internal Error
[Fault Content] L3 Task Internal Error
• Suspension Timeout [Corrective Actions]
• Suspension Confirmation Message Timeout
• Suspension Timeout OF-14 FAX Card Fail
• Suspension Confirmation Message Timeout 034-726 HD81501 I/F Buffer Busy
Job Fail
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
[Fault Content]
HD81501 I/F Buffer Busy
034-723 No Timer Assigned
[Error Type] HD81501 I/F Buffer Busy
Job Fail
[Fault Content] Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
No Timer Assigned persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
No Timer Assigned 034-727 No Reply for 3 sec. for 1300Hz
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
To 1,300Hz incoming call, the task did not respond for 3sec or more.
OF-14 Fax Card Fail
034-724 Illegal Sequence To 1,300Hz incoming call, the task did not respond for 3sec or more.
Job Fail
[Fault Content] If the problem persists, check the SW version and upgrade it to the latest version.
Abnormal Sequence (Self-Terminal ID Setting Mismatch) If the problem still persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
[Detection Conditions] OF-14 Fax Card Fail
Abnormal Sequence (Self-Terminal ID Setting Mismatch) 034-728 Invalid Destination
Check the self-terminal status and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem per-
Job Fail
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 034-xxx FIP

2-517

Unable call the recipient because the specified dial number is incorrect. Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
Unable to call because the dial data is incorrect.
[Corrective Actions] 034-732 Fax Network Cut due to Timeout
Check the dial number of the recipient again and retry the operation. [Error Type]
If the problem persists, check the SW version and upgrade it to the latest version. Job Fail
If the problem still persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. [Fault Content]
OF-14 Fax Card Fail F Network Cutoff Timeout
034-729 Line cut, In-Channel PB Send [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] F Network Cutoff Timeout
[Fault Content] Check the self-terminal status and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem per-
The line was disconnected during In-Channel PB Send.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
The line was cut off during In-Channel PB Send. 034-733 Incorrect Sequence,Call Status
If the problem persists after installing the line, perform the following procedure to repair it. Job Fail
034-730 In and out call conflict • Incorrect Sequence
• Call status mismatch was detected.
[Error Type]
Job Fail
• Incorrect Sequence
[Fault Content]
• Call status mismatch was detected.
Conflict between outgoing and incoming calls.
If the problem persists after installing the line, perform the following procedure to repair it.
Conflict between outgoing and incoming calls.
OF-11 FAX Job Fail
This occurs when the external/extension line kit is not installed properly.
[Corrective Actions] 034-734 HI Task Internal Error
Same as 034-508. (Check that the external/extension line kit is installed properly.) [Error Type]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem per- Job Fail
sists, proceed to the following and repair it. [Fault Content]
OF-11 FAX Job Fail HI Task Internal Error
034-731 Fax Network Cut (Setup Error) [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] HI Task Internal Error
Call setting cut off from network. If the problem persists, check the SW version and upgrade it to the latest version.
[Detection Conditions] If the problem still persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 Fax Card Fail
Call setting cut off from network.
034-735 Connect only to ISDN D Channel [Corrective Actions]
Job Fail
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
[Fault Content]
Connect only to D Channel and receive 034-739 Layer 1 not synchronized
Connect only to D Channel and receive. Job Fail
If the problem persists after installing the line, perform the following procedure to repair it. Layer 1 Not Synchronized (Asynchronized Timer Timeout)
OF-11 FAX Job Fail [Detection Conditions]
034-736 Wrong notice from fax network Layer 1 Not Synchronized (Asynchronized Timer Timeout)

Job Fail Repeat the operation.
[Fault Content]
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
Wrong message from network
[Detection Conditions] 034-740 Transmission of Frame Error
Wrong message from network. [Error Type]
If the problem persists after installing the line, perform the following procedure to repair it. [Fault Content]
OF-11 FAX Job Fail Frame Transmssion Error (Frame Transmission Completion Timeout)
034-737 Incoming call response error [Detection Conditions]

Frame Transmssion Error (Frame Transmission Completion Timeout)
[Error Type]
Job Fail
[Fault Content] persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
Not selected for incoming call response. OF-14 FAX Card Fail
034-741 Unable to Send Frame
Not selected for incoming call response.
[Error Type]
Job Fail
OF-14 FAX Card Fail Unable to send frame. (Frame transmission retry exceeded the limit.)
034-738 Layer 1 Start Up Error [Detection Conditions]

Unable to send frame. (Frame transmission retry exceeded the limit.)
[Error Type]
Job Fail
Layer 1 Startup Error (Startup Timeout)
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
034-742 Frame Send Underrun Detected
Layer 1 Startup Error (Startup Timeout)
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 034-xxx FIP

2-519

Job Fail Check the self-terminal status and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem per-
[Fault Content] sists, proceed to the following procedure to repair it,
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
Frame Transmission Underrun Detected
[Detection Conditions] 034-746 No usable lines
Frame Transmission Underrun Detected [Error Type]
Check the self-terminal status and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem per- [Fault Content]
sists, proceed to the following procedure to repair it, No Available Line
OF-14 FAX Card Fail [Detection Conditions]
034-743 Abnormal frame-sending DMA No Available Line
Job Fail Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
Frame Send DMA was abnormally terminated.
[Detection Conditions] 034-747 Switching equipment congestion
Frame Send DMA was abnormally terminated. [Error Type]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem [Fault Content]
persists, proceed to the following and repair it. Switching Equipment Congestion
034-744 Unacceptable Channel Switching Equipment Congestion
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
The Channel was not allowed.
[Detection Conditions] 034-748 Specified line cannot be used
The Channel was not allowed. [Error Type]
persists, proceed to the following and repair it. Specified Channel Not Allowed
034-745 Outgoing call to channel set Specified Channel Not Allowed
Outgoing call to channel set OF-14 FAX Card Fail
[Detection Conditions] 034-749 Network Conjestion Error

Outgoing call to channel set [Error Type]
Job Fail
Others (Network Congestion) Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
Others (Network Congestion)
[Corrective Actions] 034-753 Destination not responding
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem [Error Type]
persists, proceed to the following and repair it. Job Fail
034-750 Network Error Remote User Not Responding
Job Fail Remote User Not Responding
Network Error Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
Network Error
[Corrective Actions] 034-754 No response from Destination
034-751 Temporary Network Error No response from remote user to call
Job Fail No response from remote user to call
• Temporary Network Error Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
• Temporary Error persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
• Temporary Network Error 034-755 Destination rejecting call
• Temporary Error [Error Type]
Remote Terminal Rejected Transmission
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
034-752 Destination terminal busy Remote Terminal Rejected Transmission
Remote Terminal Busy OF-14 FAX Card Fail
[Detection Conditions] 034-756 Destination Faulty
Remote Terminal Busy
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 034-xxx FIP

2-521

OF-14 FAX Card Fail
Remote Terminal Failure
[Detection Conditions] 034-760 No Line To Destination
Remote Terminal Failure [Error Type]
persists, proceed to the following and repair it. No Route to Remote Terminal
034-757 Others (Normal, Semi-normal) No Route to Remote Terminal
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
Others (Normal, Semi-Normal Class)
[Detection Conditions] 034-761 Incorrect Format Destination Fax No.
Others (Normal, Semi-Normal Class) [Error Type]
persists, proceed to the following and repair it. Invalid Number Format (Incomplete Number)
034-758 Incorrect Destination Fax Dial No Invalid Number Format (Incomplete Number)
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
Missing Number Or Dial Error
[Detection Conditions] 034-762 Facility rejected
Missing Number Or Dial Error [Error Type]
persists, proceed to the following and repair it. Facility Rejected
034-759 No Relay Network Route Facility Rejected
No Relay Network Route OF-14 FAX Card Fail
[Detection Conditions] 034-763 Com. Capability disallowed

No Relay Network Route [Error Type]
Job Fail
Communication Capability Not Allowed Specified Communication Capability Not Defined
Communication Capability Not Allowed Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
[Corrective Actions] persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
persists, proceed to the following and repair it. 034-767 Selected mode not implemented
OF-14 FAX Card Fail [Error Type]
034-764 Com. Capability not configured Job Fail
Job Fail Specified Channel Type Not Defined
Communication Capability Not Configured Specified Channel Type Not Defined
Communication Capability Not Configured Check the self-terminal status and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem per-
[Corrective Actions] sists, proceed to the following procedure to repair it,
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
persists, proceed to the following and repair it. 034-768 Restricted Digital Info. Only
034-765 Error by service,feature limit Job Fail
Job Fail Restricted Digital Information Only
• Others (Service provided not allowed) Restricted Digital Information Only
• Other resources cannot be used. [Corrective Actions]
• Facility requested not subscribed. Check the self-terminal status and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem per-
[Detection Conditions] sists, proceed to the following procedure to repair it,
• Others (Service provided not allowed) OF-14 FAX Card Fail
• Other resources cannot be used. 034-769 Error by service, feature
• Facility requested not subscribed. [Error Type]
• Others (Service not provided)
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
• A facility not provided was requested.
034-766 Selected com. not implemented [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] • Others (Service not provided)
Job Fail • A facility not provided was requested.
[Fault Content]
Specified Communication Capability Not Defined
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 034-xxx FIP

2-523

Check the self-terminal status and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem per- Invalid Dial No. Specified
sists, proceed to the following procedure to repair it, [Detection Conditions]
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
Invalid Dial No. Specified
034-770 Reply to status query [Corrective Actions]
Job Fail OF-14 FAX Card Fail
[Fault Content] 034-774 Invalid Line Specified
Reply to Status Query [Error Type]
Reply to Status Query [Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions] Invalid Channel No. Specified
Check the self-terminal status and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem per- [Detection Conditions]
Invalid Channel No. Specified
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
034-771 Access information discarded Repeat the operation.
[Error Type]
034-775 Others (Invalid Message Class)
Job Fail
[Error Type]
[Fault Content]
Job Fail
Fax Information Discarded
[Fault Content]
Others (Invalid Messages)
Fax Information Discarded
Others (Invalid Messages)
sists, proceed to the following procedure to repair it, [Corrective Actions]
OF-14 FAX Card Fail If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
034-772 Inter-working connection error
[Error Type] 034-776 Insufficient Required Info.
Others (Inter-related Connections) [Fault Content]

[Detection Conditions] Insufficient Information
Others (Inter-related Connections) [Detection Conditions]

[Corrective Actions] Insufficient Information
Check the self-terminal status and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem per- [Corrective Actions]
sists, proceed to the following procedure to repair it, If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
034-773 Invalid Dial No. Specified 034-777 Undefined Message Type
Job Fail Job Fail
Message Type Undefined Job Fail
Message Type Undefined Call status inconsistent with message.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. Call status inconsistent with message.
034-778 Incorrect Message or Type If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
[Error Type] OF-14 FAX Card Fail
Job Fail 034-782 Error cleared due to timeout

Call status inconsistent with message, or message type undefined. Job Fail
Call status inconsistent with message, or message type undefined. Error cleared due to timeout.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. Error cleared due to timeout.
034-779 No information, or not defined If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
Job Fail 034-783 Other Errors (Operation, etc)
No information or it is undefined. Job Fail
No information or it is undefined. Other Errors (Operational Errors etc.)
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. Other Errors (Operational Errors etc.)
034-780 Invalid Information If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
Job Fail 034-784 Destination No. Changed
Invalid Information Job Fail
Invalid Information Remote Terminal Number Changed
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. Remote Terminal Number Changed
034-781 Call Status, Message Mismatch If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 034-xxx FIP

2-525

034-785 Incompatible destination Show Other Causes
[Fault Content]
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
Terminal Attributes Incompatible
[Detection Conditions] 034-789 G4 Presentation Illegal Event
Terminal Attributes Incompatible [Error Type]
persists, proceed to the following and repair it. • CG Conversion Timeout
OF-14 FAX Card Fail • (G4) Presentation received an illegal event.
034-786 Call identity not in use [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] • CG Conversion Timeout
• (G4) Presentation received an illegal event.
Job Fail
Call ID Not In Use Check the self-terminal status and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem per-
Call ID set was not in use.
034-790 Line 0 (Ext) not connected
[Error Type]
sists, proceed to the following procedure to repair it, Job Fail
034-787 Call identity in use Channel 0 Extension Not Connected

Channel 0 Extension Not Connected
Job Fail
Call ID In Use Check the channel 0 extension line connection and install it correctly.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
Call ID set was in use.
[Corrective Actions] 034-791 Line 1 not connected
034-788 Show other causes Channel 1 External Line Not Connected
Job Fail Channel 1 External Line Not Connected
Show Other Causes Check the channel 1 external line connection and install it correctly.
034-792 Line 2 not connected Channel 5 Not Connected
Job Fail Channel 5 Not Connected
Channel 2 Not Connected Check the channel 5 external line connection and install it correctly.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
Channel 2 Not Connected
[Corrective Actions] 034-796 Dial Error (Incorrect Fax No. 2)
Check the channel 2 external line connection and install it correctly. [Error Type]
034-793 Line 3 not connected There was incorrect (illegal) data in the dial data.
Job Fail There was incorrect (illegal) data in the dial data.
Channel 3 Not Connected Dial again and then repeat the operation.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
Channel 3 Not Connected
[Corrective Actions] 034-797 Communication Parameter Error
Check the channel 3 external line connection and install it correctly. [Error Type]
034-794 Line 4 not connected The Job Error Communication Option parameter has an error.
Job Fail The Job Error Communication Option parameter has an error.
Channel 4 is Not Connected Turn the power OFF then ON.
[Detection Conditions] If the problem persists, check the SW version and upgrade it to the latest version.
Channel 4 is Not Connected
OF-14 Fax Card Fail
Check the channel 4 external line connection and install it correctly. 034-798 Data Parameter Error
034-795 Line 5 not connected [Fault Content]
[Error Type] The Job Error Communication Data parameter has an error.

The Job Error Communication Data parameter has an error.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 034-xxx FIP

2-527
OF-14 Fax Card Fail
034-799 Auto Dial without dial data
[Error Type]
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
Auto Dial was started but there was no dial data.
Auto Dial was started but there was no dial data.
OF-14 Fax Card Fail
035-550 Write to FaxG3-ROM error detection (During DLD If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
method)
[Error Type] 035-702 Destination Receive Rejected
An error has occurred during the process of writing data to the FaxG3-ROM. (During DLD method) [Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] • DCN was received for NSS/DTC.
• DCN received.
An error was detected when writing data to the FaxG3-ROM
Not able to carry out normal operation because ROM content is missing. [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] • DCN was received for NSS/DTC. Transmission was rejected due to remote machine Selective
Reception function, etc.
Retry job. If retry failed, replace the FaxG3-ROM and perform VerUP operation on the DLD method
again. • DCN received.
035-700 Modem faulty
Job Fail
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
[Fault Content]
035-703 DCN Receive at Phase B Send
• CS is not turned OFF at modem control.
• HDLC frame sending error.
[Error Type]
Job Fail
• CS is not turned OFF at modem control. It is determined as SC Board (modem) failure.
[Fault Content]
• DCN detected at PHASE-B Sending.
• HDLC frame sending error.
• DCN received.
Replace the SC Board (modem). • DCN detected at PHASE-B Sending.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. • DCN received.

035-701 T1 Transmission Timeout
Job Fail
035-704 Destination Polling Error
[Fault Content]
• Sending T1 T.O.
[Error Type]
Job Fail
• T1 timed out in sending operation. (FX)
• At sending, DIS was not sent after the conversation request from the remote machine has failed. [Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] • The sending terminal does not have the polling function.
• No sending capability in the remote machine.
• Sending T1 T.O.
• T1 timed out in sending operation. (FX) [Detection Conditions]
• At sending, DIS was not sent after the conversation request from the remote machine has failed. • The sending terminal does not have the polling function. No polling documents are set in place.
[Corrective Actions] • No sending capability in the remote machine. The polling remote machine has no sending capabil-
ity. No stored document.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 035-xxx FIP

2-529

Repeat the operation. Data received without a password/a mismatch of passwords, or a mismatch of the Selective Recep-
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. tion No.
035-705 DCS/NSS Resend Exceeded Data received without a password/a mismatch of passwords, or a mismatch of the Selective Recep-
tion No.
[Error Type] Password mismatch.
Job Fail Transmission from a sender other than Selective Transmission users.
• No response after NSS was sent out three times, or DCN was detected.
• DCS/NSS resending exceeded the limit.
Password mismatch. Transmission from a sender other than Selective Transmission users.
• DCN received.
• No response after NSS was sent out three times, or DCN was detected. Receiving terminal failure.
SC Board (modem) failure. NCU Board failure. The remote machine disconnected the line while
035-708 Post-message resend exceeded
receiving NSS (DCN). [Error Type]
• DCS/NSS resending exceeded the limit. Job Fail
• DCN received. [Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions] • No response after the post command was sent out three times, or DCN was received as a response
Repeat the operation. to the post command.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. • Post message resending exceeded the limit.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail • DCN received.
035-706 Fallback Error [Detection Conditions]

• No response after post command is sent out three times, or DCN received as a response of the post
[Error Type] command.
Job Fail
Poor line quality.
[Fault Content] Receiving terminal failure.
• Fallback is not available at NSS sending. SC Board (modem) failure.
• Fallback Error. NCU Board failure.
• Fallback Error. Waiting for auto resend. • Post message resending exceeded the limit.
[Detection Conditions] • DCN received.
• Fallback is not available at NSS sending. [Corrective Actions]
• Fallback Error. Repeat the operation.
• Fallback Error. Waiting for auto resend. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
Repeat the operation. 035-709 RTN Receive
[Error Type]
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
Job Fail
035-707 Wrong Password/Receive Banned [Fault Content]
[Error Type] • RTN received.
Job Fail • RTN was received at G3 sending.
• RTN received. Poor line quality. Receiving terminal failure. No commands after NSC is sent out three times (NSS or DCS).
SC Board (modem) failure. [Detection Conditions]
NCU Board failure. No commands after NSC is sent out three times (NSS or DCS).
• RTN was received at G3 sending. Password mismatch. No polling document at the destination side. Jam.
035-710 PIN Receive 035-713 T2 timeout after sending FTT
Job Fail Job Fail
PIN received. No response to NSS/DCS was returned from the remote machine after FTT was sent.
PIN received. Poor line quality. No response to NSS/DCS was returned from the remote machine after FTT was sent. Sending
Operator was called from the recipient machine. machine failure. SC Board failure.
Receiving terminal failure. SC Board (modem) failure. [Corrective Actions]
NCU Board failure. Repeat the operation.
Repeat the operation. OF-14 FAX Card Fail
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. 035-714 DCN Received after NSC/DTC
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
[Error Type]
035-711 DCN Receive at Phase D Job Fail
Job Fail • DCN was received after NSC/DTC was sent.
[Fault Content] • DCN was received.
• At PHASE-D, DCN/invalid command was received. [Detection Conditions]
• DCN was received. • DCN was received after NSC/DTC was sent. Password mismatch. No polling document at the des-
[Detection Conditions] tination side. Jam.
At PHASE-D, DCN/invalid command was received. Sending machine failure. • DCN was received.
• DCN was received. [Corrective Actions]
OF-14 FAX Card Fail 035-715 Wrong Password-Polling Error
035-712 No response after 3 NSC [Error Type]
Job Fail
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 035-xxx FIP

2-531
[Fault Content] • T1 timed out in receiving operation.

Polling error due to password mismatch. [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] • Receive PHASE-B T1 T.O.
Polling error due to mismatch of password. • T1 timed out in receiving operation.
035-716 No past message-T2 Timeout 035-719 Busy tone detected at Phase-B

Job Fail Job Fail
• No post messages. At receive PHASE-B, busy tone was detected.
• T2 timed out. [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] At receive PHASE-B, busy tone was detected.
• No post messages. Sending machine failure. Poor line quality. SC Board (modem) failure. NCU [Corrective Actions]
Board failure. Repeat the operation.
• T2 timed out. Command timer timeout on the terminal receiving T.30. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
Repeat the operation. 035-720 Unable to receive by remote
[Error Type]
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
Job Fail
035-717 RTN Send [Fault Content]
[Error Type] • The data of NSF/DIS and NSC/DTC was invalid.
Job Fail • No receiving capability in the remote machine.
• RTN sent. • The data of NSF/DIS and NSC/DTC was invalid. No remote machine compatibility.
• RTN was sent when G3 was received. • No receiving capability in the remote machine. No DIS, NSF, NSC, and DTC capabilities. Memory
[Detection Conditions] full, etc.
• RTN sent. Poor line quality. SC Board (modem) failure. NCU Board failure. [Corrective Actions]
• RTN was sent when G3 was received. Repeat the operation.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. 035-721 DCN Received at Phase B
035-718 Receive T1 Timeout Job Fail
Job Fail • At receive PHASE-B, DCN was detected.
• Receive PHASE-B T1 T.O.
• At receive PHASE-B, DCN was detected. No remote machine compatibility. • DCN was received after FTT had been sent. Sending machine failure. Poor line quality.
• DCN was received. • DCN was received.
035-722 Wrong frame length of 300bps 035-725 Remote has no Mailbox/Relay
Job Fail Job Fail
The frame length exceeded 3.45sec (300bps command/response). • The remote machine did not have the Mailbox or Relay communication function.
[Detection Conditions] • The remote machine did not support Relay Broadcast.
The frame length exceeded 3.45sec (300bps command/response). Remote machine failure. • No mailbox function in the remote machine. (Mailbox type by FX)
Repeat the operation. • For the Secure or Relay communication, the remote machine did not support the function. Remote
machine failure (no sending capability).
Check the remote machine.
• The remote machine did not support Relay Broadcast.
• No mailbox function in the remote machine. (Mailbox type by FX)
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
035-723 No CD after receiving flag
Job Fail
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
[Fault Content]
035-726 PhaseC cannot receive-10 secs
After the flag was accepted, CD was not received within 3min.
[Error Type]
Job Fail
CD has not come within 3min after a flag had been accepted. Remote machine failure.
[Fault Content]
At PHASE-C, training cannot be received within 10sec.
Check the remote machine.
At PHASE-C, training cannot be received within 10sec. Poor line quality. SC Board (modem) failure.
NCU Board failure.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
035-724 DCN Receive after sending FTT Repeat the operation.
Job Fail OF-14 FAX Card Fail
[Fault Content] 035-727 50% Error during G3 Receive
• DCN was received after FTT was sent.
[Error Type]
• DCN was received.
Job Fail
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 035-xxx FIP

2-533
[Fault Content] 035-730 No CS with Phase-C High Speed

• PHASE-C error exceeded the limit. [Error Type]
• While receiving G3 image information, 50% or more decode error occurred when 148mm was Job Fail
received.
[Fault Content]
• At PHASE-C, CS has not come from a high-speed modem.
• PHASE-C error exceeded the limit. Poor line quality. SC Board (modem) failure. NCU Board failure.
• The CS of the modem did not turn ON as a response to the RS request at command sending opera-
• While receiving G3 image information, 50% or more decode error occurred when 148mm was tion.
received.
• The CS of the modem did not turn ON as a response to the RS request during training at high
[Corrective Actions] speed.
Repeat the operation. • HDLC frame sending error
OF-14 FAX Card Fail • At PHASE-C, CS has not come from a high-speed modem. SC Board (modem) failure.
035-728 C EOL cannot receive in 10 sec • The CS of the modem did not turn ON as a response to the RS request at command sending opera-
[Error Type] tion.
• The CS of the modem did not turn ON as a response to the RS request during training at high
Job Fail
speed.
[Fault Content] • HDLC frame sending error
• At PHASE-C, EOL cannot be received within 10sec.
• The system did not detect a normal line within 1min after it started to receive G3 image information.
• When receiving G3 image information, the system did not detect EOL within 13sec (Default).
• At PHASE-C, EOL cannot be received within 10sec. Sending machine failure. Poor line quality. SC
Board (modem) failure. NCU Board failure. 035-731 Fax V.8 Error
• The system did not detect a normal line within 1min after it started to receive G3 image information. [Error Type]
• While receiving G3 image information, the system did not detect EOL within 13sec (Default). Job Fail
Repeat the operation. • V.8 Parameter N.G
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. • V.8 error.
035-729 Carrier Down Detected • V.8 Parameter N.G
[Error Type] • V.8 error.

Carrier broken.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
Carrier broken. While receiving the image information, T2 timeout occurred after the carrier was bro- 035-732 Fax V.34 PCH CD Off
ken. Dropout occurred. [Error Type]
Repeat the operation. [Fault Content]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. V.34 P-CH CD OFF
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
V.34 P-CH CD OFF Repeat the operation.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. 035-736 No reply DCN after sending CTC
035-733 Fax V.34 C/PCH CS None Job Fail
Job Fail • No response to the CTC sent, or DCN was received.
• V.34 C/P-CH CS None [Detection Conditions]
• HDLC frame sending error • No response to the CTC sent, or DCS was received. Poor line quality. SC Board (modem) failure.
[Detection Conditions] NCU Board failure.
• V.34 C/P-CH CS None
• HDLC frame sending error [Corrective Actions]
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
OF-14 FAX Card Fail 035-737 No reply DCN after sending EOR
035-734 Polling ERR at Remote Step V8 [Error Type]

[Fault Content] • No response to the EOR sent, or DCN was received.
No document for polling at remote Step V.8. • CTC/EOR resending exceeded the limit.
There was no document for polling at the remote machine at Step V.8. Polling send operation error
in the remote machine. • No response to the EOR sent, or DCN received. Poor line quality. SC Board (modem) failure. NCU
Board failure.
• CTC/EOR resending exceeded the limit.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
035-735 No Doc. in Polling Box Step V8 If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
Job Fail
035-738 No reply DCN after sending RR
[Fault Content]
[Error Type]
Polling was requested when there was no document for polling in Step V.8.
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
Polling was requested when there was no document for polling in V.8 procedure. Remote machine
• No response to the RR sent, or DCN was received at RR.
operation error, self terminal polling send setting error.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 035-xxx FIP

2-535
• DCN was received. [Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions] • ECM PHASE-C Flag Timer Timeout [ECM]
• No response to the RR sent, or DCN received at RR. Remote machine failure. • Timeout between the frames in ECM. Timeout between the data frames.
• DCN was received. [Corrective Actions]
OF-14 FAX Card Fail 035-742 EOR Send or Receive
035-739 Fax T5 Timeout [Error Type]
[Fault Content] • Responded with ERR [ECM] after ECM EOR was sent.
• 15sec passed without MCF. • EOR-Q was received when ECM was received.
• T5 timeout. [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] • Responded with ERR [ECM] after ECM EOR was sent. Poor line quality.
• T5sec has passed without MCF. Remote machine failure. • EOR-Q was received when ECM was received.
• T5 timeout. [Corrective Actions]
OF-14 FAX Card Fail 035-743 Remote cannot receive SUB.
035-740 Sending stopped after EOR Send [Error Type]
[Fault Content] The receiving terminal does not support the SUB function.
• Sending was aborted after EOR was sent. [Detection Conditions]
• EOR-Q was sent at ECM sending. The receiving terminal does not support the SUB function.
• Sending was aborted after EOR was sent. Poor line quality. SC (modem) Board. NCU Board failure. Repeat the operation.
• EOR-Q was sent at ECM sending. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
Repeat the operation. 035-744 Remote cannot receive password
[Error Type]
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
Job Fail
035-741 ECM Phase C Flag Timeout [Fault Content]
[Error Type] The receiving terminal does not support the PWD function.
[Fault Content] The receiving terminal does not support the PWD function.
• ECM PHASE-C Flag Timer Timeout [ECM]
• Timeout between the frames in ECM.
[Corrective Actions] • Congestion tone was detected during dialing (===). CT2 was detected.
Repeat the operation. • Busy tone was detected after dialing. BT1 was detected.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. • Busy tone was detected after dialing. BT2 was detected.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail • Congestion tone was detected after dialing. CT1 was detected.
• Congestion tone was detected after dialing. CT2 was detected.
035-745 PTX has no SEP capability
• The system could not detect dial tone before dialing. (PBX) DT was not detected.
[Error Type] • Busy tone was detected before dialing. (PBX) BT was not detected.
Job Fail
• Congestion tone was detected before dialing. (PBX) CT was detected.
[Fault Content] • Busy tone was detected after dialing. (PBX) BT was not detected.
The PTX machine does not support the SEP function. • Congestion tone was detected after dialing. (PBX) CT was detected.
The PTX machine does not support the SEP function. • Busy. Dial tone was not detected. Busy tone was detected. Time exceeded by 35sec.
[Corrective Actions] • The system could not detect dial tone before dialing. DT1 was not detected.
Repeat the operation. • Busy tone was detected before dialing. BT1 was detected.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. • Busy tone was detected before dialing. BT2 was detected.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail • Congestion tone was detected before dialing. Switch Board was busy. CT1 was detected.
035-746 Busy-Cannot detect dial tone • Congestion tone was detected before dialing. CT2 was detected.
• The system could not detect dial tone during dialing ( = ). DT1 was not detected.
[Error Type]
This could happen when an external line was used with 0 signal sent from the PBX.
Job Fail
• Busy tone was detected during dialing (=). BT1 was detected.
[Fault Content] • Busy tone was detected during dialing (=). BT2 was detected.
• Busy
• Congestion tone was detected during dialing (=). CT1 was detected.
• The system could not detect dial tone before dialing. DT1 was not detected.
• Busy tone was detected before dialing. BT1 was detected.
• The system could not detect 2nd dial tone during dialing (==). DT2 was not detected.
• Busy tone was detected before dialing. BT2 was detected.
• Busy tone was detected during dialing (==). BT1 was detected.
• Congestion tone was detected before dialing. Switch Board was busy. CT1 was detected.
• Congestion tone was detected before dialing. CT2 was detected.
• Congestion tone was detected during dialing (==). CT1 was detected.
• The system could not detect dial tone during dialing (=). DT1 was not detected.
This could happen when an external line was used with 0 signal sent from the PBX.
• The system could not detect 3rd dial tone during dialing (====). DT3 was not detected.
• Busy tone was detected during dialing (===). BT1 was detected.
• Congestion tone was detected during dialing (===). CT1 was detected.
• The system could not detect 2nd dial tone during dialing (==). DT2 was not detected.
• Busy tone was detected after dialing. BT1 was detected.
• Busy tone was detected after dialing. BT2 was detected.
• The system could not detect dial tone before dialing. (PBX) DT was not detected.
• The system could not detect 3rd dial tone during dialing (====). DT3 was not detected.
• Busy tone was detected before dialing. (PBX) BT was not detected.
• Congestion tone was detected before dialing. (PBX) CT was detected.
• Busy tone was detected after dialing. (PBX) BT was not detected.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 035-xxx FIP

2-537
• Congestion tone was detected after dialing. (PBX) CT was detected. [Error Type]
• Check the Switch Board. [Fault Content]
• Check the circuit condition. An error due to Power OFF during transmission.
• Check the call conditions of the external line ("0" call). [Detection Conditions]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. An error due to Power OFF during transmission. The power has turned OFF. System reset has
OF-14 FAX Card Fail occurred.
035-747 Abort while dialing [Corrective Actions]
[Error Type] Check the self-terminal status and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem per-
Job Fail
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
[Fault Content]
Aborted during dialing (Operation was aborted with the Stop button.) 035-751 Doc. send operation canceled
Aborted during dialing (Operation was aborted with the Stop button.) Job Fail
Repeat the operation. The Stop key was pressed when a document was being sent.
035-748 Abort during transmission [Detection Conditions]

The Stop key was pressed when a document was being sent.
[Error Type]
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
Aborted during transmission (Operation was aborted with the Stop button.) 035-752 No. of Job Restriction Error
Aborted during transmission (Operation was aborted with the Stop button.) Job Fail
Repeat the operation. No. of Jobs Restricted Error
035-749 No reply from remote station [Detection Conditions]

No. of Jobs Restricted Error
[Error Type]
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
• Busy with no response (Redial exceeded limit)
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
• The remote machine did not respond after dialing.
[Detection Conditions] 035-753 Fax Memory Full
• Busy with no response (Redial exceeded limit) [Error Type]
• The remote machine did not respond after dialing. CED and DIS were not detected. Job Fail
Repeat the operation. Image information memory full (file full, append record error)
OF-14 FAX Card Fail This occurs when receiving Fax of 999 sheets or more. Image information memory full (file full,
append record error)
035-750 Power Off during transmission
[Corrective Actions] 035-757 No Receive Page
This occurs when receiving 999 sheets or more. Ask the sender to separate the document into sev- [Error Type]
eral batches for sending.
Job Fail
035-754 File management memory full [Fault Content]
[Error Type] No received page
[Fault Content] No received page
File Management Area Full [Corrective Actions]
File Management Area Full If the problem persists, check the SW version and upgrade it to the latest version.
[Corrective Actions] If the problem still persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
Turn the power OFF then ON. OF-14 Fax Card Fail
If the problem persists, check the SW version and upgrade it to the latest version. 035-758 No specified file or page
[Error Type]
OF-14 Fax Card Fail
Job Fail
035-755 File Add Page Error [Fault Content]
[Error Type] No specifed file or page.
[Fault Content] No specifed file or page.
File Append Record Error [Corrective Actions]
File Append Record Error If the problem persists, check the SW version and upgrade it to the latest version.
If the problem persists, check the SW version and upgrade it to the latest version. 035-759 No specified job
[Error Type]
OF-14 Fax Card Fail
Job Fail
035-756 Cannot add page [Fault Content]
[Error Type] No appropriate job when the transmission reservation was cleared.
[Fault Content] No appropriate job when the transmission reservation was cleared.
No additional file [Corrective Actions]
No additional file If the problem persists, check the SW version and upgrade it to the latest version.
If the problem persists, check the SW version and upgrade it to the latest version. 035-760 File common processing error
OF-14 Fax Card Fail
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 035-xxx FIP

2-539
[Error Type]
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
• Invalid File
• File error - Timeout occurred during COMM file access.
Or, the File Handler did not send an error code when an error has occurred.
• Invalid File
• File error - Timeout occurred during COMM file access.
Or, the File Handler did not send an error code when an error has occurred.
OF-14 Fax Card Fail
035-761 File other processing error
[Error Type]
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
Other File Errors
Other File Errors
OF-14 Fax Card Fail
035-762 Line cut during ISDN
[Error Type]
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
• Line was cut off when establishing link.
• The line has been cut off during transmission. (Error only for ISDN)
• Line was cut off when establishing link.
• The line has been cut off during transmission. (Error only for ISDN)
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
036-500 Illegal PDRP Parameter [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] RDCLP Parameter Error

RDRP Parameter Error
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
RDRP Parameter Error
036-504 Illegal RDGR Parameter
Job Fail
OF-14 FAX Card Fail RDGR Parameter Error
036-501 Illegal RDPBP Parameter [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] RDGR Parameter Error

RDPBP Parameter Error
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
RDPBP Parameter Error
036-505 Undefined response
Job Fail
OF-14 FAX Card Fail Undefined Response
036-502 Illegal RDPBN Parameter [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] Undefined Response

RDPBN Parameter Error
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
RDPBN Parameter Error
036-506 Not negotiable
Job Fail
OF-14 FAX Card Fail Negotiation Not Allowed
036-503 Illegal RDCLP Parameter [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] Negotiation Not Allowed
RDCLP Parameter Error
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 036-xxx FIP

2-541
036-507 RDPBP Receive at full capacity [Detection Conditions]

[Error Type] RDGR Receive

RDPBP Receive (receive at full capacity), remote terminal runs out of paper etc.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
RDPBP Receive (receive at full capacity), remote terminal runs out of paper etc.
036-511 Illegal procedure 1551
OF-14 FAX Card Fail Illegal procedure 1551
036-508 RDPBN Receive Terminal Error [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] Illegal Procedure

RDPBN Receive (Error at Terminal)
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
RDPBN Receive (Error at Terminal)
036-512 Illegal CDS Parameter
Job Fail
OF-14 FAX Card Fail CDS Parameter Error
036-509 RDPBN Receive Others [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] CDS Parameter Error

RDPBN Receive (Others)
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
RDPBN Receive (Others)
036-513 Illegal CDC Parameter
Job Fail
OF-14 FAX Card Fail CDC Parameter Error
036-510 RDGR Receive [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] CDC Parameter Error

RDGR Receive
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
036-514 Illegal CDE Parameter
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
CDE Parameter Error
[Detection Conditions] 036-518 Illegal CDCL Parameter
CDE Parameter Error [Error Type]
persists, proceed to the following and repair it. CDCL Parameter Error
036-515 Illegal CDD Parameter CDCL Parameter Error
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
CDD Parameter Error
[Detection Conditions] 036-519 Undefined Command
CDD Parameter Error [Error Type]
persists, proceed to the following and repair it. Undefined Command
036-516 Illegal CDR Parameter Undefined Command
CDR Parameter Error OF-14 FAX Card Fail
[Detection Conditions] 036-520 Not Negotiable CDS Receive

CDR Parameter Error [Error Type]
persists, proceed to the following and repair it. Negotiation Not Allowed (CDS Receive when FAX functions are incompatible)
036-517 Illegal CDPB Parameter Negotiation Not Allowed (CDS Receive when FAX functions are incompatible)
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
CDPB Parameter Error
[Detection Conditions] 036-521 Not Negotiable CDC Receive
CDPB Parameter Error
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 036-xxx FIP

2-543

Job Fail • CDR Receive (Error at terminal)
[Fault Content] • (G4) Received activity interruption from session. (CDR)
Negotiation Not Allowed (CDC Receive when FAX functions are not compatible) [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] • CDR Receive (Error at Terminal)
Negotiation Not Allowed (CDC Receive when FAX functions are not compatible) • (G4) Received activity interruption from session. (CDR)
036-522 CDD Receive Terminal Error 036-525 Other than above CDR receive
Job Fail Job Fail
• CDD Receive (Error at Terminal) • CDR Receive (Other than the above)
• (G4) Received activity rejection from session. (CDD) • (G4) Received activity interruption from session. (CDR)
• CDD Receive (Error at Terminal) • CDR Receive (Other than the above)
• (G4) Received activity rejection from session. (CDD) • (G4) Received activity interruption from session. (CDR)
036-523 Other than above CDD receive 036-526 Illegal CDUI (Normal Doc.)
Job Fail Job Fail
• CDD Receive (Other than the above) CDUI Parameter Error (Normal Document)
• (G4) Received activity rejection from session (CDD) [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] CDUI Parameter Error (Normal Document)
• CDD Receive (Other than the above) [Corrective Actions]
• (G4) Received activity rejection from session. (CDD) Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem OF-14 FAX Card Fail
persists, proceed to the following and repair it. 036-527 Illegal CDUI (Operator Doc.)
036-524 CDR Receive Terminal Error Job Fail
Job Fail CDUI Parameter Error (Operator Document)
CDUI Parameter Error (Operator Document) Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
persists, proceed to the following and repair it. 036-531 DMA channel 1 illegal closing
036-528 Illegal CDUI (Control Doc.) Job Fail
Job Fail • DMA Channel 1 was abnormally terminated.
[Fault Content] • (G4) Presentation received an illegal event.
CDUI Parameter Error (Control Document) [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] • DMA Channel 1 was abnormally terminated.
CDUI Parameter Error (Control Document) • (G4) Presentation received an illegal event.
036-529 Illegal CDUI (Monitor Doc.) 036-532 DMA channel 2 illegal closing
Job Fail Job Fail
CDUI Parameter Error (Monitor Document) • DMA Channel 2 was abnormally terminated.
[Detection Conditions] • (G4) Presentation received an illegal event.
CDUI Parameter Error (Monitor Document) [Detection Conditions]

[Corrective Actions] • DMA Channel 2 was abnormally terminated.
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem • (G4) Presentation received an illegal event.
persists, proceed to the following and repair it. [Corrective Actions]
OF-14 FAX Card Fail Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
036-530 CDSReceive-Illegal Document
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
[Error Type]
Job Fail
036-533 Cannot convert resources
CDS (control document) Receive occurred when the receiver and sender of an illegal document do Job Fail
not match. [Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] • Resources for converting data cannot be obtained.
CDS (control document) Receive occurred when the receiver and sender of an illegal document do • (G4) Presentation received an illegal event.
not match. [Detection Conditions]
• Resources for converting data cannot be obtained.
• (G4) Presentation received an illegal event.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 036-xxx FIP

2-545

036-534 Decode Error in Data Convert 036-537 No RTC during data convert
Job Fail Job Fail
• Decoding error occurred in data conversion. • RTC was not detected in data conversion.
• (G4) Presentation received an illegal event. • (G4) Presentation received an illegal event.
• Decoding error occurred in data conversion. • RTC was not detected in data conversion.
• (G4) Presentation received an illegal event. • (G4) Presentation received an illegal event.
036-535 White Line Transfer Error (Compress) 036-538 Doc. descriptor analysis error
Job Fail Job Fail
• White line transfer to encoded DICEP error occurred in data conversion. DD (Document Descriptor) Analysis Error
• (G4) Presentation received an illegal event. [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] DD (Document Descriptor) Analysis Error
White line transfer to encoded DICEP error occurred in data conversion. [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
persists, proceed to the following and repair it. OF-14 FAX Card Fail
OF-14 FAX Card Fail 036-539 Page Descriptor Analysis Error
036-536 White Line Transfer Error (Decomp) [Error Type]
[Fault Content] PD (Page Descriptor) Analysis Error
• White line transfer to decoded DICEP error occurred in data conversion. [Detection Conditions]
• (G4) Presentation received an illegal event. PD (Page Descriptor) Analysis Error
• White line transfer to decoded DICEP error occurred in data conversion. Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
• (G4) Presentation received an illegal event. persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
036-540 Text Unit Analysis Error
Job Fail An error was detected when writing data to the FaxG4-ROM
[Fault Content] Not able to carry out normal operation because ROM content is missing.
TU (Text Unit) Analysis Error [Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] Retry job. If retry failed, replace the FaxG4-ROM and perform VerUP operation on the DLD method
again.
TU (Text Unit) Analysis Error
[Corrective Actions] 036-700 G4 Communication Error
036-541 Page boundary without TU G4 Communication Error
Job Fail G4 Communication Error
Received page boundary without TU. Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
Received page boundary without TU.
[Corrective Actions] 036-701 Receiving variable N(R) error
036-542 Relay Broadcast error in G4 Receive Status Variable N (R) Error
Job Fail Receive Status Variable N (R) Error
(G4) Relay Broadcast instruction error occurred in session. Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
(G4) Relay Broadcast instruction error occurred in session.
[Corrective Actions] 036-702 Info frame size exceeded (NI)
036-550 Write to FaxG4-ROM error detection (During DLD Information frame size exceeded the limit (NI over).
method) [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] Information frame size exceeded the limit (NI over).
An error has occurred during the process of writing data to the FaxG4-ROM. (During DLD method) persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 036-xxx FIP

2-547
036-703 Monitor/Unnumbered frame error [Detection Conditions]

[Error Type] • SABM Wait Timeout
Job Fail • (G4) Data link cannot be connected.

Monitor/Unnumbered Frame Error
Monitor/Unnumbered Frame Error
036-707 UA wait Timeout in G4
[Error Type]
036-704 Undefined Command/Response 1104 • UA Wait Timeout
• (G4) Data link cannot be connected.
[Error Type]
Job Fail
• UA Wait Timeout
[Fault Content]
Undefined Command/Response
Undefined Command/Response persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
036-708 Cannot establish link in G4
Job Fail
036-705 N2 timeout of Receive Timer
[Fault Content]
[Error Type]
• Cannot Establish Link
Job Fail
• (G4) Data link cannot be established.
[Fault Content]
Receive Confirmation Timer - Consecutive Timeout (N2 times timeout)
• Cannot Establish Link
[Detection Conditions] • (G4) Data link cannot be established.
Receive Confirmation Timer - Consecutive Timeout (N2 times timeout)
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
036-709 DISC receive before link close
036-706 SABM Wait Timeout in G4
[Error Type]
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
[Fault Content] Link was force-closed (when DISC was received before the session).
• SABM Wait Timeout
Link was force-closed (when DISC was received before the session).
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
ERMR Receive (W=1)
036-710 FRMR Receive (Z=1) [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] ERMR Receive (W=1)
FRMR Receive (Z=1) persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
FRMR Receive (Z=1) 036-714 Global Address Receive

OF-14 FAX Card Fail
Global Address Receive
036-711 FRMR Receive (Y=1) [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] Global Address Receive
FRMR Receive (Y=1) persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
FRMR Receive (Y=1) 036-715 Line Open Timeout in G4

OF-14 FAX Card Fail • Line Open Timeout (Including No HDLC Flag)
036-712 FRMR received (Z=1) W=1 • (G4) Flag cannot be received for 4sec or more.
Job Fail • Line Open Timeout (Including No HDLC Flag)
[Fault Content] • (G4) Flag cannot be received for 4sec or more.
FRMR Receive (X=1) W=1 Included [Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
FRMR Receive (X=1) W=1 Included persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem 036-716 Wrong LSI Send (Busy Timeout)
persists, proceed to the following and repair it. [Error Type]
036-713 FRMR Receive (W=1) [Fault Content]
LSI Send Error (Sending Busy, Timeout)
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 036-xxx FIP

2-549

LSI Send Error (Sending Busy, Timeout) Job Fail
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem Though Line C was turned OFF, Line I was not turned OFF.
persists, proceed to the following and repair it. [Detection Conditions]
OF-14 FAX Card Fail Though Line C was turned OFF, Line I was not turned OFF.
036-717 Abnormal LSI operation [Corrective Actions]
LSI Operation Error 036-721 I Line Off during Transmission

LSI Operation Error Job Fail
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem Line I was turned OFF during transmission.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
Line I was turned OFF during transmission.
036-718 Disconnection Notice Timeout [Corrective Actions]
Disconnection Notice Timeout (10sec) 036-722 Call cut during flag detect
Disconnection Notice Timeout (10sec) Job Fail
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem Call was cut off during remote flag detection.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
Call was cut off during remote flag detection.
036-719 C Line On but I Line Off [Corrective Actions]
Though Line C was turned ON, Line I was not turned ON. 036-723 Call cut while awaiting UA
Though Line C was turned ON, Line I was not turned ON. Job Fail
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem After SABM was sent, call was cut off when waiting for UA.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
After SABM was sent, call was cut off when waiting for UA.
036-720 C Line Off but I Line On
[Corrective Actions] 036-727 Illegal parameter of CC packet
Job Fail
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
[Fault Content]
036-724 Call cut while awaiting SABM • CC Packet Parameter Error
[Error Type] • (G4) Other network errors.
[Fault Content] • CC Packet Parameter Error
Call was cut off when waiting for SABM. • (G4) Other network errors.
Call was cut off when waiting for SABM. Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem OF-14 FAX Card Fail
persists, proceed to the following and repair it. 036-728 Illegal parameter of CN packet
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
[Error Type]
036-725 Disc received before session Job Fail
Job Fail • CN Packet Parameter Error
[Fault Content] • (G4) Other network errors.
DISC was received before session. [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] • CN Packet Parameter Error
DISC was received before session. • (G4) Other network errors.
036-726 Illegal header received 036-729 Illegal parameter of DT packet
Job Fail Job Fail
• Illegal Header Receive (Line Switching), Illegal Procedure (Packet Switching) • DT Packet Parameter Error
• (G4) Other network errors. • (G4) Other network errors.
• Illegal Header Receive (Line Switching), Illegal Procedure (Packet Switching) • DT Packet Parameter Error
• (G4) Other network errors. • (G4) Other network errors.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 036-xxx FIP

2-551
036-730 Illegal parameter of RI packet [Error Type]


[Fault Content] • CF Packet Parameter Error
• (G4) Other network errors.
• RI Packet Parameter Error
• (G4) Other network errors. [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] • CF Packet Parameter Error
• RI Packet Parameter Error
• (G4) Other network errors. [Corrective Actions]
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
OF-14 FAX Card Fail 036-734 Undefined Packet Received
036-731 Illegal parameter of IT packet [Error Type]

[Fault Content] • Undefined Packet Receive
• IT Packet Parameter Error • (G4) Other network errors.
• (G4) Other network errors. [Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions] • Undefined Packet Receive
• IT Packet Parameter Error
• (G4) Other network errors. [Corrective Actions]
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
OF-14 FAX Card Fail 036-735 CC Wait Timeout
036-732 Illegal parameter of CI packet [Error Type]

[Fault Content] CC Wait Timeout
• CI Packet Parameter Error [Detection Conditions]

• (G4) Other network errors. CC Wait Timeout
• CI Packet Parameter Error Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem 036-736 CF Wait Timeout
036-733 Illegal parameter of CF packet
CF Wait Timeout Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
CF Wait Timeout
[Corrective Actions] 036-740 Busy Timeout
036-737 CI received before G4 session Busy Timeout
Job Fail Busy Timeout
• CI Receive (Before the session ended) Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
• (G4) A cut off request packet was received from the remote machine. persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
• CI Receive (Before the session ended) 036-741 SI received in transmission

• (G4) A cut off request packet was received from the remote machine. [Error Type]
persists, proceed to the following and repair it. • SI Receive (In transmission)
OF-14 FAX Card Fail • (G4) An unexpected restart packet was received.
036-738 DT Packet P(S ), P(R ) Error [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] • SI Receive (In transmission)
Job Fail • (G4) An unexpected restart packet was received.
DT Packet P (S) and P (R) errors occurred. Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
DT Packet P (S) and P (R) errors occurred. OF-14 FAX Card Fail
[Corrective Actions] 036-742 SF received in transmission

036-739 RR, RNR Packet P(S) Error • SF Receive (In transmission)
[Error Type] • (G4) An unexpected restart packet was received.
[Fault Content] • SF Receive (In transmission)
RR and RNR packet P (S) errors occurred. • (G4) An unexpected restart packet was received.
RR and RNR packet P (S) errors occurred.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 036-xxx FIP

2-553

Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem 036-746 G4 Data Link Disconnect Notice Timeout
[Error Type]
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
Job Fail
036-743 DT Packet D Bit Error [Fault Content]
[Error Type] • Disconnection Notice Timeout (10sec)
Job Fail • (G4) Data Link Failure
D Bit error occurred in DT packet. • Disconnection Notice Timeout (10sec)
[Detection Conditions] • (G4) Data Link Failure
D Bit error occurred in DT packet. [Corrective Actions]
OF-14 FAX Card Fail 036-747 Fast select response received
036-744 G4 Wait for Reply Timeout [Error Type]
[Fault Content] Fast Select that limits responses received.
• Reply Timeout [Detection Conditions]
• (G4) Network timer timed out. Fast Select that limits responses received.
• Reply Timeout Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
• (G4) Network timer timed out. persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem 036-748 Receive remote charge request
[Error Type]
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
Job Fail
036-745 G4 CN Wait Timeout [Fault Content]
[Error Type] Receive Remote Charge Request
[Fault Content] Receive Remote Charge Request
• CN Wait Timeout [Corrective Actions]
• (G4) Network timer timed out.
• CN Wait Timeout OF-14 FAX Card Fail
• (G4) Network timer timed out. 036-749 Abnormal LCGN
Job Fail
LCGN Error Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
LCGN Error
[Corrective Actions] 036-753 Illegal TCC Parameter
036-750 Illegal procedure 1301 Parameter error occurred in TCC.
Job Fail Parameter error occurred in TCC.
Illegal Procedure 1301 Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
Illegal Procedure
[Corrective Actions] 036-754 Illegal TBR Parameter
036-751 Illegal TCA Parameter Parameter error occurred in TBR.
Job Fail Parameter error occurred in TBR.
Parameter error occurred in TCA. Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
Parameter error occurred in TCA. OF-14 FAX Card Fail
[Corrective Actions] 036-755 Illegal TDT Parameter

036-752 Illegal TCR Parameter Parameter error occurred in TDT.
Job Fail Parameter error occurred in TDT.
Parameter error occurred in TCR. Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
Parameter error occurred in TCR.
036-756 Undefined transport block
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 036-xxx FIP

2-555

OF-14 FAX Card Fail
Undefined Transport Block Receive
[Detection Conditions] 036-760 TBR Wait Timeout
Undefined Transport Block Receive [Error Type]
persists, proceed to the following and repair it. TBR Receive
036-757 TCA Wait Timeout TBR Receive
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
TCA Wait Timeout
[Detection Conditions] 036-761 TDT block size error
TCA Wait Timeout [Error Type]
persists, proceed to the following and repair it. TDT Block Size Error
036-758 TCR Wait Timeout TDT Block Size Error
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
TCR Wait Timeout
[Detection Conditions] 036-762 G4 NetWork Disconnect Notice Timeout
TCR Wait Timeout [Error Type]
persists, proceed to the following and repair it. • Disconnection Notice Timeout (10sec)
OF-14 FAX Card Fail • (G4) Network Failure
036-759 TCC Wait Timeout [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] • Disconnection Notice Timeout (10sec)
Job Fail • (G4) Network Failure
TCC Receive Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
TCC Receive
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
Illegal Procedure 1401
[Detection Conditions] 036-767 Illegal CSUI Parameter
Illegal Procedure [Error Type]
persists, proceed to the following and repair it. CSUI Parameter Error
036-764 Illegal CSS Parameter CSUI Parameter Error
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
CSS Parameter Error
[Detection Conditions] 036-768 Illegal CSCC Parameter
CSS Parameter Error [Error Type]
persists, proceed to the following and repair it. CSCC Parameter Error
036-765 Illegal CSE Parameter CSCC Parameter Error
CSE Parameter Error OF-14 FAX Card Fail
[Detection Conditions] 036-769 Illegal RSSP Parameter

CSE Parameter Error [Error Type]
persists, proceed to the following and repair it. RSSP Parameter Error
036-766 Illegal CSA Parameter RSSP Parameter Error
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
CSA Parameter Error
[Detection Conditions] 036-770 Illegal RSSN Parameter
CSA Parameter Error
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 036-xxx FIP

2-557

OF-14 FAX Card Fail
RSSN Parameter Error
[Detection Conditions] 036-774 Illegal RSCCP Parameter
RSSN Parameter Error [Error Type]
persists, proceed to the following and repair it. RSCCP Parameter Error
036-771 Illegal RSEP Parameter RSCCP Parameter Error
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
RSEP Parameter Error
[Detection Conditions] 036-775 Undefined command/response 1413
RSEP Parameter Error [Error Type]
persists, proceed to the following and repair it. Undefined Command/Response
036-772 Illegal RSAP Parameter Undefined Command/Response
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
RSAP Parameter Error
[Detection Conditions] 036-776 RSSN Receive
RSAP Parameter Error [Error Type]
persists, proceed to the following and repair it. • RSSN Receive
OF-14 FAX Card Fail • (G4) Connection error was received from the session. (RSSN)
036-773 Illegal RSUI Parameter [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] • RSSN Receive
Job Fail • (G4) Connection error was received from the session. (RSSN)
RSUI Parameter Error Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
RSUI Parameter Error
036-777 G4 Line Disconnect Notice Timeout
Job Fail CSS Wait Timeout
Disconnection Notice Timeout (10sec) CSS Wait Timeout
Disconnection Notice Timeout (10sec) Poor line quality.
[Corrective Actions] Perform the following procedure to repair the trouble by taking into account that the process method
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem is different depending on the remote machine and line status.
persists, proceed to the following and repair it. OF-11 FAX Job Fail
OF-14 FAX Card Fail 036-781 RSSP Wait Timeout
036-778 CSA received (wrong terminal) [Error Type]
[Fault Content] RSSP Wait Timeout
• CSA Receive (Error at terminal) [Detection Conditions]
• (G4) Session abortion was received. RSSP Wait Timeout
• CSA Receive (Error at terminal) Poor line quality.
• (G4) Session abortion was received. Perform the following procedure to repair the trouble by taking into account that the process method
[Corrective Actions] is different depending on the remote machine and line status.
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem OF-11 FAX Job Fail
persists, proceed to the following and repair it. 036-782 RSAP Wait Timeout
036-779 CSA Receive (Others) Job Fail
Job Fail RSAP Wait Timeout
• CSA Receive (Others) RSAP Wait Timeout
• (G4) Session abortion was received. [Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] Poor line quality.
• CSA Receive (Others) Perform the following procedure to repair the trouble by taking into account that the process method
• (G4) Session abortion was received. is different depending on the remote machine and line status.
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem 036-783 RSEP Wait Timeout
036-780 CSS Wait Timeout [Fault Content]
[Error Type] RSEP Wait Timeout
Job Fail
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 036-xxx FIP

2-559
[Detection Conditions] Perform the following procedure to repair the trouble by taking into account that the process method
is different depending on the remote machine and line status.
RSEP Wait Timeout
OF-11 FAX Job Fail
Poor line quality. 036-787 Wrong Password-Polling Error for Remote
Perform the following procedure to repair the trouble by taking into account that the process method [Error Type]
is different depending on the remote machine and line status. Job Fail
036-784 RSCCP Wait Timeout "Incorrect Polling Password" (RSSP) was returned from the remote machine.
Job Fail "Incorrect Polling Password" (RSSP) was returned from the remote machine.
RSCCP Wait Timeout Poor line quality.
[Detection Conditions] Perform the following procedure to repair the trouble by taking into account that the process method
RSCCP Wait Timeout is different depending on the remote machine and line status.
OF-11 FAX Job Fail
Poor line quality. 036-788 Poll Send Error at Remote
Perform the following procedure to repair the trouble by taking into account that the process method [Error Type]
is different depending on the remote machine and line status. Job Fail
036-785 CSUI/RSUI Wait Timeout "No Poll Send Original" (RSSP) was returned from the remote machine.
Job Fail "No Poll Send Original" (RSSP) was returned from the remote machine.
CSUI/RSUI Wait Timeout If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
CSUI/RSUI Wait Timeout 036-789 No Password for RSSP Receive
Poor line quality. Job Fail
Perform the following procedure to repair the trouble by taking into account that the corrective action [Fault Content]
is different depending on the remote machine and line status.
No password for RSSP was received for the CSS PA password entered.
OF-11 FAX Job Fail
036-786 Incorrect Password (RSSN) No password for RSSP was received for the CSS PA password entered.
Job Fail
Poor line quality.
[Fault Content] Perform the following procedure to repair the trouble by taking into account that the process method
"Incorrect Password" (RSSN) was returned from the remote machine. is different depending on the remote machine and line status.
"Incorrect Password" (RSSN) was returned from the remote machine. 036-790 Polling rejected by remote
Poor line quality. Job Fail
RSSP without send rights was received in Poll Receive. 036-794 Line cut during ISDN mode
RSSP without send rights was received in Poll Receive. Job Fail
1. Repeat the operation. • Calling cut off during ISDN communication
2. Check if the remote machine is ok. • The ISDN session received an illegal event.
036-791 Set Password-RSSP Received [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] • Calling cut off during ISDN communication
Job Fail • The ISDN session received an illegal event.
RSSN was sent when setting password. Check that the telephone line is installed properly, and then wait for a while before sending again.
[Detection Conditions] If it did not improve, check that the recipient machine is not in memory full/HDD full/maintenance state. If
that is the case, send again when the recipient machine is in normal state and check.
RSSN was sent when setting password.
1. Repeat the operation.
2. Check if the remote machine is ok.
036-795 Canceled by remote station
[Error Type]
036-792 CSE Received after RSSP Send
Job Fail
[Error Type]
[Fault Content]
Job Fail
Disconnected because the remote machine does not support multi-copying.
[Fault Content]
CSE was received after RSSP was sent.
Disconnected because the remote machine does not support multi-copying.
CSE was received after RSSP was sent.
Check if the remote machine is ok and repeat the operation. If the problem persists, perform the fol-
[Corrective Actions] lowing procedure to repair it.
Check if the remote machine is ok and repeat the operation. If the problem persists, perform the fol- OF-14 FAX Card Fail
lowing procedure to repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
036-796 Sent without multiple sets
[Error Type]
036-793 Select communication error
Job Fail
[Error Type]
[Fault Content]
Job Fail
Normal sending was performed because the remote machine does not support multi-copying.
[Fault Content]
Selective Transmission Error
Normal sending was performed because the remote machine does not support multi-copying.
Selective Transmission Error
[Corrective Actions] lowing procedure to repair it.
Check if the remote machine is ok and repeat the operation. If the problem persists, perform the fol- OF-14 FAX Card Fail
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 036-xxx FIP
2-561
[Error Type]
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
Illegal Procedure 1501
Illegal Procedure
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
036-798 Illegal RDEP Parameter
[Error Type]
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
RDEP Parameter Error
RDEP Parameter Error
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
036-799 Illegal RDDP Parameter
[Error Type]
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
RDDP Parameter Error
RDDP Parameter Error
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
041-500 Write to IOT-ROM error detection (During DLD method)
[Error Type]
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
An error has occurred during the process of writing data to the IOT-ROM. (During DLD method)
An error was detected when writing data to the IOT-ROM.
Retry job. If retry failed, replace the IOT-ROM and perform VerUP operation on the DLD method
again.
041-501 Write to IOT-NVM-ROM error detection (During DLD
method)
[Error Type]
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
Write to IOT-NVM-ROM error detection (During DLD method)
An error was detected when writing data to the IOT-NVM-ROM.
Retry job. If retry failed, replace the IOT-NVM-ROM and perform VerUP operation on the DLD
method again.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 041-xxx FIP

2-563
048-500 IF-Module ROM Write Error
[Error Type]
Job
[Fault Content]
Error was detected when writing into the IF-Module ROM
When the entire machine has entered the Download mode and was downloading each ROM data
using the standard method (procedures), write to the IF-Module ROM has failed.
Turn the power OFF and ON.
Replace the IF-Module ROM, then perform download using the DLD method.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 048-xxx FIP

2-565
049-500 HCS1 ROM Write Error [Fault Content]
[Error Type] HCS1 Dolly Eject Button Pressed
Job [Detection Conditions]

[Fault Content] 1. The HCS1 Eject Button was pressed
Error was detected when writing into the HCS1 ROM 2. "Eject" was instructed from an external Controller.
3. Others
When the entire machine has entered the Download mode and was downloading each ROM data
using the standard method (procedures), write to the HCS1 ROM has failed. Perform the following.
[Corrective Actions] 1. Do not press the HCS1 Eject button.
2. Request that the customer do not issue "Eject" instruction from external Controllers.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedures:
As it is not physically possible for "49-973 to occur without pressing the Eject Button", if the problem
If the problem persists even after retrying, replace the HCS1 ROM, then perform download using
persists, the cause would be the Controller software. Request for the Support Department to
the DLD method.
upgrade the software to the patched version.
049-700 Out tray changed from stacker1
[Error Type]
Warning
[Fault Content]
Change the output destination from the Stacker to another Tray.
Error was detected when writing into the HCF-ROM
Does not operate normally because the ROM content has been erased
If the error remains even after retrying, replace the HCF-ROM, and download again to perform the
upgrade.
049-950 HCS1 MIX SIZE STACK Fail
[Error Type]
Operation
[Fault Content]
HCS1 Mixed Size Stack Unavailable
When the Controller NVM is in "Mixed Stack Prohibited Setting" state, a transfer request that results
in Mixed Stack was received.
If the problem persists even after the Controller NVM is set to "Mix Stack Allowed", the cause would
be the Controller software.
Request for the Support Department to upgrade the software to the patched version.
049-973 Stacker Extraction button was pushed
[Error Type]
Operation
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 049-xxx FIP

2-567
062-394 Cont PWBA Memory Fail
[Error Type]
Sub
[Fault Content]
Cont PWBA Memory Fail
It was detected that Read/Write were not available to the Controller PWBA RAM (Gap Memory).
2. Replace the Controller-PWB.
062-500 Write to IISS-ROM error detection (During DLD method)
[Error Type]
Job Fail
[Fault Contents]
An error has occurred during the process of writing data to the IISS-ROM. (During DLD method)
An error was detected when writing data to the IISS-ROM.
Retry job. If retry failed, replace the IISS-ROM and perform VerUP operation on the DLD method
again.
062-790 Possible Prohibited Originals
[Error Type]
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
PreIPS X Recognition Fail
PreIPS PWB has recognized X.
Do the same operation again.
If the problem occurs frequently, replace the IISS-PWBA.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 062-xxx FIP

2-569
063-500 Write to IISS-Extension-ROM error detection (During
DLD method)
[Error Type]
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
An error has occurred during the process of writing data to the IISS-Extension-ROM. (During DLD
method)
An error was detected when writing data to the IISS-Extension-ROM.
Retry job. If retry failed, replace the IISS-Extension-ROM and perform VerUP operation on the DLD
method again.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 063-xxx FIP

2-571
071-940 Tray#1 LiftUp NG
[Error Type]
Operation Fail
[Fault Content]
Tray#1 LiftUp NG
TBD
TBD
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 071-xxx FIP

2-573
072-940 Tray#2/TTM#2 LiftUp NG
[Error Type]
Operation Fail
[Fault Content]
Tray#2/TTM#2 LiftUp NG
TBD
TBD
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 072-xxx FIP

2-575
073-940 Tray#3/TTM#3 LiftUp NG
[Error Type]
Operation Fail
[Fault Content]
Tray#3/TTM#3 LiftUp NG
TBD
TBD
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 073-xxx FIP

2-577
077-911 Paper size mismatch, job contniue
[Error Type]
operation
[Fault Content]
Tray Paper Size Mismatch. User intervention (the user has changed paper size to continue print-
ing.)
The selected paper size is different from the size of the paper loaded.
To make the tray paper size the same as the new paper size selected through the user intervention,
load paper of the selected size and do the operation for restarting printing (the check operation).
077-967 Paper kind mismatch (APS job)
[Error Type]
Operation
[Fault Content]
Paper type mismatch in the APS or printing from a tray with the wrong paper type (Message will
appear and then change into Confirm screen)
The selected paper type and the pre-set paper type are different.
Either set the selected paper type, or proceed with restarting print job (confirm operation) following
the user input state.
077-968 Paper kind mismatch, job contniue
[Error Type]
Operation
[Fault Content]
Tray paper type mismatch, user input 2 (Change the paper type in tray and continue printing)
The selected paper type and the pre-set paper type are different
Proceed with restarting print job (confirm operation) following the user input state after setting the
selected paper type.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 077-xxx FIP

2-579
078-500 Write to HCF-ROM error detection (During DLD method) [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] • Nothing is detected when the HCF tray is inserted.
• This occurs when IOT starts feeding paper from the HCF. However, no jam occurs because no
Job Fail
paper is actually fed.
[Fault Content] • Details of operations causing this fault:
An error has occurred during the process of writing data to the HCF-ROM. (During DLD method)
1. At the start of a copy/printer job with "2000A3-HCF Tray selected"
[Detection Conditions] ATS does not work to shift from "Mismatch Status 2000A3-HCF" to "Another Tray"; thus an
An error was detected when writing data to the HCF-ROM Operation Error message always appears.
Not able to carry out normal operation because ROM content is missing. 2. Copy/Printer APS Job
[Corrective Actions] After 2000A3-HCF is selected, there is no tray else for selection.
Retry job. If retry failed, replace the HCF-ROM and perform VerUP operation on the DLD method [Corrective Actions]
again. 1. Load proper paper in the HCF to continue the job. Load proper paper without canceling the job with
078-940 2000A3-HCF paper misset the error screen displayed, then insert the HCF tray. The error screen will be cleared.
2. Cancel the job. Adjust "Non-standard Paper Size Set Value" to the size of the paper. Resume the
[Error Type] job.
Operation Fail
If the problem persists, refer to Generic Sensor FIP and check the sensor.
[Fault Content] If the problem still persists, go to the following procedure to resolve it.
It is detected that paper is loaded by mistake in a space of 2000A3-HCF. OF-09 Common Job Fail
[Detection Conditions] 078-942 4000A3HCF lower tray paper misset
• Nothing is detected when the HCF tray is inserted.
[Error Type]
• This occurs when IOT starts feeding paper from the HCF. However, no jam occurs because no
paper is actually fed. operation
• Details of operations causing this fault: [Fault Content]

1. At the start of a copy/printer job with "2000A3-HCF Tray selected" When there is paper in open space, "paper misplaced" is detected for the purpose of prohibiting
ATS does not work to shift from "Mismatch Status 2000A3-HCF" to "Another Tray"; thus an Tray Lift Up.
Operation Error message always appears. [Detection Conditions]
2. Copy/Printer APS Job Detects paper or an foreign object misplaced in open area in the lower tray of 4000A3HCF.
After 2000A3-HCF is selected, there is no tray else for selection. [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] Slide out the 4000A3HCF lower tray and remove the paper/foreign object from any space other than
1. Load paper properly in the HCF to continue the job. Load paper properly without canceling the job the paper installing area.
with the error screen displayed, then insert the HCF tray. The error screen will be cleared. If the above does not resolve the problem, check the sensor seeing General Sensor FIP.
2. Cancel the job. Adjust "Non-standard Paper Size Set Value" to the size of the paper. Resume the If the problem still persists, resolve the problem seeing the following.
job. OF-09 Common Job Fail
If the problem persists, refer to Generic Sensor FIP and check the sensor.
078-943 4000A3HCF lower tray size mismatch
[Error Type]
operation
078-941 2000A3-HCF size mismatch
[Fault Content]
[Error Type] The width of non-standard paper in fast scan in the 4000A3HCF lower tray is different.
Operation Fail
[Fault Content] Detects the mismatched width of non-standard paper in fast scan in the 4000A3HCF lower tray.
Due to a mismatch in 2000A3-HCF non-standard paper width in fast scan, the 2000A3-HCF tray
cannot be adjusted in position.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 078-xxx FIP

2-581
Slide out the 4000A3HCF lower tray and install proper-sized paper, or adjust non-standard paper
size setting to actual paper size.
If the above does not resolve the problem, check the sensor seeing General Sensor FIP.
If the problem still persists, resolve the problem seeing the following.
093-940 Toner Y CRUM Comm Fail
[Error Type]
Operation Fail
[Fault Content]
Toner Y CRUM Comm Fail
TBD
TBD
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 093-xxx FIP

2-583
102-356 EWS Soft Fail [Error Type]

[Fault Content] Controller - MF UI panel:
Fatal error related to EWS. Application Level Command Error

A necessary parameter was not sent from the Panel, an length error was detected in a variable
Fatal error related to EWS.
parameter, or the confirmation message was not returned for a specified time after the request mes-
Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed. sage had been sent to the Panel.
OF-04 Panel System Fail
OF-03 NET/USB System Fail
NOTE: Replace the ESS PWB last.
102-380 MF UI cont Soft Fatal error

[Error Type]
System Fail
[Fault Content]
Fatal error of MF UI cont.
Fatal error of MF UI cont.
Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.
102-381 Data Link Layer Error (UI-Panel)
[Error Type]
System Fail
[Fault Content]
Controller - MF UI panel:
Transmission Error at Data Link Layer occurred.
During transmission between the ESS and the Panel, the ESS detected an initialization error of the
Scope, a message send error or a retrieve error for receiving data.
102-382 Application Layer Command Error (UI-Panel)
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 102-xxx FIP
2-585
103-310 Hybrid Water Mark Not Exist OF-01 Common System Fail
[Error Type] 103-313 SW Option Fail (IISS Mem for HWM Not Exist)
Sys [Error Type]
"Secure Watermark Kit" cannot be made available because the Hybrid Watermark Detection H/W is [Fault Content]
not installed. [SW optional function not achieved] The "Secure Watermark Kit" did not become available because
[Detection Conditions] of insufficient IISS Ext Memory.
The Hybrid Watermark Detection H/W cannot be detected although the "Hybridwater Mark Detec- [Detection Conditions]
tion H/W Installed" is set in the system data. When the optional HWM function is being enabled, the system detected that the IISS Ext Memory
[Corrective Actions] (Slot1: 128MB + Slot: 128MB or larger) is not installed.
Check the installation of the Hybrid Watermark Detection H/W. If it is installed, turn the power OFF [Corrective Actions]
then ON. If the problem persists, replace the Hybrid Watermark Detection H/W or the IISS board. Check the installation of the IISS Ext Memory (Slot1: 128MB + Slot: 128MB or larger). After check-
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure: ing the installation, turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, replace the IISS Ext board.
103-311 Hybrid Water Mark Setting Mismatch
[Error Type]
SysR
[Fault Content]
The Secure Watermark Kit did not become enabled
Although the Hybrid Watermark Detection H/W is detected, it did not become enabled in the system
data.
Set the Hybrid Watermark Detection H/W Availability in the system data to "Available".
103-312 Hybrid Water Mark Not Exist (Back Side)
[Error Type]
Sys
[Fault Content]
"Secure Watermark Kit" cannot be made available because the Hybrid Watermark Detection H/W
for Document Side 2 is not installed.
The Hybrid Watermark Detection H/W for Document Side 2 cannot be detected although the
"Hybridwater Mark Detection H/W Installed" is set in the system data.
Check the installation of the Hybrid Watermark Detection H/W for Document Side 2. If it is installed,
turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, replace the Hybrid Watermark Detection H/W
or the IISS board.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 103-xxx FIP

2-587
112-700 Punch Dust Near Full
[Error Type]
Warning
[Fault Content]
Punch Dust Near Full
Punch Dust Box is detected to be full.
Clear the Punch Dust scrap.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 112-xxx FIP

2-589
116-210 MediaReader Faital Error [Fault Content]
[Error Type] Download failed to initialize when transitioning to Download Mode
(During Normal Mode or Forced Download Mode)
Service Fail
[Media Reader] Fatal error of Reader. The Downloader software that processes downloads within the ESS failed to initialize during transi-
tion into Download Mode.
This error was detected in the OSDD.
Check the system memory connection of the Controller Board.
[Corrective Actions] If the problem occurs frequently, replace the Controller Board.
2. Replace the Media Reader, or USB Cable, or Extended Board for Media Reader connection.
116-310 ESS Font ROM DIMM #2 Check Fail
[Error Type]
116-211 MediaReader Cable No Joint
System Fail
[Error Type]
[Fault Content]
Service Fail
ESS Font ROM DIMM #2 Check Failure
[Fault Content]
[Media Reader] Connection Cable Disconnected
An error was detected when the ESS Font ROM DIMM #2 was checked.
This error was detected in the OSDD.
Turn OFF then ON the power. If the problem persists, perform the following:
[Corrective Actions] 1. Remove and insert ESS Font ROM DIMM #2.
1. Check the USB Cable connection with the power OFF. If the problem persists, refer to the following
2. Replace ESS Font ROM DIMM #2.
to repair it.
116-311 ESS Font ROM DIMM #3 Check Fail
116-212 MediaLib SW Logic Fail
[Error Type]
[Error Type]
System Fail
Service Fail
[Fault Content]
[Fault Content]
ESS Font ROM DIMM #3 Check Fail
[Media Reader] MediaLib SW Logic Fail
A fail is detected during a check of ESS Font ROM DIMM #3.
MediaLib internal logic error has occurred.
Turn OFF then ON the power. If the problem still persists, perform the following:
Disconnect and reconnect the ESS Printer-Kit/Fax Board/ROM DIMM. If the problem still persists,
2. Check if this is an existing failure (to TSC). If the problem persists, refer to the following to repair it.
replace the Printer-Kit or the ROM-DIMM.
116-312 HDD Encrypt Key Fail
116-220 Transition to Download Mode Download Initialization
[Error Type]
Failure System Fail
Service Fail
[HDD Encrypt Key Failure]
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 116-xxx FIP

2-591
An error in the encryption key was detected on booting. 1. Remove and insert ESS RAM DIMM #1.
[Detection Conditions] 2. Replace ESS RAM DIMM #1.
An error in the HDD encryption key was detected on booting. 3. Replace the Controller board.
[Corrective Actions] 116-316 ESS RAM DIMM #2 W/R Check Fail
Refer to OF-02 "HDD System Fail" to repair the trouble. [Error Type]
When the system has been recovered, set a correct HDD encryption key. System Fail
116-313 HDD Encrypt Set Up Fail [Fault Content]
[Error Type] ESS RAM DIMM #2 W/R Check failure
[Fault Content] An error was detected during the Read/Write operation of the ESS RAM DIMM #2.
[HDD Encrypt Set Up Failure] [Corrective Actions]
An encryption setting error was detected on booting. Turn OFF then ON the power. If the problem persists, perform the following:
[Detection Conditions] 1. Remove and insert ESS RAM DIMM #2.
The encryption key was set up but the HDD itself was not encrypted. 2. Replace ESS RAM DIMM #2.
[Corrective Actions] 3. Replace the Controller board.
Refer to OF-02 "HDD System Fail" to repair the trouble. 116-317 Standard ROM DIMM Check Fail
When the system has been recovered, set a correct HDD encryption key. [Error Type]
116-314 Ethernet Address Fail System Fail
System Fail ESS ROM DIMM #1 Check Failure
Eternet Address Failure An error was detected when the standard ROM DIMM was checked.
An Ethernet error was detected. Turn OFF then ON the power. If the problem persists, perform the following:
[Corrective Actions] 1. Remove and insert ESS ROM DIMM #1.
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure. 2. Replace ESS ROM DIMM #1.
Check the installation of SEEPROM on the ESS. 3. Replace the Controller board.
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedures in sequence to repair it. 116-318 Op. ROM DIMM Check Fail
OF-03 NET/USB System Fail [Error Type]
2.4 NET System Fault Check System Fail
116-315 ESS RAM DIMM #1 W/R Check Fail [Fault Content]
[Error Type] ESS ROM DIMM #2 Check Failure
[Fault Content] An error was detected when the option ROM DIMM was checked.
ESS RAM DIMM #1 W/R Check failure [Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure.
An error was detected during the Read/Write operation of the ESS RAM DIMM #1. Pull out and insert the Prt-Kit or the ROM DIMM.
[Corrective Actions] If the problem persists, replace the Prt-Kit or the ROM-DIMM.
Turn OFF then ON the power. If the problem persists, perform the following: 116-319 Mismatch Cont ROM and Panel config
System Fail 1. Disconnect and reconnect the NV-RAM Board and turn ON the power.
[Fault Content] 2. If problem 116-323 still persists, replace the NV-RAM Board.
A mismatch between the installed ROM and Panel configuration (FCW-UI or HB-UI). 3. After the replacement of the NV-RAM Board, 116-334 will occur. Take the corrective actions for
116-334 in order.
4. If problem 116-323 still persists, go to the following procedure to resolve it.
Identify the installed program ROM type and Panel configuration using the hardware self-diagnos-
OF-01 016-782/016-784 Fail
tics immediately after power ON to check that they match.
If they do not match, display Chain-Link code on the Panel and abort system boot-up. 116-324 Exception Fail
To match the program ROM type (HB or FCW) and the installed Panel configuration (HB or FCW), System Fail
overwrite the program ROM or re-install the Panel. [Fault Content]
116-321 System Soft Fatal error The system detected an exception error
System Fail A fatal software exception error has occurred in the Controller PWB CPU. The cause is most likely
[Fault Content] the Controller software failure.
SysCon Error [Corrective Actions]

[Detection Conditions] Power OFF/ON
[APC4300]
Turn OFF the power, then turn it ON while pressing both the [Start] and the [Stop] buttons. By main-
[Corrective Actions] taining that state for 6 seconds, the machine will automatically delete the print data that had caused
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. the error and then restart itself.
OF-01 Common System Fail If the problem persists, carry out the following procedure:
116-322 WebDAV S/W Fail Pull out and insert or replace the RAM DIMM.
[Error Type] If the problem still persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-08 116-324 Fail
System Fail
[Fault Content] 116-325 ESS Fan Fail
Fatal error related to WebDAV. [Error Type]
[Detection Conditions] System Fail
Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed. [Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions] ESS FAN FAIL
OF-01 Common System Fail An error occurred in the rotation of the ESS Fan.
116-323 ESS NVRAM W/R Check Fail [Corrective Actions]
[Error Type] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure.
(1) Replace the ESS Fan.
System Fail
[Fault Content] 116-328 L2 Cache Fail
ESS NVRAM W/R Check Fail (defective NV-RAM part(s)) [Error Type]
During a Read/Write check at power on, OS/DD detects an HW error with the ESS-NVRAM Board.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 116-xxx FIP

2-593
[Fault Content] 1. After removing the HDD and turning the power ON then OFF, install the HDD again and turn
the power ON.
CPU Built-in Level 2 Cache Failure
A failure was detected in the Level 2 Cache built in the CPU.
[Corrective Actions] 116-332 ESS Standard ROM Error
OF-01 Common System Fail System Fail
116-329 Serial IF Soft Fail [Fault Content]

ESS On Board ROM Error
[Error Type]
System Fail
An error was detected in the ESS Built-In Standard ROM.
[Fault Content]
[Fatal error related to Serial I/F]
System call error related to Serial I/F.
Pull out and insert the ESS built-in standard ROM.
If the problem persists, replace the ESS built-in standard ROM.
A system call error related to the Serial I/F was detected.
[Corrective Actions] 116-333 LocalTalk Soft Fail
OF-01 Common System Fail System Fail
116-330 HDD File System Fail [Fault Content]

[Fatal error related to LocalTalk]
[Error Type]
System call error related to LocalTalk.
System Fail
[Fault Content]
HDD File System Failure
HDD Check at power ON detected that an error has occurred or the HDD was not formatted.
[Corrective Actions] 2.4 NET System Fault Check
116-334 ESS NVRAM Data Compare Fail
[Error Type]
116-331 Invalid Log Info
System Fail
[Error Type]
[Fault Content]
System Fail
ESS NVRAM Data Compare Fail (NV-RAM parts are good.)
[Fault Content]
Log Management Information Incorrect
During a check of Read/Write at power on, System Cont detects [ESS-NVRAM with factory settings is
Same as NVM failure, this failure was detected at the NVM Log management information area.
installed] or [Illegal ESS-NVRAM data is occurring].
[Detection Conditions] Because data for initialization in ESS-ROM is written on ESS-NVRAM data when 116-334 is detected,
A log related error was detected. powering OFF then ON after that causes System Fails (124-3xx) that indicate mismatches in various data
[Corrective Actions] between the three locations.
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure.
[Corrective Actions] Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.
1. As powering OFF then ON after a detection of 116-334 will presumably cause errors 124-3xx that [Corrective Actions]
indicate various data mismatches between the three locations, resolve one(s) in DC132, following Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
the corrective actions for the relevant Fault Code(s). OF-01 Common System Fail
2. If 116-334 reoccurs despite powering OFF/ON, disconnect and reconnect the NV-RAM Board, then
turn ON the power. 116-340 Memory Not Enough
3. If the problem persists, replace the NV-RAM Board. [Error Type]
4. If the problem still persists, replace the mercury battery. System Fail
5. If the 116-334 problem still persists, go to the following procedure to resolve it. [Fault Content]
OF-01:Common System Fail [Insufficient memory]
116-336 Redirector HD Fail The Page Memory, Entry Buffer and Work Area are insufficient. Malloc error, etc.
[Error Type] The tasks cannot start up.

[Fault Content] Insufficient memory was detected during initialization. A PS option requiring an additional memory
was installed but memory was not added.
[Redirector Fail]
HD failure detected in the Redirector.
Remove the PostScript Option and perform the operation. For permanent recovery, add the Control-
An error was detected when HD was accessed.
ler memory.
116-341 ROM VER Incorrect
[Error Type]
System Fail
116-337 SNTP S/W Fail
[Fault Content]
[Error Type] [ROM DIMM Version Mismatch]
System Fail Versions of the multiple ROM DIMMs installed are incorrect.
[Fault Content] An invalid combination of ROM DIMMs are installed.
Fatal error related to SNTP. When installing multiple ROM DIMMs, it is necessary to match both the major versions and the
[Detection Conditions] minor versions.
Overall SNTP fatal error. [Detection Conditions]
Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed. Versions of the multiple ROM DIMMs installed are incorrect.
[Corrective Actions] An invalid combination of ROM DIMMs are installed.
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. [Corrective Actions]
OF-02 HDD System Fail Check the versions of the multiple ROM DIMMs installed and replace them with an appropriate com-
bination of DIMMs.
116-338 JBA fatal error
When installing multiple ROM DIMMs, it is necessary to match both the major versions and the
[Error Type] minor versions.
System Fail
116-342 SESAMi Manager Fail
[Fault Content]
[Error Type]
Fatal error related to JBA.
System Fail
[Fault Content]
Overall JBA fatal error.
SESAMi Manager Fatal Error
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 116-xxx FIP

2-595

Fatal error related to the SNMP Agent. Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility by performing the same operation. If the
Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed. problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
[Corrective Actions] Perform OF-01 Common System Fail. If NG, check the following procedures in sequence.
1. Check whether or not the Controller ROM is the latest version.
If it is not the latest, upgrade it to the latest by referring to "2.6 Software Download".
If the Controller ROM is the latest version, there is no need to download it.
2. If the problem persists, refer to "2.5.2 Logging/Extraction Tool Operational Instructions" to collect 116-349 SIF Fail to Call Pflite
logs, and then contact Support G. [Error Type]
116-343 Main PWBA IC Fail System Fail
System Fail An error occurred when calling the Pflite function using the SIF.
Main PWBA IC Failure An error occurred when calling the Pflite function using the SIF.
An error was detected in the IC in the ESS PWB. Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility by performing the same operation. If the
[Corrective Actions] problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
Perform OF-01 Common System Fail. If NG, check the following procedures in sequence.
116-346 Formatter Fail 2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
[Error Type]
116-350 AppleTalk Soft Fail
System Fail
[Error Type]
[Fault Content]
System Fail
[Formatter Failure]
Various fatal errors are detected in the Formatter.
[Fault Content]
Fatal error of S-Formatter. Overall fatal error of AppleTalk.

Overall fatal error of AppleTalk.
A response such as system function recall error was detected.
Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility by performing the same operation. If the
problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
116-348 Redirecter Fail Perform OF-01 Common System Fail. If NG, check the following procedures in sequence.
[Error Type] 2.4 NET System Fault Check
System Fail OF-03 NET/USB System Fail
[Fault Content] 2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
[Redirecter Failure] 116-351 EtherTalk Soft Fail
Various fatal errors detected in the Redirecter. [Error Type]
Fatal error related to the EtherTalk. System Fail
Fatal error related to the EtherTalk. [HDD ProductCode Fail]
Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed. The M/C was not started up due to a Product Code error detected in the HDD on booting.
Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility by performing the same operation. If the The HDD was not started up due to a Product Code error detected in the HDD on booting. It is pos-
problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it. sible that the HDD had been formatted by the M/C of a different product.
Perform OF-01 Common System Fail. If NG, check the following procedures in sequence. [Corrective Actions]
2.4 NET System Fault Check Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-03 NET/USB System Fail • To overwrite to the HDD of another product, refer to the following to perform the special boot
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow forced formatting.
116-352 NetWare Soft Fail OF-02 HDD System Fail
[Error Type] 116-355 Agent Soft Fail

Fatal error related to the NetWare. [Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] Fatal error related to the SNMP Agent.
Fatal error related to the NetWare. [Detection Conditions]
Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed. Fatal error related to the SNMP Agent.
Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility by performing the same operation. If the [Corrective Actions]
problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it. Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility by performing the same operation. If the
Perform OF-01 Common System Fail. If NG, check the following procedures in sequence. problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
2.4 NET System Fault Check OF-03 NET/USB System Fail
OF-03 NET/USB System Fail 116-356 HDD Format Fail
[Error Type]
116-353 HDD Phisycal Fail System Fail
System Fail [HDD Format Fail]
[Fault Content] The M/C was not started up due to an insufficient HDD capacity error detected during HDD format-
[HDD Physical Fail] ting.
The HDD was not booted due to a physical HDD failure detected on booting. [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] HDD was formatted but an incorrect HDD was connected or a HDD error occurred.
The HDD was not booted due to a physical HDD failure detected on booting. [Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-02 HDD System Fail
OF-02 HDD System Fail 116-357 PostScript Error
116-354 HDD Product Fail
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 116-xxx FIP
2-597

System Fail Fatal error related to SMB.
PS Fatal System Error Fatal error related to SMB.
[Detection Conditions] Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.
PS Fatal System Error [Corrective Actions]
Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed. Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility by performing the same operation. If the
[Corrective Actions] problem persists, refer to the following procedures in sequence to repair it.
Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility. Refer to the Error History Report. If the
same failure occurs frequently, refer to the following to repair it. OF-03 NET/USB System Fail
OF-01 Common System Fail 2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
116-358 Salutation Soft Fail 116-361 Spool Fatal HDD

System Fail System Fail
Fatal error related to Salutation. Fatal error of SPL HDD.
Fatal error related to Salutation. Fatal error of SPL HDD.
Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed. The SpoolCont detected an error at HDD access.
Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility by performing the same operation. If the Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility by performing the same operation. If the
problem persists, refer to the following procedures in sequence to repair it. problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
2.4 NET System Fault Check OF-02 HDD System Fail
OF-03 NET/USB System Fail 116-362 SSDP Soft Fail
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow [Error Type]
116-359 PLW Soft Fail System Fail
System Fail SSDP Software Fail
Fatal error in PLW. SSDP Software Fail
[Detection Conditions] Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.
Fatal error in PLW. [Corrective Actions]
Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed. Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility by performing the same operation. If the
[Corrective Actions] problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility. Refer to the Error History Report. If the OF-02 HDD System Fail
same failure occurs frequently, refer to the following to repair it. 116-363 BMLinkS/Print Service Soft Fail
116-360 SMB Soft Fail System Fail
System Fail BMLinkS/Print Service Software Failure
BMLinkS/Print Service Software Failure Print Utility Operational Failure, Report Generator Operational Failure
Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed. [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] An operation failure of the Report Generator.
Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility by performing the same operation. Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedures in sequence to repair it. [Corrective Actions]
2.4 NET System Fault Check Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility.
OF-03 NET/USB System Fail Refer to the Error History Report. If the same failure occurs frequently, refer to the following to repair
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow it.
116-364 Timer Fail OF-01 Common System Fail
[Error Type] 116-367 Parallel IF Soft Fail

Timer Failure [Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] Overall fatal error of Parallel.
An error in the timer was detected. [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] Overall fatal error of Parallel.
Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility by performing the same operation. Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.
If the problem persists, replace the NVM PWB. [Corrective Actions]
If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB. Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility by performing the same operation.
If the system is not recovered after the ESS PWB has been replaced, install back the original ESS If the problem persists, refer to the following procedures in sequence to repair it.
PWB and contact Support G. 2.4 NET System Fault Check
116-365 Spool Fatal OF-03 NET/USB System Fail
System Fail 116-368 Dump Print Fail

Fatal error of the SPL. System Fail
Fatal error of the SPL. Fatal error of DumpPrint.
[Corrective Actions] Fatal error of DumpPrint.
Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility. Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.
Refer to the Error History Report. If the same failure occurs frequently, refer to the following to repair [Corrective Actions]
it.
Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility.
Refer to the Error History Report. If the same failure occurs frequently, refer to the following to repair
116-366 Report Gen. Soft Fail it.
[Error Type] OF-01 Common System Fail
System Fail 116-370 XJCL Fail
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 116-xxx FIP

2-599

Fatal error of XJCL. Fatal error related to Dynamic DNS.
Fatal error of XJCL. Fatal error related to DDNS.
Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed. Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.
Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility by performing the same operation. Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility.
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedures in sequence to repair it. Refer to the Error History Report. If the same failure occurs frequently, refer to the following to repair
2.4 NET System Fault Check it.
OF-03 NET/USB System Fail 2.4 NET System Fault Check
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow OF-03 NET/USB System Fail
116-371 PCL Decomp S/W Fail
[Error Type] 116-374 Auto Switch Fail
PCL Decomposer Software Failure [Fault Content]

[Detection Conditions] Fatal error of Auto SW.
Fatal error of PCL. [Detection Conditions]

Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed. Fatal error of Auto SW.
Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility. [Corrective Actions]
Refer to the Error History Report. If the same failure occurs frequently, refer to the following to repair Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility.
it. Refer to the Error History Report. If the same failure occurs frequently, refer to the following to repair
OF-01 Common System Fail it.
116-372 P-Formatter Fail
[Error Type] OF-03 NET/USB System Fail
System Fail 2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
[Fault Content]
116-375 I-Formatter Fail
Fatal error of P-Formatter.
[Error Type]
System Fail
Fatal error of P-Formatter.
[Fault Content]
Fatal error of I-Formatter.
Refer to the Error History Report. If the same failure occurs frequently, refer to the following to repair
it. [Corrective Actions]
OF-01 Common System Fail Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility.
116-373 Dynamic DNS Soft Fail
Refer to the Error History Report. If the same failure occurs frequently, refer to the following to repair Refer to the Error History Report. If the same failure occurs frequently, refer to the following to repair
it. it.
OF-01 Common System Fail 2.4 NET System Fault Check
116-376 Port 9100 Software Fail OF-03 NET/USB System Fail
[Error Type]
System Fail 116-379 MCC Soft Fail
Port 9100 Software Fail System Fail
Fatal error of MCC (Mail Contents Creator).
Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility. Fatal error related to MCC.
Refer to the Error History Report. If the same failure occurs frequently, refer to the following to repair Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.
2.4 NET System Fault Check Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility.
OF-03 NET/USB System Fail Refer to the Error History Report. If the same failure occurs frequently, refer to the following to repair
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow it.
116-377 Video DMA Fail 2.4 NET System Fault Check
[Error Type]
System Fail
[Fault Content] 116-380 ESS Font ROM DIMM #1 Check Fail
Video DMA Fail [Error Type]
Video DMA failure was detected. [Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions] ESS Font ROM DIMM #1 Check Failure
Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility. [Detection Conditions]
Refer to the Error History Report. If the same failure occurs frequently, refer to the following to repair An error was detected when the ESS Font ROM DIMM #1 was checked.
OF-01 Common System Fail Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure.
116-378 MCR Soft Fail Pull out and insert the ESS Prt-Kit, the Fax Board or the ROM DIMM. If the problem persists,
replace the Prt-Kit or the ROM-DIMM.
[Error Type]
System Fail 116-381 ABL Initialize Fail
Fatal error of MCR (Mail Contents Requester). System Fail
Fatal error related to MCR. AddressBookLibrary Initialization Failure
[Corrective Actions] ABL did not match the ABL version information on the NVM, or corrupted data was detected.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 116-xxx FIP

2-601

Perform Clear Controller NVM on the system. DCS-related fatal error.
As this will clear all address information, request permission from the user before performing this. Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.
116-382 ABL Phisycal Initialize Fail [Corrective Actions]
[Error Type] Turn the power OFF and ON.
System Fail
[Fault Content]
AddressBookLibrary Initialization Not Available 116-385 IDC Software Fail
ABL has failed to access the NVM or HDD. System Fail
Set ChainLink 790-664 to 0. IDC Software Fail
If the problem persists, replace the NVM component on the NVM Controller. [Detection Conditions]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. Fatal error related to IDC.
OF-02 HDD System Fail Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.
116-383 PIT Lib Failure [Corrective Actions]
[Error Type] Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility. Refer to the Error History Report. If the
same failure occurs frequently, refer to the following to repair it.
System Fail
[Fault Content]
Ama + toto Board Failure/Not Installed, or HDD access error
116-386 Incorrect USB port used for FAX
1. It was detected that the Image Extension Kit (Ama + toto board) was not installed on the controller System Fail
board during job execution. [Fault Content]
2. An Ama + toto board failure was detected during job execution. Fax USB Cable Inserted Incorrectly
3. An HDD access error was detected during job execution. [Detection Conditions]
* Note that although 016-231 is detected during power ON, this fail is a "job execution detection" and has At startup, the Fax USB Cable was connected to an incorrect port.
a different timing.
[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF, connect the Fax USB Cable to the correct USB port, then turn the power ON.
(1) (2) After turning the power OFF then ON, check the panel top right display to see whether 016-
231 has occurred, without this error (= 116-383) occurring. 116-387 MRC HW Fatal Error
If 016-231 has occurred, perform the corrective actions for 016-231. [Error Type]
If the error does not occur, proceed to (3) for the HDD access errror. System Fail
OF-02 HDD System Fail MRC HW Fatal Error
116-384 DCS Software Fail [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] A fatal error has occurred during the usage of High Compression Board.
Sys [Corrective Actions]
[Fault Content] Replace the High Compression Board.
DCS Fatal Error If the problem persists, contact the Development Dept. to request for investigation.
If the cause of error is not clear, perform the following and check whether the status improved.
– Replace the Memory Modules on the Main PWB. [Detection Conditions]
– Replace the Main PWB. Incompatible versions of the Standard ROM and NVM were detected.
116-388 No HD that Should Be [Corrective Actions]
[Error Type] 1. Initialize the NVM by following the instructions on the LCD display.
System Fail 2. If the NVM is not to be initialized, use a compatible version of the Controller ROM (Standard ROM).
[Fault Content] 116-391 Illegal code (country/territory/size group)
The necessary HD was not installed. [Error Type]
1. The system detected that the HDD was not installed, even though the system configuration (with [Fault Content]
Fax and Finisher) requires a HDD. Country Code/Territory Code/Paper Size Group Setting Error Detected
2. The system detected that the HD was not installed when SW optional function was enabled.
[Option name to be detected]
When the machine is turned on and started (or also rebooted), nation info, territory code and paper
• Scanner Kit size group kept in SEEP-ROM are checked. As a result, an undefined code is detected regarding
[Corrective Actions] one(s) of those pieces of information.
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, install the HDD correctly.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. However, when it is turned on and started (or also rebooted) in the following way, the machine starts
OF-02 HDD System Fail successfully without checking for an error.
– Special Boot (Power Saver+Clear All+Power ON)
116-389 No Add-On RAM that Should Be
[Error Type]
System Fail
1. Enter the correct nation code, territory code and paper size group in SEEP-ROM.
[Fault Content] * CL No.
The necessary additional RAM was not installed.
700-165=nation code
[Detection Conditions] 700-338=territory code
1. The system detected that additional RAM was not installed, even though the system configuration 700-402=paper size group
(with HDD etc.) requires the installation of additional RAM.
For correct data, see System Data List.
2. Insufficient System Memory was detected when SW optional function was enabled.
2. After entering the correct values in SEEP-ROM, be sure to initialize NVMs (Sys-System).
[Option name to be detected]
If NVMs (Sys-System) are not initialized, NVN values generated based on wrong data in
• Printer Kit SEEP-ROM will not be updated to be the correct values.
• Scanner Kit
116-392 Machine Code Check Fail
[Error Type]
System Fail
1. Reinstall or replace the RAM DIMM for J331.
[Fault Content]
ROM DIMM Machine Code Check Fail
116-390 Standard ROM and NVM Version Mismatch
The machine code that is stored in the SEEPROM of the ESS ROM, which is inserted in SLOT1 or
[Error Type] SLOT2, does not match the machine code that is stored in the SEEPROM on the Controller board
System Fail (or on the Back Plane).
[Fault Content] # KOHAKU #
Versions of Standard ROM and NVM Mismatch Check the machine codes for both SLOT1 and SLOT2. If even one of them does not match, this
Fault will occur.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 116-xxx FIP

2-603
Although the correct way is to insert ESS ROM for Netware into SLOT1 and the ESS ROM for [Fault Content]
Printer Kit into SLOT2, the machine will not display this Fault Code even if they are inserted wrongly
Fatal error related to USB.
as long as the machine codes are matched.
Fatal error related to USB.
Insert the Printer Kit or the PS Kit and Emulation Kit that is specified for this machine into their spec-
ified slots on the Controller Board.
The correct way is to insert the ESS ROM for Netware into SLOT1 and the ESS ROM for Printer Kit [Corrective Actions]
into SLOT2. Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility. Refer to the CE log, etc. If the same fail-
However, if the problem persists even when the Printer Kit or the PS Kit and Emulation Kit that is ure occurs frequently, refer to the following to repair it.
specified for this machine has been inserted into their specified slots, either replace the Kits or the 2.4 NET System Fault Check
Controller Board. OF-03 NET/USB System Fail
116-393 AAA Manager S/W Fail 2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
[Error Type] 116-396 FIPS140 Self-Test Fail
[Fault Content] system
AAA Manager Fatal Error [Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] <FIPS140 Self-Test Fail> At start, the FIPS140 Encryption Module self-test has detected a failure.
AAA-related fatal error was detected [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] At start, the FIPS140 Encryption Module self-test has detected a failure. Self-Test Error due to ille-
Upgrade to the latest version. gal ROM (FW).
If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log immediately after the problem has [Corrective Actions]
occurred and contact the support department for instructions. 1. Turn the power OFF then ON.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation 2. Replace or upload again the ROM (FW).
116-394 AAA Manager detect illegal setting Auth. & Acct. 116-397 AAAmgr illegal setting area coverage threshold.
System Fail system
Abnormal Authentication Mode and Accounting Mode Settings Detected during AAA Manager Boot The Plain Total Color Judge Threshold setting is wrong.
Sequence
[Detection Conditions] When the condition below is met in setting system data values in boot sequence:
Before the AAA Manager Task had reached Task Available (Ready to Copy is displayed) during the
720-061(threshold B) <= 720-060(threshold A)
boot sequence, abnormal settings of system data in the authentication system and the accounting
system was detected. This is caused by system data mis-setting from tools other than KO TOOLS. *If Chain-Link 720-060 Value is not below 720-061 Value, FAULT will be detected.

Upgrade to the latest version.
2. Set up system data values that meet the relation between them as below:
If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log immediately after the problem has
occurred and contact the support department for instructions. Chain-Link 720-061(threshold B) > Chain-Link 720-060(threshold A)
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation *Chain-Link 720-060 Value must be below 720-061 Value.
116-395 USB Soft Fail 116-399 MUnder initialization for 10 minutes

System Fail Sys
The machine remains in initializing state even after 10 minutes has passed since it has started up The title with two or more lines was printed on 2 pages because 2-Sided Print is not available due to
(not including the startup after Power Save). insufficient memory.
When 10 minutes had passed after the Pflite has started up, "the machine remains in initializing Expand the memory or install the HDD if it is not installed.
state" was detected. => 10 minutes had passed in a situation where neither Ack nor Nack was
returned from any task.
116-702 Print with Substitute Font
This failure is detected only in startup modes such as "Normal Cold Boot" and "Reboot Mode (dur- [Error Type]
ing Diag exit, etc.)". In other modes such as "Recovery from Power Save" and "Special Boot Mode", Warning
the failure is not detected because the timeout time of 10 minutes is difficult to guarantee. [Fault Content]
– Reboot the machine once if it remains in initializing state even when the 10-minute timeout
Printing performed with a substitute font.
time has passed after power ON.
– Obtain the "PfShowInfo8" log and save it in the HDD before rebooting.
Printing performed with a substitute font.
– "Ready to Copy" is displayed and the error code is not displayed at normal start up after reboo-
ting. [Corrective Actions]
– If 116-399 occurs again after rebooting, the System Fail screen is displayed. Install an appropriate Font ROM.
– For cases where 116-399 is displayed, the pfshowinfo8 log is obtained twice successively. 116-703 PostScript LANG Interprete ERR
– Although the log is saved in the HDD even if 116-399 is not displayed because the machine
cannot shift to the SysFail state, the latest histories might not get logged.
[Error Type]
Warning
Use "PfShowInfoRedirFile" to obtain all the logs saved in the HDD, and retry the operation to see if
[Fault Content]
the problem persists. If the machine does not start up while displaying "Please Wait" after power [PS Interpret Error]
ON, obtain "info9 or xxx.tgz" before 10 minutes has passed. An error has occurred in language analysis.
Get ready to provide the obtained logs and contact the support department for instructions. [Detection Conditions]
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation There is a problem in the PostScript data and an error occurred in PostScript grammar interpretation
116-700 Image Extension Kit Insufficient Memory or language interpretation.

Perform the following procedure to repair it.
Warning
[Fault Content]
When another PostScript printer exists at the customer site, print data on that printer and check if
Image Expansion Kit has Insufficient Memory
the same problem occurs.
116-704 MediaReaderMedia No Insert(No Job)
When the system data "Log/Image Creation Guarantee Level" is set to "Low", the Image Extension
Kit has insufficient memory. [Error Type]
[Corrective Actions] Warning
Set the image quality to "Normal". [Fault Content]

[Media Reader] Media Not Inserted (Occurs in other situations than during job)
116-701 Out of Memory-Duplex Fail
[Error Type]
Warning
[Fault Content]
1. Check that the Media is inserted.
One-page data was printed on multiple pages during 2-Sided Print (The title with two or more lines
was printed on 2 pages). 116-705 MediaReader Format Error(No Job)
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 116-xxx FIP

2-605
[Error Type] 116-709 MediaReader:Image File Read Error(In Job)

Warning [Error Type]
[Fault Content] Warning
[Media Reader] Format Error (Occurs in other situations than during job) [Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] [Media Reader] Image File Retrieval Error (Occurs during job)
The MediaLib detected this error while performing the operation that requires access to Media. [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] The MediaLib detected this error while performing the operation that requires access to Media.
1. Check the contents in the Media from the PC. Check the file format/directory and selected mode [Corrective Actions]
(Digital Camera Print/Document Print).
1. Check the contents in the Media from the PC. Check whether the print file images are displayed in
116-706 MediaReader:File Attribute Read Error(No Job) the PC.
[Error Type] 116-710 HP-GL/2 Memory Overflow
[Media Reader] File Attribute Retrieval Error (Occurs in other situations than during job) [Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] HP-GL Spool File Overflow
The MediaLib detected this error while performing the operation that requires access to Media. [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] HP-GL/2 memory overflows.
1. Check the contents in the Media from the PC. Check whether the printed file attribute information is [Corrective Actions]
displayed in the PC.
Increase the HP-GL spool size. Or, install the HDD.
116-707 MediaReader:Image File Read Error(No Job) 116-711 PLW Size/orientation mismatch
[Error Type]
[Error Type]
Warning
Warning
[Fault Content]
[Fault Content]
[Media Reader] Image File Retrieval Error (Occurs in other situations than during job)
[PLW Form Overlay Error]
[Detection Conditions] Form Overlay is impossible because the size/orientation of the PLW form's drawing is different from
The MediaLib detected this error while performing the operation that requires access to Media. that of the paper.
1. Check the contents in the Media from the PC. Check whether the print file images are displayed in Form Overlay is impossible because the size/orientation of the PLW form's drawing is different from
the PC. that of the paper.
116-708 MediaReader:File Attribute Read Error(In Job) [Corrective Actions]
[Error Type] Select paper that has the same size and orientation as the registered form.
Warning 116-712 Out of Area-Form REGI ERR
[Media Reader] File Attribute Retrieval Error (Occurs during job) Warning
The MediaLib detected this error while performing the operation that requires access to Media. [Insufficient PLW Form Capacity]
[Corrective Actions] The PLW form/logo data cannot be registered due to insufficient RAM or HD space.
1. Check the contents in the Media from the PC. Check whether the printed file attribute information is [Detection Conditions]
displayed in the PC. The PLW form/logo data cannot be registered due to insufficient RAM or HD space.
After checking the registered forms/logos using the Operation Panel utility, delete the unnecessary After checking the registered forms using the Operation Panel utility, delete the unnecessary forms/
forms/logos. Or, increase the allocated capacity of the RAM disk. logos. Or, delete the unnecessary forms with Print Command.
116-713 Job divided by HDD Full 116-716 MediaReader File Not Exist
Warning Warning
[HDD Full Warning] [Media Reader] No Target File (Occurs in other situations than during job)
The job output was split into batches due to HDD Full. [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] The MediaLib detected this error while performing the operation that requires access to Media.
Collate operation was split when HDD Full occurred in Print Service. [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] 1. Check the contents in the Media from the PC. Check the file format/directory and selected mode
Delete the stored documents and clear HDD Full. (Digital Camera Print/Document Print).
If the problem persists, split the job so that HDD Full does not occur. 116-717 MediaLib:Not Excecute of New Request
If the problem persists (and the cause may be an HDD failure), perform the following procedure to [Error Type]
repair it.
Warning
[Fault Content]
116-714 HP-GL/2 Command ERR [Media Reader] MediaLib New Execution Request Cannot Be Received
Warning
A HP-GL command error was detected.
1. Check the contents in the Media from the PC. It is not necessary to check the file format/directory in
[Detection Conditions] the Media (as this error does not occur when the previous job is complete).
HP-GL/2 command error occurred. 116-718 Selected PLW Form Not Registered
Correct or remove the data in the print data that causes the error.
Warning
If the problem persists (and the cause may be an HDD failure), perform the following procedure to
repair it.
[Fault Content]
[PLW Form Overlay Error]
The specified form is not registered.
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow [Detection Conditions]
116-715 Max Form to PLW Registered
[Error Type]
Use a registered form or register the required form.
Warning
[Fault Content] 116-720 PCL Memory Low,Page Simplified
[PLW Form Registration Error] [Error Type]
The PLW form data cannot be registered because of the restriction on the no. of forms. Warning
The PLW form data cannot be registered because of the restriction on the no. of forms. PCL Memory Low, Page Simplified
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 116-xxx FIP

2-607
[Detection Conditions] 116-739 Out of Disk Area-Form/Logo REGI ERR

[Error Type]
Deactivate the unnecessary ports. Adjust various buffer memory sizes. Add an expanded memory. [Fault Content]
116-725 Log Image Storage Area on Disk Full [Insufficient Form/Logo Capacity]
[Error Type] The form/logo data cannot be registered due to insufficient RAM or Hard Disk space.
Warning [Detection Conditions]
[Fault Content] The form/logo data cannot be registered due to insufficient RAM or Hard Disk space.
The log image storage area on the disk is full. [Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] After checking the registered forms/logos using the Operation Panel utility, delete the unnecessary
forms/logos. Or, increase the allocated capacity of the RAM disk.
With the system data "Level of Ensuring Log Image Creation" set to "Low," the log image storage
area on the disk is full. 116-740 Arithmetic Error
Rerun the job. Warning
If the situation is the same despite some re-attempts, delete unnecessary documents saved in the [Fault Content]
device.
[Value Calculation Error]
116-737 Out of Area-Data REGI ERR The value calculated in the Interpreter exceeded the limit.
Warning The value calculated in the Interpreter exceeded the limit.
[Insufficient ART User Defined Area] Upgrade the driver.
The user defined data (external characters, patterns, etc) cannot be registered due to insufficient
RAM capacity.
116-741 Max Form to Not PLW Registered
Warning
The user defined data (external characters, patterns, etc) cannot be registered due to insufficient
RAM capacity. [Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions] [Form Registration Error]
Delete the registered user-defined data. Or, increase the allocated capacity of RAM. The form data cannot be registered due to the restriction on the no. of forms.
116-738 Size/orientation mismatch [Detection Conditions]

The form data cannot be registered due to the restriction on the no. of forms.
[Error Type]
Warning
After checking the registered forms using the Operation Panel utility, delete the unnecessary forms/
[Fault Content] logos. Or, delete the unnecessary forms with Print Command.
[Form Overlay Error]
Form Overlay is impossible because the size/orientation of the form's drawing is different from that
116-742 Max Logo Registered
of the paper. [Error Type]
[Detection Conditions] Warning
Form Overlay is impossible because the size/orientation of the form's drawing is different from that [Fault Content]
of the paper. [Logo Registration Error]
[Corrective Actions] The logo data cannot be registered due to the restriction on the no. of logos.
Select paper that has the same size and orientation as the registered form.
[Detection Conditions] 116-747 Invalid Page Margin
The logo data cannot be registered due to the restriction on the no. of logos. [Error Type]
After checking the registered logos using the Operation Panel utility, delete the unnecessary logos. [Fault Content]
Or, delete the unnecessary logos with Print Command.
[White page was detected]
116-743 Out of Buffer Area-Form/Logo REGI ERR After subtracting the paper margin from the valid coordinate area, the result of the calculation will be
[Error Type] negative.
[Fault Content] After subtracting the paper margin from the valid coordinate area, the result of the calculation will be
negative.
[Form/Logo Size Overflow]
The received data (form/logo) exceeded the registered buffer size. [Corrective Actions]
Form/logo cannot be registered (insufficient area) 116-748 Page without Image Draw Data
The received data (form/logo) exceeded the registered buffer size. [Error Type]
Increase the size of the Form Registration Area using the Operation Panel. Or, install the HD. [Fault Content]
116-745 ART Command ERR [White page was detected]
[Error Type] Drawing data does not exist in the page data.

[Fault Content] Drawing data does not exist in the page data.
[ART Command Error] [Corrective Actions]

During Decompose, the Decomposer checks for syntax error and values that exceed their respec- Repeat the operation.
tive limit values. 116-749 PostScript Font error
During Decompose, the Decomposer checks for syntax error and values that exceed their respec-
Warning
tive limit values.
[Fault Content]
[PS Font Error]
Upgrade the driver.
Job was aborted because the specified font is not found.
And upgrade the ESS software to the latest version.
116-746 Selected Form Not Registered The specified font is not found in the ROM or the HDD.
Warning
Add fonts. Or, specify a substitute using UI.
[Fault Content]
116-752 Print job ticket description warning
[Form Overlay Error]
[Error Type]
Warning
[Fault Content]
Print Job Ticket Description Warning
Use a registered form or register the required form.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 116-xxx FIP

2-609

When a user instructs to print from an application that directly sends PDF, such as No action necessary.
"ContentsBridge2005", the machine received the print job ticket sent together with the PDF but the
job ticket data includes "printing instructions that are not supported by the machine".
116-774 Invalid JBIG Param YD Fixed
In particular, the job ticket also contains printing instructions that are only supported by other [Error Type]
machines that was developed after this machine was released. Those instructions that are unre- Warning
lated to the functions provided in this machine are cancelled before processing. [Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions] An incorrect JBIG parameter YD was automatically corrected.
Although some functions that are not supported by this machine were specified in the print job ticket, [Detection Conditions]
those instructions will be cancelled because they are unrelated to the functions provided in this
An incorrect JBIG parameter YD was detected and automatically corrected.
machine and the printing will continue. You can check for the cancelled functions by outputting the
Job History Report. [Corrective Actions]
To use the cancelled printing instructions, print to a machine that supports those functions. No action necessary.
Obtain the Printer Setting List, Job History Report, and the print job ticket that was sent when the 116-775 Invalid JBIG Param L0 Fixed
problem reocurred, then contact the Support Department.
[Error Type]
Warning
116-771 Invalid JBIG Param DL Fixed
[Fault Content]
[Error Type] An incorrect JBIG parameter L0 was automatically corrected.
Warning
[Fault Content] An incorrect JBIG parameter L0 was detected and automatically corrected.
An incorrect JBIG parameter DL was automatically corrected.
[Detection Conditions] No action necessary.
An incorrect JBIG parameter DL was detected and automatically corrected.
116-776 Invalid JBIG Param MX Fixed
[Error Type]
Warning
116-772 Invalid JBIG Param D Fixed
[Fault Content]
[Error Type] An incorrect JBIG parameter MX was automatically corrected.
Warning
[Fault Content] An incorrect JBIG parameter MX was detected and automatically corrected.
An incorrect JBIG parameter D was automatically corrected.
An incorrect JBIG parameter D was detected and automatically corrected.
116-777 Invalid JBIG Param MY Fixed
[Error Type]
Warning
116-773 Invalid JBIG Param P Fixed
[Fault Content]
[Error Type] An incorrect JBIG parameter MY was automatically corrected.
Warning
[Fault Content] An incorrect JBIG parameter MY was detected and automatically corrected.
An incorrect JBIG parameter P was automatically corrected.
An incorrect JBIG parameter P was detected and automatically corrected.
116-778 Invalid JBIG Par VLENGTH Fixed
[Error Type]
Warning
[Fault Content]
An incorrect JBIG parameter VLENGTH was automatically corrected.
An incorrect JBIG parameter VLENGTH was detected and automatically corrected.
116-780 Attached Document Error
[Error Type]
Warning
[Fault Content]
Attached document error of E-mail to XXX.
The system detected an error in the document attached to the E-mail to XXX.
116-790 Stapling Canceled
[Error Type]
warning
[Fault Content]
Staple was canceled.
Either all or one of the lead Stapler is canceled during print
1. If the operator stops a FAX/iFAX Mailbox received documents print, cancel one of the lead Stapler
and print.
2. If 1. is not possible, cancel Stapler for all copy and print
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 116-xxx FIP

2-611
118-310 IPSEC Intenal Fail
[Error Type]
Sys
[Fault Content]
IPSEC Internal Error
An internal error was detected during initialization of the IPSEC.
If the problem persists, contact the Support Department for instructions.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 118-xxx FIP

2-613
121-310 EPSV-Accessory Communication Fail [Error Type]

[Fault Content] IC Card Auditron Config Fail 02
EPSV-Accessory Communication Fail [Detection Conditions]

[Detection Conditions] During power ON, an error has occurred due to the following setting combinations that are not
allowed.
Transmission failed between the EP-SV and the accessories.
– An EP-related product other than the IC Card Gate is connected (set). Or, the IC Card Gate
[Corrective Actions] are installed (set) together with other EP-related products.
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. – [Login Setup / Auditron Administration] > [Login Setup / Auditron Mode] is set as [Remote
1. Check the connection to the EP Accessory, pull out and insert the EPSV Board and replace Access].
the cable. [Corrective Actions]
Check whether the Controller ROM is the latest version and upgrade it to the latest.
Take actions in the following order:
1. Without the EP-related products connected, start up the machine and set [Login Setup /
2. If the problem persists, replace the EPSV-IF Board. Auditron Administration] > [Login Setup / Auditron Mode] to other than [Remote Access].
3. If the problem persists, replace the EP-SV. 2. Install the IC Card Remote Authentication Kit option and set the IC Card Gate of EP-related
4. If the problem persists, refer to EP Accessory manual to perform the corrective actions. product to single connection.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. 121-313 IC Card Auditron Config Fail 03
Perform the procedures after obtaining reports in OF-01 Common System Fail.
[Error Type]
121-311 IC Card Auditron Config Fail 01 System Fail
System Fail IC Card Auditron Config Fail 03
IC Card Auditron Config Fail 01 During power ON, an error has occurred due to the following setting combinations that are not
[Detection Conditions] allowed.
During power ON, this machine performs auto correction and reboots because of incorrect combina- – The IC Card Remote Authentication Kit option is not installed.
tion between the external authentication settings of this machine and the connected machine. – The IC Card Gate of EP-related product is connected singly (set).
When the IC Card Gate is connected: – [Login Setup / Auditron Administration] > [Login Setup / Auditron Mode] is set as [Remote
If all the following settings have been made, [IC Card Link Mode] is changed to [Enter Password]. Access].
– Set [Login Setup / Auditron Administration] > [Login Setup / Auditron Mode] to [Remote [Corrective Actions]
Access]. Take actions in the following order:
– Set [Login Setup / Auditron Administration] > [Login Setup / Auditron Mode] > [Remote Access] 1. Without the EP-related products connected, start up the machine and set [Login Setup /
> [IC Card Link Mode] to [No Password Required]. Auditron Administration] > [Login Setup / Auditron Mode] to other than [Remote Access].
– Select [System Settings] > [Network Settings] > [Remote Authentication Server/Directory Ser- 2. Install the IC Card Remote Authentication Kit option.
vice] > [Authentication System] and set to Kerberos or SMB.
121-314 Customize User Prompts Fail
When the IC Card Gate is connected:
[Error Type]
system fail
This system automatically sets [Login Setup / Auditron Administration] > [Login Setup / Auditron
Mode] > [Remote Access] > [IC Card Link Mode] to [Enter Password]. If you do not want to use a [Fault Content]
password, make the appropriate settings. Customize User Prompts Fail
121-312 IC Card Auditron Config Fail 02
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 121-xxx FIP

2-615
[Detection Conditions] 1. When "Accessory Type" = ICCG only

When the machine was in Network Accounting Mode, ChainLink was Card Auditron Level 2 OR IC The machine operates normally only when the following system data is set (AND).
Card Auditron Level 2 and the panel specified Customize User Prompts=""prompt 2 only"" OR Authentication=Remote, Accounting=OFF (Keep Log), Feature Service Pathway=Locked, Job
""none"". Status Pathway=Locked, Machine Status Pathway=Locked, Password for ICCG External
[Corrective Actions] Authentication Link=OFF, and Authentication System=AWAA
Change the system data (Chain-Link) so that the detection condition will not occur. In addition, when Authentication != Remote, it becomes system failure.
(E.g. To enable Card Auditron Level 2/IC Card Auditron Level 2 when the machine is in Network Therefore, cases other than the above forms the detection condition.
Accounting Mode, set Customize User Prompts to ""both"" or ""prompt 1 only"".) 2. When "Accessory Type" = There are connections other than ICCG
The following cases are the detection conditions:
121-316 EP Accessory conflicts with SecureAccess
Authentication=OFF, Accounting=XSA or OFF (Keep Log)
[Error Type] Authentication=Local, Accounting=OFF or XSA or OFF (Keep Log)
SysR
(When Authentication=Remote or CA, it becomes system failure)
Prohibited Combination of EP Accessory Connection and Secure Access Authentication
(None applicable because it is automatic reboot)
121-319 Fax Send Charging and iFax Setting Confliction
The EP Accessory is connected and the authentication method is set to Secure Access.
Because Secure Access itself is an alternate method for IC Card authentication of EPA connection,
[Error Type]
there is no meaning to install both. Therefore, combination of the EP Accessory connection and the System Fail
Secure Access authentication is prohibited. [Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions] Fax Send Charging and iFax Setting Conflict
1. Remove the EP Accessory connection. [Detection Conditions]
2. Remove the EP Accessory connection temporarily, set the authentication method to an option other When the device is starting up, it was detected that the iFax Kit function was already activated when
than Secure Access (either of: Authentication OFF, LOCAL Authentication or REMOTE Authentica- the Fax send billing function was enabled.
tion), and then connect the EP Accessory again.
121-317 Continuous JOB setting missmatch of EPLyzer Disable the Fax send billing function or the iFax Kit functions, and then restart the device.
[Error Type] 121-320 EP-SV Setting information conflict fail.
Sys
[Error Type]
Continuous Job setting mismatch of EPLyzer
[Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] EP-SV - Double installation contract error with Web-based EP.
When 850-020 is "0" and the Auditron Mode was changed from INTERNAL AUDITRON to an option
other than INTERNAL AUDITRON.
It was detected that the EP cont has doubled installation contracts for the EP-SV and the Web-
[Corrective Actions] based EP.
Set the system data 850-020 to "0".
Or, return the Auditron Mode to INTERNAL AUDITRON. (700-540=1)
There are double contracts for the EP-SV and the Web-based EP.
121-318 Auth/Accout Settings Is Not Supported Change the C/L to disable either one of the installation contracts and set correct contract settings.
[Error Type] 121-321 EP-DX Setting information conflict fail.
SysR
[Error Type]
Auth/Accout Settings Is Not Supported
[Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] EP-DX - Double installation contract error with Web-based EP.
When (1) or (2) in the following is met:
It was detected that the EP cont has doubled installation contracts for the EP-DX and the Web- Fatal error related to Web EP.
based EP. Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.
There are double contracts for the EP-DX and the Web-based EP. Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and net-
Change the C/L to disable either one of the installation contracts and set correct contract settings. work log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support department for
instructions.
121-322 Controller Price Table Error
[Error Type]
System Fail
121-324 Fax Send Charging And Scan Setting Confliction
system
EPA - Controller unit price table settings error
When the Fax send billing function is turned ON (850-021=1), the following was detected at power Fax Send Charging and Scan Setting Confliction.
ON or at recovery from Power Save. [Detection Conditions]
1. The standard image quality unit price (850-022) or the high image quality unit price (850-023) While device is on, it is detected that with FAX Send Charging enabled, Blank Document Detection
in the unit price table for Fax send billing was set to "0". is enabled or Blank Document Detection Display (display on KO screen) is enabled.
2. The accumulated value from the Maximum Stored Number of Sheets (840-003: 999 by default) [Corrective Actions]
and the standard image quality unit price (850-022) or the high image quality unit price (850-
Set 850-021 to 0 (disable FAX Send Charging), or
023) in the unit table was set to a value larger than the maximum price (15.120 yen) that can
set 820-123 to 0 and 790-670 to 0 and restart the device.
be inserted for Coin Kit 8.
3. The standard image quality unit price (850-022) is larger than the high image quality unit price 121-333 EPSV-EP M/C Communication Fail
(850-023). [Error Type]
[Corrective Actions] System Fail
Detection Condition (1): When the Fax send billing function is not used, set 850-021 to "0" (function [Fault Content]
OFF).
EPSV-EP M/C Communication Fail
When using the Fax send billing function, set both the standard image quality unit price (850-022)
and the high image quality unit price (850-023) to a value other than "0", and then turn the power [Detection Conditions]
OFF then ON. 1. The power was turned ON, with the Power Saver key, the Start key and the numeric key [0] pressed
Detection Condition (2): When the Fax send billing function is not used, set 850-021 to "0" (function down.
OFF). If this condition does not apply to your case, check what value is set in [850-014: Accessory Con-
When using the Fax send billing function, correct the Maximum Stored Number of Sheets and unit nection Monitoring Timer Value] and go to one of the following.
prices, and then turn the power OFF then ON. 2. 850-014 = 0
Detection Condition (3): Set the standard image quality unit price (850-022) to a value that is equal For one of the reasons given under (4), this error is detected. See (4) Others.
to or less than the high image quality unit price (850-023), and then turn the power OFF then ON. 3. 850-014 = 1-9
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure: A certain time (1-9 min) preset in [850-014] after this machine was turned on and reported the Wake
OF-01 Perform the procedures after (5) obtaining reports in Common System Fail. Up command to the accessory, the machine did not receive any response from the accessory.
121-323 Web EP Software Fail 850-014 = 1-9: This error will occur a certain minute(s) [1-9 min] after the UI panel displays [Please
wait].
[Error Type] 4. Others
System Fail When turned on, this machine asked for a response to the [Does the accessory exist?] signal and
[Fault Content] detected [The accessory does not exist].
Fatal error related to Web EP. Or
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 121-xxx FIP

2-617
A lapse of 10 sec after the accessory reported ACK to this machine, the accessory did not report If they are connected correctly, turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the fol-
Wake Up Answer to this machine. lowing procedure to repair it.
Or 1. Check whether the Controller ROM is the latest version and upgrade it to the latest.
This machine received three consecutive NAKs. If the Controller ROM is the latest version, there is no need to download it.
When the problem occurs for one of these reasons under [Others], this error will occur [within 30 2. Reinstall or replace the EPSV-IF Board.
sec] after the UI panel displays [Please wait]. 3. Replace the EP-SV.
1. Turn ON the power without pressing down the Power Saver key, the Start key, and the numeric key Perform the procedures after obtaining reports in OF-01 Common System Fail.
[0].
121-335 EPSV Wake Up Answer Fail
If this condition does not apply to your case, check what value is set in [850-014: Accessory Con-
nection Monitoring Timer Value] and go to one of the following. [Error Type]
2. 850-014 = 0 This error is thought to be detected for one of the reasons under (4) Others. System Fail
• Take the appropriate actions given under (4) Others. [Fault Content]
3. 850-014 = 1-9 EPSV Wake Up Answer Fail
Set 850-014 to a larger value than the current one and operate again. [Detection Conditions]
• If 9 causes the problem to reoccur, set 850-014 to 0. The WAKE UP ANSWER cannot be received.
• If 0 causes the problem to reoccur, take the appropriate actions given under (4) Others. [Corrective Actions]
4. Others
Check connection of the cable between the EP-SV and the ESS.
Check that the accessory is ON.
If they are connected correctly, turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the fol-
Check if the cable is connected between EP-SV and ESS. lowing procedure to repair it.
If the cable is properly connected, turn OFF then ON this machine. If the problem persists, perform 1. Check whether the Controller ROM is the latest version and upgrade it to the latest.
the following:
4-1. Check if Controller ROM is the latest version. If not, upgrade it to the latest version.
2. Reinstall or replace the EPSV-IF Board.
If so, you do not need to download the latest version of it.
3. Replace the EP-SV.
4-2. Reinstall the EPSV-IF board.
4-3. Replace the EPSV-IF board.
4-4. Replace EP-SV.
– If you intentionally removed EP-SV or EP Accessory, set 850-001 to 0 in DC131. (Set it to
121-336 Unknown EP Accessory
EP Accessory Connected. ) [Error Type]
4-5. If the problem persists, go to the following and resolve it. System Fail
– If you intentionally removed EP-SV or EP Accessory, set 850-001 to 0 in DC131. (Set it to [Fault Content]
EP Accessory Connected. ) EP-SV - Accessories type unknown.
– OF-01 Common System Fail: Perform the step for collecting reports and subsequent
steps.
The EP related accessory type was unknown in WAKE UP ANSWER.
121-334 EPSV Login Fail
[Error Type] Check connection of the cable between the EP-SV and the ESS.
System Fail
If they are connected correctly, turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the fol-
[Fault Content] lowing procedure to repair it.
EPSV Login Fail 1. Check whether or not the Controller ROM is the latest version and upgrade it to the latest.
[Detection Conditions] If the Controller ROM is the latest version, there is no need to download it.
Verification of the login information in WAKE UP ANSWER resulted in an error. 2. Reinstall or replace the EPSV-IF Board.
[Corrective Actions] 3. Replace the EP-SV.
Check connection of the cable between the EP-SV and the ESS. 4. If the problem persists, refer to EP Accessory manual to perform the corrective actions.
Perform the procedures after obtaining reports in OF-01 Common System Fail. System Fail
121-337 EP Accessory Self Diag Fail [Fault Content]
[Error Type] EPA - Unit price table error
[Fault Content] Detection Condition (1): When the M/C is running, a notification is issued from the Coin Kit indicat-
EP-SV - Accessories self-diagnostic result error. ing that the price data in the Coin Kit has been changed.
Detection Condition (2): When the M/C is booting or returning from Power Save, a notification is
[Detection Conditions] issued from the Coin Kit indicating a unit price error. (The unit price table in the Coin Kit contains
Self-diagnostic of the EP related accessories in WAKE UP ANSWER resulted in an error. unset unit price(s))
Check connection of the cable between the EP-SV and the ESS. Detection Condition (1): Turn the power OFF then ON.
If they are connected correctly, turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the fol- Detection Condition (2): Correct the unit price settings in the Coin Kit, and then turn the power OFF
lowing procedure to repair it. then ON.
1. Check whether the Controller ROM is the latest version and upgrade it to the latest. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure:
If the Controller ROM is the latest version, there is no need to download it. OF-01 Perform the procedures after (5) obtaining reports in Common System Fail.
121-340 EP Accessory Miss Match
4. If the problem persists, refer to EP Accessory manual to perform the corrective actions.
[Error Type]
System Fail
Perform the procedures after obtaining reports in OF-01 Common System Fail. [Fault Content]
EP-SV - Accessories Form Mismatch
121-338 EPSV Answer Time Out
[Error Type]
The combination of accessories that are installed does not match the specifications.
System Fail
[Fault Content]
Checks whether they are installed correctly against the specifications.
EPSV - Answer Timeout
If they are installed correctly, turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the fol-
[Detection Conditions] lowing procedure to repair it.
Answers other than WAKE UP ANSWER from the EP-SV cannot be received. 1. Check whether the Controller ROM is the latest version and upgrade it to the latest.
[Corrective Actions] If the Controller ROM is the latest version, there is no need to download it.
Check connection of the cable between the EP-SV and the ESS. 2. Reinstall or replace the EPSV-IF Board.
If they are connected correctly, turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the fol- If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
lowing procedure to repair it. Perform the procedures after obtaining reports in OF-01 Common System Fail.
1. Check whether the Controller ROM is the latest version and upgrade it to the latest.
121-350 EPSV Logic Fail
[Error Type]
System Fail
Perform the procedures after obtaining reports in OF-01 Common System Fail. EP-SV - Unexpected Error
121-339 Price Table Error [Detection Conditions]

Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 121-xxx FIP

2-619
121-370 EP-DX - unexpected error
[Error Type]
System Fail
[Fault Content]
EP-DX - Unexpected Error
Pflite Function Error
Library Function Error
Undefined Message/Undefined Parameter Received, etc.
2. Check the connections of the FAX USB cable.
123-207 Comm Manager Target Fail (UI-Panel) [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] The data received from the Controller exceeded the upper limit for the processing capability in the
Panel.
System Fail
[Fault Content]
COMM. Manager Target Error
Incorrect mailbox value on the cm_send_msg statement, or the target is not SYS when receiving
from SIO. 123-312 Diag mode change Fail (Punch unit type set)
Serial Transmission Failure System Fail
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. SB-Fin Punch Unit Initial Installation NG After Diag Mode
OF-04 Panel System Fail [Detection Conditions]
123-209 EVM Returns Wrong Value (UI-Panel) The data received from the Controller has exceeded the upper limit of the processing capability in
the Panel.
[Error Type]
System Fail
[Fault Content]
(UI-Panel) Return Value Error from EVM
UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB.
123-317 Receive Message Queue Full (UI-Panel)
System Fail
OF-04 Panel System Fail [Fault Content]
(UI-Panel) Receive Message Queue Full
123-310 Send Queue Full (UI-Panel)
[Error Type]
The data received from the Controller exceeded the upper limit for the processing capability in the
System Fail
Panel.
(UI-Panel) Send Queue Full
[Detection Conditions] OF-04 Panel System Fail
The data sent from the Panel to the Controller exceeded the upper limit for the processing capabil-
ity.
123-318 Receive Finish Queue Full (UI-Panel)
System Fail
(UI-Panel) Receive Completion Queue Full
123-311 Receive Queue Full (UI-Panel)
[Error Type]
The data received from the Controller exceeded the upper limit for the processing capability in the
System Fail Panel.
(UI-Panel) Receive Queue Full
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 123-xxx FIP

2-621
OF-04 Panel System Fail [Error Type]

123-320 NVM initialized for FCW composition. System Fail
System Fail Object Cannot Be Created (HB/FCW)
Automatic recovery has occurred (FCW/HB) because incorrect value was detected in the system The specified UI internal object could not be created due to any setting/specification error. UI-SW
data area that has no compatibility among the different type of UI panels failure in the ESS PWB.
When the M/C was started or booted, it was detected that a value, which is out of the guaranteed Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
range for the currently installed panel, is set in the system data area that has no compatibility among OF-04 Panel System Fail
the different type of UI panels (HB/FCW/MCW).
123-326 Memory Overflow (UI-Panel)
This error does not occur during the usual physical UI panel type replacement.
If for some reason the incorrect data got stored, the machine performs reboot and automatic recov-
[Error Type]
ery using the same system as when the panel is physically replaced. System Fail
Even when this error code is displayed, the machine can still be used normally after pressing Memory Overflow
[Close]. The memory in the GUAM exceeded the upper limit.
However, set necessary mechanical settings before using it because the Controller NVM has been [Detection Conditions]
initialized into the FCW/MCW panel configuration.
123-322 Target Fail (UI-Panel) [Corrective Actions]
[Error Type] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
System Fail OF-04 Panel System Fail
[Fault Content] 123-327 Button Overflow (UI-Panel)
Target Error [Error Type]
Serial Transmission Failure [Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions] Button Overflow
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. The memory for the (synchronous display) button in the GUAM exceeded the upper limit.
OF-04 Panel System Fail [Detection Conditions]
123-323 Address Fail (UI-Panel) UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB.
System Fail Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
[Fault Content] OF-04 Panel System Fail
Address Error 123-328 UI Internal Fail with Out of Area
Serial Transmission Failure System Fail
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. UI Internal I/F Failure
OF-04 Panel System Fail A coordinate value out of the range of the display screen was detected (WxH = 640x240).
123-325 Object Creation Fail (UI-Panel)
UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB. 123-337 Frame Data Error with Invalid Data Type
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. System Fail
123-329 UI Internal Fail with Invalid Coordinates Invalid frame data was detected.
[Error Type] The incorrect value of the Data Type detected by Frame ID was detected.
[Fault Content] UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB.
UI Internal I/F Failure [Corrective Actions]
The coordination value that cannot be displayed was detected (X = 4 times numeric position). Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB. 123-341 Event Queue Full (UI-Panel)
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. System Fail
123-332 I/F Fail (Invalid Parameter CP) Event Queue Full (UI-Panel)
SysR UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB.
Interface Failure Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
Incorrect parameter was detected at the Drv. I/F between the DM and CP. OF-04 Panel System Fail
[Detection Conditions] 123-342 Event Queue Empty (UI-Panel)
UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB. [Error Type]
Turn the power OFF and ON. [Fault Content]
Event Queue Empty (UI-Panel)
123-333 I/F Fail (Impossible Communication) UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB.
System Fail Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
Interface Failure 123-343 Invalid Class (UI-Panel)
Impossible transmission with the Control Panel was detected.
[Error Type]
The H/W connection in the Panel is faulty or the internal connection could not be correctly detected.
[Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions] Incorrect Class (UI-Panel)
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 123-xxx FIP

2-623

UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB. MCW-Panel One-Touch Key Fail (the number of the detected One-Touch Keys does not match)
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. When checking the number of the one-touch keys in the MCW-Panel (Control Panel Driver SW) dur-
OF-04 Panel System Fail ing the initialization process at power ON, it was detected that there is a H/W Mismatch (multiple key
count detection results do not match) .
123-344 Invalid Type (UI-Panel)
[Error Type] Turn the power OFF then ON, and then replace the One-Touch Key Module of the MCW-Panel.
System Fail
Incorrect Type (UI-Panel)
123-362 No Object (UI-Panel)
[Error Type]
System Fail
[Fault Content]
No Object (HB/FCW)
123-345 Timer Queue Full (UI-Panel) UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB.
System Fail
Timer Queue Full (UI-Panel)
123-368 Short of UI Memory (UI-Panel)
[Error Type]
System Fail
[Fault Content]
Insufficient Memory (UI-Panel)
123-346 Invalid Timer Number (UI-Panel) There is insufficient memory or the connection failed.
System Fail
Incorrect Timer Number (UI-Panel)
123-369 Invalid Interface Value (UI-Panel)
[Error Type]
System Fail
[Fault Content]
Incorrect Interface Value (UI-Panel)
123-350 One Touch Key Fail (MCW) UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB.
SysR
OF-04 Panel System Fail [Corrective Actions]
123-370 Interface Length Fail (UI-Panel) Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
[Error Type] OF-04 Panel System Fail
System Fail 123-374 Invalid User Job ID (UI-Panel)

Interface Length Failure (UI-Panel) System Fail
The parameter sent from the Controller was incorrect. Incorrect User Job ID (UI-Panel)
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. The Job ID parameter sent from the Controller was incorrect.
123-371 Interface Parameter Fail (UI-Panel) Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
System Fail 123-375 Internal Resource Fail (UI-Panel)
Interface Parameter Failure (UI-Panel) System Fail
The parameter sent from the Controller was incorrect. Internal Resource Failure (UI-Panel)
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB.
123-372 Interface Sequence Fail (UI-Panel) Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
System Fail 123-376 Internal Memory Fail (UI-Panel)
Interface Sequence Failure (UI-Panel) System Fail
The initialization command from the Controller was not sent within the specified time. Internal Memory Failure (UI-Panel)
123-373 Channel Fail (UI-Panel) Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
System Fail 123-377 UI Timer Fail (UI-Panel)
Channel Failure (UI-Panel) System Fail
The channel sent from the Controller was incorrect. Timer Failure (UI-Panel)
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 123-xxx FIP

2-625

UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB. Fax Interface Failure (UI-Panel)
123-378 Interface Format Fail (UI-Panel) Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
System Fail 123-382 Scanner Interface Fail (UI-Panel)

Interface Format Failure (UI-Panel) System Fail
The data format sent from the Controller was incorrect. Scanner Interface Failure (UI-Panel)
123-379 Dispatch Fail (UI-Panel) Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
System Fail 123-383 Report Interface Fail (UI-Panel)

Dispatch Failure (UI-Panel) System Fail
UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB. Report Interface Failure (UI-Panel)
123-380 Copy Interface Fail (UI-Panel) Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
System Fail 123-384 Server Access Fail (UI-Panel)
Copy Interface Failure (UI-Panel) System Fail
UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB. Server Access Failure (HB/FCW)
123-381 Fax Interface Fail (UI-Panel) Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
System Fail 123-385 Service Object Overflow (UI-Panel)
System Fail 123-389 Argument Fail (UI-Panel)
Service Object Overflow (UI-Panel) System Fail
UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB. Argument Failure (HB/FCW)
123-386 Invalid Service Object (UI-Panel) Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
System Fail 123-390 Job Parameter Fail (UI-Panel)
Incorrect Service Object (UI-Panel) System Fail
UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB. Job Parameter Argument Error (UI-Panel)
123-387 Invalid Service Object Attribute (UI-Panel) Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
System Fail 123-391 Job Actual Parameter Fail (UI-Panel)
Incorrect Service Object Attribute (UI-Panel) System Fail
UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB. Job Execution Argument Error (UI-Panel)
123-388 Attribute Fail (UI-Panel) Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
System Fail 123-392 Auditron Fail (UI-Panel)
Attribute Error (UI-Panel) System Fail
UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB. Incorrect Auditron (UI-Panel)
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 123-xxx FIP

2-627

123-393 EP Fail (UI-Panel) Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
System Fail 123-397 MGR Fail (UI-Panel)

EP Failure (UI-Panel) System Fail
UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB. MGR Error (UI-Panel)
123-394 File Access Fail (UI-Panel) Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
System Fail 123-398 Delay Release Queue Full (UI-Panel)

Incorrect File Access (UI-Panel) System Fail
UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB. Delay Release Queue Full (UI-Panel)
123-395 NVM Fail (UI-Panel) Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
System Fail 123-399 Internal Fail (UI-Panel)

NVM Failure (UI-Panel) System Fail
UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB. Internal Error (UI-Panel)
123-396 FF Fail (UI-Panel) Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
System Fail 123-400 JRM I/F Internal Fail (UI-Panel)

FF Error (UI-Panel) System Fail
[Fault Content]
Due to a fatal error in the JRM IF Converter, subsequent processing cannot be performed.
There was insufficient area, an internal error or invalid IF Sequencing (or parameter) entered into
the Converter.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 123-xxx FIP

2-629
124-310 DC132 11 [Fault Content]
[Error Type] Stored Data Mismatch

[Fault Content] The serial numbers do not match.
Stored Data Mismatch Procedure

Execute dC132[Billing Data Matching & Serial No Setting].
Product No. not specified.
Compare the 3 Serial No.
All 3 numbers are different.
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB and the ESS PWB.
Execute dC132[Billing Data Matching & Serial No Setting]. Make the 3 values match.
124-311 DC132 09 Replace the MCU PWB and the ESS PWB.
[Error Type] 124-314 DC132 01
System Fail
[Error Type]
Stored Data Mismatch
[Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] Stored Data Mismatch
Serial No. not specified.
[Corrective Actions] Internal control error was detected.
[Error Type] 124-315 DC132 02
System Fail
[Error Type]
[Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] Stored Data Mismatch
The product No. did not match.
Procedure Internal control error was detected.
Procedure
Execute dC132[Billing Data Matching & Serial No Setting].
Compare the 3 product No.
Execute dC131[NVM Read/Write].
Compare the following values.
Y N
• dC131[700-600]
• dC131[700-601]
• dC131[700-602]
124-313 DC132 10 Compare the 3 numbers.
[Error Type] All 3 numbers are different.
System Fail
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 124-xxx FIP

2-631
Y N [Corrective Actions]
Execute dC132[Billing Data Matching & Serial No Setting]. Make the 3 values match. Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
Replace the MCU PWB and the ESS PWB. Replace the MCU PWB and the ESS PWB.
124-316 DC132 03 124-319 DC132 08
Stored Data Mismatch Stored Data Mismatch
Internal control error was detected. Internal control error was detected.
[Corrective Actions] Procedure
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
Replace the MCU PWB and the ESS PWB. Execute dC131[NVM Read/Write].
124-317 DC132 04 Compare the following values.
[Error Type] • dC131[700-606]
System Fail • dC131[700-607]
• dC131[700-608]
[Fault Content]
Compare the 3 numbers.
[Detection Conditions] Y N
Internal control error was detected.
Procedure Replace the MCU PWB and the ESS PWB.
124-320 SEEPROM Fail
Compare the following values.
[Error Type]
System Fail
• dC131[700-600]
• dC131[700-601] [Fault Content]
• dC131[700-602] SEEPROM Fail
Compare the 3 numbers. [Detection Conditions]
All 3 numbers are different. Write error occurred in the SEEPROM on the ESS Board.
Y N [Corrective Actions]
Execute dC132[Billing Data Matching & Serial No Setting]. Make the 3 values match. Pull out and insert SEEPROM, or replace the ESS PWB.
Replace the MCU PWB and the ESS PWB. If the system is not restored after the ESS PWB has been replaced, install back the original ESS
124-318 DC132 07 PWB and contact Support G.
Obtain the logs that have been recorded in 2.5.2 Logging/Extraction Tool Operational Instructions
[Error Type] and contact Support G.
System Fail
124-321 Backup SRAM Fail
[Fault Content]
[Error Type]
System Fail
[Fault Content]
Backup SRAM Fail
[Detection Conditions] 124-324 All Billings Mismatch
Write error occurred in the NVM on the ESS Board. [Error Type]
1. If the Fax Card is installed, reinstall it. [Fault Content]
2. Pull out and insert NVM Board or replace it. All Billing Counter Mismatch
3. Replace the ESS PWB.
If the system is not restored after the ESS PWB has been replaced, install back the original ESS
PWB and contact Support G. The billing counters in multiple locations are all different.
Obtain the logs that have been recorded in 2.5.2 Logging/Extraction Tool Operational Instructions [Corrective Actions]
and contact Support G. Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
[Error Type] 124-325 Billing Restoration Fail

Stored Data Mismatch [Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] Billing Counter Mismatch (1 position)
Internal control error was detected. [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] When one of the Billing counters mismatches with the others, the counter cannot be repaired.
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. Procedure
Replace the MCU PWB and the ESS PWB. Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
124-323 DC132 06 Execute dC132[Billing Data Matching & Serial No Setting].
Compare the 3 Serial No.
[Error Type]
System Fail
Y N
[Fault Content] Replace the PWB whose values do not match.
Stored Data Mismatch Replace the MCU PWB and the ESS PWB.
124-326 IOT Speed Not Registered
[Error Type]
Procedure
system fail
[Fault Content]
Compare the following values. IOT Speed not registered.
• dC131[700-603] [Detection Conditions]

• dC131[700-604] It was detedted that at boot, IOT Speed registration procedure status was 1 or 2.
• dC131[700-605] [Corrective Actions]
Compare the 3 numbers. This Fail triggers the procedure for changing IOT Speed. Accordingly the user needs to follow the
All 3 numbers are different. dialog displayed on the UI in order to enter the SW Key for changing IOT Speed.
Y N 124-327 IOT Speed Change SW Fail
Replace the PWB whose values do not match. [Error Type]
system fail
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 124-xxx FIP

2-633

A SW error was detected during the procedure for changing IOT Speed. Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure.
[Detection Conditions] 1. Reinstall or replace the RAM DIMM.
A SW error was detected during the procedure for changing IOT Speed. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
1. a failure to shift to Diag Mode OF-01 Common System Fail
2. a failure in DC132 124-334 Standard Font ROM Error
3. a failure to read from/write in SEEP ROM [Error Type]
4. a failure to reboot
System Fail
Standard FontROM Error
1. Replace IOT.
An error was detected in the standard Built-In Font ROM.
124-328 Punch Unit User Initial SetUp [Corrective Actions]
System Fail OF-01 Common System Fail
[Fault Content] 124-335 Font ROM Not Found
Punch Unit User Initial Installation Screen Displayed
[Error Type]
The notification from the Finisher indicates that the Punch Unit was detected but the punch hole
configuration is unknown.
[Fault Content]
FONT ROM
NOT FOUND
Select the Punch Unit according to the instruction on the screen.
124-332 contract data mismatch The installation of the Font ROM was not detected.
System Fail
[Fault Content] 1. Pull out and insert or replace the Font ROM.
Contract data mismatch. 2. If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
Case where the contract data on IOT side and Controller side mismatches. 124-337 ESS Standard RAM Error
Match the contract data on IOT and Controller.
System Fail
124-333 ASIC Fail (Panther) [Fault Content]
[Error Type] ESS Standard RAM (Standard ROM) Error
[Fault Content] An error was detected in the ESS Built-In Standard RAM.
Panther Error [Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure.
An error was detected in the Panther. 1. Reinstall or replace all the RAM DIMM.
2. If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
OF-01 Common System Fail [Corrective Actions]
124-338 Same Font ROMs Found (Software available for DC132)
[Error Type] Enter DC132. Master SYS1 to resolve the problem. If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB.
(Software unavailable for DC 132)
System Fail
Replace the MCU PWB.
[Fault Content]
Install the same Font ROM. 124-342 CRUM Market fail SYS 1
The system detected that a duplicate Font ROM was installed. System Fail
1. Pull out and insert the Prt-Kit or the ROM DIMM #3. Replace it. One of CRUM destinations is different from the others (SYS 1).
124-339 ROM DIMM of Another Product Found [Detection Conditions]

One of the CRUM destinations stored in three positions does not match (Data stored in the Control-
[Error Type] ler Board does not match).
System Fail
[Fault Content] (Software available for DC132)
Error due to installation of ROM DIMM for other models. Enter DC132. Master the MCU to resolve the problem. If the problem persists, replace the Cont
[Detection Conditions] PWB.
The system detected that the ROM DIMM for another model was installed. (Software unavailable for DC132)
[Corrective Actions] Extract the SEEPROM from and reinsert it into the Controller PWB. If the problem still persists,
Check the ROM DIMM and install the appropriate ROM DIMM. replace the Controller PWB.
If the problem persists, contact Support G. 124-343 CRUM Market fail SYS 2
124-340 CRUM Market fail ALL [Error Type]
[Fault Content] One of CRUM destinations is different from the others (SYS 2).
All three CRUM destinations are not set (0 or different values are set). [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] One of the CRUM destinations stored in three positions does not match (Data stored in the Control-
ler Board does not match).
The CRUM destinations stored in three positions match but their values are not set (0).
(Software available for DC132)
Replace the machine, or replace the MCU Board.
Enter DC132. Master SYS2 to resolve the problem. If the problem persists, replace the Cont NVM
124-341 CRUM Market fail MCU and the Cont PWB in order.
[Error Type] (Software unavailable for DC132)
System Fail Reinstall/replace the NVMPWB. If the problem still reoccurs, replace the Controller PWB.
[Fault Content] 124-350 CRUM OEM fail ALL
One of CRUM destinations is different from the others (IOT). [Error Type]
One of the CRUM destinations stored in three positions does not match (Data stored in the MCU [Fault Content]
Board does not match). All three CRUM OEM destinations are not set (0 or different values are set).
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 124-xxx FIP

2-635

The CRUM OEM destinations stored in three positions match but their values are not set (0). (Software available for DC132)
[Corrective Actions] Enter DC132. Mater SYS2 to resolve the problem. If the problem persists, replace the Cont NVM
and the Cont PWB in order.
(Software unavailable for DC132)
124-351 CRUM OEM fail MCU Reinstall/replace the NVM PWB. If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB.
[Error Type]
124-360 CRUM validation fail ALL
System Fail
[Error Type]
[Fault Content]
System Fail
One of CRUM OEM destinations is different from the others (IOT).
[Fault Content]
All three CRUM Enable/Disable settings are not set (0 or different values are set).
One of the CRUM OEM destinations stored in three positions does not match (Data stored in the
MCU Board does not match). [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] The CRUM Enable/Disable settings stored in three positions match but their values are not set (0).
(Software available for DC132) [Corrective Actions]

Enter DC132. Master SYS1 to resolve the problem. If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB. Replace the machine, or replace the MCU Board.
(Software unavailable for DC132) 124-361 CRUM validation fail MCU
Replace the MCU PWB. [Error Type]
124-352 CRUM OEM fail SYS 1 System Fail
System Fail One of CRUM Enable/Disable settings is different from the others (IOT).
One of CRUM OEM destinations is different from the others (SYS 1). One of the CRUM Enable/Disable settings stored in three positions does not match (Data stored in
[Detection Conditions] the MCU Board does not match).
One of the CRUM OEM destinations stored in three positions does not match (Data stored in the [Corrective Actions]
Controller Board does not match). (Software available for DC132)
[Corrective Actions] Enter DC132. Master SYS1 to resolve the problem. If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB.
(Software available for DC132) (Software unavailable for DC132)
Enter DC132. Master the MCU to resolve the problem. If the problem persists, replace the Cont Replace the MCU PWB.
PWB. 124-362 CRUM validation fail SYS 1
[Error Type]
Extract the SEEPROM from and reinsert it into the Controller PWB. If the problem still persists,
System Fail
replace the Controller PWB.
[Fault Content]
124-353 CRUM OEM fail SYS 2
One of CRUM Enable/Disable settings is different from the others (SYS 1).
[Error Type]
System Fail
One of the CRUM Enable/Disable settings stored in three positions does not match (Data stored in
[Fault Content] the Controller Board does not match).
One of CRUM OEM destinations is different from the others (SYS 2). [Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] (Software available for DC132)
One of the CRUM OEM destinations stored in three positions does not match (Data stored in the Enter DC132. Master the MCU to resolve the problem. If the problem persists, replace the Cont
Controller Board does not match). PWB.
(Software unavailable for DC132) [Error Type]
Extract the SEEPROM from and reinsert it into the Controller PWB. If the problem still persists, System Fail
replace the Controller PWB.
[Fault Content]
124-363 CRUM validation fail SYS 2 IOT IM Device Driver Software Failure
System Fail The IOT controller software has detected a fatal error.
[Fault Content] Also occurs when the system data obtained from within the Cont during start up has an incorrect
One of CRUM Enable/Disable settings is different from the others (SYS 2). value.
[Detection Conditions] Occurs if DiagExit is carried out when SysUser NV initialization or IOT NV Write resulted in "Exit
(Keep Log)", but does not occur when "Exit (Clear Log)" is used.
One of the CRUM Enable/Disable settings stored in three positions does not match (Data stored in
the Controller Board does not match). [Corrective Actions]
(Software available for DC132)
Enter DC132. Master SYS2 to resolve the problem. If the problem persists, replace the Cont NVM 124-380 CRUM Market fail ALL (2)
and the Cont PWB in order. [Error Type]
System Fail
Reinstall/replace the NVM PWB. If the problem still persists, replace the Controller PWB.
[Fault Content]
124-372 IOT sc Soft Fail All three CRUM destinations are not set (0 or different values are set) #Case-(2).
System Fail The CRUM destinations stored in three positions match but their values are not set (0).
IOT Controller Software Failure Replace the MCU PWB and the ESS PWB.
[Detection Conditions] 124-381 CRUM Market fail MCU (2)
IOT Controller software failure.
[Error Type]
System Fail
[Fault Content]
One of CRUM destinations is different from the others (IOT). #Case-(2)
124-373 IOT Manager SW Fail One of the CRUM destinations stored in three positions does not match (Data stored in the MCU
[Error Type] Board does not match).
System Fail [Corrective Actions]
[Fault Content] (Software available for DC132)
IOT Manager Software Failure Enter DC132. Master SYS1 to resolve the problem. If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB.
[Detection Conditions] (Software unavailable for DC132)
An error in the IOT Manager software was detected. Replace the MCU PWB.
[Corrective Actions] 124-382 CRUM Market fail SYS 1 (2)
OF-06 IOT System Fail System Fail
124-374 IOT IM DeviceDriver SW Fail
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 124-xxx FIP
2-637

One of CRUM destinations is different from the others (SYS 1). #Case-(2) One of the CRUM OEM destinations stored in three positions does not match (Data stored in the
[Detection Conditions] MCU Board does not match).
One of the CRUM destinations stored in three positions does not match (Data stored in the Control- [Corrective Actions]
ler Board does not match). (Software available for DC132)
[Corrective Actions] Enter DC132. Master SYS1 to resolve the problem. If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB.
(Software available for DC132) (Software unavailable for DC132)
Enter DC132. Master the MCU to resolve the problem. If the problem persists, replace the Cont Replace the MCU PWB.
PWB. 124-392 CRUM OEM fail SYS 1 (2)
[Error Type]
Extract the SEEPROM from and reinsert it into the Controller PWB. If the problem still persists,
replace the Controller PWB. System Fail
[Fault Content]
124-383 CRUM Market fail SYS 2 (2)
One of CRUM OEM destinations is different from the others (SYS 1). #Case-(2)
[Error Type]
System Fail
One of the CRUM OEM destinations stored in three positions does not match (Data stored in the
[Fault Content] Controller Board does not match).
One of CRUM destinations is different from the others (SYS 2). #Case-(2) [Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] (Software available for DC132)
One of the CRUM destinations stored in three positions does not match (Data stored in the Control- Enter DC132. Master the MCU to resolve the problem. If the problem persists, replace the Cont
ler Board does not match). PWB.
[Corrective Actions] (Software unavailable for DC132)
(Software available for DC132) Extract the SEEPROM from and reinsert it into the Controller PWB. If the problem still persists,
Enter DC132. Master SYS2 to resolve the problem. If the problem persists, replace the Cont NVM replace the Controller PWB.
and the Cont PWB in order. 124-393 CRUM OEM fail SYS 2 (2)
[Error Type]
Reinstall/replace the NVMPWB. If the problem still reoccurs, replace the Controller PWB.
System Fail
124-390 CRUM OEM fail ALL (2) [Fault Content]
[Error Type] One of CRUM OEM destinations is different from the others (SYS 2). #Case-(2)
[Fault Content] One of the CRUM OEM destinations stored in three positions does not match (Data stored in the
All three CRUM OEM destinations are not set (0 or different values are set). #Case-(2) Controller Board does not match).
The CRUM OEM destinations stored in three positions match but their values are not set (0). (Software available for DC132)
[Corrective Actions] Enter DC132. Master SYS2 to resolve the problem. If the problem persists, replace the Cont NVM
and the Cont PWB in order.
124-391 CRUM OEM fail MCU (2) Reinstall/replace the NVMPWB. If the problem still reoccurs, replace the Controller PWB.
[Error Type]
124-701 Side Tray to Center Tray
System Fail
[Error Type]
[Fault Content]
Warning
One of CRUM OEM destinations is different from the others (IOT). #Case-(2)
The machine changed output tray from Side Tray to another and continued printing. Punching instruction was canceled and printing continued.
Paper that cannot be output to SideTray was detected. (paper size and paper type) Punching function was canceled and printing was continued because a failure was detected in the
[Corrective Actions] Puncher.
Replace the paper with paper that can be output to Side Tray and rerun the job. [Corrective Actions]
Repair Punch using another FIP detected at the same time.
124-702 Finisher Tray to Center Tray
[Error Type] 124-706 Folding Canceled
The machine changed output tray from Stacker to another and continued printing. [Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] Folding instruction was canceled and printing continued.
Paper that cannot be output to Stacker was detected. (paper size and paper type) [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] Folder function was canceled and printing was continued because a failure was detected in the
Folder failure.
Replalce the paper with paper that can be output to Stacker and rerun the job.
124-703 Booklet Tray to Center Tray Repair Folder using another FIP detected at the same time.
[Error Type]
124-708 Changed To Sub Tray
Warning
[Error Type]
[Fault Content]
Warning
The output tray was changed from the Booklet Tray to the Center Tray and printing continued.
[Fault Content]
The machine changed output tray from the selected tray to Sub Tray and continued printing.
The output tray has been changed to the Center Tray because a failure was detected in the Booklet
Tray. [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] The paper was output from the center tray instead of from the selected tray
1. A different paper size other than the selected size was output for double-sided setting
Repair the Booklet Tray using another FIP detected at the same time.
2. Puncher of Finisher C malfunctioned
124-704 Envelop Folder Tray to Center Tra [(1) Sub Tray output when there is a size mismatch during double-sided setting]
[Error Type] • When there is a size mismatch, Simplex setting outputs to the selected tray and Duplex setting
Warning outputs to the Sub tray.
[Fault Content] • The aim in changing the output to the Sub Tray based on the SheetDelivered receive timing
The output tray was changed from the Folder Tray to the Center Tray and printing continued. from the IOT is displayed in the Control Panel which displays "Copying" message when the
[Start] button is pressed, until the IOT stops.
[Detection Conditions] • There is no special display in the driver.
The output tray has been changed to the Center Tray because a failure was detected in the Folder [(2) Sub Tray output when the Finisher malfunctioned]
Tray.
• Decolor and Puncher failures are not SubSystemFail, they are LocalFail.
[Corrective Actions] • When Decolor fails, output goes to the selected Finisher.
Repair the Folder Tray using another FIP detected at the same time. • When Puncher fails, output goes to the Sub Tray.
124-705 Punching Canceled However, when booklet is selected, output goes to the Booklet.
[Error Type]
Warning
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 124-xxx FIP

2-639
• The aim in changing the output to the Sub Tray based on the SheetDelivered receive timing
from the IOT is displayed in the Control Panel which displays "Copying" message when the
[Start] button is pressed, until the IOT stops.
For case (1), please check that the same selected paper size has been set on the paper tray.
For case (2), check that the error codes: 012-231, 012-232, 012-233 or 012-234 has been dis-
played, and refer to the corresponding FIP to repair the problem.
124-709 Stapler sheets counts over warning
[Error Type]
Warning
[Fault Content]
The No. of Stapler Sheets exceeded and printing continued.
The No. of Stapler Sheets exceeded was detected but printing was continued.
The No. of Stapler Sheets exceeded was detected but printing was continued.
124-710 Output Tray changed from MailBoxSorter
[Error Type]
warning
[Fault Content]
The machine changed output tray from Sorter to another and continued printing.
Paper that cannot be output to Mailbox Sorter was detected. (paper size and paper type)
Replace the paper with paper that can be output to Mailbox Sorter and rerun the job.
125-311 PSWcont Unexpected Fail
[Error Type]
System Fail
[Fault Content]
PSWcont Unexpected Error
PSW Cont Software Failure
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 125-xxx FIP

2-641
127-210 DFE Communication Fail [Corrective Actions]
[Error Type] • Match the software versions of DFE and ESS.
2.6.1 Software Download
Service Fail
[Fault Content] 127-220 DEF Communicaiton Error (video)
Controller Detected DFE Comm Error [Error Type]
[Detection Conditions] Service Fail
The Green Controller detected communication failure with the DFE. [Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions] DEF Detected Communication Error (Video)
Pull out and insert the DFE connection cable. [Detection Conditions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. The DFE detected communication error in the Video system.
127-211 DFE Parameter Error [Corrective Actions]
Service Fail OF-01 Common System Fail
[Fault Content] 127-221 DEF Communicaiton Error (Command)

Controller Detected DFE Parameter Error [Error Type]
The Green Controller detected incorrect parameter for command communication with the DFE. [Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions] DEF Detected Communication Error (Command)
Pull out and insert the DFE connection cable. [Detection Conditions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. The DFE detected communication error in the Command system.
127-212 ExtPrint Check Mode Error [Corrective Actions]
[Fault Content] 127-310 ESR Task Fatal error

External Print Check Mode Error [Error Type]
The Controller detected an error in the External CDI H/W Check Mode. [Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions] Fatal error of ESR Task.
• Pull out and insert the command/video cables between the DFE and M/C. [Detection Conditions]
• Turn the power OFF then ON. A fatal error occurred in ESR Task.
127-213 ExtPrint I/F Mismatch [Corrective Actions]
[Fault Content] 127-311 ExtPRTc Fatal Error

External Print IF Mismatch [Error Type]
The Controller detected the mismatch with the I/F version notified from the DFE. [Fault Content]
Fatal error related to ExtPRTc.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 127-xxx FIP

2-643

Fatal error related to ExtPRTc. sys
Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed. [Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions] A ThinPrin .print-related fatal error
OF-01 Common System Fail A problem has occurred with software processing, causing the processing to stop ever since.
127-312 DFE Video Link Fail [Corrective Actions]
system fail If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it.
[Fault Content] OF-01 Common System Fail
DFE-detected Video Link Fail 127-320 DFE Critical Fail
DFE detected a Video Link error. System Fail
Disconnect and connect the DFE connection cable. Fatal error related to Bizen DFE.
Turn OFF then ON the power. If the problem persists, perform the following. [Detection Conditions]
OF-01 Common System Fail An error occurred in the connection to the DFE. Or, the DFE needs to treat the device as System-
127-313 ESS Video Link Fail Fail.

Take the corrective actions based on the Fault Code displayed in the DFE monitor, then reboot the
system fail
system.
[Fault Content] If the problem persists, perform the following procedures.
ESS-detected Video Link Fail
1. Check the connection to the DFE.
[Detection Conditions] 2. Check the device settings.
ESS detected a Video Link error. 3. Check the DFE HW.
[Corrective Actions] 4. Check the device HW.
Disconnect and connect the DFE connection cable. 127-337 JobTemplate HDD Write Error
Turn OFF then ON the power. If the problem persists, perform the following.
[Error Type]
System Fail
127-314 WSD Print S/W Fail [Fault Content]
[Error Type] [Write error in obtaining JT]
system fail An error has occurred when the Job Template was stored in the local HD.
a fatal error related to WSD Print Service There was a temporary file access failure during polling for internal use, or an error occurred when
[Detection Conditions] writing to a local HDD of the Job Template (besides HDD Full).
ESS detected a Video Link error. [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence
Turn OFF then ON the power. If the problem persists, perform the following. to repair it.
OF-01 Common System Fail After performing the procedure in

OF-02 HDD System Fail,
127-315 ThinPrint S/W Fail OF-01 Common System Fail
127-342 JobTemplate Monitor Fail [Fault Content]
[Error Type] Fatal error related to Mail IO.

[Fault Content] Fatal error related to Mail IO.
[JT Monitor Failure] Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.
Fatal errors to be detected by the JT monitor. [Corrective Actions]

Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. 127-398 IPP Soft Fatal error
127-353 LPD Soft Fatal error System Fail

System Fail Fatal error related to IPP.

Fatal error related to IPP.
Fatal error related to lpd.
Fatal error related to lpd.
2.4 NET System Fault Check 127-399 JME Soft Fatal error
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow [Error Type]
127-354 FTP Server Software Fail System Fail

System Fail Fatal error related to JME.

Fatal error related to JME.
Fatal error of FTP Server.
A fatal error of FTP Server was detected.
127-396 MailIO Soft Fatal error
[Error Type]
System Fail
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 127-xxx FIP

2-645
133-210 Fax Parameter incorrect [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] The specified data cannot be read due to reasons such as the specified data is broken.
• The host may treat this failure as a System Fail.
Service Fail
Incorrect Parameter Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
The parameter value was inappropriate. 133-214 Fax USB Open Fail in Initializing
(An error of the interface itself, such as a too long parameter) The necessary parameter is not noti- [Error Type]
fied. Service Fail
NOTE: Depending on the host, this error may not be returned but the Fax card may be reset. [Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions] USB Open failed at initialization.
Detected by FAPE (createInstance failed).
133-211 Fax Parameter Value Invalid [Corrective Actions]
Service Fail OF-07 FAX System Fail
[Fault Content] 133-215 Fax USB Device Fatal Error
Incorrect Parameter [Error Type]
The PV exceeds the range. [Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions] USB Device Fatal Error
Sent to the FAPE as an asynchronized event.
133-212 Fax Read Erro No Data [Corrective Actions]
[Fault Content] 133-216 Fax USB Host Fatal Error
Data Read Error - No Data [Error Type]
The specified data was not found (incorrect no. or channel). [Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions] USB Host Fatal Error
Sent to the FAPE as an asynchronized event.
133-213 Fax Read Error-Invalid Data [Corrective Actions]
[Fault Content] 133-217 Fax Manager Short of Memory
Data Read Error - Invalid Data
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 133-xxx FIP

2-647
[Error Type] OF-11 FAX Job Fail

Service Fail 133-221 Fax Card not respond when system is Booting
Insufficient Fax Manager Memory Service Fail
Sent to the FAPE as an asynchronized event. (Currently undefined) No response at Fax Card booting.
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. The Fax Card did not respond within the specified time on booting.
OF-07 FAX System Fail [Corrective Actions]
133-218 Fax Card Message Library Short of Memory Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
[Error Type] OF-07 FAX System Fail
Service Fail 133-222 Fax Card does not respond intervally
Insufficient Fax Card Message Library Memory Service Fail
Sent to the FAPE as an asynchronized event. (Currently undefined) The Fax Card did not respond within the specified time.
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. The Fax Card did not respond within the specified time.
133-219 Fax Short of Work Memory Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
[Error Type] OF-07 FAX System Fail
Service Fail 133-223 Fax Card Reset
Insufficient Working Memory Service Fail
Due to insufficient memory, the system was unable to reserve the memory required for the process- Fax Card Reset
ing.
[Corrective Actions] Fax Card Reset
133-220 Fax Control task detects error OF-07 FAX System Fail
[Error Type] 133-224 Controller ROM Fax Card ROM mismatch
Service Fail
[Error Type]
[Fault Content] Service Fail
Fatal error of Fax Cont.
[Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] Version mismatch between the Controller ROM and the Fax Card ROM.
Due to an error during Fax Cont software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.
[Corrective Actions] The Controller detected version mismatch.
Upgrade both the Controller and Fax Card ROM to the latest version. A message not specified in the I/F settings was received from the Fax Card.
133-225 Fax address book illegal setting [Corrective Actions]
[Fault Content] 133-282 Fax Card download fail

After rewritting the Address Book using EasyAdmin and before rebooting, a Service Fail occurred [Error Type]
due to dial error because a speed dial entry was rewritten from the Panel. Service Fail
After rewriting the Address Book in EasyAdmin and before rebooting, a speed dial entry was rewrit- Software downloading failed and Fax Card separated.
ten from the Panel.
[Corrective Actions] As downloading of Fax Card could not be completed due to either a Fax Card failure or Fax Cont
Turn the power OFF then ON. SW failure, subsequent processes could not be performed.
133-226 Illegal country code for Fax [Corrective Actions]
[Error Type] Repeat the Fax Card Download. If this failure persists, replace the Fax PWB and the G3 PWB.
Service Fail If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
Illegal Country Code for FAX Detected 133-283 Fax report mail box not open
The code that does not provide FAX Service is set in the System Data Country Code. Service Fail
Set a correct Country code. FAX Report Storage Mailbox Not Open
133-280 Fax Option Slot1 Board Fail [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] Mailbox Not Open was detected when FAX report is stored in a mailbox.
Service Fail [Corrective Actions]

[Fault Content] If the problem persists after opening the Mailbox, perform the following procedure to repair it.
FAX Service Separated by Service Fail OF-07 FAX System Fail
[Detection Conditions] 133-700 Staple/Punch Canceled

Due to either a Fax Card failure or Fax Cont SW failure, subsequent processes could not be per- [Error Type]
formed. Warning
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. Cancel Staple/Punch (printing continued by canceling Staple/Punch instructions).
OF-07 FAX System Fail [Detection Conditions]
133-281 Received unknown message When it was decided that Staple/Punch could not be carried out due to the paper used for printing,
[Error Type] during processing of the received FAX document into a printable DataFormat by the Controller.
Service Fail [Corrective Actions]

[Fault Content] Change the Staple/Punch position or select paper for the Staple/Punch position.
Unknown message received. 133-710 Tray select fail. Used SMH instead.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 133-xxx FIP

2-649
[Error Type]
Warning
[Fault Content]
When printing Fax-received documents, it was performed via the Bypass tray since the selected tray
cannot be used for Fax
The "Receiving Paper Size Tray Mode Function" is provided to determine "Which tray to print the
Fax-received data from". This error can occur when this function is "enabled."
Even if this function is "disabled," this error can also occur when printing Fax reports and documents
for polling.
* When set to automatically print Fax/iFax received documents, this machine automatically selects a
paper tray. During that selection, any of the following occurs.
– Since the selected tray is set as "Unavailable for Fax document print", the machine selects the
Bypass tray to continue printing.
– Since the paper size in the selected tray is set as a size that cannot be used for Fax, the
machine selects the Bypass tray to continue printing.
– Since the paper type (= paper quality) in the selected tray is set as a quality that cannot be
used for Fax, the machine selects the Bypass tray to continue printing.
– If none of the above applies, the selected tray might be malfunctioning.
* This error also occurs when any of the four conditions above is detected when "the customer
selects the Bypass tray and tries to print from a mailbox".
• Load the paper size that can be used for Fax printing.
A3SEF, A4LEF, B4SEF, B5LEF, A4SEF, A5SEF, B5SEF, Letter SEF, Legal (14inch), Legal
(13inch), Ledger, Letter LEF, and Half Letter SEF can be used.
• Load the paper type (= paper quality) that can be used for Fax printing.
Plain Paper, Bond Paper, Recycled Paper, Backing Paper, and Custom Paper can be used.
• When the machine is set to "Enable Receiving Paper Size Tray Mode Function", perform any one of
the following:
1. Select [Settings List] → [Fax Control] → [Tray Mode] to add the tray number that the customer
wants to specify for printing.
2. Select a tray number for the customer's printing use from the one of the trays that are set in
[Settings List] → [Fax Control] → [Tray Mode].
Instead of selecting [Settings List] → [Fax Control] → [Tray Mode], the same settings can be performed
through [SystemData: 820-002] → [Tray selection in tray mode].
134-210 Fax Cont Parameter Invalid
[Error Type]
Service Fail
[Fault Content]
Incorrect Parameter
Incorrect parameter (A value out of the PV range was specified, or the parameter is too long, or an
error of the interface itself), the necessary parameter is not notified.
134-211 Fax Card Main Board Failure
[Error Type]
Service Fail
[Fault Content]
Fax Card Main Board Failure
TBD
Fax Card Main Board Failure
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 134-xxx FIP

2-651
202-399 JME Soft Fatal error
[Error Type]
System Fail
[Fault Content]
Timer internal error detected by the UI Cont
The setting value of SystemData=700-124 (Auto Clear Timer (Auto Resume Timer, Auditoron Off
Timer, Tools Off Timer) is detected to be 1~29 in MF machines.
This Fail does not occur for values of 1~29 in Prt machine.
Check the value of SystemData=700-124 (Auto Clear Timer (Auto Resume Timer, Auditoron Off
Timer, Tools Off Timer).
If the value of 1~29 is set in an MF machine, a Fail will occur.
– If this Fail occurs when timer related System Data Settings Value for other than 700-124 is
changed, check the normal values for the related System Data.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 202-xxx FIP

2-653
500-030 DC612 Print NG By IOT Wait State
[Error Type]
History
[Fault Content]
The following occurs (However, this includes the cases that may not occur when DC612 starts):
• DC900G:
Fuser: Shifted to Warming Up and Sagging occurred.
The CC Cleaner Position was moved from the Home Position.
Fuser Relay State: Shifted to Not Ready.
Drum Cycle State: Shifted to Cleaning Request.
CC Wire Warning: Occurred.
Reserve Tank State: Filling.
Drum Crum State: Unknown.
• DCC5540G/DC540G:
Fuser: Shifted to Warming Up and Sagging occurred.
Reserve Tank State: Filling.
Return from the Wait state and try again.
500-990 DC612 Print NG By Any Reason
[Error Type]
History
[Fault Content]
Diag DC612 Test Pattern Print cannot be executed due to unknown reason.
Printing could not start due to unknown reason in Diag DC612 Test Pattern Print, or it was aborted.
(Only end response)
• This occurs during Diag execution only, and Fault Code is displayed on the PC-Diag and
Panel.
Perform the same operation again.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 500-xxx FIP

2-655
2.4.1 Interface (Physical/Logical) 2.4.2 "Cannot connect to the network" or "Print is not found
1. Physical Interface Description from the PC"
The following physical interfaces are supported. Get "NET Connection Diagram" and take actions by following the instructions in "2.4.5 Network-Related
(1) IEEE1284*1 Details Investigation Flow" in this document, and then collect the following information:
(2) USB
• System Settings List
(3) Ethernet (10BaseT, 100BaseTX) *2
• Check the client settings (Output Port)
*1: Only the products under Mid range are supported.
• Physical interface check
*2: Has the features to automatically detect and switch the transmission speed (10Mbps, 100Mbps).
• Logical interface check
Also, the transmission speed can be fixed by settings.
• Other connection environment check
2. Logical Interface Description
Printer switching machine
It is possible to set whether to activate the system for each of the following logical interfaces. Default
Activation: IEEE1284, SMB(DLC), SNMP(IPX) Availability of printer buffer, etc.
Supported for receiving print jobs HUB (Switch, Hub) used, etc.
(1) IEEE1284 (when 1.1 IEEE1284 is supported) * Only the products under Mid range are sup- • Network Capture Log
ported.
(2) USB
(3) Lpd
(4) NetWare
(5) AppleTalk (EtherTalk)
(6) SMB
(7) IPP
(8) Internet FAX Print
(9) Port9100
(10) CWIS File Upload Print
Supported for receiving Scan jobs
(1) Salutation Scan [[CP, CFP]]
(2) FTP Client [[CP, CFP]]
(3) Internet FAX Send [[CP, CFP]]
(4) SMB Client [[CP, CFP]]
(5) WebDAV Server [[CP, CFP]]
Supported for management interface
(1) SNMP
(2) CWIS
Supported for other services
FTP Server
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 2.4 NET System Fault Check

2-657
2.4 NET System Fault Check 2-658 Version.1 .1.1
2.4.3 No output is available, no data is printed 2.4.4 Printing can be performed but abnormally
1. Check whether or not the Controller ROM and Printer Driver are the latest version. 1. Check whether the Controller ROM and Printer Driver are the latest version.
If it is not the latest, always upgrade the software. (See 2.6.1 Software Download.) If it is not the latest, always upgrade the software. (See 2.6.1 Software Download.)
After checking the above items, check whether the Indicator is blinking and take the corrective 2. Ask a customer about the status of unavailable printing and collect information based on it.
actions accordingly. • System Settings List
(1) When the Indicator (Panel Send/Receive Lamp) is blinking • Check PDL name.
It is highly possible that print data cannot be decomposed in the Printer main processor. • Check the Printer Driver name and version.
Perform the corrective actions according to "2.4.5Network-Related Details Check Flow" in this • Check the Printer Driver settings in details.
document, and then collect the following information:
• Perform Printer setting printing in each mode.
• System Settings List
• Print sample that has been printed improperly.
• Check the panel message (error message, etc).
• Print sample that has been printed properly (including the samples from other machines).
• Error History Report
• Create Print files on the PC and collect them on CD-R.
• Job History Report
• Shutdown History Report
• Check the Printer Driver name and version.
• Check the Printer Driver settings in details.
• Network Capture Log
• Create Print files on the PC and collect them on CD-R.
[How to Create Print file]
Method 1)
i. Select [Print] from File menu in the target document.
ii. In [Print] screen, select the [Output to File] check box and click [OK].
If there is no [Output to File] check box displayed in the [Print] screen, create the file in
Method 2.
iii. Enter a descriptive file name in "File Name" using a customer name and date, and click
[OK] to create a Print file in the specified destination.
Method 2)
i. Open the Printer Driver Properties and select the [Ports] tab. The screen shown on the
right appears.
ii. In [Ports], select [FILE:] in the list and click [OK] to close the Properties screen.
Take note of the port setting before it was changed in [FILE:] in order to restore the port to
original setting after creating a Print file.
iii. Select [Print] from File menu in the target document.
iv. The [Output to File] screen appears. Specify a storage destination and file name, and
click [OK] to create a Print file in the specified destination.
v. Restore the port to the original setting in the procedures 1 and 2 shown above.
(2) When the Indicator (Panel Send/Receive Lamp) is not blinking
It is highly possible that connection is not established and hence print data has not reached the
Printer main processor.
Obtain the information relevant to the items described in 2.4.2"Cannot connect to the network".
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow 3. Check at [Documents Cannot Be Deleted from [Printer] Window]
2.4.5.1 Check Flow at SMB Failure Table 3

The following describes the possible causes, check procedures, and corrective actions when a failure
Cause Check Method Corrective Action
occurs when SMB is used.
Try to delete all the print From the "Printers" menu, check if the Select the print data to be
1. Check at [Printer Not Found] data displayed in [Printers] print data is tried to be deleted. ([Clear deleted and delete the print
window. (This can only be Print Jobs] menu) data from [Documents] menu in
Table 1 done by the administrator of the [Printers] window. ([Cancel
this machine.) Job] menu)
There are different print data Check that the name displayed [Owner] Log in to Windows using the
The operation protocols of Though the printer can be found when Match the SMB transport proto- owners. of the selected print data matches the name displayed in [Owner] of
the computer and main pro- search is performed using [Search cols (NetBEUI, TCP/IP) of the login name who has logged in to Win- the print data to delete the
cessor are different. Other Computer] ([Start] > [Search] > main processor and each com- dows. data.
[Other Computers], it cannot be found in puter.
Service Pack 4.0 or later is Check the version of Service Pack, Install Service Pack version 4.0
[Network Computers].
not installed. (For Win- which is displayed at start up of Win- or later.
Networks (subnets) are dif- Though the printer can be found when When the main processor and dowsNT 4.0) dowsNT 4.0.
ferent. search is performed using [Search the computer are in different
Other Computer] ([Start] > [Search] > networks, check with the Sys-
4. Check [Machine Settings]
[Other Computers], it cannot be found in tem Administrator.
[Network Computers]. (1) IP addresses are managed in a whole system. Consult with the Network Administrator thor-
oughly before perform setting.
The host name set in the Print the "System Settings List". Check Use CentreWare Internet Ser-
main processor already that "Host name duplicated" is vices to change the host name (2) Depending on the network environment, set the subnet mask and gateway settings only if nec-
exists. described in the SMB status informa- to an unduplicated name or essary. Consult with the Network Administrator to set necessary settings.
tion. return the main processor set- (3) If a memory becomes insufficient when [Enabled] is set for the port status, the port status may
tings to default. be automatically reset to [Disabled]. BIn this case, [Disabled] an unused port or change the
memory allocated capacity.
2. Check at [Print Not Available] (4) Depending on the usage environment, set the receiving buffer capacity [SMB (Spool)] size.
When the receiving buffer capacity [SMB (Spool)] size is smaller than the sent data, the data
Table 2 may not be able to be received.
5. Check [Computer Settings]
(1) IP addresses are managed in a whole system. Consult with the Network Administrator thor-
The main processor is pro- Check that the main processor is pro- After print process has been
oughly before perform setting.
cessing a print request from cessing a print. (A write error dialog completed in the main proces-
(2) To perform network settings (such as IP address), etc. on the host used under NIS (Network
another computer. appears indicating that there are no sor, issue a print request or
(When [Do not spool] is set areas to stored the files in queue.) switch the main processor set- Information Service) management, consult with the NIS Administrator.
for [Receiving Buffer]) ting to the spool mode. 6. Check at [Power OFF]
The number of connections The port connection is also being hold Wait for a while and issue the Before turning the machine OFF, take note of the following:
in the main processor when the printer is paused due to no same print request again. (1) When [Memory] is set for [SMB (Spool)]
exceeds the maximum paper because it is hold "since a job Or, check the number of users All the print data including the data being printed that have been spooled in the machine mem-
value. request has been issued to Net until that can use the machine at the ory will be deleted.
printing is complete". same time and set the maxi- When turning the power ON again, no print data remains. However, if the power is turned OFF
Check the maximum number of sessions mum number of sessions to an
immediately after print instruction, the print data may be stored on the computer.
of SMB from the EWS "Protocol" menu appropriate value from the
In this case, even if a new print instruction is issued after the power is turned ON, the stored
to check that the jobs more than "maxi- EWS "Protocol" menu.
mum number of sessions" were print data will be printed first.
requested at the same time at site. (2) When [Hard Disk] is set for [SMB (Spool)]
All the print data including the data being printed that have been spooled in the machine hard
disk will be saved.

2-659
When the power is turned ON again and a new print instruction is issued, the stored print data 1. Check at [Printing Not Performed]
will be printed first.
(3) When [Do not spool] is set for [SMB (Spool)] Table 4
All the print data including the data being printed that have been spooled in the machine Cause Check Method Corrective Action
receiving buffer will be deleted. When the power is turned ON again, no print data remains. The network configura- Check that the data link lamp of the net- Set the frame type that has been
However, if the power is turned OFF immediately after print instruction, the print data may be tion devices (HUB etc.) work configuration device port that is con- set for the file server to be con-
stored on the computer. do not match the auto- nected to the machine is lit on. nected from the machine.
In this case, even if a new print instruction is issued, the stored print data will be printed first. matic settings of the Check that the same frame types are used
7. Check [At Printing] frame type. in the file servers that exist on a network.
(1) When [Hard Disk] or [Memory] is set for [SMB (Spool)] A failure has occurred Use NWADMIN from the workstation to Replace the non-communicating
When the machine starts receiving print data and the print data size is larger than the hard disk on the network from a check that the target printer objects can be network cable that exists between
workstation to a viewed. the workstation and the printer.
or memory remaining capacity, the print data will not be recieved.
printer.
NOTE: If the print data exceeds the receiving capacity, some computers will resend data The user name of a job Use NWADMIN from the workstation to 1. Resend print data to the print
immediately. In this case, the computer looks like stopped. As a corrective action for this, abort sender or the group view the target queue objects and check queue in which the user name of
sending the print data on the computer. name to which the job that the user name of the job sender or the the job sender or the group name
sender belongs is not group name to which the job sender to which the job sender belongs
(2) When [Do not spool] is set for [SMB (Spool)]
registered in the belongs is registered in the [Users] infor- has been registered in [Users] of
When a print request is received from a computer, the print requests from other computers [Users] for Print queue. mation. [Print Queue Information].
cannot be received.
2. Use NWADMIN from the work-
(3) When a computer IP address or name has been changed station to register the user name of
When a computer IP address or name has been changed, the inquiry and cancelation of pro- the job sender or the group name
cesses from the main processor cannot be performed properly. Turn the machine OFF then to which the job sender belongs in
ON when no print data is stored in the machine receiving buffer. the [Users] of [Print Queue Infor-
mation].
NOTE: The print cancel/forced output processes of the print data stored in the machine receiv-
Sending jobs to the Use PCONSOLE to check that [Yes] is set Set it to [Yes] using PCONSOLE.
ing buffer can be operated from the machine Operation Panel. Refer to "11 Job Check" in "User
print queue is prohib- for [User can register data to queue] in the
Guide" for more information on how to operate.
ited. [Current Queue Status] of [Print Queue
(4) When the machine is in the offline state Information].
When the machine is in offline state and a print instruction is issued from a computer, the data Same as above Use NWADMIN from the workstation to Use NWADMIN from the worksta-
will not be received in the machine, and an error dialog box appears on the computer indicating check that the operator flag is checked in tion to check that the each item for
that write error has occurred. However, for SMB, the print data can be received from the com- [Identification] for the target print queue. the operator flag is checked in
puter even when the machine is offline. [Identification] for the target print
(5) Deleting Jobs queue.
For WindowNT 4.0, jobs can be deleted when Service Pack 4.0 or later is installed. When a job The user name of a job Use NWADMIN from the workstation to 1. Resend print data to the print
is deleted while data is being received, write error appears. In this case, the [Retry] button on sender or the group check that the user name of the job sender queue in which the user name of
the error dialog box is not available. name to which the job or the group name to which the job sender the job sender or the group name
sender belongs is not belongs is registered in [Users] of the tar- to which the job sender belongs
2.4.5.2 Check Flow at NetWare Failure defined for the print get print server. has been registered in [Users] of
The following describes the possible causes, check procedures, and corrective actions when a failure server users of a print [Print Server Information].
occurs when NetWare is used. server. 2. Use NWADMIN from the work-
station to register the user name of
the job sender or the group name
to which the job sender belongs in
the [Users] information of the tar-
get print server.
Table 4 Table 4
Cause Check Method Corrective Action Cause Check Method Corrective Action
The print queue that Use NWADMIN from the workstation to 1. Resend print data to the print NCP packet signature Use the set command in the file server Enter the following command in the
has sent print data is check that the target printer is allocated in queue that has been allocated to level settings are differ- console screen to check the NCP packet file sever console screen to set the
not allocated to the the list of the printers in service in [Alloca- the printer. ent. signature is not set to Level 3. NCP packet signature to Level 0,
printer. tion] of the target print queue. 2. Use NWADMIN from the work- 1, or 2 and then restart the file
station to add a target queue using server. Set NCP Packet Signature
[Allocation] of the target printer. Option=x (x: 0, 1, or 2)
The data type of the - When the workstation uses Win- The default device Print "System Settings List" to check the 1. Use a correct Ethernet address
print data does not dows, make settings so that it does name setting is wrong. lower 6 digits (3 bytes) of the Ethernet to set the device name.
match the print envi- not output Ctrl-D. address. 2. Set the device name to other
ronment settings of the than the default value.
workstation. No directory tree name Print the "System Settings List" to check if Set a tree name.
The number of print Use NWADMIN from the workstation to Resend print data to the print is set. a tree name is set.
queues that exceeds check that the desired print queue is allo- queue that has been allocated to Context is not set in Print the "System Settings List" to check if Set the Context.
the maximum number cated in the list of the printers in [Alloca- the printer. place. a context is set.
of supported queues tion] of the target printer.
Another printer object Use NWADMIN from the workstation to 1. Use the CentreWare Utilities
has been set. has been connected. check that a correct object has been allo- CD-ROM from the workstation to
No slave file servers Use PCONSOLE from the workstation to Use PCONSOLE from the worksta- cated in the Layout Information of the set the file server name/tree/con-
have been set (bind- check that a slave file server is registered tion to register a slave file server desired print server. text/operation mode correctly.
ery service mode). in [Service NetWare Server] of the appro- and then reflect the setting param- 2. Use the CentreWare Internet
priate print server in [Print Server Informa- eters. Services from the workstation to
tion]. set the file server name/tree/con-
Printer types are differ- Use PCONSOLE from the workstation to Use PCONSOLE from the worksta- text/operation mode correctly.
ent. check that Port: LPT1 and Position: Auto tion to set Port: LPT1 and Position: The NetWare port is Print the "System Settings List" to check if Enable the NetWare port.
Mode (Local) are set in [Print Server Infor- Auto Mode (Local), and reflect the not enabled. the NetWare port is enabled.
mation] > [Printers] > [Environment Set- setting parameters.
The file server is down. Search for a target file server from
tings for Printer xxx].
[Network Computers].
The slave file server Use PCONSOLE from the workstation to If it is not set to [Defined by Other
A printer with the same Turn OFF the machine and use NWADMIN Use the CentreWare Utilities CD-
settings are different check that [Defined by Other Settings] is Settings], change it to [Defined by device name exists on from the workstation to check that the ROM from the workstation to set a
(bindery service displayed for the printer type in [Print Other Settings] and then reflect the
a network. appropriate printer object status is set to different device name.
mode). Server Information] > [Printers] > [Environ- setting parameters.
job standby.
ment Settings for Printer xxx].
The NetWare port is Print the "System Settings List" to check if For IPX/SPX, activate the NetWare
The sheet number of Use NWADMIN from the workstation to Use NWADMIN from the worksta- not enabled. the network number remains [0000000] server.
the print data is differ- select a target printer and then check that tion to match the number for [Start
(NetWare server down) when the IPX/SPX For TCP/IP, set a fixed IP address
ent from the sheet the start sheet number in the environment Sheet] with the number of the print
is being used. or activate the address providing
number that has been settings is the same as the number of the data in the environment settings for Also check if the IP address remains server (DHCP).
set in the printer. print data. the target printer.
[0.0.0.0] (Fixed IP address not set, or
IPX check sum level Use the set command in the file server Enter the following command in the address providing server (DHCP) is down)
settings are different. console screen to check the IPX check file sever console screen to set the when TCP/IP is used.
sum is not set to Level 2. IPX check sum to Level 0 or Level
1. Set Enable IPX Checksum=x (x:
0 or 1)

2-661
2. Check at [Printing not performed as desired] 1. For Windows95, Windows98 and WindowsMe
Table 5 Table 8
Cause Check Method Corrective Action Cause Status Display Check Method Corrective Action
Different printer lan- Check the printer language in the main Match the printer languages set in the The machine is con- Printing Not Avail- Check with the Net- Connect the machine directly to
guages are set in the processor. print data and the main processor. nected to a network able status (Network work System Admin- the network in which the com-
print data and the main that is different from the Error) istrator that a router puter is connected.
processor. computer. or gateway exists
between the network
3. Check at [Printer failure not notified] in which the computer
is connected and the
network in which the
Table 6
machine is con-
Cause Check Method Corrective Action nected.
The notifier is not regis- Use PCONSOLE from the workstation to Register the user name of a job Connection cannot be Printing Not Avail- None. Request the Network System
tered in the notifier list check that the user name of a job sender or sender or the group name to established due to the able status (Network Administrator to check for any
of the print server. the group name to which the job sender which the job sender belongs in failure on the network Error) network failures.
belongs is registered in [Print Server Infor- [Notification]. from a computer to the
mation] > [Printers] > [Environment Settings printer.
for Printer xxx] > [Notification]. The machine was Printing Not Avail- Check that the Turn ON the machine.
turned OFF after print able status (Network machine is turned
4. Check at [Job completion not notified] instruction had been Error) ON.
issued from a com-
Table 7 puter. Or, a print
instruction was issued
from a computer when
The NOTIFY option was Check that the NOTIFY option is set for Set the NOTIFY option for sending the machine is turned
not set for sending print sending print data. print data from a workstation. OFF.
data from a workstation. Print instructions are Printing Not Avail- None. None (printing will be automati-
NetWare CASTOFF was - Execute NetWare CASTON on the issued from multiple able status (Network cally resumed).
executed on the user user workstation. computers to the Error)
workstation. machine at the same
time.
2.4.5.3 Check Flow at TCP/IP (LPD) Failure Print files cannot be Printing Not Avail- Open [My Computer] Delete unnecessary files to
spooled due to insuffi- able status (Spool and right-click the secure the disk free space.
The following describes the possible causes and actions when a failure occurs when TCP/IP (LPD) is
cient computer disk Error) disk in which the sys- Then, select [Pause] from the
used. capacity. tem is installed (e.g. [Documents] menu of the [Print-
Drive C). Select ers] window to clear the pause
[Properties] from the status (resumes printing).
displayed menu to
check the free disk
space.
2. For WindowsNT 4.0, Windows2000, WindowsXP, and Windows Server 2003

When no printing is available or desired printing is not performed, follow the check procedures • Depending on the network environment, perform the subnet mask and gateway settings if neces-
described below to take the corrective actions. sary. Consult with the Network Administrator to set necessary settings.
• If a memory becomes insufficient when [Enabled] is set for the port status, the port status may be
Table 9 automatically reset to [Disabled]. In this case, [Disabled] an unused port or change the memory allo-
Cause Check Method Corrective Action cated capacity.
• Depending on the usage environement, set the receiving buffer capacity [lpd (Spool)] size.
Incorrect IP address is Ask the Network Administrator to Set a correct IP address in the machine.
set. check if the IP address set in this When the receiving buffer capacity [lpd (Spool)] size is smaller than the sent data, the data may not
machine is correct. be able to be received.
When the LPD spool is Check the LPD spool memory 1. If the print data capacity exceeds the Computer Settings
set for a memory spool, capacity and compare it with the memory capacity upper limit, split the file
the print data size in a print data capacity that is tried to into smaller sizes than the memory • IP addresses are managed in a whole system. Consult with the Network Administrator thoroughly
single print instruction send in a single print instruction. capacity upper limit and then send the before perform setting.
sent from a computer print instruction. • To perform network settings (such as IP address), etc. on the host used under NIS (Network Infor-
exceeds the upper limit 2. If multiple print data capacities exceed mation Service) management, consult with the NIS Administrator.
of receivable capacity. the memory capacity upper limit, reduce
the number of files to be sent for printing
At Power OFF
at the same time.
A failure that cannot be Check if an error is displayed on the Turn the power OFF then ON. Before turning the machine OFF, take note of the following:
repaired has occurred Operation Panel display. Wait for the display to light off and turn
• When [Memory] is set for [lpd (Spool)]
during printing. ON the power again.
All the print data including the data being printed that have been spooled in the machine memory
The transport protocol Check the selected transport proto- Select the transport protocol that
will be deleted. When the power is turned ON again, no print data remains.
that matches the com- col. matches the computer.
puter is not selected. However, if the power is turned OFF immediately after print instruction, the print data may be stored
on the computer. In this case, even if a new print instruction is issued after the power is turned ON,
The data type of the - Make settings so that Ctrl-D will not be
the stored print data will be printed first.
print data the machine output.
• When [Hard Disk] is set for [lpd (Spool)]
tries to process is differ-
ent from the data type of All the print data including the data being printed that have been spooled in the machine hard disk
the print data sent from will be saved. When the power is turned ON again and a new print instruction is issued, the stored
a computer. print data will be printed first.
The specified printer Check the specified printer lan- Specify the printer language that • When [Do not spool] is set for [lpd (Spool)]
language is different guage and the printer language of matches the printer language in the print All the print data including the data being printed that have been spooled in the machine receiving
from the printer lan- the print data. data. buffer will be deleted. When the power is turned ON again, no print data remains.
guage of the print data. However, if the power is turned OFF immediately after print instruction, the print data may be stored
The printer driver Check if the printer driver that was Select the printer driver that was pro- on the computer. In this case, even if a new print instruction is issued after the power is turned ON,
attached to the machine provided with this machine has vided with this machine. the stored print data will be printed first.
is not used (a printer been selected. If it is not found in the selection items, At Printing
driver from other manu- install and select the printer driver that
facturers is used). was provided with this machine. • When [Hard Disk] or [Memory] is set for [lpd (Spool)]
When the machine starts receiving print data and the print data size is larger than the HDD spool
Precautions and Limitations area or memory remaining capacity, the print data will not be received.
NOTE: If the print data exceeds the receiving capacity, some computers will resend data immedi-
The following describes the precautions and limitations for TCP/IP (LPD).
ately. In this case, the computer looks like stopped. As a corrective action for this, abort sending the
Machine Settings print data on the computer.
• IP addresses are managed in a whole system. Consult with the Network Administrator thoroughly • When [Do not spool] is set for [lpd (Spool)]
before perform setting. When a print request is received from a computer, the print requests from other computers cannot
be received.

2-663
• When a computer IP address or name has been changed Table 10

When a computer IP address or name has been changed, the inquiry and cancelation of processes Symptoms Corrective Action
from the main processor cannot be performed properly. Turn the machine OFF then ON when no
Selecting [Apply new settings] but- 1. Check if the password is correct. The password confirmation
print data is stored in the machine receiving buffer.
ton displays a message such as entry does not match. Enter a correct password. 2. Restart the
NOTE: The print cancelation/forced output processes of the print data stored in the machine receiv- [Invalid or unrecognizable response machine.
ing buffer can be operated from the machine Operation Panel. Refer to "11 Job Check" in "User was returned from the server] or
Guide" for more information on how to operate. [No data found] on the Web
browser.
2.4.5.4 Check Flow at CenterWare Internet Services Failure Jobs cannot be deleted. Wait for a while and then select the [Refresh] button.
The following describes the situations and corrective actions when a failure occurs when "CentreWare Cannot enter Japanese characters. Use Shift-JIS code. And do not use single-byte Katakana charac-
Internet Services" is used.
ters.
Cannot enter Kanji characters. Kanji characters cannot be entered for the items displayed with "*".
Table 10
Symptoms Corrective Action
2.4.5.5 Check Flow at Scanner Failure
Cannot be connected to "Centre- Check that the machine is operating properly. Check that the
1. When a document is retrieved from a Mailbox
Ware Internet Services". machine is turned ON.
• If [Save] is set for [Delete Document After Retrieval], multiple clients can access to the same
Same as above Check that "Internet Services" is activated. Print the "System Set-
document.
tings List" for checking.
• If [Delete] is set for [Delete Document After Retrieval], only 1 client can access to the same
Same as above Check that the Internet address has been entered properly. Check document. The document stored or read by a client cannot be viewed from the other clients.
the Internet address again. If connection is not successful, enter
In both cases, documents can be added to the accessed Mailbox.
the IP address and try connection.
• The documents that have been retrieved using CentreWare Internet Services will not be
Same as above Check if a proxy server is used. Some proxy servers disable con-
deleted regardless of the setting in [Delete Document After Retrieval].
nection. When proxy server is not used, set the Web browser to
"Do not use proxy server" or set the used address to "Do not use 2. Screen Display
proxy server". When the document with a lot of colors is scanned, they cannot be displayed properly in the display
[Wait for a while] appears and Wait for a while without any action. If the situation has not been mode that displays using fewer colors than the scanned colors. Use the display mode that allows
stays. changed, select the [Refresh] button. If the situation does not displaying using more colors than the colors used in the image.
change after selecting the [Refresh] button, check if the machine is 3. A network scanner driver and Mailbox Viewer 2 are used at the same time.
operating properly. When a computer uses a network scanner driver and Mailbox Viewer 2 at the same time, the com-
The [Refresh] button is not function- Check that the specified Web browser is used. Refer to "Communi- puter cannot connect to the printer.
ing. Or, even if a menu in the left cation (Port/Protocol) Setting Items in CentreWare Internet Ser- When multiple computers use the network scanner drivers or Mailbox Viewer 2 to retrieve docu-
frame is selected, the right frame vices" in User Guide to check the used Web browser is supported. ments from the same machine at the same time, up to 3 computers can be connected.
cannot be refreshed.
4. When the documents stored in Mailbox is printed
The screen display collaspes. Change the Web browser window size.
When stored documents are to be printed (the documents are to be retrieved) by selecting [Mailbox]
The latest information is not dis- Select the [Refresh] button. from the machine touch panel display, scanned documents cannot be printed.
played.
5. When a TIFF file is used
Selecting the [Apply new settings] Check that the entered values are correct. If invalid values have
The TIFF files that have been created using CentreWare Scan Services or Mailbox Viewer 2 are
button does not reflect settings. been entered, they are automatically changed to values within the compressed using the MMR, MH, JBIG, or JPEG compression method. To open a TIFF file, use the
limit range.
application software applicable for those compression methods.
Same as above Check that the machine is operating or has completed operation
using the machine Operation Panel. If Auto Reset function is set, NOTE: JBIG compressed TIFF files cannot be created in Mailbox Viewer 2.
the settings in CentreWare Internet Services will not be applied 6. Restrictions on Scan Capacity and No. of Sheets
until the specified time has passed. Wait for a while.
The maximum read capacity for a page is 297x432mm. A3 or 11x17" for the standard size
The Mailbox method allows up to 999 sheets to be read in a single scan operation.
2.4.5.6 Check Flow at Mail Failure
Corrective Action
The following describes the corrective actions for troubles when Mail Notice Service, Print E-mail, or
Scanner (Send E-mail) is used.
Table 11
Symptoms Corrective Action

Cannot receive mails 1. Check that the machine mail address has been set.
(Print E-mail) 2. Check that [Receive E-mail] is set to [Enabled].
3. Check that the SMTP server IP address and the POP3
server IP address (when POP3 is selected for receiving proto-
col), etc. are set properly.
4. Check that the POP user name and password are set prop-
erly.
5. Check that [Domain List] has been set. Check that the user's
domain is included in the receive-allowed domains using Cen-
treWare Internet Services.
6. Check that the SMTP and POP servers are operating prop-
erly. Check with the Network Administrator.
Mails cannot be sent 1. Check that the machine mail address has been set.
(Mail Notice, Scanner (Send E-mail)) 2. Check that [Mail Notice Service] is set to [Enabled]. (For
mail notice)
3. Check that [Send E-mail] is set to [Enabled].
4. Check that the SMTP server IP address etc. is set properly.
5. Check that the notification items to be sent have been set
correctly. (For Mail Notice) Check settings from the Centre-
Ware Internet Services Properties screen.
6. Check that the send destination mail address has been
entered properly.
7. Check that the SMTP server is operating properly. Check
with the Network Administrator.

2-665
2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tools Functional Instructions 2.5.2 Logging/Extraction Tools Operational Instructions
This tool refers to the software "Logging/Extraction Tool.exe" or [copanda.exe] run from a PC. Tools required for collecting logs
There are 2 types of Collecting log tools below:
1. Collect the log information of the target machine. (It is also possible to collect data periodically for
every xx minutes) • DMP6 and before version: Logging/Extraction Tool. exe
Use the functions 1) and 2) of this tool described above to collect logs at the site where a failure has • DMP Yokohama and later: copanda. exe
occurred.
[Colleting log by using [Logging/Extraction Tool. exe]]
1. PC running on WindowsNT 4.0, Windows2000, or WindowsXP
2. A UTP cable is required to connect the printer and a PC.
When collecting the logs of the errors that have occurred in the past
• UTP Cable Category 5 Cross Cable
(Reference: TOOLNo:499T7773, 1m is also available.)
The machine conditions for collecting logs
1. HDD must be installed.
2. IP Address must be allocated.
3. CentreWare Internet Service must be activated.
Logging Procedure
When the machine is in processing status and does not accept any operations from the Panel UI, log
information is not saved in the HDD. Therefore, the following procedures must be performed without turn-
ing the machine power OFF then ON. However, in this case, it is necessary to output the System Settings
List and check the items in Step 1 in advance.
Also, depending on the failure condition, the CWIS itself may be stopped. In this case, logs cannot be
collected. You can check if the CWIS is active by checking if the CWIS screen (URL:http://Printer IP
Address/) can be displayed on the browser.
Purpose
1. Print the "Printer Settings List" and confirm the following:
• The HDD is installed.
• An IP Address was set.
• The CWIS is activated.
2. Disconnect the Ethernet cable that is connected to the main processor.
3. Change the client IP address so that it can communicate with the printer via TCP/IP.
Change an IP address to the one with the same network number as the IP address of the main pro-
cessor that collects logs.
(E.g.) When the main processor IP address is set to 192.168.1.100 and its subnet mask is set to
255.255.255.0, change the address to 192.168.1.xxx (such as 101, not 100).
And set the main processor IP address if the machine is set for DHCP. Change an IP address to the
one with the same network number as the IP address of the client that collects logs.
4. Connect the PC and the main processor with the UTP cross-cable.
5. After the PC has been started, click "MS-DOS Prompt" from the "Programs" menu in the "Start"
menu.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 2.5 Log

2-667
2.5 Log 2-668 Version.1 .1.1
(For Windows(R)NT/2000, after the PC has been started, click "Command Prompt" from "Accesso- How to obtain Tool
ries" under "Programs" in the "Start" menu.)
Execute "PING IP Address" and check if the network connection is working properly. Download "Log collection tool 2007" from Technical Support Center's firmware download page > down-
load maintenance tool, and copy it to the PSW to where the tool is installed. (FXOnly)
(E.g.) C:\ ping 192.168.1.100 (IP address of the main processor)
6. Activate the logging tool. (Figure 1)
http://download.tsc.ksp.fujixerox.co.jp/
The following window appears.
Contact your local site at each OpCo/
File name of copanda software:copandaXXXXXX.zip
Purpose
1. Check that there is no job in progress or no job in queue by checking [Confirm job] screen.
2. Remove a network cable and a fax line.
3. Change the IP address of PSW so that it may have the same network number as the log collecting
device.
4. Connect PSW and the device with UTP cross cable.
5. Activate PSW, perform ping command by command prompt, and check that PSW and the device
can communicate.
6. Enter CE mode and display Diag screen. (Prevent the machine to enter power save mode by setting
to CE mode.)
7. Double click "copanda.exe" to activate the machine.
Figure 1 j0tz2099 8. A terminal window shown in the below figure appears (Appro. 30 seconds). (Figure 2)
7. Enter the "IP address" of the main processor in the target IP address column and the M/C No. of the
main processor in the M/C column, then click "(1) Save Dir renew".
8. The file storing column is updated and the directory in which logs will be stored is determined.
9. Select [Redir or xxx.tgz] or [info9 or xxx.tgz] from the collection column and click "(2) Collecting
Start/Stop".
Redir or xxx.tgz: Retrieves 20 files. This is the item that will be retrieved mainly at visit.
info9 or xxx.tgz: Retrieves 1 file. This is the item to be retrieved when the trouble occurs again.
10. The directory that has been determined in Step 9 is opened, in which the collected logs are stored. Figure 2 j0wj20003
11. After collecting the logs, click [Cancel/Exit] to exit the logging tool.
12. If the main processor/client IP address has been changed, restore it to the original value. 9. Activate Internet Explorer and access to URL "http://localhost:3000".
13. Connect the Ethernet cable that is connected to the main processor. 10. The top screen shown in the right figure appears, so enter the IP address of the device to the "Host
14. Print the collected logs and reports and send them to Support G. name:" field, and press "Batch collection" button. (Figure 3)
• Failure Conditions A full report is derived to a device.
• Service Log Please wait for a while.
• System Settings List Debug log and compressed file are derived. Please wait for a while although it takes 1 or more min-
utes.
• Job History Report
• Error History Report
• Log file that has been collected this time
[Collecting LOG by using `copanda.exe]
This function is available under DMPYokohama Software or later version.
This function is not for only ESS Log. All of Log for ESS,IIT and IOT are logged by using this software.
Figure 3 j0wj20001
11. The screen shown in the right figure appears, so download "XXXXXXXXXX.tgz" file to PSW. (Figure
4)
Figure 4 j0wj20002
12. Close this screen.

13. Press [Ctrl]+[C] while selecting inside the window of the terminal window. When the confirmation
message appears, enter [Y].
This is the end of the log collection.
NOTE: Since log data that are collected by using this function correspond to customer's classified infor-
mation and personal data, be sure to obtain approval from a customer when using this function. (Job Log
and report)
Handle the collected data in line with the following guide.
• "Information security guideline Customer contact operation edition" issued by Information security
department
• "In order to make assurance doubly sure to protect customer's information asset" issued by Techni-
cal Support Center (FXOnly).
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 2.5 Log

2-669
2.5 Log 2-670 Version.1 .1.1
2.6.1 Software Download
Follow "4.3 Adjustment: Upgrade Main Processor Firmware" in Service Manual to upgrade the Controller
software to the latest version.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 2.6 Software Download

2-671
2.6 Software Download 2-672 Version.1 .1.1
2.7.1 List of Collected Reports by Job Table 2
There are 2 types of Collecting report method. Report Name 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Stored Document List Yes
[Collecting report by using [Logging/Extraction Tool. exe]] Receive Domain Restriction List Yes
1. At Copying Registered Address Dial List
• System Settings List Mailbox Registration List
• Job History Report Box Selector List
• Error History Report Secured Receive Report
• Fail Counter Report (CE) Job Flow Error Report
• Shutdown History Report (CE) Font List Yes
• Debug Report (CE) ART EX Form Registration List Yes
2. At Printing PCL Settings List Yes
NOTE: Depending on the printer, some lists cannot be retrieved. There is no need to retrieve the PCL Form Registration List Yes
lists that cannot be retrieved. PostScript Font List Yes
PostScript Logical Printer Registration List Yes
The meanings of the numbers shown in the following table are as follows:
PDF Settings List Yes Yes
Table 1 HP-GL/2 Settings List Yes
Name HP-GL/2 Logical Printer/Memory Registration Yes
List
1 Common
HP-GL/2 Pallet List Yes
2 ART EX
TIFF Settings List Yes
3 PCL
TIFF Logical Printer Registration List Yes
4 PostScript
ART IV, ESC/P User Defined List Yes Yes Yes
5 HP-GL/2
ESC/P Settings List Yes
6 TIFF
ESC/P Logical Printer/Memory Registration List Yes
7 ART IV
PC-PR201H Settings List Yes
8 ESC/P
PC-PR201H Logical Printer/Memory Registra- Yes
9 PR201H tion List
10 PDF Bridge Media Print Settings List Yes
11 Media Print
NOTE: Obtain only at System Fail.
3. At Scan/Fax/iFax
Table 2
Report Name 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
System Settings List Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Extended Features Settings List
Job History Report Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Error History Report Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Fail Counter Report (CE) (Note) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Shutdown History Report (CE) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Debug Report (CE) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 2.7 List of Collected Reports by Job

2-673
2.7 List of Collected Reports by Job 2-674 Version.1 .1.1
NOTE: Depending on the printer, some lists cannot be retrieved. There is no need to retrieve the
lists that cannot be retrieved.
CAUTION
The lists below may contain important customer data of the customer. For such lists, ensure to
check with the customer before taking them back to the company.
Also, contact Support G for confirmation. Never decide what to do by yourself.
Table 3
Fax Scan iFax
Extended Features Settings List Yes Yes Yes
Job History Report Yes Yes Yes
Error History Report Yes Yes Yes
Fail Counter Report (CE) (Note) Yes Yes Yes
Shutdown History Report (CE) Yes Yes Yes
Debug Report (CE) Yes Yes Yes
Stored Document List Yes Yes
Receive Domain Restriction List Yes
Registered Address Dial List Yes Yes Yes
Mailbox Registration List Yes Yes Yes
Box Selector List Yes
Secured Receive Report Yes Yes
Job Flow Error Report Yes Yes Yes
Activity Report Yes
Unsend Report Yes
Broadcast Report Yes
Relay Broadcast Report Yes
Protocol Monitor (CE) Yes
Transmission Report Yes
Job Template List Yes
iFAX Monitor Kit Yes
iFAX Unsend Report Yes
NOTE: Obtain only at System Fail.
Collecting Report by using [copanda.exe].

Report information described below is collected as one file.
But gathered information are depends on MC model, configuration and Option installed or not.
NOTE: Since log data that are collected by using this function correspond to customer's classified infor- Table 4
mation and personal data, be sure to obtain approval from a customer when using this function. No Type Remarks
The following data are targeted when this function is used.
5 Report* Collectable as data from DMPYoko-
• Printer settings list hama
Table 4
• Job history report
No Type Remarks
• Error history report
1 ESS Log Same as conventional machines • HFSI counter report (CE)
2 IIS Log Add from DMPYokohama • Jam counter report (CE)
3 IOT Log Add from DMPYokohama • Fail counter report (CE)
4 Job Log* Add from DMPYokohama • Shutdown history report (CE)
• Debug log report (CE)
• Stored document list
• Receive domain restriction list
• Extended function setting list
• Registered destination list
• Mailbox registration list
• Box selector list
• Counter report by function
• Total count report by job
• Total count management report for copy
• Total count report for printer
• Font list
• ART EX form registration list
• PCL setting list
• PCL macro registration list
• PostScript logical printer registration list
• PDF setting list
• HP-GL/2 setting list
• HP-GL/2 logical printer/memory registration list
• PC-PR201H setting list
• PC-PR201H logical printer/memory registration list
• Total count management report for printer
• Comment registration list
• Total count management report for fax
• Job template list
• Total count management report for scan
* Customer's classified information and personal data
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 2.7 List of Collected Reports by Job

2-675
2.7 List of Collected Reports by Job 2-676 Version.1 .1.1
Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustments
4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
4.1 Introduction REP 4.9.2 Out Roll ......................................................................................................... 55
4.1 Introduction............................................................................................................... 5 REP 4.10.1 Exit 1 Roll.................................................................................................... 65
REP 4.10.2 Exit 2 Roll.................................................................................................... 68
4.2 Disassembly/Assembly REP 4.10.3 DADF Exit Motor Belt.................................................................................. 72
REP 4.11.1 Exit Gate Solenoid ...................................................................................... 72
1. Cover (IOT/Tray Module)
REP 4.11.2 Simp/Dup Gate Solenoid ............................................................................ 73
REP 1.1.1 (SCC) Main Power Switch ............................................................................ 7
REP 4.11.3 Invert Roll Nip/Release Solenoid ................................................................ 73
2. Electrical REP 4.17.1 Plate Spring ................................................................................................ 74
REP 2.1.1 Opening/Closing of PWB Chassis ................................................................ 9 REP 4.18.1 Feeder Roll ................................................................................................. 74
REP 2.1.2 (SCC) MCU PWB and NVM PWB ................................................................ 10 REP 4.18.2 Nudger Roll ................................................................................................. 77
REP 2.1.3 IOT PWB....................................................................................................... 12 REP 4.20.1 Tension Spring............................................................................................ 80
REP 2.1.4 CIS Adapter PWB ......................................................................................... 13 REP 4.22.1 Out Sensor.................................................................................................. 81
REP 2.3.1 Tray Module PWB......................................................................................... 14 REP 4.22.2 Invert Sensor............................................................................................... 82
REP 2.3.2 (SCC) HVPS S5............................................................................................ 15 REP 4.23.1 DADF Exit Sensor 1.................................................................................... 84
REP 2.3.3 AC Unit and Main LVPS................................................................................ 16 REP 4.23.2 DADF Exit Sensor 2.................................................................................... 87
REP 2.4.1 UI Service Position(Rear) ............................................................................. 18 REP 4.25.1 DADF Regi Sensor ..................................................................................... 91
REP 2.5.1 ESS PWB...................................................................................................... 19 REP 4.25.2 Tension Spring............................................................................................ 92
REP 2.5.2 NVM PWB..................................................................................................... 21 REP 4.26.1 Retard Roll .................................................................................................. 92
REP 2.7.1 Overlay Cover ............................................................................................... 23
5. IIT
REP 2.8.1 (SCC) HDD ................................................................................................... 24
REP 5.3.1 Opening/Closing of IIT Frame....................................................................... 95
REP 2.8.2 Video Selector............................................................................................... 26
REP 5.4.1 Lens Cover.................................................................................................... 98
REP 2.9.1 (SCC) UI I/F PWB ......................................................................................... 28
REP 5.4.2 Platen Glass.................................................................................................. 98
3. Air System REP 5.5.1 Top Cover (4127 EPS/4112 EPS Type) ....................................................... 99
REP 3.1.1 Drum In Filter ................................................................................................ 31 REP 5.6.1 IIT Registration Sensor ................................................................................. 100
REP 3.2.1 (SCC) Fuser Exhaust Fan............................................................................. 32 REP 5.6.2 Platen Angle Sensor ..................................................................................... 101
REP 3.2.2 Suction Ozone Filter ..................................................................................... 32 REP 5.6.3 CCD Flexible Print Cable .............................................................................. 102
REP 5.6.4 Lens and CCD .............................................................................................. 103
4. DADF REP 5.6.5 IPS Fan ......................................................................................................... 104
REP 4.1.1 DADF ............................................................................................................ 33 REP 5.6.6 Lamp Fan...................................................................................................... 105
REP 4.1.2 DADF Service Position ................................................................................. 34 REP 5.6.7 CCD Fan ....................................................................................................... 106
REP 4.2.1 CIS ................................................................................................................ 36 REP 5.7.1 Carriage Motor .............................................................................................. 107
REP 4.3.1 Left Counter Balance .................................................................................... 37 REP 5.7.2 Carriage Cable.............................................................................................. 108
REP 4.3.2 Right Counter Balance.................................................................................. 39 REP 5.7.3 Full Rate Carriage......................................................................................... 111
REP 4.3.3 DADF PWB ................................................................................................... 41 REP 5.8.1 IPS PWB ....................................................................................................... 112
REP 4.6.1 Invert Drive Roll ............................................................................................ 42 REP 5.8.2 1P DUP PWB , Extension Memory PWB...................................................... 114
REP 4.6.2 DADF Feed Clutch........................................................................................ 45 REP 5.9.1 (SCC) Exposure Lamp.................................................................................. 118
REP 4.6.3 Feed Motor Belt ............................................................................................ 45 REP 5.9.2 (SCC) Lamp Ballast PWB ............................................................................. 119
REP 4.7.1 Takeaway Roll .............................................................................................. 46 REP 5.9.3 (SCC) Slide Cord .......................................................................................... 120
REP 4.7.2 Rail................................................................................................................ 48
REP 4.7.3 Pre Regi Motor Belt....................................................................................... 48 6. ROS
REP 4.7.4 Baffle Solenoid.............................................................................................. 49 REP 6.1.1 (SCC) ROS ................................................................................................... 123
REP 4.8.1 Regi Motor Belt ............................................................................................. 49
7. Tray Module
REP 4.8.2 Lead Regi Sensor ......................................................................................... 50
REP 7.1.1 Tray 1 and Tray 2.......................................................................................... 125
REP 4.8.3 Regi Roll ....................................................................................................... 52
REP 7.1.2 Tray 2 Transport ........................................................................................... 126
REP 4.9.1 Platen Motor Belt .......................................................................................... 55
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009

4-1
4127/4112G Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 02/2009 4127/4112G
4-2 Version.1 .1.1
REP 7.1.3 (SCC) Tray 1 Feeder..................................................................................... 126 REP 13.1.2 Registration Unit ......................................................................................... 186
REP 7.2.1 (SCC) Tray 3 Feeder and (SCC) Tray 4 Feeder ........................................... 128 REP 13.2.1 Transfer Belt Unit........................................................................................ 187
REP 7.2.2 Tray 3 and Tray 4.......................................................................................... 129 REP 13.2.2 Inverter Unit ................................................................................................ 189
REP 7.4.1 Takeaway Roll 1 and Vertical Transport Roll 1 ............................................. 130 REP 13.3.1 Marking Drawer .......................................................................................... 190
REP 7.4.2 Takeaway Roll 3............................................................................................ 132 REP 13.3.2 Marking Drawer Service Position................................................................ 191
REP 7.4.3 Takeaway Roll 4 and Vertical Transport Roll 3 ............................................. 134 REP 13.3.3 MSA PWB................................................................................................... 192
REP 7.4.4 Vertical Transport Roll 2................................................................................ 136 REP 13.4.1 Registration Roll ......................................................................................... 193
REP 7.5.1 (SCC) Takeaway Clutch 1............................................................................. 137 REP 13.4.2 (SCC)Registration Motor ............................................................................ 194
REP 7.6.1 Lift Cable ....................................................................................................... 139 REP 13.7.1 MSI Takeaway Roll..................................................................................... 195
REP 7.9.1 Belt (Tray 3, Tray 4) ...................................................................................... 141 REP 13.8.1 Transfer Belt ............................................................................................... 196
REP 7.10.1 (SCC) Tray 2 Feeder................................................................................... 141 REP 13.8.2 BTR............................................................................................................. 199
REP 7.12.1 Horizontal Transport Roll 1,2 and Takeaway Roll 2.................................... 142 REP 13.9.1 Belt Cleaning Brush .................................................................................... 200
REP 7.12.2 (SCC) Takeaway Clutch 2........................................................................... 144 REP 13.9.2 Cleaning Blade ........................................................................................... 201
REP 7.13.1 Feed Roll,Nudger Roll,Retard Roll.............................................................. 146 REP 13.12.1 (SCC) Invert Gate Solenoid ...................................................................... 205
REP 7.14.1 Feed/Nudger Shaft...................................................................................... 147 REP 13.14.1 Transfer Belt Unit Upper Bracket .............................................................. 206
REP 7.15.1 Torsion Spring............................................................................................. 150 REP 13.15.1 Multi Feed Sensor..................................................................................... 208
REP 7.17.1 Nudger Bracket,Nudger Lever,Torsion Spring ........................................... 150 REP 13.15.2 CIS............................................................................................................ 209
8. MSI 14. Duplex

REP 8.3.1 MSI Feeder ................................................................................................... 151 REP 14.1.1 Duplex Drawer ............................................................................................ 211
REP 8.6.1 Retard Roll .................................................................................................... 154 REP 14.3.1 One Way Clutch Pulley (Duplex Path Roll 1).............................................. 212
REP 8.6.2 Feed Roll....................................................................................................... 154 REP 14.4.1 Release Motor ............................................................................................ 213
REP 8.6.3 Nudger Roll ................................................................................................... 155 REP 14.4.2 Invert Motor................................................................................................. 214
REP 8.7.1 Nudger Bracket/Nudger Lever/Torsion Spring .............................................. 155 REP 14.9.1 Chute Support Mylar ................................................................................... 216
REP 8.7.2 Feed/Nudger Shaft........................................................................................ 156
15. Fuser
10. Drive REP 15.1.1 (SCC) Fuser Unit ........................................................................................ 217
REP 10.1.1 Fuser Drive.................................................................................................. 157 REP 15.2.1 Pressure Roll .............................................................................................. 219
REP 10.1.2 Xero. Deve. Transfer Belt Drive .................................................................. 158 REP 15.2.2 Heat Roll ..................................................................................................... 221
REP 10.1.3 Retract Bracket ........................................................................................... 160 REP 15.2.3 Main1/Main2/Sub Heater Rod .................................................................... 223
REP 10.4.1 Exit/Inverter Drive........................................................................................ 160 REP 15.2.4 Fuser Cleaning Cartridge............................................................................ 225
REP 15.2.5 Pressure Roll Finger ................................................................................... 225
11. Xero/Cleaner REP 15.3.1 Fuser Cleaning Blade ................................................................................. 226
REP 11.1.1 Drum Cartridge............................................................................................ 163 REP 15.6.1 Torsion Spring (Pressure Roll Finger) ........................................................ 227
REP 11.1.2 Erase Lamp................................................................................................. 164 REP 15.8.1 (SCC) Heat Roll Thermistor 1/2/3............................................................... 228
REP 11.1.3 (SCC) ESV PWB and Sensor ..................................................................... 165 REP 15.8.2 Thermostat 1 and 2..................................................................................... 229
REP 11.1.4 ADC............................................................................................................. 167 REP 15.9.1 Torsion Spring (Heat Roll Finger) ............................................................... 231
REP 11.2.1 CC Cleaner Motor ....................................................................................... 168 REP 15.9.2 Heat Roll Finger.......................................................................................... 232
REP 11.2.2 Waste Toner Auger ..................................................................................... 168
REP 11.4.1 Cleaning Blade............................................................................................ 169 16. Exit
REP 11.5.1 ADC Sensor Kit ........................................................................................... 171 REP 16.1.1 Exit Transport ............................................................................................. 235
REP 11.10.1 Corotoron Wire.......................................................................................... 173
36 I/F Module
12. Deve REP 36.1.1 I/F Module................................................................................................... 237
REP 12.1.1 Deve. Housing Unit ..................................................................................... 175 REP 36.1.2 Inner Cover ................................................................................................. 237
REP 12.1.2 Toner Dispenser.......................................................................................... 177 REP 36.2.1 IFM Front Door Interlock Switch ................................................................. 238
REP 12.2.1 Deve. Housing............................................................................................. 178 REP 36.2.2 IFM PWB .................................................................................................... 240
REP 12.4.1 Auger Pipe .................................................................................................. 180 REP 36.3.1 Decurler Motor Belt..................................................................................... 241
REP 12.5.1 ATC Sensor................................................................................................. 181 REP 36.4.1 Trans Roll Assembly ................................................................................... 242
REP 12.7.1 Low Toner Sensor....................................................................................... 183 REP 36.4.2 Exit Roll Assembly ...................................................................................... 243
REP 36.4.3 Exit/Trans Belt ............................................................................................ 244
13. Marking (Regi/Transfer Belt/Inverter) REP 36.5.1 Decurler Belt Upper/Lower ......................................................................... 246
REP 13.1.1 Pre Registration Motor ................................................................................ 185
REP 36.5.2 Decurler Drive Belt...................................................................................... 250 ADJ 4.3.2 DADF Lead Edge Registration ...................................................................... 335
REP 36.6.1 Inlet Chute Upper/Lower ............................................................................. 251 ADJ 4.3.3 DADF Height Adjustment .............................................................................. 336
REP 36.6.2 Cam Shaft ................................................................................................... 252 ADJ 4.3.4 DADF Tail Edge Registration Adjustment ..................................................... 337
REP 36.7.1 Gate Assembly............................................................................................ 253 ADJ 4.3.5 DADF Slow Scan Magnification..................................................................... 339
REP 36.7.2 Decurler Gate Sensor ................................................................................. 255
REP 36.8.1 Guide Assembly L-770/MID-U/MID-Low..................................................... 256 5. IIT (Except 4127 EPS/4112 EPS)
REP 36.8.2 Guide Assembly-Exit Up ............................................................................. 257 ADJ 5.7.1 Full Rate/Half Rate Carriage Position Adjustment......................................... 341
ADJ 5.8.1 IIT Side/Lead Edge Registration.................................................................... 342
39 HCS ADJ 5.8.2 IIT Reduce/Enlarge Adjustment..................................................................... 343
REP 39.1.1 Detaching the HCS ..................................................................................... 259 ADJ 5.8.3 IIT Calibration (DC945).................................................................................. 344
REP 39.2.1 Top Cover ................................................................................................... 260
REP 39.2.2 Rear Cover.................................................................................................. 261 13. Marking (Regi/Transfer Belt/Inverter)
REP 39.4.1 Upper Cover................................................................................................ 262 ADJ 13.15.1 Adjusting Multi Feed Sensor Sensitivity for Paper Thickness ................... 347
REP 39.5.1 HCS Transport Motor 1............................................................................... 263 ADJ 13.15.2 IOT CIS Check Cycle ................................................................................ 348
REP 39.5.2 Top Tray Roll 1 ........................................................................................... 265 ADJ 13.15.3 IOT CIS Setup Cycle ................................................................................. 349
REP 39.6.1 Transport Clutch and Belt ........................................................................... 267 15. Fuser
REP 39.7.1 HCS Transport Motor 2............................................................................... 271
ADJ 15.1.1 Fuser Nip Adjustment (DC701) ................................................................... 351
REP 39.8.1 Bypass Clutch 1, Bypass Clutch 2 and Belt................................................ 272
REP 39.9.1 Top Tray Motor ........................................................................................... 275 39 HCS
REP 39.12.1 Bypass Clutch 3 and Belt.......................................................................... 276 ADJ 39.39.1 Left/Right Tray Arm Installation Position ................................................... 353
REP 39.23.1 Gate Solenoid 1 and Gate 1 ..................................................................... 279
REP 39.24.1 Stacker Paddle Clutch .............................................................................. 282
REP 39.24.2 Paddle....................................................................................................... 284
REP 39.25.1 Stacker Exit Roll Housing ......................................................................... 286
REP 39.25.2 Edge Sensor Frame.................................................................................. 288
REP 39.28.1 Tamper Unit .............................................................................................. 292
REP 39.29.1 Front Tamper Motor, Belt and Pulley Bracket........................................... 295
REP 39.32.1 Set Clamp Motor and Belt......................................................................... 297
REP 39.33.1 Rear Tamper Motor, Belt and Pulley Bracket ........................................... 298
REP 39.37.1 HCS Drive PWB........................................................................................ 300
REP 39.37.2 HCS PWB ................................................................................................. 301
REP 39.37.3 HCS LVPS ................................................................................................ 302
REP 39.39.1 Left Stacker Belt........................................................................................ 303
REP 39.40.1 Right Stacker Belt ..................................................................................... 306
REP 39.42.1 HCS Control Panel PWB .......................................................................... 310
4.3 Adjustment
2. Electrical
ADJ 2.1.1 IOT Side/Lead Edge Registration (DC129) ................................................... 313
ADJ 2.1.2 Print Image Quality Adjustment ..................................................................... 316
ADJ 2.1.3 Directions for Replacing Important Information Stored Component .............. 317
ADJ 2.1.4 Firmware Update ........................................................................................... 320
ADJ 2.1.5 System Registration Adjustment (Fast Scan %; Slow Scan %; Squareness) 322
ADJ 2.4.1 UI Touch Panel Origin Point Correction ........................................................ 324
ADJ 2.5.1 Upgrading Software (Device UI Method)(FX Only) ....................................... 326
ADJ 2.5.2 Backup/Restore/Copy.................................................................................... 327
4. DADF (Except 4127 EPS/4112 EPS)

ADJ 4.1.1 DADF Lead Skew Adjustment ....................................................................... 331
ADJ 4.3.1 DADF Side Edge Registration ....................................................................... 333
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009

4-3
4-4 Version.1 .1.1
4.1 Introduction 6. Positions or directions of the machine and directions inside the machine used in the procedure are
defined as listed below.
This section contains procedures required for parts disassembly, assembly, replacement and adjustment
in the field service. However, special adjustments are described in Chapter 6 Special Mode Settings or (1) Front: Front of the machine
Chapter 2 Diagnosis Mode/Program. (2) Right: Right-hand side facing the machine.
(3) Left: Left-hand side facing the machine.
DADF (4) Rear: Rear facing the machine.
4.1.2 Glossary and Symbols
4.1.1 How to Use the Disassembly/Assembly/Adjustment Section
Terminology and symbols used throughout this manual are explained.
1. For installation procedures, only NOTES are described here since installation procedures are
reverse of removal ones.
WARNING
2. (Figure X) at the beginning of a procedure indicates that its detailed steps are shown in illustration.
Indicates an imminently hazardous situation, such as death or serious injury if operators do not
Numbers in the illustration indicate the sequence of the steps.
3. (REPX.X.X) at the end of a procedure indicates the replacement procedure to be referred to.
WARNING
4. Item numbers of disassembly/assembly and adjustment procedures (i.e. REP/ADJ No.) correlate to
Indicates a potential hazardous situation, such as death or serious injury if operators do not han-
PL No. in Chapter 5 Parts List.
dle the machine correctly by disregarding the statement.
So, an appropriate replacement or adjustment procedure can easily be referred to a PL No. or vice
versa. CAUTION
E.g. The replacement or adjustment procedure of Component PL1.1 is REP1.1.X or ADJ1.1.X. Indicates a potential hazardous situation, such as injury or property damage if operators do not handle
the machine correctly by disregarding the statement.
5. When replacement/adjustment procedures or title items vary by modification or model, the modifica-
tion number or the model are indicated at the beginning or the end of the respective titles or proce- NOTE: Used to emphasize the procedure, servicing, and regulation.
dures.
E.g. 1 REPX.X.X Main PWB [w/Tag 1V]
Purpose
Used to explain purpose of adjustment.
*Indicates that the entire procedure under this title applies to machines with Tag 1.
E.g. 2 • REP: Indicates the disassembly/assembly procedure for reference.
• ADJ: Indicates the adjustment procedure for reference.
Table 1
• PL: Indicates the parts list for reference.
Symbols Remarks
Safety Critical Components (SCC)
Illustration 1: Indicates a specific part has been modified by the tag number within
the circle. For the safety control of the Safety Critical Components and the components specified, follow the regula-
tions regarding the Safety Critical Components set by Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd.
ISC Important Information Stored Component
Figure 1 Illustra- The components store important information the customer has entered after machine installation. When
tion 1 replacing and discarding them, follow the procedures in Chapter 4 Adjustments. Take great care never to
Illustration 2: Indicates that the configuration of the part shown is the configura- let the information leak out.
tion before the part was modified by the number within the circle.
Figure 2 Illustra-
tion 2
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 4.1 Introduction

4-5
4.1 Introduction 4-6 Version.1 .1.1
REP 1.1.1 (SCC) Main Power Switch
Parts List on PL 1.1
Replacement
WARNING
Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF
before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and
unplug the power cord.
1. Take note of the Main Switch direction and Wire Harness color during installation. (Figure 1:Serial
No.4xxxxx) (Figure 2:Serial No.5xxxxx/6xxxxx)
(1) Main Switch direction
(2) Wire Harness color
Figure 2 j0tk40101
Figure 1 j0fu40101
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 1. Cover (IOT/Tray Module)

4-7
1. Cover (IOT/Tray Module) 4-8 Version.1 .1.1
REP 2.1.1 Opening/Closing of PWB Chassis
Removal
WARNING
1. Remove the Rear Upper Cover. (PL 1.2)
• Installation Screws: Rear (x4)
2. Disconnect all the connectors connected to the ESS.
3. Remove the screw securing the PWB Chassis at the rear. (Figure 1)
(1) Remove the screw.
Figure 2 j0fu40211
5. Open the PWB Chassis. (Figure 3)

Open the PWB Chassis.
Figure 1 j0fu40212
4. Loosen the screws securing the PWB Chassis on the left. (Figure 2)
(1) Loosen the screws (2).
Figure 3 j0fu40213
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 2. Electrical

4-9
2. Electrical 4-10 Version.1 .1.1
REP 2.1.2 (SCC) MCU PWB and NVM PWB

Removal
WARNING
CAUTION
Static electricity may damage electrical parts. Always wear a wrist strap to protect electrical parts from
static damage. If a wrist strap is not available, touch some metallic parts before servicing to discharge
the static electricity.
2. Remove the MCU PWB Cover. (PL 2.1)
• Installation Screws: Rear (x13) (Loosen) Figure 2 j0fu40217
3. Remove the CIS Adapter PWB. (REP 2.1.4)
6. Remove the MCU PWB. (Figure 3)
4. Remove the NVM PWB. (Figure 1)
(1) Remove the screws (x8).
(1) Remove the NVM PWB from the Spacer.
(2) Remove the Spacer Screw.
(2) Disconnect the connector and remove the NVM PWB.
(3) Disconnect the connector and remove the MCU PWB.
Figure 1 j0fu40216
Figure 3 j0tk40202
5. Disconnect the MCU PWB connectors (x14). (Figure 2)
Pxxx: Display of the PWB
Replacement
2. When replacing the NVM PWB, perform the following procedure:
NOTE: Replacement of the NVM PWB results in clearing the current values of the periodic replace- • When you exit Diagnostics, the machine will automatically reboot.
ment parts counters back to zero. (After replacement, the values before the replacement cannot be (7) Re-enter Diagnostic Mode from UI.
restored.) If you require the current values afterward, make sure to write them down before replac-
(8) Check NVM 740-026 for the default, or set NVM 740-026 to the default.
ing the NVM PWB.
740-026: 1
NOTE: If you cannot write down (read) the NVM values, in step (15) enter the following values, and (9) Press the NVM Initialization Menu button.
obtain certain values in the ways below and enter them.
(10) Initialize the IOT. (Chapter 6: 6.2.7)
762-025: 30,000
(11) Exit Diagnostics.
762-026: 330,000
(12) The machine automatically reboots.
762-097: 0 (NVM default)
(13) Re-enter Diagnostic Mode from UI.
752-006: value listed on the NVM Value Setting List
(14) Check the default values in the following NVMs, or set to the defaults. (Finisher D2/D3 Supple-
752-216: If having replaced the ADC sensor after the installation, enter the value which was set mentary Service Manual Chapter 6: 6.1.5)
up at the time of replacement. (Check the machine history log.)
752-349: 850
752-216: If not having replaced the ADC sensor after installation, enter the value listed on the
752-350: 300
NVM Value Setting List.
762-028: 50,000 (default)
742-119 to 121: 30 (NVM default)
762-029: 350,000 (default)
742-122: value listed on the NVM Value Setting List
762-046: 300,000 (default)
742-143 to 144: value listed on the NVM Value Setting List
762-047: 400,000 (default)
742-145 to 146: 30 (NVM default)
751-149: 17
751-150: 9
751-151: 34
751-152: 33
744-167: Using the [9+Stop] keys, clear the total Web Motor time. *1
751-153: 0
*1: If this operation is not performed without fail for resetting the count to zero after consumable
751-154: 0
replacement, it will then cause a wrong detection of Fuser Web Life; thus Life End (Hard Stop/Fuser
Web replacement) will suddenly be declared. 751-155: 16
751-156: 0
(1) Write down the following NVM values in advance.
751-157: 1
752-006
751-158: 65
752-216
751-159: 0
742-119 to 122
762-054: 17
742-143 to 146
762-055: 10
742-166, 167
762-056: 34
742-171 to 174
762-057: 33
742-179 to 182
762-058: 0
744-167
762-059: 0
762-025
762-061: 0
762-026
762-062: 1
762-097
762-064: 4
(2) Replace the old NVM PWB with the new one.
762-002: 0
(3) Turn ON the power.
751-097: 533,000 (FX/IBG), 555,000 (MN)
(4) An error related to 3 Points Check occurs. (124-315, etc)
744-265: 10
(5) Enter Diagnostics from the UI screen.
744-266: 0
(6) Run DC132. (Chapter 6: 6.2.19)
744-170: 0

4-11
(15) Enter the values you wrote down in step 1. REP 2.1.3 IOT PWB
Removal
WARNING
3. Open the PWB Chassis. (REP 2.1.1)
Disconnect the IOT PWB connectors (x14). (Figure 1)
Figure 1 j0fu40214
4. Remove the IOT PWB. (Figure 2)

(2) Release the PWB support hooks (x2).
(3) Remove the IOT PWB.
REP 2.1.4 CIS Adapter PWB
Removal
WARNING
CAUTION
2. Remove the MCU PWB Cover. (PL 2.1)
Figure 2 j0fu40215 • Installation Screws: Rear (x13) (Loosen)
3. Remove the CIS Adapter PWB. (Figure 1)
Replacement (1) Disconnect the connector.
(2) Remove the screws.
(3) Disconnect the connector and remove the CIS Adapter PWB.
Figure 1 j0tk40201
Replacement

4-13
REP 2.3.1 Tray Module PWB

Removal
WARNING
1. Remove the UI-ESS cable from the hooks (x4) of the Rear Lower Cover.
2. Remove the Rear Lower Cover. (PL 1.2)
3. Remove the+24V LVPS. (Figure 1)
(1) Disconnect the connectors (x3).
(2) Loosen the screws (x2).
(3) Remove the screws.
Figure 2 j0fu40220
(4) Remove GU10H-LVPS.
5. Remove the Tray Module PWB. (Figure 3)
(1) Release the PWB Support hooks (x6) and remove the Tray Module PWB.
Figure 1 j0fu40219
4. Disconnect the Tray Module PWB connectors (x12). (Figure 2)

Figure 3 j0fu40221
Replacement
REP 2.3.2 (SCC) HVPS S5
Removal
WARNING
1. Remove the UI-ESS cable from the hooks (x4) of the Rear Lower Cover.
5. Open the PWB chassis. (REP 2.1.1)
Figure 2 j0fu40230
6. Remove the Fly Wheel. (PL 10.1)
• Installation Screws: M4 (x2) 9. Remove the HVPS S5 from the bracket. (Figure 3)
7. Remove the rear duct. (Figure 1) (1) Remove the screw (Mx8).
(1) Remove the screws (M3x6, x3). (2) Release the hooks (3) of the PWB Support.
(2) Remove the rear duct. (3) Remove the HVPS S5.
Figure 1 j0fu40229 Figure 3 j0fu40231
8. Remove the HVPS S5. (Figure 2) Replacement

(1) Disconnect the connectors (2). 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
(2) Remove the screw (M3x8). 2. When installing the HVPS S5 on the machine, insert the Wire Harness into the bracket notch of the
(3) Remove the HVPS S5. HVPS S5. (Figure 4)
(A) Bracket notch

4-15
REP 2.3.3 AC Unit and Main LVPS

Removal
WARNING
1. Disconnect the UI-ESS cable from the hooks (4) of the Rear Lower Cover.
3. Remove the Stay Front / Right Cover. (PL 2.4)
• Installation screw : Right (x3)
4. Remove the Stay Rear Cover. (PL 2.4)
• Installation screw : Rear (x2)
Figure 4 j0fu40232
5. Remove the Rear Lower Rear Cover. (PL 1.2)
• Installation screw : Right (x2)
6. Disconnect the connectors (7) from the Main LVPS. (Figure 1)
Pxxx : Display of the PWB
Figure 1 j0tk40203
7. Disconnect the connectors (10) from the AC Unit. (Figure 2)

Pxxx : Display of the PWB
Figure 2 j0tk40204 Figure 4 j0fu40225
8. Remove the screws securing the Power Unit on the right side. (Figure 3) 10. Disconnect the connector to separate the AC Unit and the Main LVPS. (Figure 5)
(1) Remove the screws (M3x8:4). (1) Disconnect P506.
(2) Remove the Connector Housing (x2).
(3) Release the clamp and remove the wire harness.
(4) Disconnect P11.
(5) Release the clamp and the Wire Harness.
Figure 3 j0fu40224
9. Remove the screws securing the Power Unit on the right side and remove the Power Unit.(Figure 4)
(1) Remove the screws(M3x8:6).
(2) Remove the Power Unit.
Figure 5 j0tk40205
11. Remove the fixing screws to separate the AC Unit and the Main LVPS. (Figure 6)
(1) Disconnect the screws (M3x6:4).

4-17
REP 2.4.1 UI Service Position(Rear)

Removal
NOTE: When opening the IIT Frame, move the UI to the rear as described here.
1. Remove the Blind Cover. (Figure 1)

(1) Remove the Blind Cover.
Figure 6 j0tk40206
12. Separate the AC Unit and the Main LVPS. (Figure 7)

(1) Remove the screws (M3x6:3) and separate the AC Unit and the Main LVPS.
Figure 1 j0fu40233
2. Remove the screws securing the Arm. (Figure 2)

(1) Remove the screws (M4:4).
Figure 7 j0tk40207
Replacement
Figure 2 j0fu40234
3. Move the UI to the rear. (Figure 3)

(1) Move the arm to the rear.
(2) Secure the arm with one screw at the position shown in the figure. REP 2.5.1 ESS PWB
Removal
WARNING
CAUTION
2. Remove the ESS. (Figure 1)
(1) Remove the screws (M3x6, x5).
(2) Remove the ESS.
Figure 3 j0fu40235
Replacement
Figure 1 j0fu40201
3. (Figure 2) Remove the screws securing the Video Selector.

(1) Remove screws (M3x6, x2).

4-19
Figure 2 j0ph40205 Figure 4 j0tk40208
4. Remove the Video Selector. (Figure 3) 6. Remove the Cap and the Connector Cover. (Figure 5)
(1) Disconnect the connector. (1) Remove the Cap.
(2) Remove the screws (M3x6, x3). (2) Remove the screws (M2.6, x2).
(3) Disconnect the connector and remove the Video Selector. (3) Remove the Connector Cover.
5. Remove the UI PWB. (Figure 4) 7. Remove the screws securing the ESS PWB. (Figure 6)
(1) Remove the screws (M2.6, x2). (1) Remove the screws (M2.6: 4).
(2) Remove the screw (M3x6, x1).
(3) Disconnect the connector and remove the UI PWB.
REP 2.5.2 NVM PWB
Removal
WARNING
CAUTION
Figure 6 j0tk40210 (2) Remove the ESS.
8. Remove the ESS PWB.

(1) Disconnect the connectors (3).
(2) Remove the Spacer Screw.
(3) Remove the screws (M3x6: 12)
(4) Remove the ESS PWB in the direction of the arrow.
Figure 1 j0fu40201
3. (Figure 2) Remove the screws securing the Video Selector.

Figure 7 j0tk40211
Replacement
2. When having replaced the ESS PWB, remove the NVM PWB from the old ESS PWB and install it
on the new one. (REP 2.5.2)

4-21
4. Remove the Video Selector. (Figure 3) Replacement

(1) Disconnect the connector. 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
(2) Remove the screws (M3x6, x3). 2. Follow the procedure below to replace the NVM PWB.
(3) Disconnect the connector and remove the Video Selector. When replacing the NVM PWB, perform the following procedure:
(1) Replace the old NVM PWB with the new one.
(2) Turn ON the power.
(3) An error related to 3 Points Check occurs. (124-315, etc)
(4) Enter Diagnostics from the UI screen.
(5) Run DC132. (Chapter 6: 6.2.19)
• When you exit Diagnostics, the machine will automatically reboot.
(7) Press the NVM Initialization Menu button.
(8) Initialize SYS USER & SYS SYSTEM. (Chapter 6: 6.2.7)
(9) Exit Diagnostics.
(10) The machine automatically reboots.
(12) Check the default values in the FINISHER PUNCH POSITION NVMs, or set to the defaults.
(Finisher D2/D3 Supplementary Service Manual Chapter 6: 6.1.5)
Figure 3 j0ph40206 • 2/4 holes
790-624: 3 (2 holes at right)
5. Remove the NVM PWB. (Figure 4)
790-625: 7 (4 holes at left)
(1) Remove the NVM PWB.
• 2/3 holes
790-624: 3 (2holes at right)
790-625: 4 (3 holes at left)
REP 2.7.1 Overlay Cover
Removal
WARNING
1. Remove the connector from the UI. (Figure 1)
(2) Remove the connector.
Figure 2 j0fu40207
4. Remove the Rear Base Cover. (PL 2.7)

• Installation Screws : Rear (x4)
5. Replace the Overlay Cover. (Figure 3)
(1) Remove the VR Knob.
(2) Remove the Hooks (3) of the Overlay Cover and remove the Overlay Cover.
Figure 1 j0fu40206
2. Remove the Tilt Swivel Cover. (PL 2.4)

3. Remove the UI from the Arm. (Figure 2)
(2) Remove the UI.
Figure 3 j0fu40245

4-23
REP 2.8.1 (SCC) HDD

Removal
WARNING
CAUTION
CAUTION
Use the Jumper Pin in the default condition.
Removing or installing the Jumper Pin on another pin causes malfunction.
1. Disconnect all the connectors connected to the ESS. Figure 2 j0fu40246
4. Remove the HDD. (Figure 3)
(1) Remove the screws (3).
(2) Remove the ESS.
(2) Remove the HDD in the direction of the arrow.
Figure 1 j0fu40201
Figure 3 j0fu40247
3. Disconnect the Connectors from the HDD. (Figure 2)
5. Separate the HDD and the HDD Bracket. (Figure 4)
(1) Remove the Clamp.
(1) Disconnect the Connectors (2).
(2) Disconnect the Connectors (2).
(2) Remove the Shoulder Screws (4) and the Dampers (4).
(3) Remove the HDD.
Replacement 4. After replacing the HDD, format the HDD forcefully. (Chapter 6: 6.1.7)
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. • Press the [Power Saver], [Stop] and [4] keys simultaneously and hold them, then turn on the
power.
2. When trying to install the HDD in the HDD Bracket, check that the Dampers (4) are not deformed.
(Figure 5)
Figure 5 j0fu40250
3. When installing the HDD in the ESS Chassis, hang the HDD Hook in the corner hole of the ESS
Chassis. (Figure 6)

4-25
REP 2.8.2 Video Selector

Removal
WARNING
CAUTION
(2) Remove the ESS. Figure 2 j0ph40201
4. (Figure 3) Remove the screw securing the Video Selector PWB.

(1) Remove screws (M2.6, x2).
Figure 1 j0fu40201
3. (Figure 2) Remove the Backplane PWB.

(1) Remove screws (M3x6, x4). Figure 3 j0ph40202
(2) Disconnect connectors (2) and remove Backplane PWB.
5. (Figure 4) Remove the Video Selector PWB.
(1) Disconnect connector.
(3) Remove Video Selector PWB.
6. (Figure 5) Remove the screws (M3x6, x6) and separate the Video Selector PWB and the PWB
Plate.
(A) Screw
Figure 5 j0ph40204
Replacement
2. When having replaced the Backplane PWB, remove the SEEP ROM from the old Backplane PWB
and install it on the new one. (Figure 6)
(A) SEEP ROM

4-27
REP 2.9.1 (SCC) UI I/F PWB

Removal
WARNING
CAUTION
1. Disconnect the connector connected to the UI. (Figure 1)
(2) Disconnect the connector.
Figure 2 j0fu40207
4. Remove the Rear Base Cover. (PL 2.7)

5. Remove the EME Cover. (Figure 3)
(2) Remove the EME Cover.
Figure 1 j0fu40206
2. Remove the Tilt Swivel Cover. (PL 2.4)

3. Remove the UI from the Arm. (Figure 2)
(2) Remove the UI.
Figure 3 j0fu40208
6. Disconnect the connectors J1, P/J5, P6 and P/J7 connected to the UI I/F PWB. (Figure 4)
(1) Remove the screw (x1). (FCW 1 Type Only)
(2) Disconnect the connector (x4).
Figure 4 j0fu40209
7. Remove the UI I/F PWB. (Figure 5)

(2) Remove the screws (FCW 2 Type:3) (FCW 1 Type:4).
(3) Remove the UI I/F PWB.
Figure 5 j0fu40210
Replacement

4-29
REP 3.1.1 Drum In Filter
Removal
WARNING
1. Open the Front Door. (PL 1.1)
2. Remove the Front Top Inner Cover. (PL 3.1)
• Installation Screws: Front (x2)
3. Remove the Drum In Filters. (Figure 1)
(1) Remove the Drum In Filters (x2).
Figure 2 j0fu40302
3. When replacing, enter into Diag. mode and then clear the [DC135 HFSI] counter.
• "Chain Link: 954-870"
Figure 1 j0fu40301
Replacement
2. Install the Drum In Filter with the Filter directions aligned. (Figure 2)
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 3. Air System

4-31
3. Air System 4-32 Version.1 .1.1
REP 3.2.1 (SCC) Fuser Exhaust Fan REP 3.2.2 Suction Ozone Filter
Parts List on PL 3.2 Parts List on PL 3.2
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF
before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and
unplug the power cord. unplug the power cord.
1. Remove the Rear Upper Cover. (PL 1.2) 1. Remove the Filter Cover. (PL 1.1)
• Installation Screws: Rear (x4) • Installation Screws: Left (x1)
2. Disconnect all the connectors connected to the ESS. 2. Remove the Suction Ozone Filter. (Figure 1)
3. Open the PWB chassis. (REP 2.1.1) (1) Remove the Suction Ozone Filter.
4. Remove the Fuser Exhaust Fan. (Figure 1)
(1) Disconnect the connectors at the rear.
(2) Remove the Tapping Screws (x2).
Remove the Fuser Exhaust Fan.
Figure 1 j0fu40304
Replacement
Figure 1 j0fu40305 2. When replacing, enter into Diag. mode and then clear the [DC135 HFSI] counter.
• "Chain Link: 954-871"
Replacement
REP 4.1.1 DADF
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
Removing the DADF must be always performed by two persons since the DADF is heavy.
1. Disconnect the connectors connected to the DADF and IOT. (Figure 1)
(1) Loosen the screws (x2) and disconnect the connector.
(2) Loosen the screw (x1) and disconnect the connector.
Figure 2 j0fu40406
4. Remove the DADF. (Figure 3)

(1) Open the DADF in the direction of the arrow.
(2) Remove the knob screws (x2).
Figure 1 j0fu40405
2. Remove the IIT Rear Cover. (PL 5.2)

• Installation Screws: Rear (X4)
3. Remove the DADF Support. (Figure 2)
(2) Remove the DADF Support. Figure 3 j0fu40407
Replacement
Secure the DADF Support while pressing it in the direction of the arrow. (Figure 4)
(A) DADF Support
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 4. DADF

4-33
4. DADF 4-34 Version.1 .1.1
REP 4.1.2 DADF Service Position

Replacement
WARNING
1. Install the brackets (x2) of the Counter Balance (x2) by placing them upside down. #1: Bracket posi-
tion (Figure 1)
(1) Bracket of the Counter Balance
Figure 4 j0fu45442
Figure 1 j0fu40401
2. Install the Bracket (x2) of the Counter Balance (x2) by placing them upside down. #2: (Figure 2)
• Normal Position: Notch up
• Service Position: Notch down
(A) Notch
3. Secure the DADF at the service position. #1: (Figure 3)

(1) Insert the screw drivers (x2) provided in the tool kit into the holes (x2) on the Counter Balance
and secure it such that DADF is not closed.
Figure 3 j0fu40403
4. Secure the DADF at the service position. #2: Enlarge (Figure 4)
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 4. DADF

4-35
REP 4.2.1 CIS

Removal
WARNING
1. Remove the DADF Front Cover. (PL 4.2)
• Installation Screws: Lower (x2)
2. Remove the DADF Rear Cover. (PL 4.2)
3. Remove the Bottom Front Cover and Rear Cover of DADF. (Figure 1)
(1) Lift DADF in the direction of the arrow.
(2) Open the Exit Lower Chute.
Figure 2 j0fu40411
(4) Remove the Bottom Front Cover. 5. Remove the CIS. (Figure 3)
(5) Remove the screw. (1) Disconnect the P/J connector.
(6) Remove the Bottom Rear Cover. (2) Disconnect the P/J connector.
(3) Remove the CIS.
Figure 1 j0fu40410
Figure 3 j0fu40412
4. Remove the screws attached to CIS. (Figure 2)
(1) Remove the front screw. Replacement
(2) Remove the rear screw. 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
REP 4.3.1 Left Counter Balance
Removal
NOTE: Replace the Left and Right Counter Balances together.
Replacement kit: 604K 23670
WARNING
Installation Screws: Rear (x4)
2. Remove the DADF Support. (Figure 1)
(1) Remove the Cover.
(2) Remove the screws (x2). Figure 2 j0fu45424
(3) Remove the DADF Support.
5. Remove the screws used to secure the harness guide and move the harness guide. (Figure 3)
(2) Move the harness guide in the direction of the arrow.
Figure 1 j0fu45423
3. Disconnect the connector connected to the DADF. (Figure 2)

Figure 3 j0fu45425
6. Remove the Pre Regi Motor. (Figure 4)

(2) Remove the spring.
(4) Remove the Pre Regi Motor.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 4. DADF

4-37
7. Remove the DADF Regi Motor. (Figure 5) 9. Remove the Left Counter Balance. (Figure 7)
(1) Disconnect the connector. (1) Remove the screws (x4).
(2) Remove the spring. (2) Remove the screws (x2).
(3) Remove the screws (x2). (3) Remove the Left Counter Balance.
(4) Remove the DADF Regi Motor.
Figure 7 j0fu45429
Figure 5 j0fu45427
10. Replace with a new Counter Balance.
8. Insert the securing shaft on the Counter Balance (Left) as shown in the figure. (Figure 6) Remember to pull out the securing shaft that has been inserted in a new Counter Balance.
(1) Insert the shaft. Replacement
REP 4.3.2 Right Counter Balance
Removal
NOTE: Replace the Left and Right Counter Balances together.
Replacement kit: 604K 23670
WARNING
NOTE: Static electricity may damage electrical parts. Always wear a wrist strap to protect electrical parts
from static damage. If a wrist strap is not available, touch some metallic parts before servicing to dis-
charge the static electricity.

Figure 2 j0fu45424
2. Remove the DADF Support. (Figure 1) 4. Remove the DADF Rear Cover. (PL 4.2)
(1) Remove the Cover. Installation Screws: Rear (x2)
(2) Remove the screws (x2). 5. Release the clamps and disconnect the connectors connected to the DADF PWB. (Figure 3)
(3) Remove the DADF Support. (1) Release the clamps (x5).
Figure 1 j0fu45423
3. Disconnect the connector connected to the DADF. (Figure 2)

Figure 3 j0fu45431
6. Disconnect the Earth Wire connected to the DADF. (Figure 4)
(2) Remove the earth wire.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 4. DADF

4-39
7. Remove the DADF PWB. (Figure 5) 9. Insert the securing shaft on the Counter Balance (Right) and remove the Counter Balance (Right).
(1) Loosen the screws (x2). (Figure 7)
(2) Remove the DADF PWB. (1) Insert the shaft.
(3) Remove the Right Counter Balance.
Figure 5 j0fu45433
8. Remove the bracket. (Figure 6) Figure 7 j0fu45435

(2) Remove the screws (x2). 10. Replace with a new Counter Balance.
(3) Remove the bracket. Remember to pull out the securing shaft that has been inserted in a new Counter Balance.
Replacement
2. When replacing with a new Counter Balance, install it as shown in the figure. (Figure 8)
REP 4.3.3 DADF PWB
Removal
WARNING
NOTE: Static electricity may damage electrical parts. Always wear a wrist strap to protect electrical parts
from static damage. If a wrist strap is not available, touch some metallic parts before servicing to dis-
charge the static electricity.

Installation Screws: Lower (x2)
Figure 8 j0fu45436 Installation Screws: Rear (x2)
3. Disconnect the PWB connected to the DADF PWB. (Figure 1)
(1) Disconnect the connectors P/J751, P/J752, P/J756, P/J757, P/J753, P/J760, P/J758 and P/
J755.
Figure 1 j0fu40408
4. Remove the DADF PWB. (Figure 2)

(2) Remove the Earth Wire.
(3) Remove the DADF PWB.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 4. DADF

4-41
REP 4.6.1 Invert Drive Roll

Removal
WARNING
1. Remove the Takeaway Roll. (REP 4.7.1)
2. Remove the Clutch Bracket. (Figure 1)
(4) Remove the Clutch Bracket.
Figure 2 j0fu40409
Replacement
Figure 1 j0fu40414
3. Remove the DADF Feed Motor. (Figure 2)

(3) Remove the DADF Feed Motor.
4. Disconnect the connector and remove the screws used to secure the harness guide. (Figure 3) 6. Remove the Invert Roll Nip Solenoid (Figure 5)
(1) Disconnect the connector. (1) Loosen the screws (x2).
(2) Remove the screws (x2). (2) Remove the Invert Roll Nip Solenoid
5. Move the harness guide. (Figure 4) 7. Remove the link. (Figure 6)

(1) Move the harness guide in the direction of the arrow. (1) Remove the screw (x1).
(3) Remove the link.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 4. DADF

4-43
8. Remove the Inverter Chute. (Figure 7) 10. Remove the Inverter Drive Roll. (Figure 9)
(1) Remove the bearing. (1) Remove the pulley while releasing the hook.
(2) Remove the Inverter Chute in the direction of the arrow. (2) Remove the E-Ring.
(3) Remove the bearing.
(4) Remove the E-Ring.
(6) Remove the Inverter Drive Roll.
Figure 7 j0fu40420
9. Remove the Inverter Exit Chute. (Figure 8)

(2) Remove the Inverter Exit Chute.
Figure 9 j0fu40422
Replacement
REP 4.6.2 DADF Feed Clutch REP 4.6.3 Feed Motor Belt
Removal Replacement
WARNING WARNING
1. Remove the DADF Rear Cover. (PL 4.2) 1. Install the Feed Motor Belt. (Figure 1)
2. Remove the DADF Feed Clutch. (Figure 1)
(3) Remove the DADF Feed Clutch.
Figure 1 j0fu40475
Figure 1 j0fu40474
Replacement
• "Chain Link: 955-828"
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 4. DADF

4-45
REP 4.7.1 Takeaway Roll

Removal
WARNING
3. Open the Feeder Upper Chute. (Figure 1)
(1) Open the Feeder Upper Chute in the direction of the arrow.
Figure 2 j0fu40424
5. Loosen the screw used to secure the Pre Regi Motor to loosen the tension of the Pre Regi Motor
before removing the belt. (Figure 3)
(2) Move the Pre Regi Motor in the direction of the arrow.
(3) Remove the belt.
Figure 1 j0fu40423
4. Remove the Feeder Lower Chute. (Figure 2)

(2) Remove the Feeder Lower Chute.
Figure 3 j0fu40425
6. Remove the pulley and bearing at the rear side. (Figuere 4)

(1) Remove the pulley.
(2) Remove the KL-Clip.
7. Remove the bearing on the front side. (Figure 5) Replacement

(1) Remove the KL-Clip. 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Figure 5 j0fu40427
8. Remove the Takeaway Roll. (Figure 6)

(1) Remove the Takeaway Roll.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 4. DADF

4-47
REP 4.7.2 Rail REP 4.7.3 Pre Regi Motor Belt

Replacement Replacement
WARNING WARNING
1. Install the rail to the Pre Regi Roll Chute. (Figure 1) 1. Install the Pre Regi Motor Belt. (Figure 1)
(1) Install the rail hole such that it points towards the rear.
Figure 1 j0fu40477
Figure 1 j0fu40476
REP 4.7.4 Baffle Solenoid REP 4.8.1 Regi Motor Belt
WARNING WARNING
1. Install the Baffle Solenoid to the Solenoid Bracket. (Figure 1) 1. Install the Regi Motor Belt. (Figure 1)
• "Chain Link: 955-822"
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 4. DADF

4-49
REP 4.8.2 Lead Regi Sensor

Removal
WARNING
3. Remove the DADF Regi Motor. (Figure 1)
Figure 2 j0fu40481
(4) Remove the DADF Regi Motor. 5. Remove the Baffle Solenoid. (Figure 3)
(3) Remove the Baffle Solenoid.
Figure 1 j0fu40480
4. Open the Upper Left Cover. (Figure 2)

(1) Slightly open the Feeder Upper Chute in the direction of the arrow.
Figure 3 j0fu40482
(2) Open the DADF Left Upper Cover in the direction of the arrow.
6. Remove the Regi In Chute. (Figure 4)
(2) Remove the Regi In Chute.
7. Remove the Lead Regi Sensor Bracket. (Figure 5) Replacement

(1) Remove the screw. 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
(2) Remove the Lead Regi Sensor Bracket.
Figure 5 j0fu40484
8. Remove the Lead Regi Sensor from the Sensor Bracket. (Figure 6)
(2) Remove the Lead Regi Sensor.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 4. DADF

4-51
REP 4.8.3 Regi Roll

Removal
WARNING
3. Remove the DADF Regi Motor. (Figure 1)
Figure 2 j0fu40429
(4) Remove the DADF Regi Motor. 5. Remove the Regi Out Chute. (Figure 3)
(3) While lifting a little in the direction of the arrow, remove the Regi Out Chute.
Figure 1 j0fu40449
4. Remove the DADF Lower Cover. (Figure 2)

(1) Lift the DADF a little in the direction of the arrow.
Figure 3 j0fu40430
(3) Remove the DADF Left Cover. 6. Open the Upper Left Cover. (Figure 4)
(1) Slightly open the Feeder Upper Chute to the direction of the arrow.
(2) Open the DADF Left Upper Cover in the direction of the arrow.
(6) Remove the L/H Cover Interlock Switch.
Figure 4 j0fu40431
Figure 6 j0fu40433
7. Remove the Upper Left Cover. (Figure 5)
(1) Remove the screws (x2). 9. Remove the Regi In Chute. (Figure 7)
(2) Loosen the screw (x1). (1) Remove the screws (x2).
(3) Remove the Upper Left Cover. (2) Remove the Regi In Chute.
8. Remove the Baffle Solenoid and the L/H Cover Interlock Switch. (Figure 6) 10. Remove the Lead Regi Sensor Bracket. (Figure 8)
(1) Disconnect the connector. (1) Remove the screw.
(2) Remove the screws (x2). (2) Remove the Lead Regi Sensor Bracket.
(3) Remove the Baffle Solenoid. (3) Disconnect the connector.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 4. DADF

4-53
11. Remove the pulley and bearing on the rear side. (Figure 9) 13. Remove the Regi Roll. (Figure 11)
(1) Remove the E-Ring. (1) Remove the Regi Roll.
Figure 11 j0fu40438
Replacement
Figure 9 j0fu40436 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
12. Remove the bearing at the front side. (Figure 10)

REP 4.9.1 Platen Motor Belt REP 4.9.2 Out Roll
Replacement Removal
WARNING WARNING
1. Install the Platen Motor Belt. (Figure 1) 1. Remove the Closely Contact Image Sensor. (REP 4.2.1)
2. Remove the screws used to secure the harness guide and move the harness guide. (Figure 1)
Figure 1 j0fu40486
Figure 1 j0fu45425
3. Remove the Pre Regi Motor. (Figure 2)

(4) Remove the Pre Regi Motor.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 4. DADF

4-55
4. Remove the DADF Regi Motor. (Figure 3) 6. Remove the Feeder Lower Chute. (Figure 5)
(1) Disconnect the connector. (1) Open the Feeder Lower Chute in the direction of the arrow.
(3) Remove the screws (x3). (3) Remove the Feeder Lower Chute.
(4) Remove the DADF Regi Motor.
Figure 5 j0fu40451
Figure 3 j0fu40449
7. Remove the pulley and bearing at the rear side. (Figure 6)
5. Remove the Left Counter Balance. (Figure 4) (1) Remove the pulley.
(1) Remove the screws (x4). (2) Remove the KL-Clip.
(2) Remove the springs (x2). (3) Remove the bearing.
(3) Remove the Left Counter Balance.
8. Remove the bearing on the front side. (Figure 7) 10. Remove the Clutch Bracket. (Figure 9)
(1) Remove the KL-Clip. (1) Disconnect the connector.
(2) Remove the bearing. (2) Remove the spring.
Figure 7 j0fu40427
9. Remove the Takeaway Roll. (Figure 8)

Figure 9 j0fu40454
(1) Remove the Takeaway Roll.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 4. DADF

4-57
12. Disconnect the Connector and remove the screws used to secure the harness guide. (Figure 11) 14. Remove the Inverter Roll Nip Solenoid (Figure 13)
(2) Remove the screws (x2). (2) Remove the Inverter Roll Nip Solenoid
(1) Move the harness guide in the direction of the arrow. (1) Remove the screw.
16. Remove the Inverter Chute. (Figure 15) 18. Remove the Inverter Drive Roll. (Figure 17)
(1) Move the bearing in the direction of the arrow. (1) Remove the pulley while releasing the hook.
(2) Move the Inverter Chute in the direction of the arrow. (2) Remove the E-Ring.
(6) Remove the Inverter Drive Roll.
Figure 15 j0fu40455
17. Remove the Inverter Exit Chute. (Figure 16)

Figure 17 j0fu40457
19. Loosen the screw used to secure the DADF Exit Motor Tension to loosen the tension and screw
before removing the belt. (Figure 18)
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 4. DADF

4-59
(2) Push the DADF Exit Motor in the direction of the arrow. (1) Release the clamp.
(3) Remove the belt. (2) Disconnect the connector.
(4) Remove the Exit Gate Solenoid.
Figure 18 j0fu40439
20. Remove the Exit 1 Roll. (Figure 19) Figure 20 j0fu40442

(2) Remove the pulley. 22. Remove the Gate Link Bracket. (Figure 21)
(3) Remove the E-Ring. (1) Remove the screws (x2).
(4) Remove the bearing. (2) Remove the Gate Link Bracket.
(7) Remove the Exit 1 Roll.
Figure 21 j0fu40443
23. Remove the spring and the link. (Figure 22)

Figure 19 j0fu40458
21. Remove the Exit Gate Solenoid. (Figure 20)
Figure 22 j0fu40444
Figure 24 j0fu40460
24. Remove the Invert Lower Gate. (Figure 23)
(1) Remove the Invert Lower Gate. 26. Remove the Exit Upper Chute. (Figure 25)
(2) Remove the bearing. (1) Remove the screws (x4).
(2) Remove the Exit Upper Chute.
Figure 23 j0fu40459
Figure 25 j0fu40461
25. Remove the Exit 2 Roll. (Figure 24)
(1) Remove the E-Ring. 27. Disconnect the connector. (Figure 26)
(2) Remove the pulley. (1) Disconnect the connectors (x2).
(3) Remove the E-Ring. (2) Remove the clamps (x2).
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 4. DADF

4-61
28. Remove the Guide Upper Chute. (Figure 27) 30. Disconnect the connector connected to the Guide Chute. (Figure 29)
(1) Remove the screws (x2). (1) Disconnect the connector.
(2) Remove the Guide Upper Chute.
Figure 29 j0fu40465
Figure 27 j0fu40463
31. Remove the belt from the pulley. (Figure 30)
29. Remove the Guide Chute. (Figure 28) (1) Loosen the screw (x1) of the Tension Bracket.
(1) Remove the Tapping Screws (x4). (2) Slide the Tension Bracket in the direction of the arrow.
(2) Remove the Guide Chute. (3) Remove the belt from the pulley.
32. Loosen the platen motor tension. (Figure 31) 34. Remove the Regi Roll Pulley. (Figure 33)
(1) Loosen the screws (x2) used to secure the Platen Motor. (1) Remove the E-Ring.
(2) Move the Platen Motor in the direction of the arrow. (2) Remove the pulley.
33. Remove the pulley and the shoulder screw. (Figure 32) 35. Remove the Platen Rear Link from the shaft and remove the bearing. (Figure 34)
(1) Remove the E-Ring. (1) Remove the Platen Rear Link from the shaft.
(2) Remove the pulley. (2) Remove the E-Ring.
(3) Remove the Shoulder Screw. (3) Remove the bearing.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 4. DADF

4-63
36. Remove the Platen Front Link from the shaft. (Figure 35) 38. Remove the Out Roll. (Figure 37)
(1) Remove the spring. (1) Remove the Out Roll.
(3) Remove the Platen Front Link from the shaft.
Figure 37 j0fu40473
Figure 35 j0fu40471 Replacement

37. Remove the bearing. (Figure 36)
REP 4.10.1 Exit 1 Roll
Removal
WARNING
Figure 2 j0fu40415
4. Disconnect the connector and remove the screws used to secure the harness guide. (Figure 3)
Figure 1 j0fu40414

Figure 3 j0fu40416
5. Move the harness guide. (Figure 4)

Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 4. DADF

4-65
6. Remove the Inverter Roll Nip Solenoid (Figure 5) 8. Remove the Inverter Chute. (Figure 7)
(1) Disconnect the connector. (1) Remove the bearing.
(2) Remove the screws (x2). (2) Remove the Inverter Chute in the direction of the arrow.
7. Remove the link. (Figure 6) 9. Remove the Inverter Exit Chute. (Figure 8)
(1) Remove the screw (x1). (1) Remove the screws (x4).
(2) Remove the spring. (2) Remove the Inverter Exit Chute.
Figure 8 j0fu40421
10. Loosen the screw used to secure the DADF Exit Motor Tension to loosen the tension before remov-
ing the belt. (Figure 9)
Figure 10 j0fu40440
(2) Push the DADF Exit Motor in the direction of the arrow. Replacement
Figure 9 j0fu40439
11. Remove the Exit 1 Roll. (Figure 10)

Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 4. DADF

4-67
REP 4.10.2 Exit 2 Roll

Removal
WARNING
Figure 2 j0fu40415
Figure 1 j0fu40414

Figure 3 j0fu40416

6. Remove the Invert Nip Solenoid. (Figure 5) 8. Remove the Inverter Chute. (Figure 7)
(1) Loosen the screws (x2). (1) Remove the bearing.
(2) Remove the Invert Nip Solenoid. (2) Remove the Inverter Chute in the direction of the arrow.
(1) Remove the screw (x1). (1) Remove the screws (x4).
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 4. DADF

4-69
10. Loosen the screw used to secure the DADF Exit Motor Tension to loosen the tension before remov- 12. Remove the Gate Link Bracket. (Figure 11)
ing the belt. (Figure 9) (1) Remove the screws (x2).
(1) Remove the screws (x2). (2) Remove the Gate Link Bracket.
(2) Remove the DADF Exit Motor in the direction of the arrow.
Figure 11 j0fu40443
Figure 9 j0fu40441 13. Remove the spring and the link. (Figure 12)
11. Remove the Exit Gate Solenoid. (Figure 10) (2) Remove the link.
(1) Release the clamp.
(4) Remove the Exit Gate Solenoid.
(7) Remove Exit Roll 2.
Figure 12 j0fu40444
Figure 14 j0fu40446
14. Remove the Inverter Lower Gate. (Figure 13)
(1) Remove the Inverter Lower Gate. Replacement
(2) Remove the bearing. 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Figure 13 j0fu40445
15. Remove Exit Roll 2. (Figure 14)

Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 4. DADF

4-71
REP 4.10.3 DADF Exit Motor Belt REP 4.11.1 Exit Gate Solenoid
WARNING WARNING
1. Install the DADF Exit Motor Belt as shown in the figure. (Figure 1) 1. Install the Exit Gate Solenoid to the Solenoid Bracket. (Figure 1)
• "Chain Link: 955-827"
REP 4.11.2 Simp/Dup Gate Solenoid REP 4.11.3 Invert Roll Nip/Release Solenoid
WARNING WARNING
1. Install the Simp/Dup Gate Solenoid to the Solenoid Bracket. (Figure 1) 1. Install the Invert Roll Nip/Release Solenoid to the Solenoid Bracket. (Figure 1)
2. When replacing, enter into Diag. mode and then clear the [DC135 HFSI] counter. 2. When replacing, enter into Diag. mode and then clear the [DC135 HFSI] counter.
• "Chain Link: 955-824" • "Chain Link: 955-826"
• "Chain Link: 955-825" • "Chain Link: 955-829"
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 4. DADF

4-73
REP 4.17.1 Plate Spring REP 4.18.1 Feeder Roll

Replacement Removal
WARNING WARNING
1. Install the Plate Spring as shown in the figure. (Figure 1) 1. Remove the Feeder Upper Cover of the Feeder Upper Chute. (Figure 1)
(4) Remove the Feeder Upper Cover.
Figure 1 j0fu45437
Figure 1 j0fu40491
2. Remove the Tension Spring. (Figure 2)

(1) Remove the Tension Spring.
3. Remove the Chute Guide. (Figure 3) 5. Remove the KL-Clip at the front and move the bearing in the direction of the arrow. (Figure 5)
(1) Remove the Chute Guide. (1) Remove the KL-Clip.
(2) Move the bearing in the direction of the arrow.
Figure 3 j0fu40493
Figure 5 j0fu40495
4. Remove the KL-Clip at the rear and move the bearing in the direction of the arrow. (Figure 4)
(1) Remove the KL-Clip. 6. Remove the Feeder/Nudger Roll Component. (Figure 6)
(2) Move the bearing in the direction of the arrow. (1) Remove the Feeder/Nudger Roll Component.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 4. DADF

4-75
7. Remove the KL-Clip on the Feed Roll. (Figure 7) Replacement

2. Install the Feed Roll in the direction shown in the figure. (Figure 9)
Figure 7 j0fu40497
Figure 9 j0fu45402
8. Remove the Feed Roll. (Figure 8)
(1) Remove the Feed Shaft. 3. Install the Tension Spring as shown in the figure. (Figure 10)
(2) Remove the Feed Roll.
REP 4.18.2 Nudger Roll
Removal
WARNING
1. Remove the Feeder Upper Cover of the Feeder Upper Chute. (Figure 1)
(3) Remove the Feeder Upper Cover.
Figure 10 j0fu45403
• "Chain Link: 955-806"
Figure 1 j0fu40491
2. Remove the Tension Spring. (Figure 2)

Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 4. DADF

4-77
3. Remove the Chute Guide. (Figure 3) 5. Remove the KL-Clip at the front and move the bearing in the direction of the arrow. (Figure 5)
(1) Remove the Chute Guide. (1) Remove the KL-Clip.
(2) Move the bearing in the direction of the arrow.
Figure 3 j0fu40493
Figure 5 j0fu40495
4. Remove the KL-Clip at the rear and move the bearing in the direction of the arrow. (Figure 4)
(1) Remove the KL-Clip. 6. Remove the Feeder/Nudger Roll Component. (Figure 6)
(2) Move the bearing in the direction of the arrow. (1) Remove the Feeder/Nudger Roll Component.
7. Remove the KL-Clip on the Nudger Roll. (Figure 7) Replacement

2. Install the Nudger Roll in the direction shown in the figure. (Figure 9)
Figure 7 j0fu40499
Figure 9 j0fu45404
8. Remove the Nudger Roll. (Figure 8)
(1) Remove the Nudger Shaft. 3. Install the Tension Spring as shown in the figure. (Figure 10)
(2) Remove the Nudger Roll.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 4. DADF

4-79
REP 4.20.1 Tension Spring

Replacement
WARNING
1. Install the Tension Spring as shown in the figure. (Figure 1)
(A) Face the hook inside.
Figure 10 j0fu45403
• "Chain Link: 955-806"
Figure 1 j0fu45405
REP 4.22.1 Out Sensor
Removal
WARNING
1. Open the Feeder Upper Chute in the direction of the arrow. (Figure 1)
(1) Open the Feeder Upper Chute.
Figure 2 j0fu45407
3. Remove the Out Sensor Bracket. (Figure 3)

(2) Remove the Out Sensor Bracket.
Figure 1 j0fu45406
2. Remove the Guide Upper Chute. (Figure 2)

(1) Open the Invert Chute in the direction of the arrow.
Figure 3 j0fu45408
4. Remove the Out Sensor from the Sensor Bracket. (Figure 4)

(3) Remove the Out Sensor.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 4. DADF

4-81
REP 4.22.2 Invert Sensor

Removal
WARNING
1. Open the Feeder Upper Chute in the direction of the arrow. (Figure 1)
(1) Open the Feeder Upper Chute.
Figure 4 j0fu45409
Replacement
Figure 1 j0fu45406
2. Remove the Guide Upper Chute. (Figure 2)

(1) Open the Invert Chute in the direction of the arrow.
3. Remove the Invert Sensor Bracket. (Figure 3) Replacement

(2) Remove the Invert Sensor Bracket.
Figure 3 j0fu45410
4. Remove the Invert Sensor from the Sensor Bracket. (Figure 4)

(3) Remove the Invert Sensor.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 4. DADF

4-83
REP 4.23.1 DADF Exit Sensor 1

Removal
WARNING
Figure 2 j0fu40415
Figure 1 j0fu40414

Figure 3 j0fu40416

6. Remove the Invert Roll Nip Solenoid (Figure 5) 8. Remove the Inverter Chute. (Figure 7)
(1) Loosen the screws (x2). (1) Remove the bearing.
(2) Remove the Invert Roll Nip Solenoid (2) Remove the Invert Chute in the direction of the arrow.
(1) Loosen the screw (x1). (1) Remove the screws (x4).
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 4. DADF

4-85
10. Remove the DADF Exit Sensor Bracket. (Figure 9) 12. Remove the DADF Exit Sensor 1. (Figure 11)
(1) Remove the screw. (1) Remove the screw.
(2) Remove the DADF Exit Sensor Bracket. (2) Remove the DADF Exit 1 Sensor.
11. Disconnect the connector of the DADF Exit Sensor 1. (Figure 10) Replacement
2. Connect the sensor connector as shown in the figure. (Figure 12)
REP 4.23.2 DADF Exit Sensor 2
Removal
WARNING
Figure 12 j0fu45415
Figure 1 j0fu40414

Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 4. DADF

4-87
4. Disconnect the connector and remove the screws used to secure the harness guide. (Figure 3) 6. Remove the Invert Roll Nip Solenoid (Figure 5)
(2) Remove the screws (x2). (2) Remove the Invert Roll Nip Solenoid

(1) Move the harness guide in the direction of the arrow. (1) Remove the screw (x1).
8. Remove the Inverter Chute. (Figure 7) 10. Remove the DADF Exit Sensor Bracket. (Figure 9)
(1) Remove the bearing. (1) Remove the screw.
(2) Remove the Inverter Chute in the direction of the arrow. (2) Remove the DADF Exit Sensor Bracket.
9. Remove the Inverter Exit Chute. (Figure 8) 11. Disconnect the connector of the DADF Exit Sensor 2. (Figure 10)
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 4. DADF

4-89
12. Remove the DADF Exit Sensor 2. (Figure 11)

(2) Remove the DADF Exit 2 Sensor.
Figure 11 j0fu45439
Replacement
2. Connect the sensor connector as shown in the figure. (Figure 12)
REP 4.25.1 DADF Regi Sensor
Removal
WARNING
3. Remove the DADF Left Lower Cover. (Figure 1)
(2) Remove the DADF Left Lower Cover.
Figure 2 j0fu45416
5. Remove the DADF Regi Sensor from the Sensor Bracket. (Figure 3)
(3) Remove the DADF Regi Sensor.
Figure 1 j0fu40429
4. Remove the DADF Regi Sensor Bracket. (Figure 2)

(2) Remove the DADF Regi Sensor Bracket.
Figure 3 j0fu45417
Replacement
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 4. DADF

4-91
REP 4.25.2 Tension Spring REP 4.26.1 Retard Roll

WARNING WARNING
1. Install the Tension Spring as shown in the figure. (Figure 1) 1. Open the Feeder Upper Chute in the direction of the arrow. (Figure 1)
(A) Face the hook inside. (1) Open the Feeder Upper Chute.
2. Remove the Feeder Lower Chute. (Figure 2)

(2) Remove the Feeder Lower Chute.
3. Remove the Retard Roll Housing Assembly. (Figure 3) 5. Remove the Retard Roll. (Figure 5)
(1) Remove the screw. (1) Remove the Retard Roll.
(2) Remove the Retard Roll Housing Assembly.
Figure 5 j0fu45422
Figure 3 j0fu45420
Replacement
4. Remove the Retard Roll. (Figure 4) 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
(1) Remove the KL-Clip. 2. When replacing, enter into Diag. mode and then clear the [DC135 HFSI] counter.
• "Chain Link: 955-806"
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 4. DADF

4-93
REP 5.3.1 Opening/Closing of IIT Frame
Removal
WARNING
1. HCF Type: Detach the HCF.
(2000A3-HCF: REP29.1.1)
(4000HCF: REP30.2.1)
2. Separate the I/F Module or the Finisher.
(I/F Module: REP36.1.1)
(Finisher: REP25.1.5)
3. Move the UI to the rear. (REP 2.4.1)
Figure 1 j0fu40568
4. Remove the Top Left Cover. (PL 5.1)
• Installation Screws: Top (x2), Left (x1) 12. Remove the stoppers (x2) on the left side of the IIT. (Figure 2)
5. Remove the Top Front Cover. (PL 5.1) (1) Remove the Forming Screws (x2).
• Installation Screws: Top (x2), Front (x2) (2) Remove the stoppers (x2).
6. Remove the Left Top Cover.
• Installation Screws: Front (x1), Rear(x2)
7. Remove the IIT Right Cover. (PL 5.2)
Installation Screws: Top (x2), Front (x2)
8. Remove the Stay Front/Right Cover. (PL 2.4)
• Installation Screws (M3x10): Right (x3)
9. Remove the Finisher Docking Plate. (PL 1.2)
• Installation Screws: M4 (x2)
10. Remove the Right Upper Cover. (PL 1.2)
• Installation Screws: Right (x3)
11. Take out the Arm shaft used to open/close the IIT Frame from the IIT Frame. (Figure 1)
Figure 2 j0fu40501
13. Remove the stoppers (x2) on the right side of the IIT. (Figure 3)
(1) Remove the Forming Screws (x2).
(2) Remove the stoppers (x2).
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 5. IIT

4-95
5. IIT 4-96 Version.1 .1.1
14. Disconnect the connector and remove the wire harness from the clamp. (Figure 4) 16. Open the IIT Frame. (Figure 6)
(1) Disconnect the connector. (1) Install the Arm Shaft and open the IIT Frame.
(2) Remove the wire harness from the clamp. (2) Insert the lead of the Brace Shaft into the hole.
15. Insert the tool screwdriver into the hole of the DADF counter balance to prevent DADF from open- 17. Secure the Brace Shaft. (Figure 7)
ing. (Figure 5) (1) Loosen the screw.
(2) Move the Lock Brace Bracket in the direction of the arrow and secure it with the screw in Step
(1).
Replacement
2. Press the stoppers (x2) on the right side of the IIT in the direction of the arrow and secure them.
(Figure 8)
Figure 8 j0fu40506
3. Press the stoppers (x2) on the left side of the IIT in the direction of the arrow and secure them. (Fig-
ure 9)
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 5. IIT

4-97
5. IIT 4-98 Version.1 .1.1
REP 5.4.1 Lens Cover REP 5.4.2 Platen Glass

WARNING WARNING
1. Install the Lens Cover. (Figure 1) 1. After replacement, adjust the white reference by DC945 IIT calibration (B/W image quality adjust-
(1) Install the screws (x10) on the stud. ment) and perform CCD calibration (see 6.2.25 in Chapter 6).
(2) Press the Lens Cover in the direction of arrow.
(3) Secure the screws (x4) in the sequence of 3-1, 3-2, 3-3, and 3-4.
(4) Secure the remaining screws (x6).
Figure 1 j0fu40508
REP 5.5.1 Top Cover (4127 EPS/4112 EPS Type)
Removal
WARNING
1. Remove the IIT Rear Cover (PL 5.5 ).
• Mounting Screw: 4 pieces at rear
2. (Figure 1) Remove the screws securing the Top Cover.
Figure 2 j0ph40502
Replacement
2. (Figure 3) To install the Top Cover, put its brackets under the IIT Frame.
Figure 1 j0ph40501
3. (Figure 2) Lift the rear side of the Top Cover approximately 2cm and remove it in the direction of the
arrow.
Figure 3 j0ph40503
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 5. IIT

4-99
5. IIT 4-100 Version.1 .1.1
REP 5.6.1 IIT Registration Sensor

Removal
WARNING
• Installation Screws: Top (x2), Left (x1)
• Installation Screws: Top (x2), Right (x2)
4. Remove the Top Rear Cover. (PL 5.1)
Figure 2 j0fu40514
5. Remove the IIT Registration Sensor. (Figure 1)
(1) Remove the screw. Replacement
Remove the IIT Registration Sensor. 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Figure 1 j0fu40513
6. Detach the IIT Registration Sensor and bracket. (Figure 2)

(2) Detach the IIT Registration Sensor and bracket.
REP 5.6.2 Platen Angle Sensor
Removal
WARNING
1. Secure the DADF at the service position. (REP 4.1.2)
3. Disconnect the actuator. (Figure 1)
(2) Disconnect the actuator.
Figure 2 j0fu40516
Replacement
Figure 1 j0fu40515
4. Remove the Platen Angle Sensor. (Figure 2)

(2) Remove the Platen Angle Sensor.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 5. IIT

4-101
5. IIT 4-102 Version.1 .1.1
REP 5.6.3 CCD Flexible Print Cable

Removal
WARNING
3. Remove the Right Plate. (PL 5.4)
4. Remove the Platen Glass. (PL 5.4)
5. Remove the Lens Cover. (PL 5.4)
• Installation Screws: Top (x10)
Figure 2 j0fu40512
6. Remove the Lens and CCD. (REP 5.6.4)
7. Remove the Gasket Bracket. (Figure 1) Replacement
(1) Remove the screws (Blue x2). 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
(2) Remove the Gasket Bracket. Install the Lens Cover. (REP 5.4.1)
Figure 1 j0fu40511
8. Remove the CCD Flexible Print Cable. (Figure 2)

(2) Peel off the double-sided tape.
(3) Pull the bracket in the direction of the arrow and disconnect the connector.
REP 5.6.4 Lens and CCD
Removal
WARNING
NOTE: Replace the Lens and CCD with Replacement Kit: 604K21500.

5. Remove the Lens Cover. (PL 5.4) Figure 2 j0fu40510
6. Move the APS Sensor. (Figure 1)
Replacement
2. Install the Lens Cover. (REP 5.4.1)
(2) Move the APS Sensor. (The connector is connected)
3. When the lens and CCD have been replaced, copy the test chart in the A3 size and chuck both the
lead and tail.
4. If there is an image problem (especially, about alignment), perform DC945 IIT calibration (B/W
image quality adjustment). (see 6.2.25 in Chapter 6)
Figure 1 j0fu40509
7. Remove the Lens and CCD. (Figure 2)

(1) When replacing: Remove the Conductor Plate.
(4) Remove the Lens and CCD.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 5. IIT

4-103
5. IIT 4-104 Version.1 .1.1
REP 5.6.5 IPS Fan

Removal
WARNING
2. Remove the Top Rear Cover. (PL 5.1)
3. Disconnect the DADF connector. (Figure 1)
Figure 2 j0fu40549
Replacement
Figure 1 j0fu40548
4. Remove the IPS Fan. (Figure 2)

(2) Remove the IPS Fan.
(A) Direction of the IPS Fan during Installation
REP 5.6.6 Lamp Fan
Removal
WARNING
2. Disconnect the Lamp Fan connector. (Figure 1)
(2) Unhook the wire harness (x2).
Figure 2 j0fu40551
Replacement
Figure 1 j0fu40550
3. Remove the Lamp Fan. (Figure 2)

(1) Remove the Lamp Fan in the direction of the arrow.
(A) Direction of the Lamp Fan during Installation
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 5. IIT

4-105
5. IIT 4-106 Version.1 .1.1
REP 5.6.7 CCD Fan

Removal
WARNING
5. Remove the Lens Cover. (PL 5.4)
Figure 2 j0fu40553
6. Remove the screws used to secure the CCD Fan. (Figure 1)
(1) Disconnect the connector. Replacement
(2) Release the clamp to remove the wire harness. 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
(3) Remove the screws (x2). 2. Install the Lens Cover. (REP 5.4.1)
(4) Remove the CCD Fan.
Figure 1 j0fu40552
7. Detach the CCD Fan and bracket. (Figure 2)

(1) Release the clamps (x2) to remove the wire harness.
(2) Detach the CCD Fan and bracket.
REP 5.7.1 Carriage Motor (1) Remove the screws (x2).

Removal
WARNING
2. 200V Type: Remove the IIT Rear Cover. (PL 5.2)
100V Type: Remove the Power Chassis Cover. (PL 5.2)
• Installation Screws: Rear (x3), Top (x3)
3. Remove Top Rear Cover 2. (PL 5.1)
Figure 2 j0fu40541
5. Disconnect the Carriage Motor Connectors at the rear of the IPS. (Figure 1)
(1) Disconnect the connector. 7. Remove the Carriage Motor from the rear. (Figure 3)
(2) Release the clamps (x3) to remove the wire harness. (1) Remove the Tension Spring.
(2) Unhook the belt from Carriage Motor Pulley and remove the Carriage Motor.
Figure 3 j0fu40542
Replacement
2. Route the Carriage Motor Pulley on the rear belt when installing the Carriage Motor. (Figure 4)
Figure 1 j0fu40540 (A) Belt
(B) Pulley
6. Remove the screws used to secure the Carriage Motor from the front. (Figure 2)
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 5. IIT

4-107
5. IIT 4-108 Version.1 .1.1
REP 5.7.2 Carriage Cable

Removal
NOTE: The coatings of the Carriage Cable at the front and rear are different. Front: Black Rear: Silver
NOTE: This section describes the installation and removal procedures for the Rear Carriage Cable only.
WARNING
NOTE: E The Front and Rear Carriage Cables must be replaced separately.

Figure 4 j0fu40543 • Installation Screws: Top (x2), Right (x2)
6. Remove the Top Front Cover. (PL 5.1)
• Installation Screws: Top (x2), Front (x2)
7. Mark the installation position of the front support. (Figure 1)
(1) Mark the Support position.
Figure 1 j0fu40530
8. Remove the CVT Platen Glass. (Figure 2)

(2) Remove the Support.
(3) Remove the CVT Platen Glass.
(2) Detach Carriage Cable from the Tension Spring.
(3) Remove the ball from the groove.
(4) Remove the Carriage Cable.
Figure 2 j0fu40531
9. Take out the Full Rate Carriage from the IIT Frame. (REP 5.7.3)
• The Slide Cable Connector can stay connected Figure 4 j0fu40533
10. Move the Half Rate Carriage until the Carriage Cable ball of the Capstan Pulley is positioned
according to the conditions (A) and (B) described below. (Figure 3) Replacement
(A)Turns of the Carriage Cable
1. Insert the Carriage Cable Ball into the groove of the Capstan Pulley. (Figure 5)
Front: 3 turns
(1) Insert the ball into the Capstan Pulley.
Rear: 2 turns
(A) Clip
(B)The ball is right above
(B) Ball
Figure 3 j0fu40532
Figure 5 j0fu40534
11. Remove the Carriage Cable. (Figure 4) 2. Wind the Clip end of the Carriage Cable for 3.5 turns. (Figure 6)
(1) Remove the Tension Spring. (1) Wind the Clip end of the Carriage Cable on the Capstan Pulley for 3.5 turns.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 5. IIT

4-109
5. IIT 4-110 Version.1 .1.1
(2) Secure the Carriage Cable at the Clip end with tape. NOTE: The following figure shows the respective number of turns of Carriage Cable at the front and
rear. (Figure 8)
Figure 6 j0fu40535
3. Wind the ball end of the Carriage Cable for 2.5 turns. (Figure 7)
(1) Wind the ball end of the Carriage Cable on the Capstan Pulley for 2.5 turns.
(2) Fix the cable wound on the pulley with tape to prevent it from loosening.
Figure 8 j0fu40537
4. Install the ball end of the Carriage Cable. (Figure 9)

(1) Hang the Carriage Cable on the pulley. (From bottom to top)
(2) Hang it on the larger pulley on the Half Rate Carriage. (From bottom to top)
(3) Insert the ball into the groove on the IIT frame.
Figure 7 j0fu40536
Figure 9 j0fu40538
5. Install the Clip end of the Carriage Cable. (Figure 10) REP 5.7.3 Full Rate Carriage
(1) Hang the Carriage Cable on the pulley. (From bottom to top)
(2) Hang it on the smaller pulley on the Half Rate Carriage. (From bottom to top)
(3) Hang the Carriage Cable on the stud. (From bottom to top)
Removal
(4) Attach the Tension Spring to the Clip of the Carriage Cable. WARNING
(5) Hook the Tension Spring to the IIT Frame. Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF
5. Remove the screw used to secure the Carriage Cable at the notch of the IIT Frame. (Figure 1)
(1) Move the Full Rate Carriage to the notch on the IIT Frame.
(2) Remove the screws (Blue x2).
Figure 10 j0fu40539
6. Remove the tape used to prevent the cable from loosening.

7. Keep the Full Rate Carriage into the IIT Frame.
8. Adjust the position of Full Rate/Half Rate Carriage Cables. (ADJ 5.7.1)
9. Manually move the Full Rate Carriage to ensure that it moves smoothly.
10. To install, carry out the removal steps from Step 8 in reverse order.
Figure 1 j0fu40523
6. Remove the Full Rate Carriage. (Figure 2)

(1) Rotate the Full Rate Carriage in the direction of the arrow.
(2) Remove the Full Rate Carriage.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 5. IIT

4-111
5. IIT 4-112 Version.1 .1.1
REP 5.8.1 IPS PWB

Removal
WARNING
CAUTION
Static electricity may damage electrical parts. Always ware a wrist strap during servicing. If a wrist strap is
not available, touch some metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static electricity.
3. Disconnect the connector connected to the IPS. (Figure 1)
(1) Disconnect the connectors (1) to (8).
Figure 2 j0fu40524
Replacement
2. Adjust the position of Full Rate/Half Rate Carriages. (ADJ 5.7.1)
Figure 1 j0fu40544
4. Pull out the IPS. (Figure 2)

(2) Pull out the IPS.
5. Remove the IPS Cover. (Figure 3) 8. Remove the IPS PWB. (Figure 5)
(1) Remove the screws (Bluex12). (1) Remove the screws (Bluex9).
(2) Remove the IPS Cover. (2) Remove the conductors (x5).
(4) Remove the IIT/IPS PWB.
Figure 3 j0fu40546
6. Remove the 1P DUP PWB and the Extension Memory PWB. (REP 5.8.2)
Figure 5 j0fu40585
7. Remove the right and rear screws securing the IIT/IPS PWB. (Figure 4)
(1) Remove the screws (4). Replacement
(2) Remove the screws (Blue:2). 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. When the IIT/IPS PWB has been replaced, remove the U2 from the old PWB and mount it on the
new one.(Figure 6)
• Since the IIT/DADF alignment and density adjustment values are stored
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 5. IIT

4-113
5. IIT 4-114 Version.1 .1.1
in the U2 nonvolatile memory (NVM), update the NVM contents if necessary at upgrade. REP 5.8.2 1P DUP PWB , Extension Memory PWB
• If the IISS NVM has been initialized, set the NVM contents according to the NVM setting list
provided with MC and also the NVM contents changes after installation.
Removal
WARNING
CAUTION
Static electricity may damage electrical parts. Always ware a wrist strap during servicing. If a wrist strap is
not available, touch some metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static electricity.
3. Disconnect the connector from the IPS.(Figure 1)
Disconnect the connectors of (1) to (8).
Figure 6 j0fu40586
3. Install the spacer screws and conductors of the IIT/IPS PWB at the positions and in the directions
shown in Figure 7.
(A) Positions of spacer screws (6)
(B) Conductors (5)
Figure 1 j0fu40544
4. Extract the IPS. (Figure 2)

(2) Extract the IPS.
Figure 7 j0fu40587
5. Remove the IPS Cover. (Figure 3) 7. While holding Connector (A) of the Extension Memory PWB and 1P DUP PWB, lift the end of the 1P
(1) Remove the screws (Blue x12). DUP PWB slowly. (Figure 5)
(2) Remove the IPS Cover. • As the figure shows, hold the 1P DUP PWB with your left hand to prevent it from popping up.
6. Remove the screws securing the 1P DUP PWB. (Figure 4) 8. Don'ts at Steps 6 and 7 (Figure 6)
(1) Disconnect the connector (1) For removal, do not lift the 1P DUP PWB with the external I/F Connector side as a lever.
(2) Remove the screws (2). (A) Connector Housing damaged on the 1P DUP PWB side
(3) Remove the screws (Blue x2) and the Conductors(2). (B) Soldered connector peeling on the Extension Memory PWB side
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 5. IIT

4-115
5. IIT 4-116 Version.1 .1.1
(2) Remove the 1P DUP PWB slowly not to damage the connectors or other.
Figure 8 j0fu40579
11. Remove the Extension Memory PWB. (Figure 9)

(2) Remove the screw (blue).
Figure 6 j0fu40580 (3) Remove the SpacerScrews (5).
(4) Disconnect the connectors (2) and remove the Extension Memory PWB.
9. Hold the 1P DUP PWB with its end about 10 mm high. (Figure 7)
• Stop where the connector is half out.
Figure 9 j0fu40581

10. Remove the 1P DUP PWB. (Figure 8) 2. When the Extension Memory PWB has been replaced, remove the U3 from the old PWB and mount
(1) Lift the external I/F Connector until it hits the aperture of the IPS chassis. Then disconnect the it on the new one. (Figure 10)
connectors of the Extension Memory PWB and 1P DUP PWB completely.
• Since the back-read alignment and density adjustment values are stored in the U3 nonvolatile
memory (NVM), update the NVM contents if necessary at upgrade.
• If the IISS NVM has been initialized, set the NVM contents according to the NVM setting list
provided with MC and also the NVM contents changes after installation.
Figure 12 j0fu40584
Figure 10 j0fu40582
3. Secure the mounting screws of the 1P DUP PWB as follows (Figure 11):
(1) Fasten the screws (2) temporarily.
(2) Fasten the screws (blue x4).
(3) Fasten the screws (2) of Step (1).
Figure 11 j0fu40583
4. Attach the Conductor of the 1P DUP PWB in the direction shown in Figure 12.
(A) Conductor
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 5. IIT

4-117
5. IIT 4-118 Version.1 .1.1
REP 5.9.1 (SCC) Exposure Lamp

Removal
WARNING
5. Remove the Exposure Lamp Connector. (Figure 1)
Figure 2 j0fu40518
7. Remove the Exposure Lamp. (Figure 3)

(1) Remove the wire harness from the hooks (x2).
(2) Remove the connector.
(4) Remove the Exposure Lamp.
Figure 1 j0fu40517
6. Move the Full Rate Carriage to the notch on the IIT Frame. (Figure 2)
(1) Move it to the IIT Frame notch.
Figure 3 j0fu40519
Replacement
2. Insert the Exposure Lamp Boss into the Full Rate Carriage installation hole. (Figure 4)
(A) Exposure Lamp Boss
(B) Installation Hole for the Full Rate Carriage.
REP 5.9.2 (SCC) Lamp Ballast PWB
Removal
WARNING
5. Remove the Lamp Ballast PWB. (Figure 1)
Figure 4 j0fu40520
3. After replacement, adjust the white reference by DC945 IIT calibration (B/W image quality adjust- (3) Remove the Tabs (x2) from the Full Rate Carriage and remove the Lamp Ballast PWB.
ment) and perform CCD calibration. (6.2.25 in Chapter 6)
• "Chain Link: 956-803"
• "Chain Link: 956-804"
Figure 1 j0fu40521
6. Disconnect the Slide Cord Connector. (Figure 2)

(1) Pull out the Slide Cord and disconnect the connector.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 5. IIT

4-119
5. IIT 4-120 Version.1 .1.1
REP 5.9.3 (SCC) Slide Cord

Removal
WARNING
5. 200V Type: Remove the IIT Rear Cover. (PL 5.2)
Figure 2 j0fu40522
100V Type: Remove the Power Chassis Cover. (PL 5.2)
Replacement • Installation Screws: Rear (x3), Top (x3)
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. 6. Remove Top Rear Cover 2. (PL 5.1)
8. Remove the Full Rate Carriage. (REP 5.7.3)
9. Remove the harness guide on the Full Rate Carriage. (Figure 1)
(2) Remove the harness guide.
Figure 1 j0fu40525
10. Turn the Full Rate Carriage upside down.

11. Remove the Slide Cable from the Full Rate Carriage. (Figure 2)
(1) Pull out the Slide Cable and disconnect the connector.
(2) Remove the Slide Cable.
Figure 4 j0fu40528
Figure 2 j0fu40526
14. Remove the Slide Cable from the pulley of the Half Rate Carriage. (Figure 5)
12. Disconnect the Slide Cable Connectors at the rear of the IPS. (Figure 3) (1) Remove the Slide Cable from the pulley.
(1) Remove the screws (x2). (2) Remove the Slide Cable from the hooks (x2).
(2) Remove the Motor Guard.
(3) Pull out the Slide Cable and disconnect the connector.
Figure 5 j0fu40529

13. Release the clamp to remove the Slide Cable. (Figure 4) 2. Adjust the position of Full Rate/Half Rate Carriages. (ADJ 5.7.1)
(1) Release the clamps (4).
(2) Remove the Slide Cable.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 5. IIT

4-121
5. IIT 4-122 Version.1 .1.1
REP 6.1.1 (SCC) ROS
Removal
WARNING
(2000A3-HCF: REP29.1.1)
(4000HCF: REP30.2.1)
3. Move the UI to the rear. (REP 2.4.1)
Figure 1 j0fu40601
• Installation Screws: Top (x2), Left (x1) 14. Remove the Hexagon Driver. (Figure 2)
5. Remove the Top Front Cover. (PL 5.1) (1) Remove the Hexagon Driver.
6. Remove the Left Top Cover. (PL 1.1)
• Installation Screws: Top (x1), Rear (x3)
7. Remove the IIT Right Cover.
• Installation Screws: Top (x2),Right (x2)
• Installation Screws (M3x10): Right (x3)
• Installation Screws: M4 (x2)
10. Remove the Upper Cover. (PL 1.2)
11. Take out the Arm shaft used to open/close the IIT Frame from the IIT Frame. (PL 5.1)
12. Open the IIT Frame. (REP 5.3.1)
13. Remove the ROS Cover. (Figure 1)
(1) Remove the screws (x2). Figure 2 j0fu40602
(2) Slide the ROS Cover in the direction of the arrow and remove it.
15. Disconnect the connectors (x2). (Figure 3)
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 6. ROS

4-123
6. ROS 4-124 Version.1 .1.1
16. Remove the screws (x4) used to secure the ROS. (Figure 4) Replacement
(1) Remove the screws (M3x10, x2) on the Hexagon Driver. 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
(2) Remove the Shoulder Screws (x2). 2. Install the ROS Boss by inserting it into the hole on the Frame. (Figure 6)
17. Remove the ROS and disconnect the Flexible Print Cable connectors (x2). (Figure 5)
REP 7.1.1 Tray 1 and Tray 2
Removal
NOTE: The procedure for removal from the rail is described here. This procedure applies to Tray 1 only.
WARNING
WARNING
For safety during work, keep the rail pressed in.
If the rail is out, you may injure your hand or eye.
1. Release the stopper of the Tray 1 Right Rail. (Figure 1)
(1) Push in the stopper to release it.
Figure 2 j0fu40703
(2) Pull out Tray 1 slightly.
Replacement
1. Install Tray 1 onto the rail (Figure 3)
• Check secure mounting and smooth movement on the rail.
Figure 1 j0fu40702
2. Remove Tray 1. (Figure 2)

(1) Push in the stopper to release it.
(2) Remove Tray 1 from the rail. Figure 3 j0fu40704
2. Gently push Tray 1 into the machine.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 7. Tray Module

4-125
7. Tray Module 4-126 Version.1 .1.1
REP 7.1.2 Tray 2 Transport REP 7.1.3 (SCC) Tray 1 Feeder

Replacement Removal
WARNING WARNING
1. Remove Tray 1. (REP 7.1.1) 1. Remove Tray 1. (REP 7.1.1)
2. Remove Tray 2. (REP 7.1.1) 2. Pull out Tray 3 and Tray 4.
3. Pull out the Tray 2 Transport. (PL 7.1) 3. Remove the Inter Cover. (PL 7.2)
4. Remove the Inner Cover of the Tray 2 Transport. (PL 7.10) • Installation Screws: Front (x2)
• Installation Screws: Top (x2) 4. Pull out Tray 2.
• Release the bottom hooks (x2). 5. Pull out Tray 2 Transport. (PL 7.1)
5. Remove the Tray 2 Feeder. (REP 7.10.1) 6. Remove the screws used to secure Tray 1 Feeder. (Figure 1)
6. Remove the Tray 2 Transport. (Figure 1) (1) Remove the screws (x2).
(1) Push in the stopper at both sides and release the stopper.
(2) Pull out Tray 2 Transport.
Figure 1 j0fu40705
7. Pull out Tray 1 Feeder along the rail. (Figure 2)

Figure 1 j0fu40722
(1) Pull out Tray 1 Feeder.
Replacement (A) Rail
• "Chain Link: 954-801"
• "Chain Link: 954-805"
• "Chain Link: 954-810"
• "Chain Link: 954-815"
• "Chain Link: 954-821"
8. Remove the Tray 1 Feeder. (Figure 3) 3. When keeping the Tray 1 Feeder in the Main Processor, align the Tray 1 Feeder hole to the studs
(1) Pull out the Tray 1 Feeder. (x2) at the rear of the Main Processor. (Figure 5)
(A) Studs
Figure 3 j0fu40707
Figure 5 j0fu40709
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. 4. At replacement, remove the holder (Figure 4-B) from the Feeder and mount it on the new one.
2. Install the Tray 1 Feeder with its holders (x2) aligned to the Main Unit Rail. (Figure 4) 5. When replacing, enter into Diag. mode and then clear the [DC135 HFSI] counter.
(A) Rail • "Chain Link: 954-800"
(B) Holder • "Chain Link: 954-820"

4-127
REP 7.2.1 (SCC) Tray 3 Feeder and (SCC) Tray 4 Feeder

Removal
NOTE: This procedure applies to Tray 3 feeder only.
WARNING
1. Push in the stoppers at the both sides of Tray 3 rail sides and pull Tray 3 out to the service position.
2. Remove the Inner Cover. (PL 7.2)
3. Remove the screws used to secure Tray 3 Feeder. (Figure 1)
Figure 2 j0fu40713
Replacement
2. Install the Tray 3 Feeder with its holders (x2) aligned to the rail on the Main Processor. (Figure 3)
(A) Rail
(B) Holder
Figure 1 j0fu40712
4. Pull out Tray 3 Feeder along the rail. (Figure 2)

(1) Pull out the Tray 3 Feeder.
(A) Rail
Figure 3 j0fu40714
3. When storing the Tray 3 Feeder in the Main Processor, align the Tray 3 Feeder hole to the studs
(x2) at the rear of the Main Processor. (Figure 4)
(A) Studs
REP 7.2.2 Tray 3 and Tray 4
Removal
NOTE: The procedure for removal from the rail is described here.This procedure applies to Tray 3 only.
WARNING
WARNING
1. Extract the Tray 3.
2. Remove the paper.
Figure 4 j0fu40715
3. Remove the Tray 3. (Figure 1)
4. When replacing, enter into Diag. mode and then clear the [DC135 HFSI] counter. (1) Remove the screws.
• Tray 3 "Chain Link : 954-802" "Chain Link : 954-822" (2) Remove the Shoulder screws (x2).
• Tray 4 "Chain Link : 954-803" "Chain Link : 954-823" (3) Remove the Tray 3.
Figure 1 j0fu40771
Replacement

4-129
REP 7.4.1 Takeaway Roll 1 and Vertical Transport Roll 1

Removal
NOTE: This section describes the procedure for Vertical Transport Roll 1 only.
NOTE: Roll identificationTakeaway roll 1: With shaft on the front- Vertical transport roll 1: With no shaft on
the front
WARNING
(2000A3-HCF: REP29.1.1)
(4000HCF: REP30.2.1)
Figure 2 j0fu40742
2. Open the Left Hand Cover. (PL 7.3)
3. Remove the Latch Upper Bracket. (Figure 1) 5. Remove the Pinch Roll and bracket. (Figure 3)
(1) Remove the screw (M3x8). (1) Remove the Pinch Roll and bracket from the studs (x2).
(2) Remove the Latch Upper Bracket.
Figure 3 j0fu40743
Figure 1 j0fu40741
6. Remove the screws used to secure the Takeaway Upper Chute. (Figure 4)
4. Remove the screws used to secure the Pinch Roll and Bracket. (Figure 2) (1) Remove the screw (M3x8).
7. Remove the Takeaway Upper Chute. (Figure 5) 9. Remove the One Way Clutch Gear and Ball Bearing from the Vertical transport Roll 1. (Figure 7)
(1) Remove the Takeaway Upper Chute from the studs (x2). (1) Remove the small E-clip.
(2) Remove the One Way Clutch Gear.
(3) Remove the ball bearing (retaining ring type).
(4) Remove the washers (x2).
(5) Remove the ball bearing (flange type).
(6) Remove the large E-clip.
Figure 5 j0fu40745
8. Remove the Vertical Transport Roll 1. (Figure 6)

(2) Shift the Vertical Transport Roll 1 to the rear side and remove it from the front side.
Figure 7 j0fu40748
Replacement

4-131
2. When replacing, enter into Diag. mode and then clear the [DC135 HFSI] counter. REP 7.4.2 Takeaway Roll 3
• Takeaway Roll 1
"Chain Link: 954-804"
• Vertical Transport Roll 1
Removal
"Chain Link: 954-811" WARNING
(2000A3-HCF: REP29.1.1)
(4000HCF: REP30.2.1)
3. Remove the screws used to secure the Takeaway Middle Chute. (Figure 1)
Figure 1 j0fu40750
4. Remove the Takeaway Middle Chute. (Figure 2)

(1) Remove the Takeaway Middle Chute from the studs (x2).
Figure 2 j0fu40751
Figure 4 j0fu40748
5. Remove the Takeaway Roll 3. (Figure 3)
(1) Remove the KL-Clip. Replacement
(2) Shift the Takeaway Roll 3 to the rear side and remove it from the front side. 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
• "Chain Link: 954-806"
Figure 3 j0fu40759
6. Remove the One Way Clutch Gear and Ball Bearing from the Takeaway Roll 3. (Figure 4)
(1) Remove the small E-clip.

4-133
REP 7.4.3 Takeaway Roll 4 and Vertical Transport Roll 3

Removal
NOTE: Roll identification
Takeaway Roll 4: With shaft on the front- Vertical transport roll 3: With no shaft on the front
- Vertical transport roll 3: With no shaft on the front
NOTE: This section describes the procedure for Takeaway Roll 4 only.
WARNING
(2000A3-HCF: REP29.1.1)
Figure 2 j0fu40762
(4000HCF: REP30.2.1)
2. Open the Left Hand Cover. (PL 7.3) 5. Remove the screws used to secure the Takeaway Lower Chute. (Figure 3)
3. Remove the screws used to secure the Pinch Roll and bracket. (Figure 1) (1) Remove the screws (M3x8).
Figure 3 j0fu40763
Figure 1 j0fu40761
6. Remove the Takeaway Lower Chute. (Figure 4)
4. Remove the Pinch Roll and bracket. (Figure 2) (1) Remove the Takeaway Lower Chute from the studs (x2).
(1) Remove the Pinch Roll and bracket from the studs (x2).
Figure 4 j0fu40764
Figure 6 j0fu40748
7. Remove the Takeaway Roll 4. (Figure 5)
(1) Remove the KL-Clip. Replacement
(2) Shift the Takeaway Roll 4 to the rear side and remove it from the front side. 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
• Takeaway Roll 4
• Vertical Transport Roll 3
Figure 5 j0fu40765

4-135
REP 7.4.4 Vertical Transport Roll 2

Removal
WARNING
(2000A3-HCF: REP29.1.1)
(4000HCF: REP30.2.1)
3. Remove the screws used to secure the Takeaway Middle Chute. (Figure 1)
Figure 2 j0fu40751
5. Remove the Vertical Transport Roll 2. (Figure 3)

(2) Shift the Vertical Transport Roll 2 to the rear side and remove it from the front side.
Figure 1 j0fu40750
4. Remove the Takeaway Middle Chute. (Figure 2)

(1) Remove the Takeaway Middle Chute from the studs (x2).
Figure 3 j0fu40752
REP 7.5.1 (SCC) Takeaway Clutch 1
Removal
WARNING
1. Remove the UI-ESS Cable from the hooks (x4) of the Rear Lower Cover.
Figure 4 j0fu40748
Replacement • Installation Screws: M4 (x2)
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. 7. Remove S5-HVPS. (REP 2.3.2)
2. Enter the Diag mode after replacement is performed 8. Remove the Filter Cover. (PL 1.1)
• "Chain Link: 954-812" 9. Remove the Left Lower Rear Cover. (PL 1.1)
10. Remove the Cover Upper Bracket. (Figure 1)
(2) Remove the Cover Upper Bracket.
Figure 1 j0fu40734
11. Remove the Filter Case. (Figure 2)

(2) Remove the Filter Case.

4-137
12. Be careful not to separate the Takeaway Clutch 1 when removing the Takeaway Motor 1. (Figure 3) 14. Remove the Takeaway Clutch 1 Connector. (Figure 5)
(A) Takeaway Clutch 1 (1) Release the clamp to remove the wire harness.
Figure 3 j0fu40736
Figure 5 j0fu40738
13. Remove Takeaway Motor 1. (Figure 4)
(1) Disconnect the connector. 15. Remove the Takeaway Clutch 1. (Figure 6)
(2) Release the clamp to remove the wire harness. (1) Remove the ball bearings (x2).
(3) Disconnect the connector. (2) Remove the washer (thick).
(4) Remove the screws (M3x8, x3). (3) Remove the gear.
(5) Remove the Takeaway Motor 1. (4) Remove the washers (thin).
(5) Remove the Wave Washers.
(6) Remove the shaft.
REP 7.6.1 Lift Cable
Removal
NOTE: This section describes the procedure for the Lift Cable at the rear of Take 1 only.
WARNING
1. Pull out Tray 1.
2. Remove the paper.
3. Remove the Tray 1 Front Cover. (PL 7.1)
• Installation Screws: Top (x2), Left/Right (x1 each)
4. Remove the screws (x4) used to secure Tray 1. (Figure 1)
Figure 6 j0fu40739 (1) Remove the screws (x4).
Replacement
• "Chain Link: 954-814"
Figure 1 j0fu40716
5. Remove Tray 1. (Figure 2)

(1) Remove Tray 1.

4-139
6. Remove the Lift Gear Bracket. (Figure 3) Replacement

• Place the removed Lift Gear Bracket and gear so that they will not be separated 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
(1) Remove the E-Clip (small). 2. Install the Lift Cable so that the cable will not cross each other.
(2) Remove the screws (x3). 3. When installing the Tray 1, align the Base Bracket positioning Boss and the hole on the Tray 1. (Fig-
(3) Remove the Lift Gear Bracket. ure 5)
(A) Positioning Boss
Figure 3 j0fu40718
Figure 5 j0fu40720
7. Remove the Lift Cable. (Figure 4)
(1) Remove the E-Clips (small x2) and remove the Cable Guides (x2).
(2) Remove the E-Clip (small) and remove the Cable Guides.
(3) Remove the E-Clip (large) to remove the gear.
(4) Remove the Cable Pulley.
(5) Remove the Lift Cables (x2) at the ball end.
REP 7.9.1 Belt (Tray 3, Tray 4) REP 7.10.1 (SCC) Tray 2 Feeder
Replacement Removal
WARNING WARNING
1. Install the belt with the left and right lift shafts down so that the bottom plate will be lifted horizontally. 1. Remove Tray 2. (REP 7.1.1)
(Figure 1) 2. Remove the Inner Cover of the Tray 2 Transport. (PL 7.10)
(A) Belt • Installation Screws: Top (x2)
(B) Lift Shaft • Release the hooks (x2) at the bottom.
3. Remove the Tray 2 Feeder. (Figure 1)
(2) Remove the Tray 2 Feeder in the direction of the arrow.
Figure 1 j0fu40721
Figure 1 j0fu40710
Replacement
2. When installing the Tray 2 Feeder, align the Tray 2 Feeder hole to the studs (x2) on the Tray 2
Transport Frame. (Figure 2)
(A) Studs

4-141
REP 7.12.1 Horizontal Transport Roll 1,2 and Takeaway Roll 2

Removal
NOTE: Remove the Takeaway Roll 2 by referring to the procedures for .Horizontal Transport Roll 2.
WARNING
1. Remove Tray 1. (REP 7.1.1)
3. Pull out the Tray 2 Transport. (PL 7.1)
4. Remove the Inner Cover of the Tray 2 Transport. (PL 7.10)
Figure 2 j0fu40711 • Release the hooks (x2) at the bottom.
5. Remove the Tray 2 Feeder. (REP 7.10.1)
6. Remove the Tray 2 Transport. (REP 7.1.2)
• "Chain Link: 954-801"
7. Turn the Tray 2 Transport upside down.
• "Chain Link: 954-821"
8. Horizontal Transport Roll 1: Remove the E-Clip and KL-Clip. (Figure 1)
(1) Remove the E-Clip.
(2) Remove the KL-Clip (large x2).
Figure 1 j0fu40726
9. Horizontal Transport Roll 1: Remove the Horizontal Transport Roll 1. (Figure 2)

(1) Remove the gear.
(2) Remove the Horizontal Transport Roll 1.
(3) Remove the ball bearings (x2).
Figure 2 j0fu40727
10. Horizontal Transport Roll 2: Remove the gear at the rear. (Figure 3)
(1) Remove the KL-Clip (small).
(2) Remove the joint.
(3) Remove the compression spring.
(4) Remove the washer. Figure 3 j0fu40728
11. Horizontal Transport Roll 2: Remove the KL-Clip.(Figure 4)
(1) Remove the KL-Clip (large x2).
Figure 4 j0fu40729
12. Horizontal Transport Roll 2: Remove the Horizontal Transport Roll 2. (Figure 5)
(1) Remove the Horizontal Transport Roll 2.

4-143
(2) Remove the ball bearings (x2). REP 7.12.2 (SCC) Takeaway Clutch 2
Removal
WARNING
3. Pull out Tray 2 Transport. (PL 7.1)
4. Remove the Inner Cover of the Tray 2 Transport. (PL 7.10)
• Release the hooks (x2) at the bottom.
5. Remove the Tray 2 Feeder. (REP 7.10.1)
6. Remove the Tray 2 Transport. (REP 7.1.2)
7. Remove the screws used to secure the Takeaway Clutch 2. (Figure 1)
Figure 5 j0fu40730
Replacement (2) Remove the screws (x2).
• Horizontal Transport Roll 1,2
• TakeawayRoll 2
Figure 1 j0fu40731
8. Remove the Takeaway Clutch 2.

(1) Remove the bracket.
(2) Remove the Takeaway Clutch 2 from the Rear Bracket hole.
(A) Rear Bracket Hole
• "Chain Link: 954-815"
Figure 2 j0fu40732
9. Remove the ball bearing gear from the Takeaway Clutch 2. (Figure 3)
(2) Remove the washer (thick).
(4) Remove the washers (thin x3).
(5) Remove the Wave Washer.
(6) Remove the shaft.
Figure 3 j0fu40733
Replacement

4-145
REP 7.13.1 Feed Roll,Nudger Roll,Retard Roll

Removal
NOTE: Replace the Feed/Nudger/Retard Rolls simultaneously.
Replacement Kit: 604K 23670
NOTE: This section describes the procedure for Feed Roll only.
WARNING
1. Remove the target Tray Feeder.
• Tray 1 Feeder (REP 7.1.3)
Figure 2 j0fu40767
• Tray 4 Feeder (REP 7.2.1) Replacement
2. Turn the Tray Feeder upside down. 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
3. Remove the target Roll. (Figure 1) 2. Push in both sides of the Feed Roll Pin and align the Pin D-Cut to the groove of the installed unit.
(A) Retard Roll (Figure 3)
(B) Feed Roll (A) Push in the Pin.
(C) Nudger Roll (B) D-Cut of Pin
4. Remove the Feed Roll. (Figure 2) 3. When replacing, enter into Diag. mode and then clear the [DC135 HFSI] counter.
(1) Push in the pins on both sides. • Tray 1 "Chain Link : 954-800"
(2) Remove the Feed Roll in the direction of the arrow. • Tray 2 "Chain Link : 954-801"
• Tray 3 "Chain Link : 954-802"
• Tray 4 "Chain Link : 954-803"
REP 7.14.1 Feed/Nudger Shaft
Removal
WARNING
1. Remove the target Tray Feeder.
2. Remove the E-Clip from the Feed/Nudger Shaft. (Figure 1) Figure 2 j0fu40773
(1) Remove E-Clip.
5. Remove the screws (4) securing the Motor Frame. (Figure 3)
(1) Remove Screws (4).
Figure 1 j0fu40772
3. Place the Tray Feeder upside down. Figure 3 j0fu40774

4. Remove the Upper Rear Chute. (Figure 2)
6. Move the Motor Frame to the position shown in the figure. (Figure 4)
(1) Remove Round Point Screw.
(A) Motor Frame
(2) Remove Upper Rear Chute.

4-147
7. Disconnect the connector from the Tray Nudger Solenoid. (Figure 5) 9. Remove the Feed/Nudger Shaft. (Figure 7)
(1) Release Wire Harness from Clamp. (1) Remove Sleeve Bearing.
(2) Disconnect Connector. (2) Remove Feed/Nudger Shaft.
8. Remove the Tray Nudger Solenoid. (Figure 6) Replacement

(1) Remove Screws (4). 1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.
(2) Remove Tray Nudger Solenoid. 2. When installing the Feed/Nudger Shaft, put the Torsion Spring in the notch of the Tray Upper
Feeder Frame. (Figure 8)
(A) notch
3. Clamp the Wire Harness of the Tray Nudger Solenoid securely. (Figure 9)
When installing the Upper Rear Chute, take care not to get the Wire Harness caught.
Figure 9 j0fu40780
4. When installing the Motor Frame, route the Wire Harness (Yellow) below the Connector Housing.
(Figure 10)

4-149
REP 7.15.1 Torsion Spring REP 7.17.1 Nudger Bracket,Nudger Lever,Torsion Spring
WARNING WARNING
1. Install the Torsion Spring. (Figure 1) 1. Install the Nudger Bracket, Nudger Lever and Torsion Spring. (Figure 1)
(A) Insert the stud into the groove. (A) Nudger Bracket
(B) Nudger Lever
(C) Torsion Spring
Figure 1 j0fu40701
Figure 1 j0fu40769
REP 8.3.1 MSI Feeder
Removal
WARNING
1. Remove the MSI. (Figure 1)
(2) Remove the screws (M4 x2).
(3) Remove the MSI.
Figure 2 j0fu40802
3. Remove the MSI Rear Bracket. (Figure 3)

(1) Remove the MSI Rear Bracket.
Figure 1 j0fu40801
2. Remove the MSI Lower Cover. (Figure 2)

(1) Remove the screw (x1).
(2) Remove the MSI Rear Cover while turning the Rear Bracket to its horizontal position.
(3) Release the spring.
Figure 3 j0fu40803
(5) Remove the MSI Lower Cover.
4. Remove the MSI Front Cover 2. (Figure 4)
(2) Remove the MSI Front Covers (x2).
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 8. MSI

4-151
8. MSI 4-152 Version.1 .1.1
5. Remove the MSI Front Bracket. (Figure 5) 9. Remove the screws used to secure the MSI Lift Up Motor. (Figure 7)
(1) Remove the Tapping Screws (x2). (1) Remove the screw (1).
(2) Remove the MSI Front Bracket. (2) Remove the Harness Cover.
(4) Extract the cable band from the hole.
(5) Remove the screws (3).
Figure 5 j0fu40805
6. Remove the MSI Front Cover 1. (PL 8.2)

• Installation Screws: Front (x1), Rear (Tapping) (x1)
Figure 7 j0fu40807
7. Remove the MSI Rear Cover 1. (PL 8.2)
• Installation Screws: Front (x2) 10. Move the MSI Lift Up Motor. (Figure 8)
8. Remove the MSI Front Frame. (Figure 6) (1) Move the MSI Lift Up Motor.
(3) Remove the MSI Front Frame.
11. Remove the sector gear. (Figure 9) 13. Remove the MSI Feeder. (Figure 11)
(1) Remove the E-Ring. (1) Remove the MSI Feeder.
(2) Remove the sector gear.
(3) Remove the pin.
Figure 11 j0fu40811
Replacement
2. After replacement, adjust the DC740 SMH/MSI guide.
12. Remove the screws used to secure the MSI Feeder. (Figure 10) (See 6.2.23 in Chapter 6)
(1) Remove the Tapping Screws (x4). 3. When replacing, enter into Diag. mode and then clear the [DC135 HFSI] counter.
• “Chain Link: 954-826”
• “Chain Link: 954-835”
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 8. MSI

4-153
8. MSI 4-154 Version.1 .1.1
REP 8.6.1 Retard Roll REP 8.6.2 Feed Roll

Removal Removal
NOTE: Replace the Retard/Feed/Nudger Rolls simultaneously. NOTE: Replace the Retard/Feed/Nudger Rolls simultaneously.
Replacement Kit: 604K 23660 Replacement Kit: 604K 23660
WARNING WARNING
before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn off the circuit breaker and unplug before turning OFF the power. After turning OFF the copier, turn OFF the circuit breaker and
the power cord. unplug the power cord.
1. Remove the Retard Roll. (Figure 1) 1. Remove the Feed Roll. (Figure 1)
(1) Open the MSI Upper Feeder. (1) Open the MSI Upper Feeder.
(2) Remove the Retard Roll. (2) Remove the Feed Roll.
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. Install the Retard Roll by aligning it to its D-Cut shaft. 2. Install the Feed Roll by aligning it to its D-Cut shaft.
REP 8.6.3 Nudger Roll REP 8.7.1 Nudger Bracket/Nudger Lever/Torsion Spring
Removal Replacement
NOTE: Replace the Retard/Feed/Nudger Rolls simultaneously. WARNING
Replacement Kit: 604K 23660 Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF
WARNING unplug the power cord.
Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that "Online" and "Job in Memory" lamps are OFF 1. Install the Nudger Bracket, Nudger Lever and Torsion Spring as shown in the figure. (Figure 1)
1. Remove the Nudger Roll. (Figure 1)
(1) Open the MSI Upper Feeder.
(2) Remove the Nudger Roll.
Figure 1 j0fu40815
Figure 1 j0fu40814
Replacement
2. Install the Nudger Roll by aligning it to its D-Cut shaft.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 8. MSI

4-155
8. MSI 4-156 Version.1 .1.1
REP 8.7.2 Feed/Nudger Shaft

Replacement
WARNING
1. Install the Feed/Nudger Shaft as shown in the figure. (Figure 1)
Figure 1 j0fu40816
REP 10.1.1 Fuser Drive (3) Remove the screws (M3x6, x2).
(4) Remove the Fuser Exhaust Fan Housing.
Removal
WARNING
Installation Screws: M4 (x2)
Figure 2 j0fu41006
7. Remove the Xero, Deve, and Transfer Belt Drive. (REP 10.1.2)
8. Open the Front Cover. (PL 1.1) 12. Move the Connector Bracket. (Figure 3)
9. Pull out the Marking Drawer. (PL 13.3) (1) Remove the screws (M4x8, x2).
10. Remove the Fuser Exhaust Duct. (Figure 1) (2) Move the Connector Bracket.
(1) Remove the tapping screw.
(2) Remove the Fuser Exhaust Duct.
Figure 3 j0fu41007
Figure 1 j0fu41005 13. Disconnect the Fuser Drive connectors. (Figure 4)

11. Remove the Fuser Exhaust Fan Housing. (Figure 2) (2) Release the clamps (x4) to remove the wire harness.
(1) Disconnect the connector. (3) Remove the cable bands (x2).
(2) Release the clamp to remove the wire harness.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 10. Drive

4-157
10. Drive 4-158 Version.1 .1.1
REP 10.1.2 Xero. Deve. Transfer Belt Drive

Removal
WARNING
Figure 4 j0fu41008
14. Remove the Fuser Drive. (Figure 5) • Installation Screws: M4 (x2)
(1) Remove the screws (M4x8, x3). 7. Remove the Rear Duct. (Figure 1)
(2) Remove the Fuser Drive. (1) Remove the screws (M3x6, x3).
(2) Remove the Rear Duct.
Figure 5 j0fu41009
Figure 1 j0fu40229
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. 8. Disconnect the connector on the Xero. Deve. Transfer Belt Drive. (Figure 2)
(5) Disconnect the CC Cleaner Motor connector.
(6) Pull out the cable band.
(7) Release the clamp to remove the wire harness. Replacement
Figure 2 j0fu41001
9. Remove the Xero. Deve. Transfer Belt Drive. (Figure 3)

(2) Remove the Xero. Deve. Transfer Belt Drive.
Figure 3 j0fu41002
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 10. Drive

4-159
REP 10.1.3 Retract Bracket REP 10.4.1 Exit/Inverter Drive

WARNING WARNING
1. When installing the Retract Bracket, align the directions of Shaft Pin and Gear Hole. (Figure 1) 1. Remove the UI-ESS Cable from the hooks (x4) of the Rear Lower Cover.
(A) Shaft Pin 2. Remove the Rear Lower Cover. (PL 1.2)
(B) Gear Hole • Installation Screws: Rear (x4)
6. Open the Front Cover. (PL 1.1)
7. Pull out the Marking Drawer. (PL 13.3)
8. Remove the Fuser Exhaust Duct. (Figure 1)
(2) Remove the Fuser Exhaust Duct.
Figure 1 j0fu41004
Figure 1 j0fu41005
9. Disconnect the connector of the Exit/Inverter Drive. (Figure 2)

Replacement
• “Chain Link: 954-893”
Figure 2 j0fu41010
10. Remove the Exit/Inverter Drive. (Figure 3)

(3) Remove the Exit/Inverter Drive.
Figure 3 j0fu41012
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 10. Drive

4-161
REP 11.1.1 Drum Cartridge
Removal
WARNING
1. Open the Front Door.
2. Turn the Drawer Lever and the Deve Lock Lever in the arrow-indicated directions each, and push
the Drum Latch. (Figure 1)
(2) Remove the Drum Latch Cover.
(3) Turn the Drawer Lever.
(4) Turn the Deve Lock Lever.
Figure 2 j0fu41102
(5) Turn the Drum Latch.
Replacement
Figure 1 j0fu41101
3. Pull out the Drum Cartridge. (Figure 2)

(1) Pull out the Drum Cartridge.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 11. Xero/Cleaner

4-163
11. Xero/Cleaner 4-164 Version.1 .1.1
REP 11.1.2 Erase Lamp

Removal
WARNING
2. Remove the Drum Cartridge. (REP 11.1.1)
4. Remove the duct. (Figure 1)
Figure 2 j0fu41116
(3) Remove the duct.
Replacement
2. When replacing, enter into Diag. mode and then clear the DC135 HFSI] counter.
• "Chain Link: 954-863"
Figure 1 j0fu41115
5. Remove the Erase Lamp. (Figure 2)

(2) Release the wire harness from the clamps (x2).
(3) Open the hook and extract the Erase Lamp.
REP 11.1.3 (SCC) ESV PWB and Sensor (2) Slide the ESV Sensor Cover in the direction of the arrow and remove it.

Removal
WARNING
NOTE: Lay a sheet of paper on a floor or table, then place the Deve, Housing Unit on the paper.

2. Remove the Toner Cartridge. (PL 12.1)
• Installation Screws : Front (x2)
5. Remove the Deve Housing Unit Lever. (PL 12.1)
6. Remove the Toner Cartridge Inner Cover. (PL 12.1) Figure 2 j0fu41120
11. Turn the ESV PWB Bracket upside down.
7. Place paper under the Auger Pipe to prevent contamination by toner.
12. Remove the ESV PWB and Sensor. (Figure 3)
8. Remove the Deve Housing Unit. (REP 12.1.1)
9. Remove the screw used to secure the ESV PWB Bracket and ESV Sensor Cover. (Figure 1)
(2) Release the PWB Supports (x4) and remove the ESV PWB and Sensor.
(2) Release the wire harnesses (2) from the clamp.
(3) Remove the screw (M3x6).
Figure 3 j0fu41121
13. Remove the ESV Sensor from the ESV Sensor Cover. (Figure 4)
Figure 1 j0fu41119 (2) Remove the ESV Sensor.
10. Remove the ESV PWB Bracket and ESV Sensor Cover. (Figure 2)
(1) Remove the hooks (x2) at the rear of the ESV PWB Bracket from the square hole of the frame.

4-165
Replacement 4. Insert the hook of the ESV PWB Bracket into the square hole on the frame when installing the ESV
PWB Bracket. (Figure 7)
2. When reinstalling the ESV Sensor Cover, fit the two claws in the ESV Duct. (Figure 5)
(A)Two claws
Figure 7 j0fu41122
5. Thread the harness of the ESV PWB Bracket and Sensor as shown in the figure. (Figure 8)
Figure 5 j0fu41130
3. After reinstalling the ESV Sensor Cover, ensure that the curved surface of the ESV Sensor Cover is
the same in shape as that of the ESV Duct. (Figure 6)
(A) The shape of the curved surface
REP 11.1.4 ADC
Removal
WARNING
3. Remove the Duplex Drawer. (REP 14.1.1)
4. Pull out the Marking Drawer to the service position.(REP 13.3.2)
5. Remove the Fuser Cleaning Cartridge. (REP 15.2.4)
6. Remove the Fuser Unit. (REP 15.1.1)
7. Remove the Transfer Belt Unit. (REP 13.2.1)
Figure 8 j0fu41123
8. Remove the ADC. (Figure 1)
(3) Remove the ADC.
Figure 1 j0fu41124
Replacement
2. After replacement, execute "2. Reset" by the Print Darkness Adjustment sub-function in 6.2.24,
"DC935 Print Controller ON/OFF Print." (See 6.2.24 in Chapter 6)

4-167
REP 11.2.1 CC Cleaner Motor REP 11.2.2 Waste Toner Auger

Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
1. Remove the UI-ESS Cable from the hooks (x4) of the Rear Lower Cover. 1. Remove the UI-ESS Cable from the hooks (x4) of the Rear Lower Cover.
2. Remove the Rear Lower Cover. (PL 1.2) 2. Remove the Rear Lower Cover. (PL 1.2)
• Installation Screws: Rear (x4) • Installation Screws: Rear (x4)
3. Remove the Rear Upper Cover. (PL 1.2) 3. Remove the Rear Upper Cover. (PL 1.2)
4. Disconnect all the connectors connected to the ESS. • Installation Screws: Rear (x4)
5. Open the PWB Chassis. (REP 2.1.1) 4. Disconnect all the connectors connected to the ESS.
6. Remove the Fly Wheel. (PL 10.1) 5. Open the PWB Chassis. (REP 2.1.1)
• Installation Screws: M4 (x2) 6. Remove the Fly Wheel. (PL 10.1)
7. Remove the Xero. Deve. Transfer Belt. (REP 10.1.2) • Installation Screws: M4 (x2)
8. Remove the CC Cleaner Motor. (Figure 1) 7. Remove the Xero. Deve. Transfer Belt. (REP 10.1.2)
(1) Release the clamps (x4) and pull out the wire harness. 8. Remove the Waste Toner Auger. (Figure 1)
(2) Remove the screws (M3x6, x2). (1) Remove the screws (M3x6, x5).
(3) Remove the CC Cleaner Motor. (2) Remove the Waste Toner Auger.
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. Check that gears are engaged when installing the Waste Toner Auger. (Figure 2)
(A) Engagement of the gears
REP 11.4.1 Cleaning Blade
Removal
WARNING
2. Remove the Front Cover. (PL 11.3)
3. Remove the Pre Transfer Corotoron. (Figure 1)
(1) Remove the screw (M3x8, x1).
(2) Remove the Pre Transfer Corotoron.
Figure 2 j0fu41126
Figure 1 j0fu41103
4. Remove the Belt Transfer Chute. (Figure 2)

(2) Remove the Belt Transfer Chute.

4-169
5. Remove the Front Plate. (Figure 3) 7. Remove the drum. (Figure 5)

(1) Remove the Tapping Screws (x3). (1) Remove the drum.
(2) Remove the Front Plate.
Figure 5 j0fu41128
Figure 3 j0fu41127
8. Remove the Upper Cover.
6. Remove the Rear Plate. (Figure 4) • Installation Screws (Topping): Top (x4)
(1) Remove the Tapping Screws (x3). 9. Remove the Cleaning Blade. (Figure 6)
(2) Remove the Rear Plate. (1) Remove the Tapping Screws (x2).
(2) Remove the Cleaning Blade.
REP 11.5.1 ADC Sensor Kit
Removal
WARNING
NOTE: To replace the ADC Sensor, use the replacement Kit 604K23231.

4. Slide out the Marking Drawer until the service position. (REP 13.3.2)
Figure 6 j0fu41106 6. Remove the Fuser Unit. (REP 15.1.1)
Replacement 8. Remove the ADC. (REP 11.1.4)
9. Replace the old ADC PWB and ADC Sensor with the new ones in the kit. (Figure 1)
2. Install the drum as shown in the figure. The tab of the drum shaft should be placed at Rear. (Figure
(A) Install, making the harness horizontal.
7)
Figure 1 j0fu41132
Figure 7 j0fu41107
10. Install the ADC Sensor harness as shown in the figure. (Figure 2)

4-171
11. Degrease the specified surface “A” of the ADC Bracket. (Figure 3) 13. To reinstall the removed parts, perform the removal steps in reverse order.
14. In the “Print Density Adjustment” subfunction of [DC935 Pro-con ON/OFF Print], execute "2. Reset.”
(Chapter 6 6.2.24)
Figure 3 j0fu41134
12. Attach the harness seal provided in the kit. (Figure 4)

(1) Align the ADC Bracket with the harness seal along the specified edges.
(2) Press 3 pieces of two-sided tape with force to prevent the harness seal from peeling off.
REP 11.10.1 Corotoron Wire
Removal
NOTE: To replace the Corotron Wire, move the CC Cleaner to the home position in advance.
WARNING
1. Remove the Charge Corotoron. (Figure 1)
(2) Remove the Charge Corotoron.
Figure 2 j0fu41109
3. Remove the Arc Front Shield and Grid Holder. (Figure 3)
Figure 1 j0fu41108
2. Remove the CC Grid. (Figure 2)

(1) Release the Grid Spring.
(2) Remove the CC Grid.
Figure 3 j0fu41110
4. Remove the Arc Rear Shield. (Figure 4)

4-173
5. Remove the Corotoron Wire. (Figure 5) 3. Install the Rear Corotoron Wire. (Figure 7)
(1) Remove the hook of the Spring to remove the Corotoron Wire. (1) Hook the Corotoron Wire to the Spring.
(2) Hang the spring onto the hook.
Figure 5 j0fu41112
Figure 7 j0fu41114
Replacement
2. Hook Corotoron Wire at the front side on the stud and install it so that it is in contact with the CC
Cleaner. (Figure 6)
REP 12.1.1 Deve. Housing Unit
Removal
WARNING

5. Remove the Toner Cartridge Inner Cover. (PL 12.1)
• Installation Screws: Front (x2) Figure 2 j0fu41201
9. Remove the screws used to secure the Deve Housing Unit. (Figure 3)
7. Disconnect the connector of the Deve. Housing Unit. (Figure 1)
(2) Release the wire harness from the hook.
Figure 3 j0fu41202
Figure 1 j0fu41221 10. Pull out the Deve. Housing Unit. (Figure 4)
(1) Pull out the Deve Housing Unit in the direction of the arrow.
8. Pull out the Auger Pipe from the Deve. Housing Unit and move it upwards. (Figure 2)
(1) Shift the Auger Pipe in the direction of arrow and pull it out from the Deve. Housing Unit.
(2) Move the Auger Pipe upwards.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 12. Deve

4-175
12. Deve 4-176 Version.1 .1.1
Replacement
2. To install the Deve. Housing Unit, place the Retract Middle Plate on the groove of the rail bracket of
the Toner Dispenser Rail Bracket and press it inside. (Figure 5)
(A) Retract Middle Plare
(B) Rail Bracket
Figure 5 j0fu41204
3. Check that gears are engaged when installing the Auger Pipe. (Figure 6)
(A) Gear Engagement.
REP 12.1.2 Toner Dispenser 12. Remove the screw used to secure the Toner Dispenser in front. (Figure 2)
Removal
WARNING
NOTE: Lay a sheet of paper on a floor or table, then place the Deve Housing Unit and Toner Dispenser
on the paper.

4. Disconnect the Toner Dispenser Connectors at the rear.(Figure 1)
(3) Disconnect the connectors (x3). Figure 2 j0fu41207
13. Pull out the Toner Dispenser. (Figure 3)

(1) Pull out the Toner Dispenser.
Figure 1 j0fu41206

6. Remove the Toner Cartridge. (PL 12.1) Figure 3 j0fu41208
8. Remove the Deve Housing Unit Lever. (PL 12.1) Replacement
9. Remove the Toner Cartridge Inner Cover. (PL 12.1) 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
• Installation Screws: Front (x2) 2. Install the Toner Dispenser at the left side of the Main Unit Frame so that it is in contact with the tab
at the bottom of the Toner Dispenser. (Figure 4)
(A) Main Unit Frame
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 12. Deve

4-177
12. Deve 4-178 Version.1 .1.1
(B) Tab REP 12.2.1 Deve. Housing

Removal
WARNING
NOTE: Lay a sheet of paper on a floor or table, then place the Deve. Housing Unit on the paper.
NOTE: When the Deve. Housing has been replaced, replace the developer.
Figure 4 j0fu41209
3. Install the Toner Dispenser so that the pins on the Toner Dispenser are aligned with the holes on the 6. Place paper under the Auger Pipe to prevent contamination by toner.
Main Unit Frame. (Figure 5) 7. Remove the Deve Housing Unit. (REP 12.1.1)
(A) Pins 8. Remove the screws used to secure the Retract Frame. (Figure 1)
(B) Frame Holes (1) Remove the screw (Pan Head) used to secure the wire harness.
Figure 5 j0fu41210
Figure 1 j0fu41213
9. Remove the Retract Upper Plate. (Figure 2)

(1) Remove the Retract Upper Plate.
10. Remove the Retract Frame. (Figure 3) 12. Load the Developer from the opening. (Figure 5)
(1) Slide the Retract Frame in the direction of the arrow and remove it. (1) Load the Developer.
(A) Check during installation
Figure 5 j0fu41217
Figure 3 j0fu41215
Replacement
11. Remove the Upper Cover to load the Developer. (Figure 4) 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
(1) Remove the screw (M3x6). 2. Take note of the following points when installing the Retract Frame. (Figure 6)
(2) Remove the Upper Cover. (A) Align and fit the pin on the frame into the hole on the Deve. Housing.
(B) Push in the Deve. Housing Plunger.
(C) The Plunger and Cam are in contact.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 12. Deve

4-179
12. Deve 4-180 Version.1 .1.1
REP 12.4.1 Auger Pipe

Removal
WARNING

7. Remove the Auger Pipe gear. (Figure 1)
(2) Removve the Gear.
Figure 6 j0fu41218
3. When replacing the Deve. Housing, replace the developer.

4. When replacing the Deve. Housing, enter into Diag. mode and then clear the [DC135 HFSI] counter.
• "Chain Link: 954-850"
5. If the Deve. Housing has been replaced, replace the Developer then enter diag mode and perform
DC949 ATC Sensor Setup. (6.2.26 in Chapter 6)
• If only the Developer is replaced, ATC Sensor Setup should not be performed.
Figure 1 j0fu41222
8. Remove the Auger Pipe. (Figured 2)

(1) Remove the Auger Pipe.
REP 12.5.1 ATC Sensor
Removal
WARNING

Figure 2 j0fu41223 • Installation Screws: Front (x2)
Replacement 7. Remove the Deve Housing Unit. (REP 12.1.1)
8. Remove the screws used to secure the Retract Frame. (Figure 1)
2. Check that gears are engaged after installation. (Figure 3)
(1) Remove the screw (Pan Head) used to secure the wire harness.
(A) Gear Engagement.
Figure 3 j0fu41224
Figure 1 j0fu41213
9. Remove the Retract Upper Plate. (Figure 2)

(1) Remove the Retract Upper Plate.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 12. Deve

4-181
12. Deve 4-182 Version.1 .1.1
10. Remove the Retract Frame. (Figure 3) 12. Remove the ATC sensor. (Figure 5)
(1) Slide the Retract Frame in the direction of the arrow and remove it. (1) Disconnect the connector.
(A) Check during installation (2) Remove the ATC Sensor from the hooks (x2).
(3) Remove the ATC Seal.
Figure 3 j0fu41215
Figure 5 j0fu41220
11. Remove the Trickle Cover. (Figure 4)
(1) Remove the Tapping Screws (x2). Replacement
(2) Remove the Trickle Cover. 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. Take note of the following points when installing the Retract Frame. (Figure 6)
(A) Align and fit the pin on the frame into the hole on the Deve. Housing.
(B) Push in the Deve. Housing Plunger.
(C) The Plunger and Cam are in contact.
REP 12.7.1 Low Toner Sensor
Removal
WARNING
NOTE: Lay a sheet of paper on a floor or table, then place the Deve Housing Unit and Toner Dispenser
on the paper.

4. Remove the Toner Dispenser. (REP 12.1.2)
5. Remove the screws used to secure the Low Toner Sensor. (Figure 1)
Figure 6 j0fu41218
3. When the ATC sensor has been replaced, adjust the ATC target value for each machine. After
replacing the developer, enter Diag Mode and execute DC949 ATC sensor setup described in
6.2.26. "
• If only the Developer is replaced, ATC Sensor Setup should not be performed.
Figure 1 j0fu41211
6. Remove the Low Toner Sensor. (Figure 2)

(2) Separate the Low Toner Sensor from the Sensor Cover.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 12. Deve

4-183
12. Deve 4-184 Version.1 .1.1
Figure 2 j0fu41212
Replacement
REP 13.1.1 Pre Registration Motor
Removal
WARNING
Figure 2 j0fu41301
• Installation Screws: M4 (x2) 9. Remove the Pre Registration Motor. (Figure 3)
7. Remove the Rear Duct. (Figure 1) (1) Remove the screws (M3x6, x3).
(1) Remove the screws (M3x6, x3). (2) Remove the Pre Registration Motor.
(2) Remove the Rear Duct.
Figure 3 j0fu41302
Figure 1 j0fu40229
Replacement
8. Disconnect the Pre Registration Motor connector. (Figure 2) 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 13. Marking (Regi/Transfer Belt/Inverter)

4-185
13. Marking (Regi/Transfer Belt/Inverter) 4-186 Version.1 .1.1
REP 13.1.2 Registration Unit

Removal
WARNING
4. Remove the Transfer Belt Drawer Cover. (PL 13.3)
• Mounting Screw: 2 pieces at front
5. Disconnect the connector from the Inlet Lower Chute. (Figure 1)
Figure 2 j0fu41303
7. Remove the Inlet Lower Chute. (Figure 2)

(1) Hold the both ends of the Inlet Lower Chute.
(2) Remove the Inlet Lower Chute upward.
Figure 1 j0tk41301

(1) Remove the Inlet Lower Chute by holding both its edges.
(2) Remove the Inlet Lower Chute in the upward direction.
Figure 3 j0fu41302
8. Remove the Registration Unit. (Figure 4)

(1) Pull out the knob.
(4) Holding the handles (2), remove the Registration Unit.
REP 13.2.1 Transfer Belt Unit
Removal
WARNING
NOTE: Lay a sheet of paper on a floor or table, then place the Transfer Belt Unit on the paper.

4. Remove the Transfer Belt Drawer Cover. (PL 13.3)
5. Disconnect the connector from the Inlet Lower Chute. (Figure 1)
Figure 4 j0tk41303
Replacement
2. After the replacement of the Registration Unit, adjust the Multi Feed Sensor. ( ADJ 13.15.1 )
• “Chain Link: 954-827”
• “Chain Link: 954-828”
• “Chain Link: 954-894”
• “Chain Link: 954-896”
Figure 1 j0tk41301

(1) Remove the Inlet Lower Chute by holding both its edges.
(2) Remove the Inlet Lower Chute in the upward direction.

4-187
7. Disconnect the connecto of the Transfer Belt Unit. (Figure 3) 9. Remove the Transfer Belt Unit. (Figure 5)
(1) Disconnect the connector. (1) Lower the left side and lift the right side of the Transfer Belt Unit to remove.
(2) Remove the screw (M3x6) to remove the Earth Wire.
(3) Pull out the cable band.
Figure 5 j0fu41343
Replacement
Figure 3 j0fu41314 2. When replacing, enter into Diag. mode and then clear the [DC135 HFSI] counter.
• “Chain Link: 954-885”
8. Pull out the shaft of the Transfer Belt Unit. (Figure 4)
(1) Hold the Transfer Belt Unit horizontal by the handles (2) and extract the shaft.
(A) Shaft
REP 13.2.2 Inverter Unit
Removal
WARNING
6. Release the hook and remove the 2f knob. (PL 13.2)
7. Remove the Inverter Rear Cover. (Figure 1)
Figure 2 j0fu41333
(2) Remove the Inverter Rear Cover. 9. Remove the Inverter Unit. (Figure 3)
(2) Remove the Inverter Unit.
Figure 1 j0fu41332
8. Disconnect the Inverter Unit Connector. (Figure 2)

Figure 3 j0fu41334
(1) Release the clamp.
(2) Disconnect the connectors (x2). Replacement
• “Chain Link: 954-830”
• “Chain Link: 954-840”
• “Chain Link: 954-886”

4-189
REP 13.3.1 Marking Drawer

Replacement
NOTE: Replace the Marking Drawer by using Replacement Kit: 604K24245.
1. Remove the following Units from the Marking Drawer.

(1) Fuser Unit (REP 15.1.1)
(2) Registration Unit (REP 13.1.2)
(3) Transfer Belt Unit (REP 13.2.1)
(4) Inverter Unit (REP 13.2.2)
2. Replace the Marking Drawer. (Reference for Removal Procedure)
3. (Figure 1) After the replacement of the Marking Drawer, remove the following parts (A) to (E) from
the old Marking Drawer and install them on the new one.
(A) Wire Harness
(B) MSA PWB
(C) PWB Supports (4)
(D) Clamps (6)
(E) Clamp, Screw
Figure 2 j0ph41308
5. Restore machine to original state.

6. Perform the transfer belt walk adjustment, following the instructions included in the kit.
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
Since the Marking Drawer is heavy, work carefully to avoid physical damage.
WARNING
Figure 1 j0tk41304 5. Remove the Transfer Belt Drawer Cover. (PL 13.3)
4. (Figure 2) Connect the unused connector of the new Marking Drawer. 6. Remove the Fuser Unit. (REP 15.1.1)
(1) Release clamp and take out the unused connector. 7. Remove the Transfer Belt Unit. (REP 13.2.1)
(2) Connect the unused connector to MSA PWB. 8. Remove the Marking Drawer. (Figure 3)
(1) Push the Plate Spring on the left/right side and release the stopper. REP 13.3.2 Marking Drawer Service Position
(2) Pull out the Marking Drawer slowly from the rail.
Removal
WARNING
3. Pull out the Marking Drawer. (Figure 1)
(1) Push the Shaft Lever in the direction of the arrow and release the "2" Knob Latch to pull out the
Marking Drawer.
Figure 3 j0fu41338
Replacement
Figure 1 j0fu41336
4. Pull out the Marking Drawer to the service position. (Figure 2)

(1) Push in the stopper at left/right sides and release the stopper.
(2) Pull out the Marking Drawer to the service position.

4-191
REP 13.3.3 MSA PWB

Removal
WARNING
1. Open the Front Door (PL 1.1 ).
2. Slide out the Marking Drawer (PL 13.3 ).
3. Remove the Transfer Belt Drawer Cover ( PL 13.3).
• Mounting Screw: 2 pieces at front
4. Pull out Knob “2a” (PL 13.1 ).
5. Remove the Registration Drawer Cover (PL 13.3 ).
• Mounting Screw: 1 piece each at front and left
Figure 2 j0fu41337
6. (Figure 1) Remove the MSA PWB.
Replacement (1) Disconnect connectors (2).
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. (2) Remove MSA PWB from PWB Supports (4).
Figure 1 j0ph41309
Replacement
2. After the replacement of the MSA PWB, adjust the Multi Feed Sensor. (ADJ 13.15.1)
REP 13.4.1 Registration Roll
Removal
WARNING
4. Remove the Registration Unit. (REP 13.1.2)
5. Turn the Registration Unit upside down.
6. Remove the Gear. (Figure 1)
Figure 2 j0tk41306
(3) Remove the Gear. Replacement
• "Chain Link: 954-828"
Figure 1 j0tk41305
7. Remove the Registration Roll. (Figure 2)

(3) Remove the Registration Roll.

4-193
REP 13.4.2 (SCC)Registration Motor

Removal
WARNING
5. Turn the Registration Unit upside down.
6. Remove the Gear. (Figure 1)
Figure 2 j0tk41307
(3) Remove the Gear. Replacement
• “Chain Link: 954-894”
Figure 1 j0tk41305
7. Remove the Registration Motor. (Figure 2)

(3) Remove the Registration Motor.
REP 13.7.1 MSI Takeaway Roll
Removal
WARNING
1. Remove the MSI. (Figure 1)
(2) Remove the screws (M4, x2).
(3) Remove the MSI.
Figure 2 j0fu41311
4. Remove the Gear Cover. (Figure 3)

(2) Remove the Gear Cover.
Figure 1 j0fu40801
2. Remove the Left Upper Cover. (PL 1.1)

Installation Screws: Left (x2)
3. Remove the MSI Feed Out Chute. (Figure 2)
(3) Remove the MSI Feed Out Chute.
Figure 3 j0fu41312
5. Remove the MSI Takeaway Roll. (Figure 4)

(3) Remove the E-Clip (large).
(4) Remove the ball bearing.
(5) Remove the E-Clip (large).
(6) Remove the ball bearing.

4-195
(7) Remove the MSI Takeaway Roll. REP 13.8.1 Transfer Belt
Removal
WARNING

4. Remove theTransfer Belt Drawer Cover. (PL 13.3)
Figure 4 j0fu41313 6. Remove the Exit Chute. (Figure 1)
Replacement (2) Remove the Inverter Exit Chute in the direction of the arrow.
• "Chain Link: 954-831"
Figure 1 j0fu41315
7. Disconnect the Transfer Belt Assembly Connector. (Figure 2)

(1) Disconnect the connector by lifting up the Transfer Belt Assembly.
8. Remove the Transfer Belt Assembly. (Figure 3) 10. Remove the Transfer Belt. (Figure 5)
(1) Remove the Transfer Belt Assembly by lifting it upright. (1) Remove the Transfer Belt.
9. Relax the tension of the Transfer Belt. (Figure 4) Replacement

(1) Remove the screws (M3x6, x2) on both ends. 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
(2) Lift up the Drive Roll to loosen the tension of the Transfer Belt. 2. Install the Transfer Belt so that the Production Lot No. is at the position indicated in the figure. (Fig-
ure 6)
(A) Production Lot No.

4-197
3. Install the Transfer Belt so that the difference between front and rear dimensions is 4mm or shorter. 5. When mounting the exit chute, follow the procedure below to prevent the bias plate from being
(Figure 7) deformed. (Figure 9)
(1) Insert the exit chute boss into the front hole of the Belt Cleaner Housing.
(2) Fit the Bias Plate in for attachment.
(A) Bias plate
(B) Boss
Figure 7 j0fu41320
4. Take note of the following points regarding the Transfer Belt tension. (Figure 8)
(A) Careful of breakage.
(B) In contact.
Figure 9 j0fu41344
6. Secure the exit chute with screws where the clearance between the end of the exit chute and the
transfer belt is 0.5 mm. (Figure 10)
(A) Insert a 0.5 mm shim and secure it with screws.
REP 13.8.2 BTR
Removal
WARNING

Figure 10 j0fu41345 5. Remove the Transfer Belt Unit. (REP 13.2.1)
6. Remove the Transfer Belt. (REP 13.8.1)
7. When mounting the Transfer Belt Unit, check that the hooks of the HVPS Cover are not released on
the bottom side of the cleaner housing. (Figure 11) 7. Remove the BTR. (Figure 1)
(A) Hooks (5) (1) Push up and remove the BTR from the bottom of the Transfer Belt Frame.
8. When replacing, enter into Diag. mode and then clear the [DC135 HFSI] counter. Replacement
• "Chain Link: 954-880" 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
• "Chain Link: 954-884"

4-199
REP 13.9.1 Belt Cleaning Brush

Removal
WARNING

5. Remove the Transfer Belt Unit. (REP 13.2.1) Figure 2 j0fu41329
6. Remove the Belt Cleaning Blade. (REP 13.9.2)
7. Remove the Belt Cleaning Brush. (Figure 1)
Replacement
(1) Push and remove the Shift part of the Belt Cleaning Brush in the direction of the arrow.
2. When the contact point between the Brush Front Bearing and Earth Plate is dirty with toner etc.,
clean it by wiping with a waste cloth. (Figure 3)
(A) Brush Front Bearing
(B) Earth Plate
Figure 1 j0fu41328
8. Removed Belt Cleaning Brush. (Figure 2)

(A) Belt Cleaning Brush
Figure 3 j0fu41330
3. Install the Brush Front Bearing as shown in the figure. (Figure 4)

(A) Make sure that the Earth Plate is installed securely under the Brush Front Bearing.
REP 13.9.2 Cleaning Blade
Removal
WARNING

Figure 4 j0fu41331 5. Remove the Transfer Belt Unit. (REP 13.2.1)
6. Remove the Exit Chute. (Figure 1)
• "Chain Link: 954-882"
(2) Remove the Exit Chute in the direction of the arrow.
Figure 1 j0fu41315
7. Disconnect the Transfer Belt Assembly Connector. (Figure 2)

(1) Disconnect the connector by lifting up the Transfer Belt Assembly.

4-201
8. Remove the Transfer Belt Assembly. (Figure 3) Replacement

(1) Remove the Transfer Belt Assembly by lifting it upright. 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. Make sure that the Belt Cleaner Housing and Earth Plate are installed without any gap. (Figure 5)
(A) Gap
(B) Push to adhere.
Figure 3 j0fu41317
9. Remove the Belt Cleaning Blade. (Figure 4)

Figure 5 j0fu41326
(2) Remove the seals and blocks (x2).
NOTE: on mounting: Be careful not to switch the front and rear seals and blocks. 3. To leave no clearance between the Belt Cleaning Blade and seals, attach and secure the seals and
blocks closer to the belt cleaning blade. (Figure 6)
(3) Remove the Belt Cleaning Blade. (A) Shift the seals and blocks to the belt cleaning blade.
(B) Be careful not to tighten the screw too much.
Figure 6 j0fu41325
4. When there is only a little amount of the Dusting Pouch applied to the edge of a new Belt Cleaning
Blade, perform dusting on the Transfer Belt at Dusting Pouch (may be substituted with the toner if
not available) after installing Transfer Belt Assembly. (Figure 7)
(A) Standard amount.
(B) Insufficient state.
Figure 7 j0fu41327
(C) Perform dusting.
(D) Turn the Transfer Belt manually once and feed it to the Belt Cleaning Blade.
5. When mounting the exit chute, follow the procedure below to prevent the bias plate from being
deformed. (Figure 8)
(1) Insert the exit chute boss into the front hole of the Belt Cleaner Housing.
(2) Fit the Bias Plate in for attachment.
(A) Bias plate
(B) Boss

4-203
6. Secure the exit chute with screws where the clearance between the end of the exit chute and the
transfer belt is 0.5 mm. (Figure 9) 8. When replacing, enter into Diag. mode and then clear the [DC135 HFSI] counter.
(A) Insert a 0.5 mm shim and secure it with screws. • "Chain Link: 954-881"
Figure 9 j0fu41345
7. When mounting the Transfer Belt Unit, check that the hooks of the HVPS Cover are not released on
the bottom side of the cleaner housing.
(A) Hooks (5)
REP 13.12.1 (SCC) Invert Gate Solenoid
Removal
WARNING
6. Remove the Inverter Unit. (REP 13.2.2)
7. Remove the Invert Gate Solenoid. (Figure 1)
Figure 2 j0fu41339
(2) Remove the screws (M3x6, x2). Replacement
(3) Remove the Invert Gate Solenoid. 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. When mounting the inverter gate solenoid on the inverter unit, align it with the mark-off lines.(Figure
3)
(A) Mark-off line
Figure 1 j0fu41335
8. Remove the Invert Gate Solenoid from the Gate Bracket. (Figure 2)
(1) Release the clamp and pull out the Wire Harness. Disconnect the connector.
Figure 3 j0fu41340
(3) Remove the Invert Gate Solenoid. 3. When replacing, enter into Diag. mode and then clear the [DC135 HFSI] counter.
• "Chain Link: 954-830"

4-205
REP 13.14.1 Transfer Belt Unit Upper Bracket

Removal
WARNING
Copy or Print must be fully completed. Check that “Online” and “Job in Memory” lamps are OFF
2. Slide out the Marking Drawer. (PL 13.3)
3. Remove the Transfer Belt Drawer Cover.
• Mounting Screw: 2 screws at front
4. Remove the Fuser Front Cover. (Figure 1)
Figure 2 j0fu41347
(3) Remove the Fuser Front Cover.
Replacement
2. Install the Transfer Belt Unit Upper Bracket by meeting the conditions below. (Figure 3)
(A) Push fully in the direction of the arrow.
(B) Align the Transfer Belt Unit Lower Bracket with the edge.
Figure 1 j0fu41535
5. Remove the Transfer Belt Unit Upper Bracket. (Figure 2)

(1) Remove the screws (Red, x2).
• Do not loosen the "A" screws (Red, x3).
(2) Remove the Transfer Belt Unit Upper Bracket.
Figure 3 j0fu41348
3. Load the document 499T247 (STP 4301.1). Run it with A4 LEF, R/L 50 and Duplex Mode selected.
4. Measure the remaining Transfer Belt gaps. Check that the difference between the front and rear
measurements is within 8 mm. (Figure 4)
• Within 8 mm: The installation is complete. Return the machine to its original state.
• Above 8 mm: Perform step 5.
6. Perform steps 3 and 4 again.
Figure 4 j0fu41349
5. Reposition the Transfer Belt Unit Upper Bracket. (Figure 5)

(A) Transfer Belt is closer to the front: Shift in the directionhe of arrow "A".
(B) Transfer Belt is closer to the rear: Shift in the direction of arrow “B".
• A 0.1 mm shift of Transfer Belt Unit Upper Bracket leads to an approx. 1.2 mm shift of Transfer
Belt.
Figure 5 j0fu41350

4-207
REP 13.15.1 Multi Feed Sensor

Removal
WARNING
2. Remove the Duplex Drawer. (REP 14.1.1 )
3. Slide out the Marking Drawer to the service position. (REP 13.3.2 )
4. Remove the Registration Unit. (REP 13.1.2 )
5. Place the Registration Unit upside down.
6. (Figure 1) Remove the Stopper Bracket.
(1) Remove screw (M3x6).
Figure 2 j0ph41303
(2) Remove Stopper Bracket.
8. (Figure 3) Remove the Connector Housing.
(1) Release clamps (3) and take out wire harness.
(2) Remove Connector Housing.
Figure 1 j0ph41302
7. (Figure 2) Remove the Pre Registration Roll.

(A) Pre Registration Roll
Figure 3 j0ph41304
9. (Figure 4) Remove the Pre Registration Lower Chute.

(2) Remove Pre Registration Lower Chute.
REP 13.15.2 CIS
Removal
WARNING
5. Remove the Upper Cover. (Figure 1)
(2) Remove the screws (M3x8: 3).
Figure 4 j0ph41305
(3) Remove the Upper Cover.
10. (Figure 5) Remove the Multi Feed Sensor.
(1) Release clamps (2) and take out wire harness.
(3) Remove Multi Feed Sensor.
Figure 1 j0tk41308
6. Remove the CIS Cover. (Figure 2)

(1) Remove the screws (M3x6: 6)
(2) Remove the CIS Cover.
Figure 5 j0ph41306
Replacement
2. After the replacement, adjust the Multi Feed Sensor. (ADJ 13.15.1 )

4-209
Figure 2 j0tk41309 Figure 4 j0tk41311
7. Remove the CIS. (Figure 3) 3. When installing the Upper Cover, finger-tighten the mounting screws (3) and tighten Screws 1, 2
(1) Disconnect the connector. and 3 in order. (Figure 5)
(2) Remove the CIS.
Figure 5 j0tk41314
Figure 3 j0tk41310
4. When having replaced the CIS, perform the following adjustments:
Replacement • IOT CIS Setup Cycle (ADJ 13.15.3)
• IOT CIS Check Cycle (ADJ 13.15.2)
• IOT Side Edge Registration (DC129) (ADJ 2.1.1)
2. When installing the CIS, fit the tabs (16) of the Chute in the cutouts (16) of the CIS. (Figure 4)
REP 14.1.1 Duplex Drawer
Removal
WARNING
2. Remove the Duplex Drawer. (PL 14.1)
3. Release the left stopper. (Figure 1)
(1) Release the stopper.
Figure 2 j0fu41402
5. Put the Rails (2) in the machine. (Figure 3)

(1) Move the Stopper in the direction of the arrow and put the Rails in.
Figure 1 j0fu41401
4. Remove the Duplex Drawer. (Figure 2)

(1) Release the right stopper.
(2) Extract the Duplex Drawer slowly to remove.
Figure 3 j0fu41407
Replacement
• “Chain Link: 954-829”
• “Chain Link: 954-838”
• “Chain Link: 954-839”
• “Chain Link: 954-887”
• “Chain Link: 954-888”
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 14. Duplex

4-211
14. Duplex 4-212 Version.1 .1.1
• “Chain Link: 954-889” REP 14.3.1 One Way Clutch Pulley (Duplex Path Roll 1)
• “Chain Link: 954-890”
• “Chain Link: 954-895”
Removal
WARNING
2. Remove the Duplex Drawer. (PL 14.1)
3. Remove the Duplex Cover. (PL 14.2)
• Installation Screws: Loosen one screw each on the left and right.
4. Remove the One Way Clutch Pulley. (Figure 1)
(2) Remove the Washer.
(3) Remove the One Way Clutch Pulley.
Figure 1 j0fu41403
Replacement
• "Chain Link: 954-829"
REP 14.4.1 Release Motor
Removal
WARNING
2. Pull out the Duplex Drawer. (PL 14.1)
4. Remove the Motor Cover. (PL 14.4)
• Installation Screws: round-end type x2 on the rear (Figure 1)
(A) Normal type
(B) Round-end type
Figure 2 j0fu41405
6. Separate the wire harness from the release motor.

(2) Release the clamps (3) and take out the wire harness.
Figure 1 j0fu41404
5. Extract the Release Motor. (Figure 2)

(2) Release the clamp and take out the wire harness.
Figure 3 j0fu41406
(3) Remove the screws (round-end type x3).
(4) Take out the Release Motor. Replacement
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 14. Duplex

4-213
REP 14.4.2 Invert Motor

Removal
WARNING
3. Remove the Duplex Cover. (PL 14.2)
• Installation Screws: Loosen one screw each on the left and right.
4. Remove the connector of the Invert Motor. (Figure 1)
(2) Release the clamps (4) and remove the wire harness.
Figure 2 j0fu41409
6. Remove the Invert Motor. (Figure 3)

(1) Remove the screws (round-end type: 3).
(2) Remove the Invert Motor.
Figure 1 j0fu41408
5. Remove the Tension Bracket. (Figure 2)

(1) Remove the screws (round-end type: 3).
(A) Normal type
Figure 3 j0fu41410
(B) Round-end type
(2) Remove the Tension Spring. Replacement
(3) Remove the Tension Bracket. 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. Figure 4 shows the relationship between belt and pulley.
3. Attach the link of the duplex gate solenoid to the arm. (Figure 4)
(A) Arm
(B) Link
• “Chain Link: 954-895”
Figure 4 j0fu41411
4. When the Invert Motor has been replaced, adjust the duplex gate solenoid position. (Figure 5)
(1) Check that the 3b knob is hooked securely.
(3) Press in the solenoid plunger to seat on the magnet.
(4) Move the solenoid to right.
(5) Press in the projection of the link Lever. Then the solenoid moves to left.
(6) Fatsen the screws (2) of Step (2) under the following conditions:
-With the projection of the link lever of Step (5-1) pressed in, press the solenoid gently in the
direction of the arrow.
Figure 5 j0fu41412
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 14. Duplex

4-215
REP 14.9.1 Chute Support Mylar

Removal
WARNING
3. Open the "3b" Chute.
4. Remove the Upper Chute-2. (Figure 1)
(1) Remove the screws (round-type x4).
(2) Remove the Upper Chute-2.
Figure 2 j0fu41414
Replacement
• "Chain Link: 954-838"
Figure 1 j0fu41413
5. Replace the Chute Support Mylar. (Figure 2)

(1) Affix the new Chute Support Mylar by aligning its end faces with the mark-off lines (2).
(A) Mark-off line
(B) End face of the chute
REP 15.1.1 (SCC) Fuser Unit
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
Be careful of your working posture as the Fuser Unit is heavy.
CAUTION
Wait until the hot fuser area cools down before servicing.
3. Pull out the Marking Drawer to the service position.(REP 13.3.2) Figure 2 j0fu41536
5. Remove the Transfer Belt Drawer Cover. (PL 13.3) 8. Remove the Fuser Unit. (Figure 3)
• Installation Screws: Front (x2) (1) Open the "2d" Upper Chute.
6. Remove the Fuser Front Cover. (Figure 1) (2) Hold the center of the Fuser Unit and remove the Unit.
(3) Remove the Fuser Front Cover.
Figure 3 j0fu41537
Replacement
2. Install the Fuser Unit by aligning the holes at the bottom to the Pins (x2) on the Marking Drawer.
7. Remove the Pin Support. (Figure 2) (Figure 4)
(1) Remove the screws (M4, x2). (A) Marking Drawer Pin
(2) Remove the Pin Support.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 15. Fuser

4-217
15. Fuser 4-218 Version.1 .1.1
• “Chain Link: 954-847”

• “Chain Link: 954-848”
Figure 4 j0fu41538
3. To secure the Pin Support, store the Marking Drawer in the machine and tighten the Pin Support
Screw with the "2" Knob latched. (Figure 5)
(A) Pin Support
(B) "2" Knob Latch State
Figure 5 j0fu41539
• “Chain Link: 954-841”
• “Chain Link: 954-842”
• “Chain Link: 954-843”
• “Chain Link: 954-844”
• “Chain Link: 954-845”
• “Chain Link: 954-846”
REP 15.2.1 Pressure Roll
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
CAUTION
5. Remove the Fuser Unit. (REP 15.1.1) 8. Open the Fuser Upper Frame. (Figure 3)
6. Remove the Lower Inlet Chute. (Figure 1)
(2) Remove the Lower Inlet Chute.
Figure 1 j0fu41531
7. Remove the screws used to secure the Fuser Upper Frame. (Figure 2)
(1) Remove the screw (M4x8) in front. Figure 3 j0fu41524
(2) Remove the screw (M4x8) at the rear.
9. Remove the Exit Chute. (Figure 4)
(2) Remove the Lower Exit Chute.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 15. Fuser

4-219
10. Remove the Pressure Roll. (Figure 5) 3. Open the Fuser Upper Frame in the direction of the arrow and secure it there with the screws (front/
(1) Remove the screws (M3x6, x2). rear). (Figure 7)
(2) Remove the Pressure Roll Finger. (A) Screw
(3) Remove the Pressure Roll. (B) Fuser Upper Frame
Replacement 4. When replacing the Pressure Roll, enter into Diag. mode and then clear the [DC135 HFSI] counter.
• "Chain Link: 954-842"
2. Insert the Pressure Roll into the Lever (front/rear) groove securely.
(A) Groove of Lever (Figure 6)
REP 15.2.2 Heat Roll
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
CAUTION
CAUTION
Replace the Heat Roll by using Replacement Kit:
604K 24402
6. Disconnect the Main1/Main 2/Sub Heater Rods. (REP 15.2.3) Figure 2 j0fu41524
7. Remove the screws used to secure the Fuser Upper Frame. (Figure 1)
(1) Remove the screw (M4x8) in front. 9. Open the Exit Chute. (Figure 3)
(2) Remove the screw (M4x8) at the rear.
Figure 1 j0fu41523
8. Open the Fuser Upper Frame. (Figure 2)
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 15. Fuser

4-221
11. Remove the Heat Roll. (Figure 5)

(1) Remove the Heat Roll.
Figure 5 j0fu41527
Replacement
Figure 3 j0fu41525 2. Push the Heat Roll Stopper (front/rear) in the direction of the arrow and secure it. (Figure 6)
(A) Heat Roll Stopper
10. Release the Heat Roll Stopper. (Figure 4)
(1) Loosen the screw.
(2) Release the Heat Roll Stopper.
(4) Release the Heat Roll Stopper.
Figure 6 j0fu41528
3. Open the Fuser Upper Frame in the direction of the arrow and secure it there with the screw (front/
rear). (Figure 7)
(A) Screw
(B) Fuser Upper Frame
Figure 4 j0fu41526
REP 15.2.3 Main1/Main2/Sub Heater Rod
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
CAUTION
Figure 7 j0fu41529 3. Pull out the Marking Drawer to the service position.(REP 13.3.2)
4. When replacing the Heat Roll, replace the Earth Plate that comes with the kit. (Figure 8) 5. Remove the Fuser Unit. (REP 15.1.1)
6. Remove the Harness Cover. (PL 15.2)
7. Disconnect the connector in front. (Figure 1)
(1) Release the clamps (2) and remove the wire harnesses (3).
(2) Disconnect the connectors (Blue (x1), White (x2)).
• Whites can be connected to any of them.
Figure 8 j0fu41530
5. When replacing the Heat Roll, enter into Diag. mode and then clear the [DC135 HFSI] counter.
• "Chain Link: 954-841"
Figure 1 j0fu41518
8. Disconnect the connector at the rear. (Figure 2)

(1) Disconnect the connectors (Red, Blue, White).
(2) Release the clamp on the wire harness.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 15. Fuser

4-223
9. Disconnect the Main1/Main 2/Sub Heater Rods. (Figure 3) 3. Figure 5 shows the installation positions of the Heater Rods. (Figure 5)
(2) Remove the Front Heater Rod Holder.
(4) Remove the Rear Heater Rod Holder.
(5) Disconnect the Main1/Main 2/Sub Heater Rods.
Figure 5 j0fu41522
Figure 3 j0fu41520
Replacement
2. Figure 4 shows identifications of Heater Rods. (Figure 4)
REP 15.2.4 Fuser Cleaning Cartridge REP 15.2.5 Pressure Roll Finger
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
CAUTION WARNING
Wait until the hot fuser area cools down before servicing. Be careful of your working posture as the Fuser Unit is heavy.
1. Open the Front Door. (PL 1.1) CAUTION
2. Pull out the Marking Drawer. (PL 13.3) Wait until the hot fuser area cools down before servicing.
3. Remove the Fuser Cleaning Cartridge. (Figure 1) 1. Open the Front Door. (PL 1.1)
(1) Loosen the Knob Screw. 2. Remove the Duplex Drawer. (REP 14.1.1)
(2) Remove the screw (M4). 3. Pull out the Marking Drawer to the service position.(REP 13.3.2)
(3) Remove the Fuser Cleaning Cartridge. 4. Remove the Fuser Cleaning Cartridge. (REP 15.2.4)
6. Lift the Exit Chute. (PL 15.4)
7. Remove the Lower Exit Chute. (Figure 1)
(2) Remove the Lower Exit Chute.
Figure 1 j0fu41501
Replacement
2. When replacing, enter into Diag. mode and then clear the [DC135 HFSI] counter. Or clear the
counter by pressing the [9] and [Stop] keys together (see 6.51, "Reset after Supplies Replace-
ment"). Figure 1 j0fu41502
- "Chain Link: 954-847"
8. Remove the Pressure Roll Finger. (Figure 2)
(2) Remove the Pressure Roll Finer.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 15. Fuser

4-225
REP 15.3.1 Fuser Cleaning Blade

Removal
WARNING
WARNING
CAUTION
2. Remove the Duplex Drawer. (REP 14.1.1 )
Figure 2 j0fu41503 3. Slide out the Marking Drawer to the service position. (REP 13.3.2 )
4. Remove the Fuser Cleaning Cartridge. (REP 15.2.4 )
Replacement 5. Remove the Fuser Unit. (REP 15.1.1 )
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. 6. Remove the Pressure Roll. (REP 15.2.1 )
2. When replacing, enter into Diag. mode and then clear the [DC135 HFSI] counter. 7. (Figure 1) Remove the Fuser Cleaning Blade.
• "Chain Link: 954-844" (1) Loosen screw.
(2) Remove screw (M3x6).
(3) Remove Fuser Cleaning Blade.
Figure 1 j0ph41501
8. Remove rubbish collected by the Fuser Cleaning Blade.

Replacement
2. After the replacement of the Fuser Cleaning Blade, enter the diagnostic mode and clear the DC135
HFSI counter.
• “Chain Link: 954-848” REP 15.6.1 Torsion Spring (Pressure Roll Finger)
Replacement
WARNING
WARNING
CAUTION
1. Install the Torsion Spring as shown in the figure. (Figure 1)
Figure 1 j0fu41504
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 15. Fuser

4-227
REP 15.8.1 (SCC) Heat Roll Thermistor 1/2/3 Replacement

Parts List on PL 15.8 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. When replacing the Heat Roll Thermistors 1/2/3 simultaneously, enter into Diag. mode and then
Removal clear the [DC135 HFSI] counter.
WARNING • "Chain Link: 954-845"
WARNING
CAUTION
6. Remove the Heat Roll Thermistor. (Figure 1)
• Heat Roll Thermistor 1: White
• Heat Roll Thermistor 2: Black
• Heat Roll Thermistor 3: Blue
(3) Set the wire harness free from the hooks (x5).
(5) Remove the Heat Roll Thermistor.
(A) Heat Roll Thermistor 2
(B) Heat Roll Thermistor 3
Figure 1 j0fu41505
REP 15.8.2 Thermostat 1 and 2
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
CAUTION
5. Remove the Fuser Unit. (REP 15.1.1) 9. Remove the screws used to secure the Thermistor. (Figure 3)
6. Remove the Harness Cover. (PL 15.2) (1) Remove the screws (M3x8, x3).
7. Disconnect the connector in front. (Figure 1)
(1) Disconnect the connectors (Blue (x1), White (x2)).
• Whites can be connected to any of them.
Figure 3 j0fu41508
10. Release the clamps on the wire harness at its both ends . (Figure 4)
(1) Set the wire harness free from the hooks.
(2) Release the clamps on the wire harness.
Figure 1 j0fu41506

Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 15. Fuser

4-229
2. Thread the wire harnesses of the Thermostat 1 Pand 2 as shown in the figure. (Figure 6)
Figure 4 j0fu41509
Figure 6 j0fu41511
11. Remove Thermostats :Pand 2. (Figure 5)
(2) Remove the Thermostat 1 Pand 2 together with the wire harness.
Figure 5 j0fu41510
Replacement
REP 15.9.1 Torsion Spring (Heat Roll Finger)
Replacement
WARNING
WARNING
CAUTION
1. Install the Torsion Spring as shown in the figure. (Figure 1)
Figure 2 j0fu41542
Figure 1 j0fu41517
2. Install the Spacers at the positions (4) shown in the figure. (Figure 2)
(A) Spacer
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 15. Fuser

4-231
REP 15.9.2 Heat Roll Finger

Removal
WARNING
WARNING
CAUTION
5. Remove the Fuser Unit. (REP 15.1.1) 9. Remove the Exit Chute. (Figure 3)
6. Remove the Harness Cover. (PL 15.2) (1) Remove the Exit Chute.
7. Remove the E-Clip of the Exit Chute at the front side. (Figure 1)
Figure 3 j0fu41514
10. Remove the Heat Roll Finger. (Figure 4)

Figure 1 j0fu41512
8. Remove the Exit Chute Shoulder Screw at the rear side. (Figure 2) (2) Remove the Heat Roll Finger.
(2) Remove the Shoulder Screw.
Figure 4 j0fu41515
Replacement
2. Install the Heat Roll Finger Torsion Spring as shown in the figure. (Figure 5)
Figure 5 j0fu41516
• "Chain Link: 954-843"
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 15. Fuser

4-233
REP 16.1.1 Exit Transport
Removal
WARNING
4. Remove the Right Upper Cover. (PL 1.2)
5. Remove the Exit Transport. (Figure 1)
(3) Remove the Exit Transport.
Figure 1 j0fu41601
Replacement
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 16. Exit

4-235
16. Exit 4-236 Version.1 .1.1
REP 36.1.1 I/F Module REP 36.1.2 Inner Cover
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
Make sure the copy/print jobs are complete. Check that the "Sending/Receiving" and "Documents Make sure the copy/print jobs are complete. Check that the "Sending/Receiving" and "Documents
Stored" lamps are OFF and turn OFF the power. Stored" lamps are OFF and turn OFF the power.
After turning OFF the power of the machine, turn OFF the breaker switch and unplug the power After turning OFF the power of the machine, turn OFF the breaker switch and unplug the power
plug from the outlet. plug from the outlet.
1. Detach the HCS. (REP 39.1.1) 1. Detach the I/F Module. (REP 36.1.1)
2. Disconnect each connector. Install the fall-prevention brackets (2) attached inside the Front Frame. (PL 36.1)
3. Detach the I/F Module from the IOT. (Figure 1) 2. Remove the Lever Cover. (PL 36.1)
(1) Open the Door. 3. Remove the Top Cover. (Figure 1)
(2) Remove the screw. Pull the Lever in the direction of the arrow. (1) Disconnect the connector.
(3) Detach the I/F Module. (2) Remove the screws (x2).
(3) Remove the Top Cover.
Figure 1 j0ia43601
Figure 1 j0ia43602
4. Remove the Inner Cover. (Figure 2)

(2) While separating each Buffle from the Magnet, remove the Inner Cover.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 36 I/F Module

4-237
36 I/F Module 4-238 Version.1 .1.1
REP 36.2.1 IFM Front Door Interlock Switch

Removal
WARNING
Make sure the copy/print jobs are complete. Check that the "Sending/Receiving" and "Documents
Stored" lamps are OFF and turn OFF the power.
After turning OFF the power of the machine, turn OFF the breaker switch and unplug the power
plug from the outlet.
1. Remove the Inner Cover. (REP 36.1.2)
2. Remove the IFM Front Door Interlock Switch Assembly. (Figure 1)
(2) Remove the IFM Front Door Interlock Switch Assembly.
Figure 2 j0ia43603
Replacement
Figure 1 j0ia43612
3. Remove the Push Clamp and release the Wire Harness. (Figure 2)
(1) Remove the Push Clamp.
Figure 2 j0ia43653 Figure 4 j0ia43614
4. Disconnect the connector. (Figure 3) Replacement

Figure 3 j0ia43613
5. Remove the IFM Front Door Interlock Switch from the bracket. (Figure 4)
(1) Remove the IFM Front Door Interlock Switch.

4-239
REP 36.2.2 IFM PWB

Removal
WARNING
CAUTION
1. Detach the I/F Module. (REP 36.1.1)
3. Remove the Rear Right Cover. (PL 36.1) Figure 2 j0ia43651
4. Open the IOT-IFM PWB Communication. (Figure 1)
Replacement
(2) Open the IOT-IFM PWB Communication.
2. After replacement, remove the SEEP ROM from the old IFM PWB and install it onto the new one.
(A)SEEP ROM
Figure 1 j0ia43650
5. Remove the IFM PWB. (Figure 2) Figure 3 j0ia43652

(1) Disconnect all connectors (x14).
(3) Remove the IFM PWB.
REP 36.3.1 Decurler Motor Belt
Removal
WARNING
3. Remove the Rear Right Cover. (PL 36.1)
4. Remove the Rear Left Cover. (PL 36.1)
5. Remove the Decurler Belt Motor Assembly. (Figure 1)
Figure 2 j0ia43642
(3) Remove the Decurler Belt Motor Assembly. Replacement
Figure 1 j0ia43641
6. Remove the Decurler Motor Belt. (Figure 2)

(1) Remove the Decurler Motor Belt.

4-241
REP 36.4.1 Trans Roll Assembly

Removal
WARNING
1. Remove the Front Cover. (REP 36.1.2)
5. Remove the IFM Transport/Decurler In Sensor Assembly. (Figure 1)
(2) Remove the IFM Transport Sensor Assembly.
(4) Remove the Decurler In Sensor Assembly.
Figure 2 j0ia43616
7. Remove the Trans Roll Assemblies. (Figure 3)

(3) Remove the Trans Roll Assemblies (x2).
Figure 1 j0ia43615
6. Remove the bearings at the front. (Figure 2)

(1) Holding the shaft with the spanner, remove the screws (2).
(2) Remove the bearings (x2).
Figure 3 j0ia43617
Replacement REP 36.4.2 Exit Roll Assembly
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Parts List on PL 36.4
Removal
WARNING
4. Remove the bearing at the front. (Figure 1)
Figure 1 j0ia43618
5. Remove the Exit Roll Assembly. (Figure 2)

(3) Remove the Exit Roll Assembly.

4-243
REP 36.4.3 Exit/Trans Belt

Removal
WARNING
5. Remove the IFM Transport Motor Assembly. (Figure 1)
Figure 2 j0ia43619
Replacement (3) Remove the IFM Transport Motor Assembly.
Figure 1 j0ia43647
6. Remove the Exit Belt. (Figure 2)

(3) Remove the Exit Belt.
Figure 2 j0ia43648
Figure 4 j0ia43649
7. Remove the Trans Belt. (Figure 3)
(3) Remove the Trans Belt.
Figure 3 j0ia43654
Replacement
2. Install the Exit/Trans Belt as shown in the figure. (Figure 4)

4-245
REP 36.5.1 Decurler Belt Upper/Lower

Removal
WARNING
5. Remove the Fan 5 Assembly. (Figure 1)
(1) Release the wire from the clamps (2).
Figure 2 j0ia43620
(3) Remove the screws (2). 7. Remove the pulley. (Figure 3)
(4) Remove the Fan 5 Assembly. (1) Remove the screw.
Figure 1 j0ia43658
Figure 3 j0ia43621
6. Remove the Decurler Cam Motor Assembly. (Figure 2)
(1) Disconnect the connector. 8. Remove the bearing at the rear upper side. (Figure 4)
(2) Release the wire from the clamps (x5). (1) Remove the belt.
(3) Remove the screws (x3). (2) Remove the screw.
(4) Remove the Decurler Cam Motor Assembly. (3) Remove the spacer.
(5) Remove the spacer.
(6) Remove the collar.
9. Remove the pulley at the rear upper side. (Figure 5) 11. Remove the Idle Roll. (Figure 7)
(1) Remove the screw that holds the spacer by using a spanner. (1) Remove the Idle Roll.
(3) Remove the collar (small).
Figure 7 j0ia43625
12. Remove the bearing at the front upper side. (Figure 8)

(1) Remove the screw that holds the shaft by using a spanner.
Figure 5 j0ia43623
10. Remove the bearing at the rear upper side. (Figure 6)
(1) Remove the collar (large).
(2) Remove the collar (small).

4-247
13. Remove the Decurler Belt Upper. (Figure 9) 15. Remove the bearing at the rear lower side. (Figure 11)
(1) Remove the Decurler Belt Roll. (1) Remove the spacer.
(2) Remove the Decurler Belt Upper (x5). (2) Remove the collar.
Figure 9 j0ia43627
Figure 11 j0ia43629
14. Remove the pulley at the rear lower side. (Figure 10)
(1) Remove the belt. 16. Remove the bearing at the rear lower side. (Figure 12)
(2) Remove the screw. (1) Remove the screw that holds the spacer by using a spanner.
(3) Remove the spacer. (2) Remove the spacer.
(4) Remove the pulley. (3) Remove the bearing.
17. Remove the Idle Roller. (Figure 13) 20. Remove the Decurler Belt Lower. (Figure 15)
(1) Remove the Idle Roller. (1) Remove the Decurler Belt Roller.
(2) Remove the Decurler Belt Lower (x5).
Figure 13 j0ia43631
Figure 15 j0ia43633
18. Remove the Knob. (PL 36.5)
19. Remove the bearing at the front lower side. (Figure 14) Replacement
(2) Remove the spacer. 2. When replacing, enter into Diag. mode and then clear the [DC135 HFSI] counter.
(3) Remove the collar. • “Chain Link: 959-800”

4-249
REP 36.5.2 Decurler Drive Belt

Removal
WARNING
make sure the copy/print jobs are complete. check that the "sending/receiving" and "documents
stored" lamps are off and turn off the power.
after turning off the power of the machine, turn off the breaker switch and unplug the power plug
from the outlet.
1. detach the i/f module. (REP 36.1.1)
2. remove the rear lower cover. (PL 36.1)
3. remove the rear right cover. (PL 36.1)
4. remove the rear left cover. (PL 36.1)
5. remove the decurler cam motor assembly. (figure 1)
(1) disconnect the connector.
Figure 2 j0ia43639
(2) release the wire from the clamps (x2).
(3) remove the screws (x3). Replacement
(4) remove the decurler cam motor assembly. 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. Install the Decurler Drive Belt as shown in the figure. (Figure 3)
Figure 1 j0ia43620
6. remove the decurler drive belt. (figure 2)

(1) remove the screw.
(2) remove the pulley.
(3) remove the decurler drive belt.
Figure 3 j0ia43640
REP 36.6.1 Inlet Chute Upper/Lower
Removal
WARNING
1. Remove the Decurler Belt Upper/Lower. (REP 36.5.1)
2. Remove the block at the front upper side. (Figure 1)
Figure 2 j0ia43635
(5) Remove the block.
4. Remove the pin at the front upper side. (PL 36.6)
5. Remove the Decurler Cam Position Sensor Assembly. (Figure 3)
(2) Remove the Decurler Cam Position Sensor Assembly.
Figure 1 j0ia43634
3. Remove the bearing at the rear upper side. (Figure 2)

Figure 3 j0ia43636
6. Remove the pin at the rear upper side. (Figure 4)
(2) Remove the pin.

4-251
REP 36.6.2 Cam Shaft

Removal
WARNING
1. Perform steps 1 to 7 as for the Inlet Chute Upper Assembly. (REP 36.6.1)
Figure 4 j0ia43637
7. Remove the Inlet Chute Upper. (Figure 5)

(1) Remove the Inlet Chute Upper.
Figure 1 j0ia43644
3. Remove the bearing at the rear. (Figure 2)

(2) Remove the Coupling Cam.
(3) Remove the Actuator.
Figure 5 j0ia43638
8. Perform the same procedure as the Inlet Chute Upper on the Inlet Chute Lower. (5) Remove the bearing.
Replacement
REP 36.7.1 Gate Assembly
Removal
WARNING
5. Remove the Guide Assembly MID-U. (Figure 1)
Figure 2 j0ia43645
(2) Remove the Guide Assembly MID-U.
4. Remove the Cam Shaft. (Figure 3)
(1) Remove the Cam Shaft.
Figure 1 j0ia43605

Figure 3 j0ia43646
Replacement (2) Remove the bearing.

4-253
7. Remove the bearing at the rear. (Figure 3) Replacement

Figure 3 j0ia43610
8. Remove the Gate Assembly. (Figure 4)

(1) While lifting it in the direction of the arrow, remove the Gate Assembly.
REP 36.7.2 Decurler Gate Sensor
Removal
WARNING
4. Disconnect the connector. (Figure 1)
(1) Release the wire from the clamps (x3).
Figure 2 j0ia43656
6. Remove the Decurler Gate Sensor. (Figure 3)

CAUTION
Remove the Decurler Gate Solenoid Assembly from the Frame before disconnecting or connecting
the Decurler Gate Sensor (PL 36.7) connector. Else the edge of the Decurler Gate Solenoid Assem-
bly bracket might get damaged during the procedure.
(2) Remove the Decurler Gate Sensor.
Figure 1 j0ia43655
5. Remove the Decurler Gate Solenoid Assembly. (Figure 2)

(4) Remove the Decurler Gate Solenoid Assembly.
Figure 3 j0ia43657
Replacement

4-255
REP 36.8.1 Guide Assembly L-770/MID-U/MID-Low

Removal
WARNING
2. Remove the Guide Assembly L-770. (Figure 1)
(1) Remove the screw at the front.
(2) Remove the Guide Assembly L-770.
Figure 2 j0ia43605
4. Remove the Guide Assembly MID-Low. (Figure 3)

(2) Remove the Guide Assembly MID-Low.
Figure 1 j0ia43604
3. Remove the Guide Assembly MID-U. (Figure 2)

(2) Remove the Guide Assembly MID-U.
Figure 3 j0ia43606
Replacement
REP 36.8.2 Guide Assembly-Exit Up
Removal
WARNING
1. Remove the Front Cover. (REP 36.1.2)
2. Remove the Rear Lower Cover. PL 36.1
3. Remove the Rear Right Cover. PL 36.1
4. Remove the Rear Left Cover. PL 36.1
Figure 2 j0ia43608
(2) Release the wire from the clamps (x3).
Replacement
Figure 1 j0ia43607
6. Remove the Guide Assembly-Exit Up. (Figure 2)

(2) Remove the Guide Assembly-Exit Up.

4-257
REP 39.1.1 Detaching the HCS
Removal
WARNING
1. With the power turned ON, press the paper removal button on the HCS Panel to open the Front
Door then remove the Dolly and the Stacker Tray.
2. If the Front Door was unable to open due to some kind of failure, unlock the Front Door manually.
3. Turn OFF the breaker switch of the HCS and unplug the power plug from the outlet.
4. Disconnect the HCS-I/F Module communication cable.
5. Open the Upper Cover.
Figure 2 j0sa43902
7. Unlock the HSC Front Door. (Figure 1)
Replacement
(1) Unlock the Front Door by inserting a 5.5mm Box Driver into the hole and pushing it in the direc-
tion of the arrow.
Figure 1 j0sa43901

9. Detach the HCS. (Figure 2)
(2) Pull the Docking Lever in the direction of the arrow to release the docking of the HCS.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 39 HCS

4-259
39 HCS 4-260 Version.1 .1.1
REP 39.2.1 Top Cover

Removal
WARNING
1. Detach the HCS from the I/F Module. (REP 39.1.1)
3. Remove the screws that secure the Top Cover. (Figure 1)
Figure 2 j0sa43904
Replacement
2. When installing the Top Cover, attach the hooks (x2) of the Top Cover to the Tie Plate of the Frame.
(Figure 3)
Figure 1 j0sa43903
4. Remove the Top Cover. (Figure 2)

(1) Release the hooks (x2) of the Top Cover in the direction of the arrows and remove the Top
Cover.
Figure 3 j0sa43905
REP 39.2.2 Rear Cover
Removal
WARNING
2. Unplug the power plug from the outlet. (Figure 1)
(2) Remove the Inlet Bracket.
(3) Unplug the power plug.
Figure 2 j0sa43909
Replacement
2. When installing the Rear Cover, attach the hooks (x2) of the Rear Cover to the notches (x2) of the
Frame. (Figure 3)
Figure 1 j0sa49943
3. Remove the Rear Cover. (Figure 2)

(1) Remove the screws (M4: x4).
(2) Remove the Rear Cover.
Figure 3 j0sa43910
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 39 HCS

4-261
39 HCS 4-262 Version.1 .1.1
REP 39.4.1 Upper Cover

Removal
WARNING
5. Remove the Transport Left Inner Cover. (Figure 1)
(1) Release the hook to remove the "1a" Knob.
Figure 2 j0sa49944
(3) Remove the Transport Left Inner Cover. 8. Remove the screws of the stoppers (x2). (Figure 3)
Figure 1 j0sa49942
Figure 3 j0sa43956
7. Remove the Transport Right Inner Cover. (Figure 2) 9. Remove the Upper Cover. (Figure 4)
(1) Remove the screws (x3). (1) Remove the screws (M4: x6).
(2) Remove the Transport Right Inner Cover. (2) Remove the Upper Cover.
REP 39.5.1 HCS Transport Motor 1
Removal
WARNING
2. Remove the Rear Cover. (REP 39.2.2)
3. Remove the Top Cover. (REP 39.2.1)
4. Remove the Tie Plate. (Figure 1)
(2) Remove the Tie Plate.
Figure 4 j0sa43957
Replacement
Figure 1 j0sa43918
5. Remove the Upper Fan Bracket. (Figure 2)

(1) Disconnect the Upper Fan connector.
(3) Remove the Upper Fan Bracket.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 39 HCS

4-263
39 HCS 4-264 Version.1 .1.1
Figure 2 j0sa43921 Figure 4 j0sa43924
6. Release the clamp and remove the wire harness. (Figure 3) Replacement
(1) Release the clamps (x3) and remove the wire harness. 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Figure 3 j0sa43923
7. Remove the HCS Transport Motor 1. (Figure 4)

(4) Remove the HCS Transport Motor 1.
REP 39.5.2 Top Tray Roll 1
Removal
WARNING
4. Disconnect the Gate Solenoid connectors (x2). (Figure 1)
(1) Release the clamps (x3) and remove the wire harness.
(2) Disconnect the connector (blue).
Figure 2 j0sa49957
(3) Disconnect the connector (white).
6. Disconnect the connector (x3) at the bottom of the Harness Bracket. (Figure 3)
Figure 1 j0sa49941
5. Disconnect the Bypass Clutch 1/2/3, Top Tray Clutch, Transport Clutch, HCS Transport Motor 1/2,
and Top Tray Motor connectors (x8). (Figure 2)
Figure 3 j0sa43940
7. Remove the Harness Bracket. (Figure 4)
(2) Remove the Harness Bracket.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 39 HCS

4-265
39 HCS 4-266 Version.1 .1.1
(A)Bearing
Figure 4 j0sa43935
Figure 6 j0sa49954
9. Open the "1b" Chute. Reference: The spanner (specialized tool) is stored in the I/F Module. (PL 36.1)
10. Open the "2b" Chute. 13. Remove the gear. (Figure 7)
11. Remove the Transport Left Inner Cover. (Figure 5) (1) Remove the CE-Ring.
(1) Release the hook to remove the "1a" Knob. (2) Remove the collar.
(2) Remove the screws (x4). (3) Remove the Torque Limiter.
(3) Remove the Transport Left Inner Cover. (4) Remove the gear.
12. Remove the screws that secure the Top Tray Roll 1. (Figure 6) 14. Remove Top Tray Roll 1. (Figure 8)
(1) Affix the spanner (specialized tool) to the collar. (1) Remove the screw and remove the Top Tray Roll 1 in the direction of the arrow.
(3) Remove the collar.
REP 39.6.1 Transport Clutch and Belt
Removal
WARNING
4. Remove the HCS Transport Motor 2. (REP 39.7.1)
Figure 8 j0sa49956
Replacement (2) Disconnect the connector (blue).
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. (3) Disconnect the connector (white).
Figure 1 j0sa49941
7. Disconnect the Bypass Clutch 1/2/3, Top Tray Clutch, Transport Clutch, and Top Tray Motor con-
nectors (x6). (Figure 2)
(2) Disconnect the connectors (white: x2).
(3) Disconnect the connectors (blue: x2).
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 39 HCS

4-267
39 HCS 4-268 Version.1 .1.1
8. Disconnect the connector (x3) at the bottom of the Harness Bracket. (Figure 3) 10. Remove the Tension Pulley. (Figure 5)
(1) Release the clamps (x2) and remove the wire harness. (1) Remove the spring.
(2) Disconnect the connectors (x3). (2) Remove the screws (x2).
(3) Remove the Tension Pulley.
Figure 3 j0sa43940
Figure 5 j0sa43942
(1) Remove the screws (x5). 11. Remove the Harness Bracket. (Figure 6)
(2) Remove the Harness Bracket. (1) Release the clamp and remove the wire harness.
(3) Remove the Harness Bracket.
12. Remove the Harness Bracket. (Figure 7) 14. Move the Clutch Bracket. (Figure 9)
(1) Release the clamps (x6) and remove the wire harness. (1) Remove the screws (x2).
(3) Remove the Harness Bracket. (3) Move the Clutch Bracket.
13. Remove the Paddle Clutch Cover. (Figure 8) 15. Remove the bracket. (Figure 10)
(1) Remove the screw. (1) Remove the screws (x5).
(2) Remove the Paddle Clutch Cover. (2) Remove the bracket.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 39 HCS

4-269
39 HCS 4-270 Version.1 .1.1
16. Remove the Clutch Bracket. (Figure 11) Replacement

(1) Remove the screws (x2). 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
(2) Remove the Clutch Bracket. 2. When installing the Clutch Bracket of the Transport Clutch, affix the screws of the Clutch Bracket to
the cutouts of the clutch. (Figure 13)
(1) Affix the screws (x2) of the Clutch Bracket to the cutouts (x2) of the clutch.
Figure 11 j0sa43948
17. Remove the belt and the Transport Clutch. (Figure 12)
Figure 13 j0sa43950
(2) Remove the Transport Clutch. 3. When installing the Paddle Clutch Cover, affix the tab of the Paddle Clutch Cover to the cutout of the
clutch. (Figure 14)
(1) Affix the tab of the Paddle Clutch Cover to the cutout of the clutch.
REP 39.7.1 HCS Transport Motor 2
Removal
WARNING
Figure 14 j0sa43951
Figure 1 j0sa43918
5. Remove the HCS Transport Motor 2. (Figure 2)

(4) Remove the HCS Transport Motor 2.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 39 HCS

4-271
39 HCS 4-272 Version.1 .1.1
REP 39.8.1 Bypass Clutch 1, Bypass Clutch 2 and Belt

Removal
WARNING
Figure 2 j0sa43920
Replacement (2) Disconnect the connector (blue).
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. (3) Disconnect the connector (white).
Figure 1 j0sa49941
nectors (x6). (Figure 2)
(2) Disconnect the connectors (white: x2).
8. Disconnect the connector (x3) at the bottom of the Harness Bracket. (Figure 3) 10. Remove the Tension Pulley. (Figure 5)
(1) Release the clamps (x2) and remove the wire harness. (1) Remove the spring.
(2) Disconnect the connectors (x3). (2) Remove the screw.
Figure 3 j0sa43940
Figure 5 j0sa43936
(1) Remove the screws (x5). 11. Remove the Clutch Bracket. (Figure 6)
(2) Remove the Harness Bracket. (1) Remove the screws (x2).
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 39 HCS

4-273
39 HCS 4-274 Version.1 .1.1
12. Remove the Bypass Clutch 2, the Bypass Clutch 1, and the belt. (Figure 7)
(1) Remove the Bypass Clutch 2.
(2) Remove the Bypass Clutch 1.
(3) Remove the belt from the pulleys (x2).
Figure 7 j0sa43939
Replacement
2. When installing the Clutch Bracket, affix the screws of the Clutch Bracket to the cutouts of the
clutch. (Figure 8)
(1) Affix the screws (x2) of the Clutch Bracket to the cutouts (x2) of the clutch.
REP 39.9.1 Top Tray Motor
Removal
WARNING
Figure 2 j0sa43919
Replacement
Figure 1 j0sa43918
5. Remove the Top Tray Motor. (Figure 2)

(3) Remove the Top Tray Motor.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 39 HCS

4-275
39 HCS 4-276 Version.1 .1.1
REP 39.12.1 Bypass Clutch 3 and Belt

Removal
WARNING
Figure 2 j0sa43921
6. Remove the screws that secure the Harness Bracket. (Figure 3)

Figure 1 j0sa43918

Figure 3 j0sa43925
(3) Remove the Upper Fan Bracket. 7. Disconnect the Bypass Clutch 3 and Top Tray Motor connectors. (Figure 4)
8. Remove the "2c" Knob Belt from the pulley. (Figure 5) 10. Remove the Bypass Transport Belt from the pulley. (Figure 7)
(1) Remove the spring. (1) Remove the spring.
(2) Remove the screw. (2) Remove the screw.
(3) Remove the Tension Pulley. (3) Remove the Tension Pulley.
(4) Remove the "2c" Knob Belt from the pulley. (4) Remove the Bypass Transport Belt from the pulleys (x5).
9. Remove the "3a" Knob Belt from the pulley. (Figure 6) 11. Remove the Clutch Bracket. (Figure 8)
(2) Remove the screw. (2) Remove the Clutch Bracket.
(4) Remove the "3a" Knob Belt from the pulleys (x3).
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 39 HCS

4-277
39 HCS 4-278 Version.1 .1.1
12. Remove the Bypass Clutch 3. (Figure 9) Replacement

(1) Remove the Bypass Clutch 3. 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
(2) Remove the Bypass Transport Belt. 2. When installing the Clutch Bracket, affix the tab of the Clutch Bracket to the cutouts of the Bypass
Clutch 3. (Figure 11)
(1) Affix the tab of the Clutch Bracket to the cutout of the Bypass Clutch 3.
Figure 9 j0sa43931
13. Remove the "3a" Knob Belt. (Figure 10)

Figure 11 j0sa43933
(3) Remove the "3a" Knob Belt.
REP 39.23.1 Gate Solenoid 1 and Gate 1
Removal
WARNING
Figure 2 j0sa43934
(2) Disconnect the connector (blue). 8. Disconnect the connector (x3) at the bottom of the Harness Bracket. (Figure 3)
(3) Disconnect the connector (white). (1) Release the clamps (x2) and remove the wire harness.
Figure 1 j0sa49941
Figure 3 j0sa43940
nectors (x6). (Figure 2) 9. Remove the Harness Bracket. (Figure 4)
(2) Disconnect the connectors (white: x2). (2) Remove the Harness Bracket.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 39 HCS

4-279
39 HCS 4-280 Version.1 .1.1
10. Remove the Tension Pulley. (Figure 5) 12. Remove the Harness Bracket. (Figure 7)
(1) Remove the spring. (1) Release the clamps (x6) and remove the wire harness.
(2) Remove the screws (x2). (2) Remove the screws (x2).
(3) Remove the Tension Pulley. (3) Remove the Harness Bracket.
11. Remove the Harness Bracket. (Figure 6) 13. Remove the Gate Solenoid 1. (Figure 8)
(1) Release the clamp and remove the wire harness. (1) Remove the screws (x2).
(2) Remove the screw. (2) Remove the link from the pin.
(3) Remove the Harness Bracket. (3) Remove the Gate Solenoid 1.
14. Remove the Actuator Plate and the bearing. (Figure 9) Replacement
(2) Remove the Actuator Plate.
Figure 9 j0sa43996

16. Remove the Gate 1. (Figure 10)
(3) Remove the Gate 1.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 39 HCS

4-281
39 HCS 4-282 Version.1 .1.1
REP 39.24.1 Stacker Paddle Clutch

Removal
WARNING
Figure 2 j0sa43921
6. Remove the Paddle Clutch Cover. (Figure 3)

(2) Remove the Paddle Clutch Cover.
Figure 1 j0sa43918

Figure 3 j0sa43952
(3) Remove the Upper Fan Bracket.
7. Move the Clutch Bracket. (Figure 4)
(2) Move the Clutch Bracket.
8. Remove the Stacker Paddle Clutch. (Figure 5) 3. When installing the Paddle Clutch Cover, affix the tab of the Paddle Clutch Cover to the cutout of
(1) Remove the Stacker Paddle Clutch. the clutch. (Figure 7)
(1) Affix the tab of the Paddle Clutch Cover to the cutout of the clutch.
Figure 5 j0sa43954
Figure 7 j0sa43951
Replacement
2. When installing the Stacker Paddle Clutch, align the cutout of the Paddle Clutch Shaft in the direc-
tion of the pin of the Stacker Paddle Shaft. (Figure 6)
(A)Pin
(B)Cutout
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 39 HCS

4-283
39 HCS 4-284 Version.1 .1.1
REP 39.24.2 Paddle

Removal
WARNING
1. Remove the Dolly and the Stacker Tray.
2. Remove the Upper Cover. (REP 39.4.1)
3. Remove the Stacker Chute. (Figure 1)
(2) Remove the Stacker Chute.
Figure 2 j0sa43982
5. Remove the screws that secure the Motor Bracket. (Figure 3)

(3) Remove the cable band.
Figure 1 j0sa43981
4. Remove the Motor Cover. (Figure 2)

(2) Remove the Motor Cover.
Figure 3 j0sa43983
6. Remove the Motor Bracket. (Figure 4)

(1) Remove the Motor Bracket.
(A)Bearing
(B)Collar
(C)Gear
7. Remove the screws that secure the Bearing Plate. (Figure 5) Replacement
(1) Remove the screws (x2). 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. When installing the Paddle, align the cutout of the Paddle Clutch Sleeve to the direction of the pin of
the Paddle. (Figure 7)
(A)Cutout of sleeve
(B)Pin
Figure 5 j0sa43985
8. Remove the Paddle. (Figure 6)

(1) Remove the Paddle.
Figure 7 j0sa43988
3. When installing the Motor Bracket, make sure that the gear teeth are interlocked. (Figure 4)
• “Chain Link: 960-800”
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 39 HCS

4-285
39 HCS 4-286 Version.1 .1.1
REP 39.25.1 Stacker Exit Roll Housing

Removal
WARNING
4. Remove the Tamper Unit. (REP 39.28.1)
5. Remove the Stacker Chute. (Figure 1)
Figure 2 j0sa43982
(2) Remove the Stacker Chute.
7. Remove the screws that secure the Motor Bracket. (Figure 3)
(3) Remove the cable band.
Figure 1 j0sa43981

(2) Remove the Motor Cover.
Figure 3 j0sa43983
8. Remove the Motor Bracket. (Figure 4)

(1) Remove the Motor Bracket.
(A)Bearing
(B)Collar
(C)Gear
9. Remove the Stacker Exit Roll Housing. (Figure 5) 3. When installing the Stacker Exit Roll Housing, insert the actuator of the Stacker Exit Roll Housing
(1) Remove the screws (M4: x2). into gap of the Sensor. (Figure 7)
(2) Remove the Stacker Exit Roll Housing. (A)Gap of Sensor
(B)Actuator
Figure 5 j0sa43989
Figure 7 j0sa43990
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. 4. When installing the Stacker Exit Roll Housing, interlock the Rack Gear of the Stacker Exit Roll
Housing. (Figure 8)
2. When installing the Stacker Exit Roll Housing, insert the bearings (x2) of the Stacker Exit Roll Hous-
(A)Gear (Small)
ing into the rail of the frame. (Figure 6)
(B)Rack Gear
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 39 HCS

4-287
39 HCS 4-288 Version.1 .1.1
REP 39.25.2 Edge Sensor Frame

Removal
WARNING
5. Remove the Paddle. (REP 39.24.2)
6. Remove the Stacker Exit Roll Housing. (REP 39.25.1)
Figure 8 j0sa43991
7. Remove the Left Front Duct. (Figure 1)
5. When installing the Motor Bracket, make sure that the gear teeth are interlocked. (Figure 4) (1) Remove the screws (x4).
(2) Remove the Left Front Duct.
Figure 1 j0sa49949
8. Remove the Left Rear Duct. (Figure 2)

(2) Remove the Left Rear Duct.
Figure 2 j0sa49950
9. Remove the Stacker Rear Cover. (Figure 3)

(2) Remove the Stacker Rear Cover.
Figure 4 j0sa49907
11. Remove the Connector Cover of the Stacker Left Front Cover. (Figure 5)
(2) Remove the Connector Cover.
Figure 3 j0sa49906
10. Remove the Stacker Left Rear Cover. (Figure 4)

(2) Remove the Stacker Left Rear Cover.
Figure 5 j0sa49908
12. Remove the Harness Cover. (Figure 6)
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 39 HCS

4-289
39 HCS 4-290 Version.1 .1.1
(1) Remove the screws (x2). (4) Remove the Stacker Left Front Cover.
(2) Remove the Harness Cover.
(4) Remove the screw of the Front Door Stopper.
Figure 8 j0sa49910
15. Remove the rail. (Figure 9)

Figure 6 j0sa49909 (1) Remove the screws (x2).
(2) Remove the rail.
13. Disconnect the connector. (Figure 7)
Figure 9 j0sa49911
16. Remove the brackets. (Figure 10)

Figure 7 j0sa49951
(2) Remove the brackets (x2).
14. Remove the Stacker Left Front Cover. (Figure 8) (3) Release the clamp and remove the wire harness.
(2) Insert the Connector Housing into the square hole.
(3) Pull the Docking Lever.
17. Disconnect the connectors at the rear of the Edge Sensor Frame. (Figure 11) 19. Remove the Edge Sensor Frame. (Figure 13)
(1) Disconnect the connectors (x3). (1) Remove the Edge Sensor Frame.
(2) Release the clamps (x4) and remove the wire harness. (2) Remove the wire harness through the hole.
18. Remove the screws that secure the Edge Sensor Frame. (Figure 12) 20. The removed Edge Sensor Frame and screws (x4). (Figure 14)
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 39 HCS

4-291
39 HCS 4-292 Version.1 .1.1
REP 39.28.1 Tamper Unit

Removal
WARNING
5. If unable to remove the Stacker Tray, turn the disk of the Elevator Motor counter-clockwise to lower
the Stacker Tray approx. 20cm. (Figure 1)
Figure 14 j0sa49916
(A)Elevator Motor
Replacement
2. When installing the Stacker Left Front Cover, check that the Docking Lever is moving smoothly.
(Figure 15)
(A)Docking Lever
Figure 1 j0sa43958
6. Remove the Stacker Tray.

7. Disconnect the connectors at the rear of the Tamper Unit. (Figure 2)
(1) Remove the screw of the Ground Wire.
Figure 15 j0sa49917
8. Disconnect the connector at the rear of the Tamper Unit. (Figure 3) 10. Remove the Pin Brackets at the front of the Tamper Unit. (Figure 5)
(1) Remove the screws (x2) of the Ground Wire. (1) Remove the screws (M4: x4).
(2) Disconnect the connector. (2) Remove the Pin Brackets (x2).
9. Remove the Transport Center Inner Cover. (Figure 4) 11. The removal direction for the Tamper Unit. (Figure 6)
(2) Remove the Transport Center Inner Cover.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 39 HCS

4-293
39 HCS 4-294 Version.1 .1.1
12. Remove the Tamper Unit by holding onto the metallic part at the bottom of the Tamper Unit. (Figure Replacement
7)
(1) Pull the Tamper unit slightly towards you and release it from the pins (x2) at the inner side.
2. When installing the Tamper Unit, attach it to the hooks (x6) of the Center Bracket, and then affix it to
(2) Remove the Tamper Unit from the hooks (x6) of the Center Bracket. the pins (x2) at the inner side. (Figure 7)
3. When installing the Stacker Tray, align the hole of the Stacker Tray to the pin of the Arm Tray. (Fig-
ure 9)
(A)Pin
(B)Hole
Figure 9 j0sa43959
Figure 7 j0sa43963
13. Turn the removed Tamper Unit upside down. (Figure 8)

REP 39.29.1 Front Tamper Motor, Belt and Pulley Bracket
Removal
WARNING
5. Turn the Tamper Unit upside down.
6. Store the Extension Pads. (Figure 1)
Figure 2 j0sa43973
(1) Use tape to hold the Extension Pads (x6) and store them.
8. Return the Tamper Unit to the upright position.
9. Remove the Belt Clamp. (Figure 3)
(2) Remove the plate.
(4) Remove the Belt Clamp.
Figure 1 j0sa43967
7. Move the Front Tamper Base in the direction of the arrow and move the Belt Clamp to the square
hole of the Frame. (Figure 2)
(A)Belt Clamp
(B)Square Hole
Figure 3 j0sa43974

11. Remove the Pulley Bracket. (Figure 4)
(2) Remove the Pulley Bracket and the spring.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 39 HCS

4-295
39 HCS 4-296 Version.1 .1.1
(A)Spring
Figure 6 j0sa49947
Figure 4 j0sa43975
14. Return the Tamper Unit to the upright position.
12. Move the Pulley Bracket towards the Front Tamper Motor. (Figure 5) 15. Remove the Motor Cover. (Figure 7)
(1) Store the Pulley Bracket into the square hole. (1) Remove the screws (x4).
(2) Move the Front Tamper Base in the direction of the arrow. (2) Remove the Motor Cover.
13. Remove the Gear Cover. (Figure 6) 16. Remove the Front Tamper Motor, the belt, and the Pulley Bracket. (Figure 8)
(1) Remove the screw. (1) Release the clamp and remove the wire harness.
(2) Remove the Gear Cover. (2) Disconnect the connector.
(4) Remove the Front Tamper Motor, the belt, and the Pulley Bracket.
REP 39.32.1 Set Clamp Motor and Belt
Removal
WARNING
Figure 8 j0sa43978
17. The removed Front Tamper Motor, belt, and Pulley Bracket. (Figure 9) (2) Remove the Motor Cover.
Replacement 7. Remove the Set Clamp Motor and the belt. (Figure 2)
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. (1) Disconnect the connector.
(5) Remove the Set Clamp Motor.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 39 HCS

4-297
39 HCS 4-298 Version.1 .1.1
REP 39.33.1 Rear Tamper Motor, Belt and Pulley Bracket

Removal
WARNING
6. Store the Extension Pads. (Figure 1)
Figure 2 j0sa43966
(1) Use tape to hold the Extension Pads (x6) and store them.
Replacement
Figure 1 j0sa43967
7. Move the Rear Tamper Base in the direction of the arrow and move the Belt Clamp to the square
hole of the Frame. (Figure 2)
(A)Belt Clamp
(B)Square Hole
8. Return the Tamper Unit to the upright position. 11. Turn the Tamper Unit upside down.
9. Remove the plate. (Figure 3) 12. Remove the Pulley Bracket. (Figure 5)
(1) Remove the screw. (1) Remove the screws (x2).
(2) Remove the plate. (2) Remove the Pulley Bracket and the spring.
(A)Spring
Figure 3 j0sa43969
Figure 5 j0sa43971
10. Remove the Belt Clamp. (Figure 4)
(1) Remove the Tapping Screws (x2). 13. Remove the Rear Tamper Motor, the belt, and the Pulley Bracket. (Figure 6)
(2) Remove the Belt Clamp. (1) Disconnect the connector.
(4) Remove the Rear Tamper Motor, the belt, and the Pulley Bracket.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 39 HCS

4-299
39 HCS 4-300 Version.1 .1.1
REP 39.37.1 HCS Drive PWB

Removal
WARNING
CAUTION
Figure 6 j0sa43972 3. Disconnect the connectors (x11) on the HCS Drive PWB. (Figure 1)
Replacement
Figure 1 j0sa43911
4. Remove the HCS Drive PWB. (Figure 2)

(2) Release the PWB Support hooks (x2).
(3) Disconnect the connector and remove the HCS Drive PWB.
REP 39.37.2 HCS PWB
Removal
WARNING
CAUTION
Figure 2 j0sa43912 3. Disconnect the HCS PWB connectors (x18). (Figure 1)
Replacement
Figure 1 j0sa43913
4. Remove the HCS PWB. (Figure 2)

(2) Release the PWB Support hooks (x2).
(3) Disconnect the connector and remove the HCS PWB.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 39 HCS

4-301
39 HCS 4-302 Version.1 .1.1
REP 39.37.3 HCS LVPS

Removal
WARNING
3. Remove the HCS LVPS. (Figure 1)
(3) Remove HCS LVPS.
Figure 2 j0sa43914
Replacement
2. After replacement, remove the SEEP ROM from the old HCS PWB and install it onto the new one.
(A)SEEP ROM
Figure 1 j0sa43916
4. Remove the HCS LVPS from the bracket. (Figure 2)

Figure 3 j0sa43915
REP 39.39.1 Left Stacker Belt
Removal
WARNING
5. Remove the Paddle. (REP 39.24.2)
6. Remove the Stacker Exit Roll Housing. (REP 39.25.1)
Figure 2 j0sa43917
7. Remove the Edge Sensor Frame. (REP 39.25.2)
Replacement 8. Remove the Stacker Left Lower Cover. (Figure 1)
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. (1) Remove the screw of the Front Door Stopper.
(3) Remove the Stacker Left Lower Cover.
Figure 1 j0sa49918
9. Remove the screws that secure the Stack No Paper Sensor. (Figure 2)
(2) Move the Stack No Paper Sensor.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 39 HCS

4-303
39 HCS 4-304 Version.1 .1.1
Figure 2 j0sa49952
10. Remove the Stack No Paper Sensor. (Figure 3)

(1) Disconnect the connector (J329L).
(2) Disconnect the connector (J329P).
Figure 4 j0sa43998
12. Remove the Stacker Left Lower Frame. (Figure 5)

(2) Remove the Stacker Left Lower Frame.
Figure 3 j0sa49953
11. Remove the Stacker Left Center Cover. (Figure 4)

(2) Remove the Stacker Left Center Cover.
Figure 5 j0sa49919
13. Remove the Front Rail Support. (Figure 6)

(3) Remove the Front Rail Support.
Figure 7 j0sa49921
Figure 6 j0sa49920 15. Remove the Left Tray Arm. (Figure 8)

14. Remove the Rear Rail Support. (Figure 7) (2) Remove the Belt Clamps (x2).
(1) Remove the screws (M3: x7). (3) Remove the Left Tray Arm.
(3) Remove the Rear Rail Support.
Figure 8 j0sa49922
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 39 HCS

4-305
39 HCS 4-306 Version.1 .1.1
16. Remove the Pulley Brackets. (Figure 9) REP 39.40.1 Right Stacker Belt
(2) Remove the Pulley Brackets (x2).
Removal
WARNING
5. Remove the Stacker Right Front Cover. (Figure 1)
(2) Remove the Stacker Right Front Cover.
Figure 9 j0sa49923
17. Remove the Left Stacker Belt. (Figure 10)

(1) Remove the clips (x8).
(2) Remove the gear and the key.
(4) Move the shaft in the direction of the arrow and remove the Left Stacker Belts (x2).
Figure 1 j0sa49925
6. Remove the Front Door Lock Bracket. (Figure 2)

(2) Remove the Front Door Lock Bracket.
Figure 10 j0sa49924
Replacement
2. When installing the Left Tray Arm, perform ADJ 39.39.1 Left/Right Tray Arm Installation Position.
7. Disconnect the Front Door Lock Bracket connectors. (Figure 3) 9. Remove the Stacker Right Center Cover. (Figure 5)
(2) Release the clamps (x3) and remove the wire harness. (2) Remove the Stacker Right Center Cover.
Figure 3 j0sa49927
8. Remove the Stacker Right Lower Cover. (Figure 4)

(2) Remove the Stacker Right Lower Cover.
Figure 5 j0sa43999
10. Remove the Stacker Right Rear Cover. (Figure 6)
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 39 HCS

4-307
39 HCS 4-308 Version.1 .1.1
(1) Remove the screws (x5). 12. Remove the Front Rail Support. (Figure 8)
(2) Remove the Stacker Right Rear Cover. (1) Remove the screws (M3: x7).
(3) Remove the Front Rail Support.
Figure 6 j0sa49929
11. Remove the Stacker Right Lower Frame. (Figure 7) Figure 8 j0sa49932
(2) Remove the Stacker Right Lower Frame. 13. Remove the Rear Rail Support. (Figure 9)
(3) Remove the Rear Rail Support.
Figure 7 j0sa49930
15. Remove the Pulley Brackets. (Figure 11)
(2) Remove the Pulley Brackets (x2).
Figure 11 j0sa49935
16. At the rear of the HCS, remove the screws that secure the Roll Cover. (Figure 12)
Figure 9 j0sa49933 (1) Remove the Tapping Screws (x2).
14. Remove the Right Tray Arm. (Figure 10)

(2) Remove the Belt Clamps (x2).
(3) Remove the Right Tray Arm.
Figure 12 j0sa49936
17. Remove the Roll Cover. (Figure 13)

(2) Remove the Roll Cover.
Figure 10 j0sa49934
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 39 HCS

4-309
39 HCS 4-310 Version.1 .1.1
REP 39.42.1 HCS Control Panel PWB

Removal
WARNING
CAUTION
Figure 13 j0sa49937 3. Remove the screws that secure the HCS Control Panel. (Figure 1)
(1) Remove the clamps (x2).
18. Remove the Right Stacker Belt. (Figure 14)
(2) Remove the cable bands (x2).
(1) Remove the clips (x8).
(2) Remove the gear and the key.
(4) Move the shaft in the direction of the arrow and remove the Right Stacker Belts (x2).
Figure 1 j0sa43906
4. Turn the HCS Control Panel upside down.

Figure 14 j0sa49938 5. Remove the screws that secure the HCS Control Panel. (Figure 2)
Replacement (2) Remove the bracket.
2. When installing the Right Tray Arm, perform ADJ 39.39.1 Left/Right Tray Arm Installation Position.
(4) Remove the Ground Plate.
Figure 2 j0sa43907
6. Remove the HCS Control Panel PWB. (Figure 3)

(2) Remove the brackets (x2).
Figure 3 j0sa43908
Replacement
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 39 HCS

4-311
39 HCS 4-312 Version.1 .1.1
ADJ 2.1.1 IOT Side/Lead Edge Registration (DC129) NOTE: When trying to perform Lead Edge Adjustment, make sure to select a specific paper size,
side and paper type you want to adjsut because Lead Edge Adjustment reflects different values cor-
Purpose responding to paper sizes, sides and paper types each.
To align the image on the drum with the proper position (Lead/Side Edge) of the paper.
NOTE: Lead Regi needs adjusting for individual trays and paper types. Adjusting one of (1) and (2)
NOTE: The following adjustments should be finished. on Table 1 results in changing both together. The numbered items marked with * do not need adjust-
ing because they are adjusted in other sections (these items are adjustable, but adjusting an item
• Fast Scan % (ADJ2.1.5 System Regi Adjustment)
with * results in adjusting the same-numbered item simultaneously.)
• Slow Scan % (ADJ2.1.5 System Regi Adjustment)
• Squareness (ADJ2.1.5 System Regi Adjustment)
Check Table 1 Lead Registration Adjustment

1. Enter Diag. mode and select [Maintenance/Diagnostics], [Registration], and then [System Registra- Length in Paper Feed Direction
tion Adjustment (DC129)] Adjustment). [mm]
Paper
2. Under [For Individual Trays], output the built-in patterns under the desired adjustment conditions.
Type 0<=width<=2390 2390<=width
<Side Edge Adjustment> Side Paper Tray Group Paper Type (A4) (A3)
Side Regi Correction "Correction Enabled"/"Correction Disabled"
Side1 Tray1 Plain Plain (1) (8)
Tray: Tray to be adjusted Tray2 Thin (tracing)
Paper Size: A3, A4L Tray3 Reused
Tray4 Punched
NOTE: Side Regi Adjustment should be done, using both [Correction Enabled] and [Correction Dis-
Tray6 (4000HCF-Upper) Thick 1 Thick 1 (2) (9)
abled]. As to the following types of paper, even if [Correction Enabled] is selected, it will be switched Tray7 (4000HCF -Lower) Tab thick 1
to [Correction Disabled], so adjusting by using both is required.
Tray5 (IOT-MSI) Plain Paper
• tracing paper Plain Paper
• punched paper Thin (tracing)
• label paper Reused
The "Correction Enabled" mode uses the function that corrects ROS writes by detecting the Side Punched
Edge with the CIS. Thick 1 Thick 1
The “Correction Disabled” mode uses NVM locations for trays and paper types each to set the ROS Tab thick 1
writing position. Thick 2 Thick 2
Tab thick 2
<Lead Edge Adjsutment>
Label Label 1
Tray: tray to be adjusted Label 2
Paper Size: A3, A4L OHP OHP sheet
Side: side to be adjusted (Side 1, Side 2) Side1 Tray5 (HCF-MSI) Plain Plain (1)* (3) (9)*
Thin (tracing)
Reused
Punched
Thick 1 Thick 1 (2)* (4) (10)
Tab thick 1
Thick 2 Thick 2 (5) (11)
Tab thick 2
Label Label 1 (6) (12)
Label 2
OHP OHP sheet (1)* (7) (13)

4-313
Table 1 Lead Registration Adjustment

Length in Paper Feed Direction
[mm]
Paper
Type 0<=width<=2390 2390<=width
Side Paper Tray Group Paper Type (A4) (A3)
Side1 Tray6 (2000A3-HCF) Plain Plain (1)* (8)*
Tray6(4000C2-HCF Thin (tracing)
Upper) Reused
Tray7(4000C2-HCF Punched
Lower) PlainS1 (1)* (3)* (9)*
Recycled S1
ReusedS1
Coated 1
Thick 1 Thick 1 (2)* (10)*
Coated 1A (2)* (4)* (10)*
Figure 1 IOT Registration (j0fu40237)
Coated 1B (4)*
Thick 1S1
4. Check that the measured values of the Lead Edge (A) and Side Edge (B) fall within the specifica-
Tab thick 1
tions of the supporting mode
Thick 2 Thick 2 (5)* (11)*
Thick 2S1 Table 2 Specification
Thick 2B
Coated 2 Item Simplex Duplex MSI
Tab thick 2 Lead Edge (A) 10+/-0.8mm 10+/-1.5mm (*) 10+/-1.5mm
Label Label 1 (6)* (12)* Side Edge (B) 8.5+/-0.8mm 8.5+/-2.0mm (*) 8.5+/-2.9mm
Label 2
OHP OHP sheet (7)* (13)* (*) When making an adjustment based on the table, use the value as a reference value.
Side2 Tray1 Plain Plain
Tray2 PlainS1
Tray3 Thin (tracing)
Tray4 Recycled S1
Tray6 (4000HCF-Upper) Punched
Tray7 (4000HCF-Lower)
Thick 1 Thick 1
Tray6 (2000A3-HCF)
Thick 1S1
Tray6(4000C2-HCF
Upper)
Tray7(4000C2-HCF
Lower)
Tray5 (IOT-MSI)
Tray5 (HCF-MSI)
3. Measure the Lead and Side Edges of the print pattern. (Paper Size: A3) (Figure 1)
Lead Edge: Part A of the figure
Side Edge: Part B of the figure
Figure 2 j0tk41312
Adjustment 4. Return to the [Maintenance/Diagnostics] screen. Select [Maintenance/Diagnostics] > [Print Test
1. Enter Diag. mode and execute [Maintenance/Diagnostics], [Registration], and then [System Regis- Pattern]. Set the following. Press the Start button to output a sample.
tration Adjustment (DC129)]. • Pattern No.=1
2. Adjust the measured values of the Lead Edge (A) and Side Edge (B) so that the measured values • Quantity=1
fall within the specifications of the respective supporting modes. • Paper Selection=Tray 6 (7)
If the measured value of the lead edge is short: Adjust it with the [Down] button. NOTE: Load Tray 6 and Tray 7 with A3 plain paper in advance.
If the measured value of the lead edge is long: Adjust it with the [Up] button.
5. Check that the side mis-regi amount on the output sample is within 0 +/-0.5mm.
If the measured value of the side edge is long: Adjust it with the [Right] button.
[How to obtain side mis-regi amount]
If the measured value of the side edge is short: Adjust it with the [Left] button.
Side Mis-regi Amount = Side Regi Target Value - Measured Side Regi Value
3. After adjustment, output the pattern in the same mode again.
<Reference>
4. Repeat steps 1-3 until the measured values of the Lead Edge (A) and Side Edge (B) fall within the
specifications. The target side regi value for the “grid pattern” built in the IOT: 11inch: 10.965mm, A3: 8.5mm
<Side Registration Adjustment at installation of 2000A3HCF/4000C2-HCF> 6. If the amount obtained in [step 5] is out of the specified range, adjust the Tray Shift Adjustment
Timer.
Purpose • 2000A3HCF NVM743-012: 2000A3HCF Tray Shift Adjustment Timer (Tray6)
To adjust where the HCF Tray should shift to the IOT.
• 4000C2-HCF NVM743-108: 4000C2-HCF Upper Tray Shift Time (Tray6)
• 4000C2-HCF NVM743-143: 4000C2-HCF Lower Tray Shift Time (Tray7)
NOTE: At installation of the HCF, perform Side Registration Adjustment for MSI/HCF.
<Reference>
Check Default: 128=+/-0mm, 1 count=0.026mm, -direction=Tray moves to Front, +direction=Tray moves to
1. Enter Diag. mode and select [Maintenance/Diagnostics] > [NVM Read/Write]. Rear. Eg: When the measured value is +9.8mm, the mis-regi amount is -1.3mm. Add -(1.3/0.026)= -
2. Check the following Side Regi Adjustment NVM values. If they are not the default, change them to 50 to the current value and obtain the new value. Enter the new value.
it. 7. Perform [Print Test Pattern] again as in [step 4] and check the print.
8. In the case of 4000C2-HCF, repeat steps 4 through 7 for Tray 7.
Table 3 9. Restore the former NVM values that were temporarily changed for adjustment.
NVM Default Description 2000A3HCF 4000C2-HCF • NVM742-168: Output of relevant paper at detection of Side Edge Error: Change 0 (permit) to
742-303 500 Side Regi Adjustment MSI/HCF-MSI Side1(MSI, O O the former default.
Simp) • NVM742-162: Side Mis-Regi Correction: from 1 (Prohibit Correction, All Paper Widths) to 0
742-308 500 Side Regi Adjustment Tray6 Side1 (Upper Tray, O O (Permit Correction, All Paper Widths)
Simp) NOTE: As to 4112DC/4112CP, change the value in NVM742-168 to “0 (permit)”. As to the other
742-309 500 Side Regi Adjustment Tray7 Side1 (Lower Tray, - O models, be sure to change to “1 (prohibit)”.
Simp)
742-319 500 Side Regi Adjustment MSI/HCF-MSI Side2 (MSI, O O 10. Again perform the IOT Side Regi Adjustment (Side 1 and Side 2).
Dup) (See ADJ2.1.1 IOT Side/Lead Edge Registartion (DC129))
742-324 500 Side Regi Adjustment Tray6 Side2 (Upper Tray, O O NOTE: Trays to be adjusted:
Dup) 2000A3HCF: Tray6, MSI
724-325 500 Side Regi Adjustment Tray7 Side2 (Lower Tray, - O
4000C2-HCF: Tray6, Tray7, MSI
Dup)
NOTE: Adjust the NVM values marked with “O” for 2000A3HCF/4000C2-HCF.
3. For adjustment, change the following NVMs temporarily.

• NVM742-168: Output of relevant paper at detection of Side Edge Error: If the current value is 0
(permit), don’t change it. If it is 1 (prohibit), change it to 0 (permit).
• NVM742-162: Side Mis-Regi Correction: from 0 (Permit Correction, All Paper Widths) to 1
(Prohibit Correction, All Paper Widths)

4-315
ADJ 2.1.2 Print Image Quality Adjustment The toner density is away from the target.
Execute Diag. (DC991:Tone Up/Down).
Purpose
[Limit]
If the print density is not the desired one, change the Process Control density target value to adjust the
Cannot perform further density adjustment. (All manual correction values have reached their limits.)
print density.
4. Perform the checking procedures and check the density of the Process Control pattern.
Check 5. The Toner Density :ATC judgment result became OK. Repeat Steps 1 to 4 until desired density is
obtained.
1. Enter the diag mode and select [Maintenance/Diagnostics], [MAX Setup], and then [Procon ON/OFF
Print].
2. Set the execution type to "Procon "ON" Print" and load A3 paper into Tray 3, then execute.
3. The result is displayed on the screen and the Process Control patterns are output.
4. When result is displayed as "NG" on the screen, failure has occurred. Perform troubleshooting for
the appropriate parts. (Table 1)
Table 1 Fail Codes for NG Results

Item Fail Codes for NG Results
Grid Voltage 092-607
Voltage High 092-608
Light Density: LD (ESV) 092-609
Voltage Medium 092-610
Density: RADC 092-663
Light Density: LD (ADC) -
Toner Density: ATC - (NVM752-363)
Temperature 092-661
Humidity (%) 092-662
Density: Vcln 092-651
Print Density Adjustment: 092-664
5. Visually check the density of the printed Process Control pattern.

Adjustment
1. On the [Procon ON/OFF] window, select [Print Density Adjustment] and enter a setting value.
To increase density: "1"
To decrease density: "-1"
To restore correction value to initial value: "2"
2. Press the [Start] key to perform the adjustment.
3. Perform the following according to the result in the "Print Density Adjustment" column.
[OK]
The density is in the normal range. (Each manual correction value was changed normally.)
Check the density again by DC935 Procon "ON" Print.
[NG]
Since a density-related failure (judgment item column) occurred, check XERO-related data (NVM).
(For details anout the density-related failure, see the corresponding FIP [092-607 to 092-663] in
Chapter 2, Troubleshooting.")
[Tone]
ADJ 2.1.3 Directions for Replacing Important Information Stored
Component
Purpose
Purpose: To get a full understanding of how to handle Important Information Stored Components. Data
that the customer has entered after machine installation is so important that nobody can be forgiven for a
loss or leak of the data. Besides, from the perspective of earning the confidence of the customer, it is
indispensable for the CE to be able to realize the components that store such data. Great care should
also be taken in replacing such components.
Procedure:
This product has the components below store important information. Perform the following procedure.
NOTE: Japan: Collect/discard components, following FTO (2-027) common to all the models.
IBG: Collect/discard components, following the way specified separately.

4-317
Table 1
Component Name Storage Information Work before replacement Work after replacement
1 HDD Remaining data (left as it is) • Initial Action • Handling removed HDD
• E-data recorded in mailbox (*) Back up data by printing reports and using tools, [Japan]
• Scanned text data yet to be sent (*) in order to set the data again. Take HDD back to your base. Ensure to obtain
• Text data yet to be copied/printed (*) Besides, check that the Job in Memory lamp on consent from the customer before doing so.
• Data stored in SMB folder. the panel is off. If the lamp is on, tell the cus- Then explain to him/her that the removed HDD
tomer that text data stored (with (*) at left) will be will be sent to the FX recycling location and
• Fonts
deleted and obtain his/her consent. ’overwritten’ or ’shredded’ there and that no
• Forms
security problem will arise.If the customer wants
• Logos to check visually that the HDD is shredded,
• Security print (*) shred it (at a charge).
• Sample print (*) [IBG]
• Delayed print (*) Collect/discard HDD, following the way specified
• Job templates separately.
• Job flows • Final Action
• Job logs (stored on HDD) Restore the data, using tools.Return settings to
their original values, using reports.
• Debug logs
• Data of addresses on extended address book
• Audit logs (stored on HDD)
• User info (with ’save user info on HDD in network
authentication mode’ enabled, and in XSA mode)
• Account IDs (in network authentication mode and
XSA mode
• JBA info operation log (stored on HDD)
• Certificates (device certificate and PC certificate)
Data to be deleted (data already used but remaining
physically on HDD. It is normally difficult to restore the
data.)
• Image data stored temporarily for copy/print out-
put
• Scanned image data stored temporarily to be
taken out from client PC
• Data entered from network and stored temporarily
Data spooled on HDD
• Data taken out from mailbox then deleted
• Image data to be deleted after being used for
security print/sample print/delayed print
Table 1
Component Name Storage Information Work before replacement Work after replacement
2 NVRAM on Control- Parameters that the user can set (IP address, etc.) • Initial Action • Handling removed PWB
ler Board • Mailbox information Back up data by printing reports and using tools, [Japan]
• Job memory in order to set the data again. Ensure to initialize PWB then take it back to your
• Job log • Delete data base. If it cannot be initialized at the customer
• Error log (Fault History and Counter) If NVM hardware is normal, delete the data by site, explain it will be done at the FX recycling
• DV log/auditron setting/total PV info/JBA info performing special boot No. 3 (Press and hold location and that no security problem will arise.
operation log [Power Saver]+[Stop]+[3] and turn on the [IBG]
machine). Collect/discard HDD, following the way specified
• Delete all separately.
Start ’Clear all data’ in KO mode. HDD except • Final Action
NVMs will also be initialized. Restore the data, using tools.Return settings to
their original values, using reports.

4-319
ADJ 2.1.4 Firmware Update FX4127G_xxxxxxx_MF.exe: for FX-DC/MF(CPS)

FX4127G_xxxxxxx_PS.exe: for FX-MF(CPS)+PS Option
Purpose
FX4127G_xxxxxxx_P.exe: for FX-Printer(EPS)
Perform this procedure when updating the machine firmware (ESS, IISS, IOT, Finisher), or when reinstal-
lation of machine software is required due to some trouble. [Controller ROM Software Version to be installed (MF: 1.10.x, P: 1.50.x or later)]
FX4127GW2_xxxxxxx_MF.exe: for FX-DC/MF(CPS)
NOTE: CE will perform the updating. FX4127GW2_xxxxxxx_PS.exe: for FX-MF(CPS)+PS Option
[Obtaining the Firmware] FX4127GW2_xxxxxxx_P.exe: for FX-Printer(EPS)
• IBG :
When upgrading the machine firmware, download the Firmware Version Upgrade Tool (FWDLMgr.exe) [Controller ROM Software Version to be installed (MF: 1.103.x, P: 1.143.x or later)]
and the machine Firmware from the following
AP4127G_xxxxxxx_PS.exe: for AP-MF(CPS)(PS standard)
IBG:See Docushare of IBG RTS AP4127G_xxxxxxx_P.exe: for AP-Printer(EPS)
[Controller ROM Software Version to be installed (MF: 1.110.x, P: 1.150.x or later)]
NOTE: Downloading both softwares from the homepage may take some time (depending on the environ- AP4127GW2_xxxxxxx_PS.exe: for AP-MF(CPS)(PS standard)
ment) because of the file size. Hence, download both softwares into the PC (PSW) in advance before vis- AP4127GW2_xxxxxxx_P.exe: for AP-Printer(EPS)
iting the customer.
* xxxxx: Date
NOTE: Environment Required for Installation [PJL method (Port9100: Network)]
• OS:Windows98/2000/NT4.0(SP3.0 and above)/XP
[PJL method (Port9100: Network)] 1. Connect the printer to the PC with the LAN cable (cross).
OS:Windows2000[DLD method (USB1.1)] (DC model: USB1.1 only) 2. Turn ON the machine and the PC and check that the IP Address/Subnet Mask are input so that
communication is possible both ways.
• CPU:Pentium(100MHz) and above
• Memory: 32MB and above NOTE: When setting the IOT port, check that the SNMP and Port 9100 are activated and running on
• Hard disk capacity available: 200MB and above the UDP of the SNMP. (Run the CenterWare Internet Services. Select [Properties], [Securities] and
[Enable Port] in this order and insert check mark to the UDP of the SNMP.)
NOTE: Cables Required for Connection
NOTE: Check that the output destination of the default printer driver at the PC becomes LPT1.
• 499T7780 LAN Cable (Cross 3m)
• 499T7776: USB Cable (Cross 2m) 3. Double-click the compressed file downloaded (downloaded data).
NOTE: The data files downloaded for installation are compressed. Decompress the data before down- NOTE: Once the compressed file has extracted itself, click the Firmware Version Upgrade Tool
loading them to the printer. (FWDLMgr.exe) in the extracted file to run it.
Purpose 4. Select [Agree] on the Firmware Version Upgrade Tool (License Agreement).
There are two ways to download the machine Firmware - DLD method (USB1.1) and PJL method 5. Select the Machine Model from the pull down menu of the Machine Model column on the selection
(Port9100: Network). screen for machine models and files.
6. Click the downloaded file from the Firmware column on the selection screen for machine models
In the case of DLD method (USB1.1) for downloading, it is necessary to change to the download mode. and files, and click [Next].
Selecting a detailed version displays the ROM version in each downloaded file.
In the case of PJL method (Port9100) for downloading, no setting at the machine is required. 7. Select how the printer is connected to the PC on the Communication Interface selection screen and
select [Next].
[Downloading]
((Working time: approx. 15 minutes)
1. Select a compressed file (downloaded data) compatible with the printer specifications from the NOTE: Check that the output destination of the default printer driver at the PC becomes LPT1.
DocuShare of (IBG) RTS and download it to the desired folder on the PC.
8. Press the Search button on the selection screen on the Printer/MF machine to search for devices
NOTE: Compressed files are common to these machines. The compressed files are divided into connected to this network.
two types each for FX and IBG according to function as follows: The search range button is used to search across other nets.
• FX : 9. The devices that can be specifed on the selection screen for Printer/MF machines are displayed in
[Controller ROM Software Version to be installed (MF: 1.3.x, P: 1.43.x or later)] the Printer/MF machines column. Check the check box and select [Next].
10. The firmware update status appears on the "Updating" screen. (Working time: approx. 15 minutes)
The results screen will be displayed upon completion.
NOTE: Check that the output destination of the default printer driver at the PC becomes LPT1.
11. Select the [Close] button on the results screen. (Firmware update task complete)
10. The devices that can be specifed on the selection screen for Printer/MF machines are displayed in
NOTE: After downloading ends, the IOT restarts automatically. the Printer/MF machines column. Check the check box and select [Next].
[DLD method (USB1.1)] 11. The firmware update status appears on the "Updating" screen.
The results screen will be displayed upon completion.
1. Connect the printer to the PC with the USB cable. 12. Select the [Close] button on the results screen. (Firmware update task complete)
NOTE: After downloading ends, the IOT restarts automatically.
Figure 1 PC connection (j0ph40251)
2. Turn ON the machine and the PC

3. Set the printer to Download mode.
(1) Turn ON the printer while pressing the Power Saver button.
(2) The progress status bar is displayed on the UI screen for approx. 10 seconds.
(3) The UI screen goes off for 7 seconds.
(4) The UI screen displays "DOWNLOAD MODE" and enters the Download mode.
4. In case of USB1.1 connection, cancel the opening of "Add/Remove Hareware Wizard".
5. Double-click the compressed file downladed (downloaded data).
NOTE: Once the compressed file has extracted itself, click the Firmware Version Upgrade Tool
(FWDLMgr.exe) in the extracted file to run it.
6. Select [Agree] on the Firmware Version Upgrade Tool (License Agreement).
7. Select the Machine Model from the pull down menu of the Machine Model column on the selection
screen for machine models and files.
8. Click the downloaded file from the Firmware column on the selection screen for machine models
and files, and click [Next].
Selecting a detailed version displays the ROM version in each downloaded file.
9. Select how the printer is connected to the PC on the Communication Interface selection screen and
select [Next].

4-321
ADJ 2.1.5 System Registration Adjustment (Fast Scan %; Slow

Scan %; Squareness)
Purpose
To obtain the correct magnification and squareness for 100%-magnified copies.
<Fast Scan %>
Magnification in the fast scan direction can be adjusted by adjusting pixel position with IReCT
(image processing).
<Slow Scan %>
Magnification in the slow scan direction can be adjusted by adjusting pixel position with IReCT
(image processing).
<Squareness>
The amount of the skewed lead edge can be adjusted by adjusting its pixel position with IReCT Figure 1 j0tk42161
(image processing) and changing the squareness of the image.
Check Adjustment
< Fast Scan %> 1. Enter the diag. mode. Select [Maintenance/Diagnostics], [Registration], and then [System Registra-
tion Adjustment].
1. Enter the diag mode. Select [Maintenance/Diagnostics], [Registration], and then [System Registra- 2. On the System Registration Adjustment window, select [Fast Scan %].
tion Adjustment]. 3. On the [Fast Scan %] window, enter a specific adjustment value and press [Save].
2. Under [For Individual Trays], select conditions for adjustment, and then press [Print] to output a The measured Fast Scan % is smaller: Increase an adjustment value.
built-in pattern. The measured Fast Scan % is larger: Decrease an adjustment value.
Tray: a tray to adjust
Paper size: A3 SEF Table 2
3. Measure the length between the specified positions on the output built-in pattern and check that it Adjust. Ratio per Count Default Adjust. Value Range Remarks
meets the specification.
1 count=0.025% 0 -32 to +32 (*) Individual Sides 1 and 2
Measurement Method
(1) Measure the length between P8 and P13 as shown in the figure.
(*) This range of values to enter is restricted according to adjustment value at shipment.
(2) Put the length value into the formula ((P8 to P13)-280.9)/280.9x100 and obtain a measured
value. NOTE: To reduce, use [-]. To enlarge, use [+].
(3) Check if the measured value meets the specification. 4. Output the built-in pattern again and measure the length between the specified positions for Fast
Scan %. Check if the length meets the specification.
Table 1
5. Repeat the above operation until a measured Fast Scan % is in specification.
Item Simplex Duplex
Check
Fast Scan % 100+/-0.3% 100+/-0.3% (*) <Slow Scan %>
(*) When making an adjustment based on the table, use the value as a reference value. 1. Enter the diag mode. Select [Maintenance/Diagnostics], [Registration], and then [System Registra-
tion Adjustment].
2. Under [For Individual Trays], select conditions for adjustment, and then press [Print] to output a
built-in pattern.
Paper size: A3 SEF
3. Measure the length between the specified positions on the output built-in pattern and check that it NOTE: To reduce, use [-]. To enlarge, use [+].
meets the specification.
4. Output the built-in pattern again and measure the length between the specified positions for Slow
Measurement Method Scan %. Check if the length meets the specification.
(1) Measure the length between P2 and P14 as shown in the figure. 5. Repeat the above operation until a measured Slow Scan % is in specification.
(2) Put the length value in the formula ((P2 to P14)-401.3)/401.3x100 and obtain a measured
value.
Check
(3) Check if the measured value meets the specification. <Squareness>
1. Enter the diag mode. Select [Maintenance/Diagnostics], [Registration], and then [System Registra-
Table 3
tion Adjustment].
Item Simplex Duplex
2. Under [For Individual Trays], select conditions for adjustment, and then press [Print] to output a
Slow Scan % 100+/-0.3% 100+/-0.3% (*) built-in pattern.
(*) When making an adjustment based on the table, use the value as a reference value. Paper size: A3 SEF
3. Measure how far the vertical line drawn from the specified position on the output built-in pattern
shifts.
Measurement Method
(1) Draw a vertical line A from P2, which is the intersection of the line connecting P4 and P6. Mea-
sure the difference from P14.
(2) Check if the measured value meets the specification.
Table 5
Item Simplex Duplex
Squareness +/-0.5mm +/-0.5mm
NOTE: For this adjustment, use 1 count=0.05mm. For adjustment of the position of an output image in
system administrator mode (alignment correction), use 1 count=0.1mm.
Figure 2 j0tk42162
Adjustment
1. Enter the diag mode. Select [Maintenance/Diagnostics], [Registration], and then [System Registra-
tion Adjustment].
2. On the System Registration Adjustment window, select [Slow Scan %].
3. On the [Slow Scan %] window, enter a specific adjustment value and press [Save].
The measured Slow Scan % is smaller: Increase an adjustment value.
The measured Slow Scan % is larger: Decrease an adjustment value.
Table 4
Adjust. Ratio per Count Default Adjust. Value Range Remarks
1 count=0.025% 0 -16 to +16 (*) Individual Sides 1 and 2
(*) This range of values to enter is restricted according to adjustment value at shipment Figure 3 j0tk42163

4-323
Adjustment ADJ 2.4.1 UI Touch Panel Origin Point Correction

1. Enter the diag mode. Select [Maintenance/Diagnostics], [Registration], and then [System Registra- Purpose
tion Adjustment].
To align the position of the buttons on the display and the Touch Panel so that the user can select the
2. On the System Registration Adjustment window, select [Squareness].
contents on the display using the Touch Panel.
3. On the [Squareness] window, enter a specific adjustment value and press [Save].
The image is to the front (P14 is to the left of the vertical line): Increase an adjustment value. Perform this adjustment when the UI PWB and UI components are replaced.
The image is to the rear (P14 is to the right of the vertical line): Decrease an adjustment value.
NOTE: Adjust using the Touch Pen found in the UI component. If the Touch Pen is not available, you may
Table 6 use a pointed object. Take care not to damage the surface of the UI when using the pointed object.
Adjust. Qty per Count Default Adjust. Value Range Remarks Adjustment
1 count=0.05mm 0 -40 to +40 (*) Individual Sides 1 and 2 1. Turn OFF the machine. Remove the inner cover of the UI Component and take out the Touch Pen.
(Figure 1)
(*) This range of values to enter is restricted according to adjustment value at shipment.
4. Output the built-in pattern again and measure a shift in squareness. Check if it meets the specifica-
tion.
5. Repeat the above operation until a measured squareness value is in specification.
Figure 1 Touch Pen Position for UI Touch Panel Origin Point Correction (j0fu40238)
2. Press and hold the [0], [1], [3] keys on the Control Panel while turning ON the machine.
The following display appears. (Figure 2)
Figure 2 UI Touch Panel Display for Origin Point Correction (j0fu40239) Figure 4 Display for Successful Correction (j0fu40241)
3. Using the Touch Pen, touch the intersections of the vertical and horizontal lines P1 to P9 in 5. The following screen will be displayed when correction fails. (Figure 5)
sequence.
When P1 is pressed, the following display appears and the buzzer sounds. (Figure 3)
Figure 5 Display for Failed Correction (j0fu40242)
Figure 3 Display after touching P1 (j0fu40240) 6. After origin point correction ends, the following screen will be displayed. (Figure 6)
Press the four intersections that are circled. (In any random sequence). Pressed part displays a
Pressing the intersections P2 to P8 display similar screens. black square which remains until next entry is performed.
4. After the intersection P9 is pressed, the following screen is displayed when origin point correction is Buzzer sounds if correction is successful => Origin point adjustment completed
performed correctly and correction data is successfully stored. (Figure 4) Buzzer does not sound if correction fails => Execute correction again

4-325
ADJ 2.5.1 Upgrading Software (Device UI Method)(FX Only)

Purpose
The Download Device UI function aims at simplifying the procedure for updating Firmware and does not
require the PC and the USB memory that have been required so far for updating Firmware. This function
obtains a Firmware updating file from a server connected to the network; stores the file onto the HDD in
the device; automatically goes into the Download mode; and then updates Firmware.
Preparation on the Web Server side (This is a case where IIS is used under
WindowsXP.)
To store Firmware on a Web server in such a case as you manage Web servers as an agent, use this
procedure, referring to the following.
Purpose
1. On the Web server, create a folder for storing Firmware and name it “fw".
2. Select the “Start” menu > Program > Management Tool > Internet Information Service in order. (If
Figure 6 Checking Screen (j0fu40243)
“Internet Information Service” is not displayed, it indicates IIS is not installed.)
7. Turn OFF the power. 3. Right-click “a specified Web site” to view a menu. From the menu, select “New Document “> Virtual
Directory.
Repeat steps 1-6 if correction fails.
4. Enter the name “fw” to be used when the Firmware is made public on the Web, and select “Next”.
NOTE: When the power is turned ON immediately after it is turned OFF, the screen in Figure 6 will 5. From “Reference”, select the folder created in step 1 for storing the Firmware.
be displayed.
6. On the Permit Access screen, check “Scan”, "Execute scripts such as ASP” and “Reference” and
Therefore, after adjustment is complete, turn OFF the power and wait for about one minute before then select "Next”.
turning it ON again.
7. If the window below appears, making the Firmware public on the Web is complete. (Figure 1)
NOTE:When Main Switch is switched OFF and Main SW OFF is detected by ON/OFF Monitor,
Delay Circuit starts operating. After a spec time, output voltage is cut off. The following take the
times below to have their respective out put voltages cut off.
IOT: 3 sec
ESS: 40 sec
8. Return the Touch Pen to its original position after use.
Figure 1 j0wj40901
Upgrading Procedure ADJ 2.5.2 Backup/Restore/Copy
NOTE: Before upgrading Firmware, be sure to backup it. (See ADJ 2.5.2 .) Purpose
Backup and restore Firmware in the following cases.
1. Enter UI-Diag. Select System Settings > Common Settings > Maintenance/Diagnostics, and on
page 2 under Maintenance/Diagnostics, select “Software Upgrade”.
Table 1
2. Enter information about the Web server in the UI screen. (Figure 2)
As to items 3 and 4, enter the values if they are set up on the Web Server side. No. Case Purpose
1 When upgrading Fimware If you want to return a new version of Firmware to the former
one after upgrading it, for some reason (e.g. the operation has
become unstable), restore it to the former state.*
2 When HDD or NVM PWB fails Restore backed up settings. This reduces working time for
environmental restoration.
3 When isolating a difficult-to-solve Save the current settings temporarily when initializing HDD
problem and NVM in order to isolate a problem. This reduces working
time for environmental restoration.
The destination to make a backup in is the HDD built in the machine or a USB memory that is a service
tool.
Preparation
• When making a backup in a USB memory, create a folder named “backup” in the USB beforehand.
• Before working, be sure to print a list of function settings.
NOTE: The procedure differs according to case. Go to the necessary procedure and work.
Table 2
No. Back up/Restore Refer to:
1 Make a backup onto HDD. Go to Procedure A.
2 Restore a backup from HDD. Go to Procedure B.
3 Restore a backup from HDD, using a special boot (in such a case as Go to Procedure C
nothing appears on the UI screen).
4 Make a backup into USB Memory. Go to Procedure D.
Figure 2 j0wj40902 5 Restore a backup from USB Memory. Go to Procedure E.
6 Restore a backup from USB, using a special boot (in such a case as Go to Procedure F.
3. In the UI screen, press “Download Now” to start download. nothing appears on the UI screen).
4. After downloading the Firmware from the Web server, the device automatically restarts and enters 7 Copy setting information. (Do this in Customer Mode.) Go to Procedure
the Download mode and then starts downloading it. G.
5. After finishing downloading it, the device restarts automatically.
Make a Backup onto/Restore a Backup from HDD

Procedure A (Make a backup onto HDD)
Purpose
1. Open the [Job Status] window and confirm that there is no job in progress or waiting to be pro-
cessed.

4-327
2. Remove the network cable and the line for Fax. Make a Backup onto/Restore a Backup from USB
3. Enter UI-Diag. Select System Settings > Common Settings > Maintenance/Diagnostics, and on In the following cases, use the procedure for making a backup to/restoring a backup from USB.
page 2 under Maintenance/Diagnostics, select “Backup Files/Restore Files”.
4. Select “Backup Files” and then “Hard Disk” under File Storage Location. Press the [Start] button. • work before replacing HDD
5. A confirmation message appears asking “Are you sure you want to make a copy of the files and • To replace HDD on another day, backup data and ask the customer to save it on his/her PC tempo-
save them in the Hard Disk?” Press [Yes]. Making a backup starts with the message “Making a copy rarily for security reason. (At this time, explain the purpose of backing up data and that you are not
of the files onto the Hard Disk” displayed. allowed to take back any customer information.)
6. When making a backup is completed, a message appears saying “Completed making a copy of the Procedure D (Make a backup onto USB Memory)
files onto the Hard Disk.” Press the [Confirm] button. Return to the Backup Files/Restore Files menu Purpose
screen. It takes approx. 2 to 5 minutes to make a backup.
1. Turn off the device. Connect a USB memory to the Fax port. Turn on the device again.
7. Press [Close],[Exit (Clear Log)] and [Yes (Clear)] in order. The device then restarts automatically.
That is all for the procedure for making a backup. NOTE: Because the FAX cable has been removed, a message appears saying “A failure or an error
is occurring. See the manual to check the number at right (016-214)” (reference message)
“Upgrade Firmware” or perform another work.
After the work, go to the following to restore the backed-up data if required. 2. Confirm that there is no job in progress or waiting to be processed.
If the UI does not start after the work, restore the backed-up data, referring to “Restrore a backup 3. Remove the network cable and the line for Fax.
from HDD, using a special boot” described after the following procedure. 4. Enter UI-Diiag. Select System Settings > Common Settings > Maintenance/Diagnostics, and on
Procedure B (Restore a backup from HDD) page 2 under Maintenance/Diagnostics, select “Backup Files/Restore Files”.
Purpose 5. Select “Backup Files” and then “USB Memory” under File Storage Location. Press the [Start] button.
1. Open the [Job Status] window and confirm that there is no job in progress or waiting to be pro- 6. A confirmation message appears asking “Are you sure you want to make a copy of the files in the
cessed. USB Memory?” Press [Yes]. Making a backup starts with the message “Making a copy of the files
2. Remove the network cable and the line for Fax. onto the USB Memory” displayed. It takes approx. 5 to 7 minutes to make a backup.
3. Enter UI-Diag. Select System Settings > Common Settings > Maintenance/Diagnostics, and on 7. When making a backup is complete, a message appears saying “Completed making a copy of the
files onto the USB Memory. Turn off the device and check that the display on the screen disappears
page 2 under Maintenance/Diagnostics, select “Backup Files/Restore Files”.
before removing the USB memory." Turn off the device.
4. Select “Restore Backed Up Files” and then “Hard Disk” under File Storage Location. Press the
8. Remove the USB memory and connect the cable for Fax.
[Start] button.
9. If necessary, move the whole “backup” directory to the customer’s PC and ask him/her to save it.
5. A confirmation message appears asking “Are you sure you want to restore the backed-up files from
the Hard Disk?” Press [Yes]. Restoring the backed-up files starts. At this time, the following mes- Delete the backed-up data in the USB on thespot.
sage appears. If the UI does not start after the work, restore the backed-up data, referring to “Restrore a backup from
"Restoring the backed-up files from the Hard Disk.” USB, using a special boot” described after the following procedure.
After the completion of the procedure, the device restarts and updates software.
Procedure E (Restore a backup from USB Memory)
When the initial screen appears, it indicates the procedure is complete.
Do not turn off the device until then.
Purpose
6. When the device finishes restoring the backed-up files, it automatically restarts and goes into the 1. Turn off the device. Connect the USB memory to the Fax port. Turn on the device.
Download mode. At this time the screen displays “Download Mode” just as it does when you nor- 2. On the [Job Status] window, confirm that there is no job in progress or waiting to be processed.
mally download Firmware by connecting Port9100 and USB. 3. Remove the network cable and the line for Fax.
7. When the process is successfully complete, the device restarts automatically. 4. Enter UI-Diag. Select System Settings > Common Settings > Maintenance/Diagnostics, and on
Procedure C (Restore a backup from HDD, using a special boot) page 2 under Maintenance/Diagnostics, select “Backup Files/Restore Files”.
Purpose 5. Select “Restore Backed Up Files” and then “USB Memory” under File Storage Location. Press the
[Start] button.
1. Turn off the device.
6. A confirmation message appears asking “Are you sure you want to restore the backed up files from
2. Press and hold “Power Saver”+”Stop”+”5” and turn on the device.
the USB Memory?” Press [Yes]. Restoring the backed-up files starts with the following message dis-
3. Automatically the device starts executing the restorative process. It "initializes HDD, restores HDD played.
settings, and restores NVM-set data.” When completing this, the device reboots automatically. "Restoring the backed-up files from the USB Memory.
4. Next, the device downloads Firmware. When completing this, the device automatically reboots. After the completion of the procedure, the device restarts and updates software.
5. Return the device to the former state and check that it can make copies. When the initial screen appears, it indicates the procedure is complete.
Do not turn off the device until then.”
7. In approx. 4 minutes the device will finish the restorative process and restart automatically and then
go into the Download mode. At this time the screen displays “Download Mode” just as it does when
you normally download Firmware by connecting Port9100 and USB.
8. Once the device has finished a series of processes and restarted successfully, turn off the device.
9. Remove the USB memory. Turn on the device and check that it can make copies.
10. When upgrading Firmware, do so. After that, make a backup onto the USB memory again.
11. Turn off the device. Remove the USB. Connect the cable for Fax.
Procedure F (Restore a backup from USB, using a special boot)
Purpose
1. Turn off the device. Connect the USB memory to the Fax port.
2. Press and hold “Power Saver”+”Stop”+”7” and turn on the device.
3. Automatically the device starts executing the restorative process. It "initializes HDD, restores HDD
settings, and restores NVM-set data.” When completing this, the device reboots automatically.
4. Next, the device downloads Firmware. When completing this, the device automatically reboots.
Return the device to the former state and check that it can make copies.
Procedure G for copying setting information
Purpose
This function is not intended for the CE, but can reduce the configuration work accompanying the instal-
lation service work for mass installation (installation of multiple devices). In addition, this can be used as
the Backup Files/Restore Files function. These are why this procedure is described.
Only the settings that can be set under CWIS are copiable.
Purpose Figure 1 j0wj40903

1. Determine one device as the master device and using “Operation Panel, CWIS, etc” set up the
device in the normal manner. Select Network Settings > Port Activation Settings and check the set- 6. Click “Cloning.dat” in “Setting Info Cloning Opeation” and download the information to the PC.
tings. (This part is not copied.) 7. Access the destination device and select the [Properties] tab > General Settings > Copy setting
2. Following “Installation Application Form” set up the network for a destination device to copy settings information.
(IP Address, Subnet Mask and Gateway Address) to. 8. Click [Reference] under “Import setting information”. Select "Cloning.dat" imported in step 5. Click
3. Select Network Settings > Port Activation Settings for the destination device. Make the settings the “Start”.
same as the ones for the master device. If the settings are different, related settings will not be 9. Wait until setting information is copied to the destination device.
cloned. 10. Check that the setting information is copied on the destination device.
4. From a client, connect to the master device through CWIS.
5. Select the [Properties] tab > General Settings > Clone setting information. (Figure 3)

4-329
ADJ 4.1.1 DADF Lead Skew Adjustment
Purpose
NOTE: 4127EPS/4112EPS does not deal with DADF-related items.
To correct the feeding of the original by adjusting the position of the DADF. (DADF Lead Skew, Perpen-
dicularity)
Adjust both the CVT and the CIS for 2 Sided Simultaneous Scan.
NOTE: Adjust the CIS after the CVT.
Check
1. Place Test Chart 499T247 (A3) on the DADF so that the chart can be scanned properly.
2. Make copies using the following settings.
[CVT]
Load the chart in the DADF, face up. Figure 1 Lead Skew Adjustment (Check) (j0fu45449)
A3 SEF
100% Adjustment
1 Sided->1 Sided [CVT]
3 copies
1. Open the DADF.
[CIS]
2. Adjust the position of the DADF by turning the DADF in direction A or B. (Figure 2)
(1) Press the [Log In/Out] key. Enter [System Administrator's Login ID] and press [Enter]. Select
the [Menu] key, [Tools], and then [System Settings]. From [System Setting], select [Copy Mode (1) Loosen the screws (x2).
Settings]->[Copy Control]->[2 Sided Originals Scan Options]. Set [1-Sidied Scan] for the read (2) Move the DADF in direction A or B.
type. (3) Tighten the screws (x2).
(2) Make copies using the following settings.
Load the chart in the DADF, face down and lead edge trailing.
A3 SEF
100%
2 Sided->2 Sided
3 copies
3. Check that the difference between the distances A and B from the side to the edges in the third cop-
ies is within 0+/-0.5mm. (Figure 1)
Figure 2 Lead Skew Adjustment (CVT Adjustment) (j0fu45443)
[CIS]
1. Remove the DADF front cover. (PL 4.2)
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 4. DADF (Except 4127 EPS/4112 EPS)

4-331
4. DADF (Except 4127 EPS/4112 EPS) 4-332 Version.1 .1.1
2. Remove the DADF rear cover. (PL 4.2)

3. Adjust the CIS mounting position. (Figure 3)
(1) Loosen the screws (2) securing the CIS.
(2) Move the CIS in the direction of A or B.
(3) Tighten the screws (2).
Figure 5 j0ku42044
4. After adjustment, carry out DADF Side Regi (ADJ 4.3.1) and DADF Lead Edge Regi. (ADJ 4.3.2).
Figure 3 Lead Skew Adjustment (CIS Adjustment) (j0fu45444)
The DADF and CIS moved in direction A (Figure 4)
Figure 4 j0ku42043
The DADF and CIS moved in direction B (Figure 5)

ADJ 4.3.1 DADF Side Edge Registration 2 Sided
5 copies
Purpose
3. Place the Test Chart on the third copy and measure the distance between the central lines of the
NOTE: 4127EPS/4112EPS does not deal with DADF-related items. Test Chart and the copy (part A in the figure). (Figure 1)
To set the DADF Scan Position (original scan position) Side Edge (Fast Scan Direction).
NOTE: The following adjustments must have been completed.

• IOT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration Adjustment (ADJ 2.1.1)
• IIT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration Adjustment (ADJ 5.8.1)
• DADF Height Adjustment (ADJ 4.3.3)
• DADF Lead Skew Adjustment (ADJ 4.1.1)
NOTE: In Duplex Mode, Side 2 is copied by simltaneous duplex read (CIS) or reverse read (CVT). Exe-
cute the adjustments on both types.
NOTE: Adjust the Side-2 registration for simultaneous duplex read after that for reverse read.
Check
Side 1 (Side 1 of 1 Sided or 2 Sided): Figure 1 DADF Side Edge Registration (j0st41565)
Load the chart in the DADF, face up.
4. Check that the distance between the central lines (A) falls within the specifications of the supporting
A3 SEF
mode.
100%
1 Sided Table 1 Specification
5 copies Item Simplex Duplex
CVT-Side2 (1 Sided Scan: Side 2 of 2 Sided):
Side Edge (Central Line Difference) +/-2.5mm +/-2.5mm
(1) From [System Setting], select [Copy Mode Settings]->[Copy Control]->[2 Sided Originals Scan
Options]. Set [1 Sided Scan] for the read type.
(2) Make copies using the following settings. Adjustment
Load the chart in the DADF, face down and lead edge trailing. 1. Enter Diag. mode and select DC131 (NVM Read/Write).
A3 SEF 2. Adjust the distance between the central lines (A) using the following NVM so that the measured
value falls within the specifications.
100%
If the central line on the Test Chart is to the right of the central line on the copy: Set a larger value.
2 Sided
If the central line on the Test Chart is to the left of the central line on the copy: Set a smaller value.
5 copies
CIS-Side2 (2 Sided Simultaneous Scan : Side 2 of 2 Sided): Table 2 NVM List
Chain Link Name Min Initial Max Step
the [Menu] key, [Tools], and then [System Settings]. From [System Setting], select [Copy Mode
Settings]->[Copy Control]->[2 Sided Originals Scan Options]. Set [2 Sided Simultaneous Scan] 715 110 CVT FS Side1 Standard Adjustment 0 120 240 0.1mm
for the read type. 715 111 CVT FS Side2 Standard Adjustment 0 120 240 0.1mm
(2) Make copies using the following settings. 716 068 CVT-CIS FS Offset(1pDup)Side All 0 120 240 0.1mm
A3 SEF
100%

4-333
NOTE: When the M/C is turned ON, the value in NVM 715-110 will be overwritten with the value in 6. Set the NVM (Chain-Link:715-111) adjustment value for the following NVM too.
NVM 711-272.
Table 3 NVM List
NOTE: When the M/C is turned ON, the value in NVM 715-111 will be overwritten with the value in
NVM 711-274. Chain Link Name Min Initial Max Step
715 112 CVT FS Side3 Standard Adjustment 0 120 240 0.1mm
NOTE: If NVM715-110 to 715-113 are changed, the corresponding NVM715-056 to 715-091 are
rewritten. Be careful when NVM715-056 to 715-091 are changed individually. 715 113 CVT FS Side4 Standard Adjustment 0 120 240 0.1mm
NOTE: If NVM716-068 is changed, the corresponding NVM716-020 to 716-028 are rewritten. Be

NOTE: If NVM715-110 to 715-113 are changed, the corresponding NVM715-056 to 715-091 are
careful when NVM716-020 to 716-028 are changed individually.
rewritten. Be careful when NVM715-056 to 715-091 are changed individually.
NOTE: When the M/C is turned ON, the value in NVM 715-111~711-113 will be overwritten with the
4. Make copies using the following settings. value in NVM 711-274.
Side 1 (Side 1 of 1 Sided or 2 Sided):
Load the cahrt in the DADF, face up.
A3 SEF
100%
1 Sided
1 copies
Settings]->[Copy Control]->[2 Sided Originals Scan Options]. Set [1 Sided Scan] for the read
type.
A3 SEF
100%
2 Sided
1 copies
CIS-Side2 (2 Sided Simultaneous Scan: Side 2 of 2 Sided):
Settings]->[Copy Control]->[2 Sided Originals Scan Options]. Set [2 Sided Simultaneous Scan]
for the read type.
A3 SEF
100%
2 Sided
1 copies
5. Repeat the procedure until the measured value of the distance between the central lines (A) falls
within the specifications.
ADJ 4.3.2 DADF Lead Edge Registration Load the chart in the DADF, face down and lead edge trailing.
A3 SEF
Purpose
100%
NOTE: 4127EPS/4112EPS does not deal with DADF-related items. 2 Sided
To set the DADF Scan Position (original scan position) Lead Edge (Slow Scan Direction). 5 copies
3. Measure the Lead Edge (part A of the figure) of the third copy. (Figure 1)
NOTE: Adjust the Side-2 registration for 2 Sided Simultaneous Scan after that for reverse read.
NOTE: Adjust the Side-2 registration for 2 Sided Simultaneous Scan after ADJ 4.3.4 Side-1 Tail Edge
Adjustment.
Check
Side 1 (Side 1 of 1 Sided or 2 Sided): Figure 1 DADF Lead Edge Registration (j0fu45445)
4. Check that the Lead Edge (A) falls within the specifications of the supporting mode.
A3 SEF
100% Table 1 Specification
1 Sided
Item Simplex Duplex
5 copies
Lead Edge 10+/-2.2 mm 10+/-2.2 mm
the [Menu] key, [Tools], and then [System Settings]. From [System Setting], select [Copy Mode Adjustment
Settings]->[Copy Control]->[2 Sided Originals Scan Options]. Set [1-Sided Scan] for the read 1. Enter Diag. mode and select DC131 (NVM Read/Write).
type. 2. Adjust the Lead Edge (A) using the following NVM so that the measured value falls within the spec-
(2) Make copies using the following settings. ifications.
Load the chart in the DADF, face down and lead edge trailing. If the measured value is short: Set a smaller value.
A3 SEF If the measured value is long: Set a larger value.
100%
2 Sided Table 2 NVM List
5 copies Chain Link Name Min Initial Max Step
CIS-Side2 (Simultaenous Duplex Read: Side 2 of 2 Sided): 711 140 Side1 Lead Regi Offset NVM 70 120 170 0.1mm
(1) Press the [Log In/Out] key. Enter [System Administrator's Login ID] and press [Enter]. Select 711 141 Side2 Lead Regi Offset NVM 70 120 170 0.1mm
the [Menu] key, [Tools], and then [System Settings]. From [System Setting], select [Copy Mode 716 067 CVT-CIS All Lead Regi Adjust 0 122 244 0.1mm
for the read type.

4-335
NOTE: If NVM711-140 is changed, the corresponding NVM711-001 to 711-011 are rewritten. Be ADJ 4.3.3 DADF Height Adjustment
careful when NVM711-001 to 711-011 are changed individually.
Purpose
NOTE: If NVM711-141 is changed, the corresponding NVM711-015 to 711-025 are rewritten. Be
careful when NVM715-015 to 711-025 are changed individually. NOTE: 4127EPS/4112EPS does not deal with DADF-related items.
NOTE: If NVM716-067 is changed, the corresponding NVM716-010 to 716-019 and 716-047 are To correct the feeding of the original by adjusting the height of the DADF.
rewritten. Be careful when NVM716-010 to 716-019 and 716-047 are changed individually.
Check
1. Check the gaps between the DADF Platen Guide and the Platen Glass and DADF Platen Glass.
(Figure 1)
Side 1 (Side 1 of 1 Sided or 2 Sided):
(1) When viewed from the front of the DADF platen guide, each bearing B (2) of the left-side platen
Load the chart in the DADF, face up. roll is contacting the platen glass.
A3 SEF (2) Each foot A (projection) (2) on the front of the DADF platen guide is contacting the platen
100% glass.
1 Sided
1 copies
Settings]->[Copy Control]->[2 Sided Originals Scan Options]. Set [1-Sided Scan] for the read
type.
A3 SEF
100%
2 Sided
1 copies
Figure 1 DADF Height Adjustment (Check) (j0fu45441)
for the read type. Adjustment
(2) Make copies using the following settings. 1. To make the platen roll shaft parallel with the IIT frame, loosen the nut of the left counter balance
and turn the screw to adjust the DADF height and inclination. (Figure 2)
Turning the screw in direction A will raise the front and lower the rear of the DADF.
A3 SEF
Turning the screw in direction B will lower the front and raise the rear of the DADF.
100%
2 Sided
1 copies
5. Repeat the procedure until the measured value of the Lead Edge (A) falls within the specifications.
ADJ 4.3.4 DADF Tail Edge Registration Adjustment
Purpose
NOTE: 4127EPS/4112EPS does not deal with DADF-related items.
To set the DADF Scan Position (original scan position) Tail Edge (Slow Scan Direction)

NOTE: Adjust the Side-2 registration for 2 Sided Simultaneous Scan after that for reverse read.
Figure 2 DADF Height Adjustment (Adjustment 1) (j0fu45446)
Check
NOTE: Ensure that the nut is secured and tightened after adjustment. 1. Place Test Chart 499T247 (A3) on the DADF so that the chart can be scanned properly.
2. To set the clearance at the front right foot to 0.5 mm or less, loosen the nut of the right counter bal- 2. Make copies using the following settings.
ance and turn the screw to adjust the DADF position. (Figure 3) Side1 (Side 1 of 1 Sided or 2 Sided):
Turning the screw in direction D will raise the front and lower the rear of the DADF. Load the chart in the DADF, face up.
Turning the screw in direction E will lower the front and raise the rear of the DADF. A3 SEF
100%
1 Sided->1 Sided
5 copies
Settings]->[Copy Control]->[2 Sided Originals Scan Options]. Set [1-Sided Scan] for the read
type.
A3 SEF
100%
2 Sided->2 Sided
5 copies
Figure 3 DADF Height Adjustment (Adjustment 2) (j0fu45447)
for the read type.
A3 SEF

4-337
100% NOTE: If NVM711-142 is changed, the corresponding NVM711-029 to 711-039 are rewritten. Be
2 Sided->2 Sided careful when NVM711-029 to 711-039 are changed individually.
5 copie NOTE: If NVM711-143 is changed, the corresponding NVM711-043 to 711-053 are rewritten. Be
3. Measure the tail edge (part A of the figure) of the third copy. (Figure 1) careful when NVM711-043 to 711-053 are changed individually.
NOTE: If NVM716-066 is changed, the corresponding NVM716-001 to 716-009, 716-046, and 716-
055 are rewritten. Be careful when NVM716-001 to 716-009, 716-046, and 716-055 are changed
individually.
Side1 (Side 1 of 1 Sided or 2 Sided):
A3 SEF
100%
1 Sided->1 Sided
1 copy
Figure 1 DADFTail Edge Registration (j0fu45450) Settings]->[Copy Control]->[2 Sided Originals Scan Options]. Set [1-Sided Scan] for the read
type.
4. Check that the tail edge (A) satisfies the specifications of the corresponding mode. (2) Make copies using the following settings.
Table 1 Specification
A3 SEF
Item Simplex Duplex
100%
Tail edge 10+/-2.2 mm 10+/-2.2 mm 2 Sided->2 Sided
1 copy
Adjustment CIS-Side2 (Dimultaneous Duplex Read: Side 2 of 2 Sided):
1. Enter Diag. mode and select DC131 (NVM Read/Write). (1) Press the [Log In/Out] key. Enter [System Administrator's Login ID] and press [Enter]. Select
2. To make the measured value of the tail edge (A) satsifies the specifications, adjust NVM as follows: the [Menu] key, [Tools], and then [System Settings]. From [System Setting], select [Copy Mode
If the measured value of the tail edge is short: Set a smaller value Settings]->[Copy Control]->[2 Sided Originals Scan Options]. Set [2 Sided Simultaneous Scan]
for the read type.
If the measured value of the tail edge is long: Set a larger value.
Table 2 NVM List Load the chart in the DADF, face down and lead edge trailing.
Chain Link Name Min Initial Max Step A3 SEF
100%
711 142 Side1 Tail Edge Offset NVM 70 120 170 0.1mm
2 Sided->2 Sided
711 143 Side2 Tail Edge Offset NVM 70 120 170 0.1mm
1 copy
716 066 CVT-CIS All Tail Edge Adjust 0 122 244 0.1mm
5. Repeat the procedure until the measured value of tail edge (A) satisfies the specifications.
ADJ 4.3.5 DADF Slow Scan Magnification If the measured value of the copy is longer than that of the test chart: Set a smaller value.
Purpose Table 1 NVM List

NOTE: 4127EPS/4112EPS does not deal with DADF-related items. Chain Link Name Min Initial Max Step
To obtain the correct magnification in the slow scan direction at 100% copying 711 144 Magnification Adjustment All 0 20 40 0.1%
Check 3. After adjustment, place Test Chart 499T247 (A3) correctly on the DADF so that the chart can be
1. Place Test Chart 499T247 (A3) on the DADF so that the chart can be scanned properly. scanned properly.
2. Make copies using the following settings. 4. Make copies using the following settings.
Load the chart in the DADF, face up. Load the chart in the DADF, face up.
A3 SEF A3 SEF
100% 100%
1 Sided->1 Sided 1 Sided->1 Sided
5 copies 5 copies
3. Compare the specified positions of the third copy with those of the test chart to see that the lengths 5. Repeat the procedure until the lengths at the specified positions of the copy and test chart become
are the same. (Figure 1) equal.
Magnification in the slow scan (vertical) direction: 1 to 2, 2 to 3, and 1 to 3 in the figure
Figure 1 DADF magnification adjustment (j0fu45448)
Adjustment
1. Enter Diag. mode and select [Maintenance/Diagnostics] and then [NVM Read/Write(DC131)].
2. Adjust the lengths at the specified positions of the copy and test chart using the following NVM so
that they become equal.
If the measured value of the copy is shorter than that of the test chart: Set a greater value.

4-339
ADJ 5.7.1 Full Rate/Half Rate Carriage Position Adjustment
Purpose
NOTE: 4127EPS/4112EPS does not deal with IIT-related items.
To adjust the position of the Full/Half Rate Carriage.
Adjustment
WARNING
unplug the power cord..
3. Remove the Right Plate. (PL 5.4) Figure 2 j0fu40555
4. Remove the Plate Glass. (PL 5.4)
8. Change the position of the Capstan Pulley if the jig holes are not aligned and the Jig is not fixed in
5. Remove the jigs (x2). (PL 5.7)
place. (Figure 3)
6. Align the jig hole in the Half Rate Carriage with the jig hole of the rail. (front and rear) (Figure 1)
(1) Loosen the set screws (x2).
(A)Rail Jig Hole
(2) Turn the Capstan Pulley.
(B)Jig hole on the Half Rate Carriage
(3) Align the Jig hole.
Figure 1 j0fu40554
Figure 3 j0fu40556
7. Fix the jig to the Half Rate Carriage. (front and rear) (Figure 2)
9. Check that the jig holes on the IIT Frame and Full Rate Carriage are aligned. (Front and rear) (Fig-
(1) Install the jig. (front and rear) ure 4)
(2) Secure with a screw. (1) Install the jig. (Front and rear)
(2) Secure with a screw.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 5. IIT (Except 4127 EPS/4112 EPS)

4-341
5. IIT (Except 4127 EPS/4112 EPS) 4-342 Version.1 .1.1
ADJ 5.8.1 IIT Side/Lead Edge Registration

Purpose
NOTE: 4127EPS/4112EPS does not deal with IIT-related items.
To set the home position for the IIT Lead Edge (Slow Scan) direction/IIT Side Edge (Fast Scan) direction.
NOTE: The IOT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration Adjustment (ADJ 2.1.1) must have been completed.
Check
1. Set the Test Chart (499T247) (A3) such that there is no gap between the chart and the Regi Guide
at the rear of the Platen and make 5 copies at A3 SEF 100%.
2. Measure the Lead and Side Edges of the third copy. (Figure 1)
Lead Edge: Part A of the figure
Side Edge: Part B of the figure
Figure 4 j0fu40557
10. Loosen the securing screw of the Carriage Cable if the Jig holes are not aligned, and the Jig is not
fixed in place. (Figure 5)
(2) Move the Full Rate Carriage to align the jig holes.
(3) Tighten the screw.
Figure 1 IIT Registration (j0st41144)
3. Check that the measured values of the Lead Edge (A) and Side Edge (B) fall within the specifica-
tions of the supporting mode.
Table 1 Specification
Item Simplex Duplex
Lead Edge (A) 10+/-1.6 mm 10+/-1.6 mm
Figure 5 j0fu40558 Side Edge (B) 10+/-2.1 mm 10+/-2.1 mm
Adjustment
2. Adjust the measured values of the Lead Edge (A) and Side Edge (B) using the following NVM so
that the measured values fall within the specifications.
For Side Edge
If the measured value is short: Set a smaller value.
If the measured value is long: Set a larger value. ADJ 5.8.2 IIT Reduce/Enlarge Adjustment
For Lead Edge
Purpose
If the measured value is short: Set a larger value.
If the measured value is long: Set a smaller value. NOTE: 4127EPS/4112EPS does not deal with IIT-related items.
NOTE: Carry out the DADF Side Edge Registration Adjustment (ADJ 4.3.1) after adjusting the IIT To obtain the proper Reduce/Enlarge ratio in the Slow and Fast Scan Direction for 100% copy.
Side Edge Registration.
Check
Table 2 NVM List 1. Set the Test Chart (499T247) (A3) such that there is no gap between the chart and the Regi Guide
Chain Link Name Min Initial Max Step at the rear of the platen and make 5 copies at A3 SEF 100%.
715 050 Platen Slow Scan Regi Adjustment 16 100 184 0.036mm 2. Check that the distance between the reference points in the third copy is the same as the distance
between the same points in the Test Chart. (Figure 1)
715 053 Platen Fast Scan Regi Adjustment 0 120 240 0.085mm
Slow Scan Direction (Vertical) Reduce/Enlarge ratio: Between 1-2, 2-3 and 1-3 in the figure
Fast Scan Direction (Horizontal) Reduce/Enlarge ratio: Between 4-2, 2-5 and 4-5 in the figure
NOTE: At shipping, an adjusted value is entered into each NVM. Therefore, the NVM values are dif-
ferent from the initial values but unique to each machine.
3. After adjustment, set the Test Chart (499T247) (A3) again such that there is no gap between the
chart and the Regi Guide at the rear of the platen and make copies at A3 SEF 100%.
4. Repeat the procedure until the measured values of the Lead Edge (A) and Side Edge (B) fall within
the specifications.
Figure 1 IIT Reduce/Enlarge Adjustment (j0st41145)
Adjustment
2. Adjust the distance between the reference points in the third copy using the following NVM so that it
is the same as the distance between the same points in the Test Chart.
If the measured value in the copy is shorter than the measured value in the Test Chart: Set a larger
value.
If the measured value in the copy is longer than the measured value in the Test Chart: Set a smaller
value.
Table 1 NVM List

Chain Link Name Min Initial Max Step
715 051 Platen SS Reduce/Enlarge Adjustment 44 50 56 0.1%
715 702 Platen FS Reduce/Enlarge Adjustment 0 50 100 0.1%

4-343
NOTE: At shipping, an adjusted value is entered into each NVM. Therefore, the NVM values are dif- ADJ 5.8.3 IIT Calibration (DC945)
ferent from the initial values but unique to each machine.
Purpose
3. After adjustment, set the Test Chart (499T247) (A3) again such that there is no gap between the
chart and the Regi Guide at the rear of the platen and make copies at A3 SEF 100%. NOTE: 4127EPS/4112EPS does not deal with IIT-related items.
4. Repeat the procedure until the distance between the reference points in the copy is the same as the There are four adjustment methods for IIT calibration.
distance between the same points in the Test Chart.
5. Adjust the IIT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration. [White Reference Adjustment]
Calculates and sets the White Reference Correction Coefficient.
Timing: before shipment; when replacing the Platen Glass/Lamp/CCD
[CCD Calibration]
Corrects the IIT sensitivity dispersion.
Timing: before shipment; when replacing the Platen Glass/Lamp/CCD
[Light Axis Fluctuation Correction]
Reads glass positions (Lead/Side) with the Platen Glass open, and from the differences each
between the readings and the targets, calculates an amount of registration skew, and displays it.
Timing: when replacing the Lens Unit
[Retrieval of Side 2 Shading Correction Data]
Collects data on side 2 shading from the Duplex CIS White Reference Board (shading tool), and
determines whether or not any dirt exists, and displays a result.
Timing: before factory shipment; when image quality gets deteriorated.
NOTE: Before performing "White Reference Adjustment" and "CCD Calibration" check that ADJ 5.8.1 IIT
Side/Lead Edge Registration is properly adjusted. As required, adjust it.
If the values are out of spec, perform ADJ 5.7.1 Full Rate/Half Rate Carriage Positioning Adjustment.
After then perform "White Refer-ence Adjustment" and "CCD Calibration."
NOTE: To replace the Lens Unit, first check ADJ 5.8.1 IIT Side/Lead Edge Registration is peoperly
adjusted. As required, adjust it. If the values are out of spec, perform ADJ 5.7.1 Full Rate/Half Rate Car-
riage Positioning Adjustment. Next replace the Lens Unit and perform the Light Axis Fluctuation Correc-
tion. After then perform "White reference Adjustment" and "CCD Calibration."
Adjustment
[White Reference Adjustment]
NOTE: Before performing White Reference Adjustment, DC131[715-106]IIT Paper Code needs to be set.
The need to do so depends on the paper. To deal with individual paper materials and types, you can also
perform White Reference Adjustment by setting a value to 0: Use NVM individual paper coefficeints and
entering appropriate values in NVM715-102 to 105 (individual-paper correction).
The set values are as follows:
0: Use NVM individual paper coefficients (use 715-102 to 105: P paper parameters)
1: J paper
2: P paper (FX/IBG default: to be set before factory shipment)
3: C2 paper
4: Green100 paper
5: Digital Color Xpression
6: Color Tech+
7: Xerox4200 paper (MN default: to be set before factory shipment) NOTE: If the value is an abnormal number such as 990, clean the Platen Glass and the mirror, etc.
8: Xerox Business and start again. This may be due to the light path being blocked.
NOTE: When initializing NVMs, write down parameters in DC131[715-102 to 105] in advance. Initializing 5. When "NG" is displayed, turn the Nut according to the display text to perform the correction. (Figure
NVMs makes values in DC131[715-102 to 105] from P paper parameters to J paper ones. 1)
1. Enter Diag. mode and select [Maintenance/Diagnostics], [MAX Setup], and then [IIT Calibration NOTE: It is recommended to draw a line on the paper and put a mark on the lead edge of Box
(DC945)]. Driver with adhesive tape as shown in the figure.
2. Set execute type to "White Reference Adjustment" and execute.
3. Place a stack of 10 or more sheets of paper (A3 or 11"x17") set in DC131[715-106] on the Platen
Glass, and select [OK].
4. The Setup Value (NOTE 3) is displayed on the White Reference Setup Value screen.
NOTE: The M/C carries out the following operations:
(1) Performs shading to stabilize the IIT state.

(2) Obtains the shading data.
(3) Performs sampling of the white paper data to calculate and set the White Reference Correction
Coefficient. (DC131 NVM 715-092 to 096 are set up.)
(4) Carries out shading to reflect the result of the White Reference Adjustment.
[CCD Calibration]
1. Enter Diag. mode and select [Maintenance/Diagnostics], [MAX Setup], and then [IIT Calibration
(DC945)].
2. Set execution type to "CCD Calibration" and execute. Figure 1 Nut Rotation (j0ku41835)
3. Place Chart (499T276) on the Platen and select [OK].
4. The setup value and result are displayed in the CCD Calibration Setup Value screen. 6. After adjustment, perform "Light Axis Fluctuation Correction" again.
5. When "NG" is displayed, clean the CCD and perform "CCD Calibration" again. 7. Perform Steps 2 -7 until the results are OK.
[Light Axis Fluctuation Correction] NOTE: f the results are OK, the operation can be completed even if the no. of rotations appears.
1. Enter Diag. mode and select [Maintenance/Diagnostics], [MAX Setup], and then [IIT Calibration [Retrieval of Side 2 Shading Correction Data]
(DC945)].
2. Set the execution type to [Light Axis Fluctuation Correction] and execute. 1. Take out the White Reference Board (Jig) stored in the IIT. (Figure 2)
3. Open the platen and make sure there is nothing on the glass then select [OK].
4. The Light Axis Fluctuation Correction Settings screen displays the following content.
Light Axis Correction Judgement: OK/NG
Front Nut Correction Angle: (Numeric)
Rear Nut Correction Angle: (Numeric)
• Front/Rear Nut Correction Angle shows a combination of +/- with a numeral.
• Front Nut items refer to the nuts at the front of the CCD Lens Assembly.
• Rear Nut items refer to the nuts at the rear of the CCD Lens Assembly.
• +: Means right rotation.
• -: Means left rotation.
• Numeral: Means the angle. (Unit: Degree)
E.g.) If the display shows Front Nut correction angle: 90, Rear Nut correction angle: -45Turn the
Front Nut to the right by 90 degrees and the Rear Nut to the left by 45 degrees.

4-345
Figure 2 White Reference Board (Jig) Position (j0fu40566)
2. Install the White reference board (jig) in a proper place and close the DADF. (Figure 3)
Figure 3 White Reference Board Installation Position (j0fu40567)
3. Enter Diag. mode and select [Maintenance/Diagnostics], [MAX Setup], and then [IIT Calibration
(DC945)].
4. Set the execution type to "Retrieval of Side 2 Shading Correction Data" and execute.
5. When "Retrieval of Side 2 Shading Correction Data" is complete, "Completed" is displayed at the
bottom of the screen.
An error code will be displayed when failure occurs.
6. When failure occurs, clean the CIS and execute "Retrieval of Side 2 Shading Correction Data"
again.
ADJ 13.15.1 Adjusting Multi Feed Sensor Sensitivity for Paper NOTE: Turn the volume a little bit at a time because a value changes quickly.
Thickness
Purpose
To make a fine adjustment, on the MSA PWB, to the sensitivity of Multi Feed Sensor for paper thickness
so that the sensor will detect a multifeed and make the machine stop.
Check
1. Enter the diag mode and select [Maintenance/Diagnostics], [IO Check], and then [Analog Monitor].
2. Check that 077-100 Multi Feed Check Sensor input value is 220+/-30.
Adjustment
2. (Figure 1) Slide out the drawer. Remove the inner covers and the knob mentioned below:
(1) Transfer Belt Drawer Cover (PL 13.3 )
(2) Knob (PL 13.1 )
(3) Registration Drawer Cover (PL 13.3 )
Figure 2 j0ph41352
5. After the adjustment, exit the diagnostic mode.

6. Restore the machine to its original state.
Figure 1 j0ph41351
3. Reinstall the drawer.

4. (Figure 2) Adjust using the Volume (VR1) on the MSA PWB until DC140 077-100 Multi Feed Check
Sensor input value is 220+/-30.
Input value is smaller: Turn VR1 in the direction of “+.”
Input value is larger: Turn VR1 in the direction of “-.”

4-347
ADJ 13.15.2 IOT CIS Check Cycle

Purpose
This cycle checks the edge detection function. The cycle is intended to check if the detection system
operates normally.
Check
The machine (MC) reports the current values of the below-listed parameters when it goes to another
screen as directed by the UI. Then the UI displays these current values.
The MC performs edge detection as directed by the UI, and reports measured values and a specific judg-
ment result. If an error occurs, the MC reports the type of the error. The UI displays these check results
(measured values, judgment result, and error type).
Table 1
Current Value Value
NVM/Variable Setting DisplayUn Value Display Display Figure 1 j0tk41312
Item (parameter name) Name Range it Display at OK at NG
7. Slide in the drawer back and close the Front Door.
Judgment at End of Check - 0=OK ,1=NG - - O O
Cycle 8. Press the [Start] button.
Paper Edge Position AVE_Edge 0 to 65535 0.01mm - O - 9. The IOT CIS Check Cycle window opens. Select [Yes] to start the check cycle.
(Average) 10. The IOT CIS Check Cycle Measured Values frame displays measured values and a judgment
Paper Edge Position Line_Edge 0 to 65535 0.01mm - O O result.
Detected Edge Value EDGE_DATA_X 0 to 65535 - - O O <OK>
Detected Edge Value EDGE 0 to 65535 - - O O The measured values of the items are in their respective normal ranges.
(after correction) <NG>
Edge Detection Threshold Th_DATA_X 0 to 65535 - - O O Following a specific fail error code, configure settings and resolve the error. After that, perform the
Fault Code at NG Fault Code - - - - O IOT CIS Check Cycle adjustment again.
Adjustment
1. Enter the diag mode. Select [Maintenance/Diagnostics], [MAX Setup], and then [IOT CIS Check
Cycle].
2. Select a paper size.
NOTE: If a desired size is not available, select one close in width.
3. Fold the paper selected in step 2 in half and form the centerline.
5. Slide out the drawer.
6. Place the paper in the registration area.
NOTE: The display of Jam appears. Press the “Close” button to clear the displayed Jam, and pro-
ceed.
NOTE: Aligning the center of the paper with the center of the registration unit, place the paper so
that the edge of the paper can be under the edge scanning sensor.
(1) Align the crease of the paper with the mark at the center of the plate.
(2) Align the trail edge of the paper with the rear edge of the drawer chassis.
ADJ 13.15.3 IOT CIS Setup Cycle NOTE: The display of Jam appears. Press the “Close” button to clear the displayed Jam, and pro-
ceed.
Purpose
NOTE: Place an A4-sized blank sheet so that the whole of the side to be scanned can be under the
This cycle optimizes parameter values for CIS edge detection.
edge scanning sensor in the registration unit.
When the machine is shipped or installed, or when a part is replaced, the cycle optimizes the LED light
quantity and stores parameter values in NVM.
Check
At an occurrence of an error, preset or measured values and Fail are displayed for the CE to isolate the
error in order to find causes of it.
Table 1
Val. Val. Val.
Item (parameter NVM/Variable Display Cur. Dis. at Dis. at Dis. at
name) Name Range Unit Val.Dis. OK OK/NG NG/NG
Judgment at End of - 0=OK ,1=NG - - O O O
Light Qty Correction
Judgment at End of - 0=OK ,1=NG - - O O O
Shading Coefficient
Calculation
Figure 1 j0tk41313
Number of Light Qty LED_PWR_AC 0 to 65535 1 O O O O
Corrections T_NUM 5. Press the [Start] button.
LED Driving Current LED_Current 0 to 255 0.4mA O O O O 6. The IOT CIS Setup Cycle window opens. Select [Yes] to start the adjustment.
Value
7. The IOT CIS Setup Cycle Measured Values frame displays measured values and a judgment.
Black Reference AVE [Vod(n)] 0 to 255 - - O O O
<OK>
Average
The measured values of the items are in their respective normal ranges.
White Reference AVE 0 to 255 - - O O O
Average [Vow_Max(n)] <NG>
Max. Dynamic Range VR_Max 0 to 255 0.01V - O O - Following a specific fail error code, configure settings and resolve the error. After that, perform the
IOT CIS Setup Cycle adjustment again.
Fault Code at NG Fault Code - - - - O O
Adjustment
NOTE: If having replaced the CIS, set the value in NVM760-206 (Number of Light Quantity Correction
Executions) back to [0] beforehand.
1. Enter the diag mode. Select [Maintenance/Diagnostics], [MAX Setup], and then [IOT CIS Setup
Cycle].
4. Place a sheet of paper in the registration area.

4-349
ADJ 15.1.1 Fuser Nip Adjustment (DC701) 7. Calculate a mean value of the three measured values for each Front/Rear edge and check that the
mean value fulfills the specifications.
Purpose
To create a print for Fuser Nip adjustment and adjust the Fuser Nip width. Table 1 Nip Measurement Value Specifications
Front (In) Nip Width Rear (Out) Nip Width In/Out difference
Check
11.8+/-0.3mm 11.8+/-0.3mm Within 0.5mm
NOTE: After replacing the Pressure Roll and when turning ON the cooled down MC, the Pressure Roll is
also cool. Therefore run the operation for approx. 100 sheets with A4/DUP.
Adjustment
1. Enter the diag mode and select [Maintenance/Diagnostics], [MAX Setup], and then [Fuser Nip Mea- 1. Turn the nut on the side which requires nip width adjustment as shown in the figure. (Figure 2)
surement].
A direction: Nip width becomes smaller. (Anti-clockwise direction)
2. Load A4 LEF paper into Tray 1. B direction: Nip width becomes larger. (Clockwise direction)
3. Follow the instructions on the screen and print the paper for measurement.
4. Load the printed measurement paper in Tray 1 and perform printing of measurement paper again.
NOTE: Perform printing two times in order to increase the density of the measurement paper and
improve legibility of the Nip width.
5. Follow the instructions on the screen. Load the measurement paper in Tray 1 and measure the nip
width.
NOTE: Load the measurement paper, aligning the larger erase width with the lead edge of the feed-
ing direction, and the printed side with the Pressure Roll. For Tray 1, load the paper with the printed
side up.
6. Measure the Nip Width (three in front, three at the rear) indicated with black lines which are 15mm
away from the front/rear edges of the paper. (Figure 1)
Figure 2 Nip Width Adjustment (j0fu41541)
2. Perform Checking Steps 1 to 7 until the nip width is within the specified range.
Figure 1 Nip Measurement Position (j0fu41540)
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 15. Fuser

4-351
ADJ 39.39.1 Left/Right Tray Arm Installation Position
Parts List on PL 39.39, PL 39.40
Purpose
To make the Stacker Tray evenly horizontal.
Adjustment
WARNING
After turning OFF the power of the machine, turn OFF the breaker switch and disconnect the plug
from the socket.
2. Remove the screws that secuve the Stack No Paper Sensor. (Figure 1)
(2) Move the Stack No Paper Sensor.
Figure 2 j0sa43998
4. Remove the Stacker Right Center Cover. (Figure 3)

(2) Remove the Stacker Right Center Cover.
Figure 1 j0sa49952
3. Remove the Stacker Left Center Cover. (Figure 2)

(2) Remove the Stacker Left Center Cover.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 39 HCS

4-353
39 HCS 4-354 Version.1 .1.1
(1) Affix the Belt Clamps (x2) to the belts (x2).

(2) Secure the Belt Clamps (x2) by using the screws (x4).
Figure 5 j0sa49905
8. Similarly, secure the Left Tray Arm.

9. Remove the jigs (x2).
Figure 3 j0sa43999
5. Remove the jigs (x2) that are stored at the rear of the HCS. (PL 39.37)
6. Install the Right Tray Arm. (Figure 4)
(1) Install the Right Tray Arm in the Stacker Frame.
(2) Insert the tools (2) into the holes of the Right Tray Arm and secure the tools at the mounting
hole positions.
Figure 4 j0sa49903
7. Secure the Right Tray Arm to the belt. (Figure 5)

Chapter 5 Parts List
5 Parts List
5.1 Introduction PL 4.18 Feeder/Nudger Roll Component ....................................................................... 40
5.1.1 How to Use the Parts List...................................................................................... 5 PL 4.19 DADF Left Upper Cover Component ................................................................ 41
5.1.2 Precautions ........................................................................................................... 5 PL 4.20 Pre Regi. Roll Chute Component...................................................................... 42
5.1.3 Plate Composition ................................................................................................. 6 PL 4.21 Inverter Exit Chute Component......................................................................... 43
5.1.4 Terminology and Symbols..................................................................................... 6 PL 4.22 Guide Chute Component .................................................................................. 44
5.1.5 Using Parts Navigation.......................................................................................... 7 PL 4.23 Exit Upper Chute Component ........................................................................... 45
PL 4.24 Exit Lower Chute Component ........................................................................... 46
5.2 Parts List PL 4.25 Regi. Out Chute Component............................................................................. 47
PL 4.26 Feeder Lower Chute Component...................................................................... 48
1. Cover(IOT/Tray Module)
PL 1.1 Front/Left/ROS Cover, Main Switch.................................................................... 9 5. IIT
PL 1.2 Rear/Right Cover ................................................................................................ 10 PL 5.1 IIT Cover-Front/Top ............................................................................................ 49
PL 1.3 Front Door Component ....................................................................................... 11 PL 5.2 IIT Cover-Rear/Right........................................................................................... 50
PL 5.3 IIT Bottom Bracket .............................................................................................. 51
2. Electrical
PL 5.4 IIT Component .................................................................................................... 52
PL 2.1 IOT Rear ............................................................................................................. 12
PL 5.5 4127 EPS / 4112 EPS Type IIT Cover................................................................ 53
PL 2.2 Drawer Connector (Fuser/Marking/Dup)............................................................. 13
PL 5.6 IIT Housing-Electrical.......................................................................................... 54
PL 2.3 Tray Module Rear ............................................................................................... 14
PL 5.7 IIT Housing-Carriage........................................................................................... 55
PL 2.4 UI Accessory....................................................................................................... 15
PL 5.8 IPS Component................................................................................................... 56
PL 2.5 ESS Component ................................................................................................. 16
PL 5.9 Full Rate Carriage Component ........................................................................... 57
PL 2.6 ESS Option ......................................................................................................... 17
PL 5.10 Half Rate Carriage Component......................................................................... 58
PL 2.7 UI Component..................................................................................................... 18
PL 2.8 HDD/Video Selector / Image Extention PWB Component .................................. 19 6. ROS
PL 2.9 LCD Touch Panel Component ............................................................................ 20 PL 6.1 ROS .................................................................................................................... 59
3. Air System 7. Tray Module
PL 3.1 Air System-Front, Right....................................................................................... 21 PL 7.1 Tray 1, Tray 2, Tray 2 Transport ......................................................................... 60
PL 3.2 Air System-Rear.................................................................................................. 22 PL 7.2 Tray 3, Tray 4...................................................................................................... 61
PL 7.3 Left Hand Cover, Chute ...................................................................................... 62
4. DADF
PL 7.4 Take Away Roll, Vertical Transport Roll ............................................................. 63
PL 4.1 DADF Accessory................................................................................................. 23
PL 7.5 Take Away Motor, Wire Harness, Caster............................................................ 64
PL 4.2 DADF Cover, CIS................................................................................................ 24
PL 7.6 Tray 1 Component .............................................................................................. 65
PL 4.3 DADF PWB, Counter Balance ............................................................................ 25
PL 7.7 Tray 2 Component .............................................................................................. 66
PL 4.4 DADF Document Tray, Tray Motor ..................................................................... 26
PL 7.8 Tray 3, Tray 4 Component - 1............................................................................. 67
PL 4.5 DADF Document Tray, Tray Motor ..................................................................... 27
PL 7.9 Tray 3, Tray 4 Component - 2............................................................................. 68
PL 4.6 Feed Motor, Feed Clutch, Invert Drive Roll......................................................... 28
PL 7.10 Tray 2 Transport Component............................................................................ 69
PL 4.7 Pre Regi. Motor, Pre Regi. Roll Chute, Take Away Roll, Baffle Solenoid........... 29
PL 7.11 Transport Upper Chute Component.................................................................. 70
PL 4.8 Regi. Motor, Regi. Roll........................................................................................ 30
PL 7.12 Transport Lower Chute Component.................................................................. 71
PL 4.9 Platen Motor, Platen Roll, Out Roll ..................................................................... 31
PL 7.13 Tray Feeder Component................................................................................... 72
PL 4.10 Exit Motor, Exit Roll........................................................................................... 32
PL 7.14 Tray Upper Feeder Component ........................................................................ 73
PL 4.11 Exit Gate Solenoid, Simp/Dup Gate Solenoid, Nip Solenoid, Inverter Exit Chute, Guide Chute33
PL 7.15 Tray Lower Feeder Component ........................................................................ 74
PL 4.12 Exit Upper/Lower Chute, Regi. Out Chute, Feeder Lower Chute ..................... 34
PL 7.16 Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll Component .............................................................. 75
PL 4.13 CIS Component ................................................................................................ 35
PL 7.17 Feed/Nudger Shaft Component ........................................................................ 76
PL 4.14 DADF Document Tray Component ................................................................... 36
PL 7.18 Left Hand Cover Component ............................................................................ 77
PL 4.15 DADF Document Bottom Tray Component....................................................... 37
PL 7.19 Take Away Motor Component .......................................................................... 78
PL 4.16 DADF Document Upper Tray Component ........................................................ 38
PL 4.17 Feeder Upper Chute Component...................................................................... 39 8. MSI
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009

5-1
4127/4112G Parts List
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
5-2 Version.1 .1.1
PL 8.1 MSI Accessory .................................................................................................... 79 PL 13.13 Marking Drawer Component - 1...................................................................... 123
PL 8.2 MSI Cover ........................................................................................................... 80 PL 13.14 Marking Drawer Component - 2...................................................................... 124
PL 8.3 MSI Component .................................................................................................. 81 PL 13.15 Registration Upper Chute and CIS /Pre Registration Upper Chute Component 125
PL 8.4 MSI Lift Motor Component .................................................................................. 82 PL 13.16 CIS Control PWB, Pre Registration Sensor .................................................... 126
PL 8.5 MSI Tray Component .......................................................................................... 83 PL 13.17 Inverter Right/Middle Chute Component ........................................................ 127
PL 8.6 MSI Feeder Component...................................................................................... 84 PL 13.18 Inverter Upper Chute Component................................................................... 128
PL 8.7 MSI Upper Feeder Component ........................................................................... 85
PL 8.8 MSI Lower Feeder Component ........................................................................... 86 14. Duplex
PL 8.9 Retard/Feed/Nudger Roll Component................................................................. 87 PL 14.1 Duplex Drawer Accessory ................................................................................ 129
PL 8.10 Feed/Nudger Shaft Component ........................................................................ 88 PL 14.2 Duplex Drawer - Latch, Duplex Chute, Cover................................................... 130
PL 14.3 Duplex Drawer - Duplex Motor ......................................................................... 131
10. Drive PL 14.4 Duplex Drawer - Release/Invert Motor ............................................................. 132
PL 10.1 Fuser/Xero.Deve. Transfer Belt/Exit Inverter Drive........................................... 89 PL 14.5 Duplex Drawer - Gate/Right Chute ................................................................... 133
PL 10.2 Fuser Drive Component .................................................................................... 90 PL 14.6 Release/Invert Motor Component..................................................................... 134
PL 10.3 Xero./Deve./Transfer Belt Drive Component..................................................... 91 PL 14.7 Dupex Upper Chute Component ...................................................................... 135
PL 10.4 Exit/Inverter Drive Component .......................................................................... 92 PL 14.8 Duplex Gate Chute Component........................................................................ 136
PL 10.5 Waste Toner Bottol Auger Drive Gear, Exit Drive Gear Component ................ 93 PL 14.9 Duplex Right Chute Component ....................................................................... 137
11. XERO. Clener 15. Fuser

PL 11.1 Xero/Cleaner Accessory (Front)........................................................................ 94 PL 15.1 Fuser Accessory ............................................................................................... 138
PL 11.2 Xero/Cleaner Accessory (Rear) ........................................................................ 95 PL 15.2 Fuser Component ............................................................................................. 139
PL 11.3 Drum Cartridge Component-1........................................................................... 96 PL 15.3 Lower Frame Component ................................................................................. 140
PL 11.4 Drum Cartridge Component-2........................................................................... 97 PL 15.4 Upper Frame Component ................................................................................. 141
PL 11.5 ADC Component ............................................................................................... 98 PL 15.5 Fuser Cleaning Cartridge Component .............................................................. 142
PL 11.6 CC Cleaner Motor Component.......................................................................... 99 PL 15.6 Fuser Front Cover, Lower Inlet Chute, Lower Exit Chute, Pressure Roll Finger Component143
PL 11.7 Waste Toner Auger Component ....................................................................... 100 PL 15.7 Lever Component (Front/Rear)......................................................................... 144
PL 11.8 Drum Cartridge Housing Component................................................................ 101 PL 15.8 Left Frame Component (Upper Frame) ............................................................ 145
PL 11.9 Pre Clean Corotron, Pre Transfer Corotron Component................................... 102 PL 15.9 Exit Chute Component (Upper Frame) ............................................................. 146
PL 11.10 Charge Corotron Component.......................................................................... 103
16. Exit
12. Deve PL 16.1 Exit Transport Accessory .................................................................................. 147
PL 12.1 Deve Accessory ................................................................................................ 104 PL 16.2 Exit Transport Component................................................................................ 148
PL 12.2 Deve Housing Accessory .................................................................................. 105
PL 12.3 Trickle Duct Component.................................................................................... 106 36. I/F Module
PL 12.4 Toner Dispenser Component ............................................................................ 107 PL 36.1 IFM Cover ......................................................................................................... 149
PL 12.5 Deve Housing Component ................................................................................ 108 PL 36.2 LVPS / Breaker ................................................................................................. 150
PL 12.6 Auger Pipe Component..................................................................................... 109 PL 36.3 IFM Drive .......................................................................................................... 151
PL 12.7 Toner Dispenser Housing Component.............................................................. 110 PL 36.4 Trans Roll ....................................................................................................... 152
PL 36.5 Decurler Drive Belt............................................................................................ 153
13. Marking Drawer (Reji/Belt Transfer/Inverter Pre Regi.Moter/Marking Drawer) PL 36.6 Inlet Chute ........................................................................................................ 154
PL 13.1 Registration Accessory ..................................................................................... 111 PL 36.7 Gate Assembly ................................................................................................. 155
PL 13.2 Transfer Belt/Inverter Accessory....................................................................... 112 PL 36.8 Guide Assembly................................................................................................ 156
PL 13.3 Marking Drawer Accessory ............................................................................... 113 PL 36.9 Guide Assembly-MID L..................................................................................... 157
PL 13.4 Registration Component ................................................................................... 114 PL 36.10 Guide Assembly-MID Low .............................................................................. 158
PL 13.5 Inlet Lower Chute Component .......................................................................... 115 PL 36.11 Guide Assembly-Exit Up ................................................................................. 159
PL 13.6 IOT Side HCF Chute Component ..................................................................... 116 PL 36.12 Fan.................................................................................................................. 160
PL 13.7 MSI Feed Out Chute Component...................................................................... 117
PL 13.8 Transfer Belt Component .................................................................................. 118 39. HCS
PL 13.9 Belt Cleaner Housing Component (Mechanical) ............................................... 119 PL 39.1 Lelt / Rear Cover............................................................................................... 161
PL 13.10 Belt Cleaner Housing Component (Electrical)................................................. 120 PL 39.2 Top / Front / Right Cover .................................................................................. 162
PL 13.11 Inverter - Roll, Sensor, Fan ............................................................................. 121 PL 39.3 Front Door Component ..................................................................................... 163
PL 13.12 Inverter - Gate ................................................................................................. 122 PL 39.4 Upper / Transport Inner Cover.......................................................................... 164
PL 39.5 HCS Transport Motor 1, HCS Entrance / Top Tray Roll ................................... 165
PL 39.6 Transport / Top Tray Clutch .............................................................................. 166 5.3 Parts Navi
PL 39.7 HCS Transport Motor 2 , Bypass Roll 1 / 2....................................................... 167 5.3.1 Navi.1.1 (Processor + I/F Module + HCS)............................................................. 211
PL 39.8 Bypass Clutch 1 / 2 ........................................................................................... 168 5.3.2 Navi.2.1 (Processor).............................................................................................. 211
PL 39.9 Top Tray Motor , Top Tray Exit Roll.................................................................. 169 5.3.3 Navi.2.2 (DADF) .................................................................................................... 212
PL 39.10 Bypass Roll 3 , 2a Gear Box........................................................................... 170 5.3.4 Navi.2.3 (IIT).......................................................................................................... 212
PL 39.11 Bypass Roll 4 , 3a Gear Box........................................................................... 171 5.3.5 Navi.2.4 (Tray Module).......................................................................................... 213
PL 39.12 Bypass Clutch 3 .............................................................................................. 172 5.3.6 Navi.2.5 (I/F Module)............................................................................................. 213
PL 39.13 Bypass Roll 5 / 6 , Bypass Exit Roll ................................................................ 173 5.3.7 Navi.2.6 (HCS) ...................................................................................................... 214
PL 39.14 HCS Entrance Chute ...................................................................................... 174 5.3.8 Navi.3.1 (HCS Upper) ........................................................................................... 214
PL 39.15 1b Chute Assembly......................................................................................... 175 5.3.9 Navi.3.2 (HCS Lower) ........................................................................................... 215
PL 39.16 1b Chute Component...................................................................................... 176
PL 39.17 2b Chute Assembly , Top Tray Exit Lower Chute ........................................... 177
PL 39.19 Bypass Upper / Lower Chute 1 , 2b Chute ..................................................... 179
PL 39.20 Bypass Upper / Lower Chute 2 , Bypass Upper Chute 3................................ 180
PL 39.21 3b Chute Assembly , Bypass Lower Chute 3 , Bypass Exit Upper Chute ...... 181
PL 39.23 Gate Solenoid ................................................................................................ 183
PL 39.24 Paddle............................................................................................................. 184
PL 39.25 Stacker Exit Roll Housing and Edge Sensor Frame ....................................... 185
PL 39.26 Stacker Exit Roll Housing Component............................................................ 186
PL 39.27 Edge Sensor Frame Component .................................................................... 187
PL 39.28 Tamper Unit .................................................................................................... 188
PL 39.29 Front Tamper Motor ........................................................................................ 189
PL 39.30 Side Tamper Extension Motor , Pad Move Motor ........................................... 190
PL 39.31 Extension Pad................................................................................................. 191
PL 39.32 Set Clamp Motor , Lead Tamper Motor .......................................................... 192
PL 39.33 Rear Tamper Motor......................................................................................... 193
PL 39.34 Stacker-Left..................................................................................................... 194
PL 39.35 Stacker-Right .................................................................................................. 195
PL 39.36 Stacker-Rear................................................................................................... 196
PL 39.37 Stacker Frame Rear-Electrical........................................................................ 197
PL 39.38 Stacker Elevator-Rear..................................................................................... 198
PL 39.39 Stacker Elevator-Left ...................................................................................... 199
PL 39.40 Stacker Elevator-Right .................................................................................... 200
PL 39.41 Dolly ................................................................................................................ 201
PL 39.42 HCS Control Panel.......................................................................................... 202
98. Screws
98.1 Screws.................................................................................................................... 203
99. Adjustment Area Codes and Paper and Document Area Codes List
99.1 Paper...................................................................................................................... 206
99.2 Consumables ......................................................................................................... 206
99.3 Electrical Adjustments ............................................................................................ 207
99.4 Mechanical Adjsutments ........................................................................................ 208
99.5 Documents ............................................................................................................. 208
99.6 Accessories related ................................................................................................ 209
99.7 Environment ........................................................................................................... 209
99.8 DMP/Network Functions related............................................................................. 210
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009

5-3
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
5-4 Version.1 .1.1
5.1.1 How to Use the Parts List 5.1.2 Precautions
Chapter 5 Parts List contains information on spare parts. • To make the illustration easy to see, hardware such as screws are shown in alphabets. Their
shapes are not shown.
The parts list is used to order replacement parts and enter area codes. To use the parts list correctly, • Read notes in the Description column carefully before ordering and replacing parts.
read the description below carefully. • SCC followed by part name in the DESCRIPTION column represents Safety Critical Component.
Handling Safety Critical Components shall conform to Fuji Xerox Co. Ltd.-stipulated rules and
<How to find out parts No needed>
regulations on Safety Critical Components.
To reduce a time to find out Parts No on E-Doc, FX put Navigation screen. Please refer to 5.3 Using • ISC followed by part name in the DESCRIPTION column represents Important Information Stored
Component that stores important customer information. To replace and discard an ISC, follow the
Parts Navigation.
procedure for it described in chapter 4.
• The area codes are shown on plates each. The area codes (such as toner and Current Adjustment
values) which cannot be shown as parts on plates are listed on the list of area codes at the end of
this chapter.

5-5
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
5.1.3 Plate Composition 5.1.4 Terminology and Symbols

Table 1
Terminology and
Symbols Description
Informs you that the adjustment procedure for the part is described in Chapter 4
Repair and Adjustment.
Figure 1 5002
Informs you that the removal, installation and replacement procedures for the part
are described in Chapter 4 Repair and Adjustment.
Figure 2 5001
Informs you that the removal, installation, replacement and adjustment procedures
for the part are described in Chapter 4 Repair and Adjustment.
Figure 3 5003
3 {4-10 This is indicated on the upper left or upper right of the illustration to show the item
represents the assembly including the part. The example shows Item 3 is the
assembly of Item 4 through 10.
Figure 1 j0mf50001 (1/4PCS) Informs you that four identical parts are installed but that only one of them is
shown in the illustration.
Table 1
-- This symbol in the PART NO. column shows the part is not managed as a spare
Section Name Chapter 5 Section Name part.
(1) Sub System Name the name of the subsystem (P/O Item 5) This symbol in the DESCRIPTION column shows the part is not managed as a
(2) PLATE NO. Parts List Reference No. shown in each chapter single piece of spare part, but as a part of the assembly. The example shows the
part is a part of Assembly Item 5.
(3) PLATE NAME Title name of the illustration, which shows the mechanism of the sub sys-
tem (New) (Old) This term in the DESCRIPTION column shows the new part is interchangeable
with the old one. Unless otherwise specified or there are no particular reasons,
(4) ITEM Matches the number in the illustration.
order the old part.
(5) PART NO. The number to be used for ordering parts and filling in the service report.
(Alternate) This term in the DESCRIPTION column shows either one of the parts can be
(6) DESCRIPTION Provides the part name, V(MOD) Code and notes, etc. used.
(7) AREA CODE The code to be entered in the failure column of the service report. This symbol shows the whole area of the framed illustration is modified by the
number in the circle. The area has the modified configuration.
Figure 4 5005
Table 1 5.1.5 Using Parts Navigation
Terminology and This section describes how to use the Navigation screen (illustrated)
Symbols Description
This symbol shows the whole area of the framed illustration has not been modified The Navigation screen is divided into two layers, under which there is another layer of PLs.
by the number in the circle. The area still has the previous configuration.
• The first (top) layer
• Navi 1.1(Processor)
The whole processor including DADF and Finisher is illustrated each for good
understanding. Find the module which includes the desired part and click on Navi 2.X or
Figure 5 5006
PL shown at the end of the call out. Navi 2.X shows there is a more detailed illustration of
The Item pointed to by this symbol in the illustration is modified by the number in the module. Otherwise, you will be directly linked to the applicable PL.
the circle. The item has the modified configuration.
• The second layer
• Navi 2.1 to 3.2
The module found in Navi 1.1 is divided into more modules, which link to the related PLs.
The screen here uses PLXX to show all the parts in the detailed module. Click on the
Figure 6 4001 applicable item, and you will see the illustration of the applicable PL. Find the desired
part in the PL illustration to learn the part’s item no. After that, obtain the appropriate part
The Item pointed to by this symbol in the illustration has not been modified by the
no. from the list.
number in the circle. The item still has the previous configuration.
On E-DOC, clicking on the item no. makes the List screen displayed. Then the
appropriate part no. can be found.
• The third (bottom) layer has PLXXs.
<Returning from the lower layers to the higher layer>
Figure 7 4002 Clicking on Navi 2.X or PLXX on the upper left of the illustration makes you return to Navi
with 5V This symbol in the DESCRIPTION column shows the part is modified by the num- 1.1.
ber. The part has the modified configuration.
(w/o 5V) This symbol in the DESCRIPTION column shows the part has not been modified
by the number. The part still has the previous configuration.
(SCC) Fuser SCC followed by part name in the DESCRIPTION column represents Safety Criti-
Assembly cal Component. Handling Safety Critical Components shall conform to Fuji Xerox
Co. Ltd.-stipulated rules and regulations on Safety Critical Components.
(ISC) NVM PWB ISC followed by part name in the DESCRIPTION column represents Important
Information Stored Component that stores important customer information. To
replace and discard an ISC, follow the procedure for it described in chapter 4.

5-7
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
PL 1.1 Front/Left/ROS Cover, Main Switch
Item Part Description A.C.
1 848K 17572 Front Door (Serial No. : 5xxxxx/6xxxxx) (PL 1.3)32B1
– 802K 86610 Front Door (Serial No. : 4xxxxx) (PL 1.3)32B1
2 – Waste Toner Bottol Cover (P/O Item26)32B2
3 121E 92870 Magnet 32B3
4 029E 32671 Hinge Pin 32B4
5 802E 56402 Left Upper Cover 32B5
6 802E 56412 Left Lower Rear Cover 32B6
7 802K 56992 Left Top Cover 32B7
8 048E 65171 EPSV Cover 32B8
9 802K 56961 Filter Cover 32B9
10 – (SCC) Switch Bracket 32BB
11 110E 11980 Front Door Interlock Switch7121
12 – Catch Bracket 32BC
13 – Sensor Bracket (P/O Item24)32BD
14 130E 81600 Cartridge Door Sensor 32BE
15 003E 60101 Upper Hinge 32BF
16 003E 60110 Lower Hinge 32BG
17 802E 57272 ROS Cover 32BH
18 802E 63660 Blind Cover 32BJ
19 – Switch Bracket (P/O Item 30)32BK
20 110E 13020 (SCC) Main Power Switch (Serial No. : 5xxxxx/
6xxxxx) (REP 1.1.1)32BL
– 110E 11411 (SCC) Main Power Switch (Serial No. : 4xxxxx) (REP
1.1.1)32BL
21 962K 68650 Main Switch Wire Harness (Serial No. : 5xxxxx/
6xxxxx)32BM
– 962K 17711 Main Switch Wire Harness (Serial No. : 4xxxxx)32BM
22 015K 67720 HCF Docking Plate 32BN
23 – Sensor Clip (P/O Item24)32BP
24 130K 64581 Sensor Assembly (Item13, 14, 23)32BQ
25 – Cover IIT Seal 32BR
26 802K 56951 Waste Toner Bottol Cover Assembly (Item2, 3)32BS
27 – Label (Adobe) 32BV
28 848K 23970 Logo Plate (Serial No. : 5xxxxx/6xxxxx)32BW
– 015K 59840 Logo Plate (Serial No. : 4xxxxx)32BW
29 – SER Plate (FX Only) 32BX
30 068K 62050 Main Power Switch , Wire Harness and Bracket
(Serial No. : 5xxxxx/6xxxxx) (Item 19-21)32BZ
– 068K 23643 Main Power Switch , Wire Harness and Bracket
(Serial No. : 4xxxxx) (Item 19-21)32BZ
31 896E 88261 Name Plate (4112) 32BT
– 896E 88271 Name Plate (4112 Light Publisher)32BT
– 896E 88281 Name Plate (4127) 32BT
– 896E 88291 Name Plate (4127 Light Publisher)32BT
– 896E 88301 Name Plate (4112 EPS) 32BT
– 896E 88311 Name Plate (4127 EPS) 32BT
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 5.2 Parts List

5-9
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
1. Cover(IOT/Tray Module) 5-10 Version.1 .1.1
PL 1.2 Rear/Right Cover

1 802E 56387 Right Upper Cover 32C1
2 802E 56390 Right Lower Front Cover 32C2
3 802K 64021 Rear Upper Cover 32C3
4 802K 64030 Rear Lower Cover 32C4
5 048E 38401 Connector Cover 32C5
6 – Cover Upper Bracket 32C6
7 – Cover Lower Bracket 32C7
8 802E 61802 Right Lower Rear Cover 32C8
9 – Label (Earth) (FX Only) 32C9
10 – Blind Cover 32CB
11 – Data Plate 32CC
12 015K 73250 Finisher Docking Plate 32CD
13 120E 26720 Power Cord Clamp 32CE
14 – Data Plate (IBG) 32CF
15 – CCC Label (FXCL) 32CG
16 – Label (FXTW) (FXCL) 32CH
17 – RoHS Label (FXCL) 32CJ
PL 1.3 Front Door Component
1 – Front Door 32D1
2 – Guide 32D2
3 – Magnet 32D3
4 – Inner Cover 32D4
5 – Toner Cartridge Door 32D5
6 – Base Hinge 32D6
7 – Stopper Cable 32D7
8 – Upper Hinge 32D8
9 – Lower Hinge 32D9
10 – Cartridge Label 32DB
11 – Hinge Bracket 32DC
12 – Cable Bracket 32DD
13 – Hinge Pin 32DE
14 – Shoulder Screw 32DF
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 1. Cover(IOT/Tray Module)

5-11
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
PL 2.1 IOT Rear

1 – PWB Chassis (REP 2.1.1)72B1
2 960K 36382 (SCC) MCU PWB (REP 2.1.2)72B2
3 160K 95232 NVM PWB (REP 2.1.2) (with Item24)72B3
4 – Spacer 72B4
5 – Contact Spring 72B5
6 – Upper Hinge Pin 72B6
7 – Lower Hinge Pin 72B7
8 – ESS Cover 72B8
9 – MCU PWB Cover 72B9
10 – PWB Chassis Support Bracket72BB
11 – PWB Chassis Left Bracket72BC
12 – PWB Chassis Hinge Bracket72BD
13 962K 42150 Wire Harness 72BE
14 117E 27950 Flexible Print Cable 72BF
15 960K 36360 IOT PWB (with Item 29) (REP 2.1.3)7230
16 105E 11740 (SCC) HVPS (S6) 7321
17 105E 11760 (SCC) HVPS (S11) 72BG
18 849E 91960 Connector Bracket 72BH
19 – Gasket Bracket 72BJ
20 068K 23802 (SCC) Outlet (200V) 72BK
21 (PL 2.5) 72BL
– 101K 55610 ESS (FX : 4112 Light Publisher) (PL 2.5)72BL
– 101K 55120 ESS (FX : 4127 EPS) (PL 2.5)72BL
– 101K 55130 ESS (IBG : 4127 / 4112) (PL 2.5)72BL
– 101K 55140 ESS (IBG : 4127 EPS / 4112 EPS) (PL 2.5)72BL
22 – Cover Bracket 72BM
23 – Gasket 72BN
24 905W 00012 Battery (3V) (CR2450) 72BP
25 – Harness Guard 72BQ
26 960K 35450 CIS Adapter PWB (REP 2.1.4)72BR
27 014E 56590 Spacer Screw 72BS
28 068K 58130 Shield Gasket 72BT
29 908W 00114 (SCC) Fuse (F10) 72BU
30 920W 00402 PWB Support 72BV
PL 2.2 Drawer Connector (Fuser/Marking/Dup)
1 962K 17702 AC Wire Harness 72C1
2 – Connector Bracket 72C2
3 – Compression Spring 72C3
4 – Shoulder Screw (Length 22mm)72C4
5 – Connector (P602) (P/O Item16)72C5
6 – Connector (P601) (P/O Item16)72C6
7 – Compression Spring (P/O Item16)72C7
8 – Shoulder Screw (Length 22mm) (P/O Item16)72C8
9 – Shoulder Screw (Length 11.5mm) (P/O Item16)72C9
10 – Connector Bracket (P/O Item16)72CB
11 – Connector Bracket (P/O Item16)72CC
12 – Drawer Wire Harness (P/O Item16)72CD
13 – Connector (Finisher /IF Module) (P/O Item17)72CE
14 – Connector (HCF) (P/O Item17)72CF
15 962K 57740 DC Wire Harness (with MSI Connector)72CG
16 962K 57750 Drawer Wire Harness (Item5-12)72CH
17 962K 57730 DC Signal Wire Harness (Item13, 14)72CJ

5-13
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
PL 2.3 Tray Module Rear

1 – AC Unit Bracket 72D1
2 – Harness Bracket 72D2
3 – Harness Bracket 72D3
4 – LVPS Bracket 72D4
5 – LVPS Bracket 72D5
6 – PWB Support 72D6
7 160K 95331 Tray Module PWB (REP 2.3.1)72D7
8 – HVPS Bracket 72D8
9 105E 17730 (SCC)HVPS S5C (REP 2.3.2)7322
10 920W 00402 PWB Support 72D9
11 105E 17022 (SCC) Main LVPS (H1U) (200V) (with Item18,19)
(REP 2.3.3)7310
12 105E 17761 (SCC) AC Unit (H3U) (200V) (with Itme20) (REP
2.3.3)7232
13 105E 12052 (SCC) +12V LVPS (GU12)72DB
14 105E 15191 (SCC) +24V LVPS (GU10H) (200V)72DC
15 675K 07300 Power Cord (FX : 200V) 7122
– 117E 24990 Power Cord (FX : 200V -5m)7122
– 917W 03003 Power Cord (FXTW) 7122
– 917W 03100 Power Cord (FXA /FXNZ)7122
– 917W 03101 Power Cord (FXS /FXM /FXHK)7122
– 917W 03102 Power Cord (FXTH /AG /ICO)7122
– 917W 03103 Power Cord (FXP) 7122
– 917W 03104 Power Cord (FXCL) 7122
– 917W 03105 Power Cord (FXK) 7122
16 – Inlet Bracket 72DD
17 – Hand Screw 72DE
18 108E 98520 (SCC) Fuse (5A:200V) (F4001,F4002,F5001,F5002)
72DF
19 108E 98020 Fuse (6.3A:200V)
(F2001,F2002,F3001,F3002,F6001-F6003)72DG
20 108E 98020 Fuse (6.3A:200V) (F400-F402)72DH
21 – Connector Bracket (P/O Item 23)72DI
22 104E 97430 (SCC) Choke Coil 72DJ
23 105K 23082 (SCC) Main LVPS and AC Unit (Item 11, 12, 21)
72DK
PL 2.4 UI Accessory
1 – Stay 75B1
2 826E 09550 Shoulder Screw 75B2
3 – Base Bracket 75B3
4 031K 93244 Arm and UI-ESS Cable(Item19-23)75B4
5 802E 57671 (SCC) Stay Front/Right Cover75B5
6 802E 57680 (SCC) Stay Left Cover 75B6
7 802E 57702 (SCC) Arm Cover 75B7
8 802E 57710 (SCC) Blind Cover 75B8
9 – Bracket 75B9
10 – Support 75BB
11 802E 62240 (SCC) Stay Rear Cover 75BC
12 – Tilt Swivel Cover (P/O Item17)75BD
13 – Adjust Pen (P/O Item17) 75BE
14 848K 23120 (SCC) UI (FCW2) (FX : 4127 Light Publisher /4112 /
4112 Light Publisher) (PL 2.7) 75AA
– 848K 23150 (SCC) UI (FCW2) (FX : 4127 EPS) (PL 2.7)75AA
– 848K 26130 (SCC) UI (FCW2) (IBG : 4127 /4112) (PL 2.7)75AA
– 848K 26110 (SCC) UI (FCW2) (IBG : 4127 EPS /4112 EPS) (PL
2.7)75AA
– 848K 14070 (SCC) UI (FCW1) (FX : 4127 Light Publisher /4112 /
4112 Light Publisher) (PL 2.7) 75AA
– 848K 14100 (SCC) UI (FCW1) (FX : 4127 EPS) (PL 2.7)75AA
– 848K 16380 (SCC) UI (FCW1) (IBG : 4127 /4112) (PL 2.7)75AA
– 848K 14110 (SCC) UI (FCW1) (IBG : 4127 EPS /4112 EPS) (PL
2.7)75AA
15 802E 62990 (SCC) Stand Right Cover75BF
16 802E 63000 (SCC) Stand Left Cover 75BG
17 802K 63690 Tilt Cover Assembly (Item12, 13)75BH
18 120E 26720 Power Cord Clamp 75BJ
19 – Arm(P/O Item4) 75BK
20 – Upper Plate(P/O Item4) 75BL
21 – Bush 75BM
22 117K37660 UI-ESS Cable 75BN
23 – Ring 75BP
24 893E 17691 Key Label (Japanese) 75AA
– 893E 27001 Key Label (English) 75AA

5-15
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
PL 2.5 ESS Component

1 – ESS Chassis 75E1
2 960K 28372 (SCC) ESS PWB (SPIDER DUO 2T) (REP 2.5.1)
75E2
3 160K 99202 (ISC) (SCC) NVM PWB (with Item 4) (REP 2.5.2)
(ADJ 2.1.3)75E3
4 105E 10470 Battery (3V) (CR2450) 75E4
5 133K 23611 Memory (128MB) 75E5
6 133K 23691 Memory (256MB) 75E5
7 133K 23811 Memory (512MB) 75E5
– 133K 23691 Memory (256MB) 75E5
8 540K 08343 STD ROM (V1.3.x) (FX : 4127 Light Publisher /4112 /
4112 Light Publisher)75E6
– 540K 12010 STD ROM (V1.10.x) (FX : 4127 Light Publisher /4112
/ 4112 Light Publisher)75E6
– 540K 08401 STD ROM (FX : 4127 EPS)75E6
– 540K 08412 STD ROM (V1.103.x) (IBG : 4127 / 4112)75E6
– 540K 12040 STD ROM (V1.110.x) (IBG : 4127 / 4112)75E6
– 540K 08472 STD ROM (IBG : 4127 EPS / 4112 EPS)75E6
9 960K 16760 (SCC) UI PWB (S1 setting No.1:ON No.2:OFF)75E7
10 014E 55890 Spacer Screw 75E1
11 960K 16120 (SCC) JPEG PWB (LYRA3)75E8
12 014E 56590 Spacer Screw 75E1
13 – Video Selector (PL 2.8) 75F1
14 003E 60141 Handle 75E9
15 – ESS Fan Duct 75EA
16 127K 38182 (ESS) ESS Fan 75EB
17 101E 18930 Option Panel 75EC
18 101E 18460 EPSV Panel 75ED
19 – Blind Cover 75EE
20 021E 12710 USB Cap 75EF
21 – Seal 75EF
22 – Screw 75E1
23 826E 06490 Screw 75E1
24 826E 08490 Screw 75E1
25 826E 16120 Studscrew 75E1
26 – HDD (PL 2.8) 75EG
27 – Clamp 75EF
28 – Gasket 75EF
29 962K 19120 Wire Harness 75EH
30 802E 91540 IIT Connector Cover 75E1
31 540K 08353 STD ROM EM2 (V1.3.x) (FX : 4127 Light Publisher /
4112 / 4112 Light Publisher)75EI
– 540K 12020 STD ROM EM2 (V1.10.x) (FX : 4127 Light Publisher /
4112 / 4112 Light Publisher)75EI
– 540K 08422 STD ROM PS2 (V1.103.x) (IBG : 4127 / 4112)75EI
– 540K 12050 STD ROM PS2 (V1.110.x) (IBG : 4127 / 4112)75EI
32 068K 59000 Image Ext. PWB and Bracket (PL 2.8)75EJ
PL 2.6 ESS Option
1 540K 10713 EPROM PS1 (FX : Morisawa 2 Fonts) (V1.3.x)75EM
– 540K 12120 EPROM PS1 (FX : Morisawa 2 Fonts) (V1.10.x)
75EM
– 540K 10693 EPROM PS1 (FX : Heisei 3 Fonts) (V1.3.x)75EM
– 540K 12100 EPROM PS1 (FX : Heisei 3 Fonts) (V1.10.x)75EM
– 540K 08432 EPROM PS1 (CHINESE)75EM
– 540K 08452 EPROM PS1 (HANGUL) 75EM
2 540K 10723 EPROM PS2 (EX : Morisawa 2 Fonts) (V1.3.x)75EN
– 540K 12130 EPROM PS2 (EX : Morisawa 2 Fonts) (V1.10.x)
75EN
– 540K 10703 EPROM PS2 (FX : Heisei 3 Fonts) (V1.3.x)75EN
– 540K 12110 EPROM PS2 (FX : Heisei 3 Fonts) (V1.10.x)75EN
– 540K 08442 EPROM PS2 (CHINESE)75EN
– 540K 08462 EPROM PS2 (HANGUL) 75EN
3 960K 37081 Image Comp. PWB (SELENE)75EO
4 960K 18150 USB 2.0 D PWB (USB 2.0 Kit)75EP
– 960K 18140 USB 2.0 H PWB 75EP

5-17
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
PL 2.7 UI Component
1 – Case (P/O Item13) 75C1
2 – Switch/LED PWB (P/O Item13) 75C2
3 – (SCC) Bezel Cover (P/O Item13)75C3
4 848E 24570 (SCC) Overlay Cover (FX : 4127 Light Publisher /
4112 / 4112 Light Publisher) (REP 2.7.1)75C4
– 848E 24580 (SCC) Overlay Cover (FX : 4127 EPS) (REP 2.7.1)
75C4
– 848E 27910 (SCC) Overlay Cover (IBG : 4127 / 4112) (REP 2.7.1)
75C4
– 848E 24590 (SCC) Overlay Cover (IBG : 4127 EPS / 4112 EPS)
(REP 2.7.1)75C4
5 – VR PWB (P/O Item13) 75C5
6 – VR Cable (P/O Item13) 75C6
7 – Mylar Sheet (P/O Item13)75C7
8 – ESD Sheet 75C8
9 848K 13920 LCD Touch Panel (FCW2) (P/J 7 : Flat Cable Type)
(PL 2.9)7520
– 802K 56475 LCD Touch Panel (FCW1) (P/J 7 : Connector
Housing Type) (PL 2.9)7520
10 – EME Cover 75C9
11 802E 57391 (SCC) Rear Base Cover 75CB
12 802K 63681 (SCC) Tilt Swivel 75CC
13 848K 14091 (SCC) Control Panel Assembly (FCW2 : Item 2 Flat
Cable Type) (FX : 4127 Light Publisher /4112 / 4112
Light Publisher) (Item1-7) 75CD
– 848K 14121 (SCC) Control Panel Assembly (FCW2 : Item 2 Flat
Cable Type) (FX : 4127 EPS) (Item1-7) 75CD
Cable Type) (IBG : 4127 / 4112) (Item1-7) 75CD
Cable Type) (IBG : 4127 EPS / 4112 EPS) (Item1-7)
75CD
– 848K 14090 (SCC) Control Panel Assembly (FCW1 : Item 2 Wire
Harness Type) (FX : 4127 Light Publisher /4112 /
4112 Light Publisher) (Item1-7)75CD
Harness Type) (FX : 4127 EPS) (Item1-7)75CD
Harness Type) (IBG : 4127 / 4112) (Item1-7)75CD
Harness Type) (IBG : 4127 EPS / 4112 EPS) (Item1-
7)75CD
PL 2.8 HDD/Video Selector / Image Extention
PWB Component
1 – Video Selector Bracket 75F2
2 – Backplane PWB Bracket 75F3
3 – Dummy Plate 75F4
4 – PWB Plate 75F5
5 960K 36650 (SCC) Backplane PWB (4127 EPS / 4112 EPS)75F6
– 960K 36640 (SCC) Backplane PWB (4127 / 4127 Light Publisher /
4112 / 4112 Light Publisher)75F6
6 960K 44580 Video Selector PWB (REP 2.8.2)75F7
7 921W 41014 Shield Gasket 75F8
8 – Screw 75F9
9 – HDD Bracket 75FA
10 962K 19871 Wire Harness 75FB
11 962K 32170 Flat Cable 75FC
12 121K 41500 (SCC) (ISC) HDD (80GB) (REP 2.8.1) (ADJ 2.1.3)
75FD
13 826E 09970 Shoulder Screw 75FE
14 – Damper 75FF
15 – Gasket 75FG
16 – Conductor 75FH
17 068K 51971 Riser PWB and Bracket 75FI
18 068K 59010 Image Extention PWB and Bracket (Item 19 , 20)
75FJ
19 960K 16201 Image Extention PWB (TORINO)75FK
20 – Bracket (P/O Item 18) 75FL
21 849E 68740 Blind Cover 75FM

5-19
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
PL 2.9 LCD Touch Panel Component

1 123K 98200 LCD Module Assembly (FCW2) (Item2-11)75D1
– 123K 98050 LCD Module Assembly (FCW1) (Item2-11)75D1
2 – Back Light (P/O Item1) 75D2
3 – LCD (P/O Item1) 75D3
4 – LCD Frame (P/O Item1) 75D4
5 – Cover (P/O Item1) 75D5
6 – Cover (P/O Item1) 75D6
7 – Screw (P/O Item1) 75D7
8 – Tapping Screw (P/O Item1)75D8
9 117E 28100 Flexible Print Cable (FCW2) (Blue)75D9
– 117E 23952 Flexible Print Cable (FCW1) (White)75D9
10 – LCD PWB (P/O Item1) 75DB
11 – Screw 75DC
12 105E 18030 (SCC) Invertor PWB (FCW2) (CN1 : 4pin)7521
– 960K 30490 (SCC) Invertor PWB (FCW1) (CN1 : 6pin)7521
13 960K 37310 UI I/F PWB (FCW2) (Installation screws : 3 Type)
(REP 2.9.1)75DD
– 960K 30081 (SCC) UI I/F PWB (FCW1) (Installation screws : 4
Type) (REP 2.9.1)75DD
14 – LCD Plate 75DE
15 – Touch Panel (P/O Item20)75DF
16 – Touch Panele Plate (P/O Item20)75DG
17 826E 08490 Screw 75DH
18 826E 06490 Screw 75DJ
19 – Wire Harness 75DK
20 802K 65291 Touch Panel Assembly (Item15, 16) (Alternate)75DL
– 848K 14220 Touch Panel Assembly (Item15, 16) (Alternate)75DL
PL 3.1 Air System-Front, Right
1 – Exit Fan Bracket 33B1
2 054E 23210 Exit Duct 33B2
3 127K 37630 (SCC) Exit Fan 1 33B3
4 127K 37630 (SCC) Exit Fan 2 33B4
5 962K 17941 Exit Fan Wire Harness 33B5
6 054K 23473 Duct 33B6
7 – Right Plate 33B7
8 054K 26901 CC Duct 33B8
9 927W 00214 (SCC) Duplex Fan 1 33B9
10 927W 00214 (SCC) Duplex Fan 2 33BB
11 – Duplex Fan Bracket 33BC
12 962K 17952 Duplex Fan Wire Harness33BD
13 054K 24142 ESV Duct 33BE
14 802E 54632 Front Top Inner Cover 33BF
15 054K 23683 Duct 33BG
16 127K 37600 Cleaner Intake Fan 33BH
17 – Tapping Screw (3x22) 33BJ
18 053K 91890 Drum In Filter (REP 3.1.1)3302
19 – Seal 33BL
20 – Connector 33BM
21 – Seal 33BN
22 – Seal 33BN
23 – Seal 33BN
24 – Seal 33BN
25 – Seal 33BN
26 – Seal 33BN
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 3. Air System

5-21
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
3. Air System 5-22 Version.1 .1.1
PL 3.2 Air System-Rear

1 054E 23264 Fuser Exhaust Fan Housing33C1
2 127K 52371 (SCC) Fuser Exhaust Fan (REP 3.2.1)33C2
3 054K 26201 Drawer Rear Duct 33C3
4 054E 23271 Fuser Exhaust Duct 33C4
5 802E 55950 Filter Case 33C6
6 053K 92881 Suction Ozone Filter (REP 3.2.2)3303
7 127K 37892 Blower Motor 3301
8 – Duct Bracket 33C7
9 054K 24130 Blower Motor Duct 33C8
10 – Motor Bracket 33C9
11 054E 24050 ESV Rear Duct 33CB
12 054K 24171 Xero/Belt Transfer Duct 33CC
13 054K 24181 Rear Duct 4062
PL 4.1 DADF Accessory
1 059K 55913 DADF (5.3.3Navi. 2.2) (REP 4.1.1)22AA
2 004K 92582 Platen Cushion 2003
3 – DADF Support 22B1
4 003K 91881 Knob Screw 22B2
5 893E 09632 Label (FX) 22B3
– 893E 42442 Label (IBG) 22B3
6 003K 13752 Stopper 22B4
7 003E 62120 Hinge 22B5
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 4. DADF

5-23
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
PL 4.2 DADF Cover, CIS

1 – Frame 22BB
2 032E 23710 Harness Guide 22BC
3 802E 56801 (SCC) DADF Rear Cover22BD
4 802E 56892 (SCC) DADF Front Cover22BE
5 802E 56900 (SCC) DADF Left Lower Cover22BF
6 130K 64503 CIS (PL 4.13) (REP 4.2.1)22BG
7 – PWB Bracket 22BH
8 826E 11600 Round Point Screw 22BJ
9 960K 03241 CIS DC/DC Convert PWB22BK
10 117E 23930 IIT-DADF Cable 22BL
11 962K 19053 DCDC-CIS Wire Harness22BM
12 030K 76572 Flexible Print Cable 22BN
13 054E 24130 Upper Guide Chute 22BP
14 – Screw 22BQ
15 – Label (Caution) 22BR
16 – Gascket 22BS
17 – Core 22BT
18 – Bracket 22BV
19 021E 98600 LED Cap 22BW
20 004K 02330 Cushion 22BX
21 – Gascket 22BZ
PL 4.3 DADF PWB, Counter Balance
1 032E 21220 Harness Guide 22C1
2 – Left Counter Balance (P/O Item14) (REP 4.3.1)2271
3 – Right Counter Balance (P/O Item14) (REP 4.3.2)
2271
4 117E 27450 IIT-DADF Cable 22C2
5 960K 38720 DADF PWB (REP 4.3.3) 22C3
6 – Bush 2281
7 826E 11600 Round Point Screw (M3) 22C4
8 826E 09640 Round Point Screw (M4) 22C5
9 – PWB Bracket 22C6
10 849E 16830 Bracket 22C7
11 – Core 22C8
12 962K 19295 DADF Front Wire Harness22C9
13 962K 19304 DADF Motor Wire Harness22CB
14 604K 25240 Left/Right Counter Balance Kit (Item2, 3)2271
15 – Core 22CC
16 – Core 22CC
17 – Clamp 22CD
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 4. DADF

5-25
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
PL 4.4 DADF Document Tray, Tray Motor

1 – Bracket (P/O Item25) 22D1
2 807E 01200 Gear (Spur 40T/16T) 22D2
3 807E 01210 Gear (Spur 32T/16T) 22D3
4 003K 14790 Hinge 22D4
5 004K 02002 Oil Damper 22D5
6 007K 89161 One Way Clutch Gear (Spur 27T)22D6
7 130E 84280 Tray Interlock Sensor 22D7
8 – LED Bracket (P/O Item25)22D8
9 160K 97600 Document Set LED 22D9
10 006E 79262 Pinion Shaft 22DB
11 050K 52414 (SCC) DADF Document Tray (PL 4.14)2210
12 – Bracket (P/O Item27) 22DC
13 – Gear (Helical 48T) (P/O Item27)22DD
14 – Gear (Spur 33T) (P/O Item27)22DE
15 – Gear (Spur 33T/18T) (P/O Item27)22DF
16 – Gear (Spur 48T/18T) (P/O Item27)22DG
17 – Torque Limiter (P/O Item27)22DH
18 127K 38402 Tray Motor 22DJ
19 032E 21191 Rack Guide 22DK
20 807E 00310 Gear (Spur 25T) 22DL
21 807E 00470 Pinion Gear 22DM
22 807E 00672 Sector Gear 22DN
23 826E 11600 Round Point Screw 22DP
24 – Bracket 22DQ
25 004K 01941 Oil Damper (Item1, 4, 5, 7, 8)22DR
26 809E 65080 Compression Spring 22DS
27 030K 76271 Lift Gear (Item12-17) 22DT
28 013E 26250 Sleeve Bearing 22DV
29 – Bracket 22DW
PL 4.5 DADF Document Tray, Tray Motor
1 003E 60310 Left Cover Front Latch 22E1
2 003E 60321 Left Cover Rear Latch 22E2
3 – Switch Bracket (P/O Item21)22E3
4 110K 11921 (SCC) Feeder Cover Interlock Switch22E4
5 – Torsion Spring (P/O Item21)22E5
6 014E 45101 Bush 22E6
7 054K 24444 Feeder Upper Chute (PL 4.17)22E7
8 – Bracket (P/O Item22) 22E8
9 – Actuator (P/O Item22) 22E9
10 130E 84280 L/H Cover Interlock Sensor22EB
11 – Tension Spring (P/O Item22)22EC
12 802K 57193 (SCC) DADF Left Upper Cover (PL 4.19)22ED
13 809E 51451 Torsion Spring (right hand)22EE
14 809E 51461 Torsion Spring (left hand)22EF
15 826E 11600 Round Point Screw 22EG
16 849E 16500 Hinge Bracket 22EH
17 849E 22970 Hinge Bracket 22EJ
18 962K 19260 Wire Harness 22EK
19 059E 01370 Roll 22EL
20 – Label 22EM
21 003K 13291 (SCC) Feeder Cover Interlock Switch (Item3-5)22EN
22 130K 64482 Cover Interlock Sensor (Item8-11)22EP
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 4. DADF

5-27
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
PL 4.6 Feed Motor, Feed Clutch, Invert Drive Roll

1 013E 24840 Ball Bearing 22F1
2 013E 26250 Sleeve Bearing 22F2
3 020E 36760 Pulley 22F3
4 059E 98620 Pulley 22F4
5 059K 29471 Invert Drive Roll (REP 4.6.1)22F5
6 – Clutch Bracket (P/O Item18)22F6
7 – Gear (Spur 24T) (P/O Item18)22F7
8 – Sleeve Bearing (P/O Item18)22F8
9 – Ball Bearing (P/O Item18)22F9
10 – Clutch Shaft (P/O Item18)22FB
11 121K 31860 (SCC) DADF Feed Clutch (REP 4.6.2)2284
12 – Pulley (P/O Item18) 22FC
13 127K 38301 (SCC) DADF Feed Motor22FD
14 423W 32054 Feed Motor Belt (REP 4.6.3)22FE
15 807E 00660 Gear (Spur 20T) 22FF
16 809E 54581 Tension Spring 22FG
17 826E 11600 Round Point Screw 22FH
18 121K 31884 (SCC) Feed Clutch (Item6-12, 20)22FJ
19 – Motor Bracket 22FK
20 – Tape (P/O Item18) 22FL
PL 4.7 Pre Regi. Motor, Pre Regi. Roll Chute,
Take Away Roll, Baffle Solenoid
1 807E 10690 Gear (Spur 38T) 22G1
2 013E 24670 Ball Bearing 22G2
3 020E 36770 Pulley 22G3
4 – Stud Bracket (P/O Item20)22G4
5 – Gear (Spur 33T/Helical 33T) (P/O Item20)22G5
6 – Gear Pulley (P/O Item20)22G6
7 059E 98620 Pulley 22G7
8 059K 31091 Take Away Roll (REP 4.7.1)22G8
9 054K 24485 Pre Regi. Roll Chute (PL 4.20)22G9
10 001E 64763 Rail (REP 4.7.2) 22GB
11 – Solenoid Bracket (P/O Item22)22GC
12 – Baffle Solenoid (P/O Item22)22GD
13 – Tension Spring (P/O Item22)22GE
14 – Actuator (P/O Item22) 22GF
15 – Damper (P/O Item22) 22GG
16 127K 38321 (SCC) DADF Pre Regi. Motor22GH
17 423W 34554 Pre Regi. Motor Belt (REP 4.7.3)22GJ
18 809E 50880 Tension Spring 22GK
19 826E 11600 Round Point Screw 22GL
20 030K 76021 Bracket (Item4-6) 22GM
21 – Motor Bracket 22GN
22 121K 31890 Baffle Solenoid (Item11-15) (REP 4.7.4)22GP
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 4. DADF

5-29
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
PL 4.8 Regi. Motor, Regi. Roll

1 020E 36781 Pulley 22H1
2 023E 21300 Regi. Motor Belt (REP 4.8.1)22H2
3 059E 98620 Pulley 22H3
4 127K 38341 (SCC) DADF Regi. Motor22H4
5 – Sensor Bracket 22H5
6 930W 00211 Lead Regi. Sensor (REP 4.8.2)22H6
7 059K 31082 Regi. Roll (REP 4.8.3) 22H7
8 – Regi. In 2 Chute 22H8
9 013E 24670 Ball Bearing 22H9
10 809E 50880 Tension Spring 22HB
11 826E 11600 Round Point Screw 22HC
12 – Motor Bracket 22HD
13 – Tape 22HE
PL 4.9 Platen Motor, Platen Roll, Out Roll
1 – Flange (P/O Item26) 22J1
2 012E 11440 Platen Front Link 22J2
3 012E 11450 Platen Rear Link 22J3
4 030K 75802 Tension Bracket 22J4
5 – Pulley (P/O Item26) 22J5
6 – Tension Spring (P/O Item26)22J6
7 013E 24670 Ball Bearing 22J7
8 013E 25911 Sleeve Bearing 22J8
9 – Pulley (P/O Item26) 22J9
10 020E 36800 Pulley 22JB
11 – Belt (Width : 4mm) (P/O Item26)22JC
12 – Platen Motor Belt (Width : 6mm) (P/O Item26) (REP
4.9.1)2292
13 059K 31071 Out Roll (REP 4.9.2) 22JD
14 849E 17082 Platen Back Plate 2242
15 059K 30964 Platen Roll 2226
16 809E 50280 Torsion Spring (left hand)22JE
17 809E 50130 Torsion Spring (right hand)22JF
18 013E 24680 Sleeve Bearing 22JG
19 005E 18160 Collar 22JH
20 005E 18810 Platen Collar 22JJ
21 127K 38341 (SCC) Platen Motor 22JK
22 809E 50510 Spring Platen (Length 30.8mm)22JL
23 809E 50880 Spring Platen (Length 23mm)22JM
24 826E 09061 Shoulder Screw 22JN
25 – Motor Bracket 22JP
26 604K 25230 Spare Parts Kit (Item1, 5, 6, 9, 11, 12, 22)22JQ
27 – Washer 22JR
28 – Eliminator 22JS
29 – tape 22JT
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 4. DADF

5-31
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
PL 4.10 Exit Motor, Exit Roll

1 013E 24840 Ball Bearing 22K1
2 013E 26250 Sleeve Bearing 22K2
3 020E 36810 Pulley 22K3
4 059E 98620 Pulley 22K4
5 059K 27201 Exit1 Roll (REP 4.10.1) 22K5
6 059K 29481 Exit2 Roll (REP 4.10.2) 22K6
7 127K 38301 (SCC) DADF Exit Motor 22K7
8 423W 33554 Exit Motor Belt (REP 4.10.3)22K8
9 809E 50880 Tension Spring 22K9
10 – Motor Bracket 22KB
PL 4.11 Exit Gate Solenoid, Simp/Dup Gate
Solenoid, Nip Solenoid, Inverter Exit Chute,
Guide Chute
1 012E 11270 Link 22L1
2 012E 11280 Link 22L2
3 012E 11290 Gate Rear Link 22L3
4 012E 11301 Link 22L4
5 013E 24160 Sleeve Bearing 22L5
6 030K 75631 Gate Link Bracket 22L6
7 032E 21421 Harness Guide 22L7
8 050K 49650 Inverter Lower Gate 22L8
9 054K 24219 Inverter Exit Chute (PL 4.21)2250
10 054K 24231 Guide Chute (PL 4.22) 22L9
11 121K 31680 (SCC) Exit Gate Solenoid (REP 4.11.1)22LB
12 121K 31700 (SCC) Simp/Dup Gate Solenoid (REP 4.11.2)22LC
13 121K 31680 (SCC) Invert Roll Nip/Release Solenoid (REP 4.11.3)
22LD
14 809E 49680 Tension Spring (Length 34.15mm)22LE
15 809E 49700 Tension Spring (Length 22.5mm)22LF
16 826E 11600 Round Point Screw 22LG
17 012E 12181 Rear Link 22LH
18 012E 12190 Front Link 22LJ
19 – Bracket 22LK
20 – Damper 22LL
21 – Bracket 22LM
22 – Damper 22LN
23 – Bracket 22LP
24 – Damper 22LQ
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 4. DADF

5-33
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
PL 4.12 Exit Upper/Lower Chute, Regi. Out

Chute, Feeder Lower Chute
1 013E 24172 Sleeve Bearing 22M1
2 017E 92760 Foot 22M2
3 802E 77030 Cover 22M3
4 050E 19952 (SCC) DADF Exit Tray 22M4
5 054E 24130 Guide Upper Chute 22M5
6 054E 24290 Regi. In1 Chute 22M6
7 054K 24195 Exit Upper Chute (PL 4.23)22M7
8 054K 30561 Exit Low Chute (PL 4.24) 22M8
9 054K 24462 Regi. Out Chute (PL 4.25)22M9
10 054K 24495 Feeder Lower Chute (PL 4.26)22MB
11 054K 26032 Invert Chute (Item18-20) 22MC
12 121E 90620 Interlock Magnet (White Paint, N Pole : Left) 22MD
13 802E 56911 Magnet Cover 22ME
14 802E 77040 Cover 22MF
15 826E 09001 Shoulder Screw 22MG
16 – Bracket 22MH
17 849E 23020 Tray Plate 22MJ
18 – Invert Chute (P/O Item11)22MK
19 004K 02181 Damper 22ML
20 – Label (P/O Item11) 22MM
21 105K 21200 Eliminator 22MN
PL 4.13 CIS Component
1 – CIS 22N1
2 849E 17111 Plate 22N2
3 – Torsion Spring (left hand)22N3
4 – Torsion Spring (right hand)22N4
5 – Spacer 22N5
6 – Guide 22N6
7 – Film 22N7
8 – Compression Spring 22N8
9 – Stud Screw 22N9
10 – Bush 22NB
11 – Front Bracket 22NC
12 962K 23970 Earth Wire 22ND
13 – Mylar 22NE
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 4. DADF

5-35
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
PL 4.14 DADF Document Tray Component

1 050K 49695 DADF Document Bottom Tray (PL 4.15)22NJ
2 050K 49708 DADF Document Upper Tray (PL 4.16)22NK
3 014E 44881 (SCC) Tray Block 22NL
4 893E 09601 Label (Size) 22NM
5 893E 03340 Label (Instruction) 22NN
6 893E 09660 Label (Max) 22NP
PL 4.15 DADF Document Bottom Tray
Component
1 – Bottom Tray 22P1
2 – Lift Shaft 22P2
3 – Lift Lever 22P3
4 059E 98610 Roll 22P4
5 – Shaft 22P5
6 012K 94451 Front Link 22P6
7 012E 11480 Rear Link 22P7
8 – Front Stud 22P8
9 – Rear Stud 22P9
10 807E 00420 Sector Gear 22PB
11 013E 24800 Sleeve Bearing 22PC
12 103E 29881 Sensor Film 22PD
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 4. DADF

5-37
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
PL 4.16 DADF Document Upper Tray Component

1 – Upper Tray 22Q1
2 050E 20041 Entrance Add Tray 22Q2
3 – Sensor Housing 22Q3
4 930W 00111 Tray APS Sensor 1 22Q4
7 930W 00111 Bottom Sensor 22Q7
8 807E 00431 Front Rack Gear 22Q8
9 807E 00440 Rear Rack Gear 22Q9
10 807E 00450 Pinion Gear 22QB
11 – Window Plate 22QC
12 012E 11470 Roll Link 22QD
13 809E 50561 Tension Spring 22QE
14 059E 98630 Roll 22QF
15 032E 21200 (SCC) Front Side Guide 22QG
16 032E 21210 (SCC) Rear Side Guide 22QH
17 019K 99061 Retard Pad 22QJ
18 962K 19284 DADF Tray Wire Harness 22QK
19 930W 00211 Document Set Sensor 22QL
20 809E 54961 Rack Gear Spring 22QM
PL 4.17 Feeder Upper Chute Component
1 054E 24433 Feeder Upper Chute 22R1
2 809E 50920 Plate Spring 22R2
3 055K 31520 Sensor Shield 22R3
4 802K 57201 Feeder/Nudger Roll (PL 4.18)2220
5 413W 75959 Sleeve Bearing 22R4
6 028E 94260 KL-Clip 22R5
7 809E 50120 Tension Spring 22R6
8 – Sensor Bracket 22R7
9 930W 00111 DADF Level Sensor 22R8
10 930W 00211 DADF Feed Sensor 2283
11 930W 00211 No.1 APS Sensor 22R9
12 930W 00211 No.2 APS Sensor 22RB
13 930W 00211 No.3 APS Sensor 22RC
14 130E 84300 Pre Regi. Sensor 22RD
15 030K 75742 Pinch Roll Housing 22RE
16 059K 31050 Pinch Roll 22RF
17 809E 50250 Tension Spring 22RG
18 013E 24660 Garter Bearing 22RH
19 105K 21190 Eliminator 22RJ
20 – Magnet Bracket 22RK
21 121E 89921 Magnet Catch 22RL
22 032E 21170 (SCC) Chute Guide 22RM
23 003K 13272 Front Hinge 22RN
24 003K 13282 Rear Hinge 22RP
25 962K 19274 DADF Feeder Wire Harness22RQ
26 802E 56930 (SCC) Feeder Upper Cover22RR
27 893E 09611 Label (Size) 22RS
28 – Ground Wire 22RT
29 809E 58361 Plate Spring (REP 4.17.1)22RV
30 – Roller 22RW
31 – Bracket 22RX
32 – Bracket 22RY
33 – Bracket 22S1
34 – Bracket 22S2
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 4. DADF

5-39
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
PL 4.18 Feeder/Nudger Roll Component

1 – Nudger Bracket 22SB
2 – Feed Shaft 22SC
3 059K 29520 Feed Roll (REP 4.18.1) 2222
4 059K 29510 Nudger Roll (REP 4.18.2)2221
5 – Gear (Helical 38T) 22SD
6 – Gear (Helical 44T) 22SE
7 – Gear (Helical 39T) 22SF
8 – Gear (Spur 29T) 22SG
9 – Nudger Shaft 22SH
10 028E 94260 KL-Clip 22SJ
11 413W 75959 Sleeve Bearing 22SK
PL 4.19 DADF Left Upper Cover Component
1 – Left Upper Cover 22SM
2 055K 28071 Baffle 22SN
3 – Baffle Stopper 22SP
4 – Damper 22SQ
5 – Baffle Cushion 22SR
6 120E 22271 Actuator 22SS
7 003K 13310 Hinge 22ST
8 – Baffle Shaft 22SV
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 4. DADF

5-41
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
PL 4.20 Pre Regi. Roll Chute Component

1 – Pre Regi. Lower Chute 22T1
2 – Pre Regi. Upper Chute 22T2
3 – Pre Regi. Roll 22T3
4 – Pinch Roll 22T4
5 – Garter Bearing 22T5
6 – Tension Spring (REP 4.20.1)22T6
7 – Release Cam 22T7
8 – Eliminator 22T8
9 – Eliminator 22T9
10 013E 24840 Ball Bearing 22TB
11 – Home Pulley 22TC
12 826E 09001 Shoulder Screw 22TD
13 – Film 22TE
14 013E 31020 Bearing 22TF
PL 4.21 Inverter Exit Chute Component
1 – Inverter Exit Chute 2251
2 050E 19940 Inverter Upper Gate 2261
3 809E 47140 Torsion Spring (left hand)22V1
4 809E 49640 Torsion Spring (right hand)22V2
5 – Pinch Roll Housing 22V3
6 – Shaft (P/O Item18) 22V4
7 – Pinch Roll (P/O Item18) 22V5
8 – Pinch Roll (P/O Item18) 22V6
9 – Pinch Spring (P/O Item18)22V7
10 – Pinch Spring (P/O Item18)22V8
11 013E 24150 Sleeve Bearing 22V9
12 930W 00211 Invert Sensor 2 22VB
13 962K 19342 Sensor Wre Harness 22VC
14 – Spacer 22VD
15 – Earth Spring 22VE
16 105E 12420 Eliminator 22VF
17 – Damper 22VG
18 006K 23382 Pinch Roll (Item6-10) 22VH
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 4. DADF

5-43
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
PL 4.22 Guide Chute Component

1 – Guide Chute 22W1
2 – Sensor Bracket 22W2
3 930W 00211 Out Sensor (REP 4.22.1) 22W3
5 930W 00211 Invert Sensor 1 (REP 4.22.2)22W5
6 962K 19333 Sensor Wre Harness 22W6
8 – Gate Housing (P/O Item18)22W8
9 – Simp/Dup Gate (P/O Item18)22W9
10 005E 18570 C-Clip 22WB
11 – Sleeve Bearing (P/O Item18)22WC
12 – Shaft (P/O Item18) 22WD
13 – Pinch Roll (P/O Item18) 22WE
14 – Pinch Roll (P/O Item18) 22WF
15 – Pinch Spring (P/O Item18)22WG
16 – Damper 22WH
17 – Film (P/O Item18) 22WJ
18 054K 24227 Simp/Dup Gate Housing (Item8-15, 17)22WK
PL 4.23 Exit Upper Chute Component
1 – Exit Upper Chute 22WL
2 – Sensor Bracket 22WM
3 930W 00211 DADF Exit Sensor 1 (REP 4.23.1)22WN
4 930W 00211 DADF Exit Sensor 2 (REP 4.23.2)22WP
5 962K 19312 Sensor Wre Harness 22WQ
6 105E 12240 Eliminator 22WR
7 849E 14390 Guide Bracket 22WS
8 055K 28390 Sensor Shield 22WT
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 4. DADF

5-45
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
PL 4.24 Exit Lower Chute Component

1 – Exit Lower Chute 22X1
2 013E 26250 Sleeve Bearing 22X2
3 – Pinch Roll Shaft (P/O Item24)22X3
4 – Pinch Roll (P/O Item24) 22X4
5 – Pinch Roll (P/O Item24) 22X5
6 – Pinch Roll Shaft 22X6
7 – Pinch Plate 22X7
8 103E 29870 Film 22X8
9 826E 08450 Shoulder Screw 22X9
10 – Spring Cap 22XB
11 – Shaft 22XC
12 – Shaft 22XD
13 809E 50101 Tension Spring 22XE
14 – Compression Spring 22XF
15 – Link 22XG
16 – Link 22XH
17 809E 51401 Tension Spring 22XJ
18 012E 11601 Rear Latch 22XK
19 012E 11590 Front Latch 22XL
20 – Latch Shaft 22XM
21 – Pinch Roll 22XN
22 – Spring Housion 22XP
23 809E 60530 Compression Spring 22XQ
24 059K 31033 Pinch Roll (Item3-5) 22XR
25 – Seal 22XS
PL 4.25 Regi. Out Chute Component
1 – Regi. Out Chute 22Y1
2 – Sensor Bracket 22Y2
3 930W 00211 DADF Regi. Sensor (REP 4.25.1)22Y3
4 013E 24660 Garter Bearing 22Y4
5 – Film 22Y5
6 059K 31061 Pinch Roll 22Y6
7 809E 50270 Tension Spring (REP 4.25.2)22Y7
8 012E 11430 Link 22Y8
9 962K 19321 Sensor Wre Harness 22Y9
10 – Nylon Washer 22YM
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 4. DADF

5-47
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
PL 4.26 Feeder Lower Chute Component

1 – Retard Roll Housing (P/O Item11)22YB
2 – Retard Roll Shaft (P/O Item11)22YC
3 005K 06810 Torque Limiter 22YD
4 059K 30951 Retard Roll (REP 4.26.1) 2223
5 028E 94260 KL-Clip 22YE
6 – Bracket 22YF
7 – Feeder Lower Chute 22YG
8 – Shaft 22YH
9 809E 50240 Tension Spring 22YJ
10 103E 32111 Film 22YK
11 019K 98751 Retard Roll (Item1-5) 22YL
PL 5.1 IIT Cover-Front/Top
1 802E 56570 (SCC) Top Rear Cover 1 11B1
2 802E 62452 (SCC) Top Rear Cover 2 11B2
3 802E 56521 (SCC) Top Left Cover 11B3
4 802E 62581 (SCC) Blind Cover 11B4
5 – Sensor Shield 11B5
6 806E 04980 Arm Shaft 11B6
7 809E 56290 Arm Shaft Holder 11B7
8 – IIT (PL 5.4) 11B8
9 893E 11600 Label (Caution) 11B9
10 – Top Front Cover (P/O Item15)11BB
11 896E 47780 Name Plate (4127) 11BC
– 896E 76710 Name Plate (4127 Light Publisher)11BC
– 896E 28210 Name Plate (4127 EPS) 11BC
– 896E 39070 Name Plate (4112) 11BC
– 896E 75740 Name Plate (4112 Light Publisher)11BC
– 896E 28220 Name Plate (4112 EPS) 11BC
12 – Support Bracket (P/O Item15)11BD
13 055E 57100 Lid (Serial No. : 5xxxxx/6xxxxx)11BE
– 055E 55830 Lid (Serial No. : 4xxxxx) 11BE
14 – Bracket 11BF
15 848K 17600 Top Front Cover Assembly (Item10, 12, 13) (Serial
No. : 5xxxxx/6xxxxx)11BG
– 802K 56977 Top Front Cover Assembly (Item10, 12, 13) (Serial
No. : 4xxxxx)11BG
16 – Seal 11BH
17 068K 24610 Table Support (Option) 11BJ
18 – Shading Jig 11BK
19 893E 21810 Label (FX) 11BL
– 893E 39620 Label (IBG) 11BL
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 5. IIT

5-49
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
5. IIT 5-50 Version.1 .1.1
PL 5.2 IIT Cover-Rear/Right

1 802E 56502 (SCC) IIT Right Cover 11C1
2 802E 63030 (SCC) Blind Cover 11C2
3 802E 67240 (SCC) Blind Cover 11C3
4 – DADF Support Bracket 11C4
5 117E 21691 IIT-ESS Cable 11C5
6 802E 64372 (SCC) IIT Rear Cover 11C6
7 – Core 11CE
8 – Clamp 11CF
PL 5.3 IIT Bottom Bracket
1 – Pivot Bracket 11D1
2 – Pivot Stud 11D2
3 – Locate Bracket (Left) 11D3
4 – Locate Bracket (Right) 11D4
5 – Foot Bracket 11D5
6 – Stopper (Right) 11D6
7 – Stopper (Left) 11D7
8 – Lock BraceBracket 11D8
9 826E 08790 Forming Screw 11D9
10 – Foot 11DB
11 – Bottom Seal 11DC
12 – IIT Frame (REP 5.3.1) 11DD
13 – Pivot Bracket 11DE
14 – Pivot Plate 11DF
15 – Locate Bracket 11DG
16 – Locate Stud 11DH
17 019E 57250 Brace Holder 11DK
18 006K 25510 Brace Shaft 11DL
19 – Arm Bracket 11DM
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 5. IIT

5-51
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
5. IIT 5-52 Version.1 .1.1
PL 5.4 IIT Component

1 – IIT Housing (PL 5.6, PL 5.7)11E1
2 130K 64150 APS Sensor 1 1061
3 130K 64150 APS Sensor 2 1063
4 – Sensor Bracket 11E2
5 – Lens Cover (REP 5.4.1) 11E3
6 – Platen Glass Support 11E4
7 815K 00480 Right Plate 11E5
8 815E 05190 CVT Glass Plate 11E6
9 090K 92983 CVT Platen Glass 11E7
10 014E 45111 Spacer 11E8
11 090K 93002 Platen Glass (REP 5.4.2)1021
12 – Support (Front) 11E9
13 – Support (Rear) 11EB
14 – Conductor Plate 11EC
15 035E 72970 Front Seal 11ED
16 – Data Plate 11EE
17 – Screw (with washer : M3x7.5)11EF
18 – Label (CSA) 11EG
PL 5.5 4127 EPS / 4112 EPS Type IIT Cover
1 802E 56502 (SCC) IIT Right Cover 11F1
2 014E 56570 Spacer 11F2
3 802E 56521 (SCC) Top Left Cover 11F3
4 802E 63030 (SCC) Blind Cover 11F4
5 802E 64372 (SCC) IIT Rear Cover 11F5
6 802K 89530 Top Cover (REP 5.5.1) 11F6
7 – IIT Frame 11F7
8 815E 28550 Center Plate 11F8
9 802E 92090 Rear Plate 11F9
10 802E 62581 (SCC) Blind Cover 11FB
11 835E 02460 Seal 11FC
12 – CVT Glass Plate 11FD
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 5. IIT

5-53
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
5. IIT 5-54 Version.1 .1.1
PL 5.6 IIT Housing-Electrical

1 – IIT Frame (PL 5.7) 11G1
2 110K 11960 Platen Open Switch 11G2
3 – Sensor Bracket 11G3
4 930W 00112 IIT Registration Sensor (REP 5.6.1)11G4
5 130E 87280 Platen Angle Sensor (REP 5.6.2)11G5
6 962K 54430 CCD Flexible Print Cable (REP 5.6.3)11G6
7 – IPS (PL 5.8) 11G7
8 604K 21505 Lens and CCD Kit (REP 5.6.4)1110
9 – Gasket Bracket 11G8
10 127K 38620 IPS Fan (REP 5.6.5) 11G9
11 054K 26120 Duct 11GB
12 054K 26131 Duct 11GC
13 127K 38632 Lamp Fan (REP 5.6.6) 11GD
14 127K 38641 CCD Fan (REP 5.6.7) 11GE
15 – Fan Bracket 11GF
16 120K 91990 Actuator 11GG
17 962K 20213 IIT Wire Harness 11GJ
18 – DC Wire Harness 11GL
19 – Connector Bracket 11GM
20 – Screw (Blue) 11GN
21 – Seal 11GP
22 – Switch Seal 11GQ
23 – Seal-S 11GR
24 – Seal-L 11GS
25 120E21650 Clamp 11GT
26 – Seal 11GV
PL 5.7 IIT Housing-Carriage
1 – IIT Frame 11H1
2 063E 97400 Tape (Half Rate Carriage)11H2
3 063E 94040 Tape (Full Rate Carriage)11H3
4 – Front Top Frame 11H4
5 – Rear Top Frame 11H5
6 – Screw (Red) 11H6
7 013E 24910 Sleeve Bearing 11H7
8 023E 21370 Belt 11H8
9 – Harness Guide 11H9
10 127K 38491 Carriage Motor (REP 5.7.1)1041
11 020E 36931 Pulley 11HB
12 020E 36980 Capstan Pulley 11HC
13 – Capstan Shaft 11HD
14 012K 94480 Front Carriage Cable (Black) (REP 5.7.2)11HE
15 012K 94490 Rear Carriage Cable (Silver) (REP 5.7.2)11HF
16 020E 21630 Pulley 11HG
17 809E 41740 Tension Spring 11HH
18 041K 94525 Full Rate Carriage (PL 5.9) (REP 5.7.3) (ADJ 5.7.1)
1010
19 041K 94553 Half Rate Carriage (PL 5.10) (ADJ 5.7.1)1020
20 – Jig 11HJ
21 – Motor Guard 11HK
22 – Screw (Blue) 11HL
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 5. IIT

5-55
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
5. IIT 5-56 Version.1 .1.1
PL 5.8 IPS Component

1 960K 04705 Extension Memory PWB (REP 5.8.2)11J1
– 960K 38730 Extension Memory PWB (Paper Security Kit)11J1
2 133K 23611 Memory (128MB) 11J2
– 133K 23621 Memory (64MB) 11J2
3 160K 95994 1P DUP PWB (REP 5.8.2)11J3
4 960K 01352 DCPS PWB 11J4
5 962K 19041 Wire Harness (4pin) 11J5
6 962K 59590 Wire Harness (9pin) 11J6
7 014E 52731 Spacer Screw 11J7
8 826E 06490 Screw 11J8
9 – IPS Chassis 11J9
10 – Screw (Blue) 11JB
11 – IPS Cover 11JC
12 960K 30801 IIT/IPS PWB (REP 5.8.1) 1060
13 826E 06490 Screw 11JD
14 – Gasket 11JE
15 – Conductor 11JF
16 – Gasket Seal 11JG
17 960K 24790 HWM PWB (Paper Security Kit)11JH
18 962K 38070 Wire Harness (Paper Security Kit)11JI
19 962K 54580 Flat Cable (Paper Security Kit)11JK
PL 5.9 Full Rate Carriage Component
1 – Full Rate Carriage 11K1
2 – Damper 11K2
3 – Reflector Plate 11K3
4 – Actuator Bracket 11K4
5 – Harness Guide 11K5
6 – Cushion 11K6
7 122E 92130 Exposure Lamp (REP 5.9.1)1013
8 105E 12303 Lamp Ballast PWB (REP 5.9.2)1065
9 117E 21670 (SCC) Slide Cord (REP 5.9.3)11K7
10 – Harness Guide 11K8
11 – No.1 Mirror 1022
12 – Clip (Single) 11K9
13 – Insulator 11KB
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 5. IIT

5-57
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
5. IIT 5-58 Version.1 .1.1
PL 5.10 Half Rate Carriage Component

1 – Half Rate Carriage 11L1
2 – Pulley 11L2
3 – Pulley 11L3
4 – Harness Pulley 11L4
5 – Damper 11L5
6 – No.2 Mirror 11L6
7 – No.3 Mirror 11L7
8 – Clip (Single) 11L8
9 – Clip (Double) 11L9
10 – Adjust Screw 11LB
PL 6.1 ROS
1 062K 18972 ROS (with Item 2, 3) (REP 6.1.1)1310
2 – SOS PWB 13B1
3 – MPD PWB 13B2
4 026E 68030 Shoulder Screw 13B3
5 – Hexagon Driver 13B4
6 962K 38450 Flexible Print Cable 13B5
7 – Driver Holder 13B6
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 6. ROS

5-59
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
PL 7.1 Tray 1, Tray 2, Tray 2 Transport

1 019E 57710 Transport Pad (Alternate)50B1
– 019E 69840 Transport Pad (Alternate)50B1
2 801K 04531 Left Rail 50B2
3 801K 04551 Right Rail 50B3
4 – Base Bracket (P/O Item 24)50B4
5 – Lable (Coution) 50B5
6 012E 11160 Link 50B6
7 809E 42180 Tension Spring 50B7
8 – Stopper 50B8
9 – Stopper Bracket 50B9
10 802E 54974 (SCC) Tray 1 Front Cover50BB
11 050K 49473 Tray 1 (PL 7.6) (REP 7.1.1)5010
12 802E 54983 (SCC) Tray 2 Front Cover50BC
13 050K 49484 Tray 2 (PL 7.7) (REP 7.1.1)50BD
14 110K 11820 Tray 1 Paper Size Sensor (Alternate)5011
– 110K 15040 Tray 1 Paper Size Sensor (Alternate)5011
15 110K 11820 Tray 2 Paper Size Sensor (Alternate)50BE
– 110K 15040 Tray 2 Paper Size Sensor (Alternate)50BE
16 059K 38013 Tray 2 Transport (PL 7.10) (REP 7.1.2)50BF
17 – Stopper Bracket 50BG
18 032E 20881 Tray 2 Transport Guide 50BH
19 019E 56300 Holder 50BJ
20 059K 48295 (SCC) Tray 1 Feeder (PL 7.13) (REP 7.1.3)5030
21 893E 16040 Label (Tray No.1) 50BK
22 893E 16020 Label (Tray No.2) 50BL
23 893E 21910 Label (Instruction) 50BM
24 030K 75330 Base Bracket (Item 4, 6, 7)50BN
PL 7.2 Tray 3, Tray 4
1 802E 62252 Inner Cover 50C1
2 050K 62523 (SCC) Tray 3 (PL 7.8, PL 7.9) (REP 7.2.2)50C2
3 050K 62523 (SCC) Tray 4 (PL 7.8, PL 7.9) (REP 7.2.2)50C3
4 801K 04292 Left Rail 50C4
5 801K 04301 Right Rail 50C5
6 826E 07310 Shoulder Screw 50C6
7 – Stopper Link (P/O Item 21)50C7
8 – Stopper Bracket (P/O Item 21)50C8
9 – Torsion Spring (P/O Item 21)50C9
10 110K 11680 Tray 3 Paper Size Sensor (Alternate)50CB
– 110K 12100 Tray 3 Paper Size Sensor (Alternate)50CB
11 110K 11680 Tray 4 Paper Size Sensor (Alternate)50CC
– 110K 12100 Tray 4 Paper Size Sensor (Alternate)50CC
12 802E 62416 (SCC) Kick Cover 50CD
13 019E 56300 Holder 50CE
16 802E 64350 Cover 50CF
17 035E 68040 Gasket 50CG
18 893E 21870 Label (Tray No.3) 50CH
19 893E 21880 Label (Tray No.4) 50CJ
20 893E 15430 Label (Instruction) 50CK
21 012K 94431 Stopper Link (Item 7-9) 50CL

5-61
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
PL 7.3 Left Hand Cover, Chute

1 802K 92270 (SCC) Left Hand Cover (PL 7.18)50D1
2 849E 07050 Hinge Bracket 50D2
3 849E 24691 Upper Bracket 50D3
4 054E 23560 Take Away Upper Chute 50D4
5 054E 23570 Take Away Middle Chute 50D5
6 849E 24681 Lower Bracket 50D6
7 054E 23580 Take Away Lower Chute 50D7
8 030K 75261 Latch Upper Bracket 50DB
9 030K 76051 Latch Lower Bracket 50DC
10 054E 23590 Feed Out Chute 50DD
11 – Pinch Roll Bracket (P/O Item 17)50DE
12 059K 32843 Pinch Roll 50DF
13 019K 99121 Ball Bearing 50DG
14 809E 42081 Tension Spring (distinguished from Item 15 : white
and black) 50DH
15 809E 54951 Tension Spring 50DJ
16 038E 26610 Left Hand Cover Guide 50DK
17 030K 75284 Pinch Roll and Bracket (Item 11-15)50DL
PL 7.4 Take Away Roll, Vertical Transport Roll
1 – Bracket (P/O Item 18) 50E1
2 – Left Hand Cover Interlock Switch (P/O Item 18)50E2
3 – Screw (M2.3) (P/O Item 18)50E3
4 802E 62320 Cover 50E4
5 059K 30913 Take Away Roll 1 (REP 7.4.1)5034
8 013E 24670 Ball Bearing 50E5
9 007K 88340 One Way Clutch Gear (Helical 18T)50E6
10 413W 08350 Ball Bearing (Alternate) 50E7
– 413W 82370 Ball Bearing (Alternate) 50E7
11 059K 30923 Vertical Transport Roll 1 (REP 7.4.1)50E8
12 059K 30923 Vertical Transport Roll 2 (REP 7.4.4)50E9
13 059K 30923 Vertical Transport Roll 3 (REP 7.4.3)50EB
14 802E 56132 (SCC) Left Front Cover 50EC
15 802E 56140 (SCC) Left Lower Cover 50ED
16 059K 26480 Take Away Roll and Gear (Item 5/6/7-9)50EE
17 059K 26490 Vertical Transport Roll and Gear (Item 8, 9, 11/12/13)
50EF
18 030K 76041 Left Hand Cover Interlock Switch (Item 1-3)50EG

5-63
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
PL 7.5 Take Away Motor, Wire Harness, Caster

1 017K 93170 Rear Caster (Alternate) 50F1
– 017K 94220 Rear Caster (Alternate) 50F1
2 017K 93160 Front Caster (with Stopper) (Alternate)50F2
– 017K 94230 Front Caster (with Stopper) (Alternate)50F2
3 007K 98140 (SCC) Take Away Motor 1 (PL 7.19)50F3
4 121K 31560 Take Away Clutch 1 (REP 7.5.1)50F4
5 006E 84941 Shaft 50F5
6 007E 78600 Gear (Helical 42T) 50F6
7 028E 93800 Wave Washer 50F7
10 413W 08350 Ball Bearing 50FB
11 – Connector Bracket 50FC
12 – Connector Bracket 50FD
13 – Connector Bracket 50FE
14 114E 15161 Tray 2 Transport Drawer Connector50FF
15 809E 49780 Compression Spring 50FG
16 826E 11790 Shoulder Screw 50FH
17 826E 07990 Shoulder Screw 50FJ
18 809E 49790 Compression Spring 50FK
19 962K 17766 Tray Module Wire Harness50FL
20 962K 18842 Tray 2 Feeder Wire Harness50FM
PL 7.6 Tray 1 Component
1 – Base Tray 50G1
2 – Front Cover Bracket 50G2
3 – Push Bracket (Old Type) 50G3
4 – Lift Gear Bracket 50G4
5 007E 78630 Gear (Spur 17T) 50G5
6 007E 78640 Gear (Spur 18T/47T) 50G6
7 007E 78650 Gear (Spur 35T) 50G7
8 019K 93921 Brake 50G8
9 007K 88431 Torque Limiter Gear (Spur 20T/46T)50G9
10 006K 23051 Lift Shaft 50GB
11 020E 36821 Cable Pulley 50GC
12 007E 78660 Gear (Spur 29T) 50GD
13 012E 11171 Lift Cable (REP 7.6.1) 5022
14 815E 04862 Bottom Plate 50GE
15 019E 56430 Bottom Pad 50GF
16 019E 39131 Tray Pad 50GG
17 020E 36830 Pulley 50GH
18 020E 36560 Pulley 50GJ
19 032E 21250 Cable Guide 50GK
20 032E 20890 Cable Guide 50GL
21 120E 22111 Size Actuator 50GM
22 038K 87264 Rear Side Guide 50GN
23 038K 18140 Front Side Guide 50GP
24 – Side Guide Bracket 50GQ
25 893E 09490 Label (Max) 50GR

5-65
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
PL 7.7 Tray 2 Component

1 – Base Tray 50H1
2 – Front Cover Bracket 50H2
3 – Lift Gear Bracket 50H3
4 007E 78630 Gear (Spur 17T) 50H4
5 007E 78640 Gear (Spur 18T/47T) 50H5
6 007E 78670 Gear (Spur 49T) 50H6
7 019K 93921 Brake 50H7
8 007K 88431 Torque Limiter Gear (Spur 20T/46T)50H8
9 006K 23051 Lift Shaft 50H9
10 020E 36821 Cable Pulley 50HB
11 007E 78660 Gear (Spur 29T) 50HC
12 012E 11181 Lift Cable (REP 7.6.1) 50HD
13 815E 04862 Bottom Plate 50HE
14 019E 56430 Bottom Pad 50HF
15 019E 39131 Tray Pad 50HG
16 020E 36830 Pulley 50HH
17 020E 36560 Pulley 50HJ
18 032E 21250 Cable Guide 50HK
19 032E 20890 Cable Guide 50HL
20 120E 22111 Size Actuator 50HM
21 038K 87294 Rear Side Guide 50HN
22 038K 18160 Front Side Guide 50HP
23 – Side Guide Bracket 50HQ
24 893E 09490 Label (Max) 50HR
PL 7.8 Tray 3, Tray 4 Component - 1
1 007E 78190 Pinion Gear 50J1
2 012E 11201 End Guide Link 50J2
3 – Bottom Plate (P/O Item 24)50J3
4 019E 56430 Bottom Pad 50J4
5 – Roll (P/O Item 24) 50J5
6 019E 39131 Tray Pad 50J6
7 038K 18121 Rear Side Guide 50J7
8 003E 59771 Knob 50J8
9 – Lock Slide (P/O Item 25) 50J9
10 – Side Pin (P/O Item 25) 50JB
11 – Front Side Guide (P/O Item 25)50JC
12 – Torsion Spring (P/O Item 25)50JD
13 – Compression Spring (P/O Item 25)50JE
14 – End Guide (P/O Item 26) 50JF
15 – Compression Spring (P/O Item 26)50JG
16 – Lever (P/O Item 26) 50JH
17 120E 22081 Side Actuator 50JJ
18 120E 22150 Side Mix Actuator 50JK
19 802E 55135 Tray Front Cover 50JL
20 809E 41880 Tension Spring 50JM
21 896E 46120 Label (Max) 50JN
22 – Slide Lock Block 50JP
23 893E 15441 Label (Size) 50JQ
24 015K 60955 Bottom Plate (Item 3-5) 50JR
25 038K 87384 Front Side Guide (Item 8-13, 28-31)50JS
26 038K 87762 End Guide (Item 14-16) 50JT
27 – -- --
28 – Lever (P/O Item 25) 50JU
29 – Side Bracket 1 (P/O Item 25)50JW
30 – Side Bracket 2 (P/O Item 25)50JX
31 – Side Bracket 3 (P/O Item 25)50JY
32 896E 46110 Label (Max) 50JZ

5-67
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
PL 7.9 Tray 3, Tray 4 Component - 2

1 006E 79274 Left Lift Shaft 50K1
2 006E 79284 Right Lift Shaft 50K2
3 007E 78712 Sector Gear 50K3
4 007E 78731 Sector Gear 50K4
5 007E 78800 Coupling Gear (Spur 13T)50K5
6 013E 84520 Sleeve Bearing 50K6
7 – Tension Bracket 50K7
8 – Gear Bracket (Left) 50K8
9 – Gear Bracket (Right) 50K9
10 020E 36660 Pulley 50KB
11 020E 37250 Pulley 50KC
12 023E 21240 Belt (REP 7.9.1) 50KD
13 – Tray 50KE
14 120E 22160 End Guide Actuator 50KF
15 029E 35381 Pin 50KG
16 807E 02590 Gear Pulley 50KH
17 807E 02600 Gear Pulley 50KJ
18 809E 42680 Tension Spring 50KK
19 849E 13340 Pulley Plate 50KL
20 – Stopper Bracket 50KM
21 – Film 50KN
PL 7.10 Tray 2 Transport Component
1 801K 14501 Left Rail 50L1
2 801K 14511 Right Rail 50L2
3 054K 23840 Transport Upper Chute (PL 7.11)50L3
4 – Transport Lower Chute (P/O Item 10) (PL 7.12)50L4
5 059K 28295 Tray 2 Feeder (PL 7.13) (REP 7.10.1) 5040
6 802E 63683 Inner Cover 50L5
7 893E 11900 Label (4a) 50L6
8 893E 11910 Label (Instruction) 50L7
9 893E 11920 Label (4) 50L8
10 059K 26500 Tray 2 Transport (Item 1-4)50L9
11 – Label 50LB

5-69
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
PL 7.11 Transport Upper Chute Component

1 – Upper Chute 50M1
2 003E 61050 Knob 50M2
3 006E 84981 Shaft 50M3
4 059E 99130 Slide Roll 50M4
5 059E 99310 Pinch Roll 50M5
6 006E 84932 Shaft 50M6
7 806E 04371 Shaft (Center D-Cut) 50M7
8 809E 47100 Tension Spring (Gold) 50M8
9 809E 42150 Tension Spring (White) 50M9
10 054E 23612 Transport Top Cover 50MB
11 930W 00211 Trans Path Sensor 1 50MC
12 930W 00211 Trans Path Sensor 2 50MD
13 930W 00211 Feed Out Sensor 2 50ME
14 – Sensor Wire Harness (P/O Item 15)50MF
15 054K 23861 Transport Top Cover (Item 10-14)50MG
PL 7.12 Transport Lower Chute Component
1 – Lower Chute 50N1
2 – Front Bracket 50N2
3 030K 75411 Hinge Bracket (Left) 50N3
4 030K 76030 Hinge Bracket (Right) 50N4
5 – Rear Bracket 50N5
6 962K 17722 Drawer Connector Wire Harness (Item 28, 29)50N6
7 059K 26512 Horizontal Transport Roll 1 (REP 7.12.1)50N7
8 059K 32993 Horizontal Transport Roll 2 (REP 7.12.1)50N8
9 059K 26523 Take Away Roll 2 (REP 7.12.1)50N9
10 413W 08350 Ball Bearing (Outside Diameter 16mm)50NB
11 413W 08950 Ball Bearing (Outside Diameter 22mm)50NC
12 807E 03291 Gear (Helical 47T) 50ND
13 807E 03300 Gear (Helical 48T) 50NE
14 007E 78610 Gear (Helical 27T) 50NF
15 007E 78600 Gear (Helical 42T) 50NG
16 121K 31560 Take Away Clutch 2 (REP 7.12.2)50NH
17 006E 84941 Shaft 50NJ
18 – Bracket 50NK
19 028E 93800 Wave Washer 50NL
20 011E 14470 Joint 50NM
21 809E 54320 Compression Spring 50NN
22 – Stopper Link Bracket 50NP
23 012E 11160 Link 50NQ
24 809E 42170 Tension Spring 50NR
25 – Stopper Bracket 50NS
26 – Stopper 50NT
27 – Bracket 50NV
28 113E 37761 Drawer Connector 50NW
29 – Wire Harness (P/O Item 6)50NX
30 013E 24670 Ball Bearing (Outside Diameter 16mm)50NY

5-71
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
PL 7.13 Tray Feeder Component

1 – Tray Feeder Front Frame50P1
2 – Tray Upper Feeder (PL 7.14) 50P2
3 059K 26556 Tray Lower Feeder (PL 7.15)50P3
4 – Tray 1 Feed Roll (PL 7.16) (P/O Item 21) (REP 7.13.1)
5032
– – Tray 2 Feed Roll (PL 7.16) (P/O Item 21) (REP 7.13.1)
5042
5052
5062
5 – Tray 1 Nudger Roll (PL 7.16) (P/O Item 21) (REP 7.13.1)
5031
– – Tray 2 Nudger Roll (PL 7.16) (P/O Item 21) (REP 7.13.1)
5041
5051
5061
6 – Tray 1 Retard Roll (PL 7.16) (P/O Item 21) (REP 7.13.1)
5033
– – Tray 2 Retard Roll (PL 7.16) (P/O Item 21) (REP 7.13.1)
5043
5053
5063
7 – Tray Feeder Rear Frame 50P4
8 007E 78130 Gear (Spur 19T) 50P5
9 007K 88460 One Way Clutch Gear (Spur 22T)50P6
10 012E 11080 Solenoid Link 50P7
11 121K 31341 (SCC) Tray Nudger Solenoid5092
12 – Torsion Spring 50P8
13 – Motor Frame 50P9
14 007E 78120 Gear (Spur 36T) 50PB
15 007E 78160 Gear (Spur 32T) 50PC
16 007K 88280 Gear (Spur 18T) 50PD
17 007K 88480 One Way Clutch Gear (Spur 26T/33T)50PE
18 – Spacer 50PF
19 – Compression Spring 50PG
20 127K 37681 (SCC) Tray Feed Lift Motor5091
21 604K 23670 Feeder Roll Kit (Item 4-6)50PH
PL 7.14 Tray Upper Feeder Component
1 – Tray Upper Feeder Frame50Q1
2 006K 23064 Feed/Nudger Shaft (PL 7.17) (REP 7.14.1)50Q2
3 007E 78180 Gear (Spur 25T) 50Q3
4 – Sleeve Bearing 50Q4
5 – Spacer 50Q5
6 – Pin 50Q6
7 – Upper Chute 50Q7
8 – Upper Rear Chute 50Q8
9 120E 22011 Actuator 50Q9
10 962K 17792 Tray Upper Feeder Wire Harness 50QB
11 930W 00112 Tray Level Sensor 50QC
12 930W 00112 Tray No Paper Sensor 50QD
13 930W 00211 Tray Pre Feed Sensor 50QE

5-73
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
PL 7.15 Tray Lower Feeder Component

1 006K 23073 Retard Shaft Assembly (Item 2-9)50R1
2 – Retard Shaft (P/O Item 1)50R2
3 – Collar (P/O Item 1) 50R3
4 – Friction Clutch (P/O Item 1)50R4
5 – Gear (Spur 29T) (P/O Item 1)50R5
6 – Gear (Helical 15T) (P/O Item 1)50R6
7 – Sleeve Bearing (Length : 5mm) (P/O Item 1)50R7
8 – Sleeve Bearing (Length : 6.6mm) (P/O Item 1)50R8
9 – Retard Bracket (P/O Item 1)50R9
10 – Tray Lower Feeder Frame50RB
11 – Retard Slide 50RC
12 – Retard Lever 50RD
13 – Lower Chute 50RE
14 – Compression Spring 50RF
15 – Torsion Spring (REP 7.15.1)50RG
PL 7.16 Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll Component
1 – Tray 1 Feed Roll 5032
– – Tray 2 Feed Roll 5042
2 – Pin 50S1
3 – Compression Spring 50S2
4 – Tray 1 Nudger Roll 5031
– – Tray 2 Nudger Roll 5041
5 – Pin 50S3
7 – Tray 1 Retard Roll 5033
– – Tray 2 Retard Roll 5043
8 – Pin 50S5

5-75
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
PL 7.17 Feed/Nudger Shaft Component

1 – Nudger Bracket (REP 7.17.1)50T1
2 – Nudger Support 50T2
3 – Shaft 50T3
4 – Gear (Spur 23T) 50T4
5 – Gear (Spur 20T) 50T5
6 – One Way Clutch Gear (Spur 22T)50T6
7 – One Way Clutch Gear (Spur 19T)50T7
8 007K 88470 One Way Clutch Gear (Spur 26T)50T8
9 – Nudger Lever (REP 7.17.1) 50T9
10 – Sleeve Bearing 50TB
11 – Spacer 50TC
12 – Pin 50TD
13 – Torsion Spring (REP 7.17.1)50TE
14 – Ball Bearing 50TF
PL 7.18 Left Hand Cover Component
1 802E 54934 (SCC) Left Hand Cover 50V1
2 930W 00211 Feed Out Sensor 1 50V2
3 930W 00211 Trans Path Sensor 3 50V3
6 962K 17783 Sensor Wire Harness 50V6
7 030K 75232 Hinge Bracket (Upper) 50V7
8 030K 75241 Hinge Bracket (Lower) 50V8
9 011E 14502 Handle 50V9
10 – Latch Shaft 50VB
11 809E 42141 Torsion Spring 50VC
12 003E 59710 Hook 50VD
13 – Left Hand Chute 50VE
14 059K 26471 Pinch Roll 50VF
15 809E 42130 Tention Spring 50VG
16 120E 22200 Interlock Actuator 50VH

5-77
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
PL 7.19 Take Away Motor Component

1 127K 52960 (SCC) Take Away Motor 150W1
2 – Motor Bracket 50W2
3 807E 03011 Gear (Helical 35T) 50W3
4 807E 03020 Gear (Helical 47T) 50W4
5 807E 03030 Gear (Helical 60T) 50W5
6 127K 52970 (SCC) Take Away Motor 250W6
7 – Motor Bracket 50W7
8 807E 02990 Gear (Helical 30T/40T) 50W8
9 807E 02980 Coupling Gear (Helical 24T)50W9
10 807E 03000 Gear (Helical 39T) 50WB
11 127K 52970 (SCC) Take Away Motor 350WC
12 – Motor Bracket 50WD
13 807E 03270 Gear (Helical 43T) 50WE
PL 8.1 MSI Accessory
1 059K 62160 MSI (with Cover) (PL 8.2)51AA
2 893E 16280 Label (Instruction) 51B1
3 893E 16291 Label (Size) 51B2
4 893E 38251 Label (Caution) 51B3
5 893E 44101 Label (Paper Reset) 51B4
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 8. MSI

5-79
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
8. MSI 5-80 Version.1 .1.1
PL 8.2 MSI Cover

1 – Sector Gear (P/O Item24)51C1
2 – Compression Spring (P/O Item24)51C2
3 – Lock Pin (P/O Item24) 51C3
4 – Lock Plate (P/O Item24) 51C4
5 110E 11430 (SCC) MSI Cover Interlock Switch51C5
6 – Screw (M2.3x9) 51C6
7 849E 16031 Switch Bracket 51C7
8 015K 61062 MSI Front Bracket 51C8
9 015K 61502 MSI Rear Bracket 51C9
10 – MSI (without Cover) (PL 8.3)51CB
11 802E 55621 (SCC) MSI Front Cover 151CC
12 802E 55633 (SCC) MSI Rear Cover 1 51CD
13 802E 55640 (SCC) MSI Front Cover 251CE
14 802E 55651 (SCC) MSI Rear Cover 2 51CF
15 802E 63061 (SCC) Upper Cover 51CG
16 802K 57484 MSI Lower Cover 51CH
17 – Torsion Spring 51CJ
18 – Lower Plate 51CK
19 962K 17863 MSI Wire Harness 51CL
20 893E 16170 Label (Max) 51CM
21 893E 15750 Label (Number) 51CN
22 032E 22550 Harness Guide 51CP
23 802E 70681 (SCC) Harness Cover 51CQ
24 007K 88783 Lock Gear Assembly (Item1-4)51CR
25 – Label 51CS
PL 8.3 MSI Component
1 004E 13461 MSI Damper 51D1
2 007E 79331 Sector Gear 51D2
3 007E 79350 Gear (Spur 19T) 51D3
4 – Sleeve Bearing 51D4
7 050K 49667 MSI Tray (PL 8.5) 5110
8 059K 55662 MSI Feeder (PL 8.6) (REP 8.3.1)5130
9 801K 05036 MSI Lift Motor (PL 8.4) 51D7
10 – MSI Front Frame 51D8
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 8. MSI

5-81
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
8. MSI 5-82 Version.1 .1.1
PL 8.4 MSI Lift Motor Component

1 – Gear (Spur 12T/28T) 51E1
2 – Gear (Spur 28T) 51E2
3 – Compression Spring 51E3
4 – Gear (Spur 12T) 51E4
5 – Lift Bracket 51E5
6 – Gear (Spur 10T/20T) 51E6
7 – Screw (M2.6x2.5) 51E7
8 127K 45841 (SCC) MSI Lift Motor 51E8
9 – Gear (Spur 12T/28T) 51E9
10 – Gear (Spur 12T/28T) 51EB
11 – Gear (Spur 12T/44T) 51EC
PL 8.5 MSI Tray Component
1 050E 19810 (SCC) Lower Tray 51F1
2 050E 19821 (SCC) Extension Tray 51F2
3 – MSI Tray 51F3
4 015K 61122 Bottom Plate 51F4
5 802E 55680 Tray Lower Cover 51F5
6 038E 26770 (SCC) Front Side Guide 51F6
7 038E 26780 (SCC) Rear Side Guide 51F7
8 038E 30911 Paper Guide 51F8
9 – Sensor Bracket 51F9
10 – Sensor Bracket 51FB
11 – Gear Plate 51FC
12 930W 00111 MSI Down Sensor 51FD
13 130K 64360 MSI Paper Set Sensor 51FE
14 130K 64432 MSI Paper Size Sensor 51FF
15 – Shaft 51FG
16 – Pinion Gear 51FH
17 – Front Rack Gear 51FJ
18 – Rear Rack Gear 51FK
19 – Compression Spring 51FL
20 – Sensor Link 51FM
21 – MSI Tray Wire Harness 51FN
22 – Harness Cover 51FP
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 8. MSI

5-83
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
8. MSI 5-84 Version.1 .1.1
PL 8.6 MSI Feeder Component

1 – MSI Feeder Front Frame 51G1
2 – MSI Feeder Rear Frame 51G2
3 – Solenoid Link 51G3
4 – MSI Nudger Solenoid 51G4
5 – Torsion Spring 51G5
6 – Motor Bracket 51G6
7 – Gear (Spur 25T) 51G7
8 – Shaft 51G8
10 – Gear (Spur 25T) 51GB
11 007K 88730 One Way Clutch Gear (Spur 23T/27T)51GC
12 – Block 51GD
13 – Retard Roll (PL 8.9) (P/O Item 21) (REP 8.6.1)5133
14 – Feed Roll (PL 8.9) (P/O Item 21) (REP 8.6.2)5132
15 – Nudger Roll (PL 8.9) (P/O Item 21) (REP 8.6.3)5131
16 – MSI Lower Feeder (PL 8.8)51GE
17 – MSI Upper Feeder (PL 8.7)51GF
18 127K 38252 MSI Feed Motor 51GG
19 – Sleeve Bearing 51GH
20 – Ball Bearing 51GJ
21 604K 23660 Feed Roll Kit (Item 13-15)51GK
PL 8.7 MSI Upper Feeder Component
1 – MSI Upper Feeder Frame51H1
2 003E 59570 Latch 51H2
3 – Latch Shaft 51H3
4 006K 23314 Feed/Nudger Shaft (PL 8.10) 51H4
5 – Gear (Spur 25T) 51H5
6 011E 14630 Lever 51H6
7 – Sleeve Bearing 51H7
8 – Spacer 51H8
9 – Pin 51H9
10 – Upper Rear Chute 51HB
11 – Upper Chute 51HC
12 – MSI Lift Up Sensor 51HD
13 – MSI No Paper Sensor 51HE
14 – Torsion Spring 51HF
15 – Actuator 51HG
16 – MSI Pre Feed Sensor 51HH
17 – MSI Upper Feeder Wire Harness51HJ
18 802E 55661 (SCC) MSI Upper Feeder Cover51HK
19 – Guide 51HL
20 – Upper Guide 51HM
21 – Solenoid Guide 51HN
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 8. MSI

5-85
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
8. MSI 5-86 Version.1 .1.1
PL 8.8 MSI Lower Feeder Component

1 – MSI Lower Feeder Frame51J1
2 – Retard Shaft 51J2
3 – Retard Bracket 51J3
4 – Collar 51J4
5 – Friction Clutch 51J5
6 – Gear (Helical 15T) 51J6
7 – Gear (Spur 22T) 51J7
8 – Sleeve Bearing (Length : 5mm)51J8
9 – Sleeve Bearing (Length : 6.6mm)51J9
10 – Retard Slide 51JB
11 – Lower Chute 51JC
12 – Compression Spring 51JD
PL 8.9 Retard/Feed/Nudger Roll Component
1 – Retard Roll 5133
2 – Pin 51K1
3 – Compression Spring 51K2
4 – Feed Roll 5132
5 – Pin 51K3
7 – Nudger Roll 5131
8 – Pin 51K5
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 8. MSI

5-87
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
8. MSI 5-88 Version.1 .1.1
PL 8.10 Feed/Nudger Shaft Component

1 – Nudger Support 51L1
2 – Nudger Bracket 51L2
3 – Shaft 51L3
4 – Gear (Spur 23T) 51L4
5 – Gear (Spur 20T) 51L5
6 007K 88540 One Way Clutch Gear (Spur 26T)51L6
7 – One Way Clutch Gear (Spur 22T)51L7
8 – Nudger Lever 51L8
9 – Sleeve Bearing 51L9
10 – Sleeve Bearing 51LB
11 – Spacer 51LC
12 – Pin 51LD
13 – Torsion Spring 51LE
PL 10.1 Fuser/Xero.Deve. Transfer Belt/Exit
Inverter Drive
1 007K 97991 Fuser Drive (PL 10.2) (REP 10.1.1)4340
2 007K 88618 Xero. Deve. Transfer Belt Drive (PL 10.3) (REP
10.1.2)4520
3 007K 98000 Exit/Inverter Drive (PL 10.4)54B1
4 007E 78040 Gear (Helical 32T) 54B2
5 007K 88230 Gear (Helical 18T/Bevel 34T)54B3
6 – Waste Toner Auger Gear Bracket 54B4
7 020E 36521 Fly Wheel 45B1
8 068K 23300 Retract Bracket (REP 10.1.3) 45B2
9 – Bracket 54B5
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 10. Drive

5-89
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
PL 10.2 Fuser Drive Component

1 006K 22982 Fuser Drive Shaft 4342
2 007K 88150 Gear (Helical 36T/72T) 4343
3 – Fuser Drive Frame 43B1
4 – Motor Bracket 43B2
5 127K 52740 (SCC) Fuser Drive Motor 4341
6 – PWB Support 43B3
PL 10.3 Xero./Deve./Transfer Belt Drive
Component
1 – Drive Frame 45C1
2 006K 23193 Transfer Belt Drive Shaft 45C2
3 006K 24231 Drum Shaft 45C3
4 006K 23234 Cleaning Drive Shaft 45C4
5 007K 88160 Gear (Helical 16T/45T) 45C5
7 007K 88180 Gear (Helical 32T) 45C7
8 007K 88190 Gear (Helical 30T) 45C8
9 007K 88200 Gear (Spur 20T/Helical 36T)45C9
10 – Shaft Bracket 45CB
11 – Shaft Bracket 45CC
12 – PWB Support 45CD
13 115K 02231 Drum Shaft Earth 45CE
14 127K 37480 (SCC) Drum Motor 4521
15 013K 03270 Ball Bearing 45CF
16 802E 54890 Shaft Housing 45CG
17 – Fly Wheel Bracket 45CH
18 006K 22991 Deve Drive Shaft 45CJ
19 007E 77810 Gear (Helical 16T/44T) 45CK
20 007E 77800 Gear (Helical 39T) 45CL
21 – Compression Spring 45CM
22 007E 77790 Gear (Helical 43T) 45CN
23 – Bracket 45CP
24 413W 08350 Ball Bearing 45CQ
25 127K 37460 (SCC) Deve Motor 4031
26 – Retainer 45CR
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 10. Drive

5-91
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
PL 10.4 Exit/Inverter Drive Component

1 – Front Bracket (P/O Item 30)54C1
2 – Motor Bracket (P/O Item 30)54C2
3 006K 86400 Inverter-in Drive Shaft 54C3
4 006K 23183 Fuser Nip Shaft 54C4
5 007E 78030 Gear (Helical 55T) 54C5
6 007K 88240 Gear (Helical 42T) 54C6
8 007K 88652 Waste Toner Bottol Auger Drive Gear (PL 10.5)54C8
9 – Clutch Stopper (P/O Item30)54C9
10 127K 37490 (SCC) Auger Motor 54CB
11 – Retainer (P/O Item 30) 54CC
12 006E 78432 Shaft 54CD
13 121K 41350 (SCC) Fuser Nip Clutch 54CE
14 413W 06950 Ball Bearing (Inside Diameter 6mm/Outside Diameter
19mm)54CF
15 413W 08350 Ball Bearing (Inside Diameter 8mm)54CG
16 413W 66250 Ball Bearing (Inside Diameter 4mm)54CH
17 809E 42000 Compression Spring 54CJ
18 – Connector (P/O Item 30) 54CK
19 013E 24140 Ball Bearing (Inside Diameter 6mm/Outside Diameter
17mm)54CL
20 423W 47655 Belt 54CM
21 – Shaft Bracket (P/O Item 30)54CN
22 127K 38290 Exit Motor (Item 28, 29) 54CP
23 015K 63121 Exit Drive Gear (PL 10.5)54CQ
24 007E 78850 Gear Pulley (Helical 16T/Spur 22T)54CR
25 007E 78880 Gear (Helical 27T) 54CS
26 006K 23291 Inverter-out Drive Shaft 54CT
27 – PWB Support (P/O Item 30)54CV
28 – Damper Motor (P/O Item 22)54CW
29 – Exit Motor (P/O Item 22) 54CX
30 604K 46530 Exit/Inverter Drive (Item 1-7, 9-21, 24-29) (REP
10.4.1)5410
PL 10.5 Waste Toner Bottol Auger Drive Gear,
Exit Drive Gear Component
1 – Auger Drive Bracket 42B1
2 007K 88210 Gear (Helical 27T/52T) 42B2
3 007K 88220 Gear (Bevel 20T/Helical 40T)42B3
4 007K 88260 Gear (Helical 20T/46T) 42B4
5 007K 88270 Gear (Spur 19T/Helical 67T)42B5
6 007E 77980 Gear (Spur 54T) 42B6
7 – Coupling 42B7
8 – Compression Spring 42B8
9 – Stopper 42B9
10 006E 78730 Shaft 42BB
11 007E 78830 Gear (Helical 21T) 42BC
12 007E 78840 Gear (Spur 21T) 42BD
13 005K 06960 Torque Limiter 42BE
14 413W 08350 Ball Bearing 42BF
15 – Exit Drive Bracket 42BG
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 10. Drive

5-93
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
11. XERO. Clener 5-94 Version.1 .1.1
PL 11.1 Xero/Cleaner Accessory (Front)

1 CT350587 Drum Cartridge (PL 11.3, PL 11.4) (REP 11.1.1)4510
2 015K 60470 ADC (PL 11.5) (REP 11.1.4)45D1
3 122K 93491 Erase Lamp (REP 11.1.2)4421
4 – Sensor Bracket (P/O Item 20)45D2
5 – Switch Cover (P/O Item 20)45D3
6 930W 00111 CC Cleaner Position Sensor45D4
7 110K 12960 Drum Detect Switch 45D5
8 – Sensor Wire Harness (P/O Item 20)45D6
9 – Sensor Wire Harness (P/O Item 20)45D7
10 – ESV Sensor Cover (P/O Item 19)45D8
11 – ESV PWB Bracket (P/O Item 19)45D9
12 – PWB Support (P/O Item 19)45DB
13 962K 18010 ESV Wire Harness 45DC
14 130K 67151 (SCC) ESV PWB and Sensor (REP 11.1.3)45DD
15 – ESV Sensor Plate (P/O Item 19)45DE
16 – Screw (M4x5) (P/O Item 19)45DF
17 001E 65130 Drum Cartridge Rail 45DG
18 001E 64772 Drum Cartridge Rail 45DH
19 015K 60910 ESV PWB and Sensor (Item 10-16)45DJ
20 015K 64391 CC Cleaner Position Sensor and Drum Detect Switch
(Item 4-9)45DK
PL 11.2 Xero/Cleaner Accessory (Rear)
1 015K 60492 CC Cleaner Motor (PL 11.6) (REP 11.2.1)44B1
2 – PWB Holder 42C1
3 160K 95831 Drum CRUM PWB 42C2
4 – Connector 42C3
5 114K 01653 CC Connector 42C4
6 114K 01662 PCC Connector 42C5
7 114K 81901 PTC Connector 42C6
8 119K 90880 Waste Toner Auger (PL 11.7) (REP 11.2.2)4201
9 011K 97301 Joint 42C7
10 055K 28011 Shutter 42C8
11 130K 93230 Waste Bottle Set Sensor 42C9
12 – Sensor Bracket 42CB
13 130E 91010 Waste Toner Full Sensor 42CC
14 – Sensor Bracket 42CD
15 962K 20300 Sensor Wire Harness 42CE
16 – Sensor Wire Harness 42CF
17 CWAA0552 Waste Toner Bottle 4204
18 – Guard Sheet 42CG
19 – Clamp 42CH
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 11. XERO. Clener

5-95
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
PL 11.3 Drum Cartridge Component-1

1 – Drum Cartridge Housing (PL 11.8)45E1
2 – Front Plate 45E2
3 – Rear Plate 45E3
4 – Drum 4511
5 125K 93421 Pre Clean Corotron (PL 11.9)4210
6 125K 93770 Charge Corotron (PL 11.10)4410
7 125K 93451 Pre Transfer Corotron (PL 11.9)4120
8 – Front Cover 45E4
9 – Out-Sleeve 45E5
10 – In-Sleeve 45E6
11 – Tapping Screw 45E7
PL 11.4 Drum Cartridge Component-2
1 – Handle 42D1
2 – Finger 4110
4 033K 94890 Cleaning Blade (REP 11.4.1)4211
5 – Transfer Belt Chute 42D3
6 – PCC Duct 42D4
7 – Flicker Cover 42D5
8 – Upper Cover 42D6
10 – Cleaning Brush 42D8
11 – Seal (Rear) 42D9
12 – Seal (Front) 42DB
13 – Film Seal 4202
14 – Upper Seal 42DC
15 – Drum CRUM PWB 42DD
16 – Gear (Helical 24T) 42DE
17 – Seal 42DF
18 – Tapping Screw 42DG

5-97
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
PL 11.5 ADC Component

1 – ADC Sensor Holder 45F1
2 – ADC Bracket 45F2
3 – Stud Bracket 45F3
4 – Gear (Spur 17T/Helical 18T)45F4
5 – Gear (Spur 17T/39T) 45F5
6 – Gear (Spur 55T) 45F6
7 – PWB Support 45F7
8 – ADC Sensor (P/O Item 11)45F8
9 – ADC PWB (P/O Item 11) 45F9
10 – Connector 45FB
11 604K 23231 ADC Sensor Kit (Item 8, 9, 13) (REP 11.5.1)4533
12 – Guide 45FC
13 – Harness Seal 45FD
PL 11.6 CC Cleaner Motor Component
1 – Coupling 44BB
2 – Gear (Spur 32T/48T) 44BC
3 – Gear (Spur 30T) 44BD
4 – Coupling Joint 44BE
5 – Motor Plate 44BF
6 127K 37670 (SCC) CC Cleaner Motor 44BG
7 – Compression Spring 44BH
8 – Connector 44BJ

5-99
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
PL 11.7 Waste Toner Auger Component

1 – Main Auger Pipe 42E1
2 – Xero Auger Pipe 42E2
3 – Bracket 42E3
4 – Main Auger 42E4
5 – Sleeve Bearing 42E5
7 007E 77970 Gear (Helical 26T) 42E7
8 – Xero Auger 42E8
10 007E 78511 Gear (Bevel 46T) 42EB
11 007K 88320 Gear (Bevel 16T/Spur 33T)42EC
12 – Xero Joint Seal 42ED
13 – Deve Joint Seal 42EE
14 – Sleeve Bearing 42EF
15 – Spacer 42EG
PL 11.8 Drum Cartridge Housing Component
1 – Drum Cartridge Housing 45G1
2 – Sleeve Bearing 45G2
3 – Tie Plate 45G3
4 – Seal 45G4
5 – Auger 45G5
7 – Compression Spring 45G7
8 – Shutter Cover 45G8
9 – Gear (Helical 30T) 45G9

5-101
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
PL 11.9 Pre Clean Corotron, Pre Transfer

Corotron Component
1 – Tension Spring 42F1
2 – PCC Shield 42F2
3 – Corotron Wire 4213
4 – Insulator (Front) 4214
5 – Insulator (Rear) 42F3
6 – Tension Spring 41B1
7 – PTC Shield 41B2
8 – Corotron Wire 4123
10 – Insulator (Rear) 41B3
PL 11.10 Charge Corotron Component
1 – Coupling 44C1
2 – Lead Shaft 44C2
3 – Tention Spring 44C3
4 – Grid Holder 44C4
5 – CC Cleaner 44C5
6 – Arc Shield (Rear) 44C6
7 – CC Shield 44C7
8 – Arc Shield (Front) 44C8
9 117K 36240 Corotron Wire (REP 11.10.1)4412
11 – Insulator (Rear) 44C9
12 – Grid Spring 44CB
13 849E 06731 CC Grid 4411

5-103
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
12. Deve 5-104 Version.1 .1.1
PL 12.1 Deve Accessory

1 – Deve Housing Unit (PL 12.2) (REP 12.1.1)4000
2 011E 14700 Lever 40B1
3 054K 25203 Trickle Duct (PL 12.3) 40B2
4 962K 19230 Wire Harness 40B3
5 094K 04518 Toner Dispenser (with Auger Pipe) (PL 12.4) (REP
12.1.2)4020
6 802K 73460 Toner Cartridge Inner Cover 40B4
7 032E 22201 Toner Cartridge Guide 40B5
8 CT200554 Toner Cartridge 4011
PL 12.2 Deve Housing Accessory
1 848K 13702 Deve Housing (without Developer) (Item 2-4) (REP
12.2.1)4000
2 – Deve Housing (PL 12.5) (P/O Item 1)40C1
3 802K 55900 Upper Cover 40C2
4 802K 55862 Right Cover 40C3
5 – Lever Shaft (P/O Item 18)40C4
6 – Retract Shaft (P/O Item 18)40C5
7 – Gear (Spur 21T/D Hole) (P/O Item 18)40C6
8 – Gear (Spur 21T/Circular Hole) (P/O Item 18)40C7
9 – Sector Gear (P/O Item 18)40C8
10 – Cam (Front) (P/O Item 18)40C9
11 – Cam (Rear) (P/O Item 18)40CB
12 – Bias Block (P/O Item 18) 40CC
13 – Retract Middle Plate (P/O Item 18)40CD
14 – Retract Front Frame (P/O Item 18)40CE
15 – Bracket (P/O Item 18) 40CF
16 – Bias Plate (P/O Item 18) 40CG
17 015K 61582 Retract Upper Plate 40CH
18 801K 05523 Deve Frame Assembly (Item 5-16)40CJ
19 675K 16880 Developer 4051
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 12. Deve

5-105
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
12. Deve 5-106 Version.1 .1.1
PL 12.3 Trickle Duct Component

1 – Duct 40D1
2 – Seal 40D2
3 – Seal 40D3
4 – Seal 40D4
5 – Coupling 40D5
6 – Auger 40D6
8 – Contact 40D8
PL 12.4 Toner Dispenser Component
1 007E 79920 Gear (Spur 30T) 40E1
2 035E 69040 Pipe Seal 40E2
3 059K 30993 Auger Pipe (PL 12.6) (REP 12.4.1)40E3
4 005E 18680 Coupling 40E4
5 007E 53651 Dispense Motor Gear (Spur 19T/25T)40E5
6 007E 53660 Gear (Spur 21T) 40E6
7 – Compression Spring (P/O Item 15)40E7
8 – Dispenser Plate (P/O Item 15)40E8
9 127K 45720 (SCC) Cartridge Motor 40E9
10 127K 38220 (SCC) Dispense Motor 40EB
11 – Connector (2Pin) (P/O Item 15)40EC
12 – Connector (4Pin) (P/O Item 15)40ED
13 – Toner Dispense Housing (PL 12.7) (P/O Item 15)
40EE
14 – Rail Bracket (P/O Item 15) 40EF
15 094K 04497 Toner Dispenser (without Auger Pipe) (Item 4-14)
40EG
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 12. Deve

5-107
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
12. Deve 5-108 Version.1 .1.1
PL 12.5 Deve Housing Component

1 – Gear (Hand of helix:Left 34T)40F1
2 – Gear (Hand of helix:Right 34T)40F2
3 – Coupling Gear (Helical 30T)40F3
4 – Gear (Helical 27T) 40F4
5 – Slide Suction 40F5
6 – Plunger 40F6
7 – Lever 40F7
8 – Sleeve Bearing 40F8
9 – Front Block 40F9
10 – Trimmer Bar Plate 40FB
11 – Scraper Plate 40FC
12 – Rear Plate 40FD
13 – Slide Seal 40FE
14 – Seal Roll 40FG
15 – Magnet Roll 40FH
16 – Wire Harness 40FJ
17 – Deve Housing 40FK
18 130K 64510 ATC Sensor (REP 12.5.1)4002
19 – ATC Seal 40FL
20 – Lower Cover 40FM
21 – Trickle Cover 40FN
22 – Compression Spring 40FP
23 849E 14820 MSA Plate 40FQ
24 962K 17991 ATC Wire Harness 40FR
25 – ATC Film 40FS
PL 12.6 Auger Pipe Component
1 – Gear (Spur 21T/Bevel 18T)40G1
3 – Gear (Bevel 18T) 40G3
6 – Auger Pipe 40G6
7 – Housing 40G7
8 – Middle Pipe 40G8
9 – Inner Pipe 40G9
10 – Auger 40GB
11 – Bracket 40GC
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 12. Deve

5-109
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
12. Deve 5-110 Version.1 .1.1
PL 12.7 Toner Dispenser Housing Component

1 007E 53670 Gear (Spur 16T) 40H1
2 007E 53681 Gear (Spur 30T) 40H2
3 013K 81010 Sleeve Bearing 40H3
4 – Left Agitator 4013
5 – Right Agitator 40H4
6 – Paddle 40H5
7 – Auger 40H6
8 130E 82720 Low Toner Sensor (REP 12.7.1)4012
9 160K 95831 Toner Cartridge CRUM Coupler40H7
10 – Sensor Cover 40H8
11 – Housing 40H9
12 – Housing Cover 40HB
13 – Shutter Seal 40HC
14 913W 11195 Connector 40HD
15 962K 17970 Sensor Wire Harness 40HE
16 – Seal 40HF
PL 13.1 Registration Accessory
1 059K 55651 Registration Unit (PL 13.4) (REP 13.1.2)5310
2 068K 56400 Pre Registration Motor (REP 13.1.1)53B1
3 054K 23604 IOT Side HCF Chute (PL 13.6)53B2
4 – Front Frame (P/O Item 16)53B3
5 – Rear Frame (P/O Item 16)53B4
6 054E 23284 Left Take Away Chute 53B5
7 054E 23290 Right Take Away Chute 53B6
8 019K 98570 Pad 53B7
9 003E 59951 Knob 53B8
10 893E 11460 Label (2a) 53B9
11 054K 23576 MSI Feed Out Chute (PL 13.7)53BB
12 – Gear Bracket (P/O Item 15)53BC
13 – Gear (Helical 21T) (P/O Item 15)53BD
14 – Gear (Helical 28T) (P/O Item 15)53BE
15 007K 88951 MSI Gear Assembly (Item 12-14)53BF
16 054K 23505 Take Away Chute (Item 4-8)53BG
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 13. Marking Drawer (Reji/Belt Transfer/Inverter Pre Regi.Moter/Marking Drawer)
5-111
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
13. Marking Drawer (Reji/Belt Transfer/Inverter Pre Regi.Moter/Marking 5-112 Version.1 .1.1
PL 13.2 Transfer Belt/Inverter Accessory

1 064K 92840 Transfer Belt Assembly (PL 13.8)4100
2 848K 07760 Belt Cleaner Housing (PL 13.9, PL 13.10)41C1
3 054K 23791 Exit Chute 41C2
4 059K 41559 Inverter Unit (PL 13.11, PL 13.12) (REP 13.2.2)5240
5 802E 62481 Inverter Rear Cover 52B1
6 003E 59800 Knob 41C5
7 893E 04060 Label (2f) 41C6
8 064K 92853 Transfer Belt Unit (Item 1-3, 10) (REP 13.2.1)41C7
9 054K 34370 Inlet Lower Chute (PL 13.4)41C9
10 – Label (CSA) (P/O Item 8)41CA
PL 13.3 Marking Drawer Accessory
1 604K 46971 Marking Drawer (PL 13.13, PL 13.14) (REP 13.3.1)
53C1
2 801K 05183 Drawer Rail 53C2
3 003E 60060 Lock Plate 53C3
4 – Guide Pin 53C4
5 – Guide Collar 53C5
6 826E 11671 Shoulder Screw 53C6
7 802E 62743 Registration Drawer Cover53C7
8 802E 62752 Transfer Belt Drawer Cover53C8
9 802E 62760 Inverter Drawer Cover 53C9
10 893E 15280 Label (2b Instruction) 53CB
11 893E 15290 Label (3b Instruction) 53CC
12 893E 15310 Label (Lock and Release)53CD
13 962K 42171 Wire Harness 53CE
14 960K 39320 MSA PWB (REP 13.3.3) 53CF
15 120P 68201 PWB Support 53CG
5-113
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
PL 13.4 Registration Component

1 – Front Frame 53D1
2 – Rear Frame 53D2
3 – Registration Lower Chute53D3
4 – Stopper Bracket 53D4
5 059K 54890 Registration Roll (REP 13.4.1)5311
6 059K 26170 Pre Registration Roll 53D5
7 005E 18530 Coupling 53D6
8 – Ball Bearing 53D7
9 007E 21230 Gear (Helical 49T) 53D9
10 809E 41710 Tension Spring 53DB
11 809E 52460 Tension Spring 53DC
12 826E 09880 Shoulder Screw 53DD
13 – Registration Upper Chute and CIS (PL 13.15)53DE
14 – Upper Cover (P/O Item 28)53DF
15 930W 00211 Registration Sensor 5314
16 930W 00211 Skew Sensor
17 – Sensor Wire Harness (P/O Item 28)53DG
18 054K 30741 Pre Registration Upper Chute (PL 13.15)53DH
19 127K 52950 (SCC) Registration Motor (REP 13.4.2) 53DJ
20 054K 23553 Pre Registration Upper Chute53DK
21 054K 34450 Resistor Chute 5315
22 – CIS Control PWB and Pre Registration Sensor (PL
13.16)53DL
23 – CIS Pad 53DM
24 – Shoulder Screw 53DN
25 – Wave Washer 53DN
26 – Nylon Nut 53DN
27 962K 57790 Wire Harness 53DO
28 848K 07560 Upper Cover and Sensor (Item 14-17)53DP
PL 13.5 Inlet Lower Chute Component
1 – Inlet Lower Chute 53E1
2 – Sensor Bracket 53E2
3 849E 06761 Earth Plate 53E3
4 – Seal Brush 53E4
5 930W 00211 Pre Transfer Sensor 53E5
6 – Sensor Wire Harness 53E6
5-115
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
PL 13.6 IOT Side HCF Chute Component

1 – Lower Chute 53F1
2 – Sensor Bracket 53F2
3 – Sensor Wire Harness 53F3
4 – Upper Chute 53F4
5 930W 00211 MSI Feed Out Sensor 53F5
PL 13.7 MSI Feed Out Chute Component
1 – Front Frame 53G1
2 – Rear Frame 53G2
3 – Lower Chute 53G3
4 059K 26200 MSI Take Away Roll (REP 13.7.1)53G4
5 007E 78100 Gear (Helical 19T) 53G5
6 413W 08350 Ball Bearing 53G6
7 962K 17850 Sensor Wire Harness 53G7
8 – Upper Chute 53G8
9 059K 26210 Pinch Roll 53G9
10 013E 23631 Sleeve Bearing 53GB
11 – Tention Spring 53GC
12 – Sensor Bracket 53GD
13 930W 00211 MSI Feed Out Sensor 53GE
14 802E 61580 Gear Cover 53GF
5-117
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
PL 13.8 Transfer Belt Component

1 064E 29090 Transfer Belt (REP 13.8.1)4101
2 – Transfer Belt Frame 41D1
3 031E 94481 Front Arm 41D2
4 031E 94491 Rear Arm 41D3
5 013E 23750 BTR Bearing (Front) 41D4
6 007E 78520 Gear (Helical 29T) 41D5
7 – Pin 41D6
8 032E 20920 Contact Guide 41D7
9 015K 60800 Bias Plate (Item 19, 20) 41D8
10 849E 06750 BTR Plate 41D9
11 059K 54210 Drive Roll 41DB
12 059K 54220 Bias Roll 41DC
13 059K 54580 BTR (REP 13.8.2) 41DD
14 809E 42040 Compression Spring 41DE
15 809E 76050 Compression Spring 41DF
16 005E 17612 Coupling 41DG
17 003E 60470 Stopper 41DH
18 013E 27340 BTR Bearing (Rear) 41DJ
19 – Contact (P/O Item 9) 41DK
20 849E 06740 Bias Plate 41DL
21 604K 36914 Transfer Belt 600K Kit (Item 1, 13 PL 13.9 Item 7, 26)
41DM
PL 13.9 Belt Cleaner Housing Component
(Mechanical)
1 – Belt Cleaner Housing 41E1
2 059K 26461 Auger 41E2
3 – Belt Cleaning Brush (P/O Item 26)41E3
4 – Brush Rear Bearing (P/O Item 26)41E4
5 – Brush Front Bearing (P/O Item 26)41E5
6 – Gear (Helical 17T/19T) (P/O Item 26)41E6
7 033K 94423 Belt Cleaning Blade (REP 13.9.2)41E7
8 – Flicker Bar 41E8
9 – Block (P/O Item 27) 41E9
10 – Seal 41EB
11 – Seal (P/O Item 27) 41EC
12 013E 17560 Sleeve Bearing 41ED
13 021E 97520 Cap 41EE
14 – Compression Spring 41EF
15 802E 54900 Shutter Cover 41EG
16 052E 97180 Auger Pipe 41EH
17 007E 78530 Gear (Helical 44T) 41EJ
18 007E 78550 Gear (Helical 15T/30T) 41EK
19 006K 23041 Link Shaft 41EL
20 121K 31784 Belt Contact/Retract Solenoid (with Item 25) 41EM
21 – Contact Plate 41EN
22 – Sleeve Bearing 41EP
23 – Film Seal (P/O Item 27) 41EQ
24 – Center Seal 41ER
25 – Himeron Seal 41ES
26 042K 92611 Belt Cleaning Brush (Item 3-6) (REP 13.9.1)41ET
27 014K 82240 Seal and Block (Item 9, 11, 23)41EV
28 604K 36914 Transfer Belt 600K Kit (Item 7, 26 PL 13.8 Item 1, 13)
41DM
5-119
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
PL 13.10 Belt Cleaner Housing Component

(Electrical)
1 849E 06791 Bias Plate 41F1
2 849E 06801 Bias Plate 41F2
3 – Earth Plate 41F3
4 – Earth Plate 41F4
5 802E 63632 HVPS Cover 41F5
6 105E 17830 (SCC) HVPS (S20) (BTR)41F6
7 105E 11770 (SCC) HVPS (S3) (DTS) 41F7
8 962K 18581 Wire Harness 41F8
9 962K 18590 Wire Harness 41F9
10 962K 18601 Wire Harness 41FB
11 962K 18611 Wire Harness 41FC
12 962K 57800 Wire Harness 41FD
13 – Air Reflector 41FE
14 849E 86950 Earth Plate 41FF
PL 13.11 Inverter - Roll, Sensor, Fan
1 – Front Frame 52C1
2 – Rear Frame 52C2
3 005E 18080 Coupling 52C3
4 – Tie Shaft 52C4
5 054E 23700 Duct 52C5
6 – Left Chute 52C6
7 054K 24011 Right Chute (PL 13.17) 5242
8 054K 24024 Middle Chute (PL 13.17) 52C7
9 059K 26741 Invert In Roll 52C8
10 059K 26752 Invert Out Roll 52C9
11 930W 00212 Invert In Sensor 52CB
12 930W 00212 Invert Out Sensor 52CC
13 – Connector Bracket 52CD
14 – Fan Bracket 52CE
15 – Roll Holder 52CF
16 – Sensor Bracket 52CG
17 – Sensor Bracket 52CH
18 962K 17891 Sensor Wire Harness 52CJ
19 127K 37650 (SCC) Humidity Fan 52CK
20 – Label (CSA) 53CL
5-121
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
PL 13.12 Inverter - Gate

1 012E 11210 Link 52D1
2 012E 11230 Link 52D2
3 038K 87410 Paper Guide 52D3
4 012K 94520 Link 52D4
5 054K 24037 Upper Chute (PL 13.18) 52D5
6 121E 89690 Magnet 52D6
8 013E 26010 Sleeve Bearing 52D8
9 809E 42360 Tension Spring 52D9
10 – Magnet Bracket 52DB
11 – Pad 52DC
12 121K 31611 (SCC) Invert Gate Solenoid (REP 13.12.1)52DD
13 – Gate Bracket 52DE
14 – Connector 52DF
PL 13.13 Marking Drawer Component - 1
1 – Left Frame 52E1
2 – Right Frame 52E2
3 – Registration Frame 52E3
4 – Fuser Plate 52E4
5 032E 21080 Guide 52E5
6 054E 24251 Duplex Left Upper Chute 52E6
7 054K 25226 Invert Path Upper Chute 52E7
8 – Front Frame 52E8
9 – Rear Frame 52E9
10 – Sensor Bracket 52EB
11 930W 00211 Invert Path Sensor 52EC
12 – Belt Transfer Intake Fan (P/O Item14)52ED
13 – Fan Bracket (P/O Item14)52EE
14 127K 39660 Belt Transfer Intake Fan (Item12, 13)52EF
15 – Spacer 52EG
16 – Clamp 52EH
5-123
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
PL 13.14 Marking Drawer Component - 2

1 003E 60043 Knob 53H1
2 – Fan Pad 53H2
3 006K 23250 Shaft 53H3
4 012E 11380 Link 53H4
5 014E 86390 Block 53H5
6 029E 32621 Lock Pin 53H6
7 029E 32630 Latch Pin 53H7
8 032E 21090 Transfer Belt Guide 53H8
9 – Sleeve Bearing 53H9
10 809E 50010 Compression Spring 53HB
11 – Bracket 53HC
12 – Sleeve Bearing 53HD
13 962K 57770 Marking Drawer Wire Harness 53HE
14 – Transfer Belt Retractor 53HG
15 130K 87980 Environment Sensor 53HH
16 – PWB Support 53HJ
17 826E 07810 Adjust Screw 53HK
18 014E 45431 Block 53HL
19 809E 54520 Compression Spring 53HM
20 – Connector Bracket 53HN
21 029E 35111 Lock Pin 53HP
22 015K 66870 Transfer Unit Upper Bracket (REP 13.14.1) 53HQ
23 – Transfer Unit Lower Bracket53HR
PL 13.15 Registration Upper Chute and CIS /Pre
Registration Upper Chute Component
1 – Registration Upper Chute (P/O Item 28)53J1
2 059K 26180 Pinch Roll 5313
3 830E 60740 Bearing Support 53J2
4 013E 23631 Sleeve Bearing 53J3
5 809E 09430 Tension Spring (Length 19.8mm)53J4
6 809E 55300 Tension Spring (Length 21.4mm)53J5
7 893E 04040 Label (2b) 53J6
8 – Pre Registration Upper Chute53J7
9 059K 26190 Pinch Roll 53J8
10 830E 60740 Bearing Support 53J9
11 013E 23631 Sleeve Bearing 53JC
12 809E 67640 Tension Spring (Length 20.52mm)53JD
13 809E 67650 Tension Spring (Length 21.35mm)53JE
14 019K 98591 Pad 53JF
15 038E 33540 Paper Guide 53JG
16 130K 69770 Multi Feed Sensor (REP 13.15.1) (ADJ 13.15.1)53JK
17 – Sensor Guide 53JL
18 – Pre Registration Lower Chute53JG
19 – Sensor Bracket 53JK
20 826E 24560 Spring Stud 53JK
21 – Multi Feed Sensor (P/O Item 16)53JK
22 809E 36510 Torsion Spring 53JK
23 – Actuator 53JK
24 809E 76920 Plate Spring 53JL
25 130E 94910 CIS (REP 13.15.2) (ADJ 13.15.2) (ADJ 13.15.3)
53JM
26 – CIS Cover 53JM
27 – Label 53JM
28 054K 34441 Registration Upper Chute (Item 1-7, 24)53JG
5-125
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
PL 13.16 CIS Control PWB, Pre Registration

Sensor
1 015K 76080 Pre Registration Sensor and Plate (Item 2-5)53JO
2 – Plate (P/O Item 1) 53JO
3 – Sensor Bracket (P/O Item 1) 53JP
4 930W 00211 Pre Registration Sensor 53JP
5 962K 58900 Wire Harness 53JP
6 – PWB Bracket 53JQ
7 960K 29140 (SCC) CIS Control PWB 53JR
8 962K 57780 Wire Harness 53JS
PL 13.17 Inverter Right/Middle Chute
Component
2 – Right Chute 52F2
3 059K 26720 Pinch Roll 52F3
4 809E 42340 Tension Spring (O-Hook) 52F4
6 038E 26712 Guide 52F6
7 – Middle Chute 52F7
8 059K 26730 Pinch Roll 52F8
9 809E 42350 Tension Spring (C-Hook) 52F9
10 – Guide 52FB
5-127
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
PL 13.18 Inverter Upper Chute Component

1 011E 15093 Lever 52G1
2 – Lever 52G2
3 012E 11820 Link 52G3
5 – Inverter Gate 52G5
6 – Support 52G6
7 – Upper Chute 52G7
8 – Frame 52G8
9 893E 04050 Label (2d) 52G9
10 012E 12120 Arm Gate Link 52GB
PL 14.1 Duplex Drawer Accessory
1 050K 60813 Duplex Drawer (PL 14.2, PL 14.3, PL 14.4, PL 14.5)
(REP 14.1.1)5250
2 801K 05121 Rail 52GH
3 826E 07962 Shoulder Screw 52GJ
4 – Label (3a 3b) 52GK
5 – Label (Caution) 52GL
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 14. Duplex

5-129
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
PL 14.2 Duplex Drawer - Latch, Duplex Chute,

Cover
1 – Handle Bracket (P/O Item 21)53L1
2 – Tension Spring (P/O Item 21)53L2
3 – Hook Shaft (P/O Item 21)53L3
4 – Side Link (P/O Item 21) 53L4
5 – Latch Hook (P/O Item 21)53L5
6 – Latch Shaft (P/O Item 21)53L6
7 003E 60001 Handle 53L7
8 012E 11851 Link 53L8
9 032E 21721 Chute Guide 53L9
10 054K 34382 Duplex Upper Chute (PL 14.7)53LB
11 054K 24255 Duplex Lower Chute 53LC
12 – Duct 53LD
13 127K 37650 (SCC) Duplex Chute Fan 53LE
14 – Fan Bracket 53LF
15 – Duplex Drawer Frame 53LG
16 802E 56101 Duplex Cover 53LH
17 806E 04300 Link Shaft 53LJ
18 893E 15720 Label (3) 53LK
19 962K 17844 Duplex Wire Harness 53LL
20 849E 25271 Lock Bracket 53LM
21 003K 13212 Drawer Latch (Item 1-6) 53LN
22 – Seal 53LP
PL 14.3 Duplex Drawer - Duplex Motor
1 005K 06790 One Way Clutch Pulley (REP 14.3.1)52H1
2 007E 79521 Gear Pulley 52H2
3 – Motor Bracket (P/O Item 17)52H3
4 005K 08780 One Way Clutch Pulley 52H4
5 – Duplex Motor (P/O Item 17)52H5
6 – Tension Bracket 52H6
7 020K 15660 Pulley 52H7
8 059K 26961 Duplex Path Roll 1 52H8
9 059K 26961 Duplex Path Roll 2 52H9
10 059K 26961 Duplex Out Roll 52HB
11 423W 07654 Belt 52HC
12 423W 80154 Belt 5253
13 849E 14490 Roll Holder 52HD
14 809E 55680 Compression Spring 52HE
15 – Flange 52HF
16 – Flange 52HG
17 068K 56361 (SCC) Duplex Motor (Item 3, 5)5251
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 14. Duplex

5-131
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
PL 14.4 Duplex Drawer - Release/Invert Motor

1 005K 06790 One Way Clutch Pulley 52J1
2 – Link Lever 52J2
3 013E 26071 Link Bearing 52J3
4 – Tension Bracket 52J4
5 015K 63193 Release Motor (PL 14.6) (REP 14.4.1)52J5
6 015K 65143 Invert Motor (PL 14.6) (REP 14.4.2)52J6
7 020E 36650 Pulley 52J7
8 031K 93131 Arm 52J8
9 059K 26961 Duplex In Roll 52J9
10 059K 26981 Invert Roll 5241
11 423W 11354 Belt 52JB
12 499W 14124 Pulley 52JC
13 809E 49750 Tension Spring 52JD
14 – Bracket 52JE
15 – Flange 52JF
16 802E 68841 Motor Cover 52JG
PL 14.5 Duplex Drawer - Gate/Right Chute
1 011K 98210 Cam Lever 52K1
2 031K 93191 Release Arm 52K2
3 054K 40080 Duplex Gate Chute (PL 14.8)52K3
4 054K 29520 Duplex Right Chute (PL 14.9)52K4
5 059K 54870 Pinch Roll 52K5
6 – Sleeve Bearing 52K6
7 809E 50811 Tension Spring (Length 16.48mm)52K7
8 809E 50820 Tension Spring (Length 17.9mm)52K8
9 – Sensor Bracket 52K9
10 930W 00211 Duplex In Sensor 52KB
11 – Harness Guide 52KC
12 – Harness Guide Spacer 52KD
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 14. Duplex

5-133
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
PL 14.6 Release/Invert Motor Component

1 – Cam Shaft 52L1
2 – Cam 52L2
3 – Release Motor 52L3
4 930W 00111 Invert Release Home Sensor52L4
5 – Motor Bracket 52L5
6 – Motor Bracket (P/O Item 11)52L6
7 – Pulley (P/O Item 11) 52L7
8 – Invert Motor (P/O Item 11)52L8
9 121K 31741 Duplex Gate Solenoid 52L9
10 – Solenoid Plate 52LB
11 015K 63202 Invert Motor (Item 6-8) 52LC
PL 14.7 Dupex Upper Chute Component
1 003E 61070 Knob 52M1
2 – Tie Bracket 52M2
3 – Duplex Upper Chute 52M3
4 059E 98743 Roll 52M4
5 059K 54880 Pinch Roll 52M5
6 930W 00211 Dupex Path Sensor 1 52M6
7 930W 00211 Dupex Path Sensor 2 52M7
8 930W 00211 Dupex Out Sensor 52M8
9 809E 50811 Tension Spring 52M9
10 – Tie Bracket 52MB
11 003E 61190 Stopper 52MC
12 893E 15710 Label (3a) 52MD
13 – Sensor Shield 52ME
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 14. Duplex

5-135
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
PL 14.8 Duplex Gate Chute Component

1 003E 59972 Hook 52N1
2 003E 59982 Knob 52N2
3 003E 59992 Duplex Gate Lever 52N3
4 006E 78960 Latch Shaft 52N4
5 012E 11312 Middle Gate Lever 52N5
6 – Rear Frame 52N6
7 050K 49590 Duplex Gate 52N7
8 050K 49601 Middle Gate 52N8
9 054E 24160 Middle Chute 52N9
10 054E 24170 Left Chute 52NB
11 054E 89200 Right Chute 52NC
12 – Sleeve Bearing 52ND
13 809E 49721 Tension Spring 52NE
14 809E 50840 Torsion Spring 52NF
15 – Front Frame 52NG
16 – Tie Plate 52NH
17 – Tie Plate 52NJ
18 – Bracket 52NK
19 – Latch Stopper 52NL
20 893E 15701 Label (3b) 52NM
21 – Tie Plate Guard 52NN
PL 14.9 Duplex Right Chute Component
1 – Shaft 52P1
2 – Inner Chute 52P2
3 – Outer Chute 52P3
4 – Upper Chute 52P4
5 059E 98520 Roll 52P5
6 – Front Plate 52P6
7 – Support Rod 52P7
8 – Upper Chute-2 52P8
9 – Chute Guard 52P9
10 849E 31292 Chute Support Mylar (REP 14.9.1)52PB
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 14. Duplex

5-137
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
PL 15.1 Fuser Accessory

1 – Pin Bracket 43C1
2 – Pin Support 43C2
3 126K 24642 (SCC) Fuser Unit (FX) (PL 15.2) (REP 15.1.1)4300
– 126K 24672 (SCC) Fuser Unit (IBG) (PL 15.2) (REP 15.1.1)4300
4 – Screw 43C3
PL 15.2 Fuser Component
1 – Lower Frame (PL 15.3) 43D1
2 – Upper Frame (PL 15.4) 43D2
3 026K 81210 Shoulder Screw 43D3
4 – Fuser Front Cover (PL 15.6)43D4
5 059K 37001 Pressure Roll (REP 15.2.1)4320
6 604K 24402 Heat Roll Kit (REP 15.2.2)4310
7 126K 24560 (SCC) Main Heater Rod 1 (FX : 200V) (REP 15.2.3)
4311
– 126K 24580 (SCC) Main Heater Rod 1 (IBG : 200V) (REP 15.2.3)
4311
8 126K 24570 (SCC) Main Heater Rod 2 (FX : 200V) (REP 15.2.3)
431B
– 126K 24590 (SCC) Main Heater Rod 2 (IBG : 200V) (REP 15.2.3)
431B
9 126K 16142 (SCC) Sub Heater Rod (FX : 200V) (REP 15.2.3)
4312
– 126K 18221 (SCC) Sub Heater Rod (IBG : 200V) (REP 15.2.3)
4312
10 003E 60120 Heat Roll Stopper (Front)43D5
11 003E 60130 Heat Roll Stopper (Rear) 43D6
12 CWAA0551 Fuser Cleaning Cartridge (with Item 18, 23) (PL 15.5)
(REP 15.2.4)4370
13 054K 24293 Lower Inlet Chute (PL 15.6)43D7
14 054K 34593 Lower Exit Chute (PL 15.6)43D8
15 019K 98731 Pressure Roll Finger (PL 15.6) (REP 15.2.5)4321
16 849E 15081 Heater Rod Holder (Front)43D9
17 849E 15090 Heater Rod Holder (Rear)43DB
18 893E 18080 Label (Jam) 43DC
19 – Label (Jam) 43DD
20 – Label (200V/208-240V) 43DE
21 893E 18120 Label (Caution) 43DF
22 893E 18130 Label (Caution) 43DG
23 – Label (Caution) (P/O Item 12)43DH
24 893E 18150 Label (Knob) 43DJ
25 802E 62871 Harness Cover 43DK
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 15. Fuser

5-139
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
PL 15.3 Lower Frame Component

1 – Lower Plate 43E1
2 – Rear Frame 43E2
3 – Front Frame 43E3
4 006K 24880 Nip Shaft Assembly (Item5-8)4344
5 – Cam Shaft (P/O Item4) 43E4
6 413W 10650 Ball Bearing 43E5
7 008E 93160 Latch Cam 43E6
8 – Nip Joint (P/O Item4) 43E7
9 008E 93160 Latch Cam 43E8
10 120E 22250 Nip Actuator 43E9
11 – Tie Plate 43EB
12 849E 14930 Bracket (Nip Rear) 43EC
13 849E 14920 Bracket (Nip Front) 43ED
14 – Chute Bracket 43EE
15 – Com Follower 43EF
16 011K 97394 Rear Lever (PL 15.7) 43EG
17 011K 97404 Front Lever (PL 15.7) 43EH
18 – Sensor Bracket 43EJ
19 930W 00111 Fuser Nip Sensor 43EK
20 013E 24190 Sleeve Bearing 43EL
21 – Latch Shaft 43EM
22 – Tapping Screw 43EN
23 801K 19830 Cleaner Frame 43EP
24 033K 96310 Fuser Cleaning Blade (REP 15.3.1)43EQ
25 015K 69630 Cleaner Bracket 43ER
PL 15.4 Upper Frame Component
1 – Rear Frame 43F1
2 – Front Frame 43F2
3 – Tie Plate 43F3
4 – Left Frame (PL 15.8) 43F4
5 – Holder 43F5
6 – Motor Bracket 43F6
7 – Motor Bracket 43F7
8 127K 38070 Web Motor 43F8
9 007E 79750 Gear (Spur 14T) 43F9
10 007K 88700 Joint 43FB
11 007E 79890 Gear (Spir 30T) 43FC
12 – Connector Bracket 43FD
13 802E 62901 Right Upper Cover 43FE
14 802E 56260 Harness Cover (Rear) 43FF
15 802E 63461 Harness Cover (Front) 43FG
16 – Bracket 43FH
17 121E89700 Magnet (Exit Chute) 43FJ
18 962K 17913 (SCC) Fuser Wire Harness43FK
19 026K 01340 Shoulder Screw (Exit Chute)43FL
20 – Web Motor Wire Harness43FM
21 – Sleeve Bearing 43FN
22 054K 35131 Exit Chute (PL 15.9) 43FP
23 – Exit Chute Catch 43FQ
24 110K12091 Web End Switch 43FR
25 110E11630 Switch Plunger 43FS
26 – Compression Spring 43FT
27 – Guide 43FV
28 – Earth Plate 43FW
29 – Faston Plate 43FX
30 – Resistor 43FY
31 – Motor Cover 43FZ
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 15. Fuser

5-141
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
PL 15.5 Fuser Cleaning Cartridge Component

1 – Front Hub 43G1
2 – Rear Hub 43G2
3 – Web 43G3
5 – Gear (Spur 30T/18T) 43G5
8 – Web Roll 43G8
9 – Web Frame 43G9
10 – Guide Bracket 43GB
11 – Web Contact 43GC
12 – Web Plate 43GD
13 – Upper Cover 43GE
14 – Front Plate 43GF
15 – Rear Plate 43GG
16 – Knob Screw 43GH
17 – Gear (Spur 20T) 43GJ
18 – Web Brake 43GK
19 – Shaft 43GL
PL 15.6 Fuser Front Cover, Lower Inlet Chute,
Lower Exit Chute, Pressure Roll Finger
Component
1 802E 56622 Fuser Front Cover 43H1
2 054E 89480 Duct 43H2
3 127K 39490 (SCC) Fuser Intake Fan 43H3
4 – Tapping Screw 43H4
5 – Inlet Chute 43H5
6 – Eliminator 43H6
7 – Side Cover 43H7
8 – Exit Chute 43H8
9 059K 54861 Exit Roll 43H9
10 007K 88670 Gear (Spur 20T) 43HB
11 – Sleeve Bearing 43HC
12 – Support Bracket 43HD
13 – Finger Bracket 43HE
14 019E 57810 Pressure Roll Finger 43HF
15 – Finger Stud 43HG
16 – Torsion Spring (REP 15.6.1)43HH
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 15. Fuser

5-143
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
PL 15.7 Lever Component (Front/Rear)

1 – Rear Lever 43J1
2 – Lever 43J2
3 – Nip Spring 43J3
4 – Nip Screw 43J4
5 – Nip Bracket 43J5
6 – Nip Washer 43J6
7 – Front Lever 43J7
8 – Lever 43J8
9 – Nip Spring 43J9
10 – Nip Screw 43JB
11 – Nip Bracket 43JC
12 – Nip Washer 43JD
PL 15.8 Left Frame Component (Upper Frame)
1 – Tie Plate 43K1
2 038E 26750 Harness Guide 43K2
3 – Thermostat 1 (P/O Item11)4315
4 – Thermostat 2 (P/O Item11)4315
5 – Wire Harness (P/O Item11)43K3
6 – Wire Harness (P/O Item11)43K4
7 130K 64321 Heat Roll Thermistor 1 (REP 15.8.1)4314
8 130K 64331 Heat Roll Thermistor 2 (REP 15.8.1)43K5
9 130K 64341 (SCC) Heat Roll Thermistor 3 (REP 15.8.1)43K6
10 054E 24011 Upper Inlet Chute 43K7
11 130K 67382 Thermostat 1and 2 (Item3-6) (REP 15.8.2)4315
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 15. Fuser

5-145
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
PL 15.9 Exit Chute Component (Upper Frame)

1 – Front Lever 43L1
2 – Rear Lever 43L2
3 054E 24283 Upper Exit Chute 43L3
4 – Tie Plate 43L4
5 022K 67130 Pinch Roll 43L5
6 – Torsion Spring (P/O Item 20) (REP 15.9.1)43L6
7 – Finger Plate (P/O Item 20)43L7
8 019E 57830 Heat Roll Finger 4313
9 – Finger Stud (P/O Item 20)43L8
10 809E 49971 Torsion Spring 43L9
11 – Lever 43LB
12 – Knob 43LC
13 802E 62890 Upper Cover 43LD
14 – Sensor Bracket 43LE
15 130K 72090 Fuser Exit Sensor 43LF
16 962K 57810 Sensor Wire Harness 43LG
17 802E 56310 Front Cover 43LH
18 802E 56320 Rear Cover 1 43LJ
19 802E 62881 Rear Cover 2 43LK
20 019K 98743 Heat Roll Finger (Item 6-9, 21) (REP 15.9.2)4313
21 – Spacer (P/O Item 20) 43LL
PL 16.1 Exit Transport Accessory
1 – Ext Transport (PL 16.2) (REP 16.1.1)54D1
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 16. Exit

5-147
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
16. Exit 5-148 Version.1 .1.1
PL 16.2 Exit Transport Component

1 – Front Frame 54DB
2 – Shaft 54DC
3 007E 78810 Gear (Spur 16T) 54DD
4 007E 78820 Gear (Spur 39T) 54DE
5 – Lower Chute 54DF
6 – Upper Chute 54DG
7 059K 33061 Exit Roll 5411
8 059E 98350 Pinch Roll 54DH
9 105E 12250 Eliminator 54DJ
10 930W 00212 IOT Exit Sensor 5414
11 – Rear Frame 54DK
12 809E 42330 Tention Spring 54DL
13 – Sensor Bracket 54DM
14 962K 17901 Wire Harness 54DN
15 – Stud 54DP
PL 36.1 IFM Cover
1 848K 08430 Front Door Assembly 640A
2 848E 25800 (SCC) Front Cover 640B
3 – Front Angle Frame 640B
4 032E 31370 Guard Finger 640C
5 – Lower Hinge 640D
6 848K 08400 Inner Cover(REP 36.1.2) 640E
7 848E 28020 Lever Cover 640A
8 – Upper Hinge 640F
9 848E 25780 (SCC) Top Cover 640G
10 848K 08420 IFM Control Panel SW/LED640H
11 – Bracket 640I
12 – Plate 640J
13 848E 15840 (SCC) Rear Left Cover 640K
14 848E 15850 (SCC) Rear Right Cover 640L
15 848E 25810 (SCC) Rear Lower Cover640M
16 – LVPS Cover 640N
17 – Spanner 640O
18 – Spanner 640P
19 868E 17360 Bracket 640Q
20 – Caster 640R
21 015K 79510 Shield Plate 640S
22 015K 78590 Docking Plate Assembly 640T
23 – Plate 640U
24 962K 65440 Wire Harness 640V
25 848E 33450 Frame Cover 640W
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 36. I/F Module

5-149
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
36. I/F Module 5-150 Version.1 .1.1
PL 36.2 LVPS / Breaker

1 848K 08310 IOT-IFM PWB Communication (Item 2, 4)641A
2 962K 65420 CDI Harness Assembly 641A
3 – Bracket 641A
4 – Cover 641A
5 110E 97990 IFM Front Door Interlock Switch (REP 36.2.1)641B
6 – Bracket 641C
7 962K 65450 Wire Harness 641D
8 105E 15191 (SCC) IFM LVPS 641E
9 960K 46670 IFM PWB (REP 36.2.2) 641F
10 – Bracket 641G
11 – Bracket 641H
12 068K 56630 Inlet Bracket Assembly (Item 13-16)641I
13 908W 00917 (SCC) Breaker 641J
14 – Bracket 641K
15 – Inlet Socket 641L
16 962K 65410 (SCC) AC LVPS Harness641M
17 962K 65460 Wire Harness 641N
18 962K 65470 Wire Harness 641O
19 – Cover 641P
20 – Power Cord 641Q
PL 36.3 IFM Drive
1 127K 58160 (SCC) Decurler Belt Motor642A
2 – Bracket 642A
3 023E 27130 Deculer Motor Belt (REP 36.3.1)642A
4 127K 56860 (SCC) Decurler Cam Motor (with Item 6)642A
5 – Bracket 642A
6 – Coupling Cam (P/O Item 4)642A
7 – Screw 642A
8 127K 56870 (SCC) IFM Transport Motor Assembly (Item 9-12)
264A
9 – IFM Transport Motor 642B
10 – Damper 642B
11 – Gear 642B
12 – Screw 642B
13 – Bracket 642C
14 807E 21520 Gear 642D
15 807E 21530 Gear 642E
16 005E 25350 Collar 642F
17 – Bracket 642G
18 013E 34440 Bearing 642H
19 005E 25280 Spacer 642I
20 020E 45420 Pulley 642J
21 006K 87440 Shaft 642K
22 – Bracket 642L
23 826E 38620 Screw 642M

5-151
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
PL 36.4 Trans Roll

1 059K 57560 Trans Roll Assembly (Item 2-5)(REP 36.4.1)643A
2 059K 57730 Trans Roll 643A
3 005K 08860 Flange 643A
4 020K 15760 Pulley 643A
5 005K 09120 Torque Limiter Clutch 643A
6 059K 57570 Exit Roll Assembly (Item 7-10)(REP 36.4.2)643B
7 059K 57740 Exit Roll 643B
8 005E 26360 Collar 643B
9 005K 09120 Torque Limiter Clutch 643B
10 020K 15760 Pulley 643B
11 – -- --
12 – -- --
13 – Bearing 643D
14 826E 31970 Stud 643E
15 023E 27110 Exit Belt (REP 36.4.3) 643F
16 020K 15780 Pulley 643G
17 020K 15730 Pulley 643H
18 023E 27120 Trans Belt (REP 36.4.3) 643I
PL 36.5 Decurler Drive Belt
1 003K 86660 Knob Assembly (Item 2,3)644A
2 – Label 644A
3 – Knob 644A
4 023E 26910 Decurler Drive Belt (REP 36.5.2)644B
5 005E 25280 Spacer 644C
6 020E 45380 Pulley 644C
7 – Collar 644D
8 005E 25270 Collar 644E
9 – Bearing 644F
10 020K 15730 Pulley 644G
11 005E 25280 Spacer 644H
12 020E 45390 Pulley 644I
13 – Bracket 644J
14 806E 22800 Shaft 644K
15 013E 34440 Bearing 644L
16 020K 15730 Pulley 644M
17 – Bracket 644N
18 – Spacer 644O
19 059K 55190 Upper Decurler Belt Roll 644P
20 059K 55200 Lower Decurler Belt Roll 644Q
21 059E 03780 Upper Idle Roll 644R
22 059E 03790 Lower Idle Roll 644S
23 023E 07321 Decurler Belt Upper (REP 36.5.1)644T
24 023E 07321 Decurler Belt Lower (REP 36.5.1)644T
25 005E 25220 Collar 644U

5-153
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
PL 36.6 Inlet Chute

1 005E 25170 Collar 645A
2 – Block 645B
3 – Bearing 645C
4 006K 87090 Shaft Assembly 645D
5 006K 87090 Shaft Assembly 645E
6 005E 25180 Collar 645F
7 – Bearing 645G
8 806E 22770 Shaft 645H
9 054E 34860 Inlet Chute Upper (REP 36.6.1)645I
10 054E 34860 Inlet Chute Lower (REP 36.6.1)645J
11 005E 27410 Coupling Cam 645K
12 120E 29780 Actuator 645L
13 – Bearing 645M
14 006K 86520 Cam Shaft (REP 36.6.2) 645N
15 107E 08680 Decurler Cam Position Sensor 2645O
16 107E 08680 Decurler Cam Position Sensor 1645P
17 – Bracket 645Q
18 – Pin 645R
19 068K 56680 Decurler Bracket 645S
PL 36.7 Gate Assembly
1 121K 42220 Decurler Gate Solenoid Assembly (Item 2-6)646A
2 121Çj42720 Decurler Gate Solenoid 646A
3 – Bracket Assembly 646A
4 – Spring 646A
5 – Bearing 646B
6 – Gate Lever 646C
7 050K 60911 Gate Assembly (Item 8,9)(REP 36.7.1)646D
8 – Gate 646E
9 – Link 646F
10 – Bearing 646G
11 107E 08680 Decurler Gate Sensor (REP 36.7.2)646H
12 – Bracket 646I
13 – Guide 646J

5-155
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
PL 36.8 Guide Assembly

1 038K 18210 Guide Assembly (Item 2-4)647A
2 – Guide 647A
3 – Lower Trans Guide 647A
4 – Spring 647A
5 038K 18180 Exit Guide Assembly (Item 6-9)647B
6 – Guide 647B
7 – Knob 647B
8 – Plate 647B
9 – Lower Exit Guide Assembly647B
10 038K 18280 Guide Assembly L-770 (REP 36.8.1)647C
11 011K 98960 Knob 1A 647L
12 011E 20810 Knob 647M
13 038K 18260 Guide Assembly-MID Low (REP 36.8.1)647A
14 011K 98970 Knob 2B 647W
15 038K 18240 Guide Assembly-Exit Up (REP 36.8.2)648A
16 038K 18300 Guide Assembly-MID U (REP 36.8.1)648O
17 011K 98980 Knob 2A 647W
18 038K 18231 Guide Assembly 647X
19 038E 36570 Guide 647Y
20 038E 36580 Guide 647Z
21 038E 36590 Guide 6471
22 107E 08680 Entrance Chute Open Sensor6472
23 – Bracket 6473
24 930W 00211 Decurler In Sensor 6474
25 930W 00211 IFM Transport Sensor 6475
26 868E 07540 Bracket 6476
27 962K 65490 Wire Harness 6477
28 – Bracket 6478
PL 36.9 Guide Assembly-MID L
1 059K 55230 Pinch Roll Assembly (Item 2-5)647D
2 – Pinch Roll 647D
3 – Bearing 647D
4 – Collar 647D
5 – Screw 647E
6 809E 79160 Spring 647F
7 – Guide 647G
8 – Torsion Bar 647H
9 – Pad 647I
10 – Chute Lever Assembly 647J

5-157
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
PL 36.10 Guide Assembly-MID Low

1 059K 55230 Pinch Roll Assemby (Item 2-5)647O
2 – Pinch Roll 647P
3 – Bearing 647Q
4 – Collar 647R
5 – Screw 647S
6 809E 79160 Spring 647T
7 – Guide Assembly 647U
8 – Torsion Bar 647V
PL 36.11 Guide Assembly-Exit Up
1 059K 55230 Pinch Roll Assemby (Item 2-5)648B
2 – Pinch Roll 648B
3 – Bearing 648B
4 – Collar 648B
5 – Screw 648B
6 809E 79160 Spring 648C
7 – Guide Assembly 648D
8 121E 21830 Magnet 648E
9 – Knob 648F
10 – Bracket 648G
11 930W 00211 IFM Exit Sensor 648H
12 – Screw 648I
13 – Bracket 648J
14 962K 65430 Wire Harness 648K
15 – Torsion Bar 648L

5-159
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
PL 36.12 Fan
1 127K 58070 Fan 2 Assembly (Item 2-4)648P
2 127E 85610 (SCC) Fan 648P
3 – Fan Duct 648P
4 – Plate 648P
5 127K 58070 Fan 1 Assembly (Item 6-8)648Q
6 127E 85610 (SCC) Fan 648Q
7 – Fan Duct 648Q
8 – Plate 648Q
9 127K 58060 Fan 3 Assembly (Item 10-12)648R
10 127E 85610 (SCC) Fan 648R
11 – Duct 648R
12 – Fan Duct 648R
13 927W 00335 (SCC) Fan 5 648S
14 – Fan Duct 648T
15 – Bracket 648U
16 – Lower Duct 648V
17 068K 61310 Lower Duct Bracket 648W
18 – Exhaust Duct 648X
19 – Top Duct 648Y
PL 39.1 Lelt / Rear Cover
1 – Left Upper Cover 671A
2 – Left Lower Cover 671B
3 – Rear Cover (REP 39.2.2)671C
4 – Inlet Bracket 672A
5 068K 58000 EME Plate 672B
6 – Duct 672C
7 – Power Cord 672D
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 39. HCS

5-161
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
39. HCS 5-162 Version.1 .1.1
PL 39.2 Top / Front / Right Cover

1 803E 01160 Stopper Wire 672G
2 848K 08610 Front Door (PL 39.3) 673A
3 050E 23970 (SCC) Top Tray 672H
4 – Right Cover 671D
5 848K 08660 Top Cover (REP 39.2.1) 671E
6 – Chute 672I
7 826E 40430 Shoulder Screw 672G
PL 39.3 Front Door Component
1 – Front Door 673A
2 – Harness Guard (P/O Item 18)673B
3 – Sensor Bracket (P/O Item 18)673C
4 – Slide (P/O Item 18) 673D
5 – Height Sensor Side Center-P (P/O Item 18)673E
6 – Height Sensor Side Left-L (P/O Item 18)673F
7 – Height Sensor Side Right-L (P/O Item 18)673G
8 – Sensor Holder (P/O Item 18)673H
9 962K 65710 (SCC) Sensor Wire Harness 673I
10 – Window Plate 673J
11 – Bracket 673K
12 – Bracket 673K
13 019K 09750 Hook 673L
14 – Handle 673M
15 – Handle Cover 673M
16 – Stopper 673N
17 121E 20640 Magnet 673O
18 068K 58070 Stack Height Sensor and Bracket (Item2-9)673P
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 39. HCS

5-163
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
39. HCS 5-164 Version.1 .1.1
PL 39.4 Upper / Transport Inner Cover

1 068K 56860 HCS Upper Cover Switch and Magnet (Item2-5)674A
2 – Bracket (P/O Item1) 674A
3 121E 20640 Magnet 674A
4 – Screw (P/O Item1) 674A
5 – HCS Upper Cover Switch (P/O Item1)674A
6 – Bracket 674B
7 121E 21410 Magnet 674C
8 – Screw 674D
9 – Transport Left Inner Cover674E
10 – Transport Center Inner Cover674F
11 – Transport Right Inner Cover674G
12 848K 08600 Upper Cover (Item13,14) (REP 39.4.1)674H
13 – Upper Cover (P/O Item12)674H
14 003E 76370 Stopper 674H
PL 39.5 HCS Transport Motor 1, HCS Entrance /
Top Tray Roll
1 – HCS Entrance Roll (P/O Item23)675A
2 – Bearing Plate (P/O Item 23)675B
3 005E 25220 Collar 675C
4 – Collar (P/O Item 23) 675D
5 007K 98220 Gear (HL 32L) 675E
6 005K 09120 Torque Lilmiter 675F
7 – Bearing (P/O Item 23) 675G
8 826E 38620 Screw 675H
9 059K 57220 Top Tray Roll 1(REP 39.5.2)675I
10 059K 57230 Top Tray Roll 2 675J
11 815E 41340 Bearing Plate 675K
12 013E 34440 Bearing 675L
13 – CE-Ring 675M
14 – Transport/Top Tray Clutch and Bracket (PL 39.6)
675N
15 – Gear Bracket (PL 39.6) 675N
16 068K 57250 Tension Pulley 675O
17 809E 79440 Spring 675P
18 068K 57210 HCS Transport Motor 1 (Item 24-26) (REP 39.5.1)
675Q
19 – Harness Bracket 675R
20 962K 65800 (SCC) Wire Harness (Motor, Clutch, Solenoid)675S
21 962K 65840 Transport Clutch Wire Harness675U
22 807E 21670 Gear (HL 32R) 675V
23 059K 57600 HCS Entrance Roll Assembly (Item 1-8)675W
24 – Motor Bracket (P/O Item 18)675Q
25 – HCS Transport Motor 1 (P/O Item 18)675Q
26 423W 44155 Belt 675Q
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 39. HCS

5-165
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
39. HCS 5-166 Version.1 .1.1
PL 39.6 Transport / Top Tray Clutch

1 – Clutch Bracket 676B
2 – Gear Bracket 676C
3 007K 98220 Gear (HL32L) 676D
4 007K 98210 Gear (HL32R) 676E
5 826E 38620 Screw 676F
6 005K 08870 Transport Clutch (Item 16-22) (REP 39.6.1)676G
7 005K 08890 Top Tray Clutch (Item 23-26)676H
8 423W 50055 Belt (REP 39.6.1) 676I
9 – Bearing 676J
10 – Bracket 676K
11 005E 26570 Collar 676L
12 007K 98240 Gear (HL32/22L) 676M
13 006K 87110 Gear Pulley Shaft (Item 27-33)676N
14 006K 87120 Gear Shaft (Item 34-39) 676O
15 – Bracket 676P
16 013E 34440 Bearing 676G
17 – Transport Clutch (P/O Item 6)676G
18 005E 25220 Collar 676G
19 020E 45420 Pulley 676G
20 005E 26390 Collar 676G
21 826E 38620 Screw 676G
22 – Collar (P/O Item 6) 676G
23 013E 34440 Bearing 676H
24 – Top Tray Clutch (P/O Item 7)676H
25 005E 25220 Collar 676H
26 826E 38620 Screw 676H
27 013E 34440 Bearing 676N
28 005E 25220 Collar 676N
29 – Gear and Shaft (P/O Item 13)676N
30 020E 45420 Pulley 676N
31 005E 26390 Collar 676N
32 826E 38620 Screw 676N
33 – Collar (P/O Item 13) 676N
34 013E 34440 Bearing 676O
35 – Collar (P/O Item 14) 676O
36 005E 25220 Collar 676O
37 – Gear and Shaft (P/O Item 14)676O
38 807E 21670 Gear (HL32R) 676O
39 826E 38620 Screw 676O
PL 39.7 HCS Transport Motor 2 , Bypass Roll 1 /
2
1 – Bypass Roll 1 (P/O Item 23)677A
2 – Collar (P/O Item 23) 677A
3 – Collar (P/O Item 23) 677A
4 – Gear (P/O Item 23) 677A
5 – Pulley (P/O Item 23) 677A
6 005K 09120 Torque Lilmiter 677A
7 059K 57220 Bypass Roll 2 677B
8 005E 25220 Collar 677C
9 007K 98180 Gear (SP22) 677D
10 013E 34440 Bearing 677E
11 – CE-Ring 677E
12 826E 38620 Screw 677F
13 006K 86580 1a Shaft 677G
14 – Collar 677H
15 003K 86670 1a Knob 677I
16 007K 98220 Gear (HL 32L) 677J
17 – Bypass Clutch 1/2 and Bracket (PL 39.8)677K
18 020K 15770 Pulley and Bracket (Item 24-26)677L
19 068K 57280 Tension Pulley 677M
20 809E 79440 Spring 677N
21 068K 57190 HCS Transport Motor 2 (Item 27-29) (REP 39.7.1)
677O
22 962K 65840 (SCC) Bypass Clutch 1 Wire Harness677P
23 059K 57580 Bypass Roll 1 Assembly (Item 1-6)677A
24 020K 15780 Pulley 677L
25 826E 38620 Screw 677L
26 – Bracket (P/O Item 18) 677L
27 – Motor Bracket (P/O Item 21)677O
28 – HCS Transport Motor 2 (P/O Item 21)677O
29 423W 44155 Belt 677O
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 39. HCS

5-167
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
39. HCS 5-168 Version.1 .1.1
PL 39.8 Bypass Clutch 1 / 2

1 – Clutch Bracket 678A
2 – Gear Bracket 678B
3 007K 98210 Gear (HL 32R) 678C
4 826E 38620 Screw 678D
5 005K 08890 Bypass Clutch 1 (Item 8-11) (REP 39.8.1)678E
6 005K 08910 Bypass Clutch 2 (Item 12-17)(REP 39.8.1)678F
7 423W 50055 Belt (REP 39.8.1) 678G
8 013E 34440 Bearing 678E
9 – Bypass Clutch 1 (P/O Item 5)678E
10 005E 25220 Collar 678E
11 826E 38620 Screw 678E
12 013E 34440 Bearing 678F
13 005E 26390 Collar 678F
14 – Bypass Clutch 2 (P/O Item 6)678F
15 005E 25220 Collar 678F
16 – Pulley (P/O Item 6) 678F
17 826E 38620 Screw 678F
PL 39.9 Top Tray Motor , Top Tray Exit Roll
1 059K 57270 Top Tray Exit Roll 679A
2 005E 25220 Collar 679B
3 013E 34440 Bearing 679C
4 – CE-Ring 679D
5 826E 38620 Screw 679E
6 – Collar 679F
7 007K 98250 Gear (SP31) 679G
8 005K 09110 Torque Lilmiter 679H
9 068K 57230 Top Tray Motor (Item 10-12) (REP 39.9.1)679I
10 – Top Tray Motor (P/O Item 9)679I
11 007K 98250 Gear (SP31) 679I
12 826E 38620 Screw 679I
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 39. HCS

5-169
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
39. HCS 5-170 Version.1 .1.1
PL 39.10 Bypass Roll 3 , 2a Gear Box

1 059E 03910 Bypass Roll 3 679J
2 005E 25220 Collar 679K
3 013E 34440 Bearing 679L
4 – CE-Ring 679M
5 826E 38620 Screw 679N
6 006K 86590 2a Shaft Assembly (Item 21-26)679O
7 695K 18570 2a Gear Box (Item8-12) 679P
8 – Gear Box (P/O Item7) 679P
9 003K 86660 2a Knob 679P
10 013E 34440 Bearing 679P
11 826E 38620 Screw 679P
12 007K 98180 Gear (22) 679P
13 068K 57260 Tension Pulley 679Q
14 423W 46455 Belt 679R
15 005E 26560 Collar 679S
16 005E 26600 Collar 679T
17 005E 26390 Collar 679U
18 007K 98270 Oneway Clutch Gear (HL32L)679V
19 020E 45420 Pulley 679W
20 809E 79440 Spring 679X
21 – 2a Shaft (P/O Item 6) 679O
22 013E 34440 Bearing 679O
23 – Collar (P/O Item 6) 679O
24 005E 26350 Collar 679O
25 807E 24620 Gear (SP22) 679O
26 826E 38620 Screw 679O
27 – Spring 679Y
PL 39.11 Bypass Roll 4 , 3a Gear Box
1 059E 03910 Bypass Roll 4 67AA
2 005E 25220 Collar 67AB
3 005E 27080 Collar 67AC
4 005E 26350 Collar 67AD
5 807E 24620 Gear (SP22) 67AE
6 013E 34440 Bearing 67AF
7 – CE-Ring 67AG
8 826E 38620 Screw 67AH
9 006K 86610 3a Shaft Assembly (Item 27-32)67AI
10 020E 45420 Pulley 67AJ
11 – Bearing 67AK
12 005E 26570 Collar 67AL
13 007K 98230 Gear (HL32R/SP22) 67AM
14 020K 15780 Pulley 67AN
15 695K 18580 3a Gear Box (Item16-20) 67AO
16 – Gear Box (P/OItem15) 67AO
17 003K 86690 3a Knob 67AO
18 013E 34440 Bearing 67AO
19 007K 98180 Gear (22) 67AO
20 826E 38620 Screw 67AO
21 – Bypass Clutch 3 and Bracket (PL 39.12)67AP
22 068K 57260 Tension Pulley 67AQ
23 068K 57270 Tension Pulley 67AR
24 809E 79440 Spring 67AS
25 – Harness Bracket 67AT
26 – Harness Bracket 67AU
27 – 3a Shaft (P/O Item 9) 67AI
28 013E 34440 Bearing 67AI
29 – Collar (P/O Item 9) 67AI
30 005E 26350 Collar 67AI
31 807E 24620 Gear (SP22) 67AI
32 826E 38620 Screw 67AI
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 39. HCS

5-171
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
39. HCS 5-172 Version.1 .1.1
PL 39.12 Bypass Clutch 3

1 005K 08940 Bypass Clutch 3 (Item7-14) (REP 39.12.1)67BA
2 006K 87100 Gear Pulley Shaft (Item 15-21)67BB
3 423W 50055 Belt 67BC
4 423W 93355 Belt (REP 39.12.1) 67BD
5 – Clutch Bracket 67BE
6 – Bracket 67BF
7 013E 34440 Bearing 67BA
8 – Bypass Clutch 3 (P/O Item 1)67BA
9 005E 25220 Collar 67BA
10 020E 45420 Pulley 67BA
11 005E 26390 Collar 67BA
12 826E 38620 Screw 67BA
13 – Collar (P/O Item 1) 67BA
14 005E 26560 Collar 67BA
15 013E 34440 Bearing 67BB
16 005E 25220 Collar 67BB
17 – Gear and Shaft (P/O Item 2)67BB
18 020E 45420 Pulley 67BB
19 005E 26390 Collar 67BB
20 826E 38620 Screw 67BB
21 – Collar (P/O Item 2) 67BB
PL 39.13 Bypass Roll 5 / 6 , Bypass Exit Roll
1 – Bypass Exit Roll (P/O Item 18)67DA
2 – Bearing Plate (P/O Item 18)67DA
3 – Collar (P/O Item 18) 67DA
4 005E 25220 Collar 67DA
5 – Oneway Clutch (P/O Item 18)67DA
6 – Pulley (P/O Item 18) 67DA
7 013E 34440 Bearing 67DA
8 826E 38620 Screw 67DA
9 059E 03910 Bypass Roll 5 67DC
10 059E 03910 Bypass Roll 6 67DD
11 005E 27080 Collar 67DE
12 – Collar 67DF
13 815E 41330 Bearing Plate 67DG
14 020E 45420 Pulley 67DH
15 – Roll Cover 67DI
16 – CE-Ring 67DJ
17 – Pulley 67DK
18 059K 57590 Bypass Exit Roll Assembly (Item 1-8)67DA
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 39. HCS

5-173
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
39. HCS 5-174 Version.1 .1.1
PL 39.14 HCS Entrance Chute

1 – Tie Bracket 67CA
2 – Sensor Bracket 67CB
3 130E 94971 Chute Open Sensor 67CC
4 826E 39100 Screw 67CD
5 054K 36370 HCS Entrance Upper Chute67CE
6 054K 34720 HCS Entrance Lower Chute67CF
7 – Tie Plate 67CG
PL 39.15 1b Chute Assembly
1 054K 34900 1b Lower Chute 67EA
2 054K 34940 1b Chute (PL 39.16) 67EB
3 068K 56990 Magnet and Bracket 67EC
4 068K 57000 Magnet and Bracket (Item 9-11)67ED
5 – Guide (Front) 67EF
6 – Guide (Rear) 67EG
7 – Nut Plate 67EH
8 962K 65810 (SCC) Sensor Wire Harness67EI
9 – Bracket (P/O Item 4) 67ED
10 121E 21410 Magnet 67ED
11 – Screw (P/O Item 4) 67ED
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 39. HCS

5-175
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
39. HCS 5-176 Version.1 .1.1
PL 39.16 1b Chute Component

1 – Lever 67EN
2 – Sensor Bracket 67EO
3 826E 39100 Screw 67EM
4 930W 00211 Stacker Path Sensor 67EP
5 – Sensor Bracket (P/O Item 11)67EM
6 930W 00211 Top Tray Path Sensor 67EM
7 059K 57700 Pinch Roll 67EQ
8 – Spring 67EJ
9 – Collar 67EK
10 011K 99100 1b Lever 67EL
11 068K 61400 Top Tray Path Sensor and Bracket (Item 3, 5, 6)
67EM
PL 39.17 2b Chute Assembly , Top Tray Exit
Lower Chute
1 – Tie Plate 67FA
2 054K 34920 2a Chute (Item 3, 5-9) 67FB
3 – 2a Chute (P/O Item2) 67FB
4 011K 98930 Lever and Bracket (Item5,6)67FB
5 – Lever Bracket (P/O Item4)67FB
6 011K 99090 2a Lever 67FB
7 059K 57700 Pinch Roll 67FB
8 – Collar (P/O Item 2) 67FB
9 – Spring (P/O Item 2) 67FB
10 054K 34991 2a Upper Chute (PL 39.18)67FD
11 038K 18330 Top Tray Exit Lower Chute (Item 12-15)67FE
12 – Top Tray Exit Lower Chute (P/O Item 11)67FE
13 – Sensor Bracket (P/O Item 16)67FE
14 – Top Tray Full Sensor (P/O Item 16)67FE
15 – Sensor Wire Harness (P/O Item 16)67FE
16 068K 61790 Top Tray Full Sensor and Harness (Item 13-15)67FF
17 068K 57040 Magnet and Bracket 67FG
18 – Bracket 67FH
19 121E 21420 Magnet 67FI
20 – Screw 67FJ
21 962K 65820 (SCC) Sensor Wire Harness67FK
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 39. HCS

5-177
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
39. HCS 5-178 Version.1 .1.1

1 059K 55331 Top Tray Exit Pinch Roll 67FL
2 – Spring Plate (Front) 67FD
3 – Spring Plate (Rear) 67FD
4 – Spring Plate (Center) 67FD
5 – Spring 67FD
6 – Sensor Bracket (P/O Item 9)67FD
7 930W 00211 Top Tray Exit Sensor 67FD
8 826E 39100 Screw 67FD
9 068K 61450 Top Tray Exit Sensor and Bracket (Item 6-8)67FD
PL 39.19 Bypass Upper / Lower Chute 1 , 2b
Chute
1 054K 34730 Bypass Lower Chute 1 67GA
2 054K 34780 Bypass Upper Chute 1(Item 3-6)67GB
3 – Bypass Upper Chute 1(P/O Item 2)67GB
4 059K 55310 Pinch Roll 67GC
5 – Collar 67GB
6 – Spring 67GB
7 054K 34800 2b Chute (Item 8-12) 67GD
8 – 2b Chute (P/O Item 7) 67GD
9 – Sensor Bracket (P/O Item 13)67GD
10 826E 39100 Screw 67GD
11 930W 00211 Bypass Path Sensor 1 67GD
12 011K 99120 2b Lever 67GD
13 068K 61400 Bypass Path Sensor 1 and Bracket (Item 9-11)67GD
14 068K 56980 Magnet and Bracket (Item 15-17)67GE
15 – Bracket (P/O Item 14) 67GE
16 121E 20640 Magnet 67GE
17 – Screw 67GE
18 – Bracket 67GE
19 – Magnet 67GE
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 39. HCS

5-179
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
39. HCS 5-180 Version.1 .1.1
PL 39.20 Bypass Upper / Lower Chute 2 , Bypass

Upper Chute 3
1 054K 34750 Bypass Upper/Lower Chute 2 (Item 2, 4-7)67GG
2 054K 37220 Bypass Lower Chute 2 67GG
3 054K 34820 Bypass Upper Chute 2 (Item 4-7)67GG
4 – Bypass Upper Chute 2 (P/O Item 3)67GG
5 059K 57700 Pinch Roll 67GH
6 – Collar (P/O Item 3) 67GG
7 – Spring (P/O Item 3) 67GG
8 054K 34840 Bypass Upper Chute 3 (Item 9-15)67GI
9 – Bypass Upper Chute 3 (P/O Item 8)67GI
10 – Sensor Bracket (P/O Item 16)67GI
11 930W 00211 Bypass Path Sensor 2 67GI
12 826E 39100 Screw 67GI
13 059K 57700 Pinch Roll 67GJ
14 – Collar (P/O Item 8) 67GI
15 – Spring (P/O Item 8) 67GI
16 068K 61410 Bypass Path Sensor 2 and Bracket (Item 10-12)67GI
17 068K 57030 Magnet and Bracket (Item 21-23)67GI
18 – Bracket 67GK
19 – Magnet 67GL
20 – Screw 67GM
21 – Bracket (P/O Item 17) 67GI
22 121E 20640 Magnet 67GI
23 – Screw (P/O Item 17) 67GI
PL 39.21 3b Chute Assembly , Bypass Lower
Chute 3 , Bypass Exit Upper Chute
1 054K 34770 Bypass Lower Chute 3 67HA
2 054K 34880 3b Chute (PL 39.22) 67HB
3 038K 18320 Bypass Exit Upper Chute (Item 4-11)67HC
4 – Bypass Exit Upper Chute (P/O Item 3)67HC
5 – Sensor Bracket (P/O Item 12)67HC
6 – Sensor Bracket (P/O Item 12)67HC
7 826E 39100 Screw 67HC
8 930W 00211 Bypass Exit Sensor 67HC
9 059K 57700 Pinch Roll 67HD
10 – Collar (P/O Item 3) 67HC
11 – Spring (P/O Item 3) 67HC
12 068K 61460 Bypass Exit Sensor and Bracket (Item 5-8)67HC
13 – Bypass Upper Chute4 67HE
14 068K 56970 Bracket 67HF
15 068K 56960 Bracket 67HG
16 068K 56950 Bracket 67HH
17 – Bracket 67HI
18 – Washer 67HJ
19 – Bracket 67HK
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 39. HCS

5-181
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
39. HCS 5-182 Version.1 .1.1

1 068K 61420 Pin Bracket 67HB
2 011K 98920 Lever and Bracket (Item3-6)67HB
3 – Lever Bracket (P/O Item2)67HB
4 011E 20860 Lever 67HB
5 121E 20640 Magnet 67HL
6 – Screw (P/O Item2) 67HB
7 015K 79390 Lever and Bracket (Item8,9)67HM
8 – Lever Bracket (P/O Item7)67HM
9 011K 99080 3b Lever 67HM
10 015K 79400 Rear Plate 67HB
11 059K 57700 Pinch Roll 67HB
12 – Collar 67HB
13 – Spring 67HB
14 – Lever Shaft 67HB
15 – Torsion Bar 67HB
PL 39.23 Gate Solenoid
1 050K 62960 Gate 1(REP 39.23.1) 67IA
2 050K 62970 Gate 2 67IB
3 – Sensor Bracket (P/O Item 22)67IC
4 826E 39100 Screw 67IC
5 130E 94971 Gate Sensor 1 67ID
6 130E 94971 Gate Sensor 2 67ID
7 – Gate Solenoid 1 (P/O Item 23)67IF
8 – Solenoid Bracket (P/O Item 23)67IF
9 – Solenoid Link (P/O Item 23)67IF
10 – Stopper Plate (P/O Item 23)67IF
11 – Spring (P/O Item 23) 67IF
12 – Gate Solenoid 2 (P/O Item 24)67IG
13 – Solenoid Bracket (P/O Item 24)67IG
14 – Solenoid Link (P/O Item 24)67IG
15 – Stopper Plate (P/O Item 24)67IG
16 – Spring (P/O Item 24) 67IG
17 – Bearing 67IH
18 – Gate Link 67IJ
19 – Gate Link 67IK
20 – Harness Bracket 67IM
21 – Harness Bracket 67IN
22 130K 72680 Gate Sensor and Bracket (Item 3-6)67IC
23 012K 96520 Gate Solenoid 1 (Item 7-11) (REP 39.23.1)67IF
24 012K 96540 Gate Solenoid 2 (Item 12-16)67IG
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 39. HCS

5-183
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
39. HCS 5-184 Version.1 .1.1
PL 39.24 Paddle
1 – Clutch Bracket 67JA
2 005K 09420 Stacker Paddle Clutch (Item 11-16) (REP 39.24.1)
67JB
3 – Paddle (P/O Item 10) 67JC
4 013E 34440 Bearing 67JC
5 – Spring (P/O Item 10) 67JC
6 – Paddle Clutch Cover 67JD
7 815E 41400 Bearing Plate 67JE
8 054E 35251 Stacker Chute (Note) 67JF
9 962K 65750 (SCC) Clutch Wire Harness67JG
10 033K 96781 Paddle (Item 3-5) (REP 39.24.2)67JC
11 – Stacker Paddle Clutch (P/O Item 2)67JB
12 013E 34440 Bearing 67JB
13 – Shaft (P/O Item 2) 67JB
14 – Collar (P/O Item 2) 67JB
15 – Collar (P/O Item 2) 67JB
16 – Spring (P/O Item 2) 67JB
17 826E 38620 Screw 67JH
18 005E 25220 Collar 67JI
19 013E 34440 Bearing 67JJ
NOTE: As to Serial No. - 100121, When replacing Item 8, replace PL 39.25 -

Item 3 simultaneously.
PL 39.25 Stacker Exit Roll Housing and Edge
Sensor Frame
1 054K 35020 Edge Sensor Frame (PL 39.27) (REP 39.25.2)67LA
2 – Rail 67KB
3 059K 55402 Stacker Exit Roll Housing (PL 39.26) (REP 39.25.1)
(Note)67KA
4 068K 57430 Stacker Exit Motor 67KC
5 – Bearing 67KE
6 005E 25580 Collar 67KF
7 – Gear (SP31) 67KG
8 – Motor Cover 67KH
NOTE: As to Serial No. - 100121, When replacing Item 3, replace PL 39.24 -

Item 8 simultaneously.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 39. HCS

5-185
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
39. HCS 5-186 Version.1 .1.1
PL 39.26 Stacker Exit Roll Housing Component

1 – Lower Chute 67KA
2 – Spring 67KI
3 059K 57611 Pinch Roll 67KI
4 068K 61570 Offset Roll (Rear) 67KJ
5 068K 61580 Offset Roll (Front) 67KK
6 – Bush 67KA
7 – Ground Plate 67KA
8 – Offset Shaft 67KA
9 015K 79440 Eliminator 67KL
10 013E 34440 Bearing 67KM
11 – Spring (P/O Item 15) 67KA
12 826E 38620 Screw 67KA
13 – Stacker Exit Roll Housing (P/O Item 15)67KA
14 – Screw 67KA
15 801K 30321 Stacker Exit Roll Housing (Item 4-13)67KA
PL 39.27 Edge Sensor Frame Component
1 – Upper Chute 67LA
2 960K 32270 (SCC) Sensor A PWB 67LG
3 – Sensor Bracket 67LH
4 930W 00211 Stacker Exit Sensor 67LI
5 826E 39100 Screw 67LJ
6 – Lower Chute 67LK
7 068K 61480 Edge Sensor Move Motor67LL
8 – Harness Guide 67LM
9 068K 57450 Stacker Exit Roll Offset Motor67LN
10 – Sensor Bracket (P/O Item 34)67LB
11 – Height Sensor Lead-L (P/O Item 34)67LB
12 – Sensor Bracket (P/O Item 35)67LC
13 – Stack Height Control Sensor (P/O Item 35)67LC
14 – Sensor Bracket (P/O Item 36)67LD
15 – Nut Plate (P/O Item 36) 67LD
16 130E 94971 Stacker Exit Roll Home Sensor67LE
17 130E 94971 Paper Edge Home Sensor67LE
18 – Screw 67LD
19 962K 65720 (SCC) Sensor Wire Harness67LF
20 – Harness Guide 67LO
21 – Harness Guide 67LP
22 – Sheet 67LQ
23 – Sensor Bracket (P/O Item 38)67LF
24 930W 00211 Rear Paper Edge Sensor67LF
25 – Sensor B PWB (P/O Item 38or39)67LF
26 – Sensor Bracket (P/O Item 39)67LR
27 930W 00211 Front Paper Edge Sensor67LS
28 – Sensor Wire Harness 67LT
29 032E 28730 Flexible Print Cable Guide67LU
30 – Flexible Print Cable 67LV
31 068K 61490 Rear Rack Gear 67LW
32 068K 61500 Front Rack Gear 67LX
33 – Guide Shaft 67LY
34 130K 72590 Height Sensor Lead-L and Bracket (Item 10, 11)
67LB
35 130K 72600 Stack Height Control Sensor and Bracket (Item 12,
13)67LC
36 130K 72610 Sensor and Bracket (Item 14-18)67LD
37 962K 65680 (SCC) Motor Wire Harness67LZ
38 130K 72620 Rear Paper Edge Sensor and PWB (Item 18, 23-25)
67LF
39 130K 72630 Front Paper Edge Sensor and PWB (Item 18, 25-27)
67LF
40 – Rack Bracket 67L1
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 39. HCS

5-187
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
39. HCS 5-188 Version.1 .1.1
PL 39.28 Tamper Unit

1 120E 29800 Actuator 680A
2 – Sensor Bracket 680B
3 130E 94971 Stacker Upper Limit Sensor680C
4 962K 65860 (SCC) Stacker Upper Limit Switch (1set : 2)680D
5 – Screw 680E
6 038K 18342 Tamper Unit (PL 39.29, PL 39.30, PL 39.31, PL
39.32, PL 39.33) (REP 39.28.1)680F
7 – Pin Bracket 680G
8 – Pin Bracket 680H
PL 39.29 Front Tamper Motor
1 – Belt Clamp 680I
2 068K 57690 Front Tamper Motor (Item 11-18) (REP 39.29.1)680J
3 – Sensor Bracket (P/O Item 19)680L
4 130E 94971 Front Tamper Home Sensor 680M
5 – Gear Cover 680N
6 – Upper Left Cover 680O
7 – Upper Right Cover 680P
8 – Motor Cover 680Q
9 – Front Cover 680R
10 – Plate 680S
11 – Front Tamper Motor (P/O Item 2)680J
12 – Bracket (P/O Item 2) 680J
13 005E 25610 Flange 680J
14 – Bearing (P/O Item 2) 680J
15 020E 45490 Pulley 680J
16 – Shaft (P/O Item 2) 680J
17 – Spring (P/O Item 2) 680J
18 – Screw (P/O Item 2) 680J
19 068K 57720 Front Tamper Home Sensor and Bracket (Item 3, 4)
680L
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 39. HCS

5-189
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
39. HCS 5-190 Version.1 .1.1
PL 39.30 Side Tamper Extension Motor , Pad

Move Motor
1 068K 57530 Side Tamper Extension Motor681A
2 068K 57530 Pad Move Motor 681B
3 – Sensor Bracket 681C
4 130E 94971 Side Tamper Extension Home Sensor681D
5 130E 94971 Pad Move Home Sensor 681E
6 – Screw 681F
7 – Belt Clamp 681G
8 – Harness Guide 681H
9 – Plate 681I
10 068K 57550 Side Tamper Extension Home Sensor and Bracket
(Item 3, 4, 6)681J
11 068K 57550 Pad Move Home Sensor and Bracket (Item 3, 5, 6)
681K
12 962K 65670 (SCC) Motor Wire Harness681L
13 962K 65790 (SCC) Sensor Wire Harness681M
PL 39.31 Extension Pad
1 019E 70290 Extension Pad (Left) 682A
2 019E 71430 Extension Pad (Right) 682B
3 019K 09740 Clamper 682C
4 – Clamper Shaft 682D
5 – Spring 682E
6 019E 70300 Extension Pad (Front) 682F
7 019E 70310 Extension Pad (Rear) 682G
8 – Actuator 682H
9 130K 72670 Set Clamper Home Sensor and Bracket (Item 18, 19)
682I
10 – Sensor Bracket (P/O Item 20)682J
11 130E 94971 Stacker Up Curl Sensor 682K
12 – Screw (P/O Item 20) 682J
13 019E 70320 Extension Pad (Left) 682M
14 019E 71420 Extension Pad (Right) 682N
15 004E 17610 Damper 682O
16 – Damper Shaft 682P
17 – Harness Cover 682Q
18 – Sensor Bracket (P/O Item 9)682I
19 130E 94971 Set Clamper Home Sensor682L
20 130K 72420 Stacker Up Curl Sensor and Bracket (Item 10-12)
682R
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 39. HCS

5-191
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
39. HCS 5-192 Version.1 .1.1
PL 39.32 Set Clamp Motor , Lead Tamper Motor

1 807E 21870 Gear (SP25) 683A
2 068K 57610 Set Clamp Motor (REP 39.32.1)683B
3 – Spring 683C
4 068K 57630 Lead Tamper Motor 683D
5 068K 57650 Pulley Bracket and Belt (Item 11-16)683E
6 – Spring 683G
7 130E 94971 Lead Tamper Home Sensor683H
8 – Screw 683I
9 – Motor Cover 683J
10 – Motor Cover 683K
11 – Bracket (P/O Item 5) 683E
12 005E 25610 Flange 683E
13 – Bearing (P/O Item 5) 683E
14 020E 45490 Pulley 683F
15 – Shaft (P/O Item 5) 683E
16 – Belt (P/O Item 5) 683E
17 005E 25610 Flange 683L
18 020E 45490 Pulley 683M
PL 39.33 Rear Tamper Motor
1 068K 57500 Rear Tamper Motor (Item 6-13) (REP 39.33.1)684A
2 – Sensor Bracket (P/O Item 14)684B
3 130E 94971 Rear Tamper Home Sensor684C
4 – Screw (P/O Item 14) 684D
5 – Harness Cover 684E
6 – Rear Tamper Motor (P/O Item 1)684A
7 005E 25610 Flange 684A
8 – Bracket (P/O Item 1) 684A
9 020E 45490 Pulley 684F
10 – Shaft (P/O Item 1) 684A
11 – Bearing (P/O Item 1) 684A
12 – Spring (P/O Item 1) 684A
13 – Screw (P/O Item 1) 684A
14 068K 57560 Rear Tamper Home Sensor and Bracket (Item 2-4)
684A
15 – Edge Guard 684G
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 39. HCS

5-193
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
39. HCS 5-194 Version.1 .1.1
PL 39.34 Stacker-Left
1 017E 12140 Caster 67MA
2 201W 33278 Nut 67MB
3 068K 59820 Hinge 67MC
4 068K 57930 Paper Fan 1/2and Duct (Item 5-7, 9)67MD
5 – Bracket (P/O Item4) 67MD
6 – Paper Fan 1 (P/O Item4) 67MD
7 – Paper Fan 2 (P/O Item4) 67MD
8 – Duct (P/O Item4) 67MD
9 – Screw (P/O Item4) 67MD
10 – Bracket 67ME
11 068K 59830 Hinge 67MF
12 130K 72430 Stacker NO Paper Sensor67MG
13 – Stacker Left Lower Cover67MH
14 – Stacker Left Front Cover 67MI
15 – Stacker Left Center Cover67MJ
16 – Stacker Left Lower Frame (P/O Item 21)67MK
17 – Dolly Rail (P/O Item 21) 67MK
18 – Duct 67ML
19 – Stacker Left Rear Cover 67MM
20 – Duct 67MN
21 032K 05570 Stacker Left Lower Frame and Dolly Rail (Item 16, 17)
67MK
PL 39.35 Stacker-Right
1 017E 12140 Caster 67NA
2 201W 33278 Nut 67NB
3 068K 57840 Stacker Lower Limit Switch and Bracket (Item 23-25)
67NC
4 032K 05560 Stacker Right Lower Frame and Dolly Rail (Item 21,
22)67NE
5 068K 57890 HCS Front Door Switch 67NF
6 003K 15920 Front Door Lock (Item7-15)67NG
7 – Front Door Lock Bracket (P/O Item6)67NG
8 – Sensor Bracket (P/O Item6)67NG
9 130E 94971 Front Door Lock Sensor 67NH
10 – Screw (P/O Item6) 67NG
11 – Solenoid Bracket (P/O Item 6)67NG
12 121K 41530 (SCC) Front Door Lock Solenoid67NI
13 – Pin (P/O Item 6) 67NG
14 – Latch (P/O Item 6) 67NG
15 – Spring (P/O Item 6) 67NG
16 068K 57910 Height Sensor Lead-P 67NI
17 – Stacker Right Lower Cover67NJ
18 – Stacker Right Front Cover67NK
19 – Stacker Right Center Cover67NL
20 – Stacker Right Rear Cover67NM
21 – Stacker Right Lower Frame (P/O Item 4)67NE
22 – Dolly Rail (P/O Item 4) 67NE
23 – Sensor Bracket (P/O Item 3)67NC
24 962K 65860 (SCC) Stacker Lower Limit Switch67ND
25 – Screw (P/O Item 3) 67NC
26 068K 62170 Stacker Full/Dolly Set Position Sensor and Bracket
(Item27-30)67ND
27 – Sensor Bracket (P/O Item26)67ND
28 130E 94971 Stacker Full Sensor 67NE
29 130E 94971 Dolly Set Position Sensor67NF
30 – Screw (P/O Item26) 67ND
31 – Bracket 67NN
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 39. HCS

5-195
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
39. HCS 5-196 Version.1 .1.1
PL 39.36 Stacker-Rear
1 068K 61850 Tray Set Lever 67OA
2 068K 57880 Tray Set Sensor and Bracket (Item 7-9)67OB
3 068K 57920 Dolly Stopper 67OD
4 927W 00335 Lower Fan 67OE
5 – Screw 67OF
6 – Stacker Rear Cover 67OG
7 – Sensor Bracket (P/O Item 2)67OB
8 130E 94971 Tray Set Sensor 67OC
9 – Screw (P/O Item 2) 67OB
PL 39.37 Stacker Frame Rear-Electrical
1 017E 12140 Caster 67PA
2 011E 21850 Adjuster 67PB
3 201W 33278 Nut 67PC
4 068K 57900 Height Sensor Side Left-P/Center-L/Right-P and
Bracket67PD
5 – Inlet Bracket 67PE
6 – Collar 67PF
7 962K 65650 (SCC) Inlet 67PG
8 908W00917 (SCC) Breaker 67PH
9 962K 65660 (SCC) Wire Harness 67PI
10 – Screw 67PJ
11 – Connector Bracket 67PK
12 962K 65690 (SCC) I/F In Connector 67PL
13 105E15191 (SCC) HCS LVPS (GU10H) (REP 39.37.3)67PM
14 – Bracket 67PN
15 960K 38110 (SCC) HCS PWB (with Item 16) (REP 39.37.2)67PO
16 – EP ROM 67PQ
17 960K 31920 (SCC) HCS Drive PWB (REP 39.37.1)67PR
18 962K 65760 (SCC) Wire Harness 67PS
19 005E 26630 Jig 67PT
20 927W 00335 Upper Fan 67PU
21 – Screw 67PV
22 962K 65770 (SCC) Motor Wire Harness67PW
23 962K 65780 (SCC) DC Wire Harness 67PX
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 39. HCS

5-197
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
39. HCS 5-198 Version.1 .1.1
PL 39.38 Stacker Elevator-Rear

1 – Motor Bracket (P/O Item 28)67QA
2 – Elevator Motor (P/O Item 28)67QB
3 – Pulley (P/O Item 28) 67QA
4 – Screw (P/O Item 28) 67QA
5 020K 15820 Worm Wheel (Item 29-31)67QE
6 006K 86630 Worm Gear and Bracket (Item7-10)67QF
7 – Worm Gear and Bracket (P/O Item6)67QF
8 130E 94971 Elevator Encoder Sensor 67QG
9 – Screw (P/O Item6) 67QF
10 023E 27170 Belt6 7QFH
11 – Bracket 67QI
12 – Bearing Bracket 67QJ
13 – Bracket 67QB
14 – Gear Pulley Shaft 67QC
15 – Stud 67QD
16 – Idler Roll 67QK
17 – Collar 67QL
18 023E 26960 Belt 67QM
19 013E 33590 Bearing 67QN
20 029E 45840 Clip 67QO
21 – Tension Bracket 67QP
22 – Idler and Bracket 67QQ
23 – Pulley 67QR
24 020E 45980 Pulley 67QS
25 005E 26660 Flange 67QT
26 807E 21920 Gear (SP20) 67QU
27 003E 76290 Key 67QR
28 068K 57810 Elevator Motor (Item 1-4) 67QA
29 – Worm Wheel (P/O Item 5)67QE
30 013E 33590 Bearing 67QE
31 029E 45840 Clip 67QE
PL 39.39 Stacker Elevator-Left
1 – Shaft 67RA
2 020E 45560 Pulley 67RB
3 005E 25620 Flange 67RC
4 003E 76290 Key 67RD
5 029E 45840 Clip 67RE
6 – Pulley Bracket 67RF
7 – Shaft 67RG
8 – Pulley 67RH
9 023E 26970 Stacker Belt (REP 39.39.1)67RI
10 – Gear (SP20) 67RJ
11 013E 33590 Bearing 67RK
12 – Front Rail Support 67RL
13 – Rear Rail Support 67RM
14 – Belt Clamp 67RN
15 031K 93730 Left Tray Arm (Item16-18) (ADJ 39.39.1)67RO
16 – Left Tray Arm (P/O Item15)67RO
17 – Front Guide (P/O Item 15)67RO
18 – Rear Guide (P/O Item 15)67RO
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 39. HCS

5-199
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
39. HCS 5-200 Version.1 .1.1
PL 39.40 Stacker Elevator-Right

1 020E 45560 Pulley 67SA
2 005E 25620 Flange 67SB
3 003E 76290 Key 67SC
4 029E 45840 Clip 67SD
5 – Shaft 67SE
6 – Pulley Bracket 67SF
7 – Shaft 67SG
8 – Pulley 67SH
9 023E 26970 Stacker Belt (REP 39.40.1)67SI
10 – Gear (SP20) 67SJ
11 013E 33590 Bearing 67SK
12 – Front Rail Support 67SL
13 – Rear Rail Support 67SM
14 – Belt Clamp 67SN
15 031K 93760 Right Tray Arm (Item16-18) (ADJ 39.39.1)67SO
16 – Right Tray Arm (P/O Item15)67SO
17 – Front Guide (P/O Item 15)67SO
18 – Rear Guide (P/O Item 15)67SO
19 – Actuator 67SP
PL 39.41 Dolly
1 801K 30440 Dolly (Item 2-5) 67TA
2 – Dolly (P/O Item 1) 67TB
3 017E 12150 Caster (Front) 67TA
4 017E 12160 Caster (Rear) 67TA
5 826E 40320 Bolt 67TA
6 032K 05490 Clamper 67TB
7 050K 60970 Stacker Tray (Item 8, 9) 67TC
8 – Stacker Tray (P/O Item 7)67TC
9 848K 08570 Actuator 67TC
10 003K 86590 Handle 67TD
11 826E 40320 Bolt 67TE
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 39. HCS

5-201
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
39. HCS 5-202 Version.1 .1.1
PL 39.42 HCS Control Panel

1 962K 65700 (SCC) Control Panel Wire Harness67UA
2 – Control Panel Case (P/O Item 10)67UB
3 848K 08670 HCS Control Panel (Item4-7)67UC
4 – HCS Control Panel (P/O Item3)67UC
5 – Bracket (P/O Item3) 67UC
6 – Bracket (P/O Item3) 67UC
7 960K 31930 (SCC) HCS Control Panel PWB (REP 39.42.1)67UD
8 – Ground Plate (P/O Item 10)67UE
9 – Bracket 67UF
10 848K 16800 HCS Control Panel and Case (Item 2, 4-8)67UH
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
98. Screws 5-203 Version.1 .1.1
98.1 Screws Table 1
Table 1 ITEM PART NO. PART NAME
BB 113W 35888 Pan Head Screw (M4x8:White)

ITEM PART NO. PART NAME
BC 113W 36078 Screw (M4x10:White)
AA 102W 27678 Countersunk Head Screw (M3x6)
BD 113W 37478 Screw (M4x30:White)
AB 112W 27677 Screw (M3x6:Red)
BE 114W 27678 Tapping Screw (3x6:White)
AC 112W 27678 Screw (M3x6:White)
BF 141W 35451 Setscrew (M4x4)
AD 112W 27698 Pan Head Screw (M3x6)
BG 141W 35551 Setscrew (M4x5)
AE 112W 27877 Screw (M3x8:Red)
BH 153W 17655 Tapping Screw (3x6)
AF 112W 28078 Screw (M3x10:White)
BJ 153W 17688 Tapping Screw (3x6:White)
AG 112W 28298 Pan Head Screw (M3x12)
BK 153W 17855 Tapping Screw (3x8)
AH 113W 20478 Screw (M3x4:White)
BL 153W 17888 Tapping Screw (3x8:White)
AJ 113W 20578 Screw (M3x5:White)
BM 153W 18088 Tapping Screw (3x10:White)
AK 113W 20677 Screw (M3x6:Red)
BN 153W 27678 Tapping Screw (3x6:White)
AL 113W 20678 Screw (M3x6:White)
BP 153W 27878 Tapping Screw (3x8:White)
AM 113W 20878 Screw (M3x8:White)
BQ 153W 28078 Tapping Screw (3x10:White)
AN 113W 21078 Screw (M3x10:White)
BR 158W 27678 Screw (M3x6:White)
AP 113W 21278 Screw (M3x12:White)
BS 158W 27688 Round Point Screw (M3x7:White)
AQ 113W 21478 Screw (M3x14:White)
BT 158W 27878 Screw (M3x8:White)
AR 113W 21778 Screw (M3x18:White)
BU 158W 28078 Screw (M3x10:White)
AS 113W 22578 Screw (M3x25:White)
BV 158W 35678 Screw (M4x6:White)
AT 113W 27488 Pan Head Screw (M3x4:White)
BW 158W 35877 Screw (M4x8:Red)
AU 113W 27588 Pan Head Screw (M3x5:White)
BX 158W 35878 Screw (M4x8:White)
AV 113W 27688 Pan Head Screw (M3x6:White)
BY 220W 21278 Flange Nut (M3:White)
AW 113W 27888 Pan Head Screw (M3x8:White)
BZ 251W 24278 Washer (4:White)
AX 113W 28288 Pan Head Screw (M3x12:White)
CA 251W 29151 Washer (8)
AY 113W 29788 Pan Head Screw (M3x35:White)
CB 251W 29278 Washer (8:White)
AZ 113W 35678 Screw (M4x6:White)
CC 252W 24250 Nylon Washer (4) (t 0.25)
BA 113W 35878 Screw (M4x8:White)
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
Table 1 Table 1
ITEM PART NO. PART NAME ITEM PART NO. PART NAME
CD 252W 27350 Nylon Washer (6) (t 0.5) DF 354W 29251 E-Clip (8)
CE 252W 27550 Nylon Washer (6) (t 1.5) DG 354W 29278 E-Clip (8:White)
CF 252W 29350 Nylon Washer (8) (t 0.5) DH 354W 33251 E-Clip (12)
CG 252W 29450 Nylon Washer (8) (t 1) DJ 252W 33350 Nylon Washer (12)(t 0.5)
CH 271W 21050 Dowel Pin (2.5x10) DK 113W 36888 Pan Head Screw (M4x20:White)
CJ 271W 21250 Dowel Pin (2.5x12) DL 113W 21657 Screw (M3x16)
CK 271W 27850 Dowel Pin (3x8) DM 158W 45078 Screw (M5x10:White)
CL 271W 28050 Dowel Pin (3x10) DN 252W 27450 Nylon Washer (6) (t 1)
CM 271W 28250 Dowel Pin (3x12) DP 252W 29250 Nylon Washer (8) (t 0.25)
CN 271W 28650 Dowel Pin (3x16) DQ 285W 15651 Spring Pin (2x6)
CP 271W 28850 Dowel Pin (3x20) DR 102W 28478 Countersunk Head Screw (M3x14)
CQ 271W 37150 Dowel Pin (4x25) DS 113W 21678 Screw (M3x16:White)
CR 271W 46550 Dowel Pin (5x32) DT 113W 28888 Pan Head Screw (M3x20:White)
CS 351W 29250 Retaining Ring (8) DU 153W 18288 Tapping Screw (3x12:White)
CT 354W 15278 E-Clip (2:White) DV 220W 24378 Flange Nut (M4:White)
CU 354W 19278 E-Clip (2.5:White) DW 256W 21278 Spring Washer (3:White)
CV 354W 21251 E-Clip (3) DX 131W 36051 Screw (M4x10)
CW 354W 21278 E-Clip (3:White) DY 251W 29178 Washer (8:White)
CX 354W 24251 E-Clip (4) DZ 252W 31350 Nylon Washer (10) (t 0.5)
CY 354W 24254 KL-Clip (4) EA 251W 24251 Washer (4)
CZ 354W 24278 E-Clip (4:White) EB 201W 33278 Nut (M12:White)
DA 354W 26251 E-Clip (5) EC 354W 21254 KL-Clip (3)
DB 354W 26278 E-Clip (5:White) ED -- --
DC 354W 27251 E-Clip (6) EF 113W 38488 Pan Head Screw (M4x14:White)
DD 354W 27254 KL-Clip (6) EG 113W 36878 Screw (M4x20:White)
DE 354W 27278 E-Clip (6:White) EH 141W 27451 Setscrew (M3x4)

Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
Table 1
ITEM PART NO. PART NAME
EJ 252W 27250 Nylon Washer (6) (t 0.25)
EK 158W 27888 Round Point Screw (M3x9:White)
EL 271W 16050 Dowel Pin (2x10)
EM 251W 19278 Washer (2.5:White)
EN 113W 30088 Pan Head Screw (M3x40:White)
EP 251W 21278 Washer (3:White)
EQ 252W 24350 Nylon Washer (4) (t 0.5)
ER 252W 31550 Nylon Washer (10) (t 1.5)
ES 113W 20698 Round Point Screw (M3x6:White)
ET 271W 21650 Dowel Pin (2.5x16)
EU 158W 36278 Screw (M4x12:White)
EV 201W 24278 Nut (M4)
EW 113W 36278 Screw (M4x12:White)
EX 251W 27278 Washer (6:White)
EY 256W 27278 Spring Washer (6:White)
EZ 153W 15888 Tapping Screw (4x8:White)
FA 158W 28278 Screw (M3x12:White)
FB 113W 36678 Screw (M4x16:White)
FC 113W 38278 Screw (M4x45:White)
FD 354W 15251 E-Clip (2)
FE 112W 30098 Pan Head Screw (M3x40)
FF 112W 27878 Screw (M3x8:White)

Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
99. Adjustment Area Codes and Paper and Document Area Codes List 5-206 Version.1 .1.1
99.1 Paper 99.2 Consumables

Table 1 Table 1
Paper A.C Consumable A.C
1. J Paper 57B1 1. Toner (K) 409K
2. JD Paper 57B2
3. C2 Paper 57B3
4. Plain Paper (XEROX) 5711
5. Plain Paper (Non-XEROX) 57B4
6. Recycled Paper (XEROX) 5712
7. Recycled Paper (Non-XEROX) 57B5
8. Heavy Paper 57B6
9. Tracing Paper 5714
10. Transparent Film (FX) 5713
11. Transpaent Film (Non-FX) 57B7
12. Tack Film 57B8
13. Label 57B9
14. Postcard 57BB
15. Index 57BC
16. Punched Paper 57BD
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
99.3 Electrical Adjustments Table 1

Electrical Adjustment A.C
Table 1
39. Download (Reinstall) 77E1
Electrical Adjustment A.C 40. Download (Version UP) 77E2
1. Side Regi Adjustment (Tray 1) 77B1 41. HDD Initialization (Patition 1) 77CK
2. Side Regi Adjustment (Tray 2) 77B2 42. HDD Initialization (Patition@2) 77CL
3. Side Regi Adjustment (Tray 3) 77B3 43. HDD Initialization (Patition 3) 77CM
4. Side Regi Adjustment (Tray 4) 77B4 44. HDD Initialization (Patition 4) 77CN
5. Side Regi Adjustment (MSI Tray 5) 77B5 45. HDD Initialization (Patition 5) 77CP
6. Side Regi Adjustment (HCF Tray 6) 77C3 46. HDD Initialization (Patition 6) 77CQ
7. Side Regi Adjustment (HCF Tray 7) 77C4 47. HDD Initialization (Patition 7) 77CR
8. Lead Regi Adjustment (Tray 1) 77C5 48. HDD Initialization (Patition 8) 77CS
9. Lead Regi Adjustment (Tray 2) 77C6 49. HDD Initialization (ALL Patitions ) 77CT
10. Lead Regi Adjustment (Tray 3) 77C7 50. Finisher Folding Position Adjustment (Booklet) 77CV
11. Lead Regi Adjustment (Tray 4) 77C8 51. Finisher Folding Position Adjustment (two-fold) 77CW
12. Lead Regi Adjustment (MSI Tray 5) 77C9 52. Finisher Folding Position Adjustment (Z fold) 77CX
13. Lead Regi Adjustment (HCF Tray 6) 77CB 53. Finisher Folding Position Adjustment (small-sized Z fold) 77CY
14. Lead Regi Adjustment (HCF Tray 7) 77CC 54. FinisherFolding Position Adjustment (C fold) 77CZ
15. White Ref. Adjustment 771M 55. Other NVM Changes 7760
16. IIT Calibration DC945 7726 56. Other Diag Adjustments 77BN
17. CCD Calibration 77CD
18. Optical Axis Fluctuation Correction 77CE
19. Collection of Side 2 Shading Correction Data 77CF
20. ROS Write Timing 77B7
21. Edge Erase Adjustment 77B6
22. ATC SENSOR SET UP 77B8
23. Tone UP/DOWN Adjustment 77BC
24. NVM Initialization (IIT/IPS) 702A
25. NVM Initialization (SYS-System) 77BE
26. NVM Initialization (SYS-User) 702D
27. NVM Initialization (IOT) 77BF
28. NVM Initialization (INPUT DEVICE) 77CG
29. NVM Initialization (IISS-EXTENSION) 77CH
30. NVM Initialization (OUTPUT DEVICE) 77CJ
31. Lead Edge Erase Amount Adjustment 77BH
32. Trail Edge Erase Amount Adjustment 77BJ
33. Side Edge Erase Amount Adjustment 77BK
34. FS Magnification Adjustment 77BL
35. SS Magnification Adjustment 77BM
36. Temperature Adjustment 7751
37. Switching between Fixed Magnification Ratios 77C1
38. Buzz Sound 77C2
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
99.4 Mechanical Adjsutments 99.5 Documents

Table 1 Table 1
Mechanical Adjsutment A.C Document A.C
1. Full/Half Parallel Adjustment 1050 1. Photo Document 572B
2. Contact Arc Adjustment 434P 2. Printed Document 572C
3. Map, Low-contrast Document 572D
4. Patched Documet 572E
5. Dirt/Creased Document 572F
6. Color-background Documnet 572G
7. Other document 572H
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
99.6 Accessories related 99.7 Environment

Table 1 Table 1
Accessories related A.C Environment A.C
1. Accessories related 80AA 1. Problem Mishandling (covered by User Guide) 9051
2. EP-SV Unit 8050 2. Problem Mishandling (beyond User Guide) 9052
3. Copier-to-EP-SV Connecting Cable 8051 3. Operational Error (covered by User Guide) 9053
4. EP-SV-to-Accessory Connecting Cable 8052 4. Operational Error (beyond User Guide) 9054
5. TEL Line for EP-SV 8053 5. No Reproduction after Power ON/OFF 9055
6. AC Adaptor for EP-SV 8054 6. Interference with Peripheral 9040
7. Power at Customer Site 7123
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
99.8 DMP/Network Functions related

Table 1
DMP Function A.C
1 Environment 90AA
2 DMP Functions 9060
3 Receiver Problem in sending data (where to store PushScan, etc. or PC, 9061
Server, etc.)
4 Sender Problem in receiving data (PC, Server, etc.) 9062
5 Accounting Server *1 Problem (Non-FX produced server) 9063
6 Authentication Server Problem (Keroberos, etc.) 9064
7 Directory Server Problem (LDAP, etc.) 9065
8 Time Server Problem 9066
9 Router Problem 9067
10 HUB Problem 9068
11 USB Device Problem (goods on the market) 9069
12 Memory Media Problem (goods on the market) 906B
13 Wireless LAN Problem 906C
14 Network-linked Service SW*2 9070
15 CenterWareEasyOperator 9071
16 CenterWareEasyAdmin 9072
17 Job-Flow Creating Tool 9073
18 CenterWareFrowService 9074
19 CenterWare Scan Service 9075
20 DocuHouse 9076
21 CenterWare Device Portal Service 9077
22 DocuSheare 9078
23 FreeFrow related (XDOD) 9079
24 Print/Scan Driver 907B
25 XDOM 907C
*1: Accounting Server refers to the server with DocuHouse, etc. that carries out and administers totalling
of copy/print quantities. This code is used for non-FX produced servers.
*2: DMP Function: 906* is used in the case where the service operating on the remote terminal that has
exhibited a problem is a non-FX product. If FX-produced SW is used, Network-linked Service SW: 907*
is used.
5.3.1 Navi.1.1 (Processor + I/F Module + HCS) 5.3.2 Navi.2.1 (Processor)
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 5.3 Parts Navi

5-211
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
5.3 Parts Navi 5-212 Version.1 .1.1
5.3.3 Navi.2.2 (DADF) 5.3.4 Navi.2.3 (IIT)

5.3.5 Navi.2.4 (Tray Module) 5.3.6 Navi.2.5 (I/F Module)

5-213
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
5.3.7 Navi.2.6 (HCS) 5.3.8 Navi.3.1 (HCS Upper)

5.3.9 Navi.3.2 (HCS Lower)
Figure 1 j0tk50032

5-215
Parts List 02/2009 4127/4112G
Chapter 6 General
6 General
6.1 How to Use the Service Mode 6.2.33 Shutdown History (Faults): DC122...................................................................... 46
6.1.1 UI Diagnostic Mode Structure ............................................................................... 3 6.2.34 IOT CIS Setup Cycle:DC750............................................................................... 46
6.1.2 How to Enter the CE Mode.................................................................................... 4 6.2.35 IOT CIS Check Cycle:DC751 .............................................................................. 47
6.1.3 How to Exit from the CE Mode .............................................................................. 4 6.2.36 Upgrading Software (Device UI Method) (FX Only) ............................................ 48
6.1.4 Printing Various Reports ....................................................................................... 5 6.2.37 Backup/Restore................................................................................................... 49
6.1.5 Main Reports ......................................................................................................... 5 6.2.38 Inspection/Repair Request (EP Service): DC003 (FX Only) ............................... 50
6.1.6 ASCII Code Table ................................................................................................. 6 6.2.39 Used Parts Collection Notification: DC004 (FX Only) ......................................... 51
6.1.7 Special Booting ..................................................................................................... 7 6.2.40 Delete All Certificates/Initialize Settings .............................................................. 51
6.1.8 NVM Settings Recovery Tool ................................................................................ 8
6.1.9 Download Diag ...................................................................................................... 13
6.3.1 DC330 Input Component Check List
6.1.10 Long Boot Diag.................................................................................................... 19 6.3.1.1 DC330 Input Component Check List (IOT) ........................................................ 53
6.3.1.2 DC330 Input Component Check List (IF Module) .............................................. 58
6.1.11 IIT Diag Tool........................................................................................................ 21
6.3.1.3 DC330 Input Component Check List (HCS1)..................................................... 60
6.2 How to Use the DC Codes
6.2.1 NVM Read / Write: DC131 .................................................................................... 23
6.3.2 DC330 Output Component Check List
6.3.2.1 DC330 Output Component Check List (IOT)...................................................... 63
6.2.2 Component Control (IO Check): DC330................................................................ 24
6.2.3 Analog Monitor (IO Check): DC140....................................................................... 24 6.3.2.2 DC330 Output Component Check List (IF Module)............................................ 88
6.3.2.3 DC330 Output Component Check List (HCS1) .................................................. 91
6.2.4 Initialize Hard Disk: DC355 ................................................................................... 25
6.2.5 Software Options................................................................................................... 25 6.3.3 DC140 Analog Monitor Code List
6.2.6 Delete All Data ...................................................................................................... 26 6.3.3 DC140 Analog Monitor Code List.......................................................................... 93
6.2.7 Initialize NVM: DC301 ........................................................................................... 26
6.2.8 Hard Disk Failure Prediction Test (Sub System): DC355...................................... 27 6.3.4 DC135 HFSI Counter List
6.2.9 ADF Independent Operation (Sub-System): DC527 ............................................. 27 6.3.4.1 DC135 HFSI Counter List (IOT) ......................................................................... 97
6.2.10 Print Test Pattern: DC612 ................................................................................... 28 6.3.4.2 DC135 HFSI Counters List (IF Module) ............................................................. 104
6.2.11 White Reference Adjustment (MAX Setup/IIT Calibration): DC945 .................... 28 6.3.4.3 DC135 HFSI Counters List (HCS1).................................................................... 105
6.2.12 CCD Calibration (MAX Setup - IIT Calibration): DC945 ...................................... 29
6.2.13 Optical Axis Correction (MAX Setup - IIT Calibration): DC945 ........................... 29 6.3.5 DC612 Test Pattern List
6.2.14 Side 2 Shading Correction (MAX Setup - IIT Calibration): DC945 ...................... 30 6.3.5.1 DC612Test Pattern List ...................................................................................... 107
6.2.15 Default Developer Housing ATC Setup (MAX Setup): DC949 ............................ 30 6.3.5.2 Image Information Flow (Overall) ....................................................................... 116
6.2.16 Procon ON/OFF Print (MAX Setup): DC935 ....................................................... 31 6.3.5.3 Details of Functions related to Image Data ........................................................ 117
6.2.17 Toner Density Adjustment (MAX Setup): DC991 ................................................ 33 6.3.6 DC726 Paper Path Timing Measurement List
6.2.18 Fuser Nip Measurement (MAX Setup): DC701 ................................................... 34 6.3.6 DC726 Paper Path Timing Measurement List....................................................... 119
6.2.19 Machine ID / Billing Data (Adjustment / Others): DC132..................................... 35
6.2.20 HFSI Counter (Adjustment / Others): DC135 ...................................................... 36 6.3.7 DC131 IIT/IPS NVM List (710, 715, 716, 717, 719)
6.2.21 Fold Position Printout (Adjustment / Others/Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment): DC12837 6.3.7 DC131 IIT/IPS NVM List (710, 715, 716, 717, 719) .............................................. 121
6.2.22 Single Fold (Adjustment / Others/Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment): DC128 . 37
6.2.23 Booklet / Fold & Staple (Adjustment / Others/Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment): DC12838 6.3.8 DC131 CVT-DADF NVM List (711)
6.2.24 Booklet / Fold Only (Adjustment / Others/Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment): DC12839 6.3.8 DC131 CVT-DADF NVM List (711) ....................................................................... 153
6.2.25 Z-Fold (Adjustment / Others/Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment): DC128......... 40
6.3.9 DC131 IOT Manager NVM List (740)
6.2.26 Z Tri-Fold (Adjustment / Others/Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment): DC128.... 41
6.3.9 DC131 IOT Manager NVM List (740) .................................................................... 165
6.2.27 C Tri-Fold (Adjustment / Others/Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment): DC128 ... 42
6.2.28 Tray 5 (Bypass) Guide Adjustment (Registration): DC740.................................. 43 6.3.10 DC131 Drive/Nohad NVM List (741)
6.2.29 System Registration Adjustment (Registration): DC129 ..................................... 43 6.3.10 DC131 Drive/Nohad NVM List (741) ................................................................... 167
6.2.30 Paper Path Timing Measurement (Registration): DC726.................................... 44
6.2.31 Jam Counter (Faults): DC118 ............................................................................. 45 6.3.11 DC131 Paper Handling NVM List (742)
6.2.32 Failure Counter (Faults): DC120 ......................................................................... 45 6.3.11 DC131 Paper Handling NVM List (742) .............................................................. 169
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009

6-1
4127/4112G General
General 02/2009 4127/4112G
6-2 Version.1 .1.1
6.3.12 DC131 Fuser NVM List (744) 6.6.10 Copy Speed ........................................................................................................ 584
6.3.12 DC131 Fuser NVM List (744) .............................................................................. 197 6.6.11 Paper Compatibility ............................................................................................. 592
6.6.12 High Capacity Stacker Toner Block .................................................................... 600
6.3.13 DC131 Xfer NVM List (746) 6.6.13 Alignment ............................................................................................................ 601
6.3.13 DC131 Xfer NVM List (746)................................................................................. 217
6.6.14 Plinth Kit
6.3.14 DC131 ROS NVM List (749) 6.6.14.1 Things to Take Note When Using the Plinth Kit ............................................... 603
6.3.14 DC131 ROS NVM List (749)................................................................................ 235 6.6.14.2 Bundled Accessories........................................................................................ 603
6.6.14.3 Machine Configuration and Plinth Kit Combination.......................................... 604
6.3.15 DC131 XERO/Clean NVM List (751)
6.6.14.4 Relationship Between Plinth Kit and Installation Space................................... 607
6.3.15 DC131 XERO/Clean NVM List (751)................................................................... 249
6.7 Tools
6.3.16 DC131 Process Control NVM List (752)
6.7 Tools ........................................................................................................................ 611
6.3.16 DC131 Process Control NVM List (752).............................................................. 257
6.8 Consumables
6.3.17 DC131 RegiCon NVM List (760)
6.8 Consumables ........................................................................................................... 613
6.3.17 DC131 RegiCon NVM List (760) ......................................................................... 265
6.3.18 DC131 Deve NVM List (762)

6.3.18 DC131 Deve NVM List (762) ................................................................................ 269
6.3.19 DC131 OutCon NVM List (764)

6.3.19 DC131 OutCon NVM List (764) ........................................................................... 275
6.3.20.1 DC131 Controller NVM List (700~770)

6.3.20.1 DC131 Controller NVM List (700~770)............................................................. 331


6.3.21 DC131 I/F Module NVM List (769)

6.3.21 DC131 I/F Module NVM List (769) ...................................................................... 519
6.3.22 DC131 HCS1 NVM List (991)

6.3.22 DC131 HCS1 NVM List (991).............................................................................. 531
6.4 Special Keys

6.4.1 Resetting Replace Consumables .......................................................................... 555
6.4.2 UI Alignment .......................................................................................................... 555
6.6 Specifications
6.6.1 Product Name/FWSS Code/Product Code/XJ Code/Serial No. ............................ 557
6.6.2 Software Keys ....................................................................................................... 571
6.6.3 Main Specifications................................................................................................ 572
6.6.4 Machine Installation Space (Recommended Value) and Total Weight ................. 576
6.6.5 Electrical Specification........................................................................................... 581
6.6.6 Noise ..................................................................................................................... 581
6.6.7 Installation Environment ........................................................................................ 582
6.6.8 Warm Up Time ...................................................................................................... 582
6.6.9 First Copy Output Time (FCOT) ............................................................................ 583
6.6.10 Copy Speed

6.1.1 UI Diagnostic Mode Structure Table 1
The UI Diag Screen structure consists of 2 types of "Maintenance / Diagnostics" Screen structures - Maintenance /
"Color UI Screen (MCW-UI/FCW-UI)". The FCW- UI is an optional device. Diagnostics Function Maintenance / Diagnostics Function MCW/
No. Screen - Upper Layer Screen - Lower Layer FCW Remarks
The MCU-UI/FCW-UI "Maitenance / Diagnostics" screen configurations are as follows. 21 Faults Current Faults (DC125) O*4 *4: Displayed when the
Faults button is
Maintenance / Diagnostics Function List selected.
22 Jam Counter (DC118) O
Table 1
23 Failure Counter (DC120) O
Maintenance / 24 Shutdown History (DC122) O
Diagnostics Function Maintenance / Diagnostics Function MCW/
No. Screen - Upper Layer Screen - Lower Layer FCW Remarks 25 Adjustment / Others Machine ID / Billing Data (DC132) O
26 HFSI Counter (DC135) O
1 Initialize Hard Disk O
(DC355) 27 Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment O
(DC128)
2 Delete All Data O
28 Software Upgrade (FX O EPS MC: Operation
3 Software Options O
Only) directive is invalid.
4 NVM Initialization O
29 Backup/Restore Backup O
(DC301)
30 Restore O
5 NVM Read/ O
31 Delete Backup File O
Write(DC131)
32 EP Service(FX Only) Inspection/Repair Request (DC003) O Displayed for EP Sys-
6 Print Test Pattern O Inclusive of No Paper
(DC612) Run Feature. tem installation.
7 IO Check Component Control (DC330) O 33 Used Parts Collection Notification O Displayed for EP Sys-
(DC004) tem installation.
8 Analog Monitor (DC140) O
34 Delete All Certificates/ O
9 Registration Tray 5 (Bypass) Guide Adjustment O
Initialize Settings
(DC740)
10 System Regi Adjustment (DC129) O
0: Supported -: Unsupported
11 Measure Paper Path Timing (DC726) O
12 MAX Setup Procon ON/OFF Print(DC935) O
13 Initial Deve Housing ATC Setup O
(DC949)
14 Toner Density Adjustment (DC991) O
15 IIT Calibration (DC945) O EPS MC: Operation
directive is invalid.
16 Fuser Nip Measurement (DC701) O
17 IOT CIS Setup Cycle (DC750) O
18 IOT CIS Check Cycle (DC751) O
19 Sub System ADF Independent Operation (DC527) O EPS MC: Operation
directive is invalid.
20 Hard Disk Failure Prediction Test O
(DC355)
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 6.1 How to Use the Service Mode

6-3
4127/4112G General
General 02/2009 4127/4112G
6.1 How to Use the Service Mode 6-4 Version.1 .1.1
6.1.2 How to Enter the CE Mode 6.1.3 How to Exit from the CE Mode
1. Press and hold the [0] key on the Control Panel for 5 seconds or longer and then press the [Start] There are 2 ways to exit.
key while keeping your finger on the [0] key.
The [CE - Enter Passcode] screen will appear. • Turn the power OFF then ON.
2. Enter the Access Number "6.7.8.9" and press [Confirm], • While remaining on the "System Settings" screen, hold down the [0] key and simultanously press
the [Start] key.
The UI display will be reversed, indicating that the mode has changed to the CE mode.
As to the EPS machine, [Setup] on the [All the Services] screen should change to [Tools]. NOTE: If "Yes" was selected for "Exit (Keep Log)" or "Exit (Clear Log)" at the "Maintenance / Diagnostics"
As to the EPS machine, go to step 5. screen and the machine is reboot, it will also exit from CE Mode.
3. Press the [Log In/Out] key or the [Menu] key. If you pressed the Log In/Out key, go to step 6. If you
pressed the Menu key, go to step 4.
4. The [Menu] screen appears..
5. On the [Menu] screen, select [Tools].
6. The [Tools] screen appears.
7. On the [Tools] screen, select [Common Settings] from Group. Select [Maintenance/Diagnostics]
from Features.
8. The [Maintenance/Diagnostics] screen appears.
6.1.4 Printing Various Reports 6.1.5 Main Reports
1. Enter the CE Mode. 6.1.5.1 Debug Log Report
2. Press the [Machine Status] key on the Control Panel. • Purpose of the report:
3. Select the "Machine Status / Print Report" tab. To reduce the CE's workloads when repairing failures by printing out the debug messages recorded
4. Select the [Print Report / List] button. in the NV memory for CE maintenance.
5. Press the following button.Select the button of the Report to print and press the [Start] key. • Print Contents
The specified report will be printed. Prints out the debug messages recorded in the NV Memory with the time when the data was stored.
• [Job Status] button The output format is as follows.
Job History Report, Error History Report. YYYY/MM/DD HH:MM:SS "xxxxx" (Recorded message)
• [Copy Mode Settings] button 6.1.5.2 HFSI Counter Report
Settings List - Common Items. • Purpose of the report:
• [Printer Reports] button The HFSI information stored in the IOT will be displayed.
Configuration Report (common item), TIFF/JPEG Logical Printers List, HP-GL/2 Logical Print- • Print Contents
ers List, ART EX Form List, PostScript Logical Printers List, PCL Settings List, ESC/P Settings Report Name: HFSI Counter Report
List, PC-PR201H Settings List, PCL Macro List, ESC/P Logical Printers List, PC-PR201H Log- Last Date of Visit YYYY/MM/DD
ical Printers List, PDF Settings List, ART IV,ESC/P User Defined List, Font List, TIFF/JPEG
Settings List, HP-GL/2 Settings List, PCL Font List, PostScript Font List, DocuWorks Printer Table 1
Settings List
Current Standard Average Operation Operation Operation
• [Scan Reports] button Chain-Link Value Value Monthly Value History (P1) History (P2) History (P3)
Reports, Address Book
xxx-xxx xx xx xx Displays the Displays the Displays the
• [Folder List] button 6-digit Dis- Numeric Numeric The screen dis- Replace- Replacement Replacement
Folder List play values are values are plays the value ment Rea- Reason as U: Reason as U:
• [Job Counter Report] button (FX only) (Refer to displayed. displayed. accumulated son as U: UM, S: SM UM, S: SM
each DC131 from the last ser- UM, S: SM and O: Oth- and O: Oth-
• [Auditron Administration] button
Chain-Link vice call up to and O: Oth- ers. ers.
Print Auditron Report No. in 6.3 now and the fre- ers. P2: Means P3: Means
• [EAN128 Bar Code Sample] button Service quency within 30 P1: Means the life before the life before
A4 Bar Code Mode OFF, A4 Bar Code Mode ON, Data for the days calculated the life before previous 2 previous 3
A3 Bar Code Mode OFF, A3 Bar Code Mode ON Chain-Link. by the number of previous replacements. replacements.
days. replacement.
• [Used Product Return Form] button
• [CE] button
HFSI Report, Debug Log Report, Jam Report, Failure Report, Shutdown Report
6.1.5.3 Jam Counter Report
• Purpose of the report:
To check the frequency of the occurrence of jams that have been registered in advance.
• Print Contents
Report Name: [Jam Counter Report]
Table 2
Chain-Link Counter Value
xxx-xxx xx
6-digit Display Numeric values are displayed.
Search for the Chain Link with the search function.

6-5
4127/4112G General
General 02/2009 4127/4112G
6.1.5.4 Shutdown History Report 6.1.6 ASCII Code Table

• Purpose of the report:
To output the history registered for the purpose of CE maintenance. Table 1
• Print Contents Decimal Hexadecimal Characters (Numeral)
Up to 50 items registered as System Fail, Paper Jam and Document Jam will be displayed respec- 32 20 SP (Space)
tively. If there is no log, only the item names are displayed and the log is not displayed.
48 30 0
Report Name: [Shutdown History Report]
49 31 1
System Fail History
50 32 2
51 33 3
Table 3
52 34 4
Date & Time Chain-Link Sheets
53 35 5
The date when the trouble xxx-xxx Up to 50 items
54 36 6
occurred is displayed. 6-digit Display
55 37 7
56 38 8
57 39 9
Paper Jam History
65 41 A
Table 4 66 42 B
Date & Time Chain-Link Sheets 67 43 C
68 44 D
The date when the trouble xxx-xxx Up to 50 items
occurred is displayed. 6-digit Display 69 45 E
Search for the Chain Link with the search function. 70 46 F
71 47 G
Document Jam History 72 48 H
73 49 I
Table 5
74 4A J
Date & Time Chain-Link Sheets 75 4B K
The date when the trouble xxx-xxx Up to 50 items 76 4C L
occurred is displayed. 6-digit Display 77 4D M
Search for the Chain Link with the search function. 78 4E N
79 4F O
6.1.5.5 Failure Counter Report 80 50 P
• Purpose of the report: To display the number of fails that has been registered in advance for CE 81 51 Q
maintenance. 82 52 R
• Print Contents 83 53 S
Report Name: Fail Counter Report 84 54 T
The following reports are displayed: 85 55 U
86 56 V
Table 6
87 57 W
Chain-Link Counter Value
88 58 X
xxx-xxx xx 89 59 Y
6-digit Display Numeric values are displayed.
90 5A Z
97 61 a
Table 1 6.1.7 Special Booting
Decimal Hexadecimal Characters (Numeral) The following modes are enabled by pressing a combination of keys and turning the main power switch
98 62 b ON, not by a normal key operation. Use these modes when the system is unable to enter Diag mode due
to troubles or to clear error data from HDD spooling.
99 63 c
100 64 d Table 1
101 65 e
How to Start Up M/C Operations at Power ON How to Use
102 66 f
Startup by complete Turn the power ON while Used when recovery is not achieved with Startup
103 67 g
NVM Initialization pressing the [Power Saver by Force NVM Initialization (turning the power
104 68 h / Clear] key, [Stop] key and ON while pressing the [Power Saver / Clear] key,
105 69 i [2] key. [Stop] key and [3] key).
106 6A j This method can also be used to resolve the
107 6B k problem - where the internal clock becomes
unstable, therefore causing all the functions that
108 6C l
use the clock to become unstable - when the
109 6D m
NVM PWB is initialized with the backup battery
110 6E n detached.
111 6F o When an initialization is performed with this
112 70 p method, billing matching etc. occurs as when the
NVM PWB is replaced.
113 71 q
Startup by Log Data Ini- Turn the power ON while Used when the log data has an error and a Fail
114 72 r
tialization pressing the [Power Saver such as 116-331 has occured, or when the log
115 73 s
/ Clear] key, [Stop] key and data must be cleared for version upgrade that
116 74 t [1] key. involves a large change in versions.
117 75 u Startup by Long Boot Turn ON the power while Mainly checks the parts on the Controller (par-
118 76 v Diag pressing the [Power Saver tially includes communication). If an error is
119 77 w / Clear] key and the [Start] found, the appropriate Fail Code appears. If no
key. error is found, the M/C automatically reboots
120 78 x
after going through specified diagnostic items.
121 79 y
The M/C is checked in the same manner as in
122 7A z Download Diag, but there are fewer diagnostic
items, which take approx. 2 minutes. Unlike
Download Diag, diagnostic results of the items
are not displayed.
Startup by Force NVM Turn the power ON while Initializes the NVM of the configuration range
Initialization pressing the [Power Saver (Printer Settings etc) inside the Controller by
/ Clear] key, [Stop] key and force and starts up.
[3] key.
Startup by Forced Spool Turn the power ON while If an error, such as 116-324, has occurred when
Area (HDD) Initialization pressing the [Power Saver printing was set to be performed with the data
/ Clear] key, [Stop] key and spooled to the hard disk and the machine cannot
[6] key. be started by turning it OFF then ON, this initial-
izes the hard disk area in which the print data is
stored before starting the machine.

6-7
4127/4112G General
General 02/2009 4127/4112G
Table 1 6.1.8 NVM Settings Recovery Tool

How to Start Up M/C Operations at Power ON How to Use The NVM Settings Recovery Tool is the GUI tool that sets NVM data collectively from the PC to the DC
Startup by Forced Spool Turn ON the power while This special boot mode has been added so that a machine, the multifunction machine or the printer (thereafter generically referred to as “IOT”) that has the
Area (HDD) Initialization pressing the [Start] key and customer can also perform the "turn the power USB Interface.
(for User) the [Stop] key. ON while pressing the [Power Saver / Clear] key,
[Stop] key and [6] key." The tool has the function of backing up and restoring NVM settings for the IOT (including HCF), Finisher
D3/D4, DADF, IIT, IFM and HCS.
Startup by Forced HDD Turn the power ON while Formats the HDD by compulsion. This operation
Format pressing the [Power Saver resets the HDD to partitions at factory settings.
/ Clear] key, [Stop] key and Use it as a countermeasure when Fail Code 116- NOTE: Backup/Restore on the UI is intended for controller data only, not for configuration information
such as IOT NVM settings.
[4] key. 354 (HDD Product Fail) occurs. Refer to 116-354
HDD Product Fail FIP in Chapter 2 for the details. For the way of backing up controller data, refer to 6.2.37 Backup/Restore in the service manual.
Software Download Turn ON the power while Set it to Software Download mode when perform- [Preparation]
pressing the [Power Saver ing Firmware Upgrade. For more information on
1. Obtain the NVM Settings Recovery Tool. From the Firmware Download page, select a model and
/ Clear] key. the Firmware Version Update, refer to "[ADJ
2.1.4 Firmware Version Update" in Chapter 4. ) download the diagnostic program onto the PSW.
Software Download Turn ON the power while A self-contained type of diagnostic program for [FX]
Mode pressing the following hardware. Use this when wanting to diagnose a http://download.tsc.ksp.fujixerox.co.jp
keys: Controller hardware failure. [IBG]
MF M/C: [Power Saver] + See IBG RTS Docushare.
[Stop] + [9]
2. Decompress the NVM Settings Recovery Tool. The NvmBackup Restore folder should be created.
P M/C: [Power Saver] +
[Right] 3. Install the NVM Settings Recovery Tool and the USB Driver.
Backup/Restore Turn ON the power while Use this when wanting to restore backed-up data NOTE: If the PC has PC-Diag availble, the USB Driver does not need installing.
pressing the following stored on the hard disk.
keys: 4. Install the NVM Settings Recovery Tool.
MF M/C: [Power Saver] + (1) Activate Setup.exe in the NvmBackup Restore folder.
[Stop] + [5] (2) The Welcome to the NvmBackup Restore Setup Wizard window appears. Click [Next].
P M/C: [Set] + [Down]
Figure 1 j0vt61001
(3) The Select Installation Folder window appears. Select a specific destination folder to install the
tool to. Click [Next].
Figure 2 j0vt61002 Figure 4 j0vt61004
(4) The Confirm Installation window appears. Click [Next]. Installation starts. (6) Now the installation is complete. The icon named “NvmBackupRestore" is created on the desk-
top.
5. Install the USB Driver.
NOTE: The NVM Settings Recovery Tool uses the same USB Driver that PC-Diag does. Therefore,
if the PC has PC-Diag available, the USB Driver does not need installing.
(1) Turn ON the IOT.

(2) Connect the PC and the IOT (USB1.1 Downlaod) with the USB Cable.
Figure 3 j0vt61003
(5) When the installation is complete, the Installation Complete window appears. Click [Close].
Figure 5 j0tk61005
(3) A message appears saying “Welcome to the Found New Hardware Wizard.” Select [Install the
from a list or specific location]. Press the [Next] button.

6-9
4127/4112G General
General 02/2009 4127/4112G
Figure 6 j0vt61006 Figure 8 j0vt61008
(4) A message appears saysing “Please choose your search and installation options.” Select the (6) When the installation is complete, a message appears saysing “Completing the Found New
Drivers folder under the folder where the NVM Tool is installed. Press the [Next] button. Hardware Wizard.” Click [Finish].
Select the destination folder selelcted in (3), step 4 (e.g. If the application is installed to
"C:\NvmBackupRestore", include “C:\NvmBackupRestore\Drivers".)
Figure 9 j0vt61009
Figure 7 j0vt61007 6. Installing the NVM Settings Recovery Tool and the USB Driver is complete.
[Procedure for backing up NVM data]
(5) The Hardware Installation window appears. Click [Continue Anyway]. Installation starts.
The NVM data that the NVM Settings Recovery Tool can recover is the NVM data on the NVM list.
1. Turn ON the IOT. Enter UI Diag. Open the DC131 NVM Read/Write window.
2. Connect the PSW and the IOT (USB1.1: Download) with the USB Cable.
8. The message window appears. Click [OK].
Figure 12 j0vt61011
Figure 10 j0tk61005
9. The Save As...window appears. Select where to save the file to back up, and specify a file name.
3. Turn ON the PSW.
Click [Save].
4. Click the [NvmBackupRestore (NVM Settings Recovery Tool)] icon.
5. The Fuji Xerox NVM Backup Restore Tool window appears. Click the [C/L List] button. Select the NOTE: As a file name, use a specific IOT Serial No. or date.
the file named “XXXXIIT#1.nvmcll" located in the folder where the NVM Tool is installed. (To backup
IIT, select this.)
* xxxx represents a specific model.
Figure 13 j0vt61012
10. When backing up the file is complete, the following window appears. Click [No].
Figure 11 j0vt61010
6. Enter a comment in the [Memo] pad.

(Not always required)
7. Click the [Machine -> PC] button.
If no comment was entered in the Memo pad in step 6, a message appears saying "Memo was not
entered. Be continue?" Click [Yes].

6-11
4127/4112G General
General 02/2009 4127/4112G
NOTE: If [Yes] is clicked, the Explorer starts and displays the hierarchy where the backed-up file is
saved.
Figure 16 j0vt61014
Figure 14 j0vt61013
6. Select the file backed up by the backup procedure.
11. Click the [Exit] and close the NVM Settings Recovery Tool.
[Procedure for restoring NVM data]
1. Turn ON the IOT. Enter UI Diag. Open the DC131 NVM Read/Write window.
2. Connect the PSW and the IOT (USB1.1: Download) with the USB Cable.
Figure 17 j0vt61015
7. Click the [PC -> Machine] button.

8. The message window appears. Click [OK].
Figure 15 j0tk61005
3. Turn ON the PSW.

4. Click the [NvmBackupRestore (NVM Settings Recovery Tool)] icon.
5. The Fuji Xerox NVM Backup Restore Tool window appears. Click the [File] button.
NOTE: If any memo was entered in the Memo pad when backing up the file, the content of it 6.1.9 Download Diag
appears in this window.
6.1.9.1 Download Diag Overview
The Download Diag provides the following 2 functions.
1. ESS-related Hardware Diagnostic Function

Create a folder named “DIAG” in the USB Memory in advance. Copy the diagnostic program into
this folder. Plug the USB memory into the machine and turn ON the power while pressing [Power
Saver] + [Stop] +[9] (keypad) to diagnose any failures in the ESS-PWB and installed memory/HDD,
etc. (Approx. 5 minutes)
The diagnostic results (PASS/FAIL/SKIP) are displayed on the Control Panel and recorded into the
USB memory as a diagnostic result log.If "FAIL" is displayed, refer to "6.1.9.6 Diagnostic Contents/
Displayed Results/Actions" and resolve it.
* "SKIP" is displayed when the optional parts are not detected.
The diagnostic results are saved as a text file right under the DIAG folder.
Figure 18 j0vt61016
9. When restoring the file is complete, a message appears saying ["NVM Restore" completed. OK].
Click [OK].
10. Click [Exit] and close the NVM Settings Recovery Tool.
Figure 1 j0vt61017
2. ESS-related Logging Function

Create a folder named "LOG" in a USB memory in advance. Plug the USB memory into the machine
and turn ON the power while pressing [Power Saver] + [Stop] +[9] (keypad) to store ESS-related
logs in the "LOG" folder.
This function can retrieve logs at the same level (detail) as the [Logging Tool] and it can retrieve all
the errors that have occurred in the past (the ones stored in the HDD) and the Job Logs*. However,
active logs cannot be retrieved.
The required operation time is 3 to 5 minutes (depending on size).
*Job Logs are encrypted.
The logs are saved into a new folder that is created right under the "LOG" folder.
The folder names are as follows:

6-13
4127/4112G General
General 02/2009 4127/4112G
LOG_XXXXXX_Y.TXT [Diagnostic Procedure]

XXXXXX: Machine Serial Number If you also want to retrieve the ESS Logs, create a "LOG" folder right under the root of the USB memory
Y: Sequential number in advance.
6.1.9.2 USB Memory 1. Turn the machine OFF and make sure that the power is completely off before plugging the USB
We recommend that you use USB memory EasyDisk Platinum2 (499T08261) that is currently registered memory into the machine's USB1.1 Port.
as a service tool.
2. Turn the power ON while pressing the [Power Saver] button, the [Stop] button and the [9] key. (Hold
the keys down until "DIAGLOAD" is displayed in the Panel.)
In some models, the exterior package of the memory may clash with the other ESS connectors. Connect
it using the extension cable that comes with the tool. After approx. 10 seconds, "DIAG PROGRAM READ" is displayed while the Diagnosis Program is
being downloaded from the USB memory.
Connect it to the ESS USB1.1 Port.
Things to Note for USB Memory

[FX]
1. Do not use the USB memory (tool) to store any confidential/personal information.
2. Install a security software in the USB memory.
You can download the security software [KeySafe Plus] for [EasyDisk Platinum2] from the Informa-
tion Systems Dept. home page
http://docubase.ssc.fxhq.fujixerox.co.jp/security/support/usb/
3. To prevent losing the USB memory, attach the strap that comes with the tool.
4. Job Logs that include job names and job owner names are encrypted before saved. The diagnostic
result logs are not encrypted because they do not contain confidential/personal information.
Areas in the USB memory that are covered by the security function cannot be automatically accessed.
Set the security function to leave an unsecured area of 50MB or more so that it can be used as temporary
space to perform diagnostics/logging. Figure 2 j0vt61018
[IBG]
Follow the safety guidelines established within the OpCo and ensure that customer data do not get
leaked out when servicing.
6.1.9.3 File Name

DIAG_ESS_Teak_xxxxxx.bin (diagnostic program for Download Diag)
* xxxxxx is the date
6.1.9.4 Download Diag Procedures

[Preparation]
1. Download the Download Diag (diagnostic program) from the following location below into the PC.
[FX]
URL: http://download.tsc.ksp.fujixerox.co.jp (Firmware download page)
[IBG] Figure 3 j0vt61019
Refer to IBG RTS Docushare.
2. Create a "DIAG" folder right under the root of the USB memory and copy the diagnostic program If a "LOG" folder has been created in the USB memory to record logs, the following display will
into that folder. appear before the "DIAG PROGRAM READ" is displayed and the log will be retrieved. (When the
log is being retrieved, the following screen is displayed.)
6. After the recording into the USB memory has been completed, the message "---DIAG PROGRAM
END---" is displayed and the Data LED turns OFF. Turn the machine OFF and make sure that the
power is completely off before removing the USB memory.
*Note that depending on the machine configuration and error status, the message "---DIAG PRO-
GRAM END--" may be displayed somewhere else other than at the bottom of the screen.
7. Turn ON the power.
6.1.9.5 Control Panel/LED Indication Specifications
The list shows the string displayed on the Control Panel and the lighting status of the Control Panel LED
during each processing sequence of the diagnostic program.
Table 1
String displayed on the Control Panel LED Status
Contents String 1 String 2*1 String 3*3*4 LED 1*4 LED 2*5
Figure 4 j0vt61020
When the diagnostic pro- ---DIAG PROGRAM None None Blinking Off
CAUTION gram starts START---
If "DIAG PROGRAM READ" is not displayed, turn OFF the power, remove the USB memory, and When the diagnostic pro- ---DIAG PROGRAM None None Off Off
then check whether the correct diagnostic program exists in the "DIAG" folder in the USB memory. gram has finished END---
3. After the Diagnosis Program has been completely downloaded, the message "DIAG PROGRAM When checking the avail- USB MEDIA IS DETECT None Blinking Off
EXECUTE" is displayed and the diagnosis program runs. The Data LED lights up during diagnosis. ability of USB memory for CHECKING NOT DETECT None Off
log record
When recording the log USB MEDIA IS None None Blinking Off
into the USB memory for RECORDING NOW
log record
When each diagnostic Refer to 6.1.9.6. PASS None Blinking Off
SW is running and when FAIL Refer to Off
the diagnostic results are 6.1.9.6.
re-displayed*2
SKIP None Off
When the diagnostic ---DIAG PROGRAM None None Blinking Off
results are re-displayed*2 NG RESULT---
When the diagnostic NO PROBLEM None None Blinking Off
results are re-dis-
played*2, every diagnos-
tic result is "PASS"
When a fatal error has ---FATAL ERROR None None Off On
occurred OCCUR---
Figure 5 j0vt61021
*1: String 2 is displayed after String 1 in the same line.
4. Once the diagnosis starts, diagnostic status and results are displayed on the Control Panel.
If the diagnostic result is "FAIL", refer to "6.1.9.6 Diagnostic Contents/Displayed Results/Actions" *2: When the display has reached the end line of the Control Panel (e.g. when there are many test items),
and resolve it. this indicates the results that are displayed again after all tests have been completed. It will not be shown
5. Once the diagnosis is complete, the message "USB MEDIA IS RECORDING NOW" is displayed on if the display does not reach the end line of the Control Panel.
the Control Panel and the diagnostic results are recorded in detail into the USB memory.
*3: Displayed as an Error Code only when a diagnostic result is "FAIL".

6-15
4127/4112G General
General 02/2009 4127/4112G
*4: Indicates the "Sending/Receiving" LED. Table 2

Test Name UI Panel Diagnostic
*5: Indicates the "Documents Stored" LED. display Result Error Action when diagnosed as
No. Test Contents (outline) (Test Name) display Code FAIL
6.1.9.6 Diagnostic Contents/Displayed Results/Actions
4 Serial Line communica- IOT COMM PASS E04 1. Check each module con-
This section explains the contents of the diagnostic test in the order they are performed.
tion test 2 FAIL tacts ESS (contact
IOT to Data Link Layer between Cable and
If there are multiple test items with "FAIL" diagnostic result, action must be taken in the order they were Board).
tested. communication test
2. Replace each module.
Table 2 3. Replace Controller
Board.
Test Name UI Panel Diagnostic
5 DRAM test SYSTEM MEM- PASS E02 1. Remove and insert ESS
display Result Error Action when diagnosed as
No. Test Contents (outline) (Test Name) display Code FAIL Slot1Memory read and ORY M1 FAIL RAM DIMM #1.
write verification test SKIP 2. Replace ESS RAM DIMM
1 VRAM test for UI Panel None (because None None 1. Disconnect and recon- (diagnostic time: approx. #1.
VRAM read and write the test is per- (because the nect UI Cable.
30 sec) 3. Repalce Controller
verification test formed in the test is per- 2. Remove and insert Back-
Board.
first processing formed in the Plane Card.
sequence first process- DRAM test SYSTEM MEM- E03 1. Remove and insert ESS
3. Replace UI Cable.
before UI is dis- ing sequence Slot2 Memory read and ORY M2 RAM DIMM #2.
4. Replace Back Plane
played.) before UI is write verification test 2. Replace ESS RAM DIMM
displayed.) Card. (diagnostic time: approx. #2.
5. Replace UI. 30 sec) 3. Replace Controller
6. Replace Controller Board.
Board.
6 Video ASIC test VIDEO ASIC PASS E05 1. Remove and insert ESS
2 UI Panel display test Grid pattern None None 1. Disconnect and recon- FAIL RAM DIMM #1 and ESS
Visual check of UI Panel (because the nect UI Cable. RAM DIMM #2.
ASIC (Panther4) test
display test is per- 2. Remove and insert Back- 2. Replace ESS RAM DIMM
formed in the Plane Card. #1 and ESS RAM DIMM
first process-
3. Replace UI Cable. #2.
ing sequence
4. Replace Back Plane 3. Replace Controller
before UI is
displayed.) Card. Board.
5. Replace UI Card.
6. Repalce Controller
Board.
3 Serial Line communica- IIT COMM PASS E01 1. Check each module con-
tion test 1 FAIL tacts ESS (contact
IIT to Data Link Layer between Cable and
communication test Board).
3. Replace Controller
Board.
Table 2 Table 2
Test Name UI Panel Diagnostic Test Name UI Panel Diagnostic
display Result Error Action when diagnosed as display Result Error Action when diagnosed as
No. Test Contents (outline) (Test Name) display Code FAIL No. Test Contents (outline) (Test Name) display Code FAIL
7 I2C Device read and SEEP ROM 1 PASS E06 1. Check SEEPROM for 10 Real Time Clock opera- CLOCK PASS E11 1. Remove and insert NV-
write verification test FAIL poor contact (a bent pin, tion test FAIL RAM Board.
SEEPROM test includ- etc.). Calendar Register test 2. Replace NV-RAM Board.
ing MAC Address 2. Check Controller Board (Read only) 3. Replace Controller
and Back Plane Card for Board.
poor contact (a discon- 11 Page Memory test STANDARD PASS E12 1. Replace Controller
nected cable, etc.).
Standard Page Memory PAGE MEM- FAIL Board.
3. Replace BackPlane read and write verifica- ORY
Card.
tion test (*effective only
4. Contact TSC. when IIT COM test result
5. Replace the machine. is OK.)
Note 1) Page Memory test OPTION PAGE PASS E13 1. Remove and insert Page
Optional Page Memo- MEMORY FAIL Memory (option).
NOTE: 1. If SEEP ROM 1 has
failed and SEEP ROM ryread and write verifica- SKIP 2. Replace Page Memory
itself has had a failure, tion test (*effective only (option).
replace the machine. when IIT COM test result 3. Replace Controller
Actually SEEP ROM may is OK.) Board.
be provided from the fac- 12 Flash Memory test ESS ROM PASS E14 1. Remove and insert ESS
tory on a case-by-case Flash Memory check- FAIL ROM DIMM #1.
basis.
sum test 2. Replace ESS ROM
I2C Device read and SEEP ROM 2 PASS E07 1. Contact TSC. DIMM #1.
write verification test FAIL
SEEPROM (I2C Device) Board.
tests except the above 13 Serial Line communica- EP ACCES- PASS E15 1. Check each module con-
8 NVM read and write veri- NVM PWB ESS PASS E08 1. Remove and insert NV- tion test 3 SORY COMM FAIL tacts ESS (contact
fication test FAIL RAM Board. SKIP between Cable and
EP Device to Data Link
OS management area 2. Replace NV-RAM Board. Layer communication Board)
test 3. Replace Controller test 2. Replace each module.
Board. 3. Replace Controller
9 FontROM test STANDARD PASS E09 1. Replace Controller Board.
Standard FontROM FONT ROM FAIL Board. 14 High Compression PDF HIGH-COMP PASS E16 1. Remove and insert Lyser
checksum test PWB test PDF PWB FAIL Card.
FontROM test OPTION FONT PASS E10 1. Remove and insert ESS Test in communication SKIP 2. Remove and insert
Optional Font ROM ROM FAIL Font ROM DIMM #2. establishment between SELENE Board.
checksum test SKIP 2. Replace ESS Font ROM ESS PWB and High 3. Replace Lyser Card.
DIMM #2. Compression PDF 4. Replace SELENE Board.
Board (diagnostic time:
3. Replace Controller 5. Replace Controller
approx. 1 min. (max 2
Board. Board.
min.)

6-17
4127/4112G General
General 02/2009 4127/4112G
Table 2 Table 2
Test Name UI Panel Diagnostic Test Name UI Panel Diagnostic
display Result Error Action when diagnosed as display Result Error Action when diagnosed as
15 HDD test HDD PASS E17 1. Disconnect and recon- 22 Serial Line communica- IIT COMM(2) PASS E01 1. Check each module con-
HDD self test and read FAIL nect HDD Cable. tion test 1-2 FAIL tacts ESS (contact
and write verification test SKIP 2. Remove and insert HDD. IIT to Data Link Layer between Cable and
3. Replace HDD and HDD
Cable. 2. Replace each module.
4. Replace Controller 3. Replace Controller
Board. Board.
16 File System test FILE SYSTEM PASS E27 1. Format HDD (Power 23 IIT test IIT DIAGNOSIS PASS See 1. Replace the faulty part(s)
HDD File check FAIL Saver+Stop+4) to check Board built in IIT opera- FAIL 6.1.11. listed on Table 1 under
SKIP whether files can be tion test 2 Table 6.1.11.2 .
restored. 1.
17 Power Saving Mode POWER SAVE PASS E18 1. Contact TSC.
operation test MODE FAIL If any of the following situations occurs in the LED status shown in the above table, escalate it based on
the trouble flow characteristics.
Transfer to/Recovery
from Power Saving
Mode test • [When a fatal error has occurred] (LED 1: Off/ LED 2: On)
18 IMAGE-LOG PWB test IMAGE-LOG PASS E19 1. Remove and insert Lyser • LED 1 stopped blinking regardless of whether the diagnostics has completed or not
Test of Memory on PWB FAIL Card. • The diagnostic results are not displayed after the Test Names were displayed on the Control Panel
Image Log Board and SKIP 2. Remove and insert
Check of Image Path Torino Board.
3. Replace Lyser Card.
4. Replace Torino Board.
Board.
19 JPEG PWB test JPEG PWB PASS E20 1. Remove and insert JPEG
JPEG Chip data com- FAIL Board.
pression test (compari- SKIP 2. Replace JPEG Board.
son with expected value) 3. Replace Controller
Board.
20 Ethernet test ETHERNET PASS E21 1. Replace Controller
Ethernet PHY Chip Reg- PHY FAIL Board.
ister read and write veri-
fication test
21 Serial Line communica- IOT COMM(2) PASS E04 1. Check each module con-
tion test 2-2 FAIL tacts ESS (contact
IOT to Data Link Layer between Cable and
Board.
6.1.10 Long Boot Diag [Diagnostic Contents/Displayed Results/Actions]
Turn ON the power while pressing [Power Saver] + [Start] (continuously for 5 secs) to diagnose any fail- From among all the items which are diagnosed in Long Boot Diag, only the following are diagnosed.
ures in the ESS PWB and installed memory, etc.
This section explains the contents of the diagnostic test in the order they are performed.
This completes in approx. 2 minutes because fewer items are diagnosed compared to in the Download
Diag. Table 1
Test Name Operation Diagnostic
[Diagnostic Procedure] Panel display Result Error Action when diagnosed as
Turning ON the power while pressing the [Power Saver] + [Start] will automatically start the diagnostics. No. Test Contents (outline) (Test Name) display Code FAIL
5 DRAM test SYSTEM MEM- PASS E02 1. Remove and Insert ESS
The screens displayed from the start till the end of the diagnostics are generally as follows:
Slot1 Memory read and ORY M1 FAIL RAM DIMM #1.
write verification test SKIP 2. Replace ESS RAM DIMM
(diagnostic time: approx. #1.
30 sec) 3. Replace Controller
Board.
DRAM test SYSTEM MEM- E03 1. Remove and insert ESS
Slot2 Memory read and ORY M2 RAM DIMM #2.
write verification test 2. Replace ESS RAM DIMM
(diagnostic time: #2.
approx.30 sec) 3. Replace Controller
Board.
7 I2C Device read and SEEP ROM 1 PASS E06 1. Check SEEPROM for
write verification test FAIL poor contact (a bent pin,
SEEPROM test includ- etc.).
ing MAC Address 2. Check Controller Board
and Back Plane Card for
poor contact (a discon-
nected cable, etc.).
3. Replace Back Plane
Card.
4. Contact TSC.
5. Replace the machine.
Note 1
NOTE: 1. If SEEP ROM 1 has

Figure 1 j0vt61022 failed and SEEP ROM
itself has had a failure,
If an error is detected, the Error Code (Chain-Link) will be displayed on the Control Panel. replace the machine.
Actually SEEP ROM may
(Unlike in the Download Diag, the diagnostic result of each item is not displayed.) be provided from the fac-
tory on a case-by-case
basis.
I2C Device read and SEEP ROM 2 PASS E07 1. Contact TSC.
write verification test FAIL
SEEPROM (I2C Device)
tests except the above

6-19
4127/4112G General
General 02/2009 4127/4112G
Table 1 Table 1
Test Name Operation Diagnostic Test Name Operation Diagnostic
Panel display Result Error Action when diagnosed as Panel display Result Error Action when diagnosed as
8 NVM read and write veri- NVM PWB ESS PASS E08 1. Remove and insert NV- 15 HDD test HDD PASS E17 1. Disconnect and recon-
fication test FAIL RAM Board. HDD self test and read FAIL nect HDD Cable.
OS management area 2. Replace NV-RAM Board. and write verification test SKIP 2. Remove and insert HDD.
test 3. Replace Controller 3. Replace HDD and HDD
Board. Cable.
9 FontROM test STANDARD PASS E09 1. Replace Controller 4. Replace Controller
Standard FontROM FONT ROM FAIL Board. Board.
checksum test
FontROM test OPTION FONT PASS E10 1. Remove and insert ESS
Optional FontROM ROM FAIL Font ROM DIMM #2.
checksum test SKIP 2. Replace ESS Font ROM
DIMM #2.
Board.
10 Real Time Clock opera- CLOCK PASS E11 1. Remove and insert NV-
tion test FAIL RAM Board.
Calendar Register test 2. Replace NV-RAM Board.
(Read only) 3. Replace Controller
Board.
11 Page Memory test STANDARD PASS E12 1. Replace Controller
Standard Page Memory PAGE MEM- FAIL Board.
read and write verifica- ORY
tion test (*effective only
when IIT COM test result
is OK.)
Page Memory test OPTION PAGE PASS E13 1. Remove and insert Page
Optional Page Memory MEMORY FAIL Memory (option).
read and write verifica- SKIP 2. Replace Page Memory
tion test (*effective only (option).
when IIT COM test result 3. Replace Controller
is OK.) Board.
12 Flash Memory test ESS ROM PASS E14 1. Remove and insert ESS
Flash Memory check- FAIL ROM DIMM #1.
sum test 2. Replace ESS ROM
DIMM #1.
Board.
6.1.11 IIT Diag Tool Table 1
The IIT Diag Tool allows quick execution of the diagnostics functions by simple operations when an error Code Faulty Parts
has occurred in the IIT system. 11 PWBA HWM
99999 Controller-to-IIT communication failure
6.1.11.1 IIT Diag Tool Functions
This tool allows quick execution of the diagnostics functions by simple operations when an operation
error has occurred in the IIT system.
The main content of the diagnosis are as follows:

• Analog signal check of the Lamp/CCD, etc.
• Image quality check using Built-in Test Patterns
• Open circuit check using harness test signals
NOTE: The tool is currently not able to diagnose the following:

• Communication error between the ESS and the IPS
• Failure with Error Codes that indicate the relevant faulty parts (Fan fail, etc.)
• When power is not supplied from the LVPS to the IPS board (in this case, inputs of the
NVM715-030 is denied)
6.1.11.2 IIT Diag Tool Procedures

Setting NVM 715-030 to "1" at the Control Panel automatically executes the diagnostic function. (Approx.
5 to 10 secs)
If the diagnostic result is OK, the value of 715-030 will display "0" or "000".
NOTE: "1" is displayed until [Confirm/Change] is pressed on the NVMRead/Write screen. (when [Con-
firm/Change] is pressed, a result will appear.)
If an error is detected, a 3-digit code is displayed. The code is made up of one higher digit and two lower
digits, each of which corresponds to the codes (faulty parts) shown in the following table. Although a
maximum of two faulty parts is displayed, there are cases when a communication error in one of the
faulty parts causes the other parts to be judged as faulty. Therefore, it is recommended that you first
replace only one of the faulty parts and re-execute the diagnostics.
Example)
110... 01 and 10
002... 02 only
Table 1
Code Faulty Parts
01 Lamp
02 PWBA CCD
03 FFC CCD
04 PWBA IPS
05-09 Currently not relevant
10 LAMP FFC

6-21
4127/4112G General
General 02/2009 4127/4112G
6.2.1 NVM Read / Write: DC131 • 1=Jam Bypass ON
2. Jam Bypass Execution:
Purpose
JAM Bypass operation starts with the copy operation from the User Mode. Stop it with the [Stop]
It is possible to refer to or set/change the NVM data.
key.
NOTE: All the NVM data including the NVM for the Key Operator are accessible.However, Billing and 3. Jam Bypass Mode Cancellation:
Auditron Administration Password cannot be rewritten. The NVM settings for the JAM Bypass Mode resets (cancels JAM Bypass Mode) by turning the M/C
OFF then ON (User Mode).
NOTE: For details on NVM No. (Chain-Link), refer to 6.3.7 through 6.3.22.
<Paper Intentional Stop Function Operational Procedure>
Procedure 1. Paper Intentional Stop Function Settings:
1. Select [NVM Read / Write] on the "Maintenance / Diagnostics" screen. Set the NVM of the Paper Intentional Stop Function in NVM Read / Write (set the timing to stop in
2. Input the Chain-Link No. and press the [Change Settings] button. increments of 10ms), end the operation, and exit the CE Mode.
3. The current setting value and the "New Value" input column are displayed. Exit the CE Mode without rebooting the Controller.
If the machine reboots due to other reasons, the settings for the Paper Intentional Stop Function will
NOTE: E.g.) The machine does not accept "700-6" as an abbreviation of "700-006".When a number be cleared.
starts with "0", the "0" must be entered.
DADF: Set NVM [711-296] Independent Operation Time from "0" -right "2"~"999".
4. Enter the value that you wish to change to into the "New Value" column using the keypad and press • 0=Independent Operation OFF (Default)
the [Confirm] button. • 2~999=The time to stop after feeding of independent operation started (in increments of 10ms)
The entered value can be cleared using the [C] button. IOT: Set NVM [740-012] Paper Intentional Stop Timer from "0" -right "1"~"999".
NOTE: If the entered value is invalid, the following message is displayed. • 0=Intentional Stop Instruction None (Default)
"Incorrect value. Please re-enter." • 1~999=The time to stop the paper intentionally (in increments of 10ms)
2. Paper Intentional Stop Function Execution:
5. The entered number is displayed in the "Current Settings" column.
Paper Intentional Stop operation starts with the copy operation from the User Mode (1 copy with
6. Select [Close] to return to the "Maintenance / Diagnostics" screen.
Paper Tray settings as Simp, Dup, Inv etc).
<NVM Read / Write Special Functions> The M/C stops at the specified timing. Stop the operation by shutting down the M/C. The M/C per-
Function: The NVM Read / Write Special Functions includes Jam Bypass mode and Stop Paper function. forms recovery operation (Marking recovery) when it restarts after shutting down.
3. Paper Intentional Stop Function Cancellation:
1. The JAM Bypass Mode operates the IOT or DADF, and checks its operation when the Jam detec-
tion is turned OFF. This function can only be operated from the CE (UI) mode. The NVM settings for the Paper Intentional Stop Function operation resets by turning the M/C OFF
then ON (User Mode).
After setup, ignore the Jam Timer until the next time the power is turned OFF/ON.
2. The Paper Intentional Stop Function stops the paper (Hard Down) on the IOT or DADF at a specific
time in order to investigate the location on the paper transport path where paper contamination or
paper damage has occurred. This function can only be operated from the CE (UI) mode.
Paper transportation stops at the timing set.
<Jam Bypass Mode Operational Procedure>
1. Jam Bypass Mode Settings:
Set the NVM of the Jam Bypass Mode for IOT or DADF in NVM Read / Write, end the operation,
and exit the CE Mode. The Controller will exit the CE Mode without rebooting.
If the machine reboots due to other reasons, the settings for the JAM Bypass Mode will be cleared.
DADF: Set NVM [711-297] Communication Fail Bypass from "0" -right "1".
• 0=Communication Fail Bypass OFF (Default)
• 1=Communication Fail Bypass ON
IOT: Set NVM [742-002] Jam Bypass Switching from "0" -right "1".
• 0=Jam Bypass OFF (Default)
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 6.2 How to Use the DC Codes

6-23
4127/4112G General
General 02/2009 4127/4112G
6.2 How to Use the DC Codes 6-24 Version.1 .1.1
6.2.2 Component Control (IO Check): DC330 6.2.3 Analog Monitor (IO Check): DC140
Purpose Purpose
Displays the logic state of Input Component input signals and operates the Output Components. Monitors the Analog value of the A/D converted sensor, by operating each component (such as C.C).
You can temporarily change the output value.
NOTE: For details on Component Control (Chain-Link No.) Code, refer to 6.3.1 and 6.3.2 in Chapter 6.
NOTE: For details on the Analog Monitor, refer to 6.3.3.
Procedure
1. Select [IO Check] on the "Maintenance / Diagnostics" screen. Procedure
2. Select [Component Control] on the "IO Check" screen. 1. Select [IO Check] on the "Maintenance / Diagnostics" screen.
3. Enter the Chain-Link No. of the Input/Output components (6 digits) using the keypad. 2. Select [Analog Monitor] on the "IO Check" screen.
3. The "Analog Monitor" screen is displayed.
NOTE: E.g.) The machine does not accept "1-300" as an abbreviation of "001-300". When a num-
• "Input / Output" column: Component type (Input / Output component)
ber starts with "0", the "0" must be entered.
• "Enable / Disable" column: Operation states - Enable (Checking in progress), Disable (Check-
4. Press the [Start] button.Component operation is started. ing stopped)
• To proceed, select the [Enter Number] button on the screen, enter the Chain-Link No. and • "Level" column: Displays the received output level value. (Level: 0-65535)
press [Start].
• [Change Output Level] button: Input the output level that is desired to change and check the
NOTE: The status of the latest turned ON component is displayed on the screen. Output Level of the output component temporarily. Select the [Change Output Level] button,
enter the value using either the Keypad on the screen or the arrow keys and press [Confirm].
• To check the status of a previously turned ON component, select the [Enter Number] button, • [Enter Number] button: Refer to Step 4
enter the Chain-Link No. of that component and press [Show Current Status]. The status of the
• [Show Current Status] button: Refer to Step 4
previously turned ON component is displayed.
4. Enter the Chain-Link No. of the analog Input/Output components using the Keypad.
• Select [Cyclic Motion] for the component to repeat the operation.
• To proceed, select the [Enter Number] button on the screen, enter the Chain-Link No. and
5. Input/Output column (component type), Status column (Operation status: High/Low and On/Off),
press [Start].
and Counter column (Operation Count) are displayed on the "Component Control" screen.
6. To stop the running Input/Output components individually, press the [Stop the component on dis- NOTE: The status of the latest turned ON component is displayed on the screen.
play] button.
• To check the status of a previously turned ON component, select the [Enter Number] button,
To stop two or more running Input/Output components simultaneously, press the [Stop all the com-
enter the Chain-Link No. of that component and press [Show Current Status]. The status of the
ponents] button.
previously turned ON component is displayed.
7. Select [Close] to return to the "IO Check" screen.
5. Select [Close] to return to the "IO Check" screen.
6.2.4 Initialize Hard Disk: DC355 6.2.5 Software Options
Purpose Purpose
To initialize the Hard Disk partition A only. Enter the software key (password) to enable the optional functions installed in the device. (Can also be
set up in the Machine Administrator Mode)
Table 1 Hard Disk Partition Types
Partition No. Stored information and usages Procedure
1. Select [Software Options] on the "Maintenance / Diagnostics" screen.
Partition 1 (A) Resource Font, Form/Logo, SMB Folder (Config. txt, driver), Job Template
2. Enter the password of the software option using [Keyboard] on the "Software Options" screen.
Partition 2 (B) Print EPC Print Temporary Data
Partition 3 (C) Mailbox Extended Mailbox, Scan, Report, Secure Print, Proof Print, Delay Print NOTE: Software key (password) error occurs in the following situations.
Partition 4 (D) PDL PDL and MailIO Temporary • Input mistake
Partition 5 (E) Copy EPC Copy Temporary Data • Inconsistent model code and machine number
Partition 6 (F) Scan Stores the information for Scan To Server, Scan To PC, E-Mail Send, • Issuance mistake (Wrong software key (password) number)
JFS Temporary Data, Transmission Report - Undelivered/Transmission
3. Press the [Reboot] button.
Report (Recipient, result, image data)
Partition 7 (G) DOMS/XDOD DOMS Scan Data, XDOD FTP Data
Partition 8 (H) Administration Spool Cont. Administration Information (Pflite User Document Store),
Information Job Recovery Data, Instruction Manual, Job Log, Log during trouble,
Audit Log, Device verification data
Partition 9 (I) PIT Library Log Image Creation Temporary Area of the Image Log
Partition 10 (J) Log Images Log Image Storage Area of Image Log
Partition 16 (K) Backup The area to store backed up data in and to restore the data from
Procedure
1. Select [Initialize Hard Disk] on the "Maintenance / Diagnostics" screen.
2. Select [Partition A] and press [Start].
3. Select [Yes] after the confirmation message is displayed.
Partition A of the Hard Disk is initialized.
4. When "Partition A has been initialized." is displayed, select [Confirm].

6-25
4127/4112G General
General 02/2009 4127/4112G
6.2.6 Delete All Data 6.2.7 Initialize NVM: DC301

Purpose Purpose
Deletes the data in the Hard Disk, ESS PWB NVRAM, and Backup RAM (User defined/registered infor- To perform initialization for any NVM area.
mation and information recorded automatically by the system). (Can also be set up in the Machine
Administrator Mode) NOTE: At NVM Initialize, do not initialize the settings for Billing Counter, M/C Serial No., Market, HFSI,
Shutdown History, and Jam/Fail Counter. The values of Shutdown History and Jam/Fail Counter are
CAUTION cleared by the process that is specified at Diag Exit (Exit Diagnostics).
This function is provided to prevent the leak of customer confidential information when the machine is Settings set up by the users, such as Fax Speed Dial Registration Data, Mailbox Registration Data, and
recalled. User Managed Auditron, and individual passwords can be erased by KO Tool.
Executing "Delete All Data" deletes all the data that has been registered/set in the machine. NOTE: NVM Initialization Precautions
Procedure • After NVM initialization, remove the shipping inspection sheet provided in the machine and refer to
1. Select [Delete All Data] on the "Maintenance / Diagnostics" screen. NVM 752-477 (ATC Barcode No.) described in it to perform ATC Sensor Setup. If this action is not
2. A Message is displayed on the "Delete All Data" screen. performed, the toner density control will not be performed correctly and may cause image quality
problems.
3. Press the [Start] button.
4. Confirmation Message is displayed. Select [Yes]. Procedure
5. The [Deleting data] message appears. 1. Select [Initialize NVM] on the "Maintenance / Diagnostics" screen.
6. The message indicating the completion appears. 2. The "Initialize NVM" screen is displayed.
7. Select [Close] to return to the "Maintenance / Diagnostics" screen. 3. Select the NVM area you wish to initialize.
Table 1 NVM Area List

NVM Area Item Remarks
IOT Initializes the IOT NVM-related data that can be set/adjusted. (Initialization
includes Output Device)
Finisher Initializes the IOT NVM-related data that can be set/adjusted in the Finisher.
(Finisher D4 includes Trimmer/Square Fold.)
IFM Initializes the IFM NVM-related data that can be set/adjusted.
HCS Initializes the HCS NVM-related data that can be set/adjusted.
IISS (IIT/IPS) Initializes the IISS NVM-related data that can be set/adjusted. (Initialization
includes Input Device and IISS-Extension)
IISS-Extension Initializes the IISS NVM-related data that can be set/adjusted in Extension.
Input Device Initializes the IISS NVM-related data that can be set/adjusted in DADF/CVT.
Sys-SYSTEM Initializes the Sys-System NVM-related data that can be set in CE mode.
Sys-USER Initializes the Sys-User NVM-related data that can be set by user.

5. Follow the message shown on the "Initialize NVM" screen and select [Yes] or [No].
6.2.8 Hard Disk Failure Prediction Test (Sub System): DC355 6.2.9 ADF Independent Operation (Sub-System): DC527
Purpose Purpose
Perform failure prediction test for Hard Disk (HDD). To automatically adjust the original size during DADF scan to the desired original size.
Procedure NOTE: As to the EPS machine, any operation directive is invalid. Error should be displayed.
1. Select [Sub System] on the "Maintenance / Diagnostics" screen. Procedure
2. Select [Hard Disk Failure Prediction Test] on the "Sub System" screen. 1. Select [Sub System] on the "Maintenance / Diagnostics" screen.
3. The "Hard Disk Failure Prediction Test" screen is displayed. 2. Select [ADF Independent Operation] on the "Sub System" screen.
4. Follow the instructions on the screen and press [Start]. 3. The "ADF Independent Operation" screen is displayed.
5. The result is displayed on the "Hard Disk Failure Prediction Test" screen.
4. Following the message, set the document on the DADF. (3 sheets)
6. If the result is NG, Fault Code is displayed.
NOTE: The size of the fed original differs according to the market.
Take action according to the message and press the [Confirm] button.
• FX, XE/IBG: A4 LEF (210.0 0.7mm)
7. Select [Close] to return to the "Sub System" screen.
• XC: 8.5"x11" LEF (215.9 0.7mm)

6. Follow the instructions on the screen and press [Confirm].
7. Select [Close] to return to the "Sub System" screen.

6-27
4127/4112G General
General 02/2009 4127/4112G
6.2.10 Print Test Pattern: DC612 6.2.11 White Reference Adjustment (MAX Setup/IIT Calibration):
Purpose DC945
Performs copy quality check and isolates the problems by printing the Test Pattern in the machine. Purpose
To perform automatic correction for IIT White Sensitivity Level and Gray Balance.
Performs No Paper Run.
NOTE: Perform this when there are smears and gray contamination etc. of the IIT.
NOTE: For the Test Pattern List, refer 6.3.5.1 DC612 Test Pattern List in Chapter 6.
NOTE: As to the EPS machine, any operation directive is invalid. Error should be displayed.
Procedure
NOTE: For the detailed procedures, refer to ADJ 5.8.3 in Chapter 4.
1. Enter [NVM Read / Write] from the "Maintenance / Diagnostics" screen and change the settings of
the NVM Values to match the prerequisites for each of the Test Patterns. Procedure
2. Select [Print Test Pattern] on the "Maintenance / Diagnostics" screen. 1. Select [MAX Setup] on the "Maintenance / Diagnostics" screen.
3. Enter the Pattern Number, select the paper and, if using Tray 5 (Bypass), set the paper type. 2. Select [IIT Calibration] on the "MAX Setup" screen.
If the Pattern Number prerequisite is wrong, it cannot be executed. 3. Select [White Reference Adjustment] on the "IIT Calibration" screen.
• BW 4. Follow the instructions on the screen and press [Start]. (Load 10 or more sheets of blank A3 or
• Paper Supply: Paper Tray and Paper Type (MSI selected) 11"x17" paper on the Platen)
*Paper sizes available for the MSI: Standard sizes (with K/O Tools) and Non-standard size (by
entering a size) are available for the MSI. However, Paper Size (Standard) Settings is required NOTE: The machine carries out the following operations.
(NVM870-211). During the Diag, B5 LEF cannot be selected. To use B5 LEF, select each Tray. (1) Performs shading to stabilize the IIT state.
*Paper Type (details): (2) Obtains the shading data.
Heavyweight (3) Performs sampling of white paper data to calculate and set the White Reference Correction
Extra Heavyweight Coefficient. (Written into NVM 715-092 to 096)
Plain (4) Performs shading to reflect the result of the White Reference Adjustment.
• Quantity: 1 to 999
NOTE: This adjustment is performed at factory shipment and when the CCD, Lamp, or Platen
4. Press the [Start] button. Glass is replaced.
NOTE: When Pattern Number is set to "71: No Paper Run", empty rotation is performed as many 5. The following measured values are displayed on the screen after the White Reference Adjustment is
times as the number set in Quantity. Press the [Stop] button to stop. performed. When completed with error, the message "Calibration has been completed with an
error." is displayed.
• BW-X (W-Ref Correction Coefficient BW-X)
• BW-Y (W-Ref Correction Coefficient BW-Y)
• R (W-Ref Correction Coefficient BW-Red)
• G (W-Ref Correction Coefficient BW-Green)
• B (W-Ref Correction Coefficient BW-Blue)
6. Select [Close] to return to the "IIT Calibration" screen.
6.2.12 CCD Calibration (MAX Setup - IIT Calibration): DC945 6.2.13 Optical Axis Correction (MAX Setup - IIT Calibration):
Purpose DC945
To perform automatic correction for the CCD Color Sensitivity Dispersion. Purpose
To automatically measure and adjust skew for Platen and Side Regi.
NOTE: Perform this when the yellow component of the image looks abnormal.
NOTE: This adjustment is performed after performing the "White Reference Adjustment". NOTE: Perform this when something is clearly wrong with the Platen Regi skew.
NOTE: As to the EPS machine, any operation directive is invalid. Error should be displayed. NOTE: This adjustment is performed after replacing the CCD.
NOTE: For the detailed procedures, refer to ADJ 5.8.3 in Chapter 4. NOTE: As to the EPS machine, any operation directive is invalid. Error should be displayed.
Procedure NOTE: For the detailed procedures, refer to ADJ 5.8.3 in Chapter 4.
1. Select [MAX Setup] on the "Maintenance / Diagnostics" screen. Procedure

2. Select [IIT Calibration] on the "MAX Setup" screen. 1. Select [MAX Setup] on the "Maintenance / Diagnostics" screen.
3. Select [CCD Calibration] on the "IIT Calibration" screen. 2. Select [IIT Calibration] on the "MAX Setup" screen.
4. Follow the instructions on the screen, then place the Test Chart (STP5001, 499T276) on the Platen 3. Select [Optical Axis Correction] on the "IIT Calibration" screen.
and press [Start].
4. Follow the instructions on the screen and press [Start].
5. The following obtained data are displayed on the screen after execution.
Open the platen cover, make sure there is nothing on the glass, and execute.
• b*Correction Coefficient
5. The following data are displayed on the screen after execution.
• b*Patch Measured Value
• Result: OK / NG
• b*Standard Value
• Front NUT Correction Angle: numeric display
• Result
• Rear NUT Correction Angle: numeric display
• Reflection Ratio (R, G, B, Y, M, C, K)
6. If NG, run the necessary adjustment. (Refer to Chapter 4 ADJ 5.8.3)
• Result
6. The "Result" column will display "OK" or "NG". When completed with error, the message "Calibra-
tion has been completed with an error." is displayed.

6-29
4127/4112G General
General 02/2009 4127/4112G
6.2.14 Side 2 Shading Correction (MAX Setup - IIT Calibration): 6.2.15 Default Developer Housing ATC Setup (MAX Setup):
DC945 DC949
Purpose Purpose
To retrieve the Shading Data of the White Reference Board (jig) for the Duplex CIS to check all pixel out- To set ATC Target Value by actually measuring the density of toner in the Developer Housing shortly
puts, determine existence of dirt, and display the result. after the replacement of developer whose toner density is already known, by use of the ATC Sensor sen-
sitivity adjustment function.
NOTE: This correction is performed at factory shipment, when image quality is deteriorated, and when
black lines appear in the slow scan direction. When this adjustment is required:
NOTE: Before performing this correction, remove the White Reference Board (jig) from the specified stor- • After the replacement of Deve Housing
age location. Clean the White Reference Board and CIS Glass so that they are free of dirt and dust, and • After the replacement of ATC Sensor
then set the White Reference Board to the predetermined location. Overview
NOTE: As to the EPS machine, any operation directive is invalid. Error should be displayed. • Once you have entered the screen, you will find [ATC Measured Value] and [ATC Target Value] dis-
played there.
• [Setting Switch] displayed on the screen can be turned ON or OFF.
Procedure • When the [Start] button is pressed, the data of the displayed [Setting Switch] will be reported to the
1. Select [MAX Setup] on the "Maintenance / Diagnostics" screen. IOT and entered in NVM, and then the M/C will operate in a mode like No Paper Mode (Transfer
Retract) and perform ATC Measurement and judge on Fail.
2. Select [IIT Calibration] on the "MAX Setup" screen.
• After the M/C finishes the above, the NVM value of Setting Switch, the ATC measured value and the
3. Select [Side 2 Shading Correction] on the "IIT Calibration" screen.
ATC target value are displayed again, and OK or NG is displayed based on a measurement result
4. Follow the instructions on the screen, make sure that there is no dirt on the Document Cover and and a setup result that are NVM values for judgment.
press [Start].
• After it is turned ON, the Setting Switch will turn OFF without fail because the IOT automatically sets
• After scanning is complete, the "Result" column will display "OK" or "NG". When completed
it to OFF.
with error, the message "Calibration has been completed with an error." is displayed.
• If "NG" is displayed, the related Fault Codes: 065-213 (CIS Illumination Fail) or 065-212 (CIS
Procedure
Shading Level Fail) will appear. Follow the action procedures specified for the Fault Code to <Setting ATC Target Value>
resolve the problem. At the same time, clean the White Reference Board and CIS Glass and
perform the Side 2 Shading Correction again. NOTE: Be sure to use new developer in order to set Target Value.
5. Select [Close] to return to the "IIT Calibration" screen. 1. Select [MAX Setup] on the "Maintenance / Diagnostics" screen.
2. Select [Default Developer ATC Setup] on the "MAX Setup" screen.
3. On the screen, turn ON the Setting Switch.
5. ATC Target Value becomes updated. Check the target value.
6. Select [Close] to return to the "MAX Setup" screen.
<Checking ATC Measured Value and Fail Judgment>
1. Select [MAX Setup] on the "Maintenance / Diagnostics" screen.

2. Select [Default Developer ATC Setup] on the "MAX Setup" screen.
3. On the screen, turn OFF the Setting Switch
5. A specific measurement result and a setup result appear. Check the results.
Meaning of Results
Measurement Result: judgment on whether an ATC Sensor measured value is abnormal.
Setup Result: judgment on whether setting ATC Target Value is successfully complete.
6. Select [Close] to return to the "MAX Setup" screen 6.2.16 Procon ON/OFF Print (MAX Setup): DC935
Purpose
• This function identifies the cause of an IOT density reproducibility problem by performing Process
Control Setup according to the built-in PG output and displays the control-related parameters and
existence of failures.
• There are two modes for Procon Control: [Procon "ON" Print] mode for Process Control ON and
[Procon "OFF" Print] mode for Process Control OFF. These modes are use to identify whether the
trouble is caused by the Process Control or the IOT.
• There is also a [Print Density Adjustment] mode, which adjusts the IOT density using the [Density]
button to change a Process Control target value.
Overview
• When you enter the screen, the screen starts in the "Procon "ON" Print" mode and displays the
[Patch 1], [Patch 2], [Setup Value], [Target Value], [Measured Value], and [Results] parameters.
However, at this time, the [Results] is blank.
• Pressing the [Start] button performs the Minisetup with Process Control conditions that matches the
selected mode, outputs one sheet of IOT built-in ADC Patch, and then creates a Job End Patch.
• All the trays are available (Default: Tray 1). The operation cannot be performed if any tray is empty.
A3 SEF, A4 LEF, 11"x17" SEF, or 8.5"x11" LEF paper can be used.
• After the built-in PG output, the updated [Patch 1], [Patch 2], [Setup Value], [Target Value], [Mea-
sured Value], and [Results] parameters will be displayed. The [Result] will display "OK" or "NG".
• The following describes the operation overview for each mode:
Table 1
No. Name Description Remarks
1. Procon ON Print: Press the [Start] button to instruct the Built-in PG: Procon PG Screen
Printing with same start of operation. Perform Minisetup, 300C
settings as Cus- then print one sheet of the built-in PG for A print is made using the same
tomer Mode Procon ON Print and create the Job End quantity of LD light adjusted by
Patch. When this process has completed, ADC for density adjustment as the
the automatically updated Procon ON one in Customer Mode.
Print related data appears in the results
column on the "Procon ON Print" screen.
2. Procon OFF Print: Press the [Start] button to instruct the Built-in PG: Procon PG Screen
Printing with ADC start of operation. Perform Minisetup, 300C
Control OFF then print one sheet of the built-in PG for A print is made using a specific
Procon OFF Print and create the Job End quantity of LD light that makes it
Patch. When this process has completed, possible to obtain the standard
the automatically updated Procon OFF electric potential determined by
Print related data appears in the results ESV.
column on the "Procon OFF Print" screen.

6-31
4127/4112G General
General 02/2009 4127/4112G
Table 1 6. Pressing the [Start] button prints one sheet of the built-in PG for Procon ON Print or Procon OFF
Print, and displays the following automatically updated NVM parameter values on the screen. The
No. Name Description Remarks
[Result] will display "OK" or "NG"
3. Print Density 1. Procon ON Print: Identifies the cur- Execution of Darker or Lighter
Adjustment rent copy density. instruction changes the manual Table 2
2. Select [Lighten (+1)], [Darken (+1)] correction amount of the ADC Tar- Settings/
on the "Print Density Adjustment" get Value, ATC Target Value and
Setup Patch Setup Patch Target Measurem
screen and press the [Start] button VM Target Value from the current
1 2 Setup Value Value ent Value Results
to instruct the start of operation. The NVM status.
[Result] will display "OK", "NG", • DC131[752-216]: RADCS Electro- VG_Mini_P1 VG_Mini_P2 VGS_Kari VG_OUT 092-607
"Tone", or "Limit". Manual Correction Amount static: VG [752-310] [752-311] [752-286] [752-276] VGS_Fail *1
• DC131DC131[752-191]: OK, NG
3. As a guide, the density of Cin 50%
changes by 0.1 each time "Darken" ATCS Manual Correction Electric VH1 [752-279] VH2 [752-280] VH3 [752-281] VHS_Adj 092-608
or "Lighten" is executed. Amount Potential: VH [752-230] VH3_Fail *1
4. The [Reset] button on the "Print • DC131[752-234]: Delta VMS OK, NG
Density Adjustment" screen is used Manual Correction Amount Light Inten- LD_Mini_P1 LD_Mini_P2 LDS_ESV_ 092-609
to reset the VM Target Value. Select The changes in the RADCS Man- sity: LD [752-314] [752-315] Kari [752-292] LDS_Fail *1
[Reset] and press the [Start] button ual Correction Amount and the (ESV) OK, NG
to execute the operation. The Delta Manual Correction Amount Electric VM1 [752- VM2 [752- VM3 [752- VMS_ADC[ VM_ADC 092-610
[Result] will display "OK" when the are reflected in the next Procon Potential: 282] 283] 284] 752-325] [752-285] VM3_Fail
ATCS Manual Correction Amount ON Print. However, the change in VM OK, NG
has not changed, or "Tone" when the ATCS Manual Correction Density: RADC_Mini1[ RADC_Mini2[ RADC_Mini3[ RADC_Adj[ RADC_job 092-663
the value has changed. Amount will not be reflected unless RADC 752-088] 752-089] 752-090] 752-096] [752-097] Miniset_ADC_
DC991 Tone Up/Down is per- Fail
formed. If the ATCS Manual Cor- OK, NG
rection Amount has changed, Light Inten- LDS_ADC LDS [752-
"Tone" appears in the results col-
sity: LD [752-295] 299]
umn. If any of the Process Control
(ADC)
related Fails (092-607~092-663)
occurs, "NG" appears in the Toner Den- ATCS_Adj ATC_AVE_ D_ATC_OUT_
sity: ATC [752-132] OUT [752- War
results column.
130] OK, NG
NOTE: Delta: Indicates the differ- Temp. Temp_ 092-661
ence. (Degree OUT [752- Temp_SNSR_
Centigrade) 066] Fail
NOTE: For the detailed procedures, refer to ADJ 2.1.2 in Chapter 4. OK, NG
Humidity (%) Hum_OUT 092-662
[Procon "ON" Print]/[Procon "OFF" Print]/[Print Density Adjustment] Proce- [752-067] Hum_SNSR_
dure Fail
1. Select [MAX Setup] on the "Maintenance / Diagnostics" screen. OK, NG
2. Select [Procon ON/OFF Print] on the "MAX Setup" screen. Density: Vcln ADC_Vcln 092-651
3. The "Procon ON/OFF Print" screen is displayed. Display the [Procon ON Print], [Procon OFF Print], [752-083] ADC_Vcln_
and [Print Density Adjustment] mode buttons. Fail
OK, NG
4. Select [Procon "ON" Print], [Procon "OFF" Print], or [Print Density Adjustment].
<<Print Den-
5. The [Procon "ON" Print] or [Procon "OFF" Print] or [ Print Density Adjustment] screen is accordingly
sity Adjust-
displayed.
ment >>
Darker=1, Dout_Adj_S Dout_Adj_Jd
Lighter=-1, W OK, NG, Tone,
Reset=2 0, 1, -1, 2 Limit
NOTE: *1: When these failures occur or when the print density cannot be adjusted, use DC140 6.2.17 Toner Density Adjustment (MAX Setup): DC991
[092-200] to perform a simple check on ESV. Perform Simple Check on ESV based on the value
2sec after the M/C is turned ON. Execute it 3mins after the print operation has completed success- Purpose
fully. (In order to remove effects from remaining electric potential) • Perform Tone Up/Tone Down to carry out Toner Density Adjustment.
• Normal Output Range: 0~10 • Mode for performing Tone Up and Tone Down.
• Error Determination Level: 50 or above (Between 10 and 50, the ESV Sensor may detect error
but there is a high possibility of electric potential remaining on the Photoreceptor in a low Table 1
humidity environment.) Item Overview
• Presumed cause of error: ESV Sensor failure.
Tone Up Operation by No Paper Blank Paper Run + Toner Dispense (specific time).
• Failure can be detected only when the ESV offsets at the side higher than in reality. There may
Tone Down Operation by No Paper Cin 60% Run + Toner Dispense (0).
be some cases where failures cannot be detected.
NOTE: The results of "Print Density Adjustment" are displayed as "OK", "NG", "Tone" and "Limit". When this adjustment is required:
The results of others are displayed as "OK" and "NG". Meaning of the results displayed in the results
column are as below: • When you want to change the toner density intentionally
• "OK": Density is within the normal range (Changes of each Manual Correction amount are per-
NOTE: To prevent density failures, every operation should only use 30 or less sheets.
formed correctly). Check the density in DC935 Process Control ON Print again.
• "NG": Density related failure (results column) occurs. Check the XERO related data (NVM) Overview
(For details density related failure, refer to the relevant FIP in Chapter 2 Troubleshooting). Machine operation:
• "Tone": Tone density is off from the target. In DC991 perform Tone Up/Down. After then in
DC935 Process Control ON Print check the density again. • With A4LEF and No Paper Run, Tone Up operates by the number of sheets set in Max [Up Sheets]
• "Limit": Print density cannot be adjusted beyond this value (All the manual correction amount and Tone Down operates by the number of sheets set in [Down Sheets].
has reached the limit). Check the density in DC935 Process Control ON Print again. • For XERO/DEVE, this is the same as the case for normal images. The Transfer Belt is retracted.
• Explanation on NVM is given below. Output is turned OFF. Fusing and Jam detection etc. follows the No Paper Run (Test Pattern Print:
DC612).
Table 3 • The tray is fixed to Tray 1. The operation cannot be performed if this Tray is empty. Load blank A4
LEF or 8.5"x11" LEF paper into the Tray. The machine operates at the A4L timing. In addition, it
does not perform billing up.
Electrostatic: VG 3 VGrid levels in Miniset (2 fixed levels, and 1 level determined by ESV)
• The machine cannot operate until Fuser Ready.
Electric Potential: VH VH Measurement Value at the above 3 VGrid levels
Procon operation:
Light Intensity: LD (ESV) 3 LD Light Intensity levels in Miniset (2 fixed levels, and 1 level determined
by ESV) • Toner supply control settings are as follows and does not follow the settings in Customer mode.
Electric Potential: VM VM Measurement Value at the above 3 LD Light Intensity levels After the operation, the Customer mode settings are restored.
Density: RADC ADC Patch Density at the above 3 LD Light Intensity levels • Potential Control is the same as in Customer mode settings.
Light Intensity: LD (ADC) The LD Light Intensity determined by ADC is the basis for the LD Intensity Toner supply control:
when the M/C is printing.
Toner Density: ATC Adjust the Target Value for each M/C. As a guide, [value in 752- • Operates according to the Tone Up/Tone Down settings. However, toner supply is aborted during
006]=TC8% and Delta100=DeltaTC1% Weak (Delta: Indicates the differ- Belt Restore Setup for Tone Up.
ence.)
Temperature Reads the latest temperature as the direct temperature.
Humidity Reads the latest humidity as the direct humidity. Procedure
Density: Vcln Outputs the photoreceptor plain surface of the ADC Sensor. Indicates the 1. Select [MAX Setup] on the "Maintenance / Diagnostics" screen.
level of contamination. Clean it if it is less than 300. 2. Select [Toner Density Adjustment] on the "MAX Setup" screen.
• In the screen, the NVM values of [TC Target], [TC Value], and [Toner Density Difference Toler-
7. Select [Close] to return to the "Procon ON/OFF Print" screen. ance Range] for Black are displayed, while [Select Quantity] is "0".

6-33
4127/4112G General
General 02/2009 4127/4112G
3. Follow the instructions on the screen and set the [Select Quantity] (-99 to +99) that is required for 6.2.18 Fuser Nip Measurement (MAX Setup): DC701
Tone Up/Tone Down.
• "+" means Tone Up while "-" means Tone Down. Tone Up increases toner density and
Purpose
decreases the measured value. Makes a copy for the Contact Arc Adjustment by a semi-operation procedure to measure the Fuser Nip
Width.
4. Pressing the [Start] button executes the Tone Up or Tone Down MC operation according to the
number of sheets that was set.
Table 1
5. After the MC operation has completed, "Select Quantity" returns to "0" sheets. Also, NVM 752-132
(ATC Target Value), NVM 752-130 (ATC Measured Value), and Toner Density Difference Tolerance No. Item Description Remarks
Range for Black are updated and [TC Target], [TC Value], and [Toner Density Difference Tolerance 1 Create Fuser Nip Width Print a sheet of the paper for Fuser Refer to Fuser Nip Width Measure-
Range] are displayed. Measurement Paper Nip Width measurement by follow- ment Paper (Figure 1)
6. Check the image quality and repeat the procedure until the appropriate density is obtained. ing the instructions in the screen.
7. Select [Close] to return to the "MAX Setup" screen. 2 Record the Nip Width Load the Fuser Nip Width Mea- Measure the Fuser Nip Width
surement Paper in the Tray. Fol- (traces of Contact Arc) by the
lowing the instructions on the changes caused by the heat of the
screen, feed the Fuser Nip Width 3 black bands.
Measurement Paper, stop it on the
Fuser temporarily for three times,
then record the nip width and out-
put the paper.
3 Adjust the Nip pressure Measure the Nip Width (traces of
Contact Arc) with a scale and
adjust the nip pressure manually.
Procedure
1. Select [MAX Setup] on the "Maintenance / Diagnostics" screen.
2. Select [Fuser Nip Measurement] on the "MAX Setup" screen.
3. At the paper selection, select a Tray that contains A4 LEF or 8.5"x11" LEF. The following paper
trays can be selected:
• MSI
• Tray 5 (HCF-MSI)
• Tray 1
• Tray 2
• Tray 3
• Tray 4
• Tray 6 (4000HCF Upper Tray/2000A3-HCF/4000C2-HCF Upper)
• Tray 7 (4000HCF Lower Tray/4000C2-HCF Lower)
4. Follow the instructions on the screen and press [Start].
5. Print 1 sheet of Fuser Nip Width Measurement Paper. (Figure 1)
6.2.19 Machine ID / Billing Data (Adjustment / Others): DC132
Purpose
To repair the mismatch of Serial No., Product No. and Billing Counter Value among the PWB when MCU
PWB, ESS PWB, or BP PWB is replaced, set those values stored in the non-replaced PWB to the
replaced PWB.
DC132 can be executed when one of the following failures occurs:
• 124-324 (Billing Counter is mismatched at 3 positions)

• 124-325 (Billing Counter is mismatched at 1 positions)
• 124-312 (Any Product No. Mismatch)
• 124-313 (Any Serial No. Mismatch)
• 124-315 (DC132 System Fail-2)
• 124-317 (DC132 System Fail-4)
• 124-319 (DC132 System Fail-8)
Figure 1 j0vt62001
• 124-326 (Unregistered IOT Speed)
6. Load the Fuser Nip Width Measurement Paper into the Tray selected in step 3. • 124-341 (CRUM Market fail MCU)
• 124-342 (CRUM Market fail SYS1)
NOTE: Load the Fuser Nip Width Measurement Paper such that the side with the larger lead edge
erase width in paper feeding direction is at the lead edge of paper feeding and the toner image of • 124-343 (CRUM Market fail SYS2)
the black band is towards the Heat Roll. If Roll in Roll is used, load the paper in the opposite direc- • 124-351 (CRUM OEM fail MCU)
tion to the normal loading. When loading the paper in the MSI, load it with the toner image of the • 124-352 (CRUM OEM fail SYS1)
black band facing up. • 124-353 (CRUM OEM fail SYS2)
7. Follow the instructions on the screen and press [Start]. • 124-361 (CRUM validation fail MCU)
8. Feed the Fuser Nip Width Measurement Paper and stop it on the Fuser temporarily for three times, • 124-362 (CRUM validation fail SYS1)
then record the nip width and output the paper. • 124-363 (CRUM validation fail SYS2)
9. Measure the Fuser Nip Width (traces of Contact Arc) on Nip Width Measurement Paper being out- • 124-381 (CRUM Market fail MCU (2))
put on both sides at three locations using scale. • 124-382 (CRUM Market fail SYS1 (2))
10. Press the [Confirm] button to execute Fuser Nip Measurement again as needed. • 124-383 (CRUM Market fail SYS2 (2))
11. Select [Close] to return to the "MAX Setup" screen. • 124-391 (CRUM OEM fail MCU (2))
• 124-392 (CRUM OEM fail SYS1 (2))
• 124-393 (CRUM OEM fail SYS2 (2))
NOTE: When all PWB are replaced at the same time, this setting cannot be executed because occur-
rence of a failure cannot be checked.
NOTE: •Each MCU PWB, ESS PWB, and BP PWB have a Serial No., Product No., and Billing Count
respectively (3 locations in total).
• The IOT displayed on the UI screen represents the MCU PWB, while SYS1 represents the BP PWB,
and SYS2 represents the ESS PWB.
NOTE: •This function can only be used when failure has occurred.
(This function is supposed to be available with the failure active).)
• When exiting the Service Mode after setting up the Serial No., the failure will be canceled.
(The Test Pattern Print is not available with the Fail active.)

6-35
4127/4112G General
General 02/2009 4127/4112G
Procedure 6.2.20 HFSI Counter (Adjustment / Others): DC135

1. Select [Adjustment / Others] on the "Maintenance / Diagnostics" screen. Purpose
2. Select [Machine ID / Billing Data] on the "Adjustment / Others" screen. Displays the replacement life (Threshold Value) and the current value (usage status) of the periodic
3. The "Machine ID / Billing Data" screen is displayed. replacement parts. You can change the replacement life and reset the current value.
4. Follow the instructions on the screen, select the PWBA that was not replaced or the PWBA with the
correct data and press [Start]. The job history can be used to record/check the previous 3 replacements.
5. Enter the Serial Number and select [Confirm].
6. Select [Close] to return to the "Adjustment / Others" screen. NOTE: For more information on the HFSI target components, refer to 6.3.4 DC135 HFSI Counter List in
Chapter 6.
Procedure
1. Select [Adjustment / Others] on the "Maintenance / Diagnostics" screen.
2. Select [Initialize HFSI Counter] on the "Adjustment / Others" screen.
3. The "Initialize HFSI Counter" screen is displayed.
4. Follow the instructions on the screen to input the Chain-Link No. and press [Confirm].
5. The [Replacement Life], [Current Value], [Last Life], [Second Last Life], and [Third Last Life]
counters of the specified HFSI are displayed.
6. If you want to reset the current values, select [Reset Current Value]. A screen message "The values
for the Last Life, Second Last Life and Third Last Life will be updated when you reset the current
value. Are you sure?" is displayed.
7. Selecting [Yes] will update the previous 3 replacement records in the HFSI Counter as follows.
(1) The [Second Last Life] value is moved to [Third Last Life].
(2) The [Last Life] value is moved to [Second Last Life].
(3) The [Current Value] value is moved to [Last Life].
(4) The [Current Value] value is set to "0".
8. If you want to change the Replacement Life, select the [Change Replacement Life] button.
9. Set up a new Replacement Life (Max. 8 digits) using the keyboard or the seletion buttons and select
[Save].
10. The [Replacement Life] value is overwritten with the new [Replacement Life] value.
11. Print and verify the HFSI Report as necessary.
12. Select [Close] to return to the "Adjustment / Others" screen.
6.2.21 Fold Position Printout (Adjustment / Others/Finisher - 6.2.22 Single Fold (Adjustment / Others/Finisher - Fold Position
Fold Position Adjustment): DC128 Adjustment): DC128
Purpose Purpose
To print the sample print for verifying the Single Fold position, Staple position, and Booklet fold position of To adjust the Single Fold position of Booklet Folder.
Booklet Folder.
NOTE:For the detailed procedures, refer to ADJ 25.3.1 in Chapter 4 of the Finisher D2/D3/D4 Supple-
NOTE: For the detailed procedures, refer to ADJ 25.3.1 in Chapter 4 of the Finisher D2/D3/D4 Supple- mentary Manual.
mentary Manual.
Procedure
Procedure 1. Select [Adjustment / Others] on the "Maintenance / Diagnostics" screen.
1. Select [Adjustment / Others] on the "Maintenance / Diagnostics" screen. 2. Select [Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment] on the "Adjustment / Others" screen.
2. Select [Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment] on the "Adjustment / Others" screen. 3. Select [Fold Position Printout] on the "Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment" screen. Select the Fold
3. Select [Fold Position Printout] on the "Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment" screen. function [Single Fold] in the "Fold Position Printout" screen and perform printing. Check the skew
4. The "Fold Position Printout" screen is displayed. The following Items will appear. amount of the Single Fold position.
• Folding Function: Booklet Creation, Single Fold, Z-Fold, Z Tri-Fold, and C Tri-Fold 4. Select [Close] to return to the "Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment" screen.
• Trays: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7 (Bypass tray is not included) 5. Select [Single Fold] on the "Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment" screen.
• 1 Sided/2 Sided: 1 Sided, 2 Sided (Side 2 settings is invalid for "Output Orientation" if "2 Sided" 6. The "Single Fold" screen is displayed.
was set.) 7. Select an Item (B4 or larger, B4 or smaller).
• Binding Shift: OFF, ON
• Output Orientation: Side 1, Side 2 ("Output Orientation" setting is invalid when "Booklet Cre-
ation" or "Z-Fold" was set.)
• No. of Sheets: 1 to 200 (Up to 15 sheets can be set for Booklet Creation. Up to 15 sheets can
be set for Single Fold.)
• Quantity: 1 to 999
• Image: Grid (Fold Position Adjustment), Grid (Alignment Adjustment), HT10%
5. Select the item to change and select [Change Settings].
6. Select the Feature of Items and select [Save].
7. Press the [Start] button. The printout is produced.
8. Select [Close] to return to the "Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment" screen.
Figure 1 j0vt62002
8. Select [Change Settings]. Change the value of Items and select [Save].
• Increase or decrease the NVM value in the Single Fold misalignment direction.
If the upper (lower) half of a two-folded sheet is larger than the other half, decrease (increase)
the NVM value.
Adjustment value in steps of 0.1mm/NVM (0 to 200)
9. Select [Fold Position Printout] on the "Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment" screen. Again, select
[Single Fold] and perform Single Fold printing. Check the skew amount of the Single Fold position.

6-37
4127/4112G General
General 02/2009 4127/4112G
6.2.23 Booklet / Fold & Staple (Adjustment / Others/Finisher -

Fold Position Adjustment): DC128
Purpose
To adjust the Staple position skew of Booklet Folder.
NOTE:For the detailed procedures, refer to ADJ 25.3.1 in Chapter 4 of the Finisher D2/D3/D4 Supple-
mentary Manual.
Procedure
2. Select [Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment] on the "Adjustment / Others" screen.
3. Select [Fold Position Printout] on the "Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment" screen. Select the Fold
function [Booklet Creation] and [Binding Shift (On)] in the "Fold Position Printout" screen and per-
form printing. Check the skew in the Staple position against the Fold position.
Figure 1 j0vt62003
5. Select [Booklet / Fold & Staple] on the "Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment" screen.
6. The "Create Booklet Fold & Staple" screen is displayed. The following Items will appear. 8. Select [Change Settings]. Change the value of Items and select [Save].
• 2 stapled sheets, B4 or larger 9. Select [Fold Position Printout] on the "Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment" screen. Again, select the
• 2 stapled sheets, B4 or smaller Fold function [Booklet Creation] and [Binding Shift (On)] in the "Fold Position Printout" screen and
• 2 / 15 stapled sheets, B4 or larger perform printing. Check the skew amount of the Staple position.
• 2 / 15 stapled sheets, B4 or smaller 10. Select [Close] to return to the "Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment" screen.
• 3 stapled sheets, B4 off
• 4 stapled sheets, B4 off
• 5 - 7 stapled sheets, B4 off
• 8 - 14 stapled sheets, B4 off
• Staple Position Adjustment
7. Select the item to change.
• Adjust the misalignment of the Fold Position according to the folding size for each set number
of sheets.
• Adjust the misalignment of the staple position and fold position by aligning the staple position
to the fold position for each set number of sheets.
6.2.24 Booklet / Fold Only (Adjustment / Others/Finisher - Fold
Position Adjustment): DC128
Purpose
To adjust the Booklet fold position skew of Booklet Folder.
NOTE: For the detailed procedures, refer to ADJ 25.3.1 in Chapter 4 of the Finisher D2/D3/D4 Supple-
mentary Manual.
Procedure
function [Booklet Creation] in the "Fold Position Printout" screen and perform printing. Verify the
Booklet fold position skew amount.
Figure 1 j0vt62003
5. Select [Booklet / Fold Only] on the "Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment" screen.
6. The "Create Booklet Folding Only" screen is displayed. The following Items will appear. 8. Select [Change Settings]. Change the value of Items and select [Save].
• 2 or more stapled sheets, B4 or larger 9. Select [Fold Position Printout] on the "Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment" screen. Again, select the
• 2 or more stapled sheets, B4 or smaller Fold function [Booklet Creation] in the "Fold Position Printout" screen and perform printing. Verify
• 3 stapled sheets, B4 or larger the Booklet fold position skew amount.
• 3 stapled sheets, B4 or smaller 10. Select [Close] to return to the "Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment" screen.
• 4 stapled sheets, B4 or larger
• 4 stapled sheets, B4 or smaller
• 5 - 7 stapled sheets, B4 or larger
• 5 - 7 stapled sheets, B4 or smaller
• 8 - 14 stapled sheets, B4 or larger
• 8 - 14 stapled sheets, B4 or smaller
• 2 unstapled sheets
• 3 or more unstapled sheets

6-39
4127/4112G General
General 02/2009 4127/4112G
6.2.25 Z-Fold (Adjustment / Others/Finisher - Fold Position

Adjustment): DC128
Purpose
To adjust the fold length of Z-Fold position of Booklet Folder.
mentary Manual.
Procedure
function [Z-Fold] in the "Fold Position Printout" screen and perform printing. Verify the fold length of
the Z-Fold position.
NOTE: As the length of fold from the tail edge changes by the same amount when the length of fold Figure 1 j0vt62004
from the lead edge is adjusted, be sure to adjust the tail edge after adjusting the lead edge.
4. Select [Close] to return to the "Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment" screen. 8. Select [Change Settings]. Change the value of Items and select [Save].
5. Select [Z-Fold] on the "Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment" screen. 9. Select [Fold Position Printout] on the "Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment" screen. Select the Fold
function [Z-Fold] in the "Fold Position Printout" screen and perform printing. Verify the fold length of
6. The "Z-Fold" screen is displayed. The following Items will appear.
the Z-Fold position.
• A3 front end (First Fold)
• A3 rear end (Second Fold)
• 11 x 11" front end (First Fold)
• 11 x 11" rear end (Second Fold)
• B4 front end (First Fold)
• B4 rear end (Second Fold)
• 8K (TFX) front end (First Fold)
• 8K (TFX) rear end (Second Fold)
• 8K (GCO) front end (First Fold)
• 8K (GCO) rear end (Second Fold)
6.2.26 Z Tri-Fold (Adjustment / Others/Finisher - Fold Position 9. Select [Fold Position Printout] on the "Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment" screen. Select the Fold
function [Z Tri-Fold] in the "Fold Position Printout" screen and perform printing. Verify the fold length
Adjustment): DC128 of the Z Tri-Fold position.
Purpose 10. Select [Close] to return to the "Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment" screen.
To adjust fold length of Z Tri-Fold position of Booklet Folder.
mentary Manual.
Procedure
function [Z Tri-Fold] in the "Fold Position Printout" screen and perform printing. Verify the fold length
of the Z Tri-Fold position.
NOTE: As the length of fold from the tail edge changes by the same amount when the length of fold

5. Select [Z Tri-Fold] on the "Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment" screen.
6. The "Z Tri-Fold" screen is displayed. The following Items will appear.
• A4 front end (First Fold)
• A4 rear end (Second Fold)
• 8.5 x 11" front end (First Fold)
• 8.5 x 11" rear end (Second Fold)
Figure 1 j0vt62005

6-41
4127/4112G General
General 02/2009 4127/4112G
6.2.27 C Tri-Fold (Adjustment / Others/Finisher - Fold Position 9. Select [Fold Position Printout] on the "Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment" screen. Select the Fold
function [C Tri-Fold] in the "Fold Position Printout" screen and perform printing. Verify the fold length
Adjustment): DC128 of the C Tri-Fold position.
Purpose 10. Select [Close] to return to the "Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment" screen.
To adjust fold length of C Tri-Fold position of Booklet Folder.
mentary Manual.
Procedure
function [C Tri-Fold] in the "Fold Position Printout" screen and perform printing. Verify the fold length
of the C Tri-Fold position.
NOTE: The paper lead edge/tail edge defines the Tray output state. Take note that when a C Tri-
Folded paper is unfolded for viewing, the front edge/tail edge are reversed.
NOTE: As the length of fold from the tail edge changes by the same amount when the length of fold
5. Select [C Tri-Fold] on the "Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment" screen.
6. The "C Tri-Fold" screen is displayed. The following Items will appear.
• A4 rear end (First Fold)
• A4 front end (Second Fold)
• 8.5 x 11" rear end (First Fold)
• 8.5 x 11" front end (Second Fold)
Figure 1 j0vt62006
6.2.28 Tray 5 (Bypass) Guide Adjustment (Registration): DC740 6.2.29 System Registration Adjustment (Registration): DC129
Purpose Purpose
To check that the MSI Guide paper width detection is properly carried out. Adjusts the IOT Lead Registration and Side Registration.
When this adjustment is required: • IOT Regi Adjustment performs the Lead Regi and Side Regi adjustments by looking at the output of
the Built-in Test Pattern for adjustment.
• This adjustment is performed when the MSI size sensor is replaced and when a size detection error
occurs. NOTE: For the detailed procedures, refer to ADJ 2.1.1 in Chapter 4.
Procedure • The display items during adjustment are as follows:

1. Select [Registration] on the "Maintenance / Diagnostics" screen.
Table 1
2. Select [Tray 5 (Bypass) Guide Adjustment] on the Registration screen.
Items Options (*Default) Remarks/Note
3. The Tray 5 (Bypass) Guide Adjustment screen is displayed.
4. Select the "Minimum Size Position" or the "Maximum Size Position" button. Adjustment Mod- IOT* Built-in Test Pattern Print
ule
5. When the [Minimum Size Position] button is selected.
Adjusted Side Side 1*
(1) Follow the instructions on the screen and align the Paper Guides to the minimum size position.
Side 2
(2) Press the [Start] button.
Paper Tray Tray 1* A4 LEF, 11"x17" SEF, and 8.5"x11" LEF
• "OK" appears if the sensor output value is within the specified range. At the same time,
Tray 2 are usually selectable for MSI paper size.
the NVM[742-270] MSI Side Guide Minimum Position data is changed. Tray 3
• "NG" appears if the sensor output value is out of the specified range. If NG, check the Tray 4
guide position and try again. Tray 5 (Bypass) (A3 SEF)
6. When the [Maximum Size Position] button is selected. Tray 5 (Bypass) (A4 LEF)
(1) Follow the instructions on the screen and align the Paper Guides to the maximum size posi- Tray 5 (Bypass) (11"x17" SEF)
tion. Tray 5 (Bypass) (8.5"x11" LEF)
Tray 6 (HCF Upper)
(2) Press the [Start] button.
Tray 7 (HCF Lower)
• "OK" appears if the sensor output value is within the specified range. At the same time,
Tray 5 (HCF-Bypass) (A3 SEF)
the NVM[742-271] MSI Side Guide Maximum Position data is changed. Tray 5 (HCF-Bypass) (A4 LEF)
• "NG" appears if the sensor output value is out of the specified range. If NG, check the Tray 5 (HCF-Bypass) (11"x17" SEF)
guide position and try again. Tray 5 (HCF-Bypass) (8.5"x11" LEF)
7. Select [Close] to return to the "Registration" screen. Paper Type Plain Paper* Paper type can be specified only when the
Heavyweight MSI is specified. When a tray other than
Extra Heavyweight the MSI is specified, the paper type set for
Label that tray is used. Furthermore, adjustment
Transparency values for Extra Heavyweight, Labels, and
Plain Paper S1 Transparencies are set only for the
machine MSI and HCF MSI.
Sheets 1*~99
• Adjusting value per step is described below.
Table 2
Adjustment Module Adjustment Registration Step Adjustment Amount
IOT Lead Registration/Side Registration Lead Step = 0.1mm
Side Step = 0.01mm

6-43
4127/4112G General
General 02/2009 4127/4112G
Procedure 6.2.30 Paper Path Timing Measurement (Registration): DC726

1. Select [Registration] on the "Maintenance / Diagnostics" screen. Purpose
2. Select [System Registration Adjustment] on the Registration screen. To measure the sensor passing timing during paper feed to check the dispersion of the IOT paper feed
3. The "System Registration Adjustment" screen is displayed. states, which can be used to diagnose for wear and failure in the feed system.
• "0" are displayed for the Image Position Adjustment Value of "Lead Registration" and "Side
Registration". Overview
4. Select the "Paper Supply" button and specify the Tray. 1. Enter the [Timing Type] according to the instruction on the Adjustment screen and press [Confirm]
5. Set the Number of Sheets. to make the machine notify you of each measurement time [Standard], [Lower Limit], and [Upper
6. Select the [Print] button. Limit] for the paper path timing. (The measurement time means the time defined for measurement)
• The message "Job in Progress..." appears. 2. The machine will continuously feed the number of paper specified in [Print Quantity] and notify the
7. The specified number of Built-in Test Pattern is output and the message "Job completed." appears. Paper Path timing value at the specified measurement position for each completed measurement
interval (for each sheet). (The values are not displayed in the UI one-by-one, but everything at once
• The Built-in Test Pattern output is a 1-sided grid alignment 2 (for measuring alignment).
after the whole process has been completed)
• If the Built-in Test Pattern cannot be printed, a message "Job completed with an error" is dis-
3. After the specified number of sheets have been printed or the [Stop] button was pressed to stop the
played.
operation, the UI screen displays the notified measurement times for [Standard], [Lower Limit], and
8. Change the image position adjustment value by referring to the test print. This adjustment aligns the [Upper Limit], as well as the calculation result for [Average Value], [Minimum Value], [Maximum
Lead Registration and Side Registration. Value], [Average +3 Sigma], and [Average -3 Sigma].
9. Measure the lead edge of the Test Pattern from the lead edge of the paper using a scale and check
the Lead Regi. NOTE: For more information on the Paper Path Timing Measurement List, refer to 6.3.6 Paper Path
Timing Measurement List: DC726 in Chapter 6.
• If the Lead Edge measurement is too short: Adjust with the [Down (D)] button.
• If the Lead Edge measurement is too long: Adjust with the [Up (U)] button. Procedure
• Each step of the Lead Regi adjustment value is equal to 0.1mm. 1. Select [Registration] on the "Maintenance / Diagnostics" screen.
10. Measure the side edge of the Test Pattern from the side edge of the paper using a scale and check 2. Select [Measure Paper Path Timing] on the Registration screen.
the Side Regi. 3. The "Measure Paper Path Timing" screen is displayed.
• If the Side Edge measurement is too long: Adjust with the [Right (R)] button. 4. Follow the instructions on the screen to input the "Timing Type" and press [Confirm].
• If the Side Edge measurement is too short: Adjust with the [Left (L)] button. For more information on the "Timing Type", refer to Chapter 6, 6.3.6 Paper Path Timing Measure-
• Each step of the Side Regi adjustment value is equal to 0.01mm. ment List.
11. When the registration adjustment value is determined, select [Adjust]. 5. Each of the [Standard], [Lower Limit], and [Upper Limit] measurement time is displayed.
• The message "Job completed." is displayed. 6. To measure the paper path timings, set the [Print Quantity] and [Paper Supply] and then press the
12. The IOT Lead Edge or Side Edge Adjustment NVM value will be updated. [Start] button.
13. Repeat Steps 7 to 13 until the Lead Registration and Side Registration are aligned. • The [Print Quantity] can be set between 1 to 99.
14. Select [Close] to return to the "Registration" screen. • For [Paper Supply], set a Tray (Trays 1 to 4, MSI, Tray 5 (HCF1 or 2), Tray 6 (4000HCF Upper
Tray/2000A3-HCF), and Tray 7 (4000HCF Lower Tray) that corresponds to the entered [Tim-
ing Type].
7. After the specified number of sheets have been printed, the notified measurement times for [Stan-
dard], [Lower Limit], and [Upper Limit], as well as the calculation result for [Average Value], [Mini-
mum Value], [Maximum Value], [Average +3 Sigma], and [Average -3 Sigma] are displayed.
8. Select [Close] to return to the "Registration" screen.
6.2.31 Jam Counter (Faults): DC118 6.2.32 Failure Counter (Faults): DC120
Purpose Purpose
Displays the No. of occurrences of jams from the time of reset on completion of the previous servicing up Displays the No. of occurrences of failures from the time of reset on completion of the previous servicing
to now. up to now.
Procedure Procedure
1. Select [Faults] on the "Maintenance / Diagnostics" screen. 1. Select [Faults] on the "Maintenance / Diagnostics" screen.
2. The following Items are displayed on the "Faults" screen. 2. The following Items are displayed on the "Faults" screen.
• Current Faults • Current Faults
• Jam Counter button • Jam Counter button
• Failure Counter button • Failure Counter button
• Shutdown History button • Shutdown History button
3. Select [Jam Counter]. 3. Select [Failure Counter].
4. The following Items are displayed on the "Jam Counter" screen. 4. The following Items are displayed on the "Failure Counter" screen.
• Chain-Link • Chain-Link
• Count • Count
NOTE: •Based on the data obtained from the Main Unit, the PSW displays the paper/document jam NOTE: •The screen displays the Failure History based on the data obtained from the Main Unit.
history. • Displays failures from the last exit from the Service Mode with "Exit (Clear Log)" until now.
• Displays failures from the last exit from the Service Mode with "Exit (Clear Log)" until now. • The Count is reset when exiting from the Service Mode by using "Exit (Clear Log)".
• The Count is reset when exiting from the Service Mode by using "Exit (Clear Log)".
5. Select [Close] to return to the "Faults" screen.

6-45
4127/4112G General
General 02/2009 4127/4112G
6.2.33 Shutdown History (Faults): DC122 6.2.34 IOT CIS Setup Cycle:DC750
Purpose Purpose
Displays history classified into 4 categories: Document Jam, Paper Jam, Failure, and Last 40 Faults. This cycle optimizes parameter values for CIS edge detection.
Procedure When the machine is shipped or installed, or when a CIS is replaced, the cycle optimizes the LED light
quantity and stores parameter values in NVM.
1. Select [Faults] on the "Maintenance / Diagnostics" screen.
2. The following Items are displayed on the "Faults" screen.
Operation Overview
• Current Faults
At an occurrence of an error, preset or measured values and Fail are displayed for the CE to isolate the
• Jam Counter button
error in order to find causes of it.
• Failure Counter button
• Shutdown History button Table 1
3. Select [Shutdown History]. Val. Val. Val.
4. The following Items are displayed on the "Shutdown History" screen. Item (parameter NVM/Variable Display Cur. Dis. at Dis. at Dis. at
The Chain Link, Date & Time, and Total CV of the selected button are displayed on the screen. name) Name Range Unit Val.Dis. OK OK/NG NG/NG
• Paper Jam button Judgment at End of - 0=OK ,1=NG - - O O O
• Document Jam button Light Qty Correction
• Failures button Judgment at End of - 0=OK ,1=NG - - O O O
Shading Coefficient
• Last 40 Faults button
Calculation
NOTE: •The screen displays the Failure History based on the data obtained from the Main Unit. Number of Light Qty LED_PWR_AC 0 to 65535 1 O O O O
• Displays failures from the last exit from the Service Mode with "Exit (Clear Log)" until now. Corrections T_NUM
• The Count is reset when exiting from the Service Mode by using "Exit (Clear Log)". LED Driving Current LED_Current 0 to 255 0.4mA O O O O
Value
5. Selecting any of the [Paper Jam/Document Jam/Failures/Last 40 Faults] button displays the Chain
Black Reference AVE [Vod(n)] 0 to 255 - - O O O
Link, Date & Time, and Total CV of the selected button.
Average
White Reference AVE 0 to 255 - - O O O
Average [Vow_Max(n)]
Max. Dynamic Range VR_Max 0 to 255 0.01V - O O -
Fault Code at NG Fault Code - - - - O O
NOTE: For the details of the procedure, see ADJ 13.15.3, Chapter 4.
Procedure
NOTE: If having replaced the CIS, set the value in NVM760-206 (Number of Light Quantity Correction
Executions) back to [0] beforehand.
1. On the [Maintenance/Diagnostics] window, select [MAX Setup].

2. On the MAX Setup window, select [IOT CIS Setup Cycle].
5. Place a sheet of paper in the registration area.
NOTE: The display of Jam appears. Press the “Close” button to clear the displayed Jam, and pro- 6.2.35 IOT CIS Check Cycle:DC751
ceed.
Purpose
NOTE: Place an A4-sized blank sheet so that the whole of the side to be scanned can be under the
This cycle checks the edge detection function. The cycle is intended to check if the detection system
edge scanning sensor in the registration unit.
operates normally.
7. The IOT CIS Setup Cycle window opens. Select [Yes] to start the adjustment. Operation Overview
8. The IOT CIS Setup Cycle Measured Values frame displays measured values and a judgment. The machine (MC) reports the current values of the below-listed parameters when it goes to another
screen as directed by the UI. Then the UI displays these current values.
<OK>
The measured values of the items are in their respective normal ranges. The MC performs edge detection as directed by the UI, and reports measured values and a specific judg-
<NG> ment result. If an error occurs, the MC reports the type of the error. The UI displays these check results
Following a specific fail error code, configure settings and resolve the error. After that, perform the (measured values, judgment result, and error type).
IOT CIS Setup Cycle adjustment again.
Table 1
Current Value Value
NVM/Variable Setting DisplayUn Value Display Display
Item (parameter name) Name Range it Display at OK at NG
Judgment at End of Check - 0=OK ,1=NG - - O O
Cycle
Paper Edge Position AVE_Edge 0 to 65535 0.01mm - O -
(Average)
Paper Edge Position Line_Edge 0 to 65535 0.01mm - O O
Detected Edge Value EDGE_DATA_X 0 to 65535 - - O O
Detected Edge Value EDGE 0 to 65535 - - O O
(after correction)
Edge Detection Threshold Th_DATA_X 0 to 65535 - - O O
Fault Code at NG Fault Code - - - - O
NOTE: For the details of the procedure, see ADJ 13.5.2, Chapter 4.
Procedure
1. On the [Maintenance/Diagnostics] window, select [MAX Setup].
2. On the MAX Setup window, select [IOT CIS Check Cycle].
3. Select a paper size.
NOTE: If a desired size is not available, select one close in width.
4. Fold the paper selected in step 2 in half and form the centerline.
7. Place the paper in the registration area.

6-47
4127/4112G General
General 02/2009 4127/4112G
NOTE: The display of Jam appears. Press the “Close” button to clear the displayed Jam, and pro- 6.2.36 Upgrading Software (Device UI Method) (FX Only)
ceed.
Purpose
NOTE: Aligning the center of the paper with the center of the registration unit, place the paper so The Download Device UI function aims at simplifying the procedure for updating Firmware and does not
that the edge of the paper can be under the edge scanning sensor.
require the PC and the USB memory that have been required so far for updating Firmware. This function
(1) Align the crease of the paper with the mark at the center of the plate. obtains a Firmware updating file from a server connected to the network; stores the file onto the HDD in
(2) Align the trail edge of the paper with the rear edge of the drawer chassis. the device; automatically goes into the Download mode; and then updates Firmware.
8. Slide in the drawer back and close the Front Door.

This function in the below-listed methods for upgrading software is called Remote Method.
10. The IOT CIS Check Cycle window opens. Select [Yes] to start the check cycle. Table 1
11. The IOT CIS Check Cycle Measured Values frame displays measured values and a judgment Method Overview
result.
DLD Method Parallel Cable or USB Cable is used for software upgrading.
<OK>
PJL Method Lan Crossing Cable is used for software upgrading.
The measured values of the items are in their respective normal ranges.
Device UI Method Network is used for software upgrading.
<NG>
Following a specific fail error code, configure settings and resolve the error. After that, perform the
IOT CIS Check Cycle adjustment again. NOTE: For the detailed procedure, see ADJ 2.5.1 in chapter 4.
Preparation
Put Firmware on a Web server operating on the customer intranet.
Procedure
1. Enter UI-Diag. Select Tools>Common Service Settings>Maintenance/Diagnostics. On page 2 of
Maintenance/Diagnostics, select "Software Upgrade".
2. Enter information about the Web server in the UI screen.
3. In the UI screen, press "Download Now".
4. The device automatically restarts after the download is complete.
6.2.37 Backup/Restore 1. Select the Backup Files icon and then HDD or USB Memory. Press "Start".
Purpose Table 2
To make a backup and restore it in case the operation becomes unstable after software upgrading, in
Choice Operation Desription
order to return the machine to the former state in which it had the backed-up data and to make it opera-
ble. HDD Files are backed up in the Log Image area on the HDD.
USB (HDD installed) Backed up files are created in the Backup area on the HDD. Firmware is
The distination to save a backup to is the HDD built in the machine, or a USB memory that is a service encoded and stored in the "backup" folder in the USB Memory.
tool. USB (HDD not installed) Firmware is encoded and stored in the "backup" folder in the USB Mem-
ory.
NOTE: For the detailed procedure, see ADJ 2.5.2 in chapter 4.
Preparation The name of the file in the USB Memory for storing data is defined as follows:
• To save a backup to a USB memory, create a folder named "backup" in the USB memory before- "BACKUP_" + Product Code + "_" + "Serial No."+ "_"+"year, month, date, hour, minute" + ".AES"
hand. E.g.: BACKUP_NC100229_185123_0610031651.AES
• Before working, be sure to print a list of function settings. [Restore Files]
Table 1 Information that can be backed up 1. Select the Restore Backed Up Files icon and then HDD or USB Memory. Press "Start".
Data listing Backup Files onto HDD Backup Files onto USB NOTE: (1) If there are no files backed up on the HDD, instructing the machine to restore files
Firmware Download File O O causes an error.
ESS NVRAM O O (2) If the name of the backed-up file does not have the same serial number (the backed-up file
cannot be restored onto the same machine), an error occurs.
Resource area on HDD O X
(3) If there are multiple backed-up files on the "backup" directory in the USB Memory, the backed-
Mailbox area on HDD O *: Only when HDD is installed.
Text data is excluded. up file that is judged to be the latest one by its name will be restored.
Management Information area on HDD O *: Only when HDD is installed. (4) If there is a backed-up file, both in the USB Memory and in the Backup area on the HDD, the
backed-up file in the USB Memory is given priority.
Procedure Table 3
1. Turn off the machine. Disconnect the network cable and the telephone line from the machine. Choice Operation Description
2. The following procedure differs according to the destination to save a backup to. HDD The M/C performs the restorative steps in the given order.
[Backup Files onto HDD] Turn ON the machine. Enter UI-Diag and select "Backup Files/Restore (1) Initializes the whole area for HDD Backup on the HDD.
Files".
(2) Updates the area for HDD Backup on the HDD.
[Backup Files onto USB] Install the USB Memory and turn ON the machine. Enter UI-Diag and
(3) Updates the ESS NVRAM.
select "Backup Files/Restore Files".
(4) Reboots automatically and updates Firmware.
3. The following icons appear:
(5) Reboots automatically after updating Firmware.
• Backup Files
USB (HDD installed) The M/C performs the restorative steps in the given order.
– HDD
(1) Initializes the whole area for USB Backup and the Mailbox area on
– USB Memory the HDD.
• Restore Backed Up Files (2) Updates the area for USB Backup on the HDD.
– HDD (3) Updates the ESS NVRAM.
– USB Memory (4) Automatically reboots and updates Firmware.
• Delete Backed Up Files (5) Automatically reboots after updating Firmware.
– HDD USB (HDD not installed) The M/C performs the restorative steps in the given order.
– USB Memory (1) Updates the ESS NVRAM.
[Backup Files] (2) Automatically reboots to start.

6-49
4127/4112G General
General 02/2009 4127/4112G
2. After the restorative process is complete, remove the USB Memory and print a list of function set- 6.2.38 Inspection/Repair Request (EP Service): DC003 (FX Only)
tings to check the version.
[Delete Backed Up Files]
Purpose
Transmits the status (NR Data) of the machine to the FX maintenance server through the EP-SV.
1. Select the Delete Backed Up Files icon and then HDD or USB Memory. Press "Start".
NOTE: You cannot select the request items if EP-SV is not connected to the machine or to the telephone
Table 4 line.
Choice Operation Description NOTE: The machine shows error if EP-SV is not connected to the machine or to the telephone line.
HDD Instructing the machine to delete the files backed up on the HDD allows them to be Procedure
deleted.
1. Select [EP Service] on the "Maintenance / Diagnostics" screen.
USB 1. Install USB Memory.
2. Select [Check / Repair Requests] on the "EP Service" screen.
2. All the files in the "backup" folder in the USB Memory get deleted.
3. Select the following items on the "Check / Repair Requests" screen.
• Check Request
• Repair Request
• Preliminary Diagnostics Request
5. The "Check Request" screen is displayed.
6. Follow the instruction messages shown in the screen and select [Yes] or [No].
7. Select [Close] to return to the "EP Service" screen.
6.2.39 Used Parts Collection Notification: DC004 (FX Only) 6.2.40 Delete All Certificates/Initialize Settings
Purpose Purpose
Requests FFL to collect the Used Parts through the EP-SV. Even though [Connectivity and Network Setup]>[Security Settings]>[SSL/TLS Settings] is set to Enabled,
a certificate file error, etc. sometimes continuously disable it when the device is on, resulting in the
NOTE: Procedures to deal with the EP-SV problems are as follows: unavailability of cirtificate data. In this case, starting [Delete All Certificates/Initialize Settings] enables
1. If the telephone line to EP-SV was busy when EP-SV received the Used Parts Collection Request deleting all the other certificates (self-generated certificate, certificate through the utility for obtaining
from the Main Unit device certificate, and certificate imported from CWIS) than a certificate of the next generation EP func-
tion used for billing management. Thus, this function enables the device to recover without deleting all
-> Returns Fail to the Main Unit when EP-SV has received the Used Parts Collection Request from
HDD/NVM data.
the Main Unit.
2. If EP-Front does not answer the phone when EP-SV called EP-Front NOTE: FXCL: Operation directive is invalid.
-> Returns Fail to the Main Unit when EP-SV cannot be connected to EP-Front even after making
the specific number of calls. Procedure
3. If the telephone line is disconnected when communicating with EP-Front 1. On the [Maintenance/Diagnostics] screen, select [Delete All Certificates/Initialize Settings].
-> Returns Fail (telephone line is disconnected) to the Main Unit when the line is disconnected. 2. The [Delete All Certificates/Initialize Settings] screen displays a message.
4. If EP-SV is retrying, or waiting for redial or executing when EP-SV received Used Parts Collection 3. Press the [Start] button.
Request from the Main Unit. 4. The Confirmation message appears. Select [Yes].
-> Returns Fail to the Main Unit when EP-SV has received the Used Parts Collection Request from 5. After finishing [Delete All Certificates/Initialize Settings], the device automatically reboot.
the Main Unit.
NOTE: If the value of 1 or 2 is not set in NVM (EP Data Transmission) 850-003, the [Used Parts Collec-
tion Notification] button will not appear.
Procedure
1. Select [EP Service] on the "Maintenance / Diagnostics" screen.
2. Select [Used Parts Collection Request] on the "EP Service" screen.
3. The "Used Parts Collection Request" screen is displayed.
• Used Parts Quantity: 1 to 255 (Default is 1)
• Customer Representative's Name: Enter the Customer Representative's Name using the key-
board and select [Save].
4. Enter the Used Parts Quantity and the Customer Representative's Name where necessary.
6. Select [Close] to return to the "EP Service" screen.

6-51
4127/4112G General
General 02/2009 4127/4112G
6.3.1.1 DC330 Input Component Check List (IOT)
Table 1 DC330 Input Component Check List (IOT)
Chain-
Link Component Name Display Description Module Name
005-102 Document Set Sensor H/L Low when document is placed on Document Set Sensor. IIT
005-110 DADF Regi Sensor H/L Low when Regi Sensor detects paper. IIT
005-202 Bottom Sensor H/L High when Tray is at home position. IIT
005-203 DADF Level Sensor H/L High when Nudger Roll is lifted up. IIT
005-204 DADF Feed Sensor H/L Low when DADF Feed Sensor detects paper. IIT
005-206 DADF Pre-Regi.Sensor H/L Low when DADF Pre-Regi Sensor detects paper. IIT
005-207 Lead Regi.Sensor H/L Low when Lead Regi Sensor detects paper. IIT
005-208 Out Sensor H/L Low when Out Sensor detects paper. IIT
005-209 DADF Exit Sensor 1 H/L Low when DADF Exit Sensor 1 detects paper. IIT
005-210 DADF Exit Sensor 2 H/L Low when DADF Exit Sensor 2 detects paper. IIT
005-211 Invert Sensor 1 H/L Low when Invert Sensor 1 detects paper. IIT
005-212 Feeder Cover Interlock Switch H/L Low when Feeder Cover is Open. IIT
005-214 Tray Interlock Sensor H/L High when Tray Interlock is Open. IIT
005-215 Tray APS Sensor 1 H/L High when Tray APS Sensor 1 is blocked by the Actuator. IIT
005-218 No.1 APS Sensor H/L Low when No. 1 APS Sensor detects paper. IIT
005-223 L/H Cover Interlock Sensor H/L High when Left Hand Cover is Open. IIT
005-224 Scan Start H/L Low when the Scan Start signal is ON. IIT
005-226 Invert Sensor 2 H/L Low when Invert Sensor 2 detects paper. IIT
010-201 Fuser Exit Sensor H/L Low when Fuser Exit Sensor detects paper. Fuser
010-202 Fuser Nip Sensor H/L Detects the state of the Fuser Nip Clutch. Fuser
Low when Fuser is in Nip state.
042-200 Fuser Intake X'fer Intake Fan Fail H/L Detects the status of the Fuser Intake Fan and Transfer Intake Fan. Drive_NOHAD
Low when abnormal rotation of the Fuser Intake Fan and Transfer Intake Fan is detected.
042-201 Fuser Exhaust Fan Fail H/L Detects the status of the Fuser Exhaust Fan. Drive_NOHAD
High when abnormal rotation of the Fuser Exhaust Fan is detected.
042-202 Drum Motor Fail H/L Detects the status of the Drum Motor. Drive_NOHAD
High when abnormal rotation of the Drum Motor is detected.
061-200 ROS Motor Ready H/L Detects ROS Motor Failure. ROS
High when abnormal rotation of the ROS Motor is detected.
061-201 NO SOS Fail Detect H/L Detects NO SOS Fail. ROS
High when NO SOS Fail is detected.
061-202 SOS Long Fail Detect H/L Detects SOS Long Fail. ROS
High when SOS Long Fail is detected.
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 6.3.1 DC330 Input Component Check List

6-53
4127/4112G General
General 02/2009 4127/4112G
6.3.1 DC330 Input Component Check List 6-54 Version.1 .1.1

Chain-
061-203 SOS Short Fail Detect H/L Detects SOS Short Fail. ROS
High when SOS Short Fail is detected.
061-204 ROS Data Fail Detect H/L Detects ROS Data Fail. ROS
High when ROS Data Fail is detected.
061-205 LD Alarm H/L Detects the LD Alarm. ROS
High when LD is not good.
061-206 ROS VDD H/L For detection of ROS VDD Fail and ROS VDD Down Fail. ROS
High when ROS is turned ON.
061-207 Panther4 VDD H/L Detects the monitor signal of the ASIC-Panther 4 when it is turned ON. ROS
High when Panther 4 is turned ON.
062-201 Sheet Abort H/L Detects a document from DADF has reached the regi position. Low when it is detected that a document has IIT
reached the regi position
062-212 IIT Regi Sensor H/L Detects the Control Regi position of the Full Rate Carriage. IIT
High when IIT Regi Sensor is blocked by the Actuator of the Full Rate Carriage.
062-240 DADF DETECT H/L Detects DADF connection. IIT
Low when DADF is connected.
062-251 APS Sensor 1 H/L Detects the document length in the Slow Scan Direction. IIT
Low when APS Sensor 1 detects paper.
062-253 APS Sensor 2 H/L Detects the document length in the Slow Scan Direction. IIT
Low when APS Sensor 2 detects paper.
062-272 ScanStart H/L Low when Scan Start signal is ON. IIT
062-280 CCD Fan Fail H/L Detects the status of the CCD Fan. IIT
High when abnormal rotation of the CCD Fan is detected.
062-281 IPS Fan Fail H/L Detects the status of the IPS Fan. IIT
High when abnormal rotation of the IPS Fan is detected.
062-282 Lamp Fan Fail H/L Detects the status of the Lamp Fan. IIT
High when abnormal rotation of the Lamp Fan is detected.
062-300 Platen Interlock Switch H/L Detects the Opening/Closing of the DADF and determines the scanning time of the Platen document size. IIT
Low when the Platen Interlock is Open (DADF Open).
062-301 Angle Sensor H/L Detects the opening angle of the DADF and determines the scanning time of the Platen document size. IIT
Low when the Platen Interlock is Open (DADF Open).
071-100 Tray 1Pre Feed Sensor H/L Detects if there is paper in the Tray 1 Pre Feed position. P/H
Low when Tray 1 Pre Feed Sensor detects paper.
071-101 Feed Out Sensor 1 H/L Detects if there is paper in the Tray 1 Feed Out position. P/H
Low when Feed Out Sensor 1 detects paper.
071-200 Tray 1 No Paper Sensor H/L Detects if there is no paper in Tray 1. P/H
High when Tray 1 No Paper Sensor does not detect any paper.
071-201 Tray 1 Level Sensor H/L Detects the paper level in Tray 1 (paper is lifted up to the Feed Ready position). P/H
High when Tray 1 Level Sensor detects the Feed Ready position.
072-100 Tray 2 Pre Feed Sensor H/L Detects if there is paper in the Tray 2 Pre Feed position. P/H
Chain-
073-202 Tray 3 Paper Size Select Switch H/L Detects the ON/OFF status of the Tray 3 Paper Size Select switch. P/H
Low when the Tray 3 Paper Size Select switch (any of S1~S5) is ON.
074-202 Tray 4 Paper Size Select Switch H/L Detects the ON/OFF status of the Tray 4 Paper Size Select switch. P/H
Low when the Tray 4 Paper Size Select switch (any of S1~S5) is ON.
075-100 MSI Pre Feed Sensor H/L Detects if there is paper in the MSI Pre Feed position. P/H
Low when MSI Pre Feed Sensor detects paper.
075-101 MSI Feed Out Sensor H/L Detects if there is paper in the MSI Feed Out position. P/H
Low when MSI Feed Out Sensor detects paper.
075-200 MSI No Paper Sensor H/L Detects if there is no paper in the MSI (detection only possible in the Level Up state). P/H
High when MSI No Paper Sensor does not detect any paper.
075-201 MSI Lift Up Sensor H/L Detects the paper level in the MSI (paper is lifted up to the Feed Ready position). P/H
High when MSI Lift Up Sensor detects the Feed Ready position.
075-202 MSI Down Sensor H/L Detects if the MSI Bottom Plate is at the Down position. P/H
High when MSI Lift Down Sensor detects Lift Down (blocked).
075-203 MSI Paper Set Sensor H/L Detects if there is paper loaded in the MSI. P/H
High when MSI Paper Set Sensor detects paper.
077-100 Trans Path Sensor 1 H/L Detects if there is paper in the Trans Path Sensor 1. P/H
Low when Trans Path Sensor 1 detects paper.

6-55
4127/4112G General
General 02/2009 4127/4112G

Chain-
077-103 Pre REGI Sensor H/L Detects if there is paper in the MSI Pre Regi position. P/H
Low when Pre Regi Sensor detects paper.
077-104 REGI Sensor H/L Detects if there is paper in the Regi position. P/H
Low when Regi Sensor detects paper.
077-105 Invert In Sensor H/L Detects if there is paper in the Inverter input area. P/H
Low when Invert In Sensor detects paper.
077-106 Invert Path Sensor H/L Detects if there is paper inside the Inverter. P/H
Low when Invert Path Sensor detects paper.
077-107 Invert Out Sensor H/L Detects if there is paper in the Inverter output area. P/H
Low when Invert Out Sensor detects paper.
077-108 IOT Exit Sensor H/L Detects if there is paper in the IOT Exit area. P/H
Low when IOT Exit Sensor detects paper.
077-109 DUP In Sensor H/L Detects if there is paper in the DUP Path input area. P/H
Low when DUP In Sensor detects paper.
077-110 DUP Path Sensor1 H/L Detects if there is paper in the DUP Path (Inverter side). P/H
Low when DUP Path Sensor 1 detects paper.
077-111 DUP Path Sensor2 H/L Detects if there is paper in the DUP Path (Regi side). P/H
Low when DUP Path Sensor 2 detects paper.
077-112 DUP Out Sensor H/L Detects if there is paper in the DUP Path output area. P/H
Low when DUP Out Sensor detects paper.
077-113 Pre X'fer Sensor H/L Detects whether paper exists at the pre-transfer position. P/H
Paper detected: Low
077-114 Skew Sensor H/L Detects whether paper exists at the REGI position. P/H
Paper detected:Low
077-202 Invert Release Home Sensor H/L Detects the Invert Roll Release status (Home position). P/H
Low when Invert Release Home Sensor is at Home position (blocked state).
077-300 Front Door Interlock H/L Detects the opened/closed state of the Front Door. P/H
Low when Front Door is Open.
077-301 Left Hand Cover Interlock Switch H/L Detects the opened/closed state of the Left Hand Cover. P/H
High when Left Hand Cover is Open.
077-302 Tray 2 Trans Path Interlock H/L Detects the opening/closing of the Tray 2 Trans Path Interlock. P/H
High when Tray 2 Trans Path Interlock is Open.
077-303 Marking Drawer Interlock H/L Detects the pulling out and inserting of the Marking Drawer. P/H
High when Marking Drawer Interlock is Open.
077-304 DUP Drawer Interlock H/L Detects the pulling out and inserting of the DUP Drawer. P/H
High when DUP Drawer Interlock is Open.
077-305 MSI Cover Interlock Switch H/L Detects the opened/closed state of the MSI Cover. P/H
Low when MSI Cover is Open.
091-200 Drum Detect Switch H/L Displays the status of the Drum Detect Switch. Xero_Clean
High when Drum Detect Switch is ON (Drum is in place).
091-201 CC Cleaner Position Sensor H/L Displays the status of the CC Cleaner Position Sensor. Xero_Clean
Low when CC Cleaner Position Sensor detects Home position (blocked).
Chain-
091-202 Waste Bottle Set Sensor H/L Detects the Waste Toner Bottle. Xero_Clean
Low when Waste Toner Bottle is loaded.
091-203 Waste Toner Full Sensor H/L Detects if the toner in the Waste Toner Bottle is full. Xero_Clean
High when Waste Toner Full Sensor detects that toner is full.
091-204 CC Fail H/L Detects the status of the CC Wire. Xero_Clean
High when CC Wire is cut off.
093-200 Low Toner Sensor H/L Displays the High/Low status of the Low Toner Sensor. Deve
Low when Low Toner Sensor does not detect any toner.
093-201 Cartridge Door Sensor H/L Displays the High/Low status of the Cartridge Door Sensor. Deve
High when Cartridge Door is Open.

6-57
4127/4112G General
General 02/2009 4127/4112G
6.3.1.2 DC330 Input Component Check List (IF Module)

Table 1 DC330 Input Component Check List (IF Module)
Chain-
Link Component Name Display Description of Operation Module Name
048-100 IOT Exit SNR (Hot Line) H/L IOT Exit SNR (Hot Line) detects whether paper exists. I/F Module
Paper detected: Low
048-101 I/F Transport SNR H/L I/F Transport SNR detects whether paper exists. I/F Module
Paper detected: Low
048-102 I/F Decurler In SNR H/L I/F Decurler In SNR detects whether paper exists. I/F Module
Paper detected: Low
048-103 I/F Exit SNR H/L I/F Exit SNR detects whether paper exists. I/F Module
Paper detected: Low
048-201 I/F Decurler Cam Position1 SNR H/L I/F Decurler Cam Position1 SNR detects whether light is blocked. I/F Module
Light blocked: High
Position1:H,Position2:L -> Pene Up2,Down10
Position1:L,Position2:L -> Pene Up6,Down8
Position1:L,Position2:H -> Pene Up10,Down2
Position1:H,Position2:H -> Pene Up8,Down6
048-202 I/F Decurler Cam Position2 SNR H/L I/F Decurler Cam Position2 SNR detects whether light is blocked. I/F Module
Light blocked: High
Position1:H,Position2:L -> Pene Up2,Down10
Position1:L,Position2:L -> Pene Up6,Down8
Position1:L,Position2:H -> Pene Up10,Down2
Position1:H,Position2:H -> Pene Up8,Down6
048-203 I/F Decurler Gate SNR H/L Detects which direction I/F Decurler Gate has switched. I/F Module
Upper detected: Upper transport (Gate is down): Sensor is at High, blocked.
Lower detected: Lower transport (Gate is up): Sensor is at Low, receiving light.
048-204 I/F Manual Decurler Down SW H/L Detects I/F Manual Decurler Down SW ON or OFF. I/F Module
SW ON: Low
048-205 I/F Manual Decurler Up SW H/L Detects I/F Manual Decurler Up SW ON or OFF. I/F Module
SW ON: Low
048-206 I/F Auto Decurler SW H/L Detects I/F Auto Decurler SW ON or OFF. I/F Module
SW ON: Low
048-207 I/F Cooling Fan1/2 LOCK H/L Detects both I/F Cooling Fan1 and I/F Cooling Fan2 are rotating. I/F Module
Rotating: Low
048-208 I/F Cooling Fan3 LOCK H/L Detects whether I/F Cooling Fan3 is rotating. I/F Module
Rotating: Low
048-209 I/F Cooling Fan5 LOCK H/L Detects whether I/F Cooling Fan5 is rotating. I/F Module
Rotating: Low
048-210 Output1 Detect H/L Detects whether HCS1 is electrically connected. I/F Module
Connected: Low
048-211 Output2 Detect H/L Detects whether D3/D4 Finisher is electrically connected. I/F Module
Open detected: Sensor is at Low, receiving light.
Close detected: Sensor is at High, blocked.
048-216 Output1 Exit SNR IN H/L Exit SNR on HCS1 Bypass Transport Path detects whether paper exists there. I/F Module
Paper detected: Low
Table 1 DC330 Input Component Check List (IF Module)
Chain-
048-221 I/F Ent Chute Open SNR H/L Detects whether I/F Ent Chute is open. I/F Module
Open detected: Low
048-300 I/F Front Door SW H/L Detects whether I/F Front Door is open/closed. I/F Module
Open detected: High

6-59
4127/4112G General
General 02/2009 4127/4112G
6.3.1.3 DC330 Input Component Check List (HCS1)

Table 1 DC330 Input Component Check List (HCS1)
Chain-
049-101 TOP TRAY EXIT SNR H/L TOP TRAY EXIT SNR detection HCS1
A jammed output to TOP TRAY is detected (paper detected): Low
049-102 TOP TRAY PATH SNR H/L TOP TRAY PATH SNR detection HCS1
A jam is detected on Transport Line to TOP TRAY (paper detected):
Low
049-103 BYPASS EXIT SNR H/L BYPASS EXIT SNR detection HCS1
A jammed straight output is detected (paper detected): Low
049-104 BYPASS PATH SNR 1 H/L BYPASS PATH SNR 1 detection HCS1
A jam is detected on Straight Transport Line (paper detected): Low
049-105 STACKER PATH SNR H/L STACKER PATH SNR detection HCS1
A jam is detected on Transport Line to STACKER (paper detected):
Low
049-106 STACKER EXIT SNR H/L STACKER EXIT SNR detection HCS1
A jammed paper for delivery is detected (paper detected): Low
049-107 BYPASS PATH SNR 2 H/L BYPASS PATH SNR 2 detection HCS1
A jam is detected on Straight Transport Line (paper detected): Low
049-108 UPPER DEVICE EXIT SNR H/L IFM EXIT SNR detection HCS1
Paper detected on IFM EXIT: Low
049-200 F-COV LOCK SNR H/L F-COV LOCK SNR detection HCS1
Front Cover locked (Light to SNR is blocked): Low
049-201 STACKER UP LIM SW H/L STACKER UP LIM SW detection HCS1
Elevator Tray overran the upper limit (SW ON): High
049-202 DOLLY REMOVE SW H/L DOLLY REMOVE SW detection HCS1
Removal of paper is requested (Panel SW is pressed down): Low
049-203 SAMPLE REJECT SW H/L SAMPLE REJECT SW detection HCS1
Output of sample is requested (Panel SW is pressed down): Low
049-207 DOLLY SET POSITION SNR H/L DOLLY SET POSITION SNR detection HCS1
Position where Dolly is removed (Light to SNR is blocked): Low
049-208 DOLLY SET SNR H/L DOLLY SET SNR detection HCS1
Dolly is present (Light to SNR is blocked): Low
049-209 STACK HEIGHT SNR YL H/L STACK HEIGHT SNR YL detection HCS1
Abnormal load (Light to SNR is blocked): High
049-210 STACK HEIGHT SNR YC H/L STACK HEIGHT SNR YC detection HCS1
049-211 STACK HEIGHT SNR YR H/L STACK HEIGHT SNR YR detection HCS1
049-212 STACK HEIGHT CONTROL SNR T H/L STACK HEIGHT CONTROL SNR T detection HCS1
049-213 STACK ABN DOWN SNR H/L STACK ABN DOWN SNR detection HCS1
Chain-
049-214 STACK FULL SNR H/L STACK FULL SNR detection HCS1
Stacker full (Light to SNR is blocked): Low
049-215 STACK HEIGHT CONTROL SENSOR H/L STACK HEIGHT CONTROL SENSOR detection HCS1
Top sheet of a stack is detected (paper detected): Low
049-216 STACK ABN CR SNR H/L STACK ABN CR SNR detection HCS1
Abnormal load (paper detected): Low
049-217 STACK ABN CF SNR H/L STACK ABN CF SNR detection HCS1
Abnormal load (paper detected): Low
049-218 STACK NO PAPER SENSOR H/L STACK NO PAPER SENSOR detection HCS1
Tray has paper (Light to SNR is blocked): High
049-219 STACKER LOWER LIM SW H/L STACKER LOWER LIM SW detection HCS1
Elevator Tray overran the lower limit (SW ON): High
049-221 LEAD TAMPER HOME SENSOR H/L LEAD TAMPER HOME SENSOR detection HCS1
Home position (Light to SNR is blocked): Low
049-223 SET CLAMPER HOME SNR H/L SET CLAMPER HOME SNR detection HCS1
049-224 SIDE TAMPER EXTENSION HOME SNR H/L SIDE TAMPER EXTENSION HOME SNR detection HCS1
049-225 IN TAMP HOME SNR H/L IN TAMP HOME SNR detection HCS1
049-226 OUT TAMP HOME SNR H/L OUT TAMP HOME SNR detection HCS1
049-227 PAD MOVE HOME SNR H/L PAD MOVE HOME SNR detection HCS1
049-228 TOP TRAY FULL SNR H/L TOP TRAY FULL SNR detection HCS1
TOP TRAY full (paper detected): Low
049-229 EXIT ROLL HOME SNR H/L EXIT ROLL HOME SNR detection HCS1
049-230 GATE 1 SNR H/L GATE 1 SNR detection HCS1
Transport to Stacker (Light to SNR is blocked): Low
049-231 GATE 2 SNR H/L GATE 2 SNR detection HCS1
Transport to Bypass (Light to SNR is blocked): Low
049-232 PAPER IN EDGE SNR H/L PAPER IN EDGE SNR detection HCS1
The inboard edge of paper is detected (paper detected): Low
049-233 PAPER OUT EDGE SNR H/L PAPER OUT EDGE SNR detection HCS1
The outboard edge of paper is detected (paper detected): Low
049-234 P-EDGE HOME SNR H/L P-EDGE HOME SNR detection HCS1
Home position (light to SNR is blocked): Low
049-235 FAN LOWER1 SNR H/L Built-in FAN LOWER1 SNR detection HCS1
FAN error (FAN stops): High
049-237 FAN PAPER1 SNR H/L Built-in FAN PAPER1 SNR detection HCS1
FAN failure (FAN stops): High

6-61
4127/4112G General
General 02/2009 4127/4112G

Chain-
049-238 FAN PAPER2 SNR H/L Built-in FAN PAPER2 SNR detection HCS1
049-239 FAN UPPER1 SNR H/L Built-in FAN UPPER1 SNR detection HCS1
049-241 STACKER UP LIM SNR H/L STACKER UP LIM SNR detection HCS1
Elevator Tray overran the upper limit (Light to SNR is blocked): Low
049-242 CHUTE OPEN SNR H/L Chute Open Sensor detection HCS1
Chute Open (Light to SNR is blocked): Low
049-243 ELEVATOR SENSOR H/L Elevator Motor step-out HCS1
detected by Elevator Encoder Sensor (Light to SNR is blocked): Low
049-244 STACK ABN UP SNR H/L STACK ABN UP SNR detection HCS1
Abnormal load (UP curl detected=SNR receives light): High
049-301 UPPER COVER SW H/L UPPER COVER SW detection HCS1
Upper Cover open: High
049-302 F-DOOR SW H/L F-DOOR SW detection HCS1
Front Cover open: High
6.3.2.1 DC330 Output Component Check List (IOT)
Table 1 DC330 Output Component Check List (IOT)
Chain- Multiple Output Module
Link Component Name Description T-ON Cyclic Prohibited Items Name
005-001 DADF Feed Motor Rotation of the DADF Feed Motor: Operation speed 55.0mm/sec - OFF 005-002 IIT
005-003
005-004
005-005
005-006
005-007
005-008
005-009
005-010
005-013
005-014
005-074
005-003
005-004
005-005
005-006
005-007
005-008
005-009
005-010
005-013
005-014
005-074
005-002
005-004
005-005
005-006
005-007
005-008
005-009
005-010
005-013
005-014
005-074
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 6.3.2 DC330 Output Component Check List

6-63
4127/4112G General
General 02/2009 4127/4112G
6.3.2 DC330 Output Component Check List 6-64 Version.1 .1.1

005-002
005-003
005-005
005-006
005-007
005-008
005-009
005-010
005-013
005-014
005-074
005-002
005-003
005-004
005-006
005-007
005-008
005-009
005-010
005-013
005-014
005-074
005-002
005-003
005-004
005-005
005-007
005-008
005-009
005-010
005-013
005-014
005-074
005-002
005-003
005-004
005-005
005-006
005-008
005-009
005-010
005-013
005-014
005-074
005-002
005-003
005-004
005-005
005-006
005-007
005-009
005-010
005-013
005-014
005-074
005-002
005-003
005-004
005-005
005-006
005-007
005-008
005-010
005-013
005-014
005-074
Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 6.3.2 DC330 Output Component Check List

6-65
4127/4112G General
General 02/2009 4127/4112G
6.3.2 DC330 Output Component Check List 6-66 Version.1 .1.1

005-002
005-003
005-004
005-005
005-006
005-007
005-008
005-009
005-013
005-014
005-074
005-002
005-003
005-004
005-005
005-006
005-007
005-008
005-009
005-010
005-014
005-074
005-014 DADF Feed Motor Reverse rotation of the DADF Feed Motor: Operation speed 700.0mm/sec - OFF 005-001 IIT
005-002
005-003
005-004
005-005
005-006
005-007
005-008
005-009
005-010
005-013
005-074
005-015 DADF Pre-Regi Motor Rotation of the DADF Pre-Regi Motor: Operation speed 55.0mm/sec - OFF 005-016 IIT
005-017
005-018
005-019
005-020
005-021
005-022
005-023
005-024
005-025
005-076
005-077
005-089
005-016 DADF Pre-Regi Motor Rotation of the DADF Pre-Regi Motor: Operation speed 73.3mm/sec - OFF 005-015 IIT
005-017
005-018
005-019
005-020
005-021
005-022
005-023
005-024
005-025

4112 4127 Service Manual 323134460

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

4112 4127 Service Manual 323134460

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

4127/4112G

Service Manual Ver.1.1.1

Edited by: Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd. C&FS TSC SDEG

[XEROX] [The Document Company] are registered trademarks.

Version.1 .1.1 02/2009

Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 0.1 Getting to Know the Service Manual

NOTE: Used when work procedures and rules are emphasized.

NOTE: Used when other explanations are given.

REP: Indicates the disassembly/assembly procedure for reference.

ADJ: Indicates the adjustment procedure for reference.

PL: Indicates the parts list for reference.

ASSY: Means Assembly.

Safety Critical Components (SCC)

Important Information Stored Component (ISC)

Version.1 .1.1 02/2009

Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 1.1 Before Starting Servicing

5. Resolve all secondary problems.

3. Resolve all secondary problems.

Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 1.2 Service Call Procedures

1.3.1 TRIM Procedure Table 1

*2: DTS Guide should be cleaned with a brush or Dust Fly.

Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 1.3 TRIM

NOTE: Refer to Option Service manual in detail.

NOTE: Refer to Option Service manual in detail.

NOTE: Refer to Option Service manual in detail.

Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 1.4 Periodic Replacement Parts

NOTE: Refer to Option Service manual in detail.

NOTE: Refer to Option Service manual in detail.

NOTE: Refer to Option Service manual in detail.

NOTE: Refer to Option Service manual in detail.

NOTE: Refer to Option Service manual in detail.

Table 3 Potential Replacement Parts

NOTE: Refer to Option Service manual in detail.

NOTE: Refer to Option Service manual in detail.

NOTE: Refer to Option Service manual in detail.

Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 1.4 Periodic Replacement Parts

Version.1 .1.1 02/2009

024-xxx FIP 048-319 IFM Cooling Fan 3 Fail..................................................................................... 108

Version.1 .1.1 02/2009

Version.1 .1.1 02/2009

Version.1 .1.1 02/2009

Version.1 .1.1 02/2009

Version.1 .1.1 02/2009

Version.1 .1.1 02/2009

Version.1 .1.1 02/2009

Version.1 .1.1 02/2009

Version.1 .1.1 02/2009

Version.1 .1.1 02/2009

Version.1 .1.1 02/2009

Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 2.1 Preface

Procedure Voltage Level Range

Voltage Level Range

+3.5VDC (H) +3.33 ~ +3.68VDC

+5VDC (H) +4.85 ~ +5.36VDC

+12VDC (H) +11.4 ~ +12.6VDC

Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 2.1.2 Glossary

1. Refer to the FIP corresponding to the displayed 6-digit Fault Code.

Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 2.1.3 How to use Controller FIP

1. Chain No. Definition ChainNo Subsystem Name Description

Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 2.1.4 Controller Chain-Link No. Definition

Link No Error Classification Description

600~699 Hidden Fail or History This is not defined as "Failure".

Version.1 .1.1 02/2009 2.2 Product FIP